id	sid	tid	token	lemma	pos
19880	1	1	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19880	1	2	PRODUCTION	PRODUCTION	NNP
19880	1	3	IN	in	IN
19880	1	4	SINGING	singing	NN
19880	1	5	AND	and	CC
19880	1	6	SPEAKING	speak	VBG
19880	1	7	BASED	based	NN
19880	1	8	ON	on	IN
19880	1	9	SCIENTIFIC	scientific	JJ
19880	1	10	PRINCIPLES	principles	NN
19880	1	11	BY	by	IN
19880	1	12	WESLEY	WESLEY	NNP
19880	1	13	MILLS	MILLS	NNP
19880	1	14	,	,	,
19880	1	15	M.A.	M.A.	NNP
19880	1	16	,	,	,
19880	1	17	M.D.	M.D.	NNP
19880	1	18	,	,	,
19880	1	19	F.R.S.C.	F.R.S.C.	NNP
19880	2	1	EMERITUS	emeritu	NNS
19880	2	2	PROFESSOR	PROFESSOR	NNS
19880	2	3	OF	of	IN
19880	2	4	PHYSIOLOGY	PHYSIOLOGY	NNP
19880	2	5	IN	in	IN
19880	2	6	McGILL	McGILL	NNP
19880	2	7	UNIVERSITY	UNIVERSITY	NNP
19880	2	8	,	,	,
19880	2	9	AND	and	CC
19880	2	10	LECTURER	LECTURER	VBG
19880	2	11	ON	ON	NNP
19880	2	12	VOCAL	vocal	NN
19880	2	13	PHYSIOLOGY	PHYSIOLOGY	NNS
19880	2	14	AND	and	CC
19880	2	15	HYGIENE	hygiene	VB
19880	2	16	IN	in	IN
19880	2	17	THE	the	DT
19880	2	18	McGILL	McGILL	NNP
19880	2	19	UNIVERSITY	UNIVERSITY	NNP
19880	2	20	CONSERVATORIUM	CONSERVATORIUM	NNP
19880	2	21	OF	of	IN
19880	2	22	MUSIC	MUSIC	NNP
19880	2	23	,	,	,
19880	2	24	MONTREAL	MONTREAL	NNP
19880	2	25	,	,	,
19880	2	26	CANADA	CANADA	NNP
19880	2	27	_	_	NNP
19880	2	28	FOURTH	FOURTH	NNP
19880	2	29	EDITION	EDITION	NNP
19880	2	30	,	,	,
19880	2	31	REVISED	REVISED	NNP
19880	2	32	AND	and	CC
19880	2	33	ENLARGED	enlarged	NN
19880	2	34	_	_	NNP
19880	2	35	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2	36	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	2	37	:	:	:
19880	2	38	publisher	publisher	NN
19880	2	39	logo	logo	NN
19880	2	40	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2	41	PHILADELPHIA	PHILADELPHIA	NNP
19880	2	42	&	&	CC
19880	2	43	LONDON	LONDON	NNP
19880	2	44	J.B.	J.B.	NNP
19880	2	45	LIPPINCOTT	LIPPINCOTT	NNP
19880	2	46	COMPANY	COMPANY	NNP
19880	2	47	COPYRIGHT	COPYRIGHT	NNP
19880	2	48	,	,	,
19880	2	49	1906	1906	CD
19880	2	50	,	,	,
19880	2	51	BY	by	IN
19880	2	52	J.B.	J.B.	NNP
19880	2	53	LIPPINCOTT	LIPPINCOTT	NNP
19880	2	54	COMPANY	COMPANY	NNP
19880	2	55	The	the	DT
19880	2	56	Rights	Rights	NNPS
19880	2	57	of	of	IN
19880	2	58	Translation	Translation	NNP
19880	2	59	and	and	CC
19880	2	60	all	all	DT
19880	2	61	other	other	JJ
19880	2	62	Rights	Rights	NNPS
19880	2	63	Reserved	Reserved	NNP
19880	2	64	COPYRIGHT	COPYRIGHT	NNS
19880	2	65	,	,	,
19880	2	66	1913	1913	CD
19880	2	67	,	,	,
19880	2	68	BY	by	IN
19880	2	69	J.B.	J.B.	NNP
19880	2	70	LIPPINCOTT	LIPPINCOTT	NNP
19880	2	71	COMPANY	COMPANY	NNP
19880	2	72	Electrotyped	Electrotyped	NNP
19880	2	73	and	and	CC
19880	2	74	Printed	Printed	NNP
19880	2	75	by	by	IN
19880	2	76	J.B.	J.B.	NNP
19880	2	77	Lippincott	Lippincott	NNP
19880	2	78	Company	Company	NNP
19880	2	79	,	,	,
19880	2	80	Philadelphia	Philadelphia	NNP
19880	2	81	,	,	,
19880	2	82	U.S.A.	U.S.A.	NNP
19880	2	83	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2	84	Transcriber	Transcriber	NNP
19880	2	85	's	's	POS
19880	2	86	Notes	note	NNS
19880	2	87	:	:	:
19880	2	88	In	in	IN
19880	2	89	this	this	DT
19880	2	90	e	e	NN
19880	2	91	-	-	NN
19880	2	92	text	text	NN
19880	2	93	,	,	,
19880	2	94	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19880	2	95	of	of	IN
19880	2	96	music	music	NN
19880	2	97	notation	notation	NN
19880	2	98	have	have	VBP
19880	2	99	been	be	VBN
19880	2	100	rendered	render	VBN
19880	2	101	using	use	VBG
19880	2	102	standard	standard	JJ
19880	2	103	text	text	NN
19880	2	104	notation	notation	NN
19880	2	105	,	,	,
19880	2	106	e.g.	e.g.	RB
19880	3	1	:	:	:
19880	3	2	C	C	NNP
19880	3	3	=	=	SYM
19880	3	4	C	c	NN
19880	3	5	two	two	CD
19880	3	6	octaves	octave	NNS
19880	3	7	below	below	IN
19880	3	8	middle	middle	JJ
19880	3	9	C	C	NNP
19880	3	10	;	;	:
19880	3	11	c	c	NN
19880	3	12	=	=	SYM
19880	3	13	C	C	NNP
19880	3	14	one	one	CD
19880	3	15	octave	octave	NN
19880	3	16	below	below	IN
19880	3	17	middle	middle	JJ
19880	3	18	C	C	NNP
19880	3	19	;	;	:
19880	3	20	c	c	NNP
19880	3	21	'	'	''
19880	3	22	=	=	SYM
19880	3	23	middle	middle	JJ
19880	3	24	C	C	NNP
19880	3	25	;	;	:
19880	3	26	c	c	LS
19880	3	27	'	'	''
19880	3	28	'	'	''
19880	3	29	=	=	NFP
19880	3	30	C	C	NNP
19880	3	31	one	one	CD
19880	3	32	octave	octave	NN
19880	3	33	above	above	IN
19880	3	34	middle	middle	JJ
19880	3	35	C	C	NNP
19880	3	36	,	,	,
19880	3	37	etc	etc	FW
19880	3	38	.	.	.
19880	4	1	Macrons	macron	NNS
19880	4	2	are	be	VBP
19880	4	3	indicated	indicate	VBN
19880	4	4	thus	thus	RB
19880	4	5	:	:	:
19880	4	6	[	[	-LRB-
19880	4	7	=	=	SYM
19880	4	8	a	a	LS
19880	4	9	]	]	-RRB-
19880	4	10	,	,	,
19880	4	11	[	[	-LRB-
19880	4	12	=	=	SYM
19880	4	13	e	e	LS
19880	4	14	]	]	-RRB-
19880	4	15	,	,	,
19880	4	16	[	[	-LRB-
19880	4	17	=	=	NFP
19880	4	18	i	i	NN
19880	4	19	]	]	-RRB-
19880	4	20	,	,	,
19880	4	21	[	[	-LRB-
19880	4	22	=	=	NFP
19880	4	23	o	o	XX
19880	4	24	]	]	-RRB-
19880	4	25	,	,	,
19880	4	26	[	[	-LRB-
19880	4	27	=	=	SYM
19880	4	28	u	u	NNP
19880	4	29	]	]	-RRB-
19880	4	30	.	.	.
19880	4	31	]	]	-RRB-
19880	5	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	5	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	5	3	:	:	:
19880	5	4	Illustrations	illustration	NNS
19880	5	5	of	of	IN
19880	5	6	the	the	DT
19880	5	7	appearance	appearance	NN
19880	5	8	of	of	IN
19880	5	9	the	the	DT
19880	5	10	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	5	11	during	during	IN
19880	5	12	phonation	phonation	NN
19880	5	13	in	in	IN
19880	5	14	two	two	CD
19880	5	15	special	special	JJ
19880	5	16	cases	case	NNS
19880	5	17	.	.	.
19880	6	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	6	2	Grünwald	Grünwald	NNP
19880	6	3	.	.	.
19880	6	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	6	5	]	]	-RRB-
19880	7	1	EXPLANATION	explanation	NN
19880	7	2	OF	of	IN
19880	7	3	THE	the	DT
19880	7	4	COLORED	COLORED	NNP
19880	7	5	ILLUSTRATIONS	ILLUSTRATIONS	NNP
19880	7	6	.	.	.
19880	8	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	8	2	contrast	contrast	VBP
19880	8	3	with	with	IN
19880	8	4	each	each	DT
19880	8	5	other	other	JJ
19880	8	6	in	in	IN
19880	8	7	that	that	IN
19880	8	8	the	the	DT
19880	8	9	one	one	CD
19880	8	10	(	(	-LRB-
19880	8	11	upper	upper	JJ
19880	8	12	)	)	-RRB-
19880	8	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	8	14	too	too	RB
19880	8	15	red	red	JJ
19880	8	16	;	;	:
19880	8	17	the	the	DT
19880	8	18	other	other	JJ
19880	8	19	,	,	,
19880	8	20	too	too	RB
19880	8	21	pale	pale	JJ
19880	8	22	.	.	.
19880	9	1	The	the	DT
19880	9	2	upper	upper	JJ
19880	9	3	represents	represent	VBZ
19880	9	4	appearances	appearance	NNS
19880	9	5	such	such	JJ
19880	9	6	as	as	IN
19880	9	7	one	one	CD
19880	9	8	gets	get	VBZ
19880	9	9	with	with	IN
19880	9	10	the	the	DT
19880	9	11	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19880	9	12	when	when	WRB
19880	9	13	the	the	DT
19880	9	14	subject	subject	NN
19880	9	15	has	have	VBZ
19880	9	16	a	a	DT
19880	9	17	very	very	RB
19880	9	18	severe	severe	JJ
19880	9	19	cold	cold	JJ
19880	9	20	,	,	,
19880	9	21	or	or	CC
19880	9	22	even	even	RB
19880	9	23	inflammation	inflammation	NN
19880	9	24	of	of	IN
19880	9	25	the	the	DT
19880	9	26	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	9	27	,	,	,
19880	9	28	including	include	VBG
19880	9	29	the	the	DT
19880	9	30	central	central	JJ
19880	9	31	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	9	32	bands	band	NNS
19880	9	33	.	.	.
19880	10	1	In	in	IN
19880	10	2	this	this	DT
19880	10	3	particular	particular	JJ
19880	10	4	case	case	NN
19880	10	5	,	,	,
19880	10	6	a	a	DT
19880	10	7	young	young	JJ
19880	10	8	woman	woman	NN
19880	10	9	of	of	IN
19880	10	10	twenty	twenty	CD
19880	10	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	10	12	five	five	CD
19880	10	13	years	year	NNS
19880	10	14	of	of	IN
19880	10	15	age	age	NN
19880	10	16	,	,	,
19880	10	17	there	there	EX
19880	10	18	was	be	VBD
19880	10	19	inflammation	inflammation	NN
19880	10	20	with	with	IN
19880	10	21	a	a	DT
19880	10	22	certain	certain	JJ
19880	10	23	amount	amount	NN
19880	10	24	of	of	IN
19880	10	25	weakness	weakness	NN
19880	10	26	of	of	IN
19880	10	27	the	the	DT
19880	10	28	internal	internal	JJ
19880	10	29	thyro	thyro	NN
19880	10	30	-	-	HYPH
19880	10	31	arytenoid	arytenoid	NN
19880	10	32	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	10	33	.	.	.
19880	11	1	Speaking	speak	VBG
19880	11	2	was	be	VBD
19880	11	3	almost	almost	RB
19880	11	4	impossible	impossible	JJ
19880	11	5	,	,	,
19880	11	6	and	and	CC
19880	11	7	such	such	JJ
19880	11	8	voice	voice	NN
19880	11	9	as	as	IN
19880	11	10	was	be	VBD
19880	11	11	produced	produce	VBN
19880	11	12	was	be	VBD
19880	11	13	of	of	IN
19880	11	14	a	a	DT
19880	11	15	very	very	RB
19880	11	16	rough	rough	JJ
19880	11	17	character	character	NN
19880	11	18	.	.	.
19880	12	1	In	in	IN
19880	12	2	the	the	DT
19880	12	3	lower	low	JJR
19880	12	4	illustration	illustration	NN
19880	12	5	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	12	6	have	have	VBP
19880	12	7	the	the	DT
19880	12	8	appearances	appearance	NNS
19880	12	9	presented	present	VBN
19880	12	10	in	in	IN
19880	12	11	a	a	DT
19880	12	12	man	man	NN
19880	12	13	affected	affect	VBN
19880	12	14	with	with	IN
19880	12	15	tuberculosis	tuberculosis	NN
19880	12	16	of	of	IN
19880	12	17	the	the	DT
19880	12	18	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	12	19	and	and	CC
19880	12	20	larynx	larynx	NNP
19880	12	21	.	.	.
19880	13	1	The	the	DT
19880	13	2	pallor	pallor	NN
19880	13	3	of	of	IN
19880	13	4	the	the	DT
19880	13	5	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	13	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	13	7	characteristic	characteristic	JJ
19880	13	8	.	.	.
19880	14	1	There	there	EX
19880	14	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	14	3	weakness	weakness	NN
19880	14	4	of	of	IN
19880	14	5	the	the	DT
19880	14	6	internal	internal	JJ
19880	14	7	thyro	thyro	NN
19880	14	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	14	9	arytenoid	arytenoid	JJ
19880	14	10	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	14	11	on	on	IN
19880	14	12	the	the	DT
19880	14	13	right	right	JJ
19880	14	14	side	side	NN
19880	14	15	,	,	,
19880	14	16	which	which	WDT
19880	14	17	results	result	VBZ
19880	14	18	in	in	IN
19880	14	19	imperfect	imperfect	JJ
19880	14	20	tension	tension	NN
19880	14	21	of	of	IN
19880	14	22	the	the	DT
19880	14	23	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	14	24	band	band	NN
19880	14	25	on	on	IN
19880	14	26	that	that	DT
19880	14	27	side	side	NN
19880	14	28	,	,	,
19880	14	29	so	so	IN
19880	14	30	that	that	IN
19880	14	31	the	the	DT
19880	14	32	voice	voice	NN
19880	14	33	is	be	VBZ
19880	14	34	uncertain	uncertain	JJ
19880	14	35	and	and	CC
19880	14	36	harsh	harsh	JJ
19880	14	37	.	.	.
19880	15	1	Such	such	JJ
19880	15	2	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19880	15	3	are	be	VBP
19880	15	4	introduced	introduce	VBN
19880	15	5	to	to	TO
19880	15	6	impress	impress	VB
19880	15	7	the	the	DT
19880	15	8	normal	normal	JJ
19880	15	9	by	by	IN
19880	15	10	contrast	contrast	NN
19880	15	11	.	.	.
19880	16	1	The	the	DT
19880	16	2	reader	reader	NN
19880	16	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	16	4	strongly	strongly	RB
19880	16	5	advised	advise	VBN
19880	16	6	to	to	TO
19880	16	7	compare	compare	VB
19880	16	8	these	these	DT
19880	16	9	figures	figure	NNS
19880	16	10	with	with	IN
19880	16	11	others	other	NNS
19880	16	12	in	in	IN
19880	16	13	the	the	DT
19880	16	14	body	body	NN
19880	16	15	of	of	IN
19880	16	16	the	the	DT
19880	16	17	work	work	NN
19880	16	18	,	,	,
19880	16	19	especially	especially	RB
19880	16	20	those	those	DT
19880	16	21	of	of	IN
19880	16	22	Chapter	Chapter	NNP
19880	16	23	VII	VII	NNP
19880	16	24	.	.	.
19880	17	1	PREFACE	preface	VB
19880	17	2	TO	to	IN
19880	17	3	THE	the	DT
19880	17	4	FOURTH	fourth	JJ
19880	17	5	REVISED	revised	NN
19880	17	6	AND	and	CC
19880	17	7	ENLARGED	ENLARGED	NNP
19880	17	8	EDITION	EDITION	NNP
19880	17	9	.	.	.
19880	18	1	In	in	IN
19880	18	2	addition	addition	NN
19880	18	3	to	to	IN
19880	18	4	certain	certain	JJ
19880	18	5	emendations	emendation	NNS
19880	18	6	,	,	,
19880	18	7	etc	etc	FW
19880	18	8	.	.	NN
19880	18	9	,	,	,
19880	18	10	introduced	introduce	VBN
19880	18	11	throughout	throughout	IN
19880	18	12	the	the	DT
19880	18	13	work	work	NN
19880	18	14	,	,	,
19880	18	15	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	18	16	have	have	VBP
19880	18	17	thought	think	VBN
19880	18	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	18	19	well	well	RB
19880	18	20	to	to	TO
19880	18	21	add	add	VB
19880	18	22	a	a	DT
19880	18	23	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	18	24	in	in	IN
19880	18	25	which	which	WDT
19880	18	26	the	the	DT
19880	18	27	whole	whole	JJ
19880	18	28	subject	subject	NN
19880	18	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	18	30	treated	treat	VBN
19880	18	31	in	in	IN
19880	18	32	a	a	DT
19880	18	33	broad	broad	JJ
19880	18	34	and	and	CC
19880	18	35	comprehensive	comprehensive	JJ
19880	18	36	way	way	NN
19880	18	37	in	in	IN
19880	18	38	the	the	DT
19880	18	39	light	light	NN
19880	18	40	of	of	IN
19880	18	41	the	the	DT
19880	18	42	latest	late	JJS
19880	18	43	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	18	44	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	18	45	.	.	.
19880	19	1	In	in	IN
19880	19	2	this	this	DT
19880	19	3	review	review	NN
19880	19	4	the	the	DT
19880	19	5	psychological	psychological	JJ
19880	19	6	aspects	aspect	NNS
19880	19	7	of	of	IN
19880	19	8	the	the	DT
19880	19	9	subject	subject	NN
19880	19	10	have	have	VBP
19880	19	11	not	not	RB
19880	19	12	been	be	VBN
19880	19	13	neglected	neglect	VBN
19880	19	14	,	,	,
19880	19	15	and	and	CC
19880	19	16	the	the	DT
19880	19	17	whole	whole	NN
19880	19	18	has	have	VBZ
19880	19	19	been	be	VBN
19880	19	20	related	relate	VBN
19880	19	21	to	to	IN
19880	19	22	practice	practice	NN
19880	19	23	to	to	IN
19880	19	24	as	as	RB
19880	19	25	great	great	JJ
19880	19	26	an	an	DT
19880	19	27	extent	extent	NN
19880	19	28	as	as	IN
19880	19	29	the	the	DT
19880	19	30	character	character	NN
19880	19	31	of	of	IN
19880	19	32	the	the	DT
19880	19	33	book	book	NN
19880	19	34	permits	permit	VBZ
19880	19	35	.	.	.
19880	20	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	20	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	20	3	significant	significant	JJ
19880	20	4	that	that	IN
19880	20	5	on	on	IN
19880	20	6	both	both	DT
19880	20	7	sides	side	NNS
19880	20	8	of	of	IN
19880	20	9	the	the	DT
19880	20	10	Atlantic	Atlantic	NNP
19880	20	11	there	there	EX
19880	20	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	20	13	a	a	DT
19880	20	14	growing	grow	VBG
19880	20	15	conviction	conviction	NN
19880	20	16	that	that	IN
19880	20	17	the	the	DT
19880	20	18	foundations	foundation	NNS
19880	20	19	for	for	IN
19880	20	20	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	20	21	and	and	CC
19880	20	22	singing	singe	VBG
19880	20	23	as	as	IN
19880	20	24	an	an	DT
19880	20	25	art	art	NN
19880	20	26	must	must	MD
19880	20	27	be	be	VB
19880	20	28	made	make	VBN
19880	20	29	as	as	RB
19880	20	30	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	20	31	as	as	IN
19880	20	32	the	the	DT
19880	20	33	state	state	NN
19880	20	34	of	of	IN
19880	20	35	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	20	36	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	20	37	will	will	MD
19880	20	38	permit	permit	VB
19880	20	39	.	.	.
19880	21	1	THE	the	DT
19880	21	2	AUTHOR	AUTHOR	NNP
19880	21	3	.	.	.
19880	22	1	January	January	NNP
19880	22	2	,	,	,
19880	22	3	1913	1913	CD
19880	22	4	.	.	.
19880	23	1	PREFACE	preface	VB
19880	23	2	TO	to	IN
19880	23	3	THE	the	DT
19880	23	4	THIRD	THIRD	NNP
19880	23	5	EDITION	edition	NN
19880	23	6	.	.	.
19880	24	1	No	no	DT
19880	24	2	preface	preface	NN
19880	24	3	to	to	IN
19880	24	4	the	the	DT
19880	24	5	Second	Second	NNP
19880	24	6	Edition	Edition	NNP
19880	24	7	was	be	VBD
19880	24	8	written	write	VBN
19880	24	9	,	,	,
19880	24	10	so	so	RB
19880	24	11	few	few	JJ
19880	24	12	were	be	VBD
19880	24	13	the	the	DT
19880	24	14	changes	change	NNS
19880	24	15	that	that	WDT
19880	24	16	were	be	VBD
19880	24	17	made	make	VBN
19880	24	18	in	in	IN
19880	24	19	the	the	DT
19880	24	20	work	work	NN
19880	24	21	,	,	,
19880	24	22	and	and	CC
19880	24	23	the	the	DT
19880	24	24	same	same	JJ
19880	24	25	might	may	MD
19880	24	26	apply	apply	VB
19880	24	27	to	to	IN
19880	24	28	this	this	DT
19880	24	29	Third	Third	NNP
19880	24	30	Edition	Edition	NNP
19880	24	31	.	.	.
19880	25	1	However	however	RB
19880	25	2	,	,	,
19880	25	3	the	the	DT
19880	25	4	fact	fact	NN
19880	25	5	that	that	IN
19880	25	6	within	within	IN
19880	25	7	a	a	DT
19880	25	8	period	period	NN
19880	25	9	of	of	IN
19880	25	10	less	less	JJR
19880	25	11	than	than	IN
19880	25	12	two	two	CD
19880	25	13	years	year	NNS
19880	25	14	,	,	,
19880	25	15	a	a	DT
19880	25	16	Second	Second	NNP
19880	25	17	English	English	NNP
19880	25	18	and	and	CC
19880	25	19	a	a	DT
19880	25	20	Third	Third	NNP
19880	25	21	American	American	NNP
19880	25	22	Edition	Edition	NNP
19880	25	23	have	have	VBP
19880	25	24	been	be	VBN
19880	25	25	called	call	VBN
19880	25	26	for	for	IN
19880	25	27	,	,	,
19880	25	28	seems	seem	VBZ
19880	25	29	to	to	IN
19880	25	30	the	the	DT
19880	25	31	Author	author	NN
19880	25	32	to	to	TO
19880	25	33	be	be	VB
19880	25	34	so	so	RB
19880	25	35	conclusive	conclusive	JJ
19880	25	36	an	an	DT
19880	25	37	endorsement	endorsement	NN
19880	25	38	of	of	IN
19880	25	39	the	the	DT
19880	25	40	application	application	NN
19880	25	41	of	of	IN
19880	25	42	science	science	NN
19880	25	43	to	to	IN
19880	25	44	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	25	45	art	art	NN
19880	25	46	,	,	,
19880	25	47	that	that	IN
19880	25	48	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	25	49	may	may	MD
19880	25	50	be	be	VB
19880	25	51	entitled	entitle	VBN
19880	25	52	at	at	IN
19880	25	53	least	least	RBS
19880	25	54	to	to	TO
19880	25	55	express	express	VB
19880	25	56	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	25	57	gratification	gratification	NN
19880	25	58	at	at	IN
19880	25	59	the	the	DT
19880	25	60	progress	progress	NN
19880	25	61	the	the	DT
19880	25	62	cause	cause	NN
19880	25	63	,	,	,
19880	25	64	to	to	TO
19880	25	65	which	which	WDT
19880	25	66	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	25	67	has	have	VBZ
19880	25	68	devoted	devote	VBN
19880	25	69	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	25	70	pen	pen	NN
19880	25	71	,	,	,
19880	25	72	is	be	VBZ
19880	25	73	making	make	VBG
19880	25	74	.	.	.
19880	26	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	26	2	would	would	MD
19880	26	3	seem	seem	VB
19880	26	4	that	that	IN
19880	26	5	the	the	DT
19880	26	6	better	well	JJR
19880	26	7	portion	portion	NN
19880	26	8	at	at	IN
19880	26	9	least	least	JJS
19880	26	10	of	of	IN
19880	26	11	that	that	DT
19880	26	12	public	public	NN
19880	26	13	that	that	WDT
19880	26	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	26	15	interested	interested	JJ
19880	26	16	in	in	IN
19880	26	17	the	the	DT
19880	26	18	progress	progress	NN
19880	26	19	of	of	IN
19880	26	20	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	26	21	art	art	NN
19880	26	22	has	have	VBZ
19880	26	23	made	make	VBN
19880	26	24	up	up	RP
19880	26	25	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	26	26	mind	mind	NN
19880	26	27	that	that	IN
19880	26	28	the	the	DT
19880	26	29	time	time	NN
19880	26	30	has	have	VBZ
19880	26	31	come	come	VBN
19880	26	32	when	when	WRB
19880	26	33	sense	sense	NN
19880	26	34	and	and	CC
19880	26	35	science	science	NN
19880	26	36	must	must	MD
19880	26	37	replace	replace	VB
19880	26	38	tradition	tradition	NN
19880	26	39	and	and	CC
19880	26	40	empiricism	empiricism	NN
19880	26	41	.	.	.
19880	27	1	THE	the	DT
19880	27	2	AUTHOR	AUTHOR	NNP
19880	27	3	.	.	.
19880	28	1	MONTREAL	MONTREAL	NNP
19880	28	2	,	,	,
19880	28	3	September	September	NNP
19880	28	4	,	,	,
19880	28	5	1908	1908	CD
19880	28	6	.	.	.
19880	29	1	PREFACE	PREFACE	NNP
19880	29	2	.	.	.
19880	30	1	The	the	DT
19880	30	2	present	present	JJ
19880	30	3	work	work	NN
19880	30	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	30	5	based	base	VBN
19880	30	6	on	on	IN
19880	30	7	a	a	DT
19880	30	8	life	life	NN
19880	30	9	study	study	NN
19880	30	10	of	of	IN
19880	30	11	the	the	DT
19880	30	12	voice	voice	NN
19880	30	13	,	,	,
19880	30	14	and	and	CC
19880	30	15	has	have	VBZ
19880	30	16	grown	grow	VBN
19880	30	17	out	out	IN
19880	30	18	of	of	IN
19880	30	19	the	the	DT
19880	30	20	conviction	conviction	NN
19880	30	21	that	that	IN
19880	30	22	all	all	DT
19880	30	23	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	30	24	and	and	CC
19880	30	25	learning	learn	VBG
19880	30	26	in	in	IN
19880	30	27	voice	voice	NN
19880	30	28	-	-	HYPH
19880	30	29	culture	culture	NN
19880	30	30	,	,	,
19880	30	31	whether	whether	IN
19880	30	32	for	for	IN
19880	30	33	the	the	DT
19880	30	34	purposes	purpose	NNS
19880	30	35	of	of	IN
19880	30	36	singing	singing	NN
19880	30	37	or	or	CC
19880	30	38	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	30	39	,	,	,
19880	30	40	should	should	MD
19880	30	41	as	as	RB
19880	30	42	far	far	RB
19880	30	43	as	as	IN
19880	30	44	possible	possible	JJ
19880	30	45	rest	rest	NN
19880	30	46	on	on	IN
19880	30	47	a	a	DT
19880	30	48	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	30	49	foundation	foundation	NN
19880	30	50	.	.	.
19880	31	1	The	the	DT
19880	31	2	author	author	NN
19880	31	3	,	,	,
19880	31	4	believing	believe	VBG
19880	31	5	that	that	DT
19880	31	6	practice	practice	NN
19880	31	7	and	and	CC
19880	31	8	principles	principle	NNS
19880	31	9	have	have	VBP
19880	31	10	been	be	VBN
19880	31	11	too	too	RB
19880	31	12	much	much	RB
19880	31	13	separated	separate	VBN
19880	31	14	,	,	,
19880	31	15	has	have	VBZ
19880	31	16	endeavored	endeavor	VBN
19880	31	17	to	to	TO
19880	31	18	combine	combine	VB
19880	31	19	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	31	20	in	in	IN
19880	31	21	this	this	DT
19880	31	22	book	book	NN
19880	31	23	.	.	.
19880	32	1	His	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	32	2	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	32	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	32	4	not	not	RB
19880	32	5	been	be	VBN
19880	32	6	to	to	TO
19880	32	7	write	write	VB
19880	32	8	an	an	DT
19880	32	9	exhaustive	exhaustive	JJ
19880	32	10	work	work	NN
19880	32	11	on	on	IN
19880	32	12	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	32	13	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	32	14	,	,	,
19880	32	15	with	with	IN
19880	32	16	references	reference	NNS
19880	32	17	at	at	IN
19880	32	18	every	every	DT
19880	32	19	step	step	NN
19880	32	20	to	to	IN
19880	32	21	the	the	DT
19880	32	22	views	view	NNS
19880	32	23	of	of	IN
19880	32	24	various	various	JJ
19880	32	25	authors	author	NNS
19880	32	26	;	;	:
19880	32	27	rather	rather	RB
19880	32	28	has	have	VBZ
19880	32	29	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	32	30	tried	try	VBN
19880	32	31	always	always	RB
19880	32	32	to	to	TO
19880	32	33	keep	keep	VB
19880	32	34	in	in	IN
19880	32	35	mind	mind	NN
19880	32	36	the	the	DT
19880	32	37	real	real	JJ
19880	32	38	needs	need	NNS
19880	32	39	of	of	IN
19880	32	40	the	the	DT
19880	32	41	practical	practical	JJ
19880	32	42	voice	voice	NN
19880	32	43	-	-	HYPH
19880	32	44	user	user	NN
19880	32	45	,	,	,
19880	32	46	and	and	CC
19880	32	47	to	to	TO
19880	32	48	give	give	VB
19880	32	49	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	32	50	a	a	DT
19880	32	51	sure	sure	JJ
19880	32	52	foundation	foundation	NN
19880	32	53	for	for	IN
19880	32	54	the	the	DT
19880	32	55	principles	principle	NNS
19880	32	56	that	that	WDT
19880	32	57	must	must	MD
19880	32	58	underlie	underlie	VB
19880	32	59	sound	sound	JJ
19880	32	60	practice	practice	NN
19880	32	61	.	.	.
19880	33	1	A	a	DT
19880	33	2	perusal	perusal	NN
19880	33	3	of	of	IN
19880	33	4	the	the	DT
19880	33	5	first	first	JJ
19880	33	6	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	33	7	of	of	IN
19880	33	8	the	the	DT
19880	33	9	work	work	NN
19880	33	10	will	will	MD
19880	33	11	give	give	VB
19880	33	12	the	the	DT
19880	33	13	reader	reader	NN
19880	33	14	a	a	DT
19880	33	15	clearer	clear	JJR
19880	33	16	idea	idea	NN
19880	33	17	of	of	IN
19880	33	18	the	the	DT
19880	33	19	author	author	NN
19880	33	20	's	's	POS
19880	33	21	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	33	22	as	as	IN
19880	33	23	briefly	briefly	RB
19880	33	24	expressed	express	VBN
19880	33	25	above	above	RB
19880	33	26	.	.	.
19880	34	1	The	the	DT
19880	34	2	writer	writer	NN
19880	34	3	bespeaks	bespeak	VBZ
19880	34	4	an	an	DT
19880	34	5	unprejudiced	unprejudiced	JJ
19880	34	6	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	34	7	,	,	,
19880	34	8	being	be	VBG
19880	34	9	convinced	convince	VBN
19880	34	10	that	that	IN
19880	34	11	in	in	IN
19880	34	12	art	art	NN
19880	34	13	as	as	IN
19880	34	14	in	in	IN
19880	34	15	all	all	DT
19880	34	16	else	else	NN
19880	34	17	there	there	EX
19880	34	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	34	19	but	but	CC
19880	34	20	one	one	CD
19880	34	21	ultimate	ultimate	JJ
19880	34	22	court	court	NN
19880	34	23	of	of	IN
19880	34	24	appeal	appeal	NN
19880	34	25	:	:	:
19880	34	26	to	to	IN
19880	34	27	the	the	DT
19880	34	28	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	34	29	,	,	,
19880	34	30	the	the	DT
19880	34	31	demonstrable	demonstrable	NN
19880	34	32	--	--	:
19880	34	33	to	to	IN
19880	34	34	what	what	WP
19880	34	35	lies	lie	VBZ
19880	34	36	at	at	IN
19880	34	37	the	the	DT
19880	34	38	very	very	JJ
19880	34	39	foundations	foundation	NNS
19880	34	40	of	of	IN
19880	34	41	human	human	JJ
19880	34	42	nature	nature	NN
19880	34	43	.	.	.
19880	35	1	In	in	IN
19880	35	2	conclusion	conclusion	NN
19880	35	3	,	,	,
19880	35	4	the	the	DT
19880	35	5	author	author	NN
19880	35	6	desires	desire	VBZ
19880	35	7	to	to	TO
19880	35	8	thank	thank	VB
19880	35	9	those	those	DT
19880	35	10	publishers	publisher	NNS
19880	35	11	and	and	CC
19880	35	12	authors	author	NNS
19880	35	13	who	who	WP
19880	35	14	have	have	VBP
19880	35	15	kindly	kindly	RB
19880	35	16	permitted	permit	VBN
19880	35	17	the	the	DT
19880	35	18	use	use	NN
19880	35	19	of	of	IN
19880	35	20	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	35	21	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19880	35	22	.	.	.
19880	36	1	THE	the	DT
19880	36	2	AUTHOR	AUTHOR	NNP
19880	36	3	.	.	.
19880	37	1	MCGILL	MCGILL	NNP
19880	37	2	UNIVERSITY	UNIVERSITY	NNP
19880	37	3	,	,	,
19880	37	4	Montreal	Montreal	NNP
19880	37	5	,	,	,
19880	37	6	October	October	NNP
19880	37	7	,	,	,
19880	37	8	1906	1906	CD
19880	37	9	.	.	.
19880	38	1	TABLE	TABLE	NNS
19880	38	2	OF	of	IN
19880	38	3	CONTENTS	content	NNS
19880	38	4	.	.	.
19880	39	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	39	2	I.	I.	NNP
19880	40	1	THE	the	DT
19880	40	2	CLAIMS	claim	NNS
19880	40	3	AND	and	CC
19880	40	4	IMPORTANCE	importance	NN
19880	40	5	OF	of	IN
19880	40	6	VOCAL	vocal	NN
19880	40	7	PHYSIOLOGY	PHYSIOLOGY	NNS
19880	40	8	.	.	.
19880	41	1	Science	science	NN
19880	41	2	and	and	CC
19880	41	3	art	art	NN
19880	41	4	--	--	:
19880	41	5	The	the	DT
19880	41	6	engineer	engineer	NN
19880	41	7	,	,	,
19880	41	8	architect	architect	NN
19880	41	9	,	,	,
19880	41	10	physician	physician	NN
19880	41	11	,	,	,
19880	41	12	nurse	nurse	NN
19880	41	13	,	,	,
19880	41	14	and	and	CC
19880	41	15	others	other	NNS
19880	41	16	,	,	,
19880	41	17	compared	compare	VBN
19880	41	18	with	with	IN
19880	41	19	the	the	DT
19880	41	20	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	41	21	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	41	22	and	and	CC
19880	41	23	learner	learner	NN
19880	41	24	--	--	:
19880	41	25	Unfavorable	unfavorable	JJ
19880	41	26	tendencies	tendency	NNS
19880	41	27	--	--	:
19880	41	28	The	the	DT
19880	41	29	old	old	JJ
19880	41	30	masters	master	NNS
19880	41	31	--	--	:
19880	41	32	The	the	DT
19880	41	33	great	great	JJ
19880	41	34	elocutionists	elocutionist	NNS
19880	41	35	--	--	:
19880	41	36	Causes	cause	NNS
19880	41	37	of	of	IN
19880	41	38	failure	failure	NN
19880	41	39	--	--	:
19880	41	40	The	the	DT
19880	41	41	lack	lack	NN
19880	41	42	of	of	IN
19880	41	43	an	an	DT
19880	41	44	adequate	adequate	JJ
19880	41	45	technique	technique	NN
19880	41	46	--	--	:
19880	41	47	Correct	correct	JJ
19880	41	48	methods	method	NNS
19880	41	49	are	be	VBP
19880	41	50	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	41	51	--	--	:
19880	41	52	Summary	Summary	NNP
19880	41	53	of	of	IN
19880	41	54	the	the	DT
19880	41	55	advantages	advantage	NNS
19880	41	56	of	of	IN
19880	41	57	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	41	58	and	and	CC
19880	41	59	learning	learning	NN
19880	41	60	based	base	VBN
19880	41	61	on	on	IN
19880	41	62	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	41	63	principles	principle	NNS
19880	41	64	--	--	:
19880	41	65	Illustrations	illustration	NNS
19880	41	66	of	of	IN
19880	41	67	the	the	DT
19880	41	68	application	application	NN
19880	41	69	of	of	IN
19880	41	70	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	41	71	principles	principle	NNS
19880	41	72	to	to	IN
19880	41	73	actual	actual	JJ
19880	41	74	cases	case	NNS
19880	41	75	--	--	:
19880	41	76	The	the	DT
19880	41	77	evils	evil	NNS
19880	41	78	from	from	IN
19880	41	79	which	which	WDT
19880	41	80	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	41	81	and	and	CC
19880	41	82	singers	singer	NNS
19880	41	83	suffer	suffer	VBP
19880	41	84	owing	owe	VBG
19880	41	85	to	to	IN
19880	41	86	wrong	wrong	JJ
19880	41	87	methods	method	NNS
19880	41	88	--	--	.
19880	41	89	Speaking	speak	VBG
19880	41	90	and	and	CC
19880	41	91	singing	singing	NN
19880	41	92	based	base	VBN
19880	41	93	on	on	IN
19880	41	94	the	the	DT
19880	41	95	same	same	JJ
19880	41	96	principles	principle	NNS
19880	41	97	--	--	:
19880	41	98	Relation	relation	NN
19880	41	99	of	of	IN
19880	41	100	hygiene	hygiene	NN
19880	41	101	to	to	TO
19880	41	102	physiology	physiology	VB
19880	41	103	17	17	CD
19880	41	104	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	41	105	II	II	NNP
19880	41	106	.	.	.
19880	42	1	GENERAL	GENERAL	NNP
19880	42	2	PHYSIOLOGICAL	physiological	NN
19880	42	3	PRINCIPLES	principle	NNS
19880	42	4	.	.	.
19880	43	1	Relations	relation	NNS
19880	43	2	of	of	IN
19880	43	3	animals	animal	NNS
19880	43	4	to	to	IN
19880	43	5	each	each	DT
19880	43	6	other	other	JJ
19880	43	7	--	--	:
19880	43	8	Common	common	JJ
19880	43	9	properties	property	NNS
19880	43	10	of	of	IN
19880	43	11	living	living	NN
19880	43	12	matter	matter	NN
19880	43	13	--	--	:
19880	43	14	Explanation	explanation	NN
19880	43	15	of	of	IN
19880	43	16	these	these	DT
19880	43	17	--	--	:
19880	43	18	The	the	DT
19880	43	19	mammal	mammal	JJ
19880	43	20	and	and	CC
19880	43	21	man	man	NN
19880	43	22	--	--	:
19880	43	23	The	the	DT
19880	43	24	stimulus	stimulus	NN
19880	43	25	and	and	CC
19880	43	26	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	43	27	results	result	NNS
19880	43	28	--	--	:
19880	43	29	The	the	DT
19880	43	30	one	one	CD
19880	43	31	-	-	HYPH
19880	43	32	celled	celle	VBN
19880	43	33	animal	animal	NN
19880	43	34	--	--	:
19880	43	35	Various	various	JJ
19880	43	36	"	"	''
19880	43	37	systems"necessary	systems"necessary	''
19880	43	38	--	--	:
19880	43	39	Complexity	complexity	NN
19880	43	40	of	of	IN
19880	43	41	structure	structure	NN
19880	43	42	and	and	CC
19880	43	43	function	function	NN
19880	43	44	--	--	:
19880	43	45	Harmony	harmony	NN
19880	43	46	through	through	IN
19880	43	47	the	the	DT
19880	43	48	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	43	49	system	system	NN
19880	43	50	--	--	:
19880	43	51	The	the	DT
19880	43	52	rule	rule	NN
19880	43	53	of	of	IN
19880	43	54	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	43	55	centres	centre	NNS
19880	43	56	--	--	:
19880	43	57	Means	mean	NNS
19880	43	58	by	by	IN
19880	43	59	which	which	WDT
19880	43	60	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	43	61	are	be	VBP
19880	43	62	influenced	influence	VBN
19880	43	63	,	,	,
19880	43	64	and	and	CC
19880	43	65	by	by	IN
19880	43	66	which	which	WDT
19880	43	67	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	43	68	influence	influence	VBP
19880	43	69	--	--	:
19880	43	70	Reflex	Reflex	NNP
19880	43	71	action	action	NN
19880	43	72	--	--	:
19880	43	73	Muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	43	74	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	43	75	and	and	CC
19880	43	76	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	43	77	-	-	HYPH
19880	43	78	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	43	79	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	43	80	--	--	:
19880	43	81	Work	work	NN
19880	43	82	of	of	IN
19880	43	83	the	the	DT
19880	43	84	singer	singer	NN
19880	43	85	and	and	CC
19880	43	86	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	43	87	largely	largely	RB
19880	43	88	reflex	reflex	NNP
19880	43	89	in	in	IN
19880	43	90	character	character	NN
19880	43	91	--	--	.
19880	43	92	Summary	Summary	NNP
19880	43	93	34	34	CD
19880	43	94	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19880	43	95	III	iii	CD
19880	43	96	.	.	.
19880	44	1	BREATHING	breathing	NN
19880	44	2	CONSIDERED	CONSIDERED	NNS
19880	44	3	THEORETICALLY	THEORETICALLY	NNP
19880	44	4	AND	and	CC
19880	44	5	PRACTICALLY	PRACTICALLY	NNS
19880	44	6	.	.	.
19880	45	1	Breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	45	2	the	the	DT
19880	45	3	great	great	JJ
19880	45	4	essential	essential	JJ
19880	45	5	--	--	:
19880	45	6	Misconceptions	Misconceptions	NNPS
19880	45	7	--	--	:
19880	45	8	Purpose	purpose	NN
19880	45	9	of	of	IN
19880	45	10	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	45	11	as	as	IN
19880	45	12	a	a	DT
19880	45	13	vital	vital	JJ
19880	45	14	process	process	NN
19880	45	15	--	--	:
19880	45	16	The	the	DT
19880	45	17	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	45	18	organs	organ	NNS
19880	45	19	--	--	:
19880	45	20	Their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	45	21	nature	nature	NN
19880	45	22	--	--	:
19880	45	23	Relations	relation	NNS
19880	45	24	of	of	IN
19880	45	25	the	the	DT
19880	45	26	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	45	27	to	to	IN
19880	45	28	the	the	DT
19880	45	29	chest	chest	NN
19880	45	30	-	-	HYPH
19880	45	31	wall	wall	NN
19880	45	32	--	--	:
19880	45	33	Expansion	expansion	NN
19880	45	34	of	of	IN
19880	45	35	the	the	DT
19880	45	36	chest	chest	NN
19880	45	37	--	--	.
19880	45	38	Its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	45	39	diameters	diameter	NNS
19880	45	40	--	--	:
19880	45	41	The	the	DT
19880	45	42	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	45	43	of	of	IN
19880	45	44	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	45	45	--	--	:
19880	45	46	Personal	personal	JJ
19880	45	47	observation	observation	NN
19880	45	48	--	--	:
19880	45	49	The	the	DT
19880	45	50	diaphragm	diaphragm	JJ
19880	45	51	--	--	:
19880	45	52	Varying	vary	VBG
19880	45	53	quantities	quantity	NNS
19880	45	54	of	of	IN
19880	45	55	air	air	NN
19880	45	56	breathed	breathe	VBN
19880	45	57	--	--	:
19880	45	58	Breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	45	59	when	when	WRB
19880	45	60	properly	properly	RB
19880	45	61	carried	carry	VBN
19880	45	62	out	out	RP
19880	45	63	by	by	IN
19880	45	64	the	the	DT
19880	45	65	singer	singer	NN
19880	45	66	or	or	CC
19880	45	67	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	45	68	is	be	VBZ
19880	45	69	healthful	healthful	JJ
19880	45	70	44	44	CD
19880	45	71	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	45	72	IV	IV	NNP
19880	45	73	.	.	.
19880	46	1	BREATHING	BREATHING	NNP
19880	46	2	FURTHER	further	JJ
19880	46	3	CONSIDERED	CONSIDERED	NNS
19880	46	4	THEORETICALLY	THEORETICALLY	NNP
19880	46	5	AND	and	CC
19880	46	6	PRACTICALLY	PRACTICALLY	NNS
19880	46	7	.	.	.
19880	47	1	Relations	relation	NNS
19880	47	2	of	of	IN
19880	47	3	the	the	DT
19880	47	4	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	47	5	system	system	NN
19880	47	6	to	to	IN
19880	47	7	breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	47	8	--	--	:
19880	47	9	The	the	DT
19880	47	10	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	47	11	centre	centre	NN
19880	47	12	--	--	:
19880	47	13	Reflex	Reflex	NNP
19880	47	14	action	action	NN
19880	47	15	in	in	IN
19880	47	16	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	47	17	--	--	:
19880	47	18	Methods	method	NNS
19880	47	19	of	of	IN
19880	47	20	preventing	prevent	VBG
19880	47	21	nervousness	nervousness	NN
19880	47	22	--	--	:
19880	47	23	Tones	Tones	NNP
19880	47	24	produced	produce	VBN
19880	47	25	by	by	IN
19880	47	26	the	the	DT
19880	47	27	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19880	47	28	breath	breath	NN
19880	47	29	--	--	:
19880	47	30	Waste	waste	NN
19880	47	31	of	of	IN
19880	47	32	breath	breath	NN
19880	47	33	--	--	:
19880	47	34	The	the	DT
19880	47	35	happy	happy	JJ
19880	47	36	combination	combination	NN
19880	47	37	for	for	IN
19880	47	38	good	good	JJ
19880	47	39	singing	singing	NN
19880	47	40	or	or	CC
19880	47	41	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	47	42	57	57	CD
19880	47	43	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19880	47	44	V.	v.	NN
19880	47	45	BREATHING	breathe	VBG
19880	47	46	WITH	with	IN
19880	47	47	SPECIAL	special	NN
19880	47	48	REGARD	regard	NN
19880	47	49	TO	to	IN
19880	47	50	PRACTICAL	PRACTICAL	NNP
19880	47	51	CONSIDERATIONS	CONSIDERATIONS	NNP
19880	47	52	.	.	.
19880	48	1	The	the	DT
19880	48	2	well	well	RB
19880	48	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	48	4	developed	develop	VBN
19880	48	5	chest	chest	NN
19880	48	6	--	--	.
19880	48	7	The	the	DT
19880	48	8	voice	voice	NN
19880	48	9	-	-	HYPH
19880	48	10	user	user	NN
19880	48	11	a	a	DT
19880	48	12	kind	kind	NN
19880	48	13	of	of	IN
19880	48	14	athlete	athlete	NN
19880	48	15	--	--	:
19880	48	16	The	the	DT
19880	48	17	tremolo	tremolo	NNS
19880	48	18	--	--	:
19880	48	19	Exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	48	20	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	48	21	for	for	IN
19880	48	22	the	the	DT
19880	48	23	development	development	NN
19880	48	24	of	of	IN
19880	48	25	the	the	DT
19880	48	26	chest	chest	NN
19880	48	27	--	--	.
19880	48	28	Forms	form	NNS
19880	48	29	of	of	IN
19880	48	30	dress	dress	NN
19880	48	31	that	that	WDT
19880	48	32	hamper	hamper	NN
19880	48	33	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	48	34	--	--	:
19880	48	35	Weighing	weighing	NN
19880	48	36	and	and	CC
19880	48	37	measuring	measure	VBG
19880	48	38	,	,	,
19880	48	39	re	re	NN
19880	48	40	-	-	NN
19880	48	41	measurement	measurement	JJ
19880	48	42	,	,	,
19880	48	43	etc.--Specific	etc.--specific	JJ
19880	48	44	directions	direction	NNS
19880	48	45	for	for	IN
19880	48	46	methods	method	NNS
19880	48	47	to	to	TO
19880	48	48	develop	develop	VB
19880	48	49	the	the	DT
19880	48	50	chest	chest	NN
19880	48	51	--	--	.
19880	48	52	Warnings	warning	NNS
19880	48	53	--	--	:
19880	48	54	Additional	additional	JJ
19880	48	55	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	48	56	--	--	:
19880	48	57	Breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	48	58	through	through	IN
19880	48	59	the	the	DT
19880	48	60	nose	nose	NN
19880	48	61	and	and	CC
19880	48	62	through	through	IN
19880	48	63	the	the	DT
19880	48	64	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	48	65	--	--	:
19880	48	66	Exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	48	67	for	for	IN
19880	48	68	the	the	DT
19880	48	69	development	development	NN
19880	48	70	of	of	IN
19880	48	71	the	the	DT
19880	48	72	diaphragm	diaphragm	JJ
19880	48	73	and	and	CC
19880	48	74	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	48	75	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	48	76	--	--	:
19880	48	77	Relation	relation	NN
19880	48	78	of	of	IN
19880	48	79	the	the	DT
19880	48	80	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	48	81	to	to	IN
19880	48	82	the	the	DT
19880	48	83	staccato	staccato	NN
19880	48	84	effect	effect	NN
19880	48	85	--	--	:
19880	48	86	Forms	form	NNS
19880	48	87	of	of	IN
19880	48	88	general	general	JJ
19880	48	89	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	48	90	for	for	IN
19880	48	91	the	the	DT
19880	48	92	voice	voice	NN
19880	48	93	-	-	HYPH
19880	48	94	user	user	NN
19880	48	95	--	--	:
19880	48	96	Summary	summary	NN
19880	48	97	62	62	CD
19880	48	98	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19880	48	99	VI	VI	NNP
19880	48	100	.	.	.
19880	49	1	THE	the	DT
19880	49	2	SPECIAL	SPECIAL	NNP
19880	49	3	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19880	49	4	-	-	HYPH
19880	49	5	PRODUCING	PRODUCING	NNP
19880	49	6	MECHANISM	MECHANISM	NNP
19880	49	7	,	,	,
19880	49	8	THE	the	DT
19880	49	9	LARYNX	LARYNX	NNP
19880	49	10	.	.	.
19880	50	1	Not	not	RB
19880	50	2	the	the	DT
19880	50	3	only	only	JJ
19880	50	4	voice	voice	NN
19880	50	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	50	6	producing	produce	VBG
19880	50	7	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	50	8	--	--	:
19880	50	9	Specific	specific	JJ
19880	50	10	structures	structure	NNS
19880	50	11	of	of	IN
19880	50	12	the	the	DT
19880	50	13	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	50	14	in	in	IN
19880	50	15	use	use	NN
19880	50	16	when	when	WRB
19880	50	17	the	the	DT
19880	50	18	subject	subject	JJ
19880	50	19	phonates	phonate	VBZ
19880	50	20	--	--	:
19880	50	21	Muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	50	22	and	and	CC
19880	50	23	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	50	24	attachments	attachment	NNS
19880	50	25	--	--	:
19880	50	26	The	the	DT
19880	50	27	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	50	28	of	of	IN
19880	50	29	the	the	DT
19880	50	30	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	50	31	--	--	:
19880	50	32	The	the	DT
19880	50	33	lining	line	VBG
19880	50	34	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	50	35	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	50	36	--	--	:
19880	50	37	Changes	change	NNS
19880	50	38	in	in	IN
19880	50	39	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	50	40	when	when	WRB
19880	50	41	one	one	PRP
19880	50	42	has	have	VBZ
19880	50	43	a	a	DT
19880	50	44	"	"	``
19880	50	45	cold"--The	cold"--the	CD
19880	50	46	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	50	47	bands	band	NNS
19880	50	48	--	--	:
19880	50	49	Functions	function	NNS
19880	50	50	of	of	IN
19880	50	51	the	the	DT
19880	50	52	epiglottis	epiglottis	NN
19880	50	53	--	--	:
19880	50	54	The	the	DT
19880	50	55	"	"	``
19880	50	56	middle	middle	JJ
19880	50	57	line	line	NN
19880	50	58	"	"	''
19880	50	59	and	and	CC
19880	50	60	relative	relative	JJ
19880	50	61	position	position	NN
19880	50	62	of	of	IN
19880	50	63	parts	part	NNS
19880	50	64	--	--	:
19880	50	65	Adam	Adam	NNP
19880	50	66	's	's	POS
19880	50	67	apple	apple	NN
19880	50	68	--	--	:
19880	50	69	Ventricle	Ventricle	NNP
19880	50	70	of	of	IN
19880	50	71	the	the	DT
19880	50	72	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	50	73	--	--	:
19880	50	74	The	the	DT
19880	50	75	importance	importance	NN
19880	50	76	of	of	IN
19880	50	77	the	the	DT
19880	50	78	arytenoid	arytenoid	JJ
19880	50	79	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	50	80	--	--	:
19880	50	81	Muscles	Muscles	NNPS
19880	50	82	of	of	IN
19880	50	83	the	the	DT
19880	50	84	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	50	85	in	in	IN
19880	50	86	detail	detail	NN
19880	50	87	--	--	:
19880	50	88	Sphincter	sphincter	NN
19880	50	89	action	action	NN
19880	50	90	--	--	:
19880	50	91	Straining	straining	NN
19880	50	92	--	--	:
19880	50	93	Position	position	NN
19880	50	94	of	of	IN
19880	50	95	the	the	DT
19880	50	96	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	50	97	--	--	:
19880	50	98	Practical	practical	JJ
19880	50	99	considerations	consideration	NNS
19880	50	100	--	--	:
19880	50	101	Dissection	dissection	NN
19880	50	102	of	of	IN
19880	50	103	a	a	DT
19880	50	104	"	"	``
19880	50	105	pluck	pluck	NN
19880	50	106	"	"	''
19880	50	107	and	and	CC
19880	50	108	especially	especially	RB
19880	50	109	of	of	IN
19880	50	110	the	the	DT
19880	50	111	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	50	112	--	--	:
19880	50	113	Hygiene	hygiene	NN
19880	50	114	--	--	:
19880	50	115	How	how	WRB
19880	50	116	disorder	disorder	NN
19880	50	117	of	of	IN
19880	50	118	one	one	CD
19880	50	119	part	part	NN
19880	50	120	may	may	MD
19880	50	121	affect	affect	VB
19880	50	122	another	another	DT
19880	50	123	--	--	:
19880	50	124	Summary	Summary	NNP
19880	50	125	74	74	CD
19880	50	126	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19880	50	127	VII	vii	NN
19880	50	128	.	.	.
19880	51	1	SOUND	SOUND	NNP
19880	51	2	--	--	:
19880	51	3	THE	the	DT
19880	51	4	LARYNGOSCOPE	LARYNGOSCOPE	NNP
19880	51	5	--	--	:
19880	51	6	THE	the	DT
19880	51	7	LARYNX	LARYNX	NNP
19880	51	8	RECONSIDERED	RECONSIDERED	NNP
19880	51	9	.	.	.
19880	52	1	Some	some	DT
19880	52	2	study	study	NN
19880	52	3	of	of	IN
19880	52	4	physics	physics	NN
19880	52	5	desirable	desirable	JJ
19880	52	6	--	--	:
19880	52	7	Sound	sound	NN
19880	52	8	and	and	CC
19880	52	9	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	52	10	--	--	:
19880	52	11	The	the	DT
19880	52	12	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	52	13	body	body	NN
19880	52	14	--	--	:
19880	52	15	Experiments	experiment	NNS
19880	52	16	to	to	TO
19880	52	17	illustrate	illustrate	VB
19880	52	18	the	the	DT
19880	52	19	principles	principle	NNS
19880	52	20	of	of	IN
19880	52	21	sound	sound	NN
19880	52	22	--	--	:
19880	52	23	Qualities	quality	NNS
19880	52	24	of	of	IN
19880	52	25	sound	sound	NN
19880	52	26	--	--	:
19880	52	27	Animals	animal	NNS
19880	52	28	and	and	CC
19880	52	29	perception	perception	NN
19880	52	30	of	of	IN
19880	52	31	sound	sound	NN
19880	52	32	--	--	:
19880	52	33	The	the	DT
19880	52	34	range	range	NN
19880	52	35	of	of	IN
19880	52	36	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	52	37	in	in	IN
19880	52	38	man	man	NN
19880	52	39	--	--	.
19880	52	40	The	the	DT
19880	52	41	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	52	42	as	as	IN
19880	52	43	a	a	DT
19880	52	44	musical	musical	JJ
19880	52	45	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	52	46	--	--	:
19880	52	47	Experiments	experiment	NNS
19880	52	48	of	of	IN
19880	52	49	Johannes	Johannes	NNP
19880	52	50	Müller	Müller	NNP
19880	52	51	--	--	:
19880	52	52	Discovery	Discovery	NNP
19880	52	53	of	of	IN
19880	52	54	the	the	DT
19880	52	55	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19880	52	56	by	by	IN
19880	52	57	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19880	52	58	--	--	:
19880	52	59	Description	description	NN
19880	52	60	of	of	IN
19880	52	61	the	the	DT
19880	52	62	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	52	63	--	--	:
19880	52	64	Method	Method	NNP
19880	52	65	of	of	IN
19880	52	66	using	use	VBG
19880	52	67	the	the	DT
19880	52	68	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19880	52	69	--	--	:
19880	52	70	The	the	DT
19880	52	71	difficulties	difficulty	NNS
19880	52	72	--	--	:
19880	52	73	Auto	auto	NN
19880	52	74	-	-	HYPH
19880	52	75	laryngoscopy	laryngoscopy	NN
19880	52	76	--	--	:
19880	52	77	The	the	DT
19880	52	78	importance	importance	NN
19880	52	79	of	of	IN
19880	52	80	both	both	CC
19880	52	81	laryngoscopy	laryngoscopy	NN
19880	52	82	and	and	CC
19880	52	83	auto	auto	NN
19880	52	84	-	-	HYPH
19880	52	85	laryngoscopy	laryngoscopy	NN
19880	52	86	--	--	:
19880	52	87	Change	change	NN
19880	52	88	in	in	IN
19880	52	89	size	size	NN
19880	52	90	of	of	IN
19880	52	91	the	the	DT
19880	52	92	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	52	93	due	due	IN
19880	52	94	to	to	IN
19880	52	95	use	use	NN
19880	52	96	--	--	:
19880	52	97	Delicate	delicate	JJ
19880	52	98	changes	change	NNS
19880	52	99	in	in	IN
19880	52	100	the	the	DT
19880	52	101	laryngeal	laryngeal	JJ
19880	52	102	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	52	103	--	--	:
19880	52	104	Changes	change	NNS
19880	52	105	in	in	IN
19880	52	106	the	the	DT
19880	52	107	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	52	108	during	during	IN
19880	52	109	adolescence	adolescence	NN
19880	52	110	--	--	:
19880	52	111	Warnings	warning	NNS
19880	52	112	--	--	:
19880	52	113	The	the	DT
19880	52	114	"	"	``
19880	52	115	breaking	breaking	NN
19880	52	116	"	"	''
19880	52	117	of	of	IN
19880	52	118	the	the	DT
19880	52	119	voice	voice	NN
19880	52	120	--	--	.
19880	52	121	Analogies	analogy	NNS
19880	52	122	with	with	IN
19880	52	123	fatigue	fatigue	NN
19880	52	124	,	,	,
19880	52	125	etc.--When	etc.--When	NNP
19880	52	126	should	should	MD
19880	52	127	singing	singing	VB
19880	52	128	be	be	VB
19880	52	129	begun?--Singing	begun?--singe	VBG
19880	52	130	with	with	IN
19880	52	131	others	other	NNS
19880	52	132	--	--	:
19880	52	133	Choral	Choral	NNP
19880	52	134	singing	singe	VBG
19880	52	135	97	97	CD
19880	52	136	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19880	52	137	VIII	viii	NN
19880	52	138	.	.	.
19880	53	1	FURTHER	further	JJ
19880	53	2	CONSIDERATION	consideration	NN
19880	53	3	OF	of	IN
19880	53	4	BREATHING	breathing	NN
19880	53	5	,	,	,
19880	53	6	LARYNGEAL	LARYNGEAL	NNP
19880	53	7	ADJUSTMENT	ADJUSTMENT	NNP
19880	53	8	,	,	,
19880	53	9	ETC	ETC	NNP
19880	53	10	.	.	.
19880	54	1	Various	various	JJ
19880	54	2	kinds	kind	NNS
19880	54	3	of	of	IN
19880	54	4	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	54	5	,	,	,
19880	54	6	as	as	IN
19880	54	7	"	"	``
19880	54	8	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	54	9	,	,	,
19880	54	10	"	"	''
19880	54	11	"	"	``
19880	54	12	clavicular	clavicular	JJ
19880	54	13	,	,	,
19880	54	14	"	"	''
19880	54	15	etc	etc	FW
19880	54	16	.	.	NN
19880	54	17	,	,	,
19880	54	18	discussed	discuss	VBN
19880	54	19	--	--	:
19880	54	20	Control	Control	NNP
19880	54	21	of	of	IN
19880	54	22	the	the	DT
19880	54	23	whole	whole	NN
19880	54	24	of	of	IN
19880	54	25	the	the	DT
19880	54	26	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	54	27	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	54	28	urged	urge	VBD
19880	54	29	--	--	:
19880	54	30	Correct	correct	JJ
19880	54	31	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	54	32	as	as	IN
19880	54	33	a	a	DT
19880	54	34	habit	habit	NN
19880	54	35	--	--	:
19880	54	36	Breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	54	37	in	in	IN
19880	54	38	the	the	DT
19880	54	39	most	most	RBS
19880	54	40	vigorous	vigorous	JJ
19880	54	41	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	54	42	and	and	CC
19880	54	43	singing	singe	VBG
19880	54	44	--	--	:
19880	54	45	Different	different	JJ
19880	54	46	views	view	NNS
19880	54	47	expressed	express	VBN
19880	54	48	by	by	IN
19880	54	49	a	a	DT
19880	54	50	diagram	diagram	NN
19880	54	51	--	--	:
19880	54	52	Economy	economy	NN
19880	54	53	of	of	IN
19880	54	54	energy	energy	NN
19880	54	55	in	in	IN
19880	54	56	art	art	NN
19880	54	57	--	--	:
19880	54	58	Reserve	reserve	NN
19880	54	59	energy	energy	NN
19880	54	60	in	in	IN
19880	54	61	breathing--"Pumping"--_Coup	breathing--"pumping"--_coup	CD
19880	54	62	de	de	FW
19880	54	63	glotte_--"Attack"--Breath	glotte_--"attack"--breath	NN
19880	54	64	-	-	HYPH
19880	54	65	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19880	54	66	--	--	:
19880	54	67	Quality	quality	NN
19880	54	68	of	of	IN
19880	54	69	sound	sound	JJ
19880	54	70	the	the	DT
19880	54	71	prime	prime	JJ
19880	54	72	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	54	73	in	in	IN
19880	54	74	tone	tone	NN
19880	54	75	-	-	HYPH
19880	54	76	production	production	NN
19880	54	77	--	--	:
19880	54	78	Tremolo	Tremolo	NNP
19880	54	79	and	and	CC
19880	54	80	other	other	JJ
19880	54	81	faults	fault	NNS
19880	54	82	--	--	:
19880	54	83	Tests	test	NNS
19880	54	84	of	of	IN
19880	54	85	good	good	JJ
19880	54	86	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	54	87	--	--	:
19880	54	88	Mouth	mouth	NN
19880	54	89	-	-	HYPH
19880	54	90	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	54	91	--	--	:
19880	54	92	Exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	54	93	--	--	:
19880	54	94	Singing	singe	VBG
19880	54	95	of	of	IN
19880	54	96	a	a	DT
19880	54	97	single	single	JJ
19880	54	98	tone	tone	NN
19880	54	99	--	--	:
19880	54	100	Its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	54	101	relation	relation	NN
19880	54	102	to	to	IN
19880	54	103	scale	scale	NN
19880	54	104	-	-	HYPH
19880	54	105	singing	singing	NN
19880	54	106	--	--	:
19880	54	107	Summary	Summary	NNP
19880	54	108	and	and	CC
19880	54	109	review	review	VB
19880	54	110	118	118	CD
19880	54	111	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	54	112	IX	IX	NNP
19880	54	113	.	.	.
19880	55	1	THE	the	DT
19880	55	2	RESONANCE	resonance	NN
19880	55	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	55	4	CHAMBERS	chambers	NN
19880	55	5	.	.	.
19880	56	1	Vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	56	2	bands	band	NNS
19880	56	3	and	and	CC
19880	56	4	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	56	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	56	6	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	56	7	compared	compare	VBN
19880	56	8	--	--	:
19880	56	9	Improvised	improvise	VBN
19880	56	10	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	56	11	to	to	TO
19880	56	12	illustrate	illustrate	VB
19880	56	13	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	56	14	--	--	:
19880	56	15	Musical	musical	JJ
19880	56	16	instruments	instrument	NNS
19880	56	17	as	as	IN
19880	56	18	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	56	19	-	-	HYPH
19880	56	20	bodies	body	NNS
19880	56	21	--	--	:
19880	56	22	A	a	DT
19880	56	23	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	56	24	in	in	IN
19880	56	25	relation	relation	NN
19880	56	26	to	to	IN
19880	56	27	the	the	DT
19880	56	28	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	56	29	-	-	HYPH
19880	56	30	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	56	31	--	--	:
19880	56	32	Description	description	NN
19880	56	33	of	of	IN
19880	56	34	the	the	DT
19880	56	35	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	56	36	-	-	HYPH
19880	56	37	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	56	38	--	--	:
19880	56	39	How	how	WRB
19880	56	40	the	the	DT
19880	56	41	quality	quality	NN
19880	56	42	of	of	IN
19880	56	43	tones	tone	NNS
19880	56	44	may	may	MD
19880	56	45	be	be	VB
19880	56	46	made	make	VBN
19880	56	47	to	to	TO
19880	56	48	vary	vary	VB
19880	56	49	--	--	:
19880	56	50	New	new	JJ
19880	56	51	views	view	NNS
19880	56	52	as	as	IN
19880	56	53	to	to	IN
19880	56	54	the	the	DT
19880	56	55	sounding	sounding	NN
19880	56	56	-	-	HYPH
19880	56	57	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	56	58	--	--	:
19880	56	59	Summary	Summary	NNP
19880	56	60	140	140	CD
19880	56	61	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19880	56	62	X.	x.	NN
19880	57	1	THE	the	DT
19880	57	2	REGISTERS	register	NNS
19880	57	3	OF	of	IN
19880	57	4	THE	the	DT
19880	57	5	SINGING	singing	NN
19880	57	6	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19880	57	7	.	.	.
19880	58	1	A	a	DT
19880	58	2	controverted	controvert	VBN
19880	58	3	subject	subject	NN
19880	58	4	--	--	:
19880	58	5	Definitions	definition	NNS
19880	58	6	of	of	IN
19880	58	7	a	a	DT
19880	58	8	register	register	NN
19880	58	9	--	--	:
19880	58	10	Qualifications	qualification	NNS
19880	58	11	for	for	IN
19880	58	12	dealing	deal	VBG
19880	58	13	with	with	IN
19880	58	14	this	this	DT
19880	58	15	subject	subject	NN
19880	58	16	--	--	:
19880	58	17	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	58	18	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	58	19	--	--	:
19880	58	20	Tabular	tabular	JJ
19880	58	21	statement	statement	NN
19880	58	22	of	of	IN
19880	58	23	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	58	24	views	view	NNS
19880	58	25	--	--	:
19880	58	26	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19880	58	27	's	's	POS
19880	58	28	and	and	CC
19880	58	29	Behnke	Behnke	NNP
19880	58	30	's	's	POS
19880	58	31	divisions	division	NNS
19880	58	32	of	of	IN
19880	58	33	registers	register	NNS
19880	58	34	--	--	:
19880	58	35	Sir	Sir	NNP
19880	58	36	Morell	Morell	NNP
19880	58	37	Mackenzie	Mackenzie	NNP
19880	58	38	's	's	POS
19880	58	39	views	view	NNS
19880	58	40	in	in	IN
19880	58	41	detail	detail	NN
19880	58	42	--	--	:
19880	58	43	The	the	DT
19880	58	44	author	author	NN
19880	58	45	's	's	POS
19880	58	46	earlier	early	JJR
19880	58	47	investigations	investigation	NNS
19880	58	48	--	--	:
19880	58	49	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	58	50	Marchesi	Marchesi	NNP
19880	58	51	's	's	POS
19880	58	52	views	view	NNS
19880	58	53	and	and	CC
19880	58	54	practice	practice	NN
19880	58	55	151	151	CD
19880	58	56	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19880	58	57	XI	XI	NNP
19880	58	58	.	.	.
19880	59	1	FURTHER	further	JJ
19880	59	2	CONSIDERATION	consideration	NN
19880	59	3	OF	of	IN
19880	59	4	THE	the	DT
19880	59	5	REGISTERS	register	NNS
19880	59	6	OF	of	IN
19880	59	7	THE	the	DT
19880	59	8	SINGING	singing	NN
19880	59	9	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19880	59	10	.	.	.
19880	60	1	Auto	auto	NN
19880	60	2	-	-	HYPH
19880	60	3	laryngoscopy	laryngoscopy	NN
19880	60	4	and	and	CC
19880	60	5	photography	photography	NN
19880	60	6	of	of	IN
19880	60	7	the	the	DT
19880	60	8	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	60	9	--	--	:
19880	60	10	Dogmatism	dogmatism	NN
19880	60	11	and	and	CC
19880	60	12	science	science	NN
19880	60	13	--	--	:
19880	60	14	Confusion	confusion	NN
19880	60	15	and	and	CC
19880	60	16	controversy	controversy	NN
19880	60	17	--	--	:
19880	60	18	The	the	DT
19880	60	19	break	break	NN
19880	60	20	--	--	:
19880	60	21	Ignoring	ignoring	NN
19880	60	22	registers	register	NNS
19880	60	23	--	--	:
19880	60	24	Modification	modification	NN
19880	60	25	of	of	IN
19880	60	26	tones	tone	NNS
19880	60	27	,	,	,
19880	60	28	or	or	CC
19880	60	29	"	"	``
19880	60	30	covering"--Points	covering"--point	NNS
19880	60	31	of	of	IN
19880	60	32	agreement	agreement	NN
19880	60	33	between	between	IN
19880	60	34	different	different	JJ
19880	60	35	writers	writer	NNS
19880	60	36	on	on	IN
19880	60	37	the	the	DT
19880	60	38	subject	subject	NN
19880	60	39	--	--	:
19880	60	40	The	the	DT
19880	60	41	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	60	42	for	for	IN
19880	60	43	males	male	NNS
19880	60	44	--	--	:
19880	60	45	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	60	46	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	60	47	's	's	POS
19880	60	48	special	special	JJ
19880	60	49	qualifications	qualification	NNS
19880	60	50	--	--	:
19880	60	51	Behnke	Behnke	NNP
19880	60	52	's	's	POS
19880	60	53	and	and	CC
19880	60	54	Mackenzie	Mackenzie	NNP
19880	60	55	's	's	POS
19880	60	56	views	view	NNS
19880	60	57	--	--	:
19880	60	58	The	the	DT
19880	60	59	author	author	NN
19880	60	60	's	's	POS
19880	60	61	conclusions	conclusion	NNS
19880	60	62	--	--	:
19880	60	63	Rule	rule	VB
19880	60	64	for	for	IN
19880	60	65	the	the	DT
19880	60	66	extension	extension	NN
19880	60	67	of	of	IN
19880	60	68	a	a	DT
19880	60	69	register	register	NN
19880	60	70	--	--	:
19880	60	71	Why	why	WRB
19880	60	72	certain	certain	JJ
19880	60	73	artists	artist	NNS
19880	60	74	deteriorate	deteriorate	VBP
19880	60	75	while	while	IN
19880	60	76	others	other	NNS
19880	60	77	do	do	VBP
19880	60	78	not	not	RB
19880	60	79	---	---	:
19880	60	80	Males	male	NNS
19880	60	81	and	and	CC
19880	60	82	females	female	NNS
19880	60	83	compared	compare	VBN
19880	60	84	as	as	IN
19880	60	85	to	to	IN
19880	60	86	registers	register	NNS
19880	60	87	--	--	:
19880	60	88	The	the	DT
19880	60	89	division	division	NN
19880	60	90	of	of	IN
19880	60	91	the	the	DT
19880	60	92	registers	register	NNS
19880	60	93	for	for	IN
19880	60	94	female	female	JJ
19880	60	95	voices	voice	NNS
19880	60	96	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	60	97	by	by	IN
19880	60	98	the	the	DT
19880	60	99	author	author	NN
19880	60	100	--	--	:
19880	60	101	Teacher	teacher	NN
19880	60	102	and	and	CC
19880	60	103	pupil	pupil	NN
19880	60	104	as	as	IN
19880	60	105	regards	regard	VBZ
19880	60	106	registers	register	NNS
19880	60	107	--	--	:
19880	60	108	Objection	objection	NN
19880	60	109	to	to	IN
19880	60	110	registers	register	NNS
19880	60	111	answered	answer	VBN
19880	60	112	--	--	:
19880	60	113	The	the	DT
19880	60	114	manner	manner	NN
19880	60	115	of	of	IN
19880	60	116	using	use	VBG
19880	60	117	the	the	DT
19880	60	118	breath	breath	NN
19880	60	119	and	and	CC
19880	60	120	registers	register	NNS
19880	60	121	--	--	:
19880	60	122	How	how	WRB
19880	60	123	to	to	TO
19880	60	124	distinguish	distinguish	VB
19880	60	125	registers	register	NNS
19880	60	126	--	--	:
19880	60	127	The	the	DT
19880	60	128	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	60	129	's	's	POS
19880	60	130	part	part	NN
19880	60	131	--	--	:
19880	60	132	Hearing	hear	VBG
19880	60	133	singers	singer	NNS
19880	60	134	of	of	IN
19880	60	135	eminence	eminence	NN
19880	60	136	is	be	VBZ
19880	60	137	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	60	138	--	--	:
19880	60	139	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	60	140	Melba	Melba	NNP
19880	60	141	--	--	:
19880	60	142	Guiding	guide	VBG
19880	60	143	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	60	144	--	--	:
19880	60	145	Summary	summary	NN
19880	60	146	161	161	CD
19880	60	147	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19880	60	148	XII	xii	NN
19880	60	149	.	.	.
19880	61	1	FUNDAMENTAL	FUNDAMENTAL	NNP
19880	61	2	PRINCIPLES	principle	NNS
19880	61	3	UNDERLYING	UNDERLYING	NNP
19880	61	4	VOICE	voice	NN
19880	61	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	61	6	PRODUCTION	PRODUCTION	NNP
19880	61	7	.	.	.
19880	62	1	Artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	62	2	expression	expression	NN
19880	62	3	only	only	RB
19880	62	4	through	through	IN
19880	62	5	movements	movement	NNS
19880	62	6	--	--	:
19880	62	7	Emotions	emotion	NNS
19880	62	8	and	and	CC
19880	62	9	technique	technique	NN
19880	62	10	--	--	:
19880	62	11	Relation	relation	NN
19880	62	12	of	of	IN
19880	62	13	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	62	14	to	to	IN
19880	62	15	movements	movement	NNS
19880	62	16	--	--	:
19880	62	17	Memories	memory	NNS
19880	62	18	and	and	CC
19880	62	19	movements	movement	NNS
19880	62	20	--	--	:
19880	62	21	Guiding	guide	VBG
19880	62	22	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	62	23	essential	essential	JJ
19880	62	24	for	for	IN
19880	62	25	movements	movement	NNS
19880	62	26	--	--	:
19880	62	27	The	the	DT
19880	62	28	principles	principle	NNS
19880	62	29	underlying	underlie	VBG
19880	62	30	all	all	DT
19880	62	31	movements	movement	NNS
19880	62	32	the	the	DT
19880	62	33	same	same	JJ
19880	62	34	--	--	:
19880	62	35	Associated	associate	VBN
19880	62	36	reflexes	reflex	NNS
19880	62	37	and	and	CC
19880	62	38	habits	habit	NNS
19880	62	39	--	--	:
19880	62	40	How	how	WRB
19880	62	41	habits	habit	NNS
19880	62	42	are	be	VBP
19880	62	43	formed	form	VBN
19880	62	44	--	--	:
19880	62	45	inhibitions	inhibition	NNS
19880	62	46	and	and	CC
19880	62	47	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	62	48	importance	importance	NN
19880	62	49	--	--	:
19880	62	50	Early	early	JJ
19880	62	51	practices	practice	NNS
19880	62	52	only	only	RB
19880	62	53	before	before	IN
19880	62	54	the	the	DT
19880	62	55	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	62	56	--	--	:
19880	62	57	Careful	careful	JJ
19880	62	58	practice	practice	NN
19880	62	59	with	with	IN
19880	62	60	concentration	concentration	NN
19880	62	61	of	of	IN
19880	62	62	energy	energy	NN
19880	62	63	the	the	DT
19880	62	64	best	good	JJS
19880	62	65	--	--	.
19880	62	66	Queries	query	NNS
19880	62	67	as	as	IN
19880	62	68	to	to	TO
19880	62	69	practice	practice	VB
19880	62	70	--	--	:
19880	62	71	Fatigue	fatigue	NN
19880	62	72	a	a	DT
19880	62	73	warning	warning	NN
19880	62	74	--	--	:
19880	62	75	Practice	practice	NN
19880	62	76	in	in	IN
19880	62	77	the	the	DT
19880	62	78	early	early	JJ
19880	62	79	hours	hour	NNS
19880	62	80	of	of	IN
19880	62	81	the	the	DT
19880	62	82	day	day	NN
19880	62	83	,	,	,
19880	62	84	and	and	CC
19880	62	85	short	short	JJ
19880	62	86	of	of	IN
19880	62	87	fatigue	fatigue	NN
19880	62	88	--	--	.
19880	62	89	Quality	quality	NN
19880	62	90	to	to	TO
19880	62	91	be	be	VB
19880	62	92	aimed	aim	VBN
19880	62	93	at	at	IN
19880	62	94	rather	rather	RB
19880	62	95	than	than	IN
19880	62	96	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	62	97	--	--	:
19880	62	98	The	the	DT
19880	62	99	total	total	JJ
19880	62	100	amount	amount	NN
19880	62	101	of	of	IN
19880	62	102	time	time	NN
19880	62	103	to	to	TO
19880	62	104	be	be	VB
19880	62	105	devoted	devote	VBN
19880	62	106	to	to	TO
19880	62	107	practice--"Hasten	practice--"hasten	VB
19880	62	108	slowly	slowly	RB
19880	62	109	;	;	:
19880	62	110	"	"	''
19880	62	111	"	"	``
19880	62	112	Little	little	JJ
19880	62	113	and	and	CC
19880	62	114	often"--The	often"--the	DT
19880	62	115	treatment	treatment	NN
19880	62	116	of	of	IN
19880	62	117	the	the	DT
19880	62	118	voice	voice	NN
19880	62	119	ruined	ruin	VBN
19880	62	120	by	by	IN
19880	62	121	wrong	wrong	JJ
19880	62	122	methods	method	NNS
19880	62	123	--	--	:
19880	62	124	Summary	Summary	NNP
19880	62	125	179	179	CD
19880	62	126	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19880	62	127	XIII	xiii	NN
19880	62	128	.	.	.
19880	63	1	CHIEFLY	chiefly	VB
19880	63	2	AN	an	DT
19880	63	3	APPLICATION	application	NN
19880	63	4	TO	to	IN
19880	63	5	VOICE	voice	NN
19880	63	6	-	-	HYPH
19880	63	7	PRODUCTION	production	NN
19880	63	8	OF	of	IN
19880	63	9	FACTS	FACTS	NNP
19880	63	10	AND	and	CC
19880	63	11	PRINCIPLES	principle	NNS
19880	63	12	PREVIOUSLY	PREVIOUSLY	VBD
19880	63	13	CONSIDERED	CONSIDERED	NNS
19880	63	14	.	.	.
19880	64	1	Vowels	Vowels	NNP
19880	64	2	,	,	,
19880	64	3	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	64	4	,	,	,
19880	64	5	noise	noise	NN
19880	64	6	--	--	:
19880	64	7	Consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	64	8	and	and	CC
19880	64	9	pauses	pause	NNS
19880	64	10	--	--	:
19880	64	11	Voice	voice	NN
19880	64	12	-	-	HYPH
19880	64	13	production	production	NN
19880	64	14	and	and	CC
19880	64	15	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	64	16	--	--	:
19880	64	17	Certain	certain	JJ
19880	64	18	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	64	19	sounds	sound	VBZ
19880	64	20	common	common	JJ
19880	64	21	to	to	IN
19880	64	22	most	most	JJS
19880	64	23	languages	language	NNS
19880	64	24	--	--	:
19880	64	25	Why	why	WRB
19880	64	26	German	german	JJ
19880	64	27	and	and	CC
19880	64	28	English	English	NNP
19880	64	29	are	be	VBP
19880	64	30	relatively	relatively	RB
19880	64	31	unmusical	unmusical	JJ
19880	64	32	--	--	:
19880	64	33	The	the	DT
19880	64	34	needs	need	NNS
19880	64	35	of	of	IN
19880	64	36	the	the	DT
19880	64	37	musical	musical	JJ
19880	64	38	artist	artist	NN
19880	64	39	--	--	:
19880	64	40	The	the	DT
19880	64	41	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	64	42	required	require	VBN
19880	64	43	for	for	IN
19880	64	44	the	the	DT
19880	64	45	production	production	NN
19880	64	46	of	of	IN
19880	64	47	a	a	DT
19880	64	48	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	64	49	sound	sound	NN
19880	64	50	--	--	:
19880	64	51	Reconsideration	reconsideration	NN
19880	64	52	of	of	IN
19880	64	53	the	the	DT
19880	64	54	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	64	55	-	-	HYPH
19880	64	56	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	64	57	--	--	:
19880	64	58	The	the	DT
19880	64	59	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	64	60	to	to	TO
19880	64	61	be	be	VB
19880	64	62	steadied	steady	VBN
19880	64	63	but	but	CC
19880	64	64	not	not	RB
19880	64	65	held	hold	VBN
19880	64	66	rigidly	rigidly	RB
19880	64	67	immovable	immovable	JJ
19880	64	68	--	--	:
19880	64	69	The	the	DT
19880	64	70	principal	principal	JJ
19880	64	71	modifiers	modifier	NNS
19880	64	72	of	of	IN
19880	64	73	the	the	DT
19880	64	74	shape	shape	NN
19880	64	75	of	of	IN
19880	64	76	the	the	DT
19880	64	77	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	64	78	-	-	HYPH
19880	64	79	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	64	80	--	--	:
19880	64	81	Breath	breath	NN
19880	64	82	to	to	TO
19880	64	83	be	be	VB
19880	64	84	taken	take	VBN
19880	64	85	through	through	IN
19880	64	86	the	the	DT
19880	64	87	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	64	88	--	--	:
19880	64	89	The	the	DT
19880	64	90	lips	lip	NNS
19880	64	91	--	--	:
19880	64	92	Tongue	tongue	NN
19880	64	93	and	and	CC
19880	64	94	lip	lip	NN
19880	64	95	practice	practice	NN
19880	64	96	before	before	IN
19880	64	97	a	a	DT
19880	64	98	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	64	99	--	--	:
19880	64	100	Importance	importance	NN
19880	64	101	of	of	IN
19880	64	102	the	the	DT
19880	64	103	connection	connection	NN
19880	64	104	between	between	IN
19880	64	105	the	the	DT
19880	64	106	ear	ear	NN
19880	64	107	and	and	CC
19880	64	108	the	the	DT
19880	64	109	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	64	110	parts	part	NNS
19880	64	111	,	,	,
19880	64	112	etc--"Open	etc--"Open	NNP
19880	64	113	mouth"--The	mouth"--The	NNP
19880	64	114	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	64	115	in	in	IN
19880	64	116	singing	singe	VBG
19880	64	117	a	a	DT
19880	64	118	descending	descend	VBG
19880	64	119	scale	scale	NN
19880	64	120	--	--	:
19880	64	121	Undue	undue	JJ
19880	64	122	opening	opening	NN
19880	64	123	of	of	IN
19880	64	124	the	the	DT
19880	64	125	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	64	126	--	--	:
19880	64	127	Proper	proper	JJ
19880	64	128	method	method	NN
19880	64	129	of	of	IN
19880	64	130	opening	open	VBG
19880	64	131	the	the	DT
19880	64	132	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	64	133	--	--	:
19880	64	134	Causes	cause	NNS
19880	64	135	of	of	IN
19880	64	136	compression	compression	NN
19880	64	137	and	and	CC
19880	64	138	the	the	DT
19880	64	139	consequences	consequence	NNS
19880	64	140	195	195	CD
19880	64	141	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	64	142	XIV	XIV	NNP
19880	64	143	.	.	.
19880	65	1	SOME	some	DT
19880	65	2	SPECIFIC	SPECIFIC	VBN
19880	65	3	APPLICATIONS	application	NNS
19880	65	4	OF	of	IN
19880	65	5	PRINCIPLES	principles	NN
19880	65	6	IN	in	IN
19880	65	7	TONE	tone	NN
19880	65	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	65	9	PRODUCTION	production	NN
19880	65	10	.	.	.
19880	66	1	Principles	principle	NNS
19880	66	2	and	and	CC
19880	66	3	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	66	4	expression	expression	NN
19880	66	5	in	in	IN
19880	66	6	a	a	DT
19880	66	7	few	few	JJ
19880	66	8	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	66	9	--	--	:
19880	66	10	Analysis	analysis	NN
19880	66	11	of	of	IN
19880	66	12	the	the	DT
19880	66	13	methods	method	NNS
19880	66	14	of	of	IN
19880	66	15	tone	tone	NN
19880	66	16	-	-	HYPH
19880	66	17	production	production	NN
19880	66	18	--	--	:
19880	66	19	The	the	DT
19880	66	20	sustained	sustained	JJ
19880	66	21	tone	tone	NN
19880	66	22	--	--	:
19880	66	23	Smoothly	smoothly	RB
19880	66	24	linked	link	VBN
19880	66	25	tones	tone	NNS
19880	66	26	--	--	:
19880	66	27	The	the	DT
19880	66	28	legato	legato	NN
19880	66	29	--	--	:
19880	66	30	The	the	DT
19880	66	31	staccato	staccato	NN
19880	66	32	and	and	CC
19880	66	33	kindred	kindred	JJ
19880	66	34	effects	effect	NNS
19880	66	35	--	--	:
19880	66	36	The	the	DT
19880	66	37	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	66	38	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	66	39	--	--	.
19880	66	40	Perfection	perfection	NN
19880	66	41	requires	require	VBZ
19880	66	42	years	year	NNS
19880	66	43	of	of	IN
19880	66	44	careful	careful	JJ
19880	66	45	practice	practice	NN
19880	66	46	--	--	:
19880	66	47	The	the	DT
19880	66	48	bel	bel	NN
19880	66	49	canto	canto	NN
19880	66	50	and	and	CC
19880	66	51	the	the	DT
19880	66	52	swell	swell	NN
19880	66	53	--	--	:
19880	66	54	The	the	DT
19880	66	55	same	same	JJ
19880	66	56	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	66	57	for	for	IN
19880	66	58	singer	singer	NN
19880	66	59	and	and	CC
19880	66	60	speaker--"Forward	speaker--"forward	NN
19880	66	61	,	,	,
19880	66	62	"	"	''
19880	66	63	"	"	``
19880	66	64	backward	backward	JJ
19880	66	65	,	,	,
19880	66	66	"	"	''
19880	66	67	etc	etc	FW
19880	66	68	.	.	NN
19880	66	69	,	,	,
19880	66	70	production	production	NN
19880	66	71	--	--	:
19880	66	72	Escape	escape	NN
19880	66	73	of	of	IN
19880	66	74	breath	breath	NN
19880	66	75	--	--	:
19880	66	76	The	the	DT
19880	66	77	action	action	NN
19880	66	78	of	of	IN
19880	66	79	the	the	DT
19880	66	80	soft	soft	JJ
19880	66	81	palate	palate	NN
19880	66	82	--	--	:
19880	66	83	When	when	WRB
19880	66	84	to	to	TO
19880	66	85	use	use	VB
19880	66	86	"	"	``
19880	66	87	forward	forward	RB
19880	66	88	"	"	''
19880	66	89	and	and	CC
19880	66	90	when	when	WRB
19880	66	91	"	"	``
19880	66	92	backward	backward	JJ
19880	66	93	"	"	''
19880	66	94	production	production	NN
19880	66	95	--	--	:
19880	66	96	Voice	voice	NN
19880	66	97	-	-	HYPH
19880	66	98	placement	placement	NN
19880	66	99	--	--	:
19880	66	100	Nasal	nasal	NN
19880	66	101	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	66	102	,	,	,
19880	66	103	not	not	RB
19880	66	104	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	66	105	twang	twang	NNP
19880	66	106	--	--	:
19880	66	107	Summary	Summary	NNP
19880	66	108	207	207	CD
19880	66	109	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19880	66	110	XV	xv	NN
19880	66	111	.	.	.
19880	67	1	THE	the	DT
19880	67	2	ELEMENTS	element	NNS
19880	67	3	OF	of	IN
19880	67	4	SPEECH	SPEECH	NNP
19880	67	5	AND	and	CC
19880	67	6	SONG	SONG	NNP
19880	67	7	.	.	.
19880	68	1	The	the	DT
19880	68	2	subject	subject	NN
19880	68	3	may	may	MD
19880	68	4	be	be	VB
19880	68	5	made	make	VBN
19880	68	6	dry	dry	JJ
19880	68	7	or	or	CC
19880	68	8	the	the	DT
19880	68	9	reverse	reverse	NN
19880	68	10	--	--	:
19880	68	11	Vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	68	12	,	,	,
19880	68	13	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	68	14	,	,	,
19880	68	15	noise	noise	NN
19880	68	16	--	--	:
19880	68	17	The	the	DT
19880	68	18	position	position	NN
19880	68	19	of	of	IN
19880	68	20	the	the	DT
19880	68	21	lips	lip	NNS
19880	68	22	and	and	CC
19880	68	23	the	the	DT
19880	68	24	shape	shape	NN
19880	68	25	of	of	IN
19880	68	26	the	the	DT
19880	68	27	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	68	28	-	-	HYPH
19880	68	29	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	68	30	in	in	IN
19880	68	31	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	68	32	the	the	DT
19880	68	33	various	various	JJ
19880	68	34	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	68	35	--	--	:
19880	68	36	How	how	WRB
19880	68	37	to	to	TO
19880	68	38	demonstrate	demonstrate	VB
19880	68	39	that	that	IN
19880	68	40	the	the	DT
19880	68	41	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	68	42	-	-	HYPH
19880	68	43	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	68	44	is	be	VBZ
19880	68	45	a	a	DT
19880	68	46	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	68	47	-	-	HYPH
19880	68	48	chamber	chamber	NN
19880	68	49	--	--	:
19880	68	50	Practical	practical	JJ
19880	68	51	considerations	consideration	NNS
19880	68	52	growing	grow	VBG
19880	68	53	out	out	IN
19880	68	54	of	of	IN
19880	68	55	the	the	DT
19880	68	56	above	above	JJ
19880	68	57	--	--	:
19880	68	58	Speaker	Speaker	NNP
19880	68	59	,	,	,
19880	68	60	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	68	61	,	,	,
19880	68	62	and	and	CC
19880	68	63	composer	composer	NN
19880	68	64	--	--	:
19880	68	65	Bearing	bear	VBG
19880	68	66	of	of	IN
19880	68	67	these	these	DT
19880	68	68	facts	fact	NNS
19880	68	69	on	on	IN
19880	68	70	the	the	DT
19880	68	71	learning	learning	NN
19880	68	72	of	of	IN
19880	68	73	languages	language	NNS
19880	68	74	--	--	:
19880	68	75	Consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	68	76	as	as	IN
19880	68	77	musical	musical	JJ
19880	68	78	nuisances	nuisance	NNS
19880	68	79	--	--	:
19880	68	80	Their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	68	81	great	great	JJ
19880	68	82	variation	variation	NN
19880	68	83	in	in	IN
19880	68	84	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	68	85	--	--	:
19880	68	86	Brücke	Brücke	NNP
19880	68	87	's	's	POS
19880	68	88	division	division	NN
19880	68	89	of	of	IN
19880	68	90	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	68	91	--	--	:
19880	68	92	Tabulation	tabulation	NN
19880	68	93	of	of	IN
19880	68	94	the	the	DT
19880	68	95	same	same	JJ
19880	68	96	218	218	CD
19880	68	97	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	68	98	XVI	XVI	NNP
19880	68	99	.	.	.
19880	69	1	FURTHER	further	JJ
19880	69	2	THEORETICAL	THEORETICAL	NNS
19880	69	3	AND	and	CC
19880	69	4	PRACTICAL	practical	NN
19880	69	5	CONSIDERATION	consideration	NN
19880	69	6	OF	of	IN
19880	69	7	VOWELS	VOWELS	NNP
19880	69	8	AND	and	CC
19880	69	9	CONSONANTS	consonant	NNS
19880	69	10	.	.	.
19880	70	1	The	the	DT
19880	70	2	best	good	JJS
19880	70	3	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	70	4	to	to	TO
19880	70	5	use	use	VB
19880	70	6	in	in	IN
19880	70	7	practice	practice	NN
19880	70	8	--	--	:
19880	70	9	Necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	70	10	to	to	TO
19880	70	11	practise	practise	VB
19880	70	12	all	all	DT
19880	70	13	--	--	:
19880	70	14	The	the	DT
19880	70	15	guttural	guttural	JJ
19880	70	16	_	_	NNP
19880	70	17	r	r	NNP
19880	70	18	_	_	NNP
19880	70	19	and	and	CC
19880	70	20	the	the	DT
19880	70	21	lingual	lingual	JJ
19880	70	22	_	_	NNP
19880	70	23	r_--Consonants	r_--consonant	NNS
19880	70	24	that	that	WDT
19880	70	25	favor	favor	VBP
19880	70	26	nasality	nasality	NN
19880	70	27	of	of	IN
19880	70	28	tone	tone	NN
19880	70	29	--	--	:
19880	70	30	Overtones	overtone	NNS
19880	70	31	and	and	CC
19880	70	32	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19880	70	33	tones	tone	NNS
19880	70	34	--	--	:
19880	70	35	Relation	relation	NN
19880	70	36	of	of	IN
19880	70	37	intensity	intensity	NN
19880	70	38	and	and	CC
19880	70	39	quality	quality	NN
19880	70	40	--	--	:
19880	70	41	The	the	DT
19880	70	42	carrying	carry	VBG
19880	70	43	power	power	NN
19880	70	44	of	of	IN
19880	70	45	a	a	DT
19880	70	46	tone	tone	NN
19880	70	47	--	--	:
19880	70	48	Unusual	unusual	JJ
19880	70	49	distinctness	distinctness	NN
19880	70	50	in	in	IN
19880	70	51	practice	practice	NN
19880	70	52	as	as	IN
19880	70	53	related	relate	VBN
19880	70	54	to	to	IN
19880	70	55	ease	ease	NN
19880	70	56	--	--	:
19880	70	57	The	the	DT
19880	70	58	registers	register	NNS
19880	70	59	of	of	IN
19880	70	60	the	the	DT
19880	70	61	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	70	62	voice	voice	NN
19880	70	63	according	accord	VBG
19880	70	64	to	to	IN
19880	70	65	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	70	66	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	70	67	--	--	:
19880	70	68	The	the	DT
19880	70	69	range	range	NN
19880	70	70	in	in	IN
19880	70	71	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	70	72	--	--	:
19880	70	73	Summary	Summary	NNP
19880	70	74	230	230	CD
19880	70	75	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19880	70	76	XVII	XVII	NNP
19880	70	77	.	.	.
19880	71	1	THE	the	DT
19880	71	2	HEARING	hearing	NN
19880	71	3	APPARATUS	apparatus	NN
19880	71	4	AND	and	CC
19880	71	5	HEARING	hearing	NN
19880	71	6	IN	in	IN
19880	71	7	MUSIC	music	NN
19880	71	8	.	.	.
19880	72	1	Why	why	WRB
19880	72	2	this	this	DT
19880	72	3	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	72	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	72	5	introduced	introduce	VBN
19880	72	6	--	--	:
19880	72	7	The	the	DT
19880	72	8	essential	essential	JJ
19880	72	9	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	72	10	of	of	IN
19880	72	11	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	72	12	--	--	:
19880	72	13	The	the	DT
19880	72	14	part	part	NN
19880	72	15	played	play	VBN
19880	72	16	by	by	IN
19880	72	17	waves	wave	NNS
19880	72	18	and	and	CC
19880	72	19	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	72	20	--	--	:
19880	72	21	Divisions	Divisions	NNPS
19880	72	22	of	of	IN
19880	72	23	the	the	DT
19880	72	24	ear	ear	NN
19880	72	25	--	--	:
19880	72	26	The	the	DT
19880	72	27	external	external	JJ
19880	72	28	ear	ear	NN
19880	72	29	in	in	IN
19880	72	30	lower	low	JJR
19880	72	31	animals	animal	NNS
19880	72	32	--	--	:
19880	72	33	The	the	DT
19880	72	34	drum	drum	NN
19880	72	35	-	-	HYPH
19880	72	36	head	head	NN
19880	72	37	or	or	CC
19880	72	38	tympanic	tympanic	JJ
19880	72	39	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	72	40	--	--	:
19880	72	41	The	the	DT
19880	72	42	middle	middle	JJ
19880	72	43	ear	ear	NN
19880	72	44	and	and	CC
19880	72	45	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	72	46	connections	connection	NNS
19880	72	47	--	--	:
19880	72	48	Relation	relation	NN
19880	72	49	of	of	IN
19880	72	50	the	the	DT
19880	72	51	throat	throat	NN
19880	72	52	and	and	CC
19880	72	53	the	the	DT
19880	72	54	ear	ear	NN
19880	72	55	--	--	:
19880	72	56	The	the	DT
19880	72	57	inner	inner	JJ
19880	72	58	ear	ear	NN
19880	72	59	or	or	CC
19880	72	60	labyrinth	labyrinth	NN
19880	72	61	--	--	:
19880	72	62	The	the	DT
19880	72	63	end	end	NN
19880	72	64	-	-	HYPH
19880	72	65	organ	organ	NN
19880	72	66	and	and	CC
19880	72	67	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	72	68	relations	relation	NNS
19880	72	69	--	--	:
19880	72	70	The	the	DT
19880	72	71	connection	connection	NN
19880	72	72	of	of	IN
19880	72	73	the	the	DT
19880	72	74	ear	ear	NN
19880	72	75	and	and	CC
19880	72	76	various	various	JJ
19880	72	77	parts	part	NNS
19880	72	78	of	of	IN
19880	72	79	the	the	DT
19880	72	80	brain	brain	NN
19880	72	81	--	--	:
19880	72	82	The	the	DT
19880	72	83	musician	musician	NN
19880	72	84	's	's	POS
19880	72	85	ear	ear	NN
19880	72	86	--	--	:
19880	72	87	Relation	relation	NN
19880	72	88	of	of	IN
19880	72	89	music	music	NN
19880	72	90	and	and	CC
19880	72	91	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	72	92	--	--	:
19880	72	93	Lack	lack	NN
19880	72	94	of	of	IN
19880	72	95	ear	ear	NN
19880	72	96	and	and	CC
19880	72	97	inattention	inattention	NN
19880	72	98	--	--	:
19880	72	99	The	the	DT
19880	72	100	artist	artist	NN
19880	72	101	and	and	CC
19880	72	102	the	the	DT
19880	72	103	musician	musician	NN
19880	72	104	--	--	:
19880	72	105	The	the	DT
19880	72	106	ear	ear	NN
19880	72	107	and	and	CC
19880	72	108	the	the	DT
19880	72	109	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	72	110	voice	voice	NN
19880	72	111	--	--	:
19880	72	112	General	general	JJ
19880	72	113	musical	musical	JJ
19880	72	114	training	training	NN
19880	72	115	in	in	IN
19880	72	116	relation	relation	NN
19880	72	117	to	to	IN
19880	72	118	intonation	intonation	NN
19880	72	119	,	,	,
19880	72	120	etc	etc	FW
19880	72	121	--	--	:
19880	72	122	The	the	DT
19880	72	123	appreciation	appreciation	NN
19880	72	124	of	of	IN
19880	72	125	music	music	NN
19880	72	126	,	,	,
19880	72	127	and	and	CC
19880	72	128	training	training	NN
19880	72	129	to	to	IN
19880	72	130	that	that	DT
19880	72	131	end	end	NN
19880	72	132	--	--	:
19880	72	133	The	the	DT
19880	72	134	art	art	NN
19880	72	135	of	of	IN
19880	72	136	listening	listen	VBG
19880	72	137	with	with	IN
19880	72	138	close	close	JJ
19880	72	139	attention	attention	NN
19880	72	140	--	--	:
19880	72	141	Summary	Summary	NNP
19880	72	142	236	236	CD
19880	72	143	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19880	72	144	XVIII	xviii	NN
19880	72	145	.	.	.
19880	73	1	CONSIDERATION	consideration	NN
19880	73	2	OF	of	IN
19880	73	3	GENERAL	GENERAL	NNP
19880	73	4	AND	and	CC
19880	73	5	SPECIAL	SPECIAL	NNP
19880	73	6	HYGIENE	HYGIENE	NNS
19880	73	7	AND	and	CC
19880	73	8	RELATED	related	JJ
19880	73	9	SUBJECTS	subject	NNS
19880	73	10	.	.	.
19880	74	1	Hygienic	hygienic	JJ
19880	74	2	as	as	IN
19880	74	3	related	relate	VBN
19880	74	4	to	to	IN
19880	74	5	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	74	6	principles	principle	NNS
19880	74	7	--	--	:
19880	74	8	Hygiene	Hygiene	NNP
19880	74	9	in	in	IN
19880	74	10	the	the	DT
19880	74	11	widest	wide	JJS
19880	74	12	sense	sense	NN
19880	74	13	--	--	:
19880	74	14	Unfavorable	unfavorable	JJ
19880	74	15	conditions	condition	NNS
19880	74	16	in	in	IN
19880	74	17	the	the	DT
19880	74	18	public	public	JJ
19880	74	19	life	life	NN
19880	74	20	of	of	IN
19880	74	21	an	an	DT
19880	74	22	artist	artist	NN
19880	74	23	--	--	:
19880	74	24	Qualifications	qualification	NNS
19880	74	25	for	for	IN
19880	74	26	success	success	NN
19880	74	27	--	--	:
19880	74	28	Technique	technique	NN
19880	74	29	and	and	CC
19880	74	30	a	a	DT
19880	74	31	public	public	JJ
19880	74	32	career	career	NN
19880	74	33	--	--	:
19880	74	34	The	the	DT
19880	74	35	isolation	isolation	NN
19880	74	36	of	of	IN
19880	74	37	the	the	DT
19880	74	38	artist	artist	NN
19880	74	39	and	and	CC
19880	74	40	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	74	41	dangers	danger	NNS
19880	74	42	--	--	:
19880	74	43	The	the	DT
19880	74	44	need	need	NN
19880	74	45	for	for	IN
19880	74	46	greater	great	JJR
19880	74	47	preparation	preparation	NN
19880	74	48	now	now	RB
19880	74	49	than	than	IN
19880	74	50	ever	ever	RB
19880	74	51	--	--	:
19880	74	52	Choral	choral	JJ
19880	74	53	singing	singing	NN
19880	74	54	and	and	CC
19880	74	55	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	74	56	possible	possible	JJ
19880	74	57	dangers	danger	NNS
19880	74	58	--	--	:
19880	74	59	The	the	DT
19880	74	60	tendencies	tendency	NNS
19880	74	61	of	of	IN
19880	74	62	the	the	DT
19880	74	63	Wagner	Wagner	NNP
19880	74	64	music	music	NN
19880	74	65	-	-	HYPH
19880	74	66	drama	drama	NN
19880	74	67	--	--	:
19880	74	68	Special	special	JJ
19880	74	69	faults	fault	NNS
19880	74	70	,	,	,
19880	74	71	as	as	IN
19880	74	72	the	the	DT
19880	74	73	"	"	``
19880	74	74	scoop	scoop	NN
19880	74	75	,	,	,
19880	74	76	"	"	''
19880	74	77	"	"	``
19880	74	78	_	_	NNP
19880	74	79	vibrato	vibrato	NNP
19880	74	80	_	_	NNP
19880	74	81	,	,	,
19880	74	82	"	"	''
19880	74	83	"	"	``
19880	74	84	_	_	NNP
19880	74	85	tremolo	tremolo	NNP
19880	74	86	_	_	NNP
19880	74	87	,	,	,
19880	74	88	"	"	``
19880	74	89	"	"	``
19880	74	90	pumping"--Desirability	pumping"--desirability	NN
19880	74	91	of	of	IN
19880	74	92	consultations	consultation	NNS
19880	74	93	by	by	IN
19880	74	94	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	74	95	of	of	IN
19880	74	96	the	the	DT
19880	74	97	use	use	NN
19880	74	98	of	of	IN
19880	74	99	the	the	DT
19880	74	100	voice	voice	NN
19880	74	101	--	--	:
19880	74	102	Things	thing	NNS
19880	74	103	the	the	DT
19880	74	104	voice	voice	NN
19880	74	105	-	-	HYPH
19880	74	106	user	user	NN
19880	74	107	should	should	MD
19880	74	108	avoid	avoid	VB
19880	74	109	--	--	:
19880	74	110	Mouth	mouth	NN
19880	74	111	-	-	HYPH
19880	74	112	toilets	toilet	NNS
19880	74	113	--	--	:
19880	74	114	Lozenges	lozenge	NNS
19880	74	115	--	--	:
19880	74	116	The	the	DT
19880	74	117	sipping	sipping	NN
19880	74	118	of	of	IN
19880	74	119	water	water	NN
19880	74	120	--	--	.
19880	74	121	What	what	WP
19880	74	122	one	one	PRP
19880	74	123	should	should	MD
19880	74	124	and	and	CC
19880	74	125	should	should	MD
19880	74	126	not	not	RB
19880	74	127	eat	eat	VB
19880	74	128	--	--	:
19880	74	129	Tea	tea	NN
19880	74	130	and	and	CC
19880	74	131	Coffee	coffee	NN
19880	74	132	--	--	:
19880	74	133	The	the	DT
19880	74	134	whole	whole	JJ
19880	74	135	subject	subject	NN
19880	74	136	of	of	IN
19880	74	137	congestion	congestion	NN
19880	74	138	from	from	IN
19880	74	139	compression	compression	NN
19880	74	140	,	,	,
19880	74	141	straining	strain	VBG
19880	74	142	,	,	,
19880	74	143	etc	etc	FW
19880	74	144	.	.	.
19880	74	145	,	,	,
19880	74	146	of	of	IN
19880	74	147	the	the	DT
19880	74	148	utmost	utmost	JJ
19880	74	149	importance	importance	NN
19880	74	150	--	--	:
19880	74	151	A	a	DT
19880	74	152	sore	sore	JJ
19880	74	153	throat	throat	NN
19880	74	154	when	when	WRB
19880	74	155	frequent	frequent	NN
19880	74	156	should	should	MD
19880	74	157	give	give	VB
19880	74	158	rise	rise	NN
19880	74	159	to	to	IN
19880	74	160	inquiry	inquiry	VB
19880	74	161	as	as	IN
19880	74	162	to	to	IN
19880	74	163	methods	method	NNS
19880	74	164	--	--	.
19880	74	165	Constipation	constipation	NN
19880	74	166	--	--	:
19880	74	167	Exercise	exercise	NN
19880	74	168	--	--	:
19880	74	169	Bathing	bathe	VBG
19880	74	170	251	251	CD
19880	74	171	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19880	74	172	XIX	xix	NN
19880	74	173	.	.	.
19880	75	1	FURTHER	further	JJ
19880	75	2	TREATMENT	treatment	NN
19880	75	3	OF	of	IN
19880	75	4	PHYSICAL	physical	NN
19880	75	5	AND	and	CC
19880	75	6	MENTAL	mental	NN
19880	75	7	HYGIENE	hygiene	NN
19880	75	8	.	.	.
19880	76	1	Stammering	stammer	VBG
19880	76	2	and	and	CC
19880	76	3	stuttering	stuttering	NN
19880	76	4	--	--	:
19880	76	5	Those	those	DT
19880	76	6	who	who	WP
19880	76	7	have	have	VBP
19880	76	8	broken	break	VBN
19880	76	9	down	down	RP
19880	76	10	--	--	:
19880	76	11	The	the	DT
19880	76	12	increase	increase	NN
19880	76	13	of	of	IN
19880	76	14	the	the	DT
19880	76	15	range	range	NN
19880	76	16	of	of	IN
19880	76	17	a	a	DT
19880	76	18	voice	voice	NN
19880	76	19	--	--	.
19880	76	20	The	the	DT
19880	76	21	part	part	NN
19880	76	22	the	the	DT
19880	76	23	student	student	NN
19880	76	24	plays	play	VBZ
19880	76	25	in	in	IN
19880	76	26	settling	settle	VBG
19880	76	27	such	such	JJ
19880	76	28	questions	question	NNS
19880	76	29	--	--	:
19880	76	30	Selections	selection	NNS
19880	76	31	to	to	TO
19880	76	32	be	be	VB
19880	76	33	avoided	avoid	VBN
19880	76	34	--	--	:
19880	76	35	Conservation	conservation	NN
19880	76	36	of	of	IN
19880	76	37	energy	energy	NN
19880	76	38	--	--	:
19880	76	39	Change	change	NN
19880	76	40	and	and	CC
19880	76	41	contrast	contrast	NN
19880	76	42	--	--	:
19880	76	43	The	the	DT
19880	76	44	voice	voice	NN
19880	76	45	as	as	IN
19880	76	46	related	relate	VBN
19880	76	47	to	to	IN
19880	76	48	the	the	DT
19880	76	49	building	building	NN
19880	76	50	in	in	IN
19880	76	51	which	which	WDT
19880	76	52	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	76	53	is	be	VBZ
19880	76	54	produced	produce	VBN
19880	76	55	--	--	:
19880	76	56	The	the	DT
19880	76	57	listener	listener	NN
19880	76	58	and	and	CC
19880	76	59	pauses	pause	NNS
19880	76	60	--	--	:
19880	76	61	Nervousness	Nervousness	NNP
19880	76	62	,	,	,
19880	76	63	and	and	CC
19880	76	64	how	how	WRB
19880	76	65	to	to	TO
19880	76	66	ward	ward	VB
19880	76	67	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	76	68	off	off	RP
19880	76	69	--	--	:
19880	76	70	General	general	JJ
19880	76	71	conclusion	conclusion	NN
19880	76	72	268	268	CD
19880	76	73	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	76	74	XX	XX	NNP
19880	76	75	.	.	.
19880	77	1	REVIEW	REVIEW	NNP
19880	77	2	AND	and	CC
19880	77	3	REVISION	REVISION	NNP
19880	77	4	.	.	.
19880	78	1	The	the	DT
19880	78	2	object	object	NN
19880	78	3	of	of	IN
19880	78	4	the	the	DT
19880	78	5	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	78	6	or	or	CC
19880	78	7	singer	singer	NN
19880	78	8	--	--	.
19880	78	9	The	the	DT
19880	78	10	idea	idea	NN
19880	78	11	of	of	IN
19880	78	12	co	co	NN
19880	78	13	-	-	NN
19880	78	14	ordination	ordination	NN
19880	78	15	--	--	:
19880	78	16	The	the	DT
19880	78	17	study	study	NN
19880	78	18	of	of	IN
19880	78	19	vocalization	vocalization	NN
19880	78	20	may	may	MD
19880	78	21	be	be	VB
19880	78	22	considered	consider	VBN
19880	78	23	a	a	DT
19880	78	24	study	study	NN
19880	78	25	of	of	IN
19880	78	26	movements	movement	NNS
19880	78	27	--	--	:
19880	78	28	The	the	DT
19880	78	29	psychic	psychic	JJ
19880	78	30	condition	condition	NN
19880	78	31	--	--	:
19880	78	32	The	the	DT
19880	78	33	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	78	34	which	which	WDT
19880	78	35	is	be	VBZ
19880	78	36	played	play	VBN
19880	78	37	upon	upon	IN
19880	78	38	--	--	:
19880	78	39	How	how	WRB
19880	78	40	is	be	VBZ
19880	78	41	this	this	DT
19880	78	42	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	78	43	played	play	VBD
19880	78	44	upon?--Vibration	upon?--Vibration	NNP
19880	78	45	of	of	IN
19880	78	46	the	the	DT
19880	78	47	air	air	NN
19880	78	48	--	--	:
19880	78	49	Breathing	breathing	NN
19880	78	50	--	--	.
19880	78	51	The	the	DT
19880	78	52	aim	aim	NN
19880	78	53	of	of	IN
19880	78	54	all	all	DT
19880	78	55	training	training	NN
19880	78	56	--	--	:
19880	78	57	The	the	DT
19880	78	58	whole	whole	JJ
19880	78	59	subject	subject	NN
19880	78	60	of	of	IN
19880	78	61	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	78	62	--	--	:
19880	78	63	Breathing	breathing	NN
19880	78	64	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	78	65	--	--	:
19880	78	66	The	the	DT
19880	78	67	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	78	68	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	78	69	--	--	:
19880	78	70	The	the	DT
19880	78	71	formation	formation	NN
19880	78	72	of	of	IN
19880	78	73	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	78	74	--	--	:
19880	78	75	Muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	78	76	efforts	effort	NNS
19880	78	77	for	for	IN
19880	78	78	the	the	DT
19880	78	79	production	production	NN
19880	78	80	of	of	IN
19880	78	81	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	78	82	--	--	:
19880	78	83	The	the	DT
19880	78	84	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19880	78	85	of	of	IN
19880	78	86	words	word	NNS
19880	78	87	--	--	:
19880	78	88	General	general	JJ
19880	78	89	health	health	NN
19880	78	90	of	of	IN
19880	78	91	great	great	JJ
19880	78	92	importance	importance	NN
19880	78	93	276	276	CD
19880	78	94	LIST	LIST	NNS
19880	78	95	OF	of	IN
19880	78	96	ILLUSTRATIONS	illustrations	NN
19880	78	97	.	.	.
19880	79	1	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	79	2	.	.	.
19880	80	1	PAGE	PAGE	NNP
19880	80	2	Appearance	Appearance	NNP
19880	80	3	of	of	IN
19880	80	4	the	the	DT
19880	80	5	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	80	6	during	during	IN
19880	80	7	phonation	phonation	NN
19880	80	8	in	in	IN
19880	80	9	two	two	CD
19880	80	10	special	special	JJ
19880	80	11	cases	case	NNS
19880	80	12	(	(	-LRB-
19880	80	13	in	in	IN
19880	80	14	colors	color	NNS
19880	80	15	)	)	-RRB-
19880	80	16	_	_	NNP
19880	80	17	Frontispiece	Frontispiece	NNP
19880	80	18	_	_	NNP
19880	80	19	1	1	CD
19880	80	20	.	.	.
19880	81	1	Muscle	muscle	NN
19880	81	2	-	-	HYPH
19880	81	3	fibres	fibre	NNS
19880	81	4	from	from	IN
19880	81	5	the	the	DT
19880	81	6	heart	heart	NN
19880	81	7	,	,	,
19880	81	8	much	much	RB
19880	81	9	magnified	magnify	VBN
19880	81	10	34	34	CD
19880	81	11	2	2	CD
19880	81	12	.	.	.
19880	82	1	Small	small	JJ
19880	82	2	portion	portion	NN
19880	82	3	of	of	IN
19880	82	4	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	82	5	,	,	,
19880	82	6	moderately	moderately	RB
19880	82	7	magnified	magnify	VBD
19880	82	8	34	34	CD
19880	82	9	3	3	CD
19880	82	10	.	.	.
19880	83	1	Muscle	muscle	NN
19880	83	2	-	-	HYPH
19880	83	3	cells	cell	NNS
19880	83	4	from	from	IN
19880	83	5	coats	coat	NNS
19880	83	6	of	of	IN
19880	83	7	intestine	intestine	NN
19880	83	8	35	35	CD
19880	83	9	4	4	CD
19880	83	10	.	.	.
19880	84	1	Body	body	NN
19880	84	2	of	of	IN
19880	84	3	a	a	DT
19880	84	4	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	84	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	84	6	cell	cell	NN
19880	84	7	of	of	IN
19880	84	8	the	the	DT
19880	84	9	spinal	spinal	JJ
19880	84	10	cord	cord	NNP
19880	84	11	38	38	CD
19880	84	12	5	5	CD
19880	84	13	.	.	.
19880	85	1	Large	large	JJ
19880	85	2	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	85	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	85	4	cell	cell	NN
19880	85	5	from	from	IN
19880	85	6	spinal	spinal	JJ
19880	85	7	cord	cord	NN
19880	85	8	of	of	IN
19880	85	9	an	an	DT
19880	85	10	ox	ox	NNP
19880	85	11	38	38	CD
19880	85	12	6	6	CD
19880	85	13	.	.	.
19880	86	1	Cell	cell	NN
19880	86	2	from	from	IN
19880	86	3	the	the	DT
19880	86	4	cortex	cortex	NN
19880	86	5	cerebri	cerebri	NNP
19880	86	6	38	38	CD
19880	86	7	-	-	SYM
19880	86	8	39	39	CD
19880	86	9	7	7	CD
19880	86	10	.	.	.
19880	87	1	Nerve	nerve	NN
19880	87	2	terminating	terminate	VBG
19880	87	3	in	in	IN
19880	87	4	a	a	DT
19880	87	5	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	87	6	38	38	CD
19880	87	7	-	-	SYM
19880	87	8	39	39	CD
19880	87	9	8	8	CD
19880	87	10	.	.	.
19880	88	1	Muscle	muscle	NN
19880	88	2	-	-	HYPH
19880	88	3	fibres	fibre	NNS
19880	88	4	with	with	IN
19880	88	5	capillaries	capillary	NNS
19880	88	6	around	around	RB
19880	88	7	and	and	CC
19880	88	8	between	between	IN
19880	88	9	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	88	10	39	39	CD
19880	88	11	9	9	CD
19880	88	12	.	.	.
19880	89	1	Parts	part	NNS
19880	89	2	of	of	IN
19880	89	3	the	the	DT
19880	89	4	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	89	5	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	89	6	44	44	CD
19880	89	7	10	10	CD
19880	89	8	.	.	.
19880	90	1	Trachea	trachea	NN
19880	90	2	and	and	CC
19880	90	3	bronchial	bronchial	JJ
19880	90	4	tubes	tube	NNS
19880	90	5	45	45	CD
19880	90	6	11	11	CD
19880	90	7	.	.	.
19880	91	1	Heart	heart	NN
19880	91	2	,	,	,
19880	91	3	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	91	4	,	,	,
19880	91	5	and	and	CC
19880	91	6	diaphragm	diaphragm	RB
19880	91	7	45	45	CD
19880	91	8	12	12	CD
19880	91	9	.	.	.
19880	92	1	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
19880	92	2	showing	show	VBG
19880	92	3	changes	change	NNS
19880	92	4	in	in	IN
19880	92	5	shape	shape	NN
19880	92	6	of	of	IN
19880	92	7	chest	chest	NN
19880	92	8	during	during	IN
19880	92	9	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	92	10	49	49	CD
19880	92	11	13	13	CD
19880	92	12	.	.	.
19880	93	1	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
19880	93	2	showing	show	VBG
19880	93	3	depression	depression	NN
19880	93	4	of	of	IN
19880	93	5	the	the	DT
19880	93	6	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	93	7	during	during	IN
19880	93	8	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	93	9	50	50	CD
19880	93	10	14	14	CD
19880	93	11	.	.	.
19880	94	1	Position	position	NN
19880	94	2	of	of	IN
19880	94	3	diaphragm	diaphragm	JJ
19880	94	4	,	,	,
19880	94	5	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	94	6	walls	wall	NNS
19880	94	7	,	,	,
19880	94	8	etc	etc	FW
19880	94	9	.	.	FW
19880	94	10	,	,	,
19880	94	11	during	during	IN
19880	94	12	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	94	13	55	55	CD
19880	94	14	15	15	CD
19880	94	15	.	.	.
19880	95	1	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
19880	95	2	illustrating	illustrate	VBG
19880	95	3	reflex	reflex	NNP
19880	95	4	action	action	NN
19880	95	5	58	58	CD
19880	95	6	16	16	CD
19880	95	7	.	.	.
19880	96	1	A	a	DT
19880	96	2	well	well	RB
19880	96	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	96	4	developed	developed	JJ
19880	96	5	,	,	,
19880	96	6	healthy	healthy	JJ
19880	96	7	chest	chest	NN
19880	96	8	62	62	CD
19880	96	9	17	17	CD
19880	96	10	.	.	.
19880	97	1	A	a	DT
19880	97	2	chest	chest	NN
19880	97	3	deformed	deform	VBN
19880	97	4	by	by	IN
19880	97	5	corsets	corset	NNS
19880	97	6	62	62	CD
19880	97	7	18	18	CD
19880	97	8	.	.	.
19880	98	1	Normal	normal	JJ
19880	98	2	position	position	NN
19880	98	3	of	of	IN
19880	98	4	diaphragm	diaphragm	JJ
19880	98	5	and	and	CC
19880	98	6	vital	vital	JJ
19880	98	7	organs	organ	NNS
19880	98	8	63	63	CD
19880	98	9	19	19	CD
19880	98	10	.	.	.
19880	99	1	Vital	vital	JJ
19880	99	2	organs	organ	NNS
19880	99	3	misplaced	misplace	VBN
19880	99	4	by	by	IN
19880	99	5	compression	compression	NN
19880	99	6	of	of	IN
19880	99	7	the	the	DT
19880	99	8	chest	chest	NN
19880	99	9	63	63	CD
19880	99	10	20	20	CD
19880	99	11	.	.	.
19880	100	1	Thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	100	2	and	and	CC
19880	100	3	cricoid	cricoid	JJ
19880	100	4	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	100	5	,	,	,
19880	100	6	side	side	NN
19880	100	7	view	view	NN
19880	100	8	76	76	CD
19880	100	9	21	21	CD
19880	100	10	.	.	.
19880	101	1	Thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	101	2	and	and	CC
19880	101	3	cricoid	cricoid	JJ
19880	101	4	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	101	5	,	,	,
19880	101	6	front	front	JJ
19880	101	7	view	view	NN
19880	101	8	76	76	CD
19880	101	9	22	22	CD
19880	101	10	.	.	.
19880	102	1	Back	back	JJ
19880	102	2	surface	surface	NN
19880	102	3	of	of	IN
19880	102	4	cricoid	cricoid	JJ
19880	102	5	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	102	6	77	77	CD
19880	102	7	23	23	CD
19880	102	8	.	.	.
19880	103	1	Cricoid	cricoid	JJ
19880	103	2	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	103	3	,	,	,
19880	103	4	side	side	JJ
19880	103	5	view	view	NN
19880	103	6	.	.	.
19880	104	1	77	77	CD
19880	104	2	24	24	CD
19880	104	3	.	.	.
19880	105	1	Arytenoid	Arytenoid	NNP
19880	105	2	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	105	3	77	77	CD
19880	105	4	25	25	CD
19880	105	5	.	.	.
19880	106	1	A	a	DT
19880	106	2	view	view	NN
19880	106	3	of	of	IN
19880	106	4	the	the	DT
19880	106	5	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	106	6	from	from	IN
19880	106	7	behind	behind	IN
19880	106	8	78	78	CD
19880	106	9	26	26	CD
19880	106	10	.	.	.
19880	107	1	Epiglottis	epiglottis	NN
19880	107	2	,	,	,
19880	107	3	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	107	4	and	and	CC
19880	107	5	cricoid	cricoid	NN
19880	107	6	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	107	7	,	,	,
19880	107	8	etc	etc	FW
19880	107	9	.	.	.
19880	108	1	78	78	CD
19880	108	2	-	-	SYM
19880	108	3	79	79	CD
19880	108	4	27	27	CD
19880	108	5	.	.	.
19880	109	1	Hyoid	hyoid	NN
19880	109	2	bone	bone	NN
19880	109	3	,	,	,
19880	109	4	crico	crico	NN
19880	109	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	109	6	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	109	7	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	109	8	,	,	,
19880	109	9	etc	etc	FW
19880	109	10	.	.	.
19880	110	1	78	78	CD
19880	110	2	-	-	SYM
19880	110	3	79	79	CD
19880	110	4	28	28	CD
19880	110	5	.	.	.
19880	111	1	Posterior	posterior	JJ
19880	111	2	view	view	NN
19880	111	3	of	of	IN
19880	111	4	the	the	DT
19880	111	5	larynx	larynx	NNP
19880	111	6	79	79	CD
19880	111	7	29	29	CD
19880	111	8	.	.	.
19880	112	1	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
19880	112	2	showing	show	VBG
19880	112	3	relation	relation	NN
19880	112	4	of	of	IN
19880	112	5	parts	part	NNS
19880	112	6	to	to	IN
19880	112	7	the	the	DT
19880	112	8	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	112	9	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	112	10	80	80	CD
19880	112	11	30	30	CD
19880	112	12	.	.	.
19880	113	1	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
19880	113	2	showing	show	VBG
19880	113	3	the	the	DT
19880	113	4	action	action	NN
19880	113	5	of	of	IN
19880	113	6	crico	crico	NN
19880	113	7	-	-	HYPH
19880	113	8	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	113	9	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	113	10	82	82	CD
19880	113	11	31	31	CD
19880	113	12	.	.	.
19880	114	1	View	view	NN
19880	114	2	of	of	IN
19880	114	3	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	114	4	from	from	IN
19880	114	5	above	above	IN
19880	114	6	83	83	CD
19880	114	7	32	32	CD
19880	114	8	.	.	.
19880	115	1	Transverse	Transverse	NNP
19880	115	2	section	section	NN
19880	115	3	of	of	IN
19880	115	4	larynx	larynx	NNP
19880	115	5	83	83	CD
19880	115	6	33	33	CD
19880	115	7	.	.	.
19880	116	1	False	false	JJ
19880	116	2	and	and	CC
19880	116	3	true	true	JJ
19880	116	4	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	116	5	bands	band	NNS
19880	116	6	,	,	,
19880	116	7	etc	etc	FW
19880	116	8	.	.	.
19880	117	1	86	86	CD
19880	117	2	34	34	CD
19880	117	3	.	.	.
19880	118	1	Inner	inner	JJ
19880	118	2	surface	surface	NN
19880	118	3	of	of	IN
19880	118	4	the	the	DT
19880	118	5	larynx	larynx	NNP
19880	118	6	87	87	CD
19880	118	7	35	35	CD
19880	118	8	.	.	.
19880	119	1	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
19880	119	2	to	to	TO
19880	119	3	show	show	VB
19880	119	4	the	the	DT
19880	119	5	action	action	NN
19880	119	6	of	of	IN
19880	119	7	the	the	DT
19880	119	8	laryngeal	laryngeal	NN
19880	119	9	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	119	10	96	96	CD
19880	119	11	36	36	CD
19880	119	12	.	.	.
19880	120	1	Registering	register	VBG
19880	120	2	the	the	DT
19880	120	3	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	120	4	of	of	IN
19880	120	5	a	a	DT
19880	120	6	tuning	tuning	NN
19880	120	7	-	-	HYPH
19880	120	8	fork	fork	NN
19880	120	9	100	100	CD
19880	120	10	37	37	CD
19880	120	11	.	.	.
19880	121	1	Illustrating	illustrate	VBG
19880	121	2	the	the	DT
19880	121	3	transmission	transmission	NN
19880	121	4	of	of	IN
19880	121	5	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	121	6	101	101	CD
19880	121	7	38	38	CD
19880	121	8	.	.	.
19880	122	1	Illustrating	illustrate	VBG
19880	122	2	the	the	DT
19880	122	3	theory	theory	NN
19880	122	4	and	and	CC
19880	122	5	practice	practice	NN
19880	122	6	of	of	IN
19880	122	7	laryngoscopic	laryngoscopic	NN
19880	122	8	examination	examination	NN
19880	122	9	104	104	CD
19880	122	10	39	39	CD
19880	122	11	.	.	.
19880	123	1	Illustrating	illustrate	VBG
19880	123	2	the	the	DT
19880	123	3	practice	practice	NN
19880	123	4	of	of	IN
19880	123	5	laryngoscopic	laryngoscopic	NN
19880	123	6	examination	examination	NN
19880	123	7	106	106	CD
19880	123	8	40	40	CD
19880	123	9	.	.	.
19880	124	1	Laryngoscopic	laryngoscopic	JJ
19880	124	2	picture	picture	NN
19880	124	3	of	of	IN
19880	124	4	male	male	JJ
19880	124	5	larynx	larynx	NNP
19880	124	6	112	112	CD
19880	124	7	41	41	CD
19880	124	8	.	.	.
19880	125	1	Laryngoscopic	laryngoscopic	JJ
19880	125	2	picture	picture	NN
19880	125	3	of	of	IN
19880	125	4	female	female	JJ
19880	125	5	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	125	6	112	112	CD
19880	125	7	42	42	CD
19880	125	8	.	.	.
19880	126	1	Larynx	Larynx	NNP
19880	126	2	during	during	IN
19880	126	3	an	an	DT
19880	126	4	attack	attack	NN
19880	126	5	of	of	IN
19880	126	6	a	a	DT
19880	126	7	common	common	JJ
19880	126	8	"	"	``
19880	126	9	cold	cold	JJ
19880	126	10	"	"	''
19880	126	11	113	113	CD
19880	126	12	43	43	CD
19880	126	13	.	.	.
19880	127	1	The	the	DT
19880	127	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	127	3	bands	band	NNS
19880	127	4	as	as	IN
19880	127	5	seen	see	VBN
19880	127	6	with	with	IN
19880	127	7	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19880	127	8	during	during	IN
19880	127	9	deep	deep	JJ
19880	127	10	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	127	11	113	113	CD
19880	127	12	44	44	CD
19880	127	13	.	.	.
19880	128	1	Diagram	diagram	NN
19880	128	2	showing	show	VBG
19880	128	3	form	form	NN
19880	128	4	of	of	IN
19880	128	5	chest	chest	NN
19880	128	6	and	and	CC
19880	128	7	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
19880	128	8	in	in	IN
19880	128	9	forced	force	VBN
19880	128	10	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	128	11	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	128	12	122	122	CD
19880	128	13	45	45	CD
19880	128	14	.	.	.
19880	129	1	The	the	DT
19880	129	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	129	3	bands	band	NNS
19880	129	4	during	during	IN
19880	129	5	the	the	DT
19880	129	6	production	production	NN
19880	129	7	of	of	IN
19880	129	8	a	a	DT
19880	129	9	high	high	RB
19880	129	10	-	-	HYPH
19880	129	11	pitched	pitch	VBN
19880	129	12	tone	tone	NN
19880	129	13	138	138	CD
19880	129	14	46	46	CD
19880	129	15	.	.	.
19880	130	1	Water	water	NN
19880	130	2	being	be	VBG
19880	130	3	poured	pour	VBN
19880	130	4	into	into	IN
19880	130	5	a	a	DT
19880	130	6	tube	tube	NN
19880	130	7	until	until	IN
19880	130	8	the	the	DT
19880	130	9	remaining	remain	VBG
19880	130	10	air	air	NN
19880	130	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	130	12	space	space	NN
19880	130	13	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	130	14	a	a	DT
19880	130	15	resonator	resonator	NN
19880	130	16	of	of	IN
19880	130	17	a	a	DT
19880	130	18	tuning	tuning	NN
19880	130	19	-	-	HYPH
19880	130	20	fork	fork	NN
19880	130	21	142	142	CD
19880	130	22	47	47	CD
19880	130	23	.	.	.
19880	131	1	Soft	soft	JJ
19880	131	2	palate	palate	NN
19880	131	3	,	,	,
19880	131	4	fauces	fauce	NNS
19880	131	5	,	,	,
19880	131	6	and	and	CC
19880	131	7	tonsils	tonsil	VBZ
19880	131	8	142	142	CD
19880	131	9	-	-	SYM
19880	131	10	143	143	CD
19880	131	11	48	48	CD
19880	131	12	.	.	.
19880	132	1	Nares	naris	NNS
19880	132	2	and	and	CC
19880	132	3	soft	soft	JJ
19880	132	4	palate	palate	NN
19880	132	5	,	,	,
19880	132	6	from	from	IN
19880	132	7	behind	behind	IN
19880	132	8	142	142	CD
19880	132	9	-	-	SYM
19880	132	10	143	143	CD
19880	132	11	49	49	CD
19880	132	12	.	.	.
19880	133	1	Turbinated	turbinate	VBN
19880	133	2	bones	bone	NNS
19880	133	3	of	of	IN
19880	133	4	the	the	DT
19880	133	5	nose	nose	NN
19880	133	6	143	143	CD
19880	133	7	50	50	CD
19880	133	8	.	.	.
19880	134	1	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	134	2	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	134	3	's	's	POS
19880	134	4	division	division	NN
19880	134	5	of	of	IN
19880	134	6	the	the	DT
19880	134	7	registers	register	NNS
19880	134	8	155	155	CD
19880	134	9	51	51	CD
19880	134	10	.	.	.
19880	135	1	Appearance	appearance	NN
19880	135	2	of	of	IN
19880	135	3	the	the	DT
19880	135	4	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	135	5	bands	band	NNS
19880	135	6	when	when	WRB
19880	135	7	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	135	8	first	first	JJ
19880	135	9	E	e	NN
19880	135	10	and	and	CC
19880	135	11	then	then	RB
19880	135	12	F	F	NNP
19880	135	13	sharp	sharp	JJ
19880	135	14	164	164	CD
19880	135	15	52	52	CD
19880	135	16	.	.	.
19880	136	1	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
19880	136	2	to	to	TO
19880	136	3	show	show	VB
19880	136	4	the	the	DT
19880	136	5	nature	nature	NN
19880	136	6	of	of	IN
19880	136	7	registers	register	NNS
19880	136	8	and	and	CC
19880	136	9	breaks	break	NNS
19880	136	10	166	166	CD
19880	136	11	53	53	CD
19880	136	12	.	.	.
19880	137	1	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
19880	137	2	of	of	IN
19880	137	3	the	the	DT
19880	137	4	processes	process	NNS
19880	137	5	involved	involve	VBN
19880	137	6	in	in	IN
19880	137	7	singing	singe	VBG
19880	137	8	186	186	CD
19880	137	9	54	54	CD
19880	137	10	.	.	.
19880	138	1	Highly	highly	RB
19880	138	2	magnified	magnify	VBN
19880	138	3	diagramatic	diagramatic	JJ
19880	138	4	representation	representation	NN
19880	138	5	of	of	IN
19880	138	6	a	a	DT
19880	138	7	section	section	NN
19880	138	8	through	through	IN
19880	138	9	the	the	DT
19880	138	10	superficial	superficial	JJ
19880	138	11	part	part	NN
19880	138	12	of	of	IN
19880	138	13	the	the	DT
19880	138	14	great	great	JJ
19880	138	15	brain	brain	NN
19880	138	16	188	188	CD
19880	138	17	55	55	CD
19880	138	18	.	.	.
19880	139	1	Nerve	nerve	NN
19880	139	2	-	-	HYPH
19880	139	3	cell	cell	NN
19880	139	4	from	from	IN
19880	139	5	the	the	DT
19880	139	6	outer	outer	JJ
19880	139	7	rind	rind	NN
19880	139	8	of	of	IN
19880	139	9	the	the	DT
19880	139	10	great	great	JJ
19880	139	11	brain	brain	NN
19880	139	12	,	,	,
19880	139	13	much	much	RB
19880	139	14	magnified	magnify	VBN
19880	139	15	189	189	CD
19880	139	16	56	56	CD
19880	139	17	.	.	.
19880	140	1	Position	position	NN
19880	140	2	of	of	IN
19880	140	3	parts	part	NNS
19880	140	4	in	in	IN
19880	140	5	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	140	6	the	the	DT
19880	140	7	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	140	8	A	a	DT
19880	140	9	219	219	CD
19880	140	10	57	57	CD
19880	140	11	.	.	.
19880	141	1	Position	position	NN
19880	141	2	of	of	IN
19880	141	3	the	the	DT
19880	141	4	parts	part	NNS
19880	141	5	in	in	IN
19880	141	6	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	141	7	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	141	8	220	220	CD
19880	141	9	58	58	CD
19880	141	10	.	.	.
19880	142	1	Position	position	NN
19880	142	2	of	of	IN
19880	142	3	the	the	DT
19880	142	4	parts	part	NNS
19880	142	5	in	in	IN
19880	142	6	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	142	7	OU	OU	NNP
19880	142	8	222	222	CD
19880	142	9	59	59	CD
19880	142	10	.	.	.
19880	143	1	Position	position	NN
19880	143	2	of	of	IN
19880	143	3	the	the	DT
19880	143	4	parts	part	NNS
19880	143	5	in	in	IN
19880	143	6	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	143	7	T	T	NNP
19880	143	8	,	,	,
19880	143	9	K	K	NNP
19880	143	10	,	,	,
19880	143	11	F	F	NNP
19880	143	12	,	,	,
19880	143	13	R	R	NNP
19880	143	14	,	,	,
19880	143	15	N	n	NN
19880	143	16	,	,	,
19880	143	17	and	and	CC
19880	143	18	P	p	NN
19880	143	19	227	227	CD
19880	143	20	60	60	CD
19880	143	21	.	.	.
19880	144	1	Vertical	vertical	JJ
19880	144	2	section	section	NN
19880	144	3	of	of	IN
19880	144	4	the	the	DT
19880	144	5	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	144	6	apparatus	apparatus	NNP
19880	144	7	237	237	CD
19880	144	8	61	61	CD
19880	144	9	.	.	.
19880	145	1	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
19880	145	2	of	of	IN
19880	145	3	the	the	DT
19880	145	4	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	145	5	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	145	6	238	238	CD
19880	145	7	62	62	CD
19880	145	8	.	.	.
19880	146	1	Two	two	CD
19880	146	2	of	of	IN
19880	146	3	the	the	DT
19880	146	4	ear	ear	NN
19880	146	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	146	6	bones	bone	NNS
19880	146	7	(	(	-LRB-
19880	146	8	malleus	malleus	NNP
19880	146	9	and	and	CC
19880	146	10	incus	incus	NN
19880	146	11	)	)	-RRB-
19880	146	12	,	,	,
19880	146	13	enlarged	enlarge	VBD
19880	146	14	239	239	CD
19880	146	15	63	63	CD
19880	146	16	.	.	.
19880	147	1	The	the	DT
19880	147	2	complete	complete	JJ
19880	147	3	chain	chain	NN
19880	147	4	of	of	IN
19880	147	5	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	147	6	ossicles	ossicle	NNS
19880	147	7	240	240	CD
19880	147	8	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19880	147	9	PRODUCTION	PRODUCTION	NNP
19880	147	10	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	147	11	I.	i.	NN
19880	148	1	THE	the	DT
19880	148	2	CLAIMS	claim	NNS
19880	148	3	AND	and	CC
19880	148	4	IMPORTANCE	importance	NN
19880	148	5	OF	of	IN
19880	148	6	VOCAL	vocal	NN
19880	148	7	PHYSIOLOGY	PHYSIOLOGY	NNS
19880	148	8	.	.	.
19880	149	1	To	to	TO
19880	149	2	know	know	VB
19880	149	3	consciously	consciously	RB
19880	149	4	and	and	CC
19880	149	5	to	to	TO
19880	149	6	do	do	VB
19880	149	7	with	with	IN
19880	149	8	special	special	JJ
19880	149	9	reference	reference	NN
19880	149	10	to	to	IN
19880	149	11	guiding	guide	VBG
19880	149	12	principles	principle	NNS
19880	149	13	are	be	VBP
19880	149	14	to	to	TO
19880	149	15	be	be	VB
19880	149	16	distinguished	distinguish	VBN
19880	149	17	from	from	IN
19880	149	18	carrying	carry	VBG
19880	149	19	out	out	RP
19880	149	20	some	some	DT
19880	149	21	process	process	NN
19880	149	22	without	without	IN
19880	149	23	bearing	bear	VBG
19880	149	24	in	in	IN
19880	149	25	mind	mind	NN
19880	149	26	the	the	DT
19880	149	27	why	why	WRB
19880	149	28	or	or	CC
19880	149	29	wherefore	wherefore	VB
19880	149	30	.	.	.
19880	150	1	Science	science	NN
19880	150	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	150	3	exact	exact	JJ
19880	150	4	and	and	CC
19880	150	5	related	related	JJ
19880	150	6	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	150	7	,	,	,
19880	150	8	facts	fact	NNS
19880	150	9	bound	bind	VBN
19880	150	10	together	together	RB
19880	150	11	by	by	IN
19880	150	12	principles	principle	NNS
19880	150	13	.	.	.
19880	151	1	Art	art	NN
19880	151	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	151	3	execution	execution	NN
19880	151	4	,	,	,
19880	151	5	doing	do	VBG
19880	151	6	,	,	,
19880	151	7	and	and	CC
19880	151	8	has	have	VBZ
19880	151	9	not	not	RB
19880	151	10	necessarily	necessarily	RB
19880	151	11	any	any	DT
19880	151	12	conscious	conscious	JJ
19880	151	13	reference	reference	NN
19880	151	14	to	to	IN
19880	151	15	principles	principle	NNS
19880	151	16	.	.	.
19880	152	1	While	while	IN
19880	152	2	every	every	DT
19880	152	3	art	art	NN
19880	152	4	has	have	VBZ
19880	152	5	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	152	6	corresponding	corresponding	JJ
19880	152	7	science	science	NN
19880	152	8	,	,	,
19880	152	9	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	152	10	relation	relation	NN
19880	152	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	152	12	in	in	IN
19880	152	13	some	some	DT
19880	152	14	cases	case	NNS
19880	152	15	of	of	IN
19880	152	16	much	much	RB
19880	152	17	greater	great	JJR
19880	152	18	practical	practical	JJ
19880	152	19	importance	importance	NN
19880	152	20	than	than	IN
19880	152	21	in	in	IN
19880	152	22	others	other	NNS
19880	152	23	.	.	.
19880	153	1	While	while	IN
19880	153	2	a	a	DT
19880	153	3	painter	painter	NN
19880	153	4	may	may	MD
19880	153	5	be	be	VB
19880	153	6	the	the	DT
19880	153	7	better	well	JJR
19880	153	8	for	for	IN
19880	153	9	knowing	know	VBG
19880	153	10	the	the	DT
19880	153	11	laws	law	NNS
19880	153	12	of	of	IN
19880	153	13	light	light	NN
19880	153	14	,	,	,
19880	153	15	there	there	EX
19880	153	16	can	can	MD
19880	153	17	be	be	VB
19880	153	18	no	no	DT
19880	153	19	question	question	NN
19880	153	20	that	that	IN
19880	153	21	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	153	22	may	may	MD
19880	153	23	do	do	VB
19880	153	24	very	very	RB
19880	153	25	good	good	JJ
19880	153	26	work	work	NN
19880	153	27	without	without	IN
19880	153	28	any	any	DT
19880	153	29	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	153	30	whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	153	31	of	of	IN
19880	153	32	the	the	DT
19880	153	33	science	science	NN
19880	153	34	of	of	IN
19880	153	35	optics	optic	NNS
19880	153	36	.	.	.
19880	154	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	154	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	154	3	at	at	IN
19880	154	4	least	least	JJS
19880	154	5	in	in	IN
19880	154	6	no	no	DT
19880	154	7	danger	danger	NN
19880	154	8	of	of	IN
19880	154	9	injuring	injure	VBG
19880	154	10	any	any	DT
19880	154	11	part	part	NN
19880	154	12	of	of	IN
19880	154	13	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	154	14	person	person	NN
19880	154	15	.	.	.
19880	155	1	Entirely	entirely	RB
19880	155	2	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	155	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	155	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	155	5	with	with	IN
19880	155	6	the	the	DT
19880	155	7	voice	voice	NN
19880	155	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	155	9	user	user	NN
19880	155	10	.	.	.
19880	156	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	156	2	employs	employ	VBZ
19880	156	3	a	a	DT
19880	156	4	delicate	delicate	JJ
19880	156	5	and	and	CC
19880	156	6	easily	easily	RB
19880	156	7	injured	injure	VBN
19880	156	8	vital	vital	JJ
19880	156	9	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	156	10	.	.	.
19880	157	1	His	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	157	2	results	result	NNS
19880	157	3	depend	depend	VBP
19880	157	4	on	on	IN
19880	157	5	the	the	DT
19880	157	6	most	most	RBS
19880	157	7	accurate	accurate	JJ
19880	157	8	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19880	157	9	of	of	IN
19880	157	10	certain	certain	JJ
19880	157	11	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	157	12	-	-	HYPH
19880	157	13	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	157	14	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	157	15	,	,	,
19880	157	16	and	and	CC
19880	157	17	one	one	PRP
19880	157	18	might	may	MD
19880	157	19	suppose	suppose	VB
19880	157	20	that	that	IN
19880	157	21	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	157	22	would	would	MD
19880	157	23	be	be	VB
19880	157	24	obvious	obvious	JJ
19880	157	25	to	to	IN
19880	157	26	all	all	DT
19880	157	27	who	who	WP
19880	157	28	are	be	VBP
19880	157	29	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	157	30	with	with	IN
19880	157	31	this	this	DT
19880	157	32	art	art	NN
19880	157	33	that	that	WDT
19880	157	34	a	a	DT
19880	157	35	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	157	36	of	of	IN
19880	157	37	the	the	DT
19880	157	38	structure	structure	NN
19880	157	39	and	and	CC
19880	157	40	functions	function	NNS
19880	157	41	of	of	IN
19880	157	42	these	these	DT
19880	157	43	delicate	delicate	JJ
19880	157	44	arrangements	arrangement	NNS
19880	157	45	of	of	IN
19880	157	46	Nature	nature	NN
19880	157	47	would	would	MD
19880	157	48	be	be	VB
19880	157	49	at	at	IN
19880	157	50	least	least	JJS
19880	157	51	of	of	IN
19880	157	52	great	great	JJ
19880	157	53	if	if	IN
19880	157	54	not	not	RB
19880	157	55	of	of	IN
19880	157	56	essential	essential	JJ
19880	157	57	importance	importance	NN
19880	157	58	.	.	.
19880	158	1	The	the	DT
19880	158	2	engineer	engineer	NN
19880	158	3	knows	know	VBZ
19880	158	4	the	the	DT
19880	158	5	structure	structure	NN
19880	158	6	and	and	CC
19880	158	7	uses	use	NNS
19880	158	8	of	of	IN
19880	158	9	each	each	DT
19880	158	10	part	part	NN
19880	158	11	of	of	IN
19880	158	12	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	158	13	engine	engine	NN
19880	158	14	,	,	,
19880	158	15	and	and	CC
19880	158	16	does	do	VBZ
19880	158	17	not	not	RB
19880	158	18	trust	trust	VB
19880	158	19	to	to	IN
19880	158	20	unintelligent	unintelligent	JJ
19880	158	21	observation	observation	NN
19880	158	22	of	of	IN
19880	158	23	the	the	DT
19880	158	24	mere	mere	JJ
19880	158	25	working	working	NN
19880	158	26	of	of	IN
19880	158	27	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	158	28	which	which	WDT
19880	158	29	others	other	NNS
19880	158	30	have	have	VBP
19880	158	31	constructed	construct	VBN
19880	158	32	.	.	.
19880	159	1	The	the	DT
19880	159	2	architect	architect	NN
19880	159	3	studies	study	VBZ
19880	159	4	not	not	RB
19880	159	5	only	only	RB
19880	159	6	the	the	DT
19880	159	7	principles	principle	NNS
19880	159	8	of	of	IN
19880	159	9	design	design	NN
19880	159	10	,	,	,
19880	159	11	etc	etc	FW
19880	159	12	.	.	FW
19880	159	13	,	,	,
19880	159	14	but	but	CC
19880	159	15	also	also	RB
19880	159	16	the	the	DT
19880	159	17	nature	nature	NN
19880	159	18	and	and	CC
19880	159	19	relative	relative	JJ
19880	159	20	value	value	NN
19880	159	21	of	of	IN
19880	159	22	materials	material	NNS
19880	159	23	.	.	.
19880	160	1	In	in	IN
19880	160	2	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	160	3	own	own	JJ
19880	160	4	way	way	NN
19880	160	5	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	160	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	160	7	a	a	DT
19880	160	8	kind	kind	NN
19880	160	9	of	of	IN
19880	160	10	anatomist	anatomist	NN
19880	160	11	and	and	CC
19880	160	12	physiologist	physiologist	NN
19880	160	13	.	.	.
19880	161	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	161	2	do	do	VBP
19880	161	3	not	not	RB
19880	161	4	trust	trust	VB
19880	161	5	the	the	DT
19880	161	6	care	care	NN
19880	161	7	of	of	IN
19880	161	8	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	161	9	bodies	body	NNS
19880	161	10	to	to	IN
19880	161	11	those	those	DT
19880	161	12	who	who	WP
19880	161	13	have	have	VBP
19880	161	14	picked	pick	VBN
19880	161	15	up	up	RP
19880	161	16	a	a	DT
19880	161	17	few	few	JJ
19880	161	18	methods	method	NNS
19880	161	19	of	of	IN
19880	161	20	treatment	treatment	NN
19880	161	21	by	by	IN
19880	161	22	experience	experience	NN
19880	161	23	or	or	CC
19880	161	24	the	the	DT
19880	161	25	imitation	imitation	NN
19880	161	26	of	of	IN
19880	161	27	others	other	NNS
19880	161	28	.	.	.
19880	162	1	The	the	DT
19880	162	2	doctor	doctor	NN
19880	162	3	must	must	MD
19880	162	4	have	have	VB
19880	162	5	,	,	,
19880	162	6	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	162	7	all	all	DT
19880	162	8	believe	believe	VBP
19880	162	9	,	,	,
19880	162	10	a	a	DT
19880	162	11	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	162	12	of	of	IN
19880	162	13	the	the	DT
19880	162	14	structure	structure	NN
19880	162	15	and	and	CC
19880	162	16	working	working	NN
19880	162	17	of	of	IN
19880	162	18	the	the	DT
19880	162	19	animal	animal	NN
19880	162	20	body	body	NN
19880	162	21	;	;	:
19880	162	22	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	162	23	must	must	MD
19880	162	24	understand	understand	VB
19880	162	25	the	the	DT
19880	162	26	action	action	NN
19880	162	27	of	of	IN
19880	162	28	drugs	drug	NNS
19880	162	29	and	and	CC
19880	162	30	other	other	JJ
19880	162	31	healing	healing	JJ
19880	162	32	agents	agent	NNS
19880	162	33	.	.	.
19880	163	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	163	2	expect	expect	VBP
19880	163	3	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	163	4	not	not	RB
19880	163	5	only	only	RB
19880	163	6	to	to	TO
19880	163	7	diagnose	diagnose	VB
19880	163	8	the	the	DT
19880	163	9	disease	disease	NN
19880	163	10	--	--	:
19880	163	11	to	to	TO
19880	163	12	tell	tell	VB
19880	163	13	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	163	14	exactly	exactly	RB
19880	163	15	what	what	WP
19880	163	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	163	17	the	the	DT
19880	163	18	matter	matter	NN
19880	163	19	--	--	:
19880	163	20	but	but	CC
19880	163	21	also	also	RB
19880	163	22	to	to	TO
19880	163	23	be	be	VB
19880	163	24	able	able	JJ
19880	163	25	to	to	TO
19880	163	26	predict	predict	VB
19880	163	27	with	with	IN
19880	163	28	,	,	,
19880	163	29	some	some	DT
19880	163	30	degree	degree	NN
19880	163	31	of	of	IN
19880	163	32	certainty	certainty	NN
19880	163	33	the	the	DT
19880	163	34	course	course	NN
19880	163	35	of	of	IN
19880	163	36	the	the	DT
19880	163	37	malady	malady	NN
19880	163	38	.	.	.
19880	164	1	Even	even	RB
19880	164	2	the	the	DT
19880	164	3	nurse	nurse	NN
19880	164	4	of	of	IN
19880	164	5	the	the	DT
19880	164	6	day	day	NN
19880	164	7	must	must	MD
19880	164	8	show	show	VB
19880	164	9	some	some	DT
19880	164	10	grasp	grasp	NN
19880	164	11	of	of	IN
19880	164	12	the	the	DT
19880	164	13	principles	principle	NNS
19880	164	14	underlying	underlie	VBG
19880	164	15	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	164	16	art	art	NN
19880	164	17	.	.	.
19880	165	1	In	in	IN
19880	165	2	connection	connection	NN
19880	165	3	with	with	IN
19880	165	4	all	all	PDT
19880	165	5	the	the	DT
19880	165	6	largest	large	JJS
19880	165	7	and	and	CC
19880	165	8	best	well	RBS
19880	165	9	equipped	equipped	JJ
19880	165	10	universities	university	NNS
19880	165	11	in	in	IN
19880	165	12	America	America	NNP
19880	165	13	there	there	EX
19880	165	14	are	be	VBP
19880	165	15	officials	official	NNS
19880	165	16	to	to	TO
19880	165	17	plan	plan	VB
19880	165	18	and	and	CC
19880	165	19	direct	direct	VB
19880	165	20	the	the	DT
19880	165	21	courses	course	NNS
19880	165	22	in	in	IN
19880	165	23	physical	physical	JJ
19880	165	24	culture	culture	NN
19880	165	25	.	.	.
19880	166	1	This	this	DT
19880	166	2	matter	matter	NN
19880	166	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	166	4	no	no	RB
19880	166	5	longer	long	RBR
19880	166	6	entrusted	entrust	VBN
19880	166	7	to	to	IN
19880	166	8	a	a	DT
19880	166	9	"	"	``
19880	166	10	trainer	trainer	NN
19880	166	11	,	,	,
19880	166	12	"	"	''
19880	166	13	who	who	WP
19880	166	14	has	have	VBZ
19880	166	15	only	only	RB
19880	166	16	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	166	17	experience	experience	NN
19880	166	18	and	and	CC
19880	166	19	observation	observation	NN
19880	166	20	to	to	TO
19880	166	21	rely	rely	VB
19880	166	22	upon	upon	IN
19880	166	23	.	.	.
19880	167	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	167	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	167	3	realized	realize	VBN
19880	167	4	that	that	IN
19880	167	5	the	the	DT
19880	167	6	building	building	NN
19880	167	7	up	up	RP
19880	167	8	of	of	IN
19880	167	9	the	the	DT
19880	167	10	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	167	11	which	which	WDT
19880	167	12	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	167	13	are	be	VBP
19880	167	14	supposed	suppose	VBN
19880	167	15	to	to	TO
19880	167	16	train	train	VB
19880	167	17	in	in	IN
19880	167	18	an	an	DT
19880	167	19	intelligent	intelligent	JJ
19880	167	20	manner	manner	NN
19880	167	21	rests	rest	NNS
19880	167	22	upon	upon	IN
19880	167	23	well	well	RB
19880	167	24	-	-	HYPH
19880	167	25	established	establish	VBN
19880	167	26	principles	principle	NNS
19880	167	27	.	.	.
19880	168	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	168	2	would	would	MD
19880	168	3	be	be	VB
19880	168	4	just	just	RB
19880	168	5	as	as	RB
19880	168	6	reasonable	reasonable	JJ
19880	168	7	for	for	IN
19880	168	8	an	an	DT
19880	168	9	engineer	engineer	NN
19880	168	10	to	to	TO
19880	168	11	point	point	VB
19880	168	12	to	to	IN
19880	168	13	the	the	DT
19880	168	14	fact	fact	NN
19880	168	15	that	that	IN
19880	168	16	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	168	17	engine	engine	NN
19880	168	18	works	work	VBZ
19880	168	19	well	well	RB
19880	168	20	,	,	,
19880	168	21	as	as	IN
19880	168	22	evidence	evidence	NN
19880	168	23	of	of	IN
19880	168	24	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	168	25	ability	ability	NN
19880	168	26	,	,	,
19880	168	27	as	as	IN
19880	168	28	for	for	IN
19880	168	29	the	the	DT
19880	168	30	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	168	31	of	of	IN
19880	168	32	voice	voice	NN
19880	168	33	-	-	HYPH
19880	168	34	production	production	NN
19880	168	35	to	to	TO
19880	168	36	make	make	VB
19880	168	37	the	the	DT
19880	168	38	same	same	JJ
19880	168	39	claim	claim	NN
19880	168	40	in	in	IN
19880	168	41	regard	regard	NN
19880	168	42	to	to	IN
19880	168	43	the	the	DT
19880	168	44	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	168	45	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	168	46	.	.	.
19880	169	1	In	in	IN
19880	169	2	each	each	DT
19880	169	3	case	case	NN
19880	169	4	there	there	EX
19880	169	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	169	6	a	a	DT
19880	169	7	certain	certain	JJ
19880	169	8	amount	amount	NN
19880	169	9	of	of	IN
19880	169	10	justification	justification	NN
19880	169	11	for	for	IN
19880	169	12	the	the	DT
19880	169	13	claim	claim	NN
19880	169	14	,	,	,
19880	169	15	but	but	CC
19880	169	16	such	such	JJ
19880	169	17	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	169	18	can	can	MD
19880	169	19	not	not	RB
19880	169	20	be	be	VB
19880	169	21	called	call	VBN
19880	169	22	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	169	23	.	.	.
19880	170	1	Is	be	VBZ
19880	170	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	170	3	even	even	RB
19880	170	4	enlightened	enlighten	VBN
19880	170	5	?	?	.
19880	171	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	171	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	171	3	just	just	RB
19880	171	4	as	as	RB
19880	171	5	rational	rational	JJ
19880	171	6	to	to	TO
19880	171	7	follow	follow	VB
19880	171	8	in	in	IN
19880	171	9	medicine	medicine	NN
19880	171	10	methods	method	NNS
19880	171	11	that	that	WDT
19880	171	12	seem	seem	VBP
19880	171	13	to	to	TO
19880	171	14	lead	lead	VB
19880	171	15	to	to	IN
19880	171	16	good	good	JJ
19880	171	17	results	result	NNS
19880	171	18	,	,	,
19880	171	19	without	without	IN
19880	171	20	any	any	DT
19880	171	21	reference	reference	NN
19880	171	22	to	to	IN
19880	171	23	the	the	DT
19880	171	24	reason	reason	NN
19880	171	25	why	why	WRB
19880	171	26	,	,	,
19880	171	27	as	as	IN
19880	171	28	to	to	TO
19880	171	29	train	train	VB
19880	171	30	for	for	IN
19880	171	31	results	result	NNS
19880	171	32	in	in	IN
19880	171	33	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	171	34	and	and	CC
19880	171	35	singing	singing	NN
19880	171	36	by	by	IN
19880	171	37	methods	method	NNS
19880	171	38	which	which	WDT
19880	171	39	have	have	VBP
19880	171	40	for	for	IN
19880	171	41	the	the	DT
19880	171	42	student	student	NN
19880	171	43	and	and	CC
19880	171	44	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	171	45	no	no	DT
19880	171	46	conscious	conscious	JJ
19880	171	47	basis	basis	NN
19880	171	48	in	in	IN
19880	171	49	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	171	50	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	171	51	.	.	.
19880	172	1	The	the	DT
19880	172	2	physician	physician	NN
19880	172	3	to	to	IN
19880	172	4	-	-	HYPH
19880	172	5	day	day	NN
19880	172	6	who	who	WP
19880	172	7	treats	treat	VBZ
19880	172	8	disease	disease	NN
19880	172	9	without	without	IN
19880	172	10	reference	reference	NN
19880	172	11	to	to	TO
19880	172	12	anatomy	anatomy	VB
19880	172	13	and	and	CC
19880	172	14	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	172	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	172	16	,	,	,
19880	172	17	at	at	IN
19880	172	18	best	well	RBS
19880	172	19	,	,	,
19880	172	20	but	but	CC
19880	172	21	a	a	DT
19880	172	22	sort	sort	NN
19880	172	23	of	of	IN
19880	172	24	respectable	respectable	JJ
19880	172	25	charlatan	charlatan	NN
19880	172	26	.	.	.
19880	173	1	Why	why	WRB
19880	173	2	should	should	MD
19880	173	3	students	student	NNS
19880	173	4	and	and	CC
19880	173	5	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	173	6	of	of	IN
19880	173	7	voice	voice	NN
19880	173	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	173	9	production	production	NN
19880	173	10	be	be	VBP
19880	173	11	content	content	JJ
19880	173	12	to	to	TO
19880	173	13	remain	remain	VB
19880	173	14	,	,	,
19880	173	15	in	in	IN
19880	173	16	the	the	DT
19880	173	17	advanced	advanced	JJ
19880	173	18	present	present	NN
19880	173	19	,	,	,
19880	173	20	where	where	WRB
19880	173	21	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	173	22	were	be	VBD
19880	173	23	hundreds	hundred	NNS
19880	173	24	of	of	IN
19880	173	25	years	year	NNS
19880	173	26	ago	ago	RB
19880	173	27	?	?	.
19880	174	1	Indeed	indeed	RB
19880	174	2	,	,	,
19880	174	3	there	there	EX
19880	174	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	174	5	much	much	RB
19880	174	6	more	more	JJR
19880	174	7	reason	reason	NN
19880	174	8	now	now	RB
19880	174	9	than	than	IN
19880	174	10	formerly	formerly	RB
19880	174	11	why	why	WRB
19880	174	12	the	the	DT
19880	174	13	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	174	14	,	,	,
19880	174	15	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	174	16	,	,	,
19880	174	17	and	and	CC
19880	174	18	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	174	19	should	should	MD
19880	174	20	have	have	VB
19880	174	21	a	a	DT
19880	174	22	theoretical	theoretical	JJ
19880	174	23	and	and	CC
19880	174	24	practical	practical	JJ
19880	174	25	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	174	26	of	of	IN
19880	174	27	the	the	DT
19880	174	28	structure	structure	NN
19880	174	29	and	and	CC
19880	174	30	workings	working	NNS
19880	174	31	of	of	IN
19880	174	32	the	the	DT
19880	174	33	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	174	34	employed	employ	VBN
19880	174	35	.	.	.
19880	175	1	Many	many	JJ
19880	175	2	tendencies	tendency	NNS
19880	175	3	of	of	IN
19880	175	4	the	the	DT
19880	175	5	present	present	JJ
19880	175	6	day	day	NN
19880	175	7	work	work	NN
19880	175	8	against	against	IN
19880	175	9	successful	successful	JJ
19880	175	10	voice	voice	NN
19880	175	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	175	12	training	training	NN
19880	175	13	--	--	:
19880	175	14	worst	worst	RBS
19880	175	15	of	of	IN
19880	175	16	all	all	DT
19880	175	17	,	,	,
19880	175	18	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	175	19	,	,	,
19880	175	20	the	the	DT
19880	175	21	spirit	spirit	NN
19880	175	22	of	of	IN
19880	175	23	haste	haste	NN
19880	175	24	,	,	,
19880	175	25	the	the	DT
19880	175	26	desire	desire	NN
19880	175	27	to	to	TO
19880	175	28	reach	reach	VB
19880	175	29	ends	end	NNS
19880	175	30	by	by	IN
19880	175	31	short	short	JJ
19880	175	32	cuts	cut	NNS
19880	175	33	,	,	,
19880	175	34	the	the	DT
19880	175	35	aim	aim	NN
19880	175	36	to	to	TO
19880	175	37	substitute	substitute	VB
19880	175	38	tricky	tricky	NNP
19880	175	39	for	for	IN
19880	175	40	straightforward	straightforward	JJ
19880	175	41	vocalization	vocalization	NN
19880	175	42	,	,	,
19880	175	43	and	and	CC
19880	175	44	much	much	RB
19880	175	45	more	more	JJR
19880	175	46	which	which	WDT
19880	175	47	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	175	48	shall	shall	MD
19880	175	49	refer	refer	VB
19880	175	50	to	to	IN
19880	175	51	again	again	RB
19880	175	52	and	and	CC
19880	175	53	again	again	RB
19880	175	54	.	.	.
19880	176	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	176	2	hurt	hurt	VBD
19880	176	3	this	this	DT
19880	176	4	cause	cause	NN
19880	176	5	;	;	:
19880	176	6	and	and	CC
19880	176	7	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	176	8	am	be	VBP
19880	176	9	deeply	deeply	RB
19880	176	10	impressed	impressed	JJ
19880	176	11	with	with	IN
19880	176	12	the	the	DT
19880	176	13	conviction	conviction	NN
19880	176	14	that	that	IN
19880	176	15	,	,	,
19880	176	16	if	if	IN
19880	176	17	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	176	18	are	be	VBP
19880	176	19	to	to	TO
19880	176	20	attain	attain	VB
19880	176	21	the	the	DT
19880	176	22	best	good	JJS
19880	176	23	results	result	NNS
19880	176	24	in	in	IN
19880	176	25	singing	singing	NN
19880	176	26	and	and	CC
19880	176	27	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	176	28	,	,	,
19880	176	29	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	176	30	must	must	MD
19880	176	31	betake	betake	VB
19880	176	32	ourselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	176	33	in	in	IN
19880	176	34	practice	practice	NN
19880	176	35	to	to	IN
19880	176	36	the	the	DT
19880	176	37	methods	method	NNS
19880	176	38	in	in	IN
19880	176	39	vogue	vogue	NN
19880	176	40	at	at	IN
19880	176	41	a	a	DT
19880	176	42	time	time	NN
19880	176	43	which	which	WDT
19880	176	44	may	may	MD
19880	176	45	be	be	VB
19880	176	46	justly	justly	RB
19880	176	47	characterized	characterize	VBN
19880	176	48	as	as	IN
19880	176	49	the	the	DT
19880	176	50	golden	golden	JJ
19880	176	51	age	age	NN
19880	176	52	of	of	IN
19880	176	53	voice	voice	NN
19880	176	54	-	-	HYPH
19880	176	55	production	production	NN
19880	176	56	.	.	.
19880	177	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	177	2	have	have	VBP
19880	177	3	advanced	advance	VBN
19880	177	4	,	,	,
19880	177	5	musically	musically	RB
19880	177	6	,	,	,
19880	177	7	in	in	IN
19880	177	8	many	many	JJ
19880	177	9	respects	respect	NNS
19880	177	10	since	since	IN
19880	177	11	the	the	DT
19880	177	12	days	day	NNS
19880	177	13	of	of	IN
19880	177	14	the	the	DT
19880	177	15	old	old	JJ
19880	177	16	Italian	italian	JJ
19880	177	17	masters	master	NNS
19880	177	18	,	,	,
19880	177	19	but	but	CC
19880	177	20	just	just	RB
19880	177	21	as	as	IN
19880	177	22	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	177	23	must	must	MD
19880	177	24	turn	turn	VB
19880	177	25	to	to	IN
19880	177	26	the	the	DT
19880	177	27	Greeks	Greeks	NNPS
19880	177	28	to	to	TO
19880	177	29	learn	learn	VB
19880	177	30	what	what	WP
19880	177	31	constitutes	constitute	VBZ
19880	177	32	the	the	DT
19880	177	33	highest	high	JJS
19880	177	34	and	and	CC
19880	177	35	best	good	JJS
19880	177	36	in	in	IN
19880	177	37	sculpture	sculpture	NN
19880	177	38	,	,	,
19880	177	39	so	so	RB
19880	177	40	must	must	MD
19880	177	41	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	177	42	sit	sit	VB
19880	177	43	at	at	IN
19880	177	44	the	the	DT
19880	177	45	feet	foot	NNS
19880	177	46	of	of	IN
19880	177	47	these	these	DT
19880	177	48	old	old	JJ
19880	177	49	masters	master	NNS
19880	177	50	.	.	.
19880	178	1	Consciously	consciously	RB
19880	178	2	or	or	CC
19880	178	3	unconsciously	unconsciously	RB
19880	178	4	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	178	5	taught	teach	VBD
19880	178	6	on	on	IN
19880	178	7	sound	sound	JJ
19880	178	8	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	178	9	principles	principle	NNS
19880	178	10	,	,	,
19880	178	11	and	and	CC
19880	178	12	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	178	13	insisted	insist	VBD
19880	178	14	on	on	IN
19880	178	15	the	the	DT
19880	178	16	voice	voice	NN
19880	178	17	-	-	HYPH
19880	178	18	training	training	NN
19880	178	19	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	178	20	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	178	21	to	to	IN
19880	178	22	the	the	DT
19880	178	23	attainment	attainment	NN
19880	178	24	of	of	IN
19880	178	25	the	the	DT
19880	178	26	best	good	JJS
19880	178	27	art	art	NN
19880	178	28	.	.	.
19880	179	1	However	however	RB
19880	179	2	talented	talente	VBD
19880	179	3	any	any	DT
19880	179	4	individual	individual	NN
19880	179	5	may	may	MD
19880	179	6	be	be	VB
19880	179	7	,	,	,
19880	179	8	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	179	9	can	can	MD
19880	179	10	only	only	RB
19880	179	11	produce	produce	VB
19880	179	12	the	the	DT
19880	179	13	best	good	JJS
19880	179	14	results	result	NNS
19880	179	15	as	as	IN
19880	179	16	a	a	DT
19880	179	17	singer	singer	NN
19880	179	18	,	,	,
19880	179	19	actor	actor	NN
19880	179	20	,	,	,
19880	179	21	or	or	CC
19880	179	22	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	179	23	,	,	,
19880	179	24	when	when	WRB
19880	179	25	the	the	DT
19880	179	26	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	179	27	by	by	IN
19880	179	28	which	which	WDT
19880	179	29	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	179	30	hopes	hope	VBZ
19880	179	31	to	to	TO
19880	179	32	influence	influence	VB
19880	179	33	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	179	34	listeners	listener	NNS
19880	179	35	are	be	VBP
19880	179	36	adequately	adequately	RB
19880	179	37	trained	train	VBN
19880	179	38	.	.	.
19880	180	1	Why	why	WRB
19880	180	2	do	do	VBP
19880	180	3	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	180	4	look	look	VB
19880	180	5	in	in	IN
19880	180	6	vain	vain	JJ
19880	180	7	to	to	NN
19880	180	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	180	9	day	day	NN
19880	180	10	for	for	IN
19880	180	11	elocutionists	elocutionist	NNS
19880	180	12	such	such	JJ
19880	180	13	as	as	IN
19880	180	14	Vandenhoff	Vandenhoff	NNP
19880	180	15	,	,	,
19880	180	16	Bell	Bell	NNP
19880	180	17	,	,	,
19880	180	18	and	and	CC
19880	180	19	others	other	NNS
19880	180	20	?	?	.
19880	181	1	Why	why	WRB
19880	181	2	are	be	VBP
19880	181	3	there	there	EX
19880	181	4	not	not	RB
19880	181	5	actors	actor	NNS
19880	181	6	with	with	IN
19880	181	7	the	the	DT
19880	181	8	voices	voice	NNS
19880	181	9	of	of	IN
19880	181	10	Garrick	Garrick	NNP
19880	181	11	,	,	,
19880	181	12	Kean	Kean	NNP
19880	181	13	,	,	,
19880	181	14	Kemble	Kemble	NNP
19880	181	15	,	,	,
19880	181	16	or	or	CC
19880	181	17	Mrs.	Mrs.	NNP
19880	181	18	Siddons	Siddons	NNP
19880	181	19	,	,	,
19880	181	20	or	or	CC
19880	181	21	singers	singer	NNS
19880	181	22	with	with	IN
19880	181	23	the	the	DT
19880	181	24	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	181	25	powers	power	NNS
19880	181	26	of	of	IN
19880	181	27	a	a	DT
19880	181	28	score	score	NN
19880	181	29	of	of	IN
19880	181	30	celebrities	celebrity	NNS
19880	181	31	of	of	IN
19880	181	32	a	a	DT
19880	181	33	former	former	JJ
19880	181	34	time	time	NN
19880	181	35	?	?	.
19880	182	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	182	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	182	3	not	not	RB
19880	182	4	that	that	IN
19880	182	5	voices	voice	NNS
19880	182	6	are	be	VBP
19880	182	7	rarer	rare	JJR
19880	182	8	,	,	,
19880	182	9	or	or	CC
19880	182	10	talent	talent	NN
19880	182	11	less	less	RBR
19880	182	12	widely	widely	RB
19880	182	13	bestowed	bestow	VBN
19880	182	14	by	by	IN
19880	182	15	nature	nature	NN
19880	182	16	.	.	.
19880	183	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	183	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	183	3	because	because	IN
19880	183	4	_	_	NNP
19880	183	5	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	183	6	do	do	VBP
19880	183	7	not	not	RB
19880	183	8	to	to	TO
19880	183	9	-	-	HYPH
19880	183	10	day	day	NN
19880	183	11	pursue	pursue	VB
19880	183	12	right	right	JJ
19880	183	13	methods	method	NNS
19880	183	14	for	for	IN
19880	183	15	a	a	DT
19880	183	16	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19880	183	17	length	length	NN
19880	183	18	of	of	IN
19880	183	19	time	time	NN
19880	183	20	_	_	NNP
19880	183	21	;	;	:
19880	183	22	because	because	IN
19880	183	23	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	183	24	methods	method	NNS
19880	183	25	rest	rest	VBP
19880	183	26	frequently	frequently	RB
19880	183	27	on	on	IN
19880	183	28	a	a	DT
19880	183	29	foundation	foundation	NN
19880	183	30	less	less	RBR
19880	183	31	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	183	32	,	,	,
19880	183	33	and	and	CC
19880	183	34	therefore	therefore	RB
19880	183	35	less	less	RBR
19880	183	36	sound	sound	JJ
19880	183	37	.	.	.
19880	184	1	Take	take	VB
19880	184	2	a	a	DT
19880	184	3	single	single	JJ
19880	184	4	instance	instance	NN
19880	184	5	,	,	,
19880	184	6	breath	breath	NN
19880	184	7	-	-	HYPH
19880	184	8	control	control	NN
19880	184	9	.	.	.
19880	185	1	In	in	IN
19880	185	2	this	this	DT
19880	185	3	alone	alone	JJ
19880	185	4	singers	singer	NNS
19880	185	5	to	to	IN
19880	185	6	-	-	HYPH
19880	185	7	day	day	NN
19880	185	8	are	be	VBP
19880	185	9	far	far	RB
19880	185	10	behind	behind	IN
19880	185	11	those	those	DT
19880	185	12	of	of	IN
19880	185	13	the	the	DT
19880	185	14	old	old	JJ
19880	185	15	Italian	italian	JJ
19880	185	16	period	period	NN
19880	185	17	,	,	,
19880	185	18	not	not	RB
19880	185	19	always	always	RB
19880	185	20	because	because	IN
19880	185	21	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	185	22	do	do	VBP
19880	185	23	not	not	RB
19880	185	24	know	know	VB
19880	185	25	how	how	WRB
19880	185	26	to	to	TO
19880	185	27	breathe	breathe	VB
19880	185	28	,	,	,
19880	185	29	but	but	CC
19880	185	30	because	because	IN
19880	185	31	often	often	RB
19880	185	32	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	185	33	are	be	VBP
19880	185	34	unwilling	unwilling	JJ
19880	185	35	to	to	TO
19880	185	36	give	give	VB
19880	185	37	the	the	DT
19880	185	38	time	time	NN
19880	185	39	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	185	40	for	for	IN
19880	185	41	the	the	DT
19880	185	42	full	full	JJ
19880	185	43	development	development	NN
19880	185	44	of	of	IN
19880	185	45	adequate	adequate	JJ
19880	185	46	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	185	47	power	power	NN
19880	185	48	and	and	CC
19880	185	49	control	control	NN
19880	185	50	.	.	.
19880	186	1	There	there	EX
19880	186	2	was	be	VBD
19880	186	3	probably	probably	RB
19880	186	4	never	never	RB
19880	186	5	a	a	DT
19880	186	6	time	time	NN
19880	186	7	when	when	WRB
19880	186	8	so	so	RB
19880	186	9	much	much	JJ
19880	186	10	attention	attention	NN
19880	186	11	was	be	VBD
19880	186	12	paid	pay	VBN
19880	186	13	to	to	IN
19880	186	14	the	the	DT
19880	186	15	interpretation	interpretation	NN
19880	186	16	of	of	IN
19880	186	17	music	music	NN
19880	186	18	,	,	,
19880	186	19	yet	yet	CC
19880	186	20	the	the	DT
19880	186	21	results	result	NNS
19880	186	22	are	be	VBP
19880	186	23	often	often	RB
19880	186	24	unsatisfactory	unsatisfactory	JJ
19880	186	25	because	because	IN
19880	186	26	of	of	IN
19880	186	27	inadequate	inadequate	JJ
19880	186	28	technique	technique	NN
19880	186	29	.	.	.
19880	187	1	People	People	NNS
19880	187	2	seem	seem	VBP
19880	187	3	to	to	TO
19880	187	4	hope	hope	VB
19880	187	5	to	to	TO
19880	187	6	impress	impress	VB
19880	187	7	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	187	8	,	,	,
19880	187	9	on	on	IN
19880	187	10	the	the	DT
19880	187	11	stage	stage	NN
19880	187	12	,	,	,
19880	187	13	with	with	IN
19880	187	14	voices	voice	NNS
19880	187	15	that	that	IN
19880	187	16	from	from	IN
19880	187	17	a	a	DT
19880	187	18	technical	technical	JJ
19880	187	19	point	point	NN
19880	187	20	of	of	IN
19880	187	21	view	view	NN
19880	187	22	are	be	VBP
19880	187	23	crude	crude	JJ
19880	187	24	and	and	CC
19880	187	25	undeveloped	undeveloped	JJ
19880	187	26	,	,	,
19880	187	27	and	and	CC
19880	187	28	accordingly	accordingly	RB
19880	187	29	lack	lack	VBP
19880	187	30	beauty	beauty	NN
19880	187	31	and	and	CC
19880	187	32	expressiveness	expressiveness	NN
19880	187	33	.	.	.
19880	188	1	Speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	188	2	to	to	IN
19880	188	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	188	4	day	day	NN
19880	188	5	have	have	VBP
19880	188	6	often	often	RB
19880	188	7	every	every	DT
19880	188	8	qualification	qualification	NN
19880	188	9	except	except	IN
19880	188	10	voice	voice	NN
19880	188	11	--	--	:
19880	188	12	a	a	DT
19880	188	13	voice	voice	NN
19880	188	14	that	that	WDT
19880	188	15	can	can	MD
19880	188	16	arrest	arrest	VB
19880	188	17	attention	attention	NN
19880	188	18	,	,	,
19880	188	19	charm	charm	NN
19880	188	20	with	with	IN
19880	188	21	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	188	22	music	music	NN
19880	188	23	,	,	,
19880	188	24	or	or	CC
19880	188	25	carry	carry	VBP
19880	188	26	conviction	conviction	NN
19880	188	27	by	by	IN
19880	188	28	the	the	DT
19880	188	29	adequate	adequate	JJ
19880	188	30	expression	expression	NN
19880	188	31	of	of	IN
19880	188	32	the	the	DT
19880	188	33	idea	idea	NN
19880	188	34	or	or	CC
19880	188	35	emotion	emotion	NN
19880	188	36	intended	intend	VBN
19880	188	37	.	.	.
19880	189	1	Is	be	VBZ
19880	189	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	189	3	not	not	RB
19880	189	4	strange	strange	JJ
19880	189	5	that	that	IN
19880	189	6	a	a	DT
19880	189	7	student	student	NN
19880	189	8	of	of	IN
19880	189	9	the	the	DT
19880	189	10	piano	piano	NN
19880	189	11	or	or	CC
19880	189	12	violin	violin	NN
19880	189	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	189	14	willing	willing	JJ
19880	189	15	to	to	TO
19880	189	16	devote	devote	VB
19880	189	17	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	189	18	ten	ten	CD
19880	189	19	years	year	NNS
19880	189	20	to	to	IN
19880	189	21	the	the	DT
19880	189	22	study	study	NN
19880	189	23	of	of	IN
19880	189	24	the	the	DT
19880	189	25	technique	technique	NN
19880	189	26	of	of	IN
19880	189	27	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	189	28	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	189	29	,	,	,
19880	189	30	while	while	IN
19880	189	31	the	the	DT
19880	189	32	voice	voice	NN
19880	189	33	-	-	HYPH
19880	189	34	user	user	NN
19880	189	35	expects	expect	VBZ
19880	189	36	to	to	TO
19880	189	37	succeed	succeed	VB
19880	189	38	with	with	IN
19880	189	39	a	a	DT
19880	189	40	period	period	NN
19880	189	41	of	of	IN
19880	189	42	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	189	43	practice	practice	NN
19880	189	44	extending	extend	VBG
19880	189	45	over	over	IN
19880	189	46	a	a	DT
19880	189	47	year	year	NN
19880	189	48	or	or	CC
19880	189	49	two	two	CD
19880	189	50	,	,	,
19880	189	51	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	189	52	even	even	RB
19880	189	53	only	only	RB
19880	189	54	a	a	DT
19880	189	55	few	few	JJ
19880	189	56	months	month	NNS
19880	189	57	?	?	.
19880	190	1	When	when	WRB
19880	190	2	the	the	DT
19880	190	3	anatomy	anatomy	NN
19880	190	4	and	and	CC
19880	190	5	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	190	6	of	of	IN
19880	190	7	the	the	DT
19880	190	8	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	190	9	are	be	VBP
19880	190	10	considered	consider	VBN
19880	190	11	,	,	,
19880	190	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	190	13	will	will	MD
19880	190	14	be	be	VB
19880	190	15	seen	see	VBN
19880	190	16	that	that	IN
19880	190	17	the	the	DT
19880	190	18	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	190	19	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	190	20	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	190	21	in	in	IN
19880	190	22	voice	voice	NN
19880	190	23	-	-	HYPH
19880	190	24	production	production	NN
19880	190	25	are	be	VBP
19880	190	26	of	of	IN
19880	190	27	a	a	DT
19880	190	28	delicacy	delicacy	NN
19880	190	29	unequalled	unequalle	VBN
19880	190	30	anywhere	anywhere	RB
19880	190	31	in	in	IN
19880	190	32	the	the	DT
19880	190	33	body	body	NN
19880	190	34	except	except	IN
19880	190	35	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	190	36	in	in	IN
19880	190	37	the	the	DT
19880	190	38	eye	eye	NN
19880	190	39	and	and	CC
19880	190	40	the	the	DT
19880	190	41	ear	ear	NN
19880	190	42	.	.	.
19880	191	1	And	and	CC
19880	191	2	when	when	WRB
19880	191	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	191	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	191	5	further	further	RB
19880	191	6	considered	consider	VBN
19880	191	7	that	that	IN
19880	191	8	these	these	DT
19880	191	9	elaborate	elaborate	JJ
19880	191	10	and	and	CC
19880	191	11	sensitive	sensitive	JJ
19880	191	12	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	191	13	of	of	IN
19880	191	14	the	the	DT
19880	191	15	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	191	16	are	be	VBP
19880	191	17	of	of	IN
19880	191	18	little	little	JJ
19880	191	19	use	use	NN
19880	191	20	except	except	IN
19880	191	21	when	when	WRB
19880	191	22	adequately	adequately	RB
19880	191	23	put	put	VBN
19880	191	24	into	into	IN
19880	191	25	action	action	NN
19880	191	26	by	by	IN
19880	191	27	the	the	DT
19880	191	28	breath	breath	NN
19880	191	29	-	-	HYPH
19880	191	30	stream	stream	NN
19880	191	31	,	,	,
19880	191	32	which	which	WDT
19880	191	33	again	again	RB
19880	191	34	involves	involve	VBZ
19880	191	35	hosts	host	NNS
19880	191	36	of	of	IN
19880	191	37	other	other	JJ
19880	191	38	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	191	39	movements	movement	NNS
19880	191	40	,	,	,
19880	191	41	and	and	CC
19880	191	42	the	the	DT
19880	191	43	whole	whole	NN
19880	191	44	in	in	IN
19880	191	45	relation	relation	NN
19880	191	46	to	to	IN
19880	191	47	the	the	DT
19880	191	48	parts	part	NNS
19880	191	49	of	of	IN
19880	191	50	the	the	DT
19880	191	51	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	191	52	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	191	53	above	above	IN
19880	191	54	the	the	DT
19880	191	55	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	191	56	,	,	,
19880	191	57	the	the	DT
19880	191	58	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	191	59	,	,	,
19880	191	60	nose	nose	NN
19880	191	61	,	,	,
19880	191	62	etc	etc	FW
19880	191	63	.	.	FW
19880	191	64	,	,	,
19880	191	65	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	191	66	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	191	67	clear	clear	JJ
19880	191	68	that	that	IN
19880	191	69	only	only	RB
19880	191	70	long	long	JJ
19880	191	71	,	,	,
19880	191	72	patient	patient	JJ
19880	191	73	,	,	,
19880	191	74	and	and	CC
19880	191	75	_	_	NNP
19880	191	76	intelligent	intelligent	JJ
19880	191	77	_	_	NNP
19880	191	78	study	study	NN
19880	191	79	will	will	MD
19880	191	80	lead	lead	VB
19880	191	81	to	to	IN
19880	191	82	the	the	DT
19880	191	83	highest	high	JJS
19880	191	84	results	result	NNS
19880	191	85	.	.	.
19880	192	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	192	2	should	should	MD
19880	192	3	also	also	RB
19880	192	4	be	be	VB
19880	192	5	remembered	remember	VBN
19880	192	6	that	that	IN
19880	192	7	such	such	PDT
19880	192	8	an	an	DT
19880	192	9	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	192	10	can	can	MD
19880	192	11	easily	easily	RB
19880	192	12	acquire	acquire	VB
19880	192	13	habits	habit	NNS
19880	192	14	which	which	WDT
19880	192	15	may	may	MD
19880	192	16	last	last	VB
19880	192	17	for	for	IN
19880	192	18	life	life	NN
19880	192	19	,	,	,
19880	192	20	for	for	IN
19880	192	21	good	good	JJ
19880	192	22	or	or	CC
19880	192	23	ill	ill	JJ
19880	192	24	,	,	,
19880	192	25	artistically	artistically	RB
19880	192	26	considered	consider	VBN
19880	192	27	.	.	.
19880	193	1	Such	such	JJ
19880	193	2	delicate	delicate	JJ
19880	193	3	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	193	4	can	can	MD
19880	193	5	also	also	RB
19880	193	6	be	be	VB
19880	193	7	easily	easily	RB
19880	193	8	injured	injure	VBN
19880	193	9	or	or	CC
19880	193	10	hopelessly	hopelessly	RB
19880	193	11	ruined	ruin	VBN
19880	193	12	;	;	:
19880	193	13	and	and	CC
19880	193	14	,	,	,
19880	193	15	as	as	IN
19880	193	16	a	a	DT
19880	193	17	matter	matter	NN
19880	193	18	of	of	IN
19880	193	19	fact	fact	NN
19880	193	20	,	,	,
19880	193	21	this	this	DT
19880	193	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	193	23	being	be	VBG
19880	193	24	done	do	VBN
19880	193	25	daily	daily	RB
19880	193	26	.	.	.
19880	194	1	A	a	DT
19880	194	2	great	great	JJ
19880	194	3	musical	musical	JJ
19880	194	4	periodical	periodical	NN
19880	194	5	has	have	VBZ
19880	194	6	made	make	VBN
19880	194	7	the	the	DT
19880	194	8	statement	statement	NN
19880	194	9	that	that	IN
19880	194	10	thousands	thousand	NNS
19880	194	11	of	of	IN
19880	194	12	voices	voice	NNS
19880	194	13	are	be	VBP
19880	194	14	being	be	VBG
19880	194	15	ruined	ruin	VBN
19880	194	16	annually	annually	RB
19880	194	17	,	,	,
19880	194	18	in	in	IN
19880	194	19	America	America	NNP
19880	194	20	alone	alone	RB
19880	194	21	,	,	,
19880	194	22	by	by	IN
19880	194	23	incompetent	incompetent	JJ
19880	194	24	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	194	25	.	.	.
19880	195	1	My	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	195	2	experience	experience	NN
19880	195	3	when	when	WRB
19880	195	4	a	a	DT
19880	195	5	practising	practise	VBG
19880	195	6	laryngologist	laryngologist	NN
19880	195	7	made	make	VBD
19880	195	8	me	-PRON-	PRP
19880	195	9	acquainted	acquaint	VBN
19880	195	10	with	with	IN
19880	195	11	the	the	DT
19880	195	12	extent	extent	NN
19880	195	13	of	of	IN
19880	195	14	the	the	DT
19880	195	15	ruin	ruin	NN
19880	195	16	that	that	WDT
19880	195	17	may	may	MD
19880	195	18	be	be	VB
19880	195	19	brought	bring	VBN
19880	195	20	about	about	RP
19880	195	21	by	by	IN
19880	195	22	incorrect	incorrect	JJ
19880	195	23	methods	method	NNS
19880	195	24	of	of	IN
19880	195	25	using	use	VBG
19880	195	26	the	the	DT
19880	195	27	voice	voice	NN
19880	195	28	,	,	,
19880	195	29	both	both	CC
19880	195	30	as	as	IN
19880	195	31	regards	regard	VBZ
19880	195	32	the	the	DT
19880	195	33	throat	throat	NN
19880	195	34	and	and	CC
19880	195	35	the	the	DT
19880	195	36	voice	voice	NN
19880	195	37	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	195	38	;	;	:
19880	195	39	and	and	CC
19880	195	40	contact	contact	VBP
19880	195	41	with	with	IN
19880	195	42	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	195	43	and	and	CC
19880	195	44	students	student	NNS
19880	195	45	has	have	VBZ
19880	195	46	so	so	RB
19880	195	47	impressed	impress	VBN
19880	195	48	me	-PRON-	PRP
19880	195	49	with	with	IN
19880	195	50	the	the	DT
19880	195	51	importance	importance	NN
19880	195	52	of	of	IN
19880	195	53	placing	place	VBG
19880	195	54	voice	voice	NN
19880	195	55	-	-	HYPH
19880	195	56	production	production	NN
19880	195	57	on	on	IN
19880	195	58	a	a	DT
19880	195	59	sound	sound	JJ
19880	195	60	foundation	foundation	NN
19880	195	61	,	,	,
19880	195	62	not	not	RB
19880	195	63	only	only	RB
19880	195	64	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	195	65	but	but	CC
19880	195	66	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	195	67	,	,	,
19880	195	68	that	that	IN
19880	195	69	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	195	70	have	have	VBP
19880	195	71	felt	feel	VBN
19880	195	72	constrained	constrain	VBN
19880	195	73	to	to	TO
19880	195	74	tell	tell	VB
19880	195	75	others	other	NNS
19880	195	76	who	who	WP
19880	195	77	may	may	MD
19880	195	78	be	be	VB
19880	195	79	willing	willing	JJ
19880	195	80	to	to	TO
19880	195	81	hear	hear	VB
19880	195	82	me	-PRON-	PRP
19880	195	83	what	what	WP
19880	195	84	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	195	85	have	have	VBP
19880	195	86	learned	learn	VBN
19880	195	87	as	as	IN
19880	195	88	to	to	TO
19880	195	89	correct	correct	VB
19880	195	90	methods	method	NNS
19880	195	91	,	,	,
19880	195	92	with	with	IN
19880	195	93	some	some	DT
19880	195	94	reference	reference	NN
19880	195	95	also	also	RB
19880	195	96	to	to	IN
19880	195	97	wrong	wrong	JJ
19880	195	98	ones	one	NNS
19880	195	99	,	,	,
19880	195	100	though	though	IN
19880	195	101	the	the	DT
19880	195	102	latter	latter	JJ
19880	195	103	are	be	VBP
19880	195	104	so	so	RB
19880	195	105	numerous	numerous	JJ
19880	195	106	that	that	IN
19880	195	107	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	195	108	shall	shall	MD
19880	195	109	not	not	RB
19880	195	110	be	be	VB
19880	195	111	able	able	JJ
19880	195	112	to	to	TO
19880	195	113	find	find	VB
19880	195	114	the	the	DT
19880	195	115	space	space	NN
19880	195	116	to	to	TO
19880	195	117	deal	deal	VB
19880	195	118	at	at	IN
19880	195	119	length	length	NN
19880	195	120	with	with	IN
19880	195	121	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	195	122	.	.	.
19880	196	1	The	the	DT
19880	196	2	correct	correct	JJ
19880	196	3	methods	method	NNS
19880	196	4	of	of	IN
19880	196	5	singing	singing	NN
19880	196	6	and	and	CC
19880	196	7	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	196	8	are	be	VBP
19880	196	9	always	always	RB
19880	196	10	,	,	,
19880	196	11	of	of	IN
19880	196	12	necessity	necessity	NN
19880	196	13	,	,	,
19880	196	14	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	196	15	.	.	.
19880	197	1	Others	other	NNS
19880	197	2	may	may	MD
19880	197	3	satisfy	satisfy	VB
19880	197	4	a	a	DT
19880	197	5	vitiated	vitiated	JJ
19880	197	6	or	or	CC
19880	197	7	undeveloped	undeveloped	JJ
19880	197	8	public	public	JJ
19880	197	9	taste	taste	NN
19880	197	10	,	,	,
19880	197	11	but	but	CC
19880	197	12	what	what	WP
19880	197	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	197	14	artistically	artistically	RB
19880	197	15	sound	sound	JJ
19880	197	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	197	17	also	also	RB
19880	197	18	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	197	19	.	.	.
19880	198	1	None	none	NN
19880	198	2	have	have	VBP
19880	198	3	ever	ever	RB
19880	198	4	sung	sing	VBN
19880	198	5	with	with	IN
19880	198	6	more	more	JJR
19880	198	7	ease	ease	NN
19880	198	8	than	than	IN
19880	198	9	those	those	DT
19880	198	10	taught	teach	VBN
19880	198	11	by	by	IN
19880	198	12	the	the	DT
19880	198	13	correct	correct	JJ
19880	198	14	methods	method	NNS
19880	198	15	of	of	IN
19880	198	16	the	the	DT
19880	198	17	old	old	JJ
19880	198	18	Italian	italian	JJ
19880	198	19	masters	master	NNS
19880	198	20	;	;	:
19880	198	21	as	as	IN
19880	198	22	none	none	NN
19880	198	23	run	run	VB
19880	198	24	so	so	RB
19880	198	25	easily	easily	RB
19880	198	26	as	as	IN
19880	198	27	the	the	DT
19880	198	28	wisely	wisely	RB
19880	198	29	trained	train	VBN
19880	198	30	athlete	athlete	NN
19880	198	31	,	,	,
19880	198	32	and	and	CC
19880	198	33	none	none	NN
19880	198	34	endure	endure	VB
19880	198	35	so	so	RB
19880	198	36	well	well	RB
19880	198	37	.	.	.
19880	199	1	People	People	NNS
19880	199	2	in	in	IN
19880	199	3	singing	singing	NN
19880	199	4	and	and	CC
19880	199	5	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	199	6	will	will	NN
19880	199	7	,	,	,
19880	199	8	as	as	IN
19880	199	9	in	in	IN
19880	199	10	other	other	JJ
19880	199	11	cases	case	NNS
19880	199	12	,	,	,
19880	199	13	get	get	VB
19880	199	14	what	what	WP
19880	199	15	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	199	16	work	work	VBP
19880	199	17	for	for	IN
19880	199	18	,	,	,
19880	199	19	but	but	CC
19880	199	20	have	have	VBP
19880	199	21	no	no	DT
19880	199	22	right	right	NN
19880	199	23	to	to	TO
19880	199	24	expect	expect	VB
19880	199	25	to	to	TO
19880	199	26	sing	sing	VB
19880	199	27	or	or	CC
19880	199	28	speak	speak	VB
19880	199	29	effectively	effectively	RB
19880	199	30	by	by	IN
19880	199	31	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	199	32	,	,	,
19880	199	33	any	any	DT
19880	199	34	more	more	JJR
19880	199	35	than	than	IN
19880	199	36	the	the	DT
19880	199	37	athlete	athlete	NN
19880	199	38	to	to	TO
19880	199	39	win	win	VB
19880	199	40	a	a	DT
19880	199	41	race	race	NN
19880	199	42	because	because	IN
19880	199	43	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	199	44	is	be	VBZ
19880	199	45	born	bear	VBN
19880	199	46	naturally	naturally	RB
19880	199	47	fleet	fleet	NN
19880	199	48	of	of	IN
19880	199	49	foot	foot	NN
19880	199	50	or	or	CC
19880	199	51	with	with	IN
19880	199	52	a	a	DT
19880	199	53	quick	quick	JJ
19880	199	54	intelligence	intelligence	NN
19880	199	55	.	.	.
19880	200	1	In	in	IN
19880	200	2	each	each	DT
19880	200	3	case	case	NN
19880	200	4	the	the	DT
19880	200	5	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	200	6	are	be	VBP
19880	200	7	converted	convert	VBN
19880	200	8	into	into	IN
19880	200	9	performance	performance	NN
19880	200	10	,	,	,
19880	200	11	the	the	DT
19880	200	12	results	result	NNS
19880	200	13	attained	attain	VBD
19880	200	14	,	,	,
19880	200	15	by	by	IN
19880	200	16	the	the	DT
19880	200	17	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	200	18	of	of	IN
19880	200	19	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	200	20	-	-	HYPH
19880	200	21	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	200	22	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	200	23	.	.	.
19880	201	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	201	2	am	be	VBP
19880	201	3	most	most	RBS
19880	201	4	anxious	anxious	JJ
19880	201	5	that	that	IN
19880	201	6	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	201	7	shall	shall	MD
19880	201	8	be	be	VB
19880	201	9	perceived	perceive	VBN
19880	201	10	that	that	IN
19880	201	11	this	this	DT
19880	201	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	201	13	the	the	DT
19880	201	14	case	case	NN
19880	201	15	,	,	,
19880	201	16	that	that	IN
19880	201	17	the	the	DT
19880	201	18	same	same	JJ
19880	201	19	laws	law	NNS
19880	201	20	apply	apply	VBP
19880	201	21	to	to	IN
19880	201	22	voice	voice	NN
19880	201	23	-	-	HYPH
19880	201	24	production	production	NN
19880	201	25	as	as	IN
19880	201	26	to	to	IN
19880	201	27	running	run	VBG
19880	201	28	or	or	CC
19880	201	29	any	any	DT
19880	201	30	other	other	JJ
19880	201	31	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	201	32	.	.	.
19880	202	1	The	the	DT
19880	202	2	difference	difference	NN
19880	202	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	202	4	one	one	CD
19880	202	5	of	of	IN
19880	202	6	delicacy	delicacy	NN
19880	202	7	and	and	CC
19880	202	8	complexity	complexity	NN
19880	202	9	so	so	RB
19880	202	10	far	far	RB
19880	202	11	as	as	IN
19880	202	12	the	the	DT
19880	202	13	body	body	NN
19880	202	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	202	15	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	202	16	.	.	.
19880	203	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	203	2	will	will	MD
19880	203	3	be	be	VB
19880	203	4	understood	understand	VBN
19880	203	5	that	that	IN
19880	203	6	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	203	7	speak	speak	VBP
19880	203	8	only	only	RB
19880	203	9	of	of	IN
19880	203	10	the	the	DT
19880	203	11	technique	technique	NN
19880	203	12	.	.	.
19880	204	1	For	for	IN
19880	204	2	art	art	NN
19880	204	3	there	there	EX
19880	204	4	must	must	MD
19880	204	5	be	be	VB
19880	204	6	more	more	JJR
19880	204	7	than	than	IN
19880	204	8	technique	technique	NN
19880	204	9	,	,	,
19880	204	10	but	but	CC
19880	204	11	there	there	EX
19880	204	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	204	13	no	no	DT
19880	204	14	art	art	NN
19880	204	15	without	without	IN
19880	204	16	good	good	JJ
19880	204	17	methods	method	NNS
19880	204	18	of	of	IN
19880	204	19	execution	execution	NN
19880	204	20	,	,	,
19880	204	21	which	which	WDT
19880	204	22	constitute	constitute	VBP
19880	204	23	technique	technique	NN
19880	204	24	.	.	.
19880	205	1	The	the	DT
19880	205	2	latter	latter	NN
19880	205	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	205	4	nothing	nothing	NN
19880	205	5	more	more	JJR
19880	205	6	than	than	IN
19880	205	7	method	method	NN
19880	205	8	--	--	:
19880	205	9	manner	manner	NN
19880	205	10	of	of	IN
19880	205	11	performance	performance	NN
19880	205	12	.	.	.
19880	206	1	Behind	behind	IN
19880	206	2	these	these	DT
19880	206	3	methods	method	NNS
19880	206	4	of	of	IN
19880	206	5	performance	performance	NN
19880	206	6	,	,	,
19880	206	7	or	or	CC
19880	206	8	the	the	DT
19880	206	9	simplest	simple	JJS
19880	206	10	part	part	NN
19880	206	11	of	of	IN
19880	206	12	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	206	13	,	,	,
19880	206	14	there	there	EX
19880	206	15	must	must	MD
19880	206	16	be	be	VB
19880	206	17	some	some	DT
19880	206	18	idea	idea	NN
19880	206	19	.	.	.
19880	207	1	The	the	DT
19880	207	2	more	more	RBR
19880	207	3	intelligent	intelligent	JJ
19880	207	4	the	the	DT
19880	207	5	student	student	NN
19880	207	6	,	,	,
19880	207	7	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	207	8	or	or	CC
19880	207	9	singer	singer	NN
19880	207	10	,	,	,
19880	207	11	as	as	IN
19880	207	12	to	to	IN
19880	207	13	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	207	14	art	art	NN
19880	207	15	and	and	CC
19880	207	16	generally	generally	RB
19880	207	17	,	,	,
19880	207	18	the	the	DT
19880	207	19	better	well	JJR
19880	207	20	for	for	IN
19880	207	21	the	the	DT
19880	207	22	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	207	23	who	who	WP
19880	207	24	instructs	instruct	VBZ
19880	207	25	scientifically	scientifically	RB
19880	207	26	,	,	,
19880	207	27	though	though	IN
19880	207	28	such	such	JJ
19880	207	29	intelligence	intelligence	NN
19880	207	30	is	be	VBZ
19880	207	31	largely	largely	RB
19880	207	32	lost	lose	VBN
19880	207	33	to	to	IN
19880	207	34	the	the	DT
19880	207	35	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	207	36	who	who	WP
19880	207	37	depends	depend	VBZ
19880	207	38	on	on	IN
19880	207	39	tradition	tradition	NN
19880	207	40	and	and	CC
19880	207	41	pure	pure	JJ
19880	207	42	imitation	imitation	NN
19880	207	43	.	.	.
19880	208	1	In	in	IN
19880	208	2	the	the	DT
19880	208	3	present	present	JJ
19880	208	4	work	work	NN
19880	208	5	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	208	6	shall	shall	MD
19880	208	7	be	be	VB
19880	208	8	so	so	RB
19880	208	9	concerned	concerned	JJ
19880	208	10	with	with	IN
19880	208	11	the	the	DT
19880	208	12	physical	physical	NN
19880	208	13	that	that	IN
19880	208	14	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	208	15	shall	shall	MD
19880	208	16	be	be	VB
19880	208	17	able	able	JJ
19880	208	18	only	only	RB
19880	208	19	to	to	TO
19880	208	20	refer	refer	VB
19880	208	21	briefly	briefly	RB
19880	208	22	to	to	IN
19880	208	23	the	the	DT
19880	208	24	part	part	NN
19880	208	25	that	that	IN
19880	208	26	intelligence	intelligence	NN
19880	208	27	and	and	CC
19880	208	28	feeling	feeling	NN
19880	208	29	play	play	NN
19880	208	30	in	in	IN
19880	208	31	the	the	DT
19880	208	32	result	result	NN
19880	208	33	.	.	.
19880	209	1	The	the	DT
19880	209	2	qualifications	qualification	NNS
19880	209	3	for	for	IN
19880	209	4	the	the	DT
19880	209	5	successful	successful	JJ
19880	209	6	treatment	treatment	NN
19880	209	7	of	of	IN
19880	209	8	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	209	9	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	209	10	--	--	:
19880	209	11	that	that	RB
19880	209	12	is	is	RB
19880	209	13	,	,	,
19880	209	14	such	such	PDT
19880	209	15	a	a	DT
19880	209	16	discussion	discussion	NN
19880	209	17	of	of	IN
19880	209	18	the	the	DT
19880	209	19	subject	subject	NN
19880	209	20	as	as	IN
19880	209	21	shall	shall	MD
19880	209	22	lead	lead	VB
19880	209	23	to	to	IN
19880	209	24	a	a	DT
19880	209	25	clear	clear	JJ
19880	209	26	comprehension	comprehension	NN
19880	209	27	of	of	IN
19880	209	28	the	the	DT
19880	209	29	nature	nature	NN
19880	209	30	of	of	IN
19880	209	31	the	the	DT
19880	209	32	principles	principle	NNS
19880	209	33	involved	involve	VBN
19880	209	34	,	,	,
19880	209	35	and	and	CC
19880	209	36	place	place	VB
19880	209	37	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	209	38	on	on	IN
19880	209	39	a	a	DT
19880	209	40	practical	practical	JJ
19880	209	41	foundation	foundation	NN
19880	209	42	,	,	,
19880	209	43	make	make	VB
19880	209	44	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	209	45	at	at	RB
19880	209	46	once	once	RB
19880	209	47	usable	usable	JJ
19880	209	48	in	in	IN
19880	209	49	actual	actual	JJ
19880	209	50	study	study	NN
19880	209	51	and	and	CC
19880	209	52	in	in	IN
19880	209	53	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	209	54	--	--	:
19880	209	55	such	such	JJ
19880	209	56	qualifications	qualification	NNS
19880	209	57	are	be	VBP
19880	209	58	many	many	JJ
19880	209	59	,	,	,
19880	209	60	and	and	CC
19880	209	61	,	,	,
19880	209	62	in	in	IN
19880	209	63	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	209	64	totality	totality	NN
19880	209	65	and	and	CC
19880	209	66	in	in	IN
19880	209	67	an	an	DT
19880	209	68	adequate	adequate	JJ
19880	209	69	degree	degree	NN
19880	209	70	,	,	,
19880	209	71	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	209	72	to	to	TO
19880	209	73	attain	attain	VB
19880	209	74	.	.	.
19880	210	1	After	after	IN
19880	210	2	more	more	JJR
19880	210	3	than	than	IN
19880	210	4	twenty	twenty	CD
19880	210	5	years	year	NNS
19880	210	6	of	of	IN
19880	210	7	the	the	DT
19880	210	8	best	good	JJS
19880	210	9	study	study	NN
19880	210	10	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	210	11	could	could	MD
19880	210	12	give	give	VB
19880	210	13	to	to	IN
19880	210	14	this	this	DT
19880	210	15	subject	subject	NN
19880	210	16	in	in	IN
19880	210	17	both	both	CC
19880	210	18	a	a	DT
19880	210	19	theoretical	theoretical	JJ
19880	210	20	and	and	CC
19880	210	21	a	a	DT
19880	210	22	practical	practical	JJ
19880	210	23	manner	manner	NN
19880	210	24	,	,	,
19880	210	25	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	210	26	feel	feel	VBP
19880	210	27	that	that	IN
19880	210	28	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	210	29	have	have	VBP
19880	210	30	something	something	NN
19880	210	31	to	to	TO
19880	210	32	say	say	VB
19880	210	33	which	which	WDT
19880	210	34	may	may	MD
19880	210	35	be	be	VB
19880	210	36	useful	useful	JJ
19880	210	37	to	to	IN
19880	210	38	a	a	DT
19880	210	39	large	large	JJ
19880	210	40	class	class	NN
19880	210	41	,	,	,
19880	210	42	and	and	CC
19880	210	43	,	,	,
19880	210	44	so	so	RB
19880	210	45	far	far	RB
19880	210	46	as	as	IN
19880	210	47	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	210	48	know	know	VBP
19880	210	49	,	,	,
19880	210	50	that	that	DT
19880	210	51	is	be	VBZ
19880	210	52	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	210	53	reason	reason	NN
19880	210	54	for	for	IN
19880	210	55	writing	write	VBG
19880	210	56	this	this	DT
19880	210	57	book	book	NN
19880	210	58	.	.	.
19880	211	1	For	for	IN
19880	211	2	myself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	211	3	music	music	NN
19880	211	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	211	5	indispensable	indispensable	JJ
19880	211	6	.	.	.
19880	212	1	The	the	DT
19880	212	2	one	one	CD
19880	212	3	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	212	4	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	212	5	all	all	DT
19880	212	6	possess	possess	VBP
19880	212	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	212	8	a	a	DT
19880	212	9	voice	voice	NN
19880	212	10	-	-	HYPH
19880	212	11	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	212	12	.	.	.
19880	213	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	213	2	am	be	VBP
19880	213	3	one	one	CD
19880	213	4	of	of	IN
19880	213	5	those	those	DT
19880	213	6	who	who	WP
19880	213	7	regret	regret	VBP
19880	213	8	that	that	IN
19880	213	9	so	so	RB
19880	213	10	little	little	JJ
19880	213	11	attention	attention	NN
19880	213	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	213	13	paid	pay	VBN
19880	213	14	,	,	,
19880	213	15	especially	especially	RB
19880	213	16	in	in	IN
19880	213	17	America	America	NNP
19880	213	18	,	,	,
19880	213	19	to	to	IN
19880	213	20	pleasing	pleasing	JJ
19880	213	21	and	and	CC
19880	213	22	expressive	expressive	JJ
19880	213	23	use	use	NN
19880	213	24	of	of	IN
19880	213	25	the	the	DT
19880	213	26	voice	voice	NN
19880	213	27	in	in	IN
19880	213	28	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	213	29	conversation	conversation	NN
19880	213	30	.	.	.
19880	214	1	Yet	yet	CC
19880	214	2	how	how	WRB
19880	214	3	much	much	JJ
19880	214	4	pleasure	pleasure	NN
19880	214	5	can	can	MD
19880	214	6	not	not	RB
19880	214	7	a	a	DT
19880	214	8	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19880	214	9	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	214	10	voice	voice	NN
19880	214	11	convey	convey	NN
19880	214	12	!	!	.
19880	215	1	The	the	DT
19880	215	2	college	college	NN
19880	215	3	undergraduate	undergraduate	NN
19880	215	4	rarely	rarely	RB
19880	215	5	finds	find	VBZ
19880	215	6	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	215	7	study	study	NN
19880	215	8	among	among	IN
19880	215	9	the	the	DT
19880	215	10	requirements	requirement	NNS
19880	215	11	,	,	,
19880	215	12	in	in	IN
19880	215	13	spite	spite	NN
19880	215	14	of	of	IN
19880	215	15	the	the	DT
19880	215	16	fact	fact	NN
19880	215	17	that	that	IN
19880	215	18	the	the	DT
19880	215	19	voice	voice	NN
19880	215	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	215	21	an	an	DT
19880	215	22	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	215	23	that	that	IN
19880	215	24	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	215	25	will	will	MD
19880	215	26	use	use	VB
19880	215	27	much	much	RB
19880	215	28	more	more	JJR
19880	215	29	than	than	IN
19880	215	30	the	the	DT
19880	215	31	pen	pen	NN
19880	215	32	.	.	.
19880	216	1	The	the	DT
19880	216	2	truth	truth	NN
19880	216	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	216	4	,	,	,
19880	216	5	the	the	DT
19880	216	6	home	home	NN
19880	216	7	methods	method	NNS
19880	216	8	of	of	IN
19880	216	9	voice	voice	NN
19880	216	10	-	-	HYPH
19880	216	11	production	production	NN
19880	216	12	are	be	VBP
19880	216	13	those	those	DT
19880	216	14	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	216	15	are	be	VBP
19880	216	16	most	most	RBS
19880	216	17	likely	likely	JJ
19880	216	18	to	to	TO
19880	216	19	carry	carry	VB
19880	216	20	with	with	IN
19880	216	21	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	216	22	through	through	IN
19880	216	23	life	life	NN
19880	216	24	,	,	,
19880	216	25	and	and	CC
19880	216	26	,	,	,
19880	216	27	unfortunately	unfortunately	RB
19880	216	28	,	,	,
19880	216	29	little	little	JJ
19880	216	30	attention	attention	NN
19880	216	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	216	32	given	give	VBN
19880	216	33	to	to	IN
19880	216	34	the	the	DT
19880	216	35	subject	subject	NN
19880	216	36	.	.	.
19880	217	1	Sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	217	2	a	a	DT
19880	217	3	love	love	NN
19880	217	4	of	of	IN
19880	217	5	sweet	sweet	JJ
19880	217	6	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	217	7	may	may	MD
19880	217	8	be	be	VB
19880	217	9	a	a	DT
19880	217	10	hidden	hidden	JJ
19880	217	11	cause	cause	NN
19880	217	12	for	for	IN
19880	217	13	much	much	JJ
19880	217	14	that	that	WDT
19880	217	15	would	would	MD
19880	217	16	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	217	17	be	be	VB
19880	217	18	inexplicable	inexplicable	JJ
19880	217	19	in	in	IN
19880	217	20	an	an	DT
19880	217	21	entire	entire	JJ
19880	217	22	career	career	NN
19880	217	23	,	,	,
19880	217	24	as	as	IN
19880	217	25	in	in	IN
19880	217	26	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	217	27	own	own	JJ
19880	217	28	case	case	NN
19880	217	29	.	.	.
19880	218	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	218	2	led	lead	VBD
19880	218	3	to	to	IN
19880	218	4	an	an	DT
19880	218	5	early	early	JJ
19880	218	6	study	study	NN
19880	218	7	of	of	IN
19880	218	8	singers	singer	NNS
19880	218	9	and	and	CC
19880	218	10	actors	actor	NNS
19880	218	11	and	and	CC
19880	218	12	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	218	13	performances	performance	NNS
19880	218	14	;	;	:
19880	218	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	218	16	gave	give	VBD
19880	218	17	rise	rise	NN
19880	218	18	to	to	IN
19880	218	19	an	an	DT
19880	218	20	effort	effort	NN
19880	218	21	to	to	TO
19880	218	22	form	form	VB
19880	218	23	a	a	DT
19880	218	24	voice	voice	NN
19880	218	25	that	that	WDT
19880	218	26	would	would	MD
19880	218	27	meet	meet	VB
19880	218	28	the	the	DT
19880	218	29	requirements	requirement	NNS
19880	218	30	of	of	IN
19880	218	31	an	an	DT
19880	218	32	unusually	unusually	RB
19880	218	33	sensitive	sensitive	JJ
19880	218	34	ear	ear	NN
19880	218	35	;	;	:
19880	218	36	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	218	37	led	lead	VBD
19880	218	38	to	to	IN
19880	218	39	the	the	DT
19880	218	40	practice	practice	NN
19880	218	41	and	and	CC
19880	218	42	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	218	43	of	of	IN
19880	218	44	elocution	elocution	NN
19880	218	45	,	,	,
19880	218	46	and	and	CC
19880	218	47	,	,	,
19880	218	48	later	later	RB
19880	218	49	,	,	,
19880	218	50	to	to	IN
19880	218	51	much	much	JJ
19880	218	52	communion	communion	NN
19880	218	53	with	with	IN
19880	218	54	voice	voice	NN
19880	218	55	-	-	HYPH
19880	218	56	users	user	NNS
19880	218	57	,	,	,
19880	218	58	both	both	DT
19880	218	59	singers	singer	NNS
19880	218	60	and	and	CC
19880	218	61	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	218	62	.	.	.
19880	219	1	In	in	IN
19880	219	2	the	the	DT
19880	219	3	meantime	meantime	NN
19880	219	4	came	come	VBD
19880	219	5	medical	medical	JJ
19880	219	6	practice	practice	NN
19880	219	7	,	,	,
19880	219	8	with	with	IN
19880	219	9	speedy	speedy	JJ
19880	219	10	specialization	specialization	NN
19880	219	11	as	as	IN
19880	219	12	a	a	DT
19880	219	13	laryngologist	laryngologist	NN
19880	219	14	,	,	,
19880	219	15	when	when	WRB
19880	219	16	there	there	EX
19880	219	17	were	be	VBD
19880	219	18	daily	daily	JJ
19880	219	19	consultations	consultation	NNS
19880	219	20	with	with	IN
19880	219	21	singers	singer	NNS
19880	219	22	and	and	CC
19880	219	23	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	219	24	who	who	WP
19880	219	25	had	have	VBD
19880	219	26	employed	employ	VBN
19880	219	27	wrong	wrong	JJ
19880	219	28	methods	method	NNS
19880	219	29	of	of	IN
19880	219	30	voice	voice	NN
19880	219	31	-	-	HYPH
19880	219	32	production	production	NN
19880	219	33	;	;	:
19880	219	34	this	this	DT
19880	219	35	again	again	RB
19880	219	36	led	lead	VBD
19880	219	37	on	on	IN
19880	219	38	to	to	IN
19880	219	39	the	the	DT
19880	219	40	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	219	41	investigation	investigation	NN
19880	219	42	of	of	IN
19880	219	43	voice	voice	NN
19880	219	44	problems	problem	NNS
19880	219	45	,	,	,
19880	219	46	with	with	IN
19880	219	47	a	a	DT
19880	219	48	view	view	NN
19880	219	49	of	of	IN
19880	219	50	settling	settle	VBG
19880	219	51	certain	certain	JJ
19880	219	52	disputed	dispute	VBN
19880	219	53	points	point	NNS
19880	219	54	;	;	:
19880	219	55	then	then	RB
19880	219	56	came	come	VBD
19880	219	57	renewed	renew	VBN
19880	219	58	and	and	CC
19880	219	59	deeper	deep	JJR
19880	219	60	study	study	NN
19880	219	61	of	of	IN
19880	219	62	music	music	NN
19880	219	63	,	,	,
19880	219	64	both	both	CC
19880	219	65	as	as	IN
19880	219	66	an	an	DT
19880	219	67	art	art	NN
19880	219	68	and	and	CC
19880	219	69	as	as	IN
19880	219	70	a	a	DT
19880	219	71	science	science	NN
19880	219	72	,	,	,
19880	219	73	with	with	IN
19880	219	74	a	a	DT
19880	219	75	profound	profound	JJ
19880	219	76	interest	interest	NN
19880	219	77	in	in	IN
19880	219	78	the	the	DT
19880	219	79	study	study	NN
19880	219	80	of	of	IN
19880	219	81	the	the	DT
19880	219	82	philosophy	philosophy	NN
19880	219	83	of	of	IN
19880	219	84	musical	musical	JJ
19880	219	85	art	art	NN
19880	219	86	and	and	CC
19880	219	87	the	the	DT
19880	219	88	psychological	psychological	JJ
19880	219	89	study	study	NN
19880	219	90	of	of	IN
19880	219	91	the	the	DT
19880	219	92	musical	musical	JJ
19880	219	93	artist	artist	NN
19880	219	94	,	,	,
19880	219	95	all	all	DT
19880	219	96	culminating	culminate	VBG
19880	219	97	in	in	IN
19880	219	98	this	this	DT
19880	219	99	attempt	attempt	NN
19880	219	100	to	to	TO
19880	219	101	help	help	VB
19880	219	102	those	those	DT
19880	219	103	who	who	WP
19880	219	104	will	will	MD
19880	219	105	listen	listen	VB
19880	219	106	to	to	IN
19880	219	107	me	-PRON-	PRP
19880	219	108	without	without	IN
19880	219	109	prejudice	prejudice	NN
19880	219	110	.	.	.
19880	220	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	220	2	do	do	VBP
19880	220	3	not	not	RB
19880	220	4	think	think	VB
19880	220	5	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	220	6	know	know	VBP
19880	220	7	all	all	DT
19880	220	8	that	that	WDT
19880	220	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	220	10	to	to	TO
19880	220	11	be	be	VB
19880	220	12	known	know	VBN
19880	220	13	,	,	,
19880	220	14	but	but	CC
19880	220	15	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	220	16	believe	believe	VBP
19880	220	17	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	220	18	do	do	VBP
19880	220	19	know	know	VB
19880	220	20	how	how	WRB
19880	220	21	to	to	TO
19880	220	22	form	form	VB
19880	220	23	and	and	CC
19880	220	24	preserve	preserve	VB
19880	220	25	the	the	DT
19880	220	26	voice	voice	NN
19880	220	27	according	accord	VBG
19880	220	28	to	to	IN
19880	220	29	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	220	30	principles	principle	NNS
19880	220	31	;	;	:
19880	220	32	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	220	33	at	at	IN
19880	220	34	least	least	JJS
19880	220	35	ask	ask	VB
19880	220	36	the	the	DT
19880	220	37	reader	reader	NN
19880	220	38	to	to	TO
19880	220	39	give	give	VB
19880	220	40	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	220	41	teachings	teaching	NNS
19880	220	42	and	and	CC
19880	220	43	recommendations	recommendation	NNS
19880	220	44	a	a	DT
19880	220	45	fair	fair	JJ
19880	220	46	trial	trial	NN
19880	220	47	.	.	.
19880	221	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	221	2	shall	shall	MD
19880	221	3	have	have	VB
19880	221	4	reasons	reason	NNS
19880	221	5	for	for	IN
19880	221	6	what	what	WP
19880	221	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	221	8	presented	present	VBN
19880	221	9	and	and	CC
19880	221	10	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	221	11	to	to	IN
19880	221	12	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	221	13	.	.	.
19880	222	1	Once	once	RB
19880	222	2	more	more	JJR
19880	222	3	let	let	VB
19880	222	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	222	5	be	be	VB
19880	222	6	said	say	VBN
19880	222	7	that	that	IN
19880	222	8	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	222	9	do	do	VBP
19880	222	10	not	not	RB
19880	222	11	deny	deny	VB
19880	222	12	that	that	IN
19880	222	13	good	good	JJ
19880	222	14	practical	practical	JJ
19880	222	15	results	result	NNS
19880	222	16	may	may	MD
19880	222	17	follow	follow	VB
19880	222	18	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	222	19	that	that	WDT
19880	222	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	222	21	not	not	RB
19880	222	22	put	put	VBN
19880	222	23	before	before	IN
19880	222	24	the	the	DT
19880	222	25	pupil	pupil	NN
19880	222	26	as	as	IN
19880	222	27	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	222	28	;	;	:
19880	222	29	but	but	CC
19880	222	30	what	what	WP
19880	222	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	222	32	claimed	claim	VBN
19880	222	33	for	for	IN
19880	222	34	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	222	35	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	222	36	is	be	VBZ
19880	222	37	that--	that--	NNP
19880	222	38	1	1	CD
19880	222	39	.	.	.
19880	223	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	223	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	223	3	more	more	RBR
19880	223	4	rational	rational	JJ
19880	223	5	.	.	.
19880	224	1	The	the	DT
19880	224	2	student	student	NN
19880	224	3	sees	see	VBZ
19880	224	4	that	that	IN
19880	224	5	things	thing	NNS
19880	224	6	must	must	MD
19880	224	7	be	be	VB
19880	224	8	thus	thus	RB
19880	224	9	and	and	CC
19880	224	10	so	so	RB
19880	224	11	,	,	,
19880	224	12	and	and	CC
19880	224	13	not	not	RB
19880	224	14	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	224	15	.	.	.
19880	225	1	2	2	LS
19880	225	2	.	.	.
19880	226	1	Faults	fault	NNS
19880	226	2	can	can	MD
19880	226	3	be	be	VB
19880	226	4	the	the	DT
19880	226	5	better	well	RBR
19880	226	6	recognized	recognize	VBN
19880	226	7	and	and	CC
19880	226	8	explained	explain	VBN
19880	226	9	.	.	.
19880	227	1	3	3	LS
19880	227	2	.	.	.
19880	228	1	The	the	DT
19880	228	2	student	student	NN
19880	228	3	can	can	MD
19880	228	4	the	the	DT
19880	228	5	more	more	RBR
19880	228	6	surely	surely	RB
19880	228	7	guide	guide	VB
19880	228	8	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	228	9	own	own	JJ
19880	228	10	development	development	NN
19880	228	11	,	,	,
19880	228	12	and	and	CC
19880	228	13	meet	meet	VB
19880	228	14	the	the	DT
19880	228	15	stress	stress	NN
19880	228	16	and	and	CC
19880	228	17	storm	storm	NN
19880	228	18	that	that	WDT
19880	228	19	sooner	sooner	RB
19880	228	20	or	or	CC
19880	228	21	later	later	RB
19880	228	22	come	come	VB
19880	228	23	to	to	IN
19880	228	24	every	every	DT
19880	228	25	professional	professional	JJ
19880	228	26	voice	voice	NN
19880	228	27	-	-	HYPH
19880	228	28	user	user	NN
19880	228	29	.	.	.
19880	229	1	4	4	LS
19880	229	2	.	.	.
19880	230	1	Injured	injured	JJ
19880	230	2	voices	voice	NNS
19880	230	3	can	can	MD
19880	230	4	be	be	VB
19880	230	5	the	the	DT
19880	230	6	more	more	RBR
19880	230	7	effectively	effectively	RB
19880	230	8	restored	restore	VBN
19880	230	9	.	.	.
19880	231	1	5	5	CD
19880	231	2	.	.	.
19880	232	1	The	the	DT
19880	232	2	physical	physical	JJ
19880	232	3	welfare	welfare	NN
19880	232	4	of	of	IN
19880	232	5	the	the	DT
19880	232	6	student	student	NN
19880	232	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	232	8	advanced	advance	VBN
19880	232	9	--	--	:
19880	232	10	a	a	DT
19880	232	11	matter	matter	NN
19880	232	12	which	which	WDT
19880	232	13	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	232	14	find	find	VBP
19880	232	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	232	16	often	often	RB
19880	232	17	neglected	neglect	VBN
19880	232	18	by	by	IN
19880	232	19	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	232	20	of	of	IN
19880	232	21	music	music	NN
19880	232	22	,	,	,
19880	232	23	though	though	IN
19880	232	24	more	more	RBR
19880	232	25	so	so	RB
19880	232	26	in	in	IN
19880	232	27	the	the	DT
19880	232	28	case	case	NN
19880	232	29	of	of	IN
19880	232	30	instrumental	instrumental	JJ
19880	232	31	than	than	IN
19880	232	32	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	232	33	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	232	34	.	.	.
19880	233	1	6	6	CD
19880	233	2	.	.	.
19880	234	1	The	the	DT
19880	234	2	student	student	NN
19880	234	3	can	can	MD
19880	234	4	much	much	RB
19880	234	5	more	more	RBR
19880	234	6	effectively	effectively	RB
19880	234	7	learn	learn	VB
19880	234	8	from	from	IN
19880	234	9	the	the	DT
19880	234	10	performances	performance	NNS
19880	234	11	of	of	IN
19880	234	12	others	other	NNS
19880	234	13	,	,	,
19880	234	14	because	because	IN
19880	234	15	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	234	16	sees	see	VBZ
19880	234	17	that	that	IN
19880	234	18	singing	singe	VBG
19880	234	19	and	and	CC
19880	234	20	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	234	21	are	be	VBP
19880	234	22	physical	physical	JJ
19880	234	23	processes	process	NNS
19880	234	24	leading	lead	VBG
19880	234	25	to	to	IN
19880	234	26	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	234	27	ends	end	NNS
19880	234	28	.	.	.
19880	235	1	This	this	DT
19880	235	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	235	3	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	235	4	one	one	CD
19880	235	5	of	of	IN
19880	235	6	the	the	DT
19880	235	7	most	most	RBS
19880	235	8	valuable	valuable	JJ
19880	235	9	results	result	NNS
19880	235	10	,	,	,
19880	235	11	and	and	CC
19880	235	12	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	235	13	can	can	MD
19880	235	14	testify	testify	VB
19880	235	15	to	to	IN
19880	235	16	the	the	DT
19880	235	17	greater	great	JJR
19880	235	18	readiness	readiness	NN
19880	235	19	with	with	IN
19880	235	20	which	which	WDT
19880	235	21	analysis	analysis	NN
19880	235	22	of	of	IN
19880	235	23	a	a	DT
19880	235	24	performance	performance	NN
19880	235	25	can	can	MD
19880	235	26	be	be	VB
19880	235	27	made	make	VBN
19880	235	28	after	after	IN
19880	235	29	even	even	RB
19880	235	30	moderate	moderate	JJ
19880	235	31	advancement	advancement	NN
19880	235	32	.	.	.
19880	236	1	The	the	DT
19880	236	2	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	236	3	who	who	WP
19880	236	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	236	5	wise	wise	JJ
19880	236	6	will	will	MD
19880	236	7	encourage	encourage	VB
19880	236	8	the	the	DT
19880	236	9	student	student	NN
19880	236	10	to	to	TO
19880	236	11	hear	hear	VB
19880	236	12	those	those	DT
19880	236	13	who	who	WP
19880	236	14	excel	excel	VBP
19880	236	15	,	,	,
19880	236	16	and	and	CC
19880	236	17	to	to	TO
19880	236	18	analyze	analyze	VB
19880	236	19	the	the	DT
19880	236	20	methods	method	NNS
19880	236	21	which	which	WDT
19880	236	22	successful	successful	JJ
19880	236	23	artists	artist	NNS
19880	236	24	employ	employ	VBP
19880	236	25	.	.	.
19880	237	1	The	the	DT
19880	237	2	student	student	NN
19880	237	3	can	can	MD
19880	237	4	much	much	RB
19880	237	5	more	more	RBR
19880	237	6	readily	readily	RB
19880	237	7	accomplish	accomplish	VBP
19880	237	8	this	this	DT
19880	237	9	than	than	IN
19880	237	10	detect	detect	VB
19880	237	11	the	the	DT
19880	237	12	mental	mental	JJ
19880	237	13	movements	movement	NNS
19880	237	14	of	of	IN
19880	237	15	the	the	DT
19880	237	16	artist	artist	NN
19880	237	17	,	,	,
19880	237	18	though	though	IN
19880	237	19	the	the	DT
19880	237	20	two	two	CD
19880	237	21	really	really	RB
19880	237	22	go	go	VBP
19880	237	23	hand	hand	NN
19880	237	24	in	in	IN
19880	237	25	hand	hand	NN
19880	237	26	to	to	IN
19880	237	27	a	a	DT
19880	237	28	large	large	JJ
19880	237	29	extent	extent	NN
19880	237	30	.	.	.
19880	238	1	The	the	DT
19880	238	2	above	above	JJ
19880	238	3	are	be	VBP
19880	238	4	some	some	DT
19880	238	5	of	of	IN
19880	238	6	the	the	DT
19880	238	7	advantages	advantage	NNS
19880	238	8	,	,	,
19880	238	9	but	but	CC
19880	238	10	by	by	IN
19880	238	11	no	no	DT
19880	238	12	means	means	NN
19880	238	13	all	all	DT
19880	238	14	,	,	,
19880	238	15	of	of	IN
19880	238	16	a	a	DT
19880	238	17	method	method	NN
19880	238	18	of	of	IN
19880	238	19	study	study	NN
19880	238	20	of	of	IN
19880	238	21	voice	voice	NN
19880	238	22	-	-	HYPH
19880	238	23	production	production	NN
19880	238	24	which	which	WDT
19880	238	25	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	238	26	must	must	MD
19880	238	27	claim	claim	VB
19880	238	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	238	29	the	the	DT
19880	238	30	only	only	JJ
19880	238	31	rational	rational	JJ
19880	238	32	one	one	NN
19880	238	33	--	--	:
19880	238	34	certainly	certainly	RB
19880	238	35	,	,	,
19880	238	36	the	the	DT
19880	238	37	only	only	JJ
19880	238	38	one	one	CD
19880	238	39	that	that	WDT
19880	238	40	rests	rest	VBZ
19880	238	41	on	on	IN
19880	238	42	a	a	DT
19880	238	43	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	238	44	foundation	foundation	NN
19880	238	45	.	.	.
19880	239	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	239	2	does	do	VBZ
19880	239	3	not	not	RB
19880	239	4	follow	follow	VB
19880	239	5	that	that	IN
19880	239	6	such	such	JJ
19880	239	7	study	study	NN
19880	239	8	,	,	,
19880	239	9	to	to	TO
19880	239	10	be	be	VB
19880	239	11	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	239	12	,	,	,
19880	239	13	shall	shall	MD
19880	239	14	be	be	VB
19880	239	15	made	make	VBN
19880	239	16	repellent	repellent	JJ
19880	239	17	by	by	IN
19880	239	18	the	the	DT
19880	239	19	use	use	NN
19880	239	20	of	of	IN
19880	239	21	technical	technical	JJ
19880	239	22	terms	term	NNS
19880	239	23	the	the	DT
19880	239	24	significance	significance	NN
19880	239	25	of	of	IN
19880	239	26	which	which	WDT
19880	239	27	the	the	DT
19880	239	28	reader	reader	NN
19880	239	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	239	30	left	leave	VBN
19880	239	31	to	to	TO
19880	239	32	guess	guess	VB
19880	239	33	at	at	IN
19880	239	34	,	,	,
19880	239	35	but	but	CC
19880	239	36	finds	find	VBZ
19880	239	37	unexplained	unexplained	JJ
19880	239	38	.	.	.
19880	240	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	240	2	fear	fear	VBP
19880	240	3	such	such	JJ
19880	240	4	treatment	treatment	NN
19880	240	5	of	of	IN
19880	240	6	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	240	7	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	240	8	has	have	VBZ
19880	240	9	brought	bring	VBN
19880	240	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	240	11	into	into	IN
19880	240	12	disrepute	disrepute	JJ
19880	240	13	.	.	.
19880	241	1	The	the	DT
19880	241	2	aim	aim	NN
19880	241	3	of	of	IN
19880	241	4	the	the	DT
19880	241	5	writer	writer	NN
19880	241	6	will	will	MD
19880	241	7	be	be	VB
19880	241	8	to	to	TO
19880	241	9	give	give	VB
19880	241	10	a	a	DT
19880	241	11	clear	clear	JJ
19880	241	12	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	241	13	treatment	treatment	NN
19880	241	14	of	of	IN
19880	241	15	the	the	DT
19880	241	16	subject	subject	NN
19880	241	17	,	,	,
19880	241	18	which	which	WDT
19880	241	19	shall	shall	MD
19880	241	20	not	not	RB
19880	241	21	be	be	VB
19880	241	22	obscured	obscure	VBN
19880	241	23	by	by	IN
19880	241	24	unexplained	unexplained	JJ
19880	241	25	technical	technical	JJ
19880	241	26	terms	term	NNS
19880	241	27	,	,	,
19880	241	28	and	and	CC
19880	241	29	which	which	WDT
19880	241	30	shall	shall	MD
19880	241	31	be	be	VB
19880	241	32	_	_	NNP
19880	241	33	practical_--capable	practical_--capable	NN
19880	241	34	of	of	IN
19880	241	35	immediate	immediate	JJ
19880	241	36	use	use	NN
19880	241	37	by	by	IN
19880	241	38	student	student	NN
19880	241	39	and	and	CC
19880	241	40	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	241	41	.	.	.
19880	242	1	If	if	IN
19880	242	2	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	242	3	did	do	VBD
19880	242	4	not	not	RB
19880	242	5	believe	believe	VB
19880	242	6	the	the	DT
19880	242	7	latter	latter	JJ
19880	242	8	possible	possible	JJ
19880	242	9	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	242	10	would	would	MD
19880	242	11	not	not	RB
19880	242	12	think	think	VB
19880	242	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	242	14	worth	worth	JJ
19880	242	15	while	while	IN
19880	242	16	to	to	TO
19880	242	17	attempt	attempt	VB
19880	242	18	the	the	DT
19880	242	19	former	former	JJ
19880	242	20	,	,	,
19880	242	21	especially	especially	RB
19880	242	22	as	as	IN
19880	242	23	this	this	DT
19880	242	24	has	have	VBZ
19880	242	25	often	often	RB
19880	242	26	been	be	VBN
19880	242	27	done	do	VBN
19880	242	28	before	before	RB
19880	242	29	,	,	,
19880	242	30	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	242	31	regrets	regret	VBZ
19880	242	32	to	to	TO
19880	242	33	say	say	VB
19880	242	34	,	,	,
19880	242	35	badly	badly	RB
19880	242	36	enough	enough	RB
19880	242	37	.	.	.
19880	243	1	Although	although	IN
19880	243	2	the	the	DT
19880	243	3	author	author	NN
19880	243	4	has	have	VBZ
19880	243	5	not	not	RB
19880	243	6	now	now	RB
19880	243	7	the	the	DT
19880	243	8	tune	tune	NN
19880	243	9	to	to	TO
19880	243	10	give	give	VB
19880	243	11	regular	regular	JJ
19880	243	12	lessons	lesson	NNS
19880	243	13	in	in	IN
19880	243	14	voice	voice	NN
19880	243	15	-	-	HYPH
19880	243	16	production	production	NN
19880	243	17	,	,	,
19880	243	18	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	243	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	243	20	frequently	frequently	RB
19880	243	21	consulted	consult	VBN
19880	243	22	,	,	,
19880	243	23	especially	especially	RB
19880	243	24	when	when	WRB
19880	243	25	abroad	abroad	RB
19880	243	26	,	,	,
19880	243	27	during	during	IN
19880	243	28	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	243	29	vacations	vacation	NNS
19880	243	30	,	,	,
19880	243	31	by	by	IN
19880	243	32	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	243	33	and	and	CC
19880	243	34	especially	especially	RB
19880	243	35	singers	singer	NNS
19880	243	36	who	who	WP
19880	243	37	are	be	VBP
19880	243	38	anxious	anxious	JJ
19880	243	39	to	to	TO
19880	243	40	learn	learn	VB
19880	243	41	how	how	WRB
19880	243	42	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	243	43	may	may	MD
19880	243	44	increase	increase	VB
19880	243	45	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	243	46	efficiency	efficiency	NN
19880	243	47	in	in	IN
19880	243	48	the	the	DT
19880	243	49	profession	profession	NN
19880	243	50	by	by	IN
19880	243	51	which	which	WDT
19880	243	52	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	243	53	earn	earn	VBP
19880	243	54	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	243	55	livelihood	livelihood	NNS
19880	243	56	and	and	CC
19880	243	57	make	make	VB
19880	243	58	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	243	59	reputation	reputation	NN
19880	243	60	;	;	:
19880	243	61	and	and	CC
19880	243	62	the	the	DT
19880	243	63	reader	reader	NN
19880	243	64	may	may	MD
19880	243	65	be	be	VB
19880	243	66	gratified	gratify	VBN
19880	243	67	to	to	TO
19880	243	68	learn	learn	VB
19880	243	69	how	how	WRB
19880	243	70	,	,	,
19880	243	71	in	in	IN
19880	243	72	such	such	JJ
19880	243	73	cases	case	NNS
19880	243	74	,	,	,
19880	243	75	the	the	DT
19880	243	76	writer	writer	NN
19880	243	77	applies	apply	VBZ
19880	243	78	the	the	DT
19880	243	79	principles	principle	NNS
19880	243	80	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	243	81	so	so	RB
19880	243	82	strongly	strongly	RB
19880	243	83	recommends	recommend	VBZ
19880	243	84	to	to	IN
19880	243	85	others	other	NNS
19880	243	86	.	.	.
19880	244	1	Let	let	VB
19880	244	2	two	two	CD
19880	244	3	or	or	CC
19880	244	4	three	three	CD
19880	244	5	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19880	244	6	suffice	suffice	NN
19880	244	7	:	:	:
19880	244	8	1	1	LS
19880	244	9	.	.	.
19880	245	1	A	a	DT
19880	245	2	tenor	tenor	NN
19880	245	3	of	of	IN
19880	245	4	world	world	NN
19880	245	5	renown	renown	NNP
19880	245	6	consulted	consult	VBD
19880	245	7	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	245	8	in	in	IN
19880	245	9	regard	regard	NN
19880	245	10	to	to	IN
19880	245	11	the	the	DT
19880	245	12	position	position	NN
19880	245	13	of	of	IN
19880	245	14	the	the	DT
19880	245	15	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	245	16	in	in	IN
19880	245	17	singing	singing	NN
19880	245	18	,	,	,
19880	245	19	as	as	IN
19880	245	20	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	245	21	had	have	VBD
19880	245	22	a	a	DT
19880	245	23	suspicion	suspicion	NN
19880	245	24	that	that	IN
19880	245	25	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	245	26	practice	practice	NN
19880	245	27	was	be	VBD
19880	245	28	not	not	RB
19880	245	29	correct	correct	JJ
19880	245	30	,	,	,
19880	245	31	inasmuch	inasmuch	JJ
19880	245	32	as	as	IN
19880	245	33	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	245	34	voice	voice	NN
19880	245	35	seemed	seem	VBD
19880	245	36	to	to	TO
19880	245	37	be	be	VB
19880	245	38	deteriorating	deteriorate	VBG
19880	245	39	to	to	IN
19880	245	40	some	some	DT
19880	245	41	extent	extent	NN
19880	245	42	.	.	.
19880	246	1	The	the	DT
19880	246	2	answer	answer	NN
19880	246	3	to	to	IN
19880	246	4	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	246	5	question	question	NN
19880	246	6	need	nee	MD
19880	246	7	not	not	RB
19880	246	8	be	be	VB
19880	246	9	given	give	VBN
19880	246	10	here	here	RB
19880	246	11	,	,	,
19880	246	12	as	as	IN
19880	246	13	this	this	DT
19880	246	14	subject	subject	NN
19880	246	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	246	16	discussed	discuss	VBN
19880	246	17	adequately	adequately	RB
19880	246	18	in	in	IN
19880	246	19	a	a	DT
19880	246	20	later	later	JJ
19880	246	21	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	246	22	.	.	.
19880	247	1	2	2	LS
19880	247	2	.	.	.
19880	248	1	The	the	DT
19880	248	2	second	second	JJ
19880	248	3	was	be	VBD
19880	248	4	the	the	DT
19880	248	5	case	case	NN
19880	248	6	of	of	IN
19880	248	7	a	a	DT
19880	248	8	young	young	JJ
19880	248	9	lady	lady	NN
19880	248	10	,	,	,
19880	248	11	an	an	DT
19880	248	12	amateur	amateur	NN
19880	248	13	singer	singer	NN
19880	248	14	,	,	,
19880	248	15	who	who	WP
19880	248	16	was	be	VBD
19880	248	17	anxious	anxious	JJ
19880	248	18	to	to	TO
19880	248	19	know	know	VB
19880	248	20	why	why	WRB
19880	248	21	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	248	22	failed	fail	VBD
19880	248	23	to	to	TO
19880	248	24	get	get	VB
19880	248	25	satisfactory	satisfactory	JJ
19880	248	26	results	result	NNS
19880	248	27	.	.	.
19880	249	1	The	the	DT
19880	249	2	author	author	NN
19880	249	3	heard	hear	VBD
19880	249	4	her	-PRON-	PRP
19880	249	5	in	in	IN
19880	249	6	a	a	DT
19880	249	7	large	large	JJ
19880	249	8	room	room	NN
19880	249	9	,	,	,
19880	249	10	without	without	IN
19880	249	11	any	any	DT
19880	249	12	accompaniment	accompaniment	NN
19880	249	13	(	(	-LRB-
19880	249	14	to	to	TO
19880	249	15	cover	cover	VB
19880	249	16	up	up	RP
19880	249	17	defects	defect	NNS
19880	249	18	,	,	,
19880	249	19	etc	etc	FW
19880	249	20	.	.	.
19880	250	1	)	)	-RRB-
19880	250	2	,	,	,
19880	250	3	and	and	CC
19880	250	4	standing	stand	VBG
19880	250	5	at	at	IN
19880	250	6	first	first	RB
19880	250	7	at	at	IN
19880	250	8	some	some	DT
19880	250	9	distance	distance	NN
19880	250	10	from	from	IN
19880	250	11	her	-PRON-	PRP
19880	250	12	,	,	,
19880	250	13	then	then	RB
19880	250	14	nearer	near	JJR
19880	250	15	.	.	.
19880	251	1	Her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	251	2	tones	tone	NNS
19880	251	3	were	be	VBD
19880	251	4	delightfully	delightfully	RB
19880	251	5	pure	pure	JJ
19880	251	6	and	and	CC
19880	251	7	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19880	251	8	,	,	,
19880	251	9	but	but	CC
19880	251	10	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	251	11	performance	performance	NN
19880	251	12	suggested	suggest	VBD
19880	251	13	rather	rather	RB
19880	251	14	the	the	DT
19880	251	15	sound	sound	NN
19880	251	16	of	of	IN
19880	251	17	some	some	DT
19880	251	18	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	251	19	than	than	IN
19880	251	20	singing	singe	VBG
19880	251	21	in	in	IN
19880	251	22	the	the	DT
19880	251	23	proper	proper	JJ
19880	251	24	sense	sense	NN
19880	251	25	.	.	.
19880	252	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	252	2	was	be	VBD
19880	252	3	impossible	impossible	JJ
19880	252	4	to	to	TO
19880	252	5	learn	learn	VB
19880	252	6	the	the	DT
19880	252	7	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	252	8	to	to	TO
19880	252	9	be	be	VB
19880	252	10	imparted	impart	VBN
19880	252	11	,	,	,
19880	252	12	as	as	IN
19880	252	13	the	the	DT
19880	252	14	words	word	NNS
19880	252	15	could	could	MD
19880	252	16	not	not	RB
19880	252	17	be	be	VB
19880	252	18	distinctly	distinctly	RB
19880	252	19	made	make	VBN
19880	252	20	out	out	RP
19880	252	21	;	;	:
19880	252	22	there	there	EX
19880	252	23	was	be	VBD
19880	252	24	a	a	DT
19880	252	25	monotony	monotony	NN
19880	252	26	in	in	IN
19880	252	27	the	the	DT
19880	252	28	whole	whole	JJ
19880	252	29	performance	performance	NN
19880	252	30	,	,	,
19880	252	31	though	though	RB
19880	252	32	,	,	,
19880	252	33	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	252	34	must	must	MD
19880	252	35	be	be	VB
19880	252	36	confessed	confess	VBN
19880	252	37	,	,	,
19880	252	38	a	a	DT
19880	252	39	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19880	252	40	monotony	monotony	NN
19880	252	41	,	,	,
19880	252	42	and	and	CC
19880	252	43	there	there	EX
19880	252	44	was	be	VBD
19880	252	45	a	a	DT
19880	252	46	total	total	JJ
19880	252	47	lack	lack	NN
19880	252	48	of	of	IN
19880	252	49	that	that	DT
19880	252	50	vigor	vigor	NN
19880	252	51	and	and	CC
19880	252	52	sureness	sureness	NN
19880	252	53	that	that	WDT
19880	252	54	both	both	CC
19880	252	55	educated	educated	JJ
19880	252	56	and	and	CC
19880	252	57	uneducated	uneducated	JJ
19880	252	58	listeners	listener	NNS
19880	252	59	must	must	MD
19880	252	60	be	be	VB
19880	252	61	made	make	VBN
19880	252	62	to	to	TO
19880	252	63	feel	feel	VB
19880	252	64	,	,	,
19880	252	65	or	or	CC
19880	252	66	there	there	EX
19880	252	67	results	result	VBZ
19880	252	68	a	a	DT
19880	252	69	sense	sense	NN
19880	252	70	of	of	IN
19880	252	71	dissatisfaction	dissatisfaction	NN
19880	252	72	,	,	,
19880	252	73	if	if	IN
19880	252	74	not	not	RB
19880	252	75	even	even	RB
19880	252	76	irritation	irritation	NN
19880	252	77	.	.	.
19880	253	1	The	the	DT
19880	253	2	beauty	beauty	NN
19880	253	3	of	of	IN
19880	253	4	tone	tone	NN
19880	253	5	was	be	VBD
19880	253	6	owing	owe	VBG
19880	253	7	to	to	IN
19880	253	8	a	a	DT
19880	253	9	production	production	NN
19880	253	10	that	that	WDT
19880	253	11	was	be	VBD
19880	253	12	to	to	IN
19880	253	13	a	a	DT
19880	253	14	certain	certain	JJ
19880	253	15	extent	extent	NN
19880	253	16	sound	sound	NN
19880	253	17	,	,	,
19880	253	18	and	and	CC
19880	253	19	this	this	DT
19880	253	20	explained	explain	VBD
19880	253	21	why	why	WRB
19880	253	22	the	the	DT
19880	253	23	voice	voice	NN
19880	253	24	carried	carry	VBD
19880	253	25	well	well	RB
19880	253	26	in	in	IN
19880	253	27	spite	spite	NN
19880	253	28	of	of	IN
19880	253	29	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	253	30	being	be	VBG
19880	253	31	small	small	JJ
19880	253	32	.	.	.
19880	254	1	This	this	DT
19880	254	2	young	young	JJ
19880	254	3	lady	lady	NN
19880	254	4	was	be	VBD
19880	254	5	well	well	RB
19880	254	6	educated	educate	VBN
19880	254	7	,	,	,
19880	254	8	had	have	VBD
19880	254	9	heard	hear	VBN
19880	254	10	much	much	JJ
19880	254	11	good	good	JJ
19880	254	12	music	music	NN
19880	254	13	,	,	,
19880	254	14	possessed	possess	VBD
19880	254	15	a	a	DT
19880	254	16	sensitive	sensitive	JJ
19880	254	17	ear	ear	NN
19880	254	18	and	and	CC
19880	254	19	a	a	DT
19880	254	20	fine	fine	JJ
19880	254	21	æsthetic	æsthetic	JJ
19880	254	22	taste	taste	NN
19880	254	23	,	,	,
19880	254	24	and	and	CC
19880	254	25	,	,	,
19880	254	26	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	254	27	most	most	RBS
19880	254	28	important	important	JJ
19880	254	29	of	of	IN
19880	254	30	all	all	DT
19880	254	31	,	,	,
19880	254	32	in	in	IN
19880	254	33	this	this	DT
19880	254	34	case	case	NN
19880	254	35	at	at	IN
19880	254	36	least	least	JJS
19880	254	37	,	,	,
19880	254	38	was	be	VBD
19880	254	39	able	able	JJ
19880	254	40	to	to	TO
19880	254	41	think	think	VB
19880	254	42	for	for	IN
19880	254	43	herself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	254	44	.	.	.
19880	255	1	She	-PRON-	PRP
19880	255	2	was	be	VBD
19880	255	3	very	very	RB
19880	255	4	slight	slight	JJ
19880	255	5	of	of	IN
19880	255	6	body	body	NN
19880	255	7	,	,	,
19880	255	8	with	with	IN
19880	255	9	an	an	DT
19880	255	10	ill	ill	RB
19880	255	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	255	12	developed	develop	VBN
19880	255	13	chest	chest	NN
19880	255	14	,	,	,
19880	255	15	and	and	CC
19880	255	16	,	,	,
19880	255	17	from	from	IN
19880	255	18	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	255	19	appearance	appearance	NN
19880	255	20	,	,	,
19880	255	21	could	could	MD
19880	255	22	not	not	RB
19880	255	23	have	have	VB
19880	255	24	enjoyed	enjoy	VBN
19880	255	25	robust	robust	JJ
19880	255	26	health	health	NN
19880	255	27	.	.	.
19880	256	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	256	2	was	be	VBD
19880	256	3	at	at	RB
19880	256	4	once	once	RB
19880	256	5	evident	evident	JJ
19880	256	6	that	that	IN
19880	256	7	this	this	DT
19880	256	8	was	be	VBD
19880	256	9	an	an	DT
19880	256	10	admirable	admirable	JJ
19880	256	11	case	case	NN
19880	256	12	by	by	IN
19880	256	13	which	which	WDT
19880	256	14	to	to	TO
19880	256	15	test	test	VB
19880	256	16	the	the	DT
19880	256	17	views	view	NNS
19880	256	18	advocated	advocate	VBN
19880	256	19	.	.	.
19880	257	1	Accordingly	accordingly	RB
19880	257	2	,	,	,
19880	257	3	the	the	DT
19880	257	4	author	author	NN
19880	257	5	addressed	address	VBD
19880	257	6	the	the	DT
19880	257	7	young	young	JJ
19880	257	8	lady	lady	NN
19880	257	9	as	as	IN
19880	257	10	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	257	11	:	:	:
19880	257	12	"	"	``
19880	257	13	Your	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	257	14	voice	voice	NN
19880	257	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	257	16	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19880	257	17	in	in	IN
19880	257	18	quality	quality	NN
19880	257	19	,	,	,
19880	257	20	and	and	CC
19880	257	21	carries	carry	VBZ
19880	257	22	well	well	RB
19880	257	23	;	;	:
19880	257	24	you	-PRON-	PRP
19880	257	25	observe	observe	VBP
19880	257	26	the	the	DT
19880	257	27	registers	register	NNS
19880	257	28	properly	properly	RB
19880	257	29	;	;	:
19880	257	30	but	but	CC
19880	257	31	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	257	32	vocalization	vocalization	NN
19880	257	33	is	be	VBZ
19880	257	34	feeble	feeble	JJ
19880	257	35	,	,	,
19880	257	36	and	and	CC
19880	257	37	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	257	38	singing	singing	NN
19880	257	39	is	be	VBZ
19880	257	40	ineffective	ineffective	JJ
19880	257	41	.	.	.
19880	258	1	This	this	DT
19880	258	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	258	3	due	due	JJ
19880	258	4	largely	largely	RB
19880	258	5	to	to	IN
19880	258	6	the	the	DT
19880	258	7	lack	lack	NN
19880	258	8	of	of	IN
19880	258	9	robustness	robustness	NN
19880	258	10	in	in	IN
19880	258	11	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	258	12	voice	voice	NN
19880	258	13	,	,	,
19880	258	14	but	but	CC
19880	258	15	not	not	RB
19880	258	16	wholly	wholly	RB
19880	258	17	.	.	.
19880	259	1	You	-PRON-	PRP
19880	259	2	do	do	VBP
19880	259	3	not	not	RB
19880	259	4	tell	tell	VB
19880	259	5	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	259	6	story	story	NN
19880	259	7	in	in	IN
19880	259	8	song	song	NN
19880	259	9	so	so	IN
19880	259	10	that	that	IN
19880	259	11	the	the	DT
19880	259	12	listener	listener	NN
19880	259	13	may	may	MD
19880	259	14	know	know	VB
19880	259	15	what	what	WP
19880	259	16	you	-PRON-	PRP
19880	259	17	have	have	VBP
19880	259	18	to	to	TO
19880	259	19	say	say	VB
19880	259	20	to	to	IN
19880	259	21	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	259	22	.	.	.
19880	260	1	The	the	DT
19880	260	2	imperfections	imperfection	NNS
19880	260	3	in	in	IN
19880	260	4	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	260	5	method	method	NN
19880	260	6	of	of	IN
19880	260	7	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	260	8	,	,	,
19880	260	9	so	so	RB
19880	260	10	common	common	JJ
19880	260	11	in	in	IN
19880	260	12	America	America	NNP
19880	260	13	--	--	:
19880	260	14	an	an	DT
19880	260	15	imperfect	imperfect	JJ
19880	260	16	articulation	articulation	NN
19880	260	17	and	and	CC
19880	260	18	a	a	DT
19880	260	19	limp	limp	JJ
19880	260	20	texture	texture	NN
19880	260	21	of	of	IN
19880	260	22	voice	voice	NN
19880	260	23	--	--	:
19880	260	24	are	be	VBP
19880	260	25	evident	evident	JJ
19880	260	26	in	in	IN
19880	260	27	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	260	28	singing	singing	NN
19880	260	29	;	;	:
19880	260	30	you	-PRON-	PRP
19880	260	31	do	do	VBP
19880	260	32	not	not	RB
19880	260	33	phrase	phrase	VB
19880	260	34	well	well	RB
19880	260	35	,	,	,
19880	260	36	and	and	CC
19880	260	37	you	-PRON-	PRP
19880	260	38	paint	paint	VBP
19880	260	39	all	all	RB
19880	260	40	in	in	IN
19880	260	41	one	one	CD
19880	260	42	color	color	NN
19880	260	43	.	.	.
19880	261	1	This	this	DT
19880	261	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	261	3	due	due	JJ
19880	261	4	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	261	5	to	to	IN
19880	261	6	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	261	7	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	261	8	and	and	CC
19880	261	9	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	261	10	attacks	attack	NNS
19880	261	11	.	.	.
19880	262	1	One	one	PRP
19880	262	2	may	may	MD
19880	262	3	observe	observe	VB
19880	262	4	that	that	IN
19880	262	5	at	at	IN
19880	262	6	no	no	DT
19880	262	7	time	time	NN
19880	262	8	do	do	VBP
19880	262	9	you	-PRON-	PRP
19880	262	10	fill	fill	VB
19880	262	11	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	262	12	chest	chest	NN
19880	262	13	completely	completely	RB
19880	262	14	.	.	.
19880	263	1	You	-PRON-	PRP
19880	263	2	use	use	VBP
19880	263	3	the	the	DT
19880	263	4	lower	low	JJR
19880	263	5	chest	chest	NN
19880	263	6	and	and	CC
19880	263	7	the	the	DT
19880	263	8	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	263	9	correctly	correctly	RB
19880	263	10	,	,	,
19880	263	11	but	but	CC
19880	263	12	you	-PRON-	PRP
19880	263	13	rob	rob	VBP
19880	263	14	yourself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	263	15	of	of	IN
19880	263	16	one	one	CD
19880	263	17	half	half	NN
19880	263	18	of	of	IN
19880	263	19	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	263	20	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	263	21	power	power	NN
19880	263	22	,	,	,
19880	263	23	and	and	CC
19880	263	24	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	263	25	chest	chest	NN
19880	263	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	263	27	not	not	RB
19880	263	28	at	at	RB
19880	263	29	all	all	RB
19880	263	30	well	well	RB
19880	263	31	developed	developed	JJ
19880	263	32	.	.	.
19880	264	1	You	-PRON-	PRP
19880	264	2	do	do	VBP
19880	264	3	not	not	RB
19880	264	4	use	use	VB
19880	264	5	the	the	DT
19880	264	6	parts	part	NNS
19880	264	7	above	above	IN
19880	264	8	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	264	9	voice	voice	NN
19880	264	10	-	-	HYPH
19880	264	11	box	box	NN
19880	264	12	with	with	IN
19880	264	13	vigor	vigor	NN
19880	264	14	and	and	CC
19880	264	15	efficiency	efficiency	NN
19880	264	16	,	,	,
19880	264	17	and	and	CC
19880	264	18	you	-PRON-	PRP
19880	264	19	direct	direct	VBP
19880	264	20	so	so	RB
19880	264	21	much	much	JJ
19880	264	22	attention	attention	NN
19880	264	23	to	to	IN
19880	264	24	the	the	DT
19880	264	25	quality	quality	NN
19880	264	26	of	of	IN
19880	264	27	the	the	DT
19880	264	28	tone	tone	NN
19880	264	29	that	that	WDT
19880	264	30	you	-PRON-	PRP
19880	264	31	neglect	neglect	VBP
19880	264	32	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	264	33	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	264	34	and	and	CC
19880	264	35	the	the	DT
19880	264	36	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	264	37	to	to	TO
19880	264	38	be	be	VB
19880	264	39	expressed	express	VBN
19880	264	40	.	.	.
19880	265	1	You	-PRON-	PRP
19880	265	2	have	have	VBP
19880	265	3	been	be	VBN
19880	265	4	correctly	correctly	RB
19880	265	5	but	but	CC
19880	265	6	inadequately	inadequately	RB
19880	265	7	instructed	instruct	VBN
19880	265	8	.	.	.
19880	266	1	Your	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	266	2	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	266	3	have	have	VBP
19880	266	4	evidently	evidently	RB
19880	266	5	understood	understand	VBN
19880	266	6	registers	register	NNS
19880	266	7	practically	practically	RB
19880	266	8	,	,	,
19880	266	9	as	as	IN
19880	266	10	few	few	JJ
19880	266	11	do	do	VBP
19880	266	12	,	,	,
19880	266	13	but	but	CC
19880	266	14	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	266	15	have	have	VBP
19880	266	16	only	only	RB
19880	266	17	half	half	NN
19880	266	18	taught	teach	VBN
19880	266	19	you	-PRON-	PRP
19880	266	20	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	266	21	and	and	CC
19880	266	22	attack	attack	NN
19880	266	23	.	.	.
19880	267	1	Their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	267	2	fidelity	fidelity	NN
19880	267	3	to	to	IN
19880	267	4	that	that	DT
19880	267	5	high	high	JJ
19880	267	6	ideal	ideal	NN
19880	267	7	of	of	IN
19880	267	8	quality	quality	NN
19880	267	9	of	of	IN
19880	267	10	tone	tone	NN
19880	267	11	as	as	IN
19880	267	12	the	the	DT
19880	267	13	final	final	JJ
19880	267	14	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	267	15	wins	win	VBZ
19880	267	16	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	267	17	respect	respect	NN
19880	267	18	.	.	.
19880	267	19	"	"	''
19880	268	1	The	the	DT
19880	268	2	writer	writer	NN
19880	268	3	thought	think	VBD
19880	268	4	,	,	,
19880	268	5	but	but	CC
19880	268	6	did	do	VBD
19880	268	7	not	not	RB
19880	268	8	say	say	VB
19880	268	9	,	,	,
19880	268	10	that	that	IN
19880	268	11	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	268	12	must	must	MD
19880	268	13	have	have	VB
19880	268	14	understood	understand	VBN
19880	268	15	little	little	JJ
19880	268	16	of	of	IN
19880	268	17	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	268	18	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	268	19	,	,	,
19880	268	20	or	or	CC
19880	268	21	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	268	22	would	would	MD
19880	268	23	not	not	RB
19880	268	24	have	have	VB
19880	268	25	left	leave	VBN
19880	268	26	this	this	DT
19880	268	27	young	young	JJ
19880	268	28	lady	lady	NN
19880	268	29	so	so	RB
19880	268	30	ill	ill	RB
19880	268	31	-	-	HYPH
19880	268	32	developed	develop	VBN
19880	268	33	physically	physically	RB
19880	268	34	,	,	,
19880	268	35	at	at	IN
19880	268	36	least	least	JJS
19880	268	37	so	so	RB
19880	268	38	far	far	RB
19880	268	39	as	as	IN
19880	268	40	the	the	DT
19880	268	41	chest	chest	NN
19880	268	42	is	be	VBZ
19880	268	43	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	268	44	.	.	.
19880	269	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	269	2	then	then	RB
19880	269	3	asked	ask	VBD
19880	269	4	this	this	DT
19880	269	5	earnest	earnest	JJ
19880	269	6	and	and	CC
19880	269	7	intelligent	intelligent	JJ
19880	269	8	student	student	NN
19880	269	9	,	,	,
19880	269	10	as	as	IN
19880	269	11	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	269	12	proved	prove	VBD
19880	269	13	to	to	TO
19880	269	14	be	be	VB
19880	269	15	,	,	,
19880	269	16	to	to	TO
19880	269	17	take	take	VB
19880	269	18	a	a	DT
19880	269	19	full	full	JJ
19880	269	20	breath	breath	NN
19880	269	21	.	.	.
19880	270	1	She	-PRON-	PRP
19880	270	2	did	do	VBD
19880	270	3	not	not	RB
19880	270	4	understand	understand	VB
19880	270	5	this	this	DT
19880	270	6	,	,	,
19880	270	7	and	and	CC
19880	270	8	was	be	VBD
19880	270	9	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	270	10	incapable	incapable	JJ
19880	270	11	of	of	IN
19880	270	12	doing	do	VBG
19880	270	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	270	14	.	.	.
19880	271	1	She	-PRON-	PRP
19880	271	2	had	have	VBD
19880	271	3	been	be	VBN
19880	271	4	taught	teach	VBN
19880	271	5	to	to	TO
19880	271	6	begin	begin	VB
19880	271	7	breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	271	8	below	below	RB
19880	271	9	,	,	,
19880	271	10	to	to	TO
19880	271	11	expand	expand	VB
19880	271	12	from	from	IN
19880	271	13	the	the	DT
19880	271	14	lower	low	JJR
19880	271	15	chest	chest	NN
19880	271	16	upward	upward	RB
19880	271	17	,	,	,
19880	271	18	and	and	CC
19880	271	19	,	,	,
19880	271	20	as	as	IN
19880	271	21	a	a	DT
19880	271	22	natural	natural	JJ
19880	271	23	result	result	NN
19880	271	24	,	,	,
19880	271	25	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	271	26	never	never	RB
19880	271	27	filled	fill	VBD
19880	271	28	the	the	DT
19880	271	29	upper	upper	JJ
19880	271	30	chest	chest	NN
19880	271	31	.	.	.
19880	272	1	She	-PRON-	PRP
19880	272	2	was	be	VBD
19880	272	3	at	at	IN
19880	272	4	once	once	RB
19880	272	5	shown	show	VBN
19880	272	6	how	how	WRB
19880	272	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	272	8	was	be	VBD
19880	272	9	done	do	VBN
19880	272	10	,	,	,
19880	272	11	when	when	WRB
19880	272	12	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	272	13	seemed	seem	VBD
19880	272	14	greatly	greatly	RB
19880	272	15	surprised	surprised	JJ
19880	272	16	,	,	,
19880	272	17	and	and	CC
19880	272	18	said	say	VBD
19880	272	19	:	:	:
19880	272	20	"	"	``
19880	272	21	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	272	22	never	never	RB
19880	272	23	have	have	VBP
19880	272	24	done	do	VBN
19880	272	25	that	that	DT
19880	272	26	in	in	IN
19880	272	27	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	272	28	whole	whole	JJ
19880	272	29	life	life	NN
19880	272	30	.	.	.
19880	272	31	"	"	''
19880	273	1	"	"	``
19880	273	2	Did	do	VBD
19880	273	3	you	-PRON-	PRP
19880	273	4	not	not	RB
19880	273	5	run	run	VB
19880	273	6	and	and	CC
19880	273	7	shout	shout	VB
19880	273	8	as	as	IN
19880	273	9	a	a	DT
19880	273	10	child	child	NN
19880	273	11	?	?	.
19880	273	12	"	"	''
19880	274	1	"	"	``
19880	274	2	No	no	UH
19880	274	3	,	,	,
19880	274	4	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	274	5	never	never	RB
19880	274	6	did	do	VBD
19880	274	7	run	run	VB
19880	274	8	enough	enough	RB
19880	274	9	or	or	CC
19880	274	10	shout	shout	VB
19880	274	11	enough	enough	RB
19880	274	12	to	to	TO
19880	274	13	fill	fill	VB
19880	274	14	up	up	RP
19880	274	15	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	274	16	chest	chest	NN
19880	274	17	.	.	.
19880	274	18	"	"	''
19880	275	1	The	the	DT
19880	275	2	latter	latter	JJ
19880	275	3	was	be	VBD
19880	275	4	small	small	JJ
19880	275	5	,	,	,
19880	275	6	and	and	CC
19880	275	7	flat	flat	JJ
19880	275	8	.	.	.
19880	276	1	The	the	DT
19880	276	2	method	method	NN
19880	276	3	of	of	IN
19880	276	4	attack	attack	NN
19880	276	5	was	be	VBD
19880	276	6	next	next	RB
19880	276	7	explained	explained	JJ
19880	276	8	and	and	CC
19880	276	9	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19880	276	10	,	,	,
19880	276	11	first	first	RB
19880	276	12	without	without	IN
19880	276	13	reference	reference	NN
19880	276	14	to	to	IN
19880	276	15	words	word	NNS
19880	276	16	,	,	,
19880	276	17	and	and	CC
19880	276	18	then	then	RB
19880	276	19	to	to	TO
19880	276	20	show	show	VB
19880	276	21	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	276	22	importance	importance	NN
19880	276	23	in	in	IN
19880	276	24	conveying	convey	VBG
19880	276	25	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	276	26	,	,	,
19880	276	27	and	and	CC
19880	276	28	the	the	DT
19880	276	29	causes	cause	NNS
19880	276	30	of	of	IN
19880	276	31	the	the	DT
19880	276	32	defects	defect	NNS
19880	276	33	in	in	IN
19880	276	34	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	276	35	were	be	VBD
19880	276	36	indicated	indicate	VBN
19880	276	37	,	,	,
19880	276	38	and	and	CC
19880	276	39	the	the	DT
19880	276	40	corrections	correction	NNS
19880	276	41	named	name	VBN
19880	276	42	and	and	CC
19880	276	43	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19880	276	44	.	.	.
19880	277	1	The	the	DT
19880	277	2	lady	lady	NN
19880	277	3	was	be	VBD
19880	277	4	then	then	RB
19880	277	5	asked	ask	VBN
19880	277	6	to	to	TO
19880	277	7	sing	sing	VB
19880	277	8	again	again	RB
19880	277	9	,	,	,
19880	277	10	making	make	VBG
19880	277	11	the	the	DT
19880	277	12	improvements	improvement	NNS
19880	277	13	suggested	suggest	VBN
19880	277	14	,	,	,
19880	277	15	with	with	IN
19880	277	16	the	the	DT
19880	277	17	result	result	NN
19880	277	18	that	that	IN
19880	277	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	277	20	was	be	VBD
19880	277	21	clear	clear	JJ
19880	277	22	that	that	IN
19880	277	23	every	every	DT
19880	277	24	principle	principle	NN
19880	277	25	set	set	NN
19880	277	26	forth	forth	RB
19880	277	27	had	have	VBD
19880	277	28	been	be	VBN
19880	277	29	clearly	clearly	RB
19880	277	30	apprehended	apprehend	VBN
19880	277	31	,	,	,
19880	277	32	though	though	IN
19880	277	33	of	of	IN
19880	277	34	course	course	NN
19880	277	35	as	as	IN
19880	277	36	yet	yet	RB
19880	277	37	only	only	RB
19880	277	38	imperfectly	imperfectly	RB
19880	277	39	carried	carry	VBN
19880	277	40	out	out	RP
19880	277	41	.	.	.
19880	278	1	The	the	DT
19880	278	2	student	student	NN
19880	278	3	was	be	VBD
19880	278	4	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	278	5	to	to	TO
19880	278	6	take	take	VB
19880	278	7	walking	walk	VBG
19880	278	8	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	278	9	,	,	,
19880	278	10	and	and	CC
19880	278	11	to	to	TO
19880	278	12	practice	practice	VB
19880	278	13	filling	fill	VBG
19880	278	14	the	the	DT
19880	278	15	chest	chest	NN
19880	278	16	in	in	IN
19880	278	17	the	the	DT
19880	278	18	manner	manner	NN
19880	278	19	to	to	TO
19880	278	20	be	be	VB
19880	278	21	explained	explain	VBN
19880	278	22	later	later	RB
19880	278	23	.	.	.
19880	279	1	After	after	IN
19880	279	2	six	six	CD
19880	279	3	weeks	week	NNS
19880	279	4	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	279	5	again	again	RB
19880	279	6	asked	ask	VBD
19880	279	7	to	to	TO
19880	279	8	be	be	VB
19880	279	9	heard	hear	VBN
19880	279	10	.	.	.
19880	280	1	The	the	DT
19880	280	2	change	change	NN
19880	280	3	effected	effect	VBN
19880	280	4	was	be	VBD
19880	280	5	wonderful	wonderful	JJ
19880	280	6	;	;	:
19880	280	7	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	280	8	was	be	VBD
19880	280	9	another	another	DT
19880	280	10	type	type	NN
19880	280	11	of	of	IN
19880	280	12	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	280	13	now	now	RB
19880	280	14	.	.	.
19880	281	1	Without	without	IN
19880	281	2	any	any	DT
19880	281	3	loss	loss	NN
19880	281	4	in	in	IN
19880	281	5	quality	quality	NN
19880	281	6	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	281	7	voice	voice	NN
19880	281	8	had	have	VBD
19880	281	9	a	a	DT
19880	281	10	volume	volume	NN
19880	281	11	and	and	CC
19880	281	12	intensity	intensity	NN
19880	281	13	that	that	WDT
19880	281	14	made	make	VBD
19880	281	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	281	16	adequate	adequate	JJ
19880	281	17	for	for	IN
19880	281	18	singing	singe	VBG
19880	281	19	in	in	RP
19880	281	20	at	at	RB
19880	281	21	least	least	JJS
19880	281	22	a	a	DT
19880	281	23	small	small	JJ
19880	281	24	hall	hall	NN
19880	281	25	;	;	:
19880	281	26	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	281	27	attacks	attack	NNS
19880	281	28	were	be	VBD
19880	281	29	good	good	JJ
19880	281	30	,	,	,
19880	281	31	though	though	IN
19880	281	32	not	not	RB
19880	281	33	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	281	34	;	;	:
19880	281	35	and	and	CC
19880	281	36	at	at	IN
19880	281	37	the	the	DT
19880	281	38	end	end	NN
19880	281	39	of	of	IN
19880	281	40	a	a	DT
19880	281	41	very	very	RB
19880	281	42	large	large	JJ
19880	281	43	room	room	NN
19880	281	44	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	281	45	could	could	MD
19880	281	46	easily	easily	RB
19880	281	47	be	be	VB
19880	281	48	seen	see	VBN
19880	281	49	that	that	IN
19880	281	50	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	281	51	chest	chest	NN
19880	281	52	was	be	VBD
19880	281	53	,	,	,
19880	281	54	when	when	WRB
19880	281	55	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	281	56	,	,	,
19880	281	57	filled	fill	VBN
19880	281	58	full	full	JJ
19880	281	59	,	,	,
19880	281	60	so	so	IN
19880	281	61	that	that	IN
19880	281	62	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	281	63	was	be	VBD
19880	281	64	able	able	JJ
19880	281	65	to	to	TO
19880	281	66	produce	produce	VB
19880	281	67	a	a	DT
19880	281	68	large	large	JJ
19880	281	69	and	and	CC
19880	281	70	prolonged	prolonged	JJ
19880	281	71	tone	tone	NN
19880	281	72	.	.	.
19880	282	1	But	but	CC
19880	282	2	,	,	,
19880	282	3	best	good	JJS
19880	282	4	of	of	IN
19880	282	5	all	all	DT
19880	282	6	,	,	,
19880	282	7	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	282	8	health	health	NN
19880	282	9	had	have	VBD
19880	282	10	greatly	greatly	RB
19880	282	11	improved	improve	VBN
19880	282	12	,	,	,
19880	282	13	and	and	CC
19880	282	14	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	282	15	had	have	VBD
19880	282	16	gained	gain	VBN
19880	282	17	in	in	IN
19880	282	18	size	size	NN
19880	282	19	and	and	CC
19880	282	20	weight	weight	NN
19880	282	21	.	.	.
19880	283	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	283	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	283	3	but	but	CC
19880	283	4	fair	fair	JJ
19880	283	5	to	to	TO
19880	283	6	point	point	VB
19880	283	7	out	out	RP
19880	283	8	that	that	IN
19880	283	9	,	,	,
19880	283	10	in	in	IN
19880	283	11	the	the	DT
19880	283	12	present	present	JJ
19880	283	13	case	case	NN
19880	283	14	,	,	,
19880	283	15	the	the	DT
19880	283	16	student	student	NN
19880	283	17	was	be	VBD
19880	283	18	an	an	DT
19880	283	19	unusually	unusually	RB
19880	283	20	intelligent	intelligent	JJ
19880	283	21	and	and	CC
19880	283	22	thoughtful	thoughtful	JJ
19880	283	23	person	person	NN
19880	283	24	.	.	.
19880	284	1	Had	have	VBD
19880	284	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	284	3	been	be	VBN
19880	284	4	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	284	5	,	,	,
19880	284	6	more	more	JJR
19880	284	7	consultations	consultation	NNS
19880	284	8	would	would	MD
19880	284	9	have	have	VB
19880	284	10	been	be	VBN
19880	284	11	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	284	12	,	,	,
19880	284	13	with	with	IN
19880	284	14	probably	probably	RB
19880	284	15	many	many	JJ
19880	284	16	detailed	detailed	JJ
19880	284	17	instructions	instruction	NNS
19880	284	18	and	and	CC
19880	284	19	much	much	JJ
19880	284	20	practice	practice	NN
19880	284	21	before	before	IN
19880	284	22	the	the	DT
19880	284	23	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	284	24	.	.	.
19880	285	1	But	but	CC
19880	285	2	the	the	DT
19880	285	3	case	case	NN
19880	285	4	sufficed	suffice	VBD
19880	285	5	to	to	TO
19880	285	6	convince	convince	VB
19880	285	7	me	-PRON-	PRP
19880	285	8	afresh	afresh	RB
19880	285	9	that	that	IN
19880	285	10	only	only	RB
19880	285	11	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	285	12	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	285	13	meets	meet	VBZ
19880	285	14	the	the	DT
19880	285	15	needs	need	NNS
19880	285	16	of	of	IN
19880	285	17	pupil	pupil	NN
19880	285	18	and	and	CC
19880	285	19	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	285	20	.	.	.
19880	286	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	286	2	do	do	VBP
19880	286	3	not	not	RB
19880	286	4	claim	claim	VB
19880	286	5	,	,	,
19880	286	6	of	of	IN
19880	286	7	course	course	NN
19880	286	8	,	,	,
19880	286	9	that	that	IN
19880	286	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	286	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	286	12	a	a	DT
19880	286	13	panacea	panacea	NN
19880	286	14	.	.	.
19880	287	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	287	2	will	will	MD
19880	287	3	not	not	RB
19880	287	4	supply	supply	VB
19880	287	5	the	the	DT
19880	287	6	lack	lack	NN
19880	287	7	of	of	IN
19880	287	8	a	a	DT
19880	287	9	musical	musical	JJ
19880	287	10	ear	ear	NN
19880	287	11	or	or	CC
19880	287	12	an	an	DT
19880	287	13	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	287	14	temperament	temperament	NN
19880	287	15	.	.	.
19880	288	1	Vocalization	vocalization	NN
19880	288	2	does	do	VBZ
19880	288	3	not	not	RB
19880	288	4	make	make	VB
19880	288	5	an	an	DT
19880	288	6	artist	artist	NN
19880	288	7	,	,	,
19880	288	8	but	but	CC
19880	288	9	there	there	EX
19880	288	10	can	can	MD
19880	288	11	be	be	VB
19880	288	12	no	no	DT
19880	288	13	artist	artist	NN
19880	288	14	without	without	IN
19880	288	15	sound	sound	JJ
19880	288	16	vocalization	vocalization	NN
19880	288	17	.	.	.
19880	289	1	All	all	PDT
19880	289	2	the	the	DT
19880	289	3	author	author	NN
19880	289	4	's	's	POS
19880	289	5	experience	experience	NN
19880	289	6	as	as	IN
19880	289	7	a	a	DT
19880	289	8	laryngologist	laryngologist	NN
19880	289	9	tended	tend	VBD
19880	289	10	to	to	TO
19880	289	11	convince	convince	VB
19880	289	12	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	289	13	that	that	IN
19880	289	14	most	most	JJS
19880	289	15	of	of	IN
19880	289	16	those	those	DT
19880	289	17	evils	evil	NNS
19880	289	18	from	from	IN
19880	289	19	which	which	WDT
19880	289	20	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	289	21	and	and	CC
19880	289	22	singers	singer	NNS
19880	289	23	suffer	suffer	VBP
19880	289	24	,	,	,
19880	289	25	whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	289	26	the	the	DT
19880	289	27	part	part	NN
19880	289	28	of	of	IN
19880	289	29	the	the	DT
19880	289	30	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	289	31	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	289	32	affected	affect	VBD
19880	289	33	,	,	,
19880	289	34	arise	arise	VBP
19880	289	35	from	from	IN
19880	289	36	faulty	faulty	JJ
19880	289	37	methods	method	NNS
19880	289	38	of	of	IN
19880	289	39	voice	voice	NN
19880	289	40	-	-	HYPH
19880	289	41	production	production	NN
19880	289	42	,	,	,
19880	289	43	or	or	CC
19880	289	44	excess	excess	NN
19880	289	45	in	in	IN
19880	289	46	the	the	DT
19880	289	47	use	use	NN
19880	289	48	of	of	IN
19880	289	49	methods	method	NNS
19880	289	50	in	in	IN
19880	289	51	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	289	52	correct	correct	JJ
19880	289	53	.	.	.
19880	290	1	A	a	DT
19880	290	2	showman	showman	NN
19880	290	3	may	may	MD
19880	290	4	have	have	VB
19880	290	5	a	a	DT
19880	290	6	correct	correct	JJ
19880	290	7	method	method	NN
19880	290	8	of	of	IN
19880	290	9	voice	voice	NN
19880	290	10	-	-	HYPH
19880	290	11	production	production	NN
19880	290	12	--	--	:
19880	290	13	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	290	14	,	,	,
19880	290	15	the	the	DT
19880	290	16	writer	writer	NN
19880	290	17	has	have	VBZ
19880	290	18	often	often	RB
19880	290	19	studied	study	VBN
19880	290	20	the	the	DT
19880	290	21	showman	showman	NN
19880	290	22	with	with	IN
19880	290	23	admiration	admiration	NN
19880	290	24	--	--	:
19880	290	25	but	but	CC
19880	290	26	if	if	IN
19880	290	27	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	290	28	speak	speak	VBP
19880	290	29	for	for	IN
19880	290	30	hours	hour	NNS
19880	290	31	in	in	IN
19880	290	32	the	the	DT
19880	290	33	open	open	JJ
19880	290	34	air	air	NN
19880	290	35	in	in	IN
19880	290	36	all	all	DT
19880	290	37	sorts	sort	NNS
19880	290	38	of	of	IN
19880	290	39	weather	weather	NN
19880	290	40	,	,	,
19880	290	41	a	a	DT
19880	290	42	disordered	disorder	VBN
19880	290	43	throat	throat	NN
19880	290	44	is	be	VBZ
19880	290	45	but	but	CC
19880	290	46	the	the	DT
19880	290	47	natural	natural	JJ
19880	290	48	consequence	consequence	NN
19880	290	49	;	;	,
19880	290	50	and	and	CC
19880	290	51	the	the	DT
19880	290	52	Wagnerian	wagnerian	JJ
19880	290	53	singer	singer	NN
19880	290	54	who	who	WP
19880	290	55	will	will	MD
19880	290	56	shout	shout	VB
19880	290	57	instead	instead	RB
19880	290	58	of	of	IN
19880	290	59	sing	sing	NN
19880	290	60	must	must	MD
19880	290	61	not	not	RB
19880	290	62	expect	expect	VB
19880	290	63	to	to	TO
19880	290	64	retain	retain	VB
19880	290	65	a	a	DT
19880	290	66	voice	voice	NN
19880	290	67	of	of	IN
19880	290	68	musical	musical	JJ
19880	290	69	quality	quality	NN
19880	290	70	,	,	,
19880	290	71	if	if	IN
19880	290	72	,	,	,
19880	290	73	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	290	74	,	,	,
19880	290	75	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	290	76	retain	retain	VBP
19880	290	77	one	one	CD
19880	290	78	at	at	RB
19880	290	79	all	all	RB
19880	290	80	.	.	.
19880	291	1	Throughout	throughout	IN
19880	291	2	this	this	DT
19880	291	3	work	work	NN
19880	291	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	291	5	will	will	MD
19880	291	6	be	be	VB
19880	291	7	assumed	assume	VBN
19880	291	8	that	that	IN
19880	291	9	the	the	DT
19880	291	10	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	291	11	and	and	CC
19880	291	12	the	the	DT
19880	291	13	singer	singer	NN
19880	291	14	should	should	MD
19880	291	15	employ	employ	VB
19880	291	16	essentially	essentially	RB
19880	291	17	the	the	DT
19880	291	18	same	same	JJ
19880	291	19	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	291	20	methods	method	NNS
19880	291	21	.	.	.
19880	292	1	The	the	DT
19880	292	2	singer	singer	NN
19880	292	3	should	should	MD
19880	292	4	be	be	VB
19880	292	5	a	a	DT
19880	292	6	good	good	JJ
19880	292	7	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	292	8	,	,	,
19880	292	9	even	even	RB
19880	292	10	a	a	DT
19880	292	11	good	good	JJ
19880	292	12	elocutionist	elocutionist	NN
19880	292	13	,	,	,
19880	292	14	and	and	CC
19880	292	15	the	the	DT
19880	292	16	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	292	17	should	should	MD
19880	292	18	be	be	VB
19880	292	19	able	able	JJ
19880	292	20	to	to	TO
19880	292	21	produce	produce	VB
19880	292	22	tones	tone	NNS
19880	292	23	equal	equal	JJ
19880	292	24	in	in	IN
19880	292	25	beauty	beauty	NN
19880	292	26	,	,	,
19880	292	27	power	power	NN
19880	292	28	,	,	,
19880	292	29	and	and	CC
19880	292	30	expressiveness	expressiveness	JJ
19880	292	31	to	to	IN
19880	292	32	those	those	DT
19880	292	33	of	of	IN
19880	292	34	the	the	DT
19880	292	35	singer	singer	NN
19880	292	36	,	,	,
19880	292	37	but	but	CC
19880	292	38	,	,	,
19880	292	39	of	of	IN
19880	292	40	course	course	NN
19880	292	41	,	,	,
19880	292	42	within	within	IN
19880	292	43	a	a	DT
19880	292	44	more	more	RBR
19880	292	45	limited	limited	JJ
19880	292	46	range	range	NN
19880	292	47	,	,	,
19880	292	48	and	and	CC
19880	292	49	less	less	RBR
19880	292	50	prolonged	prolonged	JJ
19880	292	51	,	,	,
19880	292	52	as	as	IN
19880	292	53	a	a	DT
19880	292	54	rule	rule	NN
19880	292	55	.	.	.
19880	293	1	To	to	IN
19880	293	2	each	each	DT
19880	293	3	alike	alike	RB
19880	293	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	293	5	voice	voice	NN
19880	293	6	-	-	HYPH
19880	293	7	training	train	VBG
19880	293	8	essential	essential	JJ
19880	293	9	,	,	,
19880	293	10	if	if	IN
19880	293	11	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	293	12	results	result	NNS
19880	293	13	are	be	VBP
19880	293	14	to	to	TO
19880	293	15	follow	follow	VB
19880	293	16	;	;	:
19880	293	17	neither	neither	CC
19880	293	18	rhetorical	rhetorical	JJ
19880	293	19	training	training	NN
19880	293	20	on	on	IN
19880	293	21	the	the	DT
19880	293	22	one	one	CD
19880	293	23	hand	hand	NN
19880	293	24	nor	nor	CC
19880	293	25	musical	musical	JJ
19880	293	26	training	training	NN
19880	293	27	on	on	IN
19880	293	28	the	the	DT
19880	293	29	other	other	JJ
19880	293	30	will	will	MD
19880	293	31	alone	alone	RB
19880	293	32	suffice	suffice	VB
19880	293	33	.	.	.
19880	294	1	So	so	IN
19880	294	2	that	that	IN
19880	294	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	294	4	may	may	MD
19880	294	5	be	be	VB
19880	294	6	clear	clear	JJ
19880	294	7	that	that	IN
19880	294	8	the	the	DT
19880	294	9	same	same	JJ
19880	294	10	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	294	11	principles	principle	NNS
19880	294	12	apply	apply	VBP
19880	294	13	to	to	IN
19880	294	14	the	the	DT
19880	294	15	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	294	16	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	294	17	as	as	IN
19880	294	18	to	to	IN
19880	294	19	all	all	DT
19880	294	20	others	other	NNS
19880	294	21	in	in	IN
19880	294	22	the	the	DT
19880	294	23	body	body	NN
19880	294	24	,	,	,
19880	294	25	a	a	DT
19880	294	26	short	short	JJ
19880	294	27	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	294	28	dealing	deal	VBG
19880	294	29	with	with	IN
19880	294	30	this	this	DT
19880	294	31	subject	subject	NN
19880	294	32	is	be	VBZ
19880	294	33	introduced	introduce	VBN
19880	294	34	,	,	,
19880	294	35	before	before	IN
19880	294	36	taking	take	VBG
19880	294	37	up	up	RP
19880	294	38	the	the	DT
19880	294	39	structure	structure	NN
19880	294	40	and	and	CC
19880	294	41	functions	function	NNS
19880	294	42	of	of	IN
19880	294	43	any	any	DT
19880	294	44	part	part	NN
19880	294	45	of	of	IN
19880	294	46	that	that	DT
19880	294	47	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	294	48	by	by	IN
19880	294	49	which	which	WDT
19880	294	50	the	the	DT
19880	294	51	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	294	52	or	or	CC
19880	294	53	singer	singer	NN
19880	294	54	produces	produce	VBZ
19880	294	55	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	294	56	results	result	NNS
19880	294	57	as	as	IN
19880	294	58	a	a	DT
19880	294	59	specialist	specialist	NN
19880	294	60	.	.	.
19880	295	1	The	the	DT
19880	295	2	laws	law	NNS
19880	295	3	of	of	IN
19880	295	4	health	health	NN
19880	295	5	known	know	VBN
19880	295	6	as	as	IN
19880	295	7	hygiene	hygiene	NN
19880	295	8	follow	follow	NN
19880	295	9	so	so	RB
19880	295	10	naturally	naturally	RB
19880	295	11	on	on	IN
19880	295	12	those	those	DT
19880	295	13	of	of	IN
19880	295	14	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	295	15	that	that	IN
19880	295	16	brief	brief	JJ
19880	295	17	references	reference	NNS
19880	295	18	to	to	IN
19880	295	19	this	this	DT
19880	295	20	subject	subject	NN
19880	295	21	,	,	,
19880	295	22	from	from	IN
19880	295	23	time	time	NN
19880	295	24	to	to	IN
19880	295	25	time	time	NN
19880	295	26	,	,	,
19880	295	27	with	with	IN
19880	295	28	a	a	DT
19880	295	29	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	295	30	at	at	IN
19880	295	31	the	the	DT
19880	295	32	end	end	NN
19880	295	33	of	of	IN
19880	295	34	the	the	DT
19880	295	35	work	work	NN
19880	295	36	bearing	bear	VBG
19880	295	37	specially	specially	RB
19880	295	38	on	on	IN
19880	295	39	the	the	DT
19880	295	40	life	life	NN
19880	295	41	of	of	IN
19880	295	42	the	the	DT
19880	295	43	voice	voice	NN
19880	295	44	-	-	HYPH
19880	295	45	user	user	NN
19880	295	46	,	,	,
19880	295	47	will	will	MD
19880	295	48	probably	probably	RB
19880	295	49	suffice	suffice	VB
19880	295	50	.	.	.
19880	296	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	296	2	II	II	NNP
19880	296	3	.	.	.
19880	297	1	GENERAL	GENERAL	NNP
19880	297	2	AND	and	CC
19880	297	3	PHYSIOLOGICAL	physiological	NN
19880	297	4	CONSIDERATIONS	CONSIDERATIONS	NNP
19880	297	5	.	.	.
19880	298	1	The	the	DT
19880	298	2	principle	principle	NN
19880	298	3	that	that	IN
19880	298	4	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	298	5	consists	consist	VBZ
19880	298	6	in	in	IN
19880	298	7	a	a	DT
19880	298	8	perception	perception	NN
19880	298	9	of	of	IN
19880	298	10	relations	relation	NNS
19880	298	11	will	will	MD
19880	298	12	now	now	RB
19880	298	13	be	be	VB
19880	298	14	applied	apply	VBN
19880	298	15	to	to	IN
19880	298	16	the	the	DT
19880	298	17	structure	structure	NN
19880	298	18	and	and	CC
19880	298	19	functions	function	NNS
19880	298	20	or	or	CC
19880	298	21	uses	use	NNS
19880	298	22	of	of	IN
19880	298	23	the	the	DT
19880	298	24	different	different	JJ
19880	298	25	parts	part	NNS
19880	298	26	of	of	IN
19880	298	27	the	the	DT
19880	298	28	body	body	NN
19880	298	29	.	.	.
19880	299	1	The	the	DT
19880	299	2	demonstration	demonstration	NN
19880	299	3	that	that	WDT
19880	299	4	all	all	DT
19880	299	5	animals	animal	NNS
19880	299	6	,	,	,
19880	299	7	even	even	RB
19880	299	8	all	all	DT
19880	299	9	living	live	VBG
19880	299	10	things	thing	NNS
19880	299	11	,	,	,
19880	299	12	have	have	VBP
19880	299	13	certain	certain	JJ
19880	299	14	properties	property	NNS
19880	299	15	or	or	CC
19880	299	16	functions	function	NNS
19880	299	17	in	in	IN
19880	299	18	common	common	JJ
19880	299	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	299	20	one	one	CD
19880	299	21	of	of	IN
19880	299	22	the	the	DT
19880	299	23	great	great	JJ
19880	299	24	results	result	NNS
19880	299	25	of	of	IN
19880	299	26	modern	modern	JJ
19880	299	27	science	science	NN
19880	299	28	.	.	.
19880	300	1	Man	man	NN
19880	300	2	no	no	RB
19880	300	3	longer	long	RBR
19880	300	4	can	can	MD
19880	300	5	be	be	VB
19880	300	6	rightly	rightly	RB
19880	300	7	viewed	view	VBN
19880	300	8	apart	apart	RB
19880	300	9	from	from	IN
19880	300	10	other	other	JJ
19880	300	11	animals	animal	NNS
19880	300	12	.	.	.
19880	301	1	In	in	IN
19880	301	2	many	many	JJ
19880	301	3	respects	respect	NNS
19880	301	4	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	301	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	301	6	in	in	IN
19880	301	7	no	no	DT
19880	301	8	wise	wise	JJ
19880	301	9	superior	superior	NN
19880	301	10	to	to	IN
19880	301	11	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	301	12	.	.	.
19880	302	1	The	the	DT
19880	302	2	most	most	RBS
19880	302	3	desirable	desirable	JJ
19880	302	4	course	course	NN
19880	302	5	to	to	TO
19880	302	6	pursue	pursue	VB
19880	302	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	302	8	to	to	TO
19880	302	9	learn	learn	VB
19880	302	10	wherein	wherein	WRB
19880	302	11	animals	animal	NNS
19880	302	12	resemble	resemble	VBP
19880	302	13	and	and	CC
19880	302	14	wherein	wherein	WRB
19880	302	15	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	302	16	differ	differ	VBP
19880	302	17	,	,	,
19880	302	18	without	without	IN
19880	302	19	dwelling	dwell	VBG
19880	302	20	at	at	IN
19880	302	21	great	great	JJ
19880	302	22	length	length	NN
19880	302	23	on	on	IN
19880	302	24	the	the	DT
19880	302	25	question	question	NN
19880	302	26	of	of	IN
19880	302	27	relative	relative	JJ
19880	302	28	superiority	superiority	NN
19880	302	29	or	or	CC
19880	302	30	inferiority	inferiority	NN
19880	302	31	.	.	.
19880	303	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	303	2	may	may	MD
19880	303	3	be	be	VB
19880	303	4	unhesitatingly	unhesitatingly	RB
19880	303	5	asserted	assert	VBN
19880	303	6	that	that	IN
19880	303	7	all	all	DT
19880	303	8	animals	animal	NNS
19880	303	9	live	live	VBP
19880	303	10	,	,	,
19880	303	11	move	move	VBP
19880	303	12	,	,	,
19880	303	13	and	and	CC
19880	303	14	have	have	VBP
19880	303	15	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	303	16	being	being	NN
19880	303	17	,	,	,
19880	303	18	in	in	IN
19880	303	19	every	every	DT
19880	303	20	essential	essential	JJ
19880	303	21	respect	respect	NN
19880	303	22	,	,	,
19880	303	23	in	in	IN
19880	303	24	the	the	DT
19880	303	25	same	same	JJ
19880	303	26	way	way	NN
19880	303	27	.	.	.
19880	304	1	Whether	whether	IN
19880	304	2	one	one	NN
19880	304	3	considers	consider	VBZ
19880	304	4	those	those	DT
19880	304	5	creatures	creature	NNS
19880	304	6	of	of	IN
19880	304	7	microscopic	microscopic	JJ
19880	304	8	size	size	NN
19880	304	9	living	live	VBG
19880	304	10	in	in	IN
19880	304	11	stagnant	stagnant	JJ
19880	304	12	ponds	pond	NNS
19880	304	13	,	,	,
19880	304	14	or	or	CC
19880	304	15	man	man	VB
19880	304	16	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	304	17	,	,	,
19880	304	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	304	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	304	20	found	find	VBN
19880	304	21	that	that	IN
19880	304	22	certain	certain	JJ
19880	304	23	qualities	quality	NNS
19880	304	24	characterize	characterize	VBP
19880	304	25	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	304	26	all	all	DT
19880	304	27	.	.	.
19880	305	1	That	that	DT
19880	305	2	minute	minute	JJ
19880	305	3	mass	mass	NN
19880	305	4	of	of	IN
19880	305	5	jelly	jelly	NNP
19880	305	6	-	-	HYPH
19880	305	7	like	like	JJ
19880	305	8	substance	substance	NN
19880	305	9	known	know	VBN
19880	305	10	as	as	IN
19880	305	11	protoplasm	protoplasm	NN
19880	305	12	,	,	,
19880	305	13	constituting	constitute	VBG
19880	305	14	the	the	DT
19880	305	15	one	one	CD
19880	305	16	-	-	HYPH
19880	305	17	celled	celle	VBN
19880	305	18	animal	animal	NN
19880	305	19	amoeba	amoeba	NN
19880	305	20	,	,	,
19880	305	21	may	may	MD
19880	305	22	be	be	VB
19880	305	23	described	describe	VBN
19880	305	24	as	as	IN
19880	305	25	_	_	NNP
19880	305	26	ingestive	ingestive	NN
19880	305	27	_	_	NNP
19880	305	28	,	,	,
19880	305	29	_	_	NNP
19880	305	30	digestive	digestive	JJ
19880	305	31	_	_	NNP
19880	305	32	,	,	,
19880	305	33	_	_	NNP
19880	305	34	secretory	secretory	NN
19880	305	35	_	_	NNP
19880	305	36	,	,	,
19880	305	37	_	_	NNP
19880	305	38	excretory	excretory	NN
19880	305	39	_	_	NNP
19880	305	40	,	,	,
19880	305	41	_	_	NNP
19880	305	42	assimilative	assimilative	NN
19880	305	43	_	_	NNP
19880	305	44	,	,	,
19880	305	45	_	_	NNP
19880	305	46	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	305	47	_	_	NNP
19880	305	48	,	,	,
19880	305	49	_	_	NNP
19880	305	50	irritable	irritable	JJ
19880	305	51	_	_	NNP
19880	305	52	,	,	,
19880	305	53	_	_	NNP
19880	305	54	contractile	contractile	NN
19880	305	55	_	_	NNP
19880	305	56	,	,	,
19880	305	57	and	and	CC
19880	305	58	_	_	NNP
19880	305	59	reproductive	reproductive	NNP
19880	305	60	_	_	NNP
19880	305	61	:	:	:
19880	305	62	that	that	DT
19880	305	63	is	be	VBZ
19880	305	64	to	to	TO
19880	305	65	say	say	VB
19880	305	66	,	,	,
19880	305	67	the	the	DT
19880	305	68	amoeba	amoeba	NN
19880	305	69	must	must	MD
19880	305	70	take	take	VB
19880	305	71	in	in	IN
19880	305	72	food	food	NN
19880	305	73	;	;	:
19880	305	74	must	must	MD
19880	305	75	digest	digest	VB
19880	305	76	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	305	77	,	,	,
19880	305	78	or	or	CC
19880	305	79	change	change	VB
19880	305	80	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	305	81	form	form	NN
19880	305	82	;	;	:
19880	305	83	must	must	MD
19880	305	84	produce	produce	VB
19880	305	85	some	some	DT
19880	305	86	fluid	fluid	NN
19880	305	87	within	within	IN
19880	305	88	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	305	89	which	which	WDT
19880	305	90	acts	act	VBZ
19880	305	91	on	on	IN
19880	305	92	food	food	NN
19880	305	93	;	;	:
19880	305	94	must	must	MD
19880	305	95	cast	cast	VB
19880	305	96	out	out	RP
19880	305	97	from	from	IN
19880	305	98	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	305	99	what	what	WP
19880	305	100	is	be	VBZ
19880	305	101	no	no	DT
19880	305	102	longer	long	JJR
19880	305	103	of	of	IN
19880	305	104	any	any	DT
19880	305	105	use	use	NN
19880	305	106	;	;	:
19880	305	107	must	must	MD
19880	305	108	convert	convert	VB
19880	305	109	the	the	DT
19880	305	110	digested	digested	JJ
19880	305	111	material	material	NN
19880	305	112	into	into	IN
19880	305	113	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	305	114	own	own	JJ
19880	305	115	substance	substance	NN
19880	305	116	--	--	:
19880	305	117	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	305	118	the	the	DT
19880	305	119	most	most	RBS
19880	305	120	wonderful	wonderful	JJ
19880	305	121	property	property	NN
19880	305	122	of	of	IN
19880	305	123	living	live	VBG
19880	305	124	things	thing	NNS
19880	305	125	;	;	:
19880	305	126	must	must	MD
19880	305	127	take	take	VB
19880	305	128	up	up	RP
19880	305	129	into	into	IN
19880	305	130	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	305	131	own	own	JJ
19880	305	132	substance	substance	NN
19880	305	133	oxygen	oxygen	NN
19880	305	134	,	,	,
19880	305	135	and	and	CC
19880	305	136	expel	expel	NNP
19880	305	137	carbonic	carbonic	NNP
19880	305	138	acid	acid	NNP
19880	305	139	gas	gas	NNP
19880	305	140	(	(	-LRB-
19880	305	141	carbon	carbon	NN
19880	305	142	dioxide	dioxide	NN
19880	305	143	)	)	-RRB-
19880	305	144	;	;	:
19880	305	145	and	and	CC
19880	305	146	possess	possess	VB
19880	305	147	the	the	DT
19880	305	148	power	power	NN
19880	305	149	to	to	TO
19880	305	150	respond	respond	VB
19880	305	151	to	to	IN
19880	305	152	a	a	DT
19880	305	153	stimulus	stimulus	NN
19880	305	154	,	,	,
19880	305	155	or	or	CC
19880	305	156	cause	cause	NN
19880	305	157	of	of	IN
19880	305	158	change	change	NN
19880	305	159	,	,	,
19880	305	160	the	the	DT
19880	305	161	property	property	NN
19880	305	162	of	of	IN
19880	305	163	changing	change	VBG
19880	305	164	form	form	NN
19880	305	165	,	,	,
19880	305	166	and	and	CC
19880	305	167	,	,	,
19880	305	168	finally	finally	RB
19880	305	169	,	,	,
19880	305	170	the	the	DT
19880	305	171	ability	ability	NN
19880	305	172	to	to	TO
19880	305	173	bring	bring	VB
19880	305	174	into	into	IN
19880	305	175	being	be	VBG
19880	305	176	others	other	NNS
19880	305	177	like	like	IN
19880	305	178	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	305	179	.	.	.
19880	306	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	306	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	306	3	:	:	:
19880	306	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	306	5	.	.	.
19880	307	1	1	1	LS
19880	307	2	.	.	.
19880	308	1	Muscle	muscle	NN
19880	308	2	-	-	HYPH
19880	308	3	fibres	fibre	NNS
19880	308	4	from	from	IN
19880	308	5	the	the	DT
19880	308	6	heart	heart	NN
19880	308	7	,	,	,
19880	308	8	much	much	RB
19880	308	9	magnified	magnify	VBN
19880	308	10	,	,	,
19880	308	11	showing	show	VBG
19880	308	12	cross	cross	JJ
19880	308	13	-	-	JJ
19880	308	14	stripings	striping	NNS
19880	308	15	,	,	,
19880	308	16	nuclei	nucleus	NNS
19880	308	17	,	,	,
19880	308	18	or	or	CC
19880	308	19	the	the	DT
19880	308	20	darkly	darkly	RB
19880	308	21	stained	stain	VBN
19880	308	22	central	central	JJ
19880	308	23	bodies	body	NNS
19880	308	24	very	very	RB
19880	308	25	important	important	JJ
19880	308	26	to	to	IN
19880	308	27	the	the	DT
19880	308	28	life	life	NN
19880	308	29	of	of	IN
19880	308	30	the	the	DT
19880	308	31	cell	cell	NN
19880	308	32	,	,	,
19880	308	33	also	also	RB
19880	308	34	the	the	DT
19880	308	35	divisions	division	NNS
19880	308	36	and	and	CC
19880	308	37	points	point	NNS
19880	308	38	of	of	IN
19880	308	39	union	union	NN
19880	308	40	.	.	.
19880	309	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	309	2	Schäfer	schäfer	VB
19880	309	3	's	's	POS
19880	309	4	_	_	NNP
19880	309	5	Histology	Histology	NNP
19880	309	6	_	_	NNP
19880	309	7	.	.	.
19880	309	8	)	)	-RRB-
19880	309	9	]	]	-RRB-
19880	310	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	310	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	310	3	:	:	:
19880	310	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	310	5	.	.	.
19880	311	1	2	2	LS
19880	311	2	.	.	.
19880	312	1	Appearance	appearance	NN
19880	312	2	of	of	IN
19880	312	3	a	a	DT
19880	312	4	small	small	JJ
19880	312	5	portion	portion	NN
19880	312	6	of	of	IN
19880	312	7	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	312	8	under	under	IN
19880	312	9	a	a	DT
19880	312	10	moderate	moderate	JJ
19880	312	11	magnification	magnification	NN
19880	312	12	.	.	.
19880	313	1	Between	between	IN
19880	313	2	the	the	DT
19880	313	3	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	313	4	-	-	HYPH
19880	313	5	cells	cell	NNS
19880	313	6	proper	proper	VBP
19880	313	7	a	a	DT
19880	313	8	form	form	NN
19880	313	9	of	of	IN
19880	313	10	binding	bind	VBG
19880	313	11	tissue	tissue	NN
19880	313	12	may	may	MD
19880	313	13	be	be	VB
19880	313	14	seen	see	VBN
19880	313	15	.	.	.
19880	313	16	]	]	-RRB-
19880	314	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	314	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	314	3	:	:	:
19880	314	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	314	5	.	.	.
19880	315	1	3	3	LS
19880	315	2	.	.	.
19880	316	1	Muscle	muscle	NN
19880	316	2	-	-	HYPH
19880	316	3	cells	cell	NNS
19880	316	4	isolated	isolate	VBN
19880	316	5	from	from	IN
19880	316	6	the	the	DT
19880	316	7	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	316	8	coats	coat	NNS
19880	316	9	of	of	IN
19880	316	10	the	the	DT
19880	316	11	intestine	intestine	NN
19880	316	12	.	.	.
19880	317	1	Similar	similar	JJ
19880	317	2	cells	cell	NNS
19880	317	3	are	be	VBP
19880	317	4	found	find	VBN
19880	317	5	in	in	IN
19880	317	6	some	some	DT
19880	317	7	part	part	NN
19880	317	8	of	of	IN
19880	317	9	most	most	JJS
19880	317	10	of	of	IN
19880	317	11	the	the	DT
19880	317	12	internal	internal	JJ
19880	317	13	organs	organ	NNS
19880	317	14	,	,	,
19880	317	15	including	include	VBG
19880	317	16	the	the	DT
19880	317	17	bronchial	bronchial	JJ
19880	317	18	tubes	tube	NNS
19880	317	19	.	.	.
19880	318	1	These	these	DT
19880	318	2	cells	cell	NNS
19880	318	3	are	be	VBP
19880	318	4	less	less	RBR
19880	318	5	ready	ready	JJ
19880	318	6	in	in	IN
19880	318	7	responding	respond	VBG
19880	318	8	to	to	IN
19880	318	9	a	a	DT
19880	318	10	stimulus	stimulus	NN
19880	318	11	,	,	,
19880	318	12	contract	contract	VB
19880	318	13	more	more	RBR
19880	318	14	slowly	slowly	RB
19880	318	15	,	,	,
19880	318	16	and	and	CC
19880	318	17	tend	tend	VBP
19880	318	18	to	to	TO
19880	318	19	remain	remain	VB
19880	318	20	longer	long	RBR
19880	318	21	contracted	contract	VBN
19880	318	22	when	when	WRB
19880	318	23	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	318	24	pass	pass	VBP
19880	318	25	into	into	IN
19880	318	26	this	this	DT
19880	318	27	condition	condition	NN
19880	318	28	than	than	IN
19880	318	29	striped	stripe	VBN
19880	318	30	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	318	31	cells	cell	NNS
19880	318	32	.	.	.
19880	319	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	319	2	Schäfer	schäfer	VB
19880	319	3	.	.	.
19880	319	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	319	5	]	]	-RRB-
19880	320	1	Before	before	IN
19880	320	2	justifying	justify	VBG
19880	320	3	these	these	DT
19880	320	4	statements	statement	NNS
19880	320	5	in	in	IN
19880	320	6	detail	detail	NN
19880	320	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	320	8	will	will	MD
19880	320	9	be	be	VB
19880	320	10	desirable	desirable	JJ
19880	320	11	to	to	TO
19880	320	12	say	say	VB
19880	320	13	something	something	NN
19880	320	14	of	of	IN
19880	320	15	the	the	DT
19880	320	16	anatomy	anatomy	NN
19880	320	17	or	or	CC
19880	320	18	structure	structure	NN
19880	320	19	of	of	IN
19880	320	20	a	a	DT
19880	320	21	mammal	mammal	NN
19880	320	22	,	,	,
19880	320	23	and	and	CC
19880	320	24	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	320	25	may	may	MD
19880	320	26	select	select	VB
19880	320	27	man	man	NN
19880	320	28	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	320	29	,	,	,
19880	320	30	though	though	IN
19880	320	31	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	320	32	is	be	VBZ
19880	320	33	to	to	TO
19880	320	34	be	be	VB
19880	320	35	remembered	remember	VBN
19880	320	36	that	that	IN
19880	320	37	one	one	PRP
19880	320	38	might	may	MD
19880	320	39	apply	apply	VB
19880	320	40	exactly	exactly	RB
19880	320	41	the	the	DT
19880	320	42	same	same	JJ
19880	320	43	treatment	treatment	NN
19880	320	44	to	to	IN
19880	320	45	a	a	DT
19880	320	46	dog	dog	NN
19880	320	47	,	,	,
19880	320	48	pig	pig	NN
19880	320	49	,	,	,
19880	320	50	mouse	mouse	NN
19880	320	51	,	,	,
19880	320	52	or	or	CC
19880	320	53	any	any	DT
19880	320	54	other	other	JJ
19880	320	55	member	member	NN
19880	320	56	of	of	IN
19880	320	57	this	this	DT
19880	320	58	group	group	NN
19880	320	59	of	of	IN
19880	320	60	animals	animal	NNS
19880	320	61	.	.	.
19880	321	1	The	the	DT
19880	321	2	amoeba	amoeba	NN
19880	321	3	and	and	CC
19880	321	4	creatures	creature	NNS
19880	321	5	like	like	IN
19880	321	6	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	321	7	live	live	VBP
19880	321	8	immersed	immerse	VBN
19880	321	9	in	in	IN
19880	321	10	water	water	NN
19880	321	11	;	;	:
19880	321	12	man	man	NN
19880	321	13	,	,	,
19880	321	14	at	at	IN
19880	321	15	the	the	DT
19880	321	16	bottom	bottom	NN
19880	321	17	of	of	IN
19880	321	18	an	an	DT
19880	321	19	ocean	ocean	NN
19880	321	20	of	of	IN
19880	321	21	air	air	NN
19880	321	22	.	.	.
19880	322	1	Both	both	DT
19880	322	2	move	move	VBP
19880	322	3	in	in	IN
19880	322	4	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	322	5	own	own	JJ
19880	322	6	medium	medium	NN
19880	322	7	,	,	,
19880	322	8	the	the	DT
19880	322	9	amoeba	amoeba	NN
19880	322	10	creeping	creep	VBG
19880	322	11	with	with	IN
19880	322	12	extreme	extreme	JJ
19880	322	13	slowness	slowness	NN
19880	322	14	,	,	,
19880	322	15	man	man	NN
19880	322	16	moving	move	VBG
19880	322	17	with	with	IN
19880	322	18	a	a	DT
19880	322	19	speed	speed	NN
19880	322	20	incalculably	incalculably	RB
19880	322	21	greater	great	JJR
19880	322	22	.	.	.
19880	323	1	In	in	IN
19880	323	2	each	each	DT
19880	323	3	case	case	NN
19880	323	4	the	the	DT
19880	323	5	movements	movement	NNS
19880	323	6	are	be	VBP
19880	323	7	determined	determine	VBN
19880	323	8	by	by	IN
19880	323	9	some	some	DT
19880	323	10	cause	cause	NN
19880	323	11	from	from	IN
19880	323	12	without	without	IN
19880	323	13	which	which	WDT
19880	323	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	323	15	termed	term	VBN
19880	323	16	by	by	IN
19880	323	17	physiologists	physiologist	NNS
19880	323	18	a	a	DT
19880	323	19	_	_	NNP
19880	323	20	stimulus	stimulus	NN
19880	323	21	_	_	NNP
19880	323	22	.	.	.
19880	324	1	The	the	DT
19880	324	2	slightest	slight	JJS
19880	324	3	movement	movement	NN
19880	324	4	of	of	IN
19880	324	5	the	the	DT
19880	324	6	thin	thin	JJ
19880	324	7	cover	cover	NN
19880	324	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	324	9	glass	glass	NN
19880	324	10	placed	place	VBN
19880	324	11	over	over	IN
19880	324	12	the	the	DT
19880	324	13	drop	drop	NN
19880	324	14	of	of	IN
19880	324	15	water	water	NN
19880	324	16	in	in	IN
19880	324	17	which	which	WDT
19880	324	18	an	an	DT
19880	324	19	amoeba	amoeba	NN
19880	324	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	324	21	immersed	immerse	VBN
19880	324	22	,	,	,
19880	324	23	on	on	IN
19880	324	24	a	a	DT
19880	324	25	microscopic	microscopic	JJ
19880	324	26	slide	slide	NN
19880	324	27	,	,	,
19880	324	28	suffices	suffice	VBZ
19880	324	29	to	to	TO
19880	324	30	act	act	VB
19880	324	31	as	as	IN
19880	324	32	a	a	DT
19880	324	33	stimulus	stimulus	NN
19880	324	34	,	,	,
19880	324	35	and	and	CC
19880	324	36	serves	serve	VBZ
19880	324	37	much	much	RB
19880	324	38	the	the	DT
19880	324	39	same	same	JJ
19880	324	40	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	324	41	as	as	IN
19880	324	42	an	an	DT
19880	324	43	electric	electric	JJ
19880	324	44	shock	shock	NN
19880	324	45	to	to	IN
19880	324	46	the	the	DT
19880	324	47	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	324	48	of	of	IN
19880	324	49	a	a	DT
19880	324	50	man	man	NN
19880	324	51	.	.	.
19880	325	1	In	in	IN
19880	325	2	man	man	NN
19880	325	3	an	an	DT
19880	325	4	elaborate	elaborate	JJ
19880	325	5	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	325	6	exists	exist	VBZ
19880	325	7	for	for	IN
19880	325	8	the	the	DT
19880	325	9	process	process	NN
19880	325	10	known	know	VBN
19880	325	11	as	as	IN
19880	325	12	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	325	13	,	,	,
19880	325	14	but	but	CC
19880	325	15	in	in	IN
19880	325	16	this	this	DT
19880	325	17	and	and	CC
19880	325	18	in	in	IN
19880	325	19	all	all	DT
19880	325	20	other	other	JJ
19880	325	21	cases	case	NNS
19880	325	22	the	the	DT
19880	325	23	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	325	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	325	25	composed	compose	VBN
19880	325	26	of	of	IN
19880	325	27	what	what	WP
19880	325	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	325	29	known	know	VBN
19880	325	30	technically	technically	RB
19880	325	31	as	as	IN
19880	325	32	_	_	NNP
19880	325	33	cells	cell	NNS
19880	325	34	_	_	NNP
19880	325	35	,	,	,
19880	325	36	the	the	DT
19880	325	37	latter	latter	JJ
19880	325	38	being	be	VBG
19880	325	39	the	the	DT
19880	325	40	units	unit	NNS
19880	325	41	of	of	IN
19880	325	42	structure	structure	NN
19880	325	43	,	,	,
19880	325	44	the	the	DT
19880	325	45	individual	individual	JJ
19880	325	46	bricks	brick	NNS
19880	325	47	of	of	IN
19880	325	48	the	the	DT
19880	325	49	building	building	NN
19880	325	50	,	,	,
19880	325	51	so	so	RB
19880	325	52	to	to	TO
19880	325	53	speak	speak	VB
19880	325	54	;	;	:
19880	325	55	and	and	CC
19880	325	56	just	just	RB
19880	325	57	as	as	IN
19880	325	58	any	any	DT
19880	325	59	edifice	edifice	NN
19880	325	60	is	be	VBZ
19880	325	61	made	make	VBN
19880	325	62	up	up	RP
19880	325	63	of	of	IN
19880	325	64	individual	individual	JJ
19880	325	65	pieces	piece	NNS
19880	325	66	some	some	DT
19880	325	67	of	of	IN
19880	325	68	which	which	WDT
19880	325	69	differ	differ	VBP
19880	325	70	from	from	IN
19880	325	71	one	one	CD
19880	325	72	another	another	DT
19880	325	73	while	while	IN
19880	325	74	others	other	NNS
19880	325	75	do	do	VBP
19880	325	76	not	not	RB
19880	325	77	to	to	IN
19880	325	78	any	any	DT
19880	325	79	appreciable	appreciable	JJ
19880	325	80	extent	extent	NN
19880	325	81	,	,	,
19880	325	82	so	so	RB
19880	325	83	is	be	VBZ
19880	325	84	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	325	85	with	with	IN
19880	325	86	the	the	DT
19880	325	87	body	body	NN
19880	325	88	.	.	.
19880	326	1	The	the	DT
19880	326	2	individual	individual	JJ
19880	326	3	cells	cell	NNS
19880	326	4	of	of	IN
19880	326	5	a	a	DT
19880	326	6	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	326	7	are	be	VBP
19880	326	8	alike	alike	RB
19880	326	9	in	in	IN
19880	326	10	structure	structure	NN
19880	326	11	and	and	CC
19880	326	12	function	function	NN
19880	326	13	,	,	,
19880	326	14	but	but	CC
19880	326	15	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	326	16	differ	differ	VBP
19880	326	17	widely	widely	RB
19880	326	18	from	from	IN
19880	326	19	those	those	DT
19880	326	20	of	of	IN
19880	326	21	a	a	DT
19880	326	22	gland	gland	NN
19880	326	23	or	or	CC
19880	326	24	secreting	secreting	JJ
19880	326	25	organ	organ	NN
19880	326	26	,	,	,
19880	326	27	as	as	IN
19880	326	28	the	the	DT
19880	326	29	liver	liver	NN
19880	326	30	.	.	.
19880	327	1	But	but	CC
19880	327	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	327	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	327	4	to	to	TO
19880	327	5	be	be	VB
19880	327	6	ever	ever	RB
19880	327	7	remembered	remember	VBN
19880	327	8	that	that	IN
19880	327	9	the	the	DT
19880	327	10	statements	statement	NNS
19880	327	11	with	with	IN
19880	327	12	which	which	WDT
19880	327	13	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	327	14	set	set	VBD
19880	327	15	out	out	RP
19880	327	16	hold	hold	NN
19880	327	17	:	:	:
19880	327	18	that	that	RB
19880	327	19	is	is	RB
19880	327	20	,	,	,
19880	327	21	that	that	IN
19880	327	22	however	however	RB
19880	327	23	cells	cell	NNS
19880	327	24	may	may	MD
19880	327	25	differ	differ	VB
19880	327	26	,	,	,
19880	327	27	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	327	28	have	have	VBP
19880	327	29	in	in	IN
19880	327	30	all	all	DT
19880	327	31	animals	animal	NNS
19880	327	32	certain	certain	JJ
19880	327	33	properties	property	NNS
19880	327	34	in	in	IN
19880	327	35	common	common	JJ
19880	327	36	.	.	.
19880	328	1	Of	of	IN
19880	328	2	the	the	DT
19880	328	3	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	328	4	-	-	HYPH
19880	328	5	cell	cell	NN
19880	328	6	,	,	,
19880	328	7	the	the	DT
19880	328	8	liver	liver	NN
19880	328	9	-	-	HYPH
19880	328	10	cell	cell	NN
19880	328	11	,	,	,
19880	328	12	and	and	CC
19880	328	13	the	the	DT
19880	328	14	one	one	CD
19880	328	15	-	-	HYPH
19880	328	16	celled	celle	VBN
19880	328	17	animal	animal	NN
19880	328	18	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	328	19	may	may	MD
19880	328	20	affirm	affirm	VB
19880	328	21	the	the	DT
19880	328	22	same	same	JJ
19880	328	23	properties	property	NNS
19880	328	24	,	,	,
19880	328	25	but	but	CC
19880	328	26	the	the	DT
19880	328	27	difference	difference	NN
19880	328	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	328	29	that	that	IN
19880	328	30	while	while	IN
19880	328	31	all	all	DT
19880	328	32	are	be	VBP
19880	328	33	secretory	secretory	RB
19880	328	34	the	the	DT
19880	328	35	liver	liver	NN
19880	328	36	-	-	HYPH
19880	328	37	cell	cell	NN
19880	328	38	is	be	VBZ
19880	328	39	eminently	eminently	RB
19880	328	40	so	so	RB
19880	328	41	,	,	,
19880	328	42	and	and	CC
19880	328	43	produces	produce	VBZ
19880	328	44	bile	bile	NN
19880	328	45	,	,	,
19880	328	46	which	which	WDT
19880	328	47	other	other	JJ
19880	328	48	cells	cell	NNS
19880	328	49	do	do	VBP
19880	328	50	not	not	RB
19880	328	51	;	;	:
19880	328	52	that	that	IN
19880	328	53	while	while	IN
19880	328	54	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	328	55	is	be	VBZ
19880	328	56	but	but	CC
19880	328	57	feebly	feebly	RB
19880	328	58	contractile	contractile	NN
19880	328	59	,	,	,
19880	328	60	or	or	CC
19880	328	61	susceptible	susceptible	JJ
19880	328	62	of	of	IN
19880	328	63	change	change	NN
19880	328	64	of	of	IN
19880	328	65	form	form	NN
19880	328	66	,	,	,
19880	328	67	the	the	DT
19880	328	68	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	328	69	-	-	HYPH
19880	328	70	cell	cell	NN
19880	328	71	is	be	VBZ
19880	328	72	characterized	characterize	VBN
19880	328	73	by	by	IN
19880	328	74	this	this	DT
19880	328	75	property	property	NN
19880	328	76	above	above	IN
19880	328	77	all	all	DT
19880	328	78	others	other	NNS
19880	328	79	.	.	.
19880	329	1	The	the	DT
19880	329	2	lower	lower	RBR
19880	329	3	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	329	4	descend	descend	VBP
19880	329	5	in	in	IN
19880	329	6	the	the	DT
19880	329	7	animal	animal	NN
19880	329	8	scale	scale	NN
19880	329	9	the	the	DT
19880	329	10	more	more	RBR
19880	329	11	simple	simple	JJ
19880	329	12	are	be	VBP
19880	329	13	the	the	DT
19880	329	14	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	329	15	by	by	IN
19880	329	16	which	which	WDT
19880	329	17	results	result	NNS
19880	329	18	are	be	VBP
19880	329	19	attained	attain	VBN
19880	329	20	.	.	.
19880	330	1	The	the	DT
19880	330	2	one	one	CD
19880	330	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	330	4	celled	celle	VBN
19880	330	5	animal	animal	NN
19880	330	6	may	may	MD
19880	330	7	be	be	VB
19880	330	8	said	say	VBN
19880	330	9	to	to	TO
19880	330	10	breathe	breathe	VB
19880	330	11	with	with	IN
19880	330	12	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	330	13	whole	whole	JJ
19880	330	14	body	body	NN
19880	330	15	,	,	,
19880	330	16	while	while	IN
19880	330	17	the	the	DT
19880	330	18	man	man	NN
19880	330	19	employs	employ	VBZ
19880	330	20	a	a	DT
19880	330	21	large	large	JJ
19880	330	22	number	number	NN
19880	330	23	of	of	IN
19880	330	24	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	330	25	,	,	,
19880	330	26	not	not	RB
19880	330	27	to	to	TO
19880	330	28	speak	speak	VB
19880	330	29	,	,	,
19880	330	30	at	at	IN
19880	330	31	present	present	NN
19880	330	32	,	,	,
19880	330	33	of	of	IN
19880	330	34	other	other	JJ
19880	330	35	arrangements	arrangement	NNS
19880	330	36	.	.	.
19880	331	1	But	but	CC
19880	331	2	when	when	WRB
19880	331	3	a	a	DT
19880	331	4	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	331	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	331	6	examined	examine	VBN
19880	331	7	under	under	IN
19880	331	8	the	the	DT
19880	331	9	microscope	microscope	NN
19880	331	10	,	,	,
19880	331	11	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	331	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	331	13	found	find	VBN
19880	331	14	to	to	TO
19880	331	15	consist	consist	VB
19880	331	16	of	of	IN
19880	331	17	cells	cell	NNS
19880	331	18	,	,	,
19880	331	19	each	each	DT
19880	331	20	one	one	CD
19880	331	21	of	of	IN
19880	331	22	which	which	WDT
19880	331	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	331	24	physiologically	physiologically	RB
19880	331	25	in	in	IN
19880	331	26	all	all	DT
19880	331	27	essentials	essential	NNS
19880	331	28	like	like	IN
19880	331	29	an	an	DT
19880	331	30	amoeba	amoeba	NN
19880	331	31	,	,	,
19880	331	32	so	so	IN
19880	331	33	that	that	IN
19880	331	34	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	331	35	may	may	MD
19880	331	36	say	say	VB
19880	331	37	that	that	IN
19880	331	38	a	a	DT
19880	331	39	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	331	40	or	or	CC
19880	331	41	other	other	JJ
19880	331	42	tissue	tissue	NN
19880	331	43	or	or	CC
19880	331	44	organ	organ	NN
19880	331	45	is	be	VBZ
19880	331	46	really	really	RB
19880	331	47	a	a	DT
19880	331	48	sort	sort	NN
19880	331	49	of	of	IN
19880	331	50	colony	colony	NN
19880	331	51	of	of	IN
19880	331	52	cells	cell	NNS
19880	331	53	of	of	IN
19880	331	54	similar	similar	JJ
19880	331	55	structure	structure	NN
19880	331	56	and	and	CC
19880	331	57	function	function	NN
19880	331	58	,	,	,
19880	331	59	all	all	DT
19880	331	60	working	work	VBG
19880	331	61	in	in	IN
19880	331	62	harmony	harmony	NN
19880	331	63	like	like	IN
19880	331	64	a	a	DT
19880	331	65	happy	happy	JJ
19880	331	66	family	family	NN
19880	331	67	.	.	.
19880	332	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	332	2	actually	actually	RB
19880	332	3	do	do	VBP
19880	332	4	find	find	VB
19880	332	5	colonies	colony	NNS
19880	332	6	of	of	IN
19880	332	7	unicellular	unicellular	JJ
19880	332	8	animals	animal	NNS
19880	332	9	much	much	RB
19880	332	10	like	like	IN
19880	332	11	amoeba	amoeba	NN
19880	332	12	,	,	,
19880	332	13	so	so	IN
19880	332	14	that	that	IN
19880	332	15	the	the	DT
19880	332	16	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	332	17	-	-	HYPH
19880	332	18	cells	cell	NNS
19880	332	19	and	and	CC
19880	332	20	all	all	DT
19880	332	21	other	other	JJ
19880	332	22	cells	cell	NNS
19880	332	23	of	of	IN
19880	332	24	the	the	DT
19880	332	25	body	body	NN
19880	332	26	may	may	MD
19880	332	27	be	be	VB
19880	332	28	compared	compare	VBN
19880	332	29	to	to	IN
19880	332	30	amoeba	amoeba	NNP
19880	332	31	and	and	CC
19880	332	32	other	other	JJ
19880	332	33	one	one	CD
19880	332	34	-	-	HYPH
19880	332	35	celled	celle	VBN
19880	332	36	animals	animal	NNS
19880	332	37	.	.	.
19880	333	1	But	but	CC
19880	333	2	while	while	IN
19880	333	3	in	in	IN
19880	333	4	such	such	JJ
19880	333	5	unicellular	unicellular	JJ
19880	333	6	creatures	creature	NNS
19880	333	7	all	all	DT
19880	333	8	functions	function	NNS
19880	333	9	are	be	VBP
19880	333	10	properties	property	NNS
19880	333	11	of	of	IN
19880	333	12	the	the	DT
19880	333	13	individual	individual	JJ
19880	333	14	cell	cell	NN
19880	333	15	,	,	,
19880	333	16	among	among	IN
19880	333	17	higher	high	JJR
19880	333	18	forms	form	NNS
19880	333	19	_	_	NNP
19880	333	20	systems	system	NNS
19880	333	21	_	_	NNP
19880	333	22	take	take	VBP
19880	333	23	the	the	DT
19880	333	24	place	place	NN
19880	333	25	of	of	IN
19880	333	26	the	the	DT
19880	333	27	protoplasm	protoplasm	NN
19880	333	28	of	of	IN
19880	333	29	the	the	DT
19880	333	30	single	single	JJ
19880	333	31	cell	cell	NN
19880	333	32	.	.	.
19880	334	1	There	there	EX
19880	334	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	334	3	a	a	DT
19880	334	4	circulatory	circulatory	JJ
19880	334	5	system	system	NN
19880	334	6	,	,	,
19880	334	7	a	a	DT
19880	334	8	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	334	9	system	system	NN
19880	334	10	,	,	,
19880	334	11	etc	etc	FW
19880	334	12	.	.	.
19880	335	1	;	;	:
19880	335	2	but	but	CC
19880	335	3	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	335	4	must	must	MD
19880	335	5	once	once	RB
19880	335	6	more	more	JJR
19880	335	7	point	point	VB
19880	335	8	out	out	RP
19880	335	9	that	that	IN
19880	335	10	such	such	JJ
19880	335	11	systems	system	NNS
19880	335	12	are	be	VBP
19880	335	13	made	make	VBN
19880	335	14	up	up	RP
19880	335	15	of	of	IN
19880	335	16	cells	cell	NNS
19880	335	17	,	,	,
19880	335	18	so	so	IN
19880	335	19	that	that	IN
19880	335	20	every	every	DT
19880	335	21	function	function	NN
19880	335	22	of	of	IN
19880	335	23	the	the	DT
19880	335	24	highest	high	JJS
19880	335	25	animal	animal	NN
19880	335	26	may	may	MD
19880	335	27	be	be	VB
19880	335	28	finally	finally	RB
19880	335	29	reduced	reduce	VBN
19880	335	30	to	to	IN
19880	335	31	what	what	WP
19880	335	32	takes	take	VBZ
19880	335	33	place	place	NN
19880	335	34	in	in	IN
19880	335	35	the	the	DT
19880	335	36	unicellular	unicellular	JJ
19880	335	37	animal	animal	NN
19880	335	38	.	.	.
19880	336	1	A	a	DT
19880	336	2	circulatory	circulatory	JJ
19880	336	3	system	system	NN
19880	336	4	consists	consist	VBZ
19880	336	5	of	of	IN
19880	336	6	a	a	DT
19880	336	7	heart	heart	NN
19880	336	8	and	and	CC
19880	336	9	blood	blood	NN
19880	336	10	-	-	HYPH
19880	336	11	vessels	vessel	NNS
19880	336	12	,	,	,
19880	336	13	all	all	DT
19880	336	14	filled	fill	VBN
19880	336	15	with	with	IN
19880	336	16	blood	blood	NN
19880	336	17	,	,	,
19880	336	18	which	which	WDT
19880	336	19	latter	latter	JJ
19880	336	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	336	21	"	"	``
19880	336	22	the	the	DT
19880	336	23	life	life	NN
19880	336	24	,	,	,
19880	336	25	"	"	''
19880	336	26	as	as	IN
19880	336	27	was	be	VBD
19880	336	28	known	know	VBN
19880	336	29	from	from	IN
19880	336	30	the	the	DT
19880	336	31	earliest	early	JJS
19880	336	32	times	time	NNS
19880	336	33	;	;	:
19880	336	34	yet	yet	CC
19880	336	35	this	this	DT
19880	336	36	same	same	JJ
19880	336	37	blood	blood	NN
19880	336	38	is	be	VBZ
19880	336	39	of	of	IN
19880	336	40	no	no	DT
19880	336	41	more	more	JJR
19880	336	42	use	use	NN
19880	336	43	for	for	IN
19880	336	44	the	the	DT
19880	336	45	nourishment	nourishment	NN
19880	336	46	of	of	IN
19880	336	47	the	the	DT
19880	336	48	body	body	NN
19880	336	49	while	while	IN
19880	336	50	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	336	51	is	be	VBZ
19880	336	52	contained	contain	VBN
19880	336	53	in	in	IN
19880	336	54	those	those	DT
19880	336	55	tubes	tube	NNS
19880	336	56	which	which	WDT
19880	336	57	constitute	constitute	VBP
19880	336	58	the	the	DT
19880	336	59	blood	blood	NN
19880	336	60	-	-	HYPH
19880	336	61	vessels	vessel	NNS
19880	336	62	than	than	IN
19880	336	63	is	be	VBZ
19880	336	64	bread	bread	NN
19880	336	65	locked	lock	VBN
19880	336	66	up	up	RP
19880	336	67	in	in	IN
19880	336	68	a	a	DT
19880	336	69	pantry	pantry	NN
19880	336	70	to	to	IN
19880	336	71	a	a	DT
19880	336	72	hungry	hungry	JJ
19880	336	73	boy	boy	NN
19880	336	74	.	.	.
19880	337	1	That	that	DT
19880	337	2	which	which	WDT
19880	337	3	really	really	RB
19880	337	4	provides	provide	VBZ
19880	337	5	the	the	DT
19880	337	6	nutriment	nutriment	NN
19880	337	7	for	for	IN
19880	337	8	the	the	DT
19880	337	9	body	body	NN
19880	337	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	337	11	a	a	DT
19880	337	12	fluid	fluid	NN
19880	337	13	derived	derive	VBN
19880	337	14	from	from	IN
19880	337	15	the	the	DT
19880	337	16	blood	blood	NN
19880	337	17	,	,	,
19880	337	18	a	a	DT
19880	337	19	something	something	NN
19880	337	20	like	like	IN
19880	337	21	the	the	DT
19880	337	22	liquid	liquid	JJ
19880	337	23	part	part	NN
19880	337	24	of	of	IN
19880	337	25	blood	blood	NN
19880	337	26	and	and	CC
19880	337	27	known	know	VBN
19880	337	28	as	as	IN
19880	337	29	_	_	NNP
19880	337	30	lymph	lymph	NN
19880	337	31	_	_	NNP
19880	337	32	.	.	.
19880	338	1	This	this	DT
19880	338	2	latter	latter	NN
19880	338	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	338	4	to	to	IN
19880	338	5	the	the	DT
19880	338	6	cells	cell	NNS
19880	338	7	of	of	IN
19880	338	8	any	any	DT
19880	338	9	tissue	tissue	NN
19880	338	10	,	,	,
19880	338	11	as	as	IN
19880	338	12	a	a	DT
19880	338	13	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	338	14	,	,	,
19880	338	15	as	as	IN
19880	338	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	338	17	the	the	DT
19880	338	18	water	water	NN
19880	338	19	filled	fill	VBN
19880	338	20	with	with	IN
19880	338	21	the	the	DT
19880	338	22	food	food	NN
19880	338	23	on	on	IN
19880	338	24	which	which	WDT
19880	338	25	an	an	DT
19880	338	26	amoeba	amoeba	NN
19880	338	27	lives	live	VBZ
19880	338	28	.	.	.
19880	339	1	In	in	IN
19880	339	2	like	like	JJ
19880	339	3	manner	manner	NN
19880	339	4	,	,	,
19880	339	5	in	in	IN
19880	339	6	spite	spite	NN
19880	339	7	of	of	IN
19880	339	8	the	the	DT
19880	339	9	complicated	complicated	JJ
19880	339	10	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	339	11	which	which	WDT
19880	339	12	supplies	supply	VBZ
19880	339	13	oxygen	oxygen	NN
19880	339	14	and	and	CC
19880	339	15	removes	remove	VBZ
19880	339	16	carbon	carbon	NN
19880	339	17	dioxide	dioxide	NN
19880	339	18	,	,	,
19880	339	19	the	the	DT
19880	339	20	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	339	21	system	system	NN
19880	339	22	,	,	,
19880	339	23	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	339	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	339	25	finally	finally	RB
19880	339	26	the	the	DT
19880	339	27	work	work	NN
19880	339	28	of	of	IN
19880	339	29	the	the	DT
19880	339	30	cell	cell	NN
19880	339	31	,	,	,
19880	339	32	as	as	IN
19880	339	33	in	in	IN
19880	339	34	amoeba	amoeba	NN
19880	339	35	;	;	:
19880	339	36	a	a	DT
19880	339	37	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	339	38	-	-	HYPH
19880	339	39	cell	cell	NN
19880	339	40	respires	respire	NNS
19880	339	41	exactly	exactly	RB
19880	339	42	as	as	IN
19880	339	43	does	do	VBZ
19880	339	44	the	the	DT
19880	339	45	one	one	CD
19880	339	46	-	-	HYPH
19880	339	47	celled	celle	VBN
19880	339	48	animal	animal	NN
19880	339	49	.	.	.
19880	340	1	When	when	WRB
19880	340	2	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	340	3	consider	consider	VBP
19880	340	4	the	the	DT
19880	340	5	marvellous	marvellous	JJ
19880	340	6	complexity	complexity	NN
19880	340	7	of	of	IN
19880	340	8	structure	structure	NN
19880	340	9	of	of	IN
19880	340	10	one	one	CD
19880	340	11	of	of	IN
19880	340	12	the	the	DT
19880	340	13	higher	high	JJR
19880	340	14	animals	animal	NNS
19880	340	15	,	,	,
19880	340	16	and	and	CC
19880	340	17	the	the	DT
19880	340	18	amazing	amazing	JJ
19880	340	19	variety	variety	NN
19880	340	20	of	of	IN
19880	340	21	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	340	22	functions	function	NNS
19880	340	23	,	,	,
19880	340	24	the	the	DT
19880	340	25	question	question	NN
19880	340	26	naturally	naturally	RB
19880	340	27	arises	arise	VBZ
19880	340	28	as	as	IN
19880	340	29	to	to	IN
19880	340	30	how	how	WRB
19880	340	31	all	all	PDT
19880	340	32	this	this	DT
19880	340	33	is	be	VBZ
19880	340	34	brought	bring	VBN
19880	340	35	about	about	RP
19880	340	36	without	without	IN
19880	340	37	any	any	DT
19880	340	38	sort	sort	NN
19880	340	39	of	of	IN
19880	340	40	clashing	clash	VBG
19880	340	41	of	of	IN
19880	340	42	the	the	DT
19880	340	43	interests	interest	NNS
19880	340	44	of	of	IN
19880	340	45	one	one	CD
19880	340	46	part	part	NN
19880	340	47	with	with	IN
19880	340	48	those	those	DT
19880	340	49	of	of	IN
19880	340	50	another	another	DT
19880	340	51	.	.	.
19880	341	1	Why	why	WRB
19880	341	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	341	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	341	4	that	that	WDT
19880	341	5	the	the	DT
19880	341	6	stomach	stomach	NN
19880	341	7	has	have	VBZ
19880	341	8	enough	enough	JJ
19880	341	9	and	and	CC
19880	341	10	not	not	RB
19880	341	11	too	too	RB
19880	341	12	much	much	JJ
19880	341	13	blood	blood	NN
19880	341	14	?	?	.
19880	342	1	By	by	IN
19880	342	2	what	what	WDT
19880	342	3	means	mean	VBZ
19880	342	4	has	have	VBZ
19880	342	5	Nature	nature	NN
19880	342	6	solved	solve	VBD
19880	342	7	the	the	DT
19880	342	8	problem	problem	NN
19880	342	9	of	of	IN
19880	342	10	supplying	supply	VBG
19880	342	11	more	more	JJR
19880	342	12	oxygen	oxygen	NN
19880	342	13	to	to	IN
19880	342	14	parts	part	NNS
19880	342	15	in	in	IN
19880	342	16	action	action	NN
19880	342	17	than	than	IN
19880	342	18	to	to	IN
19880	342	19	those	those	DT
19880	342	20	at	at	IN
19880	342	21	rest	rest	NN
19880	342	22	?	?	.
19880	343	1	How	how	WRB
19880	343	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	343	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	343	4	that	that	WDT
19880	343	5	one	one	CD
19880	343	6	set	set	NN
19880	343	7	of	of	IN
19880	343	8	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	343	9	acts	act	NNS
19880	343	10	with	with	IN
19880	343	11	instead	instead	RB
19880	343	12	of	of	IN
19880	343	13	antagonizing	antagonize	VBG
19880	343	14	another	another	DT
19880	343	15	set	set	NN
19880	343	16	,	,	,
19880	343	17	as	as	IN
19880	343	18	in	in	IN
19880	343	19	any	any	DT
19880	343	20	complicated	complicated	JJ
19880	343	21	series	series	NN
19880	343	22	of	of	IN
19880	343	23	movements	movement	NNS
19880	343	24	,	,	,
19880	343	25	such	such	JJ
19880	343	26	as	as	IN
19880	343	27	walking	walk	VBG
19880	343	28	?	?	.
19880	344	1	To	to	TO
19880	344	2	bring	bring	VB
19880	344	3	about	about	RP
19880	344	4	this	this	DT
19880	344	5	harmonization	harmonization	NN
19880	344	6	,	,	,
19880	344	7	or	or	CC
19880	344	8	_	_	NNP
19880	344	9	co	co	NN
19880	344	10	-	-	NN
19880	344	11	ordination	ordination	NN
19880	344	12	_	_	NNP
19880	344	13	,	,	,
19880	344	14	the	the	DT
19880	344	15	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	344	16	system	system	NN
19880	344	17	has	have	VBZ
19880	344	18	been	be	VBN
19880	344	19	provided	provide	VBN
19880	344	20	.	.	.
19880	345	1	As	as	IN
19880	345	2	the	the	DT
19880	345	3	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	345	4	and	and	CC
19880	345	5	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	345	6	systems	system	NNS
19880	345	7	are	be	VBP
19880	345	8	of	of	IN
19880	345	9	preëminent	preëminent	NN
19880	345	10	importance	importance	NN
19880	345	11	in	in	IN
19880	345	12	voice	voice	NN
19880	345	13	-	-	HYPH
19880	345	14	production	production	NN
19880	345	15	,	,	,
19880	345	16	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	345	17	will	will	MD
19880	345	18	now	now	RB
19880	345	19	be	be	VB
19880	345	20	considered	consider	VBN
19880	345	21	with	with	IN
19880	345	22	more	more	JJR
19880	345	23	detail	detail	NN
19880	345	24	than	than	IN
19880	345	25	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	345	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	345	27	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	345	28	to	to	TO
19880	345	29	give	give	VB
19880	345	30	to	to	IN
19880	345	31	other	other	JJ
19880	345	32	systems	system	NNS
19880	345	33	.	.	.
19880	346	1	Complicated	complicated	JJ
19880	346	2	as	as	IN
19880	346	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	346	4	the	the	DT
19880	346	5	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	346	6	system	system	NN
19880	346	7	,	,	,
19880	346	8	modern	modern	JJ
19880	346	9	advances	advance	NNS
19880	346	10	in	in	IN
19880	346	11	the	the	DT
19880	346	12	sciences	science	NNS
19880	346	13	of	of	IN
19880	346	14	anatomy	anatomy	NN
19880	346	15	and	and	CC
19880	346	16	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	346	17	have	have	VBP
19880	346	18	made	make	VBN
19880	346	19	the	the	DT
19880	346	20	comprehension	comprehension	NN
19880	346	21	of	of	IN
19880	346	22	the	the	DT
19880	346	23	subject	subject	NN
19880	346	24	easier	easier	RBR
19880	346	25	.	.	.
19880	347	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	347	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	347	3	now	now	RB
19880	347	4	known	know	VBN
19880	347	5	that	that	IN
19880	347	6	the	the	DT
19880	347	7	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	347	8	system	system	NN
19880	347	9	,	,	,
19880	347	10	in	in	IN
19880	347	11	spite	spite	NN
19880	347	12	of	of	IN
19880	347	13	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	347	14	wide	wide	JJ
19880	347	15	ramifications	ramification	NNS
19880	347	16	,	,	,
19880	347	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	347	18	also	also	RB
19880	347	19	made	make	VBN
19880	347	20	up	up	RP
19880	347	21	of	of	IN
19880	347	22	cells	cell	NNS
19880	347	23	which	which	WDT
19880	347	24	are	be	VBP
19880	347	25	structurally	structurally	RB
19880	347	26	and	and	CC
19880	347	27	functionally	functionally	RB
19880	347	28	related	relate	VBN
19880	347	29	to	to	IN
19880	347	30	each	each	DT
19880	347	31	other	other	JJ
19880	347	32	,	,	,
19880	347	33	and	and	CC
19880	347	34	make	make	VB
19880	347	35	connection	connection	NN
19880	347	36	with	with	IN
19880	347	37	every	every	DT
19880	347	38	part	part	NN
19880	347	39	of	of	IN
19880	347	40	the	the	DT
19880	347	41	whole	whole	JJ
19880	347	42	community	community	NN
19880	347	43	,	,	,
19880	347	44	the	the	DT
19880	347	45	body	body	NN
19880	347	46	.	.	.
19880	348	1	A	a	DT
19880	348	2	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	348	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	348	4	cell	cell	NN
19880	348	5	,	,	,
19880	348	6	or	or	CC
19880	348	7	_	_	NNP
19880	348	8	neurone	neurone	NN
19880	348	9	_	_	NNP
19880	348	10	,	,	,
19880	348	11	may	may	MD
19880	348	12	be	be	VB
19880	348	13	very	very	RB
19880	348	14	complicated	complicated	JJ
19880	348	15	in	in	IN
19880	348	16	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	348	17	structure	structure	NN
19880	348	18	because	because	IN
19880	348	19	of	of	IN
19880	348	20	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	348	21	many	many	JJ
19880	348	22	branches	branch	NNS
19880	348	23	or	or	CC
19880	348	24	extensions	extension	NNS
19880	348	25	from	from	IN
19880	348	26	the	the	DT
19880	348	27	main	main	JJ
19880	348	28	body	body	NN
19880	348	29	of	of	IN
19880	348	30	the	the	DT
19880	348	31	cell	cell	NN
19880	348	32	.	.	.
19880	349	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	349	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	349	3	:	:	:
19880	349	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	349	5	.	.	.
19880	350	1	4	4	LS
19880	350	2	.	.	.
19880	351	1	Body	body	NN
19880	351	2	of	of	IN
19880	351	3	a	a	DT
19880	351	4	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	351	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	351	6	cell	cell	NN
19880	351	7	of	of	IN
19880	351	8	the	the	DT
19880	351	9	spinal	spinal	JJ
19880	351	10	cord	cord	NN
19880	351	11	,	,	,
19880	351	12	specially	specially	RB
19880	351	13	stained	stain	VBN
19880	351	14	so	so	IN
19880	351	15	as	as	IN
19880	351	16	to	to	TO
19880	351	17	show	show	VB
19880	351	18	the	the	DT
19880	351	19	minute	minute	NN
19880	351	20	structure	structure	NN
19880	351	21	.	.	.
19880	352	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	352	2	Schäfer	schäfer	VB
19880	352	3	's	's	POS
19880	352	4	_	_	NNP
19880	352	5	Histology	Histology	NNP
19880	352	6	_	_	NNP
19880	352	7	.	.	.
19880	352	8	)	)	-RRB-
19880	352	9	]	]	-RRB-
19880	353	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	353	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	353	3	:	:	:
19880	353	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	353	5	.	.	.
19880	354	1	5	5	CD
19880	354	2	.	.	.
19880	355	1	A	a	DT
19880	355	2	large	large	JJ
19880	355	3	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	355	4	-	-	HYPH
19880	355	5	cell	cell	NN
19880	355	6	from	from	IN
19880	355	7	the	the	DT
19880	355	8	spinal	spinal	JJ
19880	355	9	cord	cord	NN
19880	355	10	of	of	IN
19880	355	11	the	the	DT
19880	355	12	ox	ox	NNP
19880	355	13	,	,	,
19880	355	14	magnified	magnify	VBD
19880	355	15	175	175	CD
19880	355	16	diameters	diameter	NNS
19880	355	17	.	.	.
19880	356	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	356	2	Schäfer	schäfer	VB
19880	356	3	.	.	.
19880	356	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	356	5	]	]	-RRB-
19880	357	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	357	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	357	3	:	:	:
19880	357	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	357	5	.	.	.
19880	358	1	6	6	CD
19880	358	2	.	.	.
19880	359	1	A	a	DT
19880	359	2	cell	cell	NN
19880	359	3	of	of	IN
19880	359	4	another	another	DT
19880	359	5	form	form	NN
19880	359	6	,	,	,
19880	359	7	from	from	IN
19880	359	8	the	the	DT
19880	359	9	superficial	superficial	JJ
19880	359	10	or	or	CC
19880	359	11	outer	outer	JJ
19880	359	12	part	part	NN
19880	359	13	of	of	IN
19880	359	14	the	the	DT
19880	359	15	greater	great	JJR
19880	359	16	brain	brain	NNP
19880	359	17	(	(	-LRB-
19880	359	18	cortex	cortex	NNP
19880	359	19	cerebri	cerebri	NNP
19880	359	20	)	)	-RRB-
19880	359	21	.	.	.
19880	360	1	The	the	DT
19880	360	2	great	great	JJ
19880	360	3	amount	amount	NN
19880	360	4	of	of	IN
19880	360	5	branching	branching	NN
19880	360	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	360	7	suggestive	suggestive	JJ
19880	360	8	of	of	IN
19880	360	9	the	the	DT
19880	360	10	power	power	NN
19880	360	11	to	to	TO
19880	360	12	receive	receive	VB
19880	360	13	and	and	CC
19880	360	14	to	to	TO
19880	360	15	transmit	transmit	VB
19880	360	16	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	360	17	influences	influence	NNS
19880	360	18	(	(	-LRB-
19880	360	19	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	360	20	)	)	-RRB-
19880	360	21	from	from	IN
19880	360	22	various	various	JJ
19880	360	23	other	other	JJ
19880	360	24	cells	cell	NNS
19880	360	25	;	;	:
19880	360	26	in	in	IN
19880	360	27	other	other	JJ
19880	360	28	words	word	NNS
19880	360	29	,	,	,
19880	360	30	complexity	complexity	NN
19880	360	31	of	of	IN
19880	360	32	structure	structure	NN
19880	360	33	suggests	suggest	VBZ
19880	360	34	a	a	DT
19880	360	35	corresponding	corresponding	JJ
19880	360	36	complexity	complexity	NN
19880	360	37	of	of	IN
19880	360	38	function	function	NN
19880	360	39	.	.	.
19880	360	40	]	]	-RRB-
19880	361	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	361	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	361	3	:	:	:
19880	361	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	361	5	.	.	.
19880	362	1	7	7	LS
19880	362	2	.	.	.
19880	363	1	Representation	representation	NN
19880	363	2	of	of	IN
19880	363	3	the	the	DT
19880	363	4	manner	manner	NN
19880	363	5	in	in	IN
19880	363	6	which	which	WDT
19880	363	7	a	a	DT
19880	363	8	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	363	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	363	10	seen	see	VBN
19880	363	11	to	to	TO
19880	363	12	terminate	terminate	VB
19880	363	13	in	in	IN
19880	363	14	a	a	DT
19880	363	15	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	363	16	,	,	,
19880	363	17	such	such	JJ
19880	363	18	ending	end	VBG
19880	363	19	being	be	VBG
19880	363	20	one	one	CD
19880	363	21	form	form	NN
19880	363	22	of	of	IN
19880	363	23	"	"	``
19880	363	24	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	363	25	-	-	HYPH
19880	363	26	ending	end	VBG
19880	363	27	"	"	``
19880	363	28	termed	term	VBN
19880	363	29	a	a	DT
19880	363	30	"	"	``
19880	363	31	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	363	32	plate	plate	NN
19880	363	33	.	.	.
19880	363	34	"	"	''
19880	364	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	364	2	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	364	3	to	to	TO
19880	364	4	emphasize	emphasize	VB
19880	364	5	the	the	DT
19880	364	6	close	close	JJ
19880	364	7	relationship	relationship	NN
19880	364	8	existing	exist	VBG
19880	364	9	between	between	IN
19880	364	10	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	364	11	and	and	CC
19880	364	12	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	364	13	,	,	,
19880	364	14	and	and	CC
19880	364	15	to	to	TO
19880	364	16	justify	justify	VB
19880	364	17	the	the	DT
19880	364	18	expression	expression	NN
19880	364	19	"	"	``
19880	364	20	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	364	21	-	-	HYPH
19880	364	22	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	364	23	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	364	24	,	,	,
19880	364	25	"	"	''
19880	364	26	the	the	DT
19880	364	27	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	364	28	system	system	NN
19880	364	29	being	be	VBG
19880	364	30	as	as	RB
19880	364	31	important	important	JJ
19880	364	32	for	for	IN
19880	364	33	movements	movement	NNS
19880	364	34	as	as	IN
19880	364	35	the	the	DT
19880	364	36	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	364	37	.	.	.
19880	365	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	365	2	Schäfer	schäfer	VB
19880	365	3	's	's	POS
19880	365	4	_	_	NNP
19880	365	5	Histology	Histology	NNP
19880	365	6	_	_	NNP
19880	365	7	.	.	.
19880	365	8	)	)	-RRB-
19880	365	9	]	]	-RRB-
19880	366	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	366	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	366	3	:	:	:
19880	366	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	366	5	.	.	.
19880	367	1	8	8	LS
19880	367	2	.	.	.
19880	368	1	Three	three	CD
19880	368	2	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	368	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	368	4	fibres	fibre	NNS
19880	368	5	lying	lie	VBG
19880	368	6	beside	beside	IN
19880	368	7	each	each	DT
19880	368	8	other	other	JJ
19880	368	9	,	,	,
19880	368	10	with	with	IN
19880	368	11	the	the	DT
19880	368	12	small	small	JJ
19880	368	13	blood	blood	NN
19880	368	14	-	-	HYPH
19880	368	15	vessels	vessel	NNS
19880	368	16	(	(	-LRB-
19880	368	17	capillaries	capillary	NNS
19880	368	18	)	)	-RRB-
19880	368	19	around	around	RB
19880	368	20	and	and	CC
19880	368	21	between	between	IN
19880	368	22	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	368	23	.	.	.
19880	369	1	Such	such	JJ
19880	369	2	are	be	VBP
19880	369	3	the	the	DT
19880	369	4	appearances	appearance	NNS
19880	369	5	presented	present	VBN
19880	369	6	under	under	IN
19880	369	7	the	the	DT
19880	369	8	microscope	microscope	NN
19880	369	9	by	by	IN
19880	369	10	skeletal	skeletal	JJ
19880	369	11	or	or	CC
19880	369	12	striped	stripe	VBN
19880	369	13	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	369	14	such	such	JJ
19880	369	15	as	as	IN
19880	369	16	those	those	DT
19880	369	17	of	of	IN
19880	369	18	the	the	DT
19880	369	19	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	369	20	.	.	.
19880	370	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	370	2	Schäfer	schäfer	VB
19880	370	3	.	.	.
19880	370	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	370	5	]	]	-RRB-
19880	371	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	371	2	may	may	MD
19880	371	3	be	be	VB
19880	371	4	said	say	VBN
19880	371	5	,	,	,
19880	371	6	in	in	IN
19880	371	7	general	general	JJ
19880	371	8	terms	term	NNS
19880	371	9	,	,	,
19880	371	10	that	that	IN
19880	371	11	the	the	DT
19880	371	12	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	371	13	_	_	NNP
19880	371	14	centres	centre	VBZ
19880	371	15	_	_	NNP
19880	371	16	,	,	,
19880	371	17	the	the	DT
19880	371	18	brain	brain	NN
19880	371	19	and	and	CC
19880	371	20	the	the	DT
19880	371	21	spinal	spinal	JJ
19880	371	22	cord	cord	NN
19880	371	23	,	,	,
19880	371	24	which	which	WDT
19880	371	25	are	be	VBP
19880	371	26	parts	part	NNS
19880	371	27	of	of	IN
19880	371	28	one	one	CD
19880	371	29	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
19880	371	30	whole	whole	NN
19880	371	31	,	,	,
19880	371	32	are	be	VBP
19880	371	33	characterized	characterize	VBN
19880	371	34	by	by	IN
19880	371	35	the	the	DT
19880	371	36	presence	presence	NN
19880	371	37	of	of	IN
19880	371	38	the	the	DT
19880	371	39	cell	cell	NN
19880	371	40	-	-	HYPH
19880	371	41	bodies	body	NNS
19880	371	42	as	as	RB
19880	371	43	well	well	RB
19880	371	44	as	as	IN
19880	371	45	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	371	46	extensions	extension	NNS
19880	371	47	,	,	,
19880	371	48	while	while	IN
19880	371	49	nerves	nerve	NNS
19880	371	50	consist	consist	VBP
19880	371	51	only	only	RB
19880	371	52	of	of	IN
19880	371	53	the	the	DT
19880	371	54	extensions	extension	NNS
19880	371	55	or	or	CC
19880	371	56	arms	arm	NNS
19880	371	57	of	of	IN
19880	371	58	the	the	DT
19880	371	59	cell	cell	NN
19880	371	60	-	-	HYPH
19880	371	61	bodies	body	NNS
19880	371	62	.	.	.
19880	372	1	The	the	DT
19880	372	2	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	372	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	372	4	cell	cell	NN
19880	372	5	whose	whose	WP$
19880	372	6	body	body	NN
19880	372	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	372	8	in	in	IN
19880	372	9	the	the	DT
19880	372	10	top	top	NN
19880	372	11	of	of	IN
19880	372	12	the	the	DT
19880	372	13	brain	brain	NN
19880	372	14	may	may	MD
19880	372	15	have	have	VB
19880	372	16	an	an	DT
19880	372	17	extension	extension	NN
19880	372	18	or	or	CC
19880	372	19	arm	arm	NN
19880	372	20	which	which	WDT
19880	372	21	may	may	MD
19880	372	22	reach	reach	VB
19880	372	23	practically	practically	RB
19880	372	24	to	to	IN
19880	372	25	the	the	DT
19880	372	26	end	end	NN
19880	372	27	of	of	IN
19880	372	28	the	the	DT
19880	372	29	spinal	spinal	JJ
19880	372	30	cord	cord	NN
19880	372	31	,	,	,
19880	372	32	and	and	CC
19880	372	33	there	there	EX
19880	372	34	make	make	VBP
19880	372	35	communication	communication	NN
19880	372	36	with	with	IN
19880	372	37	another	another	DT
19880	372	38	cell	cell	NN
19880	372	39	whose	whose	WP$
19880	372	40	arm	arm	NN
19880	372	41	,	,	,
19880	372	42	in	in	IN
19880	372	43	turn	turn	NN
19880	372	44	,	,	,
19880	372	45	may	may	MD
19880	372	46	reach	reach	VB
19880	372	47	as	as	RB
19880	372	48	far	far	RB
19880	372	49	as	as	IN
19880	372	50	the	the	DT
19880	372	51	toe	toe	NN
19880	372	52	.	.	.
19880	373	1	Such	such	JJ
19880	373	2	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	373	3	arms	arm	NNS
19880	373	4	or	or	CC
19880	373	5	extensions	extension	NNS
19880	373	6	constitute	constitute	VBP
19880	373	7	the	the	DT
19880	373	8	_	_	NNP
19880	373	9	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	373	10	-	-	HYPH
19880	373	11	fibres	fibre	NNS
19880	373	12	_	_	NNP
19880	373	13	,	,	,
19880	373	14	and	and	CC
19880	373	15	bundles	bundle	NNS
19880	373	16	of	of	IN
19880	373	17	these	these	DT
19880	373	18	_	_	NNP
19880	373	19	nerves	nerve	NNS
19880	373	20	_	_	NNP
19880	373	21	,	,	,
19880	373	22	or	or	CC
19880	373	23	_	_	NNP
19880	373	24	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	373	25	-	-	HYPH
19880	373	26	trunks	trunk	NNS
19880	373	27	_	_	NNP
19880	373	28	.	.	.
19880	374	1	Usually	usually	RB
19880	374	2	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	374	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	374	4	fibres	fibre	NNS
19880	374	5	make	make	VBP
19880	374	6	connection	connection	NN
19880	374	7	with	with	IN
19880	374	8	the	the	DT
19880	374	9	cells	cell	NNS
19880	374	10	of	of	IN
19880	374	11	an	an	DT
19880	374	12	organ	organ	NN
19880	374	13	by	by	IN
19880	374	14	a	a	DT
19880	374	15	special	special	JJ
19880	374	16	modification	modification	NN
19880	374	17	of	of	IN
19880	374	18	structure	structure	NN
19880	374	19	known	know	VBN
19880	374	20	as	as	IN
19880	374	21	a	a	DT
19880	374	22	_	_	NNP
19880	374	23	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	374	24	-	-	HYPH
19880	374	25	ending	end	VBG
19880	374	26	_	_	NNP
19880	374	27	.	.	.
19880	375	1	A	a	DT
19880	375	2	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	375	3	message	message	NN
19880	375	4	or	or	CC
19880	375	5	influence	influence	NN
19880	375	6	(	(	-LRB-
19880	375	7	_	_	NNP
19880	375	8	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	375	9	-	-	HYPH
19880	375	10	impulse	impulse	NNP
19880	375	11	_	_	NNP
19880	375	12	)	)	-RRB-
19880	375	13	may	may	MD
19880	375	14	pass	pass	VB
19880	375	15	either	either	CC
19880	375	16	to	to	IN
19880	375	17	the	the	DT
19880	375	18	centre--_i.e	centre--_i.e	NNP
19880	375	19	.	.	.
19880	375	20	_	_	NNP
19880	375	21	,	,	,
19880	375	22	toward	toward	IN
19880	375	23	a	a	DT
19880	375	24	cell	cell	NN
19880	375	25	-	-	HYPH
19880	375	26	body	body	NN
19880	375	27	--	--	:
19880	375	28	or	or	CC
19880	375	29	from	from	IN
19880	375	30	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	375	31	;	;	:
19880	375	32	in	in	IN
19880	375	33	other	other	JJ
19880	375	34	words	word	NNS
19880	375	35	,	,	,
19880	375	36	a	a	DT
19880	375	37	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	375	38	impulse	impulse	NN
19880	375	39	may	may	MD
19880	375	40	originate	originate	VB
19880	375	41	in	in	IN
19880	375	42	the	the	DT
19880	375	43	centre	centre	NN
19880	375	44	or	or	CC
19880	375	45	in	in	IN
19880	375	46	some	some	DT
19880	375	47	organ	organ	NN
19880	375	48	more	more	RBR
19880	375	49	or	or	CC
19880	375	50	less	less	RBR
19880	375	51	distant	distant	JJ
19880	375	52	from	from	IN
19880	375	53	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	375	54	;	;	:
19880	375	55	a	a	DT
19880	375	56	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	375	57	impulse	impulse	NN
19880	375	58	may	may	MD
19880	375	59	be	be	VB
19880	375	60	_	_	NNP
19880	375	61	central	central	JJ
19880	375	62	_	_	NNP
19880	375	63	or	or	CC
19880	375	64	_	_	NNP
19880	375	65	peripheral	peripheral	JJ
19880	375	66	_	_	NNP
19880	375	67	.	.	.
19880	376	1	Nearly	nearly	RB
19880	376	2	all	all	DT
19880	376	3	central	central	JJ
19880	376	4	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	376	5	,	,	,
19880	376	6	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	376	7	now	now	RB
19880	376	8	know	know	VBP
19880	376	9	,	,	,
19880	376	10	arise	arise	VBP
19880	376	11	because	because	IN
19880	376	12	of	of	IN
19880	376	13	the	the	DT
19880	376	14	peripheral	peripheral	JJ
19880	376	15	ones	one	NNS
19880	376	16	.	.	.
19880	377	1	One	one	PRP
19880	377	2	may	may	MD
19880	377	3	illustrate	illustrate	VB
19880	377	4	this	this	DT
19880	377	5	important	important	JJ
19880	377	6	relation	relation	NN
19880	377	7	by	by	IN
19880	377	8	a	a	DT
19880	377	9	telegraph	telegraph	NN
19880	377	10	system	system	NN
19880	377	11	.	.	.
19880	378	1	The	the	DT
19880	378	2	message	message	NN
19880	378	3	a	a	DT
19880	378	4	railroad	railroad	NN
19880	378	5	operator	operator	NN
19880	378	6	sends	send	VBZ
19880	378	7	out--_e.g	out--_e.g	CD
19880	378	8	.	.	.
19880	378	9	_	_	NNP
19880	378	10	,	,	,
19880	378	11	that	that	DT
19880	378	12	which	which	WDT
19880	378	13	determines	determine	VBZ
19880	378	14	whether	whether	IN
19880	378	15	a	a	DT
19880	378	16	train	train	NN
19880	378	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	378	18	to	to	TO
19880	378	19	be	be	VB
19880	378	20	held	hold	VBN
19880	378	21	at	at	IN
19880	378	22	a	a	DT
19880	378	23	certain	certain	JJ
19880	378	24	station	station	NN
19880	378	25	or	or	CC
19880	378	26	sent	send	VBN
19880	378	27	on	on	RP
19880	378	28	--	--	:
19880	378	29	might	may	MD
19880	378	30	depend	depend	VB
19880	378	31	wholly	wholly	RB
19880	378	32	on	on	IN
19880	378	33	information	information	NN
19880	378	34	received	receive	VBN
19880	378	35	from	from	IN
19880	378	36	another	another	DT
19880	378	37	office	office	NN
19880	378	38	.	.	.
19880	379	1	The	the	DT
19880	379	2	extra	extra	JJ
19880	379	3	flow	flow	NN
19880	379	4	of	of	IN
19880	379	5	blood	blood	NN
19880	379	6	to	to	IN
19880	379	7	the	the	DT
19880	379	8	stomach	stomach	NN
19880	379	9	when	when	WRB
19880	379	10	food	food	NN
19880	379	11	enters	enter	VBZ
19880	379	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	379	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	379	14	owing	owe	VBG
19880	379	15	to	to	IN
19880	379	16	such	such	PDT
19880	379	17	a	a	DT
19880	379	18	relation	relation	NN
19880	379	19	of	of	IN
19880	379	20	things	thing	NNS
19880	379	21	.	.	.
19880	380	1	The	the	DT
19880	380	2	food	food	NN
19880	380	3	acts	act	VBZ
19880	380	4	as	as	IN
19880	380	5	a	a	DT
19880	380	6	stimulus	stimulus	NN
19880	380	7	to	to	IN
19880	380	8	the	the	DT
19880	380	9	ends	end	NNS
19880	380	10	of	of	IN
19880	380	11	the	the	DT
19880	380	12	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	380	13	-	-	HYPH
19880	380	14	fibres	fibre	NNS
19880	380	15	,	,	,
19880	380	16	and	and	CC
19880	380	17	,	,	,
19880	380	18	in	in	IN
19880	380	19	consequence	consequence	NN
19880	380	20	,	,	,
19880	380	21	there	there	EX
19880	380	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	380	23	an	an	DT
19880	380	24	ingoing	ingoing	NN
19880	380	25	(	(	-LRB-
19880	380	26	_	_	NNP
19880	380	27	afferent	afferent	NN
19880	380	28	_	_	NNP
19880	380	29	)	)	-RRB-
19880	380	30	message	message	NN
19880	380	31	or	or	CC
19880	380	32	impulse	impulse	NN
19880	380	33	,	,	,
19880	380	34	and	and	CC
19880	380	35	,	,	,
19880	380	36	by	by	IN
19880	380	37	reason	reason	NN
19880	380	38	of	of	IN
19880	380	39	this	this	DT
19880	380	40	,	,	,
19880	380	41	an	an	DT
19880	380	42	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19880	380	43	(	(	-LRB-
19880	380	44	_	_	NNP
19880	380	45	efferent	efferent	NN
19880	380	46	_	_	NNP
19880	380	47	)	)	-RRB-
19880	380	48	one	one	CD
19880	380	49	to	to	IN
19880	380	50	the	the	DT
19880	380	51	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	380	52	-	-	HYPH
19880	380	53	cells	cell	NNS
19880	380	54	of	of	IN
19880	380	55	the	the	DT
19880	380	56	small	small	JJ
19880	380	57	blood	blood	NN
19880	380	58	-	-	HYPH
19880	380	59	vessels	vessel	NNS
19880	380	60	,	,	,
19880	380	61	owing	owe	VBG
19880	380	62	to	to	IN
19880	380	63	which	which	WDT
19880	380	64	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	380	65	contract	contract	VBP
19880	380	66	less	less	RBR
19880	380	67	strongly	strongly	RB
19880	380	68	and	and	CC
19880	380	69	the	the	DT
19880	380	70	calibre	calibre	NN
19880	380	71	of	of	IN
19880	380	72	these	these	DT
19880	380	73	vessels	vessel	NNS
19880	380	74	is	be	VBZ
19880	380	75	increased	increase	VBN
19880	380	76	;	;	:
19880	380	77	hence	hence	RB
19880	380	78	more	more	JJR
19880	380	79	blood	blood	NN
19880	380	80	reaches	reach	VBZ
19880	380	81	the	the	DT
19880	380	82	smallest	small	JJS
19880	380	83	vessels	vessel	NNS
19880	380	84	of	of	IN
19880	380	85	all	all	DT
19880	380	86	(	(	-LRB-
19880	380	87	_	_	NNP
19880	380	88	capillaries	capillary	NNS
19880	380	89	_	_	NNP
19880	380	90	.	.	.
19880	380	91	)	)	-RRB-
19880	381	1	Such	such	PDT
19880	381	2	a	a	DT
19880	381	3	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	381	4	relation	relation	NN
19880	381	5	of	of	IN
19880	381	6	things	thing	NNS
19880	381	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	381	8	termed	term	VBN
19880	381	9	_	_	NNP
19880	381	10	reflex	reflex	NNP
19880	381	11	action	action	NN
19880	381	12	_	_	NNP
19880	381	13	.	.	.
19880	382	1	For	for	IN
19880	382	2	such	such	JJ
19880	382	3	reflex	reflex	JJ
19880	382	4	action	action	NN
19880	382	5	there	there	EX
19880	382	6	are	be	VBP
19880	382	7	required	require	VBN
19880	382	8	structurally	structurally	RB
19880	382	9	at	at	RB
19880	382	10	least	least	RBS
19880	382	11	two	two	CD
19880	382	12	neurones	neurone	NNS
19880	382	13	or	or	CC
19880	382	14	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	382	15	-	-	HYPH
19880	382	16	cells	cell	NNS
19880	382	17	,	,	,
19880	382	18	and	and	CC
19880	382	19	functionally	functionally	RB
19880	382	20	a	a	DT
19880	382	21	stimulus	stimulus	NN
19880	382	22	of	of	IN
19880	382	23	a	a	DT
19880	382	24	certain	certain	JJ
19880	382	25	strength	strength	NN
19880	382	26	and	and	CC
19880	382	27	quality	quality	NN
19880	382	28	.	.	.
19880	383	1	Of	of	RB
19880	383	2	course	course	RB
19880	383	3	,	,	,
19880	383	4	if	if	IN
19880	383	5	more	more	JJR
19880	383	6	blood	blood	NN
19880	383	7	passes	pass	VBZ
19880	383	8	to	to	IN
19880	383	9	the	the	DT
19880	383	10	stomach	stomach	NN
19880	383	11	there	there	EX
19880	383	12	must	must	MD
19880	383	13	be	be	VB
19880	383	14	less	less	RBR
19880	383	15	somewhere	somewhere	RB
19880	383	16	else	else	RB
19880	383	17	,	,	,
19880	383	18	as	as	IN
19880	383	19	the	the	DT
19880	383	20	total	total	JJ
19880	383	21	volume	volume	NN
19880	383	22	of	of	IN
19880	383	23	the	the	DT
19880	383	24	blood	blood	NN
19880	383	25	is	be	VBZ
19880	383	26	limited	limited	JJ
19880	383	27	.	.	.
19880	384	1	The	the	DT
19880	384	2	value	value	NN
19880	384	3	of	of	IN
19880	384	4	the	the	DT
19880	384	5	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	384	6	of	of	IN
19880	384	7	such	such	PDT
19880	384	8	a	a	DT
19880	384	9	fact	fact	NN
19880	384	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	384	11	obvious	obvious	JJ
19880	384	12	.	.	.
19880	385	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	385	2	must	must	MD
19880	385	3	be	be	VB
19880	385	4	unwise	unwise	JJ
19880	385	5	to	to	TO
19880	385	6	exercise	exercise	VB
19880	385	7	vigorously	vigorously	RB
19880	385	8	immediately	immediately	RB
19880	385	9	after	after	IN
19880	385	10	meals	meal	NNS
19880	385	11	,	,	,
19880	385	12	for	for	IN
19880	385	13	this	this	DT
19880	385	14	determines	determine	VBZ
19880	385	15	blood	blood	NN
19880	385	16	to	to	IN
19880	385	17	the	the	DT
19880	385	18	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	385	19	which	which	WDT
19880	385	20	would	would	MD
19880	385	21	serve	serve	VB
19880	385	22	a	a	DT
19880	385	23	better	well	JJR
19880	385	24	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	385	25	in	in	IN
19880	385	26	the	the	DT
19880	385	27	digestive	digestive	JJ
19880	385	28	organs	organ	NNS
19880	385	29	.	.	.
19880	386	1	For	for	IN
19880	386	2	a	a	DT
19880	386	3	like	like	JJ
19880	386	4	reason	reason	NN
19880	386	5	the	the	DT
19880	386	6	singer	singer	NN
19880	386	7	who	who	WP
19880	386	8	would	would	MD
19880	386	9	do	do	VB
19880	386	10	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	386	11	best	good	JJS
19880	386	12	before	before	IN
19880	386	13	the	the	DT
19880	386	14	public	public	NN
19880	386	15	will	will	MD
19880	386	16	refrain	refrain	VB
19880	386	17	from	from	IN
19880	386	18	taking	take	VBG
19880	386	19	a	a	DT
19880	386	20	large	large	JJ
19880	386	21	meal	meal	NN
19880	386	22	before	before	IN
19880	386	23	appearing	appear	VBG
19880	386	24	.	.	.
19880	387	1	As	as	IN
19880	387	2	this	this	DT
19880	387	3	subject	subject	NN
19880	387	4	of	of	IN
19880	387	5	reflex	reflex	JJ
19880	387	6	action	action	NN
19880	387	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	387	8	of	of	IN
19880	387	9	the	the	DT
19880	387	10	highest	high	JJS
19880	387	11	importance	importance	NN
19880	387	12	,	,	,
19880	387	13	the	the	DT
19880	387	14	reader	reader	NN
19880	387	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	387	16	advised	advise	VBN
19880	387	17	to	to	TO
19880	387	18	make	make	VB
19880	387	19	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	387	20	thoroughly	thoroughly	RB
19880	387	21	familiar	familiar	JJ
19880	387	22	with	with	IN
19880	387	23	the	the	DT
19880	387	24	principles	principle	NNS
19880	387	25	involved	involve	VBN
19880	387	26	before	before	IN
19880	387	27	perusing	peruse	VBG
19880	387	28	the	the	DT
19880	387	29	future	future	JJ
19880	387	30	chapters	chapter	NNS
19880	387	31	of	of	IN
19880	387	32	this	this	DT
19880	387	33	work	work	NN
19880	387	34	.	.	.
19880	388	1	Fig	fig	NN
19880	388	2	.	.	.
19880	389	1	16	16	CD
19880	389	2	shows	show	VBZ
19880	389	3	the	the	DT
19880	389	4	structural	structural	JJ
19880	389	5	relations	relation	NNS
19880	389	6	for	for	IN
19880	389	7	reflex	reflex	NNP
19880	389	8	action	action	NN
19880	389	9	.	.	.
19880	390	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	390	2	also	also	RB
19880	390	3	indicates	indicate	VBZ
19880	390	4	how	how	WRB
19880	390	5	such	such	JJ
19880	390	6	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	390	7	relations	relation	NNS
19880	390	8	may	may	MD
19880	390	9	be	be	VB
19880	390	10	complicated	complicate	VBN
19880	390	11	by	by	IN
19880	390	12	other	other	JJ
19880	390	13	connections	connection	NNS
19880	390	14	of	of	IN
19880	390	15	the	the	DT
19880	390	16	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	390	17	-	-	HYPH
19880	390	18	cells	cell	NNS
19880	390	19	involved	involve	VBN
19880	390	20	in	in	IN
19880	390	21	the	the	DT
19880	390	22	reflex	reflex	JJ
19880	390	23	action	action	NN
19880	390	24	.	.	.
19880	391	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	391	2	will	will	MD
19880	391	3	be	be	VB
19880	391	4	seen	see	VBN
19880	391	5	that	that	IN
19880	391	6	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	391	7	make	make	VBP
19880	391	8	many	many	JJ
19880	391	9	upward	upward	JJ
19880	391	10	connections	connection	NNS
19880	391	11	with	with	IN
19880	391	12	the	the	DT
19880	391	13	brain	brain	NN
19880	391	14	,	,	,
19880	391	15	in	in	IN
19880	391	16	consequence	consequence	NN
19880	391	17	of	of	IN
19880	391	18	which	which	WDT
19880	391	19	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19880	391	20	may	may	MD
19880	391	21	be	be	VB
19880	391	22	involved	involve	VBN
19880	391	23	.	.	.
19880	392	1	Ordinarily	ordinarily	RB
19880	392	2	one	one	CD
19880	392	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	392	4	more	more	RBR
19880	392	5	or	or	CC
19880	392	6	less	less	RBR
19880	392	7	conscious	conscious	JJ
19880	392	8	of	of	IN
19880	392	9	reflex	reflex	JJ
19880	392	10	action	action	NN
19880	392	11	,	,	,
19880	392	12	though	though	IN
19880	392	13	the	the	DT
19880	392	14	will	will	NN
19880	392	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	392	16	not	not	RB
19880	392	17	involved	involve	VBN
19880	392	18	;	;	:
19880	392	19	in	in	IN
19880	392	20	fact	fact	NN
19880	392	21	,	,	,
19880	392	22	a	a	DT
19880	392	23	willed	willed	JJ
19880	392	24	or	or	CC
19880	392	25	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
19880	392	26	action	action	NN
19880	392	27	is	be	VBZ
19880	392	28	usually	usually	RB
19880	392	29	considered	consider	VBN
19880	392	30	the	the	DT
19880	392	31	reverse	reverse	NN
19880	392	32	of	of	IN
19880	392	33	a	a	DT
19880	392	34	reflex	reflex	NN
19880	392	35	or	or	CC
19880	392	36	involuntary	involuntary	JJ
19880	392	37	action	action	NN
19880	392	38	.	.	.
19880	393	1	But	but	CC
19880	393	2	for	for	IN
19880	393	3	a	a	DT
19880	393	4	reflex	reflex	JJ
19880	393	5	action	action	NN
19880	393	6	the	the	DT
19880	393	7	brain	brain	NN
19880	393	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	393	9	not	not	RB
19880	393	10	essential	essential	JJ
19880	393	11	.	.	.
19880	394	1	As	as	IN
19880	394	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	394	3	well	well	RB
19880	394	4	known	known	JJ
19880	394	5	,	,	,
19880	394	6	a	a	DT
19880	394	7	snake	snake	NN
19880	394	8	's	's	POS
19880	394	9	hinder	hinder	NN
19880	394	10	part	part	NN
19880	394	11	will	will	MD
19880	394	12	move	move	VB
19880	394	13	in	in	IN
19880	394	14	response	response	NN
19880	394	15	to	to	IN
19880	394	16	a	a	DT
19880	394	17	touch	touch	NN
19880	394	18	when	when	WRB
19880	394	19	completely	completely	RB
19880	394	20	severed	sever	VBD
19880	394	21	from	from	IN
19880	394	22	the	the	DT
19880	394	23	head	head	NN
19880	394	24	end	end	NN
19880	394	25	;	;	:
19880	394	26	and	and	CC
19880	394	27	movements	movement	NNS
19880	394	28	of	of	IN
19880	394	29	considerable	considerable	JJ
19880	394	30	complexity	complexity	NN
19880	394	31	can	can	MD
19880	394	32	be	be	VB
19880	394	33	evoked	evoke	VBN
19880	394	34	in	in	IN
19880	394	35	a	a	DT
19880	394	36	headless	headless	JJ
19880	394	37	frog	frog	NN
19880	394	38	.	.	.
19880	395	1	Herein	Herein	NNP
19880	395	2	,	,	,
19880	395	3	then	then	RB
19880	395	4	,	,	,
19880	395	5	lies	lie	VBZ
19880	395	6	the	the	DT
19880	395	7	solution	solution	NN
19880	395	8	of	of	IN
19880	395	9	the	the	DT
19880	395	10	problem	problem	NN
19880	395	11	.	.	.
19880	396	1	This	this	DT
19880	396	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	396	3	Nature	Nature	NNP
19880	396	4	's	's	POS
19880	396	5	way	way	NN
19880	396	6	of	of	IN
19880	396	7	bringing	bring	VBG
19880	396	8	one	one	CD
19880	396	9	part	part	NN
19880	396	10	into	into	IN
19880	396	11	harmonious	harmonious	JJ
19880	396	12	relations	relation	NNS
19880	396	13	with	with	IN
19880	396	14	another	another	DT
19880	396	15	.	.	.
19880	397	1	As	as	IN
19880	397	2	by	by	IN
19880	397	3	a	a	DT
19880	397	4	telegraphic	telegraphic	JJ
19880	397	5	system	system	NN
19880	397	6	the	the	DT
19880	397	7	most	most	RBS
19880	397	8	distant	distant	JJ
19880	397	9	parts	part	NNS
19880	397	10	of	of	IN
19880	397	11	a	a	DT
19880	397	12	vast	vast	JJ
19880	397	13	railway	railway	NN
19880	397	14	system	system	NN
19880	397	15	may	may	MD
19880	397	16	be	be	VB
19880	397	17	brought	bring	VBN
19880	397	18	into	into	IN
19880	397	19	harmonious	harmonious	JJ
19880	397	20	working	working	NN
19880	397	21	,	,	,
19880	397	22	so	so	RB
19880	397	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	397	24	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	397	25	with	with	IN
19880	397	26	the	the	DT
19880	397	27	body	body	NN
19880	397	28	by	by	IN
19880	397	29	means	mean	NNS
19880	397	30	of	of	IN
19880	397	31	the	the	DT
19880	397	32	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	397	33	system	system	NN
19880	397	34	.	.	.
19880	398	1	The	the	DT
19880	398	2	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	398	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	398	4	centres	centre	NNS
19880	398	5	correspond	correspond	VBP
19880	398	6	to	to	IN
19880	398	7	the	the	DT
19880	398	8	heads	head	NNS
19880	398	9	of	of	IN
19880	398	10	the	the	DT
19880	398	11	railway	railway	NN
19880	398	12	system	system	NN
19880	398	13	,	,	,
19880	398	14	or	or	CC
19880	398	15	,	,	,
19880	398	16	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	398	17	more	more	RBR
19880	398	18	correctly	correctly	RB
19880	398	19	,	,	,
19880	398	20	to	to	IN
19880	398	21	the	the	DT
19880	398	22	various	various	JJ
19880	398	23	officials	official	NNS
19880	398	24	resident	resident	NN
19880	398	25	in	in	IN
19880	398	26	some	some	DT
19880	398	27	large	large	JJ
19880	398	28	city	city	NN
19880	398	29	who	who	WP
19880	398	30	from	from	IN
19880	398	31	this	this	DT
19880	398	32	centre	centre	NN
19880	398	33	regulate	regulate	VB
19880	398	34	the	the	DT
19880	398	35	affairs	affair	NNS
19880	398	36	of	of	IN
19880	398	37	the	the	DT
19880	398	38	whole	whole	JJ
19880	398	39	line	line	NN
19880	398	40	.	.	.
19880	399	1	The	the	DT
19880	399	2	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	399	3	system	system	NN
19880	399	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	399	5	made	make	VBN
19880	399	6	up	up	RP
19880	399	7	of	of	IN
19880	399	8	cells	cell	NNS
19880	399	9	of	of	IN
19880	399	10	two	two	CD
19880	399	11	kinds	kind	NNS
19880	399	12	,	,	,
19880	399	13	those	those	DT
19880	399	14	characteristic	characteristic	JJ
19880	399	15	of	of	IN
19880	399	16	the	the	DT
19880	399	17	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	399	18	used	use	VBN
19880	399	19	in	in	IN
19880	399	20	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	399	21	movements	movement	NNS
19880	399	22	,	,	,
19880	399	23	and	and	CC
19880	399	24	those	those	DT
19880	399	25	employed	employ	VBN
19880	399	26	for	for	IN
19880	399	27	the	the	DT
19880	399	28	movements	movement	NNS
19880	399	29	of	of	IN
19880	399	30	the	the	DT
19880	399	31	internal	internal	JJ
19880	399	32	organs	organ	NNS
19880	399	33	.	.	.
19880	400	1	The	the	DT
19880	400	2	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	400	3	of	of	IN
19880	400	4	the	the	DT
19880	400	5	limbs	limb	NNS
19880	400	6	are	be	VBP
19880	400	7	made	make	VBN
19880	400	8	up	up	RP
19880	400	9	of	of	IN
19880	400	10	striped	stripe	VBN
19880	400	11	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	400	12	-	-	HYPH
19880	400	13	cells	cell	NNS
19880	400	14	;	;	:
19880	400	15	those	those	DT
19880	400	16	of	of	IN
19880	400	17	the	the	DT
19880	400	18	stomach	stomach	NN
19880	400	19	,	,	,
19880	400	20	etc	etc	FW
19880	400	21	.	.	FW
19880	400	22	,	,	,
19880	400	23	of	of	IN
19880	400	24	unstriped	unstriped	JJ
19880	400	25	cells	cell	NNS
19880	400	26	.	.	.
19880	401	1	These	these	DT
19880	401	2	latter	latter	JJ
19880	401	3	are	be	VBP
19880	401	4	slower	slow	JJR
19880	401	5	to	to	TO
19880	401	6	act	act	VB
19880	401	7	when	when	WRB
19880	401	8	stimulated	stimulate	VBN
19880	401	9	,	,	,
19880	401	10	contract	contract	VBP
19880	401	11	more	more	RBR
19880	401	12	slowly	slowly	RB
19880	401	13	,	,	,
19880	401	14	and	and	CC
19880	401	15	cease	cease	VB
19880	401	16	to	to	TO
19880	401	17	function	function	VB
19880	401	18	more	more	RBR
19880	401	19	tardily	tardily	RB
19880	401	20	when	when	WRB
19880	401	21	the	the	DT
19880	401	22	stimulus	stimulus	NN
19880	401	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	401	24	withdrawn	withdraw	VBN
19880	401	25	.	.	.
19880	402	1	The	the	DT
19880	402	2	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	402	3	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	402	4	used	use	VBN
19880	402	5	by	by	IN
19880	402	6	the	the	DT
19880	402	7	singer	singer	NN
19880	402	8	and	and	CC
19880	402	9	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	402	10	are	be	VBP
19880	402	11	of	of	IN
19880	402	12	the	the	DT
19880	402	13	skeletal	skeletal	JJ
19880	402	14	variety	variety	NN
19880	402	15	.	.	.
19880	403	1	If	if	IN
19880	403	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	403	3	be	be	VBP
19880	403	4	true	true	JJ
19880	403	5	that	that	IN
19880	403	6	the	the	DT
19880	403	7	welfare	welfare	NN
19880	403	8	of	of	IN
19880	403	9	one	one	CD
19880	403	10	part	part	NN
19880	403	11	of	of	IN
19880	403	12	the	the	DT
19880	403	13	body	body	NN
19880	403	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	403	15	bound	bind	VBN
19880	403	16	up	up	RP
19880	403	17	with	with	IN
19880	403	18	that	that	DT
19880	403	19	of	of	IN
19880	403	20	every	every	DT
19880	403	21	other	other	JJ
19880	403	22	,	,	,
19880	403	23	as	as	IN
19880	403	24	are	be	VBP
19880	403	25	the	the	DT
19880	403	26	interests	interest	NNS
19880	403	27	of	of	IN
19880	403	28	one	one	CD
19880	403	29	member	member	NN
19880	403	30	of	of	IN
19880	403	31	a	a	DT
19880	403	32	firm	firm	NN
19880	403	33	with	with	IN
19880	403	34	those	those	DT
19880	403	35	of	of	IN
19880	403	36	another	another	DT
19880	403	37	,	,	,
19880	403	38	in	in	IN
19880	403	39	a	a	DT
19880	403	40	great	great	JJ
19880	403	41	business	business	NN
19880	403	42	,	,	,
19880	403	43	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	403	44	will	will	MD
19880	403	45	at	at	IN
19880	403	46	once	once	RB
19880	403	47	appear	appear	VB
19880	403	48	that	that	IN
19880	403	49	the	the	DT
19880	403	50	most	most	RBS
19880	403	51	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	403	52	results	result	NNS
19880	403	53	can	can	MD
19880	403	54	follow	follow	VB
19880	403	55	for	for	IN
19880	403	56	the	the	DT
19880	403	57	voice	voice	NN
19880	403	58	-	-	HYPH
19880	403	59	user	user	NN
19880	403	60	only	only	RB
19880	403	61	under	under	IN
19880	403	62	certain	certain	JJ
19880	403	63	conditions	condition	NNS
19880	403	64	.	.	.
19880	404	1	However	however	RB
19880	404	2	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	404	3	by	by	IN
19880	404	4	nature	nature	NN
19880	404	5	the	the	DT
19880	404	6	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	404	7	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	404	8	,	,	,
19880	404	9	the	the	DT
19880	404	10	result	result	NN
19880	404	11	in	in	IN
19880	404	12	any	any	DT
19880	404	13	case	case	NN
19880	404	14	must	must	MD
19880	404	15	be	be	VB
19880	404	16	largely	largely	RB
19880	404	17	determined	determine	VBN
19880	404	18	by	by	IN
19880	404	19	the	the	DT
19880	404	20	character	character	NN
19880	404	21	of	of	IN
19880	404	22	the	the	DT
19880	404	23	body	body	NN
19880	404	24	as	as	IN
19880	404	25	a	a	DT
19880	404	26	whole	whole	NN
19880	404	27	.	.	.
19880	405	1	The	the	DT
19880	405	2	man	man	NN
19880	405	3	of	of	IN
19880	405	4	fine	fine	JJ
19880	405	5	physique	physique	NN
19880	405	6	generally	generally	RB
19880	405	7	has	have	VBZ
19880	405	8	naturally	naturally	RB
19880	405	9	more	more	JJR
19880	405	10	to	to	TO
19880	405	11	hope	hope	VB
19880	405	12	for	for	IN
19880	405	13	than	than	IN
19880	405	14	one	one	CD
19880	405	15	with	with	IN
19880	405	16	an	an	DT
19880	405	17	ill	ill	RB
19880	405	18	-	-	HYPH
19880	405	19	developed	develop	VBN
19880	405	20	body	body	NN
19880	405	21	.	.	.
19880	406	1	In	in	IN
19880	406	2	the	the	DT
19880	406	3	natural	natural	JJ
19880	406	4	working	working	NN
19880	406	5	of	of	IN
19880	406	6	the	the	DT
19880	406	7	body	body	NN
19880	406	8	the	the	DT
19880	406	9	stimulus	stimulus	NN
19880	406	10	to	to	IN
19880	406	11	a	a	DT
19880	406	12	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	406	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	406	14	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	406	15	;	;	:
19880	406	16	hence	hence	RB
19880	406	17	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	406	18	may	may	MD
19880	406	19	appropriately	appropriately	RB
19880	406	20	,	,	,
19880	406	21	and	and	CC
19880	406	22	often	often	RB
19880	406	23	to	to	TO
19880	406	24	advantage	advantage	VB
19880	406	25	,	,	,
19880	406	26	speak	speak	VB
19880	406	27	of	of	IN
19880	406	28	_	_	NNP
19880	406	29	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	406	30	-	-	HYPH
19880	406	31	muscular	muscular	NNP
19880	406	32	_	_	NNP
19880	406	33	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	406	34	,	,	,
19880	406	35	the	the	DT
19880	406	36	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	406	37	element	element	NN
19880	406	38	being	be	VBG
19880	406	39	as	as	RB
19880	406	40	important	important	JJ
19880	406	41	as	as	IN
19880	406	42	the	the	DT
19880	406	43	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	406	44	.	.	.
19880	407	1	In	in	IN
19880	407	2	a	a	DT
19880	407	3	later	later	JJ
19880	407	4	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	407	5	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	407	6	will	will	MD
19880	407	7	be	be	VB
19880	407	8	shown	show	VBN
19880	407	9	that	that	IN
19880	407	10	the	the	DT
19880	407	11	work	work	NN
19880	407	12	of	of	IN
19880	407	13	the	the	DT
19880	407	14	singer	singer	NN
19880	407	15	and	and	CC
19880	407	16	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	407	17	when	when	WRB
19880	407	18	most	most	RBS
19880	407	19	successfully	successfully	RB
19880	407	20	carried	carry	VBN
19880	407	21	out	out	RP
19880	407	22	must	must	MD
19880	407	23	be	be	VB
19880	407	24	largely	largely	RB
19880	407	25	reflex	reflex	JJ
19880	407	26	in	in	IN
19880	407	27	nature	nature	NN
19880	407	28	--	--	:
19880	407	29	a	a	DT
19880	407	30	fact	fact	NN
19880	407	31	on	on	IN
19880	407	32	which	which	WDT
19880	407	33	hang	hang	VBP
19880	407	34	weighty	weighty	JJ
19880	407	35	considerations	consideration	NNS
19880	407	36	with	with	IN
19880	407	37	regard	regard	NN
19880	407	38	to	to	IN
19880	407	39	many	many	JJ
19880	407	40	questions	question	NNS
19880	407	41	,	,	,
19880	407	42	among	among	IN
19880	407	43	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	407	44	methods	method	NNS
19880	407	45	of	of	IN
19880	407	46	practice	practice	NN
19880	407	47	,	,	,
19880	407	48	the	the	DT
19880	407	49	influence	influence	NN
19880	407	50	of	of	IN
19880	407	51	example	example	NN
19880	407	52	,	,	,
19880	407	53	etc.--be	etc.--be	NNP
19880	407	54	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	407	55	ever	ever	RB
19880	407	56	so	so	RB
19880	407	57	much	much	RB
19880	407	58	the	the	DT
19880	407	59	natural	natural	JJ
19880	407	60	artist	artist	NN
19880	407	61	.	.	.
19880	408	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	408	2	will	will	MD
19880	408	3	be	be	VB
19880	408	4	the	the	DT
19880	408	5	writer	writer	NN
19880	408	6	's	's	POS
19880	408	7	aim	aim	NN
19880	408	8	,	,	,
19880	408	9	however	however	RB
19880	408	10	,	,	,
19880	408	11	to	to	TO
19880	408	12	give	give	VB
19880	408	13	such	such	JJ
19880	408	14	warnings	warning	NNS
19880	408	15	and	and	CC
19880	408	16	advice	advice	NN
19880	408	17	as	as	IN
19880	408	18	may	may	MD
19880	408	19	assist	assist	VB
19880	408	20	each	each	DT
19880	408	21	reader	reader	NN
19880	408	22	in	in	IN
19880	408	23	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	408	24	own	own	JJ
19880	408	25	best	good	JJS
19880	408	26	development	development	NN
19880	408	27	.	.	.
19880	409	1	Many	many	JJ
19880	409	2	who	who	WP
19880	409	3	began	begin	VBD
19880	409	4	with	with	IN
19880	409	5	a	a	DT
19880	409	6	comparatively	comparatively	RB
19880	409	7	poor	poor	JJ
19880	409	8	physical	physical	JJ
19880	409	9	stock	stock	NN
19880	409	10	in	in	IN
19880	409	11	trade	trade	NN
19880	409	12	have	have	VBP
19880	409	13	surpassed	surpass	VBN
19880	409	14	the	the	DT
19880	409	15	self	self	NN
19880	409	16	-	-	HYPH
19880	409	17	satisfied	satisfied	JJ
19880	409	18	ones	one	NNS
19880	409	19	who	who	WP
19880	409	20	trusted	trust	VBD
19880	409	21	too	too	RB
19880	409	22	much	much	JJ
19880	409	23	to	to	IN
19880	409	24	what	what	WP
19880	409	25	nature	nature	NN
19880	409	26	gave	give	VBD
19880	409	27	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	409	28	.	.	.
19880	410	1	Singers	singer	NNS
19880	410	2	as	as	RB
19880	410	3	well	well	RB
19880	410	4	as	as	IN
19880	410	5	others	other	NNS
19880	410	6	would	would	MD
19880	410	7	do	do	VB
19880	410	8	well	well	RB
19880	410	9	to	to	TO
19880	410	10	believe	believe	VB
19880	410	11	that	that	IN
19880	410	12	_	_	NNP
19880	410	13	Labor	Labor	NNP
19880	410	14	omnia	omnia	NNP
19880	410	15	vincit	vincit	NNP
19880	410	16	_	_	NNP
19880	410	17	.	.	.
19880	411	1	SUMMARY	SUMMARY	NNP
19880	411	2	.	.	.
19880	412	1	The	the	DT
19880	412	2	same	same	JJ
19880	412	3	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19880	412	4	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	412	5	principles	principle	NNS
19880	412	6	apply	apply	VBP
19880	412	7	to	to	IN
19880	412	8	the	the	DT
19880	412	9	lowest	low	JJS
19880	412	10	and	and	CC
19880	412	11	to	to	IN
19880	412	12	the	the	DT
19880	412	13	highest	high	JJS
19880	412	14	animals	animal	NNS
19880	412	15	.	.	.
19880	413	1	To	to	IN
19880	413	2	all	all	DT
19880	413	3	belong	belong	VB
19880	413	4	certain	certain	JJ
19880	413	5	properties	property	NNS
19880	413	6	or	or	CC
19880	413	7	qualities	quality	NNS
19880	413	8	.	.	.
19880	414	1	As	as	IN
19880	414	2	structure	structure	NN
19880	414	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	414	4	differentiated	differentiate	VBN
19880	414	5	,	,	,
19880	414	6	or	or	CC
19880	414	7	as	as	IN
19880	414	8	one	one	CD
19880	414	9	animal	animal	NN
19880	414	10	differs	differ	VBZ
19880	414	11	from	from	IN
19880	414	12	another	another	DT
19880	414	13	owing	owing	NN
19880	414	14	to	to	IN
19880	414	15	greater	great	JJR
19880	414	16	or	or	CC
19880	414	17	less	less	JJR
19880	414	18	complexity	complexity	NN
19880	414	19	of	of	IN
19880	414	20	form	form	NN
19880	414	21	,	,	,
19880	414	22	there	there	EX
19880	414	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	414	24	a	a	DT
19880	414	25	corresponding	corresponding	JJ
19880	414	26	differentiation	differentiation	NN
19880	414	27	of	of	IN
19880	414	28	function	function	NN
19880	414	29	,	,	,
19880	414	30	none	none	NN
19880	414	31	,	,	,
19880	414	32	however	however	RB
19880	414	33	,	,	,
19880	414	34	ever	ever	RB
19880	414	35	losing	lose	VBG
19880	414	36	the	the	DT
19880	414	37	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19880	414	38	properties	property	NNS
19880	414	39	of	of	IN
19880	414	40	protoplasm	protoplasm	NN
19880	414	41	.	.	.
19880	415	1	Each	each	DT
19880	415	2	organ	organ	NN
19880	415	3	comes	come	VBZ
19880	415	4	to	to	TO
19880	415	5	perform	perform	VB
19880	415	6	some	some	DT
19880	415	7	one	one	CD
19880	415	8	function	function	NN
19880	415	9	better	well	RBR
19880	415	10	than	than	IN
19880	415	11	all	all	DT
19880	415	12	others	other	NNS
19880	415	13	.	.	.
19880	416	1	This	this	DT
19880	416	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	416	3	specialization	specialization	NN
19880	416	4	,	,	,
19880	416	5	and	and	CC
19880	416	6	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	416	7	advance	advance	NN
19880	416	8	among	among	IN
19880	416	9	animals	animal	NNS
19880	416	10	as	as	IN
19880	416	11	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	416	12	does	do	VBZ
19880	416	13	in	in	IN
19880	416	14	civilization	civilization	NN
19880	416	15	.	.	.
19880	417	1	The	the	DT
19880	417	2	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	417	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	417	4	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	417	5	system	system	NN
19880	417	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	417	7	of	of	IN
19880	417	8	great	great	JJ
19880	417	9	moment	moment	NN
19880	417	10	to	to	IN
19880	417	11	the	the	DT
19880	417	12	voice	voice	NN
19880	417	13	-	-	HYPH
19880	417	14	user	user	NN
19880	417	15	.	.	.
19880	418	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	418	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	418	3	a	a	DT
19880	418	4	specialist	specialist	NN
19880	418	5	as	as	IN
19880	418	6	regards	regard	VBZ
19880	418	7	the	the	DT
19880	418	8	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	418	9	-	-	HYPH
19880	418	10	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	418	11	systems	system	NNS
19880	418	12	of	of	IN
19880	418	13	the	the	DT
19880	418	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	418	15	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	418	16	.	.	.
19880	419	1	But	but	CC
19880	419	2	the	the	DT
19880	419	3	same	same	JJ
19880	419	4	laws	law	NNS
19880	419	5	apply	apply	VBP
19880	419	6	to	to	IN
19880	419	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	419	8	as	as	IN
19880	419	9	to	to	IN
19880	419	10	other	other	JJ
19880	419	11	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	419	12	-	-	HYPH
19880	419	13	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	419	14	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	419	15	.	.	.
19880	420	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	420	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	420	3	of	of	IN
19880	420	4	great	great	JJ
19880	420	5	theoretical	theoretical	JJ
19880	420	6	and	and	CC
19880	420	7	practical	practical	JJ
19880	420	8	importance	importance	NN
19880	420	9	to	to	TO
19880	420	10	recognize	recognize	VB
19880	420	11	this	this	DT
19880	420	12	,	,	,
19880	420	13	and	and	CC
19880	420	14	that	that	IN
19880	420	15	one	one	CD
19880	420	16	part	part	NN
19880	420	17	of	of	IN
19880	420	18	the	the	DT
19880	420	19	body	body	NN
19880	420	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	420	21	related	relate	VBN
19880	420	22	to	to	IN
19880	420	23	every	every	DT
19880	420	24	other	other	JJ
19880	420	25	,	,	,
19880	420	26	which	which	WDT
19880	420	27	relationship	relationship	NN
19880	420	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	420	29	maintained	maintain	VBN
19880	420	30	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	420	31	by	by	IN
19880	420	32	the	the	DT
19880	420	33	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	420	34	system	system	NN
19880	420	35	,	,	,
19880	420	36	and	and	CC
19880	420	37	largely	largely	RB
19880	420	38	through	through	IN
19880	420	39	reflex	reflex	JJ
19880	420	40	action	action	NN
19880	420	41	.	.	.
19880	421	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	421	2	III	III	NNP
19880	421	3	.	.	.
19880	422	1	BREATHING	breathing	NN
19880	422	2	CONSIDERED	CONSIDERED	NNS
19880	422	3	THEORETICALLY	THEORETICALLY	NNP
19880	422	4	AND	and	CC
19880	422	5	PRACTICALLY	PRACTICALLY	NNS
19880	422	6	.	.	.
19880	423	1	If	if	IN
19880	423	2	the	the	DT
19880	423	3	old	old	JJ
19880	423	4	orator	orator	NN
19880	423	5	was	be	VBD
19880	423	6	right	right	RB
19880	423	7	in	in	IN
19880	423	8	considering	consider	VBG
19880	423	9	_	_	NNP
19880	423	10	delivery	delivery	NN
19880	423	11	_	_	NNP
19880	423	12	as	as	IN
19880	423	13	the	the	DT
19880	423	14	essence	essence	NN
19880	423	15	of	of	IN
19880	423	16	public	public	JJ
19880	423	17	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	423	18	as	as	IN
19880	423	19	an	an	DT
19880	423	20	art	art	NN
19880	423	21	,	,	,
19880	423	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	423	23	may	may	MD
19880	423	24	with	with	IN
19880	423	25	equal	equal	JJ
19880	423	26	truth	truth	NN
19880	423	27	be	be	VB
19880	423	28	said	say	VBN
19880	423	29	of	of	IN
19880	423	30	singing	singing	NN
19880	423	31	,	,	,
19880	423	32	the	the	DT
19880	423	33	term	term	NN
19880	423	34	being	be	VBG
19880	423	35	always	always	RB
19880	423	36	so	so	RB
19880	423	37	extended	extended	JJ
19880	423	38	in	in	IN
19880	423	39	signification	signification	NN
19880	423	40	as	as	IN
19880	423	41	to	to	TO
19880	423	42	imply	imply	VB
19880	423	43	what	what	WP
19880	423	44	Rossini	Rossini	NNP
19880	423	45	named	name	VBN
19880	423	46	as	as	IN
19880	423	47	the	the	DT
19880	423	48	essential	essential	JJ
19880	423	49	for	for	IN
19880	423	50	the	the	DT
19880	423	51	singer--_voice	singer--_voice	NNP
19880	423	52	_	_	NNP
19880	423	53	.	.	.
19880	424	1	Looking	look	VBG
19880	424	2	at	at	IN
19880	424	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	424	4	from	from	IN
19880	424	5	the	the	DT
19880	424	6	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	424	7	point	point	NN
19880	424	8	of	of	IN
19880	424	9	view	view	NN
19880	424	10	,	,	,
19880	424	11	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	424	12	may	may	MD
19880	424	13	say	say	VB
19880	424	14	that	that	IN
19880	424	15	the	the	DT
19880	424	16	one	one	NN
19880	424	17	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	424	18	essential	essential	JJ
19880	424	19	thing	thing	NN
19880	424	20	for	for	IN
19880	424	21	singers	singer	NNS
19880	424	22	and	and	CC
19880	424	23	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	424	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	424	25	breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	424	26	.	.	.
19880	425	1	Without	without	IN
19880	425	2	methods	method	NNS
19880	425	3	of	of	IN
19880	425	4	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	425	5	that	that	WDT
19880	425	6	are	be	VBP
19880	425	7	correct	correct	JJ
19880	425	8	and	and	CC
19880	425	9	adequate	adequate	JJ
19880	425	10	there	there	EX
19880	425	11	may	may	MD
19880	425	12	be	be	VB
19880	425	13	a	a	DT
19880	425	14	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	425	15	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	425	16	and	and	CC
19880	425	17	admirably	admirably	RB
19880	425	18	formed	form	VBD
19880	425	19	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	425	20	-	-	HYPH
19880	425	21	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	425	22	above	above	IN
19880	425	23	the	the	DT
19880	425	24	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	425	25	bands	band	NNS
19880	425	26	,	,	,
19880	425	27	with	with	IN
19880	425	28	very	very	RB
19880	425	29	unsatisfactory	unsatisfactory	JJ
19880	425	30	results	result	NNS
19880	425	31	.	.	.
19880	426	1	The	the	DT
19880	426	2	more	more	RBR
19880	426	3	the	the	DT
19880	426	4	writer	writer	NN
19880	426	5	knows	know	VBZ
19880	426	6	of	of	IN
19880	426	7	singers	singer	NNS
19880	426	8	and	and	CC
19880	426	9	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	426	10	,	,	,
19880	426	11	the	the	DT
19880	426	12	more	more	RBR
19880	426	13	deeply	deeply	RB
19880	426	14	does	do	VBZ
19880	426	15	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	426	16	become	become	VB
19880	426	17	convinced	convinced	JJ
19880	426	18	that	that	IN
19880	426	19	singing	singing	NN
19880	426	20	and	and	CC
19880	426	21	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	426	22	may	may	MD
19880	426	23	be	be	VB
19880	426	24	resolved	resolve	VBN
19880	426	25	into	into	IN
19880	426	26	the	the	DT
19880	426	27	correct	correct	JJ
19880	426	28	use	use	NN
19880	426	29	of	of	IN
19880	426	30	the	the	DT
19880	426	31	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	426	32	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	426	33	,	,	,
19880	426	34	above	above	IN
19880	426	35	all	all	DT
19880	426	36	else	else	RB
19880	426	37	.	.	.
19880	427	1	Not	not	RB
19880	427	2	that	that	IN
19880	427	3	this	this	DT
19880	427	4	alone	alone	RB
19880	427	5	will	will	MD
19880	427	6	suffice	suffice	VB
19880	427	7	,	,	,
19880	427	8	but	but	CC
19880	427	9	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	427	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	427	11	the	the	DT
19880	427	12	most	most	RBS
19880	427	13	important	important	JJ
19880	427	14	,	,	,
19880	427	15	and	and	CC
19880	427	16	determines	determine	VBZ
19880	427	17	more	more	JJR
19880	427	18	than	than	IN
19880	427	19	any	any	DT
19880	427	20	other	other	JJ
19880	427	21	factor	factor	NN
19880	427	22	the	the	DT
19880	427	23	question	question	NN
19880	427	24	of	of	IN
19880	427	25	success	success	NN
19880	427	26	or	or	CC
19880	427	27	failure	failure	NN
19880	427	28	.	.	.
19880	428	1	Breathing	breathing	NN
19880	428	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	428	3	the	the	DT
19880	428	4	key	key	NN
19880	428	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	428	6	note	note	NN
19880	428	7	with	with	IN
19880	428	8	which	which	WDT
19880	428	9	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	428	10	must	must	MD
19880	428	11	begin	begin	VB
19880	428	12	,	,	,
19880	428	13	and	and	CC
19880	428	14	to	to	TO
19880	428	15	which	which	WDT
19880	428	16	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	428	17	must	must	MD
19880	428	18	return	return	VB
19880	428	19	again	again	RB
19880	428	20	and	and	CC
19880	428	21	again	again	RB
19880	428	22	.	.	.
19880	429	1	The	the	DT
19880	429	2	extent	extent	NN
19880	429	3	to	to	TO
19880	429	4	which	which	WDT
19880	429	5	this	this	DT
19880	429	6	subject	subject	NN
19880	429	7	has	have	VBZ
19880	429	8	been	be	VBN
19880	429	9	misunderstood	misunderstood	NN
19880	429	10	,	,	,
19880	429	11	misrepresented	misrepresent	VBN
19880	429	12	,	,	,
19880	429	13	and	and	CC
19880	429	14	obscured	obscure	VBN
19880	429	15	in	in	IN
19880	429	16	works	work	NNS
19880	429	17	on	on	IN
19880	429	18	the	the	DT
19880	429	19	voice	voice	NN
19880	429	20	,	,	,
19880	429	21	and	and	CC
19880	429	22	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	429	23	neglect	neglect	NN
19880	429	24	by	by	IN
19880	429	25	so	so	RB
19880	429	26	large	large	JJ
19880	429	27	a	a	DT
19880	429	28	number	number	NN
19880	429	29	of	of	IN
19880	429	30	those	those	DT
19880	429	31	who	who	WP
19880	429	32	profess	profess	VBP
19880	429	33	to	to	TO
19880	429	34	understand	understand	VB
19880	429	35	how	how	WRB
19880	429	36	to	to	TO
19880	429	37	teach	teach	VB
19880	429	38	singing	singing	NN
19880	429	39	and	and	CC
19880	429	40	public	public	JJ
19880	429	41	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	429	42	,	,	,
19880	429	43	are	be	VBP
19880	429	44	truly	truly	RB
19880	429	45	amazing	amazing	JJ
19880	429	46	.	.	.
19880	430	1	That	that	IN
19880	430	2	many	many	JJ
19880	430	3	should	should	MD
19880	430	4	fail	fail	VB
19880	430	5	to	to	TO
19880	430	6	fully	fully	RB
19880	430	7	appreciate	appreciate	VB
19880	430	8	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	430	9	importance	importance	NN
19880	430	10	in	in	IN
19880	430	11	attaining	attain	VBG
19880	430	12	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	430	13	results	result	NNS
19880	430	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	430	15	not	not	RB
19880	430	16	so	so	RB
19880	430	17	surprising	surprising	JJ
19880	430	18	as	as	IN
19880	430	19	that	that	IN
19880	430	20	the	the	DT
19880	430	21	process	process	NN
19880	430	22	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	430	23	should	should	MD
19880	430	24	have	have	VB
19880	430	25	been	be	VBN
19880	430	26	so	so	RB
19880	430	27	ill	ill	JJ
19880	430	28	understood	understand	VBN
19880	430	29	,	,	,
19880	430	30	especially	especially	RB
19880	430	31	as	as	IN
19880	430	32	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	430	33	is	be	VBZ
19880	430	34	open	open	JJ
19880	430	35	to	to	IN
19880	430	36	any	any	DT
19880	430	37	one	one	NN
19880	430	38	to	to	TO
19880	430	39	observe	observe	VB
19880	430	40	in	in	IN
19880	430	41	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	430	42	,	,	,
19880	430	43	or	or	CC
19880	430	44	in	in	IN
19880	430	45	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	430	46	domestic	domestic	JJ
19880	430	47	animals	animal	NNS
19880	430	48	,	,	,
19880	430	49	Nature	Nature	NNP
19880	430	50	's	's	POS
19880	430	51	method	method	NN
19880	430	52	of	of	IN
19880	430	53	getting	get	VBG
19880	430	54	air	air	NN
19880	430	55	into	into	IN
19880	430	56	and	and	CC
19880	430	57	out	out	IN
19880	430	58	of	of	IN
19880	430	59	the	the	DT
19880	430	60	body	body	NN
19880	430	61	.	.	.
19880	431	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	431	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	431	3	:	:	:
19880	431	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	431	5	.	.	.
19880	432	1	9	9	CD
19880	432	2	.	.	.
19880	433	1	A	a	DT
19880	433	2	front	front	JJ
19880	433	3	view	view	NN
19880	433	4	of	of	IN
19880	433	5	parts	part	NNS
19880	433	6	of	of	IN
19880	433	7	the	the	DT
19880	433	8	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	433	9	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	433	10	.	.	.
19880	434	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	434	2	Halliburton	Halliburton	NNP
19880	434	3	's	's	POS
19880	434	4	Physiology	Physiology	NNP
19880	434	5	.	.	.
19880	434	6	)	)	-RRB-
19880	434	7	]	]	-RRB-
19880	435	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	435	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	435	3	:	:	:
19880	435	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	435	5	.	.	.
19880	436	1	9	9	CD
19880	436	2	.	.	.
19880	437	1	A	a	DT
19880	437	2	back	back	JJ
19880	437	3	view	view	NN
19880	437	4	of	of	IN
19880	437	5	the	the	DT
19880	437	6	parts	part	NNS
19880	437	7	represented	represent	VBN
19880	437	8	in	in	IN
19880	437	9	Fig	Fig	NNP
19880	437	10	.	.	.
19880	438	1	9	9	CD
19880	438	2	.	.	.
19880	439	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	439	2	Halliburton	Halliburton	NNP
19880	439	3	's	's	POS
19880	439	4	Physiology	Physiology	NNP
19880	439	5	.	.	.
19880	439	6	)	)	-RRB-
19880	439	7	]	]	-RRB-
19880	440	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	440	2	Transcriber	Transcriber	NNP
19880	440	3	's	's	POS
19880	440	4	Note	note	NN
19880	440	5	:	:	:
19880	440	6	numbered	number	VBN
19880	440	7	thus	thus	RB
19880	440	8	in	in	IN
19880	440	9	original	original	JJ
19880	440	10	.	.	.
19880	440	11	]	]	-RRB-
19880	441	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	441	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	441	3	:	:	:
19880	441	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	441	5	.	.	.
19880	442	1	10	10	LS
19880	442	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	442	3	Spalteholz	Spalteholz	NNP
19880	442	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	442	5	.	.	.
19880	443	1	A	a	DT
19880	443	2	view	view	NN
19880	443	3	of	of	IN
19880	443	4	the	the	DT
19880	443	5	lower	low	JJR
19880	443	6	part	part	NN
19880	443	7	of	of	IN
19880	443	8	the	the	DT
19880	443	9	trachea	trachea	NN
19880	443	10	,	,	,
19880	443	11	dividing	divide	VBG
19880	443	12	into	into	IN
19880	443	13	the	the	DT
19880	443	14	main	main	JJ
19880	443	15	bronchial	bronchial	JJ
19880	443	16	tubes	tube	NNS
19880	443	17	,	,	,
19880	443	18	which	which	WDT
19880	443	19	again	again	RB
19880	443	20	branch	branch	VBP
19880	443	21	into	into	IN
19880	443	22	a	a	DT
19880	443	23	tree	tree	NN
19880	443	24	-	-	HYPH
19880	443	25	like	like	JJ
19880	443	26	form	form	NN
19880	443	27	.	.	.
19880	444	1	The	the	DT
19880	444	2	air	air	NN
19880	444	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	444	4	cells	cell	NNS
19880	444	5	are	be	VBP
19880	444	6	built	build	VBN
19880	444	7	up	up	RP
19880	444	8	around	around	IN
19880	444	9	the	the	DT
19880	444	10	terminations	termination	NNS
19880	444	11	of	of	IN
19880	444	12	the	the	DT
19880	444	13	finest	fine	JJS
19880	444	14	bronchial	bronchial	JJ
19880	444	15	tubes	tube	NNS
19880	444	16	,	,	,
19880	444	17	of	of	IN
19880	444	18	which	which	WDT
19880	444	19	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	444	20	are	be	VBP
19880	444	21	a	a	DT
19880	444	22	sort	sort	NN
19880	444	23	of	of	IN
19880	444	24	membranous	membranous	JJ
19880	444	25	extension	extension	NN
19880	444	26	.	.	.
19880	444	27	]	]	-RRB-
19880	445	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	445	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	445	3	:	:	:
19880	445	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	445	5	.	.	.
19880	446	1	11	11	CD
19880	446	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	446	3	Spalteholz	Spalteholz	NNP
19880	446	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	446	5	.	.	.
19880	447	1	Shows	show	VBZ
19880	447	2	well	well	RB
19880	447	3	the	the	DT
19880	447	4	relations	relation	NNS
19880	447	5	of	of	IN
19880	447	6	heart	heart	NN
19880	447	7	,	,	,
19880	447	8	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	447	9	,	,	,
19880	447	10	and	and	CC
19880	447	11	diaphragm	diaphragm	JJ
19880	447	12	.	.	.
19880	448	1	The	the	DT
19880	448	2	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	448	3	have	have	VBP
19880	448	4	been	be	VBN
19880	448	5	drawn	draw	VBN
19880	448	6	back	back	RB
19880	448	7	,	,	,
19880	448	8	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	448	9	the	the	DT
19880	448	10	heart	heart	NN
19880	448	11	would	would	MD
19880	448	12	be	be	VB
19880	448	13	covered	cover	VBN
19880	448	14	almost	almost	RB
19880	448	15	wholly	wholly	RB
19880	448	16	by	by	IN
19880	448	17	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	448	18	.	.	.
19880	449	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	449	2	will	will	MD
19880	449	3	be	be	VB
19880	449	4	noted	note	VBN
19880	449	5	that	that	IN
19880	449	6	the	the	DT
19880	449	7	heart	heart	NN
19880	449	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	449	9	covering	covering	NN
19880	449	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	449	11	attached	attach	VBN
19880	449	12	to	to	IN
19880	449	13	the	the	DT
19880	449	14	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	449	15	.	.	.
19880	450	1	The	the	DT
19880	450	2	fact	fact	NN
19880	450	3	that	that	IN
19880	450	4	the	the	DT
19880	450	5	stomach	stomach	NN
19880	450	6	and	and	CC
19880	450	7	other	other	JJ
19880	450	8	important	important	JJ
19880	450	9	organs	organ	NNS
19880	450	10	of	of	IN
19880	450	11	the	the	DT
19880	450	12	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
19880	450	13	lie	lie	VBP
19880	450	14	immediately	immediately	RB
19880	450	15	beneath	beneath	IN
19880	450	16	the	the	DT
19880	450	17	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	450	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	450	19	a	a	DT
19880	450	20	significant	significant	JJ
19880	450	21	one	one	NN
19880	450	22	for	for	IN
19880	450	23	the	the	DT
19880	450	24	voice	voice	NN
19880	450	25	-	-	HYPH
19880	450	26	user	user	NN
19880	450	27	.	.	.
19880	451	1	Manifestly	manifestly	RB
19880	451	2	,	,	,
19880	451	3	a	a	DT
19880	451	4	full	full	JJ
19880	451	5	stomach	stomach	NN
19880	451	6	and	and	CC
19880	451	7	free	free	JJ
19880	451	8	,	,	,
19880	451	9	vigorous	vigorous	JJ
19880	451	10	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	451	11	are	be	VBP
19880	451	12	incompatible	incompatible	JJ
19880	451	13	.	.	.
19880	451	14	]	]	-RRB-
19880	452	1	This	this	DT
19880	452	2	misapprehension	misapprehension	NN
19880	452	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	452	4	in	in	IN
19880	452	5	all	all	DT
19880	452	6	probability	probability	NN
19880	452	7	to	to	TO
19880	452	8	be	be	VB
19880	452	9	traced	trace	VBN
19880	452	10	to	to	IN
19880	452	11	the	the	DT
19880	452	12	dependence	dependence	NN
19880	452	13	of	of	IN
19880	452	14	the	the	DT
19880	452	15	student	student	NN
19880	452	16	and	and	CC
19880	452	17	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	452	18	on	on	IN
19880	452	19	tradition	tradition	NN
19880	452	20	rather	rather	RB
19880	452	21	than	than	IN
19880	452	22	observation	observation	NN
19880	452	23	--	--	:
19880	452	24	on	on	IN
19880	452	25	authority	authority	NN
19880	452	26	rather	rather	RB
19880	452	27	than	than	IN
19880	452	28	rational	rational	JJ
19880	452	29	judgment	judgment	NN
19880	452	30	.	.	.
19880	453	1	If	if	IN
19880	453	2	a	a	DT
19880	453	3	great	great	JJ
19880	453	4	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	453	5	or	or	CC
19880	453	6	singer	singer	NN
19880	453	7	makes	make	VBZ
19880	453	8	any	any	DT
19880	453	9	announcement	announcement	NN
19880	453	10	whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	453	11	in	in	IN
19880	453	12	regard	regard	NN
19880	453	13	to	to	IN
19880	453	14	the	the	DT
19880	453	15	technique	technique	NN
19880	453	16	of	of	IN
19880	453	17	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	453	18	art	art	NN
19880	453	19	,	,	,
19880	453	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	453	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	453	22	natural	natural	JJ
19880	453	23	that	that	IN
19880	453	24	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	453	25	should	should	MD
19880	453	26	be	be	VB
19880	453	27	considered	consider	VBN
19880	453	28	with	with	IN
19880	453	29	attention	attention	NN
19880	453	30	,	,	,
19880	453	31	but	but	CC
19880	453	32	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	453	33	may	may	MD
19880	453	34	prove	prove	VB
19880	453	35	a	a	DT
19880	453	36	great	great	JJ
19880	453	37	misfortune	misfortune	NN
19880	453	38	for	for	IN
19880	453	39	the	the	DT
19880	453	40	individual	individual	NN
19880	453	41	to	to	TO
19880	453	42	accept	accept	VB
19880	453	43	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	453	44	without	without	IN
19880	453	45	thoughtful	thoughtful	JJ
19880	453	46	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	453	47	.	.	.
19880	454	1	The	the	DT
19880	454	2	author	author	NN
19880	454	3	will	will	MD
19880	454	4	illustrate	illustrate	VB
19880	454	5	,	,	,
19880	454	6	from	from	IN
19880	454	7	time	time	NN
19880	454	8	to	to	IN
19880	454	9	time	time	NN
19880	454	10	,	,	,
19880	454	11	the	the	DT
19880	454	12	truth	truth	NN
19880	454	13	of	of	IN
19880	454	14	the	the	DT
19880	454	15	above	above	JJ
19880	454	16	.	.	.
19880	455	1	In	in	IN
19880	455	2	this	this	DT
19880	455	3	and	and	CC
19880	455	4	all	all	DT
19880	455	5	other	other	JJ
19880	455	6	chapters	chapter	NNS
19880	455	7	of	of	IN
19880	455	8	this	this	DT
19880	455	9	work	work	NN
19880	455	10	the	the	DT
19880	455	11	student	student	NN
19880	455	12	,	,	,
19880	455	13	by	by	IN
19880	455	14	which	which	WDT
19880	455	15	term	term	NN
19880	455	16	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	455	17	mean	mean	VBP
19880	455	18	every	every	DT
19880	455	19	one	one	NN
19880	455	20	who	who	WP
19880	455	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	455	22	seriously	seriously	RB
19880	455	23	interested	interested	JJ
19880	455	24	in	in	IN
19880	455	25	the	the	DT
19880	455	26	use	use	NN
19880	455	27	of	of	IN
19880	455	28	the	the	DT
19880	455	29	voice	voice	NN
19880	455	30	,	,	,
19880	455	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	455	32	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	455	33	to	to	TO
19880	455	34	give	give	VB
19880	455	35	attention	attention	NN
19880	455	36	,	,	,
19880	455	37	before	before	IN
19880	455	38	reading	read	VBG
19880	455	39	on	on	IN
19880	455	40	any	any	DT
19880	455	41	subject	subject	NN
19880	455	42	,	,	,
19880	455	43	to	to	IN
19880	455	44	the	the	DT
19880	455	45	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19880	455	46	employed	employ	VBN
19880	455	47	,	,	,
19880	455	48	perusing	peruse	VBG
19880	455	49	very	very	RB
19880	455	50	carefully	carefully	RB
19880	455	51	the	the	DT
19880	455	52	explanatory	explanatory	JJ
19880	455	53	remarks	remark	NNS
19880	455	54	beneath	beneath	IN
19880	455	55	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	455	56	.	.	.
19880	456	1	The	the	DT
19880	456	2	author	author	NN
19880	456	3	considers	consider	VBZ
19880	456	4	the	the	DT
19880	456	5	summaries	summary	NNS
19880	456	6	at	at	IN
19880	456	7	the	the	DT
19880	456	8	conclusion	conclusion	NN
19880	456	9	of	of	IN
19880	456	10	the	the	DT
19880	456	11	chapters	chapter	NNS
19880	456	12	of	of	IN
19880	456	13	much	much	JJ
19880	456	14	importance	importance	NN
19880	456	15	.	.	.
19880	457	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	457	2	not	not	RB
19880	457	3	only	only	RB
19880	457	4	furnish	furnish	VB
19880	457	5	exact	exact	JJ
19880	457	6	and	and	CC
19880	457	7	condensed	condense	VBN
19880	457	8	statements	statement	NNS
19880	457	9	of	of	IN
19880	457	10	the	the	DT
19880	457	11	main	main	JJ
19880	457	12	facts	fact	NNS
19880	457	13	and	and	CC
19880	457	14	principles	principle	NNS
19880	457	15	involved	involve	VBN
19880	457	16	,	,	,
19880	457	17	but	but	CC
19880	457	18	afford	afford	VB
19880	457	19	the	the	DT
19880	457	20	reader	reader	NN
19880	457	21	a	a	DT
19880	457	22	test	test	NN
19880	457	23	of	of	IN
19880	457	24	the	the	DT
19880	457	25	extent	extent	NN
19880	457	26	to	to	TO
19880	457	27	which	which	WDT
19880	457	28	the	the	DT
19880	457	29	foregoing	foregoing	NN
19880	457	30	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	457	31	has	have	VBZ
19880	457	32	been	be	VBN
19880	457	33	comprehended	comprehend	VBN
19880	457	34	.	.	.
19880	458	1	As	as	IN
19880	458	2	the	the	DT
19880	458	3	author	author	NN
19880	458	4	has	have	VBZ
19880	458	5	a	a	DT
19880	458	6	horror	horror	NN
19880	458	7	of	of	IN
19880	458	8	what	what	WP
19880	458	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	458	10	termed	term	VBN
19880	458	11	"	"	``
19880	458	12	cramming	cramming	NN
19880	458	13	,	,	,
19880	458	14	"	"	''
19880	458	15	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	458	16	expresses	express	VBZ
19880	458	17	the	the	DT
19880	458	18	hope	hope	NN
19880	458	19	that	that	IN
19880	458	20	no	no	DT
19880	458	21	student	student	NN
19880	458	22	will	will	MD
19880	458	23	use	use	VB
19880	458	24	these	these	DT
19880	458	25	synopses	synopsis	NNS
19880	458	26	,	,	,
19880	458	27	which	which	WDT
19880	458	28	have	have	VBP
19880	458	29	been	be	VBN
19880	458	30	prepared	prepare	VBN
19880	458	31	with	with	IN
19880	458	32	much	much	JJ
19880	458	33	care	care	NN
19880	458	34	,	,	,
19880	458	35	for	for	IN
19880	458	36	so	so	RB
19880	458	37	great	great	JJ
19880	458	38	a	a	DT
19880	458	39	misuse	misuse	NN
19880	458	40	of	of	IN
19880	458	41	the	the	DT
19880	458	42	mind	mind	NN
19880	458	43	as	as	IN
19880	458	44	cramming	cramming	NN
19880	458	45	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	458	46	.	.	.
19880	459	1	Breathing	breathing	NN
19880	459	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	459	3	essential	essential	JJ
19880	459	4	for	for	IN
19880	459	5	life	life	NN
19880	459	6	.	.	.
19880	460	1	The	the	DT
19880	460	2	oxygen	oxygen	NN
19880	460	3	of	of	IN
19880	460	4	the	the	DT
19880	460	5	air	air	NN
19880	460	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	460	7	,	,	,
19880	460	8	of	of	IN
19880	460	9	all	all	DT
19880	460	10	food	food	NN
19880	460	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	460	12	stuffs	stuff	NNS
19880	460	13	,	,	,
19880	460	14	the	the	DT
19880	460	15	most	most	RBS
19880	460	16	important	important	JJ
19880	460	17	.	.	.
19880	461	1	Without	without	IN
19880	461	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	461	3	a	a	DT
19880	461	4	mammal	mammal	NN
19880	461	5	will	will	MD
19880	461	6	perish	perish	VB
19880	461	7	in	in	IN
19880	461	8	less	less	JJR
19880	461	9	than	than	IN
19880	461	10	three	three	CD
19880	461	11	minutes	minute	NNS
19880	461	12	;	;	:
19880	461	13	hence	hence	RB
19880	461	14	there	there	EX
19880	461	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	461	16	no	no	DT
19880	461	17	need	need	NN
19880	461	18	of	of	IN
19880	461	19	the	the	DT
19880	461	20	body	body	NN
19880	461	21	so	so	RB
19880	461	22	urgent	urgent	JJ
19880	461	23	as	as	IN
19880	461	24	that	that	DT
19880	461	25	of	of	IN
19880	461	26	oxygen	oxygen	NN
19880	461	27	.	.	.
19880	462	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	462	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	462	3	also	also	RB
19880	462	4	of	of	IN
19880	462	5	great	great	JJ
19880	462	6	moment	moment	NN
19880	462	7	that	that	IN
19880	462	8	the	the	DT
19880	462	9	waste	waste	NN
19880	462	10	--	--	:
19880	462	11	the	the	DT
19880	462	12	carbon	carbon	NN
19880	462	13	dioxide	dioxide	NN
19880	462	14	,	,	,
19880	462	15	or	or	CC
19880	462	16	carbonic	carbonic	JJ
19880	462	17	acid	acid	NN
19880	462	18	gas	gas	NN
19880	462	19	--	--	:
19880	462	20	should	should	MD
19880	462	21	be	be	VB
19880	462	22	got	get	VBN
19880	462	23	rid	rid	JJ
19880	462	24	of	of	IN
19880	462	25	rapidly	rapidly	RB
19880	462	26	;	;	:
19880	462	27	nevertheless	nevertheless	RB
19880	462	28	,	,	,
19880	462	29	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	462	30	is	be	VBZ
19880	462	31	not	not	RB
19880	462	32	this	this	DT
19880	462	33	gas	gas	NN
19880	462	34	which	which	WDT
19880	462	35	kills	kill	VBZ
19880	462	36	when	when	WRB
19880	462	37	the	the	DT
19880	462	38	air	air	NN
19880	462	39	-	-	HYPH
19880	462	40	passages	passage	NNS
19880	462	41	are	be	VBP
19880	462	42	closed	closed	JJ
19880	462	43	,	,	,
19880	462	44	though	though	IN
19880	462	45	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	462	46	is	be	VBZ
19880	462	47	highly	highly	RB
19880	462	48	deleterious	deleterious	JJ
19880	462	49	.	.	.
19880	463	1	The	the	DT
19880	463	2	body	body	NN
19880	463	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	463	4	a	a	DT
19880	463	5	sort	sort	NN
19880	463	6	of	of	IN
19880	463	7	furnace	furnace	NN
19880	463	8	in	in	IN
19880	463	9	which	which	WDT
19880	463	10	combustions	combustion	NNS
19880	463	11	are	be	VBP
19880	463	12	continually	continually	RB
19880	463	13	going	go	VBG
19880	463	14	on	on	RP
19880	463	15	,	,	,
19880	463	16	and	and	CC
19880	463	17	oxygen	oxygen	NN
19880	463	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	463	19	as	as	RB
19880	463	20	essential	essential	JJ
19880	463	21	for	for	IN
19880	463	22	these	these	DT
19880	463	23	as	as	IN
19880	463	24	for	for	IN
19880	463	25	the	the	DT
19880	463	26	burning	burning	NN
19880	463	27	of	of	IN
19880	463	28	a	a	DT
19880	463	29	candle	candle	NN
19880	463	30	,	,	,
19880	463	31	and	and	CC
19880	463	32	the	the	DT
19880	463	33	products	product	NNS
19880	463	34	are	be	VBP
19880	463	35	in	in	IN
19880	463	36	each	each	DT
19880	463	37	case	case	NN
19880	463	38	the	the	DT
19880	463	39	same	same	JJ
19880	463	40	.	.	.
19880	464	1	Whether	whether	IN
19880	464	2	the	the	DT
19880	464	3	voice	voice	NN
19880	464	4	-	-	HYPH
19880	464	5	user	user	NN
19880	464	6	respires	respire	NNS
19880	464	7	,	,	,
19880	464	8	like	like	IN
19880	464	9	others	other	NNS
19880	464	10	,	,	,
19880	464	11	to	to	TO
19880	464	12	maintain	maintain	VB
19880	464	13	the	the	DT
19880	464	14	functions	function	NNS
19880	464	15	of	of	IN
19880	464	16	the	the	DT
19880	464	17	body	body	NN
19880	464	18	,	,	,
19880	464	19	or	or	CC
19880	464	20	whether	whether	IN
19880	464	21	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	464	22	employs	employ	VBZ
19880	464	23	the	the	DT
19880	464	24	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	464	25	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	464	26	to	to	TO
19880	464	27	produce	produce	VB
19880	464	28	sound	sound	NN
19880	464	29	,	,	,
19880	464	30	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	464	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	464	32	to	to	TO
19880	464	33	be	be	VB
19880	464	34	borne	bear	VBN
19880	464	35	in	in	IN
19880	464	36	mind	mind	NN
19880	464	37	that	that	IN
19880	464	38	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	464	39	uses	use	VBZ
19880	464	40	the	the	DT
19880	464	41	same	same	JJ
19880	464	42	physical	physical	JJ
19880	464	43	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	464	44	,	,	,
19880	464	45	so	so	IN
19880	464	46	that	that	IN
19880	464	47	the	the	DT
19880	464	48	way	way	NN
19880	464	49	is	be	VBZ
19880	464	50	at	at	IN
19880	464	51	once	once	RB
19880	464	52	clear	clear	JJ
19880	464	53	to	to	TO
19880	464	54	consider	consider	VB
19880	464	55	the	the	DT
19880	464	56	anatomy	anatomy	NN
19880	464	57	and	and	CC
19880	464	58	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	464	59	of	of	IN
19880	464	60	the	the	DT
19880	464	61	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	464	62	organs	organ	NNS
19880	464	63	.	.	.
19880	465	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	465	2	has	have	VBZ
19880	465	3	been	be	VBN
19880	465	4	already	already	RB
19880	465	5	pointed	point	VBN
19880	465	6	out	out	RP
19880	465	7	that	that	IN
19880	465	8	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	465	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	465	10	in	in	IN
19880	465	11	all	all	DT
19880	465	12	animals	animal	NNS
19880	465	13	,	,	,
19880	465	14	in	in	IN
19880	465	15	the	the	DT
19880	465	16	end	end	NN
19880	465	17	,	,	,
19880	465	18	the	the	DT
19880	465	19	same	same	JJ
19880	465	20	process	process	NN
19880	465	21	.	.	.
19880	466	1	The	the	DT
19880	466	2	one	one	CD
19880	466	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	466	4	celled	celle	VBN
19880	466	5	animal	animal	NN
19880	466	6	and	and	CC
19880	466	7	the	the	DT
19880	466	8	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	466	9	-	-	HYPH
19880	466	10	cell	cell	NN
19880	466	11	respire	respire	NN
19880	466	12	in	in	IN
19880	466	13	the	the	DT
19880	466	14	same	same	JJ
19880	466	15	way	way	NN
19880	466	16	,	,	,
19880	466	17	and	and	CC
19880	466	18	with	with	IN
19880	466	19	the	the	DT
19880	466	20	same	same	JJ
19880	466	21	results	result	NNS
19880	466	22	--	--	:
19880	466	23	oxidation	oxidation	NN
19880	466	24	,	,	,
19880	466	25	combustion	combustion	NN
19880	466	26	,	,	,
19880	466	27	and	and	CC
19880	466	28	resulting	result	VBG
19880	466	29	waste	waste	NN
19880	466	30	products	product	NNS
19880	466	31	.	.	.
19880	467	1	In	in	IN
19880	467	2	the	the	DT
19880	467	3	animal	animal	NN
19880	467	4	of	of	IN
19880	467	5	complicated	complicated	JJ
19880	467	6	structure	structure	NN
19880	467	7	special	special	JJ
19880	467	8	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	467	9	are	be	VBP
19880	467	10	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	467	11	that	that	IN
19880	467	12	the	the	DT
19880	467	13	essential	essential	JJ
19880	467	14	oxygen	oxygen	NN
19880	467	15	be	be	VB
19880	467	16	brought	bring	VBN
19880	467	17	to	to	IN
19880	467	18	the	the	DT
19880	467	19	blood	blood	NN
19880	467	20	and	and	CC
19880	467	21	the	the	DT
19880	467	22	useless	useless	JJ
19880	467	23	carbon	carbon	NN
19880	467	24	dioxide	dioxide	NN
19880	467	25	removed	remove	VBN
19880	467	26	.	.	.
19880	468	1	The	the	DT
19880	468	2	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	468	3	organs	organ	NNS
19880	468	4	or	or	CC
19880	468	5	tract	tract	NN
19880	468	6	include	include	VBP
19880	468	7	the	the	DT
19880	468	8	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	468	9	,	,	,
19880	468	10	nose	nose	NN
19880	468	11	,	,	,
19880	468	12	larynx	larynx	NNP
19880	468	13	,	,	,
19880	468	14	trachea	trachea	NN
19880	468	15	,	,	,
19880	468	16	bronchial	bronchial	JJ
19880	468	17	tubes	tube	NNS
19880	468	18	,	,	,
19880	468	19	and	and	CC
19880	468	20	the	the	DT
19880	468	21	lung	lung	NN
19880	468	22	-	-	HYPH
19880	468	23	tissue	tissue	NN
19880	468	24	proper	proper	JJ
19880	468	25	or	or	CC
19880	468	26	the	the	DT
19880	468	27	air	air	NN
19880	468	28	-	-	HYPH
19880	468	29	cells	cell	NNS
19880	468	30	.	.	.
19880	469	1	The	the	DT
19880	469	2	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	469	3	,	,	,
19880	469	4	nose	nose	NN
19880	469	5	,	,	,
19880	469	6	and	and	CC
19880	469	7	larynx	larynx	NNP
19880	469	8	,	,	,
19880	469	9	in	in	IN
19880	469	10	so	so	RB
19880	469	11	far	far	RB
19880	469	12	as	as	IN
19880	469	13	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	469	14	are	be	VBP
19880	469	15	of	of	IN
19880	469	16	special	special	JJ
19880	469	17	importance	importance	NN
19880	469	18	in	in	IN
19880	469	19	voice	voice	NN
19880	469	20	-	-	HYPH
19880	469	21	production	production	NN
19880	469	22	,	,	,
19880	469	23	will	will	MD
19880	469	24	be	be	VB
19880	469	25	considered	consider	VBN
19880	469	26	later	later	RB
19880	469	27	.	.	.
19880	470	1	The	the	DT
19880	470	2	air	air	NN
19880	470	3	enters	enter	VBZ
19880	470	4	the	the	DT
19880	470	5	trachea	trachea	NN
19880	470	6	,	,	,
19880	470	7	or	or	CC
19880	470	8	windpipe	windpipe	NN
19880	470	9	,	,	,
19880	470	10	through	through	IN
19880	470	11	a	a	DT
19880	470	12	relatively	relatively	RB
19880	470	13	narrow	narrow	JJ
19880	470	14	slit	slit	NN
19880	470	15	in	in	IN
19880	470	16	the	the	DT
19880	470	17	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	470	18	,	,	,
19880	470	19	or	or	CC
19880	470	20	voice	voice	NN
19880	470	21	-	-	HYPH
19880	470	22	box	box	NN
19880	470	23	,	,	,
19880	470	24	known	know	VBN
19880	470	25	as	as	IN
19880	470	26	the	the	DT
19880	470	27	_	_	NNP
19880	470	28	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	470	29	_	_	NNP
19880	470	30	,	,	,
19880	470	31	or	or	CC
19880	470	32	_	_	NNP
19880	470	33	chink	chink	NN
19880	470	34	of	of	IN
19880	470	35	the	the	DT
19880	470	36	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	470	37	_	_	NNP
19880	470	38	,	,	,
19880	470	39	which	which	WDT
19880	470	40	is	be	VBZ
19880	470	41	wider	wide	JJR
19880	470	42	when	when	WRB
19880	470	43	air	air	NN
19880	470	44	is	be	VBZ
19880	470	45	being	be	VBG
19880	470	46	taken	take	VBN
19880	470	47	in	in	RP
19880	470	48	(	(	-LRB-
19880	470	49	_	_	NNP
19880	470	50	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	470	51	_	_	NNP
19880	470	52	)	)	-RRB-
19880	470	53	than	than	IN
19880	470	54	when	when	WRB
19880	470	55	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	470	56	is	be	VBZ
19880	470	57	being	be	VBG
19880	470	58	expelled	expel	VBN
19880	470	59	(	(	-LRB-
19880	470	60	_	_	NNP
19880	470	61	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	470	62	_	_	NNP
19880	470	63	)	)	-RRB-
19880	470	64	.	.	.
19880	471	1	Life	life	NN
19880	471	2	depends	depend	VBZ
19880	471	3	on	on	IN
19880	471	4	this	this	DT
19880	471	5	chink	chink	NN
19880	471	6	being	be	VBG
19880	471	7	kept	keep	VBD
19880	471	8	open	open	JJ
19880	471	9	.	.	.
19880	472	1	The	the	DT
19880	472	2	windpipe	windpipe	NN
19880	472	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	472	4	composed	compose	VBN
19880	472	5	of	of	IN
19880	472	6	a	a	DT
19880	472	7	series	series	NN
19880	472	8	of	of	IN
19880	472	9	cartilaginous	cartilaginous	JJ
19880	472	10	or	or	CC
19880	472	11	gristly	gristly	RB
19880	472	12	rings	ring	NNS
19880	472	13	connected	connect	VBN
19880	472	14	together	together	RB
19880	472	15	by	by	IN
19880	472	16	softer	soft	JJR
19880	472	17	tissues	tissue	NNS
19880	472	18	.	.	.
19880	473	1	These	these	DT
19880	473	2	rings	ring	NNS
19880	473	3	are	be	VBP
19880	473	4	not	not	RB
19880	473	5	entire	entire	JJ
19880	473	6	,	,	,
19880	473	7	but	but	CC
19880	473	8	are	be	VBP
19880	473	9	completed	complete	VBN
19880	473	10	behind	behind	RB
19880	473	11	by	by	IN
19880	473	12	soft	soft	JJ
19880	473	13	tissues	tissue	NNS
19880	473	14	including	include	VBG
19880	473	15	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	473	16	.	.	.
19880	474	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	474	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	474	3	that	that	IN
19880	474	4	this	this	DT
19880	474	5	tube	tube	NN
19880	474	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	474	7	pliable	pliable	JJ
19880	474	8	and	and	CC
19880	474	9	extensible	extensible	JJ
19880	474	10	--	--	:
19880	474	11	a	a	DT
19880	474	12	very	very	RB
19880	474	13	important	important	JJ
19880	474	14	provision	provision	NN
19880	474	15	,	,	,
19880	474	16	especially	especially	RB
19880	474	17	when	when	WRB
19880	474	18	large	large	JJ
19880	474	19	movements	movement	NNS
19880	474	20	of	of	IN
19880	474	21	the	the	DT
19880	474	22	neck	neck	NN
19880	474	23	are	be	VBP
19880	474	24	made	make	VBN
19880	474	25	,	,	,
19880	474	26	during	during	IN
19880	474	27	vigorous	vigorous	JJ
19880	474	28	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	474	29	,	,	,
19880	474	30	and	and	CC
19880	474	31	also	also	RB
19880	474	32	in	in	IN
19880	474	33	singing	singing	NN
19880	474	34	and	and	CC
19880	474	35	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	474	36	.	.	.
19880	475	1	The	the	DT
19880	475	2	bronchial	bronchial	JJ
19880	475	3	tubes	tube	NNS
19880	475	4	are	be	VBP
19880	475	5	the	the	DT
19880	475	6	tree	tree	NN
19880	475	7	-	-	HYPH
19880	475	8	like	like	JJ
19880	475	9	branches	branch	NNS
19880	475	10	of	of	IN
19880	475	11	the	the	DT
19880	475	12	trachea	trachea	NN
19880	475	13	,	,	,
19880	475	14	and	and	CC
19880	475	15	extend	extend	VB
19880	475	16	to	to	IN
19880	475	17	the	the	DT
19880	475	18	air	air	NN
19880	475	19	-	-	HYPH
19880	475	20	cells	cell	NNS
19880	475	21	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	475	22	,	,	,
19880	475	23	which	which	WDT
19880	475	24	may	may	MD
19880	475	25	be	be	VB
19880	475	26	considered	consider	VBN
19880	475	27	as	as	RB
19880	475	28	built	build	VBN
19880	475	29	up	up	RP
19880	475	30	around	around	IN
19880	475	31	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	475	32	in	in	IN
19880	475	33	some	some	DT
19880	475	34	such	such	JJ
19880	475	35	fashion	fashion	NN
19880	475	36	as	as	IN
19880	475	37	a	a	DT
19880	475	38	toy	toy	NN
19880	475	39	balloon	balloon	NN
19880	475	40	on	on	IN
19880	475	41	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	475	42	wooden	wooden	JJ
19880	475	43	stem	stem	NN
19880	475	44	,	,	,
19880	475	45	but	but	CC
19880	475	46	with	with	IN
19880	475	47	many	many	JJ
19880	475	48	infoldings	infolding	NNS
19880	475	49	,	,	,
19880	475	50	etc	etc	FW
19880	475	51	.	.	.
19880	476	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	476	2	Fig	fig	NN
19880	476	3	.	.	.
19880	477	1	10	10	LS
19880	477	2	)	)	-RRB-
19880	477	3	.	.	.
19880	478	1	The	the	DT
19880	478	2	air	air	NN
19880	478	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	478	4	cells	cell	NNS
19880	478	5	are	be	VBP
19880	478	6	composed	compose	VBN
19880	478	7	of	of	IN
19880	478	8	a	a	DT
19880	478	9	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	478	10	which	which	WDT
19880	478	11	may	may	MD
19880	478	12	be	be	VB
19880	478	13	compared	compare	VBN
19880	478	14	to	to	IN
19880	478	15	the	the	DT
19880	478	16	walls	wall	NNS
19880	478	17	of	of	IN
19880	478	18	the	the	DT
19880	478	19	balloon	balloon	NN
19880	478	20	,	,	,
19880	478	21	but	but	CC
19880	478	22	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	478	23	are	be	VBP
19880	478	24	of	of	IN
19880	478	25	course	course	NN
19880	478	26	dealing	deal	VBG
19880	478	27	with	with	IN
19880	478	28	living	live	VBG
19880	478	29	tissue	tissue	NN
19880	478	30	supplied	supply	VBN
19880	478	31	by	by	IN
19880	478	32	countless	countless	JJ
19880	478	33	blood	blood	NN
19880	478	34	-	-	HYPH
19880	478	35	vessels	vessel	NNS
19880	478	36	of	of	IN
19880	478	37	the	the	DT
19880	478	38	most	most	RBS
19880	478	39	minute	minute	JJ
19880	478	40	calibre	calibre	NN
19880	478	41	,	,	,
19880	478	42	in	in	IN
19880	478	43	which	which	WDT
19880	478	44	the	the	DT
19880	478	45	blood	blood	NN
19880	478	46	is	be	VBZ
19880	478	47	brought	bring	VBN
19880	478	48	very	very	RB
19880	478	49	near	near	RB
19880	478	50	to	to	IN
19880	478	51	the	the	DT
19880	478	52	air	air	NN
19880	478	53	which	which	WDT
19880	478	54	passes	pass	VBZ
19880	478	55	over	over	IN
19880	478	56	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	478	57	.	.	.
19880	479	1	Throughout	throughout	IN
19880	479	2	,	,	,
19880	479	3	the	the	DT
19880	479	4	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	479	5	tract	tract	NN
19880	479	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	479	7	lined	line	VBN
19880	479	8	with	with	IN
19880	479	9	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	479	10	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	479	11	.	.	.
19880	480	1	Mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	480	2	membranes	membrane	NNS
19880	480	3	are	be	VBP
19880	480	4	so	so	RB
19880	480	5	named	name	VBN
19880	480	6	because	because	IN
19880	480	7	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	480	8	secrete	secrete	VBP
19880	480	9	mucus	mucus	NN
19880	480	10	,	,	,
19880	480	11	the	the	DT
19880	480	12	fluid	fluid	NN
19880	480	13	which	which	WDT
19880	480	14	moistens	moisten	VBZ
19880	480	15	the	the	DT
19880	480	16	nose	nose	NN
19880	480	17	,	,	,
19880	480	18	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	480	19	,	,	,
19880	480	20	and	and	CC
19880	480	21	all	all	DT
19880	480	22	parts	part	NNS
19880	480	23	of	of	IN
19880	480	24	the	the	DT
19880	480	25	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	480	26	tract	tract	NN
19880	480	27	.	.	.
19880	481	1	When	when	WRB
19880	481	2	one	one	PRP
19880	481	3	suffers	suffer	VBZ
19880	481	4	from	from	IN
19880	481	5	a	a	DT
19880	481	6	cold	cold	JJ
19880	481	7	the	the	DT
19880	481	8	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	481	9	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	481	10	,	,	,
19880	481	11	in	in	IN
19880	481	12	the	the	DT
19880	481	13	early	early	JJ
19880	481	14	stages	stage	NNS
19880	481	15	,	,	,
19880	481	16	may	may	MD
19880	481	17	become	become	VB
19880	481	18	dry	dry	JJ
19880	481	19	from	from	IN
19880	481	20	failure	failure	NN
19880	481	21	of	of	IN
19880	481	22	this	this	DT
19880	481	23	natural	natural	JJ
19880	481	24	secretion	secretion	NN
19880	481	25	;	;	:
19880	481	26	hence	hence	RB
19880	481	27	sneezing	sneeze	VBG
19880	481	28	,	,	,
19880	481	29	coughing	coughing	NN
19880	481	30	,	,	,
19880	481	31	etc	etc	FW
19880	481	32	.	.	FW
19880	481	33	,	,	,
19880	481	34	as	as	IN
19880	481	35	the	the	DT
19880	481	36	air	air	NN
19880	481	37	then	then	RB
19880	481	38	acts	act	VBZ
19880	481	39	as	as	IN
19880	481	40	an	an	DT
19880	481	41	irritant	irritant	NN
19880	481	42	.	.	.
19880	482	1	At	at	IN
19880	482	2	no	no	DT
19880	482	3	time	time	NN
19880	482	4	do	do	VBP
19880	482	5	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	482	6	breathe	breathe	VB
19880	482	7	pure	pure	JJ
19880	482	8	oxygen	oxygen	NN
19880	482	9	,	,	,
19880	482	10	but	but	CC
19880	482	11	"	"	``
19880	482	12	air"--_i.e	air"--_i.e	NNP
19880	482	13	.	.	.
19880	482	14	_	_	NNP
19880	482	15	,	,	,
19880	482	16	a	a	DT
19880	482	17	mixture	mixture	NN
19880	482	18	of	of	IN
19880	482	19	21	21	CD
19880	482	20	parts	part	NNS
19880	482	21	of	of	IN
19880	482	22	the	the	DT
19880	482	23	former	former	JJ
19880	482	24	with	with	IN
19880	482	25	79	79	CD
19880	482	26	parts	part	NNS
19880	482	27	of	of	IN
19880	482	28	an	an	DT
19880	482	29	inert	inert	JJ
19880	482	30	gas	gas	NN
19880	482	31	,	,	,
19880	482	32	nitrogen	nitrogen	NN
19880	482	33	;	;	,
19880	482	34	and	and	CC
19880	482	35	there	there	EX
19880	482	36	is	be	VBZ
19880	482	37	always	always	RB
19880	482	38	in	in	IN
19880	482	39	the	the	DT
19880	482	40	air	air	NN
19880	482	41	more	more	JJR
19880	482	42	oxygen	oxygen	NN
19880	482	43	than	than	IN
19880	482	44	the	the	DT
19880	482	45	blood	blood	NN
19880	482	46	actually	actually	RB
19880	482	47	takes	take	VBZ
19880	482	48	from	from	IN
19880	482	49	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	482	50	in	in	IN
19880	482	51	the	the	DT
19880	482	52	air	air	NN
19880	482	53	-	-	HYPH
19880	482	54	cells	cell	NNS
19880	482	55	.	.	.
19880	483	1	The	the	DT
19880	483	2	intaking	intaking	NN
19880	483	3	of	of	IN
19880	483	4	air	air	NN
19880	483	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	483	6	termed	term	VBN
19880	483	7	by	by	IN
19880	483	8	physiologists	physiologist	NNS
19880	483	9	_	_	NNP
19880	483	10	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	483	11	_	_	NNP
19880	483	12	,	,	,
19880	483	13	and	and	CC
19880	483	14	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	483	15	expulsion	expulsion	NN
19880	483	16	_	_	NNP
19880	483	17	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	483	18	_	_	NNP
19880	483	19	,	,	,
19880	483	20	the	the	DT
19880	483	21	whole	whole	JJ
19880	483	22	process	process	NN
19880	483	23	being	be	VBG
19880	483	24	_	_	NNP
19880	483	25	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	483	26	_	_	NNP
19880	483	27	.	.	.
19880	484	1	Expiration	expiration	NN
19880	484	2	takes	take	VBZ
19880	484	3	a	a	DT
19880	484	4	very	very	RB
19880	484	5	little	little	JJ
19880	484	6	longer	long	JJR
19880	484	7	than	than	IN
19880	484	8	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	484	9	,	,	,
19880	484	10	and	and	CC
19880	484	11	the	the	DT
19880	484	12	rapidity	rapidity	NN
19880	484	13	of	of	IN
19880	484	14	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	484	15	depends	depend	VBZ
19880	484	16	on	on	IN
19880	484	17	the	the	DT
19880	484	18	needs	need	NNS
19880	484	19	of	of	IN
19880	484	20	the	the	DT
19880	484	21	body	body	NN
19880	484	22	.	.	.
19880	485	1	The	the	DT
19880	485	2	more	more	RBR
19880	485	3	active	active	JJ
19880	485	4	the	the	DT
19880	485	5	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	485	6	,	,	,
19880	485	7	the	the	DT
19880	485	8	more	more	RBR
19880	485	9	rapidly	rapidly	RB
19880	485	10	vital	vital	JJ
19880	485	11	processes	process	NNS
19880	485	12	go	go	VBP
19880	485	13	on	on	RB
19880	485	14	,	,	,
19880	485	15	the	the	DT
19880	485	16	more	more	JJR
19880	485	17	ventilation	ventilation	NN
19880	485	18	of	of	IN
19880	485	19	the	the	DT
19880	485	20	tissues	tissue	NNS
19880	485	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	485	22	required	require	VBN
19880	485	23	and	and	CC
19880	485	24	the	the	DT
19880	485	25	more	more	RBR
19880	485	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	485	27	actually	actually	RB
19880	485	28	effected	effect	VBN
19880	485	29	.	.	.
19880	486	1	When	when	WRB
19880	486	2	one	one	CD
19880	486	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	486	4	at	at	IN
19880	486	5	rest	rest	NN
19880	486	6	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	486	7	takes	take	VBZ
19880	486	8	place	place	NN
19880	486	9	at	at	IN
19880	486	10	the	the	DT
19880	486	11	rate	rate	NN
19880	486	12	of	of	IN
19880	486	13	from	from	IN
19880	486	14	14	14	CD
19880	486	15	to	to	TO
19880	486	16	18	18	CD
19880	486	17	inspirations	inspiration	NNS
19880	486	18	and	and	CC
19880	486	19	expirations	expiration	NNS
19880	486	20	in	in	IN
19880	486	21	the	the	DT
19880	486	22	minute	minute	NN
19880	486	23	;	;	:
19880	486	24	but	but	CC
19880	486	25	of	of	IN
19880	486	26	all	all	PDT
19880	486	27	the	the	DT
19880	486	28	processes	process	NNS
19880	486	29	of	of	IN
19880	486	30	the	the	DT
19880	486	31	body	body	NN
19880	486	32	none	none	NN
19880	486	33	is	be	VBZ
19880	486	34	more	more	RBR
19880	486	35	variable	variable	JJ
19880	486	36	than	than	IN
19880	486	37	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	486	38	,	,	,
19880	486	39	and	and	CC
19880	486	40	of	of	IN
19880	486	41	necessity	necessity	NN
19880	486	42	,	,	,
19880	486	43	for	for	IN
19880	486	44	every	every	DT
19880	486	45	modification	modification	NN
19880	486	46	of	of	IN
19880	486	47	action	action	NN
19880	486	48	,	,	,
19880	486	49	every	every	DT
19880	486	50	movement	movement	NN
19880	486	51	,	,	,
19880	486	52	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	486	53	a	a	DT
19880	486	54	demand	demand	NN
19880	486	55	for	for	IN
19880	486	56	an	an	DT
19880	486	57	increased	increase	VBN
19880	486	58	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	486	59	of	of	IN
19880	486	60	oxygen	oxygen	NN
19880	486	61	.	.	.
19880	487	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	487	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	487	3	not	not	RB
19880	487	4	surprising	surprising	JJ
19880	487	5	,	,	,
19880	487	6	therefore	therefore	RB
19880	487	7	,	,	,
19880	487	8	that	that	IN
19880	487	9	the	the	DT
19880	487	10	very	very	JJ
19880	487	11	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	487	12	of	of	IN
19880	487	13	singing	singe	VBG
19880	487	14	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	487	15	in	in	IN
19880	487	16	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	487	17	to	to	TO
19880	487	18	put	put	VB
19880	487	19	one	one	CD
19880	487	20	out	out	IN
19880	487	21	of	of	IN
19880	487	22	breath	breath	NN
19880	487	23	.	.	.
19880	488	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	488	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	488	3	:	:	:
19880	488	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	488	5	.	.	.
19880	489	1	12	12	CD
19880	489	2	.	.	.
19880	490	1	In	in	IN
19880	490	2	the	the	DT
19880	490	3	above	above	JJ
19880	490	4	,	,	,
19880	490	5	the	the	DT
19880	490	6	shaded	shaded	JJ
19880	490	7	outlines	outline	NNS
19880	490	8	indicate	indicate	VBP
19880	490	9	the	the	DT
19880	490	10	shape	shape	NN
19880	490	11	of	of	IN
19880	490	12	the	the	DT
19880	490	13	bony	bony	NN
19880	490	14	cage	cage	NN
19880	490	15	of	of	IN
19880	490	16	the	the	DT
19880	490	17	chest	chest	NN
19880	490	18	during	during	IN
19880	490	19	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	490	20	,	,	,
19880	490	21	and	and	CC
19880	490	22	the	the	DT
19880	490	23	lighter	light	JJR
19880	490	24	ones	one	NNS
19880	490	25	the	the	DT
19880	490	26	same	same	JJ
19880	490	27	during	during	IN
19880	490	28	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	490	29	.	.	.
19880	491	1	The	the	DT
19880	491	2	alterations	alteration	NNS
19880	491	3	in	in	IN
19880	491	4	the	the	DT
19880	491	5	position	position	NN
19880	491	6	of	of	IN
19880	491	7	the	the	DT
19880	491	8	ribs	rib	NNS
19880	491	9	and	and	CC
19880	491	10	in	in	IN
19880	491	11	the	the	DT
19880	491	12	diameters	diameter	NNS
19880	491	13	of	of	IN
19880	491	14	the	the	DT
19880	491	15	chest	chest	NN
19880	491	16	,	,	,
19880	491	17	giving	give	VBG
19880	491	18	rise	rise	NN
19880	491	19	to	to	IN
19880	491	20	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	491	21	greater	great	JJR
19880	491	22	capacity	capacity	NN
19880	491	23	during	during	IN
19880	491	24	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	491	25	,	,	,
19880	491	26	are	be	VBP
19880	491	27	evident	evident	JJ
19880	491	28	.	.	.
19880	491	29	]	]	-RRB-
19880	492	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	492	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	492	3	:	:	:
19880	492	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	492	5	.	.	.
19880	493	1	13	13	CD
19880	493	2	.	.	.
19880	494	1	This	this	DT
19880	494	2	figure	figure	NN
19880	494	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	494	4	intended	intend	VBN
19880	494	5	to	to	TO
19880	494	6	indicate	indicate	VB
19880	494	7	,	,	,
19880	494	8	in	in	IN
19880	494	9	a	a	DT
19880	494	10	purely	purely	RB
19880	494	11	diagrammatic	diagrammatic	JJ
19880	494	12	way	way	NN
19880	494	13	,	,	,
19880	494	14	by	by	IN
19880	494	15	dotted	dotted	JJ
19880	494	16	lines	line	NNS
19880	494	17	,	,	,
19880	494	18	the	the	DT
19880	494	19	position	position	NN
19880	494	20	of	of	IN
19880	494	21	the	the	DT
19880	494	22	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	494	23	(	(	-LRB-
19880	494	24	1	1	CD
19880	494	25	)	)	-RRB-
19880	494	26	when	when	WRB
19880	494	27	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	494	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	494	29	moderate	moderate	JJ
19880	494	30	,	,	,
19880	494	31	and	and	CC
19880	494	32	(	(	-LRB-
19880	494	33	2	2	LS
19880	494	34	)	)	-RRB-
19880	494	35	when	when	WRB
19880	494	36	very	very	RB
19880	494	37	deep	deep	JJ
19880	494	38	.	.	.
19880	495	1	The	the	DT
19880	495	2	unbroken	unbroken	JJ
19880	495	3	curved	curved	JJ
19880	495	4	line	line	NN
19880	495	5	above	above	IN
19880	495	6	the	the	DT
19880	495	7	dotted	dotted	JJ
19880	495	8	ones	one	NNS
19880	495	9	indicates	indicate	VBZ
19880	495	10	the	the	DT
19880	495	11	position	position	NN
19880	495	12	of	of	IN
19880	495	13	the	the	DT
19880	495	14	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	495	15	(	(	-LRB-
19880	495	16	only	only	RB
19880	495	17	approximately	approximately	RB
19880	495	18	,	,	,
19880	495	19	of	of	IN
19880	495	20	course	course	NN
19880	495	21	)	)	-RRB-
19880	495	22	after	after	IN
19880	495	23	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	495	24	.	.	.
19880	495	25	]	]	-RRB-
19880	496	1	Attention	attention	NN
19880	496	2	will	will	MD
19880	496	3	now	now	RB
19880	496	4	be	be	VB
19880	496	5	directed	direct	VBN
19880	496	6	to	to	IN
19880	496	7	some	some	DT
19880	496	8	facts	fact	NNS
19880	496	9	that	that	IN
19880	496	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	496	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	496	12	of	of	IN
19880	496	13	the	the	DT
19880	496	14	utmost	utmost	JJ
19880	496	15	importance	importance	NN
19880	496	16	to	to	TO
19880	496	17	clearly	clearly	RB
19880	496	18	understand	understand	VB
19880	496	19	,	,	,
19880	496	20	if	if	IN
19880	496	21	one	one	CD
19880	496	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	496	23	to	to	TO
19880	496	24	know	know	VB
19880	496	25	how	how	WRB
19880	496	26	to	to	TO
19880	496	27	breathe	breathe	VB
19880	496	28	and	and	CC
19880	496	29	the	the	DT
19880	496	30	reasons	reason	NNS
19880	496	31	for	for	IN
19880	496	32	the	the	DT
19880	496	33	method	method	NN
19880	496	34	employed	employ	VBN
19880	496	35	.	.	.
19880	497	1	The	the	DT
19880	497	2	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	497	3	are	be	VBP
19880	497	4	contained	contain	VBN
19880	497	5	in	in	IN
19880	497	6	a	a	DT
19880	497	7	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	497	8	the	the	DT
19880	497	9	walls	wall	NNS
19880	497	10	of	of	IN
19880	497	11	which	which	WDT
19880	497	12	are	be	VBP
19880	497	13	made	make	VBN
19880	497	14	up	up	RP
19880	497	15	of	of	IN
19880	497	16	a	a	DT
19880	497	17	domed	domed	JJ
19880	497	18	muscular	muscular	NN
19880	497	19	(	(	-LRB-
19880	497	20	and	and	CC
19880	497	21	tendinous	tendinous	JJ
19880	497	22	)	)	-RRB-
19880	497	23	structure	structure	NN
19880	497	24	below	below	RB
19880	497	25	,	,	,
19880	497	26	and	and	CC
19880	497	27	elsewhere	elsewhere	RB
19880	497	28	of	of	IN
19880	497	29	bony	bony	NN
19880	497	30	and	and	CC
19880	497	31	cartilaginous	cartilaginous	JJ
19880	497	32	tissues	tissue	NNS
19880	497	33	filled	fill	VBN
19880	497	34	in	in	RP
19880	497	35	with	with	IN
19880	497	36	soft	soft	JJ
19880	497	37	structures	structure	NNS
19880	497	38	,	,	,
19880	497	39	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	497	40	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	497	41	.	.	.
19880	498	1	This	this	DT
19880	498	2	cage	cage	NN
19880	498	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	498	4	lined	line	VBN
19880	498	5	within	within	IN
19880	498	6	by	by	IN
19880	498	7	a	a	DT
19880	498	8	smooth	smooth	JJ
19880	498	9	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	498	10	which	which	WDT
19880	498	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	498	12	kept	keep	VBN
19880	498	13	constantly	constantly	RB
19880	498	14	moist	moist	JJ
19880	498	15	by	by	IN
19880	498	16	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	498	17	own	own	JJ
19880	498	18	secretion	secretion	NN
19880	498	19	.	.	.
19880	499	1	The	the	DT
19880	499	2	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	499	3	are	be	VBP
19880	499	4	covered	cover	VBN
19880	499	5	by	by	IN
19880	499	6	a	a	DT
19880	499	7	similar	similar	JJ
19880	499	8	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	499	9	,	,	,
19880	499	10	both	both	DT
19880	499	11	of	of	IN
19880	499	12	these	these	DT
19880	499	13	fitting	fit	VBG
19880	499	14	closely	closely	RB
19880	499	15	like	like	IN
19880	499	16	the	the	DT
19880	499	17	hand	hand	NN
19880	499	18	to	to	IN
19880	499	19	a	a	DT
19880	499	20	glove	glove	NN
19880	499	21	,	,	,
19880	499	22	so	so	IN
19880	499	23	that	that	IN
19880	499	24	there	there	EX
19880	499	25	are	be	VBP
19880	499	26	two	two	CD
19880	499	27	smooth	smooth	JJ
19880	499	28	membranes	membrane	NNS
19880	499	29	in	in	IN
19880	499	30	opposition	opposition	NN
19880	499	31	.	.	.
19880	500	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	500	2	can	can	MD
19880	500	3	not	not	RB
19880	500	4	be	be	VB
19880	500	5	too	too	RB
19880	500	6	well	well	RB
19880	500	7	remembered	remember	VBN
19880	500	8	that	that	IN
19880	500	9	these	these	DT
19880	500	10	two	two	CD
19880	500	11	,	,	,
19880	500	12	the	the	DT
19880	500	13	inner	inner	JJ
19880	500	14	surface	surface	NN
19880	500	15	of	of	IN
19880	500	16	the	the	DT
19880	500	17	chest	chest	NN
19880	500	18	walls	wall	NNS
19880	500	19	and	and	CC
19880	500	20	the	the	DT
19880	500	21	outer	outer	JJ
19880	500	22	surface	surface	NN
19880	500	23	of	of	IN
19880	500	24	the	the	DT
19880	500	25	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	500	26	,	,	,
19880	500	27	are	be	VBP
19880	500	28	in	in	IN
19880	500	29	the	the	DT
19880	500	30	closest	close	JJS
19880	500	31	contact	contact	NN
19880	500	32	.	.	.
19880	501	1	This	this	DT
19880	501	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	501	3	so	so	RB
19880	501	4	whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	501	5	the	the	DT
19880	501	6	changes	change	NNS
19880	501	7	that	that	WDT
19880	501	8	take	take	VBP
19880	501	9	place	place	NN
19880	501	10	in	in	IN
19880	501	11	the	the	DT
19880	501	12	size	size	NN
19880	501	13	and	and	CC
19880	501	14	shape	shape	NN
19880	501	15	of	of	IN
19880	501	16	the	the	DT
19880	501	17	chest	chest	NN
19880	501	18	.	.	.
19880	502	1	The	the	DT
19880	502	2	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	502	3	are	be	VBP
19880	502	4	concave	concave	NNP
19880	502	5	below	below	RB
19880	502	6	,	,	,
19880	502	7	and	and	CC
19880	502	8	so	so	RB
19880	502	9	fit	fit	JJ
19880	502	10	accurately	accurately	RB
19880	502	11	to	to	IN
19880	502	12	the	the	DT
19880	502	13	fleshy	fleshy	NN
19880	502	14	partition	partition	NN
19880	502	15	between	between	IN
19880	502	16	the	the	DT
19880	502	17	chest	chest	NN
19880	502	18	and	and	CC
19880	502	19	the	the	DT
19880	502	20	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
19880	502	21	which	which	WDT
19880	502	22	constitutes	constitute	VBZ
19880	502	23	the	the	DT
19880	502	24	lower	low	JJR
19880	502	25	boundary	boundary	NN
19880	502	26	of	of	IN
19880	502	27	the	the	DT
19880	502	28	chest	chest	NN
19880	502	29	,	,	,
19880	502	30	if	if	IN
19880	502	31	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	502	32	may	may	MD
19880	502	33	use	use	VB
19880	502	34	the	the	DT
19880	502	35	term	term	NN
19880	502	36	"	"	``
19880	502	37	chest	chest	NN
19880	502	38	"	"	''
19880	502	39	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	502	40	loosely	loosely	RB
19880	502	41	.	.	.
19880	503	1	Above	above	RB
19880	503	2	,	,	,
19880	503	3	suiting	suit	VBG
19880	503	4	the	the	DT
19880	503	5	shape	shape	NN
19880	503	6	of	of	IN
19880	503	7	the	the	DT
19880	503	8	chest	chest	NN
19880	503	9	,	,	,
19880	503	10	the	the	DT
19880	503	11	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	503	12	are	be	VBP
19880	503	13	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	503	14	conical	conical	JJ
19880	503	15	.	.	.
19880	504	1	The	the	DT
19880	504	2	pressure	pressure	NN
19880	504	3	of	of	IN
19880	504	4	the	the	DT
19880	504	5	air	air	NN
19880	504	6	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	504	7	of	of	IN
19880	504	8	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	504	9	to	to	TO
19880	504	10	expand	expand	VB
19880	504	11	the	the	DT
19880	504	12	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	504	13	,	,	,
19880	504	14	which	which	WDT
19880	504	15	are	be	VBP
19880	504	16	highly	highly	RB
19880	504	17	elastic	elastic	JJ
19880	504	18	,	,	,
19880	504	19	even	even	RB
19880	504	20	when	when	WRB
19880	504	21	one	one	PRP
19880	504	22	does	do	VBZ
19880	504	23	not	not	RB
19880	504	24	breathe	breathe	VB
19880	504	25	at	at	RB
19880	504	26	all	all	RB
19880	504	27	.	.	.
19880	505	1	But	but	CC
19880	505	2	if	if	IN
19880	505	3	more	more	JJR
19880	505	4	air	air	NN
19880	505	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	505	6	to	to	TO
19880	505	7	enter	enter	VB
19880	505	8	there	there	EX
19880	505	9	must	must	MD
19880	505	10	be	be	VB
19880	505	11	additional	additional	JJ
19880	505	12	space	space	NN
19880	505	13	provided	provide	VBN
19880	505	14	;	;	:
19880	505	15	hence	hence	RB
19880	505	16	greater	great	JJR
19880	505	17	expansion	expansion	NN
19880	505	18	of	of	IN
19880	505	19	the	the	DT
19880	505	20	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	505	21	can	can	MD
19880	505	22	only	only	RB
19880	505	23	follow	follow	VB
19880	505	24	an	an	DT
19880	505	25	enlargement	enlargement	NN
19880	505	26	of	of	IN
19880	505	27	the	the	DT
19880	505	28	chest	chest	NN
19880	505	29	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	505	30	in	in	IN
19880	505	31	one	one	CD
19880	505	32	or	or	CC
19880	505	33	in	in	IN
19880	505	34	all	all	DT
19880	505	35	directions	direction	NNS
19880	505	36	.	.	.
19880	506	1	These	these	DT
19880	506	2	are	be	VBP
19880	506	3	spoken	speak	VBN
19880	506	4	of	of	IN
19880	506	5	as	as	IN
19880	506	6	_	_	NNP
19880	506	7	diameters	diameter	NNS
19880	506	8	_	_	NNP
19880	506	9	.	.	.
19880	507	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	507	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	507	3	that	that	IN
19880	507	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	507	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	507	6	possible	possible	JJ
19880	507	7	to	to	TO
19880	507	8	conceive	conceive	VB
19880	507	9	of	of	IN
19880	507	10	the	the	DT
19880	507	11	chest	chest	NN
19880	507	12	being	be	VBG
19880	507	13	enlarged	enlarge	VBN
19880	507	14	in	in	IN
19880	507	15	three	three	CD
19880	507	16	,	,	,
19880	507	17	and	and	CC
19880	507	18	only	only	RB
19880	507	19	three	three	CD
19880	507	20	,	,	,
19880	507	21	directions	direction	NNS
19880	507	22	;	;	:
19880	507	23	so	so	IN
19880	507	24	that	that	IN
19880	507	25	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	507	26	may	may	MD
19880	507	27	be	be	VB
19880	507	28	increased	increase	VBN
19880	507	29	in	in	IN
19880	507	30	size	size	NN
19880	507	31	in	in	IN
19880	507	32	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	507	33	vertical	vertical	JJ
19880	507	34	,	,	,
19880	507	35	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	507	36	transverse	transverse	NN
19880	507	37	,	,	,
19880	507	38	and	and	CC
19880	507	39	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	507	40	antero	antero	NNP
19880	507	41	-	-	HYPH
19880	507	42	posterior	posterior	NN
19880	507	43	diameter	diameter	NN
19880	507	44	,	,	,
19880	507	45	or	or	CC
19880	507	46	diameter	diameter	NN
19880	507	47	from	from	IN
19880	507	48	before	before	RB
19880	507	49	backwards	backwards	RB
19880	507	50	.	.	.
19880	508	1	This	this	DT
19880	508	2	expansion	expansion	NN
19880	508	3	,	,	,
19880	508	4	as	as	IN
19880	508	5	in	in	IN
19880	508	6	the	the	DT
19880	508	7	case	case	NN
19880	508	8	of	of	IN
19880	508	9	all	all	DT
19880	508	10	other	other	JJ
19880	508	11	movements	movement	NNS
19880	508	12	,	,	,
19880	508	13	can	can	MD
19880	508	14	be	be	VB
19880	508	15	effected	effect	VBN
19880	508	16	only	only	RB
19880	508	17	by	by	IN
19880	508	18	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	508	19	,	,	,
19880	508	20	or	or	CC
19880	508	21	,	,	,
19880	508	22	to	to	TO
19880	508	23	speak	speak	VB
19880	508	24	more	more	RBR
19880	508	25	accurately	accurately	RB
19880	508	26	,	,	,
19880	508	27	by	by	IN
19880	508	28	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	508	29	-	-	HYPH
19880	508	30	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	508	31	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	508	32	.	.	.
19880	509	1	Exactly	exactly	RB
19880	509	2	what	what	WP
19880	509	3	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	509	4	are	be	VBP
19880	509	5	employed	employ	VBN
19880	509	6	may	may	MD
19880	509	7	be	be	VB
19880	509	8	learned	learn	VBN
19880	509	9	from	from	IN
19880	509	10	the	the	DT
19880	509	11	accompanying	accompany	VBG
19880	509	12	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19880	509	13	and	and	CC
19880	509	14	by	by	IN
19880	509	15	observation	observation	NN
19880	509	16	.	.	.
19880	510	1	While	while	IN
19880	510	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	510	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	510	4	highly	highly	RB
19880	510	5	important	important	JJ
19880	510	6	to	to	TO
19880	510	7	know	know	VB
19880	510	8	in	in	IN
19880	510	9	a	a	DT
19880	510	10	general	general	JJ
19880	510	11	way	way	NN
19880	510	12	which	which	WDT
19880	510	13	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	510	14	are	be	VBP
19880	510	15	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	510	16	concerned	concerned	JJ
19880	510	17	,	,	,
19880	510	18	or	or	CC
19880	510	19	,	,	,
19880	510	20	rather	rather	RB
19880	510	21	,	,	,
19880	510	22	where	where	WRB
19880	510	23	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	510	24	are	be	VBP
19880	510	25	situated	situate	VBN
19880	510	26	,	,	,
19880	510	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	510	28	can	can	MD
19880	510	29	not	not	RB
19880	510	30	be	be	VB
19880	510	31	deemed	deem	VBN
19880	510	32	essential	essential	JJ
19880	510	33	for	for	IN
19880	510	34	every	every	DT
19880	510	35	reader	reader	NN
19880	510	36	to	to	TO
19880	510	37	learn	learn	VB
19880	510	38	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	510	39	names	name	NNS
19880	510	40	,	,	,
19880	510	41	attachments	attachment	NNS
19880	510	42	,	,	,
19880	510	43	etc	etc	FW
19880	510	44	.	.	.
19880	510	45	,	,	,
19880	510	46	down	down	RB
19880	510	47	to	to	IN
19880	510	48	the	the	DT
19880	510	49	minutest	minute	JJS
19880	510	50	details	detail	NNS
19880	510	51	,	,	,
19880	510	52	as	as	IN
19880	510	53	in	in	IN
19880	510	54	the	the	DT
19880	510	55	case	case	NN
19880	510	56	of	of	IN
19880	510	57	a	a	DT
19880	510	58	student	student	NN
19880	510	59	of	of	IN
19880	510	60	anatomy	anatomy	NN
19880	510	61	proper	proper	JJ
19880	510	62	.	.	.
19880	511	1	The	the	DT
19880	511	2	author	author	NN
19880	511	3	does	do	VBZ
19880	511	4	,	,	,
19880	511	5	however	however	RB
19880	511	6	,	,	,
19880	511	7	deem	deem	VB
19880	511	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	511	9	of	of	IN
19880	511	10	the	the	DT
19880	511	11	highest	high	JJS
19880	511	12	importance	importance	NN
19880	511	13	that	that	IN
19880	511	14	the	the	DT
19880	511	15	student	student	NN
19880	511	16	should	should	MD
19880	511	17	learn	learn	VB
19880	511	18	by	by	IN
19880	511	19	actual	actual	JJ
19880	511	20	observation	observation	NN
19880	511	21	on	on	IN
19880	511	22	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	511	23	own	own	JJ
19880	511	24	person	person	NN
19880	511	25	that	that	IN
19880	511	26	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	511	27	chest	chest	NN
19880	511	28	does	do	VBZ
19880	511	29	expand	expand	VB
19880	511	30	in	in	IN
19880	511	31	each	each	DT
19880	511	32	of	of	IN
19880	511	33	the	the	DT
19880	511	34	three	three	CD
19880	511	35	directions	direction	NNS
19880	511	36	indicated	indicate	VBN
19880	511	37	above	above	RB
19880	511	38	.	.	.
19880	512	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	512	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	512	3	not	not	RB
19880	512	4	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	512	5	to	to	TO
19880	512	6	dissect	dissect	VB
19880	512	7	to	to	TO
19880	512	8	observe	observe	VB
19880	512	9	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	512	10	;	;	:
19880	512	11	in	in	IN
19880	512	12	fact	fact	NN
19880	512	13	,	,	,
19880	512	14	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	512	15	can	can	MD
19880	512	16	be	be	VB
19880	512	17	seen	see	VBN
19880	512	18	in	in	IN
19880	512	19	action	action	NN
19880	512	20	only	only	RB
19880	512	21	on	on	IN
19880	512	22	the	the	DT
19880	512	23	living	living	NN
19880	512	24	subject	subject	NN
19880	512	25	.	.	.
19880	513	1	All	all	DT
19880	513	2	who	who	WP
19880	513	3	would	would	MD
19880	513	4	really	really	RB
19880	513	5	understand	understand	VB
19880	513	6	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	513	7	should	should	MD
19880	513	8	study	study	VB
19880	513	9	the	the	DT
19880	513	10	chest	chest	NN
19880	513	11	when	when	WRB
19880	513	12	divested	divest	VBN
19880	513	13	of	of	IN
19880	513	14	all	all	DT
19880	513	15	clothing	clothing	NN
19880	513	16	and	and	CC
19880	513	17	before	before	IN
19880	513	18	a	a	DT
19880	513	19	sufficiently	sufficiently	RB
19880	513	20	large	large	JJ
19880	513	21	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	513	22	.	.	.
19880	514	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	514	2	may	may	MD
19880	514	3	then	then	RB
19880	514	4	observe	observe	VB
19880	514	5	the	the	DT
19880	514	6	following	following	NN
19880	514	7	during	during	IN
19880	514	8	a	a	DT
19880	514	9	fairly	fairly	RB
19880	514	10	deep	deep	JJ
19880	514	11	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	514	12	:	:	:
19880	514	13	1	1	LS
19880	514	14	.	.	.
19880	515	1	The	the	DT
19880	515	2	chest	chest	NN
19880	515	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	515	4	enlarged	enlarge	VBN
19880	515	5	as	as	IN
19880	515	6	a	a	DT
19880	515	7	whole	whole	NN
19880	515	8	.	.	.
19880	516	1	2	2	LS
19880	516	2	.	.	.
19880	517	1	The	the	DT
19880	517	2	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	517	3	walls	wall	NNS
19880	517	4	move	move	VBP
19880	517	5	outward	outward	RB
19880	517	6	.	.	.
19880	518	1	3	3	LS
19880	518	2	.	.	.
19880	519	1	The	the	DT
19880	519	2	ribs	rib	NNS
19880	519	3	pass	pass	VBP
19880	519	4	from	from	IN
19880	519	5	a	a	DT
19880	519	6	more	more	RBR
19880	519	7	oblique	oblique	JJ
19880	519	8	to	to	IN
19880	519	9	a	a	DT
19880	519	10	less	less	RBR
19880	519	11	oblique	oblique	JJ
19880	519	12	position	position	NN
19880	519	13	,	,	,
19880	519	14	and	and	CC
19880	519	15	may	may	MD
19880	519	16	become	become	VB
19880	519	17	almost	almost	RB
19880	519	18	horizontal	horizontal	JJ
19880	519	19	;	;	:
19880	519	20	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	519	21	upper	upper	JJ
19880	519	22	edges	edge	NNS
19880	519	23	are	be	VBP
19880	519	24	also	also	RB
19880	519	25	turned	turn	VBN
19880	519	26	out	out	RP
19880	519	27	slightly	slightly	RB
19880	519	28	,	,	,
19880	519	29	though	though	IN
19880	519	30	this	this	DT
19880	519	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	519	32	not	not	RB
19880	519	33	so	so	RB
19880	519	34	easy	easy	JJ
19880	519	35	to	to	TO
19880	519	36	observe	observe	VB
19880	519	37	.	.	.
19880	520	1	4	4	LS
19880	520	2	.	.	.
19880	521	1	Again	again	RB
19880	521	2	,	,	,
19880	521	3	in	in	IN
19880	521	4	the	the	DT
19880	521	5	case	case	NN
19880	521	6	of	of	IN
19880	521	7	a	a	DT
19880	521	8	very	very	RB
19880	521	9	deep	deep	JJ
19880	521	10	and	and	CC
19880	521	11	sudden	sudden	JJ
19880	521	12	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	521	13	,	,	,
19880	521	14	the	the	DT
19880	521	15	abdomen	abdoman	NNS
19880	521	16	and	and	CC
19880	521	17	the	the	DT
19880	521	18	lower	low	JJR
19880	521	19	ribs	rib	NNS
19880	521	20	also	also	RB
19880	521	21	are	be	VBP
19880	521	22	drawn	draw	VBN
19880	521	23	inward	inward	RB
19880	521	24	.	.	.
19880	522	1	The	the	DT
19880	522	2	changes	change	NNS
19880	522	3	above	above	IN
19880	522	4	referred	refer	VBD
19880	522	5	to	to	TO
19880	522	6	are	be	VBP
19880	522	7	brought	bring	VBN
19880	522	8	about	about	RP
19880	522	9	in	in	IN
19880	522	10	this	this	DT
19880	522	11	way	way	NN
19880	522	12	:	:	:
19880	522	13	1	1	CD
19880	522	14	.	.	.
19880	523	1	The	the	DT
19880	523	2	total	total	JJ
19880	523	3	enlargement	enlargement	NN
19880	523	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	523	5	due	due	JJ
19880	523	6	to	to	IN
19880	523	7	the	the	DT
19880	523	8	action	action	NN
19880	523	9	of	of	IN
19880	523	10	many	many	JJ
19880	523	11	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	523	12	which	which	WDT
19880	523	13	function	function	VBP
19880	523	14	in	in	IN
19880	523	15	harmony	harmony	NN
19880	523	16	with	with	IN
19880	523	17	each	each	DT
19880	523	18	other	other	JJ
19880	523	19	.	.	.
19880	524	1	2	2	LS
19880	524	2	.	.	.
19880	525	1	The	the	DT
19880	525	2	chief	chief	JJ
19880	525	3	changes	change	NNS
19880	525	4	are	be	VBP
19880	525	5	brought	bring	VBN
19880	525	6	about	about	RP
19880	525	7	by	by	IN
19880	525	8	those	those	DT
19880	525	9	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	525	10	attached	attach	VBN
19880	525	11	between	between	IN
19880	525	12	the	the	DT
19880	525	13	ribs	rib	NNS
19880	525	14	(	(	-LRB-
19880	525	15	_	_	NNP
19880	525	16	intercostales	intercostale	NNS
19880	525	17	_	_	NNP
19880	525	18	)	)	-RRB-
19880	525	19	;	;	:
19880	525	20	but	but	CC
19880	525	21	these	these	DT
19880	525	22	act	act	VBP
19880	525	23	more	more	RBR
19880	525	24	efficiently	efficiently	RB
19880	525	25	owing	owe	VBG
19880	525	26	to	to	IN
19880	525	27	the	the	DT
19880	525	28	coöperation	coöperation	NN
19880	525	29	of	of	IN
19880	525	30	other	other	JJ
19880	525	31	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	525	32	which	which	WDT
19880	525	33	steady	steady	JJ
19880	525	34	the	the	DT
19880	525	35	ribs	rib	NNS
19880	525	36	and	and	CC
19880	525	37	chest	chest	NN
19880	525	38	generally	generally	RB
19880	525	39	,	,	,
19880	525	40	such	such	JJ
19880	525	41	as	as	IN
19880	525	42	those	those	DT
19880	525	43	attached	attach	VBN
19880	525	44	to	to	IN
19880	525	45	the	the	DT
19880	525	46	shoulder	shoulder	NN
19880	525	47	-	-	HYPH
19880	525	48	bones	bone	NNS
19880	525	49	and	and	CC
19880	525	50	the	the	DT
19880	525	51	upper	upper	JJ
19880	525	52	ribs	rib	NNS
19880	525	53	;	;	:
19880	525	54	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	525	55	,	,	,
19880	525	56	the	the	DT
19880	525	57	most	most	RBS
19880	525	58	powerful	powerful	JJ
19880	525	59	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	525	60	possible	possible	JJ
19880	525	61	can	can	MD
19880	525	62	only	only	RB
19880	525	63	be	be	VB
19880	525	64	effected	effect	VBN
19880	525	65	when	when	WRB
19880	525	66	most	most	JJS
19880	525	67	of	of	IN
19880	525	68	the	the	DT
19880	525	69	other	other	JJ
19880	525	70	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	525	71	of	of	IN
19880	525	72	the	the	DT
19880	525	73	body	body	NN
19880	525	74	are	be	VBP
19880	525	75	brought	bring	VBN
19880	525	76	into	into	IN
19880	525	77	action	action	NN
19880	525	78	.	.	.
19880	526	1	One	one	PRP
19880	526	2	may	may	MD
19880	526	3	observe	observe	VB
19880	526	4	that	that	IN
19880	526	5	even	even	RB
19880	526	6	the	the	DT
19880	526	7	arms	arm	NNS
19880	526	8	and	and	CC
19880	526	9	legs	leg	NNS
19880	526	10	are	be	VBP
19880	526	11	called	call	VBN
19880	526	12	into	into	IN
19880	526	13	requisition	requisition	NN
19880	526	14	when	when	WRB
19880	526	15	a	a	DT
19880	526	16	tenor	tenor	NN
19880	526	17	sings	sing	VBZ
19880	526	18	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	526	19	highest	high	JJS
19880	526	20	tone	tone	NN
19880	526	21	as	as	RB
19880	526	22	forcibly	forcibly	RB
19880	526	23	as	as	IN
19880	526	24	possible	possible	JJ
19880	526	25	,	,	,
19880	526	26	though	though	IN
19880	526	27	this	this	DT
19880	526	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	526	29	often	often	RB
19880	526	30	overdone	overdone	RB
19880	526	31	in	in	IN
19880	526	32	a	a	DT
19880	526	33	way	way	NN
19880	526	34	to	to	TO
19880	526	35	be	be	VB
19880	526	36	condemned	condemn	VBN
19880	526	37	.	.	.
19880	527	1	Art	art	NN
19880	527	2	should	should	MD
19880	527	3	not	not	RB
19880	527	4	be	be	VB
19880	527	5	reduced	reduce	VBN
19880	527	6	to	to	IN
19880	527	7	a	a	DT
19880	527	8	gymnastic	gymnastic	JJ
19880	527	9	feat	feat	NN
19880	527	10	.	.	.
19880	528	1	The	the	DT
19880	528	2	most	most	RBS
19880	528	3	important	important	JJ
19880	528	4	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	528	5	of	of	IN
19880	528	6	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	528	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	528	8	the	the	DT
19880	528	9	_	_	NNP
19880	528	10	diaphragm	diaphragm	NNP
19880	528	11	_	_	NNP
19880	528	12	,	,	,
19880	528	13	or	or	CC
19880	528	14	midriff	midriff	NNP
19880	528	15	,	,	,
19880	528	16	because	because	IN
19880	528	17	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	528	18	produces	produce	VBZ
19880	528	19	a	a	DT
19880	528	20	greater	great	JJR
19880	528	21	change	change	NN
19880	528	22	in	in	IN
19880	528	23	the	the	DT
19880	528	24	size	size	NN
19880	528	25	of	of	IN
19880	528	26	the	the	DT
19880	528	27	chest	chest	NN
19880	528	28	than	than	IN
19880	528	29	any	any	DT
19880	528	30	other	other	JJ
19880	528	31	single	single	JJ
19880	528	32	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	528	33	.	.	.
19880	529	1	Some	some	DT
19880	529	2	animals	animal	NNS
19880	529	3	can	can	MD
19880	529	4	get	get	VB
19880	529	5	the	the	DT
19880	529	6	oxygen	oxygen	NN
19880	529	7	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	529	8	require	require	VBP
19880	529	9	to	to	TO
19880	529	10	maintain	maintain	VB
19880	529	11	life	life	NN
19880	529	12	by	by	IN
19880	529	13	the	the	DT
19880	529	14	action	action	NN
19880	529	15	of	of	IN
19880	529	16	this	this	DT
19880	529	17	large	large	JJ
19880	529	18	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	529	19	alone	alone	RB
19880	529	20	,	,	,
19880	529	21	when	when	WRB
19880	529	22	all	all	DT
19880	529	23	other	other	JJ
19880	529	24	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	529	25	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	529	26	are	be	VBP
19880	529	27	paralyzed	paralyzed	JJ
19880	529	28	.	.	.
19880	530	1	As	as	IN
19880	530	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	530	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	530	4	so	so	RB
19880	530	5	important	important	JJ
19880	530	6	,	,	,
19880	530	7	and	and	CC
19880	530	8	above	above	IN
19880	530	9	all	all	DT
19880	530	10	to	to	IN
19880	530	11	the	the	DT
19880	530	12	voice	voice	NN
19880	530	13	-	-	HYPH
19880	530	14	user	user	NN
19880	530	15	,	,	,
19880	530	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	530	17	merits	merit	VBZ
19880	530	18	special	special	JJ
19880	530	19	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	530	20	.	.	.
19880	531	1	In	in	IN
19880	531	2	studying	study	VBG
19880	531	3	the	the	DT
19880	531	4	action	action	NN
19880	531	5	of	of	IN
19880	531	6	a	a	DT
19880	531	7	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	531	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	531	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	531	10	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	531	11	to	to	TO
19880	531	12	note	note	VB
19880	531	13	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	531	14	_	_	NNP
19880	531	15	points	point	NNS
19880	531	16	of	of	IN
19880	531	17	attachment	attachment	NN
19880	531	18	_	_	NNP
19880	531	19	to	to	IN
19880	531	20	harder	hard	JJR
19880	531	21	structures	structure	NNS
19880	531	22	,	,	,
19880	531	23	either	either	CC
19880	531	24	bone	bone	NN
19880	531	25	or	or	CC
19880	531	26	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	531	27	.	.	.
19880	532	1	Nearly	nearly	RB
19880	532	2	always	always	RB
19880	532	3	one	one	CD
19880	532	4	such	such	JJ
19880	532	5	point	point	NN
19880	532	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	532	7	more	more	RBR
19880	532	8	fixed	fixed	JJ
19880	532	9	than	than	IN
19880	532	10	the	the	DT
19880	532	11	other	other	JJ
19880	532	12	,	,	,
19880	532	13	and	and	CC
19880	532	14	from	from	IN
19880	532	15	this	this	DT
19880	532	16	the	the	DT
19880	532	17	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	532	18	pulls	pull	VBZ
19880	532	19	when	when	WRB
19880	532	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	532	21	contracts	contract	VBZ
19880	532	22	.	.	.
19880	533	1	The	the	DT
19880	533	2	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	533	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	533	4	peculiar	peculiar	JJ
19880	533	5	in	in	IN
19880	533	6	that	that	IN
19880	533	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	533	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	533	9	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	533	10	circular	circular	JJ
19880	533	11	in	in	IN
19880	533	12	shape	shape	NN
19880	533	13	and	and	CC
19880	533	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	533	15	more	more	RBR
19880	533	16	or	or	CC
19880	533	17	less	less	RBR
19880	533	18	tendinous	tendinous	JJ
19880	533	19	or	or	CC
19880	533	20	sinew	sinew	JJ
19880	533	21	-	-	HYPH
19880	533	22	like	like	JJ
19880	533	23	in	in	IN
19880	533	24	the	the	DT
19880	533	25	middle	middle	NN
19880	533	26	.	.	.
19880	534	1	Being	be	VBG
19880	534	2	attached	attach	VBN
19880	534	3	to	to	IN
19880	534	4	the	the	DT
19880	534	5	spinal	spinal	JJ
19880	534	6	column	column	NN
19880	534	7	behind	behind	RB
19880	534	8	and	and	CC
19880	534	9	to	to	IN
19880	534	10	the	the	DT
19880	534	11	lower	low	JJR
19880	534	12	six	six	CD
19880	534	13	or	or	CC
19880	534	14	seven	seven	CD
19880	534	15	ribs	rib	NNS
19880	534	16	,	,	,
19880	534	17	when	when	WRB
19880	534	18	the	the	DT
19880	534	19	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	534	20	contracts	contract	VBZ
19880	534	21	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	534	22	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	534	23	less	less	RBR
19880	534	24	domed	dome	VBN
19880	534	25	in	in	IN
19880	534	26	shape	shape	NN
19880	534	27	--	--	:
19880	534	28	less	less	RBR
19880	534	29	convex	convex	NNP
19880	534	30	upward	upward	RB
19880	534	31	--	--	:
19880	534	32	and	and	CC
19880	534	33	of	of	IN
19880	534	34	course	course	NN
19880	534	35	descends	descend	NNS
19880	534	36	to	to	IN
19880	534	37	a	a	DT
19880	534	38	variable	variable	JJ
19880	534	39	degree	degree	NN
19880	534	40	depending	depend	VBG
19880	534	41	on	on	IN
19880	534	42	the	the	DT
19880	534	43	extent	extent	NN
19880	534	44	of	of	IN
19880	534	45	the	the	DT
19880	534	46	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	534	47	contraction	contraction	NN
19880	534	48	.	.	.
19880	535	1	As	as	IN
19880	535	2	to	to	IN
19880	535	3	whether	whether	IN
19880	535	4	the	the	DT
19880	535	5	ribs	rib	NNS
19880	535	6	,	,	,
19880	535	7	and	and	CC
19880	535	8	with	with	IN
19880	535	9	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	535	10	the	the	DT
19880	535	11	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	535	12	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	535	13	,	,	,
19880	535	14	are	be	VBP
19880	535	15	drawn	draw	VBN
19880	535	16	in	in	IN
19880	535	17	or	or	CC
19880	535	18	the	the	DT
19880	535	19	reverse	reverse	NN
19880	535	20	,	,	,
19880	535	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	535	22	determined	determine	VBN
19880	535	23	wholly	wholly	RB
19880	535	24	by	by	IN
19880	535	25	the	the	DT
19880	535	26	degree	degree	NN
19880	535	27	of	of	IN
19880	535	28	force	force	NN
19880	535	29	with	with	IN
19880	535	30	which	which	WDT
19880	535	31	the	the	DT
19880	535	32	contraction	contraction	NN
19880	535	33	takes	take	VBZ
19880	535	34	place	place	NN
19880	535	35	and	and	CC
19880	535	36	the	the	DT
19880	535	37	extent	extent	NN
19880	535	38	to	to	TO
19880	535	39	which	which	WDT
19880	535	40	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	535	41	is	be	VBZ
19880	535	42	resisted	resist	VBN
19880	535	43	.	.	.
19880	536	1	Throughout	throughout	IN
19880	536	2	the	the	DT
19880	536	3	body	body	NN
19880	536	4	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	536	5	are	be	VBP
19880	536	6	arranged	arrange	VBN
19880	536	7	in	in	IN
19880	536	8	sets	set	NNS
19880	536	9	which	which	WDT
19880	536	10	may	may	MD
19880	536	11	either	either	CC
19880	536	12	coöperate	coöperate	VB
19880	536	13	with	with	IN
19880	536	14	or	or	CC
19880	536	15	antagonize	antagonize	VB
19880	536	16	each	each	DT
19880	536	17	other	other	JJ
19880	536	18	,	,	,
19880	536	19	as	as	IN
19880	536	20	required	require	VBN
19880	536	21	.	.	.
19880	537	1	The	the	DT
19880	537	2	forcible	forcible	JJ
19880	537	3	bending	bending	NN
19880	537	4	of	of	IN
19880	537	5	one	one	PRP
19880	537	6	's	's	POS
19880	537	7	arm	arm	NN
19880	537	8	by	by	IN
19880	537	9	another	another	DT
19880	537	10	person	person	NN
19880	537	11	may	may	MD
19880	537	12	be	be	VB
19880	537	13	resisted	resist	VBN
19880	537	14	by	by	IN
19880	537	15	one	one	CD
19880	537	16	through	through	IN
19880	537	17	the	the	DT
19880	537	18	use	use	NN
19880	537	19	of	of	IN
19880	537	20	certain	certain	JJ
19880	537	21	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	537	22	.	.	.
19880	538	1	In	in	IN
19880	538	2	this	this	DT
19880	538	3	the	the	DT
19880	538	4	action	action	NN
19880	538	5	of	of	IN
19880	538	6	the	the	DT
19880	538	7	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	538	8	which	which	WDT
19880	538	9	bend	bend	VBP
19880	538	10	the	the	DT
19880	538	11	arm	arm	NN
19880	538	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	538	13	imitated	imitate	VBN
19880	538	14	by	by	IN
19880	538	15	the	the	DT
19880	538	16	agent	agent	NN
19880	538	17	seeking	seek	VBG
19880	538	18	to	to	TO
19880	538	19	perform	perform	VB
19880	538	20	this	this	DT
19880	538	21	movement	movement	NN
19880	538	22	for	for	IN
19880	538	23	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	538	24	.	.	.
19880	539	1	The	the	DT
19880	539	2	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	539	3	acting	act	VBG
19880	539	4	in	in	IN
19880	539	5	opposition	opposition	NN
19880	539	6	to	to	IN
19880	539	7	certain	certain	JJ
19880	539	8	others	other	NNS
19880	539	9	are	be	VBP
19880	539	10	said	say	VBN
19880	539	11	to	to	TO
19880	539	12	be	be	VB
19880	539	13	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	539	14	_	_	NNP
19880	539	15	antagonists	antagonist	NNS
19880	539	16	_	_	NNP
19880	539	17	.	.	.
19880	540	1	Were	be	VBD
19880	540	2	the	the	DT
19880	540	3	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	540	4	to	to	TO
19880	540	5	contract	contract	VB
19880	540	6	moderately	moderately	RB
19880	540	7	the	the	DT
19880	540	8	ribs	rib	NNS
19880	540	9	would	would	MD
19880	540	10	be	be	VB
19880	540	11	but	but	CC
19880	540	12	little	little	JJ
19880	540	13	drawn	draw	VBN
19880	540	14	in	in	RP
19880	540	15	,	,	,
19880	540	16	even	even	RB
19880	540	17	if	if	IN
19880	540	18	no	no	DT
19880	540	19	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	540	20	acted	act	VBD
19880	540	21	as	as	IN
19880	540	22	antagonists	antagonist	NNS
19880	540	23	.	.	.
19880	541	1	But	but	CC
19880	541	2	,	,	,
19880	541	3	as	as	IN
19880	541	4	a	a	DT
19880	541	5	matter	matter	NN
19880	541	6	of	of	IN
19880	541	7	fact	fact	NN
19880	541	8	,	,	,
19880	541	9	this	this	DT
19880	541	10	domed	dome	VBN
19880	541	11	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	541	12	descends	descend	VBZ
19880	541	13	at	at	IN
19880	541	14	the	the	DT
19880	541	15	same	same	JJ
19880	541	16	time	time	NN
19880	541	17	as	as	IN
19880	541	18	the	the	DT
19880	541	19	ribs	rib	NNS
19880	541	20	ascend	ascend	VBP
19880	541	21	,	,	,
19880	541	22	because	because	IN
19880	541	23	of	of	IN
19880	541	24	the	the	DT
19880	541	25	action	action	NN
19880	541	26	of	of	IN
19880	541	27	the	the	DT
19880	541	28	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	541	29	attached	attach	VBN
19880	541	30	to	to	IN
19880	541	31	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	541	32	.	.	.
19880	542	1	The	the	DT
19880	542	2	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	542	3	being	be	VBG
19880	542	4	concave	concave	VBP
19880	542	5	below	below	IN
19880	542	6	toward	toward	IN
19880	542	7	the	the	DT
19880	542	8	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
19880	542	9	,	,	,
19880	542	10	the	the	DT
19880	542	11	contents	content	NNS
19880	542	12	of	of	IN
19880	542	13	this	this	DT
19880	542	14	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	542	15	fit	fit	VBP
19880	542	16	closely	closely	RB
19880	542	17	to	to	IN
19880	542	18	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	542	19	under	under	JJ
19880	542	20	surface	surface	NN
19880	542	21	.	.	.
19880	543	1	There	there	EX
19880	543	2	are	be	VBP
19880	543	3	found	find	VBN
19880	543	4	the	the	DT
19880	543	5	liver	liver	NN
19880	543	6	,	,	,
19880	543	7	stomach	stomach	NN
19880	543	8	,	,	,
19880	543	9	intestines	intestine	NNS
19880	543	10	,	,	,
19880	543	11	etc.--a	etc.--a	JJ
19880	543	12	part	part	NN
19880	543	13	of	of	IN
19880	543	14	great	great	JJ
19880	543	15	practical	practical	JJ
19880	543	16	importance	importance	NN
19880	543	17	,	,	,
19880	543	18	as	as	IN
19880	543	19	will	will	MD
19880	543	20	be	be	VB
19880	543	21	shown	show	VBN
19880	543	22	presently	presently	RB
19880	543	23	.	.	.
19880	544	1	Naturally	naturally	RB
19880	544	2	,	,	,
19880	544	3	in	in	IN
19880	544	4	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	544	5	,	,	,
19880	544	6	the	the	DT
19880	544	7	organs	organ	NNS
19880	544	8	of	of	IN
19880	544	9	the	the	DT
19880	544	10	abdomen	abdoman	NNS
19880	544	11	,	,	,
19880	544	12	especially	especially	RB
19880	544	13	those	those	DT
19880	544	14	above	above	RB
19880	544	15	,	,	,
19880	544	16	are	be	VBP
19880	544	17	pressed	press	VBN
19880	544	18	down	down	RP
19880	544	19	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	544	20	with	with	IN
19880	544	21	the	the	DT
19880	544	22	descent	descent	NN
19880	544	23	of	of	IN
19880	544	24	the	the	DT
19880	544	25	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	544	26	in	in	IN
19880	544	27	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	544	28	,	,	,
19880	544	29	and	and	CC
19880	544	30	,	,	,
19880	544	31	in	in	IN
19880	544	32	turn	turn	NN
19880	544	33	,	,	,
19880	544	34	push	push	VB
19880	544	35	out	out	RP
19880	544	36	the	the	DT
19880	544	37	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	544	38	walls	wall	NNS
19880	544	39	.	.	.
19880	545	1	If	if	IN
19880	545	2	,	,	,
19880	545	3	however	however	RB
19880	545	4	,	,	,
19880	545	5	the	the	DT
19880	545	6	midriff	midriff	NNP
19880	545	7	contract	contract	NN
19880	545	8	so	so	RB
19880	545	9	powerfully	powerfully	RB
19880	545	10	that	that	IN
19880	545	11	the	the	DT
19880	545	12	lower	low	JJR
19880	545	13	ribs	rib	NNS
19880	545	14	are	be	VBP
19880	545	15	drawn	draw	VBN
19880	545	16	inward	inward	RB
19880	545	17	,	,	,
19880	545	18	the	the	DT
19880	545	19	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	545	20	walls	wall	NNS
19880	545	21	follow	follow	VBP
19880	545	22	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	545	23	.	.	.
19880	546	1	Although	although	IN
19880	546	2	the	the	DT
19880	546	3	actual	actual	JJ
19880	546	4	extent	extent	NN
19880	546	5	of	of	IN
19880	546	6	the	the	DT
19880	546	7	descent	descent	NN
19880	546	8	of	of	IN
19880	546	9	the	the	DT
19880	546	10	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	546	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	546	12	small	small	JJ
19880	546	13	in	in	IN
19880	546	14	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	546	15	,	,	,
19880	546	16	since	since	IN
19880	546	17	the	the	DT
19880	546	18	total	total	JJ
19880	546	19	surface	surface	NN
19880	546	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	546	21	large	large	JJ
19880	546	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	546	23	effects	effect	VBZ
19880	546	24	a	a	DT
19880	546	25	very	very	RB
19880	546	26	considerable	considerable	JJ
19880	546	27	enlargement	enlargement	NN
19880	546	28	of	of	IN
19880	546	29	the	the	DT
19880	546	30	chest	chest	NN
19880	546	31	in	in	IN
19880	546	32	the	the	DT
19880	546	33	vertical	vertical	JJ
19880	546	34	diameter	diameter	NN
19880	546	35	.	.	.
19880	547	1	The	the	DT
19880	547	2	capacity	capacity	NN
19880	547	3	of	of	IN
19880	547	4	the	the	DT
19880	547	5	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	547	6	for	for	IN
19880	547	7	air	air	NN
19880	547	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	547	9	a	a	DT
19880	547	10	very	very	RB
19880	547	11	variable	variable	JJ
19880	547	12	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	547	13	:	:	:
19880	547	14	1	1	CD
19880	547	15	.	.	.
19880	548	1	The	the	DT
19880	548	2	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	548	3	of	of	IN
19880	548	4	air	air	NN
19880	548	5	taken	take	VBN
19880	548	6	in	in	RP
19880	548	7	with	with	IN
19880	548	8	a	a	DT
19880	548	9	single	single	JJ
19880	548	10	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	548	11	in	in	IN
19880	548	12	quiet	quiet	JJ
19880	548	13	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	548	14	(	(	-LRB-
19880	548	15	_	_	NNP
19880	548	16	tidal	tidal	JJ
19880	548	17	air	air	NN
19880	548	18	_	_	NNP
19880	548	19	)	)	-RRB-
19880	548	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	548	21	about	about	RB
19880	548	22	20	20	CD
19880	548	23	-	-	SYM
19880	548	24	30	30	CD
19880	548	25	cubic	cubic	JJ
19880	548	26	inches	inch	NNS
19880	548	27	.	.	.
19880	549	1	2	2	LS
19880	549	2	.	.	.
19880	550	1	The	the	DT
19880	550	2	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	550	3	taken	take	VBN
19880	550	4	in	in	RP
19880	550	5	with	with	IN
19880	550	6	the	the	DT
19880	550	7	deepest	deep	JJS
19880	550	8	possible	possible	JJ
19880	550	9	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	550	10	(	(	-LRB-
19880	550	11	_	_	NNP
19880	550	12	complemental	complemental	JJ
19880	550	13	air	air	NN
19880	550	14	_	_	NNP
19880	550	15	)	)	-RRB-
19880	550	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	550	17	about	about	RB
19880	550	18	100	100	CD
19880	550	19	cubic	cubic	JJ
19880	550	20	inches	inch	NNS
19880	550	21	.	.	.
19880	551	1	3	3	LS
19880	551	2	.	.	.
19880	552	1	The	the	DT
19880	552	2	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	552	3	that	that	WDT
19880	552	4	may	may	MD
19880	552	5	be	be	VB
19880	552	6	expelled	expel	VBN
19880	552	7	by	by	IN
19880	552	8	the	the	DT
19880	552	9	most	most	RBS
19880	552	10	forcible	forcible	JJ
19880	552	11	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	552	12	(	(	-LRB-
19880	552	13	_	_	NNP
19880	552	14	supplemental	supplemental	JJ
19880	552	15	air	air	NN
19880	552	16	_	_	NNP
19880	552	17	)	)	-RRB-
19880	552	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	552	19	about	about	RB
19880	552	20	100	100	CD
19880	552	21	cubic	cubic	JJ
19880	552	22	inches	inch	NNS
19880	552	23	.	.	.
19880	553	1	4	4	LS
19880	553	2	.	.	.
19880	554	1	The	the	DT
19880	554	2	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	554	3	that	that	WDT
19880	554	4	can	can	MD
19880	554	5	under	under	IN
19880	554	6	no	no	DT
19880	554	7	circumstances	circumstance	NNS
19880	554	8	be	be	VB
19880	554	9	expelled	expel	VBN
19880	554	10	(	(	-LRB-
19880	554	11	_	_	NNP
19880	554	12	residual	residual	JJ
19880	554	13	air	air	NN
19880	554	14	_	_	NNP
19880	554	15	)	)	-RRB-
19880	554	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	554	17	about	about	RB
19880	554	18	100	100	CD
19880	554	19	cubic	cubic	JJ
19880	554	20	inches	inch	NNS
19880	554	21	.	.	.
19880	555	1	5	5	CD
19880	555	2	.	.	.
19880	556	1	The	the	DT
19880	556	2	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	556	3	that	that	WDT
19880	556	4	can	can	MD
19880	556	5	be	be	VB
19880	556	6	expelled	expel	VBN
19880	556	7	after	after	IN
19880	556	8	the	the	DT
19880	556	9	most	most	RBS
19880	556	10	forcible	forcible	JJ
19880	556	11	inspiration--_i.e	inspiration--_i.e	NNP
19880	556	12	.	.	.
19880	556	13	_	_	NNP
19880	556	14	,	,	,
19880	556	15	the	the	DT
19880	556	16	amount	amount	NN
19880	556	17	of	of	IN
19880	556	18	air	air	NN
19880	556	19	that	that	WDT
19880	556	20	can	can	MD
19880	556	21	be	be	VB
19880	556	22	moved	move	VBN
19880	556	23	--	--	:
19880	556	24	indicates	indicate	VBZ
19880	556	25	the	the	DT
19880	556	26	_	_	NNP
19880	556	27	vital	vital	JJ
19880	556	28	capacity	capacity	NN
19880	556	29	_	_	NNP
19880	556	30	.	.	.
19880	557	1	This	this	DT
19880	557	2	varies	vary	VBZ
19880	557	3	very	very	RB
19880	557	4	much	much	RB
19880	557	5	with	with	IN
19880	557	6	the	the	DT
19880	557	7	individual	individual	NN
19880	557	8	,	,	,
19880	557	9	and	and	CC
19880	557	10	depends	depend	VBZ
19880	557	11	not	not	RB
19880	557	12	a	a	DT
19880	557	13	little	little	JJ
19880	557	14	on	on	IN
19880	557	15	the	the	DT
19880	557	16	elasticity	elasticity	NN
19880	557	17	of	of	IN
19880	557	18	the	the	DT
19880	557	19	chest	chest	NN
19880	557	20	walls	wall	NNS
19880	557	21	,	,	,
19880	557	22	and	and	CC
19880	557	23	so	so	RB
19880	557	24	diminishes	diminish	VBZ
19880	557	25	with	with	IN
19880	557	26	age	age	NN
19880	557	27	.	.	.
19880	558	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	558	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	558	3	that	that	IN
19880	558	4	youth	youth	NN
19880	558	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	558	6	the	the	DT
19880	558	7	best	good	JJS
19880	558	8	period	period	NN
19880	558	9	for	for	IN
19880	558	10	the	the	DT
19880	558	11	development	development	NN
19880	558	12	of	of	IN
19880	558	13	the	the	DT
19880	558	14	chest	chest	NN
19880	558	15	,	,	,
19880	558	16	and	and	CC
19880	558	17	the	the	DT
19880	558	18	time	time	NN
19880	558	19	to	to	TO
19880	558	20	learn	learn	VB
19880	558	21	that	that	DT
19880	558	22	special	special	JJ
19880	558	23	breath	breath	NN
19880	558	24	-	-	HYPH
19880	558	25	control	control	NN
19880	558	26	so	so	RB
19880	558	27	essential	essential	JJ
19880	558	28	to	to	IN
19880	558	29	good	good	JJ
19880	558	30	singing	singing	NN
19880	558	31	and	and	CC
19880	558	32	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	558	33	.	.	.
19880	559	1	When	when	WRB
19880	559	2	the	the	DT
19880	559	3	ribs	rib	NNS
19880	559	4	have	have	VBP
19880	559	5	been	be	VBN
19880	559	6	raised	raise	VBN
19880	559	7	by	by	IN
19880	559	8	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	559	9	and	and	CC
19880	559	10	the	the	DT
19880	559	11	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	559	12	organs	organ	NNS
19880	559	13	pressed	press	VBD
19880	559	14	down	down	RP
19880	559	15	by	by	IN
19880	559	16	the	the	DT
19880	559	17	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	559	18	,	,	,
19880	559	19	the	the	DT
19880	559	20	chest	chest	NN
19880	559	21	,	,	,
19880	559	22	on	on	IN
19880	559	23	the	the	DT
19880	559	24	cessation	cessation	NN
19880	559	25	of	of	IN
19880	559	26	the	the	DT
19880	559	27	act	act	NN
19880	559	28	,	,	,
19880	559	29	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	559	30	to	to	TO
19880	559	31	resume	resume	VB
19880	559	32	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	559	33	former	former	JJ
19880	559	34	shape	shape	NN
19880	559	35	,	,	,
19880	559	36	owing	owe	VBG
19880	559	37	to	to	IN
19880	559	38	elastic	elastic	JJ
19880	559	39	recoil	recoil	NN
19880	559	40	quite	quite	RB
19880	559	41	apart	apart	RB
19880	559	42	from	from	IN
19880	559	43	all	all	DT
19880	559	44	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	559	45	action	action	NN
19880	559	46	;	;	:
19880	559	47	in	in	IN
19880	559	48	other	other	JJ
19880	559	49	words	word	NNS
19880	559	50	,	,	,
19880	559	51	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	559	52	is	be	VBZ
19880	559	53	active	active	JJ
19880	559	54	,	,	,
19880	559	55	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	559	56	largely	largely	RB
19880	559	57	passive	passive	JJ
19880	559	58	.	.	.
19880	560	1	With	with	IN
19880	560	2	the	the	DT
19880	560	3	voice	voice	NN
19880	560	4	-	-	HYPH
19880	560	5	user	user	NN
19880	560	6	,	,	,
19880	560	7	especially	especially	RB
19880	560	8	the	the	DT
19880	560	9	singer	singer	NN
19880	560	10	,	,	,
19880	560	11	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	560	12	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	560	13	the	the	DT
19880	560	14	more	more	RBR
19880	560	15	important	important	JJ
19880	560	16	,	,	,
19880	560	17	and	and	CC
19880	560	18	the	the	DT
19880	560	19	more	more	RBR
19880	560	20	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	560	21	to	to	TO
19880	560	22	control	control	VB
19880	560	23	,	,	,
19880	560	24	as	as	IN
19880	560	25	will	will	MD
19880	560	26	be	be	VB
19880	560	27	shown	show	VBN
19880	560	28	later	later	RB
19880	560	29	.	.	.
19880	561	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	561	2	must	must	MD
19880	561	3	now	now	RB
19880	561	4	be	be	VB
19880	561	5	apparent	apparent	JJ
19880	561	6	that	that	IN
19880	561	7	such	such	JJ
19880	561	8	use	use	NN
19880	561	9	of	of	IN
19880	561	10	the	the	DT
19880	561	11	voice	voice	NN
19880	561	12	as	as	IN
19880	561	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	561	14	necessitated	necessitate	VBN
19880	561	15	by	by	IN
19880	561	16	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	561	17	for	for	IN
19880	561	18	the	the	DT
19880	561	19	public	public	NN
19880	561	20	,	,	,
19880	561	21	or	or	CC
19880	561	22	by	by	IN
19880	561	23	singing	singe	VBG
19880	561	24	,	,	,
19880	561	25	still	still	RB
19880	561	26	more	more	RBR
19880	561	27	,	,	,
19880	561	28	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	561	29	,	,	,
19880	561	30	must	must	MD
19880	561	31	tend	tend	VB
19880	561	32	to	to	IN
19880	561	33	the	the	DT
19880	561	34	general	general	JJ
19880	561	35	welfare	welfare	NN
19880	561	36	of	of	IN
19880	561	37	the	the	DT
19880	561	38	body--_i.e	body--_i.e	NNP
19880	561	39	.	.	.
19880	561	40	_	_	NNP
19880	561	41	,	,	,
19880	561	42	the	the	DT
19880	561	43	hygiene	hygiene	NN
19880	561	44	of	of	IN
19880	561	45	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	561	46	is	be	VBZ
19880	561	47	evident	evident	JJ
19880	561	48	from	from	IN
19880	561	49	the	the	DT
19880	561	50	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	561	51	.	.	.
19880	562	1	Actual	actual	JJ
19880	562	2	experience	experience	NN
19880	562	3	proves	prove	VBZ
19880	562	4	this	this	DT
19880	562	5	to	to	TO
19880	562	6	be	be	VB
19880	562	7	the	the	DT
19880	562	8	case	case	NN
19880	562	9	.	.	.
19880	563	1	The	the	DT
19880	563	2	author	author	NN
19880	563	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	563	4	known	know	VBN
19880	563	5	the	the	DT
19880	563	6	greatest	great	JJS
19880	563	7	improvement	improvement	NN
19880	563	8	in	in	IN
19880	563	9	health	health	NN
19880	563	10	and	and	CC
19880	563	11	vigor	vigor	NN
19880	563	12	follow	follow	NN
19880	563	13	on	on	IN
19880	563	14	the	the	DT
19880	563	15	judicious	judicious	JJ
19880	563	16	use	use	NN
19880	563	17	of	of	IN
19880	563	18	the	the	DT
19880	563	19	voice	voice	NN
19880	563	20	,	,	,
19880	563	21	owing	owe	VBG
19880	563	22	largely	largely	RB
19880	563	23	to	to	IN
19880	563	24	a	a	DT
19880	563	25	more	more	RBR
19880	563	26	active	active	JJ
19880	563	27	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	563	28	.	.	.
19880	564	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	564	2	also	also	RB
19880	564	3	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	564	4	,	,	,
19880	564	5	however	however	RB
19880	564	6	,	,	,
19880	564	7	that	that	IN
19880	564	8	exhaustion	exhaustion	NN
19880	564	9	may	may	MD
19880	564	10	result	result	VB
19880	564	11	from	from	IN
19880	564	12	the	the	DT
19880	564	13	excessive	excessive	JJ
19880	564	14	use	use	NN
19880	564	15	of	of	IN
19880	564	16	the	the	DT
19880	564	17	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	564	18	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	564	19	,	,	,
19880	564	20	as	as	IN
19880	564	21	with	with	IN
19880	564	22	any	any	DT
19880	564	23	others	other	NNS
19880	564	24	,	,	,
19880	564	25	even	even	RB
19880	564	26	when	when	WRB
19880	564	27	the	the	DT
19880	564	28	method	method	NN
19880	564	29	of	of	IN
19880	564	30	chest	chest	NN
19880	564	31	-	-	HYPH
19880	564	32	expansion	expansion	NN
19880	564	33	is	be	VBZ
19880	564	34	quite	quite	RB
19880	564	35	correct	correct	JJ
19880	564	36	.	.	.
19880	565	1	Before	before	IN
19880	565	2	condemning	condemn	VBG
19880	565	3	any	any	DT
19880	565	4	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	565	5	method	method	NN
19880	565	6	one	one	NN
19880	565	7	does	do	VBZ
19880	565	8	well	well	RB
19880	565	9	to	to	TO
19880	565	10	inquire	inquire	VB
19880	565	11	in	in	IN
19880	565	12	regard	regard	NN
19880	565	13	to	to	IN
19880	565	14	the	the	DT
19880	565	15	extent	extent	NN
19880	565	16	to	to	TO
19880	565	17	which	which	WDT
19880	565	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	565	19	has	have	VBZ
19880	565	20	been	be	VBN
19880	565	21	employed	employ	VBN
19880	565	22	,	,	,
19880	565	23	as	as	RB
19880	565	24	well	well	RB
19880	565	25	as	as	IN
19880	565	26	the	the	DT
19880	565	27	circumstances	circumstance	NNS
19880	565	28	of	of	IN
19880	565	29	the	the	DT
19880	565	30	voice	voice	NN
19880	565	31	-	-	HYPH
19880	565	32	user	user	NN
19880	565	33	.	.	.
19880	566	1	A	a	DT
19880	566	2	poor	poor	JJ
19880	566	3	clergyman	clergyman	NN
19880	566	4	worried	worry	VBN
19880	566	5	with	with	IN
19880	566	6	the	the	DT
19880	566	7	fear	fear	NN
19880	566	8	of	of	IN
19880	566	9	being	be	VBG
19880	566	10	supplanted	supplant	VBN
19880	566	11	by	by	IN
19880	566	12	another	another	DT
19880	566	13	man	man	NN
19880	566	14	,	,	,
19880	566	15	or	or	CC
19880	566	16	a	a	DT
19880	566	17	singer	singer	NN
19880	566	18	unable	unable	JJ
19880	566	19	to	to	TO
19880	566	20	secure	secure	VB
19880	566	21	employment	employment	NN
19880	566	22	,	,	,
19880	566	23	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	566	24	from	from	IN
19880	566	25	lack	lack	NN
19880	566	26	of	of	IN
19880	566	27	means	mean	NNS
19880	566	28	to	to	TO
19880	566	29	advertise	advertise	VB
19880	566	30	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	566	31	,	,	,
19880	566	32	is	be	VBZ
19880	566	33	not	not	RB
19880	566	34	likely	likely	JJ
19880	566	35	to	to	TO
19880	566	36	grow	grow	VB
19880	566	37	fat	fat	NN
19880	566	38	under	under	IN
19880	566	39	any	any	DT
19880	566	40	method	method	NN
19880	566	41	of	of	IN
19880	566	42	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	566	43	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	566	44	,	,	,
19880	566	45	be	be	VB
19880	566	46	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	566	47	ever	ever	RB
19880	566	48	so	so	RB
19880	566	49	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	566	50	;	;	:
19880	566	51	while	while	IN
19880	566	52	the	the	DT
19880	566	53	prima	prima	NNP
19880	566	54	donna	donna	NNP
19880	566	55	who	who	WP
19880	566	56	has	have	VBZ
19880	566	57	chanced	chance	VBN
19880	566	58	to	to	TO
19880	566	59	please	please	VB
19880	566	60	the	the	DT
19880	566	61	popular	popular	JJ
19880	566	62	taste	taste	NN
19880	566	63	and	and	CC
19880	566	64	become	become	VB
19880	566	65	a	a	DT
19880	566	66	favorite	favorite	JJ
19880	566	67	may	may	NN
19880	566	68	"	"	``
19880	566	69	wax	wax	VB
19880	566	70	fat	fat	NN
19880	566	71	and	and	CC
19880	566	72	kick	kick	VBP
19880	566	73	.	.	.
19880	566	74	"	"	''
19880	567	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	567	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	567	3	:	:	:
19880	567	4	FIGS	FIGS	NNP
19880	567	5	.	.	.
19880	568	1	14	14	CD
19880	568	2	,	,	,
19880	568	3	A	a	NN
19880	568	4	and	and	CC
19880	568	5	B	b	NN
19880	568	6	,	,	,
19880	568	7	are	be	VBP
19880	568	8	to	to	TO
19880	568	9	be	be	VB
19880	568	10	compared	compare	VBN
19880	568	11	:	:	:
19880	568	12	that	that	IN
19880	568	13	on	on	IN
19880	568	14	the	the	DT
19880	568	15	left	left	NN
19880	568	16	shows	show	VBZ
19880	568	17	the	the	DT
19880	568	18	position	position	NN
19880	568	19	of	of	IN
19880	568	20	the	the	DT
19880	568	21	diaphragm	diaphragm	JJ
19880	568	22	,	,	,
19880	568	23	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	568	24	walls	wall	NNS
19880	568	25	,	,	,
19880	568	26	etc	etc	FW
19880	568	27	.	.	FW
19880	568	28	,	,	,
19880	568	29	during	during	IN
19880	568	30	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	568	31	;	;	:
19880	568	32	the	the	DT
19880	568	33	one	one	NN
19880	568	34	on	on	IN
19880	568	35	the	the	DT
19880	568	36	right	right	NN
19880	568	37	,	,	,
19880	568	38	during	during	IN
19880	568	39	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	568	40	.	.	.
19880	569	1	The	the	DT
19880	569	2	relative	relative	JJ
19880	569	3	quantities	quantity	NNS
19880	569	4	of	of	IN
19880	569	5	air	air	NN
19880	569	6	in	in	IN
19880	569	7	the	the	DT
19880	569	8	chest	chest	NN
19880	569	9	in	in	IN
19880	569	10	each	each	DT
19880	569	11	case	case	NN
19880	569	12	are	be	VBP
19880	569	13	approximately	approximately	RB
19880	569	14	indicated	indicate	VBN
19880	569	15	by	by	IN
19880	569	16	the	the	DT
19880	569	17	shaded	shaded	JJ
19880	569	18	areas	area	NNS
19880	569	19	.	.	.
19880	569	20	]	]	-RRB-
19880	570	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	570	2	IV	IV	NNP
19880	570	3	.	.	.
19880	571	1	BREATHING	BREATHING	NNP
19880	571	2	FURTHER	further	JJ
19880	571	3	CONSIDERED	CONSIDERED	NNS
19880	571	4	THEORETICALLY	THEORETICALLY	NNP
19880	571	5	AND	and	CC
19880	571	6	PRACTICALLY	PRACTICALLY	NNS
19880	571	7	.	.	.
19880	572	1	When	when	WRB
19880	572	2	one	one	PRP
19880	572	3	takes	take	VBZ
19880	572	4	into	into	IN
19880	572	5	account	account	NN
19880	572	6	the	the	DT
19880	572	7	large	large	JJ
19880	572	8	number	number	NN
19880	572	9	of	of	IN
19880	572	10	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	572	11	employed	employ	VBN
19880	572	12	in	in	IN
19880	572	13	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	572	14	,	,	,
19880	572	15	and	and	CC
19880	572	16	remembers	remember	VBZ
19880	572	17	that	that	IN
19880	572	18	these	these	DT
19880	572	19	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	572	20	must	must	MD
19880	572	21	act	act	VB
19880	572	22	in	in	IN
19880	572	23	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	572	24	harmony	harmony	NN
19880	572	25	with	with	IN
19880	572	26	each	each	DT
19880	572	27	other	other	JJ
19880	572	28	if	if	IN
19880	572	29	the	the	DT
19880	572	30	great	great	JJ
19880	572	31	end	end	NN
19880	572	32	is	be	VBZ
19880	572	33	to	to	TO
19880	572	34	be	be	VB
19880	572	35	attained	attain	VBN
19880	572	36	,	,	,
19880	572	37	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	572	38	naturally	naturally	RB
19880	572	39	inquires	inquire	VBZ
19880	572	40	how	how	WRB
19880	572	41	this	this	DT
19880	572	42	complex	complex	JJ
19880	572	43	series	series	NN
19880	572	44	of	of	IN
19880	572	45	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	572	46	contractions	contraction	NNS
19880	572	47	has	have	VBZ
19880	572	48	been	be	VBN
19880	572	49	brought	bring	VBN
19880	572	50	into	into	IN
19880	572	51	concerted	concerted	JJ
19880	572	52	action	action	NN
19880	572	53	so	so	IN
19880	572	54	as	as	IN
19880	572	55	to	to	TO
19880	572	56	result	result	VB
19880	572	57	in	in	IN
19880	572	58	that	that	DT
19880	572	59	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	572	60	unity	unity	NN
19880	572	61	known	know	VBN
19880	572	62	as	as	IN
19880	572	63	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	572	64	.	.	.
19880	573	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	573	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	573	3	impossible	impossible	JJ
19880	573	4	to	to	TO
19880	573	5	conceive	conceive	VB
19880	573	6	of	of	IN
19880	573	7	such	such	JJ
19880	573	8	results	result	NNS
19880	573	9	being	be	VBG
19880	573	10	effected	effect	VBN
19880	573	11	except	except	IN
19880	573	12	through	through	IN
19880	573	13	the	the	DT
19880	573	14	influence	influence	NN
19880	573	15	of	of	IN
19880	573	16	the	the	DT
19880	573	17	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	573	18	system	system	NN
19880	573	19	,	,	,
19880	573	20	which	which	WDT
19880	573	21	acts	act	VBZ
19880	573	22	as	as	IN
19880	573	23	a	a	DT
19880	573	24	sort	sort	NN
19880	573	25	of	of	IN
19880	573	26	regulator	regulator	NN
19880	573	27	throughout	throughout	IN
19880	573	28	the	the	DT
19880	573	29	whole	whole	JJ
19880	573	30	economy	economy	NN
19880	573	31	.	.	.
19880	574	1	All	all	PDT
19880	574	2	the	the	DT
19880	574	3	parts	part	NNS
19880	574	4	of	of	IN
19880	574	5	the	the	DT
19880	574	6	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	574	7	tract	tract	NN
19880	574	8	are	be	VBP
19880	574	9	supplied	supply	VBN
19880	574	10	with	with	IN
19880	574	11	nerves	nerve	NNS
19880	574	12	,	,	,
19880	574	13	which	which	WDT
19880	574	14	are	be	VBP
19880	574	15	of	of	IN
19880	574	16	both	both	DT
19880	574	17	kinds	kind	NNS
19880	574	18	--	--	:
19880	574	19	those	those	DT
19880	574	20	which	which	WDT
19880	574	21	carry	carry	VBP
19880	574	22	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	574	23	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	574	24	or	or	CC
19880	574	25	messages	message	NNS
19880	574	26	from	from	IN
19880	574	27	and	and	CC
19880	574	28	those	those	DT
19880	574	29	which	which	WDT
19880	574	30	convey	convey	VBP
19880	574	31	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	574	32	to	to	IN
19880	574	33	the	the	DT
19880	574	34	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	574	35	centres	centre	NNS
19880	574	36	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	574	37	;	;	:
19880	574	38	in	in	IN
19880	574	39	other	other	JJ
19880	574	40	words	word	NNS
19880	574	41	,	,	,
19880	574	42	to	to	IN
19880	574	43	and	and	CC
19880	574	44	from	from	IN
19880	574	45	the	the	DT
19880	574	46	bodies	body	NNS
19880	574	47	of	of	IN
19880	574	48	the	the	DT
19880	574	49	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	574	50	-	-	HYPH
19880	574	51	cells	cell	NNS
19880	574	52	whose	whose	WP$
19880	574	53	extensions	extension	NNS
19880	574	54	are	be	VBP
19880	574	55	termed	term	VBN
19880	574	56	nerves	nerve	NNS
19880	574	57	.	.	.
19880	575	1	These	these	DT
19880	575	2	centres	centre	NNS
19880	575	3	are	be	VBP
19880	575	4	the	the	DT
19880	575	5	central	central	JJ
19880	575	6	offices	office	NNS
19880	575	7	where	where	WRB
19880	575	8	the	the	DT
19880	575	9	information	information	NN
19880	575	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	575	11	received	receive	VBN
19880	575	12	and	and	CC
19880	575	13	from	from	IN
19880	575	14	which	which	WDT
19880	575	15	orders	order	NNS
19880	575	16	are	be	VBP
19880	575	17	issued	issue	VBN
19880	575	18	,	,	,
19880	575	19	so	so	RB
19880	575	20	to	to	TO
19880	575	21	speak	speak	VB
19880	575	22	.	.	.
19880	576	1	The	the	DT
19880	576	2	chief	chief	JJ
19880	576	3	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	576	4	centre--_the	centre--_the	NNP
19880	576	5	_	_	NNP
19880	576	6	centre	centre	NN
19880	576	7	--	--	:
19880	576	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	576	9	situated	situate	VBN
19880	576	10	in	in	IN
19880	576	11	that	that	DT
19880	576	12	portion	portion	NN
19880	576	13	of	of	IN
19880	576	14	the	the	DT
19880	576	15	brain	brain	NN
19880	576	16	just	just	RB
19880	576	17	above	above	IN
19880	576	18	the	the	DT
19880	576	19	spinal	spinal	JJ
19880	576	20	cord	cord	NN
19880	576	21	,	,	,
19880	576	22	in	in	IN
19880	576	23	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	576	24	continuation	continuation	NN
19880	576	25	,	,	,
19880	576	26	in	in	IN
19880	576	27	fact	fact	NN
19880	576	28	,	,	,
19880	576	29	and	and	CC
19880	576	30	is	be	VBZ
19880	576	31	known	know	VBN
19880	576	32	as	as	IN
19880	576	33	the	the	DT
19880	576	34	_	_	NNP
19880	576	35	medulla	medulla	NNP
19880	576	36	oblongata	oblongata	NNP
19880	576	37	_	_	NNP
19880	576	38	,	,	,
19880	576	39	or	or	CC
19880	576	40	_	_	NNP
19880	576	41	bulb	bulb	NN
19880	576	42	_	_	NNP
19880	576	43	.	.	.
19880	577	1	But	but	CC
19880	577	2	while	while	IN
19880	577	3	this	this	DT
19880	577	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	577	5	the	the	DT
19880	577	6	head	head	NN
19880	577	7	centre	centre	NN
19880	577	8	,	,	,
19880	577	9	at	at	IN
19880	577	10	which	which	WDT
19880	577	11	the	the	DT
19880	577	12	ingoing	ingoing	NN
19880	577	13	(	(	-LRB-
19880	577	14	_	_	NNP
19880	577	15	afferent	afferent	NN
19880	577	16	_	_	NNP
19880	577	17	)	)	-RRB-
19880	577	18	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	577	19	are	be	VBP
19880	577	20	received	receive	VBN
19880	577	21	and	and	CC
19880	577	22	from	from	IN
19880	577	23	which	which	WDT
19880	577	24	the	the	DT
19880	577	25	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19880	577	26	(	(	-LRB-
19880	577	27	_	_	NNP
19880	577	28	efferent	efferent	NN
19880	577	29	_	_	NNP
19880	577	30	)	)	-RRB-
19880	577	31	ones	one	NNS
19880	577	32	proceed	proceed	VBP
19880	577	33	,	,	,
19880	577	34	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	577	35	makes	make	VBZ
19880	577	36	use	use	NN
19880	577	37	of	of	IN
19880	577	38	many	many	JJ
19880	577	39	other	other	JJ
19880	577	40	collections	collection	NNS
19880	577	41	of	of	IN
19880	577	42	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	577	43	-	-	HYPH
19880	577	44	cells	cell	NNS
19880	577	45	,	,	,
19880	577	46	or	or	CC
19880	577	47	subordinate	subordinate	JJ
19880	577	48	centres--_e.g	centres--_e.g	NN
19880	577	49	.	.	.
19880	577	50	_	_	NNP
19880	577	51	,	,	,
19880	577	52	those	those	DT
19880	577	53	whose	whose	WP$
19880	577	54	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	577	55	-	-	HYPH
19880	577	56	extensions	extension	NNS
19880	577	57	or	or	CC
19880	577	58	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	577	59	-	-	HYPH
19880	577	60	fibres	fibre	NNS
19880	577	61	proceed	proceed	NN
19880	577	62	from	from	IN
19880	577	63	the	the	DT
19880	577	64	spinal	spinal	JJ
19880	577	65	cord	cord	NN
19880	577	66	to	to	IN
19880	577	67	the	the	DT
19880	577	68	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	577	69	of	of	IN
19880	577	70	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	577	71	.	.	.
19880	578	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	578	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	578	3	:	:	:
19880	578	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	578	5	.	.	.
19880	579	1	15	15	CD
19880	579	2	.	.	.
19880	580	1	The	the	DT
19880	580	2	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	580	3	of	of	IN
19880	580	4	this	this	DT
19880	580	5	diagram	diagram	NN
19880	580	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	580	7	to	to	TO
19880	580	8	indicate	indicate	VB
19880	580	9	the	the	DT
19880	580	10	relation	relation	NN
19880	580	11	between	between	IN
19880	580	12	ingoing	ingoing	NN
19880	580	13	(	(	-LRB-
19880	580	14	afferent	afferent	NN
19880	580	15	)	)	-RRB-
19880	580	16	and	and	CC
19880	580	17	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19880	580	18	(	(	-LRB-
19880	580	19	efferent	efferent	NN
19880	580	20	)	)	-RRB-
19880	580	21	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	580	22	influences	influence	NNS
19880	580	23	(	(	-LRB-
19880	580	24	impulses)--in	impulses)--in	NNP
19880	580	25	other	other	JJ
19880	580	26	words	word	NNS
19880	580	27	,	,	,
19880	580	28	to	to	TO
19880	580	29	illustrate	illustrate	VB
19880	580	30	_	_	NNP
19880	580	31	reflex	reflex	NNP
19880	580	32	action	action	NN
19880	580	33	_	_	NNP
19880	580	34	.	.	.
19880	581	1	The	the	DT
19880	581	2	paths	path	NNS
19880	581	3	of	of	IN
19880	581	4	the	the	DT
19880	581	5	ingoing	ingoe	VBG
19880	581	6	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	581	7	are	be	VBP
19880	581	8	indicated	indicate	VBN
19880	581	9	by	by	IN
19880	581	10	black	black	JJ
19880	581	11	lines	line	NNS
19880	581	12	,	,	,
19880	581	13	and	and	CC
19880	581	14	those	those	DT
19880	581	15	of	of	IN
19880	581	16	the	the	DT
19880	581	17	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19880	581	18	ones	one	NNS
19880	581	19	by	by	IN
19880	581	20	red	red	JJ
19880	581	21	lines	line	NNS
19880	581	22	,	,	,
19880	581	23	the	the	DT
19880	581	24	point	point	NN
19880	581	25	of	of	IN
19880	581	26	termination	termination	NN
19880	581	27	being	be	VBG
19880	581	28	shown	show	VBN
19880	581	29	by	by	IN
19880	581	30	an	an	DT
19880	581	31	arrow	arrow	NN
19880	581	32	-	-	HYPH
19880	581	33	tip	tip	NN
19880	581	34	.	.	.
19880	582	1	The	the	DT
19880	582	2	result	result	NN
19880	582	3	of	of	IN
19880	582	4	an	an	DT
19880	582	5	ingoing	ingoing	JJ
19880	582	6	message	message	NN
19880	582	7	may	may	MD
19880	582	8	be	be	VB
19880	582	9	either	either	CC
19880	582	10	favorable	favorable	JJ
19880	582	11	or	or	CC
19880	582	12	unfavorable	unfavorable	JJ
19880	582	13	.	.	.
19880	583	1	The	the	DT
19880	583	2	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	583	3	impulse	impulse	NN
19880	583	4	that	that	WDT
19880	583	5	reaches	reach	VBZ
19880	583	6	the	the	DT
19880	583	7	brain	brain	NN
19880	583	8	through	through	IN
19880	583	9	the	the	DT
19880	583	10	eye	eye	NN
19880	583	11	may	may	MD
19880	583	12	be	be	VB
19880	583	13	either	either	CC
19880	583	14	exhilarating	exhilarate	VBG
19880	583	15	or	or	CC
19880	583	16	depressing	depressing	JJ
19880	583	17	.	.	.
19880	584	1	The	the	DT
19880	584	2	experienced	experienced	JJ
19880	584	3	singer	singer	NN
19880	584	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	584	5	usually	usually	RB
19880	584	6	stimulated	stimulate	VBN
19880	584	7	by	by	IN
19880	584	8	the	the	DT
19880	584	9	sight	sight	NN
19880	584	10	of	of	IN
19880	584	11	an	an	DT
19880	584	12	audience	audience	NN
19880	584	13	,	,	,
19880	584	14	while	while	IN
19880	584	15	the	the	DT
19880	584	16	beginner	beginner	NN
19880	584	17	may	may	MD
19880	584	18	be	be	VB
19880	584	19	rendered	render	VBN
19880	584	20	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	584	21	,	,	,
19880	584	22	and	and	CC
19880	584	23	this	this	DT
19880	584	24	may	may	MD
19880	584	25	express	express	VB
19880	584	26	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	584	27	in	in	IN
19880	584	28	many	many	JJ
19880	584	29	and	and	CC
19880	584	30	widely	widely	RB
19880	584	31	distant	distant	JJ
19880	584	32	parts	part	NNS
19880	584	33	of	of	IN
19880	584	34	the	the	DT
19880	584	35	body	body	NN
19880	584	36	.	.	.
19880	585	1	An	an	DT
19880	585	2	unfavorable	unfavorable	JJ
19880	585	3	message	message	NN
19880	585	4	may	may	MD
19880	585	5	reach	reach	VB
19880	585	6	the	the	DT
19880	585	7	diaphragm	diaphragm	JJ
19880	585	8	or	or	CC
19880	585	9	intercostal	intercostal	JJ
19880	585	10	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	585	11	,	,	,
19880	585	12	and	and	CC
19880	585	13	render	render	VB
19880	585	14	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	585	15	shallow	shallow	NN
19880	585	16	,	,	,
19880	585	17	irregular	irregular	JJ
19880	585	18	,	,	,
19880	585	19	or	or	CC
19880	585	20	,	,	,
19880	585	21	in	in	IN
19880	585	22	the	the	DT
19880	585	23	worst	bad	JJS
19880	585	24	cases	case	NNS
19880	585	25	,	,	,
19880	585	26	almost	almost	RB
19880	585	27	gasping	gasp	VBG
19880	585	28	.	.	.
19880	586	1	The	the	DT
19880	586	2	heart	heart	NN
19880	586	3	or	or	CC
19880	586	4	stomach	stomach	NN
19880	586	5	,	,	,
19880	586	6	even	even	RB
19880	586	7	the	the	DT
19880	586	8	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	586	9	of	of	IN
19880	586	10	the	the	DT
19880	586	11	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	586	12	,	,	,
19880	586	13	the	the	DT
19880	586	14	limbs	limb	NNS
19880	586	15	,	,	,
19880	586	16	etc	etc	FW
19880	586	17	.	.	.
19880	586	18	,	,	,
19880	586	19	may	may	MD
19880	586	20	be	be	VB
19880	586	21	affected	affect	VBN
19880	586	22	,	,	,
19880	586	23	and	and	CC
19880	586	24	trembling	trembling	NN
19880	586	25	be	be	VB
19880	586	26	the	the	DT
19880	586	27	result	result	NN
19880	586	28	.	.	.
19880	587	1	On	on	IN
19880	587	2	the	the	DT
19880	587	3	other	other	JJ
19880	587	4	hand	hand	NN
19880	587	5	,	,	,
19880	587	6	the	the	DT
19880	587	7	laryngeal	laryngeal	NN
19880	587	8	and	and	CC
19880	587	9	other	other	JJ
19880	587	10	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	587	11	may	may	MD
19880	587	12	be	be	VB
19880	587	13	toned	tone	VBN
19880	587	14	up	up	RP
19880	587	15	,	,	,
19880	587	16	and	and	CC
19880	587	17	the	the	DT
19880	587	18	voice	voice	NN
19880	587	19	rendered	render	VBD
19880	587	20	better	well	RBR
19880	587	21	than	than	IN
19880	587	22	usual	usual	JJ
19880	587	23	,	,	,
19880	587	24	as	as	IN
19880	587	25	a	a	DT
19880	587	26	result	result	NN
19880	587	27	of	of	IN
19880	587	28	applause--_i.e	applause--_i.e	NNP
19880	587	29	.	.	.
19880	587	30	_	_	NNP
19880	587	31	,	,	,
19880	587	32	by	by	IN
19880	587	33	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	587	34	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	587	35	through	through	IN
19880	587	36	the	the	DT
19880	587	37	ear	ear	NN
19880	587	38	--	--	:
19880	587	39	or	or	CC
19880	587	40	,	,	,
19880	587	41	again	again	RB
19880	587	42	,	,	,
19880	587	43	by	by	IN
19880	587	44	the	the	DT
19880	587	45	sight	sight	NN
19880	587	46	of	of	IN
19880	587	47	a	a	DT
19880	587	48	friend	friend	NN
19880	587	49	.	.	.
19880	588	1	Even	even	RB
19880	588	2	a	a	DT
19880	588	3	very	very	RB
19880	588	4	tight	tight	JJ
19880	588	5	glove	glove	NN
19880	588	6	or	or	CC
19880	588	7	a	a	DT
19880	588	8	pinching	pinch	VBG
19880	588	9	shoe	shoe	NN
19880	588	10	may	may	MD
19880	588	11	suffice	suffice	VB
19880	588	12	to	to	TO
19880	588	13	hamper	hamper	VB
19880	588	14	the	the	DT
19880	588	15	action	action	NN
19880	588	16	of	of	IN
19880	588	17	the	the	DT
19880	588	18	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	588	19	required	require	VBN
19880	588	20	for	for	IN
19880	588	21	singing	singing	NN
19880	588	22	or	or	CC
19880	588	23	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	588	24	.	.	.
19880	589	1	All	all	DT
19880	589	2	this	this	DT
19880	589	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	589	4	a	a	DT
19880	589	5	result	result	NN
19880	589	6	of	of	IN
19880	589	7	reflex	reflex	NNP
19880	589	8	action--_i.e	action--_i.e	NNP
19880	589	9	.	.	.
19880	589	10	_	_	NNP
19880	589	11	,	,	,
19880	589	12	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19880	589	13	messages	message	NNS
19880	589	14	set	set	VBN
19880	589	15	up	up	RP
19880	589	16	by	by	IN
19880	589	17	ingoing	ingoe	VBG
19880	589	18	ones	one	NNS
19880	589	19	--	--	:
19880	589	20	the	the	DT
19880	589	21	"	"	``
19880	589	22	centre	centre	NN
19880	589	23	"	"	''
19880	589	24	being	be	VBG
19880	589	25	either	either	CC
19880	589	26	the	the	DT
19880	589	27	brain	brain	NN
19880	589	28	or	or	CC
19880	589	29	the	the	DT
19880	589	30	spinal	spinal	JJ
19880	589	31	cord	cord	NN
19880	589	32	.	.	.
19880	590	1	From	from	IN
19880	590	2	all	all	PDT
19880	590	3	this	this	DT
19880	590	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	590	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	590	6	evident	evident	JJ
19880	590	7	that	that	IN
19880	590	8	the	the	DT
19880	590	9	singer	singer	NN
19880	590	10	or	or	CC
19880	590	11	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	590	12	must	must	MD
19880	590	13	guard	guard	VB
19880	590	14	against	against	IN
19880	590	15	everything	everything	NN
19880	590	16	unfavorable	unfavorable	JJ
19880	590	17	,	,	,
19880	590	18	to	to	IN
19880	590	19	an	an	DT
19880	590	20	extent	extent	NN
19880	590	21	that	that	IN
19880	590	22	an	an	DT
19880	590	23	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	590	24	person	person	NN
19880	590	25	need	need	VBP
19880	590	26	not	not	RB
19880	590	27	.	.	.
19880	591	1	The	the	DT
19880	591	2	stomach	stomach	NN
19880	591	3	,	,	,
19880	591	4	as	as	IN
19880	591	5	the	the	DT
19880	591	6	diagram	diagram	NN
19880	591	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	591	8	also	also	RB
19880	591	9	meant	mean	VBN
19880	591	10	to	to	TO
19880	591	11	show	show	VB
19880	591	12	,	,	,
19880	591	13	may	may	MD
19880	591	14	express	express	VB
19880	591	15	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	591	16	on	on	IN
19880	591	17	the	the	DT
19880	591	18	brain	brain	NN
19880	591	19	,	,	,
19880	591	20	and	and	CC
19880	591	21	give	give	VB
19880	591	22	rise	rise	NN
19880	591	23	,	,	,
19880	591	24	as	as	IN
19880	591	25	in	in	IN
19880	591	26	fact	fact	NN
19880	591	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	591	28	often	often	RB
19880	591	29	does	do	VBZ
19880	591	30	,	,	,
19880	591	31	owing	owe	VBG
19880	591	32	to	to	IN
19880	591	33	indiscretion	indiscretion	NN
19880	591	34	in	in	IN
19880	591	35	eating	eat	VBG
19880	591	36	,	,	,
19880	591	37	to	to	IN
19880	591	38	unpleasant	unpleasant	JJ
19880	591	39	outward	outward	JJ
19880	591	40	effects	effect	NNS
19880	591	41	on	on	IN
19880	591	42	the	the	DT
19880	591	43	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	591	44	required	require	VBN
19880	591	45	in	in	IN
19880	591	46	singing	singing	NN
19880	591	47	or	or	CC
19880	591	48	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	591	49	.	.	.
19880	592	1	Of	of	RB
19880	592	2	course	course	RB
19880	592	3	,	,	,
19880	592	4	no	no	DT
19880	592	5	attempt	attempt	NN
19880	592	6	has	have	VBZ
19880	592	7	been	be	VBN
19880	592	8	made	make	VBN
19880	592	9	in	in	IN
19880	592	10	the	the	DT
19880	592	11	above	above	JJ
19880	592	12	figure	figure	NN
19880	592	13	to	to	TO
19880	592	14	express	express	VB
19880	592	15	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
19880	592	16	forms	form	NNS
19880	592	17	and	and	CC
19880	592	18	relations	relation	NNS
19880	592	19	exactly	exactly	RB
19880	592	20	.	.	.
19880	592	21	]	]	-RRB-
19880	593	1	When	when	WRB
19880	593	2	all	all	PDT
19880	593	3	the	the	DT
19880	593	4	ingoing	ingoe	VBG
19880	593	5	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	593	6	from	from	IN
19880	593	7	the	the	DT
19880	593	8	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	593	9	,	,	,
19880	593	10	etc	etc	FW
19880	593	11	.	.	FW
19880	593	12	,	,	,
19880	593	13	are	be	VBP
19880	593	14	cut	cut	VBN
19880	593	15	off	off	RP
19880	593	16	,	,	,
19880	593	17	if	if	IN
19880	593	18	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	593	19	does	do	VBZ
19880	593	20	not	not	RB
19880	593	21	actually	actually	RB
19880	593	22	cease	cease	VB
19880	593	23	,	,	,
19880	593	24	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	593	25	is	be	VBZ
19880	593	26	carried	carry	VBN
19880	593	27	out	out	RP
19880	593	28	in	in	IN
19880	593	29	a	a	DT
19880	593	30	way	way	NN
19880	593	31	so	so	RB
19880	593	32	ineffective	ineffective	JJ
19880	593	33	that	that	IN
19880	593	34	life	life	NN
19880	593	35	can	can	MD
19880	593	36	not	not	RB
19880	593	37	be	be	VB
19880	593	38	long	long	RB
19880	593	39	sustained	sustain	VBN
19880	593	40	.	.	.
19880	594	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	594	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	594	3	that	that	IN
19880	594	4	as	as	IN
19880	594	5	the	the	DT
19880	594	6	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	594	7	contractions	contraction	NNS
19880	594	8	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	594	9	for	for	IN
19880	594	10	the	the	DT
19880	594	11	chest	chest	NN
19880	594	12	and	and	CC
19880	594	13	other	other	JJ
19880	594	14	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	594	15	movements	movement	NNS
19880	594	16	are	be	VBP
19880	594	17	dependent	dependent	JJ
19880	594	18	on	on	IN
19880	594	19	the	the	DT
19880	594	20	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	594	21	passing	pass	VBG
19880	594	22	in	in	RP
19880	594	23	from	from	IN
19880	594	24	the	the	DT
19880	594	25	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	594	26	,	,	,
19880	594	27	etc	etc	FW
19880	594	28	.	.	FW
19880	594	29	,	,	,
19880	594	30	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	594	31	belongs	belong	VBZ
19880	594	32	to	to	IN
19880	594	33	the	the	DT
19880	594	34	class	class	NN
19880	594	35	of	of	IN
19880	594	36	movements	movement	NNS
19880	594	37	known	know	VBN
19880	594	38	as	as	IN
19880	594	39	reflex	reflex	NNP
19880	594	40	--	--	:
19880	594	41	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	594	42	so	so	RB
19880	594	43	,	,	,
19880	594	44	at	at	IN
19880	594	45	all	all	DT
19880	594	46	events	event	NNS
19880	594	47	.	.	.
19880	595	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	595	2	will	will	MD
19880	595	3	thus	thus	RB
19880	595	4	be	be	VB
19880	595	5	seen	see	VBN
19880	595	6	that	that	IN
19880	595	7	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	595	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	595	9	a	a	DT
19880	595	10	sort	sort	NN
19880	595	11	of	of	IN
19880	595	12	self	self	NN
19880	595	13	-	-	HYPH
19880	595	14	regulative	regulative	JJ
19880	595	15	process	process	NN
19880	595	16	,	,	,
19880	595	17	the	the	DT
19880	595	18	movements	movement	NNS
19880	595	19	being	be	VBG
19880	595	20	in	in	IN
19880	595	21	proportion	proportion	NN
19880	595	22	to	to	IN
19880	595	23	the	the	DT
19880	595	24	needs	need	NNS
19880	595	25	of	of	IN
19880	595	26	the	the	DT
19880	595	27	body	body	NN
19880	595	28	.	.	.
19880	596	1	The	the	DT
19880	596	2	greater	great	JJR
19880	596	3	the	the	DT
19880	596	4	need	need	NN
19880	596	5	for	for	IN
19880	596	6	oxygen	oxygen	NN
19880	596	7	,	,	,
19880	596	8	the	the	DT
19880	596	9	more	more	JJR
19880	596	10	are	be	VBP
19880	596	11	the	the	DT
19880	596	12	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	596	13	-	-	HYPH
19880	596	14	terminals	terminal	NNS
19880	596	15	in	in	IN
19880	596	16	the	the	DT
19880	596	17	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	596	18	and	and	CC
19880	596	19	the	the	DT
19880	596	20	centre	centre	NN
19880	596	21	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	596	22	stimulated	stimulate	VBD
19880	596	23	,	,	,
19880	596	24	with	with	IN
19880	596	25	,	,	,
19880	596	26	as	as	IN
19880	596	27	a	a	DT
19880	596	28	result	result	NN
19880	596	29	,	,	,
19880	596	30	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19880	596	31	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19880	596	32	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	596	33	to	to	IN
19880	596	34	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	596	35	.	.	.
19880	597	1	As	as	IN
19880	597	2	the	the	DT
19880	597	3	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	597	4	centre	centre	NN
19880	597	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	597	6	readily	readily	RB
19880	597	7	reached	reach	VBN
19880	597	8	by	by	IN
19880	597	9	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	597	10	from	from	IN
19880	597	11	every	every	DT
19880	597	12	part	part	NN
19880	597	13	of	of	IN
19880	597	14	the	the	DT
19880	597	15	body	body	NN
19880	597	16	,	,	,
19880	597	17	like	like	IN
19880	597	18	one	one	CD
19880	597	19	who	who	WP
19880	597	20	keeps	keep	VBZ
19880	597	21	open	open	JJ
19880	597	22	house	house	NN
19880	597	23	,	,	,
19880	597	24	there	there	EX
19880	597	25	are	be	VBP
19880	597	26	many	many	JJ
19880	597	27	different	different	JJ
19880	597	28	sorts	sort	NNS
19880	597	29	of	of	IN
19880	597	30	visitors	visitor	NNS
19880	597	31	,	,	,
19880	597	32	not	not	RB
19880	597	33	all	all	DT
19880	597	34	desirable	desirable	JJ
19880	597	35	.	.	.
19880	598	1	If	if	IN
19880	598	2	,	,	,
19880	598	3	for	for	IN
19880	598	4	example	example	NN
19880	598	5	,	,	,
19880	598	6	a	a	DT
19880	598	7	drop	drop	NN
19880	598	8	of	of	IN
19880	598	9	a	a	DT
19880	598	10	fluid	fluid	NN
19880	598	11	that	that	WDT
19880	598	12	produces	produce	VBZ
19880	598	13	no	no	DT
19880	598	14	special	special	JJ
19880	598	15	effect	effect	NN
19880	598	16	when	when	WRB
19880	598	17	on	on	IN
19880	598	18	the	the	DT
19880	598	19	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	598	20	gets	get	VBZ
19880	598	21	into	into	IN
19880	598	22	the	the	DT
19880	598	23	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	598	24	,	,	,
19880	598	25	trachea	trachea	NN
19880	598	26	,	,	,
19880	598	27	or	or	CC
19880	598	28	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	598	29	,	,	,
19880	598	30	the	the	DT
19880	598	31	most	most	RBS
19880	598	32	violent	violent	JJ
19880	598	33	coughing	coughing	NN
19880	598	34	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	598	35	.	.	.
19880	599	1	This	this	DT
19880	599	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	599	3	one	one	CD
19880	599	4	illustration	illustration	NN
19880	599	5	of	of	IN
19880	599	6	the	the	DT
19880	599	7	_	_	NNP
19880	599	8	protective	protective	JJ
19880	599	9	_	_	NNP
19880	599	10	character	character	NN
19880	599	11	of	of	IN
19880	599	12	many	many	JJ
19880	599	13	reflexes	reflex	NNS
19880	599	14	.	.	.
19880	600	1	This	this	DT
19880	600	2	violent	violent	JJ
19880	600	3	action	action	NN
19880	600	4	of	of	IN
19880	600	5	the	the	DT
19880	600	6	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	600	7	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	600	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	600	9	not	not	RB
19880	600	10	in	in	IN
19880	600	11	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	600	12	a	a	DT
19880	600	13	desirable	desirable	JJ
19880	600	14	thing	thing	NN
19880	600	15	,	,	,
19880	600	16	because	because	IN
19880	600	17	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	600	18	disturbs	disturb	VBZ
19880	600	19	if	if	IN
19880	600	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	600	21	does	do	VBZ
19880	600	22	not	not	RB
19880	600	23	exhaust	exhaust	VB
19880	600	24	,	,	,
19880	600	25	but	but	CC
19880	600	26	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	600	27	is	be	VBZ
19880	600	28	preferable	preferable	JJ
19880	600	29	to	to	IN
19880	600	30	the	the	DT
19880	600	31	inflammation	inflammation	NN
19880	600	32	that	that	WDT
19880	600	33	might	may	MD
19880	600	34	result	result	VB
19880	600	35	if	if	IN
19880	600	36	the	the	DT
19880	600	37	fluid	fluid	NN
19880	600	38	,	,	,
19880	600	39	a	a	DT
19880	600	40	bread	bread	NN
19880	600	41	-	-	HYPH
19880	600	42	crumb	crumb	JJ
19880	600	43	,	,	,
19880	600	44	etc	etc	FW
19880	600	45	.	.	.
19880	600	46	,	,	,
19880	600	47	were	be	VBD
19880	600	48	to	to	TO
19880	600	49	pass	pass	VB
19880	600	50	into	into	IN
19880	600	51	the	the	DT
19880	600	52	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	600	53	.	.	.
19880	601	1	In	in	IN
19880	601	2	like	like	JJ
19880	601	3	manner	manner	NN
19880	601	4	,	,	,
19880	601	5	the	the	DT
19880	601	6	deep	deep	JJ
19880	601	7	breath	breath	NN
19880	601	8	and	and	CC
19880	601	9	the	the	DT
19880	601	10	"	"	``
19880	601	11	Oh	oh	UH
19880	601	12	!	!	.
19880	601	13	"	"	''
19880	602	1	that	that	DT
19880	602	2	follow	follow	VBP
19880	602	3	a	a	DT
19880	602	4	fear	fear	NN
19880	602	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	602	6	inspiring	inspire	VBG
19880	602	7	sight	sight	NN
19880	602	8	,	,	,
19880	602	9	a	a	DT
19880	602	10	very	very	RB
19880	602	11	loud	loud	JJ
19880	602	12	noise	noise	NN
19880	602	13	,	,	,
19880	602	14	or	or	CC
19880	602	15	a	a	DT
19880	602	16	severe	severe	JJ
19880	602	17	pinch	pinch	NN
19880	602	18	of	of	IN
19880	602	19	the	the	DT
19880	602	20	skin	skin	NN
19880	602	21	,	,	,
19880	602	22	are	be	VBP
19880	602	23	examples	example	NNS
19880	602	24	of	of	IN
19880	602	25	reflex	reflex	JJ
19880	602	26	action	action	NN
19880	602	27	.	.	.
19880	603	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	603	2	are	be	VBP
19880	603	3	quite	quite	RB
19880	603	4	independent	independent	JJ
19880	603	5	of	of	IN
19880	603	6	the	the	DT
19880	603	7	will	will	NN
19880	603	8	,	,	,
19880	603	9	though	though	IN
19880	603	10	in	in	IN
19880	603	11	some	some	DT
19880	603	12	cases	case	NNS
19880	603	13	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	603	14	may	may	MD
19880	603	15	be	be	VB
19880	603	16	prevented	prevent	VBN
19880	603	17	by	by	IN
19880	603	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	603	19	.	.	.
19880	604	1	This	this	DT
19880	604	2	reflex	reflex	JJ
19880	604	3	nature	nature	NN
19880	604	4	of	of	IN
19880	604	5	breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	604	6	throws	throw	NNS
19880	604	7	much	much	JJ
19880	604	8	light	light	NN
19880	604	9	on	on	IN
19880	604	10	many	many	JJ
19880	604	11	matters	matter	NNS
19880	604	12	of	of	IN
19880	604	13	great	great	JJ
19880	604	14	interest	interest	NN
19880	604	15	to	to	IN
19880	604	16	the	the	DT
19880	604	17	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	604	18	and	and	CC
19880	604	19	singer	singer	NN
19880	604	20	,	,	,
19880	604	21	some	some	DT
19880	604	22	of	of	IN
19880	604	23	which	which	WDT
19880	604	24	,	,	,
19880	604	25	as	as	IN
19880	604	26	the	the	DT
19880	604	27	formation	formation	NN
19880	604	28	of	of	IN
19880	604	29	good	good	JJ
19880	604	30	habits	habit	NNS
19880	604	31	of	of	IN
19880	604	32	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	604	33	,	,	,
19880	604	34	will	will	MD
19880	604	35	be	be	VB
19880	604	36	considered	consider	VBN
19880	604	37	later	later	RB
19880	604	38	.	.	.
19880	605	1	Unfortunately	unfortunately	RB
19880	605	2	for	for	IN
19880	605	3	the	the	DT
19880	605	4	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	605	5	débutant	débutant	NN
19880	605	6	,	,	,
19880	605	7	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	605	8	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	605	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	605	10	anything	anything	NN
19880	605	11	but	but	IN
19880	605	12	what	what	WP
19880	605	13	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	605	14	could	could	MD
19880	605	15	wish	wish	VB
19880	605	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	605	17	.	.	.
19880	606	1	The	the	DT
19880	606	2	pale	pale	JJ
19880	606	3	face	face	NN
19880	606	4	and	and	CC
19880	606	5	almost	almost	RB
19880	606	6	gasping	gasp	VBG
19880	606	7	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	606	8	,	,	,
19880	606	9	in	in	IN
19880	606	10	the	the	DT
19880	606	11	worst	bad	JJS
19880	606	12	cases	case	NNS
19880	606	13	,	,	,
19880	606	14	are	be	VBP
19880	606	15	not	not	RB
19880	606	16	unknown	unknown	JJ
19880	606	17	to	to	IN
19880	606	18	the	the	DT
19880	606	19	experienced	experienced	JJ
19880	606	20	observer	observer	NN
19880	606	21	.	.	.
19880	607	1	In	in	IN
19880	607	2	such	such	JJ
19880	607	3	cases	case	NNS
19880	607	4	the	the	DT
19880	607	5	preventive	preventive	JJ
19880	607	6	(	(	-LRB-
19880	607	7	_	_	NNP
19880	607	8	inhibitory	inhibitory	NN
19880	607	9	_	_	NNP
19880	607	10	)	)	-RRB-
19880	607	11	influence	influence	NN
19880	607	12	of	of	IN
19880	607	13	certain	certain	JJ
19880	607	14	ingoing	ingoing	NN
19880	607	15	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	607	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	607	17	but	but	CC
19880	607	18	too	too	RB
19880	607	19	obvious	obvious	JJ
19880	607	20	.	.	.
19880	608	1	Such	such	JJ
19880	608	2	undesirable	undesirable	JJ
19880	608	3	messages	message	NNS
19880	608	4	may	may	MD
19880	608	5	pass	pass	VB
19880	608	6	in	in	RP
19880	608	7	through	through	IN
19880	608	8	the	the	DT
19880	608	9	eyes	eye	NNS
19880	608	10	when	when	WRB
19880	608	11	the	the	DT
19880	608	12	young	young	JJ
19880	608	13	singer	singer	NN
19880	608	14	looks	look	VBZ
19880	608	15	out	out	RP
19880	608	16	on	on	IN
19880	608	17	the	the	DT
19880	608	18	throng	throng	NN
19880	608	19	that	that	WDT
19880	608	20	may	may	MD
19880	608	21	either	either	CC
19880	608	22	approve	approve	VB
19880	608	23	or	or	CC
19880	608	24	condemn	condemn	VB
19880	608	25	;	;	,
19880	608	26	or	or	CC
19880	608	27	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	608	28	may	may	MD
19880	608	29	originate	originate	VB
19880	608	30	within	within	IN
19880	608	31	,	,	,
19880	608	32	and	and	CC
19880	608	33	pass	pass	VB
19880	608	34	from	from	IN
19880	608	35	the	the	DT
19880	608	36	higher	high	JJR
19880	608	37	part	part	NN
19880	608	38	of	of	IN
19880	608	39	the	the	DT
19880	608	40	brain	brain	NN
19880	608	41	to	to	IN
19880	608	42	the	the	DT
19880	608	43	lower	low	JJR
19880	608	44	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	608	45	centre	centre	NN
19880	608	46	.	.	.
19880	609	1	The	the	DT
19880	609	2	beginner	beginner	NN
19880	609	3	may	may	MD
19880	609	4	have	have	VB
19880	609	5	high	high	JJ
19880	609	6	ideals	ideal	NNS
19880	609	7	of	of	IN
19880	609	8	art	art	NN
19880	609	9	,	,	,
19880	609	10	and	and	CC
19880	609	11	fear	fear	VBP
19880	609	12	that	that	IN
19880	609	13	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	609	14	will	will	MD
19880	609	15	be	be	VB
19880	609	16	but	but	CC
19880	609	17	ill	ill	NNP
19880	609	18	realized	realize	VBN
19880	609	19	in	in	IN
19880	609	20	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	609	21	performance	performance	NN
19880	609	22	.	.	.
19880	610	1	His	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	610	2	ideals	ideal	NNS
19880	610	3	in	in	IN
19880	610	4	this	this	DT
19880	610	5	instance	instance	NN
19880	610	6	do	do	VBP
19880	610	7	not	not	RB
19880	610	8	help	help	VB
19880	610	9	but	but	CC
19880	610	10	hinder	hinder	VB
19880	610	11	,	,	,
19880	610	12	for	for	IN
19880	610	13	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	610	14	interfere	interfere	VBP
19880	610	15	with	with	IN
19880	610	16	the	the	DT
19880	610	17	regular	regular	JJ
19880	610	18	action	action	NN
19880	610	19	of	of	IN
19880	610	20	the	the	DT
19880	610	21	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	610	22	centre	centre	NN
19880	610	23	.	.	.
19880	611	1	A	a	DT
19880	611	2	few	few	JJ
19880	611	3	deep	deep	JJ
19880	611	4	breaths	breath	NNS
19880	611	5	after	after	IN
19880	611	6	the	the	DT
19880	611	7	platform	platform	NN
19880	611	8	has	have	VBZ
19880	611	9	been	be	VBN
19880	611	10	reached	reach	VBN
19880	611	11	greatly	greatly	RB
19880	611	12	help	help	NN
19880	611	13	under	under	IN
19880	611	14	such	such	JJ
19880	611	15	circumstances	circumstance	NNS
19880	611	16	.	.	.
19880	612	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	612	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	612	3	also	also	RB
19880	612	4	wise	wise	JJ
19880	612	5	for	for	IN
19880	612	6	the	the	DT
19880	612	7	singer	singer	NN
19880	612	8	to	to	TO
19880	612	9	avoid	avoid	VB
19880	612	10	those	those	DT
19880	612	11	songs	song	NNS
19880	612	12	that	that	WDT
19880	612	13	begin	begin	VBP
19880	612	14	softly	softly	RB
19880	612	15	and	and	CC
19880	612	16	require	require	VB
19880	612	17	long	long	JJ
19880	612	18	breaths	breath	NNS
19880	612	19	and	and	CC
19880	612	20	very	very	RB
19880	612	21	evenly	evenly	RB
19880	612	22	sustained	sustain	VBN
19880	612	23	tones	tone	NNS
19880	612	24	.	.	.
19880	613	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	613	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	613	3	much	much	RB
19880	613	4	better	well	JJR
19880	613	5	to	to	TO
19880	613	6	begin	begin	VB
19880	613	7	with	with	IN
19880	613	8	a	a	DT
19880	613	9	selection	selection	NN
19880	613	10	that	that	WDT
19880	613	11	brings	bring	VBZ
19880	613	12	the	the	DT
19880	613	13	breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	613	14	organs	organ	NNS
19880	613	15	into	into	IN
19880	613	16	fairly	fairly	RB
19880	613	17	active	active	JJ
19880	613	18	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	613	19	at	at	IN
19880	613	20	once	once	RB
19880	613	21	.	.	.
19880	614	1	One	one	CD
19880	614	2	feeble	feeble	JJ
19880	614	3	,	,	,
19880	614	4	hesitating	hesitating	NN
19880	614	5	,	,	,
19880	614	6	or	or	CC
19880	614	7	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	614	8	ineffective	ineffective	JJ
19880	614	9	tone	tone	NN
19880	614	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	614	11	in	in	IN
19880	614	12	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	614	13	a	a	DT
19880	614	14	stimulus	stimulus	NN
19880	614	15	of	of	IN
19880	614	16	the	the	DT
19880	614	17	wrong	wrong	JJ
19880	614	18	kind	kind	NN
19880	614	19	,	,	,
19880	614	20	sending	send	VBG
19880	614	21	in	in	IN
19880	614	22	unfavorable	unfavorable	JJ
19880	614	23	messages	message	NNS
19880	614	24	which	which	WDT
19880	614	25	are	be	VBP
19880	614	26	only	only	RB
19880	614	27	too	too	RB
19880	614	28	apt	apt	JJ
19880	614	29	to	to	TO
19880	614	30	reach	reach	VB
19880	614	31	the	the	DT
19880	614	32	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	614	33	and	and	CC
19880	614	34	other	other	JJ
19880	614	35	centres	centre	NNS
19880	614	36	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	614	37	in	in	IN
19880	614	38	voice	voice	NN
19880	614	39	-	-	HYPH
19880	614	40	production	production	NN
19880	614	41	;	;	:
19880	614	42	but	but	CC
19880	614	43	of	of	IN
19880	614	44	this	this	DT
19880	614	45	subject	subject	NN
19880	614	46	of	of	IN
19880	614	47	nervousness	nervousness	NN
19880	614	48	again	again	RB
19880	614	49	.	.	.
19880	615	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	615	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	615	3	important	important	JJ
19880	615	4	to	to	TO
19880	615	5	realize	realize	VB
19880	615	6	that	that	DT
19880	615	7	sounds	sound	VBZ
19880	615	8	,	,	,
19880	615	9	whether	whether	IN
19880	615	10	musical	musical	JJ
19880	615	11	or	or	CC
19880	615	12	the	the	DT
19880	615	13	reverse	reverse	NN
19880	615	14	,	,	,
19880	615	15	are	be	VBP
19880	615	16	produced	produce	VBN
19880	615	17	by	by	IN
19880	615	18	the	the	DT
19880	615	19	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19880	615	20	stream	stream	NN
19880	615	21	of	of	IN
19880	615	22	breath	breath	NN
19880	615	23	,	,	,
19880	615	24	by	by	IN
19880	615	25	an	an	DT
19880	615	26	expiratory	expiratory	NN
19880	615	27	effort	effort	NN
19880	615	28	.	.	.
19880	616	1	Breath	Breath	NNP
19880	616	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	616	3	taken	take	VBN
19880	616	4	in	in	RP
19880	616	5	by	by	IN
19880	616	6	the	the	DT
19880	616	7	voice	voice	NN
19880	616	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	616	9	producer	producer	NN
19880	616	10	in	in	IN
19880	616	11	order	order	NN
19880	616	12	to	to	TO
19880	616	13	be	be	VB
19880	616	14	converted	convert	VBN
19880	616	15	into	into	IN
19880	616	16	that	that	DT
19880	616	17	expiratory	expiratory	JJ
19880	616	18	force	force	NN
19880	616	19	which	which	WDT
19880	616	20	,	,	,
19880	616	21	playing	play	VBG
19880	616	22	on	on	IN
19880	616	23	the	the	DT
19880	616	24	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	616	25	bands	band	NNS
19880	616	26	,	,	,
19880	616	27	causes	cause	VBZ
19880	616	28	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	616	29	to	to	TO
19880	616	30	vibrate	vibrate	VB
19880	616	31	or	or	CC
19880	616	32	pass	pass	VB
19880	616	33	into	into	IN
19880	616	34	the	the	DT
19880	616	35	rapid	rapid	JJ
19880	616	36	movements	movement	NNS
19880	616	37	which	which	WDT
19880	616	38	give	give	VBP
19880	616	39	rise	rise	NN
19880	616	40	to	to	IN
19880	616	41	similar	similar	JJ
19880	616	42	movements	movement	NNS
19880	616	43	of	of	IN
19880	616	44	the	the	DT
19880	616	45	air	air	NN
19880	616	46	in	in	IN
19880	616	47	the	the	DT
19880	616	48	cavities	cavity	NNS
19880	616	49	above	above	IN
19880	616	50	the	the	DT
19880	616	51	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	616	52	,	,	,
19880	616	53	the	the	DT
19880	616	54	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	616	55	-	-	HYPH
19880	616	56	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	616	57	,	,	,
19880	616	58	and	and	CC
19880	616	59	on	on	IN
19880	616	60	which	which	WDT
19880	616	61	the	the	DT
19880	616	62	final	final	JJ
19880	616	63	result	result	NN
19880	616	64	as	as	IN
19880	616	65	regards	regard	VBZ
19880	616	66	sound	sound	NN
19880	616	67	is	be	VBZ
19880	616	68	dependent	dependent	JJ
19880	616	69	.	.	.
19880	617	1	Important	important	JJ
19880	617	2	as	as	IN
19880	617	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	617	4	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	617	5	to	to	IN
19880	617	6	the	the	DT
19880	617	7	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	617	8	and	and	CC
19880	617	9	singer	singer	NN
19880	617	10	,	,	,
19880	617	11	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	617	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	617	13	much	much	RB
19880	617	14	more	more	RBR
19880	617	15	so	so	RB
19880	617	16	.	.	.
19880	618	1	Many	many	JJ
19880	618	2	persons	person	NNS
19880	618	3	fill	fill	VBP
19880	618	4	the	the	DT
19880	618	5	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	618	6	well	well	RB
19880	618	7	,	,	,
19880	618	8	but	but	CC
19880	618	9	do	do	VBP
19880	618	10	not	not	RB
19880	618	11	understand	understand	VB
19880	618	12	how	how	WRB
19880	618	13	to	to	TO
19880	618	14	husband	husband	VB
19880	618	15	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	618	16	resources	resource	NNS
19880	618	17	,	,	,
19880	618	18	and	and	CC
19880	618	19	so	so	RB
19880	618	20	waste	waste	VB
19880	618	21	breath	breath	NN
19880	618	22	instead	instead	RB
19880	618	23	of	of	IN
19880	618	24	converting	convert	VBG
19880	618	25	every	every	DT
19880	618	26	particle	particle	NN
19880	618	27	into	into	IN
19880	618	28	sound	sound	NN
19880	618	29	,	,	,
19880	618	30	so	so	RB
19880	618	31	to	to	TO
19880	618	32	speak	speak	VB
19880	618	33	.	.	.
19880	619	1	After	after	IN
19880	619	2	the	the	DT
19880	619	3	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	619	4	has	have	VBZ
19880	619	5	been	be	VBN
19880	619	6	studied	study	VBN
19880	619	7	the	the	DT
19880	619	8	importance	importance	NN
19880	619	9	of	of	IN
19880	619	10	the	the	DT
19880	619	11	expiratory	expiratory	NN
19880	619	12	blast	blast	NN
19880	619	13	will	will	MD
19880	619	14	be	be	VB
19880	619	15	better	well	RBR
19880	619	16	understood	understand	VBN
19880	619	17	.	.	.
19880	620	1	For	for	IN
19880	620	2	the	the	DT
19880	620	3	voice	voice	NN
19880	620	4	-	-	HYPH
19880	620	5	user	user	NN
19880	620	6	,	,	,
19880	620	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	620	8	can	can	MD
19880	620	9	not	not	RB
19880	620	10	be	be	VB
19880	620	11	too	too	RB
19880	620	12	soon	soon	RB
19880	620	13	realized	realize	VBN
19880	620	14	that	that	IN
19880	620	15	_	_	NNP
19880	620	16	all	all	DT
19880	620	17	breath	breath	NN
19880	620	18	that	that	WDT
19880	620	19	does	do	VBZ
19880	620	20	not	not	RB
19880	620	21	become	become	VB
19880	620	22	sound	sound	NN
19880	620	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	620	24	wasted	waste	VBN
19880	620	25	_	_	NNP
19880	620	26	,	,	,
19880	620	27	or	or	CC
19880	620	28	,	,	,
19880	620	29	to	to	TO
19880	620	30	express	express	VB
19880	620	31	the	the	DT
19880	620	32	same	same	JJ
19880	620	33	truth	truth	NN
19880	620	34	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	620	35	,	,	,
19880	620	36	the	the	DT
19880	620	37	sole	sole	JJ
19880	620	38	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	620	39	of	of	IN
19880	620	40	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	620	41	is	be	VBZ
19880	620	42	to	to	TO
19880	620	43	cause	cause	VB
19880	620	44	effective	effective	JJ
19880	620	45	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	620	46	of	of	IN
19880	620	47	the	the	DT
19880	620	48	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	620	49	bands	band	NNS
19880	620	50	.	.	.
19880	621	1	In	in	IN
19880	621	2	these	these	DT
19880	621	3	two	two	CD
19880	621	4	words	word	NNS
19880	621	5	,	,	,
19880	621	6	_	_	NNP
19880	621	7	effective	effective	JJ
19880	621	8	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	621	9	_	_	NNP
19880	621	10	,	,	,
19880	621	11	lies	lie	VBZ
19880	621	12	the	the	DT
19880	621	13	whole	whole	JJ
19880	621	14	secret	secret	NN
19880	621	15	of	of	IN
19880	621	16	voice	voice	NN
19880	621	17	production	production	NN
19880	621	18	,	,	,
19880	621	19	the	the	DT
19880	621	20	whole	whole	JJ
19880	621	21	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	621	22	of	of	IN
19880	621	23	training	training	NN
19880	621	24	,	,	,
19880	621	25	the	the	DT
19880	621	26	key	key	NN
19880	621	27	to	to	IN
19880	621	28	the	the	DT
19880	621	29	highest	high	JJS
19880	621	30	technical	technical	JJ
19880	621	31	results	result	NNS
19880	621	32	,	,	,
19880	621	33	the	the	DT
19880	621	34	cause	cause	NN
19880	621	35	of	of	IN
19880	621	36	success	success	NN
19880	621	37	or	or	CC
19880	621	38	failure	failure	NN
19880	621	39	for	for	IN
19880	621	40	those	those	DT
19880	621	41	who	who	WP
19880	621	42	speak	speak	VBP
19880	621	43	or	or	CC
19880	621	44	sing	sing	VBP
19880	621	45	.	.	.
19880	622	1	Before	before	IN
19880	622	2	the	the	DT
19880	622	3	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	622	4	,	,	,
19880	622	5	the	the	DT
19880	622	6	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	622	7	that	that	WDT
19880	622	8	produces	produce	VBZ
19880	622	9	sound	sound	NN
19880	622	10	-	-	HYPH
19880	622	11	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	622	12	,	,	,
19880	622	13	can	can	MD
19880	622	14	be	be	VB
19880	622	15	effectively	effectively	RB
19880	622	16	employed	employ	VBN
19880	622	17	,	,	,
19880	622	18	the	the	DT
19880	622	19	source	source	NN
19880	622	20	of	of	IN
19880	622	21	power	power	NN
19880	622	22	,	,	,
19880	622	23	the	the	DT
19880	622	24	bellows	bellow	NNS
19880	622	25	,	,	,
19880	622	26	must	must	MD
19880	622	27	be	be	VB
19880	622	28	developed	develop	VBN
19880	622	29	.	.	.
19880	623	1	To	to	IN
19880	623	2	some	some	DT
19880	623	3	Nature	Nature	NNP
19880	623	4	has	have	VBZ
19880	623	5	been	be	VBN
19880	623	6	generous	generous	JJ
19880	623	7	--	--	:
19880	623	8	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	623	9	have	have	VBP
19880	623	10	large	large	JJ
19880	623	11	chests	chest	NNS
19880	623	12	;	;	:
19880	623	13	to	to	IN
19880	623	14	others	other	NNS
19880	623	15	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	623	16	has	have	VBZ
19880	623	17	given	give	VBN
19880	623	18	a	a	DT
19880	623	19	smaller	small	JJR
19880	623	20	wind	wind	NN
19880	623	21	-	-	HYPH
19880	623	22	chest	chest	NN
19880	623	23	,	,	,
19880	623	24	but	but	CC
19880	623	25	has	have	VBZ
19880	623	26	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	623	27	compensated	compensate	VBN
19880	623	28	by	by	IN
19880	623	29	providing	provide	VBG
19880	623	30	an	an	DT
19880	623	31	especially	especially	RB
19880	623	32	fine	fine	JJ
19880	623	33	voice	voice	NN
19880	623	34	-	-	HYPH
19880	623	35	box	box	NN
19880	623	36	.	.	.
19880	624	1	Happy	happy	JJ
19880	624	2	are	be	VBP
19880	624	3	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	624	4	who	who	WP
19880	624	5	have	have	VBP
19880	624	6	both	both	DT
19880	624	7	,	,	,
19880	624	8	and	and	CC
19880	624	9	thrice	thrice	NN
19880	624	10	happy	happy	JJ
19880	624	11	those	those	DT
19880	624	12	who	who	WP
19880	624	13	have	have	VBP
19880	624	14	all	all	DT
19880	624	15	three	three	CD
19880	624	16	requirements	requirement	NNS
19880	624	17	:	:	:
19880	624	18	a	a	DT
19880	624	19	fine	fine	JJ
19880	624	20	chest	chest	NN
19880	624	21	,	,	,
19880	624	22	a	a	DT
19880	624	23	well	well	RB
19880	624	24	-	-	HYPH
19880	624	25	constructed	construct	VBN
19880	624	26	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	624	27	,	,	,
19880	624	28	and	and	CC
19880	624	29	beautifully	beautifully	RB
19880	624	30	formed	form	VBD
19880	624	31	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	624	32	-	-	HYPH
19880	624	33	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	624	34	.	.	.
19880	625	1	If	if	IN
19880	625	2	with	with	IN
19880	625	3	all	all	PDT
19880	625	4	these	these	DT
19880	625	5	there	there	EX
19880	625	6	are	be	VBP
19880	625	7	the	the	DT
19880	625	8	musical	musical	JJ
19880	625	9	ear	ear	NN
19880	625	10	and	and	CC
19880	625	11	the	the	DT
19880	625	12	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	625	13	temperament	temperament	NN
19880	625	14	,	,	,
19880	625	15	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	625	16	have	have	VBP
19880	625	17	the	the	DT
19880	625	18	singer	singer	NN
19880	625	19	who	who	WP
19880	625	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	625	21	born	bear	VBN
19880	625	22	great	great	JJ
19880	625	23	.	.	.
19880	626	1	These	these	DT
19880	626	2	are	be	VBP
19880	626	3	the	the	DT
19880	626	4	very	very	RB
19880	626	5	few	few	JJ
19880	626	6	.	.	.
19880	627	1	To	to	TO
19880	627	2	most	most	JJS
19880	627	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	627	4	must	must	MD
19880	627	5	be	be	VB
19880	627	6	--	--	:
19880	627	7	if	if	IN
19880	627	8	greatness	greatness	NN
19880	627	9	at	at	RB
19880	627	10	all	all	RB
19880	627	11	--	--	:
19880	627	12	greatness	greatness	NN
19880	627	13	thrust	thrust	VBN
19880	627	14	upon	upon	IN
19880	627	15	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	627	16	,	,	,
19880	627	17	greatness	greatness	VBP
19880	627	18	the	the	DT
19880	627	19	result	result	NN
19880	627	20	of	of	IN
19880	627	21	long	long	JJ
19880	627	22	and	and	CC
19880	627	23	patient	patient	JJ
19880	627	24	effort	effort	NN
19880	627	25	to	to	TO
19880	627	26	attain	attain	VB
19880	627	27	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	627	28	development	development	NN
19880	627	29	.	.	.
19880	628	1	Indeed	indeed	RB
19880	628	2	,	,	,
19880	628	3	even	even	RB
19880	628	4	those	those	DT
19880	628	5	with	with	IN
19880	628	6	the	the	DT
19880	628	7	most	most	RBS
19880	628	8	complete	complete	JJ
19880	628	9	natural	natural	JJ
19880	628	10	outfit	outfit	NN
19880	628	11	can	can	MD
19880	628	12	only	only	RB
19880	628	13	reach	reach	VB
19880	628	14	the	the	DT
19880	628	15	highest	high	JJS
19880	628	16	results	result	NNS
19880	628	17	of	of	IN
19880	628	18	which	which	WDT
19880	628	19	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	628	20	are	be	VBP
19880	628	21	capable	capable	JJ
19880	628	22	by	by	IN
19880	628	23	long	long	JJ
19880	628	24	and	and	CC
19880	628	25	patient	patient	JJ
19880	628	26	application	application	NN
19880	628	27	.	.	.
19880	629	1	Those	those	DT
19880	629	2	who	who	WP
19880	629	3	do	do	VBP
19880	629	4	not	not	RB
19880	629	5	believe	believe	VB
19880	629	6	in	in	IN
19880	629	7	attainment	attainment	JJ
19880	629	8	only	only	RB
19880	629	9	through	through	IN
19880	629	10	labor	labor	NN
19880	629	11	would	would	MD
19880	629	12	do	do	VB
19880	629	13	well	well	RB
19880	629	14	to	to	TO
19880	629	15	abandon	abandon	VB
19880	629	16	an	an	DT
19880	629	17	art	art	NN
19880	629	18	career	career	NN
19880	629	19	,	,	,
19880	629	20	as	as	IN
19880	629	21	there	there	EX
19880	629	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	629	23	already	already	RB
19880	629	24	a	a	DT
19880	629	25	great	great	JJ
19880	629	26	deal	deal	NN
19880	629	27	too	too	RB
19880	629	28	much	much	JJ
19880	629	29	poor	poor	JJ
19880	629	30	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	629	31	and	and	CC
19880	629	32	bad	bad	JJ
19880	629	33	singing	singing	NN
19880	629	34	.	.	.
19880	630	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	630	2	V.	V.	NNP
19880	630	3	BREATHING	breathe	VBG
19880	630	4	WITH	with	IN
19880	630	5	SPECIAL	special	NN
19880	630	6	REGARD	regard	NN
19880	630	7	TO	to	IN
19880	630	8	PRACTICAL	PRACTICAL	NNP
19880	630	9	CONSIDERATIONS	CONSIDERATIONS	NNP
19880	630	10	.	.	.
19880	631	1	The	the	DT
19880	631	2	first	first	JJ
19880	631	3	great	great	JJ
19880	631	4	requisite	requisite	NN
19880	631	5	for	for	IN
19880	631	6	a	a	DT
19880	631	7	voice	voice	NN
19880	631	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	631	9	user	user	NN
19880	631	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	631	11	a	a	DT
19880	631	12	well	well	RB
19880	631	13	-	-	HYPH
19880	631	14	developed	develop	VBN
19880	631	15	chest	chest	NN
19880	631	16	;	;	:
19880	631	17	the	the	DT
19880	631	18	next	next	JJ
19880	631	19	,	,	,
19880	631	20	complete	complete	JJ
19880	631	21	control	control	NN
19880	631	22	of	of	IN
19880	631	23	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	631	24	,	,	,
19880	631	25	or	or	CC
19880	631	26	,	,	,
19880	631	27	to	to	TO
19880	631	28	put	put	VB
19880	631	29	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	631	30	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	631	31	,	,	,
19880	631	32	the	the	DT
19880	631	33	art	art	NN
19880	631	34	of	of	IN
19880	631	35	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	631	36	,	,	,
19880	631	37	as	as	IN
19880	631	38	briefly	briefly	RB
19880	631	39	explained	explain	VBD
19880	631	40	above	above	RB
19880	631	41	.	.	.
19880	632	1	The	the	DT
19880	632	2	chest	chest	NN
19880	632	3	may	may	MD
19880	632	4	be	be	VB
19880	632	5	large	large	JJ
19880	632	6	enough	enough	RB
19880	632	7	,	,	,
19880	632	8	yet	yet	CC
19880	632	9	not	not	RB
19880	632	10	be	be	VB
19880	632	11	,	,	,
19880	632	12	in	in	IN
19880	632	13	the	the	DT
19880	632	14	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	632	15	sense	sense	NN
19880	632	16	,	,	,
19880	632	17	developed	develop	VBD
19880	632	18	.	.	.
19880	633	1	The	the	DT
19880	633	2	voice	voice	NN
19880	633	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	633	4	user	user	NN
19880	633	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	633	6	a	a	DT
19880	633	7	sort	sort	NN
19880	633	8	of	of	IN
19880	633	9	athlete	athlete	NN
19880	633	10	,	,	,
19880	633	11	a	a	DT
19880	633	12	specialist	specialist	NN
19880	633	13	whose	whose	WP$
19880	633	14	chest	chest	NN
19880	633	15	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	633	16	must	must	MD
19880	633	17	be	be	VB
19880	633	18	strong	strong	JJ
19880	633	19	and	and	CC
19880	633	20	not	not	RB
19880	633	21	covered	cover	VBN
19880	633	22	up	up	RP
19880	633	23	by	by	IN
19880	633	24	very	very	RB
19880	633	25	much	much	RB
19880	633	26	superfluous	superfluous	JJ
19880	633	27	tissue	tissue	NN
19880	633	28	in	in	IN
19880	633	29	the	the	DT
19880	633	30	form	form	NN
19880	633	31	of	of	IN
19880	633	32	fat	fat	NN
19880	633	33	,	,	,
19880	633	34	etc	etc	FW
19880	633	35	.	.	.
19880	634	1	Whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	634	2	the	the	DT
19880	634	3	public	public	NN
19880	634	4	may	may	MD
19880	634	5	think	think	VB
19880	634	6	of	of	IN
19880	634	7	the	the	DT
19880	634	8	goodly	goodly	JJ
19880	634	9	form	form	NN
19880	634	10	,	,	,
19880	634	11	the	the	DT
19880	634	12	singer	singer	NN
19880	634	13	must	must	MD
19880	634	14	remember	remember	VB
19880	634	15	that	that	IN
19880	634	16	fat	fat	NN
19880	634	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	634	18	practically	practically	RB
19880	634	19	of	of	IN
19880	634	20	no	no	DT
19880	634	21	use	use	NN
19880	634	22	to	to	IN
19880	634	23	any	any	DT
19880	634	24	one	one	CD
19880	634	25	in	in	IN
19880	634	26	voice	voice	NN
19880	634	27	-	-	HYPH
19880	634	28	production	production	NN
19880	634	29	,	,	,
19880	634	30	and	and	CC
19880	634	31	may	may	MD
19880	634	32	prove	prove	VB
19880	634	33	a	a	DT
19880	634	34	great	great	JJ
19880	634	35	hindrance	hindrance	NN
19880	634	36	,	,	,
19880	634	37	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	634	38	in	in	IN
19880	634	39	some	some	DT
19880	634	40	cases	case	NNS
19880	634	41	being	be	VBG
19880	634	42	a	a	DT
19880	634	43	coöperative	coöperative	JJ
19880	634	44	cause	cause	NN
19880	634	45	of	of	IN
19880	634	46	that	that	DT
19880	634	47	_	_	NNP
19880	634	48	tremolo	tremolo	NN
19880	634	49	_	_	NNP
19880	634	50	so	so	RB
19880	634	51	fatal	fatal	JJ
19880	634	52	to	to	IN
19880	634	53	good	good	JJ
19880	634	54	singing	singing	NN
19880	634	55	.	.	.
19880	635	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	635	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	635	3	:	:	:
19880	635	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	635	5	.	.	.
19880	636	1	16	16	CD
19880	636	2	.	.	.
19880	637	1	The	the	DT
19880	637	2	appearance	appearance	NN
19880	637	3	of	of	IN
19880	637	4	a	a	DT
19880	637	5	well	well	RB
19880	637	6	-	-	HYPH
19880	637	7	developed	developed	JJ
19880	637	8	,	,	,
19880	637	9	healthy	healthy	JJ
19880	637	10	person	person	NN
19880	637	11	,	,	,
19880	637	12	with	with	IN
19880	637	13	special	special	JJ
19880	637	14	reference	reference	NN
19880	637	15	to	to	IN
19880	637	16	the	the	DT
19880	637	17	chest	chest	NN
19880	637	18	.	.	.
19880	637	19	]	]	-RRB-
19880	638	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	638	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	638	3	:	:	:
19880	638	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	638	5	.	.	.
19880	639	1	17	17	CD
19880	639	2	.	.	.
19880	640	1	The	the	DT
19880	640	2	appearance	appearance	NN
19880	640	3	of	of	IN
19880	640	4	the	the	DT
19880	640	5	chest	chest	NN
19880	640	6	after	after	IN
19880	640	7	undue	undue	JJ
19880	640	8	compression	compression	NN
19880	640	9	,	,	,
19880	640	10	as	as	IN
19880	640	11	with	with	IN
19880	640	12	corsets	corset	NNS
19880	640	13	.	.	.
19880	640	14	]	]	-RRB-
19880	641	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	641	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	641	3	:	:	:
19880	641	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	641	5	.	.	.
19880	642	1	18	18	CD
19880	642	2	.	.	.
19880	643	1	In	in	IN
19880	643	2	this	this	DT
19880	643	3	figure	figure	NN
19880	643	4	,	,	,
19880	643	5	the	the	DT
19880	643	6	dark	dark	JJ
19880	643	7	curved	curved	JJ
19880	643	8	line	line	NN
19880	643	9	in	in	IN
19880	643	10	the	the	DT
19880	643	11	middle	middle	NN
19880	643	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	643	13	meant	mean	VBN
19880	643	14	to	to	TO
19880	643	15	represent	represent	VB
19880	643	16	the	the	DT
19880	643	17	position	position	NN
19880	643	18	,	,	,
19880	643	19	etc	etc	FW
19880	643	20	.	.	.
19880	643	21	,	,	,
19880	643	22	of	of	IN
19880	643	23	the	the	DT
19880	643	24	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	643	25	,	,	,
19880	643	26	beneath	beneath	IN
19880	643	27	which	which	WDT
19880	643	28	,	,	,
19880	643	29	and	and	CC
19880	643	30	fitting	fit	VBG
19880	643	31	closely	closely	RB
19880	643	32	to	to	IN
19880	643	33	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	643	34	,	,	,
19880	643	35	are	be	VBP
19880	643	36	the	the	DT
19880	643	37	liver	liver	NN
19880	643	38	,	,	,
19880	643	39	stomach	stomach	NN
19880	643	40	,	,	,
19880	643	41	and	and	CC
19880	643	42	other	other	JJ
19880	643	43	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	643	44	organs	organ	NNS
19880	643	45	,	,	,
19880	643	46	in	in	IN
19880	643	47	this	this	DT
19880	643	48	case	case	NN
19880	643	49	not	not	RB
19880	643	50	pressed	press	VBN
19880	643	51	upon	upon	IN
19880	643	52	or	or	CC
19880	643	53	injured	injure	VBN
19880	643	54	in	in	IN
19880	643	55	any	any	DT
19880	643	56	way	way	NN
19880	643	57	.	.	.
19880	644	1	This	this	DT
19880	644	2	represents	represent	VBZ
19880	644	3	the	the	DT
19880	644	4	normal	normal	JJ
19880	644	5	human	human	JJ
19880	644	6	being	being	NN
19880	644	7	.	.	.
19880	644	8	]	]	-RRB-
19880	645	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	645	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	645	3	:	:	:
19880	645	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	645	5	.	.	.
19880	646	1	19	19	CD
19880	646	2	.	.	.
19880	647	1	A	a	DT
19880	647	2	condition	condition	NN
19880	647	3	the	the	DT
19880	647	4	reverse	reverse	NN
19880	647	5	of	of	IN
19880	647	6	that	that	DT
19880	647	7	represented	represent	VBN
19880	647	8	in	in	IN
19880	647	9	the	the	DT
19880	647	10	preceding	preceding	NN
19880	647	11	.	.	.
19880	648	1	The	the	DT
19880	648	2	vital	vital	JJ
19880	648	3	organs	organ	NNS
19880	648	4	are	be	VBP
19880	648	5	pressed	press	VBN
19880	648	6	upon	upon	IN
19880	648	7	,	,	,
19880	648	8	with	with	IN
19880	648	9	results	result	NNS
19880	648	10	some	some	DT
19880	648	11	of	of	IN
19880	648	12	which	which	WDT
19880	648	13	are	be	VBP
19880	648	14	obvious	obvious	JJ
19880	648	15	;	;	:
19880	648	16	others	other	NNS
19880	648	17	equally	equally	RB
19880	648	18	serious	serious	JJ
19880	648	19	are	be	VBP
19880	648	20	not	not	RB
19880	648	21	such	such	JJ
19880	648	22	as	as	IN
19880	648	23	appear	appear	VB
19880	648	24	to	to	IN
19880	648	25	the	the	DT
19880	648	26	eye	eye	NN
19880	648	27	.	.	.
19880	648	28	]	]	-RRB-
19880	649	1	The	the	DT
19880	649	2	voice	voice	NN
19880	649	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	649	4	user	user	NN
19880	649	5	should	should	MD
19880	649	6	eschew	eschew	VB
19880	649	7	ease	ease	VB
19880	649	8	and	and	CC
19880	649	9	take	take	VB
19880	649	10	plenty	plenty	NN
19880	649	11	of	of	IN
19880	649	12	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	649	13	,	,	,
19880	649	14	but	but	CC
19880	649	15	most	most	JJS
19880	649	16	of	of	IN
19880	649	17	all	all	DT
19880	649	18	must	must	MD
19880	649	19	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	649	20	use	use	VB
19880	649	21	those	those	DT
19880	649	22	forms	form	NNS
19880	649	23	of	of	IN
19880	649	24	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	649	25	which	which	WDT
19880	649	26	develop	develop	VBP
19880	649	27	the	the	DT
19880	649	28	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	649	29	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	649	30	and	and	CC
19880	649	31	tend	tend	VB
19880	649	32	to	to	TO
19880	649	33	keep	keep	VB
19880	649	34	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	649	35	in	in	IN
19880	649	36	the	the	DT
19880	649	37	best	good	JJS
19880	649	38	condition	condition	NN
19880	649	39	.	.	.
19880	650	1	Walking	walk	VBG
19880	650	2	,	,	,
19880	650	3	running	running	NN
19880	650	4	,	,	,
19880	650	5	and	and	CC
19880	650	6	hill	hill	NN
19880	650	7	climbing	climbing	NN
19880	650	8	are	be	VBP
19880	650	9	all	all	RB
19880	650	10	excellent	excellent	JJ
19880	650	11	,	,	,
19880	650	12	but	but	CC
19880	650	13	do	do	VBP
19880	650	14	not	not	RB
19880	650	15	in	in	IN
19880	650	16	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	650	17	suffice	suffice	VBP
19880	650	18	to	to	TO
19880	650	19	develop	develop	VB
19880	650	20	the	the	DT
19880	650	21	chest	chest	NN
19880	650	22	to	to	IN
19880	650	23	the	the	DT
19880	650	24	utmost	utmost	NN
19880	650	25	.	.	.
19880	651	1	To	to	IN
19880	651	2	the	the	DT
19880	651	3	beginner	beginner	NN
19880	651	4	the	the	DT
19880	651	5	following	follow	VBG
19880	651	6	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	651	7	are	be	VBP
19880	651	8	strongly	strongly	RB
19880	651	9	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	651	10	.	.	.
19880	652	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	652	2	are	be	VBP
19880	652	3	highly	highly	RB
19880	652	4	important	important	JJ
19880	652	5	for	for	IN
19880	652	6	all	all	DT
19880	652	7	,	,	,
19880	652	8	whether	whether	IN
19880	652	9	beginners	beginner	NNS
19880	652	10	or	or	CC
19880	652	11	not	not	RB
19880	652	12	,	,	,
19880	652	13	who	who	WP
19880	652	14	would	would	MD
19880	652	15	have	have	VB
19880	652	16	the	the	DT
19880	652	17	best	good	JJS
19880	652	18	development	development	NN
19880	652	19	of	of	IN
19880	652	20	the	the	DT
19880	652	21	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	652	22	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	652	23	.	.	.
19880	653	1	Deep	deep	JJ
19880	653	2	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	653	3	,	,	,
19880	653	4	such	such	PDT
19880	653	5	a	a	DT
19880	653	6	use	use	NN
19880	653	7	of	of	IN
19880	653	8	the	the	DT
19880	653	9	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	653	10	organs	organ	NNS
19880	653	11	as	as	IN
19880	653	12	leads	lead	VBZ
19880	653	13	to	to	IN
19880	653	14	the	the	DT
19880	653	15	greatest	great	JJS
19880	653	16	possible	possible	JJ
19880	653	17	expansion	expansion	NN
19880	653	18	of	of	IN
19880	653	19	the	the	DT
19880	653	20	chest	chest	NN
19880	653	21	,	,	,
19880	653	22	should	should	MD
19880	653	23	be	be	VB
19880	653	24	learned	learn	VBN
19880	653	25	and	and	CC
19880	653	26	practised	practise	VBN
19880	653	27	,	,	,
19880	653	28	if	if	IN
19880	653	29	not	not	RB
19880	653	30	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	653	31	before	before	IN
19880	653	32	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	653	33	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	653	34	are	be	VBP
19880	653	35	attempted	attempt	VBN
19880	653	36	,	,	,
19880	653	37	at	at	IN
19880	653	38	all	all	DT
19880	653	39	events	event	NNS
19880	653	40	as	as	RB
19880	653	41	soon	soon	RB
19880	653	42	after	after	IN
19880	653	43	as	as	IN
19880	653	44	possible	possible	JJ
19880	653	45	.	.	.
19880	654	1	As	as	IN
19880	654	2	in	in	IN
19880	654	3	all	all	DT
19880	654	4	cases	case	NNS
19880	654	5	where	where	WRB
19880	654	6	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	654	7	are	be	VBP
19880	654	8	employed	employ	VBN
19880	654	9	,	,	,
19880	654	10	the	the	DT
19880	654	11	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	654	12	should	should	MD
19880	654	13	be	be	VB
19880	654	14	_	_	NNP
19880	654	15	graduated	graduate	VBN
19880	654	16	_	_	NNP
19880	654	17	.	.	.
19880	655	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	655	2	may	may	MD
19880	655	3	be	be	VB
19880	655	4	even	even	RB
19880	655	5	harmful	harmful	JJ
19880	655	6	to	to	TO
19880	655	7	attempt	attempt	VB
19880	655	8	to	to	TO
19880	655	9	fill	fill	VB
19880	655	10	the	the	DT
19880	655	11	chest	chest	NN
19880	655	12	to	to	IN
19880	655	13	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	655	14	utmost	utmost	JJ
19880	655	15	capacity	capacity	NN
19880	655	16	at	at	IN
19880	655	17	once	once	RB
19880	655	18	.	.	.
19880	656	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	656	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	656	3	better	well	JJR
19880	656	4	to	to	TO
19880	656	5	breathe	breathe	VB
19880	656	6	very	very	RB
19880	656	7	moderately	moderately	RB
19880	656	8	for	for	IN
19880	656	9	several	several	JJ
19880	656	10	days	day	NNS
19880	656	11	.	.	.
19880	657	1	Any	any	DT
19880	657	2	such	such	JJ
19880	657	3	symptoms	symptom	NNS
19880	657	4	as	as	IN
19880	657	5	dizziness	dizziness	NN
19880	657	6	or	or	CC
19880	657	7	headache	headache	NN
19880	657	8	accompanying	accompany	VBG
19880	657	9	or	or	CC
19880	657	10	following	follow	VBG
19880	657	11	the	the	DT
19880	657	12	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	657	13	indicate	indicate	VBP
19880	657	14	that	that	IN
19880	657	15	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	657	16	have	have	VBP
19880	657	17	been	be	VBN
19880	657	18	too	too	RB
19880	657	19	vigorous	vigorous	JJ
19880	657	20	,	,	,
19880	657	21	too	too	RB
19880	657	22	long	long	RB
19880	657	23	continued	continued	JJ
19880	657	24	,	,	,
19880	657	25	or	or	CC
19880	657	26	carried	carry	VBN
19880	657	27	out	out	RP
19880	657	28	under	under	IN
19880	657	29	unsuitable	unsuitable	JJ
19880	657	30	conditions	condition	NNS
19880	657	31	.	.	.
19880	658	1	Above	above	IN
19880	658	2	all	all	DT
19880	658	3	must	must	MD
19880	658	4	the	the	DT
19880	658	5	air	air	NN
19880	658	6	be	be	VB
19880	658	7	pure	pure	JJ
19880	658	8	,	,	,
19880	658	9	and	and	CC
19880	658	10	the	the	DT
19880	658	11	body	body	NN
19880	658	12	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	658	13	unhampered	unhampered	JJ
19880	658	14	--	--	:
19880	658	15	most	most	JJS
19880	658	16	of	of	IN
19880	658	17	all	all	DT
19880	658	18	,	,	,
19880	658	19	the	the	DT
19880	658	20	chest	chest	NN
19880	658	21	--	--	:
19880	658	22	by	by	IN
19880	658	23	any	any	DT
19880	658	24	form	form	NN
19880	658	25	of	of	IN
19880	658	26	clothing	clothing	NN
19880	658	27	.	.	.
19880	659	1	Last	last	JJ
19880	659	2	century	century	NN
19880	659	3	most	most	JJS
19880	659	4	ladies	lady	NNS
19880	659	5	and	and	CC
19880	659	6	some	some	DT
19880	659	7	men	man	NNS
19880	659	8	applied	apply	VBD
19880	659	9	to	to	IN
19880	659	10	the	the	DT
19880	659	11	chest	chest	NN
19880	659	12	a	a	DT
19880	659	13	form	form	NN
19880	659	14	of	of	IN
19880	659	15	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	659	16	known	know	VBN
19880	659	17	as	as	IN
19880	659	18	corsets	corset	NNS
19880	659	19	,	,	,
19880	659	20	under	under	IN
19880	659	21	the	the	DT
19880	659	22	mistaken	mistaken	JJ
19880	659	23	belief	belief	NN
19880	659	24	that	that	IN
19880	659	25	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	659	26	were	be	VBD
19880	659	27	for	for	IN
19880	659	28	women	woman	NNS
19880	659	29	a	a	DT
19880	659	30	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	659	31	support	support	NN
19880	659	32	and	and	CC
19880	659	33	improved	improve	VBD
19880	659	34	the	the	DT
19880	659	35	figure	figure	NN
19880	659	36	.	.	.
19880	660	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	660	2	no	no	RB
19880	660	3	doubt	doubt	RB
19880	660	4	were	be	VBD
19880	660	5	responsible	responsible	JJ
19880	660	6	for	for	IN
19880	660	7	much	much	JJ
19880	660	8	lack	lack	NN
19880	660	9	of	of	IN
19880	660	10	development	development	NN
19880	660	11	,	,	,
19880	660	12	and	and	CC
19880	660	13	feeble	feeble	JJ
19880	660	14	health	health	NN
19880	660	15	,	,	,
19880	660	16	and	and	CC
19880	660	17	,	,	,
19880	660	18	as	as	IN
19880	660	19	has	have	VBZ
19880	660	20	been	be	VBN
19880	660	21	proved	prove	VBN
19880	660	22	by	by	IN
19880	660	23	examination	examination	NN
19880	660	24	of	of	IN
19880	660	25	the	the	DT
19880	660	26	body	body	NN
19880	660	27	after	after	IN
19880	660	28	death	death	NN
19880	660	29	,	,	,
19880	660	30	led	lead	VBD
19880	660	31	to	to	IN
19880	660	32	compression	compression	NN
19880	660	33	of	of	IN
19880	660	34	the	the	DT
19880	660	35	liver	liver	NN
19880	660	36	and	and	CC
19880	660	37	other	other	JJ
19880	660	38	organs	organ	NNS
19880	660	39	.	.	.
19880	661	1	No	no	DT
19880	661	2	voice	voice	NN
19880	661	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	661	4	user	user	NN
19880	661	5	should	should	MD
19880	661	6	use	use	VB
19880	661	7	such	such	PDT
19880	661	8	an	an	DT
19880	661	9	effective	effective	JJ
19880	661	10	means	mean	NNS
19880	661	11	of	of	IN
19880	661	12	preventing	prevent	VBG
19880	661	13	the	the	DT
19880	661	14	very	very	JJ
19880	661	15	thing	thing	NN
19880	661	16	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	661	17	should	should	MD
19880	661	18	most	most	JJS
19880	661	19	desire	desire	VB
19880	661	20	,	,	,
19880	661	21	a	a	DT
19880	661	22	full	full	JJ
19880	661	23	and	and	CC
19880	661	24	free	free	JJ
19880	661	25	use	use	NN
19880	661	26	of	of	IN
19880	661	27	the	the	DT
19880	661	28	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	661	29	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	661	30	.	.	.
19880	662	1	Before	before	IN
19880	662	2	carrying	carry	VBG
19880	662	3	out	out	RP
19880	662	4	the	the	DT
19880	662	5	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	662	6	suggested	suggest	VBN
19880	662	7	or	or	CC
19880	662	8	others	other	NNS
19880	662	9	equally	equally	RB
19880	662	10	good	good	JJ
19880	662	11	,	,	,
19880	662	12	the	the	DT
19880	662	13	student	student	NN
19880	662	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	662	15	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	662	16	to	to	TO
19880	662	17	be	be	VB
19880	662	18	weighed	weigh	VBN
19880	662	19	,	,	,
19880	662	20	and	and	CC
19880	662	21	especially	especially	RB
19880	662	22	to	to	TO
19880	662	23	have	have	VB
19880	662	24	the	the	DT
19880	662	25	chest	chest	NN
19880	662	26	carefully	carefully	RB
19880	662	27	_	_	NNP
19880	662	28	measured	measure	VBN
19880	662	29	_	_	NNP
19880	662	30	.	.	.
19880	663	1	This	this	DT
19880	663	2	can	can	MD
19880	663	3	be	be	VB
19880	663	4	done	do	VBN
19880	663	5	with	with	IN
19880	663	6	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19880	663	7	accuracy	accuracy	NN
19880	663	8	by	by	IN
19880	663	9	the	the	DT
19880	663	10	use	use	NN
19880	663	11	of	of	IN
19880	663	12	a	a	DT
19880	663	13	tape	tape	NN
19880	663	14	-	-	HYPH
19880	663	15	measure	measure	NN
19880	663	16	.	.	.
19880	664	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	664	2	will	will	MD
19880	664	3	be	be	VB
19880	664	4	well	well	JJ
19880	664	5	to	to	TO
19880	664	6	take	take	VB
19880	664	7	the	the	DT
19880	664	8	circumference	circumference	NN
19880	664	9	a	a	DT
19880	664	10	few	few	JJ
19880	664	11	inches	inch	NNS
19880	664	12	above	above	IN
19880	664	13	and	and	CC
19880	664	14	below	below	IN
19880	664	15	a	a	DT
19880	664	16	certain	certain	JJ
19880	664	17	point	point	NN
19880	664	18	,	,	,
19880	664	19	so	so	IN
19880	664	20	that	that	IN
19880	664	21	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	664	22	may	may	MD
19880	664	23	be	be	VB
19880	664	24	ascertained	ascertain	VBN
19880	664	25	that	that	IN
19880	664	26	the	the	DT
19880	664	27	chest	chest	NN
19880	664	28	expands	expand	VBZ
19880	664	29	in	in	IN
19880	664	30	every	every	DT
19880	664	31	region	region	NN
19880	664	32	.	.	.
19880	665	1	The	the	DT
19880	665	2	measurements	measurement	NNS
19880	665	3	should	should	MD
19880	665	4	be	be	VB
19880	665	5	taken	take	VBN
19880	665	6	under	under	IN
19880	665	7	the	the	DT
19880	665	8	following	following	JJ
19880	665	9	conditions	condition	NNS
19880	665	10	:	:	:
19880	665	11	1	1	CD
19880	665	12	.	.	.
19880	666	1	The	the	DT
19880	666	2	chest	chest	NN
19880	666	3	should	should	MD
19880	666	4	be	be	VB
19880	666	5	almost	almost	RB
19880	666	6	or	or	CC
19880	666	7	wholly	wholly	RB
19880	666	8	divested	divest	VBN
19880	666	9	of	of	IN
19880	666	10	clothing	clothing	NN
19880	666	11	.	.	.
19880	667	1	2	2	LS
19880	667	2	.	.	.
19880	668	1	Its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	668	2	circumference	circumference	NN
19880	668	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	668	4	to	to	TO
19880	668	5	be	be	VB
19880	668	6	ascertained--(_a	ascertained--(_a	NNP
19880	668	7	_	_	NNP
19880	668	8	)	)	-RRB-
19880	668	9	when	when	WRB
19880	668	10	the	the	DT
19880	668	11	breath	breath	NN
19880	668	12	has	have	VBZ
19880	668	13	been	be	VBN
19880	668	14	allowed	allow	VBN
19880	668	15	to	to	TO
19880	668	16	pass	pass	VB
19880	668	17	out	out	RP
19880	668	18	gently	gently	RB
19880	668	19	,	,	,
19880	668	20	and	and	CC
19880	668	21	before	before	IN
19880	668	22	a	a	DT
19880	668	23	new	new	JJ
19880	668	24	breath	breath	NN
19880	668	25	is	be	VBZ
19880	668	26	taken	take	VBN
19880	668	27	;	;	:
19880	668	28	(	(	-LRB-
19880	668	29	_	_	NNP
19880	668	30	b	b	NNP
19880	668	31	_	_	NNP
19880	668	32	)	)	-RRB-
19880	668	33	with	with	IN
19880	668	34	the	the	DT
19880	668	35	deepest	deep	JJS
19880	668	36	possible	possible	JJ
19880	668	37	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	668	38	;	;	:
19880	668	39	(	(	-LRB-
19880	668	40	_	_	NNP
19880	668	41	c	c	NNP
19880	668	42	_	_	NNP
19880	668	43	)	)	-RRB-
19880	668	44	after	after	IN
19880	668	45	the	the	DT
19880	668	46	deepest	deep	JJS
19880	668	47	possible	possible	JJ
19880	668	48	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	668	49	,	,	,
19880	668	50	which	which	WDT
19880	668	51	has	have	VBZ
19880	668	52	been	be	VBN
19880	668	53	preceded	precede	VBN
19880	668	54	by	by	IN
19880	668	55	a	a	DT
19880	668	56	similar	similar	JJ
19880	668	57	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	668	58	.	.	.
19880	669	1	After	after	IN
19880	669	2	about	about	RB
19880	669	3	three	three	CD
19880	669	4	weeks	week	NNS
19880	669	5	the	the	DT
19880	669	6	individual	individual	NN
19880	669	7	should	should	MD
19880	669	8	be	be	VB
19880	669	9	again	again	RB
19880	669	10	measured	measure	VBN
19880	669	11	,	,	,
19880	669	12	by	by	IN
19880	669	13	the	the	DT
19880	669	14	same	same	JJ
19880	669	15	person	person	NN
19880	669	16	,	,	,
19880	669	17	in	in	IN
19880	669	18	exactly	exactly	RB
19880	669	19	the	the	DT
19880	669	20	same	same	JJ
19880	669	21	way	way	NN
19880	669	22	,	,	,
19880	669	23	in	in	IN
19880	669	24	order	order	NN
19880	669	25	to	to	TO
19880	669	26	learn	learn	VB
19880	669	27	whether	whether	IN
19880	669	28	there	there	EX
19880	669	29	has	have	VBZ
19880	669	30	been	be	VBN
19880	669	31	development	development	NN
19880	669	32	or	or	CC
19880	669	33	not	not	RB
19880	669	34	,	,	,
19880	669	35	and	and	CC
19880	669	36	,	,	,
19880	669	37	if	if	IN
19880	669	38	so	so	RB
19880	669	39	,	,	,
19880	669	40	how	how	WRB
19880	669	41	much	much	JJ
19880	669	42	.	.	.
19880	670	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	670	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	670	3	important	important	JJ
19880	670	4	that	that	IN
19880	670	5	the	the	DT
19880	670	6	measurements	measurement	NNS
19880	670	7	should	should	MD
19880	670	8	be	be	VB
19880	670	9	made	make	VBN
19880	670	10	at	at	IN
19880	670	11	exactly	exactly	RB
19880	670	12	the	the	DT
19880	670	13	same	same	JJ
19880	670	14	horizontal	horizontal	JJ
19880	670	15	planes	plane	NNS
19880	670	16	,	,	,
19880	670	17	and	and	CC
19880	670	18	with	with	IN
19880	670	19	this	this	DT
19880	670	20	end	end	NN
19880	670	21	in	in	IN
19880	670	22	view	view	NN
19880	670	23	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	670	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	670	25	desirable	desirable	JJ
19880	670	26	to	to	TO
19880	670	27	put	put	VB
19880	670	28	a	a	DT
19880	670	29	small	small	JJ
19880	670	30	mark	mark	NN
19880	670	31	of	of	IN
19880	670	32	some	some	DT
19880	670	33	kind	kind	NN
19880	670	34	on	on	IN
19880	670	35	the	the	DT
19880	670	36	chest	chest	NN
19880	670	37	,	,	,
19880	670	38	which	which	WDT
19880	670	39	may	may	MD
19880	670	40	remain	remain	VB
19880	670	41	till	till	IN
19880	670	42	the	the	DT
19880	670	43	next	next	JJ
19880	670	44	measurements	measurement	NNS
19880	670	45	are	be	VBP
19880	670	46	made	make	VBN
19880	670	47	.	.	.
19880	671	1	The	the	DT
19880	671	2	method	method	NN
19880	671	3	of	of	IN
19880	671	4	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	671	5	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	671	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	671	7	as	as	IN
19880	671	8	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	671	9	:	:	:
19880	671	10	1	1	CD
19880	671	11	.	.	.
19880	672	1	Inhale	inhale	VB
19880	672	2	very	very	RB
19880	672	3	slowly	slowly	RB
19880	672	4	through	through	IN
19880	672	5	the	the	DT
19880	672	6	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19880	672	7	,	,	,
19880	672	8	with	with	IN
19880	672	9	closed	close	VBN
19880	672	10	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	672	11	,	,	,
19880	672	12	counting	count	VBG
19880	672	13	mentally	mentally	RB
19880	672	14	one	one	CD
19880	672	15	,	,	,
19880	672	16	two	two	CD
19880	672	17	,	,	,
19880	672	18	three	three	CD
19880	672	19	,	,	,
19880	672	20	four	four	CD
19880	672	21	,	,	,
19880	672	22	etc	etc	FW
19880	672	23	.	.	FW
19880	672	24	,	,	,
19880	672	25	with	with	IN
19880	672	26	regularity	regularity	NN
19880	672	27	.	.	.
19880	673	1	2	2	LS
19880	673	2	.	.	.
19880	674	1	Hold	hold	VB
19880	674	2	the	the	DT
19880	674	3	breath	breath	NN
19880	674	4	thus	thus	RB
19880	674	5	taken	take	VBN
19880	674	6	,	,	,
19880	674	7	but	but	CC
19880	674	8	only	only	RB
19880	674	9	for	for	IN
19880	674	10	a	a	DT
19880	674	11	short	short	JJ
19880	674	12	time	time	NN
19880	674	13	,	,	,
19880	674	14	counting	count	VBG
19880	674	15	in	in	IN
19880	674	16	the	the	DT
19880	674	17	same	same	JJ
19880	674	18	manner	manner	NN
19880	674	19	as	as	IN
19880	674	20	before	before	RB
19880	674	21	.	.	.
19880	675	1	3	3	LS
19880	675	2	.	.	.
19880	676	1	Exhale	Exhale	NNP
19880	676	2	slowly	slowly	RB
19880	676	3	,	,	,
19880	676	4	still	still	RB
19880	676	5	counting	count	VBG
19880	676	6	.	.	.
19880	677	1	After	after	IN
19880	677	2	a	a	DT
19880	677	3	few	few	JJ
19880	677	4	moments	moment	NNS
19880	677	5	'	'	POS
19880	677	6	rest	rest	VB
19880	677	7	the	the	DT
19880	677	8	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	677	9	may	may	MD
19880	677	10	be	be	VB
19880	677	11	again	again	RB
19880	677	12	carried	carry	VBN
19880	677	13	out	out	RP
19880	677	14	in	in	IN
19880	677	15	the	the	DT
19880	677	16	same	same	JJ
19880	677	17	way	way	NN
19880	677	18	.	.	.
19880	678	1	These	these	DT
19880	678	2	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	678	3	may	may	MD
19880	678	4	be	be	VB
19880	678	5	in	in	IN
19880	678	6	series	series	NN
19880	678	7	,	,	,
19880	678	8	several	several	JJ
19880	678	9	times	time	NNS
19880	678	10	a	a	DT
19880	678	11	day	day	NN
19880	678	12	.	.	.
19880	679	1	The	the	DT
19880	679	2	following	follow	VBG
19880	679	3	warnings	warning	NNS
19880	679	4	are	be	VBP
19880	679	5	especially	especially	RB
19880	679	6	to	to	TO
19880	679	7	be	be	VB
19880	679	8	observed	observe	VBN
19880	679	9	:	:	:
19880	679	10	1	1	CD
19880	679	11	.	.	.
19880	680	1	Never	never	RB
19880	680	2	continue	continue	VB
19880	680	3	any	any	DT
19880	680	4	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	680	5	when	when	WRB
19880	680	6	there	there	EX
19880	680	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	680	8	a	a	DT
19880	680	9	sense	sense	NN
19880	680	10	of	of	IN
19880	680	11	discomfort	discomfort	NN
19880	680	12	of	of	IN
19880	680	13	any	any	DT
19880	680	14	kind	kind	NN
19880	680	15	whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	680	16	.	.	.
19880	681	1	Such	such	JJ
19880	681	2	usually	usually	RB
19880	681	3	indicates	indicate	VBZ
19880	681	4	that	that	IN
19880	681	5	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	681	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	681	7	being	be	VBG
19880	681	8	carried	carry	VBN
19880	681	9	out	out	RP
19880	681	10	too	too	RB
19880	681	11	vigorously	vigorously	RB
19880	681	12	.	.	.
19880	682	1	2	2	LS
19880	682	2	.	.	.
19880	683	1	Increase	increase	VB
19880	683	2	the	the	DT
19880	683	3	depth	depth	NN
19880	683	4	of	of	IN
19880	683	5	the	the	DT
19880	683	6	inspirations	inspiration	NNS
19880	683	7	daily	daily	RB
19880	683	8	,	,	,
19880	683	9	but	but	CC
19880	683	10	not	not	RB
19880	683	11	very	very	RB
19880	683	12	rapidly	rapidly	RB
19880	683	13	.	.	.
19880	684	1	3	3	LS
19880	684	2	.	.	.
19880	685	1	The	the	DT
19880	685	2	inspirations	inspiration	NNS
19880	685	3	and	and	CC
19880	685	4	expirations	expiration	NNS
19880	685	5	should	should	MD
19880	685	6	both	both	DT
19880	685	7	be	be	VB
19880	685	8	carried	carry	VBN
19880	685	9	out	out	RP
19880	685	10	very	very	RB
19880	685	11	slowly	slowly	RB
19880	685	12	at	at	IN
19880	685	13	first	first	RB
19880	685	14	.	.	.
19880	686	1	4	4	LS
19880	686	2	.	.	.
19880	687	1	Cease	cease	VB
19880	687	2	the	the	DT
19880	687	3	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	687	4	before	before	IN
19880	687	5	any	any	DT
19880	687	6	sense	sense	NN
19880	687	7	of	of	IN
19880	687	8	fatigue	fatigue	NN
19880	687	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	687	10	experienced	experience	VBN
19880	687	11	.	.	.
19880	688	1	Fatigue	fatigue	NN
19880	688	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	688	3	Nature	Nature	NNP
19880	688	4	's	's	POS
19880	688	5	warning	warning	NN
19880	688	6	,	,	,
19880	688	7	and	and	CC
19880	688	8	should	should	MD
19880	688	9	be	be	VB
19880	688	10	always	always	RB
19880	688	11	obeyed	obey	VBN
19880	688	12	.	.	.
19880	689	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	689	2	indicates	indicate	VBZ
19880	689	3	that	that	IN
19880	689	4	the	the	DT
19880	689	5	waste	waste	NN
19880	689	6	products	product	NNS
19880	689	7	which	which	WDT
19880	689	8	result	result	VBP
19880	689	9	from	from	IN
19880	689	10	the	the	DT
19880	689	11	use	use	NN
19880	689	12	of	of	IN
19880	689	13	the	the	DT
19880	689	14	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	689	15	are	be	VBP
19880	689	16	accumulating	accumulate	VBG
19880	689	17	and	and	CC
19880	689	18	proving	prove	VBG
19880	689	19	harmful	harmful	JJ
19880	689	20	.	.	.
19880	690	1	After	after	IN
19880	690	2	a	a	DT
19880	690	3	week	week	NN
19880	690	4	of	of	IN
19880	690	5	such	such	JJ
19880	690	6	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	690	7	the	the	DT
19880	690	8	following	follow	VBG
19880	690	9	modification	modification	NN
19880	690	10	of	of	IN
19880	690	11	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	690	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	690	13	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	690	14	:	:	:
19880	690	15	1	1	CD
19880	690	16	.	.	.
19880	691	1	Inhale	inhale	VB
19880	691	2	with	with	IN
19880	691	3	the	the	DT
19880	691	4	lips	lip	NNS
19880	691	5	slightly	slightly	RB
19880	691	6	apart	apart	RB
19880	691	7	.	.	.
19880	692	1	2	2	LS
19880	692	2	.	.	.
19880	693	1	Gradually	gradually	RB
19880	693	2	increase	increase	VB
19880	693	3	the	the	DT
19880	693	4	length	length	NN
19880	693	5	of	of	IN
19880	693	6	the	the	DT
19880	693	7	time	time	NN
19880	693	8	the	the	DT
19880	693	9	breath	breath	NN
19880	693	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	693	11	held	hold	VBN
19880	693	12	,	,	,
19880	693	13	but	but	CC
19880	693	14	let	let	VB
19880	693	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	693	16	never	never	RB
19880	693	17	exceed	exceed	VB
19880	693	18	a	a	DT
19880	693	19	few	few	JJ
19880	693	20	seconds	second	NNS
19880	693	21	.	.	.
19880	694	1	3	3	LS
19880	694	2	.	.	.
19880	695	1	Through	through	IN
19880	695	2	open	open	JJ
19880	695	3	lips	lip	NNS
19880	695	4	allow	allow	VBP
19880	695	5	the	the	DT
19880	695	6	breath	breath	NN
19880	695	7	to	to	TO
19880	695	8	pass	pass	VB
19880	695	9	out	out	RP
19880	695	10	,	,	,
19880	695	11	but	but	CC
19880	695	12	with	with	IN
19880	695	13	extreme	extreme	JJ
19880	695	14	slowness	slowness	NN
19880	695	15	.	.	.
19880	696	1	The	the	DT
19880	696	2	student	student	NN
19880	696	3	should	should	MD
19880	696	4	try	try	VB
19880	696	5	to	to	TO
19880	696	6	increase	increase	VB
19880	696	7	this	this	DT
19880	696	8	last	last	JJ
19880	696	9	,	,	,
19880	696	10	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	696	11	,	,	,
19880	696	12	daily	daily	RB
19880	696	13	,	,	,
19880	696	14	as	as	IN
19880	696	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	696	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	696	17	above	above	IN
19880	696	18	all	all	DT
19880	696	19	what	what	WP
19880	696	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	696	21	required	require	VBN
19880	696	22	in	in	IN
19880	696	23	singing	singing	NN
19880	696	24	,	,	,
19880	696	25	and	and	CC
19880	696	26	also	also	RB
19880	696	27	in	in	IN
19880	696	28	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	696	29	,	,	,
19880	696	30	though	though	IN
19880	696	31	to	to	IN
19880	696	32	a	a	DT
19880	696	33	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	696	34	less	less	JJR
19880	696	35	degree	degree	NN
19880	696	36	--	--	:
19880	696	37	a	a	DT
19880	696	38	slow	slow	JJ
19880	696	39	,	,	,
19880	696	40	regulated	regulated	JJ
19880	696	41	expulsion	expulsion	NN
19880	696	42	of	of	IN
19880	696	43	the	the	DT
19880	696	44	breath	breath	NN
19880	696	45	.	.	.
19880	697	1	If	if	IN
19880	697	2	when	when	WRB
19880	697	3	the	the	DT
19880	697	4	chest	chest	NN
19880	697	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	697	6	full	full	JJ
19880	697	7	of	of	IN
19880	697	8	air	air	NN
19880	697	9	the	the	DT
19880	697	10	subject	subject	NN
19880	697	11	gently	gently	RB
19880	697	12	raises	raise	VBZ
19880	697	13	the	the	DT
19880	697	14	arms	arm	NNS
19880	697	15	over	over	IN
19880	697	16	the	the	DT
19880	697	17	head	head	NN
19880	697	18	,	,	,
19880	697	19	or	or	CC
19880	697	20	directs	direct	VBZ
19880	697	21	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	697	22	backward	backward	JJ
19880	697	23	,	,	,
19880	697	24	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	697	25	will	will	MD
19880	697	26	experience	experience	VB
19880	697	27	a	a	DT
19880	697	28	sense	sense	NN
19880	697	29	of	of	IN
19880	697	30	pressure	pressure	NN
19880	697	31	on	on	IN
19880	697	32	the	the	DT
19880	697	33	chest	chest	NN
19880	697	34	.	.	.
19880	698	1	If	if	IN
19880	698	2	this	this	DT
19880	698	3	be	be	VB
19880	698	4	carefully	carefully	RB
19880	698	5	done	do	VBN
19880	698	6	,	,	,
19880	698	7	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	698	8	effect	effect	NN
19880	698	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	698	10	to	to	TO
19880	698	11	strengthen	strengthen	VB
19880	698	12	,	,	,
19880	698	13	and	and	CC
19880	698	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	698	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	698	16	especially	especially	RB
19880	698	17	valuable	valuable	JJ
19880	698	18	for	for	IN
19880	698	19	those	those	DT
19880	698	20	inclined	incline	VBN
19880	698	21	to	to	TO
19880	698	22	stoop	stoop	VB
19880	698	23	.	.	.
19880	699	1	The	the	DT
19880	699	2	recommendation	recommendation	NN
19880	699	3	to	to	TO
19880	699	4	inspire	inspire	VB
19880	699	5	through	through	IN
19880	699	6	the	the	DT
19880	699	7	open	open	JJ
19880	699	8	lips	lip	NNS
19880	699	9	applies	apply	VBZ
19880	699	10	only	only	RB
19880	699	11	when	when	WRB
19880	699	12	one	one	PRP
19880	699	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	699	14	in	in	IN
19880	699	15	a	a	DT
19880	699	16	room	room	NN
19880	699	17	,	,	,
19880	699	18	or	or	CC
19880	699	19	in	in	IN
19880	699	20	the	the	DT
19880	699	21	open	open	JJ
19880	699	22	air	air	NN
19880	699	23	when	when	WRB
19880	699	24	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	699	25	is	be	VBZ
19880	699	26	warm	warm	JJ
19880	699	27	enough	enough	RB
19880	699	28	and	and	CC
19880	699	29	free	free	JJ
19880	699	30	from	from	IN
19880	699	31	dust	dust	NN
19880	699	32	.	.	.
19880	700	1	But	but	CC
19880	700	2	the	the	DT
19880	700	3	student	student	NN
19880	700	4	should	should	MD
19880	700	5	learn	learn	VB
19880	700	6	to	to	TO
19880	700	7	inspire	inspire	VB
19880	700	8	through	through	IN
19880	700	9	the	the	DT
19880	700	10	slightly	slightly	RB
19880	700	11	open	open	JJ
19880	700	12	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	700	13	,	,	,
19880	700	14	as	as	IN
19880	700	15	to	to	TO
19880	700	16	breathe	breathe	VB
19880	700	17	through	through	IN
19880	700	18	the	the	DT
19880	700	19	nose	nose	NN
19880	700	20	in	in	IN
19880	700	21	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	700	22	,	,	,
19880	700	23	and	and	CC
19880	700	24	especially	especially	RB
19880	700	25	in	in	IN
19880	700	26	singing	singing	NN
19880	700	27	,	,	,
19880	700	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	700	29	objectionable	objectionable	JJ
19880	700	30	for	for	IN
19880	700	31	several	several	JJ
19880	700	32	reasons	reason	NNS
19880	700	33	which	which	WDT
19880	700	34	can	can	MD
19880	700	35	be	be	VB
19880	700	36	better	well	RBR
19880	700	37	explained	explain	VBN
19880	700	38	later	later	RBR
19880	700	39	;	;	:
19880	700	40	so	so	IN
19880	700	41	that	that	IN
19880	700	42	the	the	DT
19880	700	43	rule	rule	NN
19880	700	44	is	be	VBZ
19880	700	45	to	to	TO
19880	700	46	_	_	NNP
19880	700	47	breathe	breathe	VB
19880	700	48	through	through	IN
19880	700	49	the	the	DT
19880	700	50	nose	nose	NN
19880	700	51	when	when	WRB
19880	700	52	not	not	RB
19880	700	53	using	use	VBG
19880	700	54	the	the	DT
19880	700	55	voice	voice	NN
19880	700	56	,	,	,
19880	700	57	and	and	CC
19880	700	58	through	through	IN
19880	700	59	the	the	DT
19880	700	60	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	700	61	when	when	WRB
19880	700	62	one	one	PRP
19880	700	63	does	do	VBZ
19880	700	64	_	_	NNP
19880	700	65	.	.	.
19880	701	1	Though	though	IN
19880	701	2	all	all	PDT
19880	701	3	the	the	DT
19880	701	4	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	701	5	thus	thus	RB
19880	701	6	far	far	RB
19880	701	7	referred	refer	VBN
19880	701	8	to	to	TO
19880	701	9	tend	tend	VB
19880	701	10	to	to	TO
19880	701	11	develop	develop	VB
19880	701	12	the	the	DT
19880	701	13	diaphragm	diaphragm	JJ
19880	701	14	and	and	CC
19880	701	15	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	701	16	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	701	17	,	,	,
19880	701	18	these	these	DT
19880	701	19	may	may	MD
19880	701	20	be	be	VB
19880	701	21	strengthened	strengthen	VBN
19880	701	22	by	by	IN
19880	701	23	special	special	JJ
19880	701	24	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	701	25	.	.	.
19880	702	1	The	the	DT
19880	702	2	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	702	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	702	4	the	the	DT
19880	702	5	soft	soft	JJ
19880	702	6	floor	floor	NN
19880	702	7	of	of	IN
19880	702	8	the	the	DT
19880	702	9	chest	chest	NN
19880	702	10	,	,	,
19880	702	11	and	and	CC
19880	702	12	must	must	MD
19880	702	13	at	at	IN
19880	702	14	once	once	RB
19880	702	15	bear	bear	VB
19880	702	16	the	the	DT
19880	702	17	strain	strain	NN
19880	702	18	of	of	IN
19880	702	19	the	the	DT
19880	702	20	air	air	NN
19880	702	21	that	that	WDT
19880	702	22	acts	act	VBZ
19880	702	23	on	on	IN
19880	702	24	the	the	DT
19880	702	25	approximated	approximated	JJ
19880	702	26	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	702	27	bands	band	NNS
19880	702	28	,	,	,
19880	702	29	and	and	CC
19880	702	30	assist	assist	VB
19880	702	31	in	in	IN
19880	702	32	applying	apply	VBG
19880	702	33	that	that	IN
19880	702	34	pressure	pressure	NN
19880	702	35	with	with	IN
19880	702	36	just	just	RB
19880	702	37	the	the	DT
19880	702	38	amount	amount	NN
19880	702	39	of	of	IN
19880	702	40	force	force	NN
19880	702	41	required	require	VBN
19880	702	42	,	,	,
19880	702	43	and	and	CC
19880	702	44	no	no	RB
19880	702	45	more	more	JJR
19880	702	46	;	;	:
19880	702	47	hence	hence	RB
19880	702	48	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	702	49	is	be	VBZ
19880	702	50	important	important	JJ
19880	702	51	that	that	IN
19880	702	52	this	this	DT
19880	702	53	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	702	54	be	be	VB
19880	702	55	both	both	CC
19880	702	56	strong	strong	JJ
19880	702	57	and	and	CC
19880	702	58	under	under	IN
19880	702	59	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	702	60	control	control	NN
19880	702	61	.	.	.
19880	703	1	This	this	DT
19880	703	2	large	large	JJ
19880	703	3	central	central	JJ
19880	703	4	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	703	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	703	6	probably	probably	RB
19880	703	7	not	not	RB
19880	703	8	only	only	RB
19880	703	9	the	the	DT
19880	703	10	most	most	RBS
19880	703	11	generally	generally	RB
19880	703	12	effective	effective	JJ
19880	703	13	of	of	IN
19880	703	14	all	all	PDT
19880	703	15	the	the	DT
19880	703	16	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	703	17	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	703	18	,	,	,
19880	703	19	but	but	CC
19880	703	20	has	have	VBZ
19880	703	21	an	an	DT
19880	703	22	action	action	NN
19880	703	23	more	more	RBR
19880	703	24	precise	precise	JJ
19880	703	25	and	and	CC
19880	703	26	often	often	RB
19880	703	27	more	more	RBR
19880	703	28	delicate	delicate	JJ
19880	703	29	,	,	,
19880	703	30	more	more	RBR
19880	703	31	nicely	nicely	RB
19880	703	32	controlled	control	VBN
19880	703	33	,	,	,
19880	703	34	than	than	IN
19880	703	35	that	that	DT
19880	703	36	of	of	IN
19880	703	37	any	any	DT
19880	703	38	other	other	JJ
19880	703	39	.	.	.
19880	704	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	704	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	704	3	possible	possible	JJ
19880	704	4	to	to	TO
19880	704	5	make	make	VB
19880	704	6	very	very	RB
19880	704	7	powerful	powerful	JJ
19880	704	8	movements	movement	NNS
19880	704	9	of	of	IN
19880	704	10	this	this	DT
19880	704	11	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	704	12	,	,	,
19880	704	13	and	and	CC
19880	704	14	an	an	DT
19880	704	15	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	704	16	that	that	WDT
19880	704	17	will	will	MD
19880	704	18	cause	cause	VB
19880	704	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	704	20	to	to	TO
19880	704	21	descend	descend	VB
19880	704	22	deeply	deeply	RB
19880	704	23	and	and	CC
19880	704	24	remain	remain	VB
19880	704	25	in	in	IN
19880	704	26	a	a	DT
19880	704	27	tense	tense	JJ
19880	704	28	condition	condition	NN
19880	704	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	704	30	valuable	valuable	JJ
19880	704	31	.	.	.
19880	705	1	To	to	TO
19880	705	2	effect	effect	VB
19880	705	3	this	this	DT
19880	705	4	,	,	,
19880	705	5	one	one	NN
19880	705	6	pushes	push	VBZ
19880	705	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	705	8	down	down	RP
19880	705	9	as	as	RB
19880	705	10	far	far	RB
19880	705	11	as	as	IN
19880	705	12	possible	possible	JJ
19880	705	13	,	,	,
19880	705	14	and	and	CC
19880	705	15	holds	hold	VBZ
19880	705	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	705	17	there	there	RB
19880	705	18	for	for	IN
19880	705	19	a	a	DT
19880	705	20	few	few	JJ
19880	705	21	seconds	second	NNS
19880	705	22	,	,	,
19880	705	23	then	then	RB
19880	705	24	permits	permit	VBZ
19880	705	25	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	705	26	to	to	TO
19880	705	27	relax	relax	VB
19880	705	28	gradually	gradually	RB
19880	705	29	.	.	.
19880	706	1	The	the	DT
19880	706	2	extent	extent	NN
19880	706	3	to	to	TO
19880	706	4	which	which	WDT
19880	706	5	this	this	DT
19880	706	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	706	7	successful	successful	JJ
19880	706	8	can	can	MD
19880	706	9	be	be	VB
19880	706	10	inferred	infer	VBN
19880	706	11	from	from	IN
19880	706	12	the	the	DT
19880	706	13	degree	degree	NN
19880	706	14	to	to	TO
19880	706	15	which	which	WDT
19880	706	16	the	the	DT
19880	706	17	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	706	18	wall	wall	NN
19880	706	19	bulges	bulge	VBZ
19880	706	20	forward	forward	RB
19880	706	21	.	.	.
19880	707	1	The	the	DT
19880	707	2	sudden	sudden	JJ
19880	707	3	though	though	IN
19880	707	4	slight	slight	JJ
19880	707	5	movements	movement	NNS
19880	707	6	required	require	VBN
19880	707	7	in	in	IN
19880	707	8	those	those	DT
19880	707	9	forms	form	NNS
19880	707	10	of	of	IN
19880	707	11	vocalization	vocalization	NN
19880	707	12	that	that	WDT
19880	707	13	bear	bear	VBP
19880	707	14	more	more	RBR
19880	707	15	or	or	CC
19880	707	16	less	less	JJR
19880	707	17	resemblance	resemblance	NN
19880	707	18	to	to	IN
19880	707	19	what	what	WP
19880	707	20	vocalists	vocalist	VBZ
19880	707	21	term	term	NN
19880	707	22	_	_	NNP
19880	707	23	staccato	staccato	NNP
19880	707	24	_	_	NNP
19880	707	25	,	,	,
19880	707	26	and	and	CC
19880	707	27	which	which	WDT
19880	707	28	are	be	VBP
19880	707	29	so	so	RB
19880	707	30	effective	effective	JJ
19880	707	31	in	in	IN
19880	707	32	dramatic	dramatic	JJ
19880	707	33	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	707	34	and	and	CC
19880	707	35	singing	singing	NN
19880	707	36	,	,	,
19880	707	37	can	can	MD
19880	707	38	be	be	VB
19880	707	39	prepared	prepare	VBN
19880	707	40	for	for	IN
19880	707	41	by	by	RB
19880	707	42	larger	large	JJR
19880	707	43	but	but	CC
19880	707	44	sudden	sudden	JJ
19880	707	45	movements	movement	NNS
19880	707	46	of	of	IN
19880	707	47	the	the	DT
19880	707	48	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	707	49	,	,	,
19880	707	50	as	as	IN
19880	707	51	when	when	WRB
19880	707	52	one	one	PRP
19880	707	53	taking	take	VBG
19880	707	54	a	a	DT
19880	707	55	full	full	JJ
19880	707	56	breath	breath	NN
19880	707	57	imitates	imitate	VBZ
19880	707	58	coughing	cough	VBG
19880	707	59	movements	movement	NNS
19880	707	60	,	,	,
19880	707	61	but	but	CC
19880	707	62	in	in	IN
19880	707	63	a	a	DT
19880	707	64	regular	regular	JJ
19880	707	65	and	and	CC
19880	707	66	measured	measured	JJ
19880	707	67	way	way	NN
19880	707	68	,	,	,
19880	707	69	the	the	DT
19880	707	70	throat	throat	NN
19880	707	71	being	be	VBG
19880	707	72	used	use	VBN
19880	707	73	but	but	CC
19880	707	74	little	little	JJ
19880	707	75	.	.	.
19880	708	1	At	at	IN
19880	708	2	the	the	DT
19880	708	3	same	same	JJ
19880	708	4	time	time	NN
19880	708	5	,	,	,
19880	708	6	or	or	CC
19880	708	7	separately	separately	RB
19880	708	8	,	,	,
19880	708	9	the	the	DT
19880	708	10	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	708	11	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	708	12	may	may	MD
19880	708	13	be	be	VB
19880	708	14	effectively	effectively	RB
19880	708	15	exercised	exercise	VBN
19880	708	16	by	by	IN
19880	708	17	being	be	VBG
19880	708	18	drawn	draw	VBN
19880	708	19	in	in	RB
19880	708	20	and	and	CC
19880	708	21	thrust	thrust	VBD
19880	708	22	out	out	RP
19880	708	23	with	with	IN
19880	708	24	considerable	considerable	JJ
19880	708	25	force	force	NN
19880	708	26	.	.	.
19880	709	1	None	none	NN
19880	709	2	of	of	IN
19880	709	3	these	these	DT
19880	709	4	movements	movement	NNS
19880	709	5	are	be	VBP
19880	709	6	elegant	elegant	JJ
19880	709	7	--	--	:
19880	709	8	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	709	9	scarcely	scarcely	RB
19880	709	10	put	put	VBP
19880	709	11	one	one	CD
19880	709	12	in	in	IN
19880	709	13	an	an	DT
19880	709	14	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	709	15	light	light	NN
19880	709	16	;	;	:
19880	709	17	but	but	CC
19880	709	18	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	709	19	are	be	VBP
19880	709	20	highly	highly	RB
19880	709	21	effective	effective	JJ
19880	709	22	in	in	IN
19880	709	23	strengthening	strengthen	VBG
19880	709	24	parts	part	NNS
19880	709	25	every	every	DT
19880	709	26	voice	voice	NN
19880	709	27	-	-	HYPH
19880	709	28	user	user	NN
19880	709	29	must	must	MD
19880	709	30	employ	employ	VB
19880	709	31	.	.	.
19880	710	1	To	to	TO
19880	710	2	furnish	furnish	VB
19880	710	3	adequate	adequate	JJ
19880	710	4	support	support	NN
19880	710	5	for	for	IN
19880	710	6	the	the	DT
19880	710	7	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	710	8	and	and	CC
19880	710	9	chest	chest	NN
19880	710	10	in	in	IN
19880	710	11	a	a	DT
19880	710	12	very	very	RB
19880	710	13	vigorous	vigorous	JJ
19880	710	14	use	use	NN
19880	710	15	of	of	IN
19880	710	16	the	the	DT
19880	710	17	voice	voice	NN
19880	710	18	,	,	,
19880	710	19	as	as	IN
19880	710	20	in	in	IN
19880	710	21	the	the	DT
19880	710	22	most	most	RBS
19880	710	23	trying	trying	JJ
19880	710	24	passages	passage	NNS
19880	710	25	a	a	DT
19880	710	26	tragic	tragic	JJ
19880	710	27	actor	actor	NN
19880	710	28	has	have	VBZ
19880	710	29	to	to	TO
19880	710	30	speak	speak	VB
19880	710	31	or	or	CC
19880	710	32	a	a	DT
19880	710	33	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	710	34	to	to	TO
19880	710	35	sing	sing	VB
19880	710	36	,	,	,
19880	710	37	the	the	DT
19880	710	38	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	710	39	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	710	40	must	must	MD
19880	710	41	remain	remain	VB
19880	710	42	more	more	RBR
19880	710	43	or	or	CC
19880	710	44	less	less	RBR
19880	710	45	tense	tense	JJ
19880	710	46	,	,	,
19880	710	47	and	and	CC
19880	710	48	to	to	TO
19880	710	49	do	do	VB
19880	710	50	so	so	RB
19880	710	51	effectually	effectually	RB
19880	710	52	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	710	53	must	must	MD
19880	710	54	have	have	VB
19880	710	55	strength	strength	NN
19880	710	56	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	710	57	that	that	DT
19880	710	58	possessed	possess	VBN
19880	710	59	by	by	IN
19880	710	60	the	the	DT
19880	710	61	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19880	710	62	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	710	63	in	in	IN
19880	710	64	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	710	65	persons	person	NNS
19880	710	66	;	;	:
19880	710	67	hence	hence	RB
19880	710	68	the	the	DT
19880	710	69	desirability	desirability	NN
19880	710	70	of	of	IN
19880	710	71	employing	employ	VBG
19880	710	72	special	special	JJ
19880	710	73	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	710	74	to	to	TO
19880	710	75	increase	increase	VB
19880	710	76	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	710	77	vigor	vigor	NN
19880	710	78	.	.	.
19880	711	1	Hill	hill	NN
19880	711	2	climbing	climb	VBG
19880	711	3	and	and	CC
19880	711	4	bicycling	bicycling	NN
19880	711	5	also	also	RB
19880	711	6	tend	tend	VBP
19880	711	7	to	to	IN
19880	711	8	this	this	DT
19880	711	9	end	end	NN
19880	711	10	,	,	,
19880	711	11	but	but	CC
19880	711	12	the	the	DT
19880	711	13	latter	latter	JJ
19880	711	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	711	15	for	for	IN
19880	711	16	many	many	JJ
19880	711	17	reasons	reason	NNS
19880	711	18	not	not	RB
19880	711	19	a	a	DT
19880	711	20	form	form	NN
19880	711	21	of	of	IN
19880	711	22	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	711	23	to	to	TO
19880	711	24	be	be	VB
19880	711	25	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	711	26	to	to	IN
19880	711	27	one	one	CD
19880	711	28	who	who	WP
19880	711	29	wishes	wish	VBZ
19880	711	30	to	to	TO
19880	711	31	attain	attain	VB
19880	711	32	the	the	DT
19880	711	33	highest	high	JJS
19880	711	34	results	result	NNS
19880	711	35	with	with	IN
19880	711	36	the	the	DT
19880	711	37	voice	voice	NN
19880	711	38	.	.	.
19880	712	1	Wind	wind	NN
19880	712	2	,	,	,
19880	712	3	dust	dust	NN
19880	712	4	,	,	,
19880	712	5	a	a	DT
19880	712	6	stooping	stooping	NN
19880	712	7	position	position	NN
19880	712	8	,	,	,
19880	712	9	excessive	excessive	JJ
19880	712	10	heat	heat	NN
19880	712	11	of	of	IN
19880	712	12	the	the	DT
19880	712	13	body	body	NN
19880	712	14	,	,	,
19880	712	15	etc	etc	FW
19880	712	16	.	.	.
19880	712	17	,	,	,
19880	712	18	are	be	VBP
19880	712	19	all	all	DT
19880	712	20	among	among	IN
19880	712	21	the	the	DT
19880	712	22	many	many	JJ
19880	712	23	factors	factor	NNS
19880	712	24	of	of	IN
19880	712	25	risk	risk	NN
19880	712	26	for	for	IN
19880	712	27	the	the	DT
19880	712	28	delicate	delicate	JJ
19880	712	29	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	712	30	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	712	31	.	.	.
19880	713	1	As	as	IN
19880	713	2	the	the	DT
19880	713	3	expiratory	expiratory	NN
19880	713	4	blast	blast	NN
19880	713	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	713	6	so	so	RB
19880	713	7	important	important	JJ
19880	713	8	in	in	IN
19880	713	9	voice	voice	NN
19880	713	10	-	-	HYPH
19880	713	11	production	production	NN
19880	713	12	,	,	,
19880	713	13	the	the	DT
19880	713	14	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	713	15	above	above	IN
19880	713	16	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	713	17	should	should	MD
19880	713	18	be	be	VB
19880	713	19	followed	follow	VBN
19880	713	20	by	by	IN
19880	713	21	others	other	NNS
19880	713	22	in	in	IN
19880	713	23	which	which	WDT
19880	713	24	this	this	DT
19880	713	25	principle	principle	NN
19880	713	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	713	27	specially	specially	RB
19880	713	28	recognized	recognize	VBN
19880	713	29	.	.	.
19880	714	1	1	1	LS
19880	714	2	.	.	.
19880	715	1	Inspire	inspire	VB
19880	715	2	so	so	IN
19880	715	3	as	as	IN
19880	715	4	to	to	TO
19880	715	5	fill	fill	VB
19880	715	6	the	the	DT
19880	715	7	chest	chest	NN
19880	715	8	to	to	IN
19880	715	9	the	the	DT
19880	715	10	fullest	full	JJS
19880	715	11	with	with	IN
19880	715	12	considerable	considerable	JJ
19880	715	13	rapidity	rapidity	NN
19880	715	14	;	;	:
19880	715	15	then	then	RB
19880	715	16	allow	allow	VB
19880	715	17	the	the	DT
19880	715	18	breath	breath	NN
19880	715	19	-	-	HYPH
19880	715	20	stream	stream	NN
19880	715	21	to	to	TO
19880	715	22	pass	pass	VB
19880	715	23	out	out	RP
19880	715	24	with	with	IN
19880	715	25	the	the	DT
19880	715	26	utmost	utmost	JJ
19880	715	27	slowness	slowness	NN
19880	715	28	.	.	.
19880	716	1	2	2	LS
19880	716	2	.	.	.
19880	717	1	Fill	fill	VB
19880	717	2	the	the	DT
19880	717	3	chest	chest	NN
19880	717	4	with	with	IN
19880	717	5	special	special	JJ
19880	717	6	reference	reference	NN
19880	717	7	to	to	IN
19880	717	8	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	717	9	lower	low	JJR
19880	717	10	or	or	CC
19880	717	11	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	717	12	upper	upper	JJ
19880	717	13	part	part	NN
19880	717	14	,	,	,
19880	717	15	as	as	IN
19880	717	16	desired	desire	VBN
19880	717	17	,	,	,
19880	717	18	and	and	CC
19880	717	19	very	very	RB
19880	717	20	rapidly	rapidly	RB
19880	717	21	,	,	,
19880	717	22	letting	let	VBG
19880	717	23	the	the	DT
19880	717	24	breath	breath	NN
19880	717	25	flow	flow	VB
19880	717	26	out	out	RP
19880	717	27	slowly	slowly	RB
19880	717	28	.	.	.
19880	718	1	SUMMARY	SUMMARY	NNP
19880	718	2	.	.	.
19880	719	1	The	the	DT
19880	719	2	primary	primary	JJ
19880	719	3	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	719	4	of	of	IN
19880	719	5	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	719	6	in	in	IN
19880	719	7	all	all	DT
19880	719	8	animals	animal	NNS
19880	719	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	719	10	the	the	DT
19880	719	11	same	same	JJ
19880	719	12	--	--	:
19880	719	13	namely	namely	RB
19880	719	14	,	,	,
19880	719	15	to	to	TO
19880	719	16	furnish	furnish	VB
19880	719	17	oxygen	oxygen	NN
19880	719	18	and	and	CC
19880	719	19	remove	remove	VB
19880	719	20	carbon	carbon	NN
19880	719	21	dioxide	dioxide	NN
19880	719	22	(	(	-LRB-
19880	719	23	carbonic	carbonic	JJ
19880	719	24	acid	acid	NN
19880	719	25	)	)	-RRB-
19880	719	26	.	.	.
19880	720	1	The	the	DT
19880	720	2	lowest	low	JJS
19880	720	3	animals	animal	NNS
19880	720	4	,	,	,
19880	720	5	as	as	IN
19880	720	6	the	the	DT
19880	720	7	amoeba	amoeba	NN
19880	720	8	,	,	,
19880	720	9	breathe	breathe	VBN
19880	720	10	by	by	IN
19880	720	11	the	the	DT
19880	720	12	whole	whole	JJ
19880	720	13	surface	surface	NN
19880	720	14	of	of	IN
19880	720	15	the	the	DT
19880	720	16	body	body	NN
19880	720	17	.	.	.
19880	721	1	In	in	IN
19880	721	2	all	all	DT
19880	721	3	vertebrates	vertebrate	NNS
19880	721	4	the	the	DT
19880	721	5	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
19880	721	6	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	721	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	721	8	essentially	essentially	RB
19880	721	9	the	the	DT
19880	721	10	same	same	JJ
19880	721	11	:	:	:
19880	721	12	a	a	DT
19880	721	13	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	721	14	(	(	-LRB-
19880	721	15	covered	cover	VBN
19880	721	16	with	with	IN
19880	721	17	flat	flat	JJ
19880	721	18	cells	cell	NNS
19880	721	19	)	)	-RRB-
19880	721	20	in	in	IN
19880	721	21	which	which	WDT
19880	721	22	the	the	DT
19880	721	23	blood	blood	NN
19880	721	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	721	25	distributed	distribute	VBN
19880	721	26	in	in	IN
19880	721	27	the	the	DT
19880	721	28	minutest	minute	JJS
19880	721	29	blood	blood	NN
19880	721	30	-	-	HYPH
19880	721	31	vessels	vessel	NNS
19880	721	32	(	(	-LRB-
19880	721	33	capillaries	capillary	NNS
19880	721	34	)	)	-RRB-
19880	721	35	.	.	.
19880	722	1	Respiration	respiration	NN
19880	722	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	722	3	finally	finally	RB
19880	722	4	effected	effect	VBN
19880	722	5	in	in	IN
19880	722	6	the	the	DT
19880	722	7	tissues	tissue	NNS
19880	722	8	(	(	-LRB-
19880	722	9	cells	cell	NNS
19880	722	10	)	)	-RRB-
19880	722	11	of	of	IN
19880	722	12	the	the	DT
19880	722	13	body	body	NN
19880	722	14	.	.	.
19880	723	1	The	the	DT
19880	723	2	more	more	RBR
19880	723	3	active	active	JJ
19880	723	4	the	the	DT
19880	723	5	animal	animal	NN
19880	723	6	,	,	,
19880	723	7	or	or	CC
19880	723	8	the	the	DT
19880	723	9	higher	high	JJR
19880	723	10	in	in	IN
19880	723	11	the	the	DT
19880	723	12	scale	scale	NN
19880	723	13	,	,	,
19880	723	14	the	the	DT
19880	723	15	more	more	JJR
19880	723	16	need	need	NN
19880	723	17	of	of	IN
19880	723	18	frequent	frequent	JJ
19880	723	19	interchange	interchange	NN
19880	723	20	between	between	IN
19880	723	21	the	the	DT
19880	723	22	air	air	NN
19880	723	23	,	,	,
19880	723	24	the	the	DT
19880	723	25	blood	blood	NN
19880	723	26	,	,	,
19880	723	27	and	and	CC
19880	723	28	the	the	DT
19880	723	29	tissues	tissue	NNS
19880	723	30	.	.	.
19880	724	1	The	the	DT
19880	724	2	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	724	3	organs	organ	NNS
19880	724	4	in	in	IN
19880	724	5	mammals	mammal	NNS
19880	724	6	are	be	VBP
19880	724	7	the	the	DT
19880	724	8	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	724	9	,	,	,
19880	724	10	nose	nose	NN
19880	724	11	,	,	,
19880	724	12	larynx	larynx	NNP
19880	724	13	,	,	,
19880	724	14	trachea	trachea	NN
19880	724	15	,	,	,
19880	724	16	bronchial	bronchial	JJ
19880	724	17	tubes	tube	NNS
19880	724	18	,	,	,
19880	724	19	and	and	CC
19880	724	20	lung	lung	NN
19880	724	21	-	-	HYPH
19880	724	22	tissue	tissue	NN
19880	724	23	or	or	CC
19880	724	24	air	air	NN
19880	724	25	-	-	HYPH
19880	724	26	cells	cell	NNS
19880	724	27	proper	proper	JJ
19880	724	28	.	.	.
19880	725	1	The	the	DT
19880	725	2	windpipe	windpipe	NN
19880	725	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	725	4	made	make	VBN
19880	725	5	up	up	RP
19880	725	6	of	of	IN
19880	725	7	cartilaginous	cartilaginous	JJ
19880	725	8	rings	ring	NNS
19880	725	9	completed	complete	VBN
19880	725	10	by	by	IN
19880	725	11	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	725	12	,	,	,
19880	725	13	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	725	14	,	,	,
19880	725	15	etc	etc	FW
19880	725	16	.	.	.
19880	726	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	726	2	behind	behind	RB
19880	726	3	)	)	-RRB-
19880	726	4	.	.	.
19880	727	1	The	the	DT
19880	727	2	bronchial	bronchial	JJ
19880	727	3	tubes	tube	NNS
19880	727	4	are	be	VBP
19880	727	5	the	the	DT
19880	727	6	continuation	continuation	NN
19880	727	7	of	of	IN
19880	727	8	the	the	DT
19880	727	9	windpipe	windpipe	NN
19880	727	10	,	,	,
19880	727	11	and	and	CC
19880	727	12	branch	branch	NN
19880	727	13	tree	tree	NN
19880	727	14	-	-	HYPH
19880	727	15	like	like	JJ
19880	727	16	until	until	IN
19880	727	17	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	727	18	become	become	VBP
19880	727	19	very	very	RB
19880	727	20	fine	fine	JJ
19880	727	21	.	.	.
19880	728	1	The	the	DT
19880	728	2	air	air	NN
19880	728	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	728	4	cells	cell	NNS
19880	728	5	are	be	VBP
19880	728	6	built	build	VBN
19880	728	7	round	round	RB
19880	728	8	these	these	DT
19880	728	9	latter	latter	JJ
19880	728	10	.	.	.
19880	729	1	The	the	DT
19880	729	2	lung	lung	NN
19880	729	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	729	4	tissue	tissue	NN
19880	729	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	729	6	highly	highly	RB
19880	729	7	elastic	elastic	JJ
19880	729	8	.	.	.
19880	730	1	The	the	DT
19880	730	2	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	730	3	are	be	VBP
19880	730	4	made	make	VBN
19880	730	5	up	up	RP
19880	730	6	of	of	IN
19880	730	7	an	an	DT
19880	730	8	elastic	elastic	JJ
19880	730	9	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	730	10	,	,	,
19880	730	11	covered	cover	VBN
19880	730	12	with	with	IN
19880	730	13	flat	flat	JJ
19880	730	14	cells	cell	NNS
19880	730	15	,	,	,
19880	730	16	and	and	CC
19880	730	17	very	very	RB
19880	730	18	abundantly	abundantly	RB
19880	730	19	supplied	supply	VBN
19880	730	20	with	with	IN
19880	730	21	a	a	DT
19880	730	22	mesh	mesh	NN
19880	730	23	-	-	HYPH
19880	730	24	work	work	NN
19880	730	25	of	of	IN
19880	730	26	the	the	DT
19880	730	27	finest	fine	JJS
19880	730	28	blood	blood	NN
19880	730	29	-	-	HYPH
19880	730	30	vessels	vessel	NNS
19880	730	31	.	.	.
19880	731	1	The	the	DT
19880	731	2	whole	whole	NN
19880	731	3	of	of	IN
19880	731	4	the	the	DT
19880	731	5	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	731	6	tract	tract	NN
19880	731	7	as	as	RB
19880	731	8	far	far	RB
19880	731	9	as	as	IN
19880	731	10	the	the	DT
19880	731	11	air	air	NN
19880	731	12	-	-	HYPH
19880	731	13	cells	cell	NNS
19880	731	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	731	15	lined	line	VBN
19880	731	16	by	by	IN
19880	731	17	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	731	18	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	731	19	.	.	.
19880	732	1	The	the	DT
19880	732	2	air	air	NN
19880	732	3	consists	consist	VBZ
19880	732	4	essentially	essentially	RB
19880	732	5	of	of	IN
19880	732	6	21	21	CD
19880	732	7	parts	part	NNS
19880	732	8	of	of	IN
19880	732	9	oxygen	oxygen	NN
19880	732	10	and	and	CC
19880	732	11	79	79	CD
19880	732	12	parts	part	NNS
19880	732	13	of	of	IN
19880	732	14	nitrogen	nitrogen	NN
19880	732	15	,	,	,
19880	732	16	with	with	IN
19880	732	17	a	a	DT
19880	732	18	variable	variable	JJ
19880	732	19	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	732	20	of	of	IN
19880	732	21	watery	watery	JJ
19880	732	22	vapor	vapor	NN
19880	732	23	.	.	.
19880	733	1	Only	only	RB
19880	733	2	a	a	DT
19880	733	3	small	small	JJ
19880	733	4	portion	portion	NN
19880	733	5	of	of	IN
19880	733	6	the	the	DT
19880	733	7	total	total	JJ
19880	733	8	oxygen	oxygen	NN
19880	733	9	of	of	IN
19880	733	10	the	the	DT
19880	733	11	air	air	NN
19880	733	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	733	13	removed	remove	VBN
19880	733	14	before	before	IN
19880	733	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	733	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	733	17	exhaled	exhale	VBN
19880	733	18	.	.	.
19880	734	1	The	the	DT
19880	734	2	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	734	3	act	act	NN
19880	734	4	consists	consist	VBZ
19880	734	5	of	of	IN
19880	734	6	(	(	-LRB-
19880	734	7	1	1	CD
19880	734	8	)	)	-RRB-
19880	734	9	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	734	10	,	,	,
19880	734	11	and	and	CC
19880	734	12	(	(	-LRB-
19880	734	13	2	2	LS
19880	734	14	)	)	-RRB-
19880	734	15	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	734	16	;	;	:
19880	734	17	the	the	DT
19880	734	18	latter	latter	JJ
19880	734	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	734	20	of	of	IN
19880	734	21	a	a	DT
19880	734	22	little	little	RB
19880	734	23	longer	long	JJR
19880	734	24	duration	duration	NN
19880	734	25	than	than	IN
19880	734	26	the	the	DT
19880	734	27	former	former	JJ
19880	734	28	.	.	.
19880	735	1	The	the	DT
19880	735	2	rate	rate	NN
19880	735	3	of	of	IN
19880	735	4	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	735	5	in	in	IN
19880	735	6	man	man	NN
19880	735	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	735	8	from	from	IN
19880	735	9	14	14	CD
19880	735	10	to	to	TO
19880	735	11	18	18	CD
19880	735	12	per	per	IN
19880	735	13	minute	minute	NN
19880	735	14	,	,	,
19880	735	15	in	in	IN
19880	735	16	the	the	DT
19880	735	17	resting	rest	VBG
19880	735	18	state	state	NN
19880	735	19	,	,	,
19880	735	20	or	or	CC
19880	735	21	about	about	IN
19880	735	22	one	one	CD
19880	735	23	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	735	24	to	to	IN
19880	735	25	three	three	CD
19880	735	26	or	or	CC
19880	735	27	four	four	CD
19880	735	28	heart	heart	NN
19880	735	29	-	-	HYPH
19880	735	30	beats	beat	NNS
19880	735	31	.	.	.
19880	736	1	The	the	DT
19880	736	2	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	736	3	of	of	IN
19880	736	4	air	air	NN
19880	736	5	inspired	inspire	VBN
19880	736	6	depends	depend	VBZ
19880	736	7	on	on	IN
19880	736	8	(	(	-LRB-
19880	736	9	1	1	LS
19880	736	10	)	)	-RRB-
19880	736	11	the	the	DT
19880	736	12	size	size	NN
19880	736	13	of	of	IN
19880	736	14	the	the	DT
19880	736	15	thorax	thorax	NN
19880	736	16	,	,	,
19880	736	17	and	and	CC
19880	736	18	(	(	-LRB-
19880	736	19	2	2	LS
19880	736	20	)	)	-RRB-
19880	736	21	the	the	DT
19880	736	22	extent	extent	NN
19880	736	23	of	of	IN
19880	736	24	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	736	25	movements	movement	NNS
19880	736	26	.	.	.
19880	737	1	These	these	DT
19880	737	2	are	be	VBP
19880	737	3	effected	effect	VBN
19880	737	4	solely	solely	RB
19880	737	5	by	by	IN
19880	737	6	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	737	7	contractions	contraction	NNS
19880	737	8	,	,	,
19880	737	9	and	and	CC
19880	737	10	give	give	VB
19880	737	11	rise	rise	NN
19880	737	12	to	to	IN
19880	737	13	an	an	DT
19880	737	14	increase	increase	NN
19880	737	15	in	in	IN
19880	737	16	all	all	PDT
19880	737	17	the	the	DT
19880	737	18	diameters	diameter	NNS
19880	737	19	of	of	IN
19880	737	20	the	the	DT
19880	737	21	thorax	thorax	NN
19880	737	22	.	.	.
19880	738	1	The	the	DT
19880	738	2	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	738	3	are	be	VBP
19880	738	4	closely	closely	RB
19880	738	5	applied	apply	VBN
19880	738	6	(	(	-LRB-
19880	738	7	but	but	CC
19880	738	8	not	not	RB
19880	738	9	attached	attach	VBN
19880	738	10	)	)	-RRB-
19880	738	11	to	to	IN
19880	738	12	the	the	DT
19880	738	13	inside	inside	NN
19880	738	14	of	of	IN
19880	738	15	the	the	DT
19880	738	16	chest	chest	NN
19880	738	17	wall	wall	NN
19880	738	18	,	,	,
19880	738	19	and	and	CC
19880	738	20	remain	remain	VBP
19880	738	21	so	so	RB
19880	738	22	under	under	IN
19880	738	23	all	all	DT
19880	738	24	circumstances	circumstance	NNS
19880	738	25	.	.	.
19880	739	1	When	when	WRB
19880	739	2	the	the	DT
19880	739	3	chest	chest	NN
19880	739	4	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	739	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	739	6	enlarged	enlarge	VBN
19880	739	7	by	by	IN
19880	739	8	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	739	9	,	,	,
19880	739	10	the	the	DT
19880	739	11	air	air	NN
19880	739	12	,	,	,
19880	739	13	pressing	press	VBG
19880	739	14	down	down	RP
19880	739	15	into	into	IN
19880	739	16	the	the	DT
19880	739	17	elastic	elastic	JJ
19880	739	18	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	739	19	,	,	,
19880	739	20	expands	expand	VBZ
19880	739	21	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	739	22	as	as	RB
19880	739	23	much	much	RB
19880	739	24	as	as	IN
19880	739	25	possible	possible	JJ
19880	739	26	,	,	,
19880	739	27	that	that	RB
19880	739	28	is	is	RB
19880	739	29	,	,	,
19880	739	30	as	as	RB
19880	739	31	much	much	RB
19880	739	32	as	as	IN
19880	739	33	the	the	DT
19880	739	34	chest	ch	JJS
19880	739	35	walls	wall	NNS
19880	739	36	will	will	MD
19880	739	37	allow	allow	VB
19880	739	38	;	;	:
19880	739	39	but	but	CC
19880	739	40	the	the	DT
19880	739	41	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	739	42	are	be	VBP
19880	739	43	never	never	RB
19880	739	44	at	at	IN
19880	739	45	any	any	DT
19880	739	46	time	time	NN
19880	739	47	either	either	CC
19880	739	48	filled	fill	VBN
19880	739	49	with	with	IN
19880	739	50	or	or	CC
19880	739	51	emptied	empty	VBN
19880	739	52	of	of	IN
19880	739	53	air	air	NN
19880	739	54	to	to	IN
19880	739	55	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	739	56	utmost	utmost	JJ
19880	739	57	capacity	capacity	NN
19880	739	58	.	.	.
19880	740	1	At	at	IN
19880	740	2	most	most	RBS
19880	740	3	,	,	,
19880	740	4	the	the	DT
19880	740	5	amount	amount	NN
19880	740	6	of	of	IN
19880	740	7	expansion	expansion	NN
19880	740	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	740	9	very	very	RB
19880	740	10	moderate	moderate	JJ
19880	740	11	.	.	.
19880	741	1	_	_	NNP
19880	741	2	The	the	DT
19880	741	3	Quantity	Quantity	NNP
19880	741	4	of	of	IN
19880	741	5	Air	air	NN
19880	741	6	in	in	IN
19880	741	7	the	the	DT
19880	741	8	Lungs	Lungs	NNPS
19880	741	9	.	.	.
19880	741	10	_	_	NNP
19880	741	11	1	1	CD
19880	741	12	.	.	.
19880	742	1	The	the	DT
19880	742	2	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	742	3	of	of	IN
19880	742	4	air	air	NN
19880	742	5	inspired	inspire	VBN
19880	742	6	in	in	IN
19880	742	7	quiet	quiet	JJ
19880	742	8	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	742	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	742	10	about	about	RB
19880	742	11	20	20	CD
19880	742	12	-	-	SYM
19880	742	13	30	30	CD
19880	742	14	cubic	cubic	JJ
19880	742	15	inches	inch	NNS
19880	742	16	.	.	.
19880	743	1	2	2	LS
19880	743	2	.	.	.
19880	744	1	The	the	DT
19880	744	2	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	744	3	that	that	WDT
19880	744	4	can	can	MD
19880	744	5	be	be	VB
19880	744	6	added	add	VBN
19880	744	7	to	to	IN
19880	744	8	this	this	DT
19880	744	9	by	by	IN
19880	744	10	a	a	DT
19880	744	11	deep	deep	JJ
19880	744	12	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	744	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	744	14	about	about	RB
19880	744	15	100	100	CD
19880	744	16	cubic	cubic	JJ
19880	744	17	inches	inch	NNS
19880	744	18	.	.	.
19880	745	1	3	3	LS
19880	745	2	.	.	.
19880	746	1	The	the	DT
19880	746	2	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	746	3	that	that	WDT
19880	746	4	can	can	MD
19880	746	5	be	be	VB
19880	746	6	expelled	expel	VBN
19880	746	7	by	by	IN
19880	746	8	a	a	DT
19880	746	9	forcible	forcible	JJ
19880	746	10	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	746	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	746	12	about	about	RB
19880	746	13	100	100	CD
19880	746	14	cubic	cubic	JJ
19880	746	15	inches	inch	NNS
19880	746	16	.	.	.
19880	747	1	4	4	LS
19880	747	2	.	.	.
19880	748	1	The	the	DT
19880	748	2	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	748	3	that	that	WDT
19880	748	4	can	can	MD
19880	748	5	not	not	RB
19880	748	6	be	be	VB
19880	748	7	expelled	expel	VBN
19880	748	8	at	at	RB
19880	748	9	all	all	RB
19880	748	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	748	11	about	about	IN
19880	748	12	100	100	CD
19880	748	13	cubic	cubic	JJ
19880	748	14	inches	inch	NNS
19880	748	15	.	.	.
19880	749	1	The	the	DT
19880	749	2	above	above	JJ
19880	749	3	are	be	VBP
19880	749	4	named	name	VBN
19880	749	5	:	:	:
19880	749	6	(	(	-LRB-
19880	749	7	1	1	LS
19880	749	8	)	)	-RRB-
19880	749	9	The	the	DT
19880	749	10	tidal	tidal	JJ
19880	749	11	air	air	NN
19880	749	12	;	;	,
19880	749	13	(	(	-LRB-
19880	749	14	2	2	LS
19880	749	15	)	)	-RRB-
19880	749	16	complemental	complemental	JJ
19880	749	17	air	air	NN
19880	749	18	;	;	:
19880	749	19	(	(	-LRB-
19880	749	20	3	3	LS
19880	749	21	)	)	-RRB-
19880	749	22	supplemental	supplemental	JJ
19880	749	23	air	air	NN
19880	749	24	;	;	:
19880	749	25	(	(	-LRB-
19880	749	26	4	4	LS
19880	749	27	)	)	-RRB-
19880	749	28	residual	residual	JJ
19880	749	29	air	air	NN
19880	749	30	.	.	.
19880	750	1	The	the	DT
19880	750	2	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	750	3	that	that	WDT
19880	750	4	can	can	MD
19880	750	5	be	be	VB
19880	750	6	expelled	expel	VBN
19880	750	7	by	by	IN
19880	750	8	the	the	DT
19880	750	9	most	most	RBS
19880	750	10	forcible	forcible	JJ
19880	750	11	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	750	12	after	after	IN
19880	750	13	the	the	DT
19880	750	14	most	most	RBS
19880	750	15	forcible	forcible	JJ
19880	750	16	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	750	17	,	,	,
19880	750	18	that	that	RB
19880	750	19	is	is	RB
19880	750	20	,	,	,
19880	750	21	the	the	DT
19880	750	22	air	air	NN
19880	750	23	that	that	WDT
19880	750	24	can	can	MD
19880	750	25	be	be	VB
19880	750	26	moved	move	VBN
19880	750	27	,	,	,
19880	750	28	indicating	indicate	VBG
19880	750	29	the	the	DT
19880	750	30	"	"	``
19880	750	31	vital	vital	JJ
19880	750	32	capacity	capacity	NN
19880	750	33	,	,	,
19880	750	34	"	"	''
19880	750	35	is	be	VBZ
19880	750	36	about	about	RB
19880	750	37	225	225	CD
19880	750	38	-	-	SYM
19880	750	39	250	250	CD
19880	750	40	inches	inch	NNS
19880	750	41	.	.	.
19880	751	1	The	the	DT
19880	751	2	chest	chest	NN
19880	751	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	751	4	enlarged	enlarge	VBN
19880	751	5	by	by	IN
19880	751	6	the	the	DT
19880	751	7	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	751	8	of	of	IN
19880	751	9	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	751	10	,	,	,
19880	751	11	the	the	DT
19880	751	12	principal	principal	NN
19880	751	13	of	of	IN
19880	751	14	which	which	WDT
19880	751	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	751	16	the	the	DT
19880	751	17	diaphragm	diaphragm	NNP
19880	751	18	or	or	CC
19880	751	19	midriff	midriff	NNP
19880	751	20	.	.	.
19880	752	1	This	this	DT
19880	752	2	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	752	3	(	(	-LRB-
19880	752	4	tendinous	tendinous	JJ
19880	752	5	in	in	IN
19880	752	6	the	the	DT
19880	752	7	centre	centre	NN
19880	752	8	)	)	-RRB-
19880	752	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	752	10	attached	attach	VBN
19880	752	11	to	to	IN
19880	752	12	the	the	DT
19880	752	13	spinal	spinal	JJ
19880	752	14	column	column	NN
19880	752	15	(	(	-LRB-
19880	752	16	behind	behind	RB
19880	752	17	)	)	-RRB-
19880	752	18	and	and	CC
19880	752	19	to	to	IN
19880	752	20	the	the	DT
19880	752	21	last	last	JJ
19880	752	22	six	six	CD
19880	752	23	or	or	CC
19880	752	24	seven	seven	CD
19880	752	25	ribs	rib	NNS
19880	752	26	.	.	.
19880	753	1	When	when	WRB
19880	753	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	753	3	contracts	contract	VBZ
19880	753	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	753	5	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	753	6	less	less	RBR
19880	753	7	domed	dome	VBN
19880	753	8	upward	upward	RB
19880	753	9	,	,	,
19880	753	10	and	and	CC
19880	753	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	753	12	pressed	press	VBN
19880	753	13	down	down	RP
19880	753	14	more	more	RBR
19880	753	15	or	or	CC
19880	753	16	less	less	RBR
19880	753	17	on	on	IN
19880	753	18	the	the	DT
19880	753	19	contents	content	NNS
19880	753	20	of	of	IN
19880	753	21	the	the	DT
19880	753	22	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
19880	753	23	;	;	:
19880	753	24	hence	hence	RB
19880	753	25	the	the	DT
19880	753	26	walls	wall	NNS
19880	753	27	of	of	IN
19880	753	28	the	the	DT
19880	753	29	latter	latter	JJ
19880	753	30	move	move	NN
19880	753	31	outward	outward	RB
19880	753	32	.	.	.
19880	754	1	During	during	IN
19880	754	2	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	754	3	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	754	4	the	the	DT
19880	754	5	lower	low	JJR
19880	754	6	ribs	rib	NNS
19880	754	7	are	be	VBP
19880	754	8	steadied	steady	VBN
19880	754	9	by	by	IN
19880	754	10	other	other	JJ
19880	754	11	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	754	12	,	,	,
19880	754	13	so	so	IN
19880	754	14	that	that	IN
19880	754	15	no	no	DT
19880	754	16	indrawing	indrawing	NN
19880	754	17	of	of	IN
19880	754	18	these	these	DT
19880	754	19	ribs	rib	NNS
19880	754	20	takes	take	VBZ
19880	754	21	place	place	NN
19880	754	22	,	,	,
19880	754	23	but	but	CC
19880	754	24	a	a	DT
19880	754	25	very	very	RB
19880	754	26	forcible	forcible	JJ
19880	754	27	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	754	28	makes	make	VBZ
19880	754	29	such	such	JJ
19880	754	30	indrawing	indrawe	VBG
19880	754	31	very	very	RB
19880	754	32	noticeable	noticeable	JJ
19880	754	33	.	.	.
19880	755	1	In	in	IN
19880	755	2	addition	addition	NN
19880	755	3	to	to	IN
19880	755	4	the	the	DT
19880	755	5	enlargement	enlargement	NN
19880	755	6	of	of	IN
19880	755	7	the	the	DT
19880	755	8	chest	chest	NN
19880	755	9	by	by	IN
19880	755	10	the	the	DT
19880	755	11	descent	descent	NN
19880	755	12	of	of	IN
19880	755	13	the	the	DT
19880	755	14	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	755	15	,	,	,
19880	755	16	the	the	DT
19880	755	17	ribs	rib	NNS
19880	755	18	are	be	VBP
19880	755	19	elevated	elevate	VBN
19880	755	20	and	and	CC
19880	755	21	everted	evert	VBN
19880	755	22	by	by	IN
19880	755	23	the	the	DT
19880	755	24	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	755	25	attached	attach	VBN
19880	755	26	to	to	IN
19880	755	27	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	755	28	,	,	,
19880	755	29	with	with	IN
19880	755	30	the	the	DT
19880	755	31	total	total	JJ
19880	755	32	result	result	NN
19880	755	33	that	that	IN
19880	755	34	the	the	DT
19880	755	35	chest	chest	NN
19880	755	36	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	755	37	is	be	VBZ
19880	755	38	enlarged	enlarge	VBN
19880	755	39	in	in	IN
19880	755	40	all	all	DT
19880	755	41	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	755	42	three	three	CD
19880	755	43	diameters	diameter	NNS
19880	755	44	during	during	IN
19880	755	45	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	755	46	.	.	.
19880	756	1	The	the	DT
19880	756	2	first	first	JJ
19880	756	3	rib	rib	NN
19880	756	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	756	5	fixed	fix	VBN
19880	756	6	by	by	IN
19880	756	7	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	756	8	from	from	IN
19880	756	9	above	above	RB
19880	756	10	.	.	.
19880	757	1	During	during	IN
19880	757	2	extremely	extremely	RB
19880	757	3	forced	force	VBN
19880	757	4	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	757	5	a	a	DT
19880	757	6	large	large	JJ
19880	757	7	proportion	proportion	NN
19880	757	8	of	of	IN
19880	757	9	all	all	PDT
19880	757	10	the	the	DT
19880	757	11	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	757	12	of	of	IN
19880	757	13	the	the	DT
19880	757	14	body	body	NN
19880	757	15	may	may	MD
19880	757	16	act	act	VB
19880	757	17	.	.	.
19880	758	1	Ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	758	2	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	758	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	758	4	the	the	DT
19880	758	5	result	result	NN
19880	758	6	largely	largely	RB
19880	758	7	of	of	IN
19880	758	8	the	the	DT
19880	758	9	elastic	elastic	JJ
19880	758	10	recoil	recoil	NN
19880	758	11	of	of	IN
19880	758	12	the	the	DT
19880	758	13	chest	chest	NN
19880	758	14	walls	wall	NNS
19880	758	15	,	,	,
19880	758	16	only	only	RB
19880	758	17	a	a	DT
19880	758	18	few	few	JJ
19880	758	19	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	758	20	taking	take	VBG
19880	758	21	part	part	NN
19880	758	22	.	.	.
19880	759	1	The	the	DT
19880	759	2	diaphragm	diaphragm	JJ
19880	759	3	ascends	ascend	VBZ
19880	759	4	and	and	CC
19880	759	5	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	759	6	more	more	RBR
19880	759	7	domed	domed	JJ
19880	759	8	.	.	.
19880	760	1	During	during	IN
19880	760	2	forced	force	VBN
19880	760	3	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	760	4	many	many	JJ
19880	760	5	other	other	JJ
19880	760	6	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	760	7	are	be	VBP
19880	760	8	called	call	VBN
19880	760	9	into	into	IN
19880	760	10	action	action	NN
19880	760	11	.	.	.
19880	761	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	761	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	761	3	of	of	IN
19880	761	4	importance	importance	NN
19880	761	5	for	for	IN
19880	761	6	the	the	DT
19880	761	7	singer	singer	NN
19880	761	8	and	and	CC
19880	761	9	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	761	10	to	to	TO
19880	761	11	note	note	VB
19880	761	12	:	:	:
19880	761	13	(	(	-LRB-
19880	761	14	1	1	LS
19880	761	15	)	)	-RRB-
19880	761	16	That	that	IN
19880	761	17	the	the	DT
19880	761	18	chest	chest	NN
19880	761	19	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	761	20	should	should	MD
19880	761	21	be	be	VB
19880	761	22	increased	increase	VBN
19880	761	23	in	in	IN
19880	761	24	all	all	DT
19880	761	25	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	761	26	directions	direction	NNS
19880	761	27	;	;	,
19880	761	28	(	(	-LRB-
19880	761	29	2	2	LS
19880	761	30	)	)	-RRB-
19880	761	31	that	that	IN
19880	761	32	the	the	DT
19880	761	33	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	761	34	action	action	NN
19880	761	35	should	should	MD
19880	761	36	be	be	VB
19880	761	37	easy	easy	JJ
19880	761	38	and	and	CC
19880	761	39	under	under	IN
19880	761	40	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	761	41	control	control	NN
19880	761	42	,	,	,
19880	761	43	but	but	CC
19880	761	44	also	also	RB
19880	761	45	vigorous	vigorous	JJ
19880	761	46	when	when	WRB
19880	761	47	required	require	VBN
19880	761	48	;	;	:
19880	761	49	(	(	-LRB-
19880	761	50	3	3	LS
19880	761	51	)	)	-RRB-
19880	761	52	that	that	IN
19880	761	53	the	the	DT
19880	761	54	breath	breath	NN
19880	761	55	be	be	VB
19880	761	56	taken	take	VBN
19880	761	57	through	through	IN
19880	761	58	the	the	DT
19880	761	59	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19880	761	60	when	when	WRB
19880	761	61	the	the	DT
19880	761	62	individual	individual	NN
19880	761	63	is	be	VBZ
19880	761	64	not	not	RB
19880	761	65	actually	actually	RB
19880	761	66	vocalizing	vocalize	VBG
19880	761	67	or	or	CC
19880	761	68	about	about	IN
19880	761	69	to	to	TO
19880	761	70	do	do	VB
19880	761	71	so	so	RB
19880	761	72	;	;	:
19880	761	73	(	(	-LRB-
19880	761	74	4	4	LS
19880	761	75	)	)	-RRB-
19880	761	76	that	that	WDT
19880	761	77	the	the	DT
19880	761	78	breath	breath	NN
19880	761	79	be	be	VB
19880	761	80	kept	keep	VBN
19880	761	81	in	in	IN
19880	761	82	or	or	CC
19880	761	83	let	let	VB
19880	761	84	out	out	RP
19880	761	85	in	in	IN
19880	761	86	the	the	DT
19880	761	87	proportion	proportion	NN
19880	761	88	required	require	VBN
19880	761	89	.	.	.
19880	762	1	Breathing	breathing	NN
19880	762	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	762	3	a	a	DT
19880	762	4	reflex	reflex	NN
19880	762	5	or	or	CC
19880	762	6	involuntary	involuntary	JJ
19880	762	7	act	act	NN
19880	762	8	.	.	.
19880	763	1	The	the	DT
19880	763	2	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	763	3	centre	centre	NN
19880	763	4	,	,	,
19880	763	5	consisting	consist	VBG
19880	763	6	of	of	IN
19880	763	7	an	an	DT
19880	763	8	expiratory	expiratory	NN
19880	763	9	and	and	CC
19880	763	10	inspiratory	inspiratory	NN
19880	763	11	division	division	NN
19880	763	12	,	,	,
19880	763	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	763	14	situated	situate	VBN
19880	763	15	in	in	IN
19880	763	16	the	the	DT
19880	763	17	bulb	bulb	NN
19880	763	18	,	,	,
19880	763	19	or	or	CC
19880	763	20	medulla	medulla	NNP
19880	763	21	oblongata	oblongata	NN
19880	763	22	,	,	,
19880	763	23	the	the	DT
19880	763	24	portion	portion	NN
19880	763	25	of	of	IN
19880	763	26	the	the	DT
19880	763	27	brain	brain	NN
19880	763	28	just	just	RB
19880	763	29	above	above	IN
19880	763	30	the	the	DT
19880	763	31	spinal	spinal	JJ
19880	763	32	cord	cord	NN
19880	763	33	.	.	.
19880	764	1	All	all	PDT
19880	764	2	the	the	DT
19880	764	3	ingoing	ingoing	JJ
19880	764	4	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	764	5	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	764	6	affect	affect	VBP
19880	764	7	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	764	8	through	through	IN
19880	764	9	the	the	DT
19880	764	10	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19880	764	11	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	764	12	that	that	WDT
19880	764	13	pass	pass	VBP
19880	764	14	along	along	RP
19880	764	15	the	the	DT
19880	764	16	nerves	nerve	NNS
19880	764	17	to	to	IN
19880	764	18	the	the	DT
19880	764	19	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	764	20	;	;	:
19880	764	21	that	that	RB
19880	764	22	is	is	RB
19880	764	23	,	,	,
19880	764	24	the	the	DT
19880	764	25	ingoing	ingoe	VBG
19880	764	26	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	764	27	pass	pass	VBP
19880	764	28	up	up	RP
19880	764	29	by	by	IN
19880	764	30	the	the	DT
19880	764	31	nerves	nerve	NNS
19880	764	32	from	from	IN
19880	764	33	the	the	DT
19880	764	34	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	764	35	to	to	IN
19880	764	36	the	the	DT
19880	764	37	centre	centre	NN
19880	764	38	,	,	,
19880	764	39	and	and	CC
19880	764	40	thence	thence	NN
19880	764	41	along	along	IN
19880	764	42	other	other	JJ
19880	764	43	nerves	nerve	NNS
19880	764	44	to	to	IN
19880	764	45	the	the	DT
19880	764	46	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	764	47	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	764	48	.	.	.
19880	765	1	The	the	DT
19880	765	2	condition	condition	NN
19880	765	3	of	of	IN
19880	765	4	the	the	DT
19880	765	5	blood	blood	NN
19880	765	6	determines	determine	VBZ
19880	765	7	the	the	DT
19880	765	8	activity	activity	NN
19880	765	9	of	of	IN
19880	765	10	the	the	DT
19880	765	11	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	765	12	centre	centre	NN
19880	765	13	,	,	,
19880	765	14	but	but	CC
19880	765	15	the	the	DT
19880	765	16	incoming	incoming	JJ
19880	765	17	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	765	18	regulate	regulate	VBP
19880	765	19	this	this	DT
19880	765	20	activity	activity	NN
19880	765	21	.	.	.
19880	766	1	The	the	DT
19880	766	2	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	766	3	centre	centre	NN
19880	766	4	can	can	MD
19880	766	5	be	be	VB
19880	766	6	approached	approach	VBN
19880	766	7	from	from	IN
19880	766	8	every	every	DT
19880	766	9	part	part	NN
19880	766	10	of	of	IN
19880	766	11	the	the	DT
19880	766	12	body	body	NN
19880	766	13	.	.	.
19880	767	1	_	_	NNP
19880	767	2	Hygiene	Hygiene	NNP
19880	767	3	.	.	.
19880	767	4	_	_	NNP
19880	767	5	Every	every	DT
19880	767	6	thing	thing	NN
19880	767	7	that	that	WDT
19880	767	8	favors	favor	VBZ
19880	767	9	the	the	DT
19880	767	10	full	full	JJ
19880	767	11	and	and	CC
19880	767	12	free	free	JJ
19880	767	13	expansion	expansion	NN
19880	767	14	of	of	IN
19880	767	15	the	the	DT
19880	767	16	chest	chest	NN
19880	767	17	in	in	IN
19880	767	18	a	a	DT
19880	767	19	pure	pure	JJ
19880	767	20	atmosphere	atmosphere	NN
19880	767	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	767	22	favorable	favorable	JJ
19880	767	23	,	,	,
19880	767	24	and	and	CC
19880	767	25	the	the	DT
19880	767	26	reverse	reverse	JJ
19880	767	27	unfavorable	unfavorable	JJ
19880	767	28	.	.	.
19880	768	1	Corsets	corset	NNS
19880	768	2	are	be	VBP
19880	768	3	against	against	IN
19880	768	4	the	the	DT
19880	768	5	laws	law	NNS
19880	768	6	of	of	IN
19880	768	7	beauty	beauty	NN
19880	768	8	,	,	,
19880	768	9	are	be	VBP
19880	768	10	unnecessary	unnecessary	JJ
19880	768	11	for	for	IN
19880	768	12	support	support	NN
19880	768	13	,	,	,
19880	768	14	and	and	CC
19880	768	15	may	may	MD
19880	768	16	by	by	IN
19880	768	17	compression	compression	NN
19880	768	18	injure	injure	NN
19880	768	19	and	and	CC
19880	768	20	displace	displace	VB
19880	768	21	important	important	JJ
19880	768	22	organs	organ	NNS
19880	768	23	,	,	,
19880	768	24	as	as	IN
19880	768	25	the	the	DT
19880	768	26	liver	liver	NN
19880	768	27	,	,	,
19880	768	28	stomach	stomach	NN
19880	768	29	,	,	,
19880	768	30	etc	etc	FW
19880	768	31	.	.	.
19880	769	1	;	;	:
19880	769	2	and	and	CC
19880	769	3	must	must	MD
19880	769	4	interfere	interfere	VB
19880	769	5	with	with	IN
19880	769	6	the	the	DT
19880	769	7	fullest	full	JJS
19880	769	8	expansion	expansion	NN
19880	769	9	of	of	IN
19880	769	10	the	the	DT
19880	769	11	chest	chest	NN
19880	769	12	.	.	.
19880	770	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	770	2	have	have	VBP
19880	770	3	militated	militate	VBN
19880	770	4	against	against	IN
19880	770	5	the	the	DT
19880	770	6	physical	physical	NN
19880	770	7	,	,	,
19880	770	8	and	and	CC
19880	770	9	indirectly	indirectly	RB
19880	770	10	the	the	DT
19880	770	11	moral	moral	JJ
19880	770	12	and	and	CC
19880	770	13	mental	mental	JJ
19880	770	14	advancement	advancement	NN
19880	770	15	of	of	IN
19880	770	16	the	the	DT
19880	770	17	race	race	NN
19880	770	18	.	.	.
19880	771	1	_	_	NNP
19880	771	2	Practical	Practical	NNP
19880	771	3	Exercises	Exercises	NNPS
19880	771	4	.	.	.
19880	771	5	_	_	NNP
19880	771	6	I.	I.	NNP
19880	771	7	Measurements	Measurements	NNPS
19880	771	8	of	of	IN
19880	771	9	the	the	DT
19880	771	10	chest	chest	NN
19880	771	11	.	.	.
19880	772	1	II	ii	CD
19880	772	2	.	.	.
19880	773	1	Exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	773	2	to	to	TO
19880	773	3	strengthen	strengthen	VB
19880	773	4	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	773	5	,	,	,
19880	773	6	promote	promote	VB
19880	773	7	complete	complete	JJ
19880	773	8	expansion	expansion	NN
19880	773	9	,	,	,
19880	773	10	regulate	regulate	VBP
19880	773	11	inflow	inflow	NN
19880	773	12	and	and	CC
19880	773	13	outflow	outflow	NN
19880	773	14	of	of	IN
19880	773	15	air	air	NN
19880	773	16	,	,	,
19880	773	17	etc	etc	FW
19880	773	18	.	.	.
19880	774	1	1	1	LS
19880	774	2	.	.	.
19880	775	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	775	2	_	_	NNP
19880	775	3	a	a	DT
19880	775	4	_	_	NNP
19880	775	5	)	)	-RRB-
19880	775	6	Inspiring	inspire	VBG
19880	775	7	slowly	slowly	RB
19880	775	8	,	,	,
19880	775	9	with	with	IN
19880	775	10	counting	counting	NN
19880	775	11	.	.	.
19880	776	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	776	2	_	_	NNP
19880	776	3	b	b	NNP
19880	776	4	_	_	NNP
19880	776	5	)	)	-RRB-
19880	776	6	Holding	Holding	NNP
19880	776	7	.	.	.
19880	777	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	777	2	_	_	NNP
19880	777	3	c	c	NNP
19880	777	4	_	_	NNP
19880	777	5	)	)	-RRB-
19880	777	6	Expiring	expire	VBG
19880	777	7	slowly	slowly	RB
19880	777	8	,	,	,
19880	777	9	with	with	IN
19880	777	10	counting	counting	NN
19880	777	11	.	.	.
19880	778	1	2	2	LS
19880	778	2	.	.	.
19880	779	1	The	the	DT
19880	779	2	same	same	JJ
19880	779	3	,	,	,
19880	779	4	holding	hold	VBG
19880	779	5	longer	long	RBR
19880	779	6	.	.	.
19880	780	1	3	3	LS
19880	780	2	.	.	.
19880	781	1	The	the	DT
19880	781	2	same	same	JJ
19880	781	3	,	,	,
19880	781	4	with	with	IN
19880	781	5	shorter	short	JJR
19880	781	6	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	781	7	and	and	CC
19880	781	8	longer	long	JJR
19880	781	9	expiration	expiration	NN
19880	781	10	.	.	.
19880	782	1	Gradually	gradually	RB
19880	782	2	diminish	diminish	VB
19880	782	3	first	first	RB
19880	782	4	and	and	CC
19880	782	5	lengthen	lengthen	NNP
19880	782	6	last	last	JJ
19880	782	7	.	.	.
19880	783	1	4	4	LS
19880	783	2	.	.	.
19880	784	1	Breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	784	2	through	through	IN
19880	784	3	open	open	JJ
19880	784	4	lips	lip	NNS
19880	784	5	.	.	.
19880	785	1	5	5	CD
19880	785	2	.	.	.
19880	786	1	Exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	786	2	to	to	TO
19880	786	3	strengthen	strengthen	VB
19880	786	4	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	786	5	.	.	.
19880	787	1	6	6	CD
19880	787	2	.	.	.
19880	788	1	Exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	788	2	to	to	TO
19880	788	3	improve	improve	VB
19880	788	4	shape	shape	NN
19880	788	5	of	of	IN
19880	788	6	chest	chest	NN
19880	788	7	and	and	CC
19880	788	8	strengthen	strengthen	VB
19880	788	9	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	788	10	.	.	.
19880	789	1	7	7	LS
19880	789	2	.	.	.
19880	790	1	Exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	790	2	to	to	TO
19880	790	3	strengthen	strengthen	VB
19880	790	4	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	790	5	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	790	6	.	.	.
19880	791	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	791	2	VI	VI	NNP
19880	791	3	.	.	.
19880	792	1	THE	the	DT
19880	792	2	SPECIAL	SPECIAL	NNP
19880	792	3	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19880	792	4	-	-	HYPH
19880	792	5	PRODUCING	PRODUCING	NNP
19880	792	6	MECHANISM	MECHANISM	NNP
19880	792	7	,	,	,
19880	792	8	THE	the	DT
19880	792	9	LARYNX	LARYNX	NNP
19880	792	10	.	.	.
19880	793	1	The	the	DT
19880	793	2	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	793	3	,	,	,
19880	793	4	or	or	CC
19880	793	5	voice	voice	NN
19880	793	6	-	-	HYPH
19880	793	7	box	box	NN
19880	793	8	,	,	,
19880	793	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	793	10	not	not	RB
19880	793	11	the	the	DT
19880	793	12	sole	sole	JJ
19880	793	13	voice	voice	NN
19880	793	14	-	-	HYPH
19880	793	15	producing	produce	VBG
19880	793	16	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	793	17	,	,	,
19880	793	18	as	as	IN
19880	793	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	793	20	often	often	RB
19880	793	21	supposed	suppose	VBN
19880	793	22	,	,	,
19880	793	23	but	but	CC
19880	793	24	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	793	25	is	be	VBZ
19880	793	26	of	of	IN
19880	793	27	great	great	JJ
19880	793	28	,	,	,
19880	793	29	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	793	30	the	the	DT
19880	793	31	greatest	great	JJS
19880	793	32	,	,	,
19880	793	33	importance	importance	NN
19880	793	34	.	.	.
19880	794	1	In	in	IN
19880	794	2	describing	describe	VBG
19880	794	3	the	the	DT
19880	794	4	parts	part	NNS
19880	794	5	of	of	IN
19880	794	6	this	this	DT
19880	794	7	portion	portion	NN
19880	794	8	of	of	IN
19880	794	9	the	the	DT
19880	794	10	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	794	11	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	794	12	the	the	DT
19880	794	13	author	author	NN
19880	794	14	deems	deem	VBZ
19880	794	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	794	16	wiser	wise	JJR
19880	794	17	to	to	TO
19880	794	18	use	use	VB
19880	794	19	the	the	DT
19880	794	20	terms	term	NNS
19880	794	21	commonly	commonly	RB
19880	794	22	employed	employ	VBN
19880	794	23	by	by	IN
19880	794	24	anatomists	anatomist	NNS
19880	794	25	and	and	CC
19880	794	26	physiologists	physiologist	NNS
19880	794	27	,	,	,
19880	794	28	as	as	IN
19880	794	29	others	other	NNS
19880	794	30	are	be	VBP
19880	794	31	awkward	awkward	JJ
19880	794	32	and	and	CC
19880	794	33	inadequate	inadequate	JJ
19880	794	34	.	.	.
19880	795	1	Moreover	moreover	RB
19880	795	2	,	,	,
19880	795	3	there	there	EX
19880	795	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	795	5	this	this	DT
19880	795	6	great	great	JJ
19880	795	7	advantage	advantage	NN
19880	795	8	in	in	IN
19880	795	9	learning	learn	VBG
19880	795	10	the	the	DT
19880	795	11	technical	technical	JJ
19880	795	12	names	name	NNS
19880	795	13	of	of	IN
19880	795	14	structures	structure	NNS
19880	795	15	,	,	,
19880	795	16	that	that	WDT
19880	795	17	should	should	MD
19880	795	18	the	the	DT
19880	795	19	reader	reader	NN
19880	795	20	desire	desire	NN
19880	795	21	to	to	TO
19880	795	22	consult	consult	VB
19880	795	23	a	a	DT
19880	795	24	special	special	JJ
19880	795	25	work	work	NN
19880	795	26	on	on	IN
19880	795	27	anatomy	anatomy	NN
19880	795	28	in	in	IN
19880	795	29	reference	reference	NN
19880	795	30	to	to	IN
19880	795	31	this	this	DT
19880	795	32	or	or	CC
19880	795	33	other	other	JJ
19880	795	34	important	important	JJ
19880	795	35	organs	organ	NNS
19880	795	36	,	,	,
19880	795	37	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	795	38	will	will	MD
19880	795	39	find	find	VB
19880	795	40	in	in	IN
19880	795	41	use	use	VB
19880	795	42	the	the	DT
19880	795	43	same	same	JJ
19880	795	44	terms	term	NNS
19880	795	45	as	as	IN
19880	795	46	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	795	47	has	have	VBZ
19880	795	48	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	795	49	already	already	RB
19880	795	50	learned	learn	VBN
19880	795	51	.	.	.
19880	796	1	Such	such	JJ
19880	796	2	are	be	VBP
19880	796	3	,	,	,
19880	796	4	as	as	IN
19880	796	5	a	a	DT
19880	796	6	matter	matter	NN
19880	796	7	of	of	IN
19880	796	8	fact	fact	NN
19880	796	9	,	,	,
19880	796	10	not	not	RB
19880	796	11	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	796	12	to	to	TO
19880	796	13	learn	learn	VB
19880	796	14	or	or	CC
19880	796	15	remember	remember	VB
19880	796	16	if	if	IN
19880	796	17	one	one	NN
19880	796	18	knows	know	VBZ
19880	796	19	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	796	20	derivation	derivation	NN
19880	796	21	or	or	CC
19880	796	22	other	other	JJ
19880	796	23	reason	reason	NN
19880	796	24	for	for	IN
19880	796	25	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	796	26	employment	employment	NN
19880	796	27	.	.	.
19880	797	1	All	all	PDT
19880	797	2	the	the	DT
19880	797	3	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	797	4	of	of	IN
19880	797	5	the	the	DT
19880	797	6	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	797	7	have	have	VBP
19880	797	8	names	name	NNS
19880	797	9	which	which	WDT
19880	797	10	are	be	VBP
19880	797	11	not	not	RB
19880	797	12	arbitrary	arbitrary	JJ
19880	797	13	but	but	CC
19880	797	14	based	base	VBN
19880	797	15	on	on	IN
19880	797	16	the	the	DT
19880	797	17	names	name	NNS
19880	797	18	of	of	IN
19880	797	19	the	the	DT
19880	797	20	structures	structure	NNS
19880	797	21	to	to	TO
19880	797	22	which	which	WDT
19880	797	23	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	797	24	are	be	VBP
19880	797	25	attached	attach	VBN
19880	797	26	,	,	,
19880	797	27	so	so	IN
19880	797	28	that	that	IN
19880	797	29	one	one	PRP
19880	797	30	has	have	VBZ
19880	797	31	but	but	CC
19880	797	32	to	to	TO
19880	797	33	know	know	VB
19880	797	34	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	797	35	connections	connection	NNS
19880	797	36	and	and	CC
19880	797	37	the	the	DT
19880	797	38	names	name	NNS
19880	797	39	of	of	IN
19880	797	40	the	the	DT
19880	797	41	solid	solid	JJ
19880	797	42	structures	structure	NNS
19880	797	43	,	,	,
19880	797	44	which	which	WDT
19880	797	45	are	be	VBP
19880	797	46	few	few	JJ
19880	797	47	,	,	,
19880	797	48	to	to	TO
19880	797	49	have	have	VB
19880	797	50	a	a	DT
19880	797	51	key	key	NN
19880	797	52	to	to	IN
19880	797	53	the	the	DT
19880	797	54	whole	whole	JJ
19880	797	55	nomenclature	nomenclature	NN
19880	797	56	.	.	.
19880	798	1	When	when	WRB
19880	798	2	one	one	NN
19880	798	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	798	4	not	not	RB
19880	798	5	using	use	VBG
19880	798	6	the	the	DT
19880	798	7	voice	voice	NN
19880	798	8	the	the	DT
19880	798	9	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	798	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	798	11	simply	simply	RB
19880	798	12	a	a	DT
19880	798	13	part	part	NN
19880	798	14	of	of	IN
19880	798	15	the	the	DT
19880	798	16	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	798	17	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	798	18	,	,	,
19880	798	19	but	but	CC
19880	798	20	when	when	WRB
19880	798	21	one	one	PRP
19880	798	22	phonates	phonate	VBZ
19880	798	23	this	this	DT
19880	798	24	organ	organ	NN
19880	798	25	assumes	assume	VBZ
19880	798	26	a	a	DT
19880	798	27	special	special	JJ
19880	798	28	function	function	NN
19880	798	29	for	for	IN
19880	798	30	which	which	WDT
19880	798	31	specific	specific	JJ
19880	798	32	structures	structure	NNS
19880	798	33	are	be	VBP
19880	798	34	essential	essential	JJ
19880	798	35	.	.	.
19880	799	1	As	as	IN
19880	799	2	sound	sound	NN
19880	799	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	799	4	caused	cause	VBN
19880	799	5	by	by	IN
19880	799	6	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	799	7	of	of	IN
19880	799	8	the	the	DT
19880	799	9	air	air	NN
19880	799	10	,	,	,
19880	799	11	and	and	CC
19880	799	12	these	these	DT
19880	799	13	may	may	MD
19880	799	14	be	be	VB
19880	799	15	set	set	VBN
19880	799	16	up	up	RP
19880	799	17	by	by	IN
19880	799	18	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	799	19	of	of	IN
19880	799	20	the	the	DT
19880	799	21	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	799	22	cords	cord	NNS
19880	799	23	,	,	,
19880	799	24	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	799	25	may	may	MD
19880	799	26	with	with	IN
19880	799	27	absolute	absolute	JJ
19880	799	28	correctness	correctness	NN
19880	799	29	be	be	VB
19880	799	30	said	say	VBN
19880	799	31	that	that	IN
19880	799	32	the	the	DT
19880	799	33	whole	whole	JJ
19880	799	34	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	799	35	exists	exist	VBZ
19880	799	36	for	for	IN
19880	799	37	the	the	DT
19880	799	38	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	799	39	bands	band	NNS
19880	799	40	so	so	RB
19880	799	41	far	far	RB
19880	799	42	as	as	IN
19880	799	43	voice	voice	NN
19880	799	44	-	-	HYPH
19880	799	45	production	production	NN
19880	799	46	is	be	VBZ
19880	799	47	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	799	48	.	.	.
19880	800	1	Such	such	PDT
19880	800	2	a	a	DT
19880	800	3	view	view	NN
19880	800	4	renders	render	VBZ
19880	800	5	the	the	DT
19880	800	6	study	study	NN
19880	800	7	of	of	IN
19880	800	8	the	the	DT
19880	800	9	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	800	10	much	much	RB
19880	800	11	more	more	RBR
19880	800	12	interesting	interesting	JJ
19880	800	13	and	and	CC
19880	800	14	rational	rational	JJ
19880	800	15	;	;	:
19880	800	16	one	one	CD
19880	800	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	800	18	then	then	RB
19880	800	19	engaged	engage	VBN
19880	800	20	in	in	IN
19880	800	21	working	work	VBG
19880	800	22	out	out	RP
19880	800	23	that	that	DT
19880	800	24	solution	solution	NN
19880	800	25	of	of	IN
19880	800	26	a	a	DT
19880	800	27	problem	problem	NN
19880	800	28	which	which	WDT
19880	800	29	Nature	Nature	NNP
19880	800	30	has	have	VBZ
19880	800	31	accomplished	accomplish	VBN
19880	800	32	.	.	.
19880	801	1	The	the	DT
19880	801	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	801	3	cords	cord	NNS
19880	801	4	,	,	,
19880	801	5	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	801	6	can	can	MD
19880	801	7	conceive	conceive	VB
19880	801	8	,	,	,
19880	801	9	might	may	MD
19880	801	10	be	be	VB
19880	801	11	either	either	CC
19880	801	12	relaxed	relax	VBN
19880	801	13	or	or	CC
19880	801	14	tightened	tightened	JJ
19880	801	15	,	,	,
19880	801	16	and	and	CC
19880	801	17	lengthened	lengthen	VBD
19880	801	18	or	or	CC
19880	801	19	shortened	shorten	VBN
19880	801	20	,	,	,
19880	801	21	or	or	CC
19880	801	22	both	both	DT
19880	801	23	,	,	,
19880	801	24	and	and	CC
19880	801	25	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	801	26	that	that	DT
19880	801	27	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	801	28	can	can	MD
19880	801	29	scarcely	scarcely	RB
19880	801	30	understand	understand	VB
19880	801	31	how	how	WRB
19880	801	32	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	801	33	might	may	MD
19880	801	34	have	have	VB
19880	801	35	been	be	VBN
19880	801	36	modified	modify	VBN
19880	801	37	so	so	IN
19880	801	38	as	as	IN
19880	801	39	to	to	TO
19880	801	40	be	be	VB
19880	801	41	effective	effective	JJ
19880	801	42	in	in	IN
19880	801	43	the	the	DT
19880	801	44	production	production	NN
19880	801	45	of	of	IN
19880	801	46	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	801	47	of	of	IN
19880	801	48	different	different	JJ
19880	801	49	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	801	50	.	.	.
19880	802	1	As	as	IN
19880	802	2	a	a	DT
19880	802	3	matter	matter	NN
19880	802	4	of	of	IN
19880	802	5	fact	fact	NN
19880	802	6	,	,	,
19880	802	7	these	these	DT
19880	802	8	are	be	VBP
19880	802	9	the	the	DT
19880	802	10	methods	method	NNS
19880	802	11	Nature	nature	NN
19880	802	12	has	have	VBZ
19880	802	13	employed	employ	VBN
19880	802	14	to	to	TO
19880	802	15	accomplish	accomplish	VB
19880	802	16	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	802	17	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	802	18	.	.	.
19880	803	1	For	for	IN
19880	803	2	each	each	DT
19880	803	3	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	803	4	cord	cord	NN
19880	803	5	one	one	CD
19880	803	6	fixed	fix	VBN
19880	803	7	point	point	NN
19880	803	8	,	,	,
19880	803	9	and	and	CC
19880	803	10	only	only	RB
19880	803	11	one	one	CD
19880	803	12	,	,	,
19880	803	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	803	14	required	require	VBN
19880	803	15	.	.	.
19880	804	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	804	2	know	know	VBP
19880	804	3	of	of	IN
19880	804	4	only	only	RB
19880	804	5	one	one	CD
19880	804	6	method	method	NN
19880	804	7	in	in	IN
19880	804	8	use	use	NN
19880	804	9	by	by	IN
19880	804	10	Nature	Nature	NNP
19880	804	11	to	to	TO
19880	804	12	cause	cause	VB
19880	804	13	movement	movement	NN
19880	804	14	in	in	IN
19880	804	15	living	living	NN
19880	804	16	structures	structure	NNS
19880	804	17	--	--	:
19880	804	18	viz	viz	NNP
19880	804	19	.	.	NNP
19880	804	20	,	,	,
19880	804	21	contraction	contraction	NN
19880	804	22	,	,	,
19880	804	23	and	and	CC
19880	804	24	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	804	25	is	be	VBZ
19880	804	26	the	the	DT
19880	804	27	tissue	tissue	NN
19880	804	28	which	which	WDT
19880	804	29	above	above	IN
19880	804	30	all	all	DT
19880	804	31	others	other	NNS
19880	804	32	has	have	VBZ
19880	804	33	that	that	DT
19880	804	34	property	property	NN
19880	804	35	;	;	:
19880	804	36	hence	hence	RB
19880	804	37	the	the	DT
19880	804	38	movements	movement	NNS
19880	804	39	of	of	IN
19880	804	40	the	the	DT
19880	804	41	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	804	42	cords	cord	NNS
19880	804	43	are	be	VBP
19880	804	44	brought	bring	VBN
19880	804	45	about	about	RP
19880	804	46	by	by	IN
19880	804	47	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	804	48	.	.	.
19880	805	1	But	but	CC
19880	805	2	both	both	DT
19880	805	3	for	for	IN
19880	805	4	the	the	DT
19880	805	5	attachment	attachment	NN
19880	805	6	of	of	IN
19880	805	7	the	the	DT
19880	805	8	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	805	9	and	and	CC
19880	805	10	the	the	DT
19880	805	11	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	805	12	cords	cord	NNS
19880	805	13	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	805	14	solid	solid	RB
19880	805	15	,	,	,
19880	805	16	relatively	relatively	RB
19880	805	17	hard	hard	JJ
19880	805	18	structures	structure	NNS
19880	805	19	are	be	VBP
19880	805	20	required	require	VBN
19880	805	21	.	.	.
19880	806	1	Bone	bone	NN
19880	806	2	would	would	MD
19880	806	3	prove	prove	VB
19880	806	4	too	too	RB
19880	806	5	unyielding	unyielding	JJ
19880	806	6	,	,	,
19880	806	7	but	but	CC
19880	806	8	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	806	9	,	,	,
19880	806	10	or	or	CC
19880	806	11	gristle	gristle	NN
19880	806	12	,	,	,
19880	806	13	meets	meet	VBZ
19880	806	14	the	the	DT
19880	806	15	case	case	NN
19880	806	16	exactly	exactly	RB
19880	806	17	.	.	.
19880	807	1	The	the	DT
19880	807	2	entire	entire	JJ
19880	807	3	framework	framework	NN
19880	807	4	of	of	IN
19880	807	5	the	the	DT
19880	807	6	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	807	7	--	--	:
19880	807	8	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	807	9	skeleton	skeleton	NN
19880	807	10	,	,	,
19880	807	11	so	so	RB
19880	807	12	to	to	TO
19880	807	13	speak	speak	VB
19880	807	14	--	--	:
19880	807	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	807	16	made	make	VBN
19880	807	17	up	up	RP
19880	807	18	of	of	IN
19880	807	19	a	a	DT
19880	807	20	series	series	NN
19880	807	21	of	of	IN
19880	807	22	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	807	23	united	unite	VBN
19880	807	24	together	together	RB
19880	807	25	so	so	IN
19880	807	26	as	as	IN
19880	807	27	to	to	TO
19880	807	28	ensure	ensure	VB
19880	807	29	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19880	807	30	firmness	firmness	NN
19880	807	31	with	with	IN
19880	807	32	pliability	pliability	NN
19880	807	33	.	.	.
19880	808	1	The	the	DT
19880	808	2	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	808	3	have	have	VBP
19880	808	4	been	be	VBN
19880	808	5	named	name	VBN
19880	808	6	from	from	IN
19880	808	7	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	808	8	shape	shape	NN
19880	808	9	,	,	,
19880	808	10	as	as	IN
19880	808	11	that	that	DT
19880	808	12	appealed	appeal	VBD
19880	808	13	to	to	IN
19880	808	14	the	the	DT
19880	808	15	original	original	JJ
19880	808	16	observers	observer	NNS
19880	808	17	,	,	,
19880	808	18	and	and	CC
19880	808	19	the	the	DT
19880	808	20	terms	term	NNS
19880	808	21	employed	employ	VBN
19880	808	22	are	be	VBP
19880	808	23	of	of	IN
19880	808	24	Greek	greek	JJ
19880	808	25	origin	origin	NN
19880	808	26	.	.	.
19880	809	1	The	the	DT
19880	809	2	largest	large	JJS
19880	809	3	and	and	CC
19880	809	4	strongest	strong	JJS
19880	809	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	809	6	the	the	DT
19880	809	7	_	_	NNP
19880	809	8	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	809	9	_	_	NNP
19880	809	10	(	(	-LRB-
19880	809	11	_	_	NNP
19880	809	12	thureos	thureos	NNP
19880	809	13	_	_	NNP
19880	809	14	,	,	,
19880	809	15	a	a	DT
19880	809	16	shield	shield	NN
19880	809	17	)	)	-RRB-
19880	809	18	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	809	19	,	,	,
19880	809	20	which	which	WDT
19880	809	21	resembles	resemble	VBZ
19880	809	22	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	809	23	two	two	CD
19880	809	24	shields	shield	NNS
19880	809	25	put	put	VBN
19880	809	26	together	together	RB
19880	809	27	in	in	IN
19880	809	28	front	front	NN
19880	809	29	without	without	IN
19880	809	30	any	any	DT
19880	809	31	visible	visible	JJ
19880	809	32	joint	joint	NN
19880	809	33	,	,	,
19880	809	34	and	and	CC
19880	809	35	open	open	VB
19880	809	36	behind	behind	RB
19880	809	37	but	but	CC
19880	809	38	presenting	present	VBG
19880	809	39	a	a	DT
19880	809	40	strongly	strongly	RB
19880	809	41	convex	convex	NNP
19880	809	42	surface	surface	NN
19880	809	43	externally	externally	RB
19880	809	44	,	,	,
19880	809	45	in	in	IN
19880	809	46	front	front	NN
19880	809	47	and	and	CC
19880	809	48	laterally	laterally	RB
19880	809	49	.	.	.
19880	810	1	"	"	``
19880	810	2	Front	Front	NNP
19880	810	3	"	"	''
19880	810	4	(	(	-LRB-
19880	810	5	anterior	anterior	NN
19880	810	6	)	)	-RRB-
19880	810	7	and	and	CC
19880	810	8	"	"	``
19880	810	9	back	back	NN
19880	810	10	"	"	''
19880	810	11	(	(	-LRB-
19880	810	12	posterior	posterior	NN
19880	810	13	)	)	-RRB-
19880	810	14	always	always	RB
19880	810	15	refer	refer	VBP
19880	810	16	in	in	IN
19880	810	17	anatomy	anatomy	NN
19880	810	18	to	to	IN
19880	810	19	the	the	DT
19880	810	20	subject	subject	NN
19880	810	21	described	describe	VBN
19880	810	22	,	,	,
19880	810	23	and	and	CC
19880	810	24	not	not	RB
19880	810	25	to	to	IN
19880	810	26	the	the	DT
19880	810	27	observer	observer	NN
19880	810	28	's	's	POS
19880	810	29	position	position	NN
19880	810	30	.	.	.
19880	811	1	In	in	IN
19880	811	2	observing	observe	VBG
19880	811	3	another	another	DT
19880	811	4	's	's	POS
19880	811	5	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	811	6	the	the	DT
19880	811	7	subject	subject	NN
19880	811	8	observed	observe	VBD
19880	811	9	and	and	CC
19880	811	10	the	the	DT
19880	811	11	observer	observer	NN
19880	811	12	naturally	naturally	RB
19880	811	13	stand	stand	VB
19880	811	14	front	front	NN
19880	811	15	to	to	IN
19880	811	16	front	front	NN
19880	811	17	,	,	,
19880	811	18	and	and	CC
19880	811	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	811	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	811	21	impossible	impossible	JJ
19880	811	22	to	to	TO
19880	811	23	see	see	VB
19880	811	24	or	or	CC
19880	811	25	touch	touch	VB
19880	811	26	the	the	DT
19880	811	27	back	back	NN
19880	811	28	of	of	IN
19880	811	29	the	the	DT
19880	811	30	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	811	31	as	as	IN
19880	811	32	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	811	33	is	be	VBZ
19880	811	34	covered	cover	VBN
19880	811	35	behind	behind	RB
19880	811	36	by	by	IN
19880	811	37	the	the	DT
19880	811	38	other	other	JJ
19880	811	39	structures	structure	NNS
19880	811	40	of	of	IN
19880	811	41	the	the	DT
19880	811	42	neck	neck	NN
19880	811	43	.	.	.
19880	812	1	This	this	DT
19880	812	2	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	812	3	,	,	,
19880	812	4	the	the	DT
19880	812	5	largest	large	JJS
19880	812	6	of	of	IN
19880	812	7	the	the	DT
19880	812	8	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	812	9	,	,	,
19880	812	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	812	11	attached	attach	VBN
19880	812	12	to	to	IN
19880	812	13	the	the	DT
19880	812	14	hyoid	hyoid	NN
19880	812	15	or	or	CC
19880	812	16	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	812	17	bone	bone	NN
19880	812	18	above	above	RB
19880	812	19	by	by	IN
19880	812	20	a	a	DT
19880	812	21	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	812	22	,	,	,
19880	812	23	so	so	IN
19880	812	24	that	that	IN
19880	812	25	the	the	DT
19880	812	26	whole	whole	JJ
19880	812	27	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	812	28	hangs	hang	VBZ
19880	812	29	suspended	suspend	VBN
19880	812	30	from	from	IN
19880	812	31	this	this	DT
19880	812	32	bone	bone	NN
19880	812	33	by	by	IN
19880	812	34	a	a	DT
19880	812	35	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	812	36	,	,	,
19880	812	37	though	though	IN
19880	812	38	not	not	RB
19880	812	39	by	by	IN
19880	812	40	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	812	41	alone	alone	RB
19880	812	42	,	,	,
19880	812	43	for	for	IN
19880	812	44	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	812	45	are	be	VBP
19880	812	46	attached	attach	VBN
19880	812	47	to	to	IN
19880	812	48	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	812	49	which	which	WDT
19880	812	50	also	also	RB
19880	812	51	serve	serve	VBP
19880	812	52	for	for	IN
19880	812	53	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	812	54	support	support	NN
19880	812	55	.	.	.
19880	813	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	813	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	813	3	of	of	IN
19880	813	4	practical	practical	JJ
19880	813	5	importance	importance	NN
19880	813	6	to	to	TO
19880	813	7	remember	remember	VB
19880	813	8	that	that	IN
19880	813	9	the	the	DT
19880	813	10	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	813	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	813	12	free	free	JJ
19880	813	13	to	to	IN
19880	813	14	a	a	DT
19880	813	15	very	very	RB
19880	813	16	considerable	considerable	JJ
19880	813	17	extent	extent	NN
19880	813	18	,	,	,
19880	813	19	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	813	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	813	21	would	would	MD
19880	813	22	go	go	VB
19880	813	23	ill	ill	RB
19880	813	24	with	with	IN
19880	813	25	the	the	DT
19880	813	26	voice	voice	NN
19880	813	27	-	-	HYPH
19880	813	28	producer	producer	NN
19880	813	29	in	in	IN
19880	813	30	the	the	DT
19880	813	31	vigorous	vigorous	JJ
19880	813	32	use	use	NN
19880	813	33	of	of	IN
19880	813	34	the	the	DT
19880	813	35	voice	voice	NN
19880	813	36	,	,	,
19880	813	37	not	not	RB
19880	813	38	to	to	TO
19880	813	39	mention	mention	VB
19880	813	40	the	the	DT
19880	813	41	advantages	advantage	NNS
19880	813	42	of	of	IN
19880	813	43	mobility	mobility	NN
19880	813	44	as	as	RB
19880	813	45	well	well	RB
19880	813	46	as	as	IN
19880	813	47	pliability	pliability	NN
19880	813	48	in	in	IN
19880	813	49	the	the	DT
19880	813	50	movements	movement	NNS
19880	813	51	of	of	IN
19880	813	52	the	the	DT
19880	813	53	neck	neck	NN
19880	813	54	generally	generally	RB
19880	813	55	.	.	.
19880	814	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	814	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	814	3	:	:	:
19880	814	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	814	5	.	.	.
19880	815	1	20	20	CD
19880	815	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	815	3	Spalteholz	Spalteholz	NNP
19880	815	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	815	5	.	.	.
19880	816	1	Shows	show	VBZ
19880	816	2	the	the	DT
19880	816	3	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	816	4	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	816	5	above	above	IN
19880	816	6	and	and	CC
19880	816	7	the	the	DT
19880	816	8	cricoid	cricoid	NN
19880	816	9	below	below	IN
19880	816	10	both	both	DT
19880	816	11	viewed	view	VBD
19880	816	12	from	from	IN
19880	816	13	the	the	DT
19880	816	14	side	side	NN
19880	816	15	.	.	.
19880	817	1	The	the	DT
19880	817	2	anterior	anterior	NN
19880	817	3	surface	surface	NN
19880	817	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	817	5	turned	turn	VBN
19880	817	6	toward	toward	IN
19880	817	7	the	the	DT
19880	817	8	right	right	NN
19880	817	9	.	.	.
19880	817	10	]	]	-RRB-
19880	818	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	818	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	818	3	:	:	:
19880	818	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	818	5	.	.	.
19880	819	1	21	21	LS
19880	819	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	819	3	Spalteholz	Spalteholz	NNP
19880	819	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	819	5	.	.	.
19880	820	1	A	a	DT
19880	820	2	front	front	JJ
19880	820	3	view	view	NN
19880	820	4	of	of	IN
19880	820	5	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	820	6	.	.	.
19880	821	1	20	20	CD
19880	821	2	.	.	.
19880	821	3	]	]	-RRB-
19880	822	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	822	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	822	3	:	:	:
19880	822	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	822	5	.	.	.
19880	823	1	22	22	CD
19880	823	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	823	3	Spalteholz	Spalteholz	NNP
19880	823	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	823	5	.	.	.
19880	824	1	The	the	DT
19880	824	2	back	back	NN
19880	824	3	or	or	CC
19880	824	4	signet	signet	NN
19880	824	5	surface	surface	NN
19880	824	6	of	of	IN
19880	824	7	the	the	DT
19880	824	8	cricoid	cricoid	NN
19880	824	9	or	or	CC
19880	824	10	ring	ring	NN
19880	824	11	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	824	12	,	,	,
19880	824	13	to	to	TO
19880	824	14	which	which	WDT
19880	824	15	several	several	JJ
19880	824	16	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	824	17	are	be	VBP
19880	824	18	attached	attach	VBN
19880	824	19	.	.	.
19880	824	20	]	]	-RRB-
19880	825	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	825	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	825	3	:	:	:
19880	825	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	825	5	.	.	.
19880	826	1	23	23	CD
19880	826	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	826	3	Spalteholz	Spalteholz	NNP
19880	826	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	826	5	.	.	.
19880	827	1	The	the	DT
19880	827	2	cricoid	cricoid	NN
19880	827	3	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	827	4	,	,	,
19880	827	5	seen	see	VBN
19880	827	6	from	from	IN
19880	827	7	the	the	DT
19880	827	8	side	side	NN
19880	827	9	,	,	,
19880	827	10	and	and	CC
19880	827	11	showing	show	VBG
19880	827	12	behind	behind	RB
19880	827	13	and	and	CC
19880	827	14	laterally	laterally	RB
19880	827	15	the	the	DT
19880	827	16	articular	articular	JJ
19880	827	17	or	or	CC
19880	827	18	joint	joint	JJ
19880	827	19	surfaces	surface	NNS
19880	827	20	by	by	IN
19880	827	21	which	which	WDT
19880	827	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	827	23	connects	connect	VBZ
19880	827	24	with	with	IN
19880	827	25	the	the	DT
19880	827	26	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	827	27	below	below	RB
19880	827	28	and	and	CC
19880	827	29	the	the	DT
19880	827	30	arytenoid	arytenoid	JJ
19880	827	31	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	827	32	above	above	RB
19880	827	33	.	.	.
19880	827	34	]	]	-RRB-
19880	828	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	828	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	828	3	:	:	:
19880	828	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	828	5	.	.	.
19880	829	1	24	24	CD
19880	829	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	829	3	Spalteholz	Spalteholz	NNP
19880	829	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	829	5	.	.	.
19880	830	1	Shows	show	VBZ
19880	830	2	the	the	DT
19880	830	3	arytenoid	arytenoid	JJ
19880	830	4	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	830	5	,	,	,
19880	830	6	the	the	DT
19880	830	7	most	most	RBS
19880	830	8	important	important	JJ
19880	830	9	of	of	IN
19880	830	10	all	all	PDT
19880	830	11	the	the	DT
19880	830	12	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	830	13	of	of	IN
19880	830	14	the	the	DT
19880	830	15	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	830	16	,	,	,
19880	830	17	inasmuch	inasmuch	JJ
19880	830	18	as	as	IN
19880	830	19	to	to	IN
19880	830	20	the	the	DT
19880	830	21	part	part	NN
19880	830	22	termed	term	VBN
19880	830	23	"	"	``
19880	830	24	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	830	25	process	process	NN
19880	830	26	"	"	''
19880	830	27	the	the	DT
19880	830	28	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	830	29	band	band	NN
19880	830	30	is	be	VBZ
19880	830	31	attached	attach	VBN
19880	830	32	on	on	IN
19880	830	33	each	each	DT
19880	830	34	side	side	NN
19880	830	35	.	.	.
19880	831	1	The	the	DT
19880	831	2	movements	movement	NNS
19880	831	3	of	of	IN
19880	831	4	the	the	DT
19880	831	5	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	831	6	bands	band	NNS
19880	831	7	are	be	VBP
19880	831	8	nearly	nearly	RB
19880	831	9	all	all	RB
19880	831	10	determined	determine	VBN
19880	831	11	by	by	IN
19880	831	12	the	the	DT
19880	831	13	movements	movement	NNS
19880	831	14	of	of	IN
19880	831	15	these	these	DT
19880	831	16	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	831	17	,	,	,
19880	831	18	which	which	WDT
19880	831	19	have	have	VBP
19880	831	20	a	a	DT
19880	831	21	swivel	swivel	NN
19880	831	22	-	-	HYPH
19880	831	23	like	like	JJ
19880	831	24	action	action	NN
19880	831	25	.	.	.
19880	832	1	In	in	IN
19880	832	2	the	the	DT
19880	832	3	above	above	IN
19880	832	4	the	the	DT
19880	832	5	front	front	JJ
19880	832	6	surfaces	surface	NNS
19880	832	7	are	be	VBP
19880	832	8	turned	turn	VBN
19880	832	9	toward	toward	IN
19880	832	10	each	each	DT
19880	832	11	other	other	JJ
19880	832	12	.	.	.
19880	832	13	]	]	-RRB-
19880	833	1	The	the	DT
19880	833	2	_	_	NNP
19880	833	3	cricoid	cricoid	NN
19880	833	4	_	_	NNP
19880	833	5	(	(	-LRB-
19880	833	6	_	_	NNP
19880	833	7	krikos	krikos	NNP
19880	833	8	_	_	NNP
19880	833	9	,	,	,
19880	833	10	a	a	DT
19880	833	11	signet	signet	NN
19880	833	12	-	-	HYPH
19880	833	13	ring	ring	NN
19880	833	14	)	)	-RRB-
19880	833	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	833	16	the	the	DT
19880	833	17	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	833	18	next	next	RB
19880	833	19	in	in	IN
19880	833	20	size	size	NN
19880	833	21	.	.	.
19880	834	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	834	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	834	3	situated	situate	VBN
19880	834	4	below	below	IN
19880	834	5	the	the	DT
19880	834	6	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	834	7	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	834	8	,	,	,
19880	834	9	with	with	IN
19880	834	10	which	which	WDT
19880	834	11	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	834	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	834	13	connected	connect	VBN
19880	834	14	by	by	IN
19880	834	15	a	a	DT
19880	834	16	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	834	17	,	,	,
19880	834	18	the	the	DT
19880	834	19	crico	crico	NN
19880	834	20	-	-	HYPH
19880	834	21	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	834	22	.	.	.
19880	835	1	The	the	DT
19880	835	2	wider	wide	JJR
19880	835	3	part	part	NN
19880	835	4	of	of	IN
19880	835	5	this	this	DT
19880	835	6	signet	signet	NN
19880	835	7	-	-	HYPH
19880	835	8	ring	ring	NN
19880	835	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	835	10	situated	situate	VBN
19880	835	11	behind	behind	RB
19880	835	12	,	,	,
19880	835	13	where	where	WRB
19880	835	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	835	15	affords	afford	VBZ
19880	835	16	attachment	attachment	NN
19880	835	17	to	to	IN
19880	835	18	large	large	JJ
19880	835	19	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	835	20	.	.	.
19880	836	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	836	2	also	also	RB
19880	836	3	furnishes	furnish	VBZ
19880	836	4	a	a	DT
19880	836	5	base	base	NN
19880	836	6	of	of	IN
19880	836	7	support	support	NN
19880	836	8	for	for	IN
19880	836	9	two	two	CD
19880	836	10	very	very	RB
19880	836	11	important	important	JJ
19880	836	12	structures	structure	NNS
19880	836	13	,	,	,
19880	836	14	the	the	DT
19880	836	15	_	_	NNP
19880	836	16	arytenoid	arytenoid	NN
19880	836	17	_	_	NNP
19880	836	18	(	(	-LRB-
19880	836	19	_	_	NNP
19880	836	20	arutaina	arutaina	NNP
19880	836	21	_	_	NNP
19880	836	22	,	,	,
19880	836	23	a	a	DT
19880	836	24	ladle	ladle	NN
19880	836	25	)	)	-RRB-
19880	836	26	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	836	27	.	.	.
19880	837	1	As	as	IN
19880	837	2	the	the	DT
19880	837	3	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	837	4	bands	band	NNS
19880	837	5	are	be	VBP
19880	837	6	attached	attach	VBN
19880	837	7	behind	behind	RB
19880	837	8	to	to	IN
19880	837	9	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	837	10	,	,	,
19880	837	11	and	and	CC
19880	837	12	as	as	IN
19880	837	13	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	837	14	have	have	VBP
19880	837	15	a	a	DT
19880	837	16	large	large	JJ
19880	837	17	degree	degree	NN
19880	837	18	of	of	IN
19880	837	19	mobility	mobility	NN
19880	837	20	,	,	,
19880	837	21	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	837	22	are	be	VBP
19880	837	23	from	from	IN
19880	837	24	a	a	DT
19880	837	25	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	837	26	point	point	NN
19880	837	27	of	of	IN
19880	837	28	view	view	NN
19880	837	29	the	the	DT
19880	837	30	most	most	RBS
19880	837	31	important	important	JJ
19880	837	32	of	of	IN
19880	837	33	all	all	PDT
19880	837	34	the	the	DT
19880	837	35	solid	solid	JJ
19880	837	36	structures	structure	NNS
19880	837	37	of	of	IN
19880	837	38	the	the	DT
19880	837	39	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	837	40	.	.	.
19880	838	1	There	there	EX
19880	838	2	are	be	VBP
19880	838	3	two	two	CD
19880	838	4	pairs	pair	NNS
19880	838	5	of	of	IN
19880	838	6	small	small	JJ
19880	838	7	bodies	body	NNS
19880	838	8	,	,	,
19880	838	9	the	the	DT
19880	838	10	_	_	NNP
19880	838	11	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	838	12	of	of	IN
19880	838	13	Santorini	Santorini	NNP
19880	838	14	_	_	NNP
19880	838	15	,	,	,
19880	838	16	or	or	CC
19880	838	17	_	_	NNP
19880	838	18	cornicula	cornicula	NNP
19880	838	19	laryngis	laryngis	NNP
19880	838	20	_	_	NNP
19880	838	21	,	,	,
19880	838	22	surmounting	surmount	VBG
19880	838	23	the	the	DT
19880	838	24	arytenoids	arytenoid	NNS
19880	838	25	,	,	,
19880	838	26	and	and	CC
19880	838	27	the	the	DT
19880	838	28	_	_	NNP
19880	838	29	cuneiform	cuneiform	NN
19880	838	30	_	_	NNP
19880	838	31	,	,	,
19880	838	32	or	or	CC
19880	838	33	_	_	NNP
19880	838	34	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	838	35	of	of	IN
19880	838	36	Wrisberg	Wrisberg	NNP
19880	838	37	_	_	NNP
19880	838	38	,	,	,
19880	838	39	situated	situate	VBN
19880	838	40	in	in	IN
19880	838	41	the	the	DT
19880	838	42	folds	fold	NNS
19880	838	43	of	of	IN
19880	838	44	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	838	45	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	838	46	on	on	IN
19880	838	47	each	each	DT
19880	838	48	side	side	NN
19880	838	49	of	of	IN
19880	838	50	the	the	DT
19880	838	51	arytenoids	arytenoid	NNS
19880	838	52	;	;	:
19880	838	53	but	but	CC
19880	838	54	these	these	DT
19880	838	55	structures	structure	NNS
19880	838	56	are	be	VBP
19880	838	57	of	of	IN
19880	838	58	little	little	JJ
19880	838	59	importance	importance	NN
19880	838	60	.	.	.
19880	839	1	The	the	DT
19880	839	2	whole	whole	NN
19880	839	3	of	of	IN
19880	839	4	the	the	DT
19880	839	5	inner	inner	JJ
19880	839	6	surface	surface	NN
19880	839	7	of	of	IN
19880	839	8	the	the	DT
19880	839	9	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	839	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	839	11	lined	line	VBN
19880	839	12	with	with	IN
19880	839	13	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	839	14	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	839	15	,	,	,
19880	839	16	though	though	IN
19880	839	17	that	that	DT
19880	839	18	covering	cover	VBG
19880	839	19	over	over	IN
19880	839	20	the	the	DT
19880	839	21	true	true	JJ
19880	839	22	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	839	23	bands	band	NNS
19880	839	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	839	25	very	very	RB
19880	839	26	thin	thin	JJ
19880	839	27	,	,	,
19880	839	28	and	and	CC
19880	839	29	so	so	RB
19880	839	30	does	do	VBZ
19880	839	31	not	not	RB
19880	839	32	cause	cause	VB
19880	839	33	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	839	34	to	to	TO
19880	839	35	appear	appear	VB
19880	839	36	red	red	JJ
19880	839	37	like	like	IN
19880	839	38	the	the	DT
19880	839	39	false	false	JJ
19880	839	40	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	839	41	bands	band	NNS
19880	839	42	,	,	,
19880	839	43	which	which	WDT
19880	839	44	are	be	VBP
19880	839	45	merely	merely	RB
19880	839	46	folds	fold	NNS
19880	839	47	of	of	IN
19880	839	48	the	the	DT
19880	839	49	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	839	50	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	839	51	.	.	.
19880	840	1	However	however	RB
19880	840	2	,	,	,
19880	840	3	the	the	DT
19880	840	4	true	true	JJ
19880	840	5	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	840	6	bands	band	NNS
19880	840	7	may	may	MD
19880	840	8	become	become	VB
19880	840	9	red	red	JJ
19880	840	10	and	and	CC
19880	840	11	thickened	thicken	VBN
19880	840	12	when	when	WRB
19880	840	13	inflamed	inflame	VBN
19880	840	14	,	,	,
19880	840	15	because	because	IN
19880	840	16	of	of	IN
19880	840	17	this	this	DT
19880	840	18	same	same	JJ
19880	840	19	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	840	20	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	840	21	,	,	,
19880	840	22	which	which	WDT
19880	840	23	,	,	,
19880	840	24	though	though	IN
19880	840	25	ordinarily	ordinarily	RB
19880	840	26	not	not	RB
19880	840	27	visible	visible	JJ
19880	840	28	to	to	IN
19880	840	29	the	the	DT
19880	840	30	eye	eye	NN
19880	840	31	,	,	,
19880	840	32	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	840	33	so	so	RB
19880	840	34	when	when	WRB
19880	840	35	the	the	DT
19880	840	36	condition	condition	NN
19880	840	37	referred	refer	VBD
19880	840	38	to	to	IN
19880	840	39	is	be	VBZ
19880	840	40	present	present	JJ
19880	840	41	;	;	:
19880	840	42	for	for	IN
19880	840	43	inflammation	inflammation	NN
19880	840	44	is	be	VBZ
19880	840	45	always	always	RB
19880	840	46	attended	attend	VBN
19880	840	47	by	by	IN
19880	840	48	excess	excess	NN
19880	840	49	in	in	IN
19880	840	50	the	the	DT
19880	840	51	blood	blood	NN
19880	840	52	supply	supply	NN
19880	840	53	,	,	,
19880	840	54	with	with	IN
19880	840	55	a	a	DT
19880	840	56	prominence	prominence	NN
19880	840	57	of	of	IN
19880	840	58	the	the	DT
19880	840	59	small	small	JJ
19880	840	60	blood	blood	NN
19880	840	61	-	-	HYPH
19880	840	62	vessels	vessel	NNS
19880	840	63	resulting	result	VBG
19880	840	64	in	in	IN
19880	840	65	a	a	DT
19880	840	66	corresponding	corresponding	JJ
19880	840	67	redness	redness	NN
19880	840	68	.	.	.
19880	841	1	The	the	DT
19880	841	2	same	same	JJ
19880	841	3	thing	thing	NN
19880	841	4	happens	happen	VBZ
19880	841	5	,	,	,
19880	841	6	in	in	IN
19880	841	7	fact	fact	NN
19880	841	8	,	,	,
19880	841	9	as	as	IN
19880	841	10	in	in	IN
19880	841	11	inflammation	inflammation	NN
19880	841	12	of	of	IN
19880	841	13	the	the	DT
19880	841	14	eyes	eye	NNS
19880	841	15	or	or	CC
19880	841	16	the	the	DT
19880	841	17	nose	nose	NN
19880	841	18	,	,	,
19880	841	19	both	both	DT
19880	841	20	of	of	IN
19880	841	21	which	which	WDT
19880	841	22	are	be	VBP
19880	841	23	more	more	RBR
19880	841	24	open	open	JJ
19880	841	25	to	to	IN
19880	841	26	observation	observation	NN
19880	841	27	.	.	.
19880	842	1	Bearing	bear	VBG
19880	842	2	this	this	DT
19880	842	3	in	in	IN
19880	842	4	mind	mind	NN
19880	842	5	one	one	NN
19880	842	6	can	can	MD
19880	842	7	readily	readily	RB
19880	842	8	understand	understand	VB
19880	842	9	why	why	WRB
19880	842	10	in	in	IN
19880	842	11	such	such	PDT
19880	842	12	a	a	DT
19880	842	13	condition	condition	NN
19880	842	14	,	,	,
19880	842	15	which	which	WDT
19880	842	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	842	17	often	often	RB
19880	842	18	approached	approach	VBN
19880	842	19	if	if	IN
19880	842	20	not	not	RB
19880	842	21	actually	actually	RB
19880	842	22	present	present	JJ
19880	842	23	in	in	IN
19880	842	24	the	the	DT
19880	842	25	case	case	NN
19880	842	26	of	of	IN
19880	842	27	"	"	``
19880	842	28	a	a	DT
19880	842	29	cold	cold	NN
19880	842	30	,	,	,
19880	842	31	"	"	''
19880	842	32	the	the	DT
19880	842	33	voice	voice	NN
19880	842	34	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	842	35	so	so	RB
19880	842	36	changed	changed	JJ
19880	842	37	.	.	.
19880	843	1	Such	such	JJ
19880	843	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	843	3	bands	band	NNS
19880	843	4	are	be	VBP
19880	843	5	clumsy	clumsy	JJ
19880	843	6	in	in	IN
19880	843	7	movement	movement	NN
19880	843	8	,	,	,
19880	843	9	as	as	IN
19880	843	10	the	the	DT
19880	843	11	arms	arm	NNS
19880	843	12	or	or	CC
19880	843	13	any	any	DT
19880	843	14	other	other	JJ
19880	843	15	part	part	NN
19880	843	16	would	would	MD
19880	843	17	be	be	VB
19880	843	18	if	if	IN
19880	843	19	thus	thus	RB
19880	843	20	swollen	swollen	JJ
19880	843	21	.	.	.
19880	844	1	The	the	DT
19880	844	2	plain	plain	JJ
19880	844	3	remedy	remedy	NN
19880	844	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	844	5	rest	rest	NN
19880	844	6	,	,	,
19880	844	7	cessation	cessation	NN
19880	844	8	of	of	IN
19880	844	9	function	function	NN
19880	844	10	--	--	:
19880	844	11	no	no	DT
19880	844	12	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	844	13	,	,	,
19880	844	14	much	much	RB
19880	844	15	less	less	JJR
19880	844	16	attempts	attempt	NNS
19880	844	17	at	at	IN
19880	844	18	singing	singe	VBG
19880	844	19	.	.	.
19880	845	1	Like	like	IN
19880	845	2	the	the	DT
19880	845	3	nose	nose	NN
19880	845	4	the	the	DT
19880	845	5	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	845	6	,	,	,
19880	845	7	and	and	CC
19880	845	8	especially	especially	RB
19880	845	9	the	the	DT
19880	845	10	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	845	11	bands	band	NNS
19880	845	12	,	,	,
19880	845	13	may	may	MD
19880	845	14	be	be	VB
19880	845	15	catarrhal	catarrhal	JJ
19880	845	16	,	,	,
19880	845	17	and	and	CC
19880	845	18	such	such	PDT
19880	845	19	a	a	DT
19880	845	20	condition	condition	NN
19880	845	21	may	may	MD
19880	845	22	call	call	VB
19880	845	23	for	for	IN
19880	845	24	medical	medical	JJ
19880	845	25	treatment	treatment	NN
19880	845	26	before	before	IN
19880	845	27	the	the	DT
19880	845	28	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	845	29	or	or	CC
19880	845	30	singer	singer	NN
19880	845	31	can	can	MD
19880	845	32	do	do	VB
19880	845	33	the	the	DT
19880	845	34	most	most	RBS
19880	845	35	effective	effective	JJ
19880	845	36	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	845	37	work	work	NN
19880	845	38	.	.	.
19880	846	1	While	while	IN
19880	846	2	the	the	DT
19880	846	3	_	_	NNP
19880	846	4	false	false	JJ
19880	846	5	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	846	6	bands	band	NNS
19880	846	7	_	_	NNP
19880	846	8	have	have	VBP
19880	846	9	little	little	JJ
19880	846	10	or	or	CC
19880	846	11	nothing	nothing	NN
19880	846	12	to	to	TO
19880	846	13	do	do	VB
19880	846	14	with	with	IN
19880	846	15	phonation	phonation	NN
19880	846	16	directly	directly	RB
19880	846	17	,	,	,
19880	846	18	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	846	19	do	do	VBP
19880	846	20	serve	serve	VB
19880	846	21	a	a	DT
19880	846	22	good	good	JJ
19880	846	23	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	846	24	as	as	IN
19880	846	25	protectors	protector	NNS
19880	846	26	to	to	IN
19880	846	27	the	the	DT
19880	846	28	more	more	RBR
19880	846	29	exalted	exalted	JJ
19880	846	30	true	true	JJ
19880	846	31	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	846	32	bands	band	NNS
19880	846	33	.	.	.
19880	847	1	When	when	WRB
19880	847	2	coughing	cough	VBG
19880	847	3	,	,	,
19880	847	4	swallowing	swallowing	NN
19880	847	5	,	,	,
19880	847	6	vomiting	vomiting	NN
19880	847	7	,	,	,
19880	847	8	holding	hold	VBG
19880	847	9	the	the	DT
19880	847	10	breath	breath	NN
19880	847	11	tightly	tightly	RB
19880	847	12	,	,	,
19880	847	13	etc	etc	FW
19880	847	14	.	.	FW
19880	847	15	,	,	,
19880	847	16	these	these	DT
19880	847	17	folds	fold	NNS
19880	847	18	of	of	IN
19880	847	19	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	847	20	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	847	21	close	close	RB
19880	847	22	over	over	IN
19880	847	23	the	the	DT
19880	847	24	true	true	JJ
19880	847	25	bands	band	NNS
19880	847	26	,	,	,
19880	847	27	often	often	RB
19880	847	28	completely	completely	RB
19880	847	29	,	,	,
19880	847	30	and	and	CC
19880	847	31	thus	thus	RB
19880	847	32	shut	shut	VBD
19880	847	33	up	up	RP
19880	847	34	for	for	IN
19880	847	35	the	the	DT
19880	847	36	moment	moment	NN
19880	847	37	the	the	DT
19880	847	38	whole	whole	NN
19880	847	39	of	of	IN
19880	847	40	that	that	DT
19880	847	41	space	space	NN
19880	847	42	between	between	IN
19880	847	43	the	the	DT
19880	847	44	bands	band	NNS
19880	847	45	known	know	VBN
19880	847	46	as	as	IN
19880	847	47	the	the	DT
19880	847	48	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	847	49	,	,	,
19880	847	50	or	or	CC
19880	847	51	glottic	glottic	JJ
19880	847	52	chink	chink	NN
19880	847	53	,	,	,
19880	847	54	to	to	TO
19880	847	55	which	which	WDT
19880	847	56	reference	reference	NN
19880	847	57	was	be	VBD
19880	847	58	made	make	VBN
19880	847	59	in	in	IN
19880	847	60	a	a	DT
19880	847	61	previous	previous	JJ
19880	847	62	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	847	63	as	as	IN
19880	847	64	the	the	DT
19880	847	65	space	space	NN
19880	847	66	through	through	IN
19880	847	67	which	which	WDT
19880	847	68	the	the	DT
19880	847	69	air	air	NN
19880	847	70	finally	finally	RB
19880	847	71	gains	gain	VBZ
19880	847	72	access	access	NN
19880	847	73	to	to	IN
19880	847	74	the	the	DT
19880	847	75	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	847	76	.	.	.
19880	848	1	The	the	DT
19880	848	2	true	true	JJ
19880	848	3	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	848	4	cords	cord	NNS
19880	848	5	(	(	-LRB-
19880	848	6	which	which	WDT
19880	848	7	,	,	,
19880	848	8	because	because	IN
19880	848	9	of	of	IN
19880	848	10	having	have	VBG
19880	848	11	some	some	DT
19880	848	12	breadth	breadth	NN
19880	848	13	and	and	CC
19880	848	14	being	be	VBG
19880	848	15	rather	rather	RB
19880	848	16	flat	flat	JJ
19880	848	17	,	,	,
19880	848	18	are	be	VBP
19880	848	19	better	well	JJR
19880	848	20	termed	term	VBN
19880	848	21	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	848	22	bands	band	NNS
19880	848	23	)	)	-RRB-
19880	848	24	are	be	VBP
19880	848	25	composed	compose	VBN
19880	848	26	largely	largely	RB
19880	848	27	of	of	IN
19880	848	28	_	_	NNP
19880	848	29	elastic	elastic	JJ
19880	848	30	tissue	tissue	NN
19880	848	31	_	_	NNP
19880	848	32	.	.	.
19880	849	1	The	the	DT
19880	849	2	reader	reader	NN
19880	849	3	may	may	MD
19880	849	4	be	be	VB
19880	849	5	familiar	familiar	JJ
19880	849	6	with	with	IN
19880	849	7	this	this	DT
19880	849	8	structure	structure	NN
19880	849	9	,	,	,
19880	849	10	which	which	WDT
19880	849	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	849	12	often	often	RB
19880	849	13	to	to	TO
19880	849	14	be	be	VB
19880	849	15	found	find	VBN
19880	849	16	in	in	IN
19880	849	17	the	the	DT
19880	849	18	portions	portion	NNS
19880	849	19	of	of	IN
19880	849	20	the	the	DT
19880	849	21	neck	neck	NN
19880	849	22	of	of	IN
19880	849	23	the	the	DT
19880	849	24	ox	ox	NN
19880	849	25	that	that	WDT
19880	849	26	the	the	DT
19880	849	27	butcher	butcher	NN
19880	849	28	sells	sell	VBZ
19880	849	29	as	as	IN
19880	849	30	soup	soup	NN
19880	849	31	beef	beef	NN
19880	849	32	.	.	.
19880	850	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	850	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	850	3	yellow	yellow	JJ
19880	850	4	in	in	IN
19880	850	5	color	color	NN
19880	850	6	,	,	,
19880	850	7	and	and	CC
19880	850	8	stretching	stretch	VBG
19880	850	9	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	850	10	has	have	VBZ
19880	850	11	furnished	furnish	VBN
19880	850	12	many	many	PDT
19880	850	13	a	a	DT
19880	850	14	boy	boy	NN
19880	850	15	with	with	IN
19880	850	16	amusement	amusement	NN
19880	850	17	.	.	.
19880	851	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	851	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	851	3	so	so	RB
19880	851	4	unmanageable	unmanageable	JJ
19880	851	5	when	when	WRB
19880	851	6	raw	raw	JJ
19880	851	7	that	that	IN
19880	851	8	when	when	WRB
19880	851	9	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	851	10	falls	fall	VBZ
19880	851	11	to	to	IN
19880	851	12	the	the	DT
19880	851	13	dog	dog	NN
19880	851	14	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	851	15	usually	usually	RB
19880	851	16	bolts	bolt	VBZ
19880	851	17	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	851	18	,	,	,
19880	851	19	the	the	DT
19880	851	20	case	case	NN
19880	851	21	being	be	VBG
19880	851	22	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	851	23	hopeless	hopeless	JJ
19880	851	24	.	.	.
19880	852	1	Such	such	JJ
19880	852	2	elastic	elastic	JJ
19880	852	3	tissue	tissue	NN
19880	852	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	852	5	,	,	,
19880	852	6	however	however	RB
19880	852	7	,	,	,
19880	852	8	the	the	DT
19880	852	9	very	very	JJ
19880	852	10	material	material	NN
19880	852	11	for	for	IN
19880	852	12	the	the	DT
19880	852	13	construction	construction	NN
19880	852	14	of	of	IN
19880	852	15	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	852	16	bands	band	NNS
19880	852	17	,	,	,
19880	852	18	as	as	IN
19880	852	19	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	852	20	require	require	VBP
19880	852	21	to	to	TO
19880	852	22	be	be	VB
19880	852	23	firm	firm	JJ
19880	852	24	yet	yet	CC
19880	852	25	elastic	elastic	JJ
19880	852	26	.	.	.
19880	853	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	853	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	853	3	:	:	:
19880	853	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	853	5	.	.	.
19880	854	1	25	25	CD
19880	854	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	854	3	Spalteholz	Spalteholz	NNP
19880	854	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	854	5	.	.	.
19880	855	1	A	a	DT
19880	855	2	view	view	NN
19880	855	3	of	of	IN
19880	855	4	the	the	DT
19880	855	5	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	855	6	from	from	IN
19880	855	7	behind	behind	RB
19880	855	8	.	.	.
19880	856	1	Several	several	JJ
19880	856	2	of	of	IN
19880	856	3	the	the	DT
19880	856	4	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	856	5	are	be	VBP
19880	856	6	well	well	RB
19880	856	7	shown	show	VBN
19880	856	8	,	,	,
19880	856	9	of	of	IN
19880	856	10	which	which	WDT
19880	856	11	the	the	DT
19880	856	12	two	two	CD
19880	856	13	indicated	indicate	VBD
19880	856	14	above	above	IN
19880	856	15	are	be	VBP
19880	856	16	of	of	IN
19880	856	17	the	the	DT
19880	856	18	most	most	JJS
19880	856	19	importance	importance	NN
19880	856	20	.	.	.
19880	857	1	The	the	DT
19880	857	2	arytenoideus	arytenoideus	JJ
19880	857	3	proprius	proprius	NN
19880	857	4	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	857	5	to	to	TO
19880	857	6	bring	bring	VB
19880	857	7	the	the	DT
19880	857	8	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	857	9	from	from	IN
19880	857	10	which	which	WDT
19880	857	11	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	857	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	857	13	named	name	VBN
19880	857	14	,	,	,
19880	857	15	and	and	CC
19880	857	16	therefore	therefore	RB
19880	857	17	the	the	DT
19880	857	18	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	857	19	bands	band	NNS
19880	857	20	,	,	,
19880	857	21	toward	toward	IN
19880	857	22	each	each	DT
19880	857	23	other	other	JJ
19880	857	24	;	;	:
19880	857	25	while	while	IN
19880	857	26	the	the	DT
19880	857	27	posterior	posterior	NNP
19880	857	28	crico	crico	NNP
19880	857	29	-	-	HYPH
19880	857	30	thyroid	thyroid	NNP
19880	857	31	,	,	,
19880	857	32	from	from	IN
19880	857	33	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	857	34	attachments	attachment	NNS
19880	857	35	and	and	CC
19880	857	36	line	line	NN
19880	857	37	of	of	IN
19880	857	38	pull	pull	NN
19880	857	39	,	,	,
19880	857	40	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	857	41	to	to	TO
19880	857	42	separate	separate	VB
19880	857	43	these	these	DT
19880	857	44	and	and	CC
19880	857	45	lengthen	lengthen	VB
19880	857	46	the	the	DT
19880	857	47	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	857	48	bands	band	NNS
19880	857	49	.	.	.
19880	857	50	]	]	-RRB-
19880	858	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	858	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	858	3	:	:	:
19880	858	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	858	5	.	.	.
19880	859	1	26	26	CD
19880	859	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	859	3	Spalteholz	Spalteholz	NNP
19880	859	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	859	5	.	.	.
19880	860	1	Showing	show	VBG
19880	860	2	structures	structure	NNS
19880	860	3	as	as	IN
19880	860	4	indicated	indicate	VBN
19880	860	5	above	above	RB
19880	860	6	.	.	.
19880	861	1	The	the	DT
19880	861	2	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	861	3	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	861	4	,	,	,
19880	861	5	that	that	WDT
19880	861	6	naturally	naturally	RB
19880	861	7	covers	cover	VBZ
19880	861	8	all	all	DT
19880	861	9	parts	part	NNS
19880	861	10	within	within	IN
19880	861	11	the	the	DT
19880	861	12	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	861	13	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	861	14	,	,	,
19880	861	15	has	have	VBZ
19880	861	16	been	be	VBN
19880	861	17	dissected	dissect	VBN
19880	861	18	away	away	RB
19880	861	19	to	to	TO
19880	861	20	show	show	VB
19880	861	21	the	the	DT
19880	861	22	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	861	23	.	.	.
19880	861	24	]	]	-RRB-
19880	862	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	862	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	862	3	:	:	:
19880	862	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	862	5	.	.	.
19880	863	1	27	27	CD
19880	863	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	863	3	Spalteholz	Spalteholz	NNP
19880	863	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	863	5	.	.	.
19880	864	1	Showing	show	VBG
19880	864	2	the	the	DT
19880	864	3	parts	part	NNS
19880	864	4	indicated	indicate	VBN
19880	864	5	above	above	RB
19880	864	6	;	;	:
19880	864	7	and	and	CC
19880	864	8	of	of	IN
19880	864	9	these	these	DT
19880	864	10	the	the	DT
19880	864	11	crico	crico	NN
19880	864	12	-	-	HYPH
19880	864	13	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	864	14	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	864	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	864	16	to	to	TO
19880	864	17	be	be	VB
19880	864	18	especially	especially	RB
19880	864	19	observed	observe	VBN
19880	864	20	.	.	.
19880	865	1	The	the	DT
19880	865	2	oblique	oblique	NN
19880	865	3	(	(	-LRB-
19880	865	4	especially	especially	RB
19880	865	5	so	so	RB
19880	865	6	in	in	IN
19880	865	7	the	the	DT
19880	865	8	posterior	posterior	NN
19880	865	9	part	part	NN
19880	865	10	)	)	-RRB-
19880	865	11	direction	direction	NN
19880	865	12	of	of	IN
19880	865	13	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	865	14	fibres	fibre	NNS
19880	865	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	865	16	evident	evident	JJ
19880	865	17	,	,	,
19880	865	18	so	so	IN
19880	865	19	that	that	IN
19880	865	20	when	when	WRB
19880	865	21	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	865	22	contracts	contract	VBZ
19880	865	23	,	,	,
19880	865	24	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	865	25	must	must	MD
19880	865	26	pull	pull	VB
19880	865	27	up	up	RP
19880	865	28	the	the	DT
19880	865	29	ring	ring	NN
19880	865	30	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	865	31	in	in	IN
19880	865	32	front	front	NN
19880	865	33	,	,	,
19880	865	34	and	and	CC
19880	865	35	so	so	RB
19880	865	36	tilt	tilt	VB
19880	865	37	back	back	RP
19880	865	38	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	865	39	hinder	hinder	NN
19880	865	40	portion	portion	NN
19880	865	41	and	and	CC
19880	865	42	with	with	IN
19880	865	43	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	865	44	the	the	DT
19880	865	45	arytenoid	arytenoid	JJ
19880	865	46	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	865	47	,	,	,
19880	865	48	and	and	CC
19880	865	49	so	so	RB
19880	865	50	lengthen	lengthen	NNP
19880	865	51	and	and	CC
19880	865	52	tense	tense	JJ
19880	865	53	the	the	DT
19880	865	54	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	865	55	bands	band	NNS
19880	865	56	,	,	,
19880	865	57	as	as	IN
19880	865	58	in	in	IN
19880	865	59	the	the	DT
19880	865	60	utterance	utterance	NN
19880	865	61	of	of	IN
19880	865	62	low	low	JJ
19880	865	63	tones	tone	NNS
19880	865	64	.	.	.
19880	865	65	]	]	-RRB-
19880	866	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	866	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	866	3	:	:	:
19880	866	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	866	5	.	.	.
19880	867	1	28	28	CD
19880	867	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	867	3	Spalteholz	Spalteholz	NNP
19880	867	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	867	5	.	.	.
19880	868	1	A	a	DT
19880	868	2	back	back	NN
19880	868	3	(	(	-LRB-
19880	868	4	posterior	posterior	NN
19880	868	5	)	)	-RRB-
19880	868	6	view	view	NN
19880	868	7	of	of	IN
19880	868	8	the	the	DT
19880	868	9	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	868	10	,	,	,
19880	868	11	etc	etc	FW
19880	868	12	.	.	.
19880	869	1	Note	note	VB
19880	869	2	how	how	WRB
19880	869	3	the	the	DT
19880	869	4	arytenoid	arytenoid	JJ
19880	869	5	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	869	6	rest	rest	NN
19880	869	7	on	on	IN
19880	869	8	the	the	DT
19880	869	9	cricoid	cricoid	NN
19880	869	10	;	;	:
19880	869	11	how	how	WRB
19880	869	12	the	the	DT
19880	869	13	epiglottis	epiglottis	NN
19880	869	14	overhangs	overhang	VBZ
19880	869	15	,	,	,
19880	869	16	as	as	IN
19880	869	17	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	869	18	name	name	NN
19880	869	19	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	869	20	,	,	,
19880	869	21	the	the	DT
19880	869	22	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	869	23	;	;	:
19880	869	24	and	and	CC
19880	869	25	that	that	IN
19880	869	26	the	the	DT
19880	869	27	posterior	posterior	NN
19880	869	28	part	part	NN
19880	869	29	of	of	IN
19880	869	30	the	the	DT
19880	869	31	windpipe	windpipe	NN
19880	869	32	is	be	VBZ
19880	869	33	closed	close	VBN
19880	869	34	in	in	RP
19880	869	35	by	by	IN
19880	869	36	soft	soft	JJ
19880	869	37	structures	structure	NNS
19880	869	38	,	,	,
19880	869	39	including	include	VBG
19880	869	40	(	(	-LRB-
19880	869	41	unstriped	unstriped	JJ
19880	869	42	)	)	-RRB-
19880	869	43	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	869	44	.	.	.
19880	869	45	]	]	-RRB-
19880	870	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	870	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	870	3	important	important	JJ
19880	870	4	to	to	TO
19880	870	5	remember	remember	VB
19880	870	6	the	the	DT
19880	870	7	relative	relative	JJ
19880	870	8	position	position	NN
19880	870	9	of	of	IN
19880	870	10	parts	part	NNS
19880	870	11	and	and	CC
19880	870	12	to	to	TO
19880	870	13	bear	bear	VB
19880	870	14	in	in	IN
19880	870	15	mind	mind	NN
19880	870	16	that	that	IN
19880	870	17	most	most	JJS
19880	870	18	of	of	IN
19880	870	19	the	the	DT
19880	870	20	laryngeal	laryngeal	NN
19880	870	21	structures	structure	NNS
19880	870	22	are	be	VBP
19880	870	23	in	in	IN
19880	870	24	pairs	pair	NNS
19880	870	25	.	.	.
19880	871	1	To	to	IN
19880	871	2	this	this	DT
19880	871	3	last	last	JJ
19880	871	4	statement	statement	NN
19880	871	5	the	the	DT
19880	871	6	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	871	7	and	and	CC
19880	871	8	cricoid	cricoid	NN
19880	871	9	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	871	10	and	and	CC
19880	871	11	the	the	DT
19880	871	12	epiglottis	epiglottis	NN
19880	871	13	are	be	VBP
19880	871	14	exceptions	exception	NNS
19880	871	15	,	,	,
19880	871	16	being	be	VBG
19880	871	17	single	single	JJ
19880	871	18	.	.	.
19880	872	1	Of	of	IN
19880	872	2	the	the	DT
19880	872	3	_	_	NNP
19880	872	4	epiglottis	epiglottis	NN
19880	872	5	_	_	NNP
19880	872	6	,	,	,
19880	872	7	a	a	DT
19880	872	8	flexible	flexible	JJ
19880	872	9	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	872	10	,	,	,
19880	872	11	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	872	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	872	13	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	872	14	to	to	TO
19880	872	15	say	say	VB
19880	872	16	little	little	JJ
19880	872	17	,	,	,
19880	872	18	as	as	IN
19880	872	19	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	872	20	function	function	NN
19880	872	21	in	in	IN
19880	872	22	voice	voice	NN
19880	872	23	-	-	HYPH
19880	872	24	production	production	NN
19880	872	25	,	,	,
19880	872	26	if	if	IN
19880	872	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	872	28	have	have	VBP
19880	872	29	any	any	DT
19880	872	30	,	,	,
19880	872	31	has	have	VBZ
19880	872	32	never	never	RB
19880	872	33	been	be	VBN
19880	872	34	determined	determine	VBN
19880	872	35	.	.	.
19880	873	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	873	2	hangs	hang	VBZ
19880	873	3	as	as	IN
19880	873	4	a	a	DT
19880	873	5	flexible	flexible	JJ
19880	873	6	protective	protective	JJ
19880	873	7	lid	lid	NN
19880	873	8	over	over	IN
19880	873	9	the	the	DT
19880	873	10	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	873	11	,	,	,
19880	873	12	and	and	CC
19880	873	13	food	food	NN
19880	873	14	in	in	IN
19880	873	15	being	be	VBG
19880	873	16	swallowed	swallow	VBN
19880	873	17	passes	pass	VBZ
19880	873	18	over	over	RP
19880	873	19	and	and	CC
19880	873	20	about	about	IN
19880	873	21	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	873	22	.	.	.
19880	874	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	874	2	no	no	RB
19880	874	3	doubt	doubt	RB
19880	874	4	acts	act	VBZ
19880	874	5	to	to	TO
19880	874	6	keep	keep	VB
19880	874	7	food	food	NN
19880	874	8	and	and	CC
19880	874	9	drink	drink	VB
19880	874	10	out	out	IN
19880	874	11	of	of	IN
19880	874	12	the	the	DT
19880	874	13	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	874	14	,	,	,
19880	874	15	yet	yet	CC
19880	874	16	in	in	IN
19880	874	17	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	874	18	absence	absence	NN
19880	874	19	,	,	,
19880	874	20	in	in	IN
19880	874	21	some	some	DT
19880	874	22	cases	case	NNS
19880	874	23	,	,	,
19880	874	24	owing	owe	VBG
19880	874	25	to	to	IN
19880	874	26	disease	disease	NN
19880	874	27	,	,	,
19880	874	28	no	no	DT
19880	874	29	very	very	RB
19880	874	30	great	great	JJ
19880	874	31	difficulty	difficulty	NN
19880	874	32	was	be	VBD
19880	874	33	experienced	experience	VBN
19880	874	34	,	,	,
19880	874	35	probably	probably	RB
19880	874	36	because	because	IN
19880	874	37	certain	certain	JJ
19880	874	38	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	874	39	acted	act	VBD
19880	874	40	more	more	RBR
19880	874	41	vigorously	vigorously	RB
19880	874	42	than	than	IN
19880	874	43	usual	usual	JJ
19880	874	44	and	and	CC
19880	874	45	tended	tend	VBD
19880	874	46	to	to	TO
19880	874	47	close	close	VB
19880	874	48	up	up	RP
19880	874	49	the	the	DT
19880	874	50	glottic	glottic	JJ
19880	874	51	chink	chink	NN
19880	874	52	.	.	.
19880	875	1	The	the	DT
19880	875	2	following	follow	VBG
19880	875	3	simple	simple	JJ
19880	875	4	diagram	diagram	NN
19880	875	5	will	will	MD
19880	875	6	,	,	,
19880	875	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	875	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	875	9	hoped	hope	VBN
19880	875	10	,	,	,
19880	875	11	make	make	VB
19880	875	12	the	the	DT
19880	875	13	relative	relative	JJ
19880	875	14	position	position	NN
19880	875	15	of	of	IN
19880	875	16	parts	part	NNS
19880	875	17	plain	plain	RB
19880	875	18	so	so	RB
19880	875	19	far	far	RB
19880	875	20	as	as	IN
19880	875	21	the	the	DT
19880	875	22	anterior	anterior	NNP
19880	875	23	(	(	-LRB-
19880	875	24	front	front	NN
19880	875	25	)	)	-RRB-
19880	875	26	attachments	attachment	NNS
19880	875	27	of	of	IN
19880	875	28	parts	part	NNS
19880	875	29	to	to	IN
19880	875	30	the	the	DT
19880	875	31	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	875	32	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	875	33	are	be	VBP
19880	875	34	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	875	35	.	.	.
19880	876	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	876	2	will	will	MD
19880	876	3	be	be	VB
19880	876	4	understood	understand	VBN
19880	876	5	that	that	IN
19880	876	6	the	the	DT
19880	876	7	inner	inner	JJ
19880	876	8	anterior	anterior	NNP
19880	876	9	surface	surface	NN
19880	876	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	876	11	meant	mean	VBN
19880	876	12	,	,	,
19880	876	13	and	and	CC
19880	876	14	that	that	IN
19880	876	15	by	by	IN
19880	876	16	"	"	``
19880	876	17	middle	middle	JJ
19880	876	18	line	line	NN
19880	876	19	"	"	''
19880	876	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	876	21	intended	intend	VBN
19880	876	22	the	the	DT
19880	876	23	middle	middle	JJ
19880	876	24	line	line	NN
19880	876	25	of	of	IN
19880	876	26	the	the	DT
19880	876	27	body	body	NN
19880	876	28	,	,	,
19880	876	29	the	the	DT
19880	876	30	imaginary	imaginary	JJ
19880	876	31	vertical	vertical	JJ
19880	876	32	diameter	diameter	NN
19880	876	33	passing	pass	VBG
19880	876	34	like	like	IN
19880	876	35	a	a	DT
19880	876	36	plumb	plumb	JJ
19880	876	37	-	-	HYPH
19880	876	38	line	line	NN
19880	876	39	from	from	IN
19880	876	40	the	the	DT
19880	876	41	middle	middle	JJ
19880	876	42	plane	plane	NN
19880	876	43	of	of	IN
19880	876	44	the	the	DT
19880	876	45	head	head	NN
19880	876	46	,	,	,
19880	876	47	let	let	VB
19880	876	48	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	876	49	suppose	suppose	VB
19880	876	50	,	,	,
19880	876	51	downward	downward	RB
19880	876	52	just	just	RB
19880	876	53	in	in	IN
19880	876	54	front	front	NN
19880	876	55	of	of	IN
19880	876	56	the	the	DT
19880	876	57	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	876	58	.	.	.
19880	877	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	877	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	877	3	:	:	:
19880	877	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	877	5	.	.	.
19880	878	1	29	29	CD
19880	878	2	.	.	.
19880	878	3	]	]	-RRB-
19880	879	1	The	the	DT
19880	879	2	angle	angle	NN
19880	879	3	made	make	VBN
19880	879	4	above	above	RB
19880	879	5	and	and	CC
19880	879	6	in	in	IN
19880	879	7	front	front	NN
19880	879	8	where	where	WRB
19880	879	9	the	the	DT
19880	879	10	two	two	CD
19880	879	11	wings	wing	NNS
19880	879	12	of	of	IN
19880	879	13	the	the	DT
19880	879	14	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	879	15	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	879	16	meet	meet	NN
19880	879	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	879	18	termed	term	VBN
19880	879	19	_	_	NNP
19880	879	20	Adam	Adam	NNP
19880	879	21	's	's	POS
19880	879	22	apple	apple	NN
19880	879	23	_	_	NNP
19880	879	24	(	(	-LRB-
19880	879	25	_	_	NNP
19880	879	26	Pomum	Pomum	NNP
19880	879	27	Adami	Adami	NNP
19880	879	28	_	_	NNP
19880	879	29	)	)	-RRB-
19880	879	30	,	,	,
19880	879	31	and	and	CC
19880	879	32	in	in	IN
19880	879	33	some	some	DT
19880	879	34	cases	case	NNS
19880	879	35	,	,	,
19880	879	36	mostly	mostly	RB
19880	879	37	males	male	NNS
19880	879	38	,	,	,
19880	879	39	is	be	VBZ
19880	879	40	very	very	RB
19880	879	41	prominent	prominent	JJ
19880	879	42	.	.	.
19880	880	1	Adam	Adam	NNP
19880	880	2	's	's	POS
19880	880	3	apple	apple	NN
19880	880	4	has	have	VBZ
19880	880	5	in	in	IN
19880	880	6	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	880	7	,	,	,
19880	880	8	however	however	RB
19880	880	9	,	,	,
19880	880	10	no	no	DT
19880	880	11	special	special	JJ
19880	880	12	significance	significance	NN
19880	880	13	in	in	IN
19880	880	14	voice	voice	NN
19880	880	15	-	-	HYPH
19880	880	16	production	production	NN
19880	880	17	.	.	.
19880	881	1	The	the	DT
19880	881	2	little	little	JJ
19880	881	3	concavity	concavity	NN
19880	881	4	between	between	IN
19880	881	5	the	the	DT
19880	881	6	false	false	JJ
19880	881	7	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	881	8	bands	band	NNS
19880	881	9	above	above	RB
19880	881	10	and	and	CC
19880	881	11	the	the	DT
19880	881	12	true	true	JJ
19880	881	13	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	881	14	bands	band	NNS
19880	881	15	below	below	RB
19880	881	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	881	17	termed	term	VBN
19880	881	18	the	the	DT
19880	881	19	_	_	NNP
19880	881	20	ventricle	ventricle	NN
19880	881	21	of	of	IN
19880	881	22	the	the	DT
19880	881	23	larynx	larynx	NNP
19880	881	24	_	_	NNP
19880	881	25	.	.	.
19880	882	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	882	2	allows	allow	VBZ
19880	882	3	of	of	IN
19880	882	4	more	more	JJR
19880	882	5	space	space	NN
19880	882	6	for	for	IN
19880	882	7	the	the	DT
19880	882	8	free	free	JJ
19880	882	9	movements	movement	NNS
19880	882	10	of	of	IN
19880	882	11	the	the	DT
19880	882	12	bands	band	NNS
19880	882	13	,	,	,
19880	882	14	especially	especially	RB
19880	882	15	those	those	DT
19880	882	16	more	more	RBR
19880	882	17	important	important	JJ
19880	882	18	in	in	IN
19880	882	19	voice	voice	NN
19880	882	20	-	-	HYPH
19880	882	21	production	production	NN
19880	882	22	.	.	.
19880	883	1	The	the	DT
19880	883	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	883	3	bands	band	NNS
19880	883	4	are	be	VBP
19880	883	5	attached	attach	VBN
19880	883	6	behind	behind	RB
19880	883	7	to	to	IN
19880	883	8	the	the	DT
19880	883	9	projecting	project	VBG
19880	883	10	angle	angle	NN
19880	883	11	of	of	IN
19880	883	12	the	the	DT
19880	883	13	base	base	NN
19880	883	14	of	of	IN
19880	883	15	the	the	DT
19880	883	16	arytenoid	arytenoid	JJ
19880	883	17	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	883	18	,	,	,
19880	883	19	which	which	WDT
19880	883	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	883	21	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	883	22	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	883	23	triangular	triangular	JJ
19880	883	24	in	in	IN
19880	883	25	shape	shape	NN
19880	883	26	,	,	,
19880	883	27	the	the	DT
19880	883	28	base	base	NN
19880	883	29	of	of	IN
19880	883	30	the	the	DT
19880	883	31	triangle	triangle	NN
19880	883	32	being	be	VBG
19880	883	33	downward	downward	RB
19880	883	34	and	and	CC
19880	883	35	resting	rest	VBG
19880	883	36	on	on	IN
19880	883	37	the	the	DT
19880	883	38	upper	upper	JJ
19880	883	39	and	and	CC
19880	883	40	posterior	posterior	NN
19880	883	41	(	(	-LRB-
19880	883	42	back	back	NN
19880	883	43	)	)	-RRB-
19880	883	44	surface	surface	NN
19880	883	45	of	of	IN
19880	883	46	the	the	DT
19880	883	47	cricoid	cricoid	NN
19880	883	48	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	883	49	,	,	,
19880	883	50	with	with	IN
19880	883	51	which	which	WDT
19880	883	52	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	883	53	makes	make	VBZ
19880	883	54	a	a	DT
19880	883	55	free	free	JJ
19880	883	56	joint	joint	NN
19880	883	57	,	,	,
19880	883	58	so	so	IN
19880	883	59	that	that	IN
19880	883	60	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	883	61	can	can	MD
19880	883	62	move	move	VB
19880	883	63	swivel	swivel	NN
19880	883	64	-	-	HYPH
19880	883	65	like	like	JJ
19880	883	66	in	in	IN
19880	883	67	all	all	DT
19880	883	68	directions	direction	NNS
19880	883	69	.	.	.
19880	884	1	This	this	DT
19880	884	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	884	3	most	most	RBS
19880	884	4	important	important	JJ
19880	884	5	,	,	,
19880	884	6	because	because	IN
19880	884	7	through	through	IN
19880	884	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	884	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	884	10	explained	explain	VBN
19880	884	11	the	the	DT
19880	884	12	fact	fact	NN
19880	884	13	that	that	IN
19880	884	14	the	the	DT
19880	884	15	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	884	16	bands	band	NNS
19880	884	17	may	may	MD
19880	884	18	be	be	VB
19880	884	19	either	either	CC
19880	884	20	tensed	tense	VBN
19880	884	21	and	and	CC
19880	884	22	lengthened	lengthen	VBN
19880	884	23	or	or	CC
19880	884	24	relaxed	relaxed	JJ
19880	884	25	and	and	CC
19880	884	26	shortened	shorten	VBN
19880	884	27	.	.	.
19880	885	1	_	_	NNP
19880	885	2	The	the	DT
19880	885	3	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	885	4	act	act	VBP
19880	885	5	on	on	IN
19880	885	6	these	these	DT
19880	885	7	movable	movable	JJ
19880	885	8	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	885	9	,	,	,
19880	885	10	and	and	CC
19880	885	11	nearly	nearly	RB
19880	885	12	all	all	PDT
19880	885	13	the	the	DT
19880	885	14	changes	change	NNS
19880	885	15	in	in	IN
19880	885	16	the	the	DT
19880	885	17	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	885	18	bands	band	NNS
19880	885	19	are	be	VBP
19880	885	20	brought	bring	VBN
19880	885	21	about	about	RP
19880	885	22	through	through	IN
19880	885	23	the	the	DT
19880	885	24	alterations	alteration	NNS
19880	885	25	in	in	IN
19880	885	26	position	position	NN
19880	885	27	of	of	IN
19880	885	28	the	the	DT
19880	885	29	arytenoid	arytenoid	JJ
19880	885	30	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	885	31	,	,	,
19880	885	32	to	to	TO
19880	885	33	which	which	WDT
19880	885	34	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	885	35	are	be	VBP
19880	885	36	attached	attach	VBN
19880	885	37	behind	behind	RB
19880	885	38	.	.	.
19880	885	39	_	_	NNP
19880	885	40	Before	before	IN
19880	885	41	describing	describe	VBG
19880	885	42	the	the	DT
19880	885	43	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	885	44	of	of	IN
19880	885	45	the	the	DT
19880	885	46	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	885	47	,	,	,
19880	885	48	the	the	DT
19880	885	49	reader	reader	NN
19880	885	50	is	be	VBZ
19880	885	51	reminded	remind	VBN
19880	885	52	of	of	IN
19880	885	53	the	the	DT
19880	885	54	order	order	NN
19880	885	55	of	of	IN
19880	885	56	structures	structure	NNS
19880	885	57	from	from	IN
19880	885	58	above	above	IN
19880	885	59	downward	downward	RB
19880	885	60	,	,	,
19880	885	61	in	in	IN
19880	885	62	front	front	NN
19880	885	63	,	,	,
19880	885	64	which	which	WDT
19880	885	65	is	be	VBZ
19880	885	66	as	as	IN
19880	885	67	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	885	68	:	:	:
19880	885	69	The	the	DT
19880	885	70	hyoid	hyoid	NN
19880	885	71	bone	bone	NN
19880	885	72	.	.	.
19880	886	1	The	the	DT
19880	886	2	thyro	thyro	NN
19880	886	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	886	4	hyoid	hyoid	NN
19880	886	5	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	886	6	.	.	.
19880	887	1	The	the	DT
19880	887	2	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	887	3	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	887	4	.	.	.
19880	888	1	The	the	DT
19880	888	2	crico	crico	NN
19880	888	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	888	4	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	888	5	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	888	6	.	.	.
19880	889	1	The	the	DT
19880	889	2	cricoid	cricoid	NN
19880	889	3	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	889	4	.	.	.
19880	890	1	The	the	DT
19880	890	2	trachea	trachea	NN
19880	890	3	.	.	.
19880	891	1	The	the	DT
19880	891	2	latter	latter	NN
19880	891	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	891	4	connected	connect	VBN
19880	891	5	with	with	IN
19880	891	6	the	the	DT
19880	891	7	cricoid	cricoid	JJ
19880	891	8	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	891	9	by	by	IN
19880	891	10	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	891	11	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	891	12	.	.	.
19880	892	1	All	all	PDT
19880	892	2	the	the	DT
19880	892	3	above	above	JJ
19880	892	4	structures	structure	NNS
19880	892	5	can	can	MD
19880	892	6	be	be	VB
19880	892	7	felt	feel	VBN
19880	892	8	in	in	IN
19880	892	9	one	one	PRP
19880	892	10	's	's	POS
19880	892	11	own	own	JJ
19880	892	12	person	person	NN
19880	892	13	,	,	,
19880	892	14	the	the	DT
19880	892	15	more	more	RBR
19880	892	16	readily	readily	RB
19880	892	17	if	if	IN
19880	892	18	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	892	19	be	be	VB
19880	892	20	thin	thin	JJ
19880	892	21	and	and	CC
19880	892	22	have	have	VBP
19880	892	23	a	a	DT
19880	892	24	long	long	JJ
19880	892	25	neck	neck	NN
19880	892	26	.	.	.
19880	893	1	The	the	DT
19880	893	2	hyoid	hyoid	NN
19880	893	3	bone	bone	NN
19880	893	4	,	,	,
19880	893	5	or	or	CC
19880	893	6	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	893	7	-	-	HYPH
19880	893	8	bone	bone	NN
19880	893	9	,	,	,
19880	893	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	893	11	that	that	DT
19880	893	12	hard	hard	JJ
19880	893	13	structure	structure	NN
19880	893	14	just	just	RB
19880	893	15	above	above	IN
19880	893	16	the	the	DT
19880	893	17	cricoid	cricoid	JJ
19880	893	18	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	893	19	,	,	,
19880	893	20	and	and	CC
19880	893	21	which	which	WDT
19880	893	22	one	one	PRP
19880	893	23	may	may	MD
19880	893	24	easily	easily	RB
19880	893	25	demonstrate	demonstrate	VB
19880	893	26	to	to	TO
19880	893	27	be	be	VB
19880	893	28	much	much	RB
19880	893	29	more	more	RBR
19880	893	30	movable	movable	JJ
19880	893	31	than	than	IN
19880	893	32	the	the	DT
19880	893	33	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	893	34	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	893	35	.	.	.
19880	894	1	The	the	DT
19880	894	2	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	894	3	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	894	4	are	be	VBP
19880	894	5	attached	attach	VBN
19880	894	6	to	to	IN
19880	894	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	894	8	above	above	RB
19880	894	9	,	,	,
19880	894	10	and	and	CC
19880	894	11	from	from	IN
19880	894	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	894	13	,	,	,
19880	894	14	below	below	RB
19880	894	15	,	,	,
19880	894	16	the	the	DT
19880	894	17	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	894	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	894	19	suspended	suspend	VBN
19880	894	20	,	,	,
19880	894	21	as	as	IN
19880	894	22	already	already	RB
19880	894	23	explained	explain	VBN
19880	894	24	.	.	.
19880	895	1	The	the	DT
19880	895	2	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	895	3	of	of	IN
19880	895	4	the	the	DT
19880	895	5	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	895	6	are	be	VBP
19880	895	7	best	best	RB
19880	895	8	understood	understand	VBN
19880	895	9	if	if	IN
19880	895	10	the	the	DT
19880	895	11	principle	principle	NN
19880	895	12	of	of	IN
19880	895	13	antagonistic	antagonistic	JJ
19880	895	14	action	action	NN
19880	895	15	already	already	RB
19880	895	16	referred	refer	VBD
19880	895	17	to	to	TO
19880	895	18	be	be	VB
19880	895	19	remembered	remember	VBN
19880	895	20	.	.	.
19880	896	1	Speaking	speak	VBG
19880	896	2	generally	generally	RB
19880	896	3	,	,	,
19880	896	4	the	the	DT
19880	896	5	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	896	6	are	be	VBP
19880	896	7	arranged	arrange	VBN
19880	896	8	_	_	NNP
19880	896	9	in	in	IN
19880	896	10	pairs	pairs	NNP
19880	896	11	_	_	NNP
19880	896	12	which	which	WDT
19880	896	13	have	have	VBP
19880	896	14	an	an	DT
19880	896	15	opposite	opposite	JJ
19880	896	16	or	or	CC
19880	896	17	antagonistic	antagonistic	JJ
19880	896	18	action	action	NN
19880	896	19	--	--	:
19880	896	20	viz	viz	NN
19880	896	21	.	.	.
19880	897	1	:	:	:
19880	897	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	897	3	1	1	LS
19880	897	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	897	5	Those	those	DT
19880	897	6	that	that	WDT
19880	897	7	open	open	VBP
19880	897	8	and	and	CC
19880	897	9	close	close	VB
19880	897	10	the	the	DT
19880	897	11	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	897	12	;	;	:
19880	897	13	(	(	-LRB-
19880	897	14	2	2	LS
19880	897	15	)	)	-RRB-
19880	897	16	those	those	DT
19880	897	17	that	that	WDT
19880	897	18	regulate	regulate	VBP
19880	897	19	the	the	DT
19880	897	20	tension	tension	NN
19880	897	21	,	,	,
19880	897	22	or	or	CC
19880	897	23	degree	degree	NN
19880	897	24	of	of	IN
19880	897	25	tightness	tightness	NN
19880	897	26	,	,	,
19880	897	27	of	of	IN
19880	897	28	the	the	DT
19880	897	29	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	897	30	bands	band	NNS
19880	897	31	.	.	.
19880	898	1	1	1	LS
19880	898	2	.	.	.
19880	899	1	The	the	DT
19880	899	2	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	899	3	whose	whose	WP$
19880	899	4	action	action	NN
19880	899	5	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	899	6	to	to	TO
19880	899	7	approximate	approximate	VB
19880	899	8	the	the	DT
19880	899	9	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	899	10	bands	band	NNS
19880	899	11	--	--	:
19880	899	12	the	the	DT
19880	899	13	_	_	NNP
19880	899	14	adductors_--are	adductors_--are	NNP
19880	899	15	the	the	DT
19880	899	16	_	_	NNP
19880	899	17	arytenoid[=e]us	arytenoid[=e]us	NNP
19880	899	18	proprius	proprius	NN
19880	899	19	_	_	NNP
19880	899	20	and	and	CC
19880	899	21	the	the	DT
19880	899	22	_	_	NNP
19880	899	23	thyro	thyro	NN
19880	899	24	-	-	HYPH
19880	899	25	arytenoid[=e]us	arytenoid[=e]us	NNP
19880	899	26	_	_	NNP
19880	899	27	.	.	.
19880	900	1	The	the	DT
19880	900	2	former	former	JJ
19880	900	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	900	4	attached	attach	VBN
19880	900	5	to	to	IN
19880	900	6	the	the	DT
19880	900	7	posterior	posterior	NN
19880	900	8	or	or	CC
19880	900	9	back	back	JJ
19880	900	10	surface	surface	NN
19880	900	11	of	of	IN
19880	900	12	both	both	DT
19880	900	13	arytenoid	arytenoid	JJ
19880	900	14	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	900	15	;	;	:
19880	900	16	the	the	DT
19880	900	17	latter	latter	JJ
19880	900	18	,	,	,
19880	900	19	as	as	IN
19880	900	20	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	900	21	name	name	NN
19880	900	22	indicates	indicate	VBZ
19880	900	23	,	,	,
19880	900	24	to	to	IN
19880	900	25	the	the	DT
19880	900	26	anterior	anterior	JJ
19880	900	27	and	and	CC
19880	900	28	inner	inner	JJ
19880	900	29	surface	surface	NN
19880	900	30	of	of	IN
19880	900	31	the	the	DT
19880	900	32	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	900	33	and	and	CC
19880	900	34	the	the	DT
19880	900	35	anterior	anterior	JJ
19880	900	36	lower	low	JJR
19880	900	37	surface	surface	NN
19880	900	38	or	or	CC
19880	900	39	angle	angle	NN
19880	900	40	(	(	-LRB-
19880	900	41	_	_	NNP
19880	900	42	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	900	43	process	process	NN
19880	900	44	_	_	NNP
19880	900	45	)	)	-RRB-
19880	900	46	of	of	IN
19880	900	47	the	the	DT
19880	900	48	arytenoid	arytenoid	NN
19880	900	49	.	.	.
19880	901	1	The	the	DT
19880	901	2	opening	opening	NN
19880	901	3	or	or	CC
19880	901	4	widening	widening	NN
19880	901	5	of	of	IN
19880	901	6	the	the	DT
19880	901	7	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	901	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	901	9	effected	effect	VBN
19880	901	10	on	on	IN
19880	901	11	each	each	DT
19880	901	12	side	side	NN
19880	901	13	(	(	-LRB-
19880	901	14	one	one	CD
19880	901	15	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	901	16	of	of	IN
19880	901	17	the	the	DT
19880	901	18	pair	pair	NN
19880	901	19	and	and	CC
19880	901	20	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	901	21	action	action	NN
19880	901	22	being	be	VBG
19880	901	23	alone	alone	RB
19880	901	24	described	describe	VBN
19880	901	25	in	in	IN
19880	901	26	this	this	DT
19880	901	27	and	and	CC
19880	901	28	other	other	JJ
19880	901	29	cases	case	NNS
19880	901	30	)	)	-RRB-
19880	901	31	by	by	IN
19880	901	32	the	the	DT
19880	901	33	antagonist	antagonist	NN
19880	901	34	of	of	IN
19880	901	35	these	these	DT
19880	901	36	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	901	37	,	,	,
19880	901	38	the	the	DT
19880	901	39	_	_	NNP
19880	901	40	crico	crico	NNP
19880	901	41	-	-	HYPH
19880	901	42	arytenoid[=e]us	arytenoid[=e]us	NNP
19880	901	43	posticus	posticus	NNP
19880	901	44	_	_	NNP
19880	901	45	,	,	,
19880	901	46	whose	whose	WP$
19880	901	47	attachments	attachment	NNS
19880	901	48	are	be	VBP
19880	901	49	exactly	exactly	RB
19880	901	50	as	as	RB
19880	901	51	indicated	indicate	VBN
19880	901	52	by	by	IN
19880	901	53	the	the	DT
19880	901	54	names	name	NNS
19880	901	55	--	--	:
19880	901	56	viz	viz	NNP
19880	901	57	.	.	NNP
19880	901	58	,	,	,
19880	901	59	to	to	IN
19880	901	60	the	the	DT
19880	901	61	posterior	posterior	JJ
19880	901	62	part	part	NN
19880	901	63	of	of	IN
19880	901	64	the	the	DT
19880	901	65	two	two	CD
19880	901	66	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	901	67	named	name	VBN
19880	901	68	.	.	.
19880	902	1	When	when	WRB
19880	902	2	reading	read	VBG
19880	902	3	the	the	DT
19880	902	4	description	description	NN
19880	902	5	of	of	IN
19880	902	6	these	these	DT
19880	902	7	or	or	CC
19880	902	8	other	other	JJ
19880	902	9	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	902	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	902	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	902	12	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	902	13	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	902	14	to	to	TO
19880	902	15	have	have	VB
19880	902	16	a	a	DT
19880	902	17	pictorial	pictorial	JJ
19880	902	18	illustration	illustration	NN
19880	902	19	or	or	CC
19880	902	20	the	the	DT
19880	902	21	real	real	JJ
19880	902	22	object	object	NN
19880	902	23	before	before	IN
19880	902	24	one	one	CD
19880	902	25	.	.	.
19880	903	1	The	the	DT
19880	903	2	pull	pull	NN
19880	903	3	of	of	IN
19880	903	4	this	this	DT
19880	903	5	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	903	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	903	7	from	from	IN
19880	903	8	the	the	DT
19880	903	9	more	more	RBR
19880	903	10	fixed	fix	VBN
19880	903	11	point	point	NN
19880	903	12	,	,	,
19880	903	13	as	as	IN
19880	903	14	in	in	IN
19880	903	15	all	all	DT
19880	903	16	other	other	JJ
19880	903	17	cases	case	NNS
19880	903	18	;	;	:
19880	903	19	hence	hence	RB
19880	903	20	the	the	DT
19880	903	21	force	force	NN
19880	903	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	903	23	applied	apply	VBN
19880	903	24	in	in	IN
19880	903	25	a	a	DT
19880	903	26	direction	direction	NN
19880	903	27	from	from	IN
19880	903	28	below	below	RB
19880	903	29	and	and	CC
19880	903	30	outward	outward	RB
19880	903	31	,	,	,
19880	903	32	with	with	IN
19880	903	33	the	the	DT
19880	903	34	result	result	NN
19880	903	35	that	that	IN
19880	903	36	the	the	DT
19880	903	37	arytenoid	arytenoid	JJ
19880	903	38	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	903	39	is	be	VBZ
19880	903	40	tilted	tilt	VBN
19880	903	41	outward	outward	RB
19880	903	42	,	,	,
19880	903	43	and	and	CC
19880	903	44	with	with	IN
19880	903	45	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	903	46	the	the	DT
19880	903	47	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	903	48	band	band	NN
19880	903	49	is	be	VBZ
19880	903	50	moved	move	VBN
19880	903	51	from	from	IN
19880	903	52	the	the	DT
19880	903	53	middle	middle	JJ
19880	903	54	line	line	NN
19880	903	55	.	.	.
19880	904	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	904	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	904	3	:	:	:
19880	904	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	904	5	.	.	.
19880	905	1	30	30	CD
19880	905	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	905	3	Chapman	Chapman	NNP
19880	905	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	905	5	.	.	.
19880	906	1	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
19880	906	2	showing	show	VBG
19880	906	3	action	action	NN
19880	906	4	of	of	IN
19880	906	5	crico	crico	NN
19880	906	6	-	-	HYPH
19880	906	7	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	906	8	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	906	9	,	,	,
19880	906	10	stretching	stretch	VBG
19880	906	11	of	of	IN
19880	906	12	the	the	DT
19880	906	13	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	906	14	cords	cord	NNS
19880	906	15	,	,	,
19880	906	16	and	and	CC
19880	906	17	lengthening	lengthening	NN
19880	906	18	of	of	IN
19880	906	19	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	906	20	.	.	.
19880	907	1	The	the	DT
19880	907	2	dotted	dotted	JJ
19880	907	3	lines	line	NNS
19880	907	4	indicate	indicate	VBP
19880	907	5	the	the	DT
19880	907	6	position	position	NN
19880	907	7	assumed	assume	VBN
19880	907	8	when	when	WRB
19880	907	9	the	the	DT
19880	907	10	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	907	11	has	have	VBZ
19880	907	12	contracted	contract	VBN
19880	907	13	.	.	.
19880	907	14	]	]	-RRB-
19880	908	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	908	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	908	3	:	:	:
19880	908	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	908	5	.	.	.
19880	909	1	31	31	CD
19880	909	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	909	3	Spalteholz	Spalteholz	NNP
19880	909	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	909	5	.	.	.
19880	910	1	View	View	NNP
19880	910	2	of	of	IN
19880	910	3	the	the	DT
19880	910	4	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	910	5	as	as	IN
19880	910	6	looked	look	VBD
19880	910	7	at	at	IN
19880	910	8	from	from	IN
19880	910	9	above	above	RB
19880	910	10	.	.	.
19880	911	1	The	the	DT
19880	911	2	illustration	illustration	NN
19880	911	3	shows	show	VBZ
19880	911	4	particularly	particularly	RB
19880	911	5	well	well	RB
19880	911	6	both	both	CC
19880	911	7	the	the	DT
19880	911	8	true	true	JJ
19880	911	9	and	and	CC
19880	911	10	the	the	DT
19880	911	11	false	false	JJ
19880	911	12	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	911	13	bands	band	NNS
19880	911	14	.	.	.
19880	912	1	The	the	DT
19880	912	2	true	true	JJ
19880	912	3	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	912	4	bands	band	NNS
19880	912	5	are	be	VBP
19880	912	6	placed	place	VBN
19880	912	7	much	much	RB
19880	912	8	as	as	IN
19880	912	9	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	912	10	are	be	VBP
19880	912	11	when	when	WRB
19880	912	12	a	a	DT
19880	912	13	barytone	barytone	NN
19880	912	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	912	15	singing	singe	VBG
19880	912	16	a	a	DT
19880	912	17	very	very	RB
19880	912	18	low	low	JJ
19880	912	19	tone	tone	NN
19880	912	20	.	.	.
19880	913	1	The	the	DT
19880	913	2	part	part	NN
19880	913	3	of	of	IN
19880	913	4	the	the	DT
19880	913	5	figure	figure	NN
19880	913	6	lowest	low	JJS
19880	913	7	on	on	IN
19880	913	8	the	the	DT
19880	913	9	page	page	NN
19880	913	10	represents	represent	VBZ
19880	913	11	the	the	DT
19880	913	12	back	back	JJ
19880	913	13	part	part	NN
19880	913	14	of	of	IN
19880	913	15	the	the	DT
19880	913	16	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	913	17	.	.	.
19880	913	18	]	]	-RRB-
19880	914	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	914	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	914	3	:	:	:
19880	914	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	914	5	.	.	.
19880	915	1	32	32	CD
19880	915	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	915	3	Spalteholz	Spalteholz	NNP
19880	915	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	915	5	.	.	.
19880	916	1	A	a	DT
19880	916	2	cross	cross	JJ
19880	916	3	-	-	JJ
19880	916	4	section	section	JJ
19880	916	5	transverse	transverse	JJ
19880	916	6	to	to	IN
19880	916	7	the	the	DT
19880	916	8	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	916	9	,	,	,
19880	916	10	such	such	JJ
19880	916	11	as	as	IN
19880	916	12	can	can	MD
19880	916	13	be	be	VB
19880	916	14	readily	readily	RB
19880	916	15	made	make	VBN
19880	916	16	with	with	IN
19880	916	17	a	a	DT
19880	916	18	strong	strong	JJ
19880	916	19	knife	knife	NN
19880	916	20	.	.	.
19880	916	21	]	]	-RRB-
19880	917	1	The	the	DT
19880	917	2	_	_	NNP
19880	917	3	crico	crico	NN
19880	917	4	-	-	HYPH
19880	917	5	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	917	6	_	_	NNP
19880	917	7	also	also	RB
19880	917	8	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	917	9	to	to	TO
19880	917	10	open	open	VB
19880	917	11	the	the	DT
19880	917	12	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	917	13	.	.	.
19880	918	1	Just	just	RB
19880	918	2	as	as	IN
19880	918	3	the	the	DT
19880	918	4	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	918	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	918	6	the	the	DT
19880	918	7	most	most	RBS
19880	918	8	important	important	JJ
19880	918	9	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	918	10	of	of	IN
19880	918	11	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	918	12	,	,	,
19880	918	13	so	so	RB
19880	918	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	918	15	the	the	DT
19880	918	16	crico	crico	NN
19880	918	17	-	-	:
19880	918	18	thyroid	thyroid	VB
19880	918	19	the	the	DT
19880	918	20	most	most	RBS
19880	918	21	important	important	JJ
19880	918	22	in	in	IN
19880	918	23	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	918	24	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	918	25	and	and	CC
19880	918	26	in	in	IN
19880	918	27	singing	singing	NN
19880	918	28	in	in	IN
19880	918	29	the	the	DT
19880	918	30	lower	low	JJR
19880	918	31	register	register	NN
19880	918	32	.	.	.
19880	919	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	919	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	919	3	a	a	DT
19880	919	4	relatively	relatively	RB
19880	919	5	large	large	JJ
19880	919	6	and	and	CC
19880	919	7	strong	strong	JJ
19880	919	8	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	919	9	with	with	IN
19880	919	10	an	an	DT
19880	919	11	oblique	oblique	JJ
19880	919	12	direction	direction	NN
19880	919	13	in	in	IN
19880	919	14	the	the	DT
19880	919	15	main	main	JJ
19880	919	16	,	,	,
19880	919	17	though	though	IN
19880	919	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	919	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	919	20	composed	compose	VBN
19880	919	21	in	in	IN
19880	919	22	reality	reality	NN
19880	919	23	of	of	IN
19880	919	24	several	several	JJ
19880	919	25	sets	set	NNS
19880	919	26	of	of	IN
19880	919	27	fibres	fibre	NNS
19880	919	28	some	some	DT
19880	919	29	of	of	IN
19880	919	30	which	which	WDT
19880	919	31	are	be	VBP
19880	919	32	much	much	RB
19880	919	33	more	more	JJR
19880	919	34	oblique	oblique	JJ
19880	919	35	in	in	IN
19880	919	36	direction	direction	NN
19880	919	37	than	than	IN
19880	919	38	others	other	NNS
19880	919	39	(	(	-LRB-
19880	919	40	Fig	fig	NN
19880	919	41	.	.	.
19880	920	1	28	28	CD
19880	920	2	)	)	-RRB-
19880	920	3	.	.	.
19880	921	1	As	as	IN
19880	921	2	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	921	3	name	name	NN
19880	921	4	indicates	indicate	VBZ
19880	921	5	,	,	,
19880	921	6	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	921	7	points	point	NNS
19880	921	8	of	of	IN
19880	921	9	attachment	attachment	NN
19880	921	10	are	be	VBP
19880	921	11	to	to	IN
19880	921	12	the	the	DT
19880	921	13	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	921	14	and	and	CC
19880	921	15	the	the	DT
19880	921	16	cricoid	cricoid	NN
19880	921	17	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	921	18	,	,	,
19880	921	19	but	but	CC
19880	921	20	the	the	DT
19880	921	21	most	most	RBS
19880	921	22	fixed	fix	VBN
19880	921	23	point	point	NN
19880	921	24	(	(	-LRB-
19880	921	25	_	_	NNP
19880	921	26	origin	origin	NN
19880	921	27	_	_	NNP
19880	921	28	)	)	-RRB-
19880	921	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	921	30	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	921	31	point	point	NN
19880	921	32	of	of	IN
19880	921	33	attachment	attachment	NN
19880	921	34	to	to	IN
19880	921	35	the	the	DT
19880	921	36	larger	large	JJR
19880	921	37	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	921	38	;	;	:
19880	921	39	hence	hence	RB
19880	921	40	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	921	41	direction	direction	NN
19880	921	42	of	of	IN
19880	921	43	pull	pull	NN
19880	921	44	is	be	VBZ
19880	921	45	from	from	IN
19880	921	46	the	the	DT
19880	921	47	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	921	48	,	,	,
19880	921	49	with	with	IN
19880	921	50	the	the	DT
19880	921	51	result	result	NN
19880	921	52	that	that	IN
19880	921	53	the	the	DT
19880	921	54	anterior	anterior	JJ
19880	921	55	part	part	NN
19880	921	56	of	of	IN
19880	921	57	the	the	DT
19880	921	58	cricoid	cricoid	NN
19880	921	59	is	be	VBZ
19880	921	60	drawn	draw	VBN
19880	921	61	up	up	RP
19880	921	62	,	,	,
19880	921	63	the	the	DT
19880	921	64	posterior	posterior	NN
19880	921	65	part	part	NN
19880	921	66	down	down	RB
19880	921	67	,	,	,
19880	921	68	and	and	CC
19880	921	69	the	the	DT
19880	921	70	arytenoid	arytenoid	JJ
19880	921	71	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	921	72	,	,	,
19880	921	73	resting	rest	VBG
19880	921	74	on	on	IN
19880	921	75	the	the	DT
19880	921	76	upper	upper	JJ
19880	921	77	part	part	NN
19880	921	78	of	of	IN
19880	921	79	the	the	DT
19880	921	80	cricoid	cricoid	NN
19880	921	81	,	,	,
19880	921	82	backward	backward	RB
19880	921	83	,	,	,
19880	921	84	so	so	IN
19880	921	85	that	that	IN
19880	921	86	the	the	DT
19880	921	87	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	921	88	band	band	NN
19880	921	89	is	be	VBZ
19880	921	90	rendered	render	VBN
19880	921	91	longer	long	RBR
19880	921	92	and	and	CC
19880	921	93	more	more	RBR
19880	921	94	tense	tense	JJ
19880	921	95	(	(	-LRB-
19880	921	96	see	see	VB
19880	921	97	especially	especially	RB
19880	921	98	Fig	fig	NN
19880	921	99	.	.	.
19880	922	1	29	29	CD
19880	922	2	)	)	-RRB-
19880	922	3	.	.	.
19880	923	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	923	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	923	3	important	important	JJ
19880	923	4	to	to	TO
19880	923	5	note	note	VB
19880	923	6	that	that	IN
19880	923	7	this	this	DT
19880	923	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	923	9	the	the	DT
19880	923	10	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	923	11	most	most	RBS
19880	923	12	used	use	VBN
19880	923	13	in	in	IN
19880	923	14	singing	singe	VBG
19880	923	15	the	the	DT
19880	923	16	lower	low	JJR
19880	923	17	tones	tone	NNS
19880	923	18	of	of	IN
19880	923	19	the	the	DT
19880	923	20	scale	scale	NN
19880	923	21	,	,	,
19880	923	22	and	and	CC
19880	923	23	that	that	IN
19880	923	24	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	923	25	action	action	NN
19880	923	26	must	must	MD
19880	923	27	necessarily	necessarily	RB
19880	923	28	cease	cease	VB
19880	923	29	,	,	,
19880	923	30	to	to	IN
19880	923	31	a	a	DT
19880	923	32	great	great	JJ
19880	923	33	extent	extent	NN
19880	923	34	,	,	,
19880	923	35	when	when	WRB
19880	923	36	a	a	DT
19880	923	37	certain	certain	JJ
19880	923	38	point	point	NN
19880	923	39	in	in	IN
19880	923	40	the	the	DT
19880	923	41	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	923	42	is	be	VBZ
19880	923	43	reached	reach	VBN
19880	923	44	,	,	,
19880	923	45	as	as	IN
19880	923	46	there	there	EX
19880	923	47	is	be	VBZ
19880	923	48	a	a	DT
19880	923	49	limit	limit	NN
19880	923	50	to	to	IN
19880	923	51	the	the	DT
19880	923	52	degree	degree	NN
19880	923	53	of	of	IN
19880	923	54	contraction	contraction	NN
19880	923	55	of	of	IN
19880	923	56	all	all	DT
19880	923	57	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	923	58	;	;	:
19880	923	59	and	and	CC
19880	923	60	,	,	,
19880	923	61	besides	besides	RB
19880	923	62	,	,	,
19880	923	63	the	the	DT
19880	923	64	crico	crico	NN
19880	923	65	-	-	HYPH
19880	923	66	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	923	67	space	space	NN
19880	923	68	is	be	VBZ
19880	923	69	of	of	IN
19880	923	70	very	very	RB
19880	923	71	moderate	moderate	JJ
19880	923	72	size	size	NN
19880	923	73	,	,	,
19880	923	74	and	and	CC
19880	923	75	the	the	DT
19880	923	76	cricoid	cricoid	NN
19880	923	77	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	923	78	can	can	MD
19880	923	79	ascend	ascend	VB
19880	923	80	only	only	RB
19880	923	81	within	within	IN
19880	923	82	the	the	DT
19880	923	83	limits	limit	NNS
19880	923	84	thus	thus	RB
19880	923	85	determined	determine	VBD
19880	923	86	.	.	.
19880	924	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	924	2	thus	thus	RB
19880	924	3	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	924	4	that	that	IN
19880	924	5	Nature	nature	NN
19880	924	6	has	have	VBZ
19880	924	7	provided	provide	VBN
19880	924	8	in	in	IN
19880	924	9	the	the	DT
19880	924	10	change	change	NN
19880	924	11	of	of	IN
19880	924	12	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	924	13	for	for	IN
19880	924	14	a	a	DT
19880	924	15	new	new	JJ
19880	924	16	register	register	NN
19880	924	17	,	,	,
19880	924	18	which	which	WDT
19880	924	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	924	20	nothing	nothing	NN
19880	924	21	else	else	RB
19880	924	22	than	than	IN
19880	924	23	a	a	DT
19880	924	24	change	change	NN
19880	924	25	of	of	IN
19880	924	26	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	924	27	with	with	IN
19880	924	28	a	a	DT
19880	924	29	corresponding	corresponding	JJ
19880	924	30	change	change	NN
19880	924	31	of	of	IN
19880	924	32	function	function	NN
19880	924	33	.	.	.
19880	925	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	925	2	will	will	MD
19880	925	3	be	be	VB
19880	925	4	at	at	IN
19880	925	5	once	once	RB
19880	925	6	apparent	apparent	JJ
19880	925	7	that	that	IN
19880	925	8	the	the	DT
19880	925	9	claim	claim	NN
19880	925	10	that	that	IN
19880	925	11	registers	register	NNS
19880	925	12	are	be	VBP
19880	925	13	an	an	DT
19880	925	14	invention	invention	NN
19880	925	15	of	of	IN
19880	925	16	men	man	NNS
19880	925	17	,	,	,
19880	925	18	and	and	CC
19880	925	19	without	without	IN
19880	925	20	foundation	foundation	NN
19880	925	21	in	in	IN
19880	925	22	nature	nature	NN
19880	925	23	,	,	,
19880	925	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	925	25	without	without	IN
19880	925	26	support	support	NN
19880	925	27	in	in	IN
19880	925	28	anatomy	anatomy	NN
19880	925	29	and	and	CC
19880	925	30	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	925	31	.	.	.
19880	926	1	The	the	DT
19880	926	2	crico	crico	NN
19880	926	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	926	4	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	926	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	926	6	probably	probably	RB
19880	926	7	,	,	,
19880	926	8	however	however	RB
19880	926	9	,	,	,
19880	926	10	of	of	IN
19880	926	11	much	much	RB
19880	926	12	more	more	JJR
19880	926	13	importance	importance	NN
19880	926	14	to	to	IN
19880	926	15	tragic	tragic	JJ
19880	926	16	actors	actor	NNS
19880	926	17	and	and	CC
19880	926	18	barytones	barytone	NNS
19880	926	19	than	than	IN
19880	926	20	to	to	IN
19880	926	21	tenors	tenor	NNS
19880	926	22	or	or	CC
19880	926	23	sopranos	soprano	NNS
19880	926	24	.	.	.
19880	927	1	This	this	DT
19880	927	2	,	,	,
19880	927	3	however	however	RB
19880	927	4	,	,	,
19880	927	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	927	6	no	no	DT
19880	927	7	excuse	excuse	NN
19880	927	8	for	for	IN
19880	927	9	the	the	DT
19880	927	10	neglect	neglect	NN
19880	927	11	of	of	IN
19880	927	12	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	927	13	development	development	NN
19880	927	14	by	by	IN
19880	927	15	the	the	DT
19880	927	16	latter	latter	JJ
19880	927	17	class	class	NN
19880	927	18	,	,	,
19880	927	19	as	as	RB
19880	927	20	often	often	RB
19880	927	21	happens	happen	VBZ
19880	927	22	,	,	,
19880	927	23	for	for	IN
19880	927	24	without	without	IN
19880	927	25	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	927	26	the	the	DT
19880	927	27	best	good	JJS
19880	927	28	tones	tone	NNS
19880	927	29	of	of	IN
19880	927	30	the	the	DT
19880	927	31	lower	low	JJR
19880	927	32	register	register	NN
19880	927	33	are	be	VBP
19880	927	34	impossible	impossible	JJ
19880	927	35	.	.	.
19880	928	1	On	on	IN
19880	928	2	the	the	DT
19880	928	3	other	other	JJ
19880	928	4	hand	hand	NN
19880	928	5	,	,	,
19880	928	6	the	the	DT
19880	928	7	elocutionists	elocutionist	NNS
19880	928	8	who	who	WP
19880	928	9	prescribe	prescribe	VBP
19880	928	10	for	for	IN
19880	928	11	students	student	NNS
19880	928	12	practices	practice	NNS
19880	928	13	that	that	WDT
19880	928	14	involve	involve	VBP
19880	928	15	the	the	DT
19880	928	16	excessive	excessive	JJ
19880	928	17	use	use	NN
19880	928	18	of	of	IN
19880	928	19	this	this	DT
19880	928	20	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	928	21	,	,	,
19880	928	22	with	with	IN
19880	928	23	a	a	DT
19880	928	24	cramped	cramped	JJ
19880	928	25	position	position	NN
19880	928	26	of	of	IN
19880	928	27	the	the	DT
19880	928	28	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	928	29	organs	organ	NNS
19880	928	30	,	,	,
19880	928	31	the	the	DT
19880	928	32	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	928	33	being	be	VBG
19880	928	34	greatly	greatly	RB
19880	928	35	drawn	draw	VBN
19880	928	36	down	down	RP
19880	928	37	,	,	,
19880	928	38	with	with	IN
19880	928	39	the	the	DT
19880	928	40	view	view	NN
19880	928	41	of	of	IN
19880	928	42	producing	produce	VBG
19880	928	43	disproportionately	disproportionately	RB
19880	928	44	heavy	heavy	JJ
19880	928	45	lower	low	JJR
19880	928	46	tones	tone	NNS
19880	928	47	,	,	,
19880	928	48	must	must	MD
19880	928	49	take	take	VB
19880	928	50	no	no	DT
19880	928	51	comfort	comfort	NN
19880	928	52	from	from	IN
19880	928	53	the	the	DT
19880	928	54	above	above	JJ
19880	928	55	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
19880	928	56	and	and	CC
19880	928	57	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	928	58	facts	fact	NNS
19880	928	59	.	.	.
19880	929	1	Art	art	NN
19880	929	2	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	929	3	proportion	proportion	NN
19880	929	4	,	,	,
19880	929	5	and	and	CC
19880	929	6	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	929	7	was	be	VBD
19880	929	8	one	one	CD
19880	929	9	of	of	IN
19880	929	10	the	the	DT
19880	929	11	ambitions	ambition	NNS
19880	929	12	of	of	IN
19880	929	13	all	all	PDT
19880	929	14	the	the	DT
19880	929	15	best	good	JJS
19880	929	16	actors	actor	NNS
19880	929	17	in	in	IN
19880	929	18	the	the	DT
19880	929	19	golden	golden	JJ
19880	929	20	age	age	NN
19880	929	21	of	of	IN
19880	929	22	histrionic	histrionic	JJ
19880	929	23	art	art	NN
19880	929	24	to	to	TO
19880	929	25	have	have	VB
19880	929	26	an	an	DT
19880	929	27	"	"	``
19880	929	28	even	even	RB
19880	929	29	voice"--_i.e	voice"--_i.e	NNP
19880	929	30	.	.	.
19880	929	31	_	_	NNP
19880	929	32	,	,	,
19880	929	33	one	one	CD
19880	929	34	equally	equally	RB
19880	929	35	good	good	JJ
19880	929	36	through	through	IN
19880	929	37	the	the	DT
19880	929	38	whole	whole	JJ
19880	929	39	range	range	NN
19880	929	40	required	require	VBN
19880	929	41	.	.	.
19880	930	1	The	the	DT
19880	930	2	tragic	tragic	JJ
19880	930	3	actor	actor	NN
19880	930	4	,	,	,
19880	930	5	elocutionist	elocutionist	NN
19880	930	6	,	,	,
19880	930	7	and	and	CC
19880	930	8	public	public	JJ
19880	930	9	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	930	10	,	,	,
19880	930	11	and	and	CC
19880	930	12	the	the	DT
19880	930	13	singer	singer	NN
19880	930	14	,	,	,
19880	930	15	whether	whether	IN
19880	930	16	soprano	soprano	NN
19880	930	17	or	or	CC
19880	930	18	bass	bass	NN
19880	930	19	,	,	,
19880	930	20	should	should	MD
19880	930	21	neglect	neglect	VB
19880	930	22	no	no	DT
19880	930	23	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	930	24	,	,	,
19880	930	25	though	though	IN
19880	930	26	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	930	27	may	may	MD
19880	930	28	be	be	VB
19880	930	29	justified	justify	VBN
19880	930	30	in	in	IN
19880	930	31	developing	develop	VBG
19880	930	32	some	some	DT
19880	930	33	in	in	IN
19880	930	34	excess	excess	NN
19880	930	35	of	of	IN
19880	930	36	others	other	NNS
19880	930	37	,	,	,
19880	930	38	but	but	CC
19880	930	39	ever	ever	RB
19880	930	40	with	with	IN
19880	930	41	a	a	DT
19880	930	42	watchful	watchful	JJ
19880	930	43	eye	eye	NN
19880	930	44	on	on	IN
19880	930	45	the	the	DT
19880	930	46	weakest	weak	JJS
19880	930	47	part	part	NN
19880	930	48	.	.	.
19880	931	1	2	2	LS
19880	931	2	.	.	.
19880	932	1	The	the	DT
19880	932	2	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	932	3	which	which	WDT
19880	932	4	regulate	regulate	VBP
19880	932	5	the	the	DT
19880	932	6	tension	tension	NN
19880	932	7	of	of	IN
19880	932	8	the	the	DT
19880	932	9	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	932	10	bands	band	NNS
19880	932	11	are	be	VBP
19880	932	12	the	the	DT
19880	932	13	following	follow	VBG
19880	932	14	:	:	:
19880	932	15	(	(	-LRB-
19880	932	16	_	_	NNP
19880	932	17	a	a	DT
19880	932	18	_	_	NNP
19880	932	19	)	)	-RRB-
19880	932	20	The	the	DT
19880	932	21	_	_	NNP
19880	932	22	thyro	thyro	NN
19880	932	23	-	-	HYPH
19880	932	24	arytenoid[=e]us	arytenoid[=e]us	NNP
19880	932	25	_	_	NNP
19880	932	26	(	(	-LRB-
19880	932	27	pair	pair	NNP
19880	932	28	)	)	-RRB-
19880	932	29	,	,	,
19880	932	30	which	which	WDT
19880	932	31	by	by	IN
19880	932	32	tilting	tilt	VBG
19880	932	33	the	the	DT
19880	932	34	arytenoid	arytenoid	JJ
19880	932	35	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	932	36	forward	forward	RB
19880	932	37	relaxes	relax	VBZ
19880	932	38	the	the	DT
19880	932	39	tension	tension	NN
19880	932	40	of	of	IN
19880	932	41	the	the	DT
19880	932	42	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	932	43	bands	band	NNS
19880	932	44	.	.	.
19880	933	1	When	when	WRB
19880	933	2	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	933	3	act	act	VBP
19880	933	4	with	with	IN
19880	933	5	the	the	DT
19880	933	6	adductors--_e.g	adductors--_e.g	NNP
19880	933	7	.	.	.
19880	933	8	_	_	NNP
19880	933	9	,	,	,
19880	933	10	the	the	DT
19880	933	11	arytenoid[=e]us	arytenoid[=e]us	CD
19880	933	12	proprius	proprius	NN
19880	933	13	--	--	:
19880	933	14	the	the	DT
19880	933	15	result	result	NN
19880	933	16	must	must	MD
19880	933	17	be	be	VB
19880	933	18	relaxation	relaxation	NN
19880	933	19	and	and	CC
19880	933	20	approximation	approximation	NN
19880	933	21	behind	behind	RB
19880	933	22	,	,	,
19880	933	23	which	which	WDT
19880	933	24	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	933	25	a	a	DT
19880	933	26	greater	great	JJR
19880	933	27	or	or	CC
19880	933	28	less	less	JJR
19880	933	29	degree	degree	NN
19880	933	30	of	of	IN
19880	933	31	shortening	shortening	NN
19880	933	32	,	,	,
19880	933	33	as	as	IN
19880	933	34	usually	usually	RB
19880	933	35	happens	happen	VBZ
19880	933	36	when	when	WRB
19880	933	37	a	a	DT
19880	933	38	certain	certain	JJ
19880	933	39	point	point	NN
19880	933	40	in	in	IN
19880	933	41	an	an	DT
19880	933	42	ascending	ascend	VBG
19880	933	43	scale	scale	NN
19880	933	44	is	be	VBZ
19880	933	45	reached	reach	VBN
19880	933	46	in	in	IN
19880	933	47	persons	person	NNS
19880	933	48	whose	whose	WP$
19880	933	49	methods	method	NNS
19880	933	50	of	of	IN
19880	933	51	voice	voice	NN
19880	933	52	-	-	HYPH
19880	933	53	production	production	NN
19880	933	54	have	have	VBP
19880	933	55	not	not	RB
19880	933	56	been	be	VBN
19880	933	57	in	in	IN
19880	933	58	some	some	DT
19880	933	59	way	way	NN
19880	933	60	modified	modify	VBN
19880	933	61	,	,	,
19880	933	62	and	and	CC
19880	933	63	a	a	DT
19880	933	64	new	new	JJ
19880	933	65	register	register	NN
19880	933	66	begins	begin	VBZ
19880	933	67	,	,	,
19880	933	68	which	which	WDT
19880	933	69	in	in	IN
19880	933	70	most	most	JJS
19880	933	71	female	female	JJ
19880	933	72	voices	voice	NNS
19880	933	73	is	be	VBZ
19880	933	74	marked	mark	VBN
19880	933	75	by	by	IN
19880	933	76	a	a	DT
19880	933	77	more	more	RBR
19880	933	78	or	or	CC
19880	933	79	less	less	RBR
19880	933	80	distinct	distinct	JJ
19880	933	81	and	and	CC
19880	933	82	abrupt	abrupt	JJ
19880	933	83	alteration	alteration	NN
19880	933	84	of	of	IN
19880	933	85	the	the	DT
19880	933	86	quality	quality	NN
19880	933	87	of	of	IN
19880	933	88	the	the	DT
19880	933	89	tone	tone	NN
19880	933	90	.	.	.
19880	934	1	The	the	DT
19880	934	2	crico	crico	NN
19880	934	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	934	4	thyroids	thyroid	NNS
19880	934	5	are	be	VBP
19880	934	6	the	the	DT
19880	934	7	antagonists	antagonist	NNS
19880	934	8	of	of	IN
19880	934	9	the	the	DT
19880	934	10	above	above	RB
19880	934	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	934	12	named	name	VBN
19880	934	13	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	934	14	,	,	,
19880	934	15	and	and	CC
19880	934	16	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	934	17	may	may	MD
19880	934	18	act	act	VB
19880	934	19	either	either	CC
19880	934	20	very	very	RB
19880	934	21	much	much	RB
19880	934	22	alone	alone	JJ
19880	934	23	or	or	CC
19880	934	24	,	,	,
19880	934	25	to	to	IN
19880	934	26	some	some	DT
19880	934	27	extent	extent	NN
19880	934	28	,	,	,
19880	934	29	in	in	IN
19880	934	30	coöperation	coöperation	NN
19880	934	31	with	with	IN
19880	934	32	the	the	DT
19880	934	33	above	above	JJ
19880	934	34	,	,	,
19880	934	35	to	to	TO
19880	934	36	regulate	regulate	VB
19880	934	37	or	or	CC
19880	934	38	steady	steady	JJ
19880	934	39	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	934	40	action	action	NN
19880	934	41	;	;	:
19880	934	42	for	for	IN
19880	934	43	in	in	IN
19880	934	44	movements	movement	NNS
19880	934	45	so	so	RB
19880	934	46	complicated	complicated	JJ
19880	934	47	as	as	IN
19880	934	48	those	those	DT
19880	934	49	required	require	VBN
19880	934	50	for	for	IN
19880	934	51	voice	voice	NN
19880	934	52	-	-	HYPH
19880	934	53	production	production	NN
19880	934	54	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	934	55	is	be	VBZ
19880	934	56	highly	highly	RB
19880	934	57	probable	probable	JJ
19880	934	58	that	that	IN
19880	934	59	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	934	60	are	be	VBP
19880	934	61	inclined	inclined	JJ
19880	934	62	to	to	TO
19880	934	63	reduce	reduce	VB
19880	934	64	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	934	65	explanations	explanation	NNS
19880	934	66	of	of	IN
19880	934	67	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	934	68	action	action	NN
19880	934	69	to	to	IN
19880	934	70	a	a	DT
19880	934	71	simplicity	simplicity	NN
19880	934	72	that	that	WDT
19880	934	73	is	be	VBZ
19880	934	74	excessive	excessive	JJ
19880	934	75	,	,	,
19880	934	76	and	and	CC
19880	934	77	to	to	TO
19880	934	78	appreciate	appreciate	VB
19880	934	79	but	but	CC
19880	934	80	inadequately	inadequately	RB
19880	934	81	the	the	DT
19880	934	82	delicacy	delicacy	NN
19880	934	83	and	and	CC
19880	934	84	complexity	complexity	NN
19880	934	85	of	of	IN
19880	934	86	the	the	DT
19880	934	87	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	934	88	and	and	CC
19880	934	89	the	the	DT
19880	934	90	processes	process	NNS
19880	934	91	involved	involve	VBN
19880	934	92	.	.	.
19880	935	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	935	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	935	3	quite	quite	RB
19880	935	4	certain	certain	JJ
19880	935	5	that	that	IN
19880	935	6	in	in	IN
19880	935	7	the	the	DT
19880	935	8	production	production	NN
19880	935	9	of	of	IN
19880	935	10	the	the	DT
19880	935	11	highest	high	JJS
19880	935	12	tones	tone	NNS
19880	935	13	of	of	IN
19880	935	14	a	a	DT
19880	935	15	tenor	tenor	NN
19880	935	16	or	or	CC
19880	935	17	soprano	soprano	NN
19880	935	18	several	several	JJ
19880	935	19	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	935	20	coöperate	coöperate	JJ
19880	935	21	,	,	,
19880	935	22	and	and	CC
19880	935	23	one	one	CD
19880	935	24	,	,	,
19880	935	25	especially	especially	RB
19880	935	26	,	,	,
19880	935	27	seems	seem	VBZ
19880	935	28	to	to	TO
19880	935	29	be	be	VB
19880	935	30	of	of	IN
19880	935	31	great	great	JJ
19880	935	32	importance	importance	NN
19880	935	33	in	in	IN
19880	935	34	the	the	DT
19880	935	35	formation	formation	NN
19880	935	36	of	of	IN
19880	935	37	such	such	JJ
19880	935	38	tones	tone	NNS
19880	935	39	,	,	,
19880	935	40	most	most	JJS
19880	935	41	of	of	IN
19880	935	42	all	all	DT
19880	935	43	,	,	,
19880	935	44	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	935	45	,	,	,
19880	935	46	in	in	IN
19880	935	47	high	high	JJ
19880	935	48	sopranos	soprano	NNS
19880	935	49	.	.	.
19880	936	1	The	the	DT
19880	936	2	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	936	3	referred	refer	VBD
19880	936	4	to	to	IN
19880	936	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	936	6	the	the	DT
19880	936	7	thyro	thyro	NN
19880	936	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	936	9	arytenoid	arytenoid	NN
19880	936	10	already	already	RB
19880	936	11	described	describe	VBN
19880	936	12	.	.	.
19880	937	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	937	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	937	3	not	not	RB
19880	937	4	only	only	RB
19880	937	5	attached	attach	VBN
19880	937	6	to	to	IN
19880	937	7	the	the	DT
19880	937	8	two	two	CD
19880	937	9	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	937	10	indicated	indicate	VBN
19880	937	11	by	by	IN
19880	937	12	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	937	13	name	name	NN
19880	937	14	,	,	,
19880	937	15	but	but	CC
19880	937	16	also	also	RB
19880	937	17	along	along	IN
19880	937	18	the	the	DT
19880	937	19	whole	whole	NN
19880	937	20	of	of	IN
19880	937	21	the	the	DT
19880	937	22	external	external	JJ
19880	937	23	or	or	CC
19880	937	24	outer	outer	JJ
19880	937	25	surface	surface	NN
19880	937	26	of	of	IN
19880	937	27	the	the	DT
19880	937	28	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	937	29	band	band	NN
19880	937	30	.	.	.
19880	938	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	938	2	will	will	MD
19880	938	3	be	be	VB
19880	938	4	remembered	remember	VBN
19880	938	5	that	that	IN
19880	938	6	practically	practically	RB
19880	938	7	all	all	PDT
19880	938	8	the	the	DT
19880	938	9	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	938	10	are	be	VBP
19880	938	11	arranged	arrange	VBN
19880	938	12	in	in	IN
19880	938	13	pairs	pair	NNS
19880	938	14	,	,	,
19880	938	15	one	one	CD
19880	938	16	on	on	IN
19880	938	17	each	each	DT
19880	938	18	side	side	NN
19880	938	19	of	of	IN
19880	938	20	the	the	DT
19880	938	21	middle	middle	JJ
19880	938	22	line	line	NN
19880	938	23	.	.	.
19880	939	1	The	the	DT
19880	939	2	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	939	3	now	now	RB
19880	939	4	under	under	IN
19880	939	5	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	939	6	,	,	,
19880	939	7	more	more	JJR
19880	939	8	,	,	,
19880	939	9	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	939	10	,	,	,
19880	939	11	than	than	IN
19880	939	12	any	any	DT
19880	939	13	other	other	JJ
19880	939	14	,	,	,
19880	939	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	939	16	complex	complex	JJ
19880	939	17	in	in	IN
19880	939	18	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	939	19	action	action	NN
19880	939	20	.	.	.
19880	940	1	Apparently	apparently	RB
19880	940	2	a	a	DT
19880	940	3	very	very	RB
19880	940	4	few	few	JJ
19880	940	5	of	of	IN
19880	940	6	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	940	7	fibres	fibre	NNS
19880	940	8	may	may	MD
19880	940	9	act	act	VB
19880	940	10	more	more	RBR
19880	940	11	or	or	CC
19880	940	12	less	less	RBR
19880	940	13	independently	independently	RB
19880	940	14	of	of	IN
19880	940	15	all	all	PDT
19880	940	16	the	the	DT
19880	940	17	others	other	NNS
19880	940	18	at	at	IN
19880	940	19	a	a	DT
19880	940	20	particular	particular	JJ
19880	940	21	moment	moment	NN
19880	940	22	and	and	CC
19880	940	23	with	with	IN
19880	940	24	a	a	DT
19880	940	25	specific	specific	JJ
19880	940	26	and	and	CC
19880	940	27	very	very	RB
19880	940	28	delicate	delicate	JJ
19880	940	29	result	result	NN
19880	940	30	,	,	,
19880	940	31	a	a	DT
19880	940	32	very	very	RB
19880	940	33	slight	slight	JJ
19880	940	34	change	change	NN
19880	940	35	in	in	IN
19880	940	36	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	940	37	.	.	.
19880	941	1	Exactly	exactly	RB
19880	941	2	how	how	WRB
19880	941	3	this	this	DT
19880	941	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	941	5	attained	attain	VBN
19880	941	6	no	no	DT
19880	941	7	one	one	NN
19880	941	8	has	have	VBZ
19880	941	9	as	as	RB
19880	941	10	yet	yet	RB
19880	941	11	adequately	adequately	RB
19880	941	12	explained	explain	VBN
19880	941	13	;	;	:
19880	941	14	but	but	CC
19880	941	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	941	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	941	17	doubtful	doubtful	JJ
19880	941	18	whether	whether	IN
19880	941	19	any	any	DT
19880	941	20	singer	singer	NN
19880	941	21	who	who	WP
19880	941	22	does	do	VBZ
19880	941	23	not	not	RB
19880	941	24	possess	possess	VB
19880	941	25	a	a	DT
19880	941	26	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	941	27	control	control	NN
19880	941	28	over	over	IN
19880	941	29	this	this	DT
19880	941	30	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	941	31	can	can	MD
19880	941	32	produce	produce	VB
19880	941	33	the	the	DT
19880	941	34	highest	high	JJS
19880	941	35	tones	tone	NNS
19880	941	36	of	of	IN
19880	941	37	the	the	DT
19880	941	38	soprano	soprano	NN
19880	941	39	with	with	IN
19880	941	40	ease	ease	NN
19880	941	41	and	and	CC
19880	941	42	effectiveness	effectiveness	NN
19880	941	43	.	.	.
19880	942	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	942	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	942	3	especially	especially	RB
19880	942	4	the	the	DT
19880	942	5	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	942	6	of	of	IN
19880	942	7	the	the	DT
19880	942	8	human	human	JJ
19880	942	9	birds	bird	NNS
19880	942	10	of	of	IN
19880	942	11	the	the	DT
19880	942	12	higher	high	JJR
19880	942	13	flights	flight	NNS
19880	942	14	.	.	.
19880	943	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	943	2	_	_	NNP
19880	943	3	b	b	NNP
19880	943	4	_	_	NNP
19880	943	5	)	)	-RRB-
19880	943	6	To	to	IN
19880	943	7	these	these	DT
19880	943	8	thyro	thyro	NN
19880	943	9	-	-	HYPH
19880	943	10	arytenoids	arytenoid	NNS
19880	943	11	,	,	,
19880	943	12	which	which	WDT
19880	943	13	for	for	IN
19880	943	14	most	most	JJS
19880	943	15	singers	singer	NNS
19880	943	16	and	and	CC
19880	943	17	all	all	DT
19880	943	18	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	943	19	are	be	VBP
19880	943	20	probably	probably	RB
19880	943	21	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	943	22	relaxing	relax	VBG
19880	943	23	in	in	IN
19880	943	24	action	action	NN
19880	943	25	,	,	,
19880	943	26	must	must	MD
19880	943	27	be	be	VB
19880	943	28	added	add	VBN
19880	943	29	as	as	IN
19880	943	30	aiding	aid	VBG
19880	943	31	in	in	IN
19880	943	32	this	this	DT
19880	943	33	function	function	NN
19880	943	34	another	another	DT
19880	943	35	pair	pair	NN
19880	943	36	,	,	,
19880	943	37	the	the	DT
19880	943	38	_	_	NNP
19880	943	39	lateral	lateral	JJ
19880	943	40	crico	crico	NNP
19880	943	41	-	-	HYPH
19880	943	42	arytenoids	arytenoids	NNP
19880	943	43	_	_	NNP
19880	943	44	.	.	.
19880	944	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	944	2	are	be	VBP
19880	944	3	situated	situate	VBN
19880	944	4	between	between	IN
19880	944	5	the	the	DT
19880	944	6	cricoid	cricoid	NN
19880	944	7	and	and	CC
19880	944	8	arytenoid	arytenoid	JJ
19880	944	9	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	944	10	,	,	,
19880	944	11	and	and	CC
19880	944	12	the	the	DT
19880	944	13	direction	direction	NN
19880	944	14	of	of	IN
19880	944	15	action	action	NN
19880	944	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	944	17	obliquely	obliquely	RB
19880	944	18	from	from	IN
19880	944	19	below	below	RB
19880	944	20	and	and	CC
19880	944	21	forward	forward	RB
19880	944	22	,	,	,
19880	944	23	upward	upward	RB
19880	944	24	,	,	,
19880	944	25	and	and	CC
19880	944	26	backward	backward	RB
19880	944	27	,	,	,
19880	944	28	so	so	IN
19880	944	29	that	that	IN
19880	944	30	the	the	DT
19880	944	31	arytenoids	arytenoid	NNS
19880	944	32	are	be	VBP
19880	944	33	brought	bring	VBN
19880	944	34	forward	forward	RB
19880	944	35	and	and	CC
19880	944	36	also	also	RB
19880	944	37	approximated	approximate	VBD
19880	944	38	more	more	RBR
19880	944	39	or	or	CC
19880	944	40	less	less	RBR
19880	944	41	,	,	,
19880	944	42	which	which	WDT
19880	944	43	involves	involve	VBZ
19880	944	44	relaxed	relaxed	JJ
19880	944	45	tension	tension	NN
19880	944	46	,	,	,
19880	944	47	at	at	IN
19880	944	48	least	least	JJS
19880	944	49	,	,	,
19880	944	50	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	944	51	also	also	RB
19880	944	52	shortening	shorten	VBG
19880	944	53	of	of	IN
19880	944	54	the	the	DT
19880	944	55	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	944	56	bands	band	NNS
19880	944	57	.	.	.
19880	945	1	When	when	WRB
19880	945	2	a	a	DT
19880	945	3	tenor	tenor	NN
19880	945	4	or	or	CC
19880	945	5	soprano	soprano	NN
19880	945	6	singer	singer	NN
19880	945	7	reaches	reach	VBZ
19880	945	8	the	the	DT
19880	945	9	upper	upper	JJ
19880	945	10	tones	tone	NNS
19880	945	11	,	,	,
19880	945	12	say	say	VBP
19880	945	13	about	about	IN
19880	945	14	[	[	-LRB-
19880	945	15	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	945	16	:	:	:
19880	945	17	e	e	LS
19880	945	18	'	'	''
19880	945	19	'	'	``
19880	945	20	f	f	NN
19880	945	21	'	'	''
19880	945	22	'	'	``
19880	945	23	g	g	NN
19880	945	24	'	'	''
19880	945	25	'	'	''
19880	945	26	]	]	-RRB-
19880	945	27	,	,	,
19880	945	28	or	or	CC
19880	945	29	higher	high	JJR
19880	945	30	,	,	,
19880	945	31	there	there	EX
19880	945	32	is	be	VBZ
19880	945	33	considerable	considerable	JJ
19880	945	34	closing	closing	NN
19880	945	35	up	up	RP
19880	945	36	in	in	IN
19880	945	37	the	the	DT
19880	945	38	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	945	39	,	,	,
19880	945	40	much	much	RB
19880	945	41	in	in	IN
19880	945	42	the	the	DT
19880	945	43	way	way	NN
19880	945	44	in	in	IN
19880	945	45	which	which	WDT
19880	945	46	the	the	DT
19880	945	47	parts	part	NNS
19880	945	48	of	of	IN
19880	945	49	the	the	DT
19880	945	50	month	month	NN
19880	945	51	are	be	VBP
19880	945	52	brought	bring	VBN
19880	945	53	together	together	RB
19880	945	54	in	in	IN
19880	945	55	sucking	sucking	NN
19880	945	56	.	.	.
19880	946	1	This	this	DT
19880	946	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	946	3	termed	term	VBN
19880	946	4	_	_	NNP
19880	946	5	sphincter	sphincter	NN
19880	946	6	action	action	NN
19880	946	7	_	_	NNP
19880	946	8	,	,	,
19880	946	9	the	the	DT
19880	946	10	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	946	11	and	and	CC
19880	946	12	the	the	DT
19880	946	13	eyes	eye	NNS
19880	946	14	being	be	VBG
19880	946	15	closed	close	VBN
19880	946	16	by	by	IN
19880	946	17	such	such	JJ
19880	946	18	action	action	NN
19880	946	19	,	,	,
19880	946	20	of	of	IN
19880	946	21	which	which	WDT
19880	946	22	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	946	23	are	be	VBP
19880	946	24	the	the	DT
19880	946	25	most	most	RBS
19880	946	26	easily	easily	RB
19880	946	27	observed	observe	VBN
19880	946	28	examples	example	NNS
19880	946	29	.	.	.
19880	947	1	As	as	IN
19880	947	2	a	a	DT
19880	947	3	result	result	NN
19880	947	4	of	of	IN
19880	947	5	this	this	DT
19880	947	6	squeezing	squeezing	NN
19880	947	7	there	there	EX
19880	947	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	947	9	in	in	IN
19880	947	10	some	some	DT
19880	947	11	cases	case	NNS
19880	947	12	that	that	WDT
19880	947	13	reddening	redden	VBG
19880	947	14	of	of	IN
19880	947	15	the	the	DT
19880	947	16	face	face	NN
19880	947	17	and	and	CC
19880	947	18	that	that	IN
19880	947	19	tightness	tightness	NN
19880	947	20	which	which	WDT
19880	947	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	947	22	often	often	RB
19880	947	23	felt	feel	VBN
19880	947	24	uncomfortably	uncomfortably	RB
19880	947	25	,	,	,
19880	947	26	and	and	CC
19880	947	27	which	which	WDT
19880	947	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	947	29	_	_	NNP
19880	947	30	straining	strain	VBG
19880	947	31	_	_	NNP
19880	947	32	,	,	,
19880	947	33	because	because	IN
19880	947	34	when	when	WRB
19880	947	35	present	present	JJ
19880	947	36	in	in	IN
19880	947	37	more	more	JJR
19880	947	38	than	than	IN
19880	947	39	a	a	DT
19880	947	40	very	very	RB
19880	947	41	slight	slight	JJ
19880	947	42	degree	degree	NN
19880	947	43	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	947	44	is	be	VBZ
19880	947	45	injurious	injurious	JJ
19880	947	46	,	,	,
19880	947	47	owing	owe	VBG
19880	947	48	to	to	IN
19880	947	49	congestion	congestion	NN
19880	947	50	or	or	CC
19880	947	51	accumulation	accumulation	NN
19880	947	52	of	of	IN
19880	947	53	blood	blood	NN
19880	947	54	in	in	IN
19880	947	55	the	the	DT
19880	947	56	blood	blood	NN
19880	947	57	-	-	HYPH
19880	947	58	vessels	vessel	NNS
19880	947	59	,	,	,
19880	947	60	with	with	IN
19880	947	61	all	all	PDT
19880	947	62	the	the	DT
19880	947	63	bad	bad	JJ
19880	947	64	consequences	consequence	NNS
19880	947	65	of	of	IN
19880	947	66	such	such	PDT
19880	947	67	a	a	DT
19880	947	68	state	state	NN
19880	947	69	of	of	IN
19880	947	70	things	thing	NNS
19880	947	71	.	.	.
19880	948	1	When	when	WRB
19880	948	2	the	the	DT
19880	948	3	tightening	tightening	NN
19880	948	4	does	do	VBZ
19880	948	5	not	not	RB
19880	948	6	go	go	VB
19880	948	7	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	948	8	a	a	DT
19880	948	9	certain	certain	JJ
19880	948	10	point	point	NN
19880	948	11	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	948	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	948	13	normal	normal	JJ
19880	948	14	--	--	:
19880	948	15	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	948	16	,	,	,
19880	948	17	such	such	JJ
19880	948	18	sphincter	sphincter	NN
19880	948	19	action	action	NN
19880	948	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	948	21	inevitable	inevitable	JJ
19880	948	22	;	;	:
19880	948	23	but	but	CC
19880	948	24	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	948	25	is	be	VBZ
19880	948	26	the	the	DT
19880	948	27	excess	excess	NN
19880	948	28	which	which	WDT
19880	948	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	948	30	so	so	RB
19880	948	31	common	common	JJ
19880	948	32	in	in	IN
19880	948	33	tenors	tenor	NNS
19880	948	34	and	and	CC
19880	948	35	others	other	NNS
19880	948	36	who	who	WP
19880	948	37	strain	strain	VBP
19880	948	38	for	for	IN
19880	948	39	undue	undue	JJ
19880	948	40	power	power	NN
19880	948	41	,	,	,
19880	948	42	and	and	CC
19880	948	43	to	to	TO
19880	948	44	produce	produce	VB
19880	948	45	tones	tone	NNS
19880	948	46	too	too	RB
19880	948	47	high	high	JJ
19880	948	48	in	in	IN
19880	948	49	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	948	50	for	for	IN
19880	948	51	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	948	52	development	development	NN
19880	948	53	or	or	CC
19880	948	54	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	948	55	method	method	NN
19880	948	56	,	,	,
19880	948	57	which	which	WDT
19880	948	58	is	be	VBZ
19880	948	59	so	so	RB
19880	948	60	disastrous	disastrous	JJ
19880	948	61	to	to	IN
19880	948	62	the	the	DT
19880	948	63	throat	throat	NN
19880	948	64	and	and	CC
19880	948	65	to	to	IN
19880	948	66	the	the	DT
19880	948	67	best	good	JJS
19880	948	68	art	art	NN
19880	948	69	also	also	RB
19880	948	70	.	.	.
19880	949	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	949	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	949	3	:	:	:
19880	949	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	949	5	.	.	.
19880	950	1	33	33	CD
19880	950	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	950	3	Spalteholz	Spalteholz	NNP
19880	950	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	950	5	.	.	.
19880	951	1	Shows	show	VBZ
19880	951	2	various	various	JJ
19880	951	3	structures	structure	NNS
19880	951	4	,	,	,
19880	951	5	and	and	CC
19880	951	6	especially	especially	RB
19880	951	7	well	well	RB
19880	951	8	the	the	DT
19880	951	9	false	false	JJ
19880	951	10	and	and	CC
19880	951	11	the	the	DT
19880	951	12	true	true	JJ
19880	951	13	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	951	14	bands	band	NNS
19880	951	15	,	,	,
19880	951	16	with	with	IN
19880	951	17	the	the	DT
19880	951	18	space	space	NN
19880	951	19	between	between	IN
19880	951	20	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	951	21	(	(	-LRB-
19880	951	22	ventricle	ventricle	NN
19880	951	23	of	of	IN
19880	951	24	Morgagni	Morgagni	NNP
19880	951	25	)	)	-RRB-
19880	951	26	,	,	,
19880	951	27	but	but	CC
19880	951	28	which	which	WDT
19880	951	29	has	have	VBZ
19880	951	30	no	no	DT
19880	951	31	special	special	JJ
19880	951	32	function	function	NN
19880	951	33	in	in	IN
19880	951	34	phonation	phonation	NN
19880	951	35	,	,	,
19880	951	36	unless	unless	IN
19880	951	37	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	951	38	acts	act	VBZ
19880	951	39	as	as	IN
19880	951	40	a	a	DT
19880	951	41	small	small	JJ
19880	951	42	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	951	43	-	-	HYPH
19880	951	44	chamber	chamber	NN
19880	951	45	,	,	,
19880	951	46	which	which	WDT
19880	951	47	is	be	VBZ
19880	951	48	possible	possible	JJ
19880	951	49	.	.	.
19880	952	1	This	this	DT
19880	952	2	space	space	NN
19880	952	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	952	4	a	a	DT
19880	952	5	natural	natural	JJ
19880	952	6	result	result	NN
19880	952	7	of	of	IN
19880	952	8	the	the	DT
19880	952	9	existence	existence	NN
19880	952	10	of	of	IN
19880	952	11	two	two	CD
19880	952	12	pairs	pair	NNS
19880	952	13	of	of	IN
19880	952	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	952	15	bands	band	NNS
19880	952	16	in	in	IN
19880	952	17	such	such	JJ
19880	952	18	close	close	JJ
19880	952	19	proximity	proximity	NN
19880	952	20	.	.	.
19880	952	21	]	]	-RRB-
19880	953	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	953	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	953	3	:	:	:
19880	953	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	953	5	.	.	.
19880	954	1	34	34	CD
19880	954	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	954	3	Spalteholz	Spalteholz	NNP
19880	954	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	954	5	.	.	.
19880	955	1	Parts	part	NNS
19880	955	2	have	have	VBP
19880	955	3	been	be	VBN
19880	955	4	cut	cut	VBN
19880	955	5	away	away	RB
19880	955	6	to	to	TO
19880	955	7	expose	expose	VB
19880	955	8	to	to	TO
19880	955	9	view	view	VB
19880	955	10	the	the	DT
19880	955	11	whole	whole	NN
19880	955	12	of	of	IN
19880	955	13	the	the	DT
19880	955	14	inner	inner	JJ
19880	955	15	surface	surface	NN
19880	955	16	of	of	IN
19880	955	17	the	the	DT
19880	955	18	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	955	19	(	(	-LRB-
19880	955	20	lined	line	VBN
19880	955	21	with	with	IN
19880	955	22	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	955	23	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	955	24	)	)	-RRB-
19880	955	25	.	.	.
19880	956	1	An	an	DT
19880	956	2	excellent	excellent	JJ
19880	956	3	view	view	NN
19880	956	4	of	of	IN
19880	956	5	the	the	DT
19880	956	6	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	956	7	bands	band	NNS
19880	956	8	and	and	CC
19880	956	9	of	of	IN
19880	956	10	the	the	DT
19880	956	11	"	"	``
19880	956	12	ventricle	ventricle	NN
19880	956	13	"	"	''
19880	956	14	of	of	IN
19880	956	15	the	the	DT
19880	956	16	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	956	17	,	,	,
19880	956	18	between	between	IN
19880	956	19	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	956	20	,	,	,
19880	956	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	956	22	afforded	afford	VBN
19880	956	23	.	.	.
19880	956	24	]	]	-RRB-
19880	957	1	When	when	WRB
19880	957	2	the	the	DT
19880	957	3	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	957	4	bands	band	NNS
19880	957	5	are	be	VBP
19880	957	6	in	in	IN
19880	957	7	action	action	NN
19880	957	8	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	957	9	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	957	10	are	be	VBP
19880	957	11	accompanied	accompany	VBN
19880	957	12	by	by	IN
19880	957	13	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19880	957	14	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	957	15	of	of	IN
19880	957	16	the	the	DT
19880	957	17	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	957	18	of	of	IN
19880	957	19	the	the	DT
19880	957	20	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	957	21	--	--	:
19880	957	22	a	a	DT
19880	957	23	fact	fact	NN
19880	957	24	of	of	IN
19880	957	25	which	which	WDT
19880	957	26	any	any	DT
19880	957	27	one	one	NN
19880	957	28	may	may	MD
19880	957	29	convince	convince	VB
19880	957	30	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	957	31	by	by	IN
19880	957	32	laying	lay	VBG
19880	957	33	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	957	34	fingers	finger	NNS
19880	957	35	on	on	IN
19880	957	36	the	the	DT
19880	957	37	upper	upper	JJ
19880	957	38	part	part	NN
19880	957	39	of	of	IN
19880	957	40	the	the	DT
19880	957	41	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	957	42	,	,	,
19880	957	43	especially	especially	RB
19880	957	44	when	when	WRB
19880	957	45	a	a	DT
19880	957	46	low	low	JJ
19880	957	47	and	and	CC
19880	957	48	powerful	powerful	JJ
19880	957	49	tone	tone	NN
19880	957	50	is	be	VBZ
19880	957	51	produced	produce	VBN
19880	957	52	.	.	.
19880	958	1	This	this	DT
19880	958	2	vibration	vibration	NN
19880	958	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	958	4	not	not	RB
19880	958	5	confined	confine	VBN
19880	958	6	to	to	IN
19880	958	7	the	the	DT
19880	958	8	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	958	9	,	,	,
19880	958	10	but	but	CC
19880	958	11	extends	extend	VBZ
19880	958	12	to	to	IN
19880	958	13	other	other	JJ
19880	958	14	parts--_e.g	parts--_e.g	CD
19880	958	15	.	.	.
19880	958	16	_	_	NNP
19880	958	17	,	,	,
19880	958	18	the	the	DT
19880	958	19	chest	chest	NN
19880	958	20	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	958	21	,	,	,
19880	958	22	for	for	IN
19880	958	23	when	when	WRB
19880	958	24	one	one	PRP
19880	958	25	speaks	speak	VBZ
19880	958	26	or	or	CC
19880	958	27	sings	sing	VBZ
19880	958	28	a	a	DT
19880	958	29	distinct	distinct	JJ
19880	958	30	vibration	vibration	NN
19880	958	31	of	of	IN
19880	958	32	the	the	DT
19880	958	33	chest	chest	NN
19880	958	34	walls	wall	NNS
19880	958	35	can	can	MD
19880	958	36	be	be	VB
19880	958	37	felt	feel	VBN
19880	958	38	,	,	,
19880	958	39	though	though	IN
19880	958	40	the	the	DT
19880	958	41	extent	extent	NN
19880	958	42	to	to	TO
19880	958	43	which	which	WDT
19880	958	44	this	this	DT
19880	958	45	is	be	VBZ
19880	958	46	present	present	JJ
19880	958	47	is	be	VBZ
19880	958	48	very	very	RB
19880	958	49	variable	variable	JJ
19880	958	50	in	in	IN
19880	958	51	different	different	JJ
19880	958	52	persons	person	NNS
19880	958	53	.	.	.
19880	959	1	As	as	IN
19880	959	2	an	an	DT
19880	959	3	ascending	ascend	VBG
19880	959	4	scale	scale	NN
19880	959	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	959	6	sung	sing	VBN
19880	959	7	the	the	DT
19880	959	8	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	959	9	can	can	MD
19880	959	10	be	be	VB
19880	959	11	felt	feel	VBN
19880	959	12	(	(	-LRB-
19880	959	13	by	by	IN
19880	959	14	the	the	DT
19880	959	15	fingers	finger	NNS
19880	959	16	)	)	-RRB-
19880	959	17	to	to	TO
19880	959	18	rise	rise	VB
19880	959	19	,	,	,
19880	959	20	and	and	CC
19880	959	21	the	the	DT
19880	959	22	reverse	reverse	NN
19880	959	23	as	as	IN
19880	959	24	the	the	DT
19880	959	25	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	959	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	959	27	lowered	lower	VBN
19880	959	28	.	.	.
19880	960	1	This	this	DT
19880	960	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	960	3	due	due	JJ
19880	960	4	partly	partly	RB
19880	960	5	to	to	IN
19880	960	6	the	the	DT
19880	960	7	action	action	NN
19880	960	8	of	of	IN
19880	960	9	those	those	DT
19880	960	10	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	960	11	attached	attach	VBN
19880	960	12	to	to	IN
19880	960	13	the	the	DT
19880	960	14	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	960	15	which	which	WDT
19880	960	16	are	be	VBP
19880	960	17	not	not	RB
19880	960	18	connected	connect	VBN
19880	960	19	with	with	IN
19880	960	20	the	the	DT
19880	960	21	movements	movement	NNS
19880	960	22	of	of	IN
19880	960	23	the	the	DT
19880	960	24	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	960	25	bands	band	NNS
19880	960	26	,	,	,
19880	960	27	and	and	CC
19880	960	28	partly	partly	RB
19880	960	29	to	to	IN
19880	960	30	the	the	DT
19880	960	31	influence	influence	NN
19880	960	32	of	of	IN
19880	960	33	the	the	DT
19880	960	34	expiratory	expiratory	NN
19880	960	35	air	air	NN
19880	960	36	-	-	HYPH
19880	960	37	blast	blast	NN
19880	960	38	.	.	.
19880	961	1	The	the	DT
19880	961	2	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	961	3	,	,	,
19880	961	4	partially	partially	RB
19880	961	5	closed	close	VBD
19880	961	6	as	as	IN
19880	961	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	961	8	must	must	MD
19880	961	9	be	be	VB
19880	961	10	in	in	IN
19880	961	11	phonation	phonation	NN
19880	961	12	,	,	,
19880	961	13	presents	present	VBZ
19880	961	14	considerable	considerable	JJ
19880	961	15	resistance	resistance	NN
19880	961	16	to	to	IN
19880	961	17	the	the	DT
19880	961	18	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19880	961	19	stream	stream	NN
19880	961	20	of	of	IN
19880	961	21	air	air	NN
19880	961	22	,	,	,
19880	961	23	hence	hence	RB
19880	961	24	the	the	DT
19880	961	25	upward	upward	JJ
19880	961	26	movement	movement	NN
19880	961	27	of	of	IN
19880	961	28	the	the	DT
19880	961	29	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	961	30	when	when	WRB
19880	961	31	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	961	32	is	be	VBZ
19880	961	33	left	leave	VBN
19880	961	34	free	free	JJ
19880	961	35	,	,	,
19880	961	36	and	and	CC
19880	961	37	not	not	RB
19880	961	38	held	hold	VBN
19880	961	39	down	down	RP
19880	961	40	by	by	IN
19880	961	41	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	961	42	action	action	NN
19880	961	43	.	.	.
19880	962	1	In	in	IN
19880	962	2	singing	singe	VBG
19880	962	3	and	and	CC
19880	962	4	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	962	5	the	the	DT
19880	962	6	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	962	7	should	should	MD
19880	962	8	be	be	VB
19880	962	9	steadied	steady	VBN
19880	962	10	,	,	,
19880	962	11	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	962	12	the	the	DT
19880	962	13	"	"	``
19880	962	14	attack	attack	NN
19880	962	15	,	,	,
19880	962	16	"	"	''
19880	962	17	or	or	CC
19880	962	18	application	application	NN
19880	962	19	of	of	IN
19880	962	20	the	the	DT
19880	962	21	air	air	NN
19880	962	22	-	-	HYPH
19880	962	23	blast	blast	NN
19880	962	24	to	to	IN
19880	962	25	the	the	DT
19880	962	26	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	962	27	bands	band	NNS
19880	962	28	,	,	,
19880	962	29	can	can	MD
19880	962	30	not	not	RB
19880	962	31	be	be	VB
19880	962	32	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	962	33	.	.	.
19880	963	1	On	on	IN
19880	963	2	the	the	DT
19880	963	3	other	other	JJ
19880	963	4	hand	hand	NN
19880	963	5	,	,	,
19880	963	6	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	963	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	963	8	obviously	obviously	RB
19880	963	9	incorrect	incorrect	JJ
19880	963	10	to	to	TO
19880	963	11	attempt	attempt	VB
19880	963	12	to	to	TO
19880	963	13	hold	hold	VB
19880	963	14	the	the	DT
19880	963	15	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	963	16	always	always	RB
19880	963	17	in	in	IN
19880	963	18	the	the	DT
19880	963	19	same	same	JJ
19880	963	20	position	position	NN
19880	963	21	.	.	.
19880	964	1	Holding	hold	VBG
19880	964	2	down	down	RP
19880	964	3	this	this	DT
19880	964	4	organ	organ	NN
19880	964	5	by	by	IN
19880	964	6	main	main	JJ
19880	964	7	force	force	NN
19880	964	8	,	,	,
19880	964	9	as	as	IN
19880	964	10	in	in	IN
19880	964	11	the	the	DT
19880	964	12	production	production	NN
19880	964	13	of	of	IN
19880	964	14	the	the	DT
19880	964	15	so	so	RB
19880	964	16	-	-	HYPH
19880	964	17	called	call	VBN
19880	964	18	"	"	``
19880	964	19	straw	straw	NN
19880	964	20	bass	bass	NN
19880	964	21	,	,	,
19880	964	22	"	"	''
19880	964	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	964	24	one	one	CD
19880	964	25	of	of	IN
19880	964	26	the	the	DT
19880	964	27	surest	sure	JJS
19880	964	28	methods	method	NNS
19880	964	29	of	of	IN
19880	964	30	producing	produce	VBG
19880	964	31	congestion	congestion	NN
19880	964	32	and	and	CC
19880	964	33	consequent	consequent	NN
19880	964	34	disorders	disorder	NNS
19880	964	35	of	of	IN
19880	964	36	the	the	DT
19880	964	37	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	964	38	organs	organ	NNS
19880	964	39	;	;	,
19880	964	40	and	and	CC
19880	964	41	the	the	DT
19880	964	42	author	author	NN
19880	964	43	wishes	wish	VBZ
19880	964	44	to	to	TO
19880	964	45	warn	warn	VB
19880	964	46	all	all	DT
19880	964	47	voice	voice	NN
19880	964	48	-	-	HYPH
19880	964	49	producers	producer	NNS
19880	964	50	against	against	IN
19880	964	51	such	such	JJ
19880	964	52	unnatural	unnatural	JJ
19880	964	53	practices	practice	NNS
19880	964	54	.	.	.
19880	965	1	Students	student	NNS
19880	965	2	of	of	IN
19880	965	3	elocution	elocution	NN
19880	965	4	and	and	CC
19880	965	5	young	young	JJ
19880	965	6	actors	actor	NNS
19880	965	7	often	often	RB
19880	965	8	sin	sin	VBP
19880	965	9	in	in	IN
19880	965	10	a	a	DT
19880	965	11	similar	similar	JJ
19880	965	12	way	way	NN
19880	965	13	,	,	,
19880	965	14	and	and	CC
19880	965	15	"	"	``
19880	965	16	clergyman	clergyman	NNP
19880	965	17	's	's	POS
19880	965	18	sore	sore	JJ
19880	965	19	throat	throat	NN
19880	965	20	"	"	''
19880	965	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	965	22	almost	almost	RB
19880	965	23	always	always	RB
19880	965	24	due	due	JJ
19880	965	25	to	to	IN
19880	965	26	this	this	DT
19880	965	27	or	or	CC
19880	965	28	some	some	DT
19880	965	29	similar	similar	JJ
19880	965	30	misuse	misuse	NN
19880	965	31	of	of	IN
19880	965	32	the	the	DT
19880	965	33	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	965	34	organs	organ	NNS
19880	965	35	.	.	.
19880	966	1	One	one	PRP
19880	966	2	's	's	POS
19880	966	3	own	own	JJ
19880	966	4	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	966	5	and	and	CC
19880	966	6	common	common	JJ
19880	966	7	sense	sense	NN
19880	966	8	should	should	MD
19880	966	9	never	never	RB
19880	966	10	be	be	VB
19880	966	11	disregarded	disregard	VBN
19880	966	12	,	,	,
19880	966	13	however	however	RB
19880	966	14	eminent	eminent	JJ
19880	966	15	the	the	DT
19880	966	16	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	966	17	who	who	WP
19880	966	18	recommends	recommend	VBZ
19880	966	19	unphysiological	unphysiological	JJ
19880	966	20	methods	method	NNS
19880	966	21	.	.	.
19880	967	1	PRACTICAL	PRACTICAL	NNP
19880	967	2	CONSIDERATIONS	CONSIDERATIONS	NNP
19880	967	3	.	.	.
19880	968	1	When	when	WRB
19880	968	2	the	the	DT
19880	968	3	student	student	NN
19880	968	4	has	have	VBZ
19880	968	5	read	read	VBN
19880	968	6	the	the	DT
19880	968	7	above	above	JJ
19880	968	8	description	description	NN
19880	968	9	of	of	IN
19880	968	10	the	the	DT
19880	968	11	structure	structure	NN
19880	968	12	and	and	CC
19880	968	13	functions	function	NNS
19880	968	14	of	of	IN
19880	968	15	the	the	DT
19880	968	16	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	968	17	,	,	,
19880	968	18	and	and	CC
19880	968	19	studied	study	VBD
19880	968	20	the	the	DT
19880	968	21	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19880	968	22	well	well	RB
19880	968	23	,	,	,
19880	968	24	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	968	25	will	will	MD
19880	968	26	be	be	VB
19880	968	27	prepared	prepare	VBN
19880	968	28	to	to	TO
19880	968	29	deal	deal	VB
19880	968	30	with	with	IN
19880	968	31	the	the	DT
19880	968	32	subject	subject	NN
19880	968	33	in	in	IN
19880	968	34	a	a	DT
19880	968	35	practical	practical	JJ
19880	968	36	manner	manner	NN
19880	968	37	,	,	,
19880	968	38	and	and	CC
19880	968	39	without	without	IN
19880	968	40	that	that	IN
19880	968	41	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	968	42	is	be	VBZ
19880	968	43	feared	fear	VBN
19880	968	44	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	968	45	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	968	46	will	will	MD
19880	968	47	remain	remain	VB
19880	968	48	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	968	49	hazy	hazy	JJ
19880	968	50	.	.	.
19880	969	1	First	first	RB
19880	969	2	of	of	IN
19880	969	3	all	all	DT
19880	969	4	,	,	,
19880	969	5	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	969	6	should	should	MD
19880	969	7	try	try	VB
19880	969	8	to	to	TO
19880	969	9	find	find	VB
19880	969	10	the	the	DT
19880	969	11	parts	part	NNS
19880	969	12	mentioned	mention	VBN
19880	969	13	in	in	IN
19880	969	14	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	969	15	own	own	JJ
19880	969	16	person	person	NN
19880	969	17	,	,	,
19880	969	18	following	follow	VBG
19880	969	19	this	this	DT
19880	969	20	up	up	RP
19880	969	21	by	by	IN
19880	969	22	examinations	examination	NNS
19880	969	23	of	of	IN
19880	969	24	others	other	NNS
19880	969	25	,	,	,
19880	969	26	for	for	IN
19880	969	27	which	which	WDT
19880	969	28	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	969	29	children	child	NNS
19880	969	30	make	make	VBP
19880	969	31	good	good	JJ
19880	969	32	subjects	subject	NNS
19880	969	33	,	,	,
19880	969	34	as	as	IN
19880	969	35	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	969	36	have	have	VBP
19880	969	37	usually	usually	RB
19880	969	38	necks	neck	NNS
19880	969	39	that	that	WDT
19880	969	40	are	be	VBP
19880	969	41	not	not	RB
19880	969	42	too	too	RB
19880	969	43	deeply	deeply	RB
19880	969	44	padded	pad	VBN
19880	969	45	with	with	IN
19880	969	46	fat	fat	NN
19880	969	47	,	,	,
19880	969	48	and	and	CC
19880	969	49	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	969	50	may	may	MD
19880	969	51	be	be	VB
19880	969	52	easily	easily	RB
19880	969	53	led	lead	VBN
19880	969	54	to	to	TO
19880	969	55	take	take	VB
19880	969	56	the	the	DT
19880	969	57	examinations	examination	NNS
19880	969	58	as	as	IN
19880	969	59	a	a	DT
19880	969	60	sort	sort	NN
19880	969	61	of	of	IN
19880	969	62	fun	fun	NN
19880	969	63	.	.	.
19880	970	1	From	from	IN
19880	970	2	above	above	IN
19880	970	3	downward	downward	JJ
19880	970	4	one	one	CD
19880	970	5	feels	feel	VBZ
19880	970	6	in	in	IN
19880	970	7	the	the	DT
19880	970	8	middle	middle	JJ
19880	970	9	line	line	NN
19880	970	10	the	the	DT
19880	970	11	parts	part	NNS
19880	970	12	in	in	IN
19880	970	13	the	the	DT
19880	970	14	order	order	NN
19880	970	15	previously	previously	RB
19880	970	16	mentioned	mention	VBN
19880	970	17	,	,	,
19880	970	18	beginning	begin	VBG
19880	970	19	with	with	IN
19880	970	20	the	the	DT
19880	970	21	hyoid	hyoid	NN
19880	970	22	bone	bone	NN
19880	970	23	.	.	.
19880	971	1	One	one	PRP
19880	971	2	may	may	MD
19880	971	3	learn	learn	VB
19880	971	4	that	that	IN
19880	971	5	the	the	DT
19880	971	6	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	971	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	971	8	movable	movable	JJ
19880	971	9	and	and	CC
19880	971	10	yielding	yielding	JJ
19880	971	11	,	,	,
19880	971	12	a	a	DT
19880	971	13	hard	hard	JJ
19880	971	14	structure	structure	NN
19880	971	15	covered	cover	VBN
19880	971	16	with	with	IN
19880	971	17	softer	soft	JJR
19880	971	18	tissues	tissue	NNS
19880	971	19	,	,	,
19880	971	20	but	but	CC
19880	971	21	what	what	WP
19880	971	22	these	these	DT
19880	971	23	are	be	VBP
19880	971	24	,	,	,
19880	971	25	and	and	CC
19880	971	26	much	much	RB
19880	971	27	more	more	JJR
19880	971	28	,	,	,
19880	971	29	can	can	MD
19880	971	30	only	only	RB
19880	971	31	be	be	VB
19880	971	32	learned	learn	VBN
19880	971	33	by	by	IN
19880	971	34	examination	examination	NN
19880	971	35	of	of	IN
19880	971	36	the	the	DT
19880	971	37	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	971	38	after	after	IN
19880	971	39	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	971	40	has	have	VBZ
19880	971	41	been	be	VBN
19880	971	42	removed	remove	VBN
19880	971	43	from	from	IN
19880	971	44	some	some	DT
19880	971	45	animal	animal	NN
19880	971	46	.	.	.
19880	972	1	Every	every	DT
19880	972	2	butcher	butcher	NN
19880	972	3	can	can	MD
19880	972	4	provide	provide	VB
19880	972	5	the	the	DT
19880	972	6	material	material	NN
19880	972	7	for	for	IN
19880	972	8	getting	get	VBG
19880	972	9	a	a	DT
19880	972	10	sound	sound	JJ
19880	972	11	,	,	,
19880	972	12	practical	practical	JJ
19880	972	13	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	972	14	of	of	IN
19880	972	15	the	the	DT
19880	972	16	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	972	17	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	972	18	.	.	.
19880	973	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	973	2	may	may	MD
19880	973	3	be	be	VB
19880	973	4	asked	ask	VBN
19880	973	5	to	to	TO
19880	973	6	supply	supply	VB
19880	973	7	the	the	DT
19880	973	8	following	follow	VBG
19880	973	9	:	:	:
19880	973	10	1	1	CD
19880	973	11	.	.	.
19880	974	1	A	a	DT
19880	974	2	pig	pig	NN
19880	974	3	's	's	POS
19880	974	4	"	"	``
19880	974	5	pluck"--_i.e	pluck"--_i.e	NNP
19880	974	6	.	.	.
19880	974	7	_	_	NNP
19880	974	8	,	,	,
19880	974	9	the	the	DT
19880	974	10	"	"	``
19880	974	11	lights	light	NNS
19880	974	12	,	,	,
19880	974	13	"	"	''
19880	974	14	or	or	CC
19880	974	15	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	974	16	,	,	,
19880	974	17	with	with	IN
19880	974	18	the	the	DT
19880	974	19	windpipe	windpipe	NN
19880	974	20	attached	attach	VBN
19880	974	21	.	.	.
19880	975	1	The	the	DT
19880	975	2	liver	liver	NN
19880	975	3	,	,	,
19880	975	4	heart	heart	NN
19880	975	5	,	,	,
19880	975	6	etc	etc	FW
19880	975	7	.	.	.
19880	975	8	,	,	,
19880	975	9	are	be	VBP
19880	975	10	not	not	RB
19880	975	11	required	require	VBN
19880	975	12	,	,	,
19880	975	13	though	though	RB
19880	975	14	to	to	TO
19880	975	15	observe	observe	VB
19880	975	16	the	the	DT
19880	975	17	relations	relation	NNS
19880	975	18	of	of	IN
19880	975	19	the	the	DT
19880	975	20	circulatory	circulatory	JJ
19880	975	21	system--_i.e	system--_i.e	NN
19880	975	22	.	.	.
19880	975	23	_	_	NNP
19880	975	24	,	,	,
19880	975	25	the	the	DT
19880	975	26	heart	heart	NN
19880	975	27	and	and	CC
19880	975	28	large	large	JJ
19880	975	29	blood	blood	NN
19880	975	30	-	-	HYPH
19880	975	31	vessels	vessel	NNS
19880	975	32	--	--	:
19880	975	33	to	to	IN
19880	975	34	the	the	DT
19880	975	35	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	975	36	system	system	NN
19880	975	37	will	will	MD
19880	975	38	be	be	VB
19880	975	39	time	time	NN
19880	975	40	well	well	RB
19880	975	41	spent	spend	VBN
19880	975	42	.	.	.
19880	976	1	Unless	unless	IN
19880	976	2	special	special	JJ
19880	976	3	instructions	instruction	NNS
19880	976	4	are	be	VBP
19880	976	5	given	give	VBN
19880	976	6	,	,	,
19880	976	7	the	the	DT
19880	976	8	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	976	9	,	,	,
19880	976	10	which	which	WDT
19880	976	11	the	the	DT
19880	976	12	butcher	butcher	NN
19880	976	13	may	may	MD
19880	976	14	term	term	VB
19880	976	15	the	the	DT
19880	976	16	"	"	``
19880	976	17	weezend	weezend	NN
19880	976	18	,	,	,
19880	976	19	"	"	''
19880	976	20	may	may	MD
19880	976	21	be	be	VB
19880	976	22	lacking	lack	VBG
19880	976	23	or	or	CC
19880	976	24	mutilated	mutilate	VBN
19880	976	25	.	.	.
19880	977	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	977	2	should	should	MD
19880	977	3	be	be	VB
19880	977	4	explained	explain	VBN
19880	977	5	that	that	IN
19880	977	6	this	this	DT
19880	977	7	organ	organ	NN
19880	977	8	,	,	,
19880	977	9	with	with	IN
19880	977	10	a	a	DT
19880	977	11	part	part	NN
19880	977	12	of	of	IN
19880	977	13	the	the	DT
19880	977	14	windpipe	windpipe	NN
19880	977	15	and	and	CC
19880	977	16	the	the	DT
19880	977	17	extreme	extreme	JJ
19880	977	18	back	back	JJ
19880	977	19	part	part	NN
19880	977	20	of	of	IN
19880	977	21	the	the	DT
19880	977	22	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	977	23	,	,	,
19880	977	24	and	and	CC
19880	977	25	all	all	RB
19880	977	26	below	below	IN
19880	977	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	977	28	,	,	,
19880	977	29	are	be	VBP
19880	977	30	required	require	VBN
19880	977	31	.	.	.
19880	978	1	For	for	IN
19880	978	2	one	one	CD
19880	978	3	sitting	sit	VBG
19880	978	4	this	this	DT
19880	978	5	single	single	JJ
19880	978	6	"	"	``
19880	978	7	pluck	pluck	NN
19880	978	8	"	"	''
19880	978	9	will	will	MD
19880	978	10	suffice	suffice	VB
19880	978	11	,	,	,
19880	978	12	as	as	IN
19880	978	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	978	14	will	will	MD
19880	978	15	serve	serve	VB
19880	978	16	for	for	IN
19880	978	17	a	a	DT
19880	978	18	general	general	JJ
19880	978	19	examination	examination	NN
19880	978	20	.	.	.
19880	979	1	The	the	DT
19880	979	2	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	979	3	may	may	MD
19880	979	4	be	be	VB
19880	979	5	dilated	dilate	VBN
19880	979	6	by	by	IN
19880	979	7	inserting	insert	VBG
19880	979	8	a	a	DT
19880	979	9	tube	tube	NN
19880	979	10	into	into	IN
19880	979	11	the	the	DT
19880	979	12	windpipe	windpipe	NN
19880	979	13	,	,	,
19880	979	14	tying	tie	VBG
19880	979	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	979	16	in	in	IN
19880	979	17	position	position	NN
19880	979	18	,	,	,
19880	979	19	and	and	CC
19880	979	20	blowing	blow	VBG
19880	979	21	into	into	IN
19880	979	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	979	23	with	with	IN
19880	979	24	greater	great	JJR
19880	979	25	or	or	CC
19880	979	26	less	less	JJR
19880	979	27	force	force	NN
19880	979	28	.	.	.
19880	980	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	980	2	should	should	MD
19880	980	3	be	be	VB
19880	980	4	especially	especially	RB
19880	980	5	observed	observe	VBN
19880	980	6	how	how	WRB
19880	980	7	suddenly	suddenly	RB
19880	980	8	the	the	DT
19880	980	9	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	980	10	collapse	collapse	VBP
19880	980	11	when	when	WRB
19880	980	12	the	the	DT
19880	980	13	breath	breath	NN
19880	980	14	force	force	NN
19880	980	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	980	16	removed	remove	VBN
19880	980	17	,	,	,
19880	980	18	as	as	IN
19880	980	19	this	this	DT
19880	980	20	illustrates	illustrate	VBZ
19880	980	21	well	well	VBP
19880	980	22	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	980	23	_	_	NNP
19880	980	24	elasticity	elasticity	NN
19880	980	25	_	_	NNP
19880	980	26	.	.	.
19880	981	1	By	by	IN
19880	981	2	cutting	cut	VBG
19880	981	3	through	through	IN
19880	981	4	the	the	DT
19880	981	5	windpipe	windpipe	NN
19880	981	6	lengthwise	lengthwise	RB
19880	981	7	and	and	CC
19880	981	8	following	follow	VBG
19880	981	9	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	981	10	downward	downward	RB
19880	981	11	one	one	PRP
19880	981	12	learns	learn	VBZ
19880	981	13	how	how	WRB
19880	981	14	numerous	numerous	JJ
19880	981	15	are	be	VBP
19880	981	16	the	the	DT
19880	981	17	branches	branch	NNS
19880	981	18	of	of	IN
19880	981	19	the	the	DT
19880	981	20	bronchial	bronchial	JJ
19880	981	21	tree	tree	NN
19880	981	22	,	,	,
19880	981	23	etc	etc	FW
19880	981	24	.	.	.
19880	982	1	For	for	IN
19880	982	2	a	a	DT
19880	982	3	second	second	JJ
19880	982	4	sitting	sit	VBG
19880	982	5	one	one	PRP
19880	982	6	should	should	MD
19880	982	7	secure	secure	VB
19880	982	8	at	at	RB
19880	982	9	least	least	RBS
19880	982	10	two	two	CD
19880	982	11	specimens	specimen	NNS
19880	982	12	of	of	IN
19880	982	13	the	the	DT
19880	982	14	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	982	15	of	of	IN
19880	982	16	the	the	DT
19880	982	17	pig	pig	NN
19880	982	18	or	or	CC
19880	982	19	sheep	sheep	NNS
19880	982	20	,	,	,
19880	982	21	though	though	IN
19880	982	22	the	the	DT
19880	982	23	former	former	JJ
19880	982	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	982	25	more	more	JJR
19880	982	26	like	like	IN
19880	982	27	the	the	DT
19880	982	28	human	human	NN
19880	982	29	,	,	,
19880	982	30	and	and	CC
19880	982	31	so	so	RB
19880	982	32	the	the	DT
19880	982	33	better	well	JJR
19880	982	34	on	on	IN
19880	982	35	the	the	DT
19880	982	36	whole	whole	NN
19880	982	37	.	.	.
19880	983	1	A	a	DT
19880	983	2	case	case	NN
19880	983	3	of	of	IN
19880	983	4	dissecting	dissect	VBG
19880	983	5	instruments	instrument	NNS
19880	983	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	983	7	not	not	RB
19880	983	8	essential	essential	JJ
19880	983	9	;	;	:
19880	983	10	a	a	DT
19880	983	11	sharp	sharp	JJ
19880	983	12	pocket	pocket	NN
19880	983	13	-	-	HYPH
19880	983	14	knife	knife	NN
19880	983	15	will	will	MD
19880	983	16	serve	serve	VB
19880	983	17	the	the	DT
19880	983	18	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	983	19	.	.	.
19880	984	1	In	in	IN
19880	984	2	order	order	NN
19880	984	3	that	that	IN
19880	984	4	the	the	DT
19880	984	5	student	student	NN
19880	984	6	may	may	MD
19880	984	7	have	have	VB
19880	984	8	a	a	DT
19880	984	9	clear	clear	JJ
19880	984	10	idea	idea	NN
19880	984	11	of	of	IN
19880	984	12	the	the	DT
19880	984	13	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	984	14	,	,	,
19880	984	15	all	all	PDT
19880	984	16	the	the	DT
19880	984	17	soft	soft	JJ
19880	984	18	tissues	tissue	NNS
19880	984	19	must	must	MD
19880	984	20	be	be	VB
19880	984	21	cut	cut	VBN
19880	984	22	or	or	CC
19880	984	23	scraped	scrape	VBN
19880	984	24	away	away	RB
19880	984	25	.	.	.
19880	985	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	985	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	985	3	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	985	4	to	to	TO
19880	985	5	exercise	exercise	VB
19880	985	6	great	great	JJ
19880	985	7	care	care	NN
19880	985	8	,	,	,
19880	985	9	or	or	CC
19880	985	10	the	the	DT
19880	985	11	membranes	membrane	NNS
19880	985	12	connecting	connect	VBG
19880	985	13	the	the	DT
19880	985	14	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	985	15	together	together	RB
19880	985	16	will	will	MD
19880	985	17	be	be	VB
19880	985	18	cut	cut	VBN
19880	985	19	through	through	RB
19880	985	20	;	;	:
19880	985	21	and	and	CC
19880	985	22	on	on	IN
19880	985	23	the	the	DT
19880	985	24	other	other	JJ
19880	985	25	hand	hand	NN
19880	985	26	,	,	,
19880	985	27	unless	unless	IN
19880	985	28	the	the	DT
19880	985	29	work	work	NN
19880	985	30	in	in	IN
19880	985	31	the	the	DT
19880	985	32	neighborhood	neighborhood	NN
19880	985	33	of	of	IN
19880	985	34	the	the	DT
19880	985	35	arytenoids	arytenoid	NNS
19880	985	36	be	be	VB
19880	985	37	cautiously	cautiously	RB
19880	985	38	done	do	VBN
19880	985	39	,	,	,
19880	985	40	these	these	DT
19880	985	41	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	985	42	may	may	MD
19880	985	43	be	be	VB
19880	985	44	injured	injure	VBN
19880	985	45	,	,	,
19880	985	46	and	and	CC
19880	985	47	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	985	48	is	be	VBZ
19880	985	49	most	most	RBS
19880	985	50	important	important	JJ
19880	985	51	that	that	IN
19880	985	52	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	985	53	swivel	swivel	NN
19880	985	54	-	-	HYPH
19880	985	55	like	like	JJ
19880	985	56	action	action	NN
19880	985	57	and	and	CC
19880	985	58	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	985	59	relations	relation	NNS
19880	985	60	to	to	IN
19880	985	61	the	the	DT
19880	985	62	true	true	JJ
19880	985	63	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	985	64	bands	band	NNS
19880	985	65	be	be	VB
19880	985	66	observed	observe	VBN
19880	985	67	.	.	.
19880	986	1	The	the	DT
19880	986	2	glottic	glottic	JJ
19880	986	3	chink	chink	NN
19880	986	4	can	can	MD
19880	986	5	be	be	VB
19880	986	6	seen	see	VBN
19880	986	7	from	from	IN
19880	986	8	above	above	IN
19880	986	9	or	or	CC
19880	986	10	below	below	RB
19880	986	11	,	,	,
19880	986	12	and	and	CC
19880	986	13	should	should	MD
19880	986	14	be	be	VB
19880	986	15	observed	observe	VBN
19880	986	16	from	from	IN
19880	986	17	both	both	DT
19880	986	18	view	view	NN
19880	986	19	-	-	HYPH
19880	986	20	points	point	NNS
19880	986	21	.	.	.
19880	987	1	Its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	987	2	margins	margin	NNS
19880	987	3	are	be	VBP
19880	987	4	formed	form	VBN
19880	987	5	by	by	IN
19880	987	6	the	the	DT
19880	987	7	true	true	JJ
19880	987	8	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	987	9	bands	band	NNS
19880	987	10	.	.	.
19880	988	1	Then	then	RB
19880	988	2	,	,	,
19880	988	3	with	with	IN
19880	988	4	the	the	DT
19880	988	5	figures	figure	NNS
19880	988	6	before	before	IN
19880	988	7	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	988	8	,	,	,
19880	988	9	the	the	DT
19880	988	10	student	student	NN
19880	988	11	should	should	MD
19880	988	12	endeavor	endeavor	VB
19880	988	13	to	to	TO
19880	988	14	isolate	isolate	VB
19880	988	15	each	each	DT
19880	988	16	of	of	IN
19880	988	17	the	the	DT
19880	988	18	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	988	19	described	describe	VBN
19880	988	20	.	.	.
19880	989	1	The	the	DT
19880	989	2	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	989	3	can	can	MD
19880	989	4	always	always	RB
19880	989	5	be	be	VB
19880	989	6	recognized	recognize	VBN
19880	989	7	by	by	IN
19880	989	8	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	989	9	red	red	JJ
19880	989	10	color	color	NN
19880	989	11	,	,	,
19880	989	12	but	but	CC
19880	989	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	989	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	989	15	to	to	TO
19880	989	16	be	be	VB
19880	989	17	remembered	remember	VBN
19880	989	18	that	that	IN
19880	989	19	those	those	DT
19880	989	20	on	on	IN
19880	989	21	the	the	DT
19880	989	22	inner	inner	JJ
19880	989	23	surface	surface	NN
19880	989	24	of	of	IN
19880	989	25	the	the	DT
19880	989	26	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	989	27	,	,	,
19880	989	28	such	such	JJ
19880	989	29	as	as	IN
19880	989	30	the	the	DT
19880	989	31	crico	crico	NNP
19880	989	32	-	-	HYPH
19880	989	33	arytenoid	arytenoid	NNP
19880	989	34	,	,	,
19880	989	35	are	be	VBP
19880	989	36	covered	cover	VBN
19880	989	37	with	with	IN
19880	989	38	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	989	39	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	989	40	,	,	,
19880	989	41	which	which	WDT
19880	989	42	after	after	IN
19880	989	43	death	death	NN
19880	989	44	is	be	VBZ
19880	989	45	very	very	RB
19880	989	46	pale	pale	JJ
19880	989	47	.	.	.
19880	990	1	This	this	DT
19880	990	2	can	can	MD
19880	990	3	by	by	IN
19880	990	4	careful	careful	JJ
19880	990	5	dissection	dissection	NN
19880	990	6	be	be	VB
19880	990	7	removed	remove	VBN
19880	990	8	,	,	,
19880	990	9	and	and	CC
19880	990	10	if	if	IN
19880	990	11	in	in	IN
19880	990	12	doing	do	VBG
19880	990	13	this	this	DT
19880	990	14	a	a	DT
19880	990	15	small	small	JJ
19880	990	16	pair	pair	NN
19880	990	17	of	of	IN
19880	990	18	forceps	forceps	NNS
19880	990	19	be	be	VB
19880	990	20	employed	employ	VBN
19880	990	21	,	,	,
19880	990	22	the	the	DT
19880	990	23	work	work	NN
19880	990	24	will	will	MD
19880	990	25	be	be	VB
19880	990	26	greatly	greatly	RB
19880	990	27	facilitated	facilitate	VBN
19880	990	28	.	.	.
19880	991	1	One	one	PRP
19880	991	2	must	must	MD
19880	991	3	be	be	VB
19880	991	4	very	very	RB
19880	991	5	skilful	skilful	JJ
19880	991	6	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	991	7	if	if	IN
19880	991	8	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	991	9	would	would	MD
19880	991	10	get	get	VB
19880	991	11	all	all	PDT
19880	991	12	the	the	DT
19880	991	13	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	991	14	"	"	``
19880	991	15	out	out	RB
19880	991	16	,	,	,
19880	991	17	"	"	''
19880	991	18	or	or	CC
19880	991	19	well	well	RB
19880	991	20	exposed	expose	VBN
19880	991	21	to	to	TO
19880	991	22	view	view	VB
19880	991	23	as	as	IN
19880	991	24	individuals	individual	NNS
19880	991	25	,	,	,
19880	991	26	on	on	IN
19880	991	27	a	a	DT
19880	991	28	single	single	JJ
19880	991	29	specimen	speciman	NNS
19880	991	30	.	.	.
19880	992	1	Likely	likely	RB
19880	992	2	several	several	JJ
19880	992	3	will	will	MD
19880	992	4	be	be	VB
19880	992	5	required	require	VBN
19880	992	6	before	before	IN
19880	992	7	entirely	entirely	RB
19880	992	8	satisfactory	satisfactory	JJ
19880	992	9	results	result	NNS
19880	992	10	are	be	VBP
19880	992	11	reached	reach	VBN
19880	992	12	,	,	,
19880	992	13	but	but	CC
19880	992	14	these	these	DT
19880	992	15	are	be	VBP
19880	992	16	well	well	RB
19880	992	17	worth	worth	JJ
19880	992	18	all	all	PDT
19880	992	19	the	the	DT
19880	992	20	time	time	NN
19880	992	21	and	and	CC
19880	992	22	labor	labor	NN
19880	992	23	required	require	VBN
19880	992	24	.	.	.
19880	993	1	The	the	DT
19880	993	2	action	action	NN
19880	993	3	of	of	IN
19880	993	4	the	the	DT
19880	993	5	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	993	6	can	can	MD
19880	993	7	in	in	IN
19880	993	8	some	some	DT
19880	993	9	measure	measure	NN
19880	993	10	be	be	VB
19880	993	11	demonstrated	demonstrate	VBN
19880	993	12	by	by	IN
19880	993	13	pulling	pull	VBG
19880	993	14	on	on	IN
19880	993	15	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	993	16	in	in	IN
19880	993	17	the	the	DT
19880	993	18	direction	direction	NN
19880	993	19	of	of	IN
19880	993	20	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	993	21	loosest	loose	JJS
19880	993	22	attachment	attachment	NN
19880	993	23	,	,	,
19880	993	24	though	though	IN
19880	993	25	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	993	26	must	must	MD
19880	993	27	be	be	VB
19880	993	28	confessed	confess	VBN
19880	993	29	this	this	DT
19880	993	30	is	be	VBZ
19880	993	31	much	much	RB
19880	993	32	more	more	RBR
19880	993	33	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	993	34	in	in	IN
19880	993	35	the	the	DT
19880	993	36	case	case	NN
19880	993	37	of	of	IN
19880	993	38	most	most	JJS
19880	993	39	of	of	IN
19880	993	40	the	the	DT
19880	993	41	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	993	42	of	of	IN
19880	993	43	the	the	DT
19880	993	44	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	993	45	than	than	IN
19880	993	46	in	in	IN
19880	993	47	those	those	DT
19880	993	48	of	of	IN
19880	993	49	other	other	JJ
19880	993	50	parts	part	NNS
19880	993	51	of	of	IN
19880	993	52	the	the	DT
19880	993	53	body	body	NN
19880	993	54	.	.	.
19880	994	1	Should	Should	MD
19880	994	2	the	the	DT
19880	994	3	specimens	specimen	NNS
19880	994	4	be	be	VB
19880	994	5	very	very	RB
19880	994	6	successfully	successfully	RB
19880	994	7	dissected	dissect	VBN
19880	994	8	,	,	,
19880	994	9	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	994	10	may	may	MD
19880	994	11	be	be	VB
19880	994	12	worth	worth	JJ
19880	994	13	while	while	IN
19880	994	14	to	to	TO
19880	994	15	keep	keep	VB
19880	994	16	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	994	17	for	for	IN
19880	994	18	future	future	JJ
19880	994	19	observation	observation	NN
19880	994	20	,	,	,
19880	994	21	in	in	IN
19880	994	22	rather	rather	RB
19880	994	23	weak	weak	JJ
19880	994	24	alcohol	alcohol	NN
19880	994	25	(	(	-LRB-
19880	994	26	40	40	CD
19880	994	27	per	per	NN
19880	994	28	cent	cent	NN
19880	994	29	.	.	.
19880	995	1	)	)	-RRB-
19880	995	2	,	,	,
19880	995	3	in	in	IN
19880	995	4	,	,	,
19880	995	5	say	say	UH
19880	995	6	,	,	,
19880	995	7	a	a	DT
19880	995	8	preserve	preserve	NN
19880	995	9	jar	jar	NN
19880	995	10	.	.	.
19880	996	1	All	all	DT
19880	996	2	examinations	examination	NNS
19880	996	3	of	of	IN
19880	996	4	the	the	DT
19880	996	5	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	996	6	bands	band	NNS
19880	996	7	may	may	MD
19880	996	8	leave	leave	VB
19880	996	9	the	the	DT
19880	996	10	observer	observer	NN
19880	996	11	disappointed	disappoint	VBN
19880	996	12	;	;	:
19880	996	13	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	996	14	may	may	MD
19880	996	15	fail	fail	VB
19880	996	16	to	to	TO
19880	996	17	realize	realize	VB
19880	996	18	,	,	,
19880	996	19	most	most	RBS
19880	996	20	likely	likely	JJ
19880	996	21	,	,	,
19880	996	22	how	how	WRB
19880	996	23	such	such	JJ
19880	996	24	wonderful	wonderful	JJ
19880	996	25	results	result	NNS
19880	996	26	can	can	MD
19880	996	27	be	be	VB
19880	996	28	accomplished	accomplish	VBN
19880	996	29	by	by	IN
19880	996	30	structures	structure	NNS
19880	996	31	so	so	RB
19880	996	32	simple	simple	JJ
19880	996	33	as	as	IN
19880	996	34	those	those	DT
19880	996	35	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	996	36	sees	see	VBZ
19880	996	37	before	before	IN
19880	996	38	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	996	39	.	.	.
19880	997	1	But	but	CC
19880	997	2	when	when	WRB
19880	997	3	the	the	DT
19880	997	4	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19880	997	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	997	6	brought	bring	VBN
19880	997	7	into	into	IN
19880	997	8	use	use	NN
19880	997	9	,	,	,
19880	997	10	then	then	RB
19880	997	11	comes	come	VBZ
19880	997	12	a	a	DT
19880	997	13	revelation	revelation	NN
19880	997	14	.	.	.
19880	998	1	This	this	DT
19880	998	2	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	998	3	will	will	MD
19880	998	4	be	be	VB
19880	998	5	described	describe	VBN
19880	998	6	in	in	IN
19880	998	7	the	the	DT
19880	998	8	next	next	JJ
19880	998	9	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	998	10	.	.	.
19880	999	1	HYGIENE	hygiene	UH
19880	999	2	.	.	.
19880	1000	1	Some	some	DT
19880	1000	2	of	of	IN
19880	1000	3	the	the	DT
19880	1000	4	hygienic	hygienic	JJ
19880	1000	5	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1000	6	involved	involve	VBN
19880	1000	7	have	have	VBP
19880	1000	8	already	already	RB
19880	1000	9	been	be	VBN
19880	1000	10	referred	refer	VBN
19880	1000	11	to	to	IN
19880	1000	12	and	and	CC
19880	1000	13	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19880	1000	14	,	,	,
19880	1000	15	and	and	CC
19880	1000	16	others	other	NNS
19880	1000	17	follow	follow	VBP
19880	1000	18	from	from	IN
19880	1000	19	the	the	DT
19880	1000	20	facts	fact	NNS
19880	1000	21	already	already	RB
19880	1000	22	set	set	VBN
19880	1000	23	forth	forth	RP
19880	1000	24	.	.	.
19880	1001	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1001	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1001	3	very	very	RB
19880	1001	4	important	important	JJ
19880	1001	5	for	for	IN
19880	1001	6	the	the	DT
19880	1001	7	voice	voice	NN
19880	1001	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	1001	9	user	user	NN
19880	1001	10	to	to	TO
19880	1001	11	bear	bear	VB
19880	1001	12	in	in	IN
19880	1001	13	mind	mind	NN
19880	1001	14	that	that	IN
19880	1001	15	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1001	16	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1001	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	1001	18	a	a	DT
19880	1001	19	part	part	NN
19880	1001	20	of	of	IN
19880	1001	21	the	the	DT
19880	1001	22	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	1001	23	tract	tract	NN
19880	1001	24	,	,	,
19880	1001	25	and	and	CC
19880	1001	26	that	that	IN
19880	1001	27	the	the	DT
19880	1001	28	whole	whole	NN
19880	1001	29	of	of	IN
19880	1001	30	this	this	DT
19880	1001	31	region	region	NN
19880	1001	32	and	and	CC
19880	1001	33	the	the	DT
19880	1001	34	entire	entire	JJ
19880	1001	35	digestive	digestive	JJ
19880	1001	36	tract	tract	NN
19880	1001	37	,	,	,
19880	1001	38	part	part	NN
19880	1001	39	of	of	IN
19880	1001	40	which	which	WDT
19880	1001	41	is	be	VBZ
19880	1001	42	common	common	JJ
19880	1001	43	to	to	IN
19880	1001	44	both	both	DT
19880	1001	45	,	,	,
19880	1001	46	are	be	VBP
19880	1001	47	lined	line	VBN
19880	1001	48	with	with	IN
19880	1001	49	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	1001	50	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	1001	51	.	.	.
19880	1002	1	If	if	IN
19880	1002	2	the	the	DT
19880	1002	3	nose	nose	NN
19880	1002	4	be	be	VB
19880	1002	5	affected	affect	VBN
19880	1002	6	with	with	IN
19880	1002	7	catarrh	catarrh	NNP
19880	1002	8	,	,	,
19880	1002	9	the	the	DT
19880	1002	10	throat	throat	NN
19880	1002	11	does	do	VBZ
19880	1002	12	not	not	RB
19880	1002	13	usually	usually	RB
19880	1002	14	long	long	JJ
19880	1002	15	escape	escape	NN
19880	1002	16	;	;	:
19880	1002	17	and	and	CC
19880	1002	18	if	if	IN
19880	1002	19	the	the	DT
19880	1002	20	back	back	NN
19880	1002	21	of	of	IN
19880	1002	22	the	the	DT
19880	1002	23	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1002	24	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	1002	25	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1002	26	_	_	NNP
19880	1002	27	pharynx	pharynx	NNP
19880	1002	28	_	_	NNP
19880	1002	29	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1002	30	be	be	VB
19880	1002	31	disordered	disorder	VBN
19880	1002	32	,	,	,
19880	1002	33	the	the	DT
19880	1002	34	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1002	35	bands	band	NNS
19880	1002	36	and	and	CC
19880	1002	37	other	other	JJ
19880	1002	38	parts	part	NNS
19880	1002	39	of	of	IN
19880	1002	40	the	the	DT
19880	1002	41	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1002	42	are	be	VBP
19880	1002	43	almost	almost	RB
19880	1002	44	sure	sure	JJ
19880	1002	45	to	to	TO
19880	1002	46	be	be	VB
19880	1002	47	involved	involve	VBN
19880	1002	48	more	more	RBR
19880	1002	49	or	or	CC
19880	1002	50	less	less	RBR
19880	1002	51	.	.	.
19880	1003	1	The	the	DT
19880	1003	2	condition	condition	NN
19880	1003	3	of	of	IN
19880	1003	4	the	the	DT
19880	1003	5	stomach	stomach	NN
19880	1003	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1003	7	reflexly	reflexly	VBN
19880	1003	8	,	,	,
19880	1003	9	if	if	IN
19880	1003	10	not	not	RB
19880	1003	11	by	by	IN
19880	1003	12	direct	direct	JJ
19880	1003	13	continuity	continuity	NN
19880	1003	14	through	through	IN
19880	1003	15	the	the	DT
19880	1003	16	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	1003	17	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	1003	18	,	,	,
19880	1003	19	expressed	express	VBN
19880	1003	20	in	in	IN
19880	1003	21	the	the	DT
19880	1003	22	throat	throat	NN
19880	1003	23	generally	generally	RB
19880	1003	24	;	;	:
19880	1003	25	hence	hence	RB
19880	1003	26	as	as	IN
19880	1003	27	experience	experience	NN
19880	1003	28	shows	show	VBZ
19880	1003	29	,	,	,
19880	1003	30	the	the	DT
19880	1003	31	voice	voice	NN
19880	1003	32	-	-	HYPH
19880	1003	33	user	user	NN
19880	1003	34	can	can	MD
19880	1003	35	not	not	RB
19880	1003	36	exercise	exercise	VB
19880	1003	37	too	too	RB
19880	1003	38	great	great	JJ
19880	1003	39	care	care	NN
19880	1003	40	as	as	IN
19880	1003	41	to	to	IN
19880	1003	42	what	what	WP
19880	1003	43	and	and	CC
19880	1003	44	how	how	WRB
19880	1003	45	much	much	JJ
19880	1003	46	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1003	47	eats	eat	VBZ
19880	1003	48	,	,	,
19880	1003	49	especially	especially	RB
19880	1003	50	before	before	IN
19880	1003	51	a	a	DT
19880	1003	52	public	public	JJ
19880	1003	53	appearance	appearance	NN
19880	1003	54	.	.	.
19880	1004	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1004	2	must	must	MD
19880	1004	3	know	know	VB
19880	1004	4	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1004	5	what	what	WP
19880	1004	6	best	good	JJS
19880	1004	7	suits	suit	VBZ
19880	1004	8	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1004	9	,	,	,
19880	1004	10	in	in	IN
19880	1004	11	this	this	DT
19880	1004	12	regard	regard	NN
19880	1004	13	,	,	,
19880	1004	14	to	to	IN
19880	1004	15	a	a	DT
19880	1004	16	degree	degree	NN
19880	1004	17	that	that	WDT
19880	1004	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	1004	19	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1004	20	for	for	IN
19880	1004	21	few	few	JJ
19880	1004	22	others	other	NNS
19880	1004	23	.	.	.
19880	1005	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1005	2	singing	singe	VBG
19880	1005	3	,	,	,
19880	1005	4	more	more	JJR
19880	1005	5	blood	blood	NN
19880	1005	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1005	7	sent	send	VBN
19880	1005	8	to	to	IN
19880	1005	9	the	the	DT
19880	1005	10	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1005	11	used	use	VBN
19880	1005	12	,	,	,
19880	1005	13	hence	hence	RB
19880	1005	14	the	the	DT
19880	1005	15	great	great	JJ
19880	1005	16	danger	danger	NN
19880	1005	17	of	of	IN
19880	1005	18	that	that	DT
19880	1005	19	excess	excess	NN
19880	1005	20	of	of	IN
19880	1005	21	blood	blood	NN
19880	1005	22	being	be	VBG
19880	1005	23	retained	retain	VBN
19880	1005	24	in	in	IN
19880	1005	25	the	the	DT
19880	1005	26	parts	part	NNS
19880	1005	27	too	too	RB
19880	1005	28	long	long	RB
19880	1005	29	,	,	,
19880	1005	30	as	as	IN
19880	1005	31	might	may	MD
19880	1005	32	easily	easily	RB
19880	1005	33	happen	happen	VB
19880	1005	34	from	from	IN
19880	1005	35	pressure	pressure	NN
19880	1005	36	about	about	IN
19880	1005	37	the	the	DT
19880	1005	38	neck	neck	NN
19880	1005	39	,	,	,
19880	1005	40	etc	etc	FW
19880	1005	41	.	.	.
19880	1006	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1006	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1006	3	scarcely	scarcely	RB
19880	1006	4	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1006	5	to	to	TO
19880	1006	6	point	point	VB
19880	1006	7	out	out	RP
19880	1006	8	that	that	IN
19880	1006	9	draughts	draught	VBZ
19880	1006	10	,	,	,
19880	1006	11	cold	cold	JJ
19880	1006	12	rooms	room	NNS
19880	1006	13	,	,	,
19880	1006	14	etc	etc	FW
19880	1006	15	.	.	.
19880	1006	16	,	,	,
19880	1006	17	will	will	MD
19880	1006	18	also	also	RB
19880	1006	19	determine	determine	VB
19880	1006	20	the	the	DT
19880	1006	21	blood	blood	NN
19880	1006	22	from	from	IN
19880	1006	23	the	the	DT
19880	1006	24	skin	skin	NN
19880	1006	25	inward	inward	RB
19880	1006	26	,	,	,
19880	1006	27	and	and	CC
19880	1006	28	set	set	VB
19880	1006	29	up	up	RP
19880	1006	30	that	that	IN
19880	1006	31	complicated	complicated	JJ
19880	1006	32	condition	condition	NN
19880	1006	33	of	of	IN
19880	1006	34	multiform	multiform	NNP
19880	1006	35	evils	evil	NNS
19880	1006	36	known	know	VBN
19880	1006	37	as	as	IN
19880	1006	38	"	"	``
19880	1006	39	a	a	DT
19880	1006	40	cold	cold	NN
19880	1006	41	.	.	.
19880	1006	42	"	"	''
19880	1007	1	The	the	DT
19880	1007	2	obvious	obvious	JJ
19880	1007	3	principle	principle	NN
19880	1007	4	of	of	IN
19880	1007	5	prevention	prevention	NN
19880	1007	6	lies	lie	VBZ
19880	1007	7	in	in	IN
19880	1007	8	keeping	keep	VBG
19880	1007	9	the	the	DT
19880	1007	10	body	body	NN
19880	1007	11	,	,	,
19880	1007	12	and	and	CC
19880	1007	13	especially	especially	RB
19880	1007	14	the	the	DT
19880	1007	15	neck	neck	NN
19880	1007	16	,	,	,
19880	1007	17	shoulders	shoulder	NNS
19880	1007	18	,	,	,
19880	1007	19	and	and	CC
19880	1007	20	chest	chest	NN
19880	1007	21	,	,	,
19880	1007	22	warm	warm	JJ
19880	1007	23	after	after	IN
19880	1007	24	using	use	VBG
19880	1007	25	the	the	DT
19880	1007	26	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1007	27	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1007	28	in	in	IN
19880	1007	29	any	any	DT
19880	1007	30	way	way	NN
19880	1007	31	in	in	IN
19880	1007	32	public	public	NN
19880	1007	33	.	.	.
19880	1008	1	To	to	TO
19880	1008	2	hand	hand	VB
19880	1008	3	the	the	DT
19880	1008	4	singer	singer	NN
19880	1008	5	a	a	DT
19880	1008	6	wrap	wrap	NN
19880	1008	7	after	after	IN
19880	1008	8	leaving	leave	VBG
19880	1008	9	the	the	DT
19880	1008	10	platform	platform	NN
19880	1008	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	1008	12	always	always	RB
19880	1008	13	wise	wise	JJ
19880	1008	14	,	,	,
19880	1008	15	and	and	CC
19880	1008	16	the	the	DT
19880	1008	17	judicious	judicious	JJ
19880	1008	18	friend	friend	NN
19880	1008	19	will	will	MD
19880	1008	20	see	see	VB
19880	1008	21	that	that	IN
19880	1008	22	conversation	conversation	NN
19880	1008	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	1008	24	not	not	RB
19880	1008	25	allowed	allow	VBN
19880	1008	26	,	,	,
19880	1008	27	much	much	RB
19880	1008	28	less	less	RBR
19880	1008	29	forced	force	VBN
19880	1008	30	on	on	IN
19880	1008	31	the	the	DT
19880	1008	32	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	1008	33	breathless	breathless	NN
19880	1008	34	and	and	CC
19880	1008	35	wearied	wearied	JJ
19880	1008	36	voice	voice	NN
19880	1008	37	-	-	HYPH
19880	1008	38	user	user	NN
19880	1008	39	--	--	:
19880	1008	40	a	a	DT
19880	1008	41	precaution	precaution	NN
19880	1008	42	that	that	WDT
19880	1008	43	is	be	VBZ
19880	1008	44	probably	probably	RB
19880	1008	45	more	more	RBR
19880	1008	46	honored	honor	VBN
19880	1008	47	in	in	IN
19880	1008	48	the	the	DT
19880	1008	49	breach	breach	NN
19880	1008	50	than	than	IN
19880	1008	51	in	in	IN
19880	1008	52	the	the	DT
19880	1008	53	observance	observance	NN
19880	1008	54	,	,	,
19880	1008	55	for	for	IN
19880	1008	56	in	in	IN
19880	1008	57	this	this	DT
19880	1008	58	as	as	IN
19880	1008	59	in	in	IN
19880	1008	60	other	other	JJ
19880	1008	61	cases	case	NNS
19880	1008	62	one	one	CD
19880	1008	63	's	's	POS
19880	1008	64	friends	friend	NNS
19880	1008	65	are	be	VBP
19880	1008	66	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	1008	67	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1008	68	worst	bad	JJS
19880	1008	69	enemies	enemy	NNS
19880	1008	70	.	.	.
19880	1009	1	SUMMARY	SUMMARY	NNP
19880	1009	2	.	.	.
19880	1010	1	The	the	DT
19880	1010	2	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1010	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1010	4	the	the	DT
19880	1010	5	most	most	RBS
19880	1010	6	important	important	JJ
19880	1010	7	organ	organ	NN
19880	1010	8	in	in	IN
19880	1010	9	voice	voice	NN
19880	1010	10	-	-	HYPH
19880	1010	11	production	production	NN
19880	1010	12	,	,	,
19880	1010	13	and	and	CC
19880	1010	14	consists	consist	VBZ
19880	1010	15	of	of	IN
19880	1010	16	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	1010	17	,	,	,
19880	1010	18	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1010	19	,	,	,
19880	1010	20	the	the	DT
19880	1010	21	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1010	22	bands	band	NNS
19880	1010	23	,	,	,
19880	1010	24	true	true	JJ
19880	1010	25	and	and	CC
19880	1010	26	false	false	JJ
19880	1010	27	,	,	,
19880	1010	28	membranes	membrane	NNS
19880	1010	29	and	and	CC
19880	1010	30	ligaments	ligament	NNS
19880	1010	31	,	,	,
19880	1010	32	folds	fold	NNS
19880	1010	33	of	of	IN
19880	1010	34	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	1010	35	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	1010	36	,	,	,
19880	1010	37	etc	etc	FW
19880	1010	38	.	.	.
19880	1011	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1011	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1011	3	situated	situate	VBN
19880	1011	4	between	between	IN
19880	1011	5	the	the	DT
19880	1011	6	hyoid	hyoid	NN
19880	1011	7	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1011	8	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1011	9	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1011	10	bone	bone	NN
19880	1011	11	above	above	RB
19880	1011	12	and	and	CC
19880	1011	13	the	the	DT
19880	1011	14	trachea	trachea	NN
19880	1011	15	below	below	RB
19880	1011	16	.	.	.
19880	1012	1	The	the	DT
19880	1012	2	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	1012	3	are	be	VBP
19880	1012	4	the	the	DT
19880	1012	5	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1012	6	1	1	CD
19880	1012	7	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1012	8	epiglottis	epiglottis	NN
19880	1012	9	,	,	,
19880	1012	10	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1012	11	2	2	LS
19880	1012	12	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1012	13	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	1012	14	,	,	,
19880	1012	15	cricoid	cricoid	NN
19880	1012	16	,	,	,
19880	1012	17	arytenoid	arytenoid	NNP
19880	1012	18	,	,	,
19880	1012	19	the	the	DT
19880	1012	20	two	two	CD
19880	1012	21	small	small	JJ
19880	1012	22	,	,	,
19880	1012	23	unimportant	unimportant	JJ
19880	1012	24	cornicula	cornicula	NN
19880	1012	25	laryngis	laryngi	NNS
19880	1012	26	,	,	,
19880	1012	27	or	or	CC
19880	1012	28	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	1012	29	of	of	IN
19880	1012	30	Santorini	Santorini	NNP
19880	1012	31	,	,	,
19880	1012	32	surmounting	surmount	VBG
19880	1012	33	the	the	DT
19880	1012	34	arytenoids	arytenoid	NNS
19880	1012	35	,	,	,
19880	1012	36	and	and	CC
19880	1012	37	the	the	DT
19880	1012	38	two	two	CD
19880	1012	39	cuneiform	cuneiform	NNS
19880	1012	40	,	,	,
19880	1012	41	or	or	CC
19880	1012	42	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	1012	43	of	of	IN
19880	1012	44	Wrisberg	Wrisberg	NNP
19880	1012	45	,	,	,
19880	1012	46	in	in	IN
19880	1012	47	the	the	DT
19880	1012	48	folds	fold	NNS
19880	1012	49	of	of	IN
19880	1012	50	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	1012	51	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	1012	52	on	on	IN
19880	1012	53	each	each	DT
19880	1012	54	side	side	NN
19880	1012	55	of	of	IN
19880	1012	56	the	the	DT
19880	1012	57	arytenoids	arytenoid	NNS
19880	1012	58	.	.	.
19880	1013	1	The	the	DT
19880	1013	2	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1013	3	are	be	VBP
19880	1013	4	attached	attach	VBN
19880	1013	5	to	to	IN
19880	1013	6	the	the	DT
19880	1013	7	main	main	JJ
19880	1013	8	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	1013	9	.	.	.
19880	1014	1	In	in	IN
19880	1014	2	addition	addition	NN
19880	1014	3	to	to	IN
19880	1014	4	the	the	DT
19880	1014	5	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1014	6	that	that	WDT
19880	1014	7	are	be	VBP
19880	1014	8	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	1014	9	with	with	IN
19880	1014	10	the	the	DT
19880	1014	11	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1014	12	of	of	IN
19880	1014	13	the	the	DT
19880	1014	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1014	15	bands	band	NNS
19880	1014	16	,	,	,
19880	1014	17	others	other	NNS
19880	1014	18	that	that	WDT
19880	1014	19	hold	hold	VBP
19880	1014	20	the	the	DT
19880	1014	21	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1014	22	in	in	IN
19880	1014	23	place	place	NN
19880	1014	24	or	or	CC
19880	1014	25	raise	raise	VB
19880	1014	26	and	and	CC
19880	1014	27	lower	lower	VB
19880	1014	28	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1014	29	are	be	VBP
19880	1014	30	attached	attach	VBN
19880	1014	31	_	_	NNP
19880	1014	32	externally	externally	RB
19880	1014	33	_	_	NNP
19880	1014	34	to	to	IN
19880	1014	35	these	these	DT
19880	1014	36	,	,	,
19880	1014	37	especially	especially	RB
19880	1014	38	to	to	IN
19880	1014	39	the	the	DT
19880	1014	40	large	large	JJ
19880	1014	41	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	1014	42	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	1014	43	.	.	.
19880	1015	1	The	the	DT
19880	1015	2	epiglottis	epiglottis	NN
19880	1015	3	,	,	,
19880	1015	4	the	the	DT
19880	1015	5	false	false	JJ
19880	1015	6	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1015	7	cords	cord	NNS
19880	1015	8	,	,	,
19880	1015	9	the	the	DT
19880	1015	10	true	true	JJ
19880	1015	11	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1015	12	cords	cord	NNS
19880	1015	13	,	,	,
19880	1015	14	and	and	CC
19880	1015	15	the	the	DT
19880	1015	16	thyro	thyro	NN
19880	1015	17	-	-	HYPH
19880	1015	18	arytenoid	arytenoid	NN
19880	1015	19	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1015	20	are	be	VBP
19880	1015	21	attached	attach	VBN
19880	1015	22	to	to	IN
19880	1015	23	the	the	DT
19880	1015	24	interior	interior	NNP
19880	1015	25	anterior	anterior	NNP
19880	1015	26	surface	surface	NN
19880	1015	27	of	of	IN
19880	1015	28	the	the	DT
19880	1015	29	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	1015	30	in	in	IN
19880	1015	31	this	this	DT
19880	1015	32	order	order	NN
19880	1015	33	from	from	IN
19880	1015	34	above	above	RB
19880	1015	35	down	down	RB
19880	1015	36	.	.	.
19880	1016	1	The	the	DT
19880	1016	2	false	false	JJ
19880	1016	3	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1016	4	bands	band	NNS
19880	1016	5	have	have	VBP
19880	1016	6	no	no	DT
19880	1016	7	direct	direct	JJ
19880	1016	8	function	function	NN
19880	1016	9	in	in	IN
19880	1016	10	phonation	phonation	NN
19880	1016	11	.	.	.
19880	1017	1	_	_	NNP
19880	1017	2	The	the	DT
19880	1017	3	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1017	4	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1017	5	,	,	,
19880	1017	6	so	so	RB
19880	1017	7	far	far	RB
19880	1017	8	as	as	IN
19880	1017	9	phonation	phonation	NN
19880	1017	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	1017	11	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	1017	12	,	,	,
19880	1017	13	may	may	MD
19880	1017	14	be	be	VB
19880	1017	15	said	say	VBN
19880	1017	16	to	to	TO
19880	1017	17	exist	exist	VB
19880	1017	18	for	for	IN
19880	1017	19	the	the	DT
19880	1017	20	true	true	JJ
19880	1017	21	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1017	22	bands	band	NNS
19880	1017	23	.	.	.
19880	1017	24	_	_	IN
19880	1017	25	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1017	26	are	be	VBP
19880	1017	27	attached	attach	VBN
19880	1017	28	close	close	RB
19880	1017	29	together	together	RB
19880	1017	30	to	to	IN
19880	1017	31	the	the	DT
19880	1017	32	internal	internal	JJ
19880	1017	33	and	and	CC
19880	1017	34	anterior	anterior	NN
19880	1017	35	surface	surface	NN
19880	1017	36	of	of	IN
19880	1017	37	the	the	DT
19880	1017	38	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	1017	39	in	in	IN
19880	1017	40	front	front	NN
19880	1017	41	and	and	CC
19880	1017	42	to	to	IN
19880	1017	43	the	the	DT
19880	1017	44	lower	low	JJR
19880	1017	45	anterior	anterior	NNP
19880	1017	46	angles	angle	NNS
19880	1017	47	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1017	48	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1017	49	processes	process	NNS
19880	1017	50	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1017	51	of	of	IN
19880	1017	52	the	the	DT
19880	1017	53	arytenoids	arytenoid	NNS
19880	1017	54	behind	behind	RB
19880	1017	55	.	.	.
19880	1018	1	Between	between	IN
19880	1018	2	the	the	DT
19880	1018	3	false	false	JJ
19880	1018	4	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1018	5	bands	band	NNS
19880	1018	6	above	above	RB
19880	1018	7	and	and	CC
19880	1018	8	the	the	DT
19880	1018	9	true	true	JJ
19880	1018	10	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1018	11	bands	band	NNS
19880	1018	12	below	below	RB
19880	1018	13	there	there	EX
19880	1018	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1018	15	a	a	DT
19880	1018	16	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	1018	17	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1018	18	the	the	DT
19880	1018	19	ventricle	ventricle	NN
19880	1018	20	of	of	IN
19880	1018	21	Morgagni	Morgagni	NNP
19880	1018	22	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1018	23	.	.	.
19880	1019	1	The	the	DT
19880	1019	2	false	false	JJ
19880	1019	3	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1019	4	bands	band	NNS
19880	1019	5	are	be	VBP
19880	1019	6	protective	protective	JJ
19880	1019	7	,	,	,
19880	1019	8	and	and	CC
19880	1019	9	approximate	approximate	VB
19880	1019	10	closely	closely	RB
19880	1019	11	during	during	IN
19880	1019	12	coughing	coughing	NN
19880	1019	13	,	,	,
19880	1019	14	swallowing	swallow	VBG
19880	1019	15	,	,	,
19880	1019	16	etc	etc	FW
19880	1019	17	.	.	.
19880	1020	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1020	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1020	3	very	very	RB
19880	1020	4	important	important	JJ
19880	1020	5	to	to	TO
19880	1020	6	note	note	VB
19880	1020	7	that	that	IN
19880	1020	8	the	the	DT
19880	1020	9	arytenoid	arytenoid	JJ
19880	1020	10	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	1020	11	move	move	VBP
19880	1020	12	freely	freely	RB
19880	1020	13	on	on	IN
19880	1020	14	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1020	15	base	base	NN
19880	1020	16	,	,	,
19880	1020	17	swivel	swivel	NN
19880	1020	18	-	-	HYPH
19880	1020	19	like	like	JJ
19880	1020	20	,	,	,
19880	1020	21	so	so	IN
19880	1020	22	that	that	IN
19880	1020	23	nearly	nearly	RB
19880	1020	24	all	all	PDT
19880	1020	25	the	the	DT
19880	1020	26	changes	change	NNS
19880	1020	27	effected	effect	VBN
19880	1020	28	in	in	IN
19880	1020	29	the	the	DT
19880	1020	30	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1020	31	and	and	CC
19880	1020	32	tension	tension	NN
19880	1020	33	of	of	IN
19880	1020	34	the	the	DT
19880	1020	35	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1020	36	bands	band	NNS
19880	1020	37	are	be	VBP
19880	1020	38	brought	bring	VBN
19880	1020	39	about	about	RP
19880	1020	40	through	through	IN
19880	1020	41	alterations	alteration	NNS
19880	1020	42	in	in	IN
19880	1020	43	the	the	DT
19880	1020	44	position	position	NN
19880	1020	45	of	of	IN
19880	1020	46	these	these	DT
19880	1020	47	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	1020	48	;	;	:
19880	1020	49	and	and	CC
19880	1020	50	this	this	DT
19880	1020	51	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	1020	52	that	that	IN
19880	1020	53	all	all	PDT
19880	1020	54	the	the	DT
19880	1020	55	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1020	56	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	1020	57	are	be	VBP
19880	1020	58	attached	attach	VBN
19880	1020	59	to	to	IN
19880	1020	60	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1020	61	.	.	.
19880	1021	1	From	from	IN
19880	1021	2	above	above	RB
19880	1021	3	down	down	RB
19880	1021	4	,	,	,
19880	1021	5	in	in	IN
19880	1021	6	front	front	NN
19880	1021	7	,	,	,
19880	1021	8	the	the	DT
19880	1021	9	order	order	NN
19880	1021	10	of	of	IN
19880	1021	11	structures	structure	NNS
19880	1021	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	1021	13	as	as	IN
19880	1021	14	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	1021	15	:	:	:
19880	1021	16	Hyoid	hyoid	NN
19880	1021	17	bone	bone	NN
19880	1021	18	.	.	.
19880	1022	1	Membrane	membrane	NN
19880	1022	2	.	.	.
19880	1023	1	Thyroid	Thyroid	NNP
19880	1023	2	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	1023	3	.	.	.
19880	1024	1	Membrane	membrane	NN
19880	1024	2	.	.	.
19880	1025	1	Cricoid	cricoid	JJ
19880	1025	2	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	1025	3	.	.	.
19880	1026	1	Trachea	Trachea	NNP
19880	1026	2	.	.	.
19880	1027	1	The	the	DT
19880	1027	2	hyoid	hyoid	NN
19880	1027	3	bone	bone	NN
19880	1027	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1027	5	not	not	RB
19880	1027	6	a	a	DT
19880	1027	7	part	part	NN
19880	1027	8	of	of	IN
19880	1027	9	the	the	DT
19880	1027	10	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1027	11	,	,	,
19880	1027	12	but	but	CC
19880	1027	13	from	from	IN
19880	1027	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1027	15	the	the	DT
19880	1027	16	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1027	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	1027	18	suspended	suspend	VBN
19880	1027	19	.	.	.
19880	1028	1	The	the	DT
19880	1028	2	bone	bone	NN
19880	1028	3	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1028	4	gives	give	VBZ
19880	1028	5	attachment	attachment	NN
19880	1028	6	to	to	IN
19880	1028	7	the	the	DT
19880	1028	8	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1028	9	of	of	IN
19880	1028	10	the	the	DT
19880	1028	11	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1028	12	.	.	.
19880	1029	1	The	the	DT
19880	1029	2	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1029	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1029	4	the	the	DT
19880	1029	5	chink	chink	NN
19880	1029	6	between	between	IN
19880	1029	7	the	the	DT
19880	1029	8	true	true	JJ
19880	1029	9	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1029	10	bands	band	NNS
19880	1029	11	.	.	.
19880	1030	1	The	the	DT
19880	1030	2	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1030	3	of	of	IN
19880	1030	4	the	the	DT
19880	1030	5	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1030	6	may	may	MD
19880	1030	7	be	be	VB
19880	1030	8	divided	divide	VBN
19880	1030	9	into	into	IN
19880	1030	10	the	the	DT
19880	1030	11	following	following	NN
19880	1030	12	:	:	:
19880	1030	13	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1030	14	1	1	LS
19880	1030	15	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1030	16	Those	those	DT
19880	1030	17	that	that	WDT
19880	1030	18	open	open	VBP
19880	1030	19	and	and	CC
19880	1030	20	those	those	DT
19880	1030	21	that	that	WDT
19880	1030	22	close	close	VBP
19880	1030	23	the	the	DT
19880	1030	24	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1030	25	;	;	,
19880	1030	26	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1030	27	2	2	LS
19880	1030	28	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1030	29	those	those	DT
19880	1030	30	which	which	WDT
19880	1030	31	regulate	regulate	VBP
19880	1030	32	the	the	DT
19880	1030	33	tension	tension	NN
19880	1030	34	of	of	IN
19880	1030	35	the	the	DT
19880	1030	36	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1030	37	bands	band	NNS
19880	1030	38	.	.	.
19880	1031	1	The	the	DT
19880	1031	2	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1031	3	include	include	VBP
19880	1031	4	the	the	DT
19880	1031	5	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1031	6	_	_	NNP
19880	1031	7	a	a	DT
19880	1031	8	_	_	NNP
19880	1031	9	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1031	10	crico	crico	NN
19880	1031	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	1031	12	thyroids	thyroid	NNS
19880	1031	13	,	,	,
19880	1031	14	which	which	WDT
19880	1031	15	tense	tense	JJ
19880	1031	16	and	and	CC
19880	1031	17	elongate	elongate	VB
19880	1031	18	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1031	19	,	,	,
19880	1031	20	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1031	21	_	_	NNP
19880	1031	22	b	b	NNP
19880	1031	23	_	_	NNP
19880	1031	24	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1031	25	thyro	thyro	NN
19880	1031	26	-	-	HYPH
19880	1031	27	arytenoids	arytenoid	NNS
19880	1031	28	,	,	,
19880	1031	29	which	which	WDT
19880	1031	30	relax	relax	VBP
19880	1031	31	and	and	CC
19880	1031	32	shorten	shorten	VB
19880	1031	33	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1031	34	.	.	.
19880	1032	1	The	the	DT
19880	1032	2	crico	crico	NN
19880	1032	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	1032	4	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	1032	5	may	may	MD
19880	1032	6	be	be	VB
19880	1032	7	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1032	8	the	the	DT
19880	1032	9	most	most	RBS
19880	1032	10	important	important	JJ
19880	1032	11	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	1032	12	of	of	IN
19880	1032	13	phonation	phonation	NN
19880	1032	14	,	,	,
19880	1032	15	because	because	IN
19880	1032	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1032	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	1032	18	so	so	RB
19880	1032	19	much	much	RB
19880	1032	20	used	use	VBN
19880	1032	21	and	and	CC
19880	1032	22	so	so	RB
19880	1032	23	effective	effective	JJ
19880	1032	24	.	.	.
19880	1033	1	By	by	IN
19880	1033	2	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1033	3	action	action	NN
19880	1033	4	the	the	DT
19880	1033	5	cricoid	cricoid	NN
19880	1033	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1033	7	pulled	pull	VBN
19880	1033	8	up	up	RP
19880	1033	9	in	in	IN
19880	1033	10	front	front	NN
19880	1033	11	and	and	CC
19880	1033	12	down	down	RB
19880	1033	13	behind	behind	RB
19880	1033	14	,	,	,
19880	1033	15	so	so	IN
19880	1033	16	that	that	IN
19880	1033	17	the	the	DT
19880	1033	18	arytenoids	arytenoid	NNS
19880	1033	19	are	be	VBP
19880	1033	20	drawn	draw	VBN
19880	1033	21	back	back	RB
19880	1033	22	,	,	,
19880	1033	23	and	and	CC
19880	1033	24	thus	thus	RB
19880	1033	25	the	the	DT
19880	1033	26	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1033	27	bands	band	NNS
19880	1033	28	tensed	tense	VBN
19880	1033	29	and	and	CC
19880	1033	30	lengthened	lengthen	VBN
19880	1033	31	.	.	.
19880	1034	1	The	the	DT
19880	1034	2	lateral	lateral	JJ
19880	1034	3	crico	crico	NN
19880	1034	4	-	-	HYPH
19880	1034	5	arytenoids	arytenoid	NNS
19880	1034	6	and	and	CC
19880	1034	7	the	the	DT
19880	1034	8	thyro	thyro	NN
19880	1034	9	-	-	HYPH
19880	1034	10	arytenoids	arytenoid	NNS
19880	1034	11	have	have	VBP
19880	1034	12	the	the	DT
19880	1034	13	opposite	opposite	JJ
19880	1034	14	effect--_i.e	effect--_i.e	NNP
19880	1034	15	.	.	.
19880	1034	16	_	_	NNP
19880	1034	17	,	,	,
19880	1034	18	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1034	19	relax	relax	VBP
19880	1034	20	and	and	CC
19880	1034	21	shorten	shorten	VB
19880	1034	22	the	the	DT
19880	1034	23	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1034	24	bands	band	NNS
19880	1034	25	;	;	:
19880	1034	26	hence	hence	RB
19880	1034	27	when	when	WRB
19880	1034	28	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1034	29	come	come	VBP
19880	1034	30	into	into	IN
19880	1034	31	play	play	NN
19880	1034	32	a	a	DT
19880	1034	33	new	new	JJ
19880	1034	34	register	register	NN
19880	1034	35	begins	begin	VBZ
19880	1034	36	.	.	.
19880	1035	1	The	the	DT
19880	1035	2	thyro	thyro	NN
19880	1035	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	1035	4	arytenoids	arytenoid	NNS
19880	1035	5	,	,	,
19880	1035	6	attached	attach	VBN
19880	1035	7	along	along	IN
19880	1035	8	the	the	DT
19880	1035	9	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1035	10	length	length	NN
19880	1035	11	of	of	IN
19880	1035	12	the	the	DT
19880	1035	13	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1035	14	bands	band	NNS
19880	1035	15	externally	externally	RB
19880	1035	16	,	,	,
19880	1035	17	have	have	VBP
19880	1035	18	a	a	DT
19880	1035	19	very	very	RB
19880	1035	20	important	important	JJ
19880	1035	21	but	but	CC
19880	1035	22	not	not	RB
19880	1035	23	well	well	RB
19880	1035	24	-	-	HYPH
19880	1035	25	understood	understand	VBN
19880	1035	26	action	action	NN
19880	1035	27	in	in	IN
19880	1035	28	the	the	DT
19880	1035	29	production	production	NN
19880	1035	30	of	of	IN
19880	1035	31	the	the	DT
19880	1035	32	higher	high	JJR
19880	1035	33	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1035	34	,	,	,
19880	1035	35	and	and	CC
19880	1035	36	probably	probably	RB
19880	1035	37	also	also	RB
19880	1035	38	of	of	IN
19880	1035	39	the	the	DT
19880	1035	40	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	1035	41	.	.	.
19880	1036	1	The	the	DT
19880	1036	2	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1036	3	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1036	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1036	5	lined	line	VBN
19880	1036	6	with	with	IN
19880	1036	7	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	1036	8	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	1036	9	,	,	,
19880	1036	10	that	that	WDT
19880	1036	11	covering	cover	VBG
19880	1036	12	the	the	DT
19880	1036	13	true	true	JJ
19880	1036	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1036	15	bands	band	NNS
19880	1036	16	being	be	VBG
19880	1036	17	very	very	RB
19880	1036	18	thin	thin	JJ
19880	1036	19	.	.	.
19880	1037	1	The	the	DT
19880	1037	2	false	false	JJ
19880	1037	3	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1037	4	bands	band	NNS
19880	1037	5	are	be	VBP
19880	1037	6	made	make	VBN
19880	1037	7	up	up	RP
19880	1037	8	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	1037	9	of	of	IN
19880	1037	10	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	1037	11	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	1037	12	;	;	:
19880	1037	13	the	the	DT
19880	1037	14	true	true	JJ
19880	1037	15	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1037	16	bands	band	NNS
19880	1037	17	abound	abound	VBP
19880	1037	18	in	in	IN
19880	1037	19	elastic	elastic	JJ
19880	1037	20	tissue	tissue	NN
19880	1037	21	.	.	.
19880	1038	1	The	the	DT
19880	1038	2	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1038	3	rises	rise	VBZ
19880	1038	4	during	during	IN
19880	1038	5	the	the	DT
19880	1038	6	production	production	NN
19880	1038	7	of	of	IN
19880	1038	8	high	high	JJ
19880	1038	9	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1038	10	,	,	,
19880	1038	11	and	and	CC
19880	1038	12	during	during	IN
19880	1038	13	phonation	phonation	NN
19880	1038	14	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1038	15	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1038	16	may	may	MD
19880	1038	17	be	be	VB
19880	1038	18	felt	feel	VBN
19880	1038	19	,	,	,
19880	1038	20	as	as	IN
19880	1038	21	also	also	RB
19880	1038	22	those	those	DT
19880	1038	23	of	of	IN
19880	1038	24	the	the	DT
19880	1038	25	chest	chest	NN
19880	1038	26	.	.	.
19880	1039	1	_	_	NNP
19880	1039	2	Practical	Practical	NNP
19880	1039	3	.	.	.
19880	1039	4	_	_	NNP
19880	1039	5	1	1	CD
19880	1039	6	.	.	.
19880	1040	1	Feel	feel	VB
19880	1040	2	in	in	IN
19880	1040	3	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1040	4	own	own	JJ
19880	1040	5	person	person	NN
19880	1040	6	the	the	DT
19880	1040	7	parts	part	NNS
19880	1040	8	of	of	IN
19880	1040	9	the	the	DT
19880	1040	10	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1040	11	,	,	,
19880	1040	12	etc	etc	FW
19880	1040	13	.	.	FW
19880	1040	14	,	,	,
19880	1040	15	from	from	IN
19880	1040	16	above	above	RB
19880	1040	17	down	down	NN
19880	1040	18	.	.	.
19880	1041	1	2	2	LS
19880	1041	2	.	.	.
19880	1042	1	Note	note	VB
19880	1042	2	the	the	DT
19880	1042	3	vibration	vibration	NN
19880	1042	4	of	of	IN
19880	1042	5	the	the	DT
19880	1042	6	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1042	7	when	when	WRB
19880	1042	8	a	a	DT
19880	1042	9	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	1042	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	1042	11	spoken	speak	VBN
19880	1042	12	or	or	CC
19880	1042	13	sung	sung	JJ
19880	1042	14	.	.	.
19880	1043	1	A	a	DT
19880	1043	2	similar	similar	JJ
19880	1043	3	vibration	vibration	NN
19880	1043	4	of	of	IN
19880	1043	5	the	the	DT
19880	1043	6	chest	chest	NN
19880	1043	7	walls	wall	NNS
19880	1043	8	may	may	MD
19880	1043	9	be	be	VB
19880	1043	10	felt	feel	VBN
19880	1043	11	by	by	IN
19880	1043	12	the	the	DT
19880	1043	13	hands	hand	NNS
19880	1043	14	laid	lay	VBN
19880	1043	15	over	over	IN
19880	1043	16	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1043	17	.	.	.
19880	1044	1	3	3	LS
19880	1044	2	.	.	.
19880	1045	1	Note	note	VB
19880	1045	2	the	the	DT
19880	1045	3	change	change	NN
19880	1045	4	of	of	IN
19880	1045	5	position	position	NN
19880	1045	6	of	of	IN
19880	1045	7	the	the	DT
19880	1045	8	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1045	9	in	in	IN
19880	1045	10	singing	singe	VBG
19880	1045	11	a	a	DT
19880	1045	12	scale	scale	NN
19880	1045	13	.	.	.
19880	1046	1	4	4	LS
19880	1046	2	.	.	.
19880	1047	1	Dissect	dissect	VB
19880	1047	2	a	a	DT
19880	1047	3	pig	pig	NN
19880	1047	4	's	's	POS
19880	1047	5	or	or	CC
19880	1047	6	sheep	sheep	NNS
19880	1047	7	's	's	POS
19880	1047	8	pluck	pluck	NN
19880	1047	9	and	and	CC
19880	1047	10	some	some	DT
19880	1047	11	specimens	specimen	NNS
19880	1047	12	of	of	IN
19880	1047	13	the	the	DT
19880	1047	14	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1047	15	.	.	.
19880	1048	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1048	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1048	3	:	:	:
19880	1048	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1048	5	.	.	.
19880	1049	1	35	35	CD
19880	1049	2	.	.	.
19880	1050	1	These	these	DT
19880	1050	2	three	three	CD
19880	1050	3	figures	figure	NNS
19880	1050	4	illustrate	illustrate	VBP
19880	1050	5	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	1050	6	more	more	RBR
19880	1050	7	clearly	clearly	RB
19880	1050	8	the	the	DT
19880	1050	9	_	_	NNP
19880	1050	10	action	action	NN
19880	1050	11	_	_	NNP
19880	1050	12	of	of	IN
19880	1050	13	the	the	DT
19880	1050	14	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1050	15	indicated	indicate	VBD
19880	1050	16	FIGS	fig	NNS
19880	1050	17	.	.	.
19880	1051	1	26	26	CD
19880	1051	2	-	-	SYM
19880	1051	3	34	34	CD
19880	1051	4	.	.	.
19880	1052	1	The	the	DT
19880	1052	2	arrows	arrow	NNS
19880	1052	3	show	show	VBP
19880	1052	4	the	the	DT
19880	1052	5	direction	direction	NN
19880	1052	6	of	of	IN
19880	1052	7	the	the	DT
19880	1052	8	pull	pull	NN
19880	1052	9	of	of	IN
19880	1052	10	the	the	DT
19880	1052	11	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1052	12	.	.	.
19880	1053	1	The	the	DT
19880	1053	2	result	result	NN
19880	1053	3	of	of	IN
19880	1053	4	this	this	DT
19880	1053	5	action	action	NN
19880	1053	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1053	7	the	the	DT
19880	1053	8	new	new	JJ
19880	1053	9	position	position	NN
19880	1053	10	of	of	IN
19880	1053	11	the	the	DT
19880	1053	12	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	1053	13	and	and	CC
19880	1053	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1053	15	bands	band	NNS
19880	1053	16	,	,	,
19880	1053	17	which	which	WDT
19880	1053	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	1053	19	shown	show	VBN
19880	1053	20	by	by	IN
19880	1053	21	red	red	JJ
19880	1053	22	outlines	outline	NNS
19880	1053	23	.	.	.
19880	1054	1	The	the	DT
19880	1054	2	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	1054	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1054	4	also	also	RB
19880	1054	5	depicted	depict	VBN
19880	1054	6	in	in	IN
19880	1054	7	red	red	NN
19880	1054	8	.	.	.
19880	1055	1	The	the	DT
19880	1055	2	heavier	heavy	JJR
19880	1055	3	outer	outer	JJ
19880	1055	4	rim	rim	NN
19880	1055	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1055	6	to	to	TO
19880	1055	7	indicate	indicate	VB
19880	1055	8	the	the	DT
19880	1055	9	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	1055	10	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	1055	11	.	.	.
19880	1056	1	By	by	IN
19880	1056	2	comparing	compare	VBG
19880	1056	3	the	the	DT
19880	1056	4	upper	upper	JJ
19880	1056	5	and	and	CC
19880	1056	6	the	the	DT
19880	1056	7	lowest	low	JJS
19880	1056	8	figure	figure	NN
19880	1056	9	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1056	10	will	will	MD
19880	1056	11	be	be	VB
19880	1056	12	seen	see	VBN
19880	1056	13	that	that	IN
19880	1056	14	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1056	15	are	be	VBP
19880	1056	16	opposites	opposite	NNS
19880	1056	17	.	.	.
19880	1057	1	Of	of	RB
19880	1057	2	course	course	RB
19880	1057	3	,	,	,
19880	1057	4	in	in	IN
19880	1057	5	phonation	phonation	NN
19880	1057	6	the	the	DT
19880	1057	7	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1057	8	bands	band	NNS
19880	1057	9	are	be	VBP
19880	1057	10	never	never	RB
19880	1057	11	so	so	RB
19880	1057	12	much	much	RB
19880	1057	13	separated	separate	VBN
19880	1057	14	as	as	IN
19880	1057	15	shown	show	VBN
19880	1057	16	in	in	IN
19880	1057	17	the	the	DT
19880	1057	18	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19880	1057	19	.	.	.
19880	1058	1	Rather	rather	RB
19880	1058	2	does	do	VBZ
19880	1058	3	the	the	DT
19880	1058	4	lower	low	JJR
19880	1058	5	figure	figure	NN
19880	1058	6	indicate	indicate	VBP
19880	1058	7	a	a	DT
19880	1058	8	case	case	NN
19880	1058	9	of	of	IN
19880	1058	10	extreme	extreme	JJ
19880	1058	11	separation	separation	NN
19880	1058	12	due	due	JJ
19880	1058	13	to	to	IN
19880	1058	14	a	a	DT
19880	1058	15	very	very	RB
19880	1058	16	deep	deep	JJ
19880	1058	17	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	1058	18	.	.	.
19880	1059	1	However	however	RB
19880	1059	2	,	,	,
19880	1059	3	these	these	DT
19880	1059	4	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19880	1059	5	are	be	VBP
19880	1059	6	merely	merely	RB
19880	1059	7	diagrams	diagram	NNS
19880	1059	8	meant	mean	VBN
19880	1059	9	to	to	TO
19880	1059	10	indicate	indicate	VB
19880	1059	11	in	in	IN
19880	1059	12	a	a	DT
19880	1059	13	general	general	JJ
19880	1059	14	way	way	NN
19880	1059	15	the	the	DT
19880	1059	16	manner	manner	NN
19880	1059	17	of	of	IN
19880	1059	18	the	the	DT
19880	1059	19	working	working	NN
19880	1059	20	of	of	IN
19880	1059	21	parts	part	NNS
19880	1059	22	.	.	.
19880	1060	1	For	for	IN
19880	1060	2	exact	exact	JJ
19880	1060	3	pictures	picture	NNS
19880	1060	4	of	of	IN
19880	1060	5	the	the	DT
19880	1060	6	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1060	7	bands	band	NNS
19880	1060	8	and	and	CC
19880	1060	9	related	related	JJ
19880	1060	10	parts	part	NNS
19880	1060	11	,	,	,
19880	1060	12	see	see	VB
19880	1060	13	Chapter	Chapter	NNP
19880	1060	14	VII	VII	NNP
19880	1060	15	.	.	.
19880	1060	16	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1061	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	1061	2	VII	VII	NNP
19880	1061	3	.	.	.
19880	1062	1	SOUND	SOUND	NNP
19880	1062	2	--	--	:
19880	1062	3	THE	the	DT
19880	1062	4	LARYNGOSCOPE	LARYNGOSCOPE	NNP
19880	1062	5	--	--	:
19880	1062	6	THE	the	DT
19880	1062	7	LARYNX	LARYNX	NNP
19880	1062	8	RECONSIDERED	RECONSIDERED	NNP
19880	1062	9	.	.	.
19880	1063	1	Before	before	IN
19880	1063	2	discussing	discuss	VBG
19880	1063	3	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1063	4	subject	subject	NN
19880	1063	5	further	further	RB
19880	1063	6	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1063	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1063	8	desirable	desirable	JJ
19880	1063	9	that	that	IN
19880	1063	10	some	some	DT
19880	1063	11	attention	attention	NN
19880	1063	12	be	be	VB
19880	1063	13	given	give	VBN
19880	1063	14	to	to	IN
19880	1063	15	a	a	DT
19880	1063	16	few	few	JJ
19880	1063	17	of	of	IN
19880	1063	18	the	the	DT
19880	1063	19	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19880	1063	20	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1063	21	of	of	IN
19880	1063	22	that	that	DT
19880	1063	23	department	department	NN
19880	1063	24	of	of	IN
19880	1063	25	physics	physics	NNP
19880	1063	26	termed	term	VBN
19880	1063	27	_	_	NNP
19880	1063	28	acoustics	acoustic	NNS
19880	1063	29	_	_	NNP
19880	1063	30	,	,	,
19880	1063	31	and	and	CC
19880	1063	32	which	which	WDT
19880	1063	33	deals	deal	VBZ
19880	1063	34	with	with	IN
19880	1063	35	the	the	DT
19880	1063	36	subject	subject	NN
19880	1063	37	of	of	IN
19880	1063	38	sound	sound	NN
19880	1063	39	.	.	.
19880	1064	1	If	if	IN
19880	1064	2	the	the	DT
19880	1064	3	student	student	NN
19880	1064	4	has	have	VBZ
19880	1064	5	the	the	DT
19880	1064	6	opportunity	opportunity	NN
19880	1064	7	to	to	TO
19880	1064	8	study	study	VB
19880	1064	9	this	this	DT
19880	1064	10	subject	subject	NN
19880	1064	11	theoretically	theoretically	RB
19880	1064	12	and	and	CC
19880	1064	13	practically	practically	RB
19880	1064	14	,	,	,
19880	1064	15	as	as	IN
19880	1064	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1064	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	1064	18	set	set	VBN
19880	1064	19	forth	forth	RP
19880	1064	20	in	in	IN
19880	1064	21	some	some	DT
19880	1064	22	good	good	JJ
19880	1064	23	work	work	NN
19880	1064	24	on	on	IN
19880	1064	25	physics	physics	NN
19880	1064	26	,	,	,
19880	1064	27	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1064	28	will	will	MD
19880	1064	29	have	have	VB
19880	1064	30	no	no	DT
19880	1064	31	reason	reason	NN
19880	1064	32	to	to	TO
19880	1064	33	regret	regret	VB
19880	1064	34	the	the	DT
19880	1064	35	time	time	NN
19880	1064	36	spent	spend	VBN
19880	1064	37	.	.	.
19880	1065	1	A	a	DT
19880	1065	2	deep	deep	JJ
19880	1065	3	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	1065	4	of	of	IN
19880	1065	5	the	the	DT
19880	1065	6	laws	law	NNS
19880	1065	7	of	of	IN
19880	1065	8	sound	sound	NN
19880	1065	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	1065	10	not	not	RB
19880	1065	11	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1065	12	essential	essential	JJ
19880	1065	13	,	,	,
19880	1065	14	or	or	CC
19880	1065	15	even	even	RB
19880	1065	16	highly	highly	RB
19880	1065	17	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1065	18	,	,	,
19880	1065	19	for	for	IN
19880	1065	20	a	a	DT
19880	1065	21	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19880	1065	22	understanding	understanding	NN
19880	1065	23	of	of	IN
19880	1065	24	the	the	DT
19880	1065	25	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1065	26	involved	involve	VBN
19880	1065	27	in	in	IN
19880	1065	28	voice	voice	NN
19880	1065	29	-	-	HYPH
19880	1065	30	production	production	NN
19880	1065	31	.	.	.
19880	1066	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1066	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1066	3	,	,	,
19880	1066	4	however	however	RB
19880	1066	5	,	,	,
19880	1066	6	all	all	RB
19880	1066	7	-	-	HYPH
19880	1066	8	important	important	JJ
19880	1066	9	that	that	IN
19880	1066	10	a	a	DT
19880	1066	11	few	few	JJ
19880	1066	12	facts	fact	NNS
19880	1066	13	and	and	CC
19880	1066	14	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1066	15	be	be	VB
19880	1066	16	thoroughly	thoroughly	RB
19880	1066	17	grasped	grasp	VBN
19880	1066	18	.	.	.
19880	1067	1	For	for	IN
19880	1067	2	those	those	DT
19880	1067	3	who	who	WP
19880	1067	4	feel	feel	VBP
19880	1067	5	that	that	IN
19880	1067	6	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1067	7	have	have	VBP
19880	1067	8	the	the	DT
19880	1067	9	time	time	NN
19880	1067	10	for	for	IN
19880	1067	11	a	a	DT
19880	1067	12	study	study	NN
19880	1067	13	of	of	IN
19880	1067	14	acoustics	acoustic	NNS
19880	1067	15	,	,	,
19880	1067	16	the	the	DT
19880	1067	17	author	author	NN
19880	1067	18	would	would	MD
19880	1067	19	especially	especially	RB
19880	1067	20	recommend	recommend	VB
19880	1067	21	Tyndall	Tyndall	NNP
19880	1067	22	's	's	POS
19880	1067	23	work	work	NN
19880	1067	24	on	on	IN
19880	1067	25	sound	sound	NN
19880	1067	26	,	,	,
19880	1067	27	in	in	IN
19880	1067	28	which	which	WDT
19880	1067	29	the	the	DT
19880	1067	30	subject	subject	NN
19880	1067	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	1067	32	treated	treat	VBN
19880	1067	33	with	with	IN
19880	1067	34	wonderful	wonderful	JJ
19880	1067	35	clearness	clearness	NN
19880	1067	36	and	and	CC
19880	1067	37	charm	charm	NN
19880	1067	38	.	.	.
19880	1068	1	What	what	WP
19880	1068	2	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1068	3	endeavor	endeavor	VBP
19880	1068	4	now	now	RB
19880	1068	5	to	to	TO
19880	1068	6	bring	bring	VB
19880	1068	7	before	before	RB
19880	1068	8	the	the	DT
19880	1068	9	reader	reader	NN
19880	1068	10	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1068	11	have	have	VBP
19880	1068	12	found	find	VBN
19880	1068	13	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19880	1068	14	for	for	IN
19880	1068	15	nearly	nearly	RB
19880	1068	16	all	all	PDT
19880	1068	17	the	the	DT
19880	1068	18	purposes	purpose	NNS
19880	1068	19	of	of	IN
19880	1068	20	the	the	DT
19880	1068	21	voice	voice	NN
19880	1068	22	-	-	HYPH
19880	1068	23	user	user	NN
19880	1068	24	.	.	.
19880	1069	1	An	an	DT
19880	1069	2	observer	observer	NN
19880	1069	3	on	on	IN
19880	1069	4	the	the	DT
19880	1069	5	street	street	NN
19880	1069	6	,	,	,
19880	1069	7	looking	look	VBG
19880	1069	8	at	at	IN
19880	1069	9	a	a	DT
19880	1069	10	military	military	JJ
19880	1069	11	band	band	NN
19880	1069	12	,	,	,
19880	1069	13	notices	notice	VBZ
19880	1069	14	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1069	15	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1069	16	of	of	IN
19880	1069	17	one	one	CD
19880	1069	18	member	member	NN
19880	1069	19	of	of	IN
19880	1069	20	the	the	DT
19880	1069	21	organization	organization	NN
19880	1069	22	which	which	WDT
19880	1069	23	result	result	VBP
19880	1069	24	in	in	IN
19880	1069	25	what	what	WP
19880	1069	26	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1069	27	termed	term	VBD
19880	1069	28	the	the	DT
19880	1069	29	sound	sound	NN
19880	1069	30	of	of	IN
19880	1069	31	the	the	DT
19880	1069	32	drum	drum	NN
19880	1069	33	;	;	:
19880	1069	34	but	but	CC
19880	1069	35	a	a	DT
19880	1069	36	deaf	deaf	JJ
19880	1069	37	man	man	NN
19880	1069	38	by	by	IN
19880	1069	39	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1069	40	side	side	NN
19880	1069	41	,	,	,
19880	1069	42	though	though	IN
19880	1069	43	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1069	44	sees	see	VBZ
19880	1069	45	the	the	DT
19880	1069	46	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1069	47	,	,	,
19880	1069	48	hears	hear	VBZ
19880	1069	49	nothing	nothing	NN
19880	1069	50	.	.	.
19880	1070	1	This	this	DT
19880	1070	2	,	,	,
19880	1070	3	being	be	VBG
19880	1070	4	analyzed	analyze	VBN
19880	1070	5	,	,	,
19880	1070	6	means	mean	VBZ
19880	1070	7	that	that	IN
19880	1070	8	the	the	DT
19880	1070	9	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1070	10	of	of	IN
19880	1070	11	the	the	DT
19880	1070	12	drummer	drummer	NN
19880	1070	13	's	's	POS
19880	1070	14	arm	arm	NN
19880	1070	15	,	,	,
19880	1070	16	conveyed	convey	VBN
19880	1070	17	through	through	IN
19880	1070	18	the	the	DT
19880	1070	19	drumstick	drumstick	NN
19880	1070	20	to	to	IN
19880	1070	21	the	the	DT
19880	1070	22	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	1070	23	of	of	IN
19880	1070	24	the	the	DT
19880	1070	25	drum	drum	NN
19880	1070	26	,	,	,
19880	1070	27	give	give	VBP
19880	1070	28	rise	rise	NN
19880	1070	29	to	to	IN
19880	1070	30	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1070	31	in	in	IN
19880	1070	32	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1070	33	which	which	WDT
19880	1070	34	set	set	VBD
19880	1070	35	up	up	RP
19880	1070	36	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19880	1070	37	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1070	38	of	of	IN
19880	1070	39	the	the	DT
19880	1070	40	air	air	NN
19880	1070	41	within	within	IN
19880	1070	42	the	the	DT
19880	1070	43	drum	drum	NN
19880	1070	44	,	,	,
19880	1070	45	which	which	WDT
19880	1070	46	again	again	RB
19880	1070	47	cause	cause	VBP
19880	1070	48	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1070	49	of	of	IN
19880	1070	50	the	the	DT
19880	1070	51	body	body	NN
19880	1070	52	of	of	IN
19880	1070	53	the	the	DT
19880	1070	54	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	1070	55	,	,	,
19880	1070	56	the	the	DT
19880	1070	57	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1070	58	causing	cause	VBG
19880	1070	59	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1070	60	of	of	IN
19880	1070	61	the	the	DT
19880	1070	62	external	external	JJ
19880	1070	63	air	air	NN
19880	1070	64	;	;	:
19880	1070	65	and	and	CC
19880	1070	66	here	here	RB
19880	1070	67	the	the	DT
19880	1070	68	purely	purely	RB
19880	1070	69	physical	physical	JJ
19880	1070	70	process	process	NN
19880	1070	71	ends	end	VBZ
19880	1070	72	.	.	.
19880	1071	1	The	the	DT
19880	1071	2	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1071	3	other	other	JJ
19880	1071	4	than	than	IN
19880	1071	5	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1071	6	ones	one	NNS
19880	1071	7	are	be	VBP
19880	1071	8	not	not	RB
19880	1071	9	readily	readily	RB
19880	1071	10	observed	observe	VBN
19880	1071	11	,	,	,
19880	1071	12	but	but	CC
19880	1071	13	experiments	experiment	NNS
19880	1071	14	not	not	RB
19880	1071	15	only	only	RB
19880	1071	16	prove	prove	VBP
19880	1071	17	that	that	IN
19880	1071	18	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1071	19	exist	exist	VBP
19880	1071	20	,	,	,
19880	1071	21	but	but	CC
19880	1071	22	demonstrate	demonstrate	VB
19880	1071	23	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1071	24	nature	nature	NN
19880	1071	25	,	,	,
19880	1071	26	even	even	RB
19880	1071	27	to	to	IN
19880	1071	28	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1071	29	exact	exact	JJ
19880	1071	30	rate	rate	NN
19880	1071	31	of	of	IN
19880	1071	32	occurrence	occurrence	NN
19880	1071	33	,	,	,
19880	1071	34	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1071	35	size	size	NN
19880	1071	36	,	,	,
19880	1071	37	etc	etc	FW
19880	1071	38	.	.	.
19880	1072	1	These	these	DT
19880	1072	2	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1072	3	are	be	VBP
19880	1072	4	termed	term	VBN
19880	1072	5	_	_	NNP
19880	1072	6	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1072	7	_	_	NNP
19880	1072	8	,	,	,
19880	1072	9	and	and	CC
19880	1072	10	,	,	,
19880	1072	11	as	as	IN
19880	1072	12	has	have	VBZ
19880	1072	13	been	be	VBN
19880	1072	14	indicated	indicate	VBN
19880	1072	15	previously	previously	RB
19880	1072	16	,	,	,
19880	1072	17	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1072	18	are	be	VBP
19880	1072	19	the	the	DT
19880	1072	20	sole	sole	JJ
19880	1072	21	physical	physical	JJ
19880	1072	22	cause	cause	NN
19880	1072	23	of	of	IN
19880	1072	24	sound	sound	NN
19880	1072	25	.	.	.
19880	1073	1	But	but	CC
19880	1073	2	that	that	IN
19880	1073	3	the	the	DT
19880	1073	4	latter	latter	NN
19880	1073	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1073	6	not	not	RB
19880	1073	7	due	due	JJ
19880	1073	8	wholly	wholly	RB
19880	1073	9	to	to	IN
19880	1073	10	a	a	DT
19880	1073	11	physical	physical	JJ
19880	1073	12	origin	origin	NN
19880	1073	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	1073	14	evident	evident	JJ
19880	1073	15	from	from	IN
19880	1073	16	the	the	DT
19880	1073	17	fact	fact	NN
19880	1073	18	that	that	DT
19880	1073	19	sound	sound	NN
19880	1073	20	for	for	IN
19880	1073	21	the	the	DT
19880	1073	22	deaf	deaf	NN
19880	1073	23	does	do	VBZ
19880	1073	24	not	not	RB
19880	1073	25	exist	exist	VB
19880	1073	26	.	.	.
19880	1074	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1074	2	must	must	MD
19880	1074	3	,	,	,
19880	1074	4	therefore	therefore	RB
19880	1074	5	,	,	,
19880	1074	6	be	be	VB
19880	1074	7	a	a	DT
19880	1074	8	personal	personal	JJ
19880	1074	9	,	,	,
19880	1074	10	a	a	DT
19880	1074	11	subjective	subjective	JJ
19880	1074	12	experience	experience	NN
19880	1074	13	,	,	,
19880	1074	14	and	and	CC
19880	1074	15	as	as	IN
19880	1074	16	the	the	DT
19880	1074	17	sleeping	sleeping	NN
19880	1074	18	,	,	,
19880	1074	19	unconscious	unconscious	JJ
19880	1074	20	person	person	NN
19880	1074	21	does	do	VBZ
19880	1074	22	not	not	RB
19880	1074	23	necessarily	necessarily	RB
19880	1074	24	hear	hear	VB
19880	1074	25	a	a	DT
19880	1074	26	sound	sound	NN
19880	1074	27	,	,	,
19880	1074	28	the	the	DT
19880	1074	29	process	process	NN
19880	1074	30	is	be	VBZ
19880	1074	31	not	not	RB
19880	1074	32	wholly	wholly	RB
19880	1074	33	a	a	DT
19880	1074	34	corporeal	corporeal	NN
19880	1074	35	or	or	CC
19880	1074	36	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	1074	37	process	process	NN
19880	1074	38	;	;	:
19880	1074	39	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1074	40	is	be	VBZ
19880	1074	41	finally	finally	RB
19880	1074	42	an	an	DT
19880	1074	43	experience	experience	NN
19880	1074	44	of	of	IN
19880	1074	45	the	the	DT
19880	1074	46	mind	mind	NN
19880	1074	47	,	,	,
19880	1074	48	the	the	DT
19880	1074	49	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19880	1074	50	,	,	,
19880	1074	51	and	and	CC
19880	1074	52	so	so	RB
19880	1074	53	is	be	VBZ
19880	1074	54	psychological	psychological	JJ
19880	1074	55	as	as	RB
19880	1074	56	well	well	RB
19880	1074	57	as	as	IN
19880	1074	58	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	1074	59	.	.	.
19880	1075	1	The	the	DT
19880	1075	2	fact	fact	NN
19880	1075	3	that	that	IN
19880	1075	4	sound	sound	NN
19880	1075	5	has	have	VBZ
19880	1075	6	a	a	DT
19880	1075	7	physical	physical	JJ
19880	1075	8	basis	basis	NN
19880	1075	9	in	in	IN
19880	1075	10	the	the	DT
19880	1075	11	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1075	12	of	of	IN
19880	1075	13	bodies	body	NNS
19880	1075	14	,	,	,
19880	1075	15	either	either	CC
19880	1075	16	solid	solid	JJ
19880	1075	17	,	,	,
19880	1075	18	liquid	liquid	JJ
19880	1075	19	,	,	,
19880	1075	20	or	or	CC
19880	1075	21	gaseous	gaseous	JJ
19880	1075	22	,	,	,
19880	1075	23	may	may	MD
19880	1075	24	be	be	VB
19880	1075	25	brought	bring	VBN
19880	1075	26	home	home	RB
19880	1075	27	to	to	IN
19880	1075	28	one	one	CD
19880	1075	29	in	in	IN
19880	1075	30	various	various	JJ
19880	1075	31	ways	way	NNS
19880	1075	32	.	.	.
19880	1076	1	Concussion	concussion	NN
19880	1076	2	or	or	CC
19880	1076	3	shaking	shaking	NN
19880	1076	4	of	of	IN
19880	1076	5	some	some	DT
19880	1076	6	kind	kind	NN
19880	1076	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1076	8	essential	essential	JJ
19880	1076	9	to	to	TO
19880	1076	10	start	start	VB
19880	1076	11	these	these	DT
19880	1076	12	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1076	13	.	.	.
19880	1077	1	The	the	DT
19880	1077	2	air	air	NN
19880	1077	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1077	4	made	make	VBN
19880	1077	5	up	up	RP
19880	1077	6	of	of	IN
19880	1077	7	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1077	8	particles	particle	NNS
19880	1077	9	,	,	,
19880	1077	10	and	and	CC
19880	1077	11	one	one	CD
19880	1077	12	being	be	VBG
19880	1077	13	moved	move	VBN
19880	1077	14	sets	set	NNS
19880	1077	15	up	up	RP
19880	1077	16	,	,	,
19880	1077	17	inevitably	inevitably	RB
19880	1077	18	,	,	,
19880	1077	19	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1077	20	in	in	IN
19880	1077	21	neighboring	neighbor	VBG
19880	1077	22	particles	particle	NNS
19880	1077	23	on	on	IN
19880	1077	24	all	all	DT
19880	1077	25	sides	side	NNS
19880	1077	26	,	,	,
19880	1077	27	hence	hence	RB
19880	1077	28	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1077	29	travel	travel	VBP
19880	1077	30	in	in	IN
19880	1077	31	all	all	DT
19880	1077	32	directions	direction	NNS
19880	1077	33	;	;	:
19880	1077	34	which	which	WDT
19880	1077	35	explains	explain	VBZ
19880	1077	36	why	why	WRB
19880	1077	37	a	a	DT
19880	1077	38	sound	sound	NN
19880	1077	39	in	in	IN
19880	1077	40	the	the	DT
19880	1077	41	street	street	NN
19880	1077	42	may	may	MD
19880	1077	43	be	be	VB
19880	1077	44	heard	hear	VBN
19880	1077	45	by	by	IN
19880	1077	46	those	those	DT
19880	1077	47	in	in	IN
19880	1077	48	every	every	DT
19880	1077	49	part	part	NN
19880	1077	50	of	of	IN
19880	1077	51	the	the	DT
19880	1077	52	street	street	NN
19880	1077	53	not	not	RB
19880	1077	54	too	too	RB
19880	1077	55	distant	distant	JJ
19880	1077	56	,	,	,
19880	1077	57	and	and	CC
19880	1077	58	also	also	RB
19880	1077	59	in	in	IN
19880	1077	60	the	the	DT
19880	1077	61	upper	upper	JJ
19880	1077	62	rooms	room	NNS
19880	1077	63	of	of	IN
19880	1077	64	the	the	DT
19880	1077	65	houses	house	NNS
19880	1077	66	and	and	CC
19880	1077	67	below	below	RB
19880	1077	68	in	in	IN
19880	1077	69	the	the	DT
19880	1077	70	basements	basement	NNS
19880	1077	71	.	.	.
19880	1078	1	This	this	DT
19880	1078	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1078	3	an	an	DT
19880	1078	4	important	important	JJ
19880	1078	5	fact	fact	NN
19880	1078	6	for	for	IN
19880	1078	7	the	the	DT
19880	1078	8	singer	singer	NN
19880	1078	9	or	or	CC
19880	1078	10	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1078	11	to	to	TO
19880	1078	12	bear	bear	VB
19880	1078	13	in	in	IN
19880	1078	14	mind	mind	NN
19880	1078	15	.	.	.
19880	1079	1	His	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1079	2	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1079	3	must	must	MD
19880	1079	4	be	be	VB
19880	1079	5	to	to	TO
19880	1079	6	set	set	VB
19880	1079	7	up	up	RP
19880	1079	8	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1079	9	that	that	WDT
19880	1079	10	will	will	MD
19880	1079	11	travel	travel	VB
19880	1079	12	with	with	IN
19880	1079	13	great	great	JJ
19880	1079	14	perfection	perfection	NN
19880	1079	15	and	and	CC
19880	1079	16	rapidity	rapidity	NN
19880	1079	17	in	in	IN
19880	1079	18	all	all	DT
19880	1079	19	directions	direction	NNS
19880	1079	20	.	.	.
19880	1080	1	The	the	DT
19880	1080	2	following	follow	VBG
19880	1080	3	experiments	experiment	NNS
19880	1080	4	of	of	IN
19880	1080	5	a	a	DT
19880	1080	6	simple	simple	JJ
19880	1080	7	kind	kind	NN
19880	1080	8	will	will	MD
19880	1080	9	serve	serve	VB
19880	1080	10	to	to	TO
19880	1080	11	convince	convince	VB
19880	1080	12	those	those	DT
19880	1080	13	who	who	WP
19880	1080	14	may	may	MD
19880	1080	15	not	not	RB
19880	1080	16	have	have	VB
19880	1080	17	given	give	VBN
19880	1080	18	much	much	JJ
19880	1080	19	attention	attention	NN
19880	1080	20	to	to	IN
19880	1080	21	the	the	DT
19880	1080	22	subject	subject	NN
19880	1080	23	that	that	DT
19880	1080	24	sound	sound	NN
19880	1080	25	is	be	VBZ
19880	1080	26	due	due	JJ
19880	1080	27	to	to	IN
19880	1080	28	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1080	29	of	of	IN
19880	1080	30	some	some	DT
19880	1080	31	object	object	NN
19880	1080	32	,	,	,
19880	1080	33	which	which	WDT
19880	1080	34	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1080	35	term	term	VBP
19880	1080	36	the	the	DT
19880	1080	37	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	1080	38	body	body	NN
19880	1080	39	,	,	,
19880	1080	40	strictly	strictly	RB
19880	1080	41	that	that	DT
19880	1080	42	which	which	WDT
19880	1080	43	starts	start	VBZ
19880	1080	44	the	the	DT
19880	1080	45	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1080	46	by	by	IN
19880	1080	47	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1080	48	own	own	JJ
19880	1080	49	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1080	50	or	or	CC
19880	1080	51	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1080	52	.	.	.
19880	1081	1	If	if	IN
19880	1081	2	a	a	DT
19880	1081	3	sufficiently	sufficiently	RB
19880	1081	4	flexible	flexible	JJ
19880	1081	5	band	band	NN
19880	1081	6	of	of	IN
19880	1081	7	metal	metal	NN
19880	1081	8	or	or	CC
19880	1081	9	a	a	DT
19880	1081	10	stiff	stiff	JJ
19880	1081	11	piece	piece	NN
19880	1081	12	of	of	IN
19880	1081	13	whalebone	whalebone	NN
19880	1081	14	be	be	VB
19880	1081	15	fixed	fix	VBN
19880	1081	16	at	at	IN
19880	1081	17	one	one	CD
19880	1081	18	end	end	NN
19880	1081	19	in	in	IN
19880	1081	20	a	a	DT
19880	1081	21	vice	vice	NN
19880	1081	22	,	,	,
19880	1081	23	and	and	CC
19880	1081	24	then	then	RB
19880	1081	25	sharply	sharply	RB
19880	1081	26	pulled	pull	VBD
19880	1081	27	to	to	IN
19880	1081	28	one	one	CD
19880	1081	29	side	side	NN
19880	1081	30	and	and	CC
19880	1081	31	suddenly	suddenly	RB
19880	1081	32	let	let	VB
19880	1081	33	go	go	VB
19880	1081	34	,	,	,
19880	1081	35	a	a	DT
19880	1081	36	sound	sound	NN
19880	1081	37	results	result	NNS
19880	1081	38	.	.	.
19880	1082	1	The	the	DT
19880	1082	2	same	same	JJ
19880	1082	3	effect	effect	NN
19880	1082	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1082	5	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1082	6	when	when	WRB
19880	1082	7	a	a	DT
19880	1082	8	tight	tight	JJ
19880	1082	9	cord	cord	NN
19880	1082	10	or	or	CC
19880	1082	11	small	small	JJ
19880	1082	12	rope	rope	NN
19880	1082	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	1082	14	plucked	pluck	VBN
19880	1082	15	at	at	IN
19880	1082	16	and	and	CC
19880	1082	17	then	then	RB
19880	1082	18	suddenly	suddenly	RB
19880	1082	19	released	release	VBN
19880	1082	20	.	.	.
19880	1083	1	In	in	IN
19880	1083	2	each	each	DT
19880	1083	3	of	of	IN
19880	1083	4	these	these	DT
19880	1083	5	cases	case	NNS
19880	1083	6	,	,	,
19880	1083	7	if	if	IN
19880	1083	8	actual	actual	JJ
19880	1083	9	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1083	10	are	be	VBP
19880	1083	11	not	not	RB
19880	1083	12	seen	see	VBN
19880	1083	13	,	,	,
19880	1083	14	a	a	DT
19880	1083	15	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1083	16	haze	haze	NN
19880	1083	17	which	which	WDT
19880	1083	18	seems	seem	VBZ
19880	1083	19	to	to	TO
19880	1083	20	surround	surround	VB
19880	1083	21	the	the	DT
19880	1083	22	object	object	NN
19880	1083	23	may	may	MD
19880	1083	24	be	be	VB
19880	1083	25	observed	observe	VBN
19880	1083	26	.	.	.
19880	1084	1	The	the	DT
19880	1084	2	same	same	JJ
19880	1084	3	can	can	MD
19880	1084	4	be	be	VB
19880	1084	5	seen	see	VBN
19880	1084	6	when	when	WRB
19880	1084	7	a	a	DT
19880	1084	8	tuning	tuning	NN
19880	1084	9	-	-	HYPH
19880	1084	10	fork	fork	NN
19880	1084	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	1084	12	set	set	VBN
19880	1084	13	into	into	IN
19880	1084	14	action	action	NN
19880	1084	15	by	by	IN
19880	1084	16	a	a	DT
19880	1084	17	bow	bow	NN
19880	1084	18	,	,	,
19880	1084	19	a	a	DT
19880	1084	20	blow	blow	NN
19880	1084	21	,	,	,
19880	1084	22	etc	etc	FW
19880	1084	23	.	.	.
19880	1085	1	In	in	IN
19880	1085	2	the	the	DT
19880	1085	3	case	case	NN
19880	1085	4	of	of	IN
19880	1085	5	the	the	DT
19880	1085	6	fork	fork	NN
19880	1085	7	a	a	DT
19880	1085	8	graphic	graphic	JJ
19880	1085	9	tracing	tracing	NN
19880	1085	10	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1085	11	Fig	fig	NN
19880	1085	12	.	.	.
19880	1086	1	36	36	CD
19880	1086	2	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1086	3	can	can	MD
19880	1086	4	be	be	VB
19880	1086	5	readily	readily	RB
19880	1086	6	taken	take	VBN
19880	1086	7	on	on	IN
19880	1086	8	smoked	smoke	VBN
19880	1086	9	paper	paper	NN
19880	1086	10	,	,	,
19880	1086	11	thus	thus	RB
19880	1086	12	demonstrating	demonstrate	VBG
19880	1086	13	to	to	IN
19880	1086	14	the	the	DT
19880	1086	15	eye	eye	NN
19880	1086	16	that	that	WDT
19880	1086	17	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1086	18	exist	exist	VBP
19880	1086	19	,	,	,
19880	1086	20	that	that	IN
19880	1086	21	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1086	22	occur	occur	VBP
19880	1086	23	with	with	IN
19880	1086	24	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	1086	25	regularity	regularity	NN
19880	1086	26	and	and	CC
19880	1086	27	with	with	IN
19880	1086	28	a	a	DT
19880	1086	29	frequency	frequency	NN
19880	1086	30	that	that	WDT
19880	1086	31	can	can	MD
19880	1086	32	be	be	VB
19880	1086	33	measured	measure	VBN
19880	1086	34	.	.	.
19880	1087	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1087	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1087	3	:	:	:
19880	1087	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1087	5	.	.	.
19880	1088	1	36	36	CD
19880	1088	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1088	3	Tyndall	Tyndall	NNP
19880	1088	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1088	5	.	.	.
19880	1089	1	Illustrates	illustrate	NNS
19880	1089	2	how	how	WRB
19880	1089	3	the	the	DT
19880	1089	4	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1089	5	of	of	IN
19880	1089	6	a	a	DT
19880	1089	7	tuning	tuning	NN
19880	1089	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	1089	9	fork	fork	NN
19880	1089	10	are	be	VBP
19880	1089	11	registered	register	VBN
19880	1089	12	on	on	IN
19880	1089	13	a	a	DT
19880	1089	14	blackened	blacken	VBN
19880	1089	15	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1089	16	smoked	smoke	VBN
19880	1089	17	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1089	18	glass	glass	NN
19880	1089	19	.	.	.
19880	1090	1	In	in	IN
19880	1090	2	order	order	NN
19880	1090	3	that	that	IN
19880	1090	4	the	the	DT
19880	1090	5	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1090	6	of	of	IN
19880	1090	7	the	the	DT
19880	1090	8	fork	fork	NN
19880	1090	9	shall	shall	MD
19880	1090	10	be	be	VB
19880	1090	11	traced	trace	VBN
19880	1090	12	in	in	IN
19880	1090	13	the	the	DT
19880	1090	14	form	form	NN
19880	1090	15	of	of	IN
19880	1090	16	regular	regular	JJ
19880	1090	17	curves	curve	NNS
19880	1090	18	,	,	,
19880	1090	19	the	the	DT
19880	1090	20	surface	surface	NN
19880	1090	21	must	must	MD
19880	1090	22	be	be	VB
19880	1090	23	kept	keep	VBN
19880	1090	24	moving	move	VBG
19880	1090	25	at	at	IN
19880	1090	26	a	a	DT
19880	1090	27	definite	definite	JJ
19880	1090	28	regular	regular	JJ
19880	1090	29	rate	rate	NN
19880	1090	30	.	.	.
19880	1090	31	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1091	1	A	a	DT
19880	1091	2	similar	similar	JJ
19880	1091	3	observation	observation	NN
19880	1091	4	can	can	MD
19880	1091	5	be	be	VB
19880	1091	6	made	make	VBN
19880	1091	7	in	in	IN
19880	1091	8	the	the	DT
19880	1091	9	case	case	NN
19880	1091	10	of	of	IN
19880	1091	11	stringed	stringed	JJ
19880	1091	12	instruments	instrument	NNS
19880	1091	13	.	.	.
19880	1092	1	If	if	IN
19880	1092	2	pieces	piece	NNS
19880	1092	3	of	of	IN
19880	1092	4	paper	paper	NN
19880	1092	5	be	be	VB
19880	1092	6	laid	lay	VBN
19880	1092	7	on	on	IN
19880	1092	8	the	the	DT
19880	1092	9	strings	string	NNS
19880	1092	10	of	of	IN
19880	1092	11	a	a	DT
19880	1092	12	violin	violin	NN
19880	1092	13	,	,	,
19880	1092	14	and	and	CC
19880	1092	15	the	the	DT
19880	1092	16	bow	bow	NN
19880	1092	17	then	then	RB
19880	1092	18	drawn	draw	VBD
19880	1092	19	across	across	IN
19880	1092	20	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1092	21	,	,	,
19880	1092	22	the	the	DT
19880	1092	23	bits	bit	NNS
19880	1092	24	of	of	IN
19880	1092	25	paper	paper	NN
19880	1092	26	will	will	MD
19880	1092	27	fly	fly	VB
19880	1092	28	off	off	RP
19880	1092	29	owing	owe	VBG
19880	1092	30	to	to	IN
19880	1092	31	the	the	DT
19880	1092	32	movements--_i.e	movements--_i.e	NNP
19880	1092	33	.	.	.
19880	1092	34	_	_	NNP
19880	1092	35	,	,	,
19880	1092	36	the	the	DT
19880	1092	37	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1092	38	--	--	:
19880	1092	39	of	of	IN
19880	1092	40	the	the	DT
19880	1092	41	strings	string	NNS
19880	1092	42	.	.	.
19880	1093	1	That	that	IN
19880	1093	2	a	a	DT
19880	1093	3	force	force	NN
19880	1093	4	applied	apply	VBD
19880	1093	5	at	at	IN
19880	1093	6	one	one	CD
19880	1093	7	end	end	NN
19880	1093	8	of	of	IN
19880	1093	9	several	several	JJ
19880	1093	10	objects	object	NNS
19880	1093	11	in	in	IN
19880	1093	12	a	a	DT
19880	1093	13	line	line	NN
19880	1093	14	or	or	CC
19880	1093	15	series	series	NN
19880	1093	16	causes	cause	VBZ
19880	1093	17	an	an	DT
19880	1093	18	obvious	obvious	JJ
19880	1093	19	effect	effect	NN
19880	1093	20	at	at	IN
19880	1093	21	the	the	DT
19880	1093	22	other	other	JJ
19880	1093	23	end	end	NN
19880	1093	24	,	,	,
19880	1093	25	can	can	MD
19880	1093	26	be	be	VB
19880	1093	27	well	well	RB
19880	1093	28	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19880	1093	29	in	in	IN
19880	1093	30	a	a	DT
19880	1093	31	simple	simple	JJ
19880	1093	32	way	way	NN
19880	1093	33	.	.	.
19880	1094	1	If	if	IN
19880	1094	2	a	a	DT
19880	1094	3	number	number	NN
19880	1094	4	of	of	IN
19880	1094	5	individuals	individual	NNS
19880	1094	6	stand	stand	VBP
19880	1094	7	one	one	CD
19880	1094	8	behind	behind	IN
19880	1094	9	another	another	DT
19880	1094	10	in	in	IN
19880	1094	11	a	a	DT
19880	1094	12	line	line	NN
19880	1094	13	,	,	,
19880	1094	14	each	each	DT
19880	1094	15	with	with	IN
19880	1094	16	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1094	17	hands	hand	NNS
19880	1094	18	laid	lay	VBN
19880	1094	19	firmly	firmly	RB
19880	1094	20	on	on	IN
19880	1094	21	the	the	DT
19880	1094	22	shoulders	shoulder	NNS
19880	1094	23	of	of	IN
19880	1094	24	the	the	DT
19880	1094	25	one	one	NN
19880	1094	26	next	next	JJ
19880	1094	27	to	to	IN
19880	1094	28	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1094	29	,	,	,
19880	1094	30	and	and	CC
19880	1094	31	the	the	DT
19880	1094	32	person	person	NN
19880	1094	33	at	at	IN
19880	1094	34	the	the	DT
19880	1094	35	end	end	NN
19880	1094	36	be	be	VB
19880	1094	37	pushed	push	VBN
19880	1094	38	,	,	,
19880	1094	39	the	the	DT
19880	1094	40	force	force	NN
19880	1094	41	will	will	MD
19880	1094	42	be	be	VB
19880	1094	43	conveyed	convey	VBN
19880	1094	44	through	through	IN
19880	1094	45	all	all	PDT
19880	1094	46	the	the	DT
19880	1094	47	intermediate	intermediate	JJ
19880	1094	48	individuals	individual	NNS
19880	1094	49	,	,	,
19880	1094	50	and	and	CC
19880	1094	51	cause	cause	VB
19880	1094	52	the	the	DT
19880	1094	53	unsupported	unsupported	JJ
19880	1094	54	person	person	NN
19880	1094	55	at	at	IN
19880	1094	56	the	the	DT
19880	1094	57	distant	distant	JJ
19880	1094	58	end	end	NN
19880	1094	59	to	to	TO
19880	1094	60	move	move	NN
19880	1094	61	.	.	.
19880	1095	1	So	so	RB
19880	1095	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1095	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1095	4	with	with	IN
19880	1095	5	the	the	DT
19880	1095	6	particles	particle	NNS
19880	1095	7	of	of	IN
19880	1095	8	which	which	WDT
19880	1095	9	the	the	DT
19880	1095	10	air	air	NN
19880	1095	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	1095	12	composed	compose	VBN
19880	1095	13	.	.	.
19880	1096	1	The	the	DT
19880	1096	2	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1096	3	begun	begin	VBN
19880	1096	4	in	in	IN
19880	1096	5	the	the	DT
19880	1096	6	drum	drum	NN
19880	1096	7	set	set	VBN
19880	1096	8	up	up	RP
19880	1096	9	by	by	IN
19880	1096	10	contact	contact	NN
19880	1096	11	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19880	1096	12	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1096	13	or	or	CC
19880	1096	14	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1096	15	in	in	IN
19880	1096	16	the	the	DT
19880	1096	17	adjacent	adjacent	JJ
19880	1096	18	air	air	NN
19880	1096	19	,	,	,
19880	1096	20	which	which	WDT
19880	1096	21	ultimately	ultimately	RB
19880	1096	22	reach	reach	VBP
19880	1096	23	the	the	DT
19880	1096	24	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	1096	25	subject	subject	NN
19880	1096	26	's	's	POS
19880	1096	27	ear	ear	NN
19880	1096	28	,	,	,
19880	1096	29	thereby	thereby	RB
19880	1096	30	affect	affect	VB
19880	1096	31	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1096	32	brain	brain	NN
19880	1096	33	,	,	,
19880	1096	34	and	and	CC
19880	1096	35	are	be	VBP
19880	1096	36	accompanied	accompany	VBN
19880	1096	37	by	by	IN
19880	1096	38	that	that	DT
19880	1096	39	change	change	NN
19880	1096	40	in	in	IN
19880	1096	41	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19880	1096	42	which	which	WDT
19880	1096	43	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1096	44	terms	term	VBZ
19880	1096	45	"	"	``
19880	1096	46	hearing	hear	VBG
19880	1096	47	.	.	.
19880	1096	48	"	"	''
19880	1097	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1097	2	will	will	MD
19880	1097	3	be	be	VB
19880	1097	4	observed	observe	VBN
19880	1097	5	that	that	IN
19880	1097	6	these	these	DT
19880	1097	7	events	event	NNS
19880	1097	8	constitute	constitute	VBP
19880	1097	9	a	a	DT
19880	1097	10	chain	chain	NN
19880	1097	11	,	,	,
19880	1097	12	and	and	CC
19880	1097	13	a	a	DT
19880	1097	14	break	break	NN
19880	1097	15	anywhere	anywhere	RB
19880	1097	16	will	will	MD
19880	1097	17	prevent	prevent	VB
19880	1097	18	a	a	DT
19880	1097	19	sound	sound	NN
19880	1097	20	being	be	VBG
19880	1097	21	heard	hear	VBN
19880	1097	22	;	;	:
19880	1097	23	there	there	EX
19880	1097	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	1097	25	then	then	RB
19880	1097	26	,	,	,
19880	1097	27	in	in	IN
19880	1097	28	fact	fact	NN
19880	1097	29	,	,	,
19880	1097	30	no	no	DT
19880	1097	31	sound	sound	NN
19880	1097	32	.	.	.
19880	1098	1	Sounds	sound	NNS
19880	1098	2	are	be	VBP
19880	1098	3	characterized	characterize	VBN
19880	1098	4	by	by	IN
19880	1098	5	_	_	NNP
19880	1098	6	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1098	7	_	_	NNP
19880	1098	8	,	,	,
19880	1098	9	_	_	NNP
19880	1098	10	volume	volume	NN
19880	1098	11	_	_	NNP
19880	1098	12	,	,	,
19880	1098	13	and	and	CC
19880	1098	14	_	_	NNP
19880	1098	15	quality	quality	NN
19880	1098	16	_	_	NNP
19880	1098	17	.	.	.
19880	1099	1	The	the	DT
19880	1099	2	_	_	NNP
19880	1099	3	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1099	4	_	_	NNP
19880	1099	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1099	6	determined	determine	VBN
19880	1099	7	by	by	IN
19880	1099	8	the	the	DT
19880	1099	9	number	number	NN
19880	1099	10	of	of	IN
19880	1099	11	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1099	12	that	that	WDT
19880	1099	13	reach	reach	VBP
19880	1099	14	the	the	DT
19880	1099	15	ear	ear	NN
19880	1099	16	within	within	IN
19880	1099	17	a	a	DT
19880	1099	18	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1099	19	time	time	NN
19880	1099	20	;	;	:
19880	1099	21	the	the	DT
19880	1099	22	more	more	RBR
19880	1099	23	numerous	numerous	JJ
19880	1099	24	the	the	DT
19880	1099	25	sound	sound	NN
19880	1099	26	-	-	HYPH
19880	1099	27	waves	wave	NNS
19880	1099	28	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1099	29	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1099	30	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1099	31	in	in	IN
19880	1099	32	a	a	DT
19880	1099	33	second	second	JJ
19880	1099	34	,	,	,
19880	1099	35	the	the	DT
19880	1099	36	higher	high	JJR
19880	1099	37	the	the	DT
19880	1099	38	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1099	39	.	.	.
19880	1100	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1100	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1100	3	:	:	:
19880	1100	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1100	5	.	.	.
19880	1101	1	37	37	CD
19880	1101	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1101	3	Tyndall	Tyndall	NNP
19880	1101	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1101	5	.	.	.
19880	1102	1	Meant	mean	VBN
19880	1102	2	to	to	TO
19880	1102	3	illustrate	illustrate	VB
19880	1102	4	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1102	5	.	.	.
19880	1103	1	The	the	DT
19880	1103	2	impulse	impulse	NN
19880	1103	3	communicated	communicate	VBN
19880	1103	4	by	by	IN
19880	1103	5	the	the	DT
19880	1103	6	ball	ball	NN
19880	1103	7	pushed	push	VBD
19880	1103	8	from	from	IN
19880	1103	9	the	the	DT
19880	1103	10	hand	hand	NN
19880	1103	11	to	to	IN
19880	1103	12	all	all	PDT
19880	1103	13	the	the	DT
19880	1103	14	intervening	intervene	VBG
19880	1103	15	ones	one	NNS
19880	1103	16	causes	cause	VBZ
19880	1103	17	only	only	RB
19880	1103	18	the	the	DT
19880	1103	19	last	last	JJ
19880	1103	20	to	to	TO
19880	1103	21	actually	actually	RB
19880	1103	22	move	move	VB
19880	1103	23	bodily	bodily	RB
19880	1103	24	.	.	.
19880	1103	25	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1104	1	Animals	animal	NNS
19880	1104	2	differ	differ	VBP
19880	1104	3	a	a	DT
19880	1104	4	good	good	JJ
19880	1104	5	deal	deal	NN
19880	1104	6	as	as	IN
19880	1104	7	to	to	IN
19880	1104	8	the	the	DT
19880	1104	9	limits	limit	NNS
19880	1104	10	of	of	IN
19880	1104	11	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	1104	12	.	.	.
19880	1105	1	Cats	cat	NNS
19880	1105	2	hear	hear	VBP
19880	1105	3	very	very	RB
19880	1105	4	high	high	RB
19880	1105	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	1105	6	pitched	pitch	VBN
19880	1105	7	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	1105	8	,	,	,
19880	1105	9	as	as	IN
19880	1105	10	of	of	IN
19880	1105	11	mice	mouse	NNS
19880	1105	12	,	,	,
19880	1105	13	that	that	IN
19880	1105	14	human	human	JJ
19880	1105	15	beings	being	NNS
19880	1105	16	may	may	MD
19880	1105	17	not	not	RB
19880	1105	18	notice	notice	VB
19880	1105	19	,	,	,
19880	1105	20	and	and	CC
19880	1105	21	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1105	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	1105	23	likely	likely	JJ
19880	1105	24	that	that	IN
19880	1105	25	insects	insect	NNS
19880	1105	26	hear	hear	VBP
19880	1105	27	sounds	sound	VBZ
19880	1105	28	altogether	altogether	RB
19880	1105	29	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1105	30	the	the	DT
19880	1105	31	limit	limit	NN
19880	1105	32	of	of	IN
19880	1105	33	the	the	DT
19880	1105	34	human	human	JJ
19880	1105	35	ear	ear	NN
19880	1105	36	.	.	.
19880	1106	1	But	but	CC
19880	1106	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1106	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1106	4	wonderful	wonderful	JJ
19880	1106	5	how	how	WRB
19880	1106	6	much	much	JJ
19880	1106	7	human	human	JJ
19880	1106	8	beings	being	NNS
19880	1106	9	differ	differ	VBP
19880	1106	10	among	among	IN
19880	1106	11	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1106	12	in	in	IN
19880	1106	13	regard	regard	NN
19880	1106	14	to	to	IN
19880	1106	15	this	this	DT
19880	1106	16	matter	matter	NN
19880	1106	17	.	.	.
19880	1107	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1107	2	has	have	VBZ
19880	1107	3	surprised	surprise	VBN
19880	1107	4	the	the	DT
19880	1107	5	author	author	NN
19880	1107	6	to	to	TO
19880	1107	7	find	find	VB
19880	1107	8	that	that	IN
19880	1107	9	many	many	JJ
19880	1107	10	persons	person	NNS
19880	1107	11	can	can	MD
19880	1107	12	not	not	RB
19880	1107	13	hear	hear	VB
19880	1107	14	the	the	DT
19880	1107	15	high	high	RB
19880	1107	16	-	-	HYPH
19880	1107	17	pitched	pitched	JJ
19880	1107	18	note	note	NN
19880	1107	19	of	of	IN
19880	1107	20	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1107	21	birds	bird	NNS
19880	1107	22	,	,	,
19880	1107	23	as	as	IN
19880	1107	24	the	the	DT
19880	1107	25	wax	wax	NN
19880	1107	26	-	-	HYPH
19880	1107	27	wing	wing	NN
19880	1107	28	.	.	.
19880	1108	1	The	the	DT
19880	1108	2	lower	low	JJR
19880	1108	3	limit	limit	NN
19880	1108	4	,	,	,
19880	1108	5	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1108	6	generally	generally	RB
19880	1108	7	,	,	,
19880	1108	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1108	9	for	for	IN
19880	1108	10	most	most	JJS
19880	1108	11	persons	person	NNS
19880	1108	12	16	16	CD
19880	1108	13	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1108	14	,	,	,
19880	1108	15	and	and	CC
19880	1108	16	the	the	DT
19880	1108	17	highest	high	JJS
19880	1108	18	38000	38000	CD
19880	1108	19	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1108	20	a	a	DT
19880	1108	21	second	second	JJ
19880	1108	22	,	,	,
19880	1108	23	according	accord	VBG
19880	1108	24	to	to	IN
19880	1108	25	Helmholtz	Helmholtz	NNP
19880	1108	26	,	,	,
19880	1108	27	hence	hence	RB
19880	1108	28	the	the	DT
19880	1108	29	entire	entire	JJ
19880	1108	30	range	range	NN
19880	1108	31	of	of	IN
19880	1108	32	the	the	DT
19880	1108	33	human	human	JJ
19880	1108	34	ear	ear	NN
19880	1108	35	would	would	MD
19880	1108	36	be	be	VB
19880	1108	37	fully	fully	RB
19880	1108	38	11	11	CD
19880	1108	39	octaves	octave	NNS
19880	1108	40	;	;	:
19880	1108	41	but	but	CC
19880	1108	42	the	the	DT
19880	1108	43	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1108	44	range	range	NN
19880	1108	45	of	of	IN
19880	1108	46	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1108	47	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	1108	48	is	be	VBZ
19880	1108	49	within	within	IN
19880	1108	50	40	40	CD
19880	1108	51	and	and	CC
19880	1108	52	4000	4000	CD
19880	1108	53	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1108	54	a	a	DT
19880	1108	55	second--_i.e	second--_i.e	NNP
19880	1108	56	.	.	.
19880	1108	57	_	_	NNP
19880	1108	58	,	,	,
19880	1108	59	about	about	RB
19880	1108	60	7	7	CD
19880	1108	61	octaves	octave	NNS
19880	1108	62	--	--	:
19880	1108	63	and	and	CC
19880	1108	64	,	,	,
19880	1108	65	as	as	IN
19880	1108	66	is	be	VBZ
19880	1108	67	well	well	RB
19880	1108	68	known	known	JJ
19880	1108	69	,	,	,
19880	1108	70	even	even	RB
19880	1108	71	this	this	DT
19880	1108	72	range	range	NN
19880	1108	73	is	be	VBZ
19880	1108	74	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1108	75	the	the	DT
19880	1108	76	appreciation	appreciation	NN
19880	1108	77	of	of	IN
19880	1108	78	most	most	JJS
19880	1108	79	persons	person	NNS
19880	1108	80	,	,	,
19880	1108	81	though	though	IN
19880	1108	82	as	as	IN
19880	1108	83	to	to	IN
19880	1108	84	this	this	DT
19880	1108	85	much	much	JJ
19880	1108	86	depends	depend	VBZ
19880	1108	87	on	on	IN
19880	1108	88	cultivation	cultivation	NN
19880	1108	89	--	--	:
19880	1108	90	attention	attention	NN
19880	1108	91	to	to	IN
19880	1108	92	the	the	DT
19880	1108	93	subject	subject	NN
19880	1108	94	extending	extend	VBG
19880	1108	95	over	over	IN
19880	1108	96	a	a	DT
19880	1108	97	considerable	considerable	JJ
19880	1108	98	period	period	NN
19880	1108	99	of	of	IN
19880	1108	100	time	time	NN
19880	1108	101	.	.	.
19880	1109	1	The	the	DT
19880	1109	2	_	_	NNP
19880	1109	3	volume	volume	NN
19880	1109	4	_	_	NNP
19880	1109	5	,	,	,
19880	1109	6	or	or	CC
19880	1109	7	loudness	loudness	NN
19880	1109	8	,	,	,
19880	1109	9	of	of	IN
19880	1109	10	a	a	DT
19880	1109	11	sound	sound	NN
19880	1109	12	depends	depend	VBZ
19880	1109	13	on	on	IN
19880	1109	14	the	the	DT
19880	1109	15	size	size	NN
19880	1109	16	of	of	IN
19880	1109	17	the	the	DT
19880	1109	18	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1109	19	,	,	,
19880	1109	20	just	just	RB
19880	1109	21	as	as	IN
19880	1109	22	one	one	NN
19880	1109	23	feels	feel	VBZ
19880	1109	24	a	a	DT
19880	1109	25	blow	blow	NN
19880	1109	26	from	from	IN
19880	1109	27	a	a	DT
19880	1109	28	large	large	JJ
19880	1109	29	object	object	NN
19880	1109	30	,	,	,
19880	1109	31	other	other	JJ
19880	1109	32	things	thing	NNS
19880	1109	33	being	be	VBG
19880	1109	34	equal	equal	JJ
19880	1109	35	,	,	,
19880	1109	36	more	more	JJR
19880	1109	37	than	than	IN
19880	1109	38	from	from	IN
19880	1109	39	a	a	DT
19880	1109	40	small	small	JJ
19880	1109	41	one	one	CD
19880	1109	42	.	.	.
19880	1110	1	The	the	DT
19880	1110	2	ear	ear	NN
19880	1110	3	drum	drum	NN
19880	1110	4	-	-	HYPH
19880	1110	5	head	head	NN
19880	1110	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1110	7	in	in	IN
19880	1110	8	the	the	DT
19880	1110	9	case	case	NN
19880	1110	10	of	of	IN
19880	1110	11	a	a	DT
19880	1110	12	large	large	JJ
19880	1110	13	sound	sound	NN
19880	1110	14	beaten	beat	VBN
19880	1110	15	,	,	,
19880	1110	16	as	as	IN
19880	1110	17	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1110	18	were	be	VBD
19880	1110	19	,	,	,
19880	1110	20	more	more	RBR
19880	1110	21	powerfully	powerfully	RB
19880	1110	22	.	.	.
19880	1111	1	The	the	DT
19880	1111	2	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1111	3	that	that	WDT
19880	1111	4	give	give	VBP
19880	1111	5	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1111	6	bigness	bigness	NN
19880	1111	7	of	of	IN
19880	1111	8	sound	sound	NN
19880	1111	9	instead	instead	RB
19880	1111	10	of	of	IN
19880	1111	11	quality	quality	NN
19880	1111	12	belabor	belabor	NN
19880	1111	13	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1111	14	ears	ear	NNS
19880	1111	15	,	,	,
19880	1111	16	so	so	RB
19880	1111	17	to	to	TO
19880	1111	18	speak	speak	VB
19880	1111	19	;	;	:
19880	1111	20	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1111	21	treat	treat	VBP
19880	1111	22	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1111	23	as	as	IN
19880	1111	24	persons	person	NNS
19880	1111	25	of	of	IN
19880	1111	26	mean	mean	JJ
19880	1111	27	understanding	understanding	NN
19880	1111	28	--	--	:
19880	1111	29	dull	dull	JJ
19880	1111	30	intellects	intellect	NNS
19880	1111	31	;	;	:
19880	1111	32	the	the	DT
19880	1111	33	thing	thing	NN
19880	1111	34	is	be	VBZ
19880	1111	35	essentially	essentially	RB
19880	1111	36	vulgar	vulgar	JJ
19880	1111	37	.	.	.
19880	1112	1	The	the	DT
19880	1112	2	_	_	NNP
19880	1112	3	quality	quality	NN
19880	1112	4	_	_	NNP
19880	1112	5	of	of	IN
19880	1112	6	a	a	DT
19880	1112	7	sound	sound	NN
19880	1112	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1112	9	determined	determine	VBN
19880	1112	10	by	by	IN
19880	1112	11	the	the	DT
19880	1112	12	form	form	NN
19880	1112	13	of	of	IN
19880	1112	14	the	the	DT
19880	1112	15	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1112	16	.	.	.
19880	1113	1	A	a	DT
19880	1113	2	sound	sound	NN
19880	1113	3	of	of	IN
19880	1113	4	good	good	JJ
19880	1113	5	quality	quality	NN
19880	1113	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1113	7	to	to	IN
19880	1113	8	the	the	DT
19880	1113	9	ear	ear	NN
19880	1113	10	what	what	WDT
19880	1113	11	a	a	DT
19880	1113	12	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19880	1113	13	statue	statue	NN
19880	1113	14	or	or	CC
19880	1113	15	picture	picture	NN
19880	1113	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	1113	17	to	to	IN
19880	1113	18	the	the	DT
19880	1113	19	eye	eye	NN
19880	1113	20	.	.	.
19880	1114	1	As	as	IN
19880	1114	2	will	will	MD
19880	1114	3	be	be	VB
19880	1114	4	explained	explain	VBN
19880	1114	5	later	later	RBR
19880	1114	6	,	,	,
19880	1114	7	the	the	DT
19880	1114	8	form	form	NN
19880	1114	9	or	or	CC
19880	1114	10	quality	quality	NN
19880	1114	11	depends	depend	VBZ
19880	1114	12	largely	largely	RB
19880	1114	13	on	on	IN
19880	1114	14	the	the	DT
19880	1114	15	shape	shape	NN
19880	1114	16	,	,	,
19880	1114	17	etc	etc	FW
19880	1114	18	.	.	.
19880	1114	19	,	,	,
19880	1114	20	of	of	IN
19880	1114	21	the	the	DT
19880	1114	22	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1114	23	-	-	HYPH
19880	1114	24	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1114	25	above	above	IN
19880	1114	26	the	the	DT
19880	1114	27	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1114	28	bands	band	NNS
19880	1114	29	.	.	.
19880	1115	1	Much	much	JJ
19880	1115	2	discussion	discussion	NN
19880	1115	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	1115	4	taken	take	VBN
19880	1115	5	place	place	NN
19880	1115	6	from	from	IN
19880	1115	7	time	time	NN
19880	1115	8	to	to	IN
19880	1115	9	time	time	NN
19880	1115	10	as	as	IN
19880	1115	11	to	to	IN
19880	1115	12	the	the	DT
19880	1115	13	nature	nature	NN
19880	1115	14	of	of	IN
19880	1115	15	the	the	DT
19880	1115	16	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1115	17	as	as	IN
19880	1115	18	a	a	DT
19880	1115	19	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1115	20	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	1115	21	,	,	,
19880	1115	22	some	some	DT
19880	1115	23	being	be	VBG
19880	1115	24	inclined	inclined	JJ
19880	1115	25	to	to	TO
19880	1115	26	regard	regard	VB
19880	1115	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1115	28	as	as	RB
19880	1115	29	most	most	RBS
19880	1115	30	closely	closely	RB
19880	1115	31	allied	ally	VBN
19880	1115	32	to	to	IN
19880	1115	33	a	a	DT
19880	1115	34	stringed	string	VBN
19880	1115	35	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	1115	36	,	,	,
19880	1115	37	others	other	NNS
19880	1115	38	to	to	IN
19880	1115	39	a	a	DT
19880	1115	40	wind	wind	NN
19880	1115	41	-	-	HYPH
19880	1115	42	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	1115	43	.	.	.
19880	1116	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1116	2	has	have	VBZ
19880	1116	3	obviously	obviously	RB
19880	1116	4	points	point	NNS
19880	1116	5	of	of	IN
19880	1116	6	resemblance	resemblance	NN
19880	1116	7	to	to	IN
19880	1116	8	both	both	DT
19880	1116	9	,	,	,
19880	1116	10	but	but	CC
19880	1116	11	the	the	DT
19880	1116	12	most	most	RBS
19880	1116	13	recent	recent	JJ
19880	1116	14	researches	research	NNS
19880	1116	15	make	make	VBP
19880	1116	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1116	17	clearer	clear	JJR
19880	1116	18	than	than	IN
19880	1116	19	ever	ever	RB
19880	1116	20	that	that	IN
19880	1116	21	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1116	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	1116	23	neither	neither	CC
19880	1116	24	one	one	CD
19880	1116	25	nor	nor	CC
19880	1116	26	the	the	DT
19880	1116	27	other	other	JJ
19880	1116	28	,	,	,
19880	1116	29	strictly	strictly	RB
19880	1116	30	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1116	31	,	,	,
19880	1116	32	but	but	CC
19880	1116	33	that	that	IN
19880	1116	34	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1116	35	stands	stand	VBZ
19880	1116	36	in	in	IN
19880	1116	37	a	a	DT
19880	1116	38	class	class	NN
19880	1116	39	by	by	IN
19880	1116	40	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1116	41	.	.	.
19880	1117	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1117	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1117	3	,	,	,
19880	1117	4	however	however	RB
19880	1117	5	,	,	,
19880	1117	6	helpful	helpful	JJ
19880	1117	7	,	,	,
19880	1117	8	in	in	IN
19880	1117	9	considering	consider	VBG
19880	1117	10	many	many	JJ
19880	1117	11	questions	question	NNS
19880	1117	12	,	,	,
19880	1117	13	to	to	TO
19880	1117	14	bear	bear	VB
19880	1117	15	in	in	IN
19880	1117	16	mind	mind	NN
19880	1117	17	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1117	18	resemblances	resemblance	NNS
19880	1117	19	to	to	IN
19880	1117	20	both	both	DT
19880	1117	21	wind	wind	NN
19880	1117	22	and	and	CC
19880	1117	23	stringed	stringed	JJ
19880	1117	24	instruments	instrument	NNS
19880	1117	25	.	.	.
19880	1118	1	The	the	DT
19880	1118	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1118	3	bands	band	NNS
19880	1118	4	are	be	VBP
19880	1118	5	not	not	RB
19880	1118	6	wholly	wholly	RB
19880	1118	7	free	free	JJ
19880	1118	8	throughout	throughout	IN
19880	1118	9	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1118	10	length	length	NN
19880	1118	11	,	,	,
19880	1118	12	like	like	IN
19880	1118	13	the	the	DT
19880	1118	14	strings	string	NNS
19880	1118	15	of	of	IN
19880	1118	16	a	a	DT
19880	1118	17	violin	violin	NN
19880	1118	18	,	,	,
19880	1118	19	nor	nor	CC
19880	1118	20	do	do	VBP
19880	1118	21	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1118	22	bear	bear	VB
19880	1118	23	any	any	DT
19880	1118	24	great	great	JJ
19880	1118	25	resemblance	resemblance	NN
19880	1118	26	to	to	IN
19880	1118	27	the	the	DT
19880	1118	28	reed	reed	NN
19880	1118	29	of	of	IN
19880	1118	30	such	such	PDT
19880	1118	31	an	an	DT
19880	1118	32	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	1118	33	as	as	IN
19880	1118	34	the	the	DT
19880	1118	35	clarinet	clarinet	NN
19880	1118	36	,	,	,
19880	1118	37	but	but	CC
19880	1118	38	as	as	IN
19880	1118	39	in	in	IN
19880	1118	40	the	the	DT
19880	1118	41	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1118	42	the	the	DT
19880	1118	43	force	force	NN
19880	1118	44	causing	cause	VBG
19880	1118	45	the	the	DT
19880	1118	46	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1118	47	is	be	VBZ
19880	1118	48	a	a	DT
19880	1118	49	blast	blast	NN
19880	1118	50	of	of	IN
19880	1118	51	air	air	NN
19880	1118	52	.	.	.
19880	1119	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1119	2	have	have	VBP
19880	1119	3	already	already	RB
19880	1119	4	pointed	point	VBN
19880	1119	5	out	out	RP
19880	1119	6	that	that	IN
19880	1119	7	the	the	DT
19880	1119	8	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1119	9	bands	band	NNS
19880	1119	10	are	be	VBP
19880	1119	11	set	set	VBN
19880	1119	12	into	into	IN
19880	1119	13	vibration	vibration	NN
19880	1119	14	solely	solely	RB
19880	1119	15	by	by	IN
19880	1119	16	the	the	DT
19880	1119	17	_	_	NNP
19880	1119	18	expiratory	expiratory	NN
19880	1119	19	_	_	NNP
19880	1119	20	blast	blast	NN
19880	1119	21	of	of	IN
19880	1119	22	air	air	NN
19880	1119	23	.	.	.
19880	1120	1	THE	the	DT
19880	1120	2	LARYNGOSCOPE	LARYNGOSCOPE	NNP
19880	1120	3	.	.	.
19880	1121	1	The	the	DT
19880	1121	2	distinguished	distinguished	JJ
19880	1121	3	physiologist	physiologist	NN
19880	1121	4	Johannes	Johannes	NNP
19880	1121	5	Müller	Müller	NNP
19880	1121	6	demonstrated	demonstrate	VBD
19880	1121	7	the	the	DT
19880	1121	8	working	working	NN
19880	1121	9	of	of	IN
19880	1121	10	the	the	DT
19880	1121	11	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1121	12	by	by	IN
19880	1121	13	special	special	JJ
19880	1121	14	experiments	experiment	NNS
19880	1121	15	.	.	.
19880	1122	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1122	2	fixed	fix	VBD
19880	1122	3	into	into	IN
19880	1122	4	the	the	DT
19880	1122	5	windpipe	windpipe	NN
19880	1122	6	a	a	DT
19880	1122	7	bellows	bellow	NNS
19880	1122	8	,	,	,
19880	1122	9	and	and	CC
19880	1122	10	showed	show	VBD
19880	1122	11	,	,	,
19880	1122	12	in	in	IN
19880	1122	13	the	the	DT
19880	1122	14	dead	dead	JJ
19880	1122	15	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1122	16	,	,	,
19880	1122	17	of	of	IN
19880	1122	18	course	course	NN
19880	1122	19	,	,	,
19880	1122	20	that	that	IN
19880	1122	21	the	the	DT
19880	1122	22	blast	blast	NN
19880	1122	23	from	from	IN
19880	1122	24	this	this	DT
19880	1122	25	source	source	NN
19880	1122	26	could	could	MD
19880	1122	27	cause	cause	VB
19880	1122	28	the	the	DT
19880	1122	29	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1122	30	bands	band	NNS
19880	1122	31	to	to	TO
19880	1122	32	vibrate	vibrate	VB
19880	1122	33	and	and	CC
19880	1122	34	thus	thus	RB
19880	1122	35	produce	produce	VB
19880	1122	36	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	1122	37	,	,	,
19880	1122	38	which	which	WDT
19880	1122	39	by	by	IN
19880	1122	40	varying	vary	VBG
19880	1122	41	the	the	DT
19880	1122	42	strength	strength	NN
19880	1122	43	of	of	IN
19880	1122	44	the	the	DT
19880	1122	45	force	force	NN
19880	1122	46	,	,	,
19880	1122	47	etc	etc	FW
19880	1122	48	.	.	FW
19880	1122	49	,	,	,
19880	1122	50	were	be	VBD
19880	1122	51	made	make	VBN
19880	1122	52	to	to	TO
19880	1122	53	vary	vary	VB
19880	1122	54	in	in	IN
19880	1122	55	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1122	56	.	.	.
19880	1123	1	While	while	IN
19880	1123	2	such	such	JJ
19880	1123	3	experiments	experiment	NNS
19880	1123	4	indicate	indicate	VBP
19880	1123	5	the	the	DT
19880	1123	6	essential	essential	JJ
19880	1123	7	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1123	8	of	of	IN
19880	1123	9	a	a	DT
19880	1123	10	possible	possible	JJ
19880	1123	11	voice	voice	NN
19880	1123	12	-	-	HYPH
19880	1123	13	production	production	NN
19880	1123	14	,	,	,
19880	1123	15	as	as	IN
19880	1123	16	the	the	DT
19880	1123	17	conditions	condition	NNS
19880	1123	18	in	in	IN
19880	1123	19	life	life	NN
19880	1123	20	were	be	VBD
19880	1123	21	not	not	RB
19880	1123	22	and	and	CC
19880	1123	23	could	could	MD
19880	1123	24	not	not	RB
19880	1123	25	be	be	VB
19880	1123	26	fully	fully	RB
19880	1123	27	met	meet	VBN
19880	1123	28	these	these	DT
19880	1123	29	results	result	NNS
19880	1123	30	were	be	VBD
19880	1123	31	rather	rather	RB
19880	1123	32	suggestive	suggestive	JJ
19880	1123	33	than	than	IN
19880	1123	34	demonstrative	demonstrative	JJ
19880	1123	35	of	of	IN
19880	1123	36	Nature	nature	NN
19880	1123	37	's	's	POS
19880	1123	38	methods	method	NNS
19880	1123	39	.	.	.
19880	1124	1	These	these	DT
19880	1124	2	investigations	investigation	NNS
19880	1124	3	served	serve	VBD
19880	1124	4	a	a	DT
19880	1124	5	good	good	JJ
19880	1124	6	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1124	7	,	,	,
19880	1124	8	but	but	CC
19880	1124	9	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1124	10	were	be	VBD
19880	1124	11	manifestly	manifestly	RB
19880	1124	12	inadequate	inadequate	JJ
19880	1124	13	,	,	,
19880	1124	14	and	and	CC
19880	1124	15	this	this	DT
19880	1124	16	was	be	VBD
19880	1124	17	felt	feel	VBN
19880	1124	18	by	by	IN
19880	1124	19	one	one	CD
19880	1124	20	thoughtful	thoughtful	JJ
19880	1124	21	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1124	22	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1124	23	so	so	RB
19880	1124	24	keenly	keenly	RB
19880	1124	25	that	that	IN
19880	1124	26	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1124	27	pondered	ponder	VBD
19880	1124	28	much	much	RB
19880	1124	29	on	on	IN
19880	1124	30	the	the	DT
19880	1124	31	subject	subject	NN
19880	1124	32	,	,	,
19880	1124	33	in	in	IN
19880	1124	34	the	the	DT
19880	1124	35	hope	hope	NN
19880	1124	36	of	of	IN
19880	1124	37	finding	find	VBG
19880	1124	38	a	a	DT
19880	1124	39	method	method	NN
19880	1124	40	of	of	IN
19880	1124	41	observing	observe	VBG
19880	1124	42	the	the	DT
19880	1124	43	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1124	44	during	during	IN
19880	1124	45	actual	actual	JJ
19880	1124	46	phonation	phonation	NN
19880	1124	47	.	.	.
19880	1125	1	To	to	IN
19880	1125	2	this	this	DT
19880	1125	3	distinguished	distinguished	JJ
19880	1125	4	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1125	5	,	,	,
19880	1125	6	Manuel	Manuel	NNP
19880	1125	7	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19880	1125	8	,	,	,
19880	1125	9	belongs	belong	VBZ
19880	1125	10	the	the	DT
19880	1125	11	honor	honor	NN
19880	1125	12	of	of	IN
19880	1125	13	inventing	invent	VBG
19880	1125	14	the	the	DT
19880	1125	15	means	mean	NNS
19880	1125	16	of	of	IN
19880	1125	17	observing	observe	VBG
19880	1125	18	the	the	DT
19880	1125	19	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1125	20	bands	band	NNS
19880	1125	21	in	in	IN
19880	1125	22	action	action	NN
19880	1125	23	.	.	.
19880	1126	1	This	this	DT
19880	1126	2	was	be	VBD
19880	1126	3	accomplished	accomplish	VBN
19880	1126	4	in	in	IN
19880	1126	5	1854	1854	CD
19880	1126	6	,	,	,
19880	1126	7	and	and	CC
19880	1126	8	,	,	,
19880	1126	9	soon	soon	RB
19880	1126	10	after	after	RB
19880	1126	11	,	,	,
19880	1126	12	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19880	1126	13	read	read	VBD
19880	1126	14	an	an	DT
19880	1126	15	account	account	NN
19880	1126	16	of	of	IN
19880	1126	17	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1126	18	observations	observation	NNS
19880	1126	19	to	to	IN
19880	1126	20	the	the	DT
19880	1126	21	Royal	Royal	NNP
19880	1126	22	Society	Society	NNP
19880	1126	23	of	of	IN
19880	1126	24	London	London	NNP
19880	1126	25	;	;	:
19880	1126	26	and	and	CC
19880	1126	27	though	though	IN
19880	1126	28	much	much	JJ
19880	1126	29	in	in	IN
19880	1126	30	this	this	DT
19880	1126	31	paper	paper	NN
19880	1126	32	required	require	VBD
19880	1126	33	correction	correction	NN
19880	1126	34	by	by	IN
19880	1126	35	subsequent	subsequent	JJ
19880	1126	36	observations	observation	NNS
19880	1126	37	,	,	,
19880	1126	38	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1126	39	remains	remain	VBZ
19880	1126	40	to	to	IN
19880	1126	41	this	this	DT
19880	1126	42	day	day	NN
19880	1126	43	the	the	DT
19880	1126	44	foundation	foundation	NN
19880	1126	45	of	of	IN
19880	1126	46	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1126	47	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	1126	48	of	of	IN
19880	1126	49	the	the	DT
19880	1126	50	action	action	NN
19880	1126	51	of	of	IN
19880	1126	52	the	the	DT
19880	1126	53	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1126	54	in	in	IN
19880	1126	55	voice	voice	NN
19880	1126	56	-	-	HYPH
19880	1126	57	production	production	NN
19880	1126	58	.	.	.
19880	1127	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1127	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1127	3	:	:	:
19880	1127	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1127	5	.	.	.
19880	1128	1	38	38	CD
19880	1128	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1128	3	Bosworth	Bosworth	NNP
19880	1128	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1128	5	.	.	.
19880	1129	1	Intended	intend	VBN
19880	1129	2	to	to	TO
19880	1129	3	illustrate	illustrate	VB
19880	1129	4	the	the	DT
19880	1129	5	optical	optical	JJ
19880	1129	6	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1129	7	involved	involve	VBN
19880	1129	8	and	and	CC
19880	1129	9	the	the	DT
19880	1129	10	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1129	11	method	method	NN
19880	1129	12	of	of	IN
19880	1129	13	carrying	carry	VBG
19880	1129	14	out	out	RP
19880	1129	15	laryngoscopic	laryngoscopic	JJ
19880	1129	16	examination	examination	NN
19880	1129	17	.	.	.
19880	1130	1	The	the	DT
19880	1130	2	dotted	dotted	JJ
19880	1130	3	lines	line	NNS
19880	1130	4	show	show	VBP
19880	1130	5	the	the	DT
19880	1130	6	paths	path	NNS
19880	1130	7	of	of	IN
19880	1130	8	the	the	DT
19880	1130	9	light	light	NN
19880	1130	10	-	-	HYPH
19880	1130	11	rays	ray	NNS
19880	1130	12	.	.	.
19880	1130	13	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1131	1	As	as	IN
19880	1131	2	usually	usually	RB
19880	1131	3	employed	employ	VBN
19880	1131	4	,	,	,
19880	1131	5	the	the	DT
19880	1131	6	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19880	1131	7	consists	consist	VBZ
19880	1131	8	of	of	IN
19880	1131	9	two	two	CD
19880	1131	10	mirrors	mirror	NNS
19880	1131	11	,	,	,
19880	1131	12	the	the	DT
19880	1131	13	head	head	NN
19880	1131	14	-	-	HYPH
19880	1131	15	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1131	16	,	,	,
19880	1131	17	so	so	RB
19880	1131	18	called	call	VBD
19880	1131	19	because	because	IN
19880	1131	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1131	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	1131	22	usually	usually	RB
19880	1131	23	attached	attach	VBN
19880	1131	24	to	to	IN
19880	1131	25	the	the	DT
19880	1131	26	forehead	forehead	NN
19880	1131	27	by	by	IN
19880	1131	28	an	an	DT
19880	1131	29	elastic	elastic	JJ
19880	1131	30	band	band	NN
19880	1131	31	,	,	,
19880	1131	32	and	and	CC
19880	1131	33	the	the	DT
19880	1131	34	throat	throat	NN
19880	1131	35	-	-	HYPH
19880	1131	36	mirror	mirror	NNP
19880	1131	37	,	,	,
19880	1131	38	which	which	WDT
19880	1131	39	is	be	VBZ
19880	1131	40	placed	place	VBN
19880	1131	41	in	in	IN
19880	1131	42	the	the	DT
19880	1131	43	back	back	JJ
19880	1131	44	part	part	NN
19880	1131	45	of	of	IN
19880	1131	46	the	the	DT
19880	1131	47	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1131	48	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	1131	49	.	.	.
19880	1132	1	The	the	DT
19880	1132	2	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1132	3	of	of	IN
19880	1132	4	the	the	DT
19880	1132	5	head	head	NN
19880	1132	6	-	-	HYPH
19880	1132	7	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1132	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1132	9	to	to	TO
19880	1132	10	reflect	reflect	VB
19880	1132	11	the	the	DT
19880	1132	12	light	light	NN
19880	1132	13	that	that	WDT
19880	1132	14	reaches	reach	VBZ
19880	1132	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1132	16	from	from	IN
19880	1132	17	a	a	DT
19880	1132	18	lamp	lamp	NN
19880	1132	19	or	or	CC
19880	1132	20	other	other	JJ
19880	1132	21	source	source	NN
19880	1132	22	of	of	IN
19880	1132	23	illumination	illumination	NN
19880	1132	24	into	into	IN
19880	1132	25	the	the	DT
19880	1132	26	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1132	27	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	1132	28	so	so	RB
19880	1132	29	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19880	1132	30	that	that	IN
19880	1132	31	not	not	RB
19880	1132	32	only	only	RB
19880	1132	33	the	the	DT
19880	1132	34	back	back	NN
19880	1132	35	of	of	IN
19880	1132	36	the	the	DT
19880	1132	37	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1132	38	,	,	,
19880	1132	39	etc	etc	FW
19880	1132	40	.	.	FW
19880	1132	41	,	,	,
19880	1132	42	but	but	CC
19880	1132	43	the	the	DT
19880	1132	44	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1132	45	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1132	46	may	may	MD
19880	1132	47	be	be	VB
19880	1132	48	well	well	RB
19880	1132	49	lighted	light	VBN
19880	1132	50	up	up	RP
19880	1132	51	;	;	:
19880	1132	52	but	but	CC
19880	1132	53	inasmuch	inasmuch	JJ
19880	1132	54	as	as	IN
19880	1132	55	this	this	DT
19880	1132	56	illumination	illumination	NN
19880	1132	57	may	may	MD
19880	1132	58	be	be	VB
19880	1132	59	accomplished	accomplish	VBN
19880	1132	60	,	,	,
19880	1132	61	under	under	IN
19880	1132	62	favorable	favorable	JJ
19880	1132	63	circumstances	circumstance	NNS
19880	1132	64	,	,	,
19880	1132	65	by	by	IN
19880	1132	66	direct	direct	JJ
19880	1132	67	sunlight	sunlight	NN
19880	1132	68	,	,	,
19880	1132	69	the	the	DT
19880	1132	70	head	head	NN
19880	1132	71	-	-	HYPH
19880	1132	72	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1132	73	is	be	VBZ
19880	1132	74	,	,	,
19880	1132	75	though	though	IN
19880	1132	76	mostly	mostly	RB
19880	1132	77	indispensable	indispensable	JJ
19880	1132	78	,	,	,
19880	1132	79	not	not	RB
19880	1132	80	an	an	DT
19880	1132	81	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1132	82	essential	essential	JJ
19880	1132	83	part	part	NN
19880	1132	84	of	of	IN
19880	1132	85	the	the	DT
19880	1132	86	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19880	1132	87	.	.	.
19880	1133	1	There	there	EX
19880	1133	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1133	3	,	,	,
19880	1133	4	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	1133	5	,	,	,
19880	1133	6	one	one	CD
19880	1133	7	advantage	advantage	NN
19880	1133	8	in	in	IN
19880	1133	9	the	the	DT
19880	1133	10	use	use	NN
19880	1133	11	of	of	IN
19880	1133	12	direct	direct	JJ
19880	1133	13	sunlight	sunlight	NN
19880	1133	14	,	,	,
19880	1133	15	in	in	IN
19880	1133	16	that	that	IN
19880	1133	17	the	the	DT
19880	1133	18	color	color	NN
19880	1133	19	of	of	IN
19880	1133	20	the	the	DT
19880	1133	21	parts	part	NNS
19880	1133	22	seen	see	VBN
19880	1133	23	remains	remain	VBZ
19880	1133	24	more	more	RBR
19880	1133	25	nearly	nearly	RB
19880	1133	26	normal	normal	JJ
19880	1133	27	.	.	.
19880	1134	1	Lamplight	Lamplight	NNP
19880	1134	2	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	1134	3	,	,	,
19880	1134	4	because	because	IN
19880	1134	5	of	of	IN
19880	1134	6	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1134	7	yellow	yellow	JJ
19880	1134	8	color	color	NN
19880	1134	9	,	,	,
19880	1134	10	to	to	TO
19880	1134	11	make	make	VB
19880	1134	12	parts	part	NNS
19880	1134	13	seem	seem	VB
19880	1134	14	rather	rather	RB
19880	1134	15	of	of	IN
19880	1134	16	a	a	DT
19880	1134	17	deeper	deep	JJR
19880	1134	18	red	red	NN
19880	1134	19	than	than	IN
19880	1134	20	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1134	21	actually	actually	RB
19880	1134	22	are	be	VBP
19880	1134	23	;	;	:
19880	1134	24	but	but	CC
19880	1134	25	this	this	DT
19880	1134	26	to	to	IN
19880	1134	27	the	the	DT
19880	1134	28	practised	practise	VBN
19880	1134	29	observer	observer	NN
19880	1134	30	,	,	,
19880	1134	31	always	always	RB
19880	1134	32	using	use	VBG
19880	1134	33	the	the	DT
19880	1134	34	same	same	JJ
19880	1134	35	source	source	NN
19880	1134	36	of	of	IN
19880	1134	37	illumination	illumination	NN
19880	1134	38	,	,	,
19880	1134	39	is	be	VBZ
19880	1134	40	not	not	RB
19880	1134	41	a	a	DT
19880	1134	42	serious	serious	JJ
19880	1134	43	matter	matter	NN
19880	1134	44	--	--	:
19880	1134	45	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1134	46	standards	standard	NNS
19880	1134	47	of	of	IN
19880	1134	48	comparison	comparison	NN
19880	1134	49	remain	remain	VBP
19880	1134	50	the	the	DT
19880	1134	51	same	same	JJ
19880	1134	52	.	.	.
19880	1135	1	Moreover	moreover	RB
19880	1135	2	,	,	,
19880	1135	3	this	this	DT
19880	1135	4	objection	objection	NN
19880	1135	5	does	do	VBZ
19880	1135	6	not	not	RB
19880	1135	7	apply	apply	VB
19880	1135	8	equally	equally	RB
19880	1135	9	to	to	IN
19880	1135	10	electric	electric	JJ
19880	1135	11	light	light	NN
19880	1135	12	,	,	,
19880	1135	13	now	now	RB
19880	1135	14	so	so	RB
19880	1135	15	much	much	RB
19880	1135	16	used	use	VBN
19880	1135	17	.	.	.
19880	1136	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1136	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1136	3	:	:	:
19880	1136	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1136	5	.	.	.
19880	1137	1	39	39	CD
19880	1137	2	.	.	.
19880	1138	1	This	this	DT
19880	1138	2	illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1138	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1138	4	meant	mean	VBN
19880	1138	5	to	to	TO
19880	1138	6	show	show	VB
19880	1138	7	more	more	RBR
19880	1138	8	especially	especially	RB
19880	1138	9	the	the	DT
19880	1138	10	relative	relative	JJ
19880	1138	11	position	position	NN
19880	1138	12	of	of	IN
19880	1138	13	observer	observer	NN
19880	1138	14	and	and	CC
19880	1138	15	observed	observe	VBD
19880	1138	16	.	.	.
19880	1139	1	The	the	DT
19880	1139	2	observer	observer	NN
19880	1139	3	,	,	,
19880	1139	4	on	on	IN
19880	1139	5	the	the	DT
19880	1139	6	right	right	NN
19880	1139	7	,	,	,
19880	1139	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1139	9	wearing	wear	VBG
19880	1139	10	the	the	DT
19880	1139	11	head	head	NN
19880	1139	12	-	-	HYPH
19880	1139	13	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1139	14	,	,	,
19880	1139	15	while	while	IN
19880	1139	16	two	two	CD
19880	1139	17	throat	throat	NN
19880	1139	18	-	-	HYPH
19880	1139	19	mirrors	mirror	NNS
19880	1139	20	seem	seem	VBP
19880	1139	21	to	to	TO
19880	1139	22	be	be	VB
19880	1139	23	in	in	IN
19880	1139	24	position	position	NN
19880	1139	25	--	--	:
19880	1139	26	in	in	IN
19880	1139	27	reality	reality	NN
19880	1139	28	,	,	,
19880	1139	29	the	the	DT
19880	1139	30	same	same	JJ
19880	1139	31	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1139	32	in	in	IN
19880	1139	33	two	two	CD
19880	1139	34	different	different	JJ
19880	1139	35	positions	position	NNS
19880	1139	36	.	.	.
19880	1140	1	One	one	CD
19880	1140	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1140	3	placed	place	VBN
19880	1140	4	so	so	IN
19880	1140	5	as	as	IN
19880	1140	6	to	to	TO
19880	1140	7	reflect	reflect	VB
19880	1140	8	the	the	DT
19880	1140	9	picture	picture	NN
19880	1140	10	of	of	IN
19880	1140	11	the	the	DT
19880	1140	12	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	1140	13	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1140	14	,	,	,
19880	1140	15	especially	especially	RB
19880	1140	16	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1140	17	hinder	hinder	NN
19880	1140	18	portion	portion	NN
19880	1140	19	.	.	.
19880	1141	1	The	the	DT
19880	1141	2	walls	wall	NNS
19880	1141	3	of	of	IN
19880	1141	4	the	the	DT
19880	1141	5	nose	nose	NN
19880	1141	6	,	,	,
19880	1141	7	etc	etc	FW
19880	1141	8	.	.	.
19880	1141	9	,	,	,
19880	1141	10	may	may	NNP
19880	1141	11	for	for	IN
19880	1141	12	the	the	DT
19880	1141	13	purposes	purpose	NNS
19880	1141	14	of	of	IN
19880	1141	15	this	this	DT
19880	1141	16	illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1141	17	be	be	VB
19880	1141	18	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1141	19	transparent	transparent	JJ
19880	1141	20	,	,	,
19880	1141	21	so	so	IN
19880	1141	22	that	that	IN
19880	1141	23	the	the	DT
19880	1141	24	scroll	scroll	NN
19880	1141	25	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1141	26	turbinated	turbinate	VBN
19880	1141	27	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1141	28	bones	bone	NNS
19880	1141	29	,	,	,
19880	1141	30	etc	etc	FW
19880	1141	31	.	.	FW
19880	1141	32	,	,	,
19880	1141	33	come	come	VB
19880	1141	34	into	into	IN
19880	1141	35	view	view	NN
19880	1141	36	.	.	.
19880	1142	1	The	the	DT
19880	1142	2	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1142	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1142	4	protruded	protrude	VBN
19880	1142	5	.	.	.
19880	1143	1	The	the	DT
19880	1143	2	light	light	NN
19880	1143	3	,	,	,
19880	1143	4	not	not	RB
19880	1143	5	seen	see	VBN
19880	1143	6	in	in	IN
19880	1143	7	this	this	DT
19880	1143	8	figure	figure	NN
19880	1143	9	,	,	,
19880	1143	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	1143	11	usually	usually	RB
19880	1143	12	placed	place	VBN
19880	1143	13	on	on	IN
19880	1143	14	the	the	DT
19880	1143	15	left	left	NN
19880	1143	16	of	of	IN
19880	1143	17	the	the	DT
19880	1143	18	subject	subject	NN
19880	1143	19	,	,	,
19880	1143	20	as	as	IN
19880	1143	21	in	in	IN
19880	1143	22	Fig	Fig	NNP
19880	1143	23	.	.	.
19880	1144	1	38	38	CD
19880	1144	2	.	.	.
19880	1144	3	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1145	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1145	2	being	be	VBG
19880	1145	3	a	a	DT
19880	1145	4	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19880	1145	5	law	law	NN
19880	1145	6	of	of	IN
19880	1145	7	light	light	NN
19880	1145	8	that	that	WDT
19880	1145	9	the	the	DT
19880	1145	10	angle	angle	NN
19880	1145	11	of	of	IN
19880	1145	12	reflection	reflection	NN
19880	1145	13	and	and	CC
19880	1145	14	the	the	DT
19880	1145	15	angle	angle	NN
19880	1145	16	of	of	IN
19880	1145	17	incidence	incidence	NN
19880	1145	18	correspond	correspond	NN
19880	1145	19	--	--	:
19880	1145	20	are	be	VBP
19880	1145	21	,	,	,
19880	1145	22	in	in	IN
19880	1145	23	fact	fact	NN
19880	1145	24	,	,	,
19880	1145	25	the	the	DT
19880	1145	26	same	same	JJ
19880	1145	27	--	--	:
19880	1145	28	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1145	29	was	be	VBD
19880	1145	30	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1145	31	that	that	IN
19880	1145	32	the	the	DT
19880	1145	33	throat	throat	NN
19880	1145	34	-	-	HYPH
19880	1145	35	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1145	36	should	should	MD
19880	1145	37	be	be	VB
19880	1145	38	set	set	VBN
19880	1145	39	at	at	IN
19880	1145	40	an	an	DT
19880	1145	41	angle	angle	NN
19880	1145	42	to	to	IN
19880	1145	43	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1145	44	stem	stem	NN
19880	1145	45	,	,	,
19880	1145	46	so	so	IN
19880	1145	47	that	that	IN
19880	1145	48	the	the	DT
19880	1145	49	light	light	NN
19880	1145	50	passing	pass	VBG
19880	1145	51	up	up	RP
19880	1145	52	by	by	IN
19880	1145	53	reflection	reflection	NN
19880	1145	54	from	from	IN
19880	1145	55	the	the	DT
19880	1145	56	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1145	57	should	should	MD
19880	1145	58	,	,	,
19880	1145	59	when	when	WRB
19880	1145	60	striking	strike	VBG
19880	1145	61	on	on	IN
19880	1145	62	the	the	DT
19880	1145	63	surface	surface	NN
19880	1145	64	of	of	IN
19880	1145	65	this	this	DT
19880	1145	66	plane	plane	NN
19880	1145	67	throat	throat	NN
19880	1145	68	-	-	HYPH
19880	1145	69	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1145	70	,	,	,
19880	1145	71	be	be	VB
19880	1145	72	reflected	reflect	VBN
19880	1145	73	outward	outward	RB
19880	1145	74	in	in	IN
19880	1145	75	a	a	DT
19880	1145	76	straight	straight	JJ
19880	1145	77	line	line	NN
19880	1145	78	to	to	IN
19880	1145	79	the	the	DT
19880	1145	80	eye	eye	NN
19880	1145	81	,	,	,
19880	1145	82	which	which	WDT
19880	1145	83	must	must	MD
19880	1145	84	be	be	VB
19880	1145	85	in	in	IN
19880	1145	86	the	the	DT
19880	1145	87	same	same	JJ
19880	1145	88	horizontal	horizontal	JJ
19880	1145	89	plane	plane	NN
19880	1145	90	with	with	IN
19880	1145	91	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1145	92	.	.	.
19880	1146	1	This	this	DT
19880	1146	2	and	and	CC
19880	1146	3	all	all	PDT
19880	1146	4	the	the	DT
19880	1146	5	other	other	JJ
19880	1146	6	facts	fact	NNS
19880	1146	7	and	and	CC
19880	1146	8	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1146	9	involved	involve	VBN
19880	1146	10	can	can	MD
19880	1146	11	only	only	RB
19880	1146	12	be	be	VB
19880	1146	13	understood	understand	VBN
19880	1146	14	by	by	IN
19880	1146	15	a	a	DT
19880	1146	16	careful	careful	JJ
19880	1146	17	inspection	inspection	NN
19880	1146	18	of	of	IN
19880	1146	19	the	the	DT
19880	1146	20	accompanying	accompanying	JJ
19880	1146	21	figures	figure	NNS
19880	1146	22	,	,	,
19880	1146	23	which	which	WDT
19880	1146	24	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1146	25	is	be	VBZ
19880	1146	26	hoped	hope	VBN
19880	1146	27	will	will	MD
19880	1146	28	make	make	VB
19880	1146	29	the	the	DT
19880	1146	30	subject	subject	JJ
19880	1146	31	plain	plain	JJ
19880	1146	32	.	.	.
19880	1147	1	The	the	DT
19880	1147	2	throat	throat	NN
19880	1147	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	1147	4	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1147	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1147	6	none	none	NN
19880	1147	7	other	other	JJ
19880	1147	8	than	than	IN
19880	1147	9	the	the	DT
19880	1147	10	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1147	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	1147	12	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1147	13	of	of	IN
19880	1147	14	the	the	DT
19880	1147	15	dentists	dentist	NNS
19880	1147	16	,	,	,
19880	1147	17	and	and	CC
19880	1147	18	in	in	IN
19880	1147	19	use	use	NN
19880	1147	20	by	by	IN
19880	1147	21	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1147	22	before	before	IN
19880	1147	23	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19880	1147	24	discovered	discover	VBD
19880	1147	25	how	how	WRB
19880	1147	26	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1147	27	might	may	MD
19880	1147	28	be	be	VB
19880	1147	29	employed	employ	VBN
19880	1147	30	to	to	TO
19880	1147	31	throw	throw	VB
19880	1147	32	light	light	NN
19880	1147	33	on	on	IN
19880	1147	34	the	the	DT
19880	1147	35	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1147	36	,	,	,
19880	1147	37	in	in	IN
19880	1147	38	a	a	DT
19880	1147	39	double	double	JJ
19880	1147	40	sense	sense	NN
19880	1147	41	.	.	.
19880	1148	1	The	the	DT
19880	1148	2	essentials	essential	NNS
19880	1148	3	,	,	,
19880	1148	4	then	then	RB
19880	1148	5	,	,	,
19880	1148	6	for	for	IN
19880	1148	7	a	a	DT
19880	1148	8	view	view	NN
19880	1148	9	of	of	IN
19880	1148	10	the	the	DT
19880	1148	11	interior	interior	NN
19880	1148	12	of	of	IN
19880	1148	13	the	the	DT
19880	1148	14	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1148	15	are	be	VBP
19880	1148	16	:	:	:
19880	1148	17	A	a	DT
19880	1148	18	source	source	NN
19880	1148	19	of	of	IN
19880	1148	20	illumination	illumination	NN
19880	1148	21	;	;	:
19880	1148	22	a	a	DT
19880	1148	23	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1148	24	to	to	TO
19880	1148	25	reflect	reflect	VB
19880	1148	26	the	the	DT
19880	1148	27	light	light	NN
19880	1148	28	reaching	reach	VBG
19880	1148	29	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1148	30	from	from	IN
19880	1148	31	this	this	DT
19880	1148	32	source	source	NN
19880	1148	33	into	into	IN
19880	1148	34	the	the	DT
19880	1148	35	back	back	NN
19880	1148	36	of	of	IN
19880	1148	37	the	the	DT
19880	1148	38	throat	throat	NN
19880	1148	39	and	and	CC
19880	1148	40	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1148	41	;	;	:
19880	1148	42	and	and	CC
19880	1148	43	a	a	DT
19880	1148	44	second	second	JJ
19880	1148	45	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1148	46	to	to	TO
19880	1148	47	reflect	reflect	VB
19880	1148	48	the	the	DT
19880	1148	49	light	light	NN
19880	1148	50	outward	outward	NN
19880	1148	51	which	which	WDT
19880	1148	52	is	be	VBZ
19880	1148	53	,	,	,
19880	1148	54	in	in	IN
19880	1148	55	the	the	DT
19880	1148	56	first	first	JJ
19880	1148	57	instance	instance	NN
19880	1148	58	,	,	,
19880	1148	59	reflected	reflect	VBD
19880	1148	60	from	from	IN
19880	1148	61	below	below	RB
19880	1148	62	,	,	,
19880	1148	63	from	from	IN
19880	1148	64	the	the	DT
19880	1148	65	interior	interior	NN
19880	1148	66	of	of	IN
19880	1148	67	the	the	DT
19880	1148	68	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1148	69	.	.	.
19880	1149	1	The	the	DT
19880	1149	2	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1149	3	involved	involve	VBN
19880	1149	4	are	be	VBP
19880	1149	5	few	few	JJ
19880	1149	6	and	and	CC
19880	1149	7	simple	simple	JJ
19880	1149	8	,	,	,
19880	1149	9	but	but	CC
19880	1149	10	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1149	11	application	application	NN
19880	1149	12	to	to	IN
19880	1149	13	any	any	DT
19880	1149	14	particular	particular	JJ
19880	1149	15	case	case	NN
19880	1149	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	1149	17	not	not	RB
19880	1149	18	easy	easy	JJ
19880	1149	19	,	,	,
19880	1149	20	and	and	CC
19880	1149	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	1149	22	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	1149	23	well	well	JJ
19880	1149	24	-	-	HYPH
19880	1149	25	nigh	nigh	NN
19880	1149	26	impossible	impossible	JJ
19880	1149	27	.	.	.
19880	1150	1	The	the	DT
19880	1150	2	throat	throat	NN
19880	1150	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	1150	4	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1150	5	should	should	MD
19880	1150	6	be	be	VB
19880	1150	7	placed	place	VBN
19880	1150	8	against	against	IN
19880	1150	9	that	that	DT
19880	1150	10	curtain	curtain	NN
19880	1150	11	suspended	suspend	VBN
19880	1150	12	in	in	IN
19880	1150	13	the	the	DT
19880	1150	14	back	back	NN
19880	1150	15	of	of	IN
19880	1150	16	the	the	DT
19880	1150	17	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1150	18	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	1150	19	known	know	VBN
19880	1150	20	as	as	IN
19880	1150	21	the	the	DT
19880	1150	22	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1150	23	palate	palate	NN
19880	1150	24	,	,	,
19880	1150	25	so	so	IN
19880	1150	26	that	that	IN
19880	1150	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1150	28	must	must	MD
19880	1150	29	be	be	VB
19880	1150	30	pushed	push	VBN
19880	1150	31	back	back	RB
19880	1150	32	out	out	IN
19880	1150	33	of	of	IN
19880	1150	34	the	the	DT
19880	1150	35	line	line	NN
19880	1150	36	of	of	IN
19880	1150	37	view	view	NN
19880	1150	38	.	.	.
19880	1151	1	But	but	CC
19880	1151	2	many	many	JJ
19880	1151	3	persons	person	NNS
19880	1151	4	find	find	VBP
19880	1151	5	such	such	PDT
19880	1151	6	a	a	DT
19880	1151	7	foreign	foreign	JJ
19880	1151	8	object	object	NN
19880	1151	9	in	in	IN
19880	1151	10	the	the	DT
19880	1151	11	throat	throat	NN
19880	1151	12	a	a	DT
19880	1151	13	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19880	1151	14	cause	cause	NN
19880	1151	15	of	of	IN
19880	1151	16	unpleasant	unpleasant	JJ
19880	1151	17	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1151	18	so	so	IN
19880	1151	19	that	that	IN
19880	1151	20	retching	retching	NN
19880	1151	21	may	may	MD
19880	1151	22	be	be	VB
19880	1151	23	the	the	DT
19880	1151	24	result	result	NN
19880	1151	25	.	.	.
19880	1152	1	Generally	generally	RB
19880	1152	2	there	there	EX
19880	1152	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1152	4	a	a	DT
19880	1152	5	tendency	tendency	NN
19880	1152	6	to	to	TO
19880	1152	7	raise	raise	VB
19880	1152	8	the	the	DT
19880	1152	9	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1152	10	behind	behind	RB
19880	1152	11	in	in	IN
19880	1152	12	a	a	DT
19880	1152	13	way	way	NN
19880	1152	14	fatal	fatal	JJ
19880	1152	15	to	to	IN
19880	1152	16	a	a	DT
19880	1152	17	view	view	NN
19880	1152	18	of	of	IN
19880	1152	19	the	the	DT
19880	1152	20	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1152	21	and	and	CC
19880	1152	22	the	the	DT
19880	1152	23	picture	picture	NN
19880	1152	24	reflected	reflect	VBD
19880	1152	25	from	from	IN
19880	1152	26	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1152	27	.	.	.
19880	1153	1	These	these	DT
19880	1153	2	difficulties	difficulty	NNS
19880	1153	3	,	,	,
19880	1153	4	however	however	RB
19880	1153	5	,	,	,
19880	1153	6	can	can	MD
19880	1153	7	be	be	VB
19880	1153	8	overcome	overcome	VBN
19880	1153	9	by	by	IN
19880	1153	10	a	a	DT
19880	1153	11	deft	deft	NN
19880	1153	12	hand	hand	NN
19880	1153	13	using	use	VBG
19880	1153	14	the	the	DT
19880	1153	15	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1153	16	brought	bring	VBN
19880	1153	17	to	to	IN
19880	1153	18	"	"	``
19880	1153	19	blood	blood	NN
19880	1153	20	heat	heat	NN
19880	1153	21	"	"	''
19880	1153	22	by	by	IN
19880	1153	23	placing	place	VBG
19880	1153	24	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1153	25	in	in	IN
19880	1153	26	warm	warm	JJ
19880	1153	27	water	water	NN
19880	1153	28	or	or	CC
19880	1153	29	holding	hold	VBG
19880	1153	30	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1153	31	over	over	IN
19880	1153	32	some	some	DT
19880	1153	33	source	source	NN
19880	1153	34	of	of	IN
19880	1153	35	heat	heat	NN
19880	1153	36	,	,	,
19880	1153	37	as	as	IN
19880	1153	38	a	a	DT
19880	1153	39	small	small	JJ
19880	1153	40	lamp	lamp	NN
19880	1153	41	,	,	,
19880	1153	42	and	and	CC
19880	1153	43	directing	direct	VBG
19880	1153	44	the	the	DT
19880	1153	45	subject	subject	NN
19880	1153	46	observed	observe	VBN
19880	1153	47	to	to	TO
19880	1153	48	breathe	breathe	VB
19880	1153	49	freely	freely	RB
19880	1153	50	and	and	CC
19880	1153	51	_	_	NNP
19880	1153	52	through	through	IN
19880	1153	53	the	the	DT
19880	1153	54	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1153	55	_	_	NNP
19880	1153	56	.	.	.
19880	1154	1	This	this	DT
19880	1154	2	latter	latter	NN
19880	1154	3	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	1154	4	to	to	TO
19880	1154	5	quiet	quiet	VB
19880	1154	6	that	that	IN
19880	1154	7	unruly	unruly	JJ
19880	1154	8	member	member	NN
19880	1154	9	,	,	,
19880	1154	10	the	the	DT
19880	1154	11	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1154	12	,	,	,
19880	1154	13	and	and	CC
19880	1154	14	lead	lead	VBP
19880	1154	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1154	16	to	to	TO
19880	1154	17	assume	assume	VB
19880	1154	18	the	the	DT
19880	1154	19	flat	flat	JJ
19880	1154	20	position	position	NN
19880	1154	21	so	so	RB
19880	1154	22	important	important	JJ
19880	1154	23	to	to	IN
19880	1154	24	an	an	DT
19880	1154	25	unobstructed	unobstructed	JJ
19880	1154	26	view	view	NN
19880	1154	27	.	.	.
19880	1155	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1155	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1155	3	for	for	IN
19880	1155	4	the	the	DT
19880	1155	5	same	same	JJ
19880	1155	6	reason	reason	NN
19880	1155	7	the	the	DT
19880	1155	8	author	author	NN
19880	1155	9	urges	urge	VBZ
19880	1155	10	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1155	11	breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	1155	12	during	during	IN
19880	1155	13	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	1155	14	and	and	CC
19880	1155	15	singing	singing	NN
19880	1155	16	.	.	.
19880	1156	1	No	no	DT
19880	1156	2	other	other	JJ
19880	1156	3	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	1156	4	so	so	RB
19880	1156	5	well	well	RB
19880	1156	6	to	to	TO
19880	1156	7	put	put	VB
19880	1156	8	the	the	DT
19880	1156	9	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1156	10	in	in	IN
19880	1156	11	the	the	DT
19880	1156	12	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1156	13	position	position	NN
19880	1156	14	.	.	.
19880	1157	1	The	the	DT
19880	1157	2	extent	extent	NN
19880	1157	3	to	to	TO
19880	1157	4	which	which	WDT
19880	1157	5	one	one	NN
19880	1157	6	feels	feel	VBZ
19880	1157	7	the	the	DT
19880	1157	8	annoyance	annoyance	NN
19880	1157	9	of	of	IN
19880	1157	10	a	a	DT
19880	1157	11	small	small	JJ
19880	1157	12	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1157	13	held	hold	VBN
19880	1157	14	gently	gently	RB
19880	1157	15	in	in	IN
19880	1157	16	the	the	DT
19880	1157	17	throat	throat	NN
19880	1157	18	depends	depend	VBZ
19880	1157	19	really	really	RB
19880	1157	20	on	on	IN
19880	1157	21	the	the	DT
19880	1157	22	amount	amount	NN
19880	1157	23	of	of	IN
19880	1157	24	attention	attention	NN
19880	1157	25	directed	direct	VBN
19880	1157	26	to	to	IN
19880	1157	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1157	28	,	,	,
19880	1157	29	and	and	CC
19880	1157	30	the	the	DT
19880	1157	31	degree	degree	NN
19880	1157	32	of	of	IN
19880	1157	33	determination	determination	NN
19880	1157	34	with	with	IN
19880	1157	35	which	which	WDT
19880	1157	36	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1157	37	resolves	resolve	VBZ
19880	1157	38	to	to	TO
19880	1157	39	exercise	exercise	VB
19880	1157	40	self	self	NN
19880	1157	41	-	-	HYPH
19880	1157	42	control	control	NN
19880	1157	43	.	.	.
19880	1158	1	The	the	DT
19880	1158	2	author	author	NN
19880	1158	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	1158	4	examined	examine	VBN
19880	1158	5	an	an	DT
19880	1158	6	entire	entire	JJ
19880	1158	7	class	class	NN
19880	1158	8	of	of	IN
19880	1158	9	students	student	NNS
19880	1158	10	of	of	IN
19880	1158	11	voice	voice	NN
19880	1158	12	-	-	HYPH
19880	1158	13	production	production	NN
19880	1158	14	and	and	CC
19880	1158	15	found	find	VBD
19880	1158	16	only	only	RB
19880	1158	17	one	one	CD
19880	1158	18	person	person	NN
19880	1158	19	who	who	WP
19880	1158	20	did	do	VBD
19880	1158	21	not	not	RB
19880	1158	22	succeed	succeed	VB
19880	1158	23	in	in	IN
19880	1158	24	at	at	IN
19880	1158	25	once	once	RB
19880	1158	26	giving	give	VBG
19880	1158	27	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1158	28	a	a	DT
19880	1158	29	view	view	NN
19880	1158	30	of	of	IN
19880	1158	31	the	the	DT
19880	1158	32	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1158	33	.	.	.
19880	1159	1	But	but	CC
19880	1159	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1159	3	must	must	MD
19880	1159	4	be	be	VB
19880	1159	5	at	at	IN
19880	1159	6	once	once	RB
19880	1159	7	said	say	VBN
19880	1159	8	that	that	IN
19880	1159	9	of	of	IN
19880	1159	10	all	all	DT
19880	1159	11	persons	person	NNS
19880	1159	12	examined	examine	VBN
19880	1159	13	by	by	IN
19880	1159	14	the	the	DT
19880	1159	15	author	author	NN
19880	1159	16	during	during	IN
19880	1159	17	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1159	18	experience	experience	NN
19880	1159	19	as	as	IN
19880	1159	20	an	an	DT
19880	1159	21	investigator	investigator	NN
19880	1159	22	of	of	IN
19880	1159	23	voice	voice	NN
19880	1159	24	-	-	HYPH
19880	1159	25	production	production	NN
19880	1159	26	and	and	CC
19880	1159	27	in	in	IN
19880	1159	28	special	special	JJ
19880	1159	29	medical	medical	JJ
19880	1159	30	practice	practice	NN
19880	1159	31	,	,	,
19880	1159	32	none	none	NN
19880	1159	33	have	have	VBP
19880	1159	34	been	be	VBN
19880	1159	35	able	able	JJ
19880	1159	36	to	to	TO
19880	1159	37	show	show	VB
19880	1159	38	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1159	39	throats	throat	NNS
19880	1159	40	,	,	,
19880	1159	41	the	the	DT
19880	1159	42	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1159	43	included	include	VBD
19880	1159	44	,	,	,
19880	1159	45	so	so	RB
19880	1159	46	well	well	RB
19880	1159	47	as	as	IN
19880	1159	48	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	1159	49	and	and	CC
19880	1159	50	,	,	,
19880	1159	51	above	above	IN
19880	1159	52	all	all	DT
19880	1159	53	,	,	,
19880	1159	54	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1159	55	;	;	:
19880	1159	56	which	which	WDT
19880	1159	57	in	in	IN
19880	1159	58	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1159	59	indicates	indicate	VBZ
19880	1159	60	that	that	IN
19880	1159	61	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1159	62	and	and	CC
19880	1159	63	singing	singe	VBG
19880	1159	64	do	do	VBP
19880	1159	65	give	give	VB
19880	1159	66	control	control	NN
19880	1159	67	of	of	IN
19880	1159	68	the	the	DT
19880	1159	69	throat	throat	NN
19880	1159	70	--	--	:
19880	1159	71	that	that	IN
19880	1159	72	all	all	PDT
19880	1159	73	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1159	74	parts	part	NNS
19880	1159	75	respond	respond	VBP
19880	1159	76	to	to	IN
19880	1159	77	the	the	DT
19880	1159	78	will	will	NN
19880	1159	79	of	of	IN
19880	1159	80	the	the	DT
19880	1159	81	observed	observed	JJ
19880	1159	82	person	person	NN
19880	1159	83	.	.	.
19880	1160	1	The	the	DT
19880	1160	2	author	author	NN
19880	1160	3	must	must	MD
19880	1160	4	further	far	RBR
19880	1160	5	,	,	,
19880	1160	6	however	however	RB
19880	1160	7	,	,	,
19880	1160	8	remark	remark	VBP
19880	1160	9	that	that	IN
19880	1160	10	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1160	11	has	have	VBZ
19880	1160	12	found	find	VBN
19880	1160	13	this	this	DT
19880	1160	14	control	control	NN
19880	1160	15	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1160	16	not	not	RB
19880	1160	17	so	so	RB
19880	1160	18	much	much	JJ
19880	1160	19	with	with	IN
19880	1160	20	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1160	21	power	power	NN
19880	1160	22	as	as	IN
19880	1160	23	with	with	IN
19880	1160	24	intelligent	intelligent	JJ
19880	1160	25	study	study	NN
19880	1160	26	.	.	.
19880	1161	1	Intelligence	intelligence	NN
19880	1161	2	tells	tell	VBZ
19880	1161	3	in	in	IN
19880	1161	4	music	music	NN
19880	1161	5	a	a	DT
19880	1161	6	good	good	JJ
19880	1161	7	deal	deal	NN
19880	1161	8	more	more	RBR
19880	1161	9	than	than	IN
19880	1161	10	many	many	JJ
19880	1161	11	people	people	NNS
19880	1161	12	have	have	VBP
19880	1161	13	yet	yet	RB
19880	1161	14	learned	learn	VBN
19880	1161	15	to	to	TO
19880	1161	16	believe	believe	VB
19880	1161	17	;	;	:
19880	1161	18	but	but	CC
19880	1161	19	on	on	IN
19880	1161	20	this	this	DT
19880	1161	21	point	point	NN
19880	1161	22	the	the	DT
19880	1161	23	reader	reader	NN
19880	1161	24	will	will	MD
19880	1161	25	long	long	RB
19880	1161	26	since	since	RB
19880	1161	27	have	have	VBP
19880	1161	28	learned	learn	VBN
19880	1161	29	the	the	DT
19880	1161	30	author	author	NN
19880	1161	31	's	's	POS
19880	1161	32	views	view	NNS
19880	1161	33	--	--	:
19880	1161	34	in	in	IN
19880	1161	35	fact	fact	NN
19880	1161	36	,	,	,
19880	1161	37	so	so	RB
19880	1161	38	deep	deep	RB
19880	1161	39	are	be	VBP
19880	1161	40	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1161	41	convictions	conviction	NNS
19880	1161	42	on	on	IN
19880	1161	43	this	this	DT
19880	1161	44	subject	subject	NN
19880	1161	45	that	that	IN
19880	1161	46	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1161	47	hopes	hope	VBZ
19880	1161	48	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1161	49	may	may	MD
19880	1161	50	be	be	VB
19880	1161	51	pardoned	pardon	VBN
19880	1161	52	for	for	IN
19880	1161	53	frequent	frequent	JJ
19880	1161	54	reference	reference	NN
19880	1161	55	to	to	IN
19880	1161	56	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1161	57	,	,	,
19880	1161	58	in	in	IN
19880	1161	59	one	one	CD
19880	1161	60	form	form	NN
19880	1161	61	or	or	CC
19880	1161	62	another	another	DT
19880	1161	63	.	.	.
19880	1162	1	One	one	CD
19880	1162	2	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
19880	1162	3	fact	fact	NN
19880	1162	4	may	may	MD
19880	1162	5	be	be	VB
19880	1162	6	so	so	RB
19880	1162	7	invincible	invincible	JJ
19880	1162	8	that	that	IN
19880	1162	9	a	a	DT
19880	1162	10	view	view	NN
19880	1162	11	of	of	IN
19880	1162	12	the	the	DT
19880	1162	13	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1162	14	can	can	MD
19880	1162	15	not	not	RB
19880	1162	16	be	be	VB
19880	1162	17	obtained	obtain	VBN
19880	1162	18	at	at	RB
19880	1162	19	all	all	RB
19880	1162	20	:	:	:
19880	1162	21	the	the	DT
19880	1162	22	epiglottis	epiglottis	NN
19880	1162	23	may	may	MD
19880	1162	24	so	so	RB
19880	1162	25	overhang	overhang	VB
19880	1162	26	the	the	DT
19880	1162	27	opening	opening	NN
19880	1162	28	to	to	IN
19880	1162	29	the	the	DT
19880	1162	30	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1162	31	that	that	IN
19880	1162	32	a	a	DT
19880	1162	33	good	good	JJ
19880	1162	34	view	view	NN
19880	1162	35	of	of	IN
19880	1162	36	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1162	37	interior	interior	NN
19880	1162	38	is	be	VBZ
19880	1162	39	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1162	40	impossible	impossible	JJ
19880	1162	41	,	,	,
19880	1162	42	in	in	IN
19880	1162	43	other	other	JJ
19880	1162	44	cases	case	NNS
19880	1162	45	only	only	RB
19880	1162	46	occasionally	occasionally	RB
19880	1162	47	and	and	CC
19880	1162	48	under	under	IN
19880	1162	49	very	very	RB
19880	1162	50	favorable	favorable	JJ
19880	1162	51	circumstances	circumstance	NNS
19880	1162	52	.	.	.
19880	1163	1	Such	such	JJ
19880	1163	2	cases	case	NNS
19880	1163	3	are	be	VBP
19880	1163	4	,	,	,
19880	1163	5	however	however	RB
19880	1163	6	,	,	,
19880	1163	7	of	of	IN
19880	1163	8	the	the	DT
19880	1163	9	rarest	rare	JJS
19880	1163	10	occurrence	occurrence	NN
19880	1163	11	,	,	,
19880	1163	12	while	while	IN
19880	1163	13	there	there	EX
19880	1163	14	are	be	VBP
19880	1163	15	not	not	RB
19880	1163	16	a	a	DT
19880	1163	17	few	few	JJ
19880	1163	18	persons	person	NNS
19880	1163	19	in	in	IN
19880	1163	20	whom	whom	WP
19880	1163	21	one	one	PRP
19880	1163	22	may	may	MD
19880	1163	23	even	even	RB
19880	1163	24	see	see	VB
19880	1163	25	down	down	RP
19880	1163	26	the	the	DT
19880	1163	27	windpipe	windpipe	NN
19880	1163	28	as	as	RB
19880	1163	29	far	far	RB
19880	1163	30	as	as	IN
19880	1163	31	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1163	32	division	division	NN
19880	1163	33	into	into	IN
19880	1163	34	the	the	DT
19880	1163	35	two	two	CD
19880	1163	36	main	main	JJ
19880	1163	37	bronchial	bronchial	JJ
19880	1163	38	tubes	tube	NNS
19880	1163	39	,	,	,
19880	1163	40	and	and	CC
19880	1163	41	inflammation	inflammation	NN
19880	1163	42	may	may	MD
19880	1163	43	thus	thus	RB
19880	1163	44	often	often	RB
19880	1163	45	be	be	VB
19880	1163	46	traced	trace	VBN
19880	1163	47	from	from	IN
19880	1163	48	the	the	DT
19880	1163	49	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1163	50	bands	band	NNS
19880	1163	51	far	far	RB
19880	1163	52	down	down	IN
19880	1163	53	the	the	DT
19880	1163	54	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	1163	55	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	1163	56	common	common	JJ
19880	1163	57	to	to	IN
19880	1163	58	the	the	DT
19880	1163	59	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1163	60	,	,	,
19880	1163	61	windpipe	windpipe	NN
19880	1163	62	,	,	,
19880	1163	63	etc	etc	FW
19880	1163	64	.	.	.
19880	1164	1	As	as	IN
19880	1164	2	has	have	VBZ
19880	1164	3	been	be	VBN
19880	1164	4	remarked	remark	VBN
19880	1164	5	previously	previously	RB
19880	1164	6	,	,	,
19880	1164	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1164	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1164	9	only	only	RB
19880	1164	10	by	by	IN
19880	1164	11	the	the	DT
19880	1164	12	use	use	NN
19880	1164	13	of	of	IN
19880	1164	14	the	the	DT
19880	1164	15	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19880	1164	16	that	that	WDT
19880	1164	17	one	one	PRP
19880	1164	18	can	can	MD
19880	1164	19	see	see	VB
19880	1164	20	the	the	DT
19880	1164	21	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1164	22	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1164	23	of	of	IN
19880	1164	24	the	the	DT
19880	1164	25	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1164	26	in	in	IN
19880	1164	27	action	action	NN
19880	1164	28	,	,	,
19880	1164	29	so	so	IN
19880	1164	30	that	that	IN
19880	1164	31	for	for	IN
19880	1164	32	investigation	investigation	NN
19880	1164	33	laryngoscopy	laryngoscopy	NN
19880	1164	34	is	be	VBZ
19880	1164	35	essential	essential	JJ
19880	1164	36	.	.	.
19880	1165	1	Auto	auto	NN
19880	1165	2	-	-	HYPH
19880	1165	3	laryngoscopy	laryngoscopy	NN
19880	1165	4	,	,	,
19880	1165	5	or	or	CC
19880	1165	6	the	the	DT
19880	1165	7	use	use	NN
19880	1165	8	of	of	IN
19880	1165	9	the	the	DT
19880	1165	10	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19880	1165	11	by	by	IN
19880	1165	12	the	the	DT
19880	1165	13	subject	subject	NN
19880	1165	14	to	to	TO
19880	1165	15	observe	observe	VB
19880	1165	16	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1165	17	own	own	JJ
19880	1165	18	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1165	19	,	,	,
19880	1165	20	has	have	VBZ
19880	1165	21	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1165	22	special	special	JJ
19880	1165	23	difficulties	difficulty	NNS
19880	1165	24	and	and	CC
19880	1165	25	advantages	advantage	NNS
19880	1165	26	,	,	,
19880	1165	27	the	the	DT
19880	1165	28	greatest	great	JJS
19880	1165	29	of	of	IN
19880	1165	30	the	the	DT
19880	1165	31	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1165	32	being	being	NN
19880	1165	33	,	,	,
19880	1165	34	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	1165	35	,	,	,
19880	1165	36	that	that	IN
19880	1165	37	the	the	DT
19880	1165	38	observer	observer	NN
19880	1165	39	may	may	MD
19880	1165	40	use	use	VB
19880	1165	41	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1165	42	as	as	RB
19880	1165	43	often	often	RB
19880	1165	44	and	and	CC
19880	1165	45	as	as	RB
19880	1165	46	long	long	RB
19880	1165	47	as	as	IN
19880	1165	48	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1165	49	will	will	MD
19880	1165	50	,	,	,
19880	1165	51	while	while	IN
19880	1165	52	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1165	53	would	would	MD
19880	1165	54	hesitate	hesitate	VB
19880	1165	55	to	to	TO
19880	1165	56	make	make	VB
19880	1165	57	observations	observation	NNS
19880	1165	58	on	on	IN
19880	1165	59	others	other	NNS
19880	1165	60	at	at	IN
19880	1165	61	great	great	JJ
19880	1165	62	length	length	NN
19880	1165	63	or	or	CC
19880	1165	64	with	with	IN
19880	1165	65	frequent	frequent	JJ
19880	1165	66	repetition	repetition	NN
19880	1165	67	.	.	.
19880	1166	1	There	there	EX
19880	1166	2	are	be	VBP
19880	1166	3	no	no	DT
19880	1166	4	new	new	JJ
19880	1166	5	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1166	6	involved	involve	VBN
19880	1166	7	in	in	IN
19880	1166	8	auto	auto	NN
19880	1166	9	-	-	HYPH
19880	1166	10	laryngoscopy	laryngoscopy	NN
19880	1166	11	.	.	.
19880	1167	1	The	the	DT
19880	1167	2	observer	observer	NN
19880	1167	3	must	must	MD
19880	1167	4	simply	simply	RB
19880	1167	5	see	see	VB
19880	1167	6	that	that	IN
19880	1167	7	a	a	DT
19880	1167	8	good	good	JJ
19880	1167	9	light	light	NN
19880	1167	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	1167	11	reflected	reflect	VBN
19880	1167	12	into	into	IN
19880	1167	13	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1167	14	own	own	JJ
19880	1167	15	throat	throat	NN
19880	1167	16	,	,	,
19880	1167	17	and	and	CC
19880	1167	18	that	that	IN
19880	1167	19	the	the	DT
19880	1167	20	picture	picture	NN
19880	1167	21	in	in	IN
19880	1167	22	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1167	23	throat	throat	NN
19880	1167	24	-	-	HYPH
19880	1167	25	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1167	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	1167	27	reflected	reflect	VBN
19880	1167	28	into	into	IN
19880	1167	29	another	another	DT
19880	1167	30	into	into	IN
19880	1167	31	which	which	WDT
19880	1167	32	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1167	33	may	may	MD
19880	1167	34	gaze	gaze	VB
19880	1167	35	,	,	,
19880	1167	36	an	an	DT
19880	1167	37	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	1167	38	small	small	JJ
19880	1167	39	hand	hand	NN
19880	1167	40	-	-	HYPH
19880	1167	41	glass	glass	NN
19880	1167	42	usually	usually	RB
19880	1167	43	sufficing	suffice	VBG
19880	1167	44	.	.	.
19880	1168	1	Only	only	RB
19880	1168	2	rarely	rarely	RB
19880	1168	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1168	4	the	the	DT
19880	1168	5	individual	individual	NN
19880	1168	6	met	meet	VBD
19880	1168	7	who	who	WP
19880	1168	8	can	can	MD
19880	1168	9	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1168	10	so	so	RB
19880	1168	11	control	control	VB
19880	1168	12	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1168	13	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1168	14	that	that	IN
19880	1168	15	assistance	assistance	NN
19880	1168	16	from	from	IN
19880	1168	17	the	the	DT
19880	1168	18	observing	observe	VBG
19880	1168	19	laryngologist	laryngologist	NN
19880	1168	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	1168	21	unnecessary	unnecessary	JJ
19880	1168	22	.	.	.
19880	1169	1	In	in	IN
19880	1169	2	by	by	IN
19880	1169	3	far	far	RB
19880	1169	4	the	the	DT
19880	1169	5	greater	great	JJR
19880	1169	6	number	number	NN
19880	1169	7	of	of	IN
19880	1169	8	instances	instance	NNS
19880	1169	9	the	the	DT
19880	1169	10	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1169	11	,	,	,
19880	1169	12	after	after	IN
19880	1169	13	being	be	VBG
19880	1169	14	protruded	protrude	VBN
19880	1169	15	,	,	,
19880	1169	16	must	must	MD
19880	1169	17	be	be	VB
19880	1169	18	gently	gently	RB
19880	1169	19	held	hold	VBN
19880	1169	20	by	by	IN
19880	1169	21	the	the	DT
19880	1169	22	left	left	JJ
19880	1169	23	hand	hand	NN
19880	1169	24	of	of	IN
19880	1169	25	the	the	DT
19880	1169	26	observer	observer	NN
19880	1169	27	,	,	,
19880	1169	28	a	a	DT
19880	1169	29	small	small	JJ
19880	1169	30	napkin	napkin	NN
19880	1169	31	covering	cover	VBG
19880	1169	32	the	the	DT
19880	1169	33	tip	tip	NN
19880	1169	34	of	of	IN
19880	1169	35	the	the	DT
19880	1169	36	organ	organ	NN
19880	1169	37	.	.	.
19880	1170	1	The	the	DT
19880	1170	2	auto	auto	NN
19880	1170	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	1170	4	laryngologist	laryngologist	NN
19880	1170	5	must	must	NN
19880	1170	6	,	,	,
19880	1170	7	of	of	IN
19880	1170	8	course	course	NN
19880	1170	9	,	,	,
19880	1170	10	control	control	VB
19880	1170	11	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1170	12	own	own	JJ
19880	1170	13	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1170	14	,	,	,
19880	1170	15	and	and	CC
19880	1170	16	better	well	JJR
19880	1170	17	if	if	IN
19880	1170	18	without	without	IN
19880	1170	19	any	any	DT
19880	1170	20	hand	hand	NN
19880	1170	21	contact	contact	NN
19880	1170	22	.	.	.
19880	1171	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1171	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1171	3	scarcely	scarcely	RB
19880	1171	4	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1171	5	to	to	TO
19880	1171	6	say	say	VB
19880	1171	7	that	that	IN
19880	1171	8	before	before	IN
19880	1171	9	placing	place	VBG
19880	1171	10	the	the	DT
19880	1171	11	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1171	12	in	in	IN
19880	1171	13	the	the	DT
19880	1171	14	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1171	15	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1171	16	temperature	temperature	NN
19880	1171	17	must	must	MD
19880	1171	18	be	be	VB
19880	1171	19	tested	test	VBN
19880	1171	20	by	by	IN
19880	1171	21	touching	touch	VBG
19880	1171	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1171	23	for	for	IN
19880	1171	24	a	a	DT
19880	1171	25	moment	moment	NN
19880	1171	26	against	against	IN
19880	1171	27	the	the	DT
19880	1171	28	back	back	NN
19880	1171	29	of	of	IN
19880	1171	30	the	the	DT
19880	1171	31	hand	hand	NN
19880	1171	32	.	.	.
19880	1172	1	Nearly	nearly	RB
19880	1172	2	all	all	PDT
19880	1172	3	the	the	DT
19880	1172	4	facts	fact	NNS
19880	1172	5	of	of	IN
19880	1172	6	importance	importance	NN
19880	1172	7	in	in	IN
19880	1172	8	phonation	phonation	NN
19880	1172	9	,	,	,
19880	1172	10	several	several	JJ
19880	1172	11	of	of	IN
19880	1172	12	which	which	WDT
19880	1172	13	have	have	VBP
19880	1172	14	already	already	RB
19880	1172	15	been	be	VBN
19880	1172	16	referred	refer	VBN
19880	1172	17	to	to	IN
19880	1172	18	,	,	,
19880	1172	19	or	or	CC
19880	1172	20	will	will	MD
19880	1172	21	be	be	VB
19880	1172	22	mentioned	mention	VBN
19880	1172	23	in	in	IN
19880	1172	24	the	the	DT
19880	1172	25	"	"	``
19880	1172	26	Summary	Summary	NNP
19880	1172	27	and	and	CC
19880	1172	28	Review	Review	NNP
19880	1172	29	"	"	''
19880	1172	30	below	below	RB
19880	1172	31	,	,	,
19880	1172	32	could	could	MD
19880	1172	33	only	only	RB
19880	1172	34	have	have	VB
19880	1172	35	been	be	VBN
19880	1172	36	discovered	discover	VBN
19880	1172	37	by	by	IN
19880	1172	38	the	the	DT
19880	1172	39	use	use	NN
19880	1172	40	of	of	IN
19880	1172	41	the	the	DT
19880	1172	42	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19880	1172	43	.	.	.
19880	1173	1	The	the	DT
19880	1173	2	difference	difference	NN
19880	1173	3	in	in	IN
19880	1173	4	the	the	DT
19880	1173	5	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1173	6	in	in	IN
19880	1173	7	the	the	DT
19880	1173	8	two	two	CD
19880	1173	9	sexes	sex	NNS
19880	1173	10	and	and	CC
19880	1173	11	in	in	IN
19880	1173	12	different	different	JJ
19880	1173	13	types	type	NNS
19880	1173	14	of	of	IN
19880	1173	15	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1173	16	and	and	CC
19880	1173	17	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	1173	18	,	,	,
19880	1173	19	though	though	IN
19880	1173	20	open	open	JJ
19880	1173	21	to	to	IN
19880	1173	22	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	1173	23	observation	observation	NN
19880	1173	24	,	,	,
19880	1173	25	dissection	dissection	NN
19880	1173	26	,	,	,
19880	1173	27	etc	etc	FW
19880	1173	28	.	.	.
19880	1173	29	,	,	,
19880	1173	30	are	be	VBP
19880	1173	31	still	still	RB
19880	1173	32	better	well	RBR
19880	1173	33	brought	bring	VBN
19880	1173	34	out	out	RP
19880	1173	35	by	by	IN
19880	1173	36	the	the	DT
19880	1173	37	use	use	NN
19880	1173	38	of	of	IN
19880	1173	39	the	the	DT
19880	1173	40	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	1173	41	now	now	RB
19880	1173	42	under	under	IN
19880	1173	43	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	1173	44	.	.	.
19880	1174	1	One	one	CD
19880	1174	2	naturally	naturally	RB
19880	1174	3	expects	expect	VBZ
19880	1174	4	any	any	DT
19880	1174	5	organ	organ	NN
19880	1174	6	to	to	TO
19880	1174	7	be	be	VB
19880	1174	8	larger	large	JJR
19880	1174	9	and	and	CC
19880	1174	10	heavier	heavy	JJR
19880	1174	11	in	in	IN
19880	1174	12	the	the	DT
19880	1174	13	male	male	NN
19880	1174	14	than	than	IN
19880	1174	15	in	in	IN
19880	1174	16	the	the	DT
19880	1174	17	female	female	NN
19880	1174	18	,	,	,
19880	1174	19	and	and	CC
19880	1174	20	to	to	IN
19880	1174	21	this	this	DT
19880	1174	22	the	the	DT
19880	1174	23	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1174	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	1174	25	no	no	DT
19880	1174	26	exception	exception	NN
19880	1174	27	;	;	:
19880	1174	28	and	and	CC
19880	1174	29	individual	individual	JJ
19880	1174	30	differences	difference	NNS
19880	1174	31	are	be	VBP
19880	1174	32	equally	equally	RB
19880	1174	33	pronounced	pronounced	JJ
19880	1174	34	.	.	.
19880	1175	1	There	there	EX
19880	1175	2	may	may	MD
19880	1175	3	be	be	VB
19880	1175	4	almost	almost	RB
19880	1175	5	if	if	IN
19880	1175	6	not	not	RB
19880	1175	7	quite	quite	RB
19880	1175	8	as	as	RB
19880	1175	9	much	much	JJ
19880	1175	10	difference	difference	NN
19880	1175	11	between	between	IN
19880	1175	12	the	the	DT
19880	1175	13	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1175	14	of	of	IN
19880	1175	15	a	a	DT
19880	1175	16	barytone	barytone	NN
19880	1175	17	and	and	CC
19880	1175	18	of	of	IN
19880	1175	19	a	a	DT
19880	1175	20	tenor	tenor	NN
19880	1175	21	as	as	IN
19880	1175	22	between	between	IN
19880	1175	23	that	that	DT
19880	1175	24	of	of	IN
19880	1175	25	an	an	DT
19880	1175	26	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	1175	27	man	man	NN
19880	1175	28	who	who	WP
19880	1175	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	1175	30	not	not	RB
19880	1175	31	a	a	DT
19880	1175	32	public	public	JJ
19880	1175	33	voice	voice	NN
19880	1175	34	-	-	HYPH
19880	1175	35	user	user	NN
19880	1175	36	and	and	CC
19880	1175	37	the	the	DT
19880	1175	38	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1175	39	of	of	IN
19880	1175	40	the	the	DT
19880	1175	41	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	1175	42	woman	woman	NN
19880	1175	43	.	.	.
19880	1176	1	The	the	DT
19880	1176	2	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1176	3	of	of	IN
19880	1176	4	the	the	DT
19880	1176	5	contralto	contralto	NN
19880	1176	6	may	may	MD
19880	1176	7	in	in	IN
19880	1176	8	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1176	9	size	size	NN
19880	1176	10	and	and	CC
19880	1176	11	general	general	JJ
19880	1176	12	development	development	NN
19880	1176	13	remind	remind	VB
19880	1176	14	one	one	CD
19880	1176	15	of	of	IN
19880	1176	16	the	the	DT
19880	1176	17	same	same	JJ
19880	1176	18	organ	organ	NN
19880	1176	19	in	in	IN
19880	1176	20	the	the	DT
19880	1176	21	male	male	NN
19880	1176	22	.	.	.
19880	1177	1	The	the	DT
19880	1177	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1177	3	bands	band	NNS
19880	1177	4	of	of	IN
19880	1177	5	the	the	DT
19880	1177	6	bass	bass	NN
19880	1177	7	singer	singer	NN
19880	1177	8	may	may	MD
19880	1177	9	be	be	VB
19880	1177	10	to	to	IN
19880	1177	11	those	those	DT
19880	1177	12	of	of	IN
19880	1177	13	a	a	DT
19880	1177	14	soprano	soprano	NN
19880	1177	15	as	as	IN
19880	1177	16	are	be	VBP
19880	1177	17	the	the	DT
19880	1177	18	strings	string	NNS
19880	1177	19	of	of	IN
19880	1177	20	a	a	DT
19880	1177	21	violoncello	violoncello	NN
19880	1177	22	to	to	IN
19880	1177	23	those	those	DT
19880	1177	24	of	of	IN
19880	1177	25	a	a	DT
19880	1177	26	violin	violin	NN
19880	1177	27	--	--	:
19880	1177	28	using	use	VBG
19880	1177	29	these	these	DT
19880	1177	30	examples	example	NNS
19880	1177	31	,	,	,
19880	1177	32	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1177	33	will	will	MD
19880	1177	34	be	be	VB
19880	1177	35	understood	understand	VBN
19880	1177	36	,	,	,
19880	1177	37	merely	merely	RB
19880	1177	38	as	as	IN
19880	1177	39	rough	rough	JJ
19880	1177	40	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19880	1177	41	.	.	.
19880	1178	1	The	the	DT
19880	1178	2	change	change	NN
19880	1178	3	in	in	IN
19880	1178	4	the	the	DT
19880	1178	5	size	size	NN
19880	1178	6	of	of	IN
19880	1178	7	the	the	DT
19880	1178	8	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1178	9	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1178	10	by	by	IN
19880	1178	11	even	even	RB
19880	1178	12	a	a	DT
19880	1178	13	few	few	JJ
19880	1178	14	months	month	NNS
19880	1178	15	'	'	POS
19880	1178	16	judicious	judicious	JJ
19880	1178	17	practice	practice	NN
19880	1178	18	may	may	MD
19880	1178	19	be	be	VB
19880	1178	20	astonishing	astonishing	JJ
19880	1178	21	.	.	.
19880	1179	1	As	as	IN
19880	1179	2	already	already	RB
19880	1179	3	hinted	hint	VBN
19880	1179	4	,	,	,
19880	1179	5	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1179	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1179	7	important	important	JJ
19880	1179	8	that	that	IN
19880	1179	9	in	in	IN
19880	1179	10	bringing	bring	VBG
19880	1179	11	about	about	RP
19880	1179	12	this	this	DT
19880	1179	13	development	development	NN
19880	1179	14	exclusive	exclusive	JJ
19880	1179	15	attention	attention	NN
19880	1179	16	should	should	MD
19880	1179	17	not	not	RB
19880	1179	18	be	be	VB
19880	1179	19	given	give	VBN
19880	1179	20	,	,	,
19880	1179	21	as	as	IN
19880	1179	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	1179	23	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	1179	24	done	do	VBN
19880	1179	25	,	,	,
19880	1179	26	especially	especially	RB
19880	1179	27	in	in	IN
19880	1179	28	the	the	DT
19880	1179	29	case	case	NN
19880	1179	30	of	of	IN
19880	1179	31	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	1179	32	,	,	,
19880	1179	33	to	to	IN
19880	1179	34	the	the	DT
19880	1179	35	lower	low	JJR
19880	1179	36	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1179	37	,	,	,
19880	1179	38	though	though	IN
19880	1179	39	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1179	40	is	be	VBZ
19880	1179	41	not	not	RB
19880	1179	42	so	so	RB
19880	1179	43	important	important	JJ
19880	1179	44	for	for	IN
19880	1179	45	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1179	46	as	as	IN
19880	1179	47	for	for	IN
19880	1179	48	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1179	49	to	to	TO
19880	1179	50	have	have	VB
19880	1179	51	an	an	DT
19880	1179	52	even	even	RB
19880	1179	53	development	development	NN
19880	1179	54	up	up	RP
19880	1179	55	to	to	IN
19880	1179	56	the	the	DT
19880	1179	57	highest	high	JJS
19880	1179	58	range	range	NN
19880	1179	59	.	.	.
19880	1180	1	But	but	CC
19880	1180	2	again	again	RB
19880	1180	3	the	the	DT
19880	1180	4	author	author	NN
19880	1180	5	would	would	MD
19880	1180	6	urge	urge	VB
19880	1180	7	the	the	DT
19880	1180	8	voice	voice	NN
19880	1180	9	-	-	HYPH
19880	1180	10	user	user	NN
19880	1180	11	to	to	TO
19880	1180	12	aim	aim	VB
19880	1180	13	at	at	IN
19880	1180	14	attaining	attain	VBG
19880	1180	15	that	that	IN
19880	1180	16	delicate	delicate	JJ
19880	1180	17	control	control	NN
19880	1180	18	of	of	IN
19880	1180	19	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1180	20	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1180	21	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	1180	22	-	-	HYPH
19880	1180	23	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1180	24	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	1180	25	,	,	,
19880	1180	26	to	to	TO
19880	1180	27	speak	speak	VB
19880	1180	28	more	more	RBR
19880	1180	29	scientifically	scientifically	RB
19880	1180	30	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1180	31	so	so	RB
19880	1180	32	important	important	JJ
19880	1180	33	for	for	IN
19880	1180	34	the	the	DT
19880	1180	35	finest	fine	JJS
19880	1180	36	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1180	37	effects	effect	NNS
19880	1180	38	,	,	,
19880	1180	39	rather	rather	RB
19880	1180	40	than	than	IN
19880	1180	41	be	be	VB
19880	1180	42	satisfied	satisfied	JJ
19880	1180	43	with	with	IN
19880	1180	44	mere	mere	JJ
19880	1180	45	power	power	NN
19880	1180	46	.	.	.
19880	1181	1	The	the	DT
19880	1181	2	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	1181	3	and	and	CC
19880	1181	4	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1181	5	must	must	MD
19880	1181	6	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	1181	7	be	be	VB
19880	1181	8	athletic	athletic	JJ
19880	1181	9	specialists	specialist	NNS
19880	1181	10	,	,	,
19880	1181	11	but	but	CC
19880	1181	12	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1181	13	should	should	MD
19880	1181	14	not	not	RB
19880	1181	15	aim	aim	VB
19880	1181	16	at	at	IN
19880	1181	17	being	be	VBG
19880	1181	18	like	like	IN
19880	1181	19	the	the	DT
19880	1181	20	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	1181	21	athlete	athlete	NN
19880	1181	22	,	,	,
19880	1181	23	much	much	RB
19880	1181	24	less	less	RBR
19880	1181	25	mere	mere	JJ
19880	1181	26	strong	strong	JJ
19880	1181	27	men	man	NNS
19880	1181	28	of	of	IN
19880	1181	29	the	the	DT
19880	1181	30	circus	circus	NN
19880	1181	31	.	.	.
19880	1182	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1182	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1182	3	said	say	VBN
19880	1182	4	that	that	IN
19880	1182	5	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	1182	6	Mara	Mara	NNP
19880	1182	7	within	within	IN
19880	1182	8	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1182	9	range	range	NN
19880	1182	10	of	of	IN
19880	1182	11	three	three	CD
19880	1182	12	octaves	octave	NNS
19880	1182	13	could	could	MD
19880	1182	14	effect	effect	VB
19880	1182	15	2100	2100	CD
19880	1182	16	changes	change	NNS
19880	1182	17	of	of	IN
19880	1182	18	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1182	19	,	,	,
19880	1182	20	or	or	CC
19880	1182	21	100	100	CD
19880	1182	22	between	between	IN
19880	1182	23	each	each	DT
19880	1182	24	two	two	CD
19880	1182	25	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1182	26	of	of	IN
19880	1182	27	the	the	DT
19880	1182	28	twenty	twenty	CD
19880	1182	29	-	-	HYPH
19880	1182	30	one	one	CD
19880	1182	31	in	in	IN
19880	1182	32	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1182	33	compass	compass	NN
19880	1182	34	,	,	,
19880	1182	35	which	which	WDT
19880	1182	36	would	would	MD
19880	1182	37	represent	represent	VB
19880	1182	38	a	a	DT
19880	1182	39	successive	successive	JJ
19880	1182	40	change	change	NN
19880	1182	41	in	in	IN
19880	1182	42	the	the	DT
19880	1182	43	length	length	NN
19880	1182	44	of	of	IN
19880	1182	45	the	the	DT
19880	1182	46	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1182	47	bands	band	NNS
19880	1182	48	of	of	IN
19880	1182	49	a	a	DT
19880	1182	50	small	small	JJ
19880	1182	51	fraction	fraction	NN
19880	1182	52	,	,	,
19880	1182	53	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	1182	54	not	not	RB
19880	1182	55	more	more	JJR
19880	1182	56	than	than	IN
19880	1182	57	1/17000	1/17000	CD
19880	1182	58	of	of	IN
19880	1182	59	an	an	DT
19880	1182	60	inch	inch	NN
19880	1182	61	--	--	:
19880	1182	62	something	something	NN
19880	1182	63	unapproachable	unapproachable	JJ
19880	1182	64	in	in	IN
19880	1182	65	nicety	nicety	NN
19880	1182	66	in	in	IN
19880	1182	67	the	the	DT
19880	1182	68	use	use	NN
19880	1182	69	of	of	IN
19880	1182	70	any	any	DT
19880	1182	71	other	other	JJ
19880	1182	72	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	1182	73	.	.	.
19880	1183	1	Even	even	RB
19880	1183	2	if	if	IN
19880	1183	3	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1183	4	make	make	VBP
19880	1183	5	large	large	JJ
19880	1183	6	deductions	deduction	NNS
19880	1183	7	from	from	IN
19880	1183	8	the	the	DT
19880	1183	9	above	above	JJ
19880	1183	10	,	,	,
19880	1183	11	the	the	DT
19880	1183	12	performances	performance	NNS
19880	1183	13	of	of	IN
19880	1183	14	those	those	DT
19880	1183	15	who	who	WP
19880	1183	16	have	have	VBP
19880	1183	17	reached	reach	VBN
19880	1183	18	the	the	DT
19880	1183	19	highest	high	JJS
19880	1183	20	laryngeal	laryngeal	NN
19880	1183	21	control	control	NN
19880	1183	22	must	must	MD
19880	1183	23	remain	remain	VB
19880	1183	24	marvellous	marvellous	JJ
19880	1183	25	,	,	,
19880	1183	26	all	all	PDT
19880	1183	27	the	the	DT
19880	1183	28	more	more	RBR
19880	1183	29	when	when	WRB
19880	1183	30	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1183	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	1183	32	remembered	remember	VBN
19880	1183	33	that	that	IN
19880	1183	34	this	this	DT
19880	1183	35	control	control	NN
19880	1183	36	over	over	IN
19880	1183	37	the	the	DT
19880	1183	38	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1183	39	,	,	,
19880	1183	40	to	to	TO
19880	1183	41	be	be	VB
19880	1183	42	efficient	efficient	JJ
19880	1183	43	for	for	IN
19880	1183	44	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1183	45	purposes	purpose	NNS
19880	1183	46	,	,	,
19880	1183	47	must	must	MD
19880	1183	48	be	be	VB
19880	1183	49	accompanied	accompany	VBN
19880	1183	50	by	by	IN
19880	1183	51	a	a	DT
19880	1183	52	corresponding	corresponding	JJ
19880	1183	53	mastery	mastery	NN
19880	1183	54	of	of	IN
19880	1183	55	the	the	DT
19880	1183	56	art	art	NN
19880	1183	57	of	of	IN
19880	1183	58	breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	1183	59	.	.	.
19880	1184	1	Is	be	VBZ
19880	1184	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1184	3	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1184	4	to	to	TO
19880	1184	5	point	point	VB
19880	1184	6	out	out	RP
19880	1184	7	that	that	IN
19880	1184	8	such	such	JJ
19880	1184	9	wonderful	wonderful	JJ
19880	1184	10	development	development	NN
19880	1184	11	and	and	CC
19880	1184	12	control	control	NN
19880	1184	13	can	can	MD
19880	1184	14	only	only	RB
19880	1184	15	be	be	VB
19880	1184	16	attained	attain	VBN
19880	1184	17	after	after	IN
19880	1184	18	years	year	NNS
19880	1184	19	of	of	IN
19880	1184	20	steady	steady	JJ
19880	1184	21	work	work	NN
19880	1184	22	by	by	IN
19880	1184	23	the	the	DT
19880	1184	24	best	good	JJS
19880	1184	25	methods	method	NNS
19880	1184	26	?	?	.
19880	1185	1	At	at	IN
19880	1185	2	one	one	CD
19880	1185	3	period	period	NN
19880	1185	4	in	in	IN
19880	1185	5	the	the	DT
19880	1185	6	life	life	NN
19880	1185	7	of	of	IN
19880	1185	8	the	the	DT
19880	1185	9	individual	individual	JJ
19880	1185	10	changes	change	NNS
19880	1185	11	of	of	IN
19880	1185	12	such	such	JJ
19880	1185	13	importance	importance	NN
19880	1185	14	take	take	VB
19880	1185	15	place	place	NN
19880	1185	16	in	in	IN
19880	1185	17	the	the	DT
19880	1185	18	entire	entire	JJ
19880	1185	19	nature	nature	NN
19880	1185	20	,	,	,
19880	1185	21	physical	physical	JJ
19880	1185	22	,	,	,
19880	1185	23	mental	mental	JJ
19880	1185	24	,	,	,
19880	1185	25	and	and	CC
19880	1185	26	moral	moral	JJ
19880	1185	27	,	,	,
19880	1185	28	that	that	IN
19880	1185	29	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1185	30	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	1185	31	almost	almost	RB
19880	1185	32	a	a	DT
19880	1185	33	new	new	JJ
19880	1185	34	being	being	NN
19880	1185	35	.	.	.
19880	1186	1	This	this	DT
19880	1186	2	epoch	epoch	NN
19880	1186	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1186	4	known	know	VBN
19880	1186	5	as	as	IN
19880	1186	6	the	the	DT
19880	1186	7	period	period	NN
19880	1186	8	of	of	IN
19880	1186	9	puberty	puberty	NN
19880	1186	10	or	or	CC
19880	1186	11	adolescence	adolescence	NN
19880	1186	12	,	,	,
19880	1186	13	and	and	CC
19880	1186	14	may	may	MD
19880	1186	15	be	be	VB
19880	1186	16	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1186	17	that	that	DT
19880	1186	18	of	of	IN
19880	1186	19	the	the	DT
19880	1186	20	gravest	grave	JJS
19880	1186	21	moment	moment	NN
19880	1186	22	during	during	IN
19880	1186	23	one	one	PRP
19880	1186	24	's	's	POS
19880	1186	25	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1186	26	life	life	NN
19880	1186	27	;	;	:
19880	1186	28	for	for	IN
19880	1186	29	then	then	RB
19880	1186	30	,	,	,
19880	1186	31	for	for	IN
19880	1186	32	better	well	JJR
19880	1186	33	or	or	CC
19880	1186	34	worse	bad	JJR
19880	1186	35	,	,	,
19880	1186	36	great	great	JJ
19880	1186	37	changes	change	NNS
19880	1186	38	inevitably	inevitably	RB
19880	1186	39	occur	occur	VBP
19880	1186	40	.	.	.
19880	1187	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1187	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1187	3	incomparably	incomparably	RB
19880	1187	4	the	the	DT
19880	1187	5	period	period	NN
19880	1187	6	of	of	IN
19880	1187	7	greatest	great	JJS
19880	1187	8	development	development	NN
19880	1187	9	,	,	,
19880	1187	10	and	and	CC
19880	1187	11	,	,	,
19880	1187	12	unfortunately	unfortunately	RB
19880	1187	13	,	,	,
19880	1187	14	there	there	EX
19880	1187	15	may	may	MD
19880	1187	16	also	also	RB
19880	1187	17	spring	spring	VB
19880	1187	18	into	into	IN
19880	1187	19	being	being	NN
19880	1187	20	,	,	,
19880	1187	21	with	with	IN
19880	1187	22	striking	strike	VBG
19880	1187	23	suddenness	suddenness	NN
19880	1187	24	,	,	,
19880	1187	25	physical	physical	JJ
19880	1187	26	and	and	CC
19880	1187	27	psychic	psychic	JJ
19880	1187	28	traits	trait	NNS
19880	1187	29	which	which	WDT
19880	1187	30	cause	cause	VBP
19880	1187	31	the	the	DT
19880	1187	32	greatest	great	JJS
19880	1187	33	anxiety	anxiety	NN
19880	1187	34	.	.	.
19880	1188	1	In	in	IN
19880	1188	2	any	any	DT
19880	1188	3	case	case	NN
19880	1188	4	,	,	,
19880	1188	5	the	the	DT
19880	1188	6	thoughtful	thoughtful	JJ
19880	1188	7	must	must	MD
19880	1188	8	then	then	RB
19880	1188	9	regard	regard	VB
19880	1188	10	the	the	DT
19880	1188	11	youth	youth	NN
19880	1188	12	or	or	CC
19880	1188	13	maiden	maiden	NN
19880	1188	14	with	with	IN
19880	1188	15	feelings	feeling	NNS
19880	1188	16	of	of	IN
19880	1188	17	the	the	DT
19880	1188	18	deepest	deep	JJS
19880	1188	19	interest	interest	NN
19880	1188	20	,	,	,
19880	1188	21	if	if	IN
19880	1188	22	not	not	RB
19880	1188	23	anxiety	anxiety	NN
19880	1188	24	;	;	:
19880	1188	25	and	and	CC
19880	1188	26	in	in	IN
19880	1188	27	the	the	DT
19880	1188	28	case	case	NN
19880	1188	29	of	of	IN
19880	1188	30	the	the	DT
19880	1188	31	voice	voice	NN
19880	1188	32	-	-	HYPH
19880	1188	33	user	user	NN
19880	1188	34	,	,	,
19880	1188	35	especially	especially	RB
19880	1188	36	the	the	DT
19880	1188	37	singer	singer	NN
19880	1188	38	,	,	,
19880	1188	39	this	this	DT
19880	1188	40	period	period	NN
19880	1188	41	may	may	MD
19880	1188	42	come	come	VB
19880	1188	43	laden	laden	JJ
19880	1188	44	with	with	IN
19880	1188	45	the	the	DT
19880	1188	46	destinies	destiny	NNS
19880	1188	47	of	of	IN
19880	1188	48	the	the	DT
19880	1188	49	future	future	NN
19880	1188	50	.	.	.
19880	1189	1	The	the	DT
19880	1189	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1189	3	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1189	4	,	,	,
19880	1189	5	especially	especially	RB
19880	1189	6	in	in	IN
19880	1189	7	males	male	NNS
19880	1189	8	,	,	,
19880	1189	9	undergo	undergo	VBP
19880	1189	10	very	very	RB
19880	1189	11	marked	mark	VBN
19880	1189	12	changes	change	NNS
19880	1189	13	in	in	IN
19880	1189	14	relative	relative	JJ
19880	1189	15	proportions	proportion	NNS
19880	1189	16	and	and	CC
19880	1189	17	actual	actual	JJ
19880	1189	18	growth	growth	NN
19880	1189	19	.	.	.
19880	1190	1	So	so	RB
19880	1190	2	marked	marked	JJ
19880	1190	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1190	4	this	this	DT
19880	1190	5	that	that	IN
19880	1190	6	the	the	DT
19880	1190	7	boy	boy	NN
19880	1190	8	soprano	soprano	NN
19880	1190	9	may	may	MD
19880	1190	10	actually	actually	RB
19880	1190	11	become	become	VB
19880	1190	12	a	a	DT
19880	1190	13	barytone	barytone	NN
19880	1190	14	,	,	,
19880	1190	15	or	or	CC
19880	1190	16	,	,	,
19880	1190	17	unfortunately	unfortunately	RB
19880	1190	18	,	,	,
19880	1190	19	no	no	RB
19880	1190	20	longer	longer	RB
19880	1190	21	have	have	VBP
19880	1190	22	a	a	DT
19880	1190	23	singing	singing	NN
19880	1190	24	voice	voice	NN
19880	1190	25	at	at	RB
19880	1190	26	all	all	RB
19880	1190	27	.	.	.
19880	1191	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1191	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1191	3	:	:	:
19880	1191	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1191	5	.	.	.
19880	1192	1	40	40	CD
19880	1192	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1192	3	Grünwald	Grünwald	NNP
19880	1192	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1192	5	.	.	.
19880	1193	1	If	if	IN
19880	1193	2	this	this	DT
19880	1193	3	be	be	VB
19880	1193	4	compared	compare	VBN
19880	1193	5	with	with	IN
19880	1193	6	the	the	DT
19880	1193	7	next	next	JJ
19880	1193	8	illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1193	9	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1193	10	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1193	11	.	.	.
19880	1194	1	41	41	CD
19880	1194	2	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1194	3	,	,	,
19880	1194	4	some	some	DT
19880	1194	5	of	of	IN
19880	1194	6	the	the	DT
19880	1194	7	differences	difference	NNS
19880	1194	8	between	between	IN
19880	1194	9	the	the	DT
19880	1194	10	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1194	11	of	of	IN
19880	1194	12	the	the	DT
19880	1194	13	male	male	NN
19880	1194	14	and	and	CC
19880	1194	15	that	that	DT
19880	1194	16	of	of	IN
19880	1194	17	the	the	DT
19880	1194	18	female	female	NN
19880	1194	19	may	may	MD
19880	1194	20	be	be	VB
19880	1194	21	noted	note	VBN
19880	1194	22	.	.	.
19880	1195	1	The	the	DT
19880	1195	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1195	3	bands	band	NNS
19880	1195	4	in	in	IN
19880	1195	5	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1195	6	.	.	.
19880	1196	1	40	40	CD
19880	1196	2	,	,	,
19880	1196	3	being	be	VBG
19880	1196	4	those	those	DT
19880	1196	5	of	of	IN
19880	1196	6	a	a	DT
19880	1196	7	male	male	NN
19880	1196	8	,	,	,
19880	1196	9	are	be	VBP
19880	1196	10	heavier	heavy	JJR
19880	1196	11	and	and	CC
19880	1196	12	wider	wide	JJR
19880	1196	13	.	.	.
19880	1197	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1197	2	are	be	VBP
19880	1197	3	more	more	RBR
19880	1197	4	covered	cover	VBN
19880	1197	5	by	by	IN
19880	1197	6	the	the	DT
19880	1197	7	epiglottis	epiglottis	NN
19880	1197	8	than	than	IN
19880	1197	9	in	in	IN
19880	1197	10	the	the	DT
19880	1197	11	other	other	JJ
19880	1197	12	case	case	NN
19880	1197	13	--	--	:
19880	1197	14	that	that	IN
19880	1197	15	of	of	IN
19880	1197	16	a	a	DT
19880	1197	17	female	female	NN
19880	1197	18	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1197	19	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1197	20	.	.	.
19880	1198	1	41	41	CD
19880	1198	2	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1198	3	.	.	.
19880	1199	1	The	the	DT
19880	1199	2	false	false	JJ
19880	1199	3	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1199	4	bands	band	NNS
19880	1199	5	are	be	VBP
19880	1199	6	well	well	RB
19880	1199	7	seen	see	VBN
19880	1199	8	in	in	IN
19880	1199	9	both	both	DT
19880	1199	10	cases	case	NNS
19880	1199	11	,	,	,
19880	1199	12	and	and	CC
19880	1199	13	by	by	IN
19880	1199	14	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1199	15	redness	redness	JJ
19880	1199	16	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1199	17	dark	dark	JJ
19880	1199	18	in	in	IN
19880	1199	19	the	the	DT
19880	1199	20	figures	figure	NNS
19880	1199	21	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1199	22	contrast	contrast	NN
19880	1199	23	with	with	IN
19880	1199	24	the	the	DT
19880	1199	25	whiteness	whiteness	NN
19880	1199	26	of	of	IN
19880	1199	27	the	the	DT
19880	1199	28	true	true	JJ
19880	1199	29	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1199	30	bands	band	NNS
19880	1199	31	.	.	.
19880	1200	1	In	in	IN
19880	1200	2	both	both	DT
19880	1200	3	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19880	1200	4	the	the	DT
19880	1200	5	bands	band	NNS
19880	1200	6	are	be	VBP
19880	1200	7	in	in	IN
19880	1200	8	the	the	DT
19880	1200	9	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	1200	10	position	position	NN
19880	1200	11	.	.	.
19880	1200	12	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1201	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1201	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1201	3	:	:	:
19880	1201	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1201	5	.	.	.
19880	1202	1	41	41	CD
19880	1202	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1202	3	Grünwald	Grünwald	NNP
19880	1202	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1202	5	.	.	.
19880	1203	1	Laryngoscopic	laryngoscopic	JJ
19880	1203	2	picture	picture	NN
19880	1203	3	of	of	IN
19880	1203	4	the	the	DT
19880	1203	5	female	female	JJ
19880	1203	6	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1203	7	--	--	:
19880	1203	8	to	to	TO
19880	1203	9	be	be	VB
19880	1203	10	contrasted	contrast	VBN
19880	1203	11	with	with	IN
19880	1203	12	that	that	DT
19880	1203	13	of	of	IN
19880	1203	14	a	a	DT
19880	1203	15	male	male	NN
19880	1203	16	,	,	,
19880	1203	17	shown	show	VBN
19880	1203	18	in	in	IN
19880	1203	19	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1203	20	.	.	.
19880	1204	1	40	40	CD
19880	1204	2	.	.	.
19880	1204	3	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1205	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1205	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1205	3	:	:	:
19880	1205	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1205	5	.	.	.
19880	1206	1	42	42	CD
19880	1206	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1206	3	Grünwald	Grünwald	NNP
19880	1206	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1206	5	.	.	.
19880	1207	1	In	in	IN
19880	1207	2	this	this	DT
19880	1207	3	case	case	NN
19880	1207	4	,	,	,
19880	1207	5	owing	owe	VBG
19880	1207	6	to	to	IN
19880	1207	7	the	the	DT
19880	1207	8	subject	subject	NN
19880	1207	9	having	have	VBG
19880	1207	10	a	a	DT
19880	1207	11	cold	cold	NN
19880	1207	12	,	,	,
19880	1207	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1207	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1207	15	with	with	IN
19880	1207	16	difficulty	difficulty	NN
19880	1207	17	that	that	IN
19880	1207	18	the	the	DT
19880	1207	19	true	true	JJ
19880	1207	20	can	can	MD
19880	1207	21	be	be	VB
19880	1207	22	distinguished	distinguish	VBN
19880	1207	23	from	from	IN
19880	1207	24	the	the	DT
19880	1207	25	false	false	JJ
19880	1207	26	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1207	27	bands	band	NNS
19880	1207	28	,	,	,
19880	1207	29	so	so	RB
19880	1207	30	reddened	reddened	JJ
19880	1207	31	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1207	32	dark	dark	JJ
19880	1207	33	,	,	,
19880	1207	34	in	in	IN
19880	1207	35	the	the	DT
19880	1207	36	figure	figure	NN
19880	1207	37	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1207	38	were	be	VBD
19880	1207	39	the	the	DT
19880	1207	40	former	former	JJ
19880	1207	41	,	,	,
19880	1207	42	with	with	IN
19880	1207	43	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19880	1207	44	changes	change	NNS
19880	1207	45	in	in	IN
19880	1207	46	the	the	DT
19880	1207	47	character	character	NN
19880	1207	48	of	of	IN
19880	1207	49	the	the	DT
19880	1207	50	voice	voice	NN
19880	1207	51	.	.	.
19880	1208	1	This	this	DT
19880	1208	2	view	view	NN
19880	1208	3	was	be	VBD
19880	1208	4	obtained	obtain	VBN
19880	1208	5	as	as	IN
19880	1208	6	the	the	DT
19880	1208	7	subject	subject	NN
19880	1208	8	was	be	VBD
19880	1208	9	phonating	phonate	VBG
19880	1208	10	,	,	,
19880	1208	11	so	so	IN
19880	1208	12	that	that	IN
19880	1208	13	the	the	DT
19880	1208	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1208	15	bands	band	NNS
19880	1208	16	are	be	VBP
19880	1208	17	approximated	approximate	VBN
19880	1208	18	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	1208	19	closely	closely	RB
19880	1208	20	.	.	.
19880	1208	21	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1209	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1209	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1209	3	:	:	:
19880	1209	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1209	5	.	.	.
19880	1210	1	43	43	CD
19880	1210	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1210	3	Grünwald	Grünwald	NNP
19880	1210	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1210	5	.	.	.
19880	1211	1	Shows	show	VBZ
19880	1211	2	the	the	DT
19880	1211	3	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1211	4	as	as	IN
19880	1211	5	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1211	6	may	may	MD
19880	1211	7	be	be	VB
19880	1211	8	seen	see	VBN
19880	1211	9	only	only	RB
19880	1211	10	by	by	IN
19880	1211	11	the	the	DT
19880	1211	12	use	use	NN
19880	1211	13	of	of	IN
19880	1211	14	the	the	DT
19880	1211	15	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19880	1211	16	.	.	.
19880	1212	1	The	the	DT
19880	1212	2	above	above	JJ
19880	1212	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1212	4	an	an	DT
19880	1212	5	example	example	NN
19880	1212	6	of	of	IN
19880	1212	7	the	the	DT
19880	1212	8	appearance	appearance	NN
19880	1212	9	of	of	IN
19880	1212	10	the	the	DT
19880	1212	11	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1212	12	bands	band	NNS
19880	1212	13	during	during	IN
19880	1212	14	a	a	DT
19880	1212	15	deep	deep	JJ
19880	1212	16	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	1212	17	,	,	,
19880	1212	18	and	and	CC
19880	1212	19	in	in	IN
19880	1212	20	this	this	DT
19880	1212	21	subject	subject	NN
19880	1212	22	,	,	,
19880	1212	23	as	as	IN
19880	1212	24	in	in	IN
19880	1212	25	those	those	DT
19880	1212	26	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19880	1212	27	by	by	IN
19880	1212	28	FIGS	FIGS	NNP
19880	1212	29	.	.	.
19880	1213	1	40	40	CD
19880	1213	2	,	,	,
19880	1213	3	41	41	CD
19880	1213	4	,	,	,
19880	1213	5	the	the	DT
19880	1213	6	circumstances	circumstance	NNS
19880	1213	7	were	be	VBD
19880	1213	8	so	so	RB
19880	1213	9	favorable	favorable	JJ
19880	1213	10	that	that	IN
19880	1213	11	the	the	DT
19880	1213	12	observer	observer	NN
19880	1213	13	could	could	MD
19880	1213	14	see	see	VB
19880	1213	15	even	even	RB
19880	1213	16	the	the	DT
19880	1213	17	trachea	trachea	NN
19880	1213	18	,	,	,
19880	1213	19	the	the	DT
19880	1213	20	rings	ring	NNS
19880	1213	21	of	of	IN
19880	1213	22	which	which	WDT
19880	1213	23	are	be	VBP
19880	1213	24	indicated	indicate	VBN
19880	1213	25	in	in	IN
19880	1213	26	the	the	DT
19880	1213	27	picture	picture	NN
19880	1213	28	.	.	.
19880	1214	1	The	the	DT
19880	1214	2	reader	reader	NN
19880	1214	3	will	will	MD
19880	1214	4	bear	bear	VB
19880	1214	5	in	in	IN
19880	1214	6	mind	mind	NN
19880	1214	7	that	that	IN
19880	1214	8	in	in	IN
19880	1214	9	this	this	DT
19880	1214	10	and	and	CC
19880	1214	11	all	all	DT
19880	1214	12	laryngoscopic	laryngoscopic	JJ
19880	1214	13	pictures	picture	NNS
19880	1214	14	,	,	,
19880	1214	15	while	while	IN
19880	1214	16	right	right	RB
19880	1214	17	remains	remain	VBZ
19880	1214	18	right	right	JJ
19880	1214	19	,	,	,
19880	1214	20	front	front	NN
19880	1214	21	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	1214	22	back	back	RB
19880	1214	23	,	,	,
19880	1214	24	and	and	CC
19880	1214	25	back	back	JJ
19880	1214	26	front	front	NN
19880	1214	27	,	,	,
19880	1214	28	so	so	IN
19880	1214	29	that	that	IN
19880	1214	30	the	the	DT
19880	1214	31	back	back	NN
19880	1214	32	of	of	IN
19880	1214	33	the	the	DT
19880	1214	34	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1214	35	appears	appear	VBZ
19880	1214	36	toward	toward	IN
19880	1214	37	the	the	DT
19880	1214	38	observer--_i.e	observer--_i.e	NN
19880	1214	39	.	.	.
19880	1214	40	_	_	NNP
19880	1214	41	,	,	,
19880	1214	42	is	be	VBZ
19880	1214	43	lowest	low	JJS
19880	1214	44	on	on	IN
19880	1214	45	the	the	DT
19880	1214	46	page	page	NN
19880	1214	47	.	.	.
19880	1214	48	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1215	1	So	so	RB
19880	1215	2	far	far	RB
19880	1215	3	as	as	IN
19880	1215	4	the	the	DT
19880	1215	5	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1215	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1215	7	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	1215	8	the	the	DT
19880	1215	9	changes	change	NNS
19880	1215	10	are	be	VBP
19880	1215	11	less	less	RBR
19880	1215	12	pronounced	pronounced	JJ
19880	1215	13	,	,	,
19880	1215	14	usually	usually	RB
19880	1215	15	,	,	,
19880	1215	16	in	in	IN
19880	1215	17	the	the	DT
19880	1215	18	girl	girl	NN
19880	1215	19	;	;	:
19880	1215	20	nevertheless	nevertheless	RB
19880	1215	21	,	,	,
19880	1215	22	the	the	DT
19880	1215	23	period	period	NN
19880	1215	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	1215	25	one	one	CD
19880	1215	26	of	of	IN
19880	1215	27	such	such	JJ
19880	1215	28	change	change	NN
19880	1215	29	for	for	IN
19880	1215	30	the	the	DT
19880	1215	31	female	female	NN
19880	1215	32	that	that	IN
19880	1215	33	the	the	DT
19880	1215	34	greatest	great	JJS
19880	1215	35	care	care	NN
19880	1215	36	should	should	MD
19880	1215	37	be	be	VB
19880	1215	38	exercised	exercise	VBN
19880	1215	39	at	at	IN
19880	1215	40	this	this	DT
19880	1215	41	time	time	NN
19880	1215	42	,	,	,
19880	1215	43	especially	especially	RB
19880	1215	44	in	in	IN
19880	1215	45	the	the	DT
19880	1215	46	case	case	NN
19880	1215	47	of	of	IN
19880	1215	48	city	city	NN
19880	1215	49	girls	girl	NNS
19880	1215	50	.	.	.
19880	1216	1	The	the	DT
19880	1216	2	body	body	NN
19880	1216	3	requires	require	VBZ
19880	1216	4	all	all	PDT
19880	1216	5	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1216	6	available	available	JJ
19880	1216	7	resources	resource	NNS
19880	1216	8	for	for	IN
19880	1216	9	the	the	DT
19880	1216	10	growth	growth	NN
19880	1216	11	and	and	CC
19880	1216	12	development	development	NN
19880	1216	13	which	which	WDT
19880	1216	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1216	15	so	so	RB
19880	1216	16	characteristic	characteristic	JJ
19880	1216	17	of	of	IN
19880	1216	18	this	this	DT
19880	1216	19	biological	biological	JJ
19880	1216	20	and	and	CC
19880	1216	21	psychological	psychological	JJ
19880	1216	22	epoch	epoch	NN
19880	1216	23	;	;	:
19880	1216	24	hence	hence	RB
19880	1216	25	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1216	26	may	may	MD
19880	1216	27	be	be	VB
19880	1216	28	ruinous	ruinous	JJ
19880	1216	29	for	for	IN
19880	1216	30	the	the	DT
19880	1216	31	future	future	NN
19880	1216	32	of	of	IN
19880	1216	33	the	the	DT
19880	1216	34	girl	girl	NN
19880	1216	35	if	if	IN
19880	1216	36	at	at	IN
19880	1216	37	this	this	DT
19880	1216	38	time	time	NN
19880	1216	39	the	the	DT
19880	1216	40	same	same	JJ
19880	1216	41	strain	strain	NN
19880	1216	42	is	be	VBZ
19880	1216	43	put	put	VBN
19880	1216	44	upon	upon	IN
19880	1216	45	her	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1216	46	as	as	IN
19880	1216	47	on	on	IN
19880	1216	48	the	the	DT
19880	1216	49	adult	adult	NN
19880	1216	50	,	,	,
19880	1216	51	whether	whether	IN
19880	1216	52	in	in	IN
19880	1216	53	the	the	DT
19880	1216	54	direction	direction	NN
19880	1216	55	of	of	IN
19880	1216	56	study	study	NN
19880	1216	57	,	,	,
19880	1216	58	physical	physical	JJ
19880	1216	59	exertion	exertion	NN
19880	1216	60	,	,	,
19880	1216	61	or	or	CC
19880	1216	62	social	social	JJ
19880	1216	63	excitement	excitement	NN
19880	1216	64	,	,	,
19880	1216	65	and	and	CC
19880	1216	66	of	of	IN
19880	1216	67	course	course	NN
19880	1216	68	the	the	DT
19880	1216	69	voice	voice	NN
19880	1216	70	must	must	MD
19880	1216	71	suffer	suffer	VB
19880	1216	72	with	with	IN
19880	1216	73	all	all	PDT
19880	1216	74	the	the	DT
19880	1216	75	rest	rest	NN
19880	1216	76	.	.	.
19880	1217	1	The	the	DT
19880	1217	2	farmer	farmer	NN
19880	1217	3	who	who	WP
19880	1217	4	would	would	MD
19880	1217	5	attempt	attempt	VB
19880	1217	6	to	to	TO
19880	1217	7	work	work	VB
19880	1217	8	the	the	DT
19880	1217	9	colt	colt	NN
19880	1217	10	of	of	IN
19880	1217	11	a	a	DT
19880	1217	12	year	year	NN
19880	1217	13	or	or	CC
19880	1217	14	two	two	CD
19880	1217	15	old	old	JJ
19880	1217	16	as	as	IN
19880	1217	17	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1217	18	does	do	VBZ
19880	1217	19	the	the	DT
19880	1217	20	horse	horse	NN
19880	1217	21	of	of	IN
19880	1217	22	four	four	CD
19880	1217	23	or	or	CC
19880	1217	24	five	five	CD
19880	1217	25	would	would	MD
19880	1217	26	be	be	VB
19880	1217	27	regarded	regard	VBN
19880	1217	28	as	as	IN
19880	1217	29	either	either	CC
19880	1217	30	grossly	grossly	RB
19880	1217	31	ignorant	ignorant	JJ
19880	1217	32	of	of	IN
19880	1217	33	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1217	34	business	business	NN
19880	1217	35	or	or	CC
19880	1217	36	utterly	utterly	RB
19880	1217	37	reckless	reckless	JJ
19880	1217	38	as	as	IN
19880	1217	39	to	to	IN
19880	1217	40	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1217	41	own	own	JJ
19880	1217	42	interests	interest	NNS
19880	1217	43	,	,	,
19880	1217	44	if	if	IN
19880	1217	45	not	not	RB
19880	1217	46	positively	positively	RB
19880	1217	47	cruel	cruel	JJ
19880	1217	48	.	.	.
19880	1218	1	Do	do	VBP
19880	1218	2	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1218	3	modern	modern	JJ
19880	1218	4	usages	usage	NNS
19880	1218	5	not	not	RB
19880	1218	6	show	show	VBP
19880	1218	7	a	a	DT
19880	1218	8	neglect	neglect	NN
19880	1218	9	of	of	IN
19880	1218	10	facts	fact	NNS
19880	1218	11	of	of	IN
19880	1218	12	vital	vital	JJ
19880	1218	13	moment	moment	NN
19880	1218	14	still	still	RB
19880	1218	15	more	more	RBR
19880	1218	16	marked	marked	JJ
19880	1218	17	?	?	.
19880	1219	1	Unfortunately	unfortunately	RB
19880	1219	2	,	,	,
19880	1219	3	the	the	DT
19880	1219	4	woman	woman	NN
19880	1219	5	all	all	PDT
19880	1219	6	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1219	7	life	life	NN
19880	1219	8	must	must	MD
19880	1219	9	live	live	VB
19880	1219	10	,	,	,
19880	1219	11	to	to	IN
19880	1219	12	a	a	DT
19880	1219	13	greater	great	JJR
19880	1219	14	or	or	CC
19880	1219	15	less	less	JJR
19880	1219	16	extent	extent	NN
19880	1219	17	,	,	,
19880	1219	18	on	on	IN
19880	1219	19	a	a	DT
19880	1219	20	sort	sort	NN
19880	1219	21	of	of	IN
19880	1219	22	periodic	periodic	JJ
19880	1219	23	up	up	JJ
19880	1219	24	-	-	HYPH
19880	1219	25	curve	curve	NN
19880	1219	26	or	or	CC
19880	1219	27	down	down	NN
19880	1219	28	-	-	HYPH
19880	1219	29	curve	curve	NN
19880	1219	30	of	of	IN
19880	1219	31	vitality	vitality	NN
19880	1219	32	;	;	,
19880	1219	33	and	and	CC
19880	1219	34	that	that	IN
19880	1219	35	this	this	DT
19880	1219	36	fact	fact	NN
19880	1219	37	is	be	VBZ
19880	1219	38	so	so	RB
19880	1219	39	generally	generally	RB
19880	1219	40	ignored	ignore	VBN
19880	1219	41	by	by	IN
19880	1219	42	society	society	NN
19880	1219	43	and	and	CC
19880	1219	44	educators	educator	NNS
19880	1219	45	is	be	VBZ
19880	1219	46	one	one	CD
19880	1219	47	of	of	IN
19880	1219	48	those	those	DT
19880	1219	49	peculiarities	peculiarity	NNS
19880	1219	50	of	of	IN
19880	1219	51	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1219	52	age	age	NN
19880	1219	53	at	at	IN
19880	1219	54	which	which	WDT
19880	1219	55	,	,	,
19880	1219	56	in	in	IN
19880	1219	57	spite	spite	NN
19880	1219	58	of	of	IN
19880	1219	59	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1219	60	great	great	JJ
19880	1219	61	advancement	advancement	NN
19880	1219	62	in	in	IN
19880	1219	63	so	so	RB
19880	1219	64	many	many	JJ
19880	1219	65	directions	direction	NNS
19880	1219	66	,	,	,
19880	1219	67	a	a	DT
19880	1219	68	future	future	JJ
19880	1219	69	generation	generation	NN
19880	1219	70	must	must	MD
19880	1219	71	wonder	wonder	VB
19880	1219	72	.	.	.
19880	1220	1	To	to	TO
19880	1220	2	use	use	VB
19880	1220	3	the	the	DT
19880	1220	4	voice	voice	NN
19880	1220	5	when	when	WRB
19880	1220	6	the	the	DT
19880	1220	7	health	health	NN
19880	1220	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1220	9	even	even	RB
19880	1220	10	slightly	slightly	RB
19880	1220	11	disordered	disorder	VBN
19880	1220	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	1220	13	not	not	RB
19880	1220	14	without	without	IN
19880	1220	15	risk	risk	NN
19880	1220	16	to	to	IN
19880	1220	17	the	the	DT
19880	1220	18	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1220	19	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1220	20	,	,	,
19880	1220	21	and	and	CC
19880	1220	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1220	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	1220	24	the	the	DT
19880	1220	25	clear	clear	JJ
19880	1220	26	duty	duty	NN
19880	1220	27	of	of	IN
19880	1220	28	every	every	DT
19880	1220	29	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1220	30	of	of	IN
19880	1220	31	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1220	32	culture	culture	NN
19880	1220	33	,	,	,
19880	1220	34	at	at	IN
19880	1220	35	all	all	DT
19880	1220	36	events	event	NNS
19880	1220	37	,	,	,
19880	1220	38	to	to	TO
19880	1220	39	allow	allow	VB
19880	1220	40	no	no	DT
19880	1220	41	practice	practice	NN
19880	1220	42	and	and	CC
19880	1220	43	to	to	TO
19880	1220	44	give	give	VB
19880	1220	45	no	no	DT
19880	1220	46	lessons	lesson	NNS
19880	1220	47	that	that	WDT
19880	1220	48	imply	imply	VBP
19880	1220	49	the	the	DT
19880	1220	50	actual	actual	JJ
19880	1220	51	use	use	NN
19880	1220	52	of	of	IN
19880	1220	53	the	the	DT
19880	1220	54	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1220	55	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1220	56	at	at	IN
19880	1220	57	these	these	DT
19880	1220	58	times	time	NNS
19880	1220	59	.	.	.
19880	1221	1	Nor	nor	CC
19880	1221	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1221	3	this	this	DT
19880	1221	4	a	a	DT
19880	1221	5	great	great	JJ
19880	1221	6	loss	loss	NN
19880	1221	7	,	,	,
19880	1221	8	rightly	rightly	RB
19880	1221	9	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1221	10	,	,	,
19880	1221	11	for	for	IN
19880	1221	12	the	the	DT
19880	1221	13	intellectual	intellectual	JJ
19880	1221	14	side	side	NN
19880	1221	15	of	of	IN
19880	1221	16	the	the	DT
19880	1221	17	subject	subject	NN
19880	1221	18	,	,	,
19880	1221	19	which	which	WDT
19880	1221	20	requires	require	VBZ
19880	1221	21	so	so	RB
19880	1221	22	much	much	JJ
19880	1221	23	attention	attention	NN
19880	1221	24	,	,	,
19880	1221	25	may	may	MD
19880	1221	26	readily	readily	RB
19880	1221	27	be	be	VB
19880	1221	28	made	make	VBN
19880	1221	29	to	to	TO
19880	1221	30	take	take	VB
19880	1221	31	the	the	DT
19880	1221	32	place	place	NN
19880	1221	33	of	of	IN
19880	1221	34	the	the	DT
19880	1221	35	vocal	vocal	NN
19880	1221	36	for	for	IN
19880	1221	37	a	a	DT
19880	1221	38	few	few	JJ
19880	1221	39	days	day	NNS
19880	1221	40	.	.	.
19880	1222	1	The	the	DT
19880	1222	2	so	so	RB
19880	1222	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	1222	4	called	call	VBN
19880	1222	5	"	"	``
19880	1222	6	breaking	breaking	NN
19880	1222	7	"	"	''
19880	1222	8	of	of	IN
19880	1222	9	the	the	DT
19880	1222	10	voice	voice	NN
19880	1222	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	1222	12	largely	largely	RB
19880	1222	13	confined	confine	VBN
19880	1222	14	to	to	IN
19880	1222	15	males	male	NNS
19880	1222	16	,	,	,
19880	1222	17	because	because	IN
19880	1222	18	the	the	DT
19880	1222	19	growth	growth	NN
19880	1222	20	changes	change	NNS
19880	1222	21	,	,	,
19880	1222	22	etc	etc	FW
19880	1222	23	.	.	FW
19880	1222	24	,	,	,
19880	1222	25	as	as	IN
19880	1222	26	already	already	RB
19880	1222	27	said	say	VBD
19880	1222	28	,	,	,
19880	1222	29	are	be	VBP
19880	1222	30	most	most	RBS
19880	1222	31	marked	mark	VBN
19880	1222	32	in	in	IN
19880	1222	33	boys	boy	NNS
19880	1222	34	.	.	.
19880	1223	1	At	at	IN
19880	1223	2	this	this	DT
19880	1223	3	time	time	NN
19880	1223	4	,	,	,
19880	1223	5	also	also	RB
19880	1223	6	,	,	,
19880	1223	7	there	there	EX
19880	1223	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1223	9	frequently	frequently	RB
19880	1223	10	an	an	DT
19880	1223	11	excess	excess	NN
19880	1223	12	of	of	IN
19880	1223	13	blood	blood	NN
19880	1223	14	supplied	supply	VBN
19880	1223	15	to	to	IN
19880	1223	16	the	the	DT
19880	1223	17	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1223	18	,	,	,
19880	1223	19	with	with	IN
19880	1223	20	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	1223	21	some	some	DT
19880	1223	22	degree	degree	NN
19880	1223	23	of	of	IN
19880	1223	24	stagnation	stagnation	NN
19880	1223	25	or	or	CC
19880	1223	26	congestion	congestion	NN
19880	1223	27	,	,	,
19880	1223	28	which	which	WDT
19880	1223	29	results	result	VBZ
19880	1223	30	in	in	IN
19880	1223	31	a	a	DT
19880	1223	32	thickening	thickening	NN
19880	1223	33	of	of	IN
19880	1223	34	the	the	DT
19880	1223	35	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1223	36	bands	band	NNS
19880	1223	37	,	,	,
19880	1223	38	unequal	unequal	JJ
19880	1223	39	action	action	NN
19880	1223	40	of	of	IN
19880	1223	41	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1223	42	,	,	,
19880	1223	43	etc	etc	FW
19880	1223	44	.	.	FW
19880	1223	45	,	,	,
19880	1223	46	which	which	WDT
19880	1223	47	must	must	MD
19880	1223	48	involve	involve	VB
19880	1223	49	imperfections	imperfection	NNS
19880	1223	50	in	in	IN
19880	1223	51	the	the	DT
19880	1223	52	voice	voice	NN
19880	1223	53	.	.	.
19880	1224	1	In	in	IN
19880	1224	2	all	all	DT
19880	1224	3	such	such	JJ
19880	1224	4	cases	case	NNS
19880	1224	5	common	common	JJ
19880	1224	6	sense	sense	NN
19880	1224	7	and	and	CC
19880	1224	8	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	1224	9	alike	alike	RB
19880	1224	10	plainly	plainly	RB
19880	1224	11	indicate	indicate	VBP
19880	1224	12	that	that	DT
19880	1224	13	rest	rest	NN
19880	1224	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1224	15	desirable	desirable	JJ
19880	1224	16	.	.	.
19880	1225	1	All	all	DT
19880	1225	2	shouting	shouting	NN
19880	1225	3	,	,	,
19880	1225	4	singing	singing	NN
19880	1225	5	,	,	,
19880	1225	6	etc	etc	FW
19880	1225	7	.	.	.
19880	1225	8	,	,	,
19880	1225	9	should	should	MD
19880	1225	10	be	be	VB
19880	1225	11	refrained	refrain	VBN
19880	1225	12	from	from	IN
19880	1225	13	,	,	,
19880	1225	14	and	and	CC
19880	1225	15	even	even	RB
19880	1225	16	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	1225	17	speech	speech	NN
19880	1225	18	,	,	,
19880	1225	19	as	as	RB
19880	1225	20	much	much	RB
19880	1225	21	as	as	IN
19880	1225	22	possible	possible	JJ
19880	1225	23	,	,	,
19880	1225	24	in	in	IN
19880	1225	25	very	very	RB
19880	1225	26	marked	marked	JJ
19880	1225	27	cases	case	NNS
19880	1225	28	,	,	,
19880	1225	29	especially	especially	RB
19880	1225	30	when	when	WRB
19880	1225	31	the	the	DT
19880	1225	32	individual	individual	NN
19880	1225	33	is	be	VBZ
19880	1225	34	even	even	RB
19880	1225	35	slightly	slightly	RB
19880	1225	36	indisposed	indisposed	JJ
19880	1225	37	or	or	CC
19880	1225	38	weary	weary	JJ
19880	1225	39	.	.	.
19880	1226	1	In	in	IN
19880	1226	2	other	other	JJ
19880	1226	3	cases	case	NNS
19880	1226	4	the	the	DT
19880	1226	5	changes	change	NNS
19880	1226	6	are	be	VBP
19880	1226	7	so	so	RB
19880	1226	8	gradual	gradual	JJ
19880	1226	9	and	and	CC
19880	1226	10	so	so	RB
19880	1226	11	little	little	JJ
19880	1226	12	marked	marked	JJ
19880	1226	13	that	that	IN
19880	1226	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1226	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	1226	16	not	not	RB
19880	1226	17	at	at	RB
19880	1226	18	all	all	RB
19880	1226	19	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1226	20	to	to	TO
19880	1226	21	discontinue	discontinue	VB
19880	1226	22	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1226	23	practice	practice	NN
19880	1226	24	,	,	,
19880	1226	25	if	if	IN
19880	1226	26	carried	carry	VBN
19880	1226	27	out	out	RP
19880	1226	28	with	with	IN
19880	1226	29	care	care	NN
19880	1226	30	and	and	CC
19880	1226	31	under	under	IN
19880	1226	32	the	the	DT
19880	1226	33	guidance	guidance	NN
19880	1226	34	of	of	IN
19880	1226	35	an	an	DT
19880	1226	36	intelligent	intelligent	JJ
19880	1226	37	friend	friend	NN
19880	1226	38	or	or	CC
19880	1226	39	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1226	40	;	;	:
19880	1226	41	but	but	CC
19880	1226	42	because	because	IN
19880	1226	43	of	of	IN
19880	1226	44	the	the	DT
19880	1226	45	possibility	possibility	NN
19880	1226	46	of	of	IN
19880	1226	47	the	the	DT
19880	1226	48	voice	voice	NN
19880	1226	49	changing	change	VBG
19880	1226	50	in	in	IN
19880	1226	51	quality	quality	NN
19880	1226	52	,	,	,
19880	1226	53	there	there	EX
19880	1226	54	is	be	VBZ
19880	1226	55	no	no	DT
19880	1226	56	time	time	NN
19880	1226	57	when	when	WRB
19880	1226	58	the	the	DT
19880	1226	59	advice	advice	NN
19880	1226	60	of	of	IN
19880	1226	61	an	an	DT
19880	1226	62	experienced	experienced	JJ
19880	1226	63	and	and	CC
19880	1226	64	enlightened	enlighten	VBN
19880	1226	65	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1226	66	or	or	CC
19880	1226	67	laryngologist	laryngologist	NN
19880	1226	68	is	be	VBZ
19880	1226	69	more	more	RBR
19880	1226	70	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1226	71	.	.	.
19880	1227	1	The	the	DT
19880	1227	2	condition	condition	NN
19880	1227	3	present	present	JJ
19880	1227	4	in	in	IN
19880	1227	5	the	the	DT
19880	1227	6	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1227	7	bands	band	NNS
19880	1227	8	and	and	CC
19880	1227	9	larynx	larynx	NNP
19880	1227	10	generally	generally	RB
19880	1227	11	of	of	IN
19880	1227	12	the	the	DT
19880	1227	13	boy	boy	NN
19880	1227	14	at	at	IN
19880	1227	15	puberty	puberty	NN
19880	1227	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	1227	17	more	more	RBR
19880	1227	18	or	or	CC
19880	1227	19	less	less	RBR
19880	1227	20	akin	akin	JJ
19880	1227	21	to	to	IN
19880	1227	22	that	that	DT
19880	1227	23	found	find	VBN
19880	1227	24	in	in	IN
19880	1227	25	fatigue	fatigue	NN
19880	1227	26	,	,	,
19880	1227	27	ill	ill	JJ
19880	1227	28	-	-	HYPH
19880	1227	29	health	health	NN
19880	1227	30	,	,	,
19880	1227	31	hoarseness	hoarseness	NN
19880	1227	32	,	,	,
19880	1227	33	etc	etc	FW
19880	1227	34	.	.	FW
19880	1227	35	,	,	,
19880	1227	36	as	as	RB
19880	1227	37	well	well	RB
19880	1227	38	as	as	IN
19880	1227	39	in	in	IN
19880	1227	40	old	old	JJ
19880	1227	41	age	age	NN
19880	1227	42	,	,	,
19880	1227	43	when	when	WRB
19880	1227	44	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1227	45	action	action	NN
19880	1227	46	is	be	VBZ
19880	1227	47	very	very	RB
19880	1227	48	uncertain	uncertain	JJ
19880	1227	49	,	,	,
19880	1227	50	so	so	IN
19880	1227	51	that	that	IN
19880	1227	52	in	in	IN
19880	1227	53	the	the	DT
19880	1227	54	weak	weak	JJ
19880	1227	55	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1227	56	,	,	,
19880	1227	57	as	as	IN
19880	1227	58	elsewhere	elsewhere	RB
19880	1227	59	,	,	,
19880	1227	60	the	the	DT
19880	1227	61	old	old	JJ
19880	1227	62	man	man	NN
19880	1227	63	may	may	MD
19880	1227	64	approach	approach	VB
19880	1227	65	the	the	DT
19880	1227	66	undeveloped	undeveloped	JJ
19880	1227	67	youth	youth	NN
19880	1227	68	,	,	,
19880	1227	69	and	and	CC
19880	1227	70	for	for	IN
19880	1227	71	much	much	RB
19880	1227	72	the	the	DT
19880	1227	73	same	same	JJ
19880	1227	74	reason	reason	NN
19880	1227	75	--	--	:
19880	1227	76	lack	lack	NN
19880	1227	77	of	of	IN
19880	1227	78	co	co	JJ
19880	1227	79	-	-	JJ
19880	1227	80	ordinated	ordinated	JJ
19880	1227	81	or	or	CC
19880	1227	82	harmonious	harmonious	JJ
19880	1227	83	control	control	NN
19880	1227	84	of	of	IN
19880	1227	85	parts	part	NNS
19880	1227	86	.	.	.
19880	1228	1	These	these	DT
19880	1228	2	remarks	remark	NNS
19880	1228	3	imply	imply	VBP
19880	1228	4	,	,	,
19880	1228	5	of	of	IN
19880	1228	6	course	course	NN
19880	1228	7	,	,	,
19880	1228	8	that	that	IN
19880	1228	9	the	the	DT
19880	1228	10	youth	youth	NN
19880	1228	11	has	have	VBZ
19880	1228	12	already	already	RB
19880	1228	13	begun	begin	VBN
19880	1228	14	studies	study	NNS
19880	1228	15	in	in	IN
19880	1228	16	voice	voice	NN
19880	1228	17	-	-	HYPH
19880	1228	18	production	production	NN
19880	1228	19	,	,	,
19880	1228	20	and	and	CC
19880	1228	21	that	that	DT
19880	1228	22	raises	raise	VBZ
19880	1228	23	another	another	DT
19880	1228	24	important	important	JJ
19880	1228	25	question	question	NN
19880	1228	26	,	,	,
19880	1228	27	viz	viz	NN
19880	1228	28	.	.	.
19880	1229	1	:	:	:
19880	1229	2	When	when	WRB
19880	1229	3	should	should	MD
19880	1229	4	the	the	DT
19880	1229	5	individual	individual	NN
19880	1229	6	who	who	WP
19880	1229	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1229	8	sufficiently	sufficiently	RB
19880	1229	9	endowed	endow	VBN
19880	1229	10	musically	musically	RB
19880	1229	11	begin	begin	VB
19880	1229	12	to	to	TO
19880	1229	13	sing	sing	VB
19880	1229	14	,	,	,
19880	1229	15	or	or	CC
19880	1229	16	study	study	VB
19880	1229	17	public	public	JJ
19880	1229	18	utterance	utterance	NN
19880	1229	19	practically	practically	RB
19880	1229	20	in	in	IN
19880	1229	21	some	some	DT
19880	1229	22	of	of	IN
19880	1229	23	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1229	24	forms	form	NNS
19880	1229	25	?	?	.
19880	1230	1	No	no	DT
19880	1230	2	faculty	faculty	NN
19880	1230	3	develops	develop	VBZ
19880	1230	4	earlier	early	JJR
19880	1230	5	than	than	IN
19880	1230	6	the	the	DT
19880	1230	7	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1230	8	,	,	,
19880	1230	9	and	and	CC
19880	1230	10	this	this	DT
19880	1230	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	1230	12	a	a	DT
19880	1230	13	strong	strong	JJ
19880	1230	14	argument	argument	NN
19880	1230	15	in	in	IN
19880	1230	16	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1230	17	for	for	IN
19880	1230	18	the	the	DT
19880	1230	19	early	early	JJ
19880	1230	20	study	study	NN
19880	1230	21	of	of	IN
19880	1230	22	music	music	NN
19880	1230	23	,	,	,
19880	1230	24	apart	apart	RB
19880	1230	25	altogether	altogether	RB
19880	1230	26	from	from	IN
19880	1230	27	other	other	JJ
19880	1230	28	considerations	consideration	NNS
19880	1230	29	about	about	IN
19880	1230	30	which	which	WDT
19880	1230	31	there	there	EX
19880	1230	32	is	be	VBZ
19880	1230	33	room	room	NN
19880	1230	34	for	for	IN
19880	1230	35	more	more	JJR
19880	1230	36	difference	difference	NN
19880	1230	37	of	of	IN
19880	1230	38	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	1230	39	.	.	.
19880	1231	1	Should	Should	MD
19880	1231	2	the	the	DT
19880	1231	3	child	child	NN
19880	1231	4	get	get	VB
19880	1231	5	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1231	6	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1231	7	development	development	NN
19880	1231	8	through	through	IN
19880	1231	9	the	the	DT
19880	1231	10	use	use	NN
19880	1231	11	of	of	IN
19880	1231	12	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1231	13	own	own	JJ
19880	1231	14	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1231	15	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	1231	16	or	or	CC
19880	1231	17	another	another	DT
19880	1231	18	?	?	.
19880	1232	1	If	if	IN
19880	1232	2	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1232	3	shows	show	VBZ
19880	1232	4	natural	natural	JJ
19880	1232	5	ability	ability	NN
19880	1232	6	for	for	IN
19880	1232	7	the	the	DT
19880	1232	8	use	use	NN
19880	1232	9	of	of	IN
19880	1232	10	the	the	DT
19880	1232	11	voice	voice	NN
19880	1232	12	,	,	,
19880	1232	13	should	should	MD
19880	1232	14	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1232	15	be	be	VB
19880	1232	16	trained	train	VBN
19880	1232	17	very	very	RB
19880	1232	18	early	early	RB
19880	1232	19	?	?	.
19880	1233	1	Against	against	IN
19880	1233	2	early	early	JJ
19880	1233	3	training	training	NN
19880	1233	4	may	may	MD
19880	1233	5	be	be	VB
19880	1233	6	urged	urge	VBN
19880	1233	7	the	the	DT
19880	1233	8	facts	fact	NNS
19880	1233	9	above	above	IN
19880	1233	10	referred	refer	VBD
19880	1233	11	to	to	IN
19880	1233	12	--	--	:
19880	1233	13	the	the	DT
19880	1233	14	liability	liability	NN
19880	1233	15	of	of	IN
19880	1233	16	great	great	JJ
19880	1233	17	changes	change	NNS
19880	1233	18	taking	take	VBG
19880	1233	19	place	place	NN
19880	1233	20	in	in	IN
19880	1233	21	the	the	DT
19880	1233	22	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1233	23	at	at	IN
19880	1233	24	puberty	puberty	NN
19880	1233	25	,	,	,
19880	1233	26	especially	especially	RB
19880	1233	27	in	in	IN
19880	1233	28	the	the	DT
19880	1233	29	boy	boy	NN
19880	1233	30	.	.	.
19880	1234	1	But	but	CC
19880	1234	2	marked	mark	VBN
19880	1234	3	are	be	VBP
19880	1234	4	the	the	DT
19880	1234	5	changes	change	NNS
19880	1234	6	that	that	WDT
19880	1234	7	take	take	VBP
19880	1234	8	place	place	NN
19880	1234	9	in	in	IN
19880	1234	10	other	other	JJ
19880	1234	11	parts	part	NNS
19880	1234	12	of	of	IN
19880	1234	13	the	the	DT
19880	1234	14	body	body	NN
19880	1234	15	also	also	RB
19880	1234	16	,	,	,
19880	1234	17	and	and	CC
19880	1234	18	this	this	DT
19880	1234	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	1234	20	not	not	RB
19880	1234	21	urged	urge	VBN
19880	1234	22	against	against	IN
19880	1234	23	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	1234	24	for	for	IN
19880	1234	25	general	general	JJ
19880	1234	26	development	development	NN
19880	1234	27	,	,	,
19880	1234	28	for	for	IN
19880	1234	29	the	the	DT
19880	1234	30	boy	boy	NN
19880	1234	31	.	.	.
19880	1235	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1235	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1235	3	a	a	DT
19880	1235	4	remarkable	remarkable	JJ
19880	1235	5	fact	fact	NN
19880	1235	6	that	that	IN
19880	1235	7	many	many	JJ
19880	1235	8	of	of	IN
19880	1235	9	the	the	DT
19880	1235	10	great	great	JJ
19880	1235	11	composers	composer	NNS
19880	1235	12	sang	sing	VBD
19880	1235	13	as	as	IN
19880	1235	14	boys	boy	NNS
19880	1235	15	,	,	,
19880	1235	16	and	and	CC
19880	1235	17	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	1235	18	this	this	DT
19880	1235	19	has	have	VBZ
19880	1235	20	had	have	VBN
19880	1235	21	something	something	NN
19880	1235	22	to	to	TO
19880	1235	23	do	do	VB
19880	1235	24	with	with	IN
19880	1235	25	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1235	26	writing	write	VBG
19880	1235	27	music	music	NN
19880	1235	28	for	for	IN
19880	1235	29	the	the	DT
19880	1235	30	voice	voice	NN
19880	1235	31	,	,	,
19880	1235	32	later	later	RB
19880	1235	33	,	,	,
19880	1235	34	when	when	WRB
19880	1235	35	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1235	36	were	be	VBD
19880	1235	37	most	most	JJS
19880	1235	38	of	of	IN
19880	1235	39	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1235	40	by	by	IN
19880	1235	41	no	no	DT
19880	1235	42	means	means	NN
19880	1235	43	fine	fine	JJ
19880	1235	44	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1235	45	;	;	:
19880	1235	46	but	but	CC
19880	1235	47	on	on	IN
19880	1235	48	this	this	DT
19880	1235	49	too	too	RB
19880	1235	50	much	much	JJ
19880	1235	51	stress	stress	NN
19880	1235	52	should	should	MD
19880	1235	53	not	not	RB
19880	1235	54	be	be	VB
19880	1235	55	laid	lay	VBN
19880	1235	56	.	.	.
19880	1236	1	The	the	DT
19880	1236	2	question	question	NN
19880	1236	3	at	at	IN
19880	1236	4	issue	issue	NN
19880	1236	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1236	6	to	to	TO
19880	1236	7	be	be	VB
19880	1236	8	sharply	sharply	RB
19880	1236	9	marked	mark	VBN
19880	1236	10	off	off	RP
19880	1236	11	from	from	IN
19880	1236	12	another	another	DT
19880	1236	13	--	--	:
19880	1236	14	the	the	DT
19880	1236	15	public	public	JJ
19880	1236	16	appearance	appearance	NN
19880	1236	17	of	of	IN
19880	1236	18	children	child	NNS
19880	1236	19	as	as	IN
19880	1236	20	soloists	soloist	NNS
19880	1236	21	,	,	,
19880	1236	22	reciters	reciter	NNS
19880	1236	23	,	,	,
19880	1236	24	etc	etc	FW
19880	1236	25	.	.	.
19880	1237	1	In	in	IN
19880	1237	2	this	this	DT
19880	1237	3	case	case	NN
19880	1237	4	the	the	DT
19880	1237	5	question	question	NN
19880	1237	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1237	7	more	more	RBR
19880	1237	8	complicated	complicated	JJ
19880	1237	9	,	,	,
19880	1237	10	and	and	CC
19880	1237	11	can	can	MD
19880	1237	12	not	not	RB
19880	1237	13	be	be	VB
19880	1237	14	settled	settle	VBN
19880	1237	15	by	by	IN
19880	1237	16	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	1237	17	considerations	consideration	NNS
19880	1237	18	alone	alone	JJ
19880	1237	19	.	.	.
19880	1238	1	Our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1238	2	problem	problem	NN
19880	1238	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1238	4	also	also	RB
19880	1238	5	to	to	TO
19880	1238	6	be	be	VB
19880	1238	7	kept	keep	VBN
19880	1238	8	apart	apart	RB
19880	1238	9	from	from	IN
19880	1238	10	another	another	DT
19880	1238	11	very	very	RB
19880	1238	12	important	important	JJ
19880	1238	13	question	question	NN
19880	1238	14	--	--	:
19880	1238	15	the	the	DT
19880	1238	16	singing	singing	NN
19880	1238	17	of	of	IN
19880	1238	18	children	child	NNS
19880	1238	19	,	,	,
19880	1238	20	or	or	CC
19880	1238	21	,	,	,
19880	1238	22	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	1238	23	,	,	,
19880	1238	24	adults	adult	NNS
19880	1238	25	,	,	,
19880	1238	26	in	in	IN
19880	1238	27	classes	class	NNS
19880	1238	28	,	,	,
19880	1238	29	choirs	choir	NNS
19880	1238	30	,	,	,
19880	1238	31	etc	etc	FW
19880	1238	32	.	.	.
19880	1239	1	If	if	IN
19880	1239	2	a	a	DT
19880	1239	3	child	child	NN
19880	1239	4	shows	show	VBZ
19880	1239	5	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1239	6	a	a	DT
19880	1239	7	desire	desire	NN
19880	1239	8	to	to	TO
19880	1239	9	sing	sing	VB
19880	1239	10	,	,	,
19880	1239	11	and	and	CC
19880	1239	12	especially	especially	RB
19880	1239	13	if	if	IN
19880	1239	14	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1239	15	has	have	VBZ
19880	1239	16	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1239	17	ability	ability	NN
19880	1239	18	above	above	IN
19880	1239	19	the	the	DT
19880	1239	20	average	average	NN
19880	1239	21	and	and	CC
19880	1239	22	a	a	DT
19880	1239	23	voice	voice	NN
19880	1239	24	that	that	WDT
19880	1239	25	is	be	VBZ
19880	1239	26	of	of	IN
19880	1239	27	fair	fair	JJ
19880	1239	28	range	range	NN
19880	1239	29	and	and	CC
19880	1239	30	quality	quality	NN
19880	1239	31	,	,	,
19880	1239	32	one	one	PRP
19880	1239	33	can	can	MD
19880	1239	34	scarcely	scarcely	RB
19880	1239	35	see	see	VB
19880	1239	36	why	why	WRB
19880	1239	37	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1239	38	should	should	MD
19880	1239	39	not	not	RB
19880	1239	40	be	be	VB
19880	1239	41	encouraged	encourage	VBN
19880	1239	42	,	,	,
19880	1239	43	and	and	CC
19880	1239	44	placed	place	VBN
19880	1239	45	under	under	IN
19880	1239	46	a	a	DT
19880	1239	47	wise	wise	JJ
19880	1239	48	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1239	49	;	;	:
19880	1239	50	for	for	IN
19880	1239	51	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1239	52	is	be	VBZ
19880	1239	53	doubtful	doubtful	JJ
19880	1239	54	if	if	IN
19880	1239	55	there	there	EX
19880	1239	56	be	be	VB
19880	1239	57	any	any	DT
19880	1239	58	better	well	JJR
19880	1239	59	way	way	NN
19880	1239	60	of	of	IN
19880	1239	61	developing	develop	VBG
19880	1239	62	the	the	DT
19880	1239	63	ear	ear	NN
19880	1239	64	and	and	CC
19880	1239	65	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1239	66	nature	nature	NN
19880	1239	67	,	,	,
19880	1239	68	even	even	RB
19880	1239	69	if	if	IN
19880	1239	70	in	in	IN
19880	1239	71	future	future	NN
19880	1239	72	the	the	DT
19880	1239	73	child	child	NN
19880	1239	74	shows	show	VBZ
19880	1239	75	that	that	IN
19880	1239	76	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1239	77	will	will	MD
19880	1239	78	accomplish	accomplish	VB
19880	1239	79	more	more	RBR
19880	1239	80	as	as	IN
19880	1239	81	an	an	DT
19880	1239	82	instrumentalist	instrumentalist	NN
19880	1239	83	.	.	.
19880	1240	1	Such	such	JJ
19880	1240	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1240	3	training	training	NN
19880	1240	4	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	1240	5	to	to	IN
19880	1240	6	development	development	NN
19880	1240	7	of	of	IN
19880	1240	8	the	the	DT
19880	1240	9	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1240	10	,	,	,
19880	1240	11	and	and	CC
19880	1240	12	that	that	DT
19880	1240	13	can	can	MD
19880	1240	14	scarcely	scarcely	RB
19880	1240	15	be	be	VB
19880	1240	16	wholly	wholly	RB
19880	1240	17	lost	lose	VBN
19880	1240	18	,	,	,
19880	1240	19	no	no	RB
19880	1240	20	matter	matter	RB
19880	1240	21	what	what	WP
19880	1240	22	changes	change	VBZ
19880	1240	23	puberty	puberty	NN
19880	1240	24	may	may	MD
19880	1240	25	bring	bring	VB
19880	1240	26	about	about	RP
19880	1240	27	.	.	.
19880	1241	1	At	at	IN
19880	1241	2	the	the	DT
19880	1241	3	same	same	JJ
19880	1241	4	time	time	NN
19880	1241	5	,	,	,
19880	1241	6	one	one	PRP
19880	1241	7	must	must	MD
19880	1241	8	take	take	VB
19880	1241	9	care	care	NN
19880	1241	10	not	not	RB
19880	1241	11	to	to	TO
19880	1241	12	be	be	VB
19880	1241	13	too	too	RB
19880	1241	14	hopeful	hopeful	JJ
19880	1241	15	in	in	IN
19880	1241	16	regard	regard	NN
19880	1241	17	to	to	IN
19880	1241	18	child	child	NN
19880	1241	19	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1241	20	.	.	.
19880	1242	1	Nature	nature	NN
19880	1242	2	gives	give	VBZ
19880	1242	3	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1242	4	some	some	DT
19880	1242	5	surprises	surprise	NNS
19880	1242	6	,	,	,
19880	1242	7	and	and	CC
19880	1242	8	not	not	RB
19880	1242	9	always	always	RB
19880	1242	10	pleasant	pleasant	JJ
19880	1242	11	ones	one	NNS
19880	1242	12	.	.	.
19880	1243	1	But	but	CC
19880	1243	2	as	as	IN
19880	1243	3	to	to	IN
19880	1243	4	the	the	DT
19880	1243	5	cultivation	cultivation	NN
19880	1243	6	of	of	IN
19880	1243	7	the	the	DT
19880	1243	8	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1243	9	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1243	10	with	with	IN
19880	1243	11	the	the	DT
19880	1243	12	view	view	NN
19880	1243	13	of	of	IN
19880	1243	14	producing	produce	VBG
19880	1243	15	a	a	DT
19880	1243	16	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19880	1243	17	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1243	18	voice	voice	NN
19880	1243	19	by	by	IN
19880	1243	20	processes	process	NNS
19880	1243	21	akin	akin	JJ
19880	1243	22	to	to	IN
19880	1243	23	those	those	DT
19880	1243	24	used	use	VBN
19880	1243	25	for	for	IN
19880	1243	26	the	the	DT
19880	1243	27	singer	singer	NN
19880	1243	28	,	,	,
19880	1243	29	as	as	IN
19880	1243	30	the	the	DT
19880	1243	31	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	1243	32	of	of	IN
19880	1243	33	this	this	DT
19880	1243	34	work	work	NN
19880	1243	35	constantly	constantly	RB
19880	1243	36	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	1243	37	,	,	,
19880	1243	38	there	there	EX
19880	1243	39	can	can	MD
19880	1243	40	be	be	VB
19880	1243	41	no	no	DT
19880	1243	42	doubt	doubt	NN
19880	1243	43	.	.	.
19880	1244	1	Unless	unless	IN
19880	1244	2	the	the	DT
19880	1244	3	individual	individual	NN
19880	1244	4	acquires	acquire	VBZ
19880	1244	5	a	a	DT
19880	1244	6	respect	respect	NN
19880	1244	7	for	for	IN
19880	1244	8	the	the	DT
19880	1244	9	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19880	1244	10	in	in	IN
19880	1244	11	the	the	DT
19880	1244	12	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	1244	13	voice	voice	NN
19880	1244	14	when	when	WRB
19880	1244	15	young	young	JJ
19880	1244	16	,	,	,
19880	1244	17	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1244	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	1244	19	feared	fear	VBN
19880	1244	20	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1244	21	may	may	MD
19880	1244	22	never	never	RB
19880	1244	23	get	get	VB
19880	1244	24	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1244	25	,	,	,
19880	1244	26	as	as	IN
19880	1244	27	the	the	DT
19880	1244	28	existing	exist	VBG
19880	1244	29	state	state	NN
19880	1244	30	of	of	IN
19880	1244	31	things	thing	NNS
19880	1244	32	only	only	RB
19880	1244	33	too	too	RB
19880	1244	34	clearly	clearly	RB
19880	1244	35	shows	show	VBZ
19880	1244	36	.	.	.
19880	1245	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1245	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1245	3	hoped	hope	VBN
19880	1245	4	that	that	IN
19880	1245	5	enough	enough	JJ
19880	1245	6	has	have	VBZ
19880	1245	7	been	be	VBN
19880	1245	8	said	say	VBN
19880	1245	9	on	on	IN
19880	1245	10	this	this	DT
19880	1245	11	subject	subject	NN
19880	1245	12	to	to	TO
19880	1245	13	indicate	indicate	VB
19880	1245	14	the	the	DT
19880	1245	15	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1245	16	,	,	,
19880	1245	17	at	at	IN
19880	1245	18	all	all	DT
19880	1245	19	events	event	NNS
19880	1245	20	so	so	RB
19880	1245	21	far	far	RB
19880	1245	22	as	as	IN
19880	1245	23	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	1245	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	1245	25	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	1245	26	,	,	,
19880	1245	27	on	on	IN
19880	1245	28	which	which	WDT
19880	1245	29	the	the	DT
19880	1245	30	decisions	decision	NNS
19880	1245	31	regarding	regard	VBG
19880	1245	32	some	some	DT
19880	1245	33	weighty	weighty	JJ
19880	1245	34	questions	question	NNS
19880	1245	35	must	must	MD
19880	1245	36	be	be	VB
19880	1245	37	made	make	VBN
19880	1245	38	.	.	.
19880	1246	1	The	the	DT
19880	1246	2	question	question	NN
19880	1246	3	of	of	IN
19880	1246	4	singing	singe	VBG
19880	1246	5	with	with	IN
19880	1246	6	others	other	NNS
19880	1246	7	,	,	,
19880	1246	8	as	as	RB
19880	1246	9	usually	usually	RB
19880	1246	10	carried	carry	VBN
19880	1246	11	out	out	RP
19880	1246	12	in	in	IN
19880	1246	13	schools	school	NNS
19880	1246	14	,	,	,
19880	1246	15	seems	seem	VBZ
19880	1246	16	to	to	IN
19880	1246	17	the	the	DT
19880	1246	18	author	author	NN
19880	1246	19	a	a	DT
19880	1246	20	very	very	RB
19880	1246	21	doubtful	doubtful	JJ
19880	1246	22	procedure	procedure	NN
19880	1246	23	,	,	,
19880	1246	24	to	to	TO
19880	1246	25	say	say	VB
19880	1246	26	the	the	DT
19880	1246	27	least	least	JJS
19880	1246	28	,	,	,
19880	1246	29	as	as	IN
19880	1246	30	for	for	IN
19880	1246	31	those	those	DT
19880	1246	32	with	with	IN
19880	1246	33	fine	fine	JJ
19880	1246	34	throats	throat	NNS
19880	1246	35	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1246	36	may	may	MD
19880	1246	37	prove	prove	VB
19880	1246	38	injurious	injurious	JJ
19880	1246	39	,	,	,
19880	1246	40	and	and	CC
19880	1246	41	for	for	IN
19880	1246	42	those	those	DT
19880	1246	43	who	who	WP
19880	1246	44	have	have	VBP
19880	1246	45	feeble	feeble	JJ
19880	1246	46	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1246	47	endowments	endowment	NNS
19880	1246	48	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1246	49	does	do	VBZ
19880	1246	50	little	little	JJ
19880	1246	51	;	;	:
19880	1246	52	but	but	CC
19880	1246	53	of	of	IN
19880	1246	54	this	this	DT
19880	1246	55	subject	subject	JJ
19880	1246	56	and	and	CC
19880	1246	57	concerted	concerted	JJ
19880	1246	58	singing	singing	NN
19880	1246	59	generally	generally	RB
19880	1246	60	again	again	RB
19880	1246	61	.	.	.
19880	1247	1	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19880	1247	2	VIII	viii	NN
19880	1247	3	.	.	.
19880	1248	1	FURTHER	further	JJ
19880	1248	2	CONSIDERATION	consideration	NN
19880	1248	3	OF	of	IN
19880	1248	4	BREATHING	breathing	NN
19880	1248	5	,	,	,
19880	1248	6	LARYNGEAL	LARYNGEAL	NNP
19880	1248	7	ADJUSTMENT	ADJUSTMENT	NNP
19880	1248	8	,	,	,
19880	1248	9	ETC	ETC	NNP
19880	1248	10	.	.	.
19880	1249	1	Experience	experience	NN
19880	1249	2	proves	prove	VBZ
19880	1249	3	that	that	IN
19880	1249	4	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1249	5	,	,	,
19880	1249	6	for	for	IN
19880	1249	7	the	the	DT
19880	1249	8	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1249	9	and	and	CC
19880	1249	10	singer	singer	NN
19880	1249	11	,	,	,
19880	1249	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	1249	13	one	one	CD
19880	1249	14	of	of	IN
19880	1249	15	those	those	DT
19880	1249	16	subjects	subject	NNS
19880	1249	17	that	that	WDT
19880	1249	18	may	may	MD
19880	1249	19	be	be	VB
19880	1249	20	very	very	RB
19880	1249	21	inadequately	inadequately	RB
19880	1249	22	comprehended	comprehend	VBN
19880	1249	23	by	by	IN
19880	1249	24	the	the	DT
19880	1249	25	student	student	NN
19880	1249	26	,	,	,
19880	1249	27	and	and	CC
19880	1249	28	,	,	,
19880	1249	29	the	the	DT
19880	1249	30	author	author	NN
19880	1249	31	regrets	regret	VBZ
19880	1249	32	to	to	TO
19880	1249	33	say	say	VB
19880	1249	34	,	,	,
19880	1249	35	may	may	MD
19880	1249	36	be	be	VB
19880	1249	37	positively	positively	RB
19880	1249	38	misrepresented	misrepresent	VBN
19880	1249	39	by	by	IN
19880	1249	40	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1249	41	and	and	CC
19880	1249	42	writers	writer	NNS
19880	1249	43	.	.	.
19880	1250	1	Some	some	DT
19880	1250	2	--	--	:
19880	1250	3	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	1250	4	,	,	,
19880	1250	5	a	a	DT
19880	1250	6	great	great	JJ
19880	1250	7	many	many	JJ
19880	1250	8	--	--	:
19880	1250	9	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1250	10	direct	direct	VBP
19880	1250	11	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1250	12	students	student	NNS
19880	1250	13	to	to	TO
19880	1250	14	employ	employ	VB
19880	1250	15	"	"	``
19880	1250	16	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	1250	17	"	"	''
19880	1250	18	or	or	CC
19880	1250	19	"	"	``
19880	1250	20	diaphragmatic	diaphragmatic	JJ
19880	1250	21	"	"	''
19880	1250	22	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1250	23	,	,	,
19880	1250	24	others	other	NNS
19880	1250	25	"	"	``
19880	1250	26	clavicular	clavicular	JJ
19880	1250	27	"	"	''
19880	1250	28	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	1250	29	.	.	.
19880	1251	1	A	a	DT
19880	1251	2	little	little	JJ
19880	1251	3	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	1251	4	must	must	MD
19880	1251	5	convince	convince	VB
19880	1251	6	those	those	DT
19880	1251	7	who	who	WP
19880	1251	8	have	have	VBP
19880	1251	9	read	read	VBN
19880	1251	10	the	the	DT
19880	1251	11	chapters	chapter	NNS
19880	1251	12	on	on	IN
19880	1251	13	breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	1251	14	that	that	IN
19880	1251	15	such	such	JJ
19880	1251	16	distinctions	distinction	NNS
19880	1251	17	,	,	,
19880	1251	18	in	in	IN
19880	1251	19	which	which	WDT
19880	1251	20	one	one	CD
19880	1251	21	part	part	NN
19880	1251	22	of	of	IN
19880	1251	23	an	an	DT
19880	1251	24	entire	entire	JJ
19880	1251	25	process	process	NN
19880	1251	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	1251	27	treated	treat	VBN
19880	1251	28	as	as	IN
19880	1251	29	if	if	IN
19880	1251	30	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1251	31	were	be	VBD
19880	1251	32	the	the	DT
19880	1251	33	whole	whole	NN
19880	1251	34	,	,	,
19880	1251	35	can	can	MD
19880	1251	36	not	not	RB
19880	1251	37	be	be	VB
19880	1251	38	justified	justify	VBN
19880	1251	39	.	.	.
19880	1252	1	By	by	IN
19880	1252	2	"	"	``
19880	1252	3	clavicular	clavicular	JJ
19880	1252	4	"	"	''
19880	1252	5	breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	1252	6	some	some	DT
19880	1252	7	mean	mean	VBP
19880	1252	8	upper	upper	JJ
19880	1252	9	chest	chest	NN
19880	1252	10	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1252	11	,	,	,
19880	1252	12	and	and	CC
19880	1252	13	others	other	NNS
19880	1252	14	a	a	DT
19880	1252	15	form	form	NN
19880	1252	16	of	of	IN
19880	1252	17	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	1252	18	in	in	IN
19880	1252	19	which	which	WDT
19880	1252	20	the	the	DT
19880	1252	21	shoulders	shoulder	NNS
19880	1252	22	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1252	23	clavicles	clavicle	NNS
19880	1252	24	,	,	,
19880	1252	25	or	or	CC
19880	1252	26	key	key	NN
19880	1252	27	-	-	HYPH
19880	1252	28	bones	bone	NNS
19880	1252	29	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1252	30	are	be	VBP
19880	1252	31	raised	raise	VBN
19880	1252	32	with	with	IN
19880	1252	33	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	1252	34	in	in	IN
19880	1252	35	an	an	DT
19880	1252	36	objectionable	objectionable	JJ
19880	1252	37	manner	manner	NN
19880	1252	38	.	.	.
19880	1253	1	The	the	DT
19880	1253	2	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1253	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1253	4	,	,	,
19880	1253	5	of	of	IN
19880	1253	6	course	course	NN
19880	1253	7	,	,	,
19880	1253	8	to	to	TO
19880	1253	9	be	be	VB
19880	1253	10	condemned	condemn	VBN
19880	1253	11	;	;	:
19880	1253	12	yet	yet	CC
19880	1253	13	,	,	,
19880	1253	14	very	very	RB
19880	1253	15	exceptionally	exceptionally	RB
19880	1253	16	,	,	,
19880	1253	17	a	a	DT
19880	1253	18	tenor	tenor	NN
19880	1253	19	of	of	IN
19880	1253	20	excellent	excellent	JJ
19880	1253	21	training	training	NN
19880	1253	22	may	may	MD
19880	1253	23	feel	feel	VB
19880	1253	24	that	that	IN
19880	1253	25	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1253	26	can	can	MD
19880	1253	27	,	,	,
19880	1253	28	under	under	IN
19880	1253	29	the	the	DT
19880	1253	30	circumstances	circumstance	NNS
19880	1253	31	of	of	IN
19880	1253	32	the	the	DT
19880	1253	33	hour	hour	NN
19880	1253	34	,	,	,
19880	1253	35	reach	reach	VB
19880	1253	36	a	a	DT
19880	1253	37	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1253	38	tone	tone	NN
19880	1253	39	very	very	RB
19880	1253	40	high	high	RB
19880	1253	41	in	in	IN
19880	1253	42	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1253	43	range	range	NN
19880	1253	44	only	only	RB
19880	1253	45	by	by	IN
19880	1253	46	the	the	DT
19880	1253	47	utmost	utmost	JJ
19880	1253	48	exertion	exertion	NN
19880	1253	49	.	.	.
19880	1254	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1254	2	all	all	DT
19880	1254	3	know	know	VBP
19880	1254	4	how	how	WRB
19880	1254	5	a	a	DT
19880	1254	6	singer	singer	NN
19880	1254	7	's	's	POS
19880	1254	8	reputation	reputation	NN
19880	1254	9	may	may	MD
19880	1254	10	be	be	VB
19880	1254	11	more	more	RBR
19880	1254	12	or	or	CC
19880	1254	13	less	less	RBR
19880	1254	14	ruined	ruin	VBN
19880	1254	15	should	should	MD
19880	1254	16	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1254	17	fail	fail	VB
19880	1254	18	to	to	TO
19880	1254	19	reach	reach	VB
19880	1254	20	such	such	PDT
19880	1254	21	a	a	DT
19880	1254	22	high	high	JJ
19880	1254	23	note	note	NN
19880	1254	24	--	--	:
19880	1254	25	one	one	NN
19880	1254	26	,	,	,
19880	1254	27	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	1254	28	,	,	,
19880	1254	29	by	by	IN
19880	1254	30	which	which	WDT
19880	1254	31	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1254	32	may	may	MD
19880	1254	33	,	,	,
19880	1254	34	owing	owe	VBG
19880	1254	35	to	to	IN
19880	1254	36	the	the	DT
19880	1254	37	vitiated	vitiated	JJ
19880	1254	38	taste	taste	NN
19880	1254	39	of	of	IN
19880	1254	40	the	the	DT
19880	1254	41	public	public	NN
19880	1254	42	,	,	,
19880	1254	43	have	have	VBP
19880	1254	44	acquired	acquire	VBN
19880	1254	45	a	a	DT
19880	1254	46	reputation	reputation	NN
19880	1254	47	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1254	48	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1254	49	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1254	50	merits	merit	NNS
19880	1254	51	.	.	.
19880	1255	1	Under	under	IN
19880	1255	2	these	these	DT
19880	1255	3	circumstances	circumstance	NNS
19880	1255	4	such	such	PDT
19880	1255	5	a	a	DT
19880	1255	6	singer	singer	NN
19880	1255	7	might	may	MD
19880	1255	8	be	be	VB
19880	1255	9	justified	justify	VBN
19880	1255	10	in	in	IN
19880	1255	11	a	a	DT
19880	1255	12	momentary	momentary	JJ
19880	1255	13	use	use	NN
19880	1255	14	of	of	IN
19880	1255	15	every	every	DT
19880	1255	16	resource	resource	NN
19880	1255	17	of	of	IN
19880	1255	18	what	what	WP
19880	1255	19	physiologists	physiologist	VBZ
19880	1255	20	term	term	NN
19880	1255	21	_	_	NNP
19880	1255	22	forced	force	VBD
19880	1255	23	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	1255	24	_	_	NNP
19880	1255	25	,	,	,
19880	1255	26	including	include	VBG
19880	1255	27	clavicular	clavicular	JJ
19880	1255	28	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1255	29	;	;	:
19880	1255	30	but	but	CC
19880	1255	31	in	in	IN
19880	1255	32	general	general	JJ
19880	1255	33	any	any	DT
19880	1255	34	raising	raising	NN
19880	1255	35	of	of	IN
19880	1255	36	the	the	DT
19880	1255	37	shoulders	shoulder	NNS
19880	1255	38	should	should	MD
19880	1255	39	be	be	VB
19880	1255	40	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1255	41	avoided	avoid	VBN
19880	1255	42	.	.	.
19880	1256	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1256	2	"	"	``
19880	1256	3	clavicular	clavicular	JJ
19880	1256	4	"	"	''
19880	1256	5	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1256	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1256	7	used	use	VBN
19880	1256	8	in	in	IN
19880	1256	9	the	the	DT
19880	1256	10	sense	sense	NN
19880	1256	11	of	of	IN
19880	1256	12	upper	upper	JJ
19880	1256	13	chest	chest	NN
19880	1256	14	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1256	15	,	,	,
19880	1256	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1256	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	1256	18	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1256	19	as	as	RB
19880	1256	20	far	far	RB
19880	1256	21	as	as	IN
19880	1256	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1256	23	goes	go	VBZ
19880	1256	24	,	,	,
19880	1256	25	but	but	CC
19880	1256	26	the	the	DT
19880	1256	27	term	term	NN
19880	1256	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	1256	29	not	not	RB
19880	1256	30	a	a	DT
19880	1256	31	happy	happy	JJ
19880	1256	32	one	one	CD
19880	1256	33	to	to	TO
19880	1256	34	employ	employ	VB
19880	1256	35	in	in	IN
19880	1256	36	this	this	DT
19880	1256	37	sense	sense	NN
19880	1256	38	,	,	,
19880	1256	39	and	and	CC
19880	1256	40	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1256	41	has	have	VBZ
19880	1256	42	led	lead	VBN
19880	1256	43	to	to	IN
19880	1256	44	error	error	NN
19880	1256	45	in	in	IN
19880	1256	46	theory	theory	NN
19880	1256	47	and	and	CC
19880	1256	48	practice	practice	NN
19880	1256	49	.	.	.
19880	1257	1	In	in	IN
19880	1257	2	the	the	DT
19880	1257	3	same	same	JJ
19880	1257	4	way	way	NN
19880	1257	5	,	,	,
19880	1257	6	"	"	``
19880	1257	7	diaphragmatic	diaphragmatic	JJ
19880	1257	8	"	"	''
19880	1257	9	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1257	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	1257	11	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19880	1257	12	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1257	13	,	,	,
19880	1257	14	but	but	CC
19880	1257	15	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1257	16	exclusive	exclusive	JJ
19880	1257	17	use	use	NN
19880	1257	18	can	can	MD
19880	1257	19	not	not	RB
19880	1257	20	be	be	VB
19880	1257	21	justified	justify	VBN
19880	1257	22	,	,	,
19880	1257	23	for	for	IN
19880	1257	24	Nature	Nature	NNP
19880	1257	25	teaches	teach	VBZ
19880	1257	26	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1257	27	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	1257	28	.	.	.
19880	1258	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1258	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1258	3	true	true	JJ
19880	1258	4	that	that	IN
19880	1258	5	the	the	DT
19880	1258	6	lower	low	JJR
19880	1258	7	part	part	NN
19880	1258	8	of	of	IN
19880	1258	9	the	the	DT
19880	1258	10	chest	chest	NN
19880	1258	11	,	,	,
19880	1258	12	which	which	WDT
19880	1258	13	always	always	RB
19880	1258	14	should	should	MD
19880	1258	15	expand	expand	VB
19880	1258	16	with	with	IN
19880	1258	17	the	the	DT
19880	1258	18	descent	descent	NN
19880	1258	19	of	of	IN
19880	1258	20	the	the	DT
19880	1258	21	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	1258	22	,	,	,
19880	1258	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	1258	24	wider	wide	JJR
19880	1258	25	than	than	IN
19880	1258	26	the	the	DT
19880	1258	27	upper	upper	JJ
19880	1258	28	;	;	:
19880	1258	29	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1258	30	is	be	VBZ
19880	1258	31	true	true	JJ
19880	1258	32	that	that	IN
19880	1258	33	by	by	IN
19880	1258	34	a	a	DT
19880	1258	35	very	very	RB
19880	1258	36	well	well	RB
19880	1258	37	-	-	HYPH
19880	1258	38	developed	develop	VBN
19880	1258	39	diaphragmatic	diaphragmatic	JJ
19880	1258	40	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1258	41	a	a	DT
19880	1258	42	singer	singer	NN
19880	1258	43	or	or	CC
19880	1258	44	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1258	45	is	be	VBZ
19880	1258	46	fairly	fairly	RB
19880	1258	47	well	well	RB
19880	1258	48	provided	provide	VBN
19880	1258	49	with	with	IN
19880	1258	50	breath	breath	NN
19880	1258	51	power	power	NN
19880	1258	52	;	;	:
19880	1258	53	but	but	CC
19880	1258	54	why	why	WRB
19880	1258	55	teach	teach	VBP
19880	1258	56	this	this	DT
19880	1258	57	method	method	NN
19880	1258	58	exclusively	exclusively	RB
19880	1258	59	,	,	,
19880	1258	60	when	when	WRB
19880	1258	61	thereby	thereby	RB
19880	1258	62	the	the	DT
19880	1258	63	voice	voice	NN
19880	1258	64	-	-	HYPH
19880	1258	65	user	user	NN
19880	1258	66	is	be	VBZ
19880	1258	67	being	be	VBG
19880	1258	68	robbed	rob	VBN
19880	1258	69	of	of	IN
19880	1258	70	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	1258	71	from	from	IN
19880	1258	72	one	one	CD
19880	1258	73	quarter	quarter	NN
19880	1258	74	to	to	IN
19880	1258	75	one	one	CD
19880	1258	76	third	third	NN
19880	1258	77	of	of	IN
19880	1258	78	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1258	79	total	total	JJ
19880	1258	80	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1258	81	efficiency	efficiency	NN
19880	1258	82	?	?	.
19880	1259	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1259	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1259	3	likely	likely	JJ
19880	1259	4	that	that	IN
19880	1259	5	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1259	6	have	have	VBP
19880	1259	7	insisted	insist	VBN
19880	1259	8	on	on	IN
19880	1259	9	diaphragmatic	diaphragmatic	JJ
19880	1259	10	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1259	11	,	,	,
19880	1259	12	especially	especially	RB
19880	1259	13	in	in	IN
19880	1259	14	the	the	DT
19880	1259	15	case	case	NN
19880	1259	16	of	of	IN
19880	1259	17	females	female	NNS
19880	1259	18	,	,	,
19880	1259	19	because	because	IN
19880	1259	20	,	,	,
19880	1259	21	unfortunately	unfortunately	RB
19880	1259	22	,	,	,
19880	1259	23	prevalent	prevalent	JJ
19880	1259	24	modes	mode	NNS
19880	1259	25	of	of	IN
19880	1259	26	dress	dress	NN
19880	1259	27	so	so	RB
19880	1259	28	restrict	restrict	VBP
19880	1259	29	the	the	DT
19880	1259	30	lower	low	JJR
19880	1259	31	chest	chest	NN
19880	1259	32	,	,	,
19880	1259	33	etc	etc	FW
19880	1259	34	.	.	FW
19880	1259	35	,	,	,
19880	1259	36	that	that	IN
19880	1259	37	individuals	individual	NNS
19880	1259	38	instinctively	instinctively	RB
19880	1259	39	seek	seek	VBP
19880	1259	40	relief	relief	NN
19880	1259	41	in	in	IN
19880	1259	42	upper	upper	JJ
19880	1259	43	chest	chest	NN
19880	1259	44	or	or	CC
19880	1259	45	clavicular	clavicular	JJ
19880	1259	46	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1259	47	,	,	,
19880	1259	48	in	in	IN
19880	1259	49	which	which	WDT
19880	1259	50	case	case	NN
19880	1259	51	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1259	52	may	may	MD
19880	1259	53	be	be	VB
19880	1259	54	observed	observe	VBN
19880	1259	55	that	that	IN
19880	1259	56	the	the	DT
19880	1259	57	actual	actual	JJ
19880	1259	58	breath	breath	NN
19880	1259	59	power	power	NN
19880	1259	60	of	of	IN
19880	1259	61	the	the	DT
19880	1259	62	singer	singer	NN
19880	1259	63	is	be	VBZ
19880	1259	64	very	very	RB
19880	1259	65	small	small	JJ
19880	1259	66	.	.	.
19880	1260	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1260	2	can	can	MD
19880	1260	3	not	not	RB
19880	1260	4	be	be	VB
19880	1260	5	denied	deny	VBN
19880	1260	6	that	that	IN
19880	1260	7	few	few	JJ
19880	1260	8	people	people	NNS
19880	1260	9	ever	ever	RB
19880	1260	10	adequately	adequately	RB
19880	1260	11	fill	fill	VBP
19880	1260	12	the	the	DT
19880	1260	13	chest	chest	NN
19880	1260	14	--	--	:
19880	1260	15	least	least	JJS
19880	1260	16	of	of	IN
19880	1260	17	all	all	DT
19880	1260	18	,	,	,
19880	1260	19	few	few	JJ
19880	1260	20	women	woman	NNS
19880	1260	21	--	--	:
19880	1260	22	and	and	CC
19880	1260	23	if	if	IN
19880	1260	24	admonitions	admonition	NNS
19880	1260	25	as	as	IN
19880	1260	26	to	to	IN
19880	1260	27	diaphragmatic	diaphragmatic	JJ
19880	1260	28	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1260	29	accomplish	accomplish	NN
19880	1260	30	this	this	DT
19880	1260	31	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1260	32	,	,	,
19880	1260	33	the	the	DT
19880	1260	34	practice	practice	NN
19880	1260	35	must	must	MD
19880	1260	36	be	be	VB
19880	1260	37	commended	commend	VBN
19880	1260	38	.	.	.
19880	1261	1	But	but	CC
19880	1261	2	another	another	DT
19880	1261	3	remedy	remedy	NN
19880	1261	4	should	should	MD
19880	1261	5	obviously	obviously	RB
19880	1261	6	precede	precede	VB
19880	1261	7	this	this	DT
19880	1261	8	one	one	NN
19880	1261	9	:	:	:
19880	1261	10	the	the	DT
19880	1261	11	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	1261	12	prisoner	prisoner	NN
19880	1261	13	should	should	MD
19880	1261	14	first	first	RB
19880	1261	15	be	be	VB
19880	1261	16	released	release	VBN
19880	1261	17	.	.	.
19880	1262	1	No	no	RB
19880	1262	2	doubt	doubt	RB
19880	1262	3	,	,	,
19880	1262	4	in	in	IN
19880	1262	5	the	the	DT
19880	1262	6	most	most	RBS
19880	1262	7	vigorous	vigorous	JJ
19880	1262	8	singing	singing	NN
19880	1262	9	and	and	CC
19880	1262	10	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1262	11	the	the	DT
19880	1262	12	lower	low	JJR
19880	1262	13	part	part	NN
19880	1262	14	of	of	IN
19880	1262	15	the	the	DT
19880	1262	16	chest	chest	NN
19880	1262	17	,	,	,
19880	1262	18	with	with	IN
19880	1262	19	the	the	DT
19880	1262	20	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	1262	21	,	,	,
19880	1262	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	1262	23	of	of	IN
19880	1262	24	the	the	DT
19880	1262	25	greatest	great	JJS
19880	1262	26	importance	importance	NN
19880	1262	27	,	,	,
19880	1262	28	but	but	CC
19880	1262	29	often	often	RB
19880	1262	30	both	both	PDT
19880	1262	31	the	the	DT
19880	1262	32	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1262	33	and	and	CC
19880	1262	34	the	the	DT
19880	1262	35	singer	singer	NN
19880	1262	36	,	,	,
19880	1262	37	as	as	IN
19880	1262	38	in	in	IN
19880	1262	39	a	a	DT
19880	1262	40	short	short	JJ
19880	1262	41	,	,	,
19880	1262	42	rapid	rapid	JJ
19880	1262	43	passage	passage	NN
19880	1262	44	,	,	,
19880	1262	45	require	require	VBP
19880	1262	46	to	to	TO
19880	1262	47	take	take	VB
19880	1262	48	breath	breath	NN
19880	1262	49	,	,	,
19880	1262	50	and	and	CC
19880	1262	51	the	the	DT
19880	1262	52	only	only	JJ
19880	1262	53	way	way	NN
19880	1262	54	in	in	IN
19880	1262	55	which	which	WDT
19880	1262	56	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1262	57	can	can	MD
19880	1262	58	really	really	RB
19880	1262	59	meet	meet	VB
19880	1262	60	the	the	DT
19880	1262	61	case	case	NN
19880	1262	62	is	be	VBZ
19880	1262	63	by	by	IN
19880	1262	64	a	a	DT
19880	1262	65	short	short	JJ
19880	1262	66	,	,	,
19880	1262	67	more	more	RBR
19880	1262	68	or	or	CC
19880	1262	69	less	less	RBR
19880	1262	70	superficial	superficial	JJ
19880	1262	71	action	action	NN
19880	1262	72	of	of	IN
19880	1262	73	the	the	DT
19880	1262	74	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	1262	75	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1262	76	,	,	,
19880	1262	77	in	in	IN
19880	1262	78	which	which	WDT
19880	1262	79	the	the	DT
19880	1262	80	upper	upper	JJ
19880	1262	81	chest	chest	NN
19880	1262	82	must	must	MD
19880	1262	83	play	play	VB
19880	1262	84	the	the	DT
19880	1262	85	chief	chief	JJ
19880	1262	86	part	part	NN
19880	1262	87	.	.	.
19880	1263	1	There	there	EX
19880	1263	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1263	3	no	no	DT
19880	1263	4	opportunity	opportunity	NN
19880	1263	5	to	to	TO
19880	1263	6	fill	fill	VB
19880	1263	7	the	the	DT
19880	1263	8	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1263	9	chest	chest	NN
19880	1263	10	,	,	,
19880	1263	11	so	so	IN
19880	1263	12	that	that	IN
19880	1263	13	any	any	DT
19880	1263	14	admonition	admonition	NN
19880	1263	15	in	in	IN
19880	1263	16	regard	regard	NN
19880	1263	17	to	to	IN
19880	1263	18	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	1263	19	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1263	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	1263	21	then	then	RB
19880	1263	22	quite	quite	RB
19880	1263	23	out	out	IN
19880	1263	24	of	of	IN
19880	1263	25	place	place	NN
19880	1263	26	.	.	.
19880	1264	1	The	the	DT
19880	1264	2	fact	fact	NN
19880	1264	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1264	4	,	,	,
19880	1264	5	the	the	DT
19880	1264	6	voice	voice	NN
19880	1264	7	-	-	HYPH
19880	1264	8	user	user	NN
19880	1264	9	should	should	MD
19880	1264	10	have	have	VB
19880	1264	11	control	control	NN
19880	1264	12	of	of	IN
19880	1264	13	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1264	14	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1264	15	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1264	16	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1264	17	,	,	,
19880	1264	18	and	and	CC
19880	1264	19	use	use	VB
19880	1264	20	one	one	CD
19880	1264	21	part	part	NN
19880	1264	22	more	more	RBR
19880	1264	23	or	or	CC
19880	1264	24	less	less	JJR
19880	1264	25	than	than	IN
19880	1264	26	another	another	DT
19880	1264	27	,	,	,
19880	1264	28	or	or	CC
19880	1264	29	all	all	DT
19880	1264	30	parts	part	NNS
19880	1264	31	equally	equally	RB
19880	1264	32	and	and	CC
19880	1264	33	to	to	IN
19880	1264	34	the	the	DT
19880	1264	35	fullest	full	JJS
19880	1264	36	extent	extent	NN
19880	1264	37	,	,	,
19880	1264	38	as	as	IN
19880	1264	39	the	the	DT
19880	1264	40	circumstances	circumstance	NNS
19880	1264	41	require	require	VBP
19880	1264	42	;	;	:
19880	1264	43	and	and	CC
19880	1264	44	if	if	IN
19880	1264	45	the	the	DT
19880	1264	46	student	student	NN
19880	1264	47	has	have	VBZ
19880	1264	48	not	not	RB
19880	1264	49	already	already	RB
19880	1264	50	learned	learn	VBN
19880	1264	51	such	such	JJ
19880	1264	52	control	control	NN
19880	1264	53	,	,	,
19880	1264	54	the	the	DT
19880	1264	55	author	author	NN
19880	1264	56	recommends	recommend	VBZ
19880	1264	57	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1264	58	practising	practise	VBG
19880	1264	59	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1264	60	with	with	IN
19880	1264	61	special	special	JJ
19880	1264	62	attention	attention	NN
19880	1264	63	first	first	RB
19880	1264	64	to	to	IN
19880	1264	65	filling	fill	VBG
19880	1264	66	the	the	DT
19880	1264	67	upper	upper	JJ
19880	1264	68	chest	chest	NN
19880	1264	69	completely	completely	RB
19880	1264	70	,	,	,
19880	1264	71	and	and	CC
19880	1264	72	then	then	RB
19880	1264	73	the	the	DT
19880	1264	74	lower	lower	RBR
19880	1264	75	.	.	.
19880	1265	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1265	2	must	must	MD
19880	1265	3	be	be	VB
19880	1265	4	remembered	remember	VBN
19880	1265	5	that	that	IN
19880	1265	6	for	for	IN
19880	1265	7	a	a	DT
19880	1265	8	long	long	JJ
19880	1265	9	time	time	NN
19880	1265	10	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1265	11	,	,	,
19880	1265	12	for	for	IN
19880	1265	13	the	the	DT
19880	1265	14	voice	voice	NN
19880	1265	15	-	-	HYPH
19880	1265	16	user	user	NN
19880	1265	17	,	,	,
19880	1265	18	must	must	MD
19880	1265	19	be	be	VB
19880	1265	20	a	a	DT
19880	1265	21	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
19880	1265	22	process	process	NN
19880	1265	23	,	,	,
19880	1265	24	which	which	WDT
19880	1265	25	,	,	,
19880	1265	26	as	as	IN
19880	1265	27	has	have	VBZ
19880	1265	28	been	be	VBN
19880	1265	29	pointed	point	VBN
19880	1265	30	out	out	RP
19880	1265	31	,	,	,
19880	1265	32	is	be	VBZ
19880	1265	33	not	not	RB
19880	1265	34	the	the	DT
19880	1265	35	usual	usual	JJ
19880	1265	36	and	and	CC
19880	1265	37	natural	natural	JJ
19880	1265	38	one	one	CD
19880	1265	39	for	for	IN
19880	1265	40	the	the	DT
19880	1265	41	individual	individual	NN
19880	1265	42	when	when	WRB
19880	1265	43	not	not	RB
19880	1265	44	phonating	phonate	VBG
19880	1265	45	,	,	,
19880	1265	46	which	which	WDT
19880	1265	47	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1265	48	is	be	VBZ
19880	1265	49	essentially	essentially	RB
19880	1265	50	reflex	reflex	JJ
19880	1265	51	or	or	CC
19880	1265	52	involuntary	involuntary	JJ
19880	1265	53	.	.	.
19880	1266	1	The	the	DT
19880	1266	2	voice	voice	NN
19880	1266	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	1266	4	user	user	NN
19880	1266	5	,	,	,
19880	1266	6	in	in	IN
19880	1266	7	other	other	JJ
19880	1266	8	words	word	NNS
19880	1266	9	,	,	,
19880	1266	10	must	must	MD
19880	1266	11	,	,	,
19880	1266	12	with	with	IN
19880	1266	13	a	a	DT
19880	1266	14	definite	definite	JJ
19880	1266	15	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1266	16	in	in	IN
19880	1266	17	view	view	NN
19880	1266	18	,	,	,
19880	1266	19	take	take	VB
19880	1266	20	charge	charge	NN
19880	1266	21	of	of	IN
19880	1266	22	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1266	23	.	.	.
19880	1267	1	In	in	IN
19880	1267	2	time	time	NN
19880	1267	3	,	,	,
19880	1267	4	breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	1267	5	for	for	IN
19880	1267	6	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1267	7	too	too	RB
19880	1267	8	will	will	MD
19880	1267	9	become	become	VB
19880	1267	10	reflex--_i.e	reflex--_i.e	NNP
19880	1267	11	.	.	.
19880	1267	12	_	_	NNP
19880	1267	13	,	,	,
19880	1267	14	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1267	15	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1267	16	for	for	IN
19880	1267	17	the	the	DT
19880	1267	18	purposes	purpose	NNS
19880	1267	19	of	of	IN
19880	1267	20	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1267	21	art	art	NN
19880	1267	22	will	will	MD
19880	1267	23	become	become	VB
19880	1267	24	a	a	DT
19880	1267	25	habit	habit	NN
19880	1267	26	.	.	.
19880	1268	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1268	2	must	must	MD
19880	1268	3	be	be	VB
19880	1268	4	pointed	point	VBN
19880	1268	5	out	out	RP
19880	1268	6	that	that	IN
19880	1268	7	the	the	DT
19880	1268	8	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1268	9	for	for	IN
19880	1268	10	any	any	DT
19880	1268	11	particular	particular	JJ
19880	1268	12	composition	composition	NN
19880	1268	13	,	,	,
19880	1268	14	literary	literary	JJ
19880	1268	15	or	or	CC
19880	1268	16	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1268	17	,	,	,
19880	1268	18	should	should	MD
19880	1268	19	be	be	VB
19880	1268	20	carefully	carefully	RB
19880	1268	21	studied	study	VBN
19880	1268	22	out	out	RP
19880	1268	23	,	,	,
19880	1268	24	for	for	IN
19880	1268	25	this	this	DT
19880	1268	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	1268	27	nothing	nothing	NN
19880	1268	28	else	else	RB
19880	1268	29	than	than	IN
19880	1268	30	determining	determine	VBG
19880	1268	31	how	how	WRB
19880	1268	32	this	this	DT
19880	1268	33	part	part	NN
19880	1268	34	of	of	IN
19880	1268	35	the	the	DT
19880	1268	36	voice	voice	NN
19880	1268	37	-	-	HYPH
19880	1268	38	user	user	NN
19880	1268	39	's	's	POS
19880	1268	40	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1268	41	can	can	MD
19880	1268	42	be	be	VB
19880	1268	43	employed	employ	VBN
19880	1268	44	with	with	IN
19880	1268	45	the	the	DT
19880	1268	46	best	good	JJS
19880	1268	47	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1268	48	result	result	NN
19880	1268	49	.	.	.
19880	1269	1	This	this	DT
19880	1269	2	,	,	,
19880	1269	3	fortunately	fortunately	RB
19880	1269	4	,	,	,
19880	1269	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1269	6	now	now	RB
19880	1269	7	recognized	recognize	VBN
19880	1269	8	by	by	IN
19880	1269	9	a	a	DT
19880	1269	10	large	large	JJ
19880	1269	11	number	number	NN
19880	1269	12	of	of	IN
19880	1269	13	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1269	14	,	,	,
19880	1269	15	for	for	IN
19880	1269	16	the	the	DT
19880	1269	17	fact	fact	NN
19880	1269	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	1269	19	,	,	,
19880	1269	20	the	the	DT
19880	1269	21	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1269	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	1269	23	at	at	IN
19880	1269	24	present	present	JJ
19880	1269	25	much	much	RB
19880	1269	26	better	well	RBR
19880	1269	27	understood	understand	VBN
19880	1269	28	and	and	CC
19880	1269	29	appreciated	appreciate	VBD
19880	1269	30	than	than	IN
19880	1269	31	the	the	DT
19880	1269	32	technical	technical	JJ
19880	1269	33	;	;	:
19880	1269	34	were	be	VBD
19880	1269	35	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1269	36	not	not	RB
19880	1269	37	so	so	RB
19880	1269	38	,	,	,
19880	1269	39	such	such	JJ
19880	1269	40	erratic	erratic	JJ
19880	1269	41	literature	literature	NN
19880	1269	42	on	on	IN
19880	1269	43	the	the	DT
19880	1269	44	subject	subject	NN
19880	1269	45	of	of	IN
19880	1269	46	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1269	47	could	could	MD
19880	1269	48	never	never	RB
19880	1269	49	have	have	VB
19880	1269	50	appeared	appear	VBN
19880	1269	51	.	.	.
19880	1270	1	On	on	IN
19880	1270	2	another	another	DT
19880	1270	3	aspect	aspect	NN
19880	1270	4	of	of	IN
19880	1270	5	the	the	DT
19880	1270	6	subject	subject	NN
19880	1270	7	there	there	EX
19880	1270	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1270	9	room	room	NN
19880	1270	10	for	for	IN
19880	1270	11	much	much	RB
19880	1270	12	greater	great	JJR
19880	1270	13	difference	difference	NN
19880	1270	14	of	of	IN
19880	1270	15	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	1270	16	.	.	.
19880	1271	1	Among	among	IN
19880	1271	2	even	even	RB
19880	1271	3	eminent	eminent	JJ
19880	1271	4	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1271	5	and	and	CC
19880	1271	6	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1271	7	there	there	EX
19880	1271	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1271	9	lack	lack	NN
19880	1271	10	of	of	IN
19880	1271	11	agreement	agreement	NN
19880	1271	12	in	in	IN
19880	1271	13	regard	regard	NN
19880	1271	14	to	to	IN
19880	1271	15	the	the	DT
19880	1271	16	part	part	NN
19880	1271	17	the	the	DT
19880	1271	18	diaphragm	diaphragm	NNP
19880	1271	19	and	and	CC
19880	1271	20	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
19880	1271	21	should	should	MD
19880	1271	22	play	play	VB
19880	1271	23	in	in	IN
19880	1271	24	the	the	DT
19880	1271	25	most	most	RBS
19880	1271	26	vigorous	vigorous	JJ
19880	1271	27	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1271	28	_	_	NNP
19880	1271	29	fortissimo	fortissimo	NN
19880	1271	30	_	_	NNP
19880	1271	31	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1271	32	singing	singing	NN
19880	1271	33	.	.	.
19880	1272	1	Singers	singer	NNS
19880	1272	2	of	of	IN
19880	1272	3	renown	renown	NN
19880	1272	4	practise	practise	NN
19880	1272	5	what	what	WP
19880	1272	6	may	may	MD
19880	1272	7	be	be	VB
19880	1272	8	termed	term	VBN
19880	1272	9	a	a	DT
19880	1272	10	sort	sort	NN
19880	1272	11	of	of	IN
19880	1272	12	"	"	``
19880	1272	13	forced	force	VBN
19880	1272	14	"	"	''
19880	1272	15	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	1272	16	or	or	CC
19880	1272	17	diaphragmatic	diaphragmatic	JJ
19880	1272	18	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1272	19	.	.	.
19880	1273	1	The	the	DT
19880	1273	2	breath	breath	NN
19880	1273	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1273	4	so	so	RB
19880	1273	5	taken	take	VBN
19880	1273	6	that	that	IN
19880	1273	7	the	the	DT
19880	1273	8	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1273	9	chest	chest	NN
19880	1273	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	1273	11	filled	fill	VBN
19880	1273	12	,	,	,
19880	1273	13	the	the	DT
19880	1273	14	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	1273	15	brought	bring	VBD
19880	1273	16	well	well	RB
19880	1273	17	down	down	RB
19880	1273	18	,	,	,
19880	1273	19	and	and	CC
19880	1273	20	the	the	DT
19880	1273	21	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	1273	22	walls	wall	NNS
19880	1273	23	drawn	draw	VBN
19880	1273	24	in	in	RB
19880	1273	25	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1273	26	retracted	retract	VBN
19880	1273	27	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1273	28	,	,	,
19880	1273	29	which	which	WDT
19880	1273	30	gives	give	VBZ
19880	1273	31	the	the	DT
19880	1273	32	singer	singer	NN
19880	1273	33	,	,	,
19880	1273	34	in	in	IN
19880	1273	35	all	all	DT
19880	1273	36	parts	part	NNS
19880	1273	37	above	above	IN
19880	1273	38	and	and	CC
19880	1273	39	below	below	RB
19880	1273	40	,	,	,
19880	1273	41	a	a	DT
19880	1273	42	bellows	bellow	NNS
19880	1273	43	with	with	IN
19880	1273	44	tense	tense	JJ
19880	1273	45	walls	wall	NNS
19880	1273	46	in	in	IN
19880	1273	47	all	all	DT
19880	1273	48	parts	part	NNS
19880	1273	49	,	,	,
19880	1273	50	with	with	IN
19880	1273	51	the	the	DT
19880	1273	52	great	great	JJ
19880	1273	53	advantage	advantage	NN
19880	1273	54	that	that	IN
19880	1273	55	such	such	JJ
19880	1273	56	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1273	57	permits	permit	NNS
19880	1273	58	of	of	IN
19880	1273	59	a	a	DT
19880	1273	60	firmness	firmness	NN
19880	1273	61	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	1273	62	unattainable	unattainable	JJ
19880	1273	63	,	,	,
19880	1273	64	and	and	CC
19880	1273	65	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1273	66	is	be	VBZ
19880	1273	67	enabled	enable	VBN
19880	1273	68	to	to	TO
19880	1273	69	exert	exert	VB
19880	1273	70	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1273	71	breath	breath	NN
19880	1273	72	force	force	NN
19880	1273	73	with	with	IN
19880	1273	74	great	great	JJ
19880	1273	75	certainty	certainty	NN
19880	1273	76	and	and	CC
19880	1273	77	power	power	NN
19880	1273	78	,	,	,
19880	1273	79	and	and	CC
19880	1273	80	,	,	,
19880	1273	81	as	as	IN
19880	1273	82	some	some	DT
19880	1273	83	maintain	maintain	VBP
19880	1273	84	,	,	,
19880	1273	85	with	with	IN
19880	1273	86	all	all	PDT
19880	1273	87	the	the	DT
19880	1273	88	control	control	NN
19880	1273	89	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1273	90	for	for	IN
19880	1273	91	even	even	RB
19880	1273	92	delicate	delicate	JJ
19880	1273	93	effects	effect	NNS
19880	1273	94	.	.	.
19880	1274	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1274	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1274	3	:	:	:
19880	1274	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1274	5	.	.	.
19880	1275	1	44	44	CD
19880	1275	2	.	.	.
19880	1276	1	Intended	intend	VBN
19880	1276	2	to	to	TO
19880	1276	3	express	express	VB
19880	1276	4	to	to	IN
19880	1276	5	the	the	DT
19880	1276	6	eye	eye	NN
19880	1276	7	the	the	DT
19880	1276	8	two	two	CD
19880	1276	9	views	view	NNS
19880	1276	10	of	of	IN
19880	1276	11	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	1276	12	discussed	discuss	VBN
19880	1276	13	in	in	IN
19880	1276	14	the	the	DT
19880	1276	15	body	body	NN
19880	1276	16	of	of	IN
19880	1276	17	the	the	DT
19880	1276	18	work	work	NN
19880	1276	19	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1276	20	p.	p.	NN
19880	1276	21	113	113	CD
19880	1276	22	-	-	SYM
19880	1276	23	117	117	CD
19880	1276	24	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1276	25	.	.	.
19880	1277	1	The	the	DT
19880	1277	2	dotted	dotted	JJ
19880	1277	3	lines	line	NNS
19880	1277	4	indicate	indicate	VBP
19880	1277	5	the	the	DT
19880	1277	6	form	form	NN
19880	1277	7	of	of	IN
19880	1277	8	the	the	DT
19880	1277	9	chest	chest	NN
19880	1277	10	and	and	CC
19880	1277	11	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
19880	1277	12	advocated	advocate	VBN
19880	1277	13	by	by	IN
19880	1277	14	some	some	DT
19880	1277	15	as	as	IN
19880	1277	16	the	the	DT
19880	1277	17	best	good	JJS
19880	1277	18	for	for	IN
19880	1277	19	the	the	DT
19880	1277	20	singing	singing	NN
19880	1277	21	or	or	CC
19880	1277	22	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	1277	23	of	of	IN
19880	1277	24	long	long	JJ
19880	1277	25	and	and	CC
19880	1277	26	vigorous	vigorous	JJ
19880	1277	27	passages	passage	NNS
19880	1277	28	.	.	.
19880	1277	29	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1278	1	Against	against	IN
19880	1278	2	this	this	DT
19880	1278	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1278	4	has	have	VBZ
19880	1278	5	been	be	VBN
19880	1278	6	urged	urge	VBN
19880	1278	7	that	that	IN
19880	1278	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1278	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	1278	10	unnatural	unnatural	JJ
19880	1278	11	,	,	,
19880	1278	12	not	not	RB
19880	1278	13	according	accord	VBG
19880	1278	14	to	to	IN
19880	1278	15	what	what	WP
19880	1278	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	1278	17	found	find	VBN
19880	1278	18	in	in	IN
19880	1278	19	man	man	NN
19880	1278	20	and	and	CC
19880	1278	21	other	other	JJ
19880	1278	22	animals	animal	NNS
19880	1278	23	in	in	IN
19880	1278	24	nature	nature	NN
19880	1278	25	.	.	.
19880	1279	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1279	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1279	3	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	1279	4	forgotten	forget	VBN
19880	1279	5	that	that	IN
19880	1279	6	when	when	WRB
19880	1279	7	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1279	8	make	make	VBP
19880	1279	9	a	a	DT
19880	1279	10	great	great	JJ
19880	1279	11	effort	effort	NN
19880	1279	12	,	,	,
19880	1279	13	as	as	IN
19880	1279	14	in	in	IN
19880	1279	15	lifting	lifting	NN
19880	1279	16	,	,	,
19880	1279	17	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1279	18	put	put	VBD
19880	1279	19	the	the	DT
19880	1279	20	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1279	21	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1279	22	into	into	IN
19880	1279	23	just	just	RB
19880	1279	24	this	this	DT
19880	1279	25	state	state	NN
19880	1279	26	;	;	:
19880	1279	27	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1279	28	gird	gird	VBP
19880	1279	29	up	up	RP
19880	1279	30	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1279	31	loins	loin	NNS
19880	1279	32	--	--	:
19880	1279	33	or	or	CC
19880	1279	34	the	the	DT
19880	1279	35	equivalent	equivalent	NN
19880	1279	36	of	of	IN
19880	1279	37	that	that	DT
19880	1279	38	process	process	NN
19880	1279	39	--	--	:
19880	1279	40	so	so	IN
19880	1279	41	that	that	IN
19880	1279	42	this	this	DT
19880	1279	43	method	method	NN
19880	1279	44	can	can	MD
19880	1279	45	not	not	RB
19880	1279	46	be	be	VB
19880	1279	47	said	say	VBN
19880	1279	48	to	to	TO
19880	1279	49	be	be	VB
19880	1279	50	contrary	contrary	JJ
19880	1279	51	to	to	IN
19880	1279	52	nature	nature	NN
19880	1279	53	.	.	.
19880	1280	1	The	the	DT
19880	1280	2	only	only	JJ
19880	1280	3	question	question	NN
19880	1280	4	seems	seem	VBZ
19880	1280	5	to	to	TO
19880	1280	6	be	be	VB
19880	1280	7	as	as	IN
19880	1280	8	to	to	IN
19880	1280	9	whether	whether	IN
19880	1280	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1280	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	1280	12	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1280	13	and	and	CC
19880	1280	14	advantageous	advantageous	JJ
19880	1280	15	,	,	,
19880	1280	16	or	or	CC
19880	1280	17	wasteful	wasteful	JJ
19880	1280	18	of	of	IN
19880	1280	19	energy	energy	NN
19880	1280	20	.	.	.
19880	1281	1	For	for	IN
19880	1281	2	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	1281	3	efforts	effort	NNS
19880	1281	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1281	5	does	do	VBZ
19880	1281	6	not	not	RB
19880	1281	7	seem	seem	VB
19880	1281	8	to	to	TO
19880	1281	9	be	be	VB
19880	1281	10	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1281	11	,	,	,
19880	1281	12	though	though	IN
19880	1281	13	the	the	DT
19880	1281	14	chest	chest	NN
19880	1281	15	must	must	MD
19880	1281	16	in	in	IN
19880	1281	17	singing	singing	NN
19880	1281	18	and	and	CC
19880	1281	19	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	1281	20	always	always	RB
19880	1281	21	be	be	VB
19880	1281	22	_	_	NNP
19880	1281	23	held	hold	VBN
19880	1281	24	_	_	NNP
19880	1281	25	more	more	RBR
19880	1281	26	or	or	CC
19880	1281	27	less	less	RBR
19880	1281	28	full	full	JJ
19880	1281	29	,	,	,
19880	1281	30	not	not	RB
19880	1281	31	by	by	IN
19880	1281	32	any	any	DT
19880	1281	33	deliberate	deliberate	JJ
19880	1281	34	and	and	CC
19880	1281	35	painful	painful	JJ
19880	1281	36	effort	effort	NN
19880	1281	37	,	,	,
19880	1281	38	but	but	CC
19880	1281	39	in	in	IN
19880	1281	40	a	a	DT
19880	1281	41	quiet	quiet	JJ
19880	1281	42	,	,	,
19880	1281	43	unobtrusive	unobtrusive	JJ
19880	1281	44	way	way	NN
19880	1281	45	.	.	.
19880	1282	1	The	the	DT
19880	1282	2	diagram	diagram	NN
19880	1282	3	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1282	4	Fig	fig	NN
19880	1282	5	.	.	.
19880	1283	1	44	44	CD
19880	1283	2	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1283	3	will	will	MD
19880	1283	4	make	make	VB
19880	1283	5	the	the	DT
19880	1283	6	difference	difference	NN
19880	1283	7	in	in	IN
19880	1283	8	the	the	DT
19880	1283	9	theories	theory	NNS
19880	1283	10	referred	refer	VBD
19880	1283	11	to	to	TO
19880	1283	12	clear	clear	VB
19880	1283	13	.	.	.
19880	1284	1	Up	up	IN
19880	1284	2	to	to	IN
19880	1284	3	the	the	DT
19880	1284	4	present	present	NN
19880	1284	5	the	the	DT
19880	1284	6	student	student	NN
19880	1284	7	has	have	VBZ
19880	1284	8	been	be	VBN
19880	1284	9	urged	urge	VBN
19880	1284	10	to	to	TO
19880	1284	11	fill	fill	VB
19880	1284	12	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1284	13	chest	chest	NN
19880	1284	14	,	,	,
19880	1284	15	after	after	IN
19880	1284	16	days	day	NNS
19880	1284	17	of	of	IN
19880	1284	18	less	less	RBR
19880	1284	19	vigorous	vigorous	JJ
19880	1284	20	practice	practice	NN
19880	1284	21	,	,	,
19880	1284	22	to	to	IN
19880	1284	23	the	the	DT
19880	1284	24	fullest	full	JJS
19880	1284	25	,	,	,
19880	1284	26	retain	retain	VB
19880	1284	27	the	the	DT
19880	1284	28	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1284	29	in	in	IN
19880	1284	30	this	this	DT
19880	1284	31	condition	condition	NN
19880	1284	32	for	for	IN
19880	1284	33	a	a	DT
19880	1284	34	short	short	JJ
19880	1284	35	time	time	NN
19880	1284	36	,	,	,
19880	1284	37	and	and	CC
19880	1284	38	then	then	RB
19880	1284	39	in	in	IN
19880	1284	40	the	the	DT
19880	1284	41	slowest	slow	JJS
19880	1284	42	and	and	CC
19880	1284	43	most	most	RBS
19880	1284	44	regular	regular	JJ
19880	1284	45	fashion	fashion	NN
19880	1284	46	relax	relax	VBP
19880	1284	47	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1284	48	,	,	,
19880	1284	49	the	the	DT
19880	1284	50	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1284	51	being	be	VBG
19880	1284	52	development	development	NN
19880	1284	53	and	and	CC
19880	1284	54	control	control	NN
19880	1284	55	.	.	.
19880	1285	1	In	in	IN
19880	1285	2	actual	actual	JJ
19880	1285	3	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	1285	4	and	and	CC
19880	1285	5	singing	singe	VBG
19880	1285	6	such	such	JJ
19880	1285	7	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1285	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1285	9	not	not	RB
19880	1285	10	usually	usually	RB
19880	1285	11	either	either	CC
19880	1285	12	possible	possible	JJ
19880	1285	13	or	or	CC
19880	1285	14	desirable	desirable	JJ
19880	1285	15	.	.	.
19880	1286	1	Nature	nature	NN
19880	1286	2	herself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1286	3	always	always	RB
19880	1286	4	works	work	VBZ
19880	1286	5	with	with	IN
19880	1286	6	the	the	DT
19880	1286	7	least	least	JJS
19880	1286	8	possible	possible	JJ
19880	1286	9	expenditure	expenditure	NN
19880	1286	10	of	of	IN
19880	1286	11	energy	energy	NN
19880	1286	12	and	and	CC
19880	1286	13	with	with	IN
19880	1286	14	power	power	NN
19880	1286	15	in	in	IN
19880	1286	16	reserve	reserve	NN
19880	1286	17	.	.	.
19880	1287	1	These	these	DT
19880	1287	2	must	must	MD
19880	1287	3	be	be	VB
19880	1287	4	the	the	DT
19880	1287	5	voice	voice	NN
19880	1287	6	-	-	HYPH
19880	1287	7	user	user	NN
19880	1287	8	's	's	POS
19880	1287	9	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1287	10	,	,	,
19880	1287	11	to	to	TO
19880	1287	12	be	be	VB
19880	1287	13	deliberately	deliberately	RB
19880	1287	14	and	and	CC
19880	1287	15	persistently	persistently	RB
19880	1287	16	applied	apply	VBD
19880	1287	17	.	.	.
19880	1288	1	To	to	TO
19880	1288	2	fill	fill	VB
19880	1288	3	the	the	DT
19880	1288	4	chest	chest	NN
19880	1288	5	to	to	IN
19880	1288	6	the	the	DT
19880	1288	7	fullest	full	JJS
19880	1288	8	on	on	IN
19880	1288	9	all	all	DT
19880	1288	10	occasions	occasion	NNS
19880	1288	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	1288	12	to	to	TO
19880	1288	13	use	use	VB
19880	1288	14	up	up	RP
19880	1288	15	energy	energy	NN
19880	1288	16	to	to	IN
19880	1288	17	no	no	DT
19880	1288	18	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1288	19	and	and	CC
19880	1288	20	to	to	TO
19880	1288	21	induce	induce	VB
19880	1288	22	fatigue	fatigue	NN
19880	1288	23	.	.	.
19880	1289	1	Art	art	NN
19880	1289	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1289	3	ever	ever	RB
19880	1289	4	economical	economical	JJ
19880	1289	5	.	.	.
19880	1290	1	Effort	effort	NN
19880	1290	2	,	,	,
19880	1290	3	obvious	obvious	JJ
19880	1290	4	effort	effort	NN
19880	1290	5	,	,	,
19880	1290	6	detracts	detract	NNS
19880	1290	7	from	from	IN
19880	1290	8	the	the	DT
19880	1290	9	listener	listener	NN
19880	1290	10	's	's	POS
19880	1290	11	enjoyment	enjoyment	NN
19880	1290	12	.	.	.
19880	1291	1	Ease	ease	VB
19880	1291	2	in	in	IN
19880	1291	3	the	the	DT
19880	1291	4	executant	executant	JJ
19880	1291	5	corresponds	correspond	NNS
19880	1291	6	with	with	IN
19880	1291	7	enjoyment	enjoyment	NN
19880	1291	8	in	in	IN
19880	1291	9	the	the	DT
19880	1291	10	listener	listener	NN
19880	1291	11	,	,	,
19880	1291	12	or	or	CC
19880	1291	13	,	,	,
19880	1291	14	at	at	IN
19880	1291	15	all	all	DT
19880	1291	16	events	event	NNS
19880	1291	17	,	,	,
19880	1291	18	if	if	IN
19880	1291	19	nothing	nothing	NN
19880	1291	20	more	more	RBR
19880	1291	21	,	,	,
19880	1291	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1291	23	puts	put	VBZ
19880	1291	24	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1291	25	in	in	IN
19880	1291	26	such	such	PDT
19880	1291	27	a	a	DT
19880	1291	28	frame	frame	NN
19880	1291	29	of	of	IN
19880	1291	30	mind	mind	NN
19880	1291	31	,	,	,
19880	1291	32	that	that	IN
19880	1291	33	the	the	DT
19880	1291	34	more	more	RBR
19880	1291	35	positive	positive	JJ
19880	1291	36	qualities	quality	NNS
19880	1291	37	of	of	IN
19880	1291	38	the	the	DT
19880	1291	39	performance	performance	NN
19880	1291	40	find	find	VB
19880	1291	41	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1291	42	in	in	IN
19880	1291	43	an	an	DT
19880	1291	44	undisturbed	undisturbed	JJ
19880	1291	45	,	,	,
19880	1291	46	receptive	receptive	JJ
19880	1291	47	state	state	NN
19880	1291	48	.	.	.
19880	1292	1	The	the	DT
19880	1292	2	singer	singer	NN
19880	1292	3	or	or	CC
19880	1292	4	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1292	5	must	must	MD
19880	1292	6	breathe	breathe	VB
19880	1292	7	easily	easily	RB
19880	1292	8	and	and	CC
19880	1292	9	adequately	adequately	RB
19880	1292	10	,	,	,
19880	1292	11	but	but	CC
19880	1292	12	not	not	RB
19880	1292	13	so	so	IN
19880	1292	14	as	as	IN
19880	1292	15	to	to	TO
19880	1292	16	waste	waste	VB
19880	1292	17	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1292	18	energies	energy	NNS
19880	1292	19	.	.	.
19880	1293	1	Prior	prior	RB
19880	1293	2	to	to	IN
19880	1293	3	the	the	DT
19880	1293	4	execution	execution	NN
19880	1293	5	of	of	IN
19880	1293	6	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1293	7	task	task	NN
19880	1293	8	,	,	,
19880	1293	9	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1293	10	should	should	MD
19880	1293	11	consider	consider	VB
19880	1293	12	what	what	WP
19880	1293	13	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	1293	14	efficiency	efficiency	NN
19880	1293	15	calls	call	VBZ
19880	1293	16	for	for	IN
19880	1293	17	in	in	IN
19880	1293	18	the	the	DT
19880	1293	19	case	case	NN
19880	1293	20	of	of	IN
19880	1293	21	any	any	DT
19880	1293	22	particular	particular	JJ
19880	1293	23	phrase	phrase	NN
19880	1293	24	,	,	,
19880	1293	25	and	and	CC
19880	1293	26	meet	meet	VB
19880	1293	27	this	this	DT
19880	1293	28	without	without	IN
19880	1293	29	waste--_i.e	waste--_i.e	NNP
19880	1293	30	.	.	.
19880	1293	31	_	_	NNP
19880	1293	32	,	,	,
19880	1293	33	fully	fully	RB
19880	1293	34	,	,	,
19880	1293	35	but	but	CC
19880	1293	36	with	with	IN
19880	1293	37	something	something	NN
19880	1293	38	to	to	TO
19880	1293	39	spare	spare	VB
19880	1293	40	.	.	.
19880	1294	1	For	for	IN
19880	1294	2	the	the	DT
19880	1294	3	best	good	JJS
19880	1294	4	art	art	NN
19880	1294	5	,	,	,
19880	1294	6	as	as	RB
19880	1294	7	well	well	RB
19880	1294	8	as	as	IN
19880	1294	9	the	the	DT
19880	1294	10	soundest	sound	JJS
19880	1294	11	technique	technique	NN
19880	1294	12	,	,	,
19880	1294	13	there	there	EX
19880	1294	14	should	should	MD
19880	1294	15	always	always	RB
19880	1294	16	be	be	VB
19880	1294	17	in	in	IN
19880	1294	18	the	the	DT
19880	1294	19	executant	executant	NN
19880	1294	20	enough	enough	RB
19880	1294	21	and	and	CC
19880	1294	22	to	to	TO
19880	1294	23	spare	spare	VB
19880	1294	24	.	.	.
19880	1295	1	Let	let	VB
19880	1295	2	the	the	DT
19880	1295	3	last	last	JJ
19880	1295	4	word	word	NN
19880	1295	5	be	be	VB
19880	1295	6	so	so	RB
19880	1295	7	uttered	uttered	JJ
19880	1295	8	or	or	CC
19880	1295	9	sung	sing	VBN
19880	1295	10	that	that	IN
19880	1295	11	the	the	DT
19880	1295	12	listener	listener	NN
19880	1295	13	may	may	MD
19880	1295	14	feel	feel	VB
19880	1295	15	,	,	,
19880	1295	16	however	however	RB
19880	1295	17	vigorous	vigorous	JJ
19880	1295	18	the	the	DT
19880	1295	19	passage	passage	NN
19880	1295	20	,	,	,
19880	1295	21	that	that	IN
19880	1295	22	more	more	JJR
19880	1295	23	could	could	MD
19880	1295	24	have	have	VB
19880	1295	25	been	be	VBN
19880	1295	26	done	do	VBN
19880	1295	27	had	have	VBD
19880	1295	28	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1295	29	been	be	VBN
19880	1295	30	required	require	VBN
19880	1295	31	;	;	:
19880	1295	32	in	in	IN
19880	1295	33	other	other	JJ
19880	1295	34	words	word	NNS
19880	1295	35	,	,	,
19880	1295	36	_	_	NNP
19880	1295	37	speak	speak	VBP
19880	1295	38	or	or	CC
19880	1295	39	sing	sing	VB
19880	1295	40	the	the	DT
19880	1295	41	last	last	JJ
19880	1295	42	word	word	NN
19880	1295	43	feeling	feeling	NN
19880	1295	44	that	that	IN
19880	1295	45	several	several	JJ
19880	1295	46	others	other	NNS
19880	1295	47	might	may	MD
19880	1295	48	follow	follow	VB
19880	1295	49	did	do	VBD
19880	1295	50	one	one	PRP
19880	1295	51	so	so	RB
19880	1295	52	choose	choose	VB
19880	1295	53	_	_	NNP
19880	1295	54	.	.	.
19880	1296	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1296	2	this	this	DT
19880	1296	3	principle	principle	NN
19880	1296	4	of	of	IN
19880	1296	5	reserve	reserve	NN
19880	1296	6	force	force	NN
19880	1296	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1296	8	not	not	RB
19880	1296	9	observed	observe	VBN
19880	1296	10	,	,	,
19880	1296	11	the	the	DT
19880	1296	12	voice	voice	NN
19880	1296	13	-	-	HYPH
19880	1296	14	user	user	NN
19880	1296	15	may	may	MD
19880	1296	16	distress	distress	VB
19880	1296	17	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1296	18	or	or	CC
19880	1296	19	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1296	20	audience	audience	NN
19880	1296	21	in	in	IN
19880	1296	22	a	a	DT
19880	1296	23	variety	variety	NN
19880	1296	24	of	of	IN
19880	1296	25	ways	way	NNS
19880	1296	26	,	,	,
19880	1296	27	among	among	IN
19880	1296	28	others	other	NNS
19880	1296	29	by	by	IN
19880	1296	30	a	a	DT
19880	1296	31	bad	bad	JJ
19880	1296	32	habit	habit	NN
19880	1296	33	known	know	VBN
19880	1296	34	as	as	IN
19880	1296	35	"	"	``
19880	1296	36	pumping"--_i.e	pumping"--_i.e	NNP
19880	1296	37	.	.	.
19880	1296	38	_	_	NNP
19880	1296	39	,	,	,
19880	1296	40	endeavoring	endeavor	VBG
19880	1296	41	to	to	TO
19880	1296	42	produce	produce	VB
19880	1296	43	sound	sound	NN
19880	1296	44	when	when	WRB
19880	1296	45	the	the	DT
19880	1296	46	breath	breath	NN
19880	1296	47	power	power	NN
19880	1296	48	is	be	VBZ
19880	1296	49	really	really	RB
19880	1296	50	spent	spend	VBN
19880	1296	51	.	.	.
19880	1297	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1297	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1297	3	only	only	RB
19880	1297	4	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1297	5	to	to	TO
19880	1297	6	refer	refer	VB
19880	1297	7	to	to	IN
19880	1297	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1297	9	for	for	IN
19880	1297	10	a	a	DT
19880	1297	11	moment	moment	NN
19880	1297	12	that	that	WDT
19880	1297	13	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1297	14	unwisdom	unwisdom	NN
19880	1297	15	and	and	CC
19880	1297	16	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	1297	17	unrighteousness	unrighteousness	NN
19880	1297	18	may	may	MD
19880	1297	19	be	be	VB
19880	1297	20	apparent	apparent	JJ
19880	1297	21	.	.	.
19880	1298	1	Another	another	DT
19880	1298	2	term	term	NN
19880	1298	3	,	,	,
19880	1298	4	_	_	NNP
19880	1298	5	coup	coup	FW
19880	1298	6	de	de	NNP
19880	1298	7	glotte	glotte	NNP
19880	1298	8	_	_	NNP
19880	1298	9	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1298	10	blow	blow	NN
19880	1298	11	or	or	CC
19880	1298	12	shock	shock	NN
19880	1298	13	of	of	IN
19880	1298	14	the	the	DT
19880	1298	15	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1298	16	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1298	17	,	,	,
19880	1298	18	has	have	VBZ
19880	1298	19	led	lead	VBN
19880	1298	20	to	to	IN
19880	1298	21	so	so	RB
19880	1298	22	much	much	JJ
19880	1298	23	confusion	confusion	NN
19880	1298	24	and	and	CC
19880	1298	25	misunderstanding	misunderstanding	NN
19880	1298	26	,	,	,
19880	1298	27	which	which	WDT
19880	1298	28	unfortunately	unfortunately	RB
19880	1298	29	,	,	,
19880	1298	30	has	have	VBZ
19880	1298	31	been	be	VBN
19880	1298	32	followed	follow	VBN
19880	1298	33	by	by	IN
19880	1298	34	erroneous	erroneous	JJ
19880	1298	35	practice	practice	NN
19880	1298	36	,	,	,
19880	1298	37	that	that	IN
19880	1298	38	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1298	39	would	would	MD
19880	1298	40	be	be	VB
19880	1298	41	well	well	JJ
19880	1298	42	if	if	IN
19880	1298	43	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1298	44	further	further	JJ
19880	1298	45	employment	employment	NN
19880	1298	46	were	be	VBD
19880	1298	47	abandoned	abandon	VBN
19880	1298	48	.	.	.
19880	1299	1	Breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1299	2	,	,	,
19880	1299	3	so	so	RB
19880	1299	4	far	far	RB
19880	1299	5	as	as	IN
19880	1299	6	voice	voice	NN
19880	1299	7	-	-	HYPH
19880	1299	8	production	production	NN
19880	1299	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	1299	10	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	1299	11	,	,	,
19880	1299	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	1299	13	for	for	IN
19880	1299	14	the	the	DT
19880	1299	15	sole	sole	JJ
19880	1299	16	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1299	17	of	of	IN
19880	1299	18	causing	cause	VBG
19880	1299	19	the	the	DT
19880	1299	20	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1299	21	bands	band	NNS
19880	1299	22	to	to	TO
19880	1299	23	vibrate	vibrate	VB
19880	1299	24	;	;	:
19880	1299	25	and	and	CC
19880	1299	26	at	at	IN
19880	1299	27	this	this	DT
19880	1299	28	stage	stage	NN
19880	1299	29	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1299	30	may	may	MD
19880	1299	31	say	say	VB
19880	1299	32	that	that	IN
19880	1299	33	the	the	DT
19880	1299	34	perfection	perfection	NN
19880	1299	35	of	of	IN
19880	1299	36	any	any	DT
19880	1299	37	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1299	38	result	result	NN
19880	1299	39	depends	depend	VBZ
19880	1299	40	wholly	wholly	RB
19880	1299	41	on	on	IN
19880	1299	42	the	the	DT
19880	1299	43	efficiency	efficiency	NN
19880	1299	44	with	with	IN
19880	1299	45	which	which	WDT
19880	1299	46	these	these	DT
19880	1299	47	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1299	48	are	be	VBP
19880	1299	49	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1299	50	,	,	,
19880	1299	51	so	so	RB
19880	1299	52	that	that	IN
19880	1299	53	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1299	54	and	and	CC
19880	1299	55	tone	tone	NN
19880	1299	56	are	be	VBP
19880	1299	57	brought	bring	VBN
19880	1299	58	together	together	RB
19880	1299	59	,	,	,
19880	1299	60	so	so	RB
19880	1299	61	to	to	TO
19880	1299	62	speak	speak	VB
19880	1299	63	,	,	,
19880	1299	64	by	by	IN
19880	1299	65	the	the	DT
19880	1299	66	mediation	mediation	NN
19880	1299	67	of	of	IN
19880	1299	68	these	these	DT
19880	1299	69	little	little	JJ
19880	1299	70	bands	band	NNS
19880	1299	71	,	,	,
19880	1299	72	the	the	DT
19880	1299	73	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1299	74	cords	cord	NNS
19880	1299	75	;	;	:
19880	1299	76	and	and	CC
19880	1299	77	this	this	DT
19880	1299	78	is	be	VBZ
19880	1299	79	the	the	DT
19880	1299	80	justification	justification	NN
19880	1299	81	for	for	IN
19880	1299	82	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1299	83	of	of	IN
19880	1299	84	the	the	DT
19880	1299	85	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1299	86	as	as	IN
19880	1299	87	_	_	NNP
19880	1299	88	the	the	DT
19880	1299	89	_	_	NNP
19880	1299	90	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1299	91	organ	organ	NN
19880	1299	92	.	.	.
19880	1300	1	This	this	DT
19880	1300	2	usage	usage	NN
19880	1300	3	,	,	,
19880	1300	4	however	however	RB
19880	1300	5	,	,	,
19880	1300	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1300	7	objectionable	objectionable	JJ
19880	1300	8	,	,	,
19880	1300	9	as	as	IN
19880	1300	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1300	11	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	1300	12	to	to	TO
19880	1300	13	narrowness	narrowness	VB
19880	1300	14	and	and	CC
19880	1300	15	to	to	TO
19880	1300	16	divert	divert	VB
19880	1300	17	the	the	DT
19880	1300	18	mind	mind	NN
19880	1300	19	from	from	IN
19880	1300	20	other	other	JJ
19880	1300	21	highly	highly	RB
19880	1300	22	important	important	JJ
19880	1300	23	parts	part	NNS
19880	1300	24	of	of	IN
19880	1300	25	the	the	DT
19880	1300	26	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1300	27	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1300	28	.	.	.
19880	1301	1	In	in	IN
19880	1301	2	one	one	CD
19880	1301	3	sense	sense	NN
19880	1301	4	,	,	,
19880	1301	5	the	the	DT
19880	1301	6	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	1301	7	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1301	8	and	and	CC
19880	1301	9	the	the	DT
19880	1301	10	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1301	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	1301	12	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1301	13	are	be	VBP
19880	1301	14	each	each	DT
19880	1301	15	as	as	RB
19880	1301	16	important	important	JJ
19880	1301	17	as	as	IN
19880	1301	18	the	the	DT
19880	1301	19	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1301	20	.	.	.
19880	1302	1	The	the	DT
19880	1302	2	term	term	NN
19880	1302	3	_	_	NNP
19880	1302	4	coup	coup	NN
19880	1302	5	de	de	NNP
19880	1302	6	glotte	glotte	NNP
19880	1302	7	_	_	NNP
19880	1302	8	has	have	VBZ
19880	1302	9	been	be	VBN
19880	1302	10	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	1302	11	employed	employ	VBN
19880	1302	12	as	as	IN
19880	1302	13	the	the	DT
19880	1302	14	equivalent	equivalent	NN
19880	1302	15	of	of	IN
19880	1302	16	"	"	``
19880	1302	17	attack	attack	NN
19880	1302	18	,	,	,
19880	1302	19	"	"	''
19880	1302	20	and	and	CC
19880	1302	21	again	again	RB
19880	1302	22	as	as	IN
19880	1302	23	the	the	DT
19880	1302	24	synonym	synonym	NN
19880	1302	25	of	of	IN
19880	1302	26	nearly	nearly	RB
19880	1302	27	all	all	DT
19880	1302	28	that	that	WDT
19880	1302	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	1302	30	bad	bad	JJ
19880	1302	31	in	in	IN
19880	1302	32	voice	voice	NN
19880	1302	33	-	-	HYPH
19880	1302	34	production	production	NN
19880	1302	35	.	.	.
19880	1303	1	As	as	IN
19880	1303	2	to	to	IN
19880	1303	3	this	this	DT
19880	1303	4	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1303	5	,	,	,
19880	1303	6	all	all	DT
19880	1303	7	depends	depend	VBZ
19880	1303	8	on	on	IN
19880	1303	9	the	the	DT
19880	1303	10	sense	sense	NN
19880	1303	11	in	in	IN
19880	1303	12	which	which	WDT
19880	1303	13	the	the	DT
19880	1303	14	term	term	NN
19880	1303	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	1303	16	employed	employ	VBN
19880	1303	17	.	.	.
19880	1304	1	Before	before	IN
19880	1304	2	the	the	DT
19880	1304	3	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1304	4	bands	band	NNS
19880	1304	5	can	can	MD
19880	1304	6	be	be	VB
19880	1304	7	set	set	VBN
19880	1304	8	into	into	IN
19880	1304	9	suitable	suitable	JJ
19880	1304	10	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1304	11	the	the	DT
19880	1304	12	expiratory	expiratory	NN
19880	1304	13	breath	breath	NN
19880	1304	14	-	-	HYPH
19880	1304	15	stream	stream	NN
19880	1304	16	must	must	MD
19880	1304	17	be	be	VB
19880	1304	18	directed	direct	VBN
19880	1304	19	against	against	IN
19880	1304	20	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1304	21	in	in	IN
19880	1304	22	a	a	DT
19880	1304	23	special	special	JJ
19880	1304	24	manner	manner	NN
19880	1304	25	,	,	,
19880	1304	26	and	and	CC
19880	1304	27	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1304	28	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1304	29	must	must	MD
19880	1304	30	be	be	VB
19880	1304	31	adapted	adapt	VBN
19880	1304	32	to	to	IN
19880	1304	33	the	the	DT
19880	1304	34	blast	blast	NN
19880	1304	35	.	.	.
19880	1305	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1305	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1305	3	a	a	DT
19880	1305	4	case	case	NN
19880	1305	5	of	of	IN
19880	1305	6	complex	complex	JJ
19880	1305	7	and	and	CC
19880	1305	8	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19880	1305	9	adaptation	adaptation	NN
19880	1305	10	.	.	.
19880	1306	1	The	the	DT
19880	1306	2	clarinet	clarinet	NN
19880	1306	3	or	or	CC
19880	1306	4	flute	flute	NN
19880	1306	5	player	player	NN
19880	1306	6	must	must	MD
19880	1306	7	learn	learn	VB
19880	1306	8	to	to	TO
19880	1306	9	"	"	``
19880	1306	10	blow	blow	VB
19880	1306	11	,	,	,
19880	1306	12	"	"	''
19880	1306	13	and	and	CC
19880	1306	14	equally	equally	RB
19880	1306	15	must	must	MD
19880	1306	16	the	the	DT
19880	1306	17	singer	singer	NN
19880	1306	18	learn	learn	VB
19880	1306	19	to	to	TO
19880	1306	20	use	use	VB
19880	1306	21	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1306	22	breath	breath	NN
19880	1306	23	.	.	.
19880	1307	1	The	the	DT
19880	1307	2	processes	process	NNS
19880	1307	3	each	each	DT
19880	1307	4	employs	employ	NNS
19880	1307	5	,	,	,
19880	1307	6	though	though	IN
19880	1307	7	not	not	RB
19880	1307	8	identical	identical	JJ
19880	1307	9	,	,	,
19880	1307	10	are	be	VBP
19880	1307	11	closely	closely	RB
19880	1307	12	related	related	JJ
19880	1307	13	;	;	:
19880	1307	14	both	both	DT
19880	1307	15	use	use	VBP
19880	1307	16	the	the	DT
19880	1307	17	breath	breath	NN
19880	1307	18	to	to	TO
19880	1307	19	cause	cause	VB
19880	1307	20	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1307	21	,	,	,
19880	1307	22	and	and	CC
19880	1307	23	there	there	EX
19880	1307	24	can	can	MD
19880	1307	25	be	be	VB
19880	1307	26	none	none	NN
19880	1307	27	that	that	WDT
19880	1307	28	are	be	VBP
19880	1307	29	effective	effective	JJ
19880	1307	30	,	,	,
19880	1307	31	in	in	IN
19880	1307	32	either	either	DT
19880	1307	33	case	case	NN
19880	1307	34	,	,	,
19880	1307	35	except	except	IN
19880	1307	36	a	a	DT
19880	1307	37	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1307	38	relation	relation	NN
19880	1307	39	of	of	IN
19880	1307	40	adaptation	adaptation	NN
19880	1307	41	of	of	IN
19880	1307	42	breath	breath	NN
19880	1307	43	-	-	HYPH
19880	1307	44	stream	stream	NN
19880	1307	45	to	to	IN
19880	1307	46	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	1307	47	be	be	VB
19880	1307	48	effected	effect	VBN
19880	1307	49	--	--	:
19880	1307	50	with	with	IN
19880	1307	51	the	the	DT
19880	1307	52	clarinet	clarinet	NN
19880	1307	53	-	-	HYPH
19880	1307	54	player	player	NN
19880	1307	55	,	,	,
19880	1307	56	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19880	1307	57	of	of	IN
19880	1307	58	breath	breath	NNP
19880	1307	59	to	to	TO
19880	1307	60	reed	reed	VB
19880	1307	61	,	,	,
19880	1307	62	and	and	CC
19880	1307	63	with	with	IN
19880	1307	64	the	the	DT
19880	1307	65	voice	voice	NN
19880	1307	66	-	-	HYPH
19880	1307	67	user	user	NN
19880	1307	68	,	,	,
19880	1307	69	of	of	IN
19880	1307	70	breath	breath	NN
19880	1307	71	to	to	IN
19880	1307	72	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1307	73	bands	band	NNS
19880	1307	74	.	.	.
19880	1308	1	Exactly	exactly	RB
19880	1308	2	what	what	WDT
19880	1308	3	changes	change	NNS
19880	1308	4	are	be	VBP
19880	1308	5	made	make	VBN
19880	1308	6	in	in	IN
19880	1308	7	the	the	DT
19880	1308	8	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1308	9	,	,	,
19880	1308	10	and	and	CC
19880	1308	11	by	by	IN
19880	1308	12	what	what	WP
19880	1308	13	means	mean	VBZ
19880	1308	14	,	,	,
19880	1308	15	have	have	VBP
19880	1308	16	already	already	RB
19880	1308	17	been	be	VBN
19880	1308	18	described	describe	VBN
19880	1308	19	,	,	,
19880	1308	20	and	and	CC
19880	1308	21	will	will	MD
19880	1308	22	be	be	VB
19880	1308	23	again	again	RB
19880	1308	24	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1308	25	in	in	IN
19880	1308	26	more	more	JJR
19880	1308	27	than	than	IN
19880	1308	28	one	one	CD
19880	1308	29	part	part	NN
19880	1308	30	of	of	IN
19880	1308	31	this	this	DT
19880	1308	32	volume	volume	NN
19880	1308	33	.	.	.
19880	1309	1	The	the	DT
19880	1309	2	main	main	JJ
19880	1309	3	fact	fact	NN
19880	1309	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1309	5	that	that	IN
19880	1309	6	owing	owe	VBG
19880	1309	7	to	to	IN
19880	1309	8	a	a	DT
19880	1309	9	multitude	multitude	NN
19880	1309	10	of	of	IN
19880	1309	11	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	1309	12	-	-	HYPH
19880	1309	13	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1309	14	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	1309	15	the	the	DT
19880	1309	16	different	different	JJ
19880	1309	17	parts	part	NNS
19880	1309	18	of	of	IN
19880	1309	19	the	the	DT
19880	1309	20	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	1309	21	and	and	CC
19880	1309	22	laryngeal	laryngeal	JJ
19880	1309	23	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1309	24	are	be	VBP
19880	1309	25	brought	bring	VBN
19880	1309	26	to	to	TO
19880	1309	27	work	work	VB
19880	1309	28	in	in	IN
19880	1309	29	harmony	harmony	NN
19880	1309	30	for	for	IN
19880	1309	31	the	the	DT
19880	1309	32	production	production	NN
19880	1309	33	of	of	IN
19880	1309	34	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1309	35	.	.	.
19880	1310	1	The	the	DT
19880	1310	2	nature	nature	NN
19880	1310	3	of	of	IN
19880	1310	4	the	the	DT
19880	1310	5	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1310	6	of	of	IN
19880	1310	7	the	the	DT
19880	1310	8	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1310	9	bands	band	NNS
19880	1310	10	,	,	,
19880	1310	11	and	and	CC
19880	1310	12	,	,	,
19880	1310	13	therefore	therefore	RB
19880	1310	14	,	,	,
19880	1310	15	the	the	DT
19880	1310	16	character	character	NN
19880	1310	17	of	of	IN
19880	1310	18	the	the	DT
19880	1310	19	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	1310	20	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1310	21	,	,	,
19880	1310	22	depend	depend	VB
19880	1310	23	in	in	IN
19880	1310	24	no	no	DT
19880	1310	25	small	small	JJ
19880	1310	26	measure	measure	NN
19880	1310	27	on	on	IN
19880	1310	28	one	one	CD
19880	1310	29	thing	thing	NN
19880	1310	30	,	,	,
19880	1310	31	to	to	TO
19880	1310	32	which	which	WDT
19880	1310	33	attention	attention	NN
19880	1310	34	can	can	MD
19880	1310	35	not	not	RB
19880	1310	36	be	be	VB
19880	1310	37	too	too	RB
19880	1310	38	carefully	carefully	RB
19880	1310	39	given	give	VBN
19880	1310	40	.	.	.
19880	1311	1	To	to	IN
19880	1311	2	a	a	DT
19880	1311	3	large	large	JJ
19880	1311	4	extent	extent	NN
19880	1311	5	the	the	DT
19880	1311	6	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1311	7	,	,	,
19880	1311	8	the	the	DT
19880	1311	9	volume	volume	NN
19880	1311	10	,	,	,
19880	1311	11	the	the	DT
19880	1311	12	quality	quality	NN
19880	1311	13	,	,	,
19880	1311	14	the	the	DT
19880	1311	15	carrying	carrying	NN
19880	1311	16	power	power	NN
19880	1311	17	,	,	,
19880	1311	18	etc	etc	FW
19880	1311	19	.	.	.
19880	1311	20	,	,	,
19880	1311	21	of	of	IN
19880	1311	22	a	a	DT
19880	1311	23	tone	tone	NN
19880	1311	24	depend	depend	NN
19880	1311	25	on	on	IN
19880	1311	26	the	the	DT
19880	1311	27	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19880	1311	28	now	now	RB
19880	1311	29	referred	refer	VBD
19880	1311	30	to	to	IN
19880	1311	31	--	--	:
19880	1311	32	one	one	CD
19880	1311	33	of	of	IN
19880	1311	34	the	the	DT
19880	1311	35	facts	fact	NNS
19880	1311	36	which	which	WDT
19880	1311	37	were	be	VBD
19880	1311	38	,	,	,
19880	1311	39	if	if	IN
19880	1311	40	not	not	RB
19880	1311	41	physiologically	physiologically	RB
19880	1311	42	,	,	,
19880	1311	43	at	at	IN
19880	1311	44	least	least	JJS
19880	1311	45	practically	practically	RB
19880	1311	46	recognized	recognize	VBN
19880	1311	47	by	by	IN
19880	1311	48	the	the	DT
19880	1311	49	old	old	JJ
19880	1311	50	Italian	italian	JJ
19880	1311	51	masters	master	NNS
19880	1311	52	.	.	.
19880	1312	1	Teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1312	2	everywhere	everywhere	RB
19880	1312	3	felt	feel	VBD
19880	1312	4	the	the	DT
19880	1312	5	need	need	NN
19880	1312	6	of	of	IN
19880	1312	7	some	some	DT
19880	1312	8	technical	technical	JJ
19880	1312	9	term	term	NN
19880	1312	10	to	to	TO
19880	1312	11	express	express	VB
19880	1312	12	the	the	DT
19880	1312	13	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19880	1312	14	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1312	15	are	be	VBP
19880	1312	16	considering	consider	VBG
19880	1312	17	,	,	,
19880	1312	18	hence	hence	RB
19880	1312	19	the	the	DT
19880	1312	20	expression	expression	NN
19880	1312	21	_	_	NNP
19880	1312	22	coup	coup	FW
19880	1312	23	de	de	NNP
19880	1312	24	glotte	glotte	NNP
19880	1312	25	_	_	NNP
19880	1312	26	,	,	,
19880	1312	27	which	which	WDT
19880	1312	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	1312	29	not	not	RB
19880	1312	30	in	in	IN
19880	1312	31	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1312	32	necessarily	necessarily	RB
19880	1312	33	either	either	CC
19880	1312	34	incorrect	incorrect	JJ
19880	1312	35	or	or	CC
19880	1312	36	for	for	IN
19880	1312	37	other	other	JJ
19880	1312	38	reason	reason	NN
19880	1312	39	to	to	TO
19880	1312	40	be	be	VB
19880	1312	41	condemned	condemn	VBN
19880	1312	42	.	.	.
19880	1313	1	All	all	DT
19880	1313	2	depends	depend	VBZ
19880	1313	3	on	on	IN
19880	1313	4	the	the	DT
19880	1313	5	sense	sense	NN
19880	1313	6	in	in	IN
19880	1313	7	which	which	WDT
19880	1313	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1313	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	1313	10	used	use	VBN
19880	1313	11	,	,	,
19880	1313	12	as	as	IN
19880	1313	13	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1313	14	have	have	VBP
19880	1313	15	already	already	RB
19880	1313	16	said	say	VBN
19880	1313	17	.	.	.
19880	1314	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1314	2	must	must	MD
19880	1314	3	,	,	,
19880	1314	4	however	however	RB
19880	1314	5	,	,	,
19880	1314	6	be	be	VB
19880	1314	7	admitted	admit	VBN
19880	1314	8	that	that	IN
19880	1314	9	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1314	10	does	do	VBZ
19880	1314	11	;	;	:
19880	1314	12	to	to	IN
19880	1314	13	most	most	JJS
19880	1314	14	persons	person	NNS
19880	1314	15	,	,	,
19880	1314	16	convey	convey	VB
19880	1314	17	the	the	DT
19880	1314	18	idea	idea	NN
19880	1314	19	of	of	IN
19880	1314	20	something	something	NN
19880	1314	21	that	that	WDT
19880	1314	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	1314	23	more	more	RBR
19880	1314	24	or	or	CC
19880	1314	25	less	less	RBR
19880	1314	26	violent	violent	JJ
19880	1314	27	as	as	RB
19880	1314	28	well	well	RB
19880	1314	29	as	as	IN
19880	1314	30	sudden	sudden	RB
19880	1314	31	,	,	,
19880	1314	32	so	so	IN
19880	1314	33	that	that	IN
19880	1314	34	there	there	EX
19880	1314	35	seems	seem	VBZ
19880	1314	36	to	to	TO
19880	1314	37	lurk	lurk	VB
19880	1314	38	in	in	IN
19880	1314	39	this	this	DT
19880	1314	40	term	term	NN
19880	1314	41	a	a	DT
19880	1314	42	tendency	tendency	NN
19880	1314	43	to	to	TO
19880	1314	44	mislead	mislead	VB
19880	1314	45	,	,	,
19880	1314	46	to	to	TO
19880	1314	47	say	say	VB
19880	1314	48	the	the	DT
19880	1314	49	least	least	JJS
19880	1314	50	.	.	.
19880	1315	1	There	there	EX
19880	1315	2	really	really	RB
19880	1315	3	should	should	MD
19880	1315	4	never	never	RB
19880	1315	5	be	be	VB
19880	1315	6	a	a	DT
19880	1315	7	blow	blow	NN
19880	1315	8	or	or	CC
19880	1315	9	shock	shock	NN
19880	1315	10	of	of	IN
19880	1315	11	the	the	DT
19880	1315	12	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1315	13	;	;	:
19880	1315	14	the	the	DT
19880	1315	15	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1315	16	bands	band	NNS
19880	1315	17	should	should	MD
19880	1315	18	never	never	RB
19880	1315	19	strike	strike	VB
19880	1315	20	together	together	RB
19880	1315	21	violently	violently	RB
19880	1315	22	,	,	,
19880	1315	23	or	or	CC
19880	1315	24	,	,	,
19880	1315	25	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	1315	26	,	,	,
19880	1315	27	strike	strike	VB
19880	1315	28	together	together	RB
19880	1315	29	at	at	RB
19880	1315	30	all	all	RB
19880	1315	31	,	,	,
19880	1315	32	in	in	IN
19880	1315	33	the	the	DT
19880	1315	34	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	1315	35	sense	sense	NN
19880	1315	36	of	of	IN
19880	1315	37	the	the	DT
19880	1315	38	term	term	NN
19880	1315	39	.	.	.
19880	1316	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1316	2	should	should	MD
19880	1316	3	,	,	,
19880	1316	4	however	however	RB
19880	1316	5	,	,	,
19880	1316	6	be	be	VB
19880	1316	7	approximated	approximate	VBN
19880	1316	8	with	with	IN
19880	1316	9	considerable	considerable	JJ
19880	1316	10	rapidity	rapidity	NN
19880	1316	11	and	and	CC
19880	1316	12	with	with	IN
19880	1316	13	a	a	DT
19880	1316	14	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	1316	15	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19880	1316	16	to	to	IN
19880	1316	17	the	the	DT
19880	1316	18	breath	breath	NN
19880	1316	19	-	-	HYPH
19880	1316	20	stream	stream	NN
19880	1316	21	,	,	,
19880	1316	22	and	and	CC
19880	1316	23	this	this	DT
19880	1316	24	must	must	MD
19880	1316	25	be	be	VB
19880	1316	26	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1316	27	with	with	IN
19880	1316	28	a	a	DT
19880	1316	29	like	like	UH
19880	1316	30	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	1316	31	adaptation	adaptation	NN
19880	1316	32	of	of	IN
19880	1316	33	the	the	DT
19880	1316	34	breath	breath	NN
19880	1316	35	-	-	HYPH
19880	1316	36	stream	stream	NN
19880	1316	37	to	to	IN
19880	1316	38	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1316	39	through	through	IN
19880	1316	40	the	the	DT
19880	1316	41	harmonious	harmonious	JJ
19880	1316	42	working	working	NN
19880	1316	43	of	of	IN
19880	1316	44	the	the	DT
19880	1316	45	many	many	JJ
19880	1316	46	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1316	47	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1316	48	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	1316	49	-	-	HYPH
19880	1316	50	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1316	51	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	1316	52	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1316	53	which	which	WDT
19880	1316	54	constitute	constitute	VBP
19880	1316	55	the	the	DT
19880	1316	56	most	most	RBS
19880	1316	57	important	important	JJ
19880	1316	58	part	part	NN
19880	1316	59	of	of	IN
19880	1316	60	the	the	DT
19880	1316	61	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	1316	62	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1316	63	.	.	.
19880	1317	1	In	in	IN
19880	1317	2	brief	brief	NN
19880	1317	3	,	,	,
19880	1317	4	the	the	DT
19880	1317	5	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19880	1317	6	of	of	IN
19880	1317	7	the	the	DT
19880	1317	8	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1317	9	and	and	CC
19880	1317	10	laryngeal	laryngeal	NN
19880	1317	11	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	1317	12	resulting	result	VBG
19880	1317	13	in	in	IN
19880	1317	14	the	the	DT
19880	1317	15	adequate	adequate	JJ
19880	1317	16	and	and	CC
19880	1317	17	suitable	suitable	JJ
19880	1317	18	approximation	approximation	NN
19880	1317	19	of	of	IN
19880	1317	20	the	the	DT
19880	1317	21	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1317	22	bands	band	NNS
19880	1317	23	for	for	IN
19880	1317	24	tone	tone	NN
19880	1317	25	-	-	HYPH
19880	1317	26	production	production	NN
19880	1317	27	constitutes	constitute	VBZ
19880	1317	28	the	the	DT
19880	1317	29	_	_	NNP
19880	1317	30	coup	coup	FW
19880	1317	31	de	de	NNP
19880	1317	32	glotte	glotte	NNP
19880	1317	33	_	_	NNP
19880	1317	34	,	,	,
19880	1317	35	or	or	CC
19880	1317	36	,	,	,
19880	1317	37	as	as	IN
19880	1317	38	the	the	DT
19880	1317	39	author	author	NN
19880	1317	40	prefers	prefer	VBZ
19880	1317	41	to	to	IN
19880	1317	42	term	term	VB
19880	1317	43	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1317	44	,	,	,
19880	1317	45	the	the	DT
19880	1317	46	"	"	``
19880	1317	47	attack	attack	NN
19880	1317	48	.	.	.
19880	1317	49	"	"	''
19880	1318	1	To	to	TO
19880	1318	2	get	get	VB
19880	1318	3	this	this	DT
19880	1318	4	perfect	perfect	NN
19880	1318	5	should	should	MD
19880	1318	6	be	be	VB
19880	1318	7	one	one	CD
19880	1318	8	of	of	IN
19880	1318	9	the	the	DT
19880	1318	10	aims	aim	NNS
19880	1318	11	of	of	IN
19880	1318	12	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1318	13	and	and	CC
19880	1318	14	one	one	CD
19880	1318	15	of	of	IN
19880	1318	16	the	the	DT
19880	1318	17	ambitions	ambition	NNS
19880	1318	18	of	of	IN
19880	1318	19	students	student	NNS
19880	1318	20	.	.	.
19880	1319	1	Without	without	IN
19880	1319	2	a	a	DT
19880	1319	3	good	good	JJ
19880	1319	4	attack	attack	NN
19880	1319	5	the	the	DT
19880	1319	6	singer	singer	NN
19880	1319	7	or	or	CC
19880	1319	8	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1319	9	fails	fail	VBZ
19880	1319	10	to	to	TO
19880	1319	11	do	do	VB
19880	1319	12	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1319	13	justice	justice	NN
19880	1319	14	,	,	,
19880	1319	15	and	and	CC
19880	1319	16	the	the	DT
19880	1319	17	listener	listener	NN
19880	1319	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	1319	19	left	leave	VBN
19880	1319	20	unsatisfied	unsatisfied	JJ
19880	1319	21	.	.	.
19880	1320	1	The	the	DT
19880	1320	2	good	good	JJ
19880	1320	3	attack	attack	NN
19880	1320	4	suggests	suggest	VBZ
19880	1320	5	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	1320	6	and	and	CC
19880	1320	7	technical	technical	JJ
19880	1320	8	perfection	perfection	NN
19880	1320	9	,	,	,
19880	1320	10	so	so	RB
19880	1320	11	far	far	RB
19880	1320	12	as	as	IN
19880	1320	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1320	14	goes	go	VBZ
19880	1320	15	;	;	:
19880	1320	16	artistically	artistically	RB
19880	1320	17	,	,	,
19880	1320	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1320	19	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	1320	20	power	power	NN
19880	1320	21	and	and	CC
19880	1320	22	sureness	sureness	NN
19880	1320	23	,	,	,
19880	1320	24	and	and	CC
19880	1320	25	for	for	IN
19880	1320	26	the	the	DT
19880	1320	27	listener	listener	NN
19880	1320	28	satisfaction	satisfaction	NN
19880	1320	29	,	,	,
19880	1320	30	a	a	DT
19880	1320	31	feeling	feeling	NN
19880	1320	32	that	that	IN
19880	1320	33	what	what	WP
19880	1320	34	has	have	VBZ
19880	1320	35	been	be	VBN
19880	1320	36	attempted	attempt	VBN
19880	1320	37	has	have	VBZ
19880	1320	38	been	be	VBN
19880	1320	39	accomplished	accomplish	VBN
19880	1320	40	;	;	:
19880	1320	41	and	and	CC
19880	1320	42	the	the	DT
19880	1320	43	best	good	JJS
19880	1320	44	of	of	IN
19880	1320	45	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1320	46	is	be	VBZ
19880	1320	47	that	that	IN
19880	1320	48	the	the	DT
19880	1320	49	auditor	auditor	NN
19880	1320	50	at	at	IN
19880	1320	51	the	the	DT
19880	1320	52	end	end	NN
19880	1320	53	of	of	IN
19880	1320	54	a	a	DT
19880	1320	55	large	large	JJ
19880	1320	56	hall	hall	NN
19880	1320	57	experiences	experience	VBZ
19880	1320	58	this	this	DT
19880	1320	59	sense	sense	NN
19880	1320	60	of	of	IN
19880	1320	61	satisfaction	satisfaction	NN
19880	1320	62	quite	quite	RB
19880	1320	63	as	as	RB
19880	1320	64	fully	fully	RB
19880	1320	65	as	as	IN
19880	1320	66	the	the	DT
19880	1320	67	persons	person	NNS
19880	1320	68	sitting	sit	VBG
19880	1320	69	in	in	IN
19880	1320	70	the	the	DT
19880	1320	71	first	first	JJ
19880	1320	72	row	row	NN
19880	1320	73	of	of	IN
19880	1320	74	seats	seat	NNS
19880	1320	75	.	.	.
19880	1321	1	Without	without	IN
19880	1321	2	good	good	JJ
19880	1321	3	attacks	attack	NNS
19880	1321	4	there	there	EX
19880	1321	5	can	can	MD
19880	1321	6	be	be	VB
19880	1321	7	no	no	DT
19880	1321	8	intellectual	intellectual	JJ
19880	1321	9	singing	singing	NN
19880	1321	10	or	or	CC
19880	1321	11	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	1321	12	,	,	,
19880	1321	13	no	no	DT
19880	1321	14	broad	broad	JJ
19880	1321	15	phrasing	phrasing	NN
19880	1321	16	,	,	,
19880	1321	17	and	and	CC
19880	1321	18	much	much	RB
19880	1321	19	more	more	JJR
19880	1321	20	that	that	IN
19880	1321	21	all	all	DT
19880	1321	22	should	should	MD
19880	1321	23	aim	aim	VB
19880	1321	24	at	at	IN
19880	1321	25	who	who	WP
19880	1321	26	come	come	VBP
19880	1321	27	before	before	IN
19880	1321	28	the	the	DT
19880	1321	29	public	public	NN
19880	1321	30	,	,	,
19880	1321	31	and	and	CC
19880	1321	32	which	which	WDT
19880	1321	33	listeners	listener	NNS
19880	1321	34	have	have	VBP
19880	1321	35	,	,	,
19880	1321	36	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	1321	37	,	,	,
19880	1321	38	a	a	DT
19880	1321	39	right	right	NN
19880	1321	40	to	to	TO
19880	1321	41	expect	expect	VB
19880	1321	42	.	.	.
19880	1322	1	But	but	CC
19880	1322	2	just	just	RB
19880	1322	3	because	because	IN
19880	1322	4	many	many	JJ
19880	1322	5	persons	person	NNS
19880	1322	6	feel	feel	VBP
19880	1322	7	this	this	DT
19880	1322	8	to	to	TO
19880	1322	9	be	be	VB
19880	1322	10	true	true	JJ
19880	1322	11	,	,	,
19880	1322	12	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1322	13	make	make	VBP
19880	1322	14	serious	serious	JJ
19880	1322	15	errors	error	NNS
19880	1322	16	in	in	IN
19880	1322	17	attempting	attempt	VBG
19880	1322	18	to	to	TO
19880	1322	19	attain	attain	VB
19880	1322	20	the	the	DT
19880	1322	21	result	result	NN
19880	1322	22	;	;	:
19880	1322	23	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1322	24	substitute	substitute	VBP
19880	1322	25	main	main	JJ
19880	1322	26	force	force	NN
19880	1322	27	for	for	IN
19880	1322	28	the	the	DT
19880	1322	29	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1322	30	method	method	NN
19880	1322	31	.	.	.
19880	1323	1	Impatience	impatience	NN
19880	1323	2	and	and	CC
19880	1323	3	eagerness	eagerness	NN
19880	1323	4	may	may	MD
19880	1323	5	defeat	defeat	VB
19880	1323	6	the	the	DT
19880	1323	7	voice	voice	NN
19880	1323	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	1323	9	user	user	NN
19880	1323	10	's	's	POS
19880	1323	11	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1323	12	.	.	.
19880	1324	1	In	in	IN
19880	1324	2	this	this	DT
19880	1324	3	and	and	CC
19880	1324	4	all	all	DT
19880	1324	5	other	other	JJ
19880	1324	6	cases	case	NNS
19880	1324	7	the	the	DT
19880	1324	8	action	action	NN
19880	1324	9	should	should	MD
19880	1324	10	be	be	VB
19880	1324	11	performed	perform	VBN
19880	1324	12	with	with	IN
19880	1324	13	but	but	CC
19880	1324	14	moderate	moderate	JJ
19880	1324	15	force	force	NN
19880	1324	16	,	,	,
19880	1324	17	or	or	CC
19880	1324	18	even	even	RB
19880	1324	19	,	,	,
19880	1324	20	at	at	IN
19880	1324	21	first	first	RB
19880	1324	22	,	,	,
19880	1324	23	softly	softly	RB
19880	1324	24	,	,	,
19880	1324	25	and	and	CC
19880	1324	26	with	with	IN
19880	1324	27	gradual	gradual	JJ
19880	1324	28	increase	increase	NN
19880	1324	29	in	in	IN
19880	1324	30	vigor	vigor	NN
19880	1324	31	,	,	,
19880	1324	32	and	and	CC
19880	1324	33	always	always	RB
19880	1324	34	in	in	IN
19880	1324	35	relation	relation	NN
19880	1324	36	to	to	IN
19880	1324	37	the	the	DT
19880	1324	38	quality	quality	NN
19880	1324	39	of	of	IN
19880	1324	40	the	the	DT
19880	1324	41	sound	sound	NN
19880	1324	42	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1324	43	;	;	:
19880	1324	44	quality	quality	NN
19880	1324	45	must	must	MD
19880	1324	46	always	always	RB
19880	1324	47	be	be	VB
19880	1324	48	the	the	DT
19880	1324	49	first	first	JJ
19880	1324	50	if	if	IN
19880	1324	51	not	not	RB
19880	1324	52	also	also	RB
19880	1324	53	the	the	DT
19880	1324	54	last	last	JJ
19880	1324	55	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	1324	56	.	.	.
19880	1325	1	If	if	IN
19880	1325	2	the	the	DT
19880	1325	3	method	method	NN
19880	1325	4	be	be	VBP
19880	1325	5	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1325	6	,	,	,
19880	1325	7	power	power	NN
19880	1325	8	can	can	MD
19880	1325	9	be	be	VB
19880	1325	10	attained	attain	VBN
19880	1325	11	with	with	IN
19880	1325	12	patience	patience	NN
19880	1325	13	;	;	:
19880	1325	14	if	if	IN
19880	1325	15	wrong	wrong	NN
19880	1325	16	,	,	,
19880	1325	17	the	the	DT
19880	1325	18	throat	throat	NN
19880	1325	19	and	and	CC
19880	1325	20	voice	voice	NN
19880	1325	21	may	may	MD
19880	1325	22	be	be	VB
19880	1325	23	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1325	24	ruined	ruin	VBN
19880	1325	25	.	.	.
19880	1326	1	This	this	DT
19880	1326	2	point	point	NN
19880	1326	3	will	will	MD
19880	1326	4	be	be	VB
19880	1326	5	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1326	6	later	later	RBR
19880	1326	7	,	,	,
19880	1326	8	but	but	CC
19880	1326	9	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1326	10	must	must	MD
19880	1326	11	at	at	IN
19880	1326	12	once	once	RB
19880	1326	13	express	express	VB
19880	1326	14	the	the	DT
19880	1326	15	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	1326	16	that	that	IN
19880	1326	17	a	a	DT
19880	1326	18	bungling	bungling	NN
19880	1326	19	attack	attack	NN
19880	1326	20	in	in	IN
19880	1326	21	which	which	WDT
19880	1326	22	main	main	JJ
19880	1326	23	force	force	NN
19880	1326	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	1326	25	substituted	substitute	VBN
19880	1326	26	for	for	IN
19880	1326	27	the	the	DT
19880	1326	28	proper	proper	JJ
19880	1326	29	method	method	NN
19880	1326	30	is	be	VBZ
19880	1326	31	one	one	CD
19880	1326	32	of	of	IN
19880	1326	33	the	the	DT
19880	1326	34	most	most	RBS
19880	1326	35	dangerous	dangerous	JJ
19880	1326	36	,	,	,
19880	1326	37	as	as	IN
19880	1326	38	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1326	39	is	be	VBZ
19880	1326	40	one	one	CD
19880	1326	41	of	of	IN
19880	1326	42	the	the	DT
19880	1326	43	most	most	RBS
19880	1326	44	serious	serious	JJ
19880	1326	45	errors	error	NNS
19880	1326	46	in	in	IN
19880	1326	47	the	the	DT
19880	1326	48	technique	technique	NN
19880	1326	49	of	of	IN
19880	1326	50	modern	modern	JJ
19880	1326	51	singing	singing	NN
19880	1326	52	,	,	,
19880	1326	53	and	and	CC
19880	1326	54	the	the	DT
19880	1326	55	same	same	JJ
19880	1326	56	may	may	MD
19880	1326	57	often	often	RB
19880	1326	58	be	be	VB
19880	1326	59	charged	charge	VBN
19880	1326	60	against	against	IN
19880	1326	61	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1326	62	public	public	JJ
19880	1326	63	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	1326	64	.	.	.
19880	1327	1	Another	another	DT
19880	1327	2	of	of	IN
19880	1327	3	the	the	DT
19880	1327	4	worst	bad	JJS
19880	1327	5	faults	fault	NNS
19880	1327	6	of	of	IN
19880	1327	7	singing	singing	NN
19880	1327	8	,	,	,
19880	1327	9	the	the	DT
19880	1327	10	_	_	NNP
19880	1327	11	tremolo	tremolo	NN
19880	1327	12	_	_	NNP
19880	1327	13	,	,	,
19880	1327	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1327	15	due	due	JJ
19880	1327	16	to	to	TO
19880	1327	17	unsteadiness	unsteadiness	VB
19880	1327	18	in	in	IN
19880	1327	19	attack	attack	NN
19880	1327	20	and	and	CC
19880	1327	21	in	in	IN
19880	1327	22	maintaining	maintain	VBG
19880	1327	23	the	the	DT
19880	1327	24	proper	proper	JJ
19880	1327	25	relations	relation	NNS
19880	1327	26	between	between	IN
19880	1327	27	the	the	DT
19880	1327	28	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1327	29	and	and	CC
19880	1327	30	the	the	DT
19880	1327	31	laryngeal	laryngeal	JJ
19880	1327	32	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1327	33	.	.	.
19880	1328	1	If	if	IN
19880	1328	2	the	the	DT
19880	1328	3	voice	voice	NN
19880	1328	4	-	-	HYPH
19880	1328	5	user	user	NN
19880	1328	6	fails	fail	VBZ
19880	1328	7	to	to	TO
19880	1328	8	get	get	VB
19880	1328	9	a	a	DT
19880	1328	10	tone	tone	NN
19880	1328	11	of	of	IN
19880	1328	12	good	good	JJ
19880	1328	13	quality	quality	NN
19880	1328	14	easily	easily	RB
19880	1328	15	and	and	CC
19880	1328	16	without	without	IN
19880	1328	17	escape	escape	NN
19880	1328	18	of	of	IN
19880	1328	19	breath	breath	NN
19880	1328	20	to	to	IN
19880	1328	21	any	any	DT
19880	1328	22	appreciable	appreciable	JJ
19880	1328	23	extent	extent	NN
19880	1328	24	,	,	,
19880	1328	25	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1328	26	must	must	MD
19880	1328	27	consider	consider	VB
19880	1328	28	that	that	IN
19880	1328	29	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1328	30	method	method	NN
19880	1328	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	1328	32	incorrect	incorrect	JJ
19880	1328	33	.	.	.
19880	1329	1	There	there	EX
19880	1329	2	must	must	MD
19880	1329	3	be	be	VB
19880	1329	4	no	no	DT
19880	1329	5	wasted	waste	VBN
19880	1329	6	breath	breath	NN
19880	1329	7	in	in	IN
19880	1329	8	the	the	DT
19880	1329	9	best	good	JJS
19880	1329	10	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1329	11	technique	technique	NN
19880	1329	12	.	.	.
19880	1330	1	This	this	DT
19880	1330	2	leads	lead	VBZ
19880	1330	3	to	to	IN
19880	1330	4	ineffectiveness	ineffectiveness	NN
19880	1330	5	in	in	IN
19880	1330	6	the	the	DT
19880	1330	7	voice	voice	NN
19880	1330	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	1330	9	producer	producer	NN
19880	1330	10	and	and	CC
19880	1330	11	lack	lack	NN
19880	1330	12	of	of	IN
19880	1330	13	satisfaction	satisfaction	NN
19880	1330	14	in	in	IN
19880	1330	15	the	the	DT
19880	1330	16	listener	listener	NN
19880	1330	17	.	.	.
19880	1331	1	Breath	Breath	NNP
19880	1331	2	must	must	MD
19880	1331	3	,	,	,
19880	1331	4	for	for	IN
19880	1331	5	a	a	DT
19880	1331	6	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	1331	7	technique	technique	NN
19880	1331	8	,	,	,
19880	1331	9	mean	mean	VB
19880	1331	10	tone	tone	NN
19880	1331	11	--	--	:
19880	1331	12	all	all	DT
19880	1331	13	tone	tone	NN
19880	1331	14	--	--	:
19880	1331	15	and	and	CC
19880	1331	16	this	this	DT
19880	1331	17	must	must	MD
19880	1331	18	be	be	VB
19880	1331	19	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1331	20	so	so	IN
19880	1331	21	that	that	IN
19880	1331	22	the	the	DT
19880	1331	23	singer	singer	NN
19880	1331	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	1331	25	not	not	RB
19880	1331	26	aware	aware	JJ
19880	1331	27	,	,	,
19880	1331	28	by	by	IN
19880	1331	29	any	any	DT
19880	1331	30	unpleasant	unpleasant	JJ
19880	1331	31	feelings	feeling	NNS
19880	1331	32	,	,	,
19880	1331	33	that	that	IN
19880	1331	34	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1331	35	has	have	VBZ
19880	1331	36	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1331	37	bands	band	NNS
19880	1331	38	or	or	CC
19880	1331	39	a	a	DT
19880	1331	40	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1331	41	at	at	RB
19880	1331	42	all	all	RB
19880	1331	43	;	;	:
19880	1331	44	in	in	IN
19880	1331	45	a	a	DT
19880	1331	46	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	1331	47	technique	technique	NN
19880	1331	48	one	one	PRP
19880	1331	49	must	must	MD
19880	1331	50	only	only	RB
19880	1331	51	be	be	VB
19880	1331	52	distinctly	distinctly	RB
19880	1331	53	aware	aware	JJ
19880	1331	54	of	of	IN
19880	1331	55	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1331	56	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1331	57	in	in	IN
19880	1331	58	the	the	DT
19880	1331	59	parts	part	NNS
19880	1331	60	above	above	IN
19880	1331	61	the	the	DT
19880	1331	62	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1331	63	,	,	,
19880	1331	64	in	in	IN
19880	1331	65	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1331	66	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1331	67	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	1331	68	,	,	,
19880	1331	69	etc	etc	FW
19880	1331	70	.	.	.
19880	1332	1	His	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1332	2	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19880	1332	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1332	4	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	1332	5	with	with	IN
19880	1332	6	tone	tone	NN
19880	1332	7	--	--	:
19880	1332	8	the	the	DT
19880	1332	9	result	result	NN
19880	1332	10	.	.	.
19880	1333	1	But	but	CC
19880	1333	2	,	,	,
19880	1333	3	to	to	TO
19880	1333	4	attain	attain	VB
19880	1333	5	this	this	DT
19880	1333	6	,	,	,
19880	1333	7	the	the	DT
19880	1333	8	method	method	NN
19880	1333	9	must	must	MD
19880	1333	10	be	be	VB
19880	1333	11	physiological--_i.e	physiological--_i.e	XX
19880	1333	12	.	.	.
19880	1333	13	_	_	NNP
19880	1333	14	,	,	,
19880	1333	15	natural	natural	JJ
19880	1333	16	,	,	,
19880	1333	17	and	and	CC
19880	1333	18	not	not	RB
19880	1333	19	only	only	RB
19880	1333	20	that	that	DT
19880	1333	21	,	,	,
19880	1333	22	but	but	CC
19880	1333	23	carried	carry	VBD
19880	1333	24	out	out	RP
19880	1333	25	with	with	IN
19880	1333	26	an	an	DT
19880	1333	27	approach	approach	NN
19880	1333	28	to	to	IN
19880	1333	29	perfection	perfection	NN
19880	1333	30	in	in	IN
19880	1333	31	the	the	DT
19880	1333	32	details	detail	NNS
19880	1333	33	of	of	IN
19880	1333	34	the	the	DT
19880	1333	35	process	process	NN
19880	1333	36	which	which	WDT
19880	1333	37	takes	take	VBZ
19880	1333	38	time	time	NN
19880	1333	39	and	and	CC
19880	1333	40	calls	call	NNS
19880	1333	41	for	for	IN
19880	1333	42	infinite	infinite	JJ
19880	1333	43	patience	patience	NN
19880	1333	44	and	and	CC
19880	1333	45	care	care	NN
19880	1333	46	,	,	,
19880	1333	47	all	all	DT
19880	1333	48	permeated	permeate	VBN
19880	1333	49	by	by	IN
19880	1333	50	sound	sound	JJ
19880	1333	51	and	and	CC
19880	1333	52	clear	clear	JJ
19880	1333	53	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	1333	54	of	of	IN
19880	1333	55	what	what	WP
19880	1333	56	is	be	VBZ
19880	1333	57	being	be	VBG
19880	1333	58	aimed	aim	VBN
19880	1333	59	at	at	IN
19880	1333	60	by	by	IN
19880	1333	61	the	the	DT
19880	1333	62	voice	voice	NN
19880	1333	63	-	-	HYPH
19880	1333	64	user	user	NN
19880	1333	65	.	.	.
19880	1334	1	Nothing	nothing	NN
19880	1334	2	should	should	MD
19880	1334	3	be	be	VB
19880	1334	4	attempted	attempt	VBN
19880	1334	5	till	till	IN
19880	1334	6	the	the	DT
19880	1334	7	method	method	NN
19880	1334	8	and	and	CC
19880	1334	9	the	the	DT
19880	1334	10	end	end	NN
19880	1334	11	are	be	VBP
19880	1334	12	understood	understand	VBN
19880	1334	13	thoroughly	thoroughly	RB
19880	1334	14	;	;	:
19880	1334	15	to	to	TO
19880	1334	16	do	do	VB
19880	1334	17	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	1334	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	1334	19	to	to	TO
19880	1334	20	waste	waste	VB
19880	1334	21	time	time	NN
19880	1334	22	,	,	,
19880	1334	23	defeat	defeat	VB
19880	1334	24	the	the	DT
19880	1334	25	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1334	26	,	,	,
19880	1334	27	and	and	CC
19880	1334	28	court	court	NN
19880	1334	29	failure	failure	NN
19880	1334	30	and	and	CC
19880	1334	31	disappointment	disappointment	NN
19880	1334	32	;	;	:
19880	1334	33	and	and	CC
19880	1334	34	the	the	DT
19880	1334	35	more	more	JJR
19880	1334	36	the	the	DT
19880	1334	37	student	student	NN
19880	1334	38	can	can	MD
19880	1334	39	think	think	VB
19880	1334	40	for	for	IN
19880	1334	41	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1334	42	,	,	,
19880	1334	43	and	and	CC
19880	1334	44	the	the	DT
19880	1334	45	less	less	RBR
19880	1334	46	dependent	dependent	JJ
19880	1334	47	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1334	48	is	be	VBZ
19880	1334	49	on	on	IN
19880	1334	50	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1334	51	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1334	52	,	,	,
19880	1334	53	the	the	DT
19880	1334	54	better	well	JJR
19880	1334	55	will	will	MD
19880	1334	56	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1334	57	be	be	VB
19880	1334	58	for	for	IN
19880	1334	59	both	both	DT
19880	1334	60	and	and	CC
19880	1334	61	for	for	IN
19880	1334	62	art	art	NN
19880	1334	63	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1334	64	.	.	.
19880	1335	1	From	from	IN
19880	1335	2	all	all	DT
19880	1335	3	that	that	WDT
19880	1335	4	has	have	VBZ
19880	1335	5	been	be	VBN
19880	1335	6	hitherto	hitherto	VBN
19880	1335	7	said	say	VBN
19880	1335	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1335	9	will	will	MD
19880	1335	10	be	be	VB
19880	1335	11	inferred	infer	VBN
19880	1335	12	that	that	IN
19880	1335	13	one	one	CD
19880	1335	14	of	of	IN
19880	1335	15	the	the	DT
19880	1335	16	best	good	JJS
19880	1335	17	tests	test	NNS
19880	1335	18	of	of	IN
19880	1335	19	a	a	DT
19880	1335	20	good	good	JJ
19880	1335	21	attack	attack	NN
19880	1335	22	,	,	,
19880	1335	23	or	or	CC
19880	1335	24	any	any	DT
19880	1335	25	other	other	JJ
19880	1335	26	feature	feature	NN
19880	1335	27	in	in	IN
19880	1335	28	voice	voice	NN
19880	1335	29	-	-	HYPH
19880	1335	30	production	production	NN
19880	1335	31	,	,	,
19880	1335	32	is	be	VBZ
19880	1335	33	the	the	DT
19880	1335	34	absence	absence	NN
19880	1335	35	of	of	IN
19880	1335	36	escape	escape	NN
19880	1335	37	of	of	IN
19880	1335	38	breath	breath	NN
19880	1335	39	,	,	,
19880	1335	40	as	as	IN
19880	1335	41	such	such	JJ
19880	1335	42	,	,	,
19880	1335	43	from	from	IN
19880	1335	44	the	the	DT
19880	1335	45	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1335	46	.	.	.
19880	1336	1	Many	many	JJ
19880	1336	2	persons	person	NNS
19880	1336	3	begin	begin	VBP
19880	1336	4	wrongly	wrongly	RB
19880	1336	5	;	;	:
19880	1336	6	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1336	7	attempt	attempt	VBP
19880	1336	8	to	to	TO
19880	1336	9	produce	produce	VB
19880	1336	10	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1336	11	by	by	IN
19880	1336	12	forcing	force	VBG
19880	1336	13	the	the	DT
19880	1336	14	breath	breath	NN
19880	1336	15	out	out	RP
19880	1336	16	in	in	IN
19880	1336	17	such	such	PDT
19880	1336	18	a	a	DT
19880	1336	19	way	way	NN
19880	1336	20	that	that	WDT
19880	1336	21	all	all	PDT
19880	1336	22	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1336	23	resources	resource	NNS
19880	1336	24	in	in	IN
19880	1336	25	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1336	26	are	be	VBP
19880	1336	27	at	at	IN
19880	1336	28	once	once	RB
19880	1336	29	spent	spend	VBN
19880	1336	30	,	,	,
19880	1336	31	instead	instead	RB
19880	1336	32	of	of	IN
19880	1336	33	being	be	VBG
19880	1336	34	husbanded	husband	VBN
19880	1336	35	with	with	IN
19880	1336	36	the	the	DT
19880	1336	37	care	care	NN
19880	1336	38	of	of	IN
19880	1336	39	a	a	DT
19880	1336	40	miser	miser	NN
19880	1336	41	.	.	.
19880	1337	1	As	as	IN
19880	1337	2	time	time	NN
19880	1337	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1337	4	the	the	DT
19880	1337	5	most	most	RBS
19880	1337	6	precious	precious	JJ
19880	1337	7	possession	possession	NN
19880	1337	8	of	of	IN
19880	1337	9	man	man	NN
19880	1337	10	,	,	,
19880	1337	11	as	as	IN
19880	1337	12	man	man	NN
19880	1337	13	,	,	,
19880	1337	14	so	so	RB
19880	1337	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	1337	16	breath	breath	NN
19880	1337	17	for	for	IN
19880	1337	18	the	the	DT
19880	1337	19	singer	singer	NN
19880	1337	20	or	or	CC
19880	1337	21	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1337	22	.	.	.
19880	1338	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1338	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1338	3	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1338	4	hoard	hoard	NN
19880	1338	5	.	.	.
19880	1339	1	Nothing	nothing	NN
19880	1339	2	must	must	MD
19880	1339	3	be	be	VB
19880	1339	4	paid	pay	VBN
19880	1339	5	out	out	IN
19880	1339	6	of	of	IN
19880	1339	7	this	this	DT
19880	1339	8	always	always	RB
19880	1339	9	limited	limit	VBN
19880	1339	10	capital	capital	NN
19880	1339	11	for	for	IN
19880	1339	12	which	which	WDT
19880	1339	13	the	the	DT
19880	1339	14	best	good	JJS
19880	1339	15	value	value	NN
19880	1339	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	1339	17	not	not	RB
19880	1339	18	obtained	obtain	VBN
19880	1339	19	.	.	.
19880	1340	1	The	the	DT
19880	1340	2	test	test	NN
19880	1340	3	for	for	IN
19880	1340	4	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	1340	5	economy	economy	NN
19880	1340	6	of	of	IN
19880	1340	7	breath	breath	NN
19880	1340	8	known	know	VBN
19880	1340	9	to	to	IN
19880	1340	10	older	old	JJR
19880	1340	11	generations	generation	NNS
19880	1340	12	of	of	IN
19880	1340	13	actors	actor	NNS
19880	1340	14	still	still	RB
19880	1340	15	remains	remain	VBZ
19880	1340	16	the	the	DT
19880	1340	17	best	good	JJS
19880	1340	18	.	.	.
19880	1341	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1341	2	were	be	VBD
19880	1341	3	accustomed	accustomed	JJ
19880	1341	4	to	to	TO
19880	1341	5	hold	hold	VB
19880	1341	6	a	a	DT
19880	1341	7	candle	candle	NN
19880	1341	8	a	a	DT
19880	1341	9	few	few	JJ
19880	1341	10	inches	inch	NNS
19880	1341	11	from	from	IN
19880	1341	12	the	the	DT
19880	1341	13	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1341	14	when	when	WRB
19880	1341	15	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1341	16	.	.	.
19880	1342	1	If	if	IN
19880	1342	2	the	the	DT
19880	1342	3	flame	flame	NN
19880	1342	4	did	do	VBD
19880	1342	5	not	not	RB
19880	1342	6	flicker	flicker	NN
19880	1342	7	,	,	,
19880	1342	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1342	9	was	be	VBD
19880	1342	10	clear	clear	JJ
19880	1342	11	that	that	IN
19880	1342	12	breath	breath	NN
19880	1342	13	was	be	VBD
19880	1342	14	not	not	RB
19880	1342	15	being	be	VBG
19880	1342	16	uselessly	uselessly	RB
19880	1342	17	expelled	expel	VBN
19880	1342	18	.	.	.
19880	1343	1	Instead	instead	RB
19880	1343	2	of	of	IN
19880	1343	3	feeling	feel	VBG
19880	1343	4	that	that	IN
19880	1343	5	the	the	DT
19880	1343	6	breath	breath	NN
19880	1343	7	passes	pass	VBZ
19880	1343	8	out	out	RP
19880	1343	9	,	,	,
19880	1343	10	the	the	DT
19880	1343	11	voice	voice	NN
19880	1343	12	-	-	HYPH
19880	1343	13	producer	producer	NN
19880	1343	14	should	should	MD
19880	1343	15	rather	rather	RB
19880	1343	16	feel	feel	VB
19880	1343	17	,	,	,
19880	1343	18	when	when	WRB
19880	1343	19	phonating	phonate	VBG
19880	1343	20	,	,	,
19880	1343	21	as	as	IN
19880	1343	22	if	if	IN
19880	1343	23	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1343	24	passed	pass	VBD
19880	1343	25	in	in	RP
19880	1343	26	--	--	:
19880	1343	27	an	an	DT
19880	1343	28	illusion	illusion	NN
19880	1343	29	,	,	,
19880	1343	30	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1343	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	1343	32	true	true	JJ
19880	1343	33	,	,	,
19880	1343	34	but	but	CC
19880	1343	35	still	still	RB
19880	1343	36	a	a	DT
19880	1343	37	safe	safe	JJ
19880	1343	38	one	one	NN
19880	1343	39	.	.	.
19880	1344	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1344	2	will	will	MD
19880	1344	3	be	be	VB
19880	1344	4	found	find	VBN
19880	1344	5	that	that	IN
19880	1344	6	holding	hold	VBG
19880	1344	7	a	a	DT
19880	1344	8	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1344	9	or	or	CC
19880	1344	10	the	the	DT
19880	1344	11	hand	hand	NN
19880	1344	12	with	with	IN
19880	1344	13	the	the	DT
19880	1344	14	back	back	NN
19880	1344	15	turned	turn	VBD
19880	1344	16	toward	toward	IN
19880	1344	17	the	the	DT
19880	1344	18	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1344	19	,	,	,
19880	1344	20	and	and	CC
19880	1344	21	a	a	DT
19880	1344	22	few	few	JJ
19880	1344	23	inches	inch	NNS
19880	1344	24	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1344	25	four	four	CD
19880	1344	26	to	to	TO
19880	1344	27	six	six	CD
19880	1344	28	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1344	29	from	from	IN
19880	1344	30	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1344	31	,	,	,
19880	1344	32	will	will	MD
19880	1344	33	serve	serve	VB
19880	1344	34	fairly	fairly	RB
19880	1344	35	well	well	RB
19880	1344	36	to	to	TO
19880	1344	37	indicate	indicate	VB
19880	1344	38	whether	whether	IN
19880	1344	39	the	the	DT
19880	1344	40	breath	breath	NN
19880	1344	41	is	be	VBZ
19880	1344	42	escaping	escape	VBG
19880	1344	43	or	or	CC
19880	1344	44	not	not	RB
19880	1344	45	,	,	,
19880	1344	46	though	though	IN
19880	1344	47	in	in	IN
19880	1344	48	sensitiveness	sensitiveness	NN
19880	1344	49	and	and	CC
19880	1344	50	convincing	convincing	JJ
19880	1344	51	power	power	NN
19880	1344	52	this	this	DT
19880	1344	53	is	be	VBZ
19880	1344	54	not	not	RB
19880	1344	55	equal	equal	JJ
19880	1344	56	to	to	IN
19880	1344	57	the	the	DT
19880	1344	58	flame	flame	NN
19880	1344	59	test	test	NN
19880	1344	60	.	.	.
19880	1345	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1345	2	would	would	MD
19880	1345	3	again	again	RB
19880	1345	4	urge	urge	VB
19880	1345	5	that	that	IN
19880	1345	6	in	in	IN
19880	1345	7	every	every	DT
19880	1345	8	instance	instance	NN
19880	1345	9	of	of	IN
19880	1345	10	phonation	phonation	NN
19880	1345	11	in	in	IN
19880	1345	12	either	either	DT
19880	1345	13	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1345	14	or	or	CC
19880	1345	15	singer	singer	NN
19880	1345	16	,	,	,
19880	1345	17	the	the	DT
19880	1345	18	breath	breath	NN
19880	1345	19	be	be	VB
19880	1345	20	taken	take	VBN
19880	1345	21	through	through	IN
19880	1345	22	the	the	DT
19880	1345	23	open	open	JJ
19880	1345	24	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1345	25	.	.	.
19880	1346	1	Only	only	RB
19880	1346	2	in	in	IN
19880	1346	3	this	this	DT
19880	1346	4	way	way	NN
19880	1346	5	can	can	MD
19880	1346	6	enough	enough	JJ
19880	1346	7	breath	breath	NN
19880	1346	8	be	be	VB
19880	1346	9	inhaled	inhale	VBN
19880	1346	10	in	in	IN
19880	1346	11	the	the	DT
19880	1346	12	mere	mere	JJ
19880	1346	13	moment	moment	NN
19880	1346	14	available	available	JJ
19880	1346	15	for	for	IN
19880	1346	16	this	this	DT
19880	1346	17	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1346	18	.	.	.
19880	1347	1	Often	often	RB
19880	1347	2	the	the	DT
19880	1347	3	singer	singer	NN
19880	1347	4	or	or	CC
19880	1347	5	actor	actor	NN
19880	1347	6	must	must	MD
19880	1347	7	take	take	VB
19880	1347	8	breath	breath	NN
19880	1347	9	with	with	IN
19880	1347	10	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1347	11	the	the	DT
19880	1347	12	greatest	great	JJS
19880	1347	13	rapidity	rapidity	NN
19880	1347	14	possible	possible	JJ
19880	1347	15	,	,	,
19880	1347	16	and	and	CC
19880	1347	17	the	the	DT
19880	1347	18	narrow	narrow	JJ
19880	1347	19	passages	passage	NNS
19880	1347	20	of	of	IN
19880	1347	21	the	the	DT
19880	1347	22	nose	nose	NN
19880	1347	23	do	do	VBP
19880	1347	24	not	not	RB
19880	1347	25	suffice	suffice	VB
19880	1347	26	to	to	TO
19880	1347	27	admit	admit	VB
19880	1347	28	enough	enough	JJ
19880	1347	29	air	air	NN
19880	1347	30	within	within	IN
19880	1347	31	the	the	DT
19880	1347	32	time	time	NN
19880	1347	33	for	for	IN
19880	1347	34	action	action	NN
19880	1347	35	.	.	.
19880	1348	1	But	but	CC
19880	1348	2	even	even	RB
19880	1348	3	more	more	RBR
19880	1348	4	important	important	JJ
19880	1348	5	,	,	,
19880	1348	6	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	1348	7	,	,	,
19880	1348	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1348	9	the	the	DT
19880	1348	10	fact	fact	NN
19880	1348	11	that	that	IN
19880	1348	12	when	when	WRB
19880	1348	13	breath	breath	NN
19880	1348	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1348	15	taken	take	VBN
19880	1348	16	through	through	IN
19880	1348	17	the	the	DT
19880	1348	18	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19880	1348	19	the	the	DT
19880	1348	20	singer	singer	NN
19880	1348	21	may	may	MD
19880	1348	22	find	find	VB
19880	1348	23	that	that	DT
19880	1348	24	on	on	IN
19880	1348	25	opening	open	VBG
19880	1348	26	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1348	27	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1348	28	to	to	TO
19880	1348	29	sing	sing	VB
19880	1348	30	the	the	DT
19880	1348	31	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1348	32	and	and	CC
19880	1348	33	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1348	34	palate	palate	NN
19880	1348	35	are	be	VBP
19880	1348	36	in	in	IN
19880	1348	37	an	an	DT
19880	1348	38	unfavorable	unfavorable	JJ
19880	1348	39	position	position	NN
19880	1348	40	for	for	IN
19880	1348	41	good	good	JJ
19880	1348	42	tone	tone	NN
19880	1348	43	-	-	HYPH
19880	1348	44	production	production	NN
19880	1348	45	;	;	:
19880	1348	46	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1348	47	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	1348	48	may	may	MD
19880	1348	49	be	be	VB
19880	1348	50	muffled	muffle	VBN
19880	1348	51	,	,	,
19880	1348	52	throaty	throaty	NN
19880	1348	53	;	;	:
19880	1348	54	but	but	CC
19880	1348	55	if	if	IN
19880	1348	56	breath	breath	NN
19880	1348	57	be	be	VB
19880	1348	58	inhaled	inhale	VBN
19880	1348	59	through	through	IN
19880	1348	60	the	the	DT
19880	1348	61	open	open	JJ
19880	1348	62	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1348	63	,	,	,
19880	1348	64	and	and	CC
19880	1348	65	not	not	RB
19880	1348	66	through	through	IN
19880	1348	67	the	the	DT
19880	1348	68	nose	nose	NN
19880	1348	69	at	at	RB
19880	1348	70	all	all	RB
19880	1348	71	,	,	,
19880	1348	72	the	the	DT
19880	1348	73	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1348	74	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	1348	75	to	to	TO
19880	1348	76	lie	lie	VB
19880	1348	77	flat	flat	JJ
19880	1348	78	,	,	,
19880	1348	79	and	and	CC
19880	1348	80	this	this	DT
19880	1348	81	organ	organ	NN
19880	1348	82	and	and	CC
19880	1348	83	other	other	JJ
19880	1348	84	parts	part	NNS
19880	1348	85	assume	assume	VBP
19880	1348	86	the	the	DT
19880	1348	87	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1348	88	position	position	NN
19880	1348	89	for	for	IN
19880	1348	90	good	good	JJ
19880	1348	91	intonation	intonation	NN
19880	1348	92	.	.	.
19880	1349	1	Mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1349	2	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1349	3	,	,	,
19880	1349	4	for	for	IN
19880	1349	5	the	the	DT
19880	1349	6	purposes	purpose	NNS
19880	1349	7	of	of	IN
19880	1349	8	tone	tone	NN
19880	1349	9	-	-	HYPH
19880	1349	10	production	production	NN
19880	1349	11	,	,	,
19880	1349	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	1349	13	the	the	DT
19880	1349	14	only	only	JJ
19880	1349	15	method	method	NN
19880	1349	16	which	which	WDT
19880	1349	17	has	have	VBZ
19880	1349	18	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	1349	19	justification	justification	NN
19880	1349	20	.	.	.
19880	1350	1	Many	many	JJ
19880	1350	2	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1350	3	especially	especially	RB
19880	1350	4	complain	complain	VBP
19880	1350	5	of	of	IN
19880	1350	6	having	have	VBG
19880	1350	7	trouble	trouble	NN
19880	1350	8	with	with	IN
19880	1350	9	the	the	DT
19880	1350	10	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1350	11	;	;	:
19880	1350	12	some	some	DT
19880	1350	13	believe	believe	VBP
19880	1350	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1350	15	too	too	RB
19880	1350	16	large	large	JJ
19880	1350	17	,	,	,
19880	1350	18	others	other	NNS
19880	1350	19	that	that	IN
19880	1350	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1350	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	1350	22	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1350	23	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1350	24	control	control	NN
19880	1350	25	.	.	.
19880	1351	1	These	these	DT
19880	1351	2	so	so	RB
19880	1351	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	1351	4	called	call	VBN
19880	1351	5	large	large	JJ
19880	1351	6	tongues	tongue	NNS
19880	1351	7	have	have	VBP
19880	1351	8	one	one	CD
19880	1351	9	advantage	advantage	NN
19880	1351	10	--	--	:
19880	1351	11	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1351	12	may	may	MD
19880	1351	13	exercise	exercise	VB
19880	1351	14	a	a	DT
19880	1351	15	great	great	JJ
19880	1351	16	influence	influence	NN
19880	1351	17	on	on	IN
19880	1351	18	the	the	DT
19880	1351	19	quality	quality	NN
19880	1351	20	of	of	IN
19880	1351	21	the	the	DT
19880	1351	22	tone	tone	NN
19880	1351	23	;	;	:
19880	1351	24	and	and	CC
19880	1351	25	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1351	26	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1351	27	brings	bring	VBZ
19880	1351	28	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1351	29	to	to	IN
19880	1351	30	good	good	JJ
19880	1351	31	behavior	behavior	NN
19880	1351	32	.	.	.
19880	1352	1	The	the	DT
19880	1352	2	author	author	NN
19880	1352	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	1352	4	time	time	NN
19880	1352	5	and	and	CC
19880	1352	6	again	again	RB
19880	1352	7	,	,	,
19880	1352	8	by	by	IN
19880	1352	9	explaining	explain	VBG
19880	1352	10	the	the	DT
19880	1352	11	influence	influence	NN
19880	1352	12	of	of	IN
19880	1352	13	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1352	14	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	1352	15	,	,	,
19880	1352	16	brought	bring	VBD
19880	1352	17	sudden	sudden	JJ
19880	1352	18	joy	joy	NN
19880	1352	19	to	to	IN
19880	1352	20	the	the	DT
19880	1352	21	heart	heart	NN
19880	1352	22	of	of	IN
19880	1352	23	the	the	DT
19880	1352	24	singer	singer	NN
19880	1352	25	who	who	WP
19880	1352	26	had	have	VBD
19880	1352	27	been	be	VBN
19880	1352	28	all	all	DT
19880	1352	29	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1352	30	life	life	NN
19880	1352	31	troubled	trouble	VBN
19880	1352	32	with	with	IN
19880	1352	33	the	the	DT
19880	1352	34	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1352	35	,	,	,
19880	1352	36	and	and	CC
19880	1352	37	worried	worry	VBN
19880	1352	38	by	by	IN
19880	1352	39	the	the	DT
19880	1352	40	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19880	1352	41	that	that	WDT
19880	1352	42	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1352	43	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1352	44	lacked	lack	VBD
19880	1352	45	in	in	IN
19880	1352	46	clearness	clearness	NN
19880	1352	47	,	,	,
19880	1352	48	carrying	carry	VBG
19880	1352	49	power	power	NN
19880	1352	50	,	,	,
19880	1352	51	etc	etc	FW
19880	1352	52	.	.	.
19880	1353	1	Nose	nose	NN
19880	1353	2	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1353	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1353	4	of	of	IN
19880	1353	5	course	course	NN
19880	1353	6	to	to	TO
19880	1353	7	be	be	VB
19880	1353	8	used	use	VBN
19880	1353	9	exclusively	exclusively	RB
19880	1353	10	when	when	WRB
19880	1353	11	the	the	DT
19880	1353	12	subject	subject	NN
19880	1353	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	1353	14	not	not	RB
19880	1353	15	phonating	phonate	VBG
19880	1353	16	.	.	.
19880	1354	1	During	during	IN
19880	1354	2	the	the	DT
19880	1354	3	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1354	4	many	many	JJ
19880	1354	5	opportunities	opportunity	NNS
19880	1354	6	occur	occur	VBP
19880	1354	7	to	to	TO
19880	1354	8	close	close	VB
19880	1354	9	the	the	DT
19880	1354	10	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1354	11	;	;	,
19880	1354	12	and	and	CC
19880	1354	13	the	the	DT
19880	1354	14	idea	idea	NN
19880	1354	15	that	that	IN
19880	1354	16	drying	drying	NN
19880	1354	17	of	of	IN
19880	1354	18	the	the	DT
19880	1354	19	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	1354	20	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	1354	21	of	of	IN
19880	1354	22	the	the	DT
19880	1354	23	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1354	24	,	,	,
19880	1354	25	etc	etc	FW
19880	1354	26	.	.	.
19880	1354	27	,	,	,
19880	1354	28	will	will	MD
19880	1354	29	occur	occur	VB
19880	1354	30	by	by	IN
19880	1354	31	reason	reason	NN
19880	1354	32	of	of	IN
19880	1354	33	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1354	34	breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	1354	35	in	in	IN
19880	1354	36	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	1354	37	and	and	CC
19880	1354	38	singing	singing	NN
19880	1354	39	is	be	VBZ
19880	1354	40	purely	purely	RB
19880	1354	41	imaginary	imaginary	JJ
19880	1354	42	.	.	.
19880	1355	1	EXERCISES	exercise	NNS
19880	1355	2	.	.	.
19880	1356	1	The	the	DT
19880	1356	2	student	student	NN
19880	1356	3	,	,	,
19880	1356	4	whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	1356	5	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1356	6	degree	degree	NN
19880	1356	7	of	of	IN
19880	1356	8	advancement	advancement	NN
19880	1356	9	,	,	,
19880	1356	10	will	will	MD
19880	1356	11	find	find	VB
19880	1356	12	the	the	DT
19880	1356	13	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	1356	14	about	about	IN
19880	1356	15	to	to	TO
19880	1356	16	be	be	VB
19880	1356	17	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	1356	18	,	,	,
19880	1356	19	or	or	CC
19880	1356	20	others	other	NNS
19880	1356	21	closely	closely	RB
19880	1356	22	resembling	resemble	VBG
19880	1356	23	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1356	24	,	,	,
19880	1356	25	of	of	IN
19880	1356	26	great	great	JJ
19880	1356	27	value	value	NN
19880	1356	28	.	.	.
19880	1357	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1357	2	can	can	MD
19880	1357	3	not	not	RB
19880	1357	4	be	be	VB
19880	1357	5	too	too	RB
19880	1357	6	well	well	RB
19880	1357	7	borne	bear	VBN
19880	1357	8	in	in	IN
19880	1357	9	mind	mind	NN
19880	1357	10	,	,	,
19880	1357	11	obvious	obvious	JJ
19880	1357	12	though	though	IN
19880	1357	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1357	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1357	15	,	,	,
19880	1357	16	that	that	IN
19880	1357	17	all	all	DT
19880	1357	18	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1357	19	and	and	CC
19880	1357	20	singing	singing	NN
19880	1357	21	,	,	,
19880	1357	22	whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	1357	23	else	else	RB
19880	1357	24	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1357	25	be	be	VBP
19880	1357	26	,	,	,
19880	1357	27	are	be	VBP
19880	1357	28	tone	tone	NN
19880	1357	29	-	-	HYPH
19880	1357	30	production	production	NN
19880	1357	31	;	;	:
19880	1357	32	hence	hence	RB
19880	1357	33	the	the	DT
19880	1357	34	first	first	JJ
19880	1357	35	thing	thing	NN
19880	1357	36	for	for	IN
19880	1357	37	every	every	DT
19880	1357	38	one	one	NN
19880	1357	39	to	to	TO
19880	1357	40	ascertain	ascertain	VB
19880	1357	41	regarding	regard	VBG
19880	1357	42	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1357	43	is	be	VBZ
19880	1357	44	the	the	DT
19880	1357	45	extent	extent	NN
19880	1357	46	to	to	TO
19880	1357	47	which	which	WDT
19880	1357	48	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1357	49	can	can	MD
19880	1357	50	form	form	VB
19880	1357	51	and	and	CC
19880	1357	52	hold	hold	VB
19880	1357	53	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1357	54	of	of	IN
19880	1357	55	good	good	JJ
19880	1357	56	quality	quality	NN
19880	1357	57	--	--	:
19880	1357	58	in	in	IN
19880	1357	59	other	other	JJ
19880	1357	60	words	word	NNS
19880	1357	61	,	,	,
19880	1357	62	the	the	DT
19880	1357	63	success	success	NN
19880	1357	64	with	with	IN
19880	1357	65	which	which	WDT
19880	1357	66	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1357	67	can	can	MD
19880	1357	68	establish	establish	VB
19880	1357	69	the	the	DT
19880	1357	70	essential	essential	JJ
19880	1357	71	co	co	NN
19880	1357	72	-	-	NNS
19880	1357	73	ordinations	ordination	NNS
19880	1357	74	or	or	CC
19880	1357	75	harmonious	harmonious	JJ
19880	1357	76	actions	action	NNS
19880	1357	77	of	of	IN
19880	1357	78	the	the	DT
19880	1357	79	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1357	80	and	and	CC
19880	1357	81	laryngeal	laryngeal	NN
19880	1357	82	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	1357	83	,	,	,
19880	1357	84	and	and	CC
19880	1357	85	maintain	maintain	VB
19880	1357	86	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1357	87	for	for	IN
19880	1357	88	a	a	DT
19880	1357	89	considerable	considerable	JJ
19880	1357	90	length	length	NN
19880	1357	91	of	of	IN
19880	1357	92	time	time	NN
19880	1357	93	.	.	.
19880	1358	1	Many	many	JJ
19880	1358	2	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1358	3	can	can	MD
19880	1358	4	produce	produce	VB
19880	1358	5	a	a	DT
19880	1358	6	fairly	fairly	RB
19880	1358	7	good	good	JJ
19880	1358	8	and	and	CC
19880	1358	9	powerful	powerful	JJ
19880	1358	10	tone	tone	NN
19880	1358	11	,	,	,
19880	1358	12	but	but	CC
19880	1358	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1358	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1358	15	a	a	DT
19880	1358	16	sort	sort	NN
19880	1358	17	of	of	IN
19880	1358	18	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1358	19	explosion	explosion	NN
19880	1358	20	rather	rather	RB
19880	1358	21	than	than	IN
19880	1358	22	a	a	DT
19880	1358	23	tone	tone	NN
19880	1358	24	,	,	,
19880	1358	25	which	which	WDT
19880	1358	26	will	will	MD
19880	1358	27	continue	continue	VB
19880	1358	28	to	to	TO
19880	1358	29	do	do	VB
19880	1358	30	the	the	DT
19880	1358	31	singer	singer	NN
19880	1358	32	's	's	POS
19880	1358	33	bidding	bidding	NN
19880	1358	34	for	for	IN
19880	1358	35	as	as	RB
19880	1358	36	long	long	RB
19880	1358	37	as	as	IN
19880	1358	38	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1358	39	will	will	MD
19880	1358	40	.	.	.
19880	1359	1	The	the	DT
19880	1359	2	correctly	correctly	RB
19880	1359	3	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1359	4	and	and	CC
19880	1359	5	sustained	sustained	JJ
19880	1359	6	tone	tone	NN
19880	1359	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1359	8	the	the	DT
19880	1359	9	foundation	foundation	NN
19880	1359	10	of	of	IN
19880	1359	11	all	all	DT
19880	1359	12	that	that	WDT
19880	1359	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	1359	14	best	good	JJS
19880	1359	15	in	in	IN
19880	1359	16	voice	voice	NN
19880	1359	17	-	-	HYPH
19880	1359	18	production	production	NN
19880	1359	19	;	;	:
19880	1359	20	all	all	PDT
19880	1359	21	the	the	DT
19880	1359	22	rest	rest	NN
19880	1359	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	1359	24	but	but	CC
19880	1359	25	a	a	DT
19880	1359	26	series	series	NN
19880	1359	27	of	of	IN
19880	1359	28	variations	variation	NNS
19880	1359	29	on	on	IN
19880	1359	30	this	this	DT
19880	1359	31	.	.	.
19880	1360	1	Hence	hence	RB
19880	1360	2	the	the	DT
19880	1360	3	author	author	NN
19880	1360	4	recommends	recommend	VBZ
19880	1360	5	the	the	DT
19880	1360	6	following	follow	VBG
19880	1360	7	practice	practice	NN
19880	1360	8	to	to	IN
19880	1360	9	all	all	DT
19880	1360	10	,	,	,
19880	1360	11	whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	1360	12	else	else	RB
19880	1360	13	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1360	14	may	may	MD
19880	1360	15	do	do	VB
19880	1360	16	or	or	CC
19880	1360	17	have	have	VB
19880	1360	18	done	do	VBN
19880	1360	19	.	.	.
19880	1361	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1361	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1361	3	to	to	TO
19880	1361	4	be	be	VB
19880	1361	5	a	a	DT
19880	1361	6	test	test	NN
19880	1361	7	of	of	IN
19880	1361	8	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	1361	9	,	,	,
19880	1361	10	attack	attack	NN
19880	1361	11	,	,	,
19880	1361	12	economy	economy	NN
19880	1361	13	of	of	IN
19880	1361	14	breath	breath	NN
19880	1361	15	,	,	,
19880	1361	16	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19880	1361	17	of	of	IN
19880	1361	18	the	the	DT
19880	1361	19	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1361	20	bands	band	NNS
19880	1361	21	,	,	,
19880	1361	22	the	the	DT
19880	1361	23	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1361	24	-	-	HYPH
19880	1361	25	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1361	26	,	,	,
19880	1361	27	etc	etc	FW
19880	1361	28	.	.	.
19880	1362	1	1	1	LS
19880	1362	2	.	.	.
19880	1363	1	Inhale	inhale	VB
19880	1363	2	slowly	slowly	RB
19880	1363	3	through	through	IN
19880	1363	4	the	the	DT
19880	1363	5	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	1363	6	open	open	JJ
19880	1363	7	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1363	8	,	,	,
19880	1363	9	filling	fill	VBG
19880	1363	10	the	the	DT
19880	1363	11	chest	chest	NN
19880	1363	12	moderately	moderately	RB
19880	1363	13	full	full	JJ
19880	1363	14	,	,	,
19880	1363	15	and	and	CC
19880	1363	16	at	at	IN
19880	1363	17	once	once	RB
19880	1363	18	attack	attack	NN
19880	1363	19	so	so	IN
19880	1363	20	as	as	IN
19880	1363	21	to	to	TO
19880	1363	22	produce	produce	VB
19880	1363	23	a	a	DT
19880	1363	24	tone	tone	NN
19880	1363	25	of	of	IN
19880	1363	26	but	but	CC
19880	1363	27	moderate	moderate	JJ
19880	1363	28	force	force	NN
19880	1363	29	,	,	,
19880	1363	30	but	but	CC
19880	1363	31	of	of	IN
19880	1363	32	the	the	DT
19880	1363	33	best	good	JJS
19880	1363	34	quality	quality	NN
19880	1363	35	possible	possible	JJ
19880	1363	36	.	.	.
19880	1364	1	2	2	LS
19880	1364	2	.	.	.
19880	1365	1	Continue	continue	VB
19880	1365	2	to	to	TO
19880	1365	3	hold	hold	VB
19880	1365	4	this	this	DT
19880	1365	5	tone	tone	NN
19880	1365	6	as	as	RB
19880	1365	7	long	long	RB
19880	1365	8	as	as	IN
19880	1365	9	the	the	DT
19880	1365	10	breath	breath	NN
19880	1365	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	1365	12	easily	easily	RB
19880	1365	13	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19880	1365	14	,	,	,
19880	1365	15	taking	take	VBG
19880	1365	16	care	care	NN
19880	1365	17	that	that	IN
19880	1365	18	the	the	DT
19880	1365	19	tone	tone	NN
19880	1365	20	be	be	VBP
19880	1365	21	on	on	IN
19880	1365	22	no	no	DT
19880	1365	23	account	account	NN
19880	1365	24	sustained	sustain	VBN
19880	1365	25	after	after	IN
19880	1365	26	there	there	EX
19880	1365	27	is	be	VBZ
19880	1365	28	the	the	DT
19880	1365	29	slightest	slight	JJS
19880	1365	30	difficulty	difficulty	NN
19880	1365	31	in	in	IN
19880	1365	32	maintaining	maintain	VBG
19880	1365	33	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1365	34	of	of	IN
19880	1365	35	the	the	DT
19880	1365	36	same	same	JJ
19880	1365	37	quality	quality	NN
19880	1365	38	and	and	CC
19880	1365	39	power	power	NN
19880	1365	40	as	as	IN
19880	1365	41	before	before	RB
19880	1365	42	.	.	.
19880	1366	1	Steadiness	steadiness	NN
19880	1366	2	and	and	CC
19880	1366	3	perfection	perfection	NN
19880	1366	4	in	in	IN
19880	1366	5	quality	quality	NN
19880	1366	6	are	be	VBP
19880	1366	7	to	to	TO
19880	1366	8	be	be	VB
19880	1366	9	the	the	DT
19880	1366	10	chief	chief	JJ
19880	1366	11	considerations	consideration	NNS
19880	1366	12	.	.	.
19880	1367	1	3	3	LS
19880	1367	2	.	.	.
19880	1368	1	The	the	DT
19880	1368	2	student	student	NN
19880	1368	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1368	4	advised	advise	VBN
19880	1368	5	,	,	,
19880	1368	6	after	after	IN
19880	1368	7	a	a	DT
19880	1368	8	few	few	JJ
19880	1368	9	days	day	NNS
19880	1368	10	'	'	POS
19880	1368	11	practice	practice	NN
19880	1368	12	in	in	IN
19880	1368	13	this	this	DT
19880	1368	14	manner	manner	NN
19880	1368	15	,	,	,
19880	1368	16	to	to	TO
19880	1368	17	note	note	VB
19880	1368	18	with	with	IN
19880	1368	19	a	a	DT
19880	1368	20	watch	watch	NN
19880	1368	21	the	the	DT
19880	1368	22	time	time	NN
19880	1368	23	during	during	IN
19880	1368	24	which	which	WDT
19880	1368	25	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1368	26	can	can	MD
19880	1368	27	hold	hold	VB
19880	1368	28	a	a	DT
19880	1368	29	tone	tone	NN
19880	1368	30	under	under	IN
19880	1368	31	the	the	DT
19880	1368	32	restrictions	restriction	NNS
19880	1368	33	above	above	IN
19880	1368	34	referred	refer	VBD
19880	1368	35	to	to	IN
19880	1368	36	,	,	,
19880	1368	37	and	and	CC
19880	1368	38	to	to	TO
19880	1368	39	endeavor	endeavor	VB
19880	1368	40	to	to	TO
19880	1368	41	increase	increase	VB
19880	1368	42	the	the	DT
19880	1368	43	holding	hold	VBG
19880	1368	44	power	power	NN
19880	1368	45	daily	daily	RB
19880	1368	46	by	by	IN
19880	1368	47	a	a	DT
19880	1368	48	little	little	JJ
19880	1368	49	.	.	.
19880	1369	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1369	2	will	will	MD
19880	1369	3	,	,	,
19880	1369	4	of	of	IN
19880	1369	5	course	course	NN
19880	1369	6	,	,	,
19880	1369	7	be	be	VB
19880	1369	8	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1369	9	to	to	TO
19880	1369	10	fill	fill	VB
19880	1369	11	the	the	DT
19880	1369	12	chest	chest	NN
19880	1369	13	more	more	RBR
19880	1369	14	completely	completely	RB
19880	1369	15	day	day	NN
19880	1369	16	by	by	IN
19880	1369	17	day	day	NN
19880	1369	18	.	.	.
19880	1370	1	4	4	LS
19880	1370	2	.	.	.
19880	1371	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1371	2	will	will	MD
19880	1371	3	also	also	RB
19880	1371	4	be	be	VB
19880	1371	5	well	well	JJ
19880	1371	6	for	for	IN
19880	1371	7	the	the	DT
19880	1371	8	voice	voice	NN
19880	1371	9	-	-	HYPH
19880	1371	10	producer	producer	NN
19880	1371	11	to	to	TO
19880	1371	12	practise	practise	VB
19880	1371	13	taking	take	VBG
19880	1371	14	very	very	RB
19880	1371	15	deep	deep	JJ
19880	1371	16	and	and	CC
19880	1371	17	rapid	rapid	JJ
19880	1371	18	inspirations	inspiration	NNS
19880	1371	19	,	,	,
19880	1371	20	followed	follow	VBN
19880	1371	21	by	by	IN
19880	1371	22	the	the	DT
19880	1371	23	most	most	RBS
19880	1371	24	prolonged	prolonged	JJ
19880	1371	25	expirations	expiration	NNS
19880	1371	26	.	.	.
19880	1372	1	5	5	CD
19880	1372	2	.	.	.
19880	1373	1	This	this	DT
19880	1373	2	method	method	NN
19880	1373	3	of	of	IN
19880	1373	4	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1373	5	may	may	MD
19880	1373	6	then	then	RB
19880	1373	7	be	be	VB
19880	1373	8	put	put	VBN
19880	1373	9	to	to	IN
19880	1373	10	the	the	DT
19880	1373	11	actual	actual	JJ
19880	1373	12	test	test	NN
19880	1373	13	in	in	IN
19880	1373	14	intonation	intonation	NN
19880	1373	15	.	.	.
19880	1374	1	Another	another	DT
19880	1374	2	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	1374	3	very	very	RB
19880	1374	4	valuable	valuable	JJ
19880	1374	5	in	in	IN
19880	1374	6	giving	give	VBG
19880	1374	7	breath	breath	NN
19880	1374	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	1374	9	control	control	NN
19880	1374	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	1374	11	the	the	DT
19880	1374	12	following	follow	VBG
19880	1374	13	:	:	:
19880	1374	14	Produce	produce	VB
19880	1374	15	a	a	DT
19880	1374	16	tone	tone	NN
19880	1374	17	exactly	exactly	RB
19880	1374	18	as	as	IN
19880	1374	19	before	before	RB
19880	1374	20	,	,	,
19880	1374	21	but	but	CC
19880	1374	22	every	every	DT
19880	1374	23	now	now	RB
19880	1374	24	and	and	CC
19880	1374	25	then	then	RB
19880	1374	26	,	,	,
19880	1374	27	at	at	IN
19880	1374	28	regular	regular	JJ
19880	1374	29	intervals	interval	NNS
19880	1374	30	at	at	IN
19880	1374	31	first	first	RB
19880	1374	32	,	,	,
19880	1374	33	then	then	RB
19880	1374	34	at	at	IN
19880	1374	35	irregular	irregular	JJ
19880	1374	36	ones	one	NNS
19880	1374	37	,	,	,
19880	1374	38	cut	cut	VB
19880	1374	39	the	the	DT
19880	1374	40	tone	tone	NN
19880	1374	41	off	off	IN
19880	1374	42	short	short	JJ
19880	1374	43	by	by	RB
19880	1374	44	suddenly	suddenly	RB
19880	1374	45	arresting	arrest	VBG
19880	1374	46	the	the	DT
19880	1374	47	breath	breath	NN
19880	1374	48	,	,	,
19880	1374	49	and	and	CC
19880	1374	50	,	,	,
19880	1374	51	after	after	IN
19880	1374	52	a	a	DT
19880	1374	53	very	very	RB
19880	1374	54	short	short	JJ
19880	1374	55	pause	pause	NN
19880	1374	56	,	,	,
19880	1374	57	continue	continue	VB
19880	1374	58	again	again	RB
19880	1374	59	in	in	IN
19880	1374	60	exactly	exactly	RB
19880	1374	61	the	the	DT
19880	1374	62	same	same	JJ
19880	1374	63	way	way	NN
19880	1374	64	_	_	NNP
19880	1374	65	without	without	IN
19880	1374	66	_	_	NNP
19880	1374	67	taking	take	VBG
19880	1374	68	a	a	DT
19880	1374	69	fresh	fresh	JJ
19880	1374	70	breath	breath	NN
19880	1374	71	;	;	:
19880	1374	72	and	and	CC
19880	1374	73	,	,	,
19880	1374	74	as	as	IN
19880	1374	75	in	in	IN
19880	1374	76	the	the	DT
19880	1374	77	above	above	JJ
19880	1374	78	and	and	CC
19880	1374	79	all	all	DT
19880	1374	80	other	other	JJ
19880	1374	81	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	1374	82	,	,	,
19880	1374	83	frequently	frequently	RB
19880	1374	84	apply	apply	VBP
19880	1374	85	the	the	DT
19880	1374	86	hand	hand	NN
19880	1374	87	and	and	CC
19880	1374	88	,	,	,
19880	1374	89	when	when	WRB
19880	1374	90	more	more	RBR
19880	1374	91	practised	practise	VBN
19880	1374	92	,	,	,
19880	1374	93	the	the	DT
19880	1374	94	more	more	RBR
19880	1374	95	exacting	exacting	JJ
19880	1374	96	flame	flame	NN
19880	1374	97	test	test	NN
19880	1374	98	.	.	.
19880	1375	1	The	the	DT
19880	1375	2	first	first	JJ
19880	1375	3	of	of	IN
19880	1375	4	the	the	DT
19880	1375	5	above	above	JJ
19880	1375	6	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	1375	7	may	may	MD
19880	1375	8	be	be	VB
19880	1375	9	represented	represent	VBN
19880	1375	10	to	to	IN
19880	1375	11	the	the	DT
19880	1375	12	eye	eye	NN
19880	1375	13	by	by	IN
19880	1375	14	a	a	DT
19880	1375	15	continuous	continuous	JJ
19880	1375	16	straight	straight	JJ
19880	1375	17	line	line	NN
19880	1375	18	;	;	:
19880	1375	19	the	the	DT
19880	1375	20	second	second	JJ
19880	1375	21	by	by	IN
19880	1375	22	straight	straight	JJ
19880	1375	23	lines	line	NNS
19880	1375	24	with	with	IN
19880	1375	25	short	short	JJ
19880	1375	26	spaces	space	NNS
19880	1375	27	between	between	IN
19880	1375	28	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1375	29	.	.	.
19880	1376	1	In	in	IN
19880	1376	2	all	all	PDT
19880	1376	3	these	these	DT
19880	1376	4	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	1376	5	there	there	EX
19880	1376	6	must	must	MD
19880	1376	7	never	never	RB
19880	1376	8	be	be	VB
19880	1376	9	any	any	DT
19880	1376	10	sort	sort	NN
19880	1376	11	of	of	IN
19880	1376	12	_	_	NNP
19880	1376	13	push	push	NN
19880	1376	14	_	_	NNP
19880	1376	15	anywhere	anywhere	RB
19880	1376	16	,	,	,
19880	1376	17	neither	neither	CC
19880	1376	18	in	in	IN
19880	1376	19	the	the	DT
19880	1376	20	chest	chest	NN
19880	1376	21	nor	nor	CC
19880	1376	22	throat	throat	NN
19880	1376	23	.	.	.
19880	1377	1	Such	such	JJ
19880	1377	2	methods	method	NNS
19880	1377	3	are	be	VBP
19880	1377	4	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1377	5	wrong	wrong	JJ
19880	1377	6	,	,	,
19880	1377	7	because	because	IN
19880	1377	8	so	so	RB
19880	1377	9	wasteful	wasteful	JJ
19880	1377	10	of	of	IN
19880	1377	11	energy	energy	NN
19880	1377	12	.	.	.
19880	1378	1	The	the	DT
19880	1378	2	tone	tone	NN
19880	1378	3	should	should	MD
19880	1378	4	come	come	VB
19880	1378	5	as	as	RB
19880	1378	6	spontaneously	spontaneously	RB
19880	1378	7	and	and	CC
19880	1378	8	inevitably	inevitably	RB
19880	1378	9	as	as	IN
19880	1378	10	the	the	DT
19880	1378	11	gas	gas	NN
19880	1378	12	from	from	IN
19880	1378	13	a	a	DT
19880	1378	14	soda	soda	NN
19880	1378	15	-	-	HYPH
19880	1378	16	water	water	NN
19880	1378	17	bottle	bottle	NN
19880	1378	18	when	when	WRB
19880	1378	19	the	the	DT
19880	1378	20	cork	cork	NN
19880	1378	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	1378	22	slightly	slightly	RB
19880	1378	23	loosened	loosen	VBN
19880	1378	24	,	,	,
19880	1378	25	or	or	CC
19880	1378	26	,	,	,
19880	1378	27	if	if	IN
19880	1378	28	this	this	DT
19880	1378	29	illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1378	30	be	be	VBP
19880	1378	31	too	too	RB
19880	1378	32	strong	strong	JJ
19880	1378	33	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1378	34	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1378	35	is	be	VBZ
19880	1378	36	employed	employ	VBN
19880	1378	37	because	because	IN
19880	1378	38	gas	gas	NN
19880	1378	39	,	,	,
19880	1378	40	air	air	NN
19880	1378	41	,	,	,
19880	1378	42	is	be	VBZ
19880	1378	43	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	1378	44	in	in	IN
19880	1378	45	each	each	DT
19880	1378	46	case	case	NN
19880	1378	47	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1378	48	,	,	,
19880	1378	49	let	let	VB
19880	1378	50	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1378	51	say	say	VB
19880	1378	52	,	,	,
19880	1378	53	as	as	IN
19880	1378	54	water	water	NN
19880	1378	55	from	from	IN
19880	1378	56	the	the	DT
19880	1378	57	pipe	pipe	NN
19880	1378	58	of	of	IN
19880	1378	59	a	a	DT
19880	1378	60	waterworks	waterworks	NN
19880	1378	61	'	'	''
19880	1378	62	system	system	NN
19880	1378	63	when	when	WRB
19880	1378	64	the	the	DT
19880	1378	65	tap	tap	NN
19880	1378	66	is	be	VBZ
19880	1378	67	turned	turn	VBN
19880	1378	68	.	.	.
19880	1379	1	_	_	NNP
19880	1379	2	The	the	DT
19880	1379	3	tone	tone	NN
19880	1379	4	should	should	MD
19880	1379	5	come	come	VB
19880	1379	6	,	,	,
19880	1379	7	the	the	DT
19880	1379	8	breath	breath	NN
19880	1379	9	must	must	MD
19880	1379	10	tarry	tarry	VB
19880	1379	11	.	.	.
19880	1379	12	_	_	XX
19880	1379	13	If	if	IN
19880	1379	14	the	the	DT
19880	1379	15	student	student	NN
19880	1379	16	does	do	VBZ
19880	1379	17	not	not	RB
19880	1379	18	feel	feel	VB
19880	1379	19	ease	ease	NN
19880	1379	20	,	,	,
19880	1379	21	certainty	certainty	NN
19880	1379	22	,	,	,
19880	1379	23	and	and	CC
19880	1379	24	inevitableness	inevitableness	NN
19880	1379	25	in	in	IN
19880	1379	26	result	result	NN
19880	1379	27	,	,	,
19880	1379	28	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1379	29	has	have	VBZ
19880	1379	30	not	not	RB
19880	1379	31	made	make	VBN
19880	1379	32	a	a	DT
19880	1379	33	good	good	JJ
19880	1379	34	attack	attack	NN
19880	1379	35	.	.	.
19880	1380	1	If	if	IN
19880	1380	2	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1380	3	can	can	MD
19880	1380	4	not	not	RB
19880	1380	5	sustain	sustain	VB
19880	1380	6	the	the	DT
19880	1380	7	tone	tone	NN
19880	1380	8	for	for	IN
19880	1380	9	a	a	DT
19880	1380	10	few	few	JJ
19880	1380	11	seconds	second	NNS
19880	1380	12	,	,	,
19880	1380	13	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1380	14	should	should	MD
19880	1380	15	conclude	conclude	VB
19880	1380	16	that	that	IN
19880	1380	17	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1380	18	method	method	NN
19880	1380	19	of	of	IN
19880	1380	20	using	use	VBG
19880	1380	21	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1380	22	breath	breath	NN
19880	1380	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	1380	24	wasteful	wasteful	JJ
19880	1380	25	.	.	.
19880	1381	1	In	in	IN
19880	1381	2	time	time	NN
19880	1381	3	a	a	DT
19880	1381	4	tone	tone	NN
19880	1381	5	should	should	MD
19880	1381	6	be	be	VB
19880	1381	7	easily	easily	RB
19880	1381	8	held	hold	VBN
19880	1381	9	for	for	IN
19880	1381	10	at	at	RB
19880	1381	11	least	least	JJS
19880	1381	12	ten	ten	CD
19880	1381	13	seconds	second	NNS
19880	1381	14	.	.	.
19880	1382	1	The	the	DT
19880	1382	2	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1382	3	of	of	IN
19880	1382	4	the	the	DT
19880	1382	5	second	second	JJ
19880	1382	6	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	1382	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1382	8	to	to	TO
19880	1382	9	give	give	VB
19880	1382	10	still	still	RB
19880	1382	11	more	more	RBR
19880	1382	12	fully	fully	RB
19880	1382	13	breath	breath	NN
19880	1382	14	-	-	HYPH
19880	1382	15	control	control	NN
19880	1382	16	,	,	,
19880	1382	17	and	and	CC
19880	1382	18	to	to	TO
19880	1382	19	lead	lead	VB
19880	1382	20	the	the	DT
19880	1382	21	voice	voice	NN
19880	1382	22	-	-	HYPH
19880	1382	23	user	user	NN
19880	1382	24	to	to	TO
19880	1382	25	realize	realize	VB
19880	1382	26	how	how	WRB
19880	1382	27	important	important	JJ
19880	1382	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	1382	29	breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	1382	30	for	for	IN
19880	1382	31	intonation	intonation	NN
19880	1382	32	.	.	.
19880	1383	1	The	the	DT
19880	1383	2	student	student	NN
19880	1383	3	may	may	MD
19880	1383	4	ask	ask	VB
19880	1383	5	:	:	:
19880	1383	6	"	"	``
19880	1383	7	Why	why	WRB
19880	1383	8	not	not	RB
19880	1383	9	begin	begin	VB
19880	1383	10	,	,	,
19880	1383	11	as	as	IN
19880	1383	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	1383	13	often	often	RB
19880	1383	14	done	do	VBN
19880	1383	15	,	,	,
19880	1383	16	by	by	IN
19880	1383	17	the	the	DT
19880	1383	18	singing	singing	NN
19880	1383	19	of	of	IN
19880	1383	20	scales	scale	NNS
19880	1383	21	?	?	.
19880	1383	22	"	"	''
19880	1384	1	Really	really	RB
19880	1384	2	useful	useful	JJ
19880	1384	3	scales	scale	NNS
19880	1384	4	are	be	VBP
19880	1384	5	too	too	RB
19880	1384	6	complex	complex	JJ
19880	1384	7	;	;	:
19880	1384	8	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1384	9	imply	imply	VBP
19880	1384	10	the	the	DT
19880	1384	11	use	use	NN
19880	1384	12	of	of	IN
19880	1384	13	a	a	DT
19880	1384	14	series	series	NN
19880	1384	15	of	of	IN
19880	1384	16	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1384	17	formed	form	VBN
19880	1384	18	according	accord	VBG
19880	1384	19	to	to	IN
19880	1384	20	the	the	DT
19880	1384	21	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1384	22	insisted	insist	VBN
19880	1384	23	upon	upon	IN
19880	1384	24	above	above	RB
19880	1384	25	.	.	.
19880	1385	1	The	the	DT
19880	1385	2	first	first	JJ
19880	1385	3	thing	thing	NN
19880	1385	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1385	5	to	to	TO
19880	1385	6	get	get	VB
19880	1385	7	one	one	CD
19880	1385	8	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	1385	9	tone	tone	NN
19880	1385	10	--	--	:
19880	1385	11	to	to	TO
19880	1385	12	use	use	VB
19880	1385	13	the	the	DT
19880	1385	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1385	15	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1385	16	under	under	IN
19880	1385	17	simple	simple	JJ
19880	1385	18	conditions	condition	NNS
19880	1385	19	;	;	:
19880	1385	20	and	and	CC
19880	1385	21	_	_	NNP
19880	1385	22	that	that	DT
19880	1385	23	tone	tone	NN
19880	1385	24	should	should	MD
19880	1385	25	be	be	VB
19880	1385	26	chosen	choose	VBN
19880	1385	27	which	which	WDT
19880	1385	28	the	the	DT
19880	1385	29	voice	voice	NN
19880	1385	30	-	-	HYPH
19880	1385	31	user	user	NN
19880	1385	32	can	can	MD
19880	1385	33	produce	produce	VB
19880	1385	34	of	of	IN
19880	1385	35	best	good	JJS
19880	1385	36	quality	quality	NN
19880	1385	37	and	and	CC
19880	1385	38	with	with	IN
19880	1385	39	greatest	great	JJS
19880	1385	40	ease	ease	NN
19880	1385	41	,	,	,
19880	1385	42	with	with	IN
19880	1385	43	least	least	JJS
19880	1385	44	expenditure	expenditure	NN
19880	1385	45	of	of	IN
19880	1385	46	energy	energy	NN
19880	1385	47	_	_	NNP
19880	1385	48	.	.	.
19880	1386	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1386	2	should	should	MD
19880	1386	3	never	never	RB
19880	1386	4	be	be	VB
19880	1386	5	selected	select	VBN
19880	1386	6	from	from	IN
19880	1386	7	the	the	DT
19880	1386	8	extremes	extreme	NNS
19880	1386	9	of	of	IN
19880	1386	10	the	the	DT
19880	1386	11	subject	subject	NN
19880	1386	12	's	's	POS
19880	1386	13	range	range	NN
19880	1386	14	.	.	.
19880	1387	1	From	from	IN
19880	1387	2	the	the	DT
19880	1387	3	favorite	favorite	JJ
19880	1387	4	or	or	CC
19880	1387	5	best	good	JJS
19880	1387	6	tone	tone	NN
19880	1387	7	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1387	8	should	should	MD
19880	1387	9	work	work	VB
19880	1387	10	down	down	RP
19880	1387	11	and	and	CC
19880	1387	12	up	up	IN
19880	1387	13	the	the	DT
19880	1387	14	scale	scale	NN
19880	1387	15	.	.	.
19880	1388	1	After	after	IN
19880	1388	2	this	this	DT
19880	1388	3	the	the	DT
19880	1388	4	scale	scale	NN
19880	1388	5	comes	come	VBZ
19880	1388	6	easy	easy	RB
19880	1388	7	,	,	,
19880	1388	8	and	and	CC
19880	1388	9	all	all	DT
19880	1388	10	actual	actual	JJ
19880	1388	11	singing	singing	NN
19880	1388	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	1388	13	scale	scale	NN
19880	1388	14	singing	singing	NN
19880	1388	15	--	--	:
19880	1388	16	the	the	DT
19880	1388	17	use	use	NN
19880	1388	18	of	of	IN
19880	1388	19	intervals	interval	NNS
19880	1388	20	--	--	:
19880	1388	21	and	and	CC
19880	1388	22	all	all	DT
19880	1388	23	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1388	24	the	the	DT
19880	1388	25	same	same	JJ
19880	1388	26	thing	thing	NN
19880	1388	27	;	;	:
19880	1388	28	so	so	IN
19880	1388	29	that	that	IN
19880	1388	30	,	,	,
19880	1388	31	from	from	IN
19880	1388	32	every	every	DT
19880	1388	33	point	point	NN
19880	1388	34	of	of	IN
19880	1388	35	view	view	NN
19880	1388	36	,	,	,
19880	1388	37	this	this	DT
19880	1388	38	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	1388	39	should	should	MD
19880	1388	40	be	be	VB
19880	1388	41	the	the	DT
19880	1388	42	first	first	JJ
19880	1388	43	in	in	IN
19880	1388	44	intonation	intonation	NN
19880	1388	45	,	,	,
19880	1388	46	and	and	CC
19880	1388	47	the	the	DT
19880	1388	48	student	student	NN
19880	1388	49	will	will	MD
19880	1388	50	do	do	VB
19880	1388	51	well	well	RB
19880	1388	52	not	not	RB
19880	1388	53	to	to	TO
19880	1388	54	leave	leave	VB
19880	1388	55	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1388	56	till	till	IN
19880	1388	57	the	the	DT
19880	1388	58	conditions	condition	NNS
19880	1388	59	above	above	IN
19880	1388	60	prescribed	prescribe	VBN
19880	1388	61	can	can	MD
19880	1388	62	be	be	VB
19880	1388	63	fully	fully	RB
19880	1388	64	met	meet	VBN
19880	1388	65	.	.	.
19880	1389	1	Some	some	DT
19880	1389	2	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1389	3	have	have	VBP
19880	1389	4	continued	continue	VBN
19880	1389	5	such	such	JJ
19880	1389	6	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	1389	7	throughout	throughout	IN
19880	1389	8	a	a	DT
19880	1389	9	long	long	JJ
19880	1389	10	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1389	11	career	career	NN
19880	1389	12	.	.	.
19880	1390	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1390	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1390	3	to	to	TO
19880	1390	4	be	be	VB
19880	1390	5	understood	understand	VBN
19880	1390	6	always	always	RB
19880	1390	7	that	that	IN
19880	1390	8	the	the	DT
19880	1390	9	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	1390	10	,	,	,
19880	1390	11	etc	etc	FW
19880	1390	12	.	.	FW
19880	1390	13	,	,	,
19880	1390	14	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	1390	15	in	in	IN
19880	1390	16	this	this	DT
19880	1390	17	work	work	NN
19880	1390	18	are	be	VBP
19880	1390	19	intended	intend	VBN
19880	1390	20	for	for	IN
19880	1390	21	all	all	DT
19880	1390	22	voice	voice	NN
19880	1390	23	-	-	HYPH
19880	1390	24	users	user	NNS
19880	1390	25	,	,	,
19880	1390	26	whether	whether	IN
19880	1390	27	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1390	28	are	be	VBP
19880	1390	29	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1390	30	or	or	CC
19880	1390	31	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	1390	32	.	.	.
19880	1391	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1391	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1391	3	easy	easy	JJ
19880	1391	4	for	for	IN
19880	1391	5	a	a	DT
19880	1391	6	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1391	7	to	to	TO
19880	1391	8	pass	pass	VB
19880	1391	9	from	from	IN
19880	1391	10	such	such	JJ
19880	1391	11	prolonged	prolonged	JJ
19880	1391	12	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1391	13	to	to	IN
19880	1391	14	the	the	DT
19880	1391	15	shorter	short	JJR
19880	1391	16	ones	one	NNS
19880	1391	17	required	require	VBN
19880	1391	18	in	in	IN
19880	1391	19	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1391	20	,	,	,
19880	1391	21	but	but	CC
19880	1391	22	after	after	IN
19880	1391	23	such	such	JJ
19880	1391	24	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	1391	25	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1391	26	can	can	MD
19880	1391	27	do	do	VB
19880	1391	28	so	so	RB
19880	1391	29	with	with	IN
19880	1391	30	a	a	DT
19880	1391	31	feeling	feeling	NN
19880	1391	32	of	of	IN
19880	1391	33	ease	ease	NN
19880	1391	34	,	,	,
19880	1391	35	mastery	mastery	NN
19880	1391	36	of	of	IN
19880	1391	37	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1391	38	,	,	,
19880	1391	39	improved	improve	VBN
19880	1391	40	ear	ear	NN
19880	1391	41	,	,	,
19880	1391	42	and	and	CC
19880	1391	43	purity	purity	NN
19880	1391	44	of	of	IN
19880	1391	45	speech	speech	NN
19880	1391	46	not	not	RB
19880	1391	47	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	1391	48	attainable	attainable	JJ
19880	1391	49	.	.	.
19880	1392	1	The	the	DT
19880	1392	2	author	author	NN
19880	1392	3	would	would	MD
19880	1392	4	also	also	RB
19880	1392	5	insist	insist	VB
19880	1392	6	,	,	,
19880	1392	7	in	in	IN
19880	1392	8	the	the	DT
19880	1392	9	most	most	RBS
19880	1392	10	emphatic	emphatic	JJ
19880	1392	11	manner	manner	NN
19880	1392	12	,	,	,
19880	1392	13	on	on	IN
19880	1392	14	the	the	DT
19880	1392	15	great	great	JJ
19880	1392	16	importance	importance	NN
19880	1392	17	of	of	IN
19880	1392	18	making	make	VBG
19880	1392	19	all	all	DT
19880	1392	20	such	such	JJ
19880	1392	21	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	1392	22	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1392	23	.	.	.
19880	1393	1	Every	every	DT
19880	1393	2	tone	tone	NN
19880	1393	3	should	should	MD
19880	1393	4	be	be	VB
19880	1393	5	the	the	DT
19880	1393	6	best	good	JJS
19880	1393	7	then	then	RB
19880	1393	8	possible	possible	JJ
19880	1393	9	to	to	IN
19880	1393	10	the	the	DT
19880	1393	11	voice	voice	NN
19880	1393	12	-	-	HYPH
19880	1393	13	user	user	NN
19880	1393	14	,	,	,
19880	1393	15	and	and	CC
19880	1393	16	power	power	NN
19880	1393	17	must	must	MD
19880	1393	18	on	on	IN
19880	1393	19	no	no	DT
19880	1393	20	account	account	NN
19880	1393	21	be	be	VB
19880	1393	22	aimed	aim	VBN
19880	1393	23	at	at	IN
19880	1393	24	for	for	IN
19880	1393	25	some	some	DT
19880	1393	26	time	time	NN
19880	1393	27	.	.	.
19880	1394	1	Thus	thus	RB
19880	1394	2	are	be	VBP
19880	1394	3	developed	develop	VBN
19880	1394	4	and	and	CC
19880	1394	5	go	go	VB
19880	1394	6	hand	hand	NN
19880	1394	7	in	in	IN
19880	1394	8	hand	hand	NN
19880	1394	9	,	,	,
19880	1394	10	as	as	IN
19880	1394	11	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1394	12	always	always	RB
19880	1394	13	should	should	MD
19880	1394	14	,	,	,
19880	1394	15	a	a	DT
19880	1394	16	sound	sound	JJ
19880	1394	17	technique	technique	NN
19880	1394	18	with	with	IN
19880	1394	19	the	the	DT
19880	1394	20	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1394	21	conscience	conscience	NN
19880	1394	22	and	and	CC
19880	1394	23	perceptions	perception	NNS
19880	1394	24	.	.	.
19880	1395	1	SUMMARY	SUMMARY	NNP
19880	1395	2	AND	and	CC
19880	1395	3	REVIEW	REVIEW	NNP
19880	1395	4	.	.	.
19880	1396	1	_	_	NNP
19880	1396	2	The	the	DT
19880	1396	3	Principles	Principles	NNPS
19880	1396	4	of	of	IN
19880	1396	5	Physics	Physics	NNP
19880	1396	6	,	,	,
19880	1396	7	etc	etc	FW
19880	1396	8	.	.	NN
19880	1396	9	,	,	,
19880	1396	10	Involved	involve	VBN
19880	1396	11	.	.	.
19880	1396	12	_	_	NNP
19880	1396	13	Sound	Sound	NNP
19880	1396	14	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1396	15	tone	tone	NN
19880	1396	16	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1396	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	1396	18	a	a	DT
19880	1396	19	mental	mental	JJ
19880	1396	20	result	result	NN
19880	1396	21	having	have	VBG
19880	1396	22	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1396	23	origin	origin	NN
19880	1396	24	in	in	IN
19880	1396	25	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1396	26	changes	change	NNS
19880	1396	27	in	in	IN
19880	1396	28	the	the	DT
19880	1396	29	ear	ear	NN
19880	1396	30	and	and	CC
19880	1396	31	the	the	DT
19880	1396	32	brain	brain	NN
19880	1396	33	,	,	,
19880	1396	34	owing	owe	VBG
19880	1396	35	to	to	IN
19880	1396	36	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1396	37	of	of	IN
19880	1396	38	the	the	DT
19880	1396	39	air	air	NN
19880	1396	40	.	.	.
19880	1397	1	Tones	tone	NNS
19880	1397	2	have	have	VBP
19880	1397	3	_	_	NNP
19880	1397	4	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1397	5	_	_	NNP
19880	1397	6	,	,	,
19880	1397	7	depending	depend	VBG
19880	1397	8	on	on	IN
19880	1397	9	the	the	DT
19880	1397	10	number	number	NN
19880	1397	11	of	of	IN
19880	1397	12	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1397	13	in	in	IN
19880	1397	14	a	a	DT
19880	1397	15	second	second	NN
19880	1397	16	,	,	,
19880	1397	17	_	_	NNP
19880	1397	18	volume	volume	NN
19880	1397	19	_	_	NNP
19880	1397	20	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1397	21	power	power	NN
19880	1397	22	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1397	23	,	,	,
19880	1397	24	depending	depend	VBG
19880	1397	25	on	on	IN
19880	1397	26	the	the	DT
19880	1397	27	size	size	NN
19880	1397	28	of	of	IN
19880	1397	29	the	the	DT
19880	1397	30	waves	wave	NNS
19880	1397	31	or	or	CC
19880	1397	32	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1397	33	,	,	,
19880	1397	34	and	and	CC
19880	1397	35	_	_	NNP
19880	1397	36	quality	quality	NN
19880	1397	37	_	_	NNP
19880	1397	38	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1397	39	_	_	NNP
19880	1397	40	timbre	timbre	NNP
19880	1397	41	_	_	NNP
19880	1397	42	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1397	43	,	,	,
19880	1397	44	determined	determine	VBN
19880	1397	45	by	by	IN
19880	1397	46	the	the	DT
19880	1397	47	shape	shape	NN
19880	1397	48	of	of	IN
19880	1397	49	the	the	DT
19880	1397	50	waves	wave	NNS
19880	1397	51	.	.	.
19880	1398	1	Pitch	Pitch	NNP
19880	1398	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1398	3	determined	determine	VBN
19880	1398	4	by	by	IN
19880	1398	5	the	the	DT
19880	1398	6	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1398	7	bands	band	NNS
19880	1398	8	,	,	,
19880	1398	9	volume	volume	NN
19880	1398	10	by	by	IN
19880	1398	11	the	the	DT
19880	1398	12	same	same	JJ
19880	1398	13	,	,	,
19880	1398	14	in	in	IN
19880	1398	15	great	great	JJ
19880	1398	16	part	part	NN
19880	1398	17	,	,	,
19880	1398	18	and	and	CC
19880	1398	19	quality	quality	NN
19880	1398	20	by	by	IN
19880	1398	21	the	the	DT
19880	1398	22	shape	shape	NN
19880	1398	23	of	of	IN
19880	1398	24	the	the	DT
19880	1398	25	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1398	26	-	-	HYPH
19880	1398	27	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1398	28	above	above	IN
19880	1398	29	the	the	DT
19880	1398	30	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1398	31	bands	band	NNS
19880	1398	32	.	.	.
19880	1399	1	The	the	DT
19880	1399	2	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1399	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	1399	4	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1399	5	influence	influence	NN
19880	1399	6	volume	volume	NN
19880	1399	7	also	also	RB
19880	1399	8	.	.	.
19880	1400	1	A	a	DT
19880	1400	2	tone	tone	NN
19880	1400	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1400	4	augmented	augment	VBN
19880	1400	5	by	by	IN
19880	1400	6	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1400	7	.	.	.
19880	1401	1	The	the	DT
19880	1401	2	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1401	3	bears	bear	VBZ
19880	1401	4	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1401	5	resemblances	resemblance	NNS
19880	1401	6	to	to	IN
19880	1401	7	both	both	CC
19880	1401	8	stringed	stringed	JJ
19880	1401	9	and	and	CC
19880	1401	10	wind	wind	NN
19880	1401	11	instruments	instrument	NNS
19880	1401	12	,	,	,
19880	1401	13	but	but	CC
19880	1401	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1401	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	1401	16	really	really	RB
19880	1401	17	unique	unique	JJ
19880	1401	18	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1401	19	_	_	NNP
19880	1401	20	sui	sui	NNP
19880	1401	21	generis	generis	NNP
19880	1401	22	_	_	NNP
19880	1401	23	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1401	24	.	.	.
19880	1402	1	The	the	DT
19880	1402	2	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1402	3	of	of	IN
19880	1402	4	the	the	DT
19880	1402	5	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1402	6	bands	band	NNS
19880	1402	7	are	be	VBP
19880	1402	8	caused	cause	VBN
19880	1402	9	solely	solely	RB
19880	1402	10	by	by	IN
19880	1402	11	the	the	DT
19880	1402	12	expiratory	expiratory	JJ
19880	1402	13	current	current	NN
19880	1402	14	of	of	IN
19880	1402	15	air	air	NN
19880	1402	16	,	,	,
19880	1402	17	which	which	WDT
19880	1402	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	1402	19	more	more	RBR
19880	1402	20	or	or	CC
19880	1402	21	less	less	RBR
19880	1402	22	held	hold	VBN
19880	1402	23	back	back	RB
19880	1402	24	by	by	IN
19880	1402	25	the	the	DT
19880	1402	26	cords	cord	NNS
19880	1402	27	,	,	,
19880	1402	28	owing	owe	VBG
19880	1402	29	to	to	IN
19880	1402	30	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1402	31	approximation	approximation	NN
19880	1402	32	,	,	,
19880	1402	33	so	so	IN
19880	1402	34	that	that	IN
19880	1402	35	the	the	DT
19880	1402	36	greater	great	JJR
19880	1402	37	the	the	DT
19880	1402	38	obstruction	obstruction	NN
19880	1402	39	the	the	DT
19880	1402	40	stronger	strong	JJR
19880	1402	41	must	must	MD
19880	1402	42	the	the	DT
19880	1402	43	blast	blast	NN
19880	1402	44	of	of	IN
19880	1402	45	air	air	NN
19880	1402	46	be	be	VB
19880	1402	47	,	,	,
19880	1402	48	other	other	JJ
19880	1402	49	things	thing	NNS
19880	1402	50	being	be	VBG
19880	1402	51	equal	equal	JJ
19880	1402	52	,	,	,
19880	1402	53	and	and	CC
19880	1402	54	the	the	DT
19880	1402	55	result	result	NN
19880	1402	56	increase	increase	NN
19880	1402	57	in	in	IN
19880	1402	58	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1402	59	.	.	.
19880	1403	1	The	the	DT
19880	1403	2	problem	problem	NN
19880	1403	3	Nature	Nature	NNP
19880	1403	4	had	have	VBD
19880	1403	5	to	to	TO
19880	1403	6	solve	solve	VB
19880	1403	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1403	8	very	very	RB
19880	1403	9	complex	complex	JJ
19880	1403	10	.	.	.
19880	1404	1	The	the	DT
19880	1404	2	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19880	1404	3	was	be	VBD
19880	1404	4	invented	invent	VBN
19880	1404	5	in	in	IN
19880	1404	6	1854	1854	CD
19880	1404	7	by	by	IN
19880	1404	8	a	a	DT
19880	1404	9	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1404	10	of	of	IN
19880	1404	11	singing	singing	NN
19880	1404	12	,	,	,
19880	1404	13	Manuel	Manuel	NNP
19880	1404	14	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19880	1404	15	,	,	,
19880	1404	16	who	who	WP
19880	1404	17	soon	soon	RB
19880	1404	18	after	after	RB
19880	1404	19	gave	give	VBD
19880	1404	20	an	an	DT
19880	1404	21	account	account	NN
19880	1404	22	of	of	IN
19880	1404	23	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1404	24	to	to	IN
19880	1404	25	the	the	DT
19880	1404	26	Royal	Royal	NNP
19880	1404	27	Society	Society	NNP
19880	1404	28	of	of	IN
19880	1404	29	England	England	NNP
19880	1404	30	.	.	.
19880	1405	1	The	the	DT
19880	1405	2	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	1405	3	consists	consist	VBZ
19880	1405	4	essentially	essentially	RB
19880	1405	5	of	of	IN
19880	1405	6	two	two	CD
19880	1405	7	mirrors	mirror	NNS
19880	1405	8	,	,	,
19880	1405	9	the	the	DT
19880	1405	10	external	external	JJ
19880	1405	11	,	,	,
19880	1405	12	or	or	CC
19880	1405	13	"	"	``
19880	1405	14	head	head	NN
19880	1405	15	-	-	HYPH
19880	1405	16	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1405	17	,	,	,
19880	1405	18	"	"	''
19880	1405	19	which	which	WDT
19880	1405	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	1405	21	concave	concave	NNP
19880	1405	22	and	and	CC
19880	1405	23	reflects	reflect	VBZ
19880	1405	24	into	into	IN
19880	1405	25	the	the	DT
19880	1405	26	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1405	27	,	,	,
19880	1405	28	and	and	CC
19880	1405	29	the	the	DT
19880	1405	30	internal	internal	JJ
19880	1405	31	,	,	,
19880	1405	32	or	or	CC
19880	1405	33	"	"	``
19880	1405	34	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1405	35	-	-	HYPH
19880	1405	36	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1405	37	,	,	,
19880	1405	38	"	"	''
19880	1405	39	which	which	WDT
19880	1405	40	reflects	reflect	VBZ
19880	1405	41	the	the	DT
19880	1405	42	picture	picture	NN
19880	1405	43	outward	outward	RB
19880	1405	44	to	to	IN
19880	1405	45	the	the	DT
19880	1405	46	eye	eye	NN
19880	1405	47	.	.	.
19880	1406	1	The	the	DT
19880	1406	2	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1406	3	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1406	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1406	5	plane	plane	NN
19880	1406	6	,	,	,
19880	1406	7	and	and	CC
19880	1406	8	set	set	VBD
19880	1406	9	at	at	IN
19880	1406	10	an	an	DT
19880	1406	11	angle	angle	NN
19880	1406	12	.	.	.
19880	1407	1	The	the	DT
19880	1407	2	picture	picture	NN
19880	1407	3	may	may	MD
19880	1407	4	show	show	VB
19880	1407	5	,	,	,
19880	1407	6	under	under	IN
19880	1407	7	the	the	DT
19880	1407	8	most	most	RBS
19880	1407	9	favorable	favorable	JJ
19880	1407	10	circumstances	circumstance	NNS
19880	1407	11	,	,	,
19880	1407	12	all	all	PDT
19880	1407	13	the	the	DT
19880	1407	14	upper	upper	JJ
19880	1407	15	parts	part	NNS
19880	1407	16	of	of	IN
19880	1407	17	the	the	DT
19880	1407	18	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1407	19	,	,	,
19880	1407	20	including	include	VBG
19880	1407	21	the	the	DT
19880	1407	22	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1407	23	bands	band	NNS
19880	1407	24	,	,	,
19880	1407	25	but	but	CC
19880	1407	26	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	1407	27	,	,	,
19880	1407	28	also	also	RB
19880	1407	29	,	,	,
19880	1407	30	the	the	DT
19880	1407	31	windpipe	windpipe	NN
19880	1407	32	as	as	RB
19880	1407	33	far	far	RB
19880	1407	34	down	down	RB
19880	1407	35	as	as	IN
19880	1407	36	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1407	37	division	division	NN
19880	1407	38	into	into	IN
19880	1407	39	the	the	DT
19880	1407	40	two	two	CD
19880	1407	41	main	main	JJ
19880	1407	42	bronchial	bronchial	JJ
19880	1407	43	tubes	tube	NNS
19880	1407	44	.	.	.
19880	1408	1	The	the	DT
19880	1408	2	difficulties	difficulty	NNS
19880	1408	3	commonly	commonly	RB
19880	1408	4	met	meet	VBD
19880	1408	5	with	with	IN
19880	1408	6	in	in	IN
19880	1408	7	the	the	DT
19880	1408	8	use	use	NN
19880	1408	9	of	of	IN
19880	1408	10	the	the	DT
19880	1408	11	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	1408	12	are	be	VBP
19880	1408	13	a	a	DT
19880	1408	14	constrained	constrained	JJ
19880	1408	15	action	action	NN
19880	1408	16	of	of	IN
19880	1408	17	the	the	DT
19880	1408	18	throat	throat	NN
19880	1408	19	and	and	CC
19880	1408	20	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1408	21	parts	part	NNS
19880	1408	22	of	of	IN
19880	1408	23	the	the	DT
19880	1408	24	subject	subject	JJ
19880	1408	25	,	,	,
19880	1408	26	unnatural	unnatural	JJ
19880	1408	27	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1408	28	,	,	,
19880	1408	29	an	an	DT
19880	1408	30	unruly	unruly	JJ
19880	1408	31	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1408	32	,	,	,
19880	1408	33	etc	etc	FW
19880	1408	34	.	.	.
19880	1409	1	The	the	DT
19880	1409	2	epiglottis	epiglottis	NN
19880	1409	3	may	may	MD
19880	1409	4	,	,	,
19880	1409	5	also	also	RB
19880	1409	6	,	,	,
19880	1409	7	naturally	naturally	RB
19880	1409	8	so	so	RB
19880	1409	9	overhang	overhang	VB
19880	1409	10	the	the	DT
19880	1409	11	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1409	12	that	that	IN
19880	1409	13	a	a	DT
19880	1409	14	good	good	JJ
19880	1409	15	view	view	NN
19880	1409	16	of	of	IN
19880	1409	17	the	the	DT
19880	1409	18	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1409	19	cords	cord	NNS
19880	1409	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	1409	21	impossible	impossible	JJ
19880	1409	22	.	.	.
19880	1410	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1410	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1410	3	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	1410	4	to	to	TO
19880	1410	5	see	see	VB
19880	1410	6	more	more	JJR
19880	1410	7	than	than	IN
19880	1410	8	one	one	CD
19880	1410	9	-	-	HYPH
19880	1410	10	half	half	NN
19880	1410	11	to	to	TO
19880	1410	12	two	two	CD
19880	1410	13	-	-	HYPH
19880	1410	14	thirds	third	NNS
19880	1410	15	of	of	IN
19880	1410	16	the	the	DT
19880	1410	17	length	length	NN
19880	1410	18	of	of	IN
19880	1410	19	the	the	DT
19880	1410	20	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1410	21	bands	band	NNS
19880	1410	22	.	.	.
19880	1411	1	The	the	DT
19880	1411	2	picture	picture	NN
19880	1411	3	seen	see	VBN
19880	1411	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1411	5	that	that	DT
19880	1411	6	of	of	IN
19880	1411	7	the	the	DT
19880	1411	8	parts	part	NNS
19880	1411	9	of	of	IN
19880	1411	10	the	the	DT
19880	1411	11	larynx	larynx	NNP
19880	1411	12	reversed--_i.e	reversed--_i.e	NNP
19880	1411	13	.	.	.
19880	1411	14	_	_	NNP
19880	1411	15	,	,	,
19880	1411	16	while	while	IN
19880	1411	17	right	right	RB
19880	1411	18	remains	remain	VBZ
19880	1411	19	right	right	JJ
19880	1411	20	,	,	,
19880	1411	21	posterior	posterior	NNP
19880	1411	22	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	1411	23	anterior	anterior	NNP
19880	1411	24	.	.	.
19880	1412	1	The	the	DT
19880	1412	2	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19880	1412	3	shows	show	VBZ
19880	1412	4	that	that	IN
19880	1412	5	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1412	6	1	1	CD
19880	1412	7	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1412	8	in	in	IN
19880	1412	9	singing	singe	VBG
19880	1412	10	an	an	DT
19880	1412	11	ascending	ascend	VBG
19880	1412	12	scale	scale	NN
19880	1412	13	the	the	DT
19880	1412	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1412	15	bands	band	NNS
19880	1412	16	are	be	VBP
19880	1412	17	for	for	IN
19880	1412	18	a	a	DT
19880	1412	19	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1412	20	time	time	NN
19880	1412	21	in	in	IN
19880	1412	22	action	action	NN
19880	1412	23	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1412	24	vibration	vibration	NN
19880	1412	25	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1412	26	throughout	throughout	IN
19880	1412	27	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1412	28	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1412	29	length	length	NN
19880	1412	30	;	;	:
19880	1412	31	that	that	IN
19880	1412	32	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1412	33	2	2	LS
19880	1412	34	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1412	35	there	there	EX
19880	1412	36	may	may	MD
19880	1412	37	be	be	VB
19880	1412	38	observed	observe	VBN
19880	1412	39	a	a	DT
19880	1412	40	rather	rather	RB
19880	1412	41	sudden	sudden	JJ
19880	1412	42	change	change	NN
19880	1412	43	when	when	WRB
19880	1412	44	the	the	DT
19880	1412	45	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1412	46	bands	band	NNS
19880	1412	47	are	be	VBP
19880	1412	48	relaxed	relaxed	JJ
19880	1412	49	and	and	CC
19880	1412	50	shortened	shorten	VBN
19880	1412	51	,	,	,
19880	1412	52	and	and	CC
19880	1412	53	that	that	IN
19880	1412	54	this	this	DT
19880	1412	55	process	process	NN
19880	1412	56	of	of	IN
19880	1412	57	shortening	shortening	NN
19880	1412	58	goes	go	VBZ
19880	1412	59	on	on	RP
19880	1412	60	,	,	,
19880	1412	61	the	the	DT
19880	1412	62	bands	band	NNS
19880	1412	63	approaching	approach	VBG
19880	1412	64	more	more	RBR
19880	1412	65	and	and	CC
19880	1412	66	more	more	RBR
19880	1412	67	,	,	,
19880	1412	68	both	both	CC
19880	1412	69	behind	behind	RB
19880	1412	70	and	and	CC
19880	1412	71	in	in	IN
19880	1412	72	front	front	NN
19880	1412	73	,	,	,
19880	1412	74	till	till	IN
19880	1412	75	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1412	76	3	3	CD
19880	1412	77	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1412	78	in	in	IN
19880	1412	79	the	the	DT
19880	1412	80	highest	high	JJS
19880	1412	81	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1412	82	of	of	IN
19880	1412	83	a	a	DT
19880	1412	84	soprano	soprano	NN
19880	1412	85	of	of	IN
19880	1412	86	great	great	JJ
19880	1412	87	range	range	NN
19880	1412	88	there	there	EX
19880	1412	89	is	be	VBZ
19880	1412	90	only	only	RB
19880	1412	91	a	a	DT
19880	1412	92	small	small	JJ
19880	1412	93	portion	portion	NN
19880	1412	94	of	of	IN
19880	1412	95	each	each	DT
19880	1412	96	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1412	97	cord	cord	NN
19880	1412	98	toward	toward	IN
19880	1412	99	the	the	DT
19880	1412	100	centre	centre	NN
19880	1412	101	that	that	WDT
19880	1412	102	is	be	VBZ
19880	1412	103	not	not	RB
19880	1412	104	approximated	approximate	VBN
19880	1412	105	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	1412	106	closely	closely	RB
19880	1412	107	.	.	.
19880	1413	1	With	with	IN
19880	1413	2	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1413	3	qualifications	qualification	NNS
19880	1413	4	,	,	,
19880	1413	5	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1413	6	may	may	MD
19880	1413	7	be	be	VB
19880	1413	8	said	say	VBN
19880	1413	9	that	that	IN
19880	1413	10	the	the	DT
19880	1413	11	action	action	NN
19880	1413	12	of	of	IN
19880	1413	13	the	the	DT
19880	1413	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1413	15	bands	band	NNS
19880	1413	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	1413	17	alike	alike	JJ
19880	1413	18	for	for	IN
19880	1413	19	all	all	DT
19880	1413	20	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1413	21	.	.	.
19880	1414	1	In	in	IN
19880	1414	2	all	all	DT
19880	1414	3	cases	case	NNS
19880	1414	4	a	a	DT
19880	1414	5	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1414	6	degree	degree	NN
19880	1414	7	of	of	IN
19880	1414	8	approximation	approximation	NN
19880	1414	9	of	of	IN
19880	1414	10	the	the	DT
19880	1414	11	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1414	12	bands	band	NNS
19880	1414	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	1414	14	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1414	15	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1414	16	for	for	IN
19880	1414	17	phonation	phonation	NN
19880	1414	18	,	,	,
19880	1414	19	and	and	CC
19880	1414	20	the	the	DT
19880	1414	21	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1414	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	1414	23	generally	generally	RB
19880	1414	24	similar	similar	JJ
19880	1414	25	in	in	IN
19880	1414	26	males	male	NNS
19880	1414	27	and	and	CC
19880	1414	28	females	female	NNS
19880	1414	29	till	till	IN
19880	1414	30	the	the	DT
19880	1414	31	highest	high	JJS
19880	1414	32	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1414	33	,	,	,
19880	1414	34	above	above	RB
19880	1414	35	alluded	allude	VBN
19880	1414	36	to	to	IN
19880	1414	37	,	,	,
19880	1414	38	are	be	VBP
19880	1414	39	reached	reach	VBN
19880	1414	40	.	.	.
19880	1415	1	This	this	DT
19880	1415	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1415	3	in	in	IN
19880	1415	4	harmony	harmony	NN
19880	1415	5	with	with	IN
19880	1415	6	the	the	DT
19880	1415	7	following	follow	VBG
19880	1415	8	facts	fact	NNS
19880	1415	9	:	:	:
19880	1415	10	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1415	11	1	1	LS
19880	1415	12	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1415	13	The	the	DT
19880	1415	14	crico	crico	NN
19880	1415	15	-	-	HYPH
19880	1415	16	thyroids	thyroid	NNS
19880	1415	17	are	be	VBP
19880	1415	18	the	the	DT
19880	1415	19	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1415	20	most	most	RBS
19880	1415	21	in	in	IN
19880	1415	22	use	use	NN
19880	1415	23	in	in	IN
19880	1415	24	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	1415	25	speech	speech	NN
19880	1415	26	and	and	CC
19880	1415	27	in	in	IN
19880	1415	28	singing	singe	VBG
19880	1415	29	the	the	DT
19880	1415	30	lower	low	JJR
19880	1415	31	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1415	32	.	.	.
19880	1416	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1416	2	2	2	LS
19880	1416	3	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1416	4	Several	several	JJ
19880	1416	5	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1416	6	combine	combine	VBP
19880	1416	7	in	in	IN
19880	1416	8	relaxing	relax	VBG
19880	1416	9	and	and	CC
19880	1416	10	shortening	shorten	VBG
19880	1416	11	the	the	DT
19880	1416	12	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1416	13	bands	band	NNS
19880	1416	14	.	.	.
19880	1417	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1417	2	3	3	LS
19880	1417	3	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1417	4	The	the	DT
19880	1417	5	peculiar	peculiar	JJ
19880	1417	6	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1417	7	of	of	IN
19880	1417	8	the	the	DT
19880	1417	9	highest	high	JJS
19880	1417	10	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1417	11	in	in	IN
19880	1417	12	a	a	DT
19880	1417	13	soprano	soprano	NN
19880	1417	14	voice	voice	NN
19880	1417	15	of	of	IN
19880	1417	16	great	great	JJ
19880	1417	17	compass	compass	NN
19880	1417	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	1417	19	only	only	RB
19880	1417	20	to	to	TO
19880	1417	21	be	be	VB
19880	1417	22	explained	explain	VBN
19880	1417	23	by	by	IN
19880	1417	24	a	a	DT
19880	1417	25	combined	combine	VBN
19880	1417	26	action	action	NN
19880	1417	27	of	of	IN
19880	1417	28	several	several	JJ
19880	1417	29	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1417	30	,	,	,
19880	1417	31	and	and	CC
19880	1417	32	a	a	DT
19880	1417	33	very	very	RB
19880	1417	34	delicate	delicate	JJ
19880	1417	35	and	and	CC
19880	1417	36	precise	precise	JJ
19880	1417	37	use	use	NN
19880	1417	38	of	of	IN
19880	1417	39	the	the	DT
19880	1417	40	internal	internal	JJ
19880	1417	41	thyro	thyro	NNP
19880	1417	42	-	-	HYPH
19880	1417	43	arytenoids	arytenoid	NNS
19880	1417	44	attached	attach	VBN
19880	1417	45	along	along	IN
19880	1417	46	the	the	DT
19880	1417	47	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1417	48	length	length	NN
19880	1417	49	of	of	IN
19880	1417	50	the	the	DT
19880	1417	51	outer	outer	JJ
19880	1417	52	surface	surface	NN
19880	1417	53	of	of	IN
19880	1417	54	the	the	DT
19880	1417	55	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1417	56	bands	band	NNS
19880	1417	57	.	.	.
19880	1418	1	The	the	DT
19880	1418	2	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1418	3	of	of	IN
19880	1418	4	the	the	DT
19880	1418	5	male	male	JJ
19880	1418	6	differs	differ	NNS
19880	1418	7	from	from	IN
19880	1418	8	that	that	DT
19880	1418	9	of	of	IN
19880	1418	10	the	the	DT
19880	1418	11	female	female	JJ
19880	1418	12	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	1418	13	in	in	IN
19880	1418	14	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1418	15	greater	great	JJR
19880	1418	16	size	size	NN
19880	1418	17	,	,	,
19880	1418	18	weight	weight	NN
19880	1418	19	,	,	,
19880	1418	20	etc	etc	FW
19880	1418	21	.	.	.
19880	1419	1	The	the	DT
19880	1419	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1419	3	bands	band	NNS
19880	1419	4	in	in	IN
19880	1419	5	the	the	DT
19880	1419	6	male	male	NN
19880	1419	7	may	may	MD
19880	1419	8	measure	measure	VB
19880	1419	9	from	from	IN
19880	1419	10	three	three	CD
19880	1419	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	1419	12	fifths	fifth	NNS
19880	1419	13	to	to	IN
19880	1419	14	four	four	CD
19880	1419	15	-	-	HYPH
19880	1419	16	fifths	fifth	NNS
19880	1419	17	of	of	IN
19880	1419	18	an	an	DT
19880	1419	19	inch	inch	NN
19880	1419	20	when	when	WRB
19880	1419	21	relaxed	relaxed	JJ
19880	1419	22	,	,	,
19880	1419	23	and	and	CC
19880	1419	24	from	from	IN
19880	1419	25	four	four	CD
19880	1419	26	-	-	HYPH
19880	1419	27	fifths	fifth	NNS
19880	1419	28	to	to	IN
19880	1419	29	one	one	CD
19880	1419	30	inch	inch	NN
19880	1419	31	when	when	WRB
19880	1419	32	tense	tense	JJ
19880	1419	33	;	;	:
19880	1419	34	in	in	IN
19880	1419	35	the	the	DT
19880	1419	36	female	female	NN
19880	1419	37	,	,	,
19880	1419	38	from	from	IN
19880	1419	39	two	two	CD
19880	1419	40	-	-	HYPH
19880	1419	41	fifths	fifth	NNS
19880	1419	42	to	to	IN
19880	1419	43	three	three	CD
19880	1419	44	-	-	HYPH
19880	1419	45	fifths	fifth	NNS
19880	1419	46	of	of	IN
19880	1419	47	an	an	DT
19880	1419	48	inch	inch	NN
19880	1419	49	when	when	WRB
19880	1419	50	relaxed	relaxed	JJ
19880	1419	51	,	,	,
19880	1419	52	and	and	CC
19880	1419	53	from	from	IN
19880	1419	54	three	three	CD
19880	1419	55	-	-	HYPH
19880	1419	56	fifths	fifth	NNS
19880	1419	57	to	to	IN
19880	1419	58	four	four	CD
19880	1419	59	-	-	HYPH
19880	1419	60	fifths	fifth	NNS
19880	1419	61	of	of	IN
19880	1419	62	an	an	DT
19880	1419	63	inch	inch	NN
19880	1419	64	when	when	WRB
19880	1419	65	tense	tense	JJ
19880	1419	66	.	.	.
19880	1420	1	There	there	EX
19880	1420	2	are	be	VBP
19880	1420	3	structural	structural	JJ
19880	1420	4	differences	difference	NNS
19880	1420	5	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19880	1420	6	to	to	IN
19880	1420	7	and	and	CC
19880	1420	8	determining	determine	VBG
19880	1420	9	the	the	DT
19880	1420	10	kind	kind	NN
19880	1420	11	of	of	IN
19880	1420	12	voice	voice	NN
19880	1420	13	,	,	,
19880	1420	14	as	as	IN
19880	1420	15	to	to	TO
19880	1420	16	range	range	VB
19880	1420	17	and	and	CC
19880	1420	18	power	power	NN
19880	1420	19	more	more	RBR
19880	1420	20	especially	especially	RB
19880	1420	21	.	.	.
19880	1421	1	The	the	DT
19880	1421	2	bass	bass	NN
19880	1421	3	singer	singer	NN
19880	1421	4	has	have	VBZ
19880	1421	5	,	,	,
19880	1421	6	as	as	IN
19880	1421	7	a	a	DT
19880	1421	8	rule	rule	NN
19880	1421	9	,	,	,
19880	1421	10	the	the	DT
19880	1421	11	largest	large	JJS
19880	1421	12	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1421	13	and	and	CC
19880	1421	14	the	the	DT
19880	1421	15	longest	long	JJS
19880	1421	16	and	and	CC
19880	1421	17	heaviest	heavy	JJS
19880	1421	18	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1421	19	bands	band	NNS
19880	1421	20	.	.	.
19880	1422	1	At	at	IN
19880	1422	2	puberty	puberty	NN
19880	1422	3	the	the	DT
19880	1422	4	changes	change	NNS
19880	1422	5	that	that	WDT
19880	1422	6	take	take	VBP
19880	1422	7	place	place	NN
19880	1422	8	in	in	IN
19880	1422	9	the	the	DT
19880	1422	10	body	body	NN
19880	1422	11	generally	generally	RB
19880	1422	12	are	be	VBP
19880	1422	13	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1422	14	with	with	IN
19880	1422	15	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19880	1422	16	alterations	alteration	NNS
19880	1422	17	in	in	IN
19880	1422	18	the	the	DT
19880	1422	19	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1422	20	.	.	.
19880	1423	1	The	the	DT
19880	1423	2	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1423	3	grows	grow	VBZ
19880	1423	4	,	,	,
19880	1423	5	changes	change	VBZ
19880	1423	6	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1423	7	proportions	proportion	NNS
19880	1423	8	,	,	,
19880	1423	9	etc	etc	FW
19880	1423	10	.	.	FW
19880	1423	11	,	,	,
19880	1423	12	often	often	RB
19880	1423	13	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	1423	14	rapidly	rapidly	RB
19880	1423	15	,	,	,
19880	1423	16	and	and	CC
19880	1423	17	the	the	DT
19880	1423	18	result	result	NN
19880	1423	19	may	may	MD
19880	1423	20	be	be	VB
19880	1423	21	a	a	DT
19880	1423	22	corresponding	corresponding	JJ
19880	1423	23	alteration	alteration	NN
19880	1423	24	in	in	IN
19880	1423	25	voice	voice	NN
19880	1423	26	,	,	,
19880	1423	27	as	as	IN
19880	1423	28	regards	regards	NNP
19880	1423	29	range	range	NN
19880	1423	30	,	,	,
19880	1423	31	power	power	NN
19880	1423	32	,	,	,
19880	1423	33	and	and	CC
19880	1423	34	quality	quality	NN
19880	1423	35	.	.	.
19880	1424	1	The	the	DT
19880	1424	2	voice	voice	NN
19880	1424	3	,	,	,
19880	1424	4	because	because	IN
19880	1424	5	of	of	IN
19880	1424	6	imperfect	imperfect	JJ
19880	1424	7	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
19880	1424	8	and	and	CC
19880	1424	9	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	1424	10	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19880	1424	11	,	,	,
19880	1424	12	may	may	MD
19880	1424	13	"	"	``
19880	1424	14	break	break	VB
19880	1424	15	,	,	,
19880	1424	16	"	"	''
19880	1424	17	to	to	IN
19880	1424	18	a	a	DT
19880	1424	19	greater	great	JJR
19880	1424	20	or	or	CC
19880	1424	21	less	less	JJR
19880	1424	22	extent	extent	NN
19880	1424	23	.	.	.
19880	1425	1	The	the	DT
19880	1425	2	same	same	JJ
19880	1425	3	may	may	MD
19880	1425	4	take	take	VB
19880	1425	5	place	place	NN
19880	1425	6	,	,	,
19880	1425	7	owing	owe	VBG
19880	1425	8	to	to	IN
19880	1425	9	similar	similar	JJ
19880	1425	10	imperfect	imperfect	JJ
19880	1425	11	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19880	1425	12	,	,	,
19880	1425	13	in	in	IN
19880	1425	14	old	old	JJ
19880	1425	15	age	age	NN
19880	1425	16	,	,	,
19880	1425	17	and	and	CC
19880	1425	18	temporarily	temporarily	RB
19880	1425	19	,	,	,
19880	1425	20	owing	owe	VBG
19880	1425	21	to	to	IN
19880	1425	22	disease	disease	NN
19880	1425	23	,	,	,
19880	1425	24	weakness	weakness	NN
19880	1425	25	,	,	,
19880	1425	26	nervousness	nervousness	NN
19880	1425	27	,	,	,
19880	1425	28	fatigue	fatigue	NN
19880	1425	29	,	,	,
19880	1425	30	faulty	faulty	JJ
19880	1425	31	production	production	NN
19880	1425	32	,	,	,
19880	1425	33	etc	etc	FW
19880	1425	34	.	.	.
19880	1426	1	These	these	DT
19880	1426	2	facts	fact	NNS
19880	1426	3	indicate	indicate	VBP
19880	1426	4	that	that	IN
19880	1426	5	under	under	IN
19880	1426	6	such	such	JJ
19880	1426	7	circumstances	circumstance	NNS
19880	1426	8	the	the	DT
19880	1426	9	voice	voice	NN
19880	1426	10	should	should	MD
19880	1426	11	be	be	VB
19880	1426	12	used	use	VBN
19880	1426	13	with	with	IN
19880	1426	14	great	great	JJ
19880	1426	15	care	care	NN
19880	1426	16	,	,	,
19880	1426	17	not	not	RB
19880	1426	18	at	at	RB
19880	1426	19	all	all	RB
19880	1426	20	,	,	,
19880	1426	21	or	or	CC
19880	1426	22	in	in	IN
19880	1426	23	a	a	DT
19880	1426	24	whisper	whisper	NN
19880	1426	25	,	,	,
19880	1426	26	when	when	WRB
19880	1426	27	the	the	DT
19880	1426	28	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1426	29	bands	band	NNS
19880	1426	30	are	be	VBP
19880	1426	31	practically	practically	RB
19880	1426	32	not	not	RB
19880	1426	33	in	in	IN
19880	1426	34	action	action	NN
19880	1426	35	.	.	.
19880	1427	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1427	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1427	3	:	:	:
19880	1427	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1427	5	.	.	.
19880	1428	1	45	45	CD
19880	1428	2	.	.	.
19880	1429	1	Represents	represent	VBZ
19880	1429	2	what	what	WP
19880	1429	3	the	the	DT
19880	1429	4	author	author	NN
19880	1429	5	has	have	VBZ
19880	1429	6	frequently	frequently	RB
19880	1429	7	seen	see	VBN
19880	1429	8	,	,	,
19880	1429	9	by	by	IN
19880	1429	10	the	the	DT
19880	1429	11	use	use	NN
19880	1429	12	of	of	IN
19880	1429	13	the	the	DT
19880	1429	14	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19880	1429	15	,	,	,
19880	1429	16	when	when	WRB
19880	1429	17	a	a	DT
19880	1429	18	soprano	soprano	NN
19880	1429	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	1429	20	producing	produce	VBG
19880	1429	21	a	a	DT
19880	1429	22	very	very	RB
19880	1429	23	high	high	JJ
19880	1429	24	head	head	NN
19880	1429	25	-	-	HYPH
19880	1429	26	tone	tone	NN
19880	1429	27	,	,	,
19880	1429	28	say	say	VBP
19880	1429	29	C	C	NNP
19880	1429	30	,	,	,
19880	1429	31	D	d	NN
19880	1429	32	,	,	,
19880	1429	33	or	or	CC
19880	1429	34	E	e	NN
19880	1429	35	in	in	IN
19880	1429	36	alt	alt	NN
19880	1429	37	.	.	.
19880	1430	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1430	2	will	will	MD
19880	1430	3	be	be	VB
19880	1430	4	observed	observe	VBN
19880	1430	5	that	that	IN
19880	1430	6	the	the	DT
19880	1430	7	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1430	8	bands	band	NNS
19880	1430	9	approximate	approximate	JJ
19880	1430	10	in	in	IN
19880	1430	11	front	front	NN
19880	1430	12	and	and	CC
19880	1430	13	behind	behind	RB
19880	1430	14	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1430	15	"	"	``
19880	1430	16	stopped	stop	VBN
19880	1430	17	"	"	''
19880	1430	18	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1430	19	,	,	,
19880	1430	20	so	so	IN
19880	1430	21	that	that	IN
19880	1430	22	the	the	DT
19880	1430	23	only	only	JJ
19880	1430	24	parts	part	NNS
19880	1430	25	of	of	IN
19880	1430	26	the	the	DT
19880	1430	27	bands	band	NNS
19880	1430	28	capable	capable	JJ
19880	1430	29	of	of	IN
19880	1430	30	vibration	vibration	NN
19880	1430	31	are	be	VBP
19880	1430	32	those	those	DT
19880	1430	33	short	short	JJ
19880	1430	34	portions	portion	NNS
19880	1430	35	which	which	WDT
19880	1430	36	form	form	VBP
19880	1430	37	the	the	DT
19880	1430	38	margins	margin	NNS
19880	1430	39	of	of	IN
19880	1430	40	the	the	DT
19880	1430	41	oval	oval	NN
19880	1430	42	opening	open	VBG
19880	1430	43	shown	show	VBN
19880	1430	44	in	in	IN
19880	1430	45	the	the	DT
19880	1430	46	illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1430	47	.	.	.
19880	1431	1	Only	only	RB
19880	1431	2	a	a	DT
19880	1431	3	very	very	RB
19880	1431	4	limited	limited	JJ
19880	1431	5	number	number	NN
19880	1431	6	of	of	IN
19880	1431	7	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1431	8	are	be	VBP
19880	1431	9	capable	capable	JJ
19880	1431	10	of	of	IN
19880	1431	11	the	the	DT
19880	1431	12	delicate	delicate	JJ
19880	1431	13	adjustments	adjustment	NNS
19880	1431	14	required	require	VBN
19880	1431	15	.	.	.
19880	1431	16	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1432	1	In	in	IN
19880	1432	2	a	a	DT
19880	1432	3	singer	singer	NN
19880	1432	4	highly	highly	RB
19880	1432	5	endowed	endow	VBN
19880	1432	6	by	by	IN
19880	1432	7	nature	nature	NN
19880	1432	8	and	and	CC
19880	1432	9	perfected	perfect	VBN
19880	1432	10	by	by	IN
19880	1432	11	long	long	JJ
19880	1432	12	training	training	NN
19880	1432	13	based	base	VBN
19880	1432	14	on	on	IN
19880	1432	15	the	the	DT
19880	1432	16	soundest	soundest	JJ
19880	1432	17	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1432	18	,	,	,
19880	1432	19	the	the	DT
19880	1432	20	action	action	NN
19880	1432	21	of	of	IN
19880	1432	22	the	the	DT
19880	1432	23	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1432	24	of	of	IN
19880	1432	25	the	the	DT
19880	1432	26	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1432	27	may	may	MD
19880	1432	28	reach	reach	VB
19880	1432	29	a	a	DT
19880	1432	30	degree	degree	NN
19880	1432	31	of	of	IN
19880	1432	32	perfection	perfection	NN
19880	1432	33	only	only	RB
19880	1432	34	to	to	TO
19880	1432	35	be	be	VB
19880	1432	36	compared	compare	VBN
19880	1432	37	with	with	IN
19880	1432	38	that	that	DT
19880	1432	39	of	of	IN
19880	1432	40	the	the	DT
19880	1432	41	eye	eye	NN
19880	1432	42	and	and	CC
19880	1432	43	ear	ear	NN
19880	1432	44	.	.	.
19880	1433	1	Consideration	consideration	NN
19880	1433	2	of	of	IN
19880	1433	3	the	the	DT
19880	1433	4	_	_	NNP
19880	1433	5	coup	coup	NN
19880	1433	6	de	de	NNP
19880	1433	7	glotte	glotte	NNP
19880	1433	8	_	_	NNP
19880	1433	9	,	,	,
19880	1433	10	the	the	DT
19880	1433	11	attack	attack	NN
19880	1433	12	,	,	,
19880	1433	13	or	or	CC
19880	1433	14	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19880	1433	15	of	of	IN
19880	1433	16	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	1433	17	to	to	TO
19880	1433	18	produce	produce	VB
19880	1433	19	tone	tone	NN
19880	1433	20	that	that	WDT
19880	1433	21	begins	begin	VBZ
19880	1433	22	correctly	correctly	RB
19880	1433	23	;	;	:
19880	1433	24	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1433	25	,	,	,
19880	1433	26	with	with	IN
19880	1433	27	open	open	JJ
19880	1433	28	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1433	29	,	,	,
19880	1433	30	with	with	IN
19880	1433	31	effectiveness	effectiveness	NN
19880	1433	32	and	and	CC
19880	1433	33	economy	economy	NN
19880	1433	34	of	of	IN
19880	1433	35	energy	energy	NN
19880	1433	36	;	;	:
19880	1433	37	singing	singe	VBG
19880	1433	38	for	for	IN
19880	1433	39	children	child	NNS
19880	1433	40	,	,	,
19880	1433	41	in	in	IN
19880	1433	42	choirs	choir	NNS
19880	1433	43	,	,	,
19880	1433	44	etc	etc	FW
19880	1433	45	.	.	.
19880	1433	46	,	,	,
19880	1433	47	have	have	VBP
19880	1433	48	been	be	VBN
19880	1433	49	discussed	discuss	VBN
19880	1433	50	.	.	.
19880	1434	1	Practical	practical	JJ
19880	1434	2	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	1434	3	should	should	MD
19880	1434	4	be	be	VB
19880	1434	5	related	relate	VBN
19880	1434	6	to	to	IN
19880	1434	7	the	the	DT
19880	1434	8	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1434	9	underlying	underlie	VBG
19880	1434	10	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1434	11	.	.	.
19880	1435	1	Musical	musical	JJ
19880	1435	2	and	and	CC
19880	1435	3	æsthetic	æsthetic	JJ
19880	1435	4	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1435	5	are	be	VBP
19880	1435	6	always	always	RB
19880	1435	7	to	to	TO
19880	1435	8	be	be	VB
19880	1435	9	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1435	10	with	with	IN
19880	1435	11	a	a	DT
19880	1435	12	sound	sound	JJ
19880	1435	13	technique	technique	NN
19880	1435	14	.	.	.
19880	1436	1	The	the	DT
19880	1436	2	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1436	3	and	and	CC
19880	1436	4	technical	technical	JJ
19880	1436	5	or	or	CC
19880	1436	6	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	1436	7	conscience	conscience	NN
19880	1436	8	should	should	MD
19880	1436	9	be	be	VB
19880	1436	10	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1436	11	.	.	.
19880	1437	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	1437	2	IX	IX	NNP
19880	1437	3	.	.	.
19880	1438	1	THE	the	DT
19880	1438	2	RESONANCE	resonance	NN
19880	1438	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	1438	4	CHAMBERS	chambers	NN
19880	1438	5	.	.	.
19880	1439	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1439	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1439	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1439	4	borne	bear	VBN
19880	1439	5	in	in	IN
19880	1439	6	mind	mind	NN
19880	1439	7	that	that	IN
19880	1439	8	the	the	DT
19880	1439	9	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1439	10	bands	band	NNS
19880	1439	11	have	have	VBP
19880	1439	12	little	little	JJ
19880	1439	13	or	or	CC
19880	1439	14	nothing	nothing	NN
19880	1439	15	to	to	TO
19880	1439	16	do	do	VB
19880	1439	17	with	with	IN
19880	1439	18	the	the	DT
19880	1439	19	quality	quality	NN
19880	1439	20	of	of	IN
19880	1439	21	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1439	22	,	,	,
19880	1439	23	the	the	DT
19880	1439	24	importance	importance	NN
19880	1439	25	of	of	IN
19880	1439	26	those	those	DT
19880	1439	27	parts	part	NNS
19880	1439	28	of	of	IN
19880	1439	29	the	the	DT
19880	1439	30	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1439	31	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1439	32	which	which	WDT
19880	1439	33	determine	determine	VBP
19880	1439	34	quality	quality	NN
19880	1439	35	,	,	,
19880	1439	36	and	and	CC
19880	1439	37	the	the	DT
19880	1439	38	error	error	NN
19880	1439	39	of	of	IN
19880	1439	40	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1439	41	of	of	IN
19880	1439	42	the	the	DT
19880	1439	43	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1439	44	as	as	IN
19880	1439	45	if	if	IN
19880	1439	46	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1439	47	alone	alone	RB
19880	1439	48	were	be	VBD
19880	1439	49	the	the	DT
19880	1439	50	sole	sole	JJ
19880	1439	51	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1439	52	organ	organ	NN
19880	1439	53	,	,	,
19880	1439	54	become	become	VBP
19880	1439	55	apparent	apparent	JJ
19880	1439	56	.	.	.
19880	1440	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1440	2	may	may	MD
19880	1440	3	be	be	VB
19880	1440	4	strictly	strictly	RB
19880	1440	5	said	say	VBN
19880	1440	6	that	that	IN
19880	1440	7	the	the	DT
19880	1440	8	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1440	9	bands	band	NNS
19880	1440	10	serve	serve	VBP
19880	1440	11	the	the	DT
19880	1440	12	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1440	13	of	of	IN
19880	1440	14	making	make	VBG
19880	1440	15	the	the	DT
19880	1440	16	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1440	17	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1440	18	available	available	JJ
19880	1440	19	.	.	.
19880	1441	1	What	what	WP
19880	1441	2	one	one	NN
19880	1441	3	hears	hear	VBZ
19880	1441	4	may	may	MD
19880	1441	5	be	be	VB
19880	1441	6	said	say	VBN
19880	1441	7	to	to	TO
19880	1441	8	be	be	VB
19880	1441	9	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1441	10	of	of	IN
19880	1441	11	this	this	DT
19880	1441	12	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1441	13	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1441	14	,	,	,
19880	1441	15	and	and	CC
19880	1441	16	not	not	RB
19880	1441	17	,	,	,
19880	1441	18	strictly	strictly	RB
19880	1441	19	,	,	,
19880	1441	20	those	those	DT
19880	1441	21	of	of	IN
19880	1441	22	the	the	DT
19880	1441	23	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1441	24	bands	band	NNS
19880	1441	25	,	,	,
19880	1441	26	though	though	IN
19880	1441	27	this	this	DT
19880	1441	28	expression	expression	NN
19880	1441	29	would	would	MD
19880	1441	30	also	also	RB
19880	1441	31	be	be	VB
19880	1441	32	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1441	33	,	,	,
19880	1441	34	but	but	CC
19880	1441	35	would	would	MD
19880	1441	36	not	not	RB
19880	1441	37	indicate	indicate	VB
19880	1441	38	the	the	DT
19880	1441	39	final	final	JJ
19880	1441	40	link	link	NN
19880	1441	41	in	in	IN
19880	1441	42	the	the	DT
19880	1441	43	series	series	NN
19880	1441	44	of	of	IN
19880	1441	45	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1441	46	.	.	.
19880	1442	1	The	the	DT
19880	1442	2	tone	tone	NN
19880	1442	3	caused	cause	VBN
19880	1442	4	by	by	IN
19880	1442	5	the	the	DT
19880	1442	6	vibration	vibration	NN
19880	1442	7	of	of	IN
19880	1442	8	two	two	CD
19880	1442	9	such	such	JJ
19880	1442	10	small	small	JJ
19880	1442	11	bands	band	NNS
19880	1442	12	as	as	IN
19880	1442	13	the	the	DT
19880	1442	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1442	15	cords	cord	NNS
19880	1442	16	must	must	MD
19880	1442	17	,	,	,
19880	1442	18	in	in	IN
19880	1442	19	the	the	DT
19880	1442	20	nature	nature	NN
19880	1442	21	of	of	IN
19880	1442	22	the	the	DT
19880	1442	23	case	case	NN
19880	1442	24	,	,	,
19880	1442	25	be	be	VB
19880	1442	26	very	very	RB
19880	1442	27	feeble	feeble	JJ
19880	1442	28	.	.	.
19880	1443	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1443	2	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	1443	3	important	important	JJ
19880	1443	4	for	for	IN
19880	1443	5	the	the	DT
19880	1443	6	reader	reader	NN
19880	1443	7	to	to	TO
19880	1443	8	convince	convince	VB
19880	1443	9	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1443	10	of	of	IN
19880	1443	11	the	the	DT
19880	1443	12	importance	importance	NN
19880	1443	13	of	of	IN
19880	1443	14	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1443	15	in	in	IN
19880	1443	16	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	1443	17	bodies	body	NNS
19880	1443	18	and	and	CC
19880	1443	19	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1443	20	instruments	instrument	NNS
19880	1443	21	.	.	.
19880	1444	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1444	2	the	the	DT
19880	1444	3	stem	stem	NN
19880	1444	4	of	of	IN
19880	1444	5	a	a	DT
19880	1444	6	tuning	tuning	NN
19880	1444	7	-	-	HYPH
19880	1444	8	fork	fork	NN
19880	1444	9	so	so	RB
19880	1444	10	small	small	JJ
19880	1444	11	that	that	IN
19880	1444	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1444	13	can	can	MD
19880	1444	14	be	be	VB
19880	1444	15	scarcely	scarcely	RB
19880	1444	16	heard	hear	VBN
19880	1444	17	when	when	WRB
19880	1444	18	in	in	IN
19880	1444	19	vibration	vibration	NN
19880	1444	20	,	,	,
19880	1444	21	except	except	IN
19880	1444	22	by	by	IN
19880	1444	23	,	,	,
19880	1444	24	the	the	DT
19880	1444	25	person	person	NN
19880	1444	26	holding	hold	VBG
19880	1444	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1444	28	,	,	,
19880	1444	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	1444	30	laid	lay	VBN
19880	1444	31	against	against	IN
19880	1444	32	a	a	DT
19880	1444	33	solid	solid	JJ
19880	1444	34	body	body	NN
19880	1444	35	,	,	,
19880	1444	36	as	as	IN
19880	1444	37	a	a	DT
19880	1444	38	table	table	NN
19880	1444	39	,	,	,
19880	1444	40	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1444	41	sound	sound	NN
19880	1444	42	is	be	VBZ
19880	1444	43	at	at	RB
19880	1444	44	once	once	RB
19880	1444	45	so	so	RB
19880	1444	46	increased	increase	VBD
19880	1444	47	that	that	IN
19880	1444	48	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1444	49	can	can	MD
19880	1444	50	be	be	VB
19880	1444	51	heard	hear	VBN
19880	1444	52	in	in	IN
19880	1444	53	the	the	DT
19880	1444	54	most	most	RBS
19880	1444	55	distant	distant	JJ
19880	1444	56	part	part	NN
19880	1444	57	of	of	IN
19880	1444	58	a	a	DT
19880	1444	59	large	large	JJ
19880	1444	60	room	room	NN
19880	1444	61	.	.	.
19880	1445	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1445	2	the	the	DT
19880	1445	3	same	same	JJ
19880	1445	4	fork	fork	NN
19880	1445	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1445	6	held	hold	VBN
19880	1445	7	over	over	IN
19880	1445	8	an	an	DT
19880	1445	9	empty	empty	JJ
19880	1445	10	jar	jar	NN
19880	1445	11	of	of	IN
19880	1445	12	suitable	suitable	JJ
19880	1445	13	size	size	NN
19880	1445	14	and	and	CC
19880	1445	15	shape	shape	NN
19880	1445	16	,	,	,
19880	1445	17	a	a	DT
19880	1445	18	similar	similar	JJ
19880	1445	19	but	but	CC
19880	1445	20	much	much	JJ
19880	1445	21	,	,	,
19880	1445	22	less	less	RBR
19880	1445	23	marked	marked	JJ
19880	1445	24	increase	increase	NN
19880	1445	25	of	of	IN
19880	1445	26	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1445	27	tone	tone	NN
19880	1445	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	1445	29	to	to	TO
19880	1445	30	be	be	VB
19880	1445	31	observed	observe	VBN
19880	1445	32	.	.	.
19880	1446	1	If	if	IN
19880	1446	2	a	a	DT
19880	1446	3	cord	cord	NN
19880	1446	4	of	of	IN
19880	1446	5	but	but	CC
19880	1446	6	moderate	moderate	JJ
19880	1446	7	thickness	thickness	NN
19880	1446	8	be	be	VB
19880	1446	9	fastened	fasten	VBN
19880	1446	10	at	at	IN
19880	1446	11	each	each	DT
19880	1446	12	end	end	NN
19880	1446	13	to	to	IN
19880	1446	14	a	a	DT
19880	1446	15	thin	thin	JJ
19880	1446	16	piece	piece	NN
19880	1446	17	of	of	IN
19880	1446	18	wood	wood	NN
19880	1446	19	,	,	,
19880	1446	20	say	say	VBP
19880	1446	21	a	a	DT
19880	1446	22	split	split	NN
19880	1446	23	shingle	shingle	NN
19880	1446	24	,	,	,
19880	1446	25	and	and	CC
19880	1446	26	a	a	DT
19880	1446	27	little	little	JJ
19880	1446	28	block	block	NN
19880	1446	29	of	of	IN
19880	1446	30	wood	wood	NN
19880	1446	31	,	,	,
19880	1446	32	in	in	IN
19880	1446	33	imitation	imitation	NN
19880	1446	34	of	of	IN
19880	1446	35	the	the	DT
19880	1446	36	bridge	bridge	NN
19880	1446	37	of	of	IN
19880	1446	38	a	a	DT
19880	1446	39	violin	violin	NN
19880	1446	40	,	,	,
19880	1446	41	be	be	VB
19880	1446	42	placed	place	VBN
19880	1446	43	under	under	IN
19880	1446	44	the	the	DT
19880	1446	45	cord	cord	NN
19880	1446	46	so	so	IN
19880	1446	47	as	as	IN
19880	1446	48	to	to	TO
19880	1446	49	render	render	VB
19880	1446	50	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1446	51	tense	tense	JJ
19880	1446	52	,	,	,
19880	1446	53	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1446	54	have	have	VBP
19880	1446	55	the	the	DT
19880	1446	56	essentials	essential	NNS
19880	1446	57	of	of	IN
19880	1446	58	a	a	DT
19880	1446	59	stringed	string	VBN
19880	1446	60	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	1446	61	,	,	,
19880	1446	62	the	the	DT
19880	1446	63	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1446	64	of	of	IN
19880	1446	65	which	which	WDT
19880	1446	66	can	can	MD
19880	1446	67	be	be	VB
19880	1446	68	made	make	VBN
19880	1446	69	to	to	TO
19880	1446	70	vary	vary	VB
19880	1446	71	by	by	IN
19880	1446	72	moving	move	VBG
19880	1446	73	the	the	DT
19880	1446	74	block	block	NN
19880	1446	75	about	about	IN
19880	1446	76	and	and	CC
19880	1446	77	thus	thus	RB
19880	1446	78	varying	vary	VBG
19880	1446	79	the	the	DT
19880	1446	80	tightness	tightness	NN
19880	1446	81	of	of	IN
19880	1446	82	the	the	DT
19880	1446	83	cord	cord	NN
19880	1446	84	.	.	.
19880	1447	1	But	but	CC
19880	1447	2	the	the	DT
19880	1447	3	sound	sound	NN
19880	1447	4	of	of	IN
19880	1447	5	such	such	PDT
19880	1447	6	an	an	DT
19880	1447	7	improvised	improvise	VBN
19880	1447	8	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	1447	9	,	,	,
19880	1447	10	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1447	11	by	by	IN
19880	1447	12	drawing	draw	VBG
19880	1447	13	a	a	DT
19880	1447	14	bow	bow	NN
19880	1447	15	across	across	IN
19880	1447	16	the	the	DT
19880	1447	17	cord	cord	NN
19880	1447	18	,	,	,
19880	1447	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	1447	20	ridiculously	ridiculously	RB
19880	1447	21	feeble	feeble	JJ
19880	1447	22	.	.	.
19880	1448	1	In	in	IN
19880	1448	2	the	the	DT
19880	1448	3	actual	actual	JJ
19880	1448	4	violin	violin	NN
19880	1448	5	the	the	DT
19880	1448	6	volume	volume	NN
19880	1448	7	of	of	IN
19880	1448	8	sound	sound	NN
19880	1448	9	,	,	,
19880	1448	10	as	as	RB
19880	1448	11	well	well	RB
19880	1448	12	as	as	IN
19880	1448	13	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1448	14	quality	quality	NN
19880	1448	15	,	,	,
19880	1448	16	depends	depend	VBZ
19880	1448	17	on	on	IN
19880	1448	18	the	the	DT
19880	1448	19	size	size	NN
19880	1448	20	,	,	,
19880	1448	21	shape	shape	NN
19880	1448	22	,	,	,
19880	1448	23	and	and	CC
19880	1448	24	weight	weight	NN
19880	1448	25	of	of	IN
19880	1448	26	the	the	DT
19880	1448	27	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	1448	28	.	.	.
19880	1449	1	The	the	DT
19880	1449	2	strings	string	NNS
19880	1449	3	serve	serve	VBP
19880	1449	4	the	the	DT
19880	1449	5	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1449	6	of	of	IN
19880	1449	7	causing	cause	VBG
19880	1449	8	the	the	DT
19880	1449	9	body	body	NN
19880	1449	10	of	of	IN
19880	1449	11	the	the	DT
19880	1449	12	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	1449	13	,	,	,
19880	1449	14	the	the	DT
19880	1449	15	air	air	NN
19880	1449	16	within	within	IN
19880	1449	17	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1449	18	,	,	,
19880	1449	19	and	and	CC
19880	1449	20	,	,	,
19880	1449	21	in	in	IN
19880	1449	22	consequence	consequence	NNP
19880	1449	23	,	,	,
19880	1449	24	the	the	DT
19880	1449	25	air	air	NN
19880	1449	26	without	without	IN
19880	1449	27	,	,	,
19880	1449	28	between	between	IN
19880	1449	29	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1449	30	and	and	CC
19880	1449	31	the	the	DT
19880	1449	32	ear	ear	NN
19880	1449	33	of	of	IN
19880	1449	34	the	the	DT
19880	1449	35	auditor	auditor	NN
19880	1449	36	,	,	,
19880	1449	37	to	to	TO
19880	1449	38	vibrate	vibrate	VB
19880	1449	39	or	or	CC
19880	1449	40	move	move	VB
19880	1449	41	in	in	IN
19880	1449	42	a	a	DT
19880	1449	43	specific	specific	JJ
19880	1449	44	manner	manner	NN
19880	1449	45	.	.	.
19880	1450	1	Similarly	similarly	RB
19880	1450	2	,	,	,
19880	1450	3	the	the	DT
19880	1450	4	imposing	impose	VBG
19880	1450	5	size	size	NN
19880	1450	6	of	of	IN
19880	1450	7	the	the	DT
19880	1450	8	grand	grand	JJ
19880	1450	9	piano	piano	NN
19880	1450	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	1450	11	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1450	12	inevitably	inevitably	RB
19880	1450	13	with	with	IN
19880	1450	14	loudness	loudness	NN
19880	1450	15	,	,	,
19880	1450	16	as	as	IN
19880	1450	17	compared	compare	VBN
19880	1450	18	with	with	IN
19880	1450	19	a	a	DT
19880	1450	20	smaller	small	JJR
19880	1450	21	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	1450	22	.	.	.
19880	1451	1	A	a	DT
19880	1451	2	violoncello	violoncello	NN
19880	1451	3	must	must	MD
19880	1451	4	produce	produce	VB
19880	1451	5	a	a	DT
19880	1451	6	larger	large	JJR
19880	1451	7	tone	tone	NN
19880	1451	8	than	than	IN
19880	1451	9	a	a	DT
19880	1451	10	violin	violin	NN
19880	1451	11	,	,	,
19880	1451	12	though	though	IN
19880	1451	13	not	not	RB
19880	1451	14	necessarily	necessarily	RB
19880	1451	15	one	one	CD
19880	1451	16	more	more	RBR
19880	1451	17	intense	intense	JJ
19880	1451	18	.	.	.
19880	1452	1	These	these	DT
19880	1452	2	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1452	3	of	of	IN
19880	1452	4	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1452	5	apply	apply	VB
19880	1452	6	in	in	IN
19880	1452	7	the	the	DT
19880	1452	8	case	case	NN
19880	1452	9	of	of	IN
19880	1452	10	the	the	DT
19880	1452	11	singer	singer	NN
19880	1452	12	and	and	CC
19880	1452	13	the	the	DT
19880	1452	14	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1452	15	.	.	.
19880	1453	1	The	the	DT
19880	1453	2	bass	bass	NN
19880	1453	3	and	and	CC
19880	1453	4	barytone	barytone	NNP
19880	1453	5	produce	produce	VBP
19880	1453	6	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1453	7	of	of	IN
19880	1453	8	larger	large	JJR
19880	1453	9	volume	volume	NN
19880	1453	10	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1453	11	as	as	RB
19880	1453	12	well	well	RB
19880	1453	13	as	as	IN
19880	1453	14	different	different	JJ
19880	1453	15	quality	quality	NN
19880	1453	16	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1453	17	than	than	IN
19880	1453	18	those	those	DT
19880	1453	19	of	of	IN
19880	1453	20	the	the	DT
19880	1453	21	tenor	tenor	NN
19880	1453	22	,	,	,
19880	1453	23	because	because	IN
19880	1453	24	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1453	25	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1453	26	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1453	27	is	be	VBZ
19880	1453	28	different	different	JJ
19880	1453	29	in	in	IN
19880	1453	30	size	size	NN
19880	1453	31	and	and	CC
19880	1453	32	shape	shape	NN
19880	1453	33	.	.	.
19880	1454	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1454	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1454	3	true	true	JJ
19880	1454	4	,	,	,
19880	1454	5	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1454	6	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1454	7	bands	band	NNS
19880	1454	8	,	,	,
19880	1454	9	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1454	10	wind	wind	NN
19880	1454	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	1454	12	power	power	NN
19880	1454	13	,	,	,
19880	1454	14	and	and	CC
19880	1454	15	the	the	DT
19880	1454	16	laryngeal	laryngeal	NN
19880	1454	17	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1454	18	are	be	VBP
19880	1454	19	different	different	JJ
19880	1454	20	--	--	:
19880	1454	21	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1454	22	are	be	VBP
19880	1454	23	not	not	RB
19880	1454	24	of	of	IN
19880	1454	25	the	the	DT
19880	1454	26	same	same	JJ
19880	1454	27	size	size	NN
19880	1454	28	,	,	,
19880	1454	29	etc.--and	etc.--and	XX
19880	1454	30	,	,	,
19880	1454	31	in	in	IN
19880	1454	32	a	a	DT
19880	1454	33	more	more	RBR
19880	1454	34	remote	remote	JJ
19880	1454	35	sense	sense	NN
19880	1454	36	,	,	,
19880	1454	37	this	this	DT
19880	1454	38	is	be	VBZ
19880	1454	39	the	the	DT
19880	1454	40	cause	cause	NN
19880	1454	41	of	of	IN
19880	1454	42	the	the	DT
19880	1454	43	differences	difference	NNS
19880	1454	44	in	in	IN
19880	1454	45	the	the	DT
19880	1454	46	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1454	47	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1454	48	produce	produce	VBP
19880	1454	49	;	;	:
19880	1454	50	but	but	CC
19880	1454	51	the	the	DT
19880	1454	52	immediate	immediate	JJ
19880	1454	53	cause	cause	NN
19880	1454	54	is	be	VBZ
19880	1454	55	to	to	TO
19880	1454	56	be	be	VB
19880	1454	57	sought	seek	VBN
19880	1454	58	in	in	IN
19880	1454	59	the	the	DT
19880	1454	60	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1454	61	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1454	62	,	,	,
19880	1454	63	and	and	CC
19880	1454	64	,	,	,
19880	1454	65	above	above	IN
19880	1454	66	all	all	DT
19880	1454	67	,	,	,
19880	1454	68	in	in	IN
19880	1454	69	the	the	DT
19880	1454	70	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1454	71	-	-	HYPH
19880	1454	72	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1454	73	.	.	.
19880	1455	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1455	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1455	3	true	true	JJ
19880	1455	4	that	that	IN
19880	1455	5	when	when	WRB
19880	1455	6	one	one	PRP
19880	1455	7	speaks	speak	VBZ
19880	1455	8	or	or	CC
19880	1455	9	sings	sing	NNS
19880	1455	10	,	,	,
19880	1455	11	the	the	DT
19880	1455	12	chest	chest	NN
19880	1455	13	,	,	,
19880	1455	14	windpipe	windpipe	UH
19880	1455	15	,	,	,
19880	1455	16	and	and	CC
19880	1455	17	larynx	larynx	NNP
19880	1455	18	may	may	MD
19880	1455	19	be	be	VB
19880	1455	20	felt	feel	VBN
19880	1455	21	to	to	TO
19880	1455	22	vibrate	vibrate	VB
19880	1455	23	,	,	,
19880	1455	24	but	but	CC
19880	1455	25	the	the	DT
19880	1455	26	essential	essential	JJ
19880	1455	27	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1455	28	are	be	VBP
19880	1455	29	_	_	NNP
19880	1455	30	supra	supra	NNP
19880	1455	31	-	-	,
19880	1455	32	glottic_--above	glottic_--above	CC
19880	1455	33	the	the	DT
19880	1455	34	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1455	35	bands	band	NNS
19880	1455	36	.	.	.
19880	1456	1	These	these	DT
19880	1456	2	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1456	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	1456	4	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1456	5	are	be	VBP
19880	1456	6	the	the	DT
19880	1456	7	_	_	NNP
19880	1456	8	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1456	9	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	1456	10	_	_	NNP
19880	1456	11	,	,	,
19880	1456	12	in	in	IN
19880	1456	13	the	the	DT
19880	1456	14	widest	wide	JJS
19880	1456	15	sense	sense	NN
19880	1456	16	,	,	,
19880	1456	17	and	and	CC
19880	1456	18	the	the	DT
19880	1456	19	_	_	NNP
19880	1456	20	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	1456	21	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1456	22	_	_	NNP
19880	1456	23	.	.	.
19880	1457	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1457	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1457	3	highly	highly	RB
19880	1457	4	probable	probable	JJ
19880	1457	5	that	that	IN
19880	1457	6	the	the	DT
19880	1457	7	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1457	8	of	of	IN
19880	1457	9	the	the	DT
19880	1457	10	chest	chest	NN
19880	1457	11	walls	wall	NNS
19880	1457	12	and	and	CC
19880	1457	13	of	of	IN
19880	1457	14	the	the	DT
19880	1457	15	bones	bone	NNS
19880	1457	16	of	of	IN
19880	1457	17	the	the	DT
19880	1457	18	head	head	NN
19880	1457	19	may	may	MD
19880	1457	20	to	to	IN
19880	1457	21	some	some	DT
19880	1457	22	degree	degree	NN
19880	1457	23	modify	modify	VB
19880	1457	24	the	the	DT
19880	1457	25	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1457	26	of	of	IN
19880	1457	27	the	the	DT
19880	1457	28	air	air	NN
19880	1457	29	within	within	IN
19880	1457	30	the	the	DT
19880	1457	31	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1457	32	-	-	HYPH
19880	1457	33	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1457	34	,	,	,
19880	1457	35	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	1457	36	in	in	IN
19880	1457	37	the	the	DT
19880	1457	38	direction	direction	NN
19880	1457	39	of	of	IN
19880	1457	40	intensification	intensification	NN
19880	1457	41	;	;	:
19880	1457	42	but	but	CC
19880	1457	43	the	the	DT
19880	1457	44	idea	idea	NN
19880	1457	45	that	that	IN
19880	1457	46	the	the	DT
19880	1457	47	hollow	hollow	JJ
19880	1457	48	spaces	space	NNS
19880	1457	49	in	in	IN
19880	1457	50	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1457	51	of	of	IN
19880	1457	52	the	the	DT
19880	1457	53	bones	bone	NNS
19880	1457	54	of	of	IN
19880	1457	55	the	the	DT
19880	1457	56	head	head	NN
19880	1457	57	have	have	VBP
19880	1457	58	any	any	DT
19880	1457	59	appreciable	appreciable	JJ
19880	1457	60	influence	influence	NN
19880	1457	61	on	on	IN
19880	1457	62	the	the	DT
19880	1457	63	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1457	64	of	of	IN
19880	1457	65	the	the	DT
19880	1457	66	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1457	67	or	or	CC
19880	1457	68	singer	singer	NN
19880	1457	69	,	,	,
19880	1457	70	can	can	MD
19880	1457	71	at	at	IN
19880	1457	72	best	good	JJS
19880	1457	73	not	not	RB
19880	1457	74	be	be	VB
19880	1457	75	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1457	76	as	as	IN
19880	1457	77	demonstrated	demonstrate	VBN
19880	1457	78	,	,	,
19880	1457	79	and	and	CC
19880	1457	80	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1457	81	serves	serve	VBZ
19880	1457	82	no	no	DT
19880	1457	83	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1457	84	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1457	85	to	to	TO
19880	1457	86	take	take	VB
19880	1457	87	into	into	IN
19880	1457	88	account	account	NN
19880	1457	89	this	this	DT
19880	1457	90	possibility	possibility	NN
19880	1457	91	.	.	.
19880	1458	1	The	the	DT
19880	1458	2	great	great	JJ
19880	1458	3	facts	fact	NNS
19880	1458	4	,	,	,
19880	1458	5	the	the	DT
19880	1458	6	facts	fact	NNS
19880	1458	7	which	which	WDT
19880	1458	8	are	be	VBP
19880	1458	9	so	so	RB
19880	1458	10	plain	plain	JJ
19880	1458	11	that	that	IN
19880	1458	12	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1458	13	may	may	MD
19880	1458	14	be	be	VB
19880	1458	15	demonstrated	demonstrate	VBN
19880	1458	16	to	to	IN
19880	1458	17	a	a	DT
19880	1458	18	child	child	NN
19880	1458	19	,	,	,
19880	1458	20	are	be	VBP
19880	1458	21	these	these	DT
19880	1458	22	:	:	:
19880	1458	23	that	that	IN
19880	1458	24	the	the	DT
19880	1458	25	quality	quality	NN
19880	1458	26	of	of	IN
19880	1458	27	any	any	DT
19880	1458	28	tone--_e.g	tone--_e.g	NN
19880	1458	29	.	.	.
19880	1458	30	_	_	NNP
19880	1458	31	,	,	,
19880	1458	32	a	a	DT
19880	1458	33	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	1458	34	--	--	:
19880	1458	35	is	be	VBZ
19880	1458	36	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1458	37	determined	determine	VBN
19880	1458	38	by	by	IN
19880	1458	39	the	the	DT
19880	1458	40	shape	shape	NN
19880	1458	41	of	of	IN
19880	1458	42	these	these	DT
19880	1458	43	cavities	cavity	NNS
19880	1458	44	,	,	,
19880	1458	45	the	the	DT
19880	1458	46	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1458	47	and	and	CC
19880	1458	48	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	1458	49	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1458	50	.	.	.
19880	1459	1	This	this	DT
19880	1459	2	subject	subject	NN
19880	1459	3	will	will	MD
19880	1459	4	be	be	VB
19880	1459	5	treated	treat	VBN
19880	1459	6	further	further	RB
19880	1459	7	when	when	WRB
19880	1459	8	the	the	DT
19880	1459	9	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1459	10	,	,	,
19880	1459	11	etc	etc	FW
19880	1459	12	.	.	.
19880	1459	13	,	,	,
19880	1459	14	of	of	IN
19880	1459	15	speech	speech	NN
19880	1459	16	are	be	VBP
19880	1459	17	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1459	18	,	,	,
19880	1459	19	but	but	CC
19880	1459	20	inasmuch	inasmuch	JJ
19880	1459	21	as	as	IN
19880	1459	22	no	no	DT
19880	1459	23	one	one	NN
19880	1459	24	can	can	MD
19880	1459	25	sing	sing	VB
19880	1459	26	,	,	,
19880	1459	27	in	in	IN
19880	1459	28	the	the	DT
19880	1459	29	proper	proper	JJ
19880	1459	30	sense	sense	NN
19880	1459	31	of	of	IN
19880	1459	32	the	the	DT
19880	1459	33	term	term	NN
19880	1459	34	,	,	,
19880	1459	35	without	without	IN
19880	1459	36	the	the	DT
19880	1459	37	use	use	NN
19880	1459	38	of	of	IN
19880	1459	39	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	1459	40	,	,	,
19880	1459	41	at	at	IN
19880	1459	42	least	least	JJS
19880	1459	43	,	,	,
19880	1459	44	and	and	CC
19880	1459	45	as	as	IN
19880	1459	46	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1459	47	produce	produce	VBP
19880	1459	48	different	different	JJ
19880	1459	49	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	1459	50	with	with	IN
19880	1459	51	ease	ease	NN
19880	1459	52	,	,	,
19880	1459	53	one	one	PRP
19880	1459	54	may	may	MD
19880	1459	55	at	at	IN
19880	1459	56	once	once	RB
19880	1459	57	demonstrate	demonstrate	VB
19880	1459	58	to	to	IN
19880	1459	59	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1459	60	that	that	IN
19880	1459	61	this	this	DT
19880	1459	62	is	be	VBZ
19880	1459	63	done	do	VBN
19880	1459	64	by	by	IN
19880	1459	65	altering	alter	VBG
19880	1459	66	the	the	DT
19880	1459	67	shape	shape	NN
19880	1459	68	of	of	IN
19880	1459	69	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1459	70	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1459	71	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	1459	72	,	,	,
19880	1459	73	and	and	CC
19880	1459	74	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	1459	75	by	by	IN
19880	1459	76	the	the	DT
19880	1459	77	agency	agency	NN
19880	1459	78	of	of	IN
19880	1459	79	the	the	DT
19880	1459	80	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1459	81	and	and	CC
19880	1459	82	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1459	83	palate	palate	NN
19880	1459	84	.	.	.
19880	1460	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1460	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1460	3	:	:	:
19880	1460	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1460	5	.	.	.
19880	1461	1	46	46	CD
19880	1461	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1461	3	Tyndall	Tyndall	NNP
19880	1461	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1461	5	.	.	.
19880	1462	1	Representing	represent	VBG
19880	1462	2	water	water	NN
19880	1462	3	being	being	NN
19880	1462	4	poured	pour	VBN
19880	1462	5	into	into	IN
19880	1462	6	the	the	DT
19880	1462	7	vessel	vessel	NN
19880	1462	8	A	a	NN
19880	1462	9	B	B	NNP
19880	1462	10	,	,	,
19880	1462	11	till	till	IN
19880	1462	12	the	the	DT
19880	1462	13	air	air	NN
19880	1462	14	-	-	HYPH
19880	1462	15	space	space	NN
19880	1462	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	1462	17	just	just	RB
19880	1462	18	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19880	1462	19	to	to	TO
19880	1462	20	respond	respond	VB
19880	1462	21	to	to	IN
19880	1462	22	the	the	DT
19880	1462	23	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1462	24	of	of	IN
19880	1462	25	the	the	DT
19880	1462	26	tuning	tuning	NN
19880	1462	27	-	-	HYPH
19880	1462	28	fork	fork	NN
19880	1462	29	.	.	.
19880	1463	1	The	the	DT
19880	1463	2	air	air	NN
19880	1463	3	thus	thus	RB
19880	1463	4	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	1463	5	a	a	DT
19880	1463	6	resonator	resonator	NN
19880	1463	7	of	of	IN
19880	1463	8	the	the	DT
19880	1463	9	fork	fork	NN
19880	1463	10	.	.	.
19880	1463	11	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1464	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1464	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1464	3	:	:	:
19880	1464	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1464	5	.	.	.
19880	1465	1	47	47	CD
19880	1465	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1465	3	Spalteholz	Spalteholz	NNP
19880	1465	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1465	5	.	.	.
19880	1466	1	The	the	DT
19880	1466	2	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1466	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1466	4	extremely	extremely	RB
19880	1466	5	widely	widely	RB
19880	1466	6	opened	open	VBN
19880	1466	7	.	.	.
19880	1467	1	The	the	DT
19880	1467	2	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1467	3	palate	palate	NN
19880	1467	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1467	5	seen	see	VBN
19880	1467	6	terminating	terminate	VBG
19880	1467	7	in	in	IN
19880	1467	8	the	the	DT
19880	1467	9	uvula	uvula	NN
19880	1467	10	,	,	,
19880	1467	11	and	and	CC
19880	1467	12	on	on	IN
19880	1467	13	each	each	DT
19880	1467	14	side	side	NN
19880	1467	15	,	,	,
19880	1467	16	extending	extend	VBG
19880	1467	17	from	from	IN
19880	1467	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1467	19	,	,	,
19880	1467	20	are	be	VBP
19880	1467	21	the	the	DT
19880	1467	22	pillars	pillar	NNS
19880	1467	23	of	of	IN
19880	1467	24	the	the	DT
19880	1467	25	fauces	fauce	NNS
19880	1467	26	,	,	,
19880	1467	27	a	a	DT
19880	1467	28	pair	pair	NN
19880	1467	29	of	of	IN
19880	1467	30	folds	fold	NNS
19880	1467	31	between	between	IN
19880	1467	32	which	which	WDT
19880	1467	33	the	the	DT
19880	1467	34	tonsil	tonsil	NN
19880	1467	35	is	be	VBZ
19880	1467	36	seen	see	VBN
19880	1467	37	to	to	TO
19880	1467	38	lie	lie	VB
19880	1467	39	.	.	.
19880	1467	40	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1468	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1468	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1468	3	:	:	:
19880	1468	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1468	5	.	.	.
19880	1469	1	48	48	CD
19880	1469	2	.	.	.
19880	1470	1	View	View	NNP
19880	1470	2	of	of	IN
19880	1470	3	the	the	DT
19880	1470	4	nose	nose	NN
19880	1470	5	,	,	,
19880	1470	6	etc	etc	FW
19880	1470	7	.	.	FW
19880	1470	8	,	,	,
19880	1470	9	from	from	IN
19880	1470	10	behind	behind	RB
19880	1470	11	,	,	,
19880	1470	12	showing	show	VBG
19880	1470	13	the	the	DT
19880	1470	14	parts	part	NNS
19880	1470	15	enumerated	enumerate	VBN
19880	1470	16	above	above	RB
19880	1470	17	.	.	.
19880	1471	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1471	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1471	3	not	not	RB
19880	1471	4	hard	hard	JJ
19880	1471	5	to	to	TO
19880	1471	6	understand	understand	VB
19880	1471	7	that	that	IN
19880	1471	8	any	any	DT
19880	1471	9	considerable	considerable	JJ
19880	1471	10	amount	amount	NN
19880	1471	11	of	of	IN
19880	1471	12	swelling	swelling	NN
19880	1471	13	of	of	IN
19880	1471	14	the	the	DT
19880	1471	15	lining	line	VBG
19880	1471	16	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	1471	17	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	1471	18	might	may	MD
19880	1471	19	give	give	VB
19880	1471	20	rise	rise	NN
19880	1471	21	to	to	IN
19880	1471	22	difficulty	difficulty	NN
19880	1471	23	in	in	IN
19880	1471	24	breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	1471	25	through	through	IN
19880	1471	26	the	the	DT
19880	1471	27	nose	nose	NN
19880	1471	28	,	,	,
19880	1471	29	and	and	CC
19880	1471	30	even	even	RB
19880	1471	31	compel	compel	VB
19880	1471	32	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1471	33	-	-	HYPH
19880	1471	34	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1471	35	.	.	.
19880	1471	36	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1472	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1472	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1472	3	:	:	:
19880	1472	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1472	5	.	.	.
19880	1473	1	49	49	CD
19880	1473	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1473	3	Spalteholz	Spalteholz	NNP
19880	1473	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1473	5	.	.	.
19880	1474	1	Showing	show	VBG
19880	1474	2	well	well	RB
19880	1474	3	the	the	DT
19880	1474	4	scroll	scroll	NN
19880	1474	5	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1474	6	turbinated	turbinate	VBN
19880	1474	7	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1474	8	bones	bone	NNS
19880	1474	9	of	of	IN
19880	1474	10	the	the	DT
19880	1474	11	nose	nose	NN
19880	1474	12	,	,	,
19880	1474	13	which	which	WDT
19880	1474	14	break	break	VBP
19880	1474	15	up	up	RP
19880	1474	16	the	the	DT
19880	1474	17	space	space	NN
19880	1474	18	and	and	CC
19880	1474	19	make	make	VB
19880	1474	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1474	21	more	more	RBR
19880	1474	22	cavernous	cavernous	JJ
19880	1474	23	.	.	.
19880	1475	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1475	2	can	can	MD
19880	1475	3	be	be	VB
19880	1475	4	seen	see	VBN
19880	1475	5	that	that	IN
19880	1475	6	there	there	EX
19880	1475	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1475	8	free	free	JJ
19880	1475	9	communication	communication	NN
19880	1475	10	behind	behind	IN
19880	1475	11	,	,	,
19880	1475	12	between	between	IN
19880	1475	13	the	the	DT
19880	1475	14	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1475	15	and	and	CC
19880	1475	16	the	the	DT
19880	1475	17	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	1475	18	cavities	cavity	NNS
19880	1475	19	,	,	,
19880	1475	20	and	and	CC
19880	1475	21	that	that	IN
19880	1475	22	if	if	IN
19880	1475	23	the	the	DT
19880	1475	24	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1475	25	palate	palate	NN
19880	1475	26	and	and	CC
19880	1475	27	the	the	DT
19880	1475	28	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1475	29	approximate	approximate	JJ
19880	1475	30	,	,	,
19880	1475	31	the	the	DT
19880	1475	32	breath	breath	NN
19880	1475	33	-	-	HYPH
19880	1475	34	stream	stream	NN
19880	1475	35	must	must	MD
19880	1475	36	pass	pass	VB
19880	1475	37	into	into	IN
19880	1475	38	and	and	CC
19880	1475	39	through	through	IN
19880	1475	40	the	the	DT
19880	1475	41	nose	nose	NN
19880	1475	42	,	,	,
19880	1475	43	giving	give	VBG
19880	1475	44	rise	rise	NN
19880	1475	45	to	to	IN
19880	1475	46	nasality	nasality	NN
19880	1475	47	in	in	IN
19880	1475	48	utterance	utterance	NN
19880	1475	49	.	.	.
19880	1475	50	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1476	1	A	a	DT
19880	1476	2	short	short	JJ
19880	1476	3	description	description	NN
19880	1476	4	of	of	IN
19880	1476	5	a	a	DT
19880	1476	6	part	part	NN
19880	1476	7	to	to	TO
19880	1476	8	which	which	WDT
19880	1476	9	many	many	JJ
19880	1476	10	voice	voice	NN
19880	1476	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	1476	12	users	user	NNS
19880	1476	13	remain	remain	VBP
19880	1476	14	strangers	stranger	NNS
19880	1476	15	all	all	PDT
19880	1476	16	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1476	17	lives	life	NNS
19880	1476	18	will	will	MD
19880	1476	19	now	now	RB
19880	1476	20	be	be	VB
19880	1476	21	given	give	VBN
19880	1476	22	.	.	.
19880	1477	1	These	these	DT
19880	1477	2	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1477	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	1477	4	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1477	5	remain	remain	VBP
19880	1477	6	,	,	,
19880	1477	7	for	for	IN
19880	1477	8	many	many	JJ
19880	1477	9	,	,	,
19880	1477	10	an	an	DT
19880	1477	11	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1477	12	used	use	VBN
19880	1477	13	daily	daily	RB
19880	1477	14	and	and	CC
19880	1477	15	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1477	16	essential	essential	JJ
19880	1477	17	,	,	,
19880	1477	18	yet	yet	CC
19880	1477	19	never	never	RB
19880	1477	20	examined	examine	VBN
19880	1477	21	.	.	.
19880	1478	1	Fortunately	fortunately	RB
19880	1478	2	,	,	,
19880	1478	3	a	a	DT
19880	1478	4	few	few	JJ
19880	1478	5	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19880	1478	6	,	,	,
19880	1478	7	which	which	WDT
19880	1478	8	should	should	MD
19880	1478	9	be	be	VB
19880	1478	10	followed	follow	VBN
19880	1478	11	by	by	IN
19880	1478	12	an	an	DT
19880	1478	13	examination	examination	NN
19880	1478	14	of	of	IN
19880	1478	15	the	the	DT
19880	1478	16	student	student	NN
19880	1478	17	's	's	POS
19880	1478	18	own	own	JJ
19880	1478	19	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1478	20	-	-	HYPH
19880	1478	21	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1478	22	and	and	CC
19880	1478	23	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1478	24	various	various	JJ
19880	1478	25	parts	part	NNS
19880	1478	26	as	as	IN
19880	1478	27	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1478	28	may	may	MD
19880	1478	29	be	be	VB
19880	1478	30	seen	see	VBN
19880	1478	31	in	in	IN
19880	1478	32	a	a	DT
19880	1478	33	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1478	34	,	,	,
19880	1478	35	will	will	MD
19880	1478	36	remove	remove	VB
19880	1478	37	all	all	DT
19880	1478	38	difficulty	difficulty	NN
19880	1478	39	in	in	IN
19880	1478	40	the	the	DT
19880	1478	41	understanding	understanding	NN
19880	1478	42	of	of	IN
19880	1478	43	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1478	44	,	,	,
19880	1478	45	and	and	CC
19880	1478	46	prepare	prepare	VB
19880	1478	47	for	for	IN
19880	1478	48	that	that	DT
19880	1478	49	detailed	detailed	JJ
19880	1478	50	study	study	NN
19880	1478	51	to	to	TO
19880	1478	52	be	be	VB
19880	1478	53	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	1478	54	in	in	IN
19880	1478	55	a	a	DT
19880	1478	56	subsequent	subsequent	JJ
19880	1478	57	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	1478	58	.	.	.
19880	1479	1	Passing	pass	VBG
19880	1479	2	from	from	IN
19880	1479	3	before	before	RB
19880	1479	4	backward	backward	JJ
19880	1479	5	,	,	,
19880	1479	6	one	one	NN
19880	1479	7	meets	meet	VBZ
19880	1479	8	the	the	DT
19880	1479	9	_	_	NNP
19880	1479	10	lips	lip	NNS
19880	1479	11	_	_	NNP
19880	1479	12	,	,	,
19880	1479	13	the	the	DT
19880	1479	14	_	_	NNP
19880	1479	15	teeth	tooth	NNS
19880	1479	16	_	_	NNP
19880	1479	17	and	and	CC
19880	1479	18	_	_	NNP
19880	1479	19	gums	gums	NNP
19880	1479	20	_	_	NNP
19880	1479	21	,	,	,
19880	1479	22	the	the	DT
19880	1479	23	_	_	NNP
19880	1479	24	hard	hard	JJ
19880	1479	25	palate	palate	NN
19880	1479	26	_	_	NNP
19880	1479	27	,	,	,
19880	1479	28	which	which	WDT
19880	1479	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	1479	30	a	a	DT
19880	1479	31	continuation	continuation	NN
19880	1479	32	of	of	IN
19880	1479	33	the	the	DT
19880	1479	34	gums	gum	NNS
19880	1479	35	;	;	:
19880	1479	36	then	then	RB
19880	1479	37	,	,	,
19880	1479	38	suspended	suspend	VBN
19880	1479	39	from	from	IN
19880	1479	40	the	the	DT
19880	1479	41	hard	hard	JJ
19880	1479	42	palate	palate	NN
19880	1479	43	,	,	,
19880	1479	44	behind	behind	RB
19880	1479	45	,	,	,
19880	1479	46	is	be	VBZ
19880	1479	47	the	the	DT
19880	1479	48	_	_	NNP
19880	1479	49	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1479	50	palate	palate	NN
19880	1479	51	_	_	NNP
19880	1479	52	,	,	,
19880	1479	53	back	back	RB
19880	1479	54	of	of	IN
19880	1479	55	which	which	WDT
19880	1479	56	lies	lie	VBZ
19880	1479	57	the	the	DT
19880	1479	58	_	_	NNP
19880	1479	59	pharynx	pharynx	NN
19880	1479	60	_	_	NNP
19880	1479	61	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1479	62	often	often	RB
19880	1479	63	termed	term	VBN
19880	1479	64	"	"	``
19880	1479	65	the	the	DT
19880	1479	66	throat	throat	NN
19880	1479	67	"	"	''
19880	1479	68	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1479	69	,	,	,
19880	1479	70	and	and	CC
19880	1479	71	above	above	IN
19880	1479	72	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1479	73	and	and	CC
19880	1479	74	constituting	constitute	VBG
19880	1479	75	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1479	76	continuation	continuation	NN
19880	1479	77	,	,	,
19880	1479	78	the	the	DT
19880	1479	79	_	_	NNP
19880	1479	80	naso	naso	NNP
19880	1479	81	-	-	HYPH
19880	1479	82	pharynx	pharynx	NNP
19880	1479	83	_	_	NNP
19880	1479	84	;	;	:
19880	1479	85	and	and	CC
19880	1479	86	lying	lie	VBG
19880	1479	87	on	on	IN
19880	1479	88	the	the	DT
19880	1479	89	floor	floor	NN
19880	1479	90	of	of	IN
19880	1479	91	the	the	DT
19880	1479	92	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1479	93	there	there	EX
19880	1479	94	is	be	VBZ
19880	1479	95	the	the	DT
19880	1479	96	_	_	NNP
19880	1479	97	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1479	98	_	_	NNP
19880	1479	99	.	.	.
19880	1480	1	Certain	certain	JJ
19880	1480	2	of	of	IN
19880	1480	3	these	these	DT
19880	1480	4	parts	part	NNS
19880	1480	5	,	,	,
19880	1480	6	as	as	IN
19880	1480	7	the	the	DT
19880	1480	8	teeth	tooth	NNS
19880	1480	9	,	,	,
19880	1480	10	gums	gum	NNS
19880	1480	11	,	,	,
19880	1480	12	hard	hard	JJ
19880	1480	13	palate	palate	NN
19880	1480	14	,	,	,
19880	1480	15	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	1480	16	bones	bone	NNS
19880	1480	17	,	,	,
19880	1480	18	etc	etc	FW
19880	1480	19	.	.	.
19880	1480	20	,	,	,
19880	1480	21	constitute	constitute	NNP
19880	1480	22	fixed	fix	VBN
19880	1480	23	structures	structure	NNS
19880	1480	24	,	,	,
19880	1480	25	and	and	CC
19880	1480	26	though	though	IN
19880	1480	27	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1480	28	determine	determine	VBP
19880	1480	29	in	in	IN
19880	1480	30	no	no	DT
19880	1480	31	small	small	JJ
19880	1480	32	measure	measure	NN
19880	1480	33	the	the	DT
19880	1480	34	shape	shape	NN
19880	1480	35	of	of	IN
19880	1480	36	the	the	DT
19880	1480	37	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1480	38	-	-	HYPH
19880	1480	39	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1480	40	,	,	,
19880	1480	41	and	and	CC
19880	1480	42	so	so	RB
19880	1480	43	to	to	IN
19880	1480	44	a	a	DT
19880	1480	45	degree	degree	NN
19880	1480	46	the	the	DT
19880	1480	47	quality	quality	NN
19880	1480	48	of	of	IN
19880	1480	49	the	the	DT
19880	1480	50	voice	voice	NN
19880	1480	51	,	,	,
19880	1480	52	so	so	CC
19880	1480	53	movable	movable	JJ
19880	1480	54	are	be	VBP
19880	1480	55	the	the	DT
19880	1480	56	lips	lip	NNS
19880	1480	57	,	,	,
19880	1480	58	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1480	59	palate	palate	NN
19880	1480	60	,	,	,
19880	1480	61	and	and	CC
19880	1480	62	,	,	,
19880	1480	63	above	above	IN
19880	1480	64	all	all	DT
19880	1480	65	,	,	,
19880	1480	66	the	the	DT
19880	1480	67	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1480	68	,	,	,
19880	1480	69	that	that	IN
19880	1480	70	there	there	EX
19880	1480	71	is	be	VBZ
19880	1480	72	the	the	DT
19880	1480	73	widest	wide	JJS
19880	1480	74	scope	scope	NN
19880	1480	75	for	for	IN
19880	1480	76	varying	vary	VBG
19880	1480	77	the	the	DT
19880	1480	78	quality	quality	NN
19880	1480	79	and	and	CC
19880	1480	80	even	even	RB
19880	1480	81	the	the	DT
19880	1480	82	volume	volume	NN
19880	1480	83	of	of	IN
19880	1480	84	the	the	DT
19880	1480	85	voice	voice	NN
19880	1480	86	;	;	:
19880	1480	87	so	so	IN
19880	1480	88	that	that	IN
19880	1480	89	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1480	90	is	be	VBZ
19880	1480	91	a	a	DT
19880	1480	92	good	good	JJ
19880	1480	93	thing	thing	NN
19880	1480	94	,	,	,
19880	1480	95	practically	practically	RB
19880	1480	96	,	,	,
19880	1480	97	for	for	IN
19880	1480	98	every	every	DT
19880	1480	99	one	one	NN
19880	1480	100	to	to	TO
19880	1480	101	believe	believe	VB
19880	1480	102	that	that	DT
19880	1480	103	so	so	RB
19880	1480	104	far	far	RB
19880	1480	105	as	as	IN
19880	1480	106	quality	quality	NN
19880	1480	107	,	,	,
19880	1480	108	at	at	IN
19880	1480	109	all	all	DT
19880	1480	110	events	event	NNS
19880	1480	111	,	,	,
19880	1480	112	is	be	VBZ
19880	1480	113	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	1480	114	,	,	,
19880	1480	115	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1480	116	is	be	VBZ
19880	1480	117	the	the	DT
19880	1480	118	master	master	NN
19880	1480	119	of	of	IN
19880	1480	120	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1480	121	own	own	JJ
19880	1480	122	destinies	destiny	NNS
19880	1480	123	.	.	.
19880	1481	1	Though	though	IN
19880	1481	2	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1481	3	are	be	VBP
19880	1481	4	accustomed	accustomed	JJ
19880	1481	5	to	to	TO
19880	1481	6	believe	believe	VB
19880	1481	7	that	that	IN
19880	1481	8	the	the	DT
19880	1481	9	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1481	10	and	and	CC
19880	1481	11	nose	nose	NN
19880	1481	12	are	be	VBP
19880	1481	13	,	,	,
19880	1481	14	though	though	IN
19880	1481	15	neighbors	neighbor	NNS
19880	1481	16	,	,	,
19880	1481	17	quite	quite	RB
19880	1481	18	separate	separate	JJ
19880	1481	19	and	and	CC
19880	1481	20	independent	independent	JJ
19880	1481	21	of	of	IN
19880	1481	22	each	each	DT
19880	1481	23	other	other	JJ
19880	1481	24	,	,	,
19880	1481	25	such	such	JJ
19880	1481	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	1481	27	not	not	RB
19880	1481	28	the	the	DT
19880	1481	29	case	case	NN
19880	1481	30	.	.	.
19880	1482	1	Indeed	indeed	RB
19880	1482	2	,	,	,
19880	1482	3	in	in	IN
19880	1482	4	the	the	DT
19880	1482	5	pre	pre	JJ
19880	1482	6	-	-	JJ
19880	1482	7	natal	natal	JJ
19880	1482	8	condition	condition	NN
19880	1482	9	these	these	DT
19880	1482	10	are	be	VBP
19880	1482	11	not	not	RB
19880	1482	12	two	two	CD
19880	1482	13	,	,	,
19880	1482	14	but	but	CC
19880	1482	15	one	one	CD
19880	1482	16	;	;	:
19880	1482	17	and	and	CC
19880	1482	18	in	in	IN
19880	1482	19	some	some	DT
19880	1482	20	instances	instance	NNS
19880	1482	21	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1482	22	remain	remain	VBP
19880	1482	23	imperfectly	imperfectly	RB
19880	1482	24	separated	separated	JJ
19880	1482	25	,	,	,
19880	1482	26	owing	owe	VBG
19880	1482	27	to	to	IN
19880	1482	28	the	the	DT
19880	1482	29	failure	failure	NN
19880	1482	30	of	of	IN
19880	1482	31	the	the	DT
19880	1482	32	hard	hard	JJ
19880	1482	33	palate	palate	NN
19880	1482	34	to	to	TO
19880	1482	35	develop	develop	VB
19880	1482	36	to	to	IN
19880	1482	37	the	the	DT
19880	1482	38	full	full	JJ
19880	1482	39	--	--	:
19880	1482	40	a	a	DT
19880	1482	41	condition	condition	NN
19880	1482	42	known	know	VBN
19880	1482	43	as	as	IN
19880	1482	44	"	"	``
19880	1482	45	cleft	cleft	JJ
19880	1482	46	palate	palate	NN
19880	1482	47	,	,	,
19880	1482	48	"	"	''
19880	1482	49	and	and	CC
19880	1482	50	giving	give	VBG
19880	1482	51	rise	rise	NN
19880	1482	52	to	to	IN
19880	1482	53	a	a	DT
19880	1482	54	peculiar	peculiar	JJ
19880	1482	55	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	1482	56	intonation	intonation	NN
19880	1482	57	,	,	,
19880	1482	58	to	to	TO
19880	1482	59	be	be	VB
19880	1482	60	explained	explain	VBN
19880	1482	61	presently	presently	RB
19880	1482	62	.	.	.
19880	1483	1	The	the	DT
19880	1483	2	_	_	NNP
19880	1483	3	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	1483	4	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1483	5	_	_	NNP
19880	1483	6	are	be	VBP
19880	1483	7	divided	divide	VBN
19880	1483	8	into	into	IN
19880	1483	9	two	two	CD
19880	1483	10	by	by	IN
19880	1483	11	a	a	DT
19880	1483	12	vertical	vertical	JJ
19880	1483	13	partition	partition	NN
19880	1483	14	,	,	,
19880	1483	15	as	as	IN
19880	1483	16	one	one	PRP
19880	1483	17	can	can	MD
19880	1483	18	readily	readily	RB
19880	1483	19	demonstrate	demonstrate	VB
19880	1483	20	by	by	IN
19880	1483	21	the	the	DT
19880	1483	22	use	use	NN
19880	1483	23	of	of	IN
19880	1483	24	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1483	25	fingers	finger	NNS
19880	1483	26	,	,	,
19880	1483	27	and	and	CC
19880	1483	28	are	be	VBP
19880	1483	29	still	still	RB
19880	1483	30	further	far	RBR
19880	1483	31	broken	break	VBN
19880	1483	32	up	up	RP
19880	1483	33	by	by	IN
19880	1483	34	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1483	35	bones	bone	NNS
19880	1483	36	,	,	,
19880	1483	37	the	the	DT
19880	1483	38	scroll	scroll	NN
19880	1483	39	-	-	HYPH
19880	1483	40	shaped	shaped	JJ
19880	1483	41	or	or	CC
19880	1483	42	_	_	NNP
19880	1483	43	turbinated	turbinate	VBN
19880	1483	44	_	_	NNP
19880	1483	45	bones	bone	NNS
19880	1483	46	,	,	,
19880	1483	47	so	so	IN
19880	1483	48	that	that	IN
19880	1483	49	the	the	DT
19880	1483	50	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	1483	51	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1483	52	are	be	VBP
19880	1483	53	of	of	IN
19880	1483	54	very	very	RB
19880	1483	55	limited	limited	JJ
19880	1483	56	size	size	NN
19880	1483	57	,	,	,
19880	1483	58	and	and	CC
19880	1483	59	much	much	RB
19880	1483	60	divided	divide	VBN
19880	1483	61	up	up	RP
19880	1483	62	by	by	IN
19880	1483	63	bony	bony	NN
19880	1483	64	outgrowths	outgrowth	NNS
19880	1483	65	from	from	IN
19880	1483	66	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1483	67	walls	wall	NNS
19880	1483	68	.	.	.
19880	1484	1	The	the	DT
19880	1484	2	_	_	NNP
19880	1484	3	vertical	vertical	JJ
19880	1484	4	septum	septum	NN
19880	1484	5	_	_	NNP
19880	1484	6	,	,	,
19880	1484	7	while	while	IN
19880	1484	8	bony	bony	NNP
19880	1484	9	above	above	RB
19880	1484	10	,	,	,
19880	1484	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	1484	12	cartilaginous	cartilaginous	JJ
19880	1484	13	and	and	CC
19880	1484	14	flexible	flexible	JJ
19880	1484	15	below	below	RB
19880	1484	16	.	.	.
19880	1485	1	Without	without	IN
19880	1485	2	the	the	DT
19880	1485	3	aid	aid	NN
19880	1485	4	of	of	IN
19880	1485	5	instruments	instrument	NNS
19880	1485	6	and	and	CC
19880	1485	7	a	a	DT
19880	1485	8	good	good	JJ
19880	1485	9	light	light	NN
19880	1485	10	the	the	DT
19880	1485	11	nose	nose	NN
19880	1485	12	can	can	MD
19880	1485	13	be	be	VB
19880	1485	14	but	but	CC
19880	1485	15	indifferently	indifferently	RB
19880	1485	16	examined	examine	VBN
19880	1485	17	from	from	IN
19880	1485	18	the	the	DT
19880	1485	19	front	front	NN
19880	1485	20	,	,	,
19880	1485	21	while	while	IN
19880	1485	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1485	23	requires	require	VBZ
19880	1485	24	the	the	DT
19880	1485	25	greatest	great	JJS
19880	1485	26	skill	skill	NN
19880	1485	27	on	on	IN
19880	1485	28	the	the	DT
19880	1485	29	part	part	NN
19880	1485	30	of	of	IN
19880	1485	31	a	a	DT
19880	1485	32	laryngologist	laryngologist	NN
19880	1485	33	to	to	TO
19880	1485	34	see	see	VB
19880	1485	35	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1485	36	well	well	RB
19880	1485	37	from	from	IN
19880	1485	38	behind	behind	RB
19880	1485	39	.	.	.
19880	1486	1	However	however	RB
19880	1486	2	,	,	,
19880	1486	3	the	the	DT
19880	1486	4	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1486	5	difficulty	difficulty	NN
19880	1486	6	can	can	MD
19880	1486	7	be	be	VB
19880	1486	8	got	get	VBN
19880	1486	9	over	over	RP
19880	1486	10	by	by	IN
19880	1486	11	visiting	visit	VBG
19880	1486	12	a	a	DT
19880	1486	13	butcher	butcher	NN
19880	1486	14	and	and	CC
19880	1486	15	securing	secure	VBG
19880	1486	16	a	a	DT
19880	1486	17	sheep	sheep	NN
19880	1486	18	's	's	POS
19880	1486	19	head	head	NN
19880	1486	20	split	split	VBD
19880	1486	21	through	through	RP
19880	1486	22	from	from	IN
19880	1486	23	before	before	RB
19880	1486	24	back	back	NN
19880	1486	25	.	.	.
19880	1487	1	In	in	IN
19880	1487	2	a	a	DT
19880	1487	3	few	few	JJ
19880	1487	4	moments	moment	NNS
19880	1487	5	one	one	PRP
19880	1487	6	can	can	MD
19880	1487	7	learn	learn	VB
19880	1487	8	all	all	PDT
19880	1487	9	the	the	DT
19880	1487	10	essential	essential	JJ
19880	1487	11	facts	fact	NNS
19880	1487	12	,	,	,
19880	1487	13	including	include	VBG
19880	1487	14	that	that	IN
19880	1487	15	one	one	CD
19880	1487	16	of	of	IN
19880	1487	17	great	great	JJ
19880	1487	18	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1487	19	importance	importance	NN
19880	1487	20	--	--	:
19880	1487	21	viz	viz	NN
19880	1487	22	.	.	.
19880	1488	1	:	:	:
19880	1488	2	that	that	IN
19880	1488	3	every	every	DT
19880	1488	4	part	part	NN
19880	1488	5	of	of	IN
19880	1488	6	the	the	DT
19880	1488	7	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1488	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	1488	9	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1488	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	1488	11	lined	line	VBN
19880	1488	12	by	by	IN
19880	1488	13	the	the	DT
19880	1488	14	same	same	JJ
19880	1488	15	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	1488	16	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	1488	17	which	which	WDT
19880	1488	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	1488	19	also	also	RB
19880	1488	20	continued	continue	VBN
19880	1488	21	downward	downward	RB
19880	1488	22	into	into	IN
19880	1488	23	the	the	DT
19880	1488	24	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1488	25	and	and	CC
19880	1488	26	the	the	DT
19880	1488	27	gullet	gullet	NN
19880	1488	28	.	.	.
19880	1489	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1489	2	will	will	MD
19880	1489	3	be	be	VB
19880	1489	4	thus	thus	RB
19880	1489	5	observed	observe	VBN
19880	1489	6	that	that	IN
19880	1489	7	the	the	DT
19880	1489	8	throat	throat	NN
19880	1489	9	and	and	CC
19880	1489	10	nose	nose	NN
19880	1489	11	communicate	communicate	VB
19880	1489	12	in	in	IN
19880	1489	13	the	the	DT
19880	1489	14	freest	free	JJS
19880	1489	15	manner	manner	NN
19880	1489	16	behind	behind	RB
19880	1489	17	,	,	,
19880	1489	18	and	and	CC
19880	1489	19	that	that	IN
19880	1489	20	the	the	DT
19880	1489	21	only	only	JJ
19880	1489	22	way	way	NN
19880	1489	23	of	of	IN
19880	1489	24	closing	close	VBG
19880	1489	25	off	off	RP
19880	1489	26	the	the	DT
19880	1489	27	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1489	28	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	1489	29	from	from	IN
19880	1489	30	the	the	DT
19880	1489	31	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	1489	32	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1489	33	is	be	VBZ
19880	1489	34	by	by	IN
19880	1489	35	means	mean	NNS
19880	1489	36	of	of	IN
19880	1489	37	the	the	DT
19880	1489	38	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1489	39	and	and	CC
19880	1489	40	the	the	DT
19880	1489	41	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1489	42	palate	palate	NN
19880	1489	43	working	work	VBG
19880	1489	44	together	together	RB
19880	1489	45	.	.	.
19880	1490	1	As	as	IN
19880	1490	2	in	in	IN
19880	1490	3	the	the	DT
19880	1490	4	proper	proper	JJ
19880	1490	5	use	use	NN
19880	1490	6	of	of	IN
19880	1490	7	the	the	DT
19880	1490	8	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1490	9	and	and	CC
19880	1490	10	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1490	11	palate	palate	NN
19880	1490	12	lie	lie	VBP
19880	1490	13	many	many	JJ
19880	1490	14	of	of	IN
19880	1490	15	the	the	DT
19880	1490	16	secrets	secret	NNS
19880	1490	17	of	of	IN
19880	1490	18	the	the	DT
19880	1490	19	art	art	NN
19880	1490	20	of	of	IN
19880	1490	21	the	the	DT
19880	1490	22	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1490	23	and	and	CC
19880	1490	24	singer	singer	NN
19880	1490	25	,	,	,
19880	1490	26	special	special	JJ
19880	1490	27	attention	attention	NN
19880	1490	28	must	must	MD
19880	1490	29	be	be	VB
19880	1490	30	given	give	VBN
19880	1490	31	to	to	IN
19880	1490	32	these	these	DT
19880	1490	33	parts	part	NNS
19880	1490	34	.	.	.
19880	1491	1	The	the	DT
19880	1491	2	_	_	NNP
19880	1491	3	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1491	4	_	_	NNP
19880	1491	5	,	,	,
19880	1491	6	which	which	WDT
19880	1491	7	completely	completely	RB
19880	1491	8	fills	fill	VBZ
19880	1491	9	the	the	DT
19880	1491	10	floor	floor	NN
19880	1491	11	of	of	IN
19880	1491	12	the	the	DT
19880	1491	13	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1491	14	,	,	,
19880	1491	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	1491	16	made	make	VBN
19880	1491	17	up	up	RP
19880	1491	18	of	of	IN
19880	1491	19	several	several	JJ
19880	1491	20	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1491	21	of	of	IN
19880	1491	22	different	different	JJ
19880	1491	23	attachments	attachment	NNS
19880	1491	24	,	,	,
19880	1491	25	which	which	WDT
19880	1491	26	explains	explain	VBZ
19880	1491	27	why	why	WRB
19880	1491	28	this	this	DT
19880	1491	29	organ	organ	NN
19880	1491	30	is	be	VBZ
19880	1491	31	so	so	RB
19880	1491	32	movable	movable	JJ
19880	1491	33	.	.	.
19880	1492	1	To	to	TO
19880	1492	2	say	say	VB
19880	1492	3	that	that	IN
19880	1492	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1492	5	can	can	MD
19880	1492	6	with	with	IN
19880	1492	7	the	the	DT
19880	1492	8	greatest	great	JJS
19880	1492	9	ease	ease	NN
19880	1492	10	and	and	CC
19880	1492	11	rapidity	rapidity	NN
19880	1492	12	be	be	VB
19880	1492	13	turned	turn	VBN
19880	1492	14	toward	toward	IN
19880	1492	15	every	every	DT
19880	1492	16	one	one	CD
19880	1492	17	of	of	IN
19880	1492	18	the	the	DT
19880	1492	19	thirty	thirty	CD
19880	1492	20	-	-	HYPH
19880	1492	21	two	two	CD
19880	1492	22	points	point	NNS
19880	1492	23	marked	mark	VBN
19880	1492	24	on	on	IN
19880	1492	25	a	a	DT
19880	1492	26	mariner	mariner	NN
19880	1492	27	's	's	POS
19880	1492	28	compass	compass	NN
19880	1492	29	,	,	,
19880	1492	30	is	be	VBZ
19880	1492	31	but	but	CC
19880	1492	32	to	to	TO
19880	1492	33	feebly	feebly	RB
19880	1492	34	express	express	VB
19880	1492	35	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1492	36	capacity	capacity	NN
19880	1492	37	for	for	IN
19880	1492	38	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1492	39	.	.	.
19880	1493	1	What	what	WP
19880	1493	2	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1493	3	are	be	VBP
19880	1493	4	most	most	RBS
19880	1493	5	concerned	concerned	JJ
19880	1493	6	with	with	IN
19880	1493	7	now	now	RB
19880	1493	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1493	9	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1493	10	power	power	NN
19880	1493	11	to	to	TO
19880	1493	12	alter	alter	VB
19880	1493	13	the	the	DT
19880	1493	14	shape	shape	NN
19880	1493	15	of	of	IN
19880	1493	16	the	the	DT
19880	1493	17	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1493	18	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	1493	19	in	in	IN
19880	1493	20	every	every	DT
19880	1493	21	part	part	NN
19880	1493	22	.	.	.
19880	1494	1	The	the	DT
19880	1494	2	_	_	NNP
19880	1494	3	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1494	4	palate	palate	NN
19880	1494	5	_	_	NNP
19880	1494	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1494	7	suspended	suspend	VBN
19880	1494	8	like	like	IN
19880	1494	9	a	a	DT
19880	1494	10	curtain	curtain	NN
19880	1494	11	from	from	IN
19880	1494	12	the	the	DT
19880	1494	13	hard	hard	JJ
19880	1494	14	palate	palate	NN
19880	1494	15	,	,	,
19880	1494	16	behind	behind	RB
19880	1494	17	.	.	.
19880	1495	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1495	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1495	3	composed	compose	VBN
19880	1495	4	of	of	IN
19880	1495	5	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1495	6	arranged	arrange	VBN
19880	1495	7	in	in	IN
19880	1495	8	pairs	pair	NNS
19880	1495	9	,	,	,
19880	1495	10	and	and	CC
19880	1495	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	1495	12	continued	continue	VBN
19880	1495	13	into	into	IN
19880	1495	14	a	a	DT
19880	1495	15	conical	conical	JJ
19880	1495	16	tip	tip	NN
19880	1495	17	below	below	RB
19880	1495	18	known	know	VBN
19880	1495	19	as	as	IN
19880	1495	20	the	the	DT
19880	1495	21	_	_	NNP
19880	1495	22	uvula	uvula	NN
19880	1495	23	_	_	NNP
19880	1495	24	,	,	,
19880	1495	25	and	and	CC
19880	1495	26	on	on	IN
19880	1495	27	each	each	DT
19880	1495	28	side	side	NN
19880	1495	29	into	into	IN
19880	1495	30	folds	fold	NNS
19880	1495	31	,	,	,
19880	1495	32	the	the	DT
19880	1495	33	_	_	NNP
19880	1495	34	pillars	pillar	NNS
19880	1495	35	of	of	IN
19880	1495	36	the	the	DT
19880	1495	37	fauces	fauce	NNS
19880	1495	38	_	_	NNP
19880	1495	39	,	,	,
19880	1495	40	between	between	IN
19880	1495	41	which	which	WDT
19880	1495	42	lie	lie	VBP
19880	1495	43	the	the	DT
19880	1495	44	_	_	NNP
19880	1495	45	tonsils	tonsil	VBZ
19880	1495	46	_	_	NNP
19880	1495	47	,	,	,
19880	1495	48	which	which	WDT
19880	1495	49	are	be	VBP
19880	1495	50	in	in	IN
19880	1495	51	shape	shape	NN
19880	1495	52	like	like	IN
19880	1495	53	very	very	RB
19880	1495	54	small	small	JJ
19880	1495	55	almond	almond	NN
19880	1495	56	nuts	nut	NNS
19880	1495	57	.	.	.
19880	1496	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1496	2	quite	quite	RB
19880	1496	3	normal	normal	JJ
19880	1496	4	these	these	DT
19880	1496	5	should	should	MD
19880	1496	6	not	not	RB
19880	1496	7	protrude	protrude	VB
19880	1496	8	much	much	RB
19880	1496	9	,	,	,
19880	1496	10	if	if	IN
19880	1496	11	at	at	RB
19880	1496	12	all	all	RB
19880	1496	13	,	,	,
19880	1496	14	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1496	15	the	the	DT
19880	1496	16	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	1496	17	made	make	VBN
19880	1496	18	by	by	IN
19880	1496	19	the	the	DT
19880	1496	20	folds	fold	NNS
19880	1496	21	referred	refer	VBD
19880	1496	22	to	to	IN
19880	1496	23	above	above	RB
19880	1496	24	.	.	.
19880	1497	1	Both	both	DT
19880	1497	2	the	the	DT
19880	1497	3	tonsils	tonsil	NNS
19880	1497	4	and	and	CC
19880	1497	5	the	the	DT
19880	1497	6	uvula	uvula	NN
19880	1497	7	may	may	MD
19880	1497	8	become	become	VB
19880	1497	9	so	so	RB
19880	1497	10	enlarged	enlarged	JJ
19880	1497	11	as	as	IN
19880	1497	12	to	to	TO
19880	1497	13	be	be	VB
19880	1497	14	a	a	DT
19880	1497	15	source	source	NN
19880	1497	16	of	of	IN
19880	1497	17	awkwardness	awkwardness	NN
19880	1497	18	or	or	CC
19880	1497	19	more	more	RBR
19880	1497	20	serious	serious	JJ
19880	1497	21	evil	evil	NN
19880	1497	22	to	to	IN
19880	1497	23	the	the	DT
19880	1497	24	voice	voice	NN
19880	1497	25	-	-	HYPH
19880	1497	26	user	user	NN
19880	1497	27	.	.	.
19880	1498	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1498	2	may	may	MD
19880	1498	3	,	,	,
19880	1498	4	in	in	IN
19880	1498	5	fact	fact	NN
19880	1498	6	,	,	,
19880	1498	7	require	require	VBP
19880	1498	8	operative	operative	JJ
19880	1498	9	interference	interference	NN
19880	1498	10	.	.	.
19880	1499	1	So	so	RB
19880	1499	2	serious	serious	JJ
19880	1499	3	,	,	,
19880	1499	4	however	however	RB
19880	1499	5	,	,	,
19880	1499	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1499	7	the	the	DT
19880	1499	8	decision	decision	NN
19880	1499	9	to	to	TO
19880	1499	10	operate	operate	VB
19880	1499	11	,	,	,
19880	1499	12	or	or	CC
19880	1499	13	the	the	DT
19880	1499	14	reverse	reverse	NN
19880	1499	15	,	,	,
19880	1499	16	for	for	IN
19880	1499	17	the	the	DT
19880	1499	18	voice	voice	NN
19880	1499	19	-	-	HYPH
19880	1499	20	user	user	NN
19880	1499	21	,	,	,
19880	1499	22	that	that	IN
19880	1499	23	the	the	DT
19880	1499	24	author	author	NN
19880	1499	25	recommends	recommend	VBZ
19880	1499	26	that	that	IN
19880	1499	27	such	such	JJ
19880	1499	28	operations	operation	NNS
19880	1499	29	be	be	VB
19880	1499	30	entrusted	entrust	VBN
19880	1499	31	only	only	RB
19880	1499	32	to	to	IN
19880	1499	33	laryngologists	laryngologist	NNS
19880	1499	34	who	who	WP
19880	1499	35	have	have	VBP
19880	1499	36	some	some	DT
19880	1499	37	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	1499	38	of	of	IN
19880	1499	39	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1499	40	influence	influence	NN
19880	1499	41	on	on	IN
19880	1499	42	voice	voice	NN
19880	1499	43	-	-	HYPH
19880	1499	44	production	production	NN
19880	1499	45	.	.	.
19880	1500	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1500	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1500	3	of	of	IN
19880	1500	4	the	the	DT
19880	1500	5	greatest	great	JJS
19880	1500	6	moment	moment	NN
19880	1500	7	to	to	TO
19880	1500	8	observe	observe	VB
19880	1500	9	that	that	IN
19880	1500	10	the	the	DT
19880	1500	11	quality	quality	NN
19880	1500	12	of	of	IN
19880	1500	13	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1500	14	can	can	MD
19880	1500	15	be	be	VB
19880	1500	16	made	make	VBN
19880	1500	17	to	to	TO
19880	1500	18	vary	vary	VB
19880	1500	19	in	in	IN
19880	1500	20	the	the	DT
19880	1500	21	highest	high	JJS
19880	1500	22	degree	degree	NN
19880	1500	23	by	by	IN
19880	1500	24	the	the	DT
19880	1500	25	joint	joint	JJ
19880	1500	26	use	use	NN
19880	1500	27	of	of	IN
19880	1500	28	the	the	DT
19880	1500	29	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1500	30	and	and	CC
19880	1500	31	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1500	32	palate	palate	NN
19880	1500	33	.	.	.
19880	1501	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1501	2	in	in	IN
19880	1501	3	vocalizing	vocalize	VBG
19880	1501	4	the	the	DT
19880	1501	5	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1501	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1501	7	raised	raise	VBN
19880	1501	8	behind	behind	RB
19880	1501	9	and	and	CC
19880	1501	10	the	the	DT
19880	1501	11	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1501	12	palate	palate	NN
19880	1501	13	made	make	VBN
19880	1501	14	to	to	TO
19880	1501	15	approach	approach	VB
19880	1501	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1501	17	,	,	,
19880	1501	18	or	or	CC
19880	1501	19	actually	actually	RB
19880	1501	20	to	to	TO
19880	1501	21	meet	meet	VB
19880	1501	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1501	23	,	,	,
19880	1501	24	the	the	DT
19880	1501	25	tone	tone	NN
19880	1501	26	assumes	assume	VBZ
19880	1501	27	a	a	DT
19880	1501	28	more	more	RBR
19880	1501	29	or	or	CC
19880	1501	30	less	less	JJR
19880	1501	31	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	1501	32	character	character	NN
19880	1501	33	.	.	.
19880	1502	1	The	the	DT
19880	1502	2	reason	reason	NN
19880	1502	3	of	of	IN
19880	1502	4	this	this	DT
19880	1502	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1502	6	that	that	IN
19880	1502	7	the	the	DT
19880	1502	8	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	1502	9	of	of	IN
19880	1502	10	the	the	DT
19880	1502	11	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1502	12	proper	proper	JJ
19880	1502	13	,	,	,
19880	1502	14	or	or	CC
19880	1502	15	"	"	``
19880	1502	16	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1502	17	"	"	''
19880	1502	18	in	in	IN
19880	1502	19	the	the	DT
19880	1502	20	narrower	narrow	JJR
19880	1502	21	sense	sense	NN
19880	1502	22	,	,	,
19880	1502	23	the	the	DT
19880	1502	24	forward	forward	JJ
19880	1502	25	part	part	NN
19880	1502	26	,	,	,
19880	1502	27	is	be	VBZ
19880	1502	28	shut	shut	VBN
19880	1502	29	off	off	RP
19880	1502	30	from	from	IN
19880	1502	31	the	the	DT
19880	1502	32	hinder	hinder	NN
19880	1502	33	part	part	NN
19880	1502	34	,	,	,
19880	1502	35	or	or	CC
19880	1502	36	the	the	DT
19880	1502	37	pharynx	pharynx	NN
19880	1502	38	,	,	,
19880	1502	39	so	so	IN
19880	1502	40	that	that	IN
19880	1502	41	the	the	DT
19880	1502	42	breath	breath	NN
19880	1502	43	is	be	VBZ
19880	1502	44	then	then	RB
19880	1502	45	directed	direct	VBN
19880	1502	46	upward	upward	RB
19880	1502	47	and	and	CC
19880	1502	48	passes	pass	VBZ
19880	1502	49	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	1502	50	through	through	IN
19880	1502	51	the	the	DT
19880	1502	52	nose	nose	NN
19880	1502	53	,	,	,
19880	1502	54	producing	produce	VBG
19880	1502	55	a	a	DT
19880	1502	56	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	1502	57	tone	tone	NN
19880	1502	58	or	or	CC
19880	1502	59	twang	twang	NN
19880	1502	60	--	--	:
19880	1502	61	always	always	RB
19880	1502	62	a	a	DT
19880	1502	63	fault	fault	NN
19880	1502	64	,	,	,
19880	1502	65	and	and	CC
19880	1502	66	one	one	CD
19880	1502	67	fearfully	fearfully	RB
19880	1502	68	common	common	JJ
19880	1502	69	in	in	IN
19880	1502	70	America	America	NNP
19880	1502	71	.	.	.
19880	1503	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1503	2	the	the	DT
19880	1503	3	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1503	4	alone	alone	RB
19880	1503	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1503	6	raised	raise	VBN
19880	1503	7	behind	behind	RB
19880	1503	8	,	,	,
19880	1503	9	or	or	CC
19880	1503	10	drawn	draw	VBN
19880	1503	11	back	back	RB
19880	1503	12	unduly	unduly	RB
19880	1503	13	,	,	,
19880	1503	14	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1503	15	become	become	VBP
19880	1503	16	muffled	muffled	JJ
19880	1503	17	--	--	:
19880	1503	18	indistinct	indistinct	JJ
19880	1503	19	,	,	,
19880	1503	20	etc	etc	FW
19880	1503	21	.	.	.
19880	1504	1	This	this	DT
19880	1504	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1504	3	also	also	RB
19880	1504	4	a	a	DT
19880	1504	5	very	very	RB
19880	1504	6	common	common	JJ
19880	1504	7	fault	fault	NN
19880	1504	8	,	,	,
19880	1504	9	but	but	CC
19880	1504	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	1504	11	found	find	VBN
19880	1504	12	in	in	IN
19880	1504	13	England	England	NNP
19880	1504	14	and	and	CC
19880	1504	15	Germany	Germany	NNP
19880	1504	16	also	also	RB
19880	1504	17	.	.	.
19880	1505	1	English	english	JJ
19880	1505	2	speech	speech	NN
19880	1505	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1505	4	often	often	RB
19880	1505	5	hard	hard	JJ
19880	1505	6	and	and	CC
19880	1505	7	guttural	guttural	JJ
19880	1505	8	,	,	,
19880	1505	9	German	german	JJ
19880	1505	10	unduly	unduly	RB
19880	1505	11	guttural	guttural	JJ
19880	1505	12	,	,	,
19880	1505	13	if	if	IN
19880	1505	14	not	not	RB
19880	1505	15	so	so	RB
19880	1505	16	hard	hard	JJ
19880	1505	17	,	,	,
19880	1505	18	and	and	CC
19880	1505	19	American	american	JJ
19880	1505	20	slovenly	slovenly	RB
19880	1505	21	and	and	CC
19880	1505	22	horribly	horribly	RB
19880	1505	23	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	1505	24	.	.	.
19880	1506	1	But	but	CC
19880	1506	2	what	what	WP
19880	1506	3	may	may	MD
19880	1506	4	in	in	IN
19880	1506	5	a	a	DT
19880	1506	6	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1506	7	degree	degree	NN
19880	1506	8	be	be	VB
19880	1506	9	disagreeable	disagreeable	JJ
19880	1506	10	and	and	CC
19880	1506	11	a	a	DT
19880	1506	12	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1506	13	error	error	NN
19880	1506	14	,	,	,
19880	1506	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	1506	16	in	in	IN
19880	1506	17	another	another	DT
19880	1506	18	a	a	DT
19880	1506	19	positive	positive	JJ
19880	1506	20	excellence	excellence	NN
19880	1506	21	;	;	:
19880	1506	22	so	so	CC
19880	1506	23	,	,	,
19880	1506	24	in	in	IN
19880	1506	25	this	this	DT
19880	1506	26	case	case	NN
19880	1506	27	,	,	,
19880	1506	28	the	the	DT
19880	1506	29	use	use	NN
19880	1506	30	of	of	IN
19880	1506	31	the	the	DT
19880	1506	32	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1506	33	and	and	CC
19880	1506	34	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1506	35	palate	palate	NN
19880	1506	36	in	in	IN
19880	1506	37	the	the	DT
19880	1506	38	proper	proper	JJ
19880	1506	39	degree	degree	NN
19880	1506	40	and	and	CC
19880	1506	41	at	at	IN
19880	1506	42	the	the	DT
19880	1506	43	right	right	JJ
19880	1506	44	moment	moment	NN
19880	1506	45	gives	give	VBZ
19880	1506	46	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1506	47	emotional	emotional	JJ
19880	1506	48	expression	expression	NN
19880	1506	49	.	.	.
19880	1507	1	This	this	DT
19880	1507	2	subject	subject	NN
19880	1507	3	will	will	NN
19880	1507	4	,	,	,
19880	1507	5	however	however	RB
19880	1507	6	,	,	,
19880	1507	7	be	be	VB
19880	1507	8	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1507	9	again	again	RB
19880	1507	10	later	later	RB
19880	1507	11	;	;	:
19880	1507	12	in	in	IN
19880	1507	13	the	the	DT
19880	1507	14	meantime	meantime	NN
19880	1507	15	,	,	,
19880	1507	16	the	the	DT
19880	1507	17	student	student	NN
19880	1507	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	1507	19	advised	advise	VBN
19880	1507	20	to	to	TO
19880	1507	21	do	do	VB
19880	1507	22	a	a	DT
19880	1507	23	little	little	JJ
19880	1507	24	experimenting	experimenting	NN
19880	1507	25	in	in	IN
19880	1507	26	the	the	DT
19880	1507	27	use	use	NN
19880	1507	28	of	of	IN
19880	1507	29	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1507	30	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1507	31	and	and	CC
19880	1507	32	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1507	33	palate	palate	NN
19880	1507	34	,	,	,
19880	1507	35	with	with	IN
19880	1507	36	a	a	DT
19880	1507	37	view	view	NN
19880	1507	38	of	of	IN
19880	1507	39	noting	note	VBG
19880	1507	40	how	how	WRB
19880	1507	41	the	the	DT
19880	1507	42	quality	quality	NN
19880	1507	43	of	of	IN
19880	1507	44	tone	tone	NN
19880	1507	45	may	may	MD
19880	1507	46	be	be	VB
19880	1507	47	thus	thus	RB
19880	1507	48	made	make	VBN
19880	1507	49	to	to	TO
19880	1507	50	vary	vary	VB
19880	1507	51	.	.	.
19880	1508	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1508	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1508	3	also	also	RB
19880	1508	4	advised	advise	VBN
19880	1508	5	to	to	TO
19880	1508	6	use	use	VB
19880	1508	7	a	a	DT
19880	1508	8	hand	hand	NN
19880	1508	9	-	-	HYPH
19880	1508	10	glass	glass	NN
19880	1508	11	with	with	IN
19880	1508	12	the	the	DT
19880	1508	13	object	object	NN
19880	1508	14	of	of	IN
19880	1508	15	observing	observe	VBG
19880	1508	16	the	the	DT
19880	1508	17	parts	part	NNS
19880	1508	18	mentioned	mention	VBN
19880	1508	19	in	in	IN
19880	1508	20	this	this	DT
19880	1508	21	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	1508	22	,	,	,
19880	1508	23	and	and	CC
19880	1508	24	if	if	IN
19880	1508	25	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1508	26	can	can	MD
19880	1508	27	also	also	RB
19880	1508	28	find	find	VB
19880	1508	29	a	a	DT
19880	1508	30	friend	friend	NN
19880	1508	31	willing	willing	JJ
19880	1508	32	to	to	TO
19880	1508	33	lend	lend	VB
19880	1508	34	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1508	35	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1508	36	for	for	IN
19880	1508	37	observation	observation	NN
19880	1508	38	,	,	,
19880	1508	39	so	so	RB
19880	1508	40	much	much	RB
19880	1508	41	the	the	DT
19880	1508	42	better	well	JJR
19880	1508	43	.	.	.
19880	1509	1	The	the	DT
19880	1509	2	sooner	soon	JJR
19880	1509	3	any	any	DT
19880	1509	4	voice	voice	NN
19880	1509	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	1509	6	user	user	NN
19880	1509	7	comes	come	VBZ
19880	1509	8	to	to	TO
19880	1509	9	feel	feel	VB
19880	1509	10	that	that	IN
19880	1509	11	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1509	12	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1509	13	destinies	destiny	NNS
19880	1509	14	lie	lie	VBP
19880	1509	15	in	in	IN
19880	1509	16	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1509	17	own	own	JJ
19880	1509	18	hands	hand	NNS
19880	1509	19	,	,	,
19880	1509	20	the	the	DT
19880	1509	21	better	well	JJR
19880	1509	22	.	.	.
19880	1510	1	"	"	``
19880	1510	2	Know	know	VB
19880	1510	3	thyself	thyself	PRP
19880	1510	4	"	"	''
19880	1510	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1510	6	as	as	RB
19880	1510	7	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1510	8	an	an	DT
19880	1510	9	admonition	admonition	NN
19880	1510	10	for	for	IN
19880	1510	11	the	the	DT
19880	1510	12	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1510	13	and	and	CC
19880	1510	14	singer	singer	NN
19880	1510	15	as	as	IN
19880	1510	16	for	for	IN
19880	1510	17	any	any	DT
19880	1510	18	other	other	JJ
19880	1510	19	artist	artist	NN
19880	1510	20	,	,	,
19880	1510	21	but	but	CC
19880	1510	22	with	with	IN
19880	1510	23	that	that	DT
19880	1510	24	must	must	MD
19880	1510	25	go	go	VB
19880	1510	26	another	another	DT
19880	1510	27	,	,	,
19880	1510	28	"	"	``
19880	1510	29	Believe	believe	VB
19880	1510	30	in	in	IN
19880	1510	31	thyself"--that	thyself"--that	NNP
19880	1510	32	thou	thou	NNP
19880	1510	33	canst	canst	NNP
19880	1510	34	produce	produce	NN
19880	1510	35	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1510	36	of	of	IN
19880	1510	37	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19880	1510	38	and	and	CC
19880	1510	39	expressive	expressive	JJ
19880	1510	40	quality	quality	NN
19880	1510	41	if	if	IN
19880	1510	42	thou	thou	NNP
19880	1510	43	wilt	wilt	NNP
19880	1510	44	;	;	:
19880	1510	45	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1510	46	may	may	MD
19880	1510	47	be	be	VB
19880	1510	48	only	only	RB
19880	1510	49	after	after	RB
19880	1510	50	much	much	JJ
19880	1510	51	wisely	wisely	RB
19880	1510	52	directed	direct	VBN
19880	1510	53	work	work	NN
19880	1510	54	,	,	,
19880	1510	55	but	but	CC
19880	1510	56	yet	yet	RB
19880	1510	57	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1510	58	is	be	VBZ
19880	1510	59	possible	possible	JJ
19880	1510	60	.	.	.
19880	1511	1	Allusion	allusion	NN
19880	1511	2	must	must	MD
19880	1511	3	be	be	VB
19880	1511	4	made	make	VBN
19880	1511	5	to	to	IN
19880	1511	6	the	the	DT
19880	1511	7	danger	danger	NN
19880	1511	8	of	of	IN
19880	1511	9	those	those	DT
19880	1511	10	engaged	engage	VBN
19880	1511	11	in	in	IN
19880	1511	12	mathematical	mathematical	JJ
19880	1511	13	and	and	CC
19880	1511	14	physical	physical	JJ
19880	1511	15	investigations	investigation	NNS
19880	1511	16	applying	apply	VBG
19880	1511	17	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1511	18	conclusions	conclusion	NNS
19880	1511	19	in	in	IN
19880	1511	20	too	too	RB
19880	1511	21	rigid	rigid	JJ
19880	1511	22	a	a	DT
19880	1511	23	manner	manner	NN
19880	1511	24	to	to	IN
19880	1511	25	the	the	DT
19880	1511	26	animal	animal	NN
19880	1511	27	body	body	NN
19880	1511	28	.	.	.
19880	1512	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1512	2	was	be	VBD
19880	1512	3	held	hold	VBN
19880	1512	4	till	till	IN
19880	1512	5	recently	recently	RB
19880	1512	6	that	that	IN
19880	1512	7	the	the	DT
19880	1512	8	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1512	9	of	of	IN
19880	1512	10	a	a	DT
19880	1512	11	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1512	12	tone	tone	NN
19880	1512	13	was	be	VBD
19880	1512	14	determined	determine	VBN
19880	1512	15	solely	solely	RB
19880	1512	16	by	by	IN
19880	1512	17	the	the	DT
19880	1512	18	number	number	NN
19880	1512	19	of	of	IN
19880	1512	20	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1512	21	of	of	IN
19880	1512	22	the	the	DT
19880	1512	23	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1512	24	bands	band	NNS
19880	1512	25	,	,	,
19880	1512	26	as	as	IN
19880	1512	27	if	if	IN
19880	1512	28	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1512	29	acted	act	VBD
19880	1512	30	like	like	IN
19880	1512	31	the	the	DT
19880	1512	32	strings	string	NNS
19880	1512	33	of	of	IN
19880	1512	34	a	a	DT
19880	1512	35	violin	violin	NN
19880	1512	36	or	or	CC
19880	1512	37	the	the	DT
19880	1512	38	reed	reed	NN
19880	1512	39	of	of	IN
19880	1512	40	a	a	DT
19880	1512	41	clarinet	clarinet	NN
19880	1512	42	,	,	,
19880	1512	43	while	while	IN
19880	1512	44	the	the	DT
19880	1512	45	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1512	46	-	-	HYPH
19880	1512	47	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1512	48	were	be	VBD
19880	1512	49	thought	think	VBN
19880	1512	50	to	to	TO
19880	1512	51	simply	simply	RB
19880	1512	52	take	take	VB
19880	1512	53	up	up	RP
19880	1512	54	these	these	DT
19880	1512	55	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1512	56	and	and	CC
19880	1512	57	determine	determine	VB
19880	1512	58	nothing	nothing	NN
19880	1512	59	but	but	IN
19880	1512	60	the	the	DT
19880	1512	61	quality	quality	NN
19880	1512	62	of	of	IN
19880	1512	63	tone	tone	NN
19880	1512	64	;	;	:
19880	1512	65	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1512	66	were	be	VBD
19880	1512	67	believed	believe	VBN
19880	1512	68	not	not	RB
19880	1512	69	to	to	TO
19880	1512	70	have	have	VB
19880	1512	71	any	any	DT
19880	1512	72	influence	influence	NN
19880	1512	73	on	on	IN
19880	1512	74	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1512	75	.	.	.
19880	1513	1	Against	against	IN
19880	1513	2	this	this	DT
19880	1513	3	view	view	NN
19880	1513	4	the	the	DT
19880	1513	5	author	author	NN
19880	1513	6	long	long	RB
19880	1513	7	ago	ago	RB
19880	1513	8	demurred	demur	VBN
19880	1513	9	.	.	.
19880	1514	1	To	to	IN
19880	1514	2	Prof.	Prof.	NNP
19880	1514	3	Scripture	Scripture	NNP
19880	1514	4	,	,	,
19880	1514	5	however	however	RB
19880	1514	6	,	,	,
19880	1514	7	belongs	belong	VBZ
19880	1514	8	the	the	DT
19880	1514	9	credit	credit	NN
19880	1514	10	of	of	IN
19880	1514	11	demonstrating	demonstrate	VBG
19880	1514	12	that	that	IN
19880	1514	13	the	the	DT
19880	1514	14	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1514	15	-	-	HYPH
19880	1514	16	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1514	17	determine	determine	VBP
19880	1514	18	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1514	19	also	also	RB
19880	1514	20	.	.	.
19880	1515	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1515	2	seems	seem	VBZ
19880	1515	3	probable	probable	JJ
19880	1515	4	that	that	IN
19880	1515	5	the	the	DT
19880	1515	6	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1515	7	bands	band	NNS
19880	1515	8	so	so	RB
19880	1515	9	beat	beat	VBD
19880	1515	10	the	the	DT
19880	1515	11	air	air	NN
19880	1515	12	within	within	IN
19880	1515	13	the	the	DT
19880	1515	14	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1515	15	-	-	HYPH
19880	1515	16	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1515	17	as	as	IN
19880	1515	18	to	to	TO
19880	1515	19	determine	determine	VB
19880	1515	20	the	the	DT
19880	1515	21	rate	rate	NN
19880	1515	22	of	of	IN
19880	1515	23	vibration	vibration	NN
19880	1515	24	of	of	IN
19880	1515	25	the	the	DT
19880	1515	26	air	air	NN
19880	1515	27	of	of	IN
19880	1515	28	these	these	DT
19880	1515	29	cavities	cavity	NNS
19880	1515	30	,	,	,
19880	1515	31	and	and	CC
19880	1515	32	so	so	RB
19880	1515	33	the	the	DT
19880	1515	34	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1515	35	of	of	IN
19880	1515	36	the	the	DT
19880	1515	37	tone	tone	NN
19880	1515	38	produced	produce	VBD
19880	1515	39	.	.	.
19880	1516	1	These	these	DT
19880	1516	2	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1516	3	not	not	RB
19880	1516	4	having	have	VBG
19880	1516	5	rigid	rigid	JJ
19880	1516	6	walls	wall	NNS
19880	1516	7	,	,	,
19880	1516	8	one	one	PRP
19880	1516	9	can	can	MD
19880	1516	10	the	the	DT
19880	1516	11	better	well	RBR
19880	1516	12	understand	understand	VB
19880	1516	13	that	that	IN
19880	1516	14	the	the	DT
19880	1516	15	tension	tension	NN
19880	1516	16	of	of	IN
19880	1516	17	these	these	DT
19880	1516	18	parts	part	NNS
19880	1516	19	may	may	MD
19880	1516	20	not	not	RB
19880	1516	21	only	only	RB
19880	1516	22	be	be	VB
19880	1516	23	different	different	JJ
19880	1516	24	in	in	IN
19880	1516	25	individuals	individual	NNS
19880	1516	26	,	,	,
19880	1516	27	but	but	CC
19880	1516	28	vary	vary	VBP
19880	1516	29	in	in	IN
19880	1516	30	the	the	DT
19880	1516	31	same	same	JJ
19880	1516	32	person	person	NN
19880	1516	33	from	from	IN
19880	1516	34	time	time	NN
19880	1516	35	to	to	IN
19880	1516	36	time	time	NN
19880	1516	37	,	,	,
19880	1516	38	according	accord	VBG
19880	1516	39	to	to	IN
19880	1516	40	the	the	DT
19880	1516	41	condition	condition	NN
19880	1516	42	of	of	IN
19880	1516	43	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1516	44	health	health	NN
19880	1516	45	,	,	,
19880	1516	46	etc	etc	FW
19880	1516	47	.	.	.
19880	1517	1	Herein	Herein	NNP
19880	1517	2	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1517	3	find	find	VBP
19880	1517	4	another	another	DT
19880	1517	5	source	source	NN
19880	1517	6	of	of	IN
19880	1517	7	explanation	explanation	NN
19880	1517	8	of	of	IN
19880	1517	9	variations	variation	NNS
19880	1517	10	in	in	IN
19880	1517	11	the	the	DT
19880	1517	12	voice	voice	NN
19880	1517	13	.	.	.
19880	1518	1	All	all	PDT
19880	1518	2	these	these	DT
19880	1518	3	considerations	consideration	NNS
19880	1518	4	make	make	VBP
19880	1518	5	the	the	DT
19880	1518	6	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1518	7	-	-	HYPH
19880	1518	8	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1518	9	more	more	RBR
19880	1518	10	important	important	JJ
19880	1518	11	than	than	IN
19880	1518	12	ever	ever	RB
19880	1518	13	,	,	,
19880	1518	14	so	so	IN
19880	1518	15	that	that	IN
19880	1518	16	there	there	EX
19880	1518	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	1518	18	greater	great	JJR
19880	1518	19	objection	objection	NN
19880	1518	20	to	to	IN
19880	1518	21	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1518	22	of	of	IN
19880	1518	23	the	the	DT
19880	1518	24	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1518	25	as	as	IN
19880	1518	26	_	_	NNP
19880	1518	27	the	the	DT
19880	1518	28	_	_	NNP
19880	1518	29	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1518	30	organ	organ	NN
19880	1518	31	than	than	IN
19880	1518	32	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1518	33	were	be	VBD
19880	1518	34	aware	aware	JJ
19880	1518	35	of	of	IN
19880	1518	36	before	before	IN
19880	1518	37	these	these	DT
19880	1518	38	investigations	investigation	NNS
19880	1518	39	were	be	VBD
19880	1518	40	undertaken	undertake	VBN
19880	1518	41	.	.	.
19880	1519	1	SUMMARY	SUMMARY	NNP
19880	1519	2	.	.	.
19880	1520	1	Without	without	IN
19880	1520	2	a	a	DT
19880	1520	3	resonator	resonator	NN
19880	1520	4	,	,	,
19880	1520	5	which	which	WDT
19880	1520	6	may	may	MD
19880	1520	7	be	be	VB
19880	1520	8	solid	solid	JJ
19880	1520	9	or	or	CC
19880	1520	10	hollow	hollow	JJ
19880	1520	11	,	,	,
19880	1520	12	the	the	DT
19880	1520	13	sound	sound	NN
19880	1520	14	made	make	VBN
19880	1520	15	by	by	IN
19880	1520	16	a	a	DT
19880	1520	17	reed	reed	NN
19880	1520	18	or	or	CC
19880	1520	19	tense	tense	JJ
19880	1520	20	string	string	NN
19880	1520	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	1520	22	feeble	feeble	JJ
19880	1520	23	.	.	.
19880	1521	1	That	that	IN
19880	1521	2	the	the	DT
19880	1521	3	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1521	4	can	can	MD
19880	1521	5	act	act	VB
19880	1521	6	as	as	IN
19880	1521	7	a	a	DT
19880	1521	8	resonator	resonator	NN
19880	1521	9	may	may	MD
19880	1521	10	be	be	VB
19880	1521	11	proved	prove	VBN
19880	1521	12	by	by	IN
19880	1521	13	holding	hold	VBG
19880	1521	14	a	a	DT
19880	1521	15	vibrating	vibrate	VBG
19880	1521	16	tuning	tuning	NN
19880	1521	17	-	-	HYPH
19880	1521	18	fork	fork	NN
19880	1521	19	of	of	IN
19880	1521	20	suitable	suitable	JJ
19880	1521	21	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1521	22	before	before	IN
19880	1521	23	this	this	DT
19880	1521	24	chamber	chamber	NN
19880	1521	25	when	when	WRB
19880	1521	26	open	open	JJ
19880	1521	27	.	.	.
19880	1522	1	The	the	DT
19880	1522	2	resonating	resonate	VBG
19880	1522	3	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1522	4	of	of	IN
19880	1522	5	importance	importance	NN
19880	1522	6	are	be	VBP
19880	1522	7	supra	supra	JJ
19880	1522	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	1522	9	glottic	glottic	JJ
19880	1522	10	.	.	.
19880	1523	1	Of	of	IN
19880	1523	2	these	these	DT
19880	1523	3	the	the	DT
19880	1523	4	"	"	``
19880	1523	5	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1523	6	"	"	''
19880	1523	7	including	include	VBG
19880	1523	8	all	all	DT
19880	1523	9	as	as	RB
19880	1523	10	far	far	RB
19880	1523	11	back	back	RB
19880	1523	12	as	as	IN
19880	1523	13	the	the	DT
19880	1523	14	pharynx	pharynx	NN
19880	1523	15	and	and	CC
19880	1523	16	the	the	DT
19880	1523	17	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	1523	18	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1523	19	are	be	VBP
19880	1523	20	the	the	DT
19880	1523	21	principal	principal	NN
19880	1523	22	.	.	.
19880	1524	1	These	these	DT
19880	1524	2	two	two	CD
19880	1524	3	main	main	JJ
19880	1524	4	cavities	cavity	NNS
19880	1524	5	are	be	VBP
19880	1524	6	separated	separate	VBN
19880	1524	7	from	from	IN
19880	1524	8	each	each	DT
19880	1524	9	other	other	JJ
19880	1524	10	by	by	IN
19880	1524	11	the	the	DT
19880	1524	12	hard	hard	JJ
19880	1524	13	palate	palate	NN
19880	1524	14	,	,	,
19880	1524	15	which	which	WDT
19880	1524	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	1524	17	a	a	DT
19880	1524	18	bony	bony	NN
19880	1524	19	floor	floor	NN
19880	1524	20	,	,	,
19880	1524	21	covered	cover	VBN
19880	1524	22	with	with	IN
19880	1524	23	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	1524	24	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	1524	25	,	,	,
19880	1524	26	as	as	IN
19880	1524	27	are	be	VBP
19880	1524	28	all	all	PDT
19880	1524	29	the	the	DT
19880	1524	30	parts	part	NNS
19880	1524	31	of	of	IN
19880	1524	32	the	the	DT
19880	1524	33	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1524	34	-	-	HYPH
19880	1524	35	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1524	36	.	.	.
19880	1525	1	The	the	DT
19880	1525	2	hard	hard	JJ
19880	1525	3	palate	palate	NN
19880	1525	4	extends	extend	VBZ
19880	1525	5	horizontally	horizontally	RB
19880	1525	6	from	from	IN
19880	1525	7	the	the	DT
19880	1525	8	gums	gum	NNS
19880	1525	9	backward	backward	RB
19880	1525	10	,	,	,
19880	1525	11	and	and	CC
19880	1525	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	1525	13	continued	continue	VBN
19880	1525	14	as	as	IN
19880	1525	15	the	the	DT
19880	1525	16	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1525	17	palate	palate	NN
19880	1525	18	.	.	.
19880	1526	1	The	the	DT
19880	1526	2	latter	latter	NN
19880	1526	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1526	4	a	a	DT
19880	1526	5	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1526	6	and	and	CC
19880	1526	7	therefore	therefore	RB
19880	1526	8	movable	movable	JJ
19880	1526	9	curtain	curtain	NN
19880	1526	10	that	that	WDT
19880	1526	11	divides	divide	VBZ
19880	1526	12	,	,	,
19880	1526	13	with	with	IN
19880	1526	14	varying	vary	VBG
19880	1526	15	degrees	degree	NNS
19880	1526	16	of	of	IN
19880	1526	17	completeness	completeness	NN
19880	1526	18	,	,	,
19880	1526	19	the	the	DT
19880	1526	20	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1526	21	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1526	22	in	in	IN
19880	1526	23	the	the	DT
19880	1526	24	narrower	narrow	JJR
19880	1526	25	sense	sense	NN
19880	1526	26	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1526	27	from	from	IN
19880	1526	28	the	the	DT
19880	1526	29	pharynx	pharynx	NN
19880	1526	30	and	and	CC
19880	1526	31	naso	naso	NNP
19880	1526	32	-	-	HYPH
19880	1526	33	pharynx--_i.e	pharynx--_i.e	NNP
19880	1526	34	.	.	.
19880	1526	35	_	_	NNP
19880	1526	36	,	,	,
19880	1526	37	the	the	DT
19880	1526	38	space	space	NN
19880	1526	39	back	back	RB
19880	1526	40	of	of	IN
19880	1526	41	the	the	DT
19880	1526	42	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1526	43	palate	palate	NN
19880	1526	44	and	and	CC
19880	1526	45	the	the	DT
19880	1526	46	posterior	posterior	NNP
19880	1526	47	nares	naris	NNS
19880	1526	48	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1526	49	back	back	RB
19880	1526	50	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19880	1526	51	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1526	52	respectively	respectively	RB
19880	1526	53	.	.	.
19880	1527	1	By	by	IN
19880	1527	2	the	the	DT
19880	1527	3	elevation	elevation	NN
19880	1527	4	of	of	IN
19880	1527	5	the	the	DT
19880	1527	6	back	back	NN
19880	1527	7	of	of	IN
19880	1527	8	the	the	DT
19880	1527	9	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1527	10	and	and	CC
19880	1527	11	the	the	DT
19880	1527	12	lowering	lowering	NN
19880	1527	13	of	of	IN
19880	1527	14	the	the	DT
19880	1527	15	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1527	16	palate	palate	NN
19880	1527	17	as	as	IN
19880	1527	18	when	when	WRB
19880	1527	19	one	one	PRP
19880	1527	20	speaks	speak	VBZ
19880	1527	21	nasally	nasally	RB
19880	1527	22	,	,	,
19880	1527	23	the	the	DT
19880	1527	24	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1527	25	proper	proper	JJ
19880	1527	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	1527	27	largely	largely	RB
19880	1527	28	shut	shut	VBN
19880	1527	29	off	off	RP
19880	1527	30	from	from	IN
19880	1527	31	the	the	DT
19880	1527	32	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	1527	33	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1527	34	,	,	,
19880	1527	35	so	so	IN
19880	1527	36	that	that	IN
19880	1527	37	the	the	DT
19880	1527	38	breath	breath	NN
19880	1527	39	must	must	MD
19880	1527	40	be	be	VB
19880	1527	41	directed	direct	VBN
19880	1527	42	through	through	IN
19880	1527	43	the	the	DT
19880	1527	44	nose	nose	NN
19880	1527	45	.	.	.
19880	1528	1	"	"	``
19880	1528	2	Cleft	Cleft	NNP
19880	1528	3	palate	palate	NN
19880	1528	4	"	"	''
19880	1528	5	also	also	RB
19880	1528	6	connects	connect	VBZ
19880	1528	7	undesirably	undesirably	RB
19880	1528	8	the	the	DT
19880	1528	9	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1528	10	and	and	CC
19880	1528	11	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	1528	12	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1528	13	.	.	.
19880	1529	1	The	the	DT
19880	1529	2	tonsils	tonsil	NNS
19880	1529	3	lie	lie	VBP
19880	1529	4	between	between	IN
19880	1529	5	two	two	CD
19880	1529	6	folds	fold	NNS
19880	1529	7	,	,	,
19880	1529	8	the	the	DT
19880	1529	9	pillars	pillar	NNS
19880	1529	10	of	of	IN
19880	1529	11	the	the	DT
19880	1529	12	fauces	fauce	NNS
19880	1529	13	,	,	,
19880	1529	14	connected	connect	VBN
19880	1529	15	with	with	IN
19880	1529	16	the	the	DT
19880	1529	17	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1529	18	palate	palate	NN
19880	1529	19	.	.	.
19880	1530	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1530	2	normal	normal	JJ
19880	1530	3	in	in	IN
19880	1530	4	size	size	NN
19880	1530	5	the	the	DT
19880	1530	6	tonsils	tonsil	NNS
19880	1530	7	should	should	MD
19880	1530	8	scarcely	scarcely	RB
19880	1530	9	extend	extend	VB
19880	1530	10	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1530	11	these	these	DT
19880	1530	12	folds	fold	NNS
19880	1530	13	.	.	.
19880	1531	1	The	the	DT
19880	1531	2	uvula	uvula	NN
19880	1531	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1531	4	the	the	DT
19880	1531	5	central	central	JJ
19880	1531	6	lower	low	JJR
19880	1531	7	tip	tip	NN
19880	1531	8	of	of	IN
19880	1531	9	the	the	DT
19880	1531	10	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1531	11	palate	palate	NN
19880	1531	12	.	.	.
19880	1532	1	The	the	DT
19880	1532	2	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	1532	3	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1532	4	are	be	VBP
19880	1532	5	divided	divide	VBN
19880	1532	6	by	by	IN
19880	1532	7	a	a	DT
19880	1532	8	central	central	JJ
19880	1532	9	bony	bony	NN
19880	1532	10	and	and	CC
19880	1532	11	cartilaginous	cartilaginous	JJ
19880	1532	12	partition	partition	NN
19880	1532	13	,	,	,
19880	1532	14	the	the	DT
19880	1532	15	septum	septum	NN
19880	1532	16	nasi	nasi	NNP
19880	1532	17	,	,	,
19880	1532	18	but	but	CC
19880	1532	19	are	be	VBP
19880	1532	20	further	further	RB
19880	1532	21	encroached	encroach	VBN
19880	1532	22	upon	upon	IN
19880	1532	23	,	,	,
19880	1532	24	on	on	IN
19880	1532	25	each	each	DT
19880	1532	26	side	side	NN
19880	1532	27	,	,	,
19880	1532	28	by	by	IN
19880	1532	29	three	three	CD
19880	1532	30	scroll	scroll	NN
19880	1532	31	-	-	HYPH
19880	1532	32	like	like	JJ
19880	1532	33	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1532	34	turbinated	turbinated	JJ
19880	1532	35	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1532	36	bones	bone	NNS
19880	1532	37	.	.	.
19880	1533	1	The	the	DT
19880	1533	2	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1533	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1533	4	composed	compose	VBN
19880	1533	5	of	of	IN
19880	1533	6	several	several	JJ
19880	1533	7	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1533	8	,	,	,
19880	1533	9	which	which	WDT
19880	1533	10	explains	explain	VBZ
19880	1533	11	why	why	WRB
19880	1533	12	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1533	13	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1533	14	may	may	MD
19880	1533	15	be	be	VB
19880	1533	16	so	so	RB
19880	1533	17	complicated	complicated	JJ
19880	1533	18	and	and	CC
19880	1533	19	delicate	delicate	JJ
19880	1533	20	.	.	.
19880	1534	1	The	the	DT
19880	1534	2	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1534	3	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	1534	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1534	5	bounded	bound	VBN
19880	1534	6	in	in	IN
19880	1534	7	front	front	NN
19880	1534	8	by	by	IN
19880	1534	9	the	the	DT
19880	1534	10	gums	gum	NNS
19880	1534	11	,	,	,
19880	1534	12	teeth	tooth	NNS
19880	1534	13	,	,	,
19880	1534	14	and	and	CC
19880	1534	15	lips	lip	NNS
19880	1534	16	.	.	.
19880	1535	1	The	the	DT
19880	1535	2	form	form	NN
19880	1535	3	and	and	CC
19880	1535	4	,	,	,
19880	1535	5	to	to	IN
19880	1535	6	some	some	DT
19880	1535	7	extent	extent	NN
19880	1535	8	,	,	,
19880	1535	9	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	1535	10	;	;	:
19880	1535	11	the	the	DT
19880	1535	12	size	size	NN
19880	1535	13	of	of	IN
19880	1535	14	the	the	DT
19880	1535	15	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1535	16	-	-	HYPH
19880	1535	17	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1535	18	determine	determine	VBP
19880	1535	19	the	the	DT
19880	1535	20	quality	quality	NN
19880	1535	21	of	of	IN
19880	1535	22	the	the	DT
19880	1535	23	tone	tone	NN
19880	1535	24	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1535	25	in	in	IN
19880	1535	26	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1535	27	and	and	CC
19880	1535	28	singing	singing	NN
19880	1535	29	.	.	.
19880	1536	1	The	the	DT
19880	1536	2	shape	shape	NN
19880	1536	3	and	and	CC
19880	1536	4	size	size	NN
19880	1536	5	of	of	IN
19880	1536	6	the	the	DT
19880	1536	7	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1536	8	can	can	MD
19880	1536	9	be	be	VB
19880	1536	10	made	make	VBN
19880	1536	11	to	to	TO
19880	1536	12	vary	vary	VB
19880	1536	13	by	by	IN
19880	1536	14	the	the	DT
19880	1536	15	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1536	16	palate	palate	NN
19880	1536	17	and	and	CC
19880	1536	18	lips	lip	NNS
19880	1536	19	,	,	,
19880	1536	20	but	but	CC
19880	1536	21	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	1536	22	by	by	IN
19880	1536	23	the	the	DT
19880	1536	24	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1536	25	,	,	,
19880	1536	26	so	so	IN
19880	1536	27	that	that	IN
19880	1536	28	the	the	DT
19880	1536	29	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1536	30	of	of	IN
19880	1536	31	the	the	DT
19880	1536	32	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1536	33	,	,	,
19880	1536	34	especially	especially	RB
19880	1536	35	,	,	,
19880	1536	36	can	can	MD
19880	1536	37	not	not	RB
19880	1536	38	be	be	VB
19880	1536	39	too	too	RB
19880	1536	40	well	well	RB
19880	1536	41	studied	studied	JJ
19880	1536	42	.	.	.
19880	1537	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1537	2	was	be	VBD
19880	1537	3	formerly	formerly	RB
19880	1537	4	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1537	5	that	that	DT
19880	1537	6	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1537	7	was	be	VBD
19880	1537	8	determined	determine	VBN
19880	1537	9	solely	solely	RB
19880	1537	10	by	by	IN
19880	1537	11	the	the	DT
19880	1537	12	rate	rate	NN
19880	1537	13	of	of	IN
19880	1537	14	vibration	vibration	NN
19880	1537	15	of	of	IN
19880	1537	16	the	the	DT
19880	1537	17	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1537	18	bands	band	NNS
19880	1537	19	;	;	:
19880	1537	20	though	though	IN
19880	1537	21	the	the	DT
19880	1537	22	author	author	NN
19880	1537	23	opposed	oppose	VBD
19880	1537	24	this	this	DT
19880	1537	25	view	view	NN
19880	1537	26	as	as	RB
19880	1537	27	rigidly	rigidly	RB
19880	1537	28	applied	apply	VBN
19880	1537	29	.	.	.
19880	1538	1	Very	very	RB
19880	1538	2	recently	recently	RB
19880	1538	3	Prof.	Prof.	NNP
19880	1538	4	Scripture	Scripture	NNP
19880	1538	5	,	,	,
19880	1538	6	by	by	IN
19880	1538	7	the	the	DT
19880	1538	8	use	use	NN
19880	1538	9	of	of	IN
19880	1538	10	new	new	JJ
19880	1538	11	methods	method	NNS
19880	1538	12	,	,	,
19880	1538	13	has	have	VBZ
19880	1538	14	shown	show	VBN
19880	1538	15	that	that	IN
19880	1538	16	the	the	DT
19880	1538	17	supra	supra	JJ
19880	1538	18	-	-	HYPH
19880	1538	19	glottic	glottic	JJ
19880	1538	20	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1538	21	can	can	MD
19880	1538	22	not	not	RB
19880	1538	23	be	be	VB
19880	1538	24	correctly	correctly	RB
19880	1538	25	likened	liken	VBN
19880	1538	26	to	to	IN
19880	1538	27	a	a	DT
19880	1538	28	resonator	resonator	NN
19880	1538	29	with	with	IN
19880	1538	30	rigid	rigid	JJ
19880	1538	31	walls	wall	NNS
19880	1538	32	.	.	.
19880	1539	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1539	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1539	3	held	hold	VBN
19880	1539	4	that	that	IN
19880	1539	5	the	the	DT
19880	1539	6	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1539	7	bands	band	NNS
19880	1539	8	give	give	VBP
19880	1539	9	a	a	DT
19880	1539	10	number	number	NN
19880	1539	11	of	of	IN
19880	1539	12	sudden	sudden	JJ
19880	1539	13	shocks	shock	NNS
19880	1539	14	to	to	IN
19880	1539	15	the	the	DT
19880	1539	16	air	air	NN
19880	1539	17	in	in	IN
19880	1539	18	the	the	DT
19880	1539	19	resonators	resonator	NNS
19880	1539	20	,	,	,
19880	1539	21	so	so	IN
19880	1539	22	that	that	IN
19880	1539	23	,	,	,
19880	1539	24	in	in	IN
19880	1539	25	a	a	DT
19880	1539	26	sense	sense	NN
19880	1539	27	,	,	,
19880	1539	28	the	the	DT
19880	1539	29	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1539	30	-	-	HYPH
19880	1539	31	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1539	32	determine	determine	VBP
19880	1539	33	both	both	DT
19880	1539	34	the	the	DT
19880	1539	35	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1539	36	and	and	CC
19880	1539	37	the	the	DT
19880	1539	38	quality	quality	NN
19880	1539	39	of	of	IN
19880	1539	40	the	the	DT
19880	1539	41	tone	tone	NN
19880	1539	42	;	;	:
19880	1539	43	and	and	CC
19880	1539	44	as	as	IN
19880	1539	45	the	the	DT
19880	1539	46	tension	tension	NN
19880	1539	47	of	of	IN
19880	1539	48	the	the	DT
19880	1539	49	resonators	resonator	NNS
19880	1539	50	varies	vary	VBZ
19880	1539	51	with	with	IN
19880	1539	52	both	both	CC
19880	1539	53	the	the	DT
19880	1539	54	physical	physical	JJ
19880	1539	55	and	and	CC
19880	1539	56	psychical	psychical	JJ
19880	1539	57	condition	condition	NN
19880	1539	58	of	of	IN
19880	1539	59	the	the	DT
19880	1539	60	individual	individual	NN
19880	1539	61	,	,	,
19880	1539	62	variations	variation	NNS
19880	1539	63	in	in	IN
19880	1539	64	tone	tone	NN
19880	1539	65	-	-	HYPH
19880	1539	66	production	production	NN
19880	1539	67	,	,	,
19880	1539	68	more	more	RBR
19880	1539	69	especially	especially	RB
19880	1539	70	as	as	IN
19880	1539	71	to	to	IN
19880	1539	72	quality	quality	NN
19880	1539	73	,	,	,
19880	1539	74	can	can	MD
19880	1539	75	now	now	RB
19880	1539	76	be	be	VB
19880	1539	77	the	the	DT
19880	1539	78	better	well	JJR
19880	1539	79	understood	understand	VBN
19880	1539	80	.	.	.
19880	1540	1	According	accord	VBG
19880	1540	2	to	to	IN
19880	1540	3	this	this	DT
19880	1540	4	view	view	NN
19880	1540	5	these	these	DT
19880	1540	6	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1540	7	are	be	VBP
19880	1540	8	not	not	RB
19880	1540	9	properly	properly	RB
19880	1540	10	resonators	resonator	NNS
19880	1540	11	but	but	CC
19880	1540	12	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	1540	13	cavities	cavity	NNS
19880	1540	14	.	.	.
19880	1541	1	The	the	DT
19880	1541	2	reader	reader	NN
19880	1541	3	's	's	POS
19880	1541	4	attention	attention	NN
19880	1541	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1541	6	particularly	particularly	RB
19880	1541	7	drawn	draw	VBN
19880	1541	8	to	to	IN
19880	1541	9	the	the	DT
19880	1541	10	new	new	JJ
19880	1541	11	views	view	NNS
19880	1541	12	of	of	IN
19880	1541	13	the	the	DT
19880	1541	14	method	method	NN
19880	1541	15	of	of	IN
19880	1541	16	action	action	NN
19880	1541	17	of	of	IN
19880	1541	18	the	the	DT
19880	1541	19	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1541	20	bands	band	NNS
19880	1541	21	,	,	,
19880	1541	22	etc	etc	FW
19880	1541	23	.	.	FW
19880	1541	24	,	,	,
19880	1541	25	referred	refer	VBD
19880	1541	26	to	to	IN
19880	1541	27	on	on	IN
19880	1541	28	this	this	DT
19880	1541	29	page	page	NN
19880	1541	30	.	.	.
19880	1542	1	Since	since	IN
19880	1542	2	the	the	DT
19880	1542	3	above	above	RB
19880	1542	4	was	be	VBD
19880	1542	5	written	write	VBN
19880	1542	6	,	,	,
19880	1542	7	such	such	JJ
19880	1542	8	views	view	NNS
19880	1542	9	have	have	VBP
19880	1542	10	become	become	VBN
19880	1542	11	more	more	RBR
19880	1542	12	widely	widely	RB
19880	1542	13	known	know	VBN
19880	1542	14	,	,	,
19880	1542	15	and	and	CC
19880	1542	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1542	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	1542	18	hoped	hope	VBN
19880	1542	19	that	that	IN
19880	1542	20	as	as	IN
19880	1542	21	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1542	22	are	be	VBP
19880	1542	23	very	very	RB
19880	1542	24	radical	radical	JJ
19880	1542	25	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1542	26	may	may	MD
19880	1542	27	be	be	VB
19880	1542	28	established	establish	VBN
19880	1542	29	by	by	IN
19880	1542	30	other	other	JJ
19880	1542	31	methods	method	NNS
19880	1542	32	.	.	.
19880	1543	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	1543	2	X.	X.	NNP
19880	1544	1	THE	the	DT
19880	1544	2	REGISTERS	register	NNS
19880	1544	3	OF	of	IN
19880	1544	4	THE	the	DT
19880	1544	5	SINGING	singing	NN
19880	1544	6	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19880	1544	7	.	.	.
19880	1545	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1545	2	1	1	CD
19880	1545	3	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1545	4	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1545	5	Footnote	footnote	NN
19880	1545	6	1	1	CD
19880	1545	7	:	:	:
19880	1545	8	The	the	DT
19880	1545	9	chapters	chapter	NNS
19880	1545	10	on	on	IN
19880	1545	11	the	the	DT
19880	1545	12	Registers	Registers	NNPS
19880	1545	13	of	of	IN
19880	1545	14	the	the	DT
19880	1545	15	Singing	Singing	NNP
19880	1545	16	Voice	Voice	NNP
19880	1545	17	may	may	MD
19880	1545	18	be	be	VB
19880	1545	19	omitted	omit	VBN
19880	1545	20	by	by	IN
19880	1545	21	readers	reader	NNS
19880	1545	22	whose	whose	WP$
19880	1545	23	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1545	24	interest	interest	NN
19880	1545	25	is	be	VBZ
19880	1545	26	confined	confine	VBN
19880	1545	27	to	to	IN
19880	1545	28	the	the	DT
19880	1545	29	Speaking	Speaking	NNP
19880	1545	30	Voice	Voice	NNP
19880	1545	31	.	.	.
19880	1545	32	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1546	1	About	about	RB
19880	1546	2	no	no	DT
19880	1546	3	subject	subject	NN
19880	1546	4	in	in	IN
19880	1546	5	the	the	DT
19880	1546	6	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1546	7	range	range	NN
19880	1546	8	of	of	IN
19880	1546	9	voice	voice	NN
19880	1546	10	-	-	HYPH
19880	1546	11	production	production	NN
19880	1546	12	has	have	VBZ
19880	1546	13	there	there	EX
19880	1546	14	been	be	VBN
19880	1546	15	so	so	RB
19880	1546	16	much	much	JJ
19880	1546	17	confusion	confusion	NN
19880	1546	18	,	,	,
19880	1546	19	difference	difference	NN
19880	1546	20	of	of	IN
19880	1546	21	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	1546	22	,	,	,
19880	1546	23	and	and	CC
19880	1546	24	controversy	controversy	NN
19880	1546	25	as	as	IN
19880	1546	26	that	that	DT
19880	1546	27	of	of	IN
19880	1546	28	registers	register	NNS
19880	1546	29	;	;	:
19880	1546	30	so	so	IN
19880	1546	31	that	that	IN
19880	1546	32	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1546	33	is	be	VBZ
19880	1546	34	important	important	JJ
19880	1546	35	at	at	IN
19880	1546	36	the	the	DT
19880	1546	37	very	very	RB
19880	1546	38	outset	outset	NN
19880	1546	39	to	to	TO
19880	1546	40	define	define	VB
19880	1546	41	register	register	NN
19880	1546	42	,	,	,
19880	1546	43	and	and	CC
19880	1546	44	throughout	throughout	IN
19880	1546	45	to	to	TO
19880	1546	46	aim	aim	VB
19880	1546	47	at	at	IN
19880	1546	48	the	the	DT
19880	1546	49	utmost	utmost	NNP
19880	1546	50	precision	precision	NN
19880	1546	51	and	and	CC
19880	1546	52	clearness	clearness	NN
19880	1546	53	.	.	.
19880	1547	1	"	"	``
19880	1547	2	A	a	DT
19880	1547	3	register	register	NN
19880	1547	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1547	5	a	a	DT
19880	1547	6	series	series	NN
19880	1547	7	of	of	IN
19880	1547	8	consecutive	consecutive	JJ
19880	1547	9	and	and	CC
19880	1547	10	homogeneous	homogeneous	JJ
19880	1547	11	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	1547	12	rising	rise	VBG
19880	1547	13	from	from	IN
19880	1547	14	the	the	DT
19880	1547	15	grave	grave	NN
19880	1547	16	to	to	IN
19880	1547	17	the	the	DT
19880	1547	18	acute	acute	NN
19880	1547	19	,	,	,
19880	1547	20	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1547	21	by	by	IN
19880	1547	22	the	the	DT
19880	1547	23	development	development	NN
19880	1547	24	of	of	IN
19880	1547	25	the	the	DT
19880	1547	26	same	same	JJ
19880	1547	27	mechanical	mechanical	JJ
19880	1547	28	principle	principle	NN
19880	1547	29	,	,	,
19880	1547	30	the	the	DT
19880	1547	31	nature	nature	NN
19880	1547	32	of	of	IN
19880	1547	33	which	which	WDT
19880	1547	34	essentially	essentially	RB
19880	1547	35	differs	differ	VBZ
19880	1547	36	from	from	IN
19880	1547	37	any	any	DT
19880	1547	38	other	other	JJ
19880	1547	39	series	series	NN
19880	1547	40	of	of	IN
19880	1547	41	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	1547	42	equally	equally	RB
19880	1547	43	consecutive	consecutive	JJ
19880	1547	44	and	and	CC
19880	1547	45	homogeneous	homogeneous	JJ
19880	1547	46	,	,	,
19880	1547	47	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1547	48	by	by	IN
19880	1547	49	another	another	DT
19880	1547	50	mechanical	mechanical	JJ
19880	1547	51	principle	principle	NN
19880	1547	52	"	"	''
19880	1547	53	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1547	54	Manuel	Manuel	NNP
19880	1547	55	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19880	1547	56	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1547	57	.	.	.
19880	1548	1	"	"	``
19880	1548	2	A	a	DT
19880	1548	3	register	register	NN
19880	1548	4	consists	consist	VBZ
19880	1548	5	of	of	IN
19880	1548	6	a	a	DT
19880	1548	7	series	series	NN
19880	1548	8	of	of	IN
19880	1548	9	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1548	10	which	which	WDT
19880	1548	11	are	be	VBP
19880	1548	12	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1548	13	by	by	IN
19880	1548	14	the	the	DT
19880	1548	15	same	same	JJ
19880	1548	16	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1548	17	"	"	''
19880	1548	18	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1548	19	Behnke	Behnke	NNP
19880	1548	20	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1548	21	.	.	.
19880	1549	1	"	"	``
19880	1549	2	A	a	DT
19880	1549	3	register	register	NN
19880	1549	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1549	5	the	the	DT
19880	1549	6	series	series	NN
19880	1549	7	of	of	IN
19880	1549	8	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1549	9	of	of	IN
19880	1549	10	like	like	JJ
19880	1549	11	quality	quality	NN
19880	1549	12	producible	producible	JJ
19880	1549	13	by	by	IN
19880	1549	14	a	a	DT
19880	1549	15	particular	particular	JJ
19880	1549	16	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19880	1549	17	of	of	IN
19880	1549	18	the	the	DT
19880	1549	19	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1549	20	cords	cord	NNS
19880	1549	21	"	"	''
19880	1549	22	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1549	23	Mackenzie	Mackenzie	NNP
19880	1549	24	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1549	25	.	.	.
19880	1550	1	From	from	IN
19880	1550	2	a	a	DT
19880	1550	3	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	1550	4	of	of	IN
19880	1550	5	the	the	DT
19880	1550	6	above	above	RB
19880	1550	7	proposed	propose	VBN
19880	1550	8	definitions	definition	NNS
19880	1550	9	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1550	10	will	will	MD
19880	1550	11	be	be	VB
19880	1550	12	seen	see	VBN
19880	1550	13	that	that	IN
19880	1550	14	for	for	IN
19880	1550	15	the	the	DT
19880	1550	16	successful	successful	JJ
19880	1550	17	or	or	CC
19880	1550	18	,	,	,
19880	1550	19	at	at	IN
19880	1550	20	all	all	DT
19880	1550	21	events	event	NNS
19880	1550	22	,	,	,
19880	1550	23	complete	complete	JJ
19880	1550	24	or	or	CC
19880	1550	25	ideal	ideal	JJ
19880	1550	26	investigation	investigation	NN
19880	1550	27	of	of	IN
19880	1550	28	a	a	DT
19880	1550	29	subject	subject	NN
19880	1550	30	so	so	RB
19880	1550	31	many	many	JJ
19880	1550	32	-	-	HYPH
19880	1550	33	sided	sided	JJ
19880	1550	34	and	and	CC
19880	1550	35	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	1550	36	,	,	,
19880	1550	37	many	many	JJ
19880	1550	38	qualifications	qualification	NNS
19880	1550	39	are	be	VBP
19880	1550	40	desirable	desirable	JJ
19880	1550	41	,	,	,
19880	1550	42	if	if	IN
19880	1550	43	not	not	RB
19880	1550	44	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1550	45	essential	essential	JJ
19880	1550	46	.	.	.
19880	1551	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1551	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1551	3	not	not	RB
19880	1551	4	too	too	RB
19880	1551	5	much	much	JJ
19880	1551	6	to	to	TO
19880	1551	7	say	say	VB
19880	1551	8	that	that	IN
19880	1551	9	the	the	DT
19880	1551	10	ideal	ideal	JJ
19880	1551	11	investigator	investigator	NN
19880	1551	12	of	of	IN
19880	1551	13	the	the	DT
19880	1551	14	registers	register	NNS
19880	1551	15	should	should	MD
19880	1551	16	have	have	VB
19880	1551	17	a	a	DT
19880	1551	18	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1551	19	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	1551	20	of	of	IN
19880	1551	21	general	general	JJ
19880	1551	22	anatomy	anatomy	NN
19880	1551	23	and	and	CC
19880	1551	24	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	1551	25	,	,	,
19880	1551	26	together	together	RB
19880	1551	27	with	with	IN
19880	1551	28	a	a	DT
19880	1551	29	detailed	detailed	JJ
19880	1551	30	and	and	CC
19880	1551	31	exact	exact	JJ
19880	1551	32	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	1551	33	of	of	IN
19880	1551	34	the	the	DT
19880	1551	35	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1551	36	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1551	37	;	;	,
19880	1551	38	be	be	VB
19880	1551	39	versed	verse	VBN
19880	1551	40	in	in	IN
19880	1551	41	the	the	DT
19880	1551	42	laws	law	NNS
19880	1551	43	of	of	IN
19880	1551	44	sound	sound	NN
19880	1551	45	;	;	:
19880	1551	46	have	have	VB
19880	1551	47	an	an	DT
19880	1551	48	adequate	adequate	JJ
19880	1551	49	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	1551	50	of	of	IN
19880	1551	51	music	music	NN
19880	1551	52	;	;	:
19880	1551	53	be	be	VB
19880	1551	54	capable	capable	JJ
19880	1551	55	of	of	IN
19880	1551	56	examining	examine	VBG
19880	1551	57	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1551	58	with	with	IN
19880	1551	59	the	the	DT
19880	1551	60	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19880	1551	61	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1551	62	auto	auto	NN
19880	1551	63	-	-	HYPH
19880	1551	64	laryngoscopy	laryngoscopy	NN
19880	1551	65	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1551	66	as	as	RB
19880	1551	67	well	well	RB
19880	1551	68	as	as	IN
19880	1551	69	others	other	NNS
19880	1551	70	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1551	71	laryngoscopy	laryngoscopy	NNP
19880	1551	72	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1551	73	;	;	:
19880	1551	74	possess	possess	VB
19880	1551	75	an	an	DT
19880	1551	76	acute	acute	JJ
19880	1551	77	ear	ear	NN
19880	1551	78	for	for	IN
19880	1551	79	the	the	DT
19880	1551	80	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1551	81	and	and	CC
19880	1551	82	quality	quality	NN
19880	1551	83	of	of	IN
19880	1551	84	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1551	85	;	;	:
19880	1551	86	be	be	VB
19880	1551	87	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1551	88	able	able	JJ
19880	1551	89	to	to	TO
19880	1551	90	use	use	VB
19880	1551	91	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1551	92	voice	voice	NN
19880	1551	93	at	at	IN
19880	1551	94	least	least	JJS
19880	1551	95	fairly	fairly	RB
19880	1551	96	well	well	RB
19880	1551	97	in	in	IN
19880	1551	98	singing	singing	NN
19880	1551	99	and	and	CC
19880	1551	100	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1551	101	;	;	:
19880	1551	102	be	be	VB
19880	1551	103	provided	provide	VBN
19880	1551	104	with	with	IN
19880	1551	105	the	the	DT
19880	1551	106	all	all	RB
19880	1551	107	-	-	HYPH
19880	1551	108	important	important	JJ
19880	1551	109	ballast	ballast	NN
19880	1551	110	of	of	IN
19880	1551	111	common	common	JJ
19880	1551	112	sense	sense	NN
19880	1551	113	,	,	,
19880	1551	114	and	and	CC
19880	1551	115	an	an	DT
19880	1551	116	impartial	impartial	JJ
19880	1551	117	mind	mind	NN
19880	1551	118	longing	longing	NN
19880	1551	119	above	above	IN
19880	1551	120	all	all	DT
19880	1551	121	things	thing	NNS
19880	1551	122	to	to	TO
19880	1551	123	learn	learn	VB
19880	1551	124	the	the	DT
19880	1551	125	truth	truth	NN
19880	1551	126	.	.	.
19880	1552	1	As	as	IN
19880	1552	2	few	few	JJ
19880	1552	3	can	can	MD
19880	1552	4	hope	hope	VB
19880	1552	5	to	to	TO
19880	1552	6	unite	unite	VB
19880	1552	7	all	all	PDT
19880	1552	8	these	these	DT
19880	1552	9	qualities	quality	NNS
19880	1552	10	in	in	IN
19880	1552	11	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1552	12	in	in	IN
19880	1552	13	even	even	RB
19880	1552	14	a	a	DT
19880	1552	15	moderate	moderate	JJ
19880	1552	16	degree	degree	NN
19880	1552	17	,	,	,
19880	1552	18	openness	openness	NN
19880	1552	19	of	of	IN
19880	1552	20	mind	mind	NN
19880	1552	21	,	,	,
19880	1552	22	temperance	temperance	NN
19880	1552	23	in	in	IN
19880	1552	24	the	the	DT
19880	1552	25	expression	expression	NN
19880	1552	26	of	of	IN
19880	1552	27	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	1552	28	,	,	,
19880	1552	29	and	and	CC
19880	1552	30	common	common	JJ
19880	1552	31	sense	sense	NN
19880	1552	32	with	with	IN
19880	1552	33	experience	experience	NN
19880	1552	34	,	,	,
19880	1552	35	must	must	MD
19880	1552	36	be	be	VB
19880	1552	37	largely	largely	RB
19880	1552	38	relied	rely	VBN
19880	1552	39	on	on	RP
19880	1552	40	to	to	TO
19880	1552	41	furnish	furnish	VB
19880	1552	42	working	working	NN
19880	1552	43	conclusions	conclusion	NNS
19880	1552	44	.	.	.
19880	1553	1	A	a	DT
19880	1553	2	discussion	discussion	NN
19880	1553	3	of	of	IN
19880	1553	4	a	a	DT
19880	1553	5	subject	subject	NN
19880	1553	6	so	so	RB
19880	1553	7	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	1553	8	and	and	CC
19880	1553	9	complicated	complicated	JJ
19880	1553	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	1553	11	not	not	RB
19880	1553	12	easy	easy	JJ
19880	1553	13	to	to	TO
19880	1553	14	follow	follow	VB
19880	1553	15	.	.	.
19880	1554	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1554	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1554	3	but	but	CC
19880	1554	4	just	just	RB
19880	1554	5	to	to	IN
19880	1554	6	other	other	JJ
19880	1554	7	investigators	investigator	NNS
19880	1554	8	,	,	,
19880	1554	9	and	and	CC
19880	1554	10	fair	fair	JJ
19880	1554	11	to	to	IN
19880	1554	12	the	the	DT
19880	1554	13	reader	reader	NN
19880	1554	14	,	,	,
19880	1554	15	to	to	TO
19880	1554	16	present	present	VB
19880	1554	17	the	the	DT
19880	1554	18	views	view	NNS
19880	1554	19	of	of	IN
19880	1554	20	those	those	DT
19880	1554	21	who	who	WP
19880	1554	22	have	have	VBP
19880	1554	23	possessed	possess	VBN
19880	1554	24	special	special	JJ
19880	1554	25	qualifications	qualification	NNS
19880	1554	26	for	for	IN
19880	1554	27	dealing	deal	VBG
19880	1554	28	with	with	IN
19880	1554	29	the	the	DT
19880	1554	30	questions	question	NNS
19880	1554	31	involved	involve	VBN
19880	1554	32	.	.	.
19880	1555	1	The	the	DT
19880	1555	2	author	author	NN
19880	1555	3	will	will	MD
19880	1555	4	endeavor	endeavor	VB
19880	1555	5	to	to	TO
19880	1555	6	present	present	VB
19880	1555	7	the	the	DT
19880	1555	8	grounds	ground	NNS
19880	1555	9	on	on	IN
19880	1555	10	which	which	WDT
19880	1555	11	others	other	NNS
19880	1555	12	have	have	VBP
19880	1555	13	taken	take	VBN
19880	1555	14	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1555	15	stand	stand	NN
19880	1555	16	,	,	,
19880	1555	17	in	in	IN
19880	1555	18	a	a	DT
19880	1555	19	few	few	JJ
19880	1555	20	words	word	NNS
19880	1555	21	and	and	CC
19880	1555	22	clearly	clearly	RB
19880	1555	23	,	,	,
19880	1555	24	if	if	IN
19880	1555	25	the	the	DT
19880	1555	26	reader	reader	NN
19880	1555	27	will	will	MD
19880	1555	28	patiently	patiently	RB
19880	1555	29	follow	follow	VB
19880	1555	30	.	.	.
19880	1556	1	There	there	EX
19880	1556	2	will	will	MD
19880	1556	3	at	at	IN
19880	1556	4	first	first	RB
19880	1556	5	seem	seem	VB
19880	1556	6	,	,	,
19880	1556	7	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	1556	8	,	,	,
19880	1556	9	to	to	TO
19880	1556	10	be	be	VB
19880	1556	11	little	little	JJ
19880	1556	12	agreement	agreement	NN
19880	1556	13	,	,	,
19880	1556	14	but	but	CC
19880	1556	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1556	16	will	will	MD
19880	1556	17	be	be	VB
19880	1556	18	shown	show	VBN
19880	1556	19	that	that	IN
19880	1556	20	on	on	IN
19880	1556	21	some	some	DT
19880	1556	22	of	of	IN
19880	1556	23	the	the	DT
19880	1556	24	most	most	RBS
19880	1556	25	essential	essential	JJ
19880	1556	26	points	point	NNS
19880	1556	27	there	there	EX
19880	1556	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	1556	29	substantial	substantial	JJ
19880	1556	30	unity	unity	NN
19880	1556	31	of	of	IN
19880	1556	32	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	1556	33	;	;	:
19880	1556	34	and	and	CC
19880	1556	35	the	the	DT
19880	1556	36	subject	subject	NN
19880	1556	37	is	be	VBZ
19880	1556	38	of	of	IN
19880	1556	39	such	such	JJ
19880	1556	40	vital	vital	JJ
19880	1556	41	moment	moment	NN
19880	1556	42	,	,	,
19880	1556	43	as	as	IN
19880	1556	44	the	the	DT
19880	1556	45	author	author	NN
19880	1556	46	will	will	MD
19880	1556	47	endeavor	endeavor	VB
19880	1556	48	to	to	TO
19880	1556	49	make	make	VB
19880	1556	50	clear	clear	JJ
19880	1556	51	,	,	,
19880	1556	52	that	that	IN
19880	1556	53	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1556	54	is	be	VBZ
19880	1556	55	hoped	hope	VBN
19880	1556	56	that	that	IN
19880	1556	57	the	the	DT
19880	1556	58	most	most	RBS
19880	1556	59	patient	patient	JJ
19880	1556	60	examination	examination	NN
19880	1556	61	will	will	MD
19880	1556	62	be	be	VB
19880	1556	63	given	give	VBN
19880	1556	64	to	to	IN
19880	1556	65	the	the	DT
19880	1556	66	questions	question	NNS
19880	1556	67	that	that	WDT
19880	1556	68	arise	arise	VBP
19880	1556	69	,	,	,
19880	1556	70	from	from	IN
19880	1556	71	the	the	DT
19880	1556	72	beginning	beginning	NN
19880	1556	73	to	to	IN
19880	1556	74	the	the	DT
19880	1556	75	end	end	NN
19880	1556	76	of	of	IN
19880	1556	77	the	the	DT
19880	1556	78	discussion	discussion	NN
19880	1556	79	.	.	.
19880	1557	1	For	for	IN
19880	1557	2	the	the	DT
19880	1557	3	author	author	NN
19880	1557	4	to	to	TO
19880	1557	5	express	express	VB
19880	1557	6	a	a	DT
19880	1557	7	dogmatic	dogmatic	JJ
19880	1557	8	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	1557	9	,	,	,
19880	1557	10	and	and	CC
19880	1557	11	simply	simply	RB
19880	1557	12	state	state	VB
19880	1557	13	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1557	14	disagreement	disagreement	NN
19880	1557	15	or	or	CC
19880	1557	16	agreement	agreement	NN
19880	1557	17	with	with	IN
19880	1557	18	others	other	NNS
19880	1557	19	,	,	,
19880	1557	20	would	would	MD
19880	1557	21	be	be	VB
19880	1557	22	contrary	contrary	JJ
19880	1557	23	to	to	IN
19880	1557	24	the	the	DT
19880	1557	25	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1557	26	spirit	spirit	NN
19880	1557	27	of	of	IN
19880	1557	28	this	this	DT
19880	1557	29	work	work	NN
19880	1557	30	,	,	,
19880	1557	31	and	and	CC
19880	1557	32	leave	leave	VB
19880	1557	33	the	the	DT
19880	1557	34	subject	subject	NN
19880	1557	35	where	where	WRB
19880	1557	36	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1557	37	once	once	RB
19880	1557	38	was	be	VBD
19880	1557	39	--	--	:
19880	1557	40	in	in	IN
19880	1557	41	the	the	DT
19880	1557	42	realm	realm	NN
19880	1557	43	of	of	IN
19880	1557	44	hopeless	hopeless	JJ
19880	1557	45	disagreement	disagreement	NN
19880	1557	46	and	and	CC
19880	1557	47	controversy	controversy	NN
19880	1557	48	.	.	.
19880	1558	1	If	if	IN
19880	1558	2	the	the	DT
19880	1558	3	problem	problem	NN
19880	1558	4	of	of	IN
19880	1558	5	the	the	DT
19880	1558	6	registers	register	NNS
19880	1558	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1558	8	to	to	TO
19880	1558	9	be	be	VB
19880	1558	10	solved	solve	VBN
19880	1558	11	to	to	IN
19880	1558	12	the	the	DT
19880	1558	13	satisfaction	satisfaction	NN
19880	1558	14	of	of	IN
19880	1558	15	the	the	DT
19880	1558	16	rational	rational	JJ
19880	1558	17	thinker	thinker	NN
19880	1558	18	,	,	,
19880	1558	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1558	20	must	must	MD
19880	1558	21	be	be	VB
19880	1558	22	by	by	IN
19880	1558	23	evidence	evidence	NN
19880	1558	24	,	,	,
19880	1558	25	and	and	CC
19880	1558	26	not	not	RB
19880	1558	27	the	the	DT
19880	1558	28	mere	mere	JJ
19880	1558	29	opinions	opinion	NNS
19880	1558	30	of	of	IN
19880	1558	31	any	any	DT
19880	1558	32	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1558	33	or	or	CC
19880	1558	34	writer	writer	NN
19880	1558	35	,	,	,
19880	1558	36	however	however	RB
19880	1558	37	eminent	eminent	JJ
19880	1558	38	.	.	.
19880	1559	1	To	to	TO
19880	1559	2	lay	lay	VB
19880	1559	3	this	this	DT
19880	1559	4	evidence	evidence	NN
19880	1559	5	before	before	IN
19880	1559	6	the	the	DT
19880	1559	7	reader	reader	NN
19880	1559	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1559	9	now	now	RB
19880	1559	10	the	the	DT
19880	1559	11	author	author	NN
19880	1559	12	's	's	POS
19880	1559	13	task	task	NN
19880	1559	14	.	.	.
19880	1560	1	One	one	CD
19880	1560	2	of	of	IN
19880	1560	3	those	those	DT
19880	1560	4	most	most	RBS
19880	1560	5	eminently	eminently	RB
19880	1560	6	equipped	equip	VBN
19880	1560	7	,	,	,
19880	1560	8	by	by	IN
19880	1560	9	a	a	DT
19880	1560	10	great	great	JJ
19880	1560	11	variety	variety	NN
19880	1560	12	of	of	IN
19880	1560	13	qualities	quality	NNS
19880	1560	14	,	,	,
19880	1560	15	for	for	IN
19880	1560	16	the	the	DT
19880	1560	17	investigation	investigation	NN
19880	1560	18	of	of	IN
19880	1560	19	this	this	DT
19880	1560	20	subject	subject	NN
19880	1560	21	,	,	,
19880	1560	22	or	or	CC
19880	1560	23	any	any	DT
19880	1560	24	other	other	JJ
19880	1560	25	question	question	NN
19880	1560	26	of	of	IN
19880	1560	27	the	the	DT
19880	1560	28	voice	voice	NN
19880	1560	29	,	,	,
19880	1560	30	was	be	VBD
19880	1560	31	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	1560	32	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	1560	33	.	.	.
19880	1561	1	Whenever	whenever	WRB
19880	1561	2	the	the	DT
19880	1561	3	author	author	NN
19880	1561	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1561	5	obliged	oblige	VBN
19880	1561	6	to	to	TO
19880	1561	7	differ	differ	VB
19880	1561	8	from	from	IN
19880	1561	9	this	this	DT
19880	1561	10	really	really	RB
19880	1561	11	great	great	JJ
19880	1561	12	investigator	investigator	NN
19880	1561	13	,	,	,
19880	1561	14	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1561	15	does	do	VBZ
19880	1561	16	so	so	RB
19880	1561	17	with	with	IN
19880	1561	18	the	the	DT
19880	1561	19	sense	sense	NN
19880	1561	20	of	of	IN
19880	1561	21	the	the	DT
19880	1561	22	highest	high	JJS
19880	1561	23	respect	respect	NN
19880	1561	24	for	for	IN
19880	1561	25	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1561	26	opinions	opinion	NNS
19880	1561	27	generally	generally	RB
19880	1561	28	,	,	,
19880	1561	29	because	because	IN
19880	1561	30	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1561	31	always	always	RB
19880	1561	32	sought	seek	VBD
19880	1561	33	for	for	IN
19880	1561	34	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	1561	35	grounds	ground	NNS
19880	1561	36	for	for	IN
19880	1561	37	such	such	JJ
19880	1561	38	opinions	opinion	NNS
19880	1561	39	.	.	.
19880	1562	1	Her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1562	2	views	view	NNS
19880	1562	3	may	may	MD
19880	1562	4	be	be	VB
19880	1562	5	thus	thus	RB
19880	1562	6	briefly	briefly	RB
19880	1562	7	presented	present	VBN
19880	1562	8	:	:	:
19880	1562	9	She	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1562	10	recognized	recognize	VBD
19880	1562	11	three	three	CD
19880	1562	12	registers	register	NNS
19880	1562	13	,	,	,
19880	1562	14	chest	chest	NN
19880	1562	15	,	,	,
19880	1562	16	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	1562	17	,	,	,
19880	1562	18	and	and	CC
19880	1562	19	head	head	NN
19880	1562	20	,	,	,
19880	1562	21	with	with	IN
19880	1562	22	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1562	23	subdivisions	subdivision	NNS
19880	1562	24	.	.	.
19880	1563	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1563	2	1	1	LS
19880	1563	3	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1563	4	The	the	DT
19880	1563	5	first	first	JJ
19880	1563	6	chest	chest	NN
19880	1563	7	register	register	NN
19880	1563	8	extends	extend	VBZ
19880	1563	9	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1563	10	1	1	LS
19880	1563	11	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1563	12	The	the	DT
19880	1563	13	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1563	14	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1563	15	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1563	16	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1563	17	to	to	IN
19880	1563	18	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1563	19	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1563	20	:	:	:
19880	1563	21	a	a	DT
19880	1563	22	b	b	NN
19880	1563	23	-	-	HYPH
19880	1563	24	flat	flat	NN
19880	1563	25	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1563	26	in	in	IN
19880	1563	27	men	man	NNS
19880	1563	28	,	,	,
19880	1563	29	bands	band	NNS
19880	1563	30	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1563	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	1563	32	moved	move	VBN
19880	1563	33	in	in	IN
19880	1563	34	loose	loose	JJ
19880	1563	35	and	and	CC
19880	1563	36	to	to	IN
19880	1563	37	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1563	38	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1563	39	:	:	:
19880	1563	40	c	c	LS
19880	1563	41	'	'	''
19880	1563	42	c	c	NN
19880	1563	43	-	-	HYPH
19880	1563	44	sharp	sharp	JJ
19880	1563	45	'	'	''
19880	1563	46	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1563	47	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1563	48	.	.	.
19880	1564	1	in	in	IN
19880	1564	2	women	woman	NNS
19880	1564	3	.	.	.
19880	1565	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1565	2	2	2	LS
19880	1565	3	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1565	4	The	the	DT
19880	1565	5	second	second	JJ
19880	1565	6	chest	chest	NN
19880	1565	7	register	register	NN
19880	1565	8	extends	extend	VBZ
19880	1565	9	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1565	10	2	2	LS
19880	1565	11	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1565	12	The	the	DT
19880	1565	13	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1565	14	ligaments	ligament	NNS
19880	1565	15	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1565	16	or	or	CC
19880	1565	17	to	to	IN
19880	1565	18	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1565	19	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1565	20	:	:	:
19880	1565	21	f	f	LS
19880	1565	22	'	'	''
19880	1565	23	f	f	JJ
19880	1565	24	-	-	HYPH
19880	1565	25	sharp	sharp	JJ
19880	1565	26	'	'	''
19880	1565	27	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1565	28	in	in	IN
19880	1565	29	both	both	DT
19880	1565	30	ligamentous	ligamentous	JJ
19880	1565	31	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1565	32	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1565	33	alone	alone	JJ
19880	1565	34	sexes	sex	NNS
19880	1565	35	.	.	.
19880	1566	1	are	be	VBP
19880	1566	2	in	in	IN
19880	1566	3	action	action	NN
19880	1566	4	.	.	.
19880	1567	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1567	2	3	3	LS
19880	1567	3	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1567	4	The	the	DT
19880	1567	5	first	first	JJ
19880	1567	6	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	1567	7	extends	extend	VBZ
19880	1567	8	in	in	IN
19880	1567	9	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1567	10	3	3	LS
19880	1567	11	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1567	12	The	the	DT
19880	1567	13	edges	edge	NNS
19880	1567	14	alone	alone	RB
19880	1567	15	of	of	IN
19880	1567	16	the	the	DT
19880	1567	17	females	female	NNS
19880	1567	18	to	to	IN
19880	1567	19	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1567	20	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1567	21	:	:	:
19880	1567	22	c	c	LS
19880	1567	23	'	'	''
19880	1567	24	'	'	''
19880	1567	25	c	c	NN
19880	1567	26	-	-	HYPH
19880	1567	27	sharp	sharp	JJ
19880	1567	28	'	'	''
19880	1567	29	'	'	''
19880	1567	30	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1567	31	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1567	32	bands	band	NNS
19880	1567	33	vibrate	vibrate	VBP
19880	1567	34	,	,	,
19880	1567	35	but	but	CC
19880	1567	36	the	the	DT
19880	1567	37	and	and	CC
19880	1567	38	in	in	IN
19880	1567	39	males	male	NNS
19880	1567	40	to	to	IN
19880	1567	41	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1567	42	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1567	43	:	:	:
19880	1567	44	e	e	LS
19880	1567	45	'	'	''
19880	1567	46	'	'	''
19880	1567	47	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1567	48	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1567	49	is	be	VBZ
19880	1567	50	in	in	IN
19880	1567	51	action	action	NN
19880	1567	52	.	.	.
19880	1568	1	e	e	LS
19880	1568	2	-	-	HYPH
19880	1568	3	flat	flat	JJ
19880	1568	4	'	'	''
19880	1568	5	'	'	''
19880	1568	6	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1568	7	.	.	.
19880	1569	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1569	2	4	4	LS
19880	1569	3	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1569	4	The	the	DT
19880	1569	5	second	second	JJ
19880	1569	6	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	1569	7	in	in	IN
19880	1569	8	the	the	DT
19880	1569	9	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1569	10	4	4	LS
19880	1569	11	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1569	12	The	the	DT
19880	1569	13	edges	edge	NNS
19880	1569	14	only	only	RB
19880	1569	15	of	of	IN
19880	1569	16	the	the	DT
19880	1569	17	female	female	JJ
19880	1569	18	extends	extend	NNS
19880	1569	19	to	to	IN
19880	1569	20	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1569	21	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1569	22	:	:	:
19880	1569	23	vocal	vocal	NN
19880	1569	24	bands	band	NNS
19880	1569	25	are	be	VBP
19880	1569	26	used	use	VBN
19880	1569	27	,	,	,
19880	1569	28	and	and	CC
19880	1569	29	the	the	DT
19880	1569	30	f	f	NNP
19880	1569	31	'	'	''
19880	1569	32	'	'	``
19880	1569	33	f	f	JJ
19880	1569	34	-	-	HYPH
19880	1569	35	sharp	sharp	JJ
19880	1569	36	'	'	''
19880	1569	37	'	'	''
19880	1569	38	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1569	39	and	and	CC
19880	1569	40	to	to	IN
19880	1569	41	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1569	42	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1569	43	:	:	:
19880	1569	44	g	g	LS
19880	1569	45	'	'	''
19880	1569	46	'	'	''
19880	1569	47	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1569	48	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1569	49	ligaments	ligament	NNS
19880	1569	50	alone	alone	RB
19880	1569	51	are	be	VBP
19880	1569	52	in	in	IN
19880	1569	53	in	in	IN
19880	1569	54	women	woman	NNS
19880	1569	55	.	.	.
19880	1570	1	action	action	NN
19880	1570	2	.	.	.
19880	1571	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1571	2	Transcriber	Transcriber	NNP
19880	1571	3	's	's	POS
19880	1571	4	Note	note	NN
19880	1571	5	:	:	:
19880	1571	6	So	so	RB
19880	1571	7	in	in	IN
19880	1571	8	original	original	JJ
19880	1571	9	;	;	:
19880	1571	10	"	"	``
19880	1571	11	female	female	JJ
19880	1571	12	"	"	''
19880	1571	13	should	should	MD
19880	1571	14	probably	probably	RB
19880	1571	15	be	be	VB
19880	1571	16	"	"	``
19880	1571	17	male	male	JJ
19880	1571	18	.	.	.
19880	1571	19	"	"	''
19880	1571	20	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1572	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1572	2	5	5	LS
19880	1572	3	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1572	4	Above	above	IN
19880	1572	5	this	this	DT
19880	1572	6	point	point	NN
19880	1572	7	head	head	NN
19880	1572	8	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1572	9	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1572	10	5	5	LS
19880	1572	11	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1572	12	Edges	Edges	NNP
19880	1572	13	only	only	RB
19880	1572	14	of	of	IN
19880	1572	15	the	the	DT
19880	1572	16	vocal	vocal	NN
19880	1572	17	begin	begin	NN
19880	1572	18	.	.	.
19880	1573	1	bands	band	NNS
19880	1573	2	in	in	IN
19880	1573	3	vibration	vibration	NN
19880	1573	4	;	;	:
19880	1573	5	partial	partial	JJ
19880	1573	6	closure	closure	NN
19880	1573	7	of	of	IN
19880	1573	8	the	the	DT
19880	1573	9	ligaments	ligament	NNS
19880	1573	10	posteriorly	posteriorly	RB
19880	1573	11	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1573	12	behind	behind	RB
19880	1573	13	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1573	14	.	.	.
19880	1574	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1574	2	will	will	MD
19880	1574	3	be	be	VB
19880	1574	4	noted	note	VBN
19880	1574	5	that	that	IN
19880	1574	6	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	1574	7	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	1574	8	spoke	speak	VBD
19880	1574	9	of	of	IN
19880	1574	10	the	the	DT
19880	1574	11	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1574	12	bands	band	NNS
19880	1574	13	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1574	14	cords	cord	NNS
19880	1574	15	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1574	16	proper	proper	JJ
19880	1574	17	as	as	IN
19880	1574	18	the	the	DT
19880	1574	19	"	"	``
19880	1574	20	ligamentous	ligamentous	JJ
19880	1574	21	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1574	22	,	,	,
19880	1574	23	"	"	''
19880	1574	24	and	and	CC
19880	1574	25	included	include	VBN
19880	1574	26	in	in	IN
19880	1574	27	the	the	DT
19880	1574	28	"	"	``
19880	1574	29	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1574	30	"	"	''
19880	1574	31	the	the	DT
19880	1574	32	arytenoid	arytenoid	JJ
19880	1574	33	cartilages	cartilage	VBZ
19880	1574	34	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1574	35	,	,	,
19880	1574	36	or	or	CC
19880	1574	37	,	,	,
19880	1574	38	at	at	IN
19880	1574	39	all	all	DT
19880	1574	40	events	event	NNS
19880	1574	41	,	,	,
19880	1574	42	that	that	DT
19880	1574	43	part	part	NN
19880	1574	44	of	of	IN
19880	1574	45	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1574	46	,	,	,
19880	1574	47	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1574	48	lower	low	JJR
19880	1574	49	anterior	anterior	JJ
19880	1574	50	angles	angle	NNS
19880	1574	51	,	,	,
19880	1574	52	known	know	VBN
19880	1574	53	as	as	IN
19880	1574	54	the	the	DT
19880	1574	55	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1574	56	processes	process	NNS
19880	1574	57	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1574	58	or	or	CC
19880	1574	59	extensions	extension	NNS
19880	1574	60	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1574	61	,	,	,
19880	1574	62	to	to	TO
19880	1574	63	which	which	WDT
19880	1574	64	the	the	DT
19880	1574	65	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1574	66	bands	band	NNS
19880	1574	67	proper	proper	JJ
19880	1574	68	are	be	VBP
19880	1574	69	attached	attach	VBN
19880	1574	70	.	.	.
19880	1575	1	The	the	DT
19880	1575	2	above	above	IN
19880	1575	3	tabular	tabular	JJ
19880	1575	4	statement	statement	NN
19880	1575	5	shows	show	NNS
19880	1575	6	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1575	7	1	1	LS
19880	1575	8	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1575	9	that	that	IN
19880	1575	10	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	1575	11	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	1575	12	recognized	recognize	VBD
19880	1575	13	five	five	CD
19880	1575	14	registers	register	NNS
19880	1575	15	for	for	IN
19880	1575	16	both	both	CC
19880	1575	17	male	male	JJ
19880	1575	18	and	and	CC
19880	1575	19	female	female	JJ
19880	1575	20	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1575	21	;	;	,
19880	1575	22	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1575	23	2	2	LS
19880	1575	24	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1575	25	that	that	IN
19880	1575	26	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1575	27	used	use	VBD
19880	1575	28	the	the	DT
19880	1575	29	term	term	NN
19880	1575	30	"	"	``
19880	1575	31	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	1575	32	"	"	''
19880	1575	33	in	in	IN
19880	1575	34	a	a	DT
19880	1575	35	sense	sense	NN
19880	1575	36	different	different	JJ
19880	1575	37	from	from	IN
19880	1575	38	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1575	39	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	1575	40	one	one	CD
19880	1575	41	.	.	.
19880	1576	1	Usually	usually	RB
19880	1576	2	this	this	DT
19880	1576	3	term	term	NN
19880	1576	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1576	5	not	not	RB
19880	1576	6	applied	apply	VBN
19880	1576	7	at	at	RB
19880	1576	8	all	all	RB
19880	1576	9	to	to	IN
19880	1576	10	the	the	DT
19880	1576	11	female	female	JJ
19880	1576	12	voice	voice	NN
19880	1576	13	,	,	,
19880	1576	14	but	but	CC
19880	1576	15	only	only	RB
19880	1576	16	to	to	IN
19880	1576	17	that	that	DT
19880	1576	18	special	special	JJ
19880	1576	19	modification	modification	NN
19880	1576	20	of	of	IN
19880	1576	21	the	the	DT
19880	1576	22	male	male	JJ
19880	1576	23	voice	voice	NN
19880	1576	24	seldom	seldom	RB
19880	1576	25	employed	employ	VBD
19880	1576	26	now	now	RB
19880	1576	27	,	,	,
19880	1576	28	and	and	CC
19880	1576	29	almost	almost	RB
19880	1576	30	never	never	RB
19880	1576	31	except	except	IN
19880	1576	32	by	by	IN
19880	1576	33	tenors	tenor	NNS
19880	1576	34	.	.	.
19880	1577	1	With	with	IN
19880	1577	2	this	this	DT
19880	1577	3	writer	writer	NN
19880	1577	4	,	,	,
19880	1577	5	"	"	''
19880	1577	6	falsetto	falsetto	VBZ
19880	1577	7	"	"	''
19880	1577	8	as	as	IN
19880	1577	9	applied	apply	VBN
19880	1577	10	to	to	IN
19880	1577	11	female	female	JJ
19880	1577	12	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1577	13	replaces	replace	VBZ
19880	1577	14	"	"	``
19880	1577	15	middle	middle	JJ
19880	1577	16	,	,	,
19880	1577	17	"	"	''
19880	1577	18	in	in	IN
19880	1577	19	the	the	DT
19880	1577	20	commoner	commoner	NN
19880	1577	21	usage	usage	NN
19880	1577	22	.	.	.
19880	1578	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1578	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1578	3	:	:	:
19880	1578	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1578	5	.	.	.
19880	1579	1	50	50	CD
19880	1579	2	.	.	.
19880	1580	1	Tabular	tabular	JJ
19880	1580	2	representation	representation	NN
19880	1580	3	of	of	IN
19880	1580	4	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	1580	5	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	1580	6	's	's	POS
19880	1580	7	division	division	NN
19880	1580	8	of	of	IN
19880	1580	9	the	the	DT
19880	1580	10	register	register	NN
19880	1580	11	.	.	.
19880	1580	12	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1581	1	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19880	1581	2	,	,	,
19880	1581	3	also	also	RB
19880	1581	4	,	,	,
19880	1581	5	recognized	recognize	VBD
19880	1581	6	five	five	CD
19880	1581	7	registers	register	NNS
19880	1581	8	.	.	.
19880	1582	1	Behnke	Behnke	NNP
19880	1582	2	,	,	,
19880	1582	3	a	a	DT
19880	1582	4	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1582	5	of	of	IN
19880	1582	6	singing	singing	NN
19880	1582	7	,	,	,
19880	1582	8	who	who	WP
19880	1582	9	practised	practise	VBD
19880	1582	10	laryngoscopy	laryngoscopy	NN
19880	1582	11	and	and	CC
19880	1582	12	auto	auto	NN
19880	1582	13	-	-	HYPH
19880	1582	14	laryngoscopy	laryngoscopy	NN
19880	1582	15	in	in	IN
19880	1582	16	the	the	DT
19880	1582	17	investigation	investigation	NN
19880	1582	18	of	of	IN
19880	1582	19	the	the	DT
19880	1582	20	registers	register	NNS
19880	1582	21	,	,	,
19880	1582	22	used	use	VBD
19880	1582	23	"	"	``
19880	1582	24	lower	lower	RBR
19880	1582	25	thick	thick	JJ
19880	1582	26	,	,	,
19880	1582	27	"	"	''
19880	1582	28	"	"	``
19880	1582	29	upper	upper	JJ
19880	1582	30	thick	thick	JJ
19880	1582	31	,	,	,
19880	1582	32	"	"	''
19880	1582	33	"	"	``
19880	1582	34	lower	low	JJR
19880	1582	35	thin	thin	JJ
19880	1582	36	,	,	,
19880	1582	37	"	"	''
19880	1582	38	"	"	``
19880	1582	39	upper	upper	JJ
19880	1582	40	thin	thin	NN
19880	1582	41	,	,	,
19880	1582	42	"	"	''
19880	1582	43	and	and	CC
19880	1582	44	"	"	``
19880	1582	45	small	small	JJ
19880	1582	46	,	,	,
19880	1582	47	"	"	''
19880	1582	48	as	as	IN
19880	1582	49	answering	answer	VBG
19880	1582	50	to	to	IN
19880	1582	51	the	the	DT
19880	1582	52	"	"	``
19880	1582	53	first	first	JJ
19880	1582	54	chest	chest	NN
19880	1582	55	,	,	,
19880	1582	56	"	"	''
19880	1582	57	"	"	``
19880	1582	58	second	second	JJ
19880	1582	59	chest	chest	NN
19880	1582	60	,	,	,
19880	1582	61	"	"	''
19880	1582	62	etc	etc	FW
19880	1582	63	.	.	.
19880	1582	64	,	,	,
19880	1582	65	of	of	IN
19880	1582	66	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	1582	67	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	1582	68	and	and	CC
19880	1582	69	others	other	NNS
19880	1582	70	.	.	.
19880	1583	1	Nearly	nearly	RB
19880	1583	2	all	all	DT
19880	1583	3	writers	writer	NNS
19880	1583	4	have	have	VBP
19880	1583	5	used	use	VBN
19880	1583	6	the	the	DT
19880	1583	7	term	term	NN
19880	1583	8	"	"	``
19880	1583	9	break	break	NN
19880	1583	10	"	"	''
19880	1583	11	to	to	TO
19880	1583	12	indicate	indicate	VB
19880	1583	13	the	the	DT
19880	1583	14	point	point	NN
19880	1583	15	at	at	IN
19880	1583	16	which	which	WDT
19880	1583	17	a	a	DT
19880	1583	18	new	new	JJ
19880	1583	19	register	register	NN
19880	1583	20	begins	begin	VBZ
19880	1583	21	.	.	.
19880	1584	1	Behnke	Behnke	NNP
19880	1584	2	held	hold	VBN
19880	1584	3	that	that	IN
19880	1584	4	the	the	DT
19880	1584	5	break	break	NN
19880	1584	6	between	between	IN
19880	1584	7	the	the	DT
19880	1584	8	thick	thick	JJ
19880	1584	9	and	and	CC
19880	1584	10	the	the	DT
19880	1584	11	thin	thin	JJ
19880	1584	12	register	register	NN
19880	1584	13	occurred	occur	VBD
19880	1584	14	in	in	IN
19880	1584	15	_	_	NNP
19880	1584	16	both	both	DT
19880	1584	17	_	_	NNP
19880	1584	18	sexes	sex	NNS
19880	1584	19	at	at	IN
19880	1584	20	about	about	RB
19880	1584	21	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1584	22	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1584	23	:	:	:
19880	1584	24	f	f	LS
19880	1584	25	'	'	''
19880	1584	26	f	f	JJ
19880	1584	27	-	-	HYPH
19880	1584	28	sharp	sharp	JJ
19880	1584	29	'	'	''
19880	1584	30	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1584	31	.	.	.
19880	1585	1	The	the	DT
19880	1585	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1585	3	bands	band	NNS
19880	1585	4	in	in	IN
19880	1585	5	this	this	DT
19880	1585	6	part	part	NN
19880	1585	7	of	of	IN
19880	1585	8	the	the	DT
19880	1585	9	scale	scale	NN
19880	1585	10	vibrate	vibrate	NN
19880	1585	11	in	in	IN
19880	1585	12	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1585	13	entire	entire	JJ
19880	1585	14	breadth	breadth	NN
19880	1585	15	,	,	,
19880	1585	16	and	and	CC
19880	1585	17	the	the	DT
19880	1585	18	series	series	NN
19880	1585	19	of	of	IN
19880	1585	20	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1585	21	above	above	IN
19880	1585	22	the	the	DT
19880	1585	23	point	point	NN
19880	1585	24	just	just	RB
19880	1585	25	referred	refer	VBD
19880	1585	26	to	to	IN
19880	1585	27	is	be	VBZ
19880	1585	28	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1585	29	by	by	IN
19880	1585	30	a	a	DT
19880	1585	31	new	new	JJ
19880	1585	32	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1585	33	,	,	,
19880	1585	34	but	but	CC
19880	1585	35	one	one	CD
19880	1585	36	which	which	WDT
19880	1585	37	is	be	VBZ
19880	1585	38	the	the	DT
19880	1585	39	same	same	JJ
19880	1585	40	for	for	IN
19880	1585	41	all	all	DT
19880	1585	42	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1585	43	and	and	CC
19880	1585	44	both	both	CC
19880	1585	45	sexes--_i.e	sexes--_i.e	NNP
19880	1585	46	.	.	.
19880	1585	47	_	_	NNP
19880	1585	48	,	,	,
19880	1585	49	only	only	RB
19880	1585	50	the	the	DT
19880	1585	51	inner	inner	JJ
19880	1585	52	edges	edge	NNS
19880	1585	53	of	of	IN
19880	1585	54	the	the	DT
19880	1585	55	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1585	56	bands	band	NNS
19880	1585	57	vibrate	vibrate	VBP
19880	1585	58	.	.	.
19880	1586	1	According	accord	VBG
19880	1586	2	to	to	IN
19880	1586	3	Behnke	Behnke	NNP
19880	1586	4	,	,	,
19880	1586	5	the	the	DT
19880	1586	6	male	male	JJ
19880	1586	7	voice	voice	NN
19880	1586	8	has	have	VBZ
19880	1586	9	but	but	CC
19880	1586	10	two	two	CD
19880	1586	11	registers	register	NNS
19880	1586	12	,	,	,
19880	1586	13	the	the	DT
19880	1586	14	thick	thick	JJ
19880	1586	15	and	and	CC
19880	1586	16	the	the	DT
19880	1586	17	thin	thin	JJ
19880	1586	18	,	,	,
19880	1586	19	but	but	CC
19880	1586	20	the	the	DT
19880	1586	21	female	female	JJ
19880	1586	22	voice	voice	NN
19880	1586	23	three	three	CD
19880	1586	24	,	,	,
19880	1586	25	the	the	DT
19880	1586	26	thick	thick	JJ
19880	1586	27	,	,	,
19880	1586	28	the	the	DT
19880	1586	29	thin	thin	JJ
19880	1586	30	,	,	,
19880	1586	31	and	and	CC
19880	1586	32	the	the	DT
19880	1586	33	small	small	JJ
19880	1586	34	.	.	.
19880	1587	1	These	these	DT
19880	1587	2	terms	term	NNS
19880	1587	3	were	be	VBD
19880	1587	4	not	not	RB
19880	1587	5	original	original	JJ
19880	1587	6	with	with	IN
19880	1587	7	Behnke	Behnke	NNP
19880	1587	8	,	,	,
19880	1587	9	but	but	CC
19880	1587	10	had	have	VBD
19880	1587	11	been	be	VBN
19880	1587	12	used	use	VBN
19880	1587	13	earlier	early	RBR
19880	1587	14	by	by	IN
19880	1587	15	Curwen	Curwen	NNP
19880	1587	16	.	.	.
19880	1588	1	Behnke	Behnke	NNP
19880	1588	2	was	be	VBD
19880	1588	3	emphatic	emphatic	JJ
19880	1588	4	on	on	IN
19880	1588	5	one	one	CD
19880	1588	6	point	point	NN
19880	1588	7	,	,	,
19880	1588	8	to	to	TO
19880	1588	9	which	which	WDT
19880	1588	10	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1588	11	would	would	MD
19880	1588	12	call	call	VB
19880	1588	13	special	special	JJ
19880	1588	14	attention	attention	NN
19880	1588	15	,	,	,
19880	1588	16	in	in	IN
19880	1588	17	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1588	18	own	own	JJ
19880	1588	19	words	word	NNS
19880	1588	20	:	:	:
19880	1588	21	"	"	``
19880	1588	22	If	if	IN
19880	1588	23	there	there	EX
19880	1588	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	1588	25	_	_	NNP
19880	1588	26	straining	strain	VBG
19880	1588	27	_	_	NNP
19880	1588	28	anywhere	anywhere	RB
19880	1588	29	,	,	,
19880	1588	30	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1588	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	1588	32	during	during	IN
19880	1588	33	the	the	DT
19880	1588	34	attempt	attempt	NN
19880	1588	35	to	to	TO
19880	1588	36	carry	carry	VB
19880	1588	37	the	the	DT
19880	1588	38	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1588	39	of	of	IN
19880	1588	40	the	the	DT
19880	1588	41	upper	upper	JJ
19880	1588	42	thick	thick	NN
19880	1588	43	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1588	44	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1588	45	natural	natural	JJ
19880	1588	46	limit	limit	NN
19880	1588	47	.	.	.
19880	1588	48	"	"	''
19880	1589	1	Mackenzie	Mackenzie	NNP
19880	1589	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1589	3	afterwards	afterwards	RB
19880	1589	4	Sir	Sir	NNP
19880	1589	5	Morell	Morell	NNP
19880	1589	6	Mackenzie	Mackenzie	NNP
19880	1589	7	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1589	8	held	hold	VBD
19880	1589	9	that	that	IN
19880	1589	10	"	"	``
19880	1589	11	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1589	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	1589	13	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1589	14	that	that	IN
19880	1589	15	however	however	RB
19880	1589	16	over	over	RB
19880	1589	17	-	-	HYPH
19880	1589	18	refined	refine	VBN
19880	1589	19	musicians	musician	NNS
19880	1589	20	may	may	MD
19880	1589	21	multiply	multiply	VB
19880	1589	22	the	the	DT
19880	1589	23	'	'	``
19880	1589	24	registers	register	NNS
19880	1589	25	'	'	''
19880	1589	26	of	of	IN
19880	1589	27	the	the	DT
19880	1589	28	voice	voice	NN
19880	1589	29	,	,	,
19880	1589	30	physiologically	physiologically	RB
19880	1589	31	there	there	EX
19880	1589	32	are	be	VBP
19880	1589	33	but	but	IN
19880	1589	34	two--_i.e	two--_i.e	NNP
19880	1589	35	.	.	.
19880	1589	36	_	_	NNP
19880	1589	37	,	,	,
19880	1589	38	'	'	``
19880	1589	39	chest	chest	NN
19880	1589	40	'	'	''
19880	1589	41	and	and	CC
19880	1589	42	'	'	``
19880	1589	43	head	head	NN
19880	1589	44	,	,	,
19880	1589	45	'	'	''
19880	1589	46	the	the	DT
19880	1589	47	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	1589	48	of	of	IN
19880	1589	49	the	the	DT
19880	1589	50	man	man	NN
19880	1589	51	answering	answer	VBG
19880	1589	52	to	to	IN
19880	1589	53	the	the	DT
19880	1589	54	head	head	NN
19880	1589	55	production	production	NN
19880	1589	56	of	of	IN
19880	1589	57	women	woman	NNS
19880	1589	58	.	.	.
19880	1589	59	"	"	''
19880	1590	1	According	accord	VBG
19880	1590	2	to	to	IN
19880	1590	3	the	the	DT
19880	1590	4	same	same	JJ
19880	1590	5	author	author	NN
19880	1590	6	,	,	,
19880	1590	7	"	"	``
19880	1590	8	The	the	DT
19880	1590	9	essential	essential	JJ
19880	1590	10	factor	factor	NN
19880	1590	11	in	in	IN
19880	1590	12	chest	chest	NN
19880	1590	13	production	production	NN
19880	1590	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1590	15	the	the	DT
19880	1590	16	long	long	JJ
19880	1590	17	reed	reed	NN
19880	1590	18	,	,	,
19880	1590	19	whilst	whilst	IN
19880	1590	20	the	the	DT
19880	1590	21	essential	essential	JJ
19880	1590	22	factor	factor	NN
19880	1590	23	in	in	IN
19880	1590	24	head	head	NN
19880	1590	25	delivery	delivery	NN
19880	1590	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	1590	27	the	the	DT
19880	1590	28	short	short	JJ
19880	1590	29	reed	reed	NN
19880	1590	30	.	.	.
19880	1590	31	"	"	''
19880	1591	1	The	the	DT
19880	1591	2	terms	term	NNS
19880	1591	3	"	"	``
19880	1591	4	long	long	JJ
19880	1591	5	reed	reed	NN
19880	1591	6	"	"	''
19880	1591	7	and	and	CC
19880	1591	8	"	"	``
19880	1591	9	short	short	JJ
19880	1591	10	reed	reed	NN
19880	1591	11	"	"	''
19880	1591	12	were	be	VBD
19880	1591	13	the	the	DT
19880	1591	14	equivalents	equivalent	NNS
19880	1591	15	of	of	IN
19880	1591	16	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	1591	17	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	1591	18	's	's	POS
19880	1591	19	"	"	``
19880	1591	20	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1591	21	"	"	''
19880	1591	22	and	and	CC
19880	1591	23	"	"	``
19880	1591	24	ligamentous	ligamentous	JJ
19880	1591	25	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1591	26	"	"	''
19880	1591	27	respectively	respectively	RB
19880	1591	28	.	.	.
19880	1592	1	Mackenzie	Mackenzie	NNP
19880	1592	2	held	hold	VBD
19880	1592	3	that	that	IN
19880	1592	4	the	the	DT
19880	1592	5	cartilaginous	cartilaginous	JJ
19880	1592	6	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1592	7	inter	inter	JJ
19880	1592	8	-	-	JJ
19880	1592	9	arytenoid	arytenoid	JJ
19880	1592	10	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1592	11	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1592	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	1592	13	generally	generally	RB
19880	1592	14	open	open	JJ
19880	1592	15	in	in	IN
19880	1592	16	the	the	DT
19880	1592	17	lower	low	JJR
19880	1592	18	and	and	CC
19880	1592	19	gently	gently	RB
19880	1592	20	closed	close	VBN
19880	1592	21	in	in	IN
19880	1592	22	the	the	DT
19880	1592	23	upper	upper	JJ
19880	1592	24	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1592	25	of	of	IN
19880	1592	26	the	the	DT
19880	1592	27	chest	chest	NN
19880	1592	28	register	register	NN
19880	1592	29	,	,	,
19880	1592	30	while	while	IN
19880	1592	31	a	a	DT
19880	1592	32	segment	segment	NN
19880	1592	33	of	of	IN
19880	1592	34	the	the	DT
19880	1592	35	ligamentous	ligamentous	JJ
19880	1592	36	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1592	37	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1592	38	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1592	39	bands	band	NNS
19880	1592	40	proper	proper	JJ
19880	1592	41	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1592	42	is	be	VBZ
19880	1592	43	tightly	tightly	RB
19880	1592	44	closed	close	VBN
19880	1592	45	in	in	IN
19880	1592	46	the	the	DT
19880	1592	47	head	head	NN
19880	1592	48	voice	voice	NN
19880	1592	49	.	.	.
19880	1593	1	As	as	IN
19880	1593	2	the	the	DT
19880	1593	3	result	result	NN
19880	1593	4	of	of	IN
19880	1593	5	the	the	DT
19880	1593	6	examination	examination	NN
19880	1593	7	of	of	IN
19880	1593	8	50	50	CD
19880	1593	9	persons	person	NNS
19880	1593	10	gifted	gift	VBN
19880	1593	11	with	with	IN
19880	1593	12	fine	fine	JJ
19880	1593	13	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1593	14	,	,	,
19880	1593	15	42	42	CD
19880	1593	16	of	of	IN
19880	1593	17	whom	whom	WP
19880	1593	18	were	be	VBD
19880	1593	19	"	"	``
19880	1593	20	trained	train	VBN
19880	1593	21	"	"	''
19880	1593	22	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1593	23	and	and	CC
19880	1593	24	8	8	CD
19880	1593	25	"	"	``
19880	1593	26	natural	natural	JJ
19880	1593	27	"	"	''
19880	1593	28	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1593	29	,	,	,
19880	1593	30	Mackenzie	Mackenzie	NNP
19880	1593	31	formulated	formulate	VBD
19880	1593	32	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1593	33	conclusions	conclusion	NNS
19880	1593	34	as	as	IN
19880	1593	35	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	1593	36	:	:	:
19880	1593	37	1	1	CD
19880	1593	38	.	.	.
19880	1594	1	In	in	IN
19880	1594	2	tenor	tenor	NN
19880	1594	3	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1594	4	the	the	DT
19880	1594	5	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1594	6	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1594	7	may	may	MD
19880	1594	8	be	be	VB
19880	1594	9	open	open	JJ
19880	1594	10	to	to	IN
19880	1594	11	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1594	12	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1594	13	:	:	:
19880	1594	14	g	g	LS
19880	1594	15	a	a	DT
19880	1594	16	b	b	NN
19880	1594	17	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1594	18	and	and	CC
19880	1594	19	not	not	RB
19880	1594	20	unfrequently	unfrequently	RB
19880	1594	21	to	to	IN
19880	1594	22	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1594	23	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1594	24	:	:	:
19880	1594	25	g	g	LS
19880	1594	26	'	'	''
19880	1594	27	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1594	28	.	.	.
19880	1595	1	Beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1595	2	this	this	DT
19880	1595	3	point	point	NN
19880	1595	4	there	there	EX
19880	1595	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1595	6	closure	closure	NN
19880	1595	7	of	of	IN
19880	1595	8	the	the	DT
19880	1595	9	cartilaginous	cartilaginous	JJ
19880	1595	10	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1595	11	.	.	.
19880	1596	1	Sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	1596	2	the	the	DT
19880	1596	3	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1596	4	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1596	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1596	6	open	open	JJ
19880	1596	7	throughout	throughout	IN
19880	1596	8	.	.	.
19880	1597	1	2	2	LS
19880	1597	2	.	.	.
19880	1598	1	In	in	IN
19880	1598	2	barytone	barytone	NN
19880	1598	3	voices	voice	VBZ
19880	1598	4	the	the	DT
19880	1598	5	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1598	6	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1598	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1598	8	often	often	RB
19880	1598	9	open	open	JJ
19880	1598	10	to	to	IN
19880	1598	11	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1598	12	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1598	13	:	:	:
19880	1598	14	a	a	DT
19880	1598	15	b	b	NN
19880	1598	16	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1598	17	,	,	,
19880	1598	18	and	and	CC
19880	1598	19	occasionally	occasionally	RB
19880	1598	20	to	to	IN
19880	1598	21	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1598	22	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1598	23	:	:	:
19880	1598	24	c	c	LS
19880	1598	25	'	'	''
19880	1598	26	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1598	27	.	.	.
19880	1599	1	Beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1599	2	this	this	DT
19880	1599	3	point	point	NN
19880	1599	4	the	the	DT
19880	1599	5	cartilaginous	cartilaginous	JJ
19880	1599	6	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1599	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1599	8	closed	close	VBN
19880	1599	9	,	,	,
19880	1599	10	except	except	IN
19880	1599	11	in	in	IN
19880	1599	12	rare	rare	JJ
19880	1599	13	cases	case	NNS
19880	1599	14	.	.	.
19880	1600	1	3	3	LS
19880	1600	2	.	.	.
19880	1601	1	In	in	IN
19880	1601	2	bass	bass	NN
19880	1601	3	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1601	4	the	the	DT
19880	1601	5	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1601	6	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1601	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1601	8	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	1601	9	open	open	JJ
19880	1601	10	to	to	IN
19880	1601	11	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1601	12	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1601	13	:	:	:
19880	1601	14	g	g	NNP
19880	1601	15	b	b	NNP
19880	1601	16	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1601	17	.	.	.
19880	1602	1	Beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1602	2	this	this	DT
19880	1602	3	point	point	NN
19880	1602	4	,	,	,
19880	1602	5	except	except	IN
19880	1602	6	in	in	IN
19880	1602	7	a	a	DT
19880	1602	8	few	few	JJ
19880	1602	9	instances	instance	NNS
19880	1602	10	,	,	,
19880	1602	11	the	the	DT
19880	1602	12	cartilaginous	cartilaginous	JJ
19880	1602	13	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1602	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1602	15	gradually	gradually	RB
19880	1602	16	closed	closed	JJ
19880	1602	17	.	.	.
19880	1603	1	4	4	LS
19880	1603	2	.	.	.
19880	1604	1	In	in	IN
19880	1604	2	sopranos	sopranos	NNP
19880	1604	3	and	and	CC
19880	1604	4	mezzo	mezzo	NNS
19880	1604	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	1604	6	sopranos	sopranos	VB
19880	1604	7	the	the	DT
19880	1604	8	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1604	9	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1604	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	1604	11	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	1604	12	open	open	JJ
19880	1604	13	to	to	IN
19880	1604	14	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1604	15	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1604	16	:	:	:
19880	1604	17	f	f	LS
19880	1604	18	'	'	``
19880	1604	19	g	g	NNP
19880	1604	20	'	'	''
19880	1604	21	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1604	22	,	,	,
19880	1604	23	often	often	RB
19880	1604	24	to	to	IN
19880	1604	25	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1604	26	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1604	27	:	:	:
19880	1604	28	c	c	LS
19880	1604	29	'	'	''
19880	1604	30	'	'	''
19880	1604	31	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1604	32	,	,	,
19880	1604	33	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1604	34	which	which	WDT
19880	1604	35	the	the	DT
19880	1604	36	cartilaginous	cartilaginous	JJ
19880	1604	37	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1604	38	is	be	VBZ
19880	1604	39	usually	usually	RB
19880	1604	40	closed	close	VBN
19880	1604	41	.	.	.
19880	1605	1	The	the	DT
19880	1605	2	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1605	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1605	4	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	1605	5	closed	close	VBN
19880	1605	6	throughout	throughout	IN
19880	1605	7	the	the	DT
19880	1605	8	scale	scale	NN
19880	1605	9	,	,	,
19880	1605	10	and	and	CC
19880	1605	11	in	in	IN
19880	1605	12	one	one	CD
19880	1605	13	case	case	NN
19880	1605	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1605	15	was	be	VBD
19880	1605	16	open	open	JJ
19880	1605	17	throughout	throughout	IN
19880	1605	18	.	.	.
19880	1606	1	5	5	CD
19880	1606	2	.	.	.
19880	1607	1	In	in	IN
19880	1607	2	contralto	contralto	NN
19880	1607	3	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1607	4	the	the	DT
19880	1607	5	whole	whole	NN
19880	1607	6	of	of	IN
19880	1607	7	the	the	DT
19880	1607	8	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1607	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	1607	10	often	often	RB
19880	1607	11	open	open	JJ
19880	1607	12	to	to	IN
19880	1607	13	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1607	14	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1607	15	:	:	:
19880	1607	16	f	f	LS
19880	1607	17	'	'	``
19880	1607	18	g	g	NNP
19880	1607	19	'	'	''
19880	1607	20	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1607	21	,	,	,
19880	1607	22	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1607	23	which	which	WDT
19880	1607	24	the	the	DT
19880	1607	25	cartilaginous	cartilaginous	JJ
19880	1607	26	portion	portion	NN
19880	1607	27	is	be	VBZ
19880	1607	28	closed	closed	JJ
19880	1607	29	.	.	.
19880	1608	1	6	6	CD
19880	1608	2	.	.	.
19880	1609	1	In	in	IN
19880	1609	2	the	the	DT
19880	1609	3	head	head	NN
19880	1609	4	voice	voice	NN
19880	1609	5	of	of	IN
19880	1609	6	women	woman	NNS
19880	1609	7	and	and	CC
19880	1609	8	the	the	DT
19880	1609	9	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	1609	10	voice	voice	NN
19880	1609	11	of	of	IN
19880	1609	12	men	man	NNS
19880	1609	13	"	"	``
19880	1609	14	stop	stop	VB
19880	1609	15	-	-	HYPH
19880	1609	16	closure	closure	NN
19880	1609	17	"	"	''
19880	1609	18	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1609	19	_	_	NNP
19880	1609	20	i.e.	i.e.	FW
19880	1609	21	_	_	NNP
19880	1609	22	,	,	,
19880	1609	23	closure	closure	NN
19880	1609	24	so	so	RB
19880	1609	25	tight	tight	RB
19880	1609	26	that	that	IN
19880	1609	27	the	the	DT
19880	1609	28	cords	cord	NNS
19880	1609	29	in	in	IN
19880	1609	30	this	this	DT
19880	1609	31	region	region	NN
19880	1609	32	do	do	VBP
19880	1609	33	not	not	RB
19880	1609	34	vibrate	vibrate	VB
19880	1609	35	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1609	36	always	always	RB
19880	1609	37	takes	take	VBZ
19880	1609	38	place	place	NN
19880	1609	39	in	in	IN
19880	1609	40	the	the	DT
19880	1609	41	posterior	posterior	NN
19880	1609	42	portion	portion	NN
19880	1609	43	of	of	IN
19880	1609	44	the	the	DT
19880	1609	45	ligamentous	ligamentous	JJ
19880	1609	46	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1609	47	,	,	,
19880	1609	48	and	and	CC
19880	1609	49	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	1609	50	at	at	IN
19880	1609	51	the	the	DT
19880	1609	52	anterior	anterior	NNP
19880	1609	53	part	part	NN
19880	1609	54	also	also	RB
19880	1609	55	.	.	.
19880	1610	1	This	this	DT
19880	1610	2	writer	writer	NN
19880	1610	3	also	also	RB
19880	1610	4	held	hold	VBD
19880	1610	5	that	that	IN
19880	1610	6	"	"	``
19880	1610	7	Boys	boy	NNS
19880	1610	8	who	who	WP
19880	1610	9	sing	sing	VBP
19880	1610	10	alto	alto	NN
19880	1610	11	always	always	RB
19880	1610	12	use	use	VBP
19880	1610	13	the	the	DT
19880	1610	14	chest	chest	NN
19880	1610	15	register	register	NN
19880	1610	16	.	.	.
19880	1610	17	"	"	''
19880	1611	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1611	2	was	be	VBD
19880	1611	3	of	of	IN
19880	1611	4	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	1611	5	that	that	IN
19880	1611	6	"	"	``
19880	1611	7	The	the	DT
19880	1611	8	quality	quality	NN
19880	1611	9	of	of	IN
19880	1611	10	the	the	DT
19880	1611	11	voice	voice	NN
19880	1611	12	generally	generally	RB
19880	1611	13	,	,	,
19880	1611	14	but	but	CC
19880	1611	15	not	not	RB
19880	1611	16	always	always	RB
19880	1611	17	,	,	,
19880	1611	18	indicates	indicate	VBZ
19880	1611	19	which	which	WDT
19880	1611	20	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1611	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	1611	22	being	be	VBG
19880	1611	23	used	use	VBN
19880	1611	24	.	.	.
19880	1611	25	"	"	''
19880	1612	1	The	the	DT
19880	1612	2	views	view	NNS
19880	1612	3	of	of	IN
19880	1612	4	the	the	DT
19880	1612	5	author	author	NN
19880	1612	6	,	,	,
19880	1612	7	published	publish	VBN
19880	1612	8	at	at	IN
19880	1612	9	a	a	DT
19880	1612	10	former	former	JJ
19880	1612	11	period	period	NN
19880	1612	12	,	,	,
19880	1612	13	and	and	CC
19880	1612	14	based	base	VBN
19880	1612	15	on	on	IN
19880	1612	16	the	the	DT
19880	1612	17	special	special	JJ
19880	1612	18	examination	examination	NN
19880	1612	19	of	of	IN
19880	1612	20	a	a	DT
19880	1612	21	large	large	JJ
19880	1612	22	number	number	NN
19880	1612	23	of	of	IN
19880	1612	24	persons	person	NNS
19880	1612	25	with	with	IN
19880	1612	26	the	the	DT
19880	1612	27	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19880	1612	28	,	,	,
19880	1612	29	etc	etc	FW
19880	1612	30	.	.	FW
19880	1612	31	,	,	,
19880	1612	32	and	and	CC
19880	1612	33	on	on	IN
19880	1612	34	auto	auto	NN
19880	1612	35	-	-	HYPH
19880	1612	36	laryngoscopy	laryngoscopy	NN
19880	1612	37	,	,	,
19880	1612	38	may	may	MD
19880	1612	39	be	be	VB
19880	1612	40	briefly	briefly	RB
19880	1612	41	stated	state	VBN
19880	1612	42	as	as	IN
19880	1612	43	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	1612	44	:	:	:
19880	1612	45	A	a	DT
19880	1612	46	nomenclature	nomenclature	NN
19880	1612	47	for	for	IN
19880	1612	48	the	the	DT
19880	1612	49	registers	register	NNS
19880	1612	50	involving	involve	VBG
19880	1612	51	no	no	DT
19880	1612	52	theory	theory	NN
19880	1612	53	would	would	MD
19880	1612	54	be	be	VB
19880	1612	55	best	well	RBS
19880	1612	56	,	,	,
19880	1612	57	such	such	JJ
19880	1612	58	,	,	,
19880	1612	59	for	for	IN
19880	1612	60	example	example	NN
19880	1612	61	,	,	,
19880	1612	62	as	as	IN
19880	1612	63	_	_	NNP
19880	1612	64	lower	low	JJR
19880	1612	65	_	_	NNP
19880	1612	66	,	,	,
19880	1612	67	_	_	NNP
19880	1612	68	middle	middle	JJ
19880	1612	69	_	_	NNP
19880	1612	70	,	,	,
19880	1612	71	and	and	CC
19880	1612	72	_	_	NNP
19880	1612	73	upper	upper	JJ
19880	1612	74	_	_	NNP
19880	1612	75	registers	register	NNS
19880	1612	76	.	.	.
19880	1613	1	Mandl	Mandl	NNP
19880	1613	2	,	,	,
19880	1613	3	who	who	WP
19880	1613	4	recognized	recognize	VBD
19880	1613	5	only	only	RB
19880	1613	6	two	two	CD
19880	1613	7	registers	register	NNS
19880	1613	8	,	,	,
19880	1613	9	spoke	speak	VBD
19880	1613	10	of	of	IN
19880	1613	11	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1613	12	as	as	IN
19880	1613	13	"	"	``
19880	1613	14	lower	low	JJR
19880	1613	15	"	"	''
19880	1613	16	and	and	CC
19880	1613	17	"	"	``
19880	1613	18	upper	upper	JJ
19880	1613	19	,	,	,
19880	1613	20	"	"	''
19880	1613	21	equivalent	equivalent	JJ
19880	1613	22	to	to	IN
19880	1613	23	"	"	``
19880	1613	24	chest	chest	NN
19880	1613	25	"	"	''
19880	1613	26	and	and	CC
19880	1613	27	"	"	``
19880	1613	28	head	head	NN
19880	1613	29	,	,	,
19880	1613	30	"	"	''
19880	1613	31	as	as	IN
19880	1613	32	commonly	commonly	RB
19880	1613	33	used	use	VBN
19880	1613	34	.	.	.
19880	1614	1	The	the	DT
19880	1614	2	author	author	NN
19880	1614	3	examined	examine	VBD
19880	1614	4	with	with	IN
19880	1614	5	the	the	DT
19880	1614	6	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	JJ
19880	1614	7	50	50	CD
19880	1614	8	persons	person	NNS
19880	1614	9	,	,	,
19880	1614	10	who	who	WP
19880	1614	11	might	may	MD
19880	1614	12	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1614	13	with	with	IN
19880	1614	14	Grützner	Grützner	NNP
19880	1614	15	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1614	16	be	be	VB
19880	1614	17	divided	divide	VBN
19880	1614	18	into	into	IN
19880	1614	19	"	"	``
19880	1614	20	trained	train	VBN
19880	1614	21	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1614	22	,	,	,
19880	1614	23	"	"	''
19880	1614	24	"	"	``
19880	1614	25	natural	natural	JJ
19880	1614	26	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1614	27	,	,	,
19880	1614	28	"	"	''
19880	1614	29	and	and	CC
19880	1614	30	"	"	``
19880	1614	31	non	non	NNS
19880	1614	32	-	-	NNS
19880	1614	33	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1614	34	.	.	.
19880	1614	35	"	"	''
19880	1615	1	The	the	DT
19880	1615	2	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1615	3	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1615	4	was	be	VBD
19880	1615	5	found	find	VBN
19880	1615	6	to	to	TO
19880	1615	7	be	be	VB
19880	1615	8	open	open	JJ
19880	1615	9	in	in	IN
19880	1615	10	all	all	DT
19880	1615	11	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1615	12	in	in	IN
19880	1615	13	the	the	DT
19880	1615	14	lowest	low	JJS
19880	1615	15	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1615	16	of	of	IN
19880	1615	17	the	the	DT
19880	1615	18	chest	chest	NN
19880	1615	19	register	register	NN
19880	1615	20	,	,	,
19880	1615	21	and	and	CC
19880	1615	22	this	this	DT
19880	1615	23	condition	condition	NN
19880	1615	24	obtained	obtain	VBD
19880	1615	25	up	up	RP
19880	1615	26	to	to	IN
19880	1615	27	about	about	IN
19880	1615	28	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1615	29	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1615	30	:	:	:
19880	1615	31	f	f	LS
19880	1615	32	-	-	HYPH
19880	1615	33	sharp	sharp	JJ
19880	1615	34	'	'	``
19880	1615	35	g	g	NN
19880	1615	36	'	'	''
19880	1615	37	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1615	38	,	,	,
19880	1615	39	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1615	40	which	which	WDT
19880	1615	41	another	another	DT
19880	1615	42	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1615	43	came	come	VBD
19880	1615	44	into	into	IN
19880	1615	45	play	play	NN
19880	1615	46	,	,	,
19880	1615	47	except	except	IN
19880	1615	48	in	in	IN
19880	1615	49	rare	rare	JJ
19880	1615	50	cases	case	NNS
19880	1615	51	.	.	.
19880	1616	1	The	the	DT
19880	1616	2	high	high	JJ
19880	1616	3	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	1616	4	of	of	IN
19880	1616	5	men	man	NNS
19880	1616	6	and	and	CC
19880	1616	7	the	the	DT
19880	1616	8	head	head	NN
19880	1616	9	voice	voice	NN
19880	1616	10	of	of	IN
19880	1616	11	women	woman	NNS
19880	1616	12	are	be	VBP
19880	1616	13	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1616	14	by	by	IN
19880	1616	15	a	a	DT
19880	1616	16	similar	similar	JJ
19880	1616	17	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1616	18	and	and	CC
19880	1616	19	method	method	NN
19880	1616	20	.	.	.
19880	1617	1	In	in	IN
19880	1617	2	the	the	DT
19880	1617	3	investigation	investigation	NN
19880	1617	4	of	of	IN
19880	1617	5	registers	register	NNS
19880	1617	6	more	more	JJR
19880	1617	7	attention	attention	NN
19880	1617	8	should	should	MD
19880	1617	9	be	be	VB
19880	1617	10	given	give	VBN
19880	1617	11	to	to	IN
19880	1617	12	the	the	DT
19880	1617	13	use	use	NN
19880	1617	14	of	of	IN
19880	1617	15	the	the	DT
19880	1617	16	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1617	17	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1617	18	than	than	IN
19880	1617	19	has	have	VBZ
19880	1617	20	hitherto	hitherto	VBN
19880	1617	21	been	be	VBN
19880	1617	22	done	do	VBN
19880	1617	23	by	by	IN
19880	1617	24	those	those	DT
19880	1617	25	writing	writing	NN
19880	1617	26	on	on	IN
19880	1617	27	this	this	DT
19880	1617	28	subject	subject	NN
19880	1617	29	.	.	.
19880	1618	1	As	as	IN
19880	1618	2	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	1618	3	Marchesi	Marchesi	NNP
19880	1618	4	,	,	,
19880	1618	5	of	of	IN
19880	1618	6	Paris	Paris	NNP
19880	1618	7	,	,	,
19880	1618	8	has	have	VBZ
19880	1618	9	taught	teach	VBN
19880	1618	10	with	with	IN
19880	1618	11	preëminent	preëminent	NN
19880	1618	12	success	success	NN
19880	1618	13	,	,	,
19880	1618	14	and	and	CC
19880	1618	15	with	with	IN
19880	1618	16	the	the	DT
19880	1618	17	greatest	great	JJS
19880	1618	18	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1618	19	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	1618	20	for	for	IN
19880	1618	21	the	the	DT
19880	1618	22	preservation	preservation	NN
19880	1618	23	of	of	IN
19880	1618	24	the	the	DT
19880	1618	25	voice	voice	NN
19880	1618	26	and	and	CC
19880	1618	27	the	the	DT
19880	1618	28	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1618	29	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1618	30	in	in	IN
19880	1618	31	an	an	DT
19880	1618	32	unimpaired	unimpaired	JJ
19880	1618	33	condition	condition	NN
19880	1618	34	,	,	,
19880	1618	35	and	and	CC
19880	1618	36	as	as	IN
19880	1618	37	the	the	DT
19880	1618	38	author	author	NN
19880	1618	39	has	have	VBZ
19880	1618	40	had	have	VBN
19880	1618	41	,	,	,
19880	1618	42	through	through	IN
19880	1618	43	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1618	44	kindness	kindness	NN
19880	1618	45	,	,	,
19880	1618	46	the	the	DT
19880	1618	47	opportunity	opportunity	NN
19880	1618	48	to	to	TO
19880	1618	49	become	become	VB
19880	1618	50	acquainted	acquaint	VBN
19880	1618	51	with	with	IN
19880	1618	52	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1618	53	methods	method	NNS
19880	1618	54	by	by	IN
19880	1618	55	observation	observation	NN
19880	1618	56	,	,	,
19880	1618	57	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1618	58	views	view	NNS
19880	1618	59	on	on	IN
19880	1618	60	the	the	DT
19880	1618	61	registers	register	NNS
19880	1618	62	are	be	VBP
19880	1618	63	here	here	RB
19880	1618	64	presented	present	VBN
19880	1618	65	.	.	.
19880	1619	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1619	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1619	3	to	to	TO
19880	1619	4	be	be	VB
19880	1619	5	understood	understand	VBN
19880	1619	6	that	that	IN
19880	1619	7	as	as	IN
19880	1619	8	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1619	9	teaches	teach	VBZ
19880	1619	10	only	only	RB
19880	1619	11	ladies	lady	NNS
19880	1619	12	,	,	,
19880	1619	13	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1619	14	views	view	NNS
19880	1619	15	are	be	VBP
19880	1619	16	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1619	17	,	,	,
19880	1619	18	so	so	RB
19880	1619	19	far	far	RB
19880	1619	20	as	as	IN
19880	1619	21	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1619	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	1619	23	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	1619	24	,	,	,
19880	1619	25	as	as	IN
19880	1619	26	applying	apply	VBG
19880	1619	27	only	only	RB
19880	1619	28	to	to	IN
19880	1619	29	female	female	JJ
19880	1619	30	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1619	31	.	.	.
19880	1620	1	These	these	DT
19880	1620	2	views	view	NNS
19880	1620	3	are	be	VBP
19880	1620	4	further	further	RB
19880	1620	5	presented	present	VBN
19880	1620	6	because	because	IN
19880	1620	7	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	1620	8	Marchesi	Marchesi	NNP
19880	1620	9	was	be	VBD
19880	1620	10	herself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1620	11	taught	teach	VBN
19880	1620	12	by	by	IN
19880	1620	13	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19880	1620	14	,	,	,
19880	1620	15	who	who	WP
19880	1620	16	was	be	VBD
19880	1620	17	in	in	IN
19880	1620	18	the	the	DT
19880	1620	19	direct	direct	JJ
19880	1620	20	line	line	NN
19880	1620	21	of	of	IN
19880	1620	22	the	the	DT
19880	1620	23	old	old	JJ
19880	1620	24	Italian	italian	JJ
19880	1620	25	masters	master	NNS
19880	1620	26	,	,	,
19880	1620	27	though	though	IN
19880	1620	28	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1620	29	will	will	MD
19880	1620	30	be	be	VB
19880	1620	31	observed	observe	VBN
19880	1620	32	that	that	IN
19880	1620	33	the	the	DT
19880	1620	34	pupil	pupil	NN
19880	1620	35	has	have	VBZ
19880	1620	36	retained	retain	VBN
19880	1620	37	only	only	RB
19880	1620	38	the	the	DT
19880	1620	39	essentials	essential	NNS
19880	1620	40	of	of	IN
19880	1620	41	the	the	DT
19880	1620	42	master	master	NN
19880	1620	43	's	's	POS
19880	1620	44	views	view	NNS
19880	1620	45	on	on	IN
19880	1620	46	the	the	DT
19880	1620	47	registers	register	NNS
19880	1620	48	.	.	.
19880	1621	1	1	1	LS
19880	1621	2	.	.	.
19880	1622	1	There	there	EX
19880	1622	2	are	be	VBP
19880	1622	3	three	three	CD
19880	1622	4	registers	register	NNS
19880	1622	5	in	in	IN
19880	1622	6	female	female	JJ
19880	1622	7	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1622	8	:	:	:
19880	1622	9	chest	chest	NN
19880	1622	10	,	,	,
19880	1622	11	middle	middle	JJ
19880	1622	12	,	,	,
19880	1622	13	and	and	CC
19880	1622	14	head	head	NN
19880	1622	15	.	.	.
19880	1623	1	2	2	LS
19880	1623	2	.	.	.
19880	1624	1	While	while	IN
19880	1624	2	there	there	EX
19880	1624	3	are	be	VBP
19880	1624	4	small	small	JJ
19880	1624	5	differences	difference	NNS
19880	1624	6	in	in	IN
19880	1624	7	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1624	8	and	and	CC
19880	1624	9	individuals	individual	NNS
19880	1624	10	as	as	IN
19880	1624	11	regards	regard	VBZ
19880	1624	12	the	the	DT
19880	1624	13	registers	register	NNS
19880	1624	14	,	,	,
19880	1624	15	the	the	DT
19880	1624	16	following	follow	VBG
19880	1624	17	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1624	18	apply	apply	VBP
19880	1624	19	to	to	IN
19880	1624	20	all	all	DT
19880	1624	21	of	of	IN
19880	1624	22	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1624	23	:	:	:
19880	1624	24	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1624	25	_	_	NNP
19880	1624	26	a	a	DT
19880	1624	27	_	_	NNP
19880	1624	28	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1624	29	The	the	DT
19880	1624	30	chest	chest	NN
19880	1624	31	register	register	NN
19880	1624	32	must	must	MD
19880	1624	33	never	never	RB
19880	1624	34	be	be	VB
19880	1624	35	carried	carry	VBN
19880	1624	36	above	above	IN
19880	1624	37	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1624	38	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1624	39	:	:	:
19880	1624	40	f	f	LS
19880	1624	41	-	-	HYPH
19880	1624	42	sharp	sharp	JJ
19880	1624	43	'	'	''
19880	1624	44	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1624	45	.	.	.
19880	1625	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1625	2	_	_	NNP
19880	1625	3	b	b	NNP
19880	1625	4	_	_	NNP
19880	1625	5	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1625	6	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1625	7	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1625	8	:	:	:
19880	1625	9	e	e	NNP
19880	1625	10	'	'	``
19880	1625	11	f	f	NN
19880	1625	12	'	'	''
19880	1625	13	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1625	14	should	should	MD
19880	1625	15	be	be	VB
19880	1625	16	"	"	``
19880	1625	17	covered	cover	VBN
19880	1625	18	"	"	''
19880	1625	19	or	or	CC
19880	1625	20	modified	modify	VBN
19880	1625	21	chest	chest	NN
19880	1625	22	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1625	23	.	.	.
19880	1626	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1626	2	_	_	NNP
19880	1626	3	c	c	NNP
19880	1626	4	_	_	NNP
19880	1626	5	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1626	6	In	in	IN
19880	1626	7	all	all	DT
19880	1626	8	cases	case	NNS
19880	1626	9	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1626	10	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1626	11	:	:	:
19880	1626	12	f	f	LS
19880	1626	13	-	-	HYPH
19880	1626	14	sharp	sharp	JJ
19880	1626	15	'	'	''
19880	1626	16	'	'	''
19880	1626	17	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1626	18	must	must	MD
19880	1626	19	be	be	VB
19880	1626	20	a	a	DT
19880	1626	21	head	head	NN
19880	1626	22	tone	tone	NN
19880	1626	23	.	.	.
19880	1627	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1627	2	_	_	NNP
19880	1627	3	d	d	NNP
19880	1627	4	_	_	NNP
19880	1627	5	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1627	6	In	in	IN
19880	1627	7	quick	quick	JJ
19880	1627	8	passages	passage	NNS
19880	1627	9	chest	chest	NN
19880	1627	10	should	should	MD
19880	1627	11	not	not	RB
19880	1627	12	be	be	VB
19880	1627	13	carried	carry	VBN
19880	1627	14	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1627	15	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1627	16	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1627	17	:	:	:
19880	1627	18	d	d	LS
19880	1627	19	-	-	:
19880	1627	20	flat']--_i.e	flat']--_i.e	NNP
19880	1627	21	.	.	.
19880	1627	22	_	_	NNP
19880	1627	23	,	,	,
19880	1627	24	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1627	25	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1627	26	:	:	:
19880	1627	27	d	d	LS
19880	1627	28	'	'	``
19880	1627	29	e	e	NN
19880	1627	30	'	'	CC
19880	1627	31	f	f	NN
19880	1627	32	'	'	''
19880	1627	33	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1627	34	are	be	VBP
19880	1627	35	middle	middle	JJ
19880	1627	36	in	in	IN
19880	1627	37	quick	quick	JJ
19880	1627	38	passages	passage	NNS
19880	1627	39	.	.	.
19880	1628	1	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19880	1628	2	XI	XI	NNP
19880	1628	3	.	.	.
19880	1629	1	FURTHER	further	JJ
19880	1629	2	CONSIDERATION	consideration	NN
19880	1629	3	OF	of	IN
19880	1629	4	THE	the	DT
19880	1629	5	REGISTERS	register	NNS
19880	1629	6	OF	of	IN
19880	1629	7	THE	the	DT
19880	1629	8	SINGING	singing	NN
19880	1629	9	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19880	1629	10	.	.	.
19880	1630	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1630	2	will	will	MD
19880	1630	3	,	,	,
19880	1630	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1630	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1630	6	hoped	hope	VBN
19880	1630	7	,	,	,
19880	1630	8	be	be	VB
19880	1630	9	apparent	apparent	JJ
19880	1630	10	to	to	IN
19880	1630	11	the	the	DT
19880	1630	12	reader	reader	NN
19880	1630	13	that	that	IN
19880	1630	14	the	the	DT
19880	1630	15	subject	subject	NN
19880	1630	16	now	now	RB
19880	1630	17	under	under	IN
19880	1630	18	treatment	treatment	NN
19880	1630	19	may	may	MD
19880	1630	20	be	be	VB
19880	1630	21	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1630	22	either	either	CC
19880	1630	23	theoretically	theoretically	RB
19880	1630	24	or	or	CC
19880	1630	25	practically	practically	RB
19880	1630	26	.	.	.
19880	1631	1	If	if	IN
19880	1631	2	science	science	NN
19880	1631	3	be	be	VBP
19880	1631	4	exact	exact	JJ
19880	1631	5	,	,	,
19880	1631	6	systematized	systematize	VBN
19880	1631	7	,	,	,
19880	1631	8	and	and	CC
19880	1631	9	,	,	,
19880	1631	10	when	when	WRB
19880	1631	11	complete	complete	JJ
19880	1631	12	,	,	,
19880	1631	13	unified	unified	JJ
19880	1631	14	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	1631	15	,	,	,
19880	1631	16	then	then	RB
19880	1631	17	every	every	DT
19880	1631	18	source	source	NN
19880	1631	19	of	of	IN
19880	1631	20	information	information	NN
19880	1631	21	must	must	MD
19880	1631	22	be	be	VB
19880	1631	23	employed	employ	VBN
19880	1631	24	in	in	IN
19880	1631	25	the	the	DT
19880	1631	26	investigation	investigation	NN
19880	1631	27	of	of	IN
19880	1631	28	so	so	RB
19880	1631	29	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	1631	30	a	a	DT
19880	1631	31	subject	subject	NN
19880	1631	32	as	as	IN
19880	1631	33	the	the	DT
19880	1631	34	registers	register	NNS
19880	1631	35	.	.	.
19880	1632	1	There	there	EX
19880	1632	2	may	may	MD
19880	1632	3	be	be	VB
19880	1632	4	differences	difference	NNS
19880	1632	5	of	of	IN
19880	1632	6	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	1632	7	as	as	IN
19880	1632	8	to	to	IN
19880	1632	9	the	the	DT
19880	1632	10	relative	relative	JJ
19880	1632	11	importance	importance	NN
19880	1632	12	of	of	IN
19880	1632	13	some	some	DT
19880	1632	14	of	of	IN
19880	1632	15	these	these	DT
19880	1632	16	means	mean	NNS
19880	1632	17	of	of	IN
19880	1632	18	investigation--_e.g	investigation--_e.g	NN
19880	1632	19	.	.	.
19880	1632	20	_	_	NNP
19880	1632	21	,	,	,
19880	1632	22	auto	auto	NN
19880	1632	23	-	-	HYPH
19880	1632	24	laryngoscopy	laryngoscopy	NN
19880	1632	25	,	,	,
19880	1632	26	but	but	CC
19880	1632	27	that	that	IN
19880	1632	28	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1632	29	should	should	MD
19880	1632	30	be	be	VB
19880	1632	31	utilized	utilize	VBN
19880	1632	32	,	,	,
19880	1632	33	there	there	EX
19880	1632	34	can	can	MD
19880	1632	35	be	be	VB
19880	1632	36	no	no	DT
19880	1632	37	question	question	NN
19880	1632	38	.	.	.
19880	1633	1	The	the	DT
19880	1633	2	value	value	NN
19880	1633	3	of	of	IN
19880	1633	4	photography	photography	NN
19880	1633	5	of	of	IN
19880	1633	6	the	the	DT
19880	1633	7	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1633	8	,	,	,
19880	1633	9	as	as	IN
19880	1633	10	carried	carry	VBN
19880	1633	11	out	out	RP
19880	1633	12	up	up	IN
19880	1633	13	to	to	IN
19880	1633	14	the	the	DT
19880	1633	15	present	present	NN
19880	1633	16	,	,	,
19880	1633	17	may	may	MD
19880	1633	18	be	be	VB
19880	1633	19	questioned	question	VBN
19880	1633	20	;	;	:
19880	1633	21	but	but	CC
19880	1633	22	there	there	EX
19880	1633	23	can	can	MD
19880	1633	24	be	be	VB
19880	1633	25	no	no	DT
19880	1633	26	doubt	doubt	NN
19880	1633	27	that	that	IN
19880	1633	28	if	if	IN
19880	1633	29	this	this	DT
19880	1633	30	method	method	NN
19880	1633	31	of	of	IN
19880	1633	32	studying	study	VBG
19880	1633	33	the	the	DT
19880	1633	34	action	action	NN
19880	1633	35	of	of	IN
19880	1633	36	the	the	DT
19880	1633	37	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1633	38	bands	band	NNS
19880	1633	39	could	could	MD
19880	1633	40	be	be	VB
19880	1633	41	pushed	push	VBN
19880	1633	42	to	to	IN
19880	1633	43	a	a	DT
19880	1633	44	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1633	45	point	point	NN
19880	1633	46	,	,	,
19880	1633	47	much	much	JJ
19880	1633	48	light	light	NN
19880	1633	49	might	may	MD
19880	1633	50	be	be	VB
19880	1633	51	thrown	throw	VBN
19880	1633	52	on	on	IN
19880	1633	53	the	the	DT
19880	1633	54	questions	question	NNS
19880	1633	55	at	at	IN
19880	1633	56	issue	issue	NN
19880	1633	57	.	.	.
19880	1634	1	Merely	merely	RB
19880	1634	2	to	to	TO
19880	1634	3	assume	assume	VB
19880	1634	4	that	that	IN
19880	1634	5	a	a	DT
19880	1634	6	method	method	NN
19880	1634	7	of	of	IN
19880	1634	8	treating	treat	VBG
19880	1634	9	the	the	DT
19880	1634	10	registers	register	NNS
19880	1634	11	which	which	WDT
19880	1634	12	has	have	VBZ
19880	1634	13	given	give	VBN
19880	1634	14	,	,	,
19880	1634	15	apparently	apparently	RB
19880	1634	16	,	,	,
19880	1634	17	good	good	JJ
19880	1634	18	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1634	19	results	result	NNS
19880	1634	20	in	in	IN
19880	1634	21	the	the	DT
19880	1634	22	hands	hand	NNS
19880	1634	23	of	of	IN
19880	1634	24	one	one	CD
19880	1634	25	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1634	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	1634	27	sound	sound	JJ
19880	1634	28	,	,	,
19880	1634	29	and	and	CC
19880	1634	30	rests	rest	NNS
19880	1634	31	on	on	IN
19880	1634	32	a	a	DT
19880	1634	33	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	1634	34	basis	basis	NN
19880	1634	35	,	,	,
19880	1634	36	is	be	VBZ
19880	1634	37	unwarranted	unwarranted	JJ
19880	1634	38	.	.	.
19880	1635	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1635	2	may	may	MD
19880	1635	3	be	be	VB
19880	1635	4	simply	simply	RB
19880	1635	5	a	a	DT
19880	1635	6	little	little	RB
19880	1635	7	better	well	JJR
19880	1635	8	or	or	CC
19880	1635	9	a	a	DT
19880	1635	10	little	little	RB
19880	1635	11	worse	bad	JJR
19880	1635	12	than	than	IN
19880	1635	13	some	some	DT
19880	1635	14	other	other	JJ
19880	1635	15	.	.	.
19880	1636	1	How	how	WRB
19880	1636	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1636	3	the	the	DT
19880	1636	4	student	student	NN
19880	1636	5	to	to	TO
19880	1636	6	distinguish	distinguish	VB
19880	1636	7	,	,	,
19880	1636	8	in	in	IN
19880	1636	9	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1636	10	choice	choice	NN
19880	1636	11	,	,	,
19880	1636	12	between	between	IN
19880	1636	13	Mr.	Mr.	NNP
19880	1636	14	A	A	NNP
19880	1636	15	and	and	CC
19880	1636	16	Mr.	Mr.	NNP
19880	1636	17	B	B	NNP
19880	1636	18	,	,	,
19880	1636	19	in	in	IN
19880	1636	20	the	the	DT
19880	1636	21	case	case	NN
19880	1636	22	of	of	IN
19880	1636	23	two	two	CD
19880	1636	24	successful	successful	JJ
19880	1636	25	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1636	26	,	,	,
19880	1636	27	both	both	DT
19880	1636	28	of	of	IN
19880	1636	29	whom	whom	WP
19880	1636	30	recognize	recognize	VBP
19880	1636	31	registers	register	NNS
19880	1636	32	?	?	.
19880	1637	1	A	a	DT
19880	1637	2	physiologist	physiologist	NN
19880	1637	3	may	may	MD
19880	1637	4	be	be	VB
19880	1637	5	sound	sound	JJ
19880	1637	6	as	as	RB
19880	1637	7	far	far	RB
19880	1637	8	as	as	IN
19880	1637	9	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1637	10	goes	go	VBZ
19880	1637	11	,	,	,
19880	1637	12	yet	yet	CC
19880	1637	13	lack	lack	VBP
19880	1637	14	that	that	IN
19880	1637	15	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1637	16	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	1637	17	of	of	IN
19880	1637	18	the	the	DT
19880	1637	19	voice	voice	NN
19880	1637	20	which	which	WDT
19880	1637	21	the	the	DT
19880	1637	22	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1637	23	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1637	24	properly	properly	RB
19880	1637	25	considers	consider	VBZ
19880	1637	26	requisite	requisite	JJ
19880	1637	27	in	in	IN
19880	1637	28	determining	determine	VBG
19880	1637	29	how	how	WRB
19880	1637	30	a	a	DT
19880	1637	31	pupil	pupil	NN
19880	1637	32	shall	shall	MD
19880	1637	33	use	use	VB
19880	1637	34	the	the	DT
19880	1637	35	registers	register	NNS
19880	1637	36	.	.	.
19880	1638	1	Among	among	IN
19880	1638	2	those	those	DT
19880	1638	3	who	who	WP
19880	1638	4	are	be	VBP
19880	1638	5	most	most	RBS
19880	1638	6	dogmatic	dogmatic	JJ
19880	1638	7	on	on	IN
19880	1638	8	this	this	DT
19880	1638	9	and	and	CC
19880	1638	10	other	other	JJ
19880	1638	11	questions	question	NNS
19880	1638	12	there	there	EX
19880	1638	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	1638	14	often	often	RB
19880	1638	15	a	a	DT
19880	1638	16	plentiful	plentiful	JJ
19880	1638	17	lack	lack	NN
19880	1638	18	of	of	IN
19880	1638	19	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	1638	20	of	of	IN
19880	1638	21	the	the	DT
19880	1638	22	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1638	23	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1638	24	;	;	,
19880	1638	25	and	and	CC
19880	1638	26	some	some	DT
19880	1638	27	clever	clever	JJ
19880	1638	28	laryngologists	laryngologist	NNS
19880	1638	29	must	must	MD
19880	1638	30	have	have	VB
19880	1638	31	learned	learn	VBN
19880	1638	32	,	,	,
19880	1638	33	when	when	WRB
19880	1638	34	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1638	35	were	be	VBD
19880	1638	36	carried	carry	VBN
19880	1638	37	into	into	IN
19880	1638	38	the	the	DT
19880	1638	39	discussion	discussion	NN
19880	1638	40	of	of	IN
19880	1638	41	this	this	DT
19880	1638	42	subject	subject	NN
19880	1638	43	,	,	,
19880	1638	44	that	that	IN
19880	1638	45	some	some	DT
19880	1638	46	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	1638	47	of	of	IN
19880	1638	48	music	music	NN
19880	1638	49	and	and	CC
19880	1638	50	singing	singing	NN
19880	1638	51	is	be	VBZ
19880	1638	52	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1638	53	indispensable	indispensable	JJ
19880	1638	54	,	,	,
19880	1638	55	and	and	CC
19880	1638	56	that	that	IN
19880	1638	57	enough	enough	JJ
19880	1638	58	can	can	MD
19880	1638	59	not	not	RB
19880	1638	60	be	be	VB
19880	1638	61	picked	pick	VBN
19880	1638	62	up	up	RP
19880	1638	63	,	,	,
19880	1638	64	even	even	RB
19880	1638	65	by	by	IN
19880	1638	66	an	an	DT
19880	1638	67	able	able	JJ
19880	1638	68	man	man	NN
19880	1638	69	,	,	,
19880	1638	70	in	in	IN
19880	1638	71	a	a	DT
19880	1638	72	few	few	JJ
19880	1638	73	minutes	minute	NNS
19880	1638	74	devoted	devote	VBN
19880	1638	75	to	to	IN
19880	1638	76	interrogating	interrogate	VBG
19880	1638	77	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1638	78	,	,	,
19880	1638	79	especially	especially	RB
19880	1638	80	when	when	WRB
19880	1638	81	these	these	DT
19880	1638	82	vocalists	vocalist	NNS
19880	1638	83	have	have	VBP
19880	1638	84	been	be	VBN
19880	1638	85	trained	train	VBN
19880	1638	86	by	by	IN
19880	1638	87	widely	widely	RB
19880	1638	88	different	different	JJ
19880	1638	89	methods	method	NNS
19880	1638	90	,	,	,
19880	1638	91	and	and	CC
19880	1638	92	have	have	VB
19880	1638	93	,	,	,
19880	1638	94	as	as	IN
19880	1638	95	is	be	VBZ
19880	1638	96	too	too	RB
19880	1638	97	often	often	RB
19880	1638	98	the	the	DT
19880	1638	99	case	case	NN
19880	1638	100	,	,	,
19880	1638	101	given	give	VBN
19880	1638	102	but	but	CC
19880	1638	103	little	little	JJ
19880	1638	104	real	real	JJ
19880	1638	105	_	_	NNP
19880	1638	106	thought	think	VBD
19880	1638	107	_	_	NNP
19880	1638	108	to	to	IN
19880	1638	109	the	the	DT
19880	1638	110	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	1638	111	,	,	,
19880	1638	112	or	or	CC
19880	1638	113	,	,	,
19880	1638	114	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	1638	115	,	,	,
19880	1638	116	any	any	DT
19880	1638	117	other	other	JJ
19880	1638	118	side	side	NN
19880	1638	119	of	of	IN
19880	1638	120	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1638	121	art	art	NN
19880	1638	122	.	.	.
19880	1639	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1639	2	find	find	VBP
19880	1639	3	"	"	``
19880	1639	4	break	break	NN
19880	1639	5	"	"	''
19880	1639	6	confounded	confound	VBN
19880	1639	7	with	with	IN
19880	1639	8	"	"	``
19880	1639	9	register	register	VB
19880	1639	10	,	,	,
19880	1639	11	"	"	''
19880	1639	12	and	and	CC
19880	1639	13	the	the	DT
19880	1639	14	meaning	meaning	NN
19880	1639	15	attached	attach	VBN
19880	1639	16	to	to	IN
19880	1639	17	the	the	DT
19880	1639	18	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1639	19	,	,	,
19880	1639	20	at	at	IN
19880	1639	21	best	good	JJS
19880	1639	22	,	,	,
19880	1639	23	one	one	CD
19880	1639	24	-	-	HYPH
19880	1639	25	sided	sided	JJ
19880	1639	26	or	or	CC
19880	1639	27	inadequate	inadequate	JJ
19880	1639	28	in	in	IN
19880	1639	29	some	some	DT
19880	1639	30	respects	respect	NNS
19880	1639	31	.	.	.
19880	1640	1	The	the	DT
19880	1640	2	truth	truth	NN
19880	1640	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1640	4	,	,	,
19880	1640	5	such	such	PDT
19880	1640	6	a	a	DT
19880	1640	7	subject	subject	NN
19880	1640	8	can	can	MD
19880	1640	9	not	not	RB
19880	1640	10	be	be	VB
19880	1640	11	settled	settle	VBN
19880	1640	12	by	by	IN
19880	1640	13	the	the	DT
19880	1640	14	physiologist	physiologist	NN
19880	1640	15	,	,	,
19880	1640	16	even	even	RB
19880	1640	17	when	when	WRB
19880	1640	18	a	a	DT
19880	1640	19	laryngologist	laryngologist	NN
19880	1640	20	,	,	,
19880	1640	21	as	as	IN
19880	1640	22	such	such	JJ
19880	1640	23	;	;	:
19880	1640	24	nor	nor	CC
19880	1640	25	can	can	MD
19880	1640	26	the	the	DT
19880	1640	27	solution	solution	NN
19880	1640	28	to	to	IN
19880	1640	29	a	a	DT
19880	1640	30	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	1640	31	question	question	NN
19880	1640	32	of	of	IN
19880	1640	33	this	this	DT
19880	1640	34	kind	kind	NN
19880	1640	35	be	be	VB
19880	1640	36	given	give	VBN
19880	1640	37	by	by	IN
19880	1640	38	a	a	DT
19880	1640	39	singer	singer	NN
19880	1640	40	,	,	,
19880	1640	41	as	as	IN
19880	1640	42	a	a	DT
19880	1640	43	singer	singer	NN
19880	1640	44	.	.	.
19880	1641	1	Such	such	PDT
19880	1641	2	a	a	DT
19880	1641	3	problem	problem	NN
19880	1641	4	can	can	MD
19880	1641	5	only	only	RB
19880	1641	6	be	be	VB
19880	1641	7	settled	settle	VBN
19880	1641	8	,	,	,
19880	1641	9	as	as	IN
19880	1641	10	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1641	11	have	have	VBP
19880	1641	12	throughout	throughout	IN
19880	1641	13	insisted	insist	VBN
19880	1641	14	,	,	,
19880	1641	15	by	by	IN
19880	1641	16	those	those	DT
19880	1641	17	possessing	possess	VBG
19880	1641	18	many	many	JJ
19880	1641	19	qualifications	qualification	NNS
19880	1641	20	,	,	,
19880	1641	21	and	and	CC
19880	1641	22	even	even	RB
19880	1641	23	when	when	WRB
19880	1641	24	the	the	DT
19880	1641	25	investigator	investigator	NN
19880	1641	26	unites	unite	VBZ
19880	1641	27	in	in	IN
19880	1641	28	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1641	29	every	every	DT
19880	1641	30	intellectual	intellectual	JJ
19880	1641	31	qualification	qualification	NN
19880	1641	32	,	,	,
19880	1641	33	something	something	NN
19880	1641	34	will	will	MD
19880	1641	35	depend	depend	VB
19880	1641	36	on	on	IN
19880	1641	37	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1641	38	temperament	temperament	NN
19880	1641	39	and	and	CC
19880	1641	40	spirit	spirit	NN
19880	1641	41	.	.	.
19880	1642	1	An	an	DT
19880	1642	2	atmosphere	atmosphere	NN
19880	1642	3	of	of	IN
19880	1642	4	controversy	controversy	NN
19880	1642	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1642	6	not	not	RB
19880	1642	7	favorable	favorable	JJ
19880	1642	8	to	to	IN
19880	1642	9	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	1642	10	investigation	investigation	NN
19880	1642	11	,	,	,
19880	1642	12	and	and	CC
19880	1642	13	among	among	IN
19880	1642	14	the	the	DT
19880	1642	15	dangers	danger	NNS
19880	1642	16	that	that	WDT
19880	1642	17	ever	ever	RB
19880	1642	18	lie	lie	VBP
19880	1642	19	in	in	IN
19880	1642	20	the	the	DT
19880	1642	21	path	path	NN
19880	1642	22	of	of	IN
19880	1642	23	the	the	DT
19880	1642	24	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1642	25	are	be	VBP
19880	1642	26	pride	pride	NN
19880	1642	27	and	and	CC
19880	1642	28	prejudice	prejudice	NN
19880	1642	29	.	.	.
19880	1643	1	The	the	DT
19880	1643	2	assumption	assumption	NN
19880	1643	3	that	that	IN
19880	1643	4	one	one	NN
19880	1643	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1643	6	prepared	prepared	JJ
19880	1643	7	to	to	TO
19880	1643	8	teach	teach	VB
19880	1643	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	1643	10	too	too	RB
19880	1643	11	often	often	RB
19880	1643	12	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1643	13	with	with	IN
19880	1643	14	views	view	NNS
19880	1643	15	and	and	CC
19880	1643	16	feelings	feeling	NNS
19880	1643	17	that	that	WDT
19880	1643	18	prevent	prevent	VBP
19880	1643	19	the	the	DT
19880	1643	20	guide	guide	NN
19880	1643	21	from	from	IN
19880	1643	22	remaining	remain	VBG
19880	1643	23	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1643	24	a	a	DT
19880	1643	25	student	student	NN
19880	1643	26	and	and	CC
19880	1643	27	being	be	VBG
19880	1643	28	ready	ready	JJ
19880	1643	29	to	to	TO
19880	1643	30	learn	learn	VB
19880	1643	31	even	even	RB
19880	1643	32	from	from	IN
19880	1643	33	the	the	DT
19880	1643	34	very	very	JJ
19880	1643	35	beginner	beginner	NN
19880	1643	36	,	,	,
19880	1643	37	as	as	IN
19880	1643	38	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1643	39	must	must	MD
19880	1643	40	if	if	IN
19880	1643	41	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1643	42	have	have	VBP
19880	1643	43	the	the	DT
19880	1643	44	true	true	JJ
19880	1643	45	spirit	spirit	NN
19880	1643	46	.	.	.
19880	1644	1	Unfortunately	unfortunately	RB
19880	1644	2	,	,	,
19880	1644	3	several	several	JJ
19880	1644	4	of	of	IN
19880	1644	5	the	the	DT
19880	1644	6	most	most	RBS
19880	1644	7	highly	highly	RB
19880	1644	8	qualified	qualified	JJ
19880	1644	9	writers	writer	NNS
19880	1644	10	on	on	IN
19880	1644	11	this	this	DT
19880	1644	12	subject	subject	NN
19880	1644	13	have	have	VBP
19880	1644	14	formulated	formulate	VBN
19880	1644	15	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1644	16	views	view	NNS
19880	1644	17	under	under	IN
19880	1644	18	conditions	condition	NNS
19880	1644	19	unfavorable	unfavorable	JJ
19880	1644	20	to	to	IN
19880	1644	21	the	the	DT
19880	1644	22	attainment	attainment	NN
19880	1644	23	of	of	IN
19880	1644	24	the	the	DT
19880	1644	25	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1644	26	truth	truth	NN
19880	1644	27	.	.	.
19880	1645	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1645	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1645	3	to	to	TO
19880	1645	4	be	be	VB
19880	1645	5	borne	bear	VBN
19880	1645	6	in	in	IN
19880	1645	7	mind	mind	NN
19880	1645	8	always	always	RB
19880	1645	9	that	that	IN
19880	1645	10	a	a	DT
19880	1645	11	register	register	NN
19880	1645	12	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	1645	13	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1645	14	1	1	LS
19880	1645	15	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1645	16	a	a	DT
19880	1645	17	series	series	NN
19880	1645	18	of	of	IN
19880	1645	19	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1645	20	of	of	IN
19880	1645	21	a	a	DT
19880	1645	22	characteristic	characteristic	JJ
19880	1645	23	clang	clang	NN
19880	1645	24	,	,	,
19880	1645	25	_	_	NNP
19880	1645	26	timbre	timbre	NNP
19880	1645	27	_	_	NNP
19880	1645	28	,	,	,
19880	1645	29	color	color	NN
19880	1645	30	,	,	,
19880	1645	31	or	or	CC
19880	1645	32	quality	quality	NN
19880	1645	33	;	;	:
19880	1645	34	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1645	35	2	2	LS
19880	1645	36	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1645	37	that	that	IN
19880	1645	38	this	this	DT
19880	1645	39	is	be	VBZ
19880	1645	40	due	due	JJ
19880	1645	41	to	to	IN
19880	1645	42	the	the	DT
19880	1645	43	employment	employment	NN
19880	1645	44	of	of	IN
19880	1645	45	a	a	DT
19880	1645	46	special	special	JJ
19880	1645	47	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1645	48	of	of	IN
19880	1645	49	the	the	DT
19880	1645	50	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1645	51	in	in	IN
19880	1645	52	a	a	DT
19880	1645	53	particular	particular	JJ
19880	1645	54	manner	manner	NN
19880	1645	55	.	.	.
19880	1646	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1646	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	1646	3	that	that	IN
19880	1646	4	in	in	IN
19880	1646	5	thinking	thinking	NN
19880	1646	6	of	of	IN
19880	1646	7	registers	register	NNS
19880	1646	8	scientifically	scientifically	RB
19880	1646	9	,	,	,
19880	1646	10	one	one	PRP
19880	1646	11	must	must	MD
19880	1646	12	take	take	VB
19880	1646	13	into	into	IN
19880	1646	14	account	account	NN
19880	1646	15	both	both	CC
19880	1646	16	the	the	DT
19880	1646	17	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1646	18	and	and	CC
19880	1646	19	the	the	DT
19880	1646	20	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	1646	21	by	by	IN
19880	1646	22	which	which	WDT
19880	1646	23	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1646	24	are	be	VBP
19880	1646	25	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1646	26	.	.	.
19880	1647	1	Naturally	naturally	RB
19880	1647	2	,	,	,
19880	1647	3	with	with	IN
19880	1647	4	most	most	JJS
19880	1647	5	untrained	untrained	JJ
19880	1647	6	people	people	NNS
19880	1647	7	the	the	DT
19880	1647	8	passage	passage	NN
19880	1647	9	from	from	IN
19880	1647	10	one	one	CD
19880	1647	11	register	register	NN
19880	1647	12	to	to	IN
19880	1647	13	another	another	DT
19880	1647	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1647	15	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1647	16	with	with	IN
19880	1647	17	a	a	DT
19880	1647	18	suddenness	suddenness	NN
19880	1647	19	of	of	IN
19880	1647	20	change	change	NN
19880	1647	21	which	which	WDT
19880	1647	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	1647	23	unpleasant	unpleasant	JJ
19880	1647	24	,	,	,
19880	1647	25	and	and	CC
19880	1647	26	which	which	WDT
19880	1647	27	is	be	VBZ
19880	1647	28	termed	term	VBN
19880	1647	29	the	the	DT
19880	1647	30	_	_	NNP
19880	1647	31	break	break	NN
19880	1647	32	_	_	NNP
19880	1647	33	.	.	.
19880	1648	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1648	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1648	3	often	often	RB
19880	1648	4	suggestive	suggestive	JJ
19880	1648	5	of	of	IN
19880	1648	6	weakness	weakness	NN
19880	1648	7	,	,	,
19880	1648	8	uncertainty	uncertainty	NN
19880	1648	9	,	,	,
19880	1648	10	etc	etc	FW
19880	1648	11	.	.	FW
19880	1648	12	,	,	,
19880	1648	13	and	and	CC
19880	1648	14	to	to	IN
19880	1648	15	an	an	DT
19880	1648	16	ear	ear	NN
19880	1648	17	at	at	IN
19880	1648	18	once	once	RB
19880	1648	19	sensitive	sensitive	JJ
19880	1648	20	and	and	CC
19880	1648	21	exacting	exact	VBG
19880	1648	22	through	through	IN
19880	1648	23	training	training	NN
19880	1648	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	1648	25	intolerable	intolerable	JJ
19880	1648	26	when	when	WRB
19880	1648	27	very	very	RB
19880	1648	28	pronounced	pronounced	JJ
19880	1648	29	.	.	.
19880	1649	1	Often	often	RB
19880	1649	2	this	this	DT
19880	1649	3	break	break	NN
19880	1649	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1649	5	very	very	RB
19880	1649	6	marked	mark	VBN
19880	1649	7	in	in	IN
19880	1649	8	contraltos	contralto	NNS
19880	1649	9	,	,	,
19880	1649	10	and	and	CC
19880	1649	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	1649	12	invariably	invariably	RB
19880	1649	13	so	so	RB
19880	1649	14	pronounced	pronounced	JJ
19880	1649	15	in	in	IN
19880	1649	16	the	the	DT
19880	1649	17	male	male	JJ
19880	1649	18	voice	voice	NN
19880	1649	19	when	when	WRB
19880	1649	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1649	21	passes	pass	VBZ
19880	1649	22	to	to	IN
19880	1649	23	the	the	DT
19880	1649	24	upper	upper	JJ
19880	1649	25	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	1649	26	that	that	IN
19880	1649	27	even	even	RB
19880	1649	28	the	the	DT
19880	1649	29	dullest	dull	JJS
19880	1649	30	ear	ear	NN
19880	1649	31	does	do	VBZ
19880	1649	32	not	not	RB
19880	1649	33	fail	fail	VB
19880	1649	34	to	to	TO
19880	1649	35	notice	notice	VB
19880	1649	36	the	the	DT
19880	1649	37	change	change	NN
19880	1649	38	.	.	.
19880	1650	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1650	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1650	3	,	,	,
19880	1650	4	therefore	therefore	RB
19880	1650	5	,	,	,
19880	1650	6	not	not	RB
19880	1650	7	surprising	surprising	JJ
19880	1650	8	that	that	IN
19880	1650	9	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1650	10	should	should	MD
19880	1650	11	have	have	VB
19880	1650	12	sought	seek	VBN
19880	1650	13	to	to	TO
19880	1650	14	lessen	lessen	VB
19880	1650	15	the	the	DT
19880	1650	16	unpleasant	unpleasant	JJ
19880	1650	17	surprise	surprise	NN
19880	1650	18	for	for	IN
19880	1650	19	the	the	DT
19880	1650	20	listener	listener	NN
19880	1650	21	caused	cause	VBN
19880	1650	22	by	by	IN
19880	1650	23	the	the	DT
19880	1650	24	break	break	NN
19880	1650	25	.	.	.
19880	1651	1	Some	some	DT
19880	1651	2	have	have	VBP
19880	1651	3	looked	look	VBN
19880	1651	4	on	on	IN
19880	1651	5	registers	register	NNS
19880	1651	6	as	as	IN
19880	1651	7	almost	almost	RB
19880	1651	8	an	an	DT
19880	1651	9	invention	invention	NN
19880	1651	10	of	of	IN
19880	1651	11	the	the	DT
19880	1651	12	Evil	Evil	NNP
19880	1651	13	One	One	NNP
19880	1651	14	,	,	,
19880	1651	15	and	and	CC
19880	1651	16	forbidden	forbid	VBD
19880	1651	17	the	the	DT
19880	1651	18	use	use	NN
19880	1651	19	of	of	IN
19880	1651	20	the	the	DT
19880	1651	21	term	term	NN
19880	1651	22	to	to	IN
19880	1651	23	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1651	24	students	student	NNS
19880	1651	25	;	;	:
19880	1651	26	but	but	CC
19880	1651	27	such	such	JJ
19880	1651	28	ostrich	ostrich	NN
19880	1651	29	-	-	HYPH
19880	1651	30	like	like	JJ
19880	1651	31	treatment	treatment	NN
19880	1651	32	of	of	IN
19880	1651	33	the	the	DT
19880	1651	34	subject	subject	NN
19880	1651	35	--	--	:
19880	1651	36	such	such	JJ
19880	1651	37	burying	burying	NN
19880	1651	38	of	of	IN
19880	1651	39	the	the	DT
19880	1651	40	head	head	NN
19880	1651	41	in	in	IN
19880	1651	42	the	the	DT
19880	1651	43	sand	sand	NN
19880	1651	44	--	--	:
19880	1651	45	does	do	VBZ
19880	1651	46	not	not	RB
19880	1651	47	do	do	VB
19880	1651	48	away	away	RB
19880	1651	49	with	with	IN
19880	1651	50	a	a	DT
19880	1651	51	difficulty	difficulty	NN
19880	1651	52	,	,	,
19880	1651	53	much	much	RB
19880	1651	54	less	less	JJR
19880	1651	55	can	can	MD
19880	1651	56	such	such	PDT
19880	1651	57	a	a	DT
19880	1651	58	plain	plain	JJ
19880	1651	59	fact	fact	NN
19880	1651	60	as	as	IN
19880	1651	61	the	the	DT
19880	1651	62	existence	existence	NN
19880	1651	63	of	of	IN
19880	1651	64	registers	register	NNS
19880	1651	65	be	be	VB
19880	1651	66	ignored	ignore	VBN
19880	1651	67	without	without	IN
19880	1651	68	the	the	DT
19880	1651	69	most	most	RBS
19880	1651	70	detrimental	detrimental	JJ
19880	1651	71	results	result	NNS
19880	1651	72	,	,	,
19880	1651	73	as	as	IN
19880	1651	74	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1651	75	shall	shall	MD
19880	1651	76	endeavor	endeavor	VB
19880	1651	77	to	to	TO
19880	1651	78	make	make	VB
19880	1651	79	plain	plain	JJ
19880	1651	80	.	.	.
19880	1652	1	Some	some	DT
19880	1652	2	,	,	,
19880	1652	3	feeling	feel	VBG
19880	1652	4	that	that	IN
19880	1652	5	the	the	DT
19880	1652	6	break	break	NN
19880	1652	7	was	be	VBD
19880	1652	8	an	an	DT
19880	1652	9	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1652	10	abomination	abomination	NN
19880	1652	11	,	,	,
19880	1652	12	have	have	VBP
19880	1652	13	proceeded	proceed	VBN
19880	1652	14	to	to	TO
19880	1652	15	teach	teach	VB
19880	1652	16	the	the	DT
19880	1652	17	student	student	NN
19880	1652	18	to	to	TO
19880	1652	19	reduce	reduce	VB
19880	1652	20	all	all	DT
19880	1652	21	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1652	22	to	to	IN
19880	1652	23	the	the	DT
19880	1652	24	same	same	JJ
19880	1652	25	quality	quality	NN
19880	1652	26	,	,	,
19880	1652	27	which	which	WDT
19880	1652	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	1652	29	about	about	RB
19880	1652	30	as	as	RB
19880	1652	31	rational	rational	JJ
19880	1652	32	as	as	IN
19880	1652	33	asking	ask	VBG
19880	1652	34	a	a	DT
19880	1652	35	painter	painter	NN
19880	1652	36	to	to	TO
19880	1652	37	give	give	VB
19880	1652	38	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1652	39	pictures	picture	NNS
19880	1652	40	,	,	,
19880	1652	41	by	by	IN
19880	1652	42	the	the	DT
19880	1652	43	use	use	NN
19880	1652	44	of	of	IN
19880	1652	45	but	but	CC
19880	1652	46	one	one	CD
19880	1652	47	pigment	pigment	NN
19880	1652	48	.	.	.
19880	1653	1	To	to	TO
19880	1653	2	attempt	attempt	VB
19880	1653	3	to	to	TO
19880	1653	4	abolish	abolish	VB
19880	1653	5	registers	register	NNS
19880	1653	6	would	would	MD
19880	1653	7	be	be	VB
19880	1653	8	like	like	IN
19880	1653	9	leaving	leave	VBG
19880	1653	10	but	but	CC
19880	1653	11	one	one	CD
19880	1653	12	string	string	NN
19880	1653	13	to	to	IN
19880	1653	14	the	the	DT
19880	1653	15	violin	violin	NN
19880	1653	16	;	;	:
19880	1653	17	which	which	WDT
19880	1653	18	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	1653	19	,	,	,
19880	1653	20	in	in	IN
19880	1653	21	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1653	22	present	present	JJ
19880	1653	23	form	form	NN
19880	1653	24	,	,	,
19880	1653	25	has	have	VBZ
19880	1653	26	a	a	DT
19880	1653	27	register	register	NN
19880	1653	28	for	for	IN
19880	1653	29	each	each	DT
19880	1653	30	string	string	NN
19880	1653	31	;	;	:
19880	1653	32	and	and	CC
19880	1653	33	the	the	DT
19880	1653	34	player	player	NN
19880	1653	35	endeavors	endeavor	NNS
19880	1653	36	to	to	TO
19880	1653	37	avoid	avoid	VB
19880	1653	38	the	the	DT
19880	1653	39	breaks	break	NNS
19880	1653	40	that	that	WDT
19880	1653	41	naturally	naturally	RB
19880	1653	42	occur	occur	VBP
19880	1653	43	in	in	IN
19880	1653	44	passing	pass	VBG
19880	1653	45	from	from	IN
19880	1653	46	string	string	NN
19880	1653	47	to	to	IN
19880	1653	48	string	string	NN
19880	1653	49	,	,	,
19880	1653	50	and	and	CC
19880	1653	51	to	to	TO
19880	1653	52	get	get	VB
19880	1653	53	a	a	DT
19880	1653	54	smooth	smooth	JJ
19880	1653	55	series	series	NN
19880	1653	56	of	of	IN
19880	1653	57	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1653	58	just	just	RB
19880	1653	59	as	as	IN
19880	1653	60	the	the	DT
19880	1653	61	intelligent	intelligent	JJ
19880	1653	62	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	1653	63	does	do	VBZ
19880	1653	64	.	.	.
19880	1654	1	The	the	DT
19880	1654	2	registers	register	NNS
19880	1654	3	may	may	MD
19880	1654	4	be	be	VB
19880	1654	5	represented	represent	VBN
19880	1654	6	to	to	IN
19880	1654	7	the	the	DT
19880	1654	8	eye	eye	NN
19880	1654	9	by	by	IN
19880	1654	10	the	the	DT
19880	1654	11	method	method	NN
19880	1654	12	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19880	1654	13	in	in	IN
19880	1654	14	figure	figure	NN
19880	1654	15	52	52	CD
19880	1654	16	.	.	.
19880	1655	1	The	the	DT
19880	1655	2	wise	wise	JJ
19880	1655	3	instructor	instructor	NN
19880	1655	4	recognizes	recognize	VBZ
19880	1655	5	registers	register	NNS
19880	1655	6	;	;	:
19880	1655	7	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1655	8	are	be	VBP
19880	1655	9	a	a	DT
19880	1655	10	fact	fact	NN
19880	1655	11	in	in	IN
19880	1655	12	nature	nature	NN
19880	1655	13	,	,	,
19880	1655	14	and	and	CC
19880	1655	15	one	one	NN
19880	1655	16	to	to	TO
19880	1655	17	be	be	VB
19880	1655	18	valued	value	VBN
19880	1655	19	.	.	.
19880	1656	1	The	the	DT
19880	1656	2	more	more	JJR
19880	1656	3	colors	color	NNS
19880	1656	4	,	,	,
19880	1656	5	the	the	DT
19880	1656	6	greater	great	JJR
19880	1656	7	the	the	DT
19880	1656	8	range	range	NN
19880	1656	9	of	of	IN
19880	1656	10	the	the	DT
19880	1656	11	artist	artist	NN
19880	1656	12	's	's	POS
19880	1656	13	powers	power	NNS
19880	1656	14	,	,	,
19880	1656	15	other	other	JJ
19880	1656	16	things	thing	NNS
19880	1656	17	being	be	VBG
19880	1656	18	equal	equal	JJ
19880	1656	19	,	,	,
19880	1656	20	whether	whether	IN
19880	1656	21	the	the	DT
19880	1656	22	artist	artist	NN
19880	1656	23	paint	paint	NN
19880	1656	24	with	with	IN
19880	1656	25	pigments	pigment	NNS
19880	1656	26	or	or	CC
19880	1656	27	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1656	28	;	;	:
19880	1656	29	but	but	CC
19880	1656	30	just	just	RB
19880	1656	31	as	as	IN
19880	1656	32	the	the	DT
19880	1656	33	painter	painter	NN
19880	1656	34	uses	use	VBZ
19880	1656	35	intermediate	intermediate	JJ
19880	1656	36	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1656	37	of	of	IN
19880	1656	38	color	color	NN
19880	1656	39	to	to	TO
19880	1656	40	prevent	prevent	VB
19880	1656	41	rude	rude	JJ
19880	1656	42	transitions	transition	NNS
19880	1656	43	or	or	CC
19880	1656	44	breaks	break	NNS
19880	1656	45	,	,	,
19880	1656	46	so	so	RB
19880	1656	47	must	must	MD
19880	1656	48	the	the	DT
19880	1656	49	singer	singer	NN
19880	1656	50	modify	modify	VB
19880	1656	51	or	or	CC
19880	1656	52	"	"	``
19880	1656	53	cover	cover	VB
19880	1656	54	"	"	''
19880	1656	55	the	the	DT
19880	1656	56	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1656	57	between	between	IN
19880	1656	58	the	the	DT
19880	1656	59	registers--_i.e	registers--_i.e	NN
19880	1656	60	.	.	.
19880	1656	61	_	_	NNP
19880	1656	62	,	,	,
19880	1656	63	use	use	VB
19880	1656	64	to	to	IN
19880	1656	65	some	some	DT
19880	1656	66	extent	extent	NN
19880	1656	67	the	the	DT
19880	1656	68	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1656	69	of	of	IN
19880	1656	70	both	both	CC
19880	1656	71	neighboring	neighboring	NN
19880	1656	72	registers	register	NNS
19880	1656	73	.	.	.
19880	1657	1	The	the	DT
19880	1657	2	reader	reader	NN
19880	1657	3	who	who	WP
19880	1657	4	has	have	VBZ
19880	1657	5	perused	peruse	VBN
19880	1657	6	the	the	DT
19880	1657	7	previous	previous	JJ
19880	1657	8	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	1657	9	thoughtfully	thoughtfully	RB
19880	1657	10	may	may	MD
19880	1657	11	naturally	naturally	RB
19880	1657	12	ask	ask	VB
19880	1657	13	:	:	:
19880	1657	14	"	"	``
19880	1657	15	With	with	IN
19880	1657	16	such	such	JJ
19880	1657	17	difference	difference	NN
19880	1657	18	of	of	IN
19880	1657	19	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	1657	20	among	among	IN
19880	1657	21	eminent	eminent	JJ
19880	1657	22	authors	author	NNS
19880	1657	23	like	like	IN
19880	1657	24	those	those	DT
19880	1657	25	quoted	quote	VBN
19880	1657	26	,	,	,
19880	1657	27	how	how	WRB
19880	1657	28	am	be	VBP
19880	1657	29	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1657	30	to	to	TO
19880	1657	31	know	know	VB
19880	1657	32	which	which	WDT
19880	1657	33	one	one	NN
19880	1657	34	to	to	TO
19880	1657	35	follow	follow	VB
19880	1657	36	,	,	,
19880	1657	37	and	and	CC
19880	1657	38	what	what	WP
19880	1657	39	to	to	TO
19880	1657	40	believe	believe	VB
19880	1657	41	on	on	IN
19880	1657	42	this	this	DT
19880	1657	43	subject	subject	NN
19880	1657	44	?	?	.
19880	1657	45	"	"	''
19880	1658	1	The	the	DT
19880	1658	2	answer	answer	NN
19880	1658	3	to	to	IN
19880	1658	4	that	that	DT
19880	1658	5	question	question	NN
19880	1658	6	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1658	7	propose	propose	VBP
19880	1658	8	now	now	RB
19880	1658	9	to	to	TO
19880	1658	10	give	give	VB
19880	1658	11	.	.	.
19880	1659	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1659	2	will	will	MD
19880	1659	3	be	be	VB
19880	1659	4	wise	wise	JJ
19880	1659	5	to	to	TO
19880	1659	6	endeavor	endeavor	VB
19880	1659	7	to	to	TO
19880	1659	8	show	show	VB
19880	1659	9	just	just	RB
19880	1659	10	wherein	wherein	WRB
19880	1659	11	the	the	DT
19880	1659	12	writers	writer	NNS
19880	1659	13	quoted	quote	VBD
19880	1659	14	differ	differ	VBP
19880	1659	15	and	and	CC
19880	1659	16	on	on	IN
19880	1659	17	what	what	WP
19880	1659	18	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1659	19	agree	agree	VBP
19880	1659	20	.	.	.
19880	1660	1	A	a	DT
19880	1660	2	careful	careful	JJ
19880	1660	3	examination	examination	NN
19880	1660	4	will	will	MD
19880	1660	5	show	show	VB
19880	1660	6	that	that	IN
19880	1660	7	there	there	EX
19880	1660	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1660	9	substantial	substantial	JJ
19880	1660	10	agreement	agreement	NN
19880	1660	11	on	on	IN
19880	1660	12	the	the	DT
19880	1660	13	most	most	RBS
19880	1660	14	important	important	JJ
19880	1660	15	points	point	NNS
19880	1660	16	:	:	:
19880	1660	17	1	1	CD
19880	1660	18	.	.	.
19880	1661	1	All	all	DT
19880	1661	2	agree	agree	VBP
19880	1661	3	that	that	IN
19880	1661	4	there	there	EX
19880	1661	5	are	be	VBP
19880	1661	6	registers	register	NNS
19880	1661	7	,	,	,
19880	1661	8	or	or	CC
19880	1661	9	natural	natural	JJ
19880	1661	10	changes	change	NNS
19880	1661	11	of	of	IN
19880	1661	12	quality	quality	NN
19880	1661	13	of	of	IN
19880	1661	14	tone	tone	NN
19880	1661	15	,	,	,
19880	1661	16	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19880	1661	17	to	to	IN
19880	1661	18	changes	change	NNS
19880	1661	19	of	of	IN
19880	1661	20	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1661	21	or	or	CC
19880	1661	22	method	method	NN
19880	1661	23	.	.	.
19880	1662	1	2	2	LS
19880	1662	2	.	.	.
19880	1663	1	All	all	DT
19880	1663	2	,	,	,
19880	1663	3	with	with	IN
19880	1663	4	the	the	DT
19880	1663	5	exception	exception	NN
19880	1663	6	of	of	IN
19880	1663	7	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	1663	8	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	1663	9	,	,	,
19880	1663	10	agree	agree	VBP
19880	1663	11	that	that	IN
19880	1663	12	the	the	DT
19880	1663	13	most	most	RBS
19880	1663	14	important	important	JJ
19880	1663	15	changes	change	NNS
19880	1663	16	take	take	VBP
19880	1663	17	place	place	NN
19880	1663	18	at	at	IN
19880	1663	19	or	or	CC
19880	1663	20	near	near	RB
19880	1663	21	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1663	22	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1663	23	:	:	:
19880	1663	24	a	a	DT
19880	1663	25	'	'	''
19880	1663	26	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1663	27	in	in	IN
19880	1663	28	female	female	JJ
19880	1663	29	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1663	30	,	,	,
19880	1663	31	and	and	CC
19880	1663	32	the	the	DT
19880	1663	33	majority	majority	NN
19880	1663	34	consider	consider	VBP
19880	1663	35	that	that	IN
19880	1663	36	this	this	DT
19880	1663	37	applies	apply	VBZ
19880	1663	38	to	to	IN
19880	1663	39	both	both	DT
19880	1663	40	sexes	sex	NNS
19880	1663	41	equally	equally	RB
19880	1663	42	.	.	.
19880	1664	1	3	3	LS
19880	1664	2	.	.	.
19880	1665	1	Often	often	RB
19880	1665	2	in	in	IN
19880	1665	3	males	male	NNS
19880	1665	4	there	there	EX
19880	1665	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1665	6	some	some	DT
19880	1665	7	laryngeal	laryngeal	JJ
19880	1665	8	change	change	NN
19880	1665	9	lower	low	JJR
19880	1665	10	than	than	IN
19880	1665	11	this	this	DT
19880	1665	12	.	.	.
19880	1666	1	4	4	LS
19880	1666	2	.	.	.
19880	1667	1	All	all	DT
19880	1667	2	agree	agree	VBP
19880	1667	3	that	that	IN
19880	1667	4	the	the	DT
19880	1667	5	high	high	JJ
19880	1667	6	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	1667	7	of	of	IN
19880	1667	8	tenors	tenor	NNS
19880	1667	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	1667	10	of	of	IN
19880	1667	11	a	a	DT
19880	1667	12	special	special	JJ
19880	1667	13	quality	quality	NN
19880	1667	14	,	,	,
19880	1667	15	and	and	CC
19880	1667	16	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1667	17	by	by	IN
19880	1667	18	a	a	DT
19880	1667	19	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1667	20	of	of	IN
19880	1667	21	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1667	22	own--_i.e	own--_i.e	NNP
19880	1667	23	.	.	.
19880	1667	24	_	_	NNP
19880	1667	25	,	,	,
19880	1667	26	all	all	DT
19880	1667	27	consider	consider	VBP
19880	1667	28	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1667	29	a	a	DT
19880	1667	30	separate	separate	JJ
19880	1667	31	register	register	NN
19880	1667	32	--	--	:
19880	1667	33	and	and	CC
19880	1667	34	often	often	RB
19880	1667	35	,	,	,
19880	1667	36	at	at	IN
19880	1667	37	least	least	JJS
19880	1667	38	,	,	,
19880	1667	39	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1667	40	begins	begin	VBZ
19880	1667	41	naturally	naturally	RB
19880	1667	42	about	about	IN
19880	1667	43	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1667	44	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1667	45	:	:	:
19880	1667	46	f	f	LS
19880	1667	47	-	-	HYPH
19880	1667	48	sharp	sharp	JJ
19880	1667	49	'	'	''
19880	1667	50	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1667	51	,	,	,
19880	1667	52	which	which	WDT
19880	1667	53	is	be	VBZ
19880	1667	54	usually	usually	RB
19880	1667	55	,	,	,
19880	1667	56	however	however	RB
19880	1667	57	,	,	,
19880	1667	58	written	write	VBD
19880	1667	59	an	an	DT
19880	1667	60	octave	octave	NN
19880	1667	61	higher	high	JJR
19880	1667	62	,	,	,
19880	1667	63	though	though	IN
19880	1667	64	really	really	RB
19880	1667	65	sung	sing	VBN
19880	1667	66	as	as	IN
19880	1667	67	given	give	VBN
19880	1667	68	above	above	RB
19880	1667	69	.	.	.
19880	1668	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1668	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1668	3	:	:	:
19880	1668	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1668	5	.	.	.
19880	1669	1	51	51	CD
19880	1669	2	.	.	.
19880	1670	1	A	a	DT
19880	1670	2	photographic	photographic	JJ
19880	1670	3	representation	representation	NN
19880	1670	4	of	of	IN
19880	1670	5	the	the	DT
19880	1670	6	appearances	appearance	NNS
19880	1670	7	of	of	IN
19880	1670	8	the	the	DT
19880	1670	9	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1670	10	bands	band	NNS
19880	1670	11	when	when	WRB
19880	1670	12	the	the	DT
19880	1670	13	subject	subject	NN
19880	1670	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1670	15	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	1670	16	first	first	JJ
19880	1670	17	E	e	NN
19880	1670	18	and	and	CC
19880	1670	19	then	then	RB
19880	1670	20	F	F	NNP
19880	1670	21	sharp	sharp	RB
19880	1670	22	,	,	,
19880	1670	23	in	in	IN
19880	1670	24	which	which	WDT
19880	1670	25	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1670	26	case	case	NN
19880	1670	27	"	"	``
19880	1670	28	the	the	DT
19880	1670	29	vibratory	vibratory	NN
19880	1670	30	portions	portion	NNS
19880	1670	31	of	of	IN
19880	1670	32	the	the	DT
19880	1670	33	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1670	34	bands	band	NNS
19880	1670	35	are	be	VBP
19880	1670	36	shortened	shorten	VBN
19880	1670	37	about	about	RB
19880	1670	38	one	one	CD
19880	1670	39	-	-	HYPH
19880	1670	40	sixteenth	sixteenth	JJ
19880	1670	41	inch	inch	NN
19880	1670	42	,	,	,
19880	1670	43	"	"	''
19880	1670	44	according	accord	VBG
19880	1670	45	to	to	IN
19880	1670	46	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
19880	1670	47	French	French	NNP
19880	1670	48	,	,	,
19880	1670	49	who	who	WP
19880	1670	50	has	have	VBZ
19880	1670	51	been	be	VBN
19880	1670	52	eminently	eminently	RB
19880	1670	53	successful	successful	JJ
19880	1670	54	in	in	IN
19880	1670	55	photographing	photograph	VBG
19880	1670	56	the	the	DT
19880	1670	57	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1670	58	.	.	.
19880	1671	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1671	2	will	will	MD
19880	1671	3	be	be	VB
19880	1671	4	noted	note	VBN
19880	1671	5	that	that	IN
19880	1671	6	this	this	DT
19880	1671	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1671	8	the	the	DT
19880	1671	9	point	point	NN
19880	1671	10	in	in	IN
19880	1671	11	the	the	DT
19880	1671	12	scale	scale	NN
19880	1671	13	at	at	IN
19880	1671	14	which	which	WDT
19880	1671	15	the	the	DT
19880	1671	16	change	change	NN
19880	1671	17	of	of	IN
19880	1671	18	register	register	NN
19880	1671	19	usually	usually	RB
19880	1671	20	takes	take	VBZ
19880	1671	21	place--_i.e	place--_i.e	NN
19880	1671	22	.	.	.
19880	1671	23	_	_	NNP
19880	1671	24	,	,	,
19880	1671	25	there	there	EX
19880	1671	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	1671	27	a	a	DT
19880	1671	28	change	change	NN
19880	1671	29	of	of	IN
19880	1671	30	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1671	31	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19880	1671	32	to	to	IN
19880	1671	33	the	the	DT
19880	1671	34	change	change	NN
19880	1671	35	in	in	IN
19880	1671	36	quality	quality	NN
19880	1671	37	.	.	.
19880	1672	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1672	2	French	French	NNP
19880	1672	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	1672	4	Raymond	Raymond	NNP
19880	1672	5	.	.	.
19880	1672	6	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1672	7	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1673	1	The	the	DT
19880	1673	2	point	point	NN
19880	1673	3	of	of	IN
19880	1673	4	greatest	great	JJS
19880	1673	5	strain	strain	NN
19880	1673	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1673	7	generally	generally	RB
19880	1673	8	,	,	,
19880	1673	9	for	for	IN
19880	1673	10	both	both	DT
19880	1673	11	sexes	sex	NNS
19880	1673	12	,	,	,
19880	1673	13	about	about	IN
19880	1673	14	this	this	DT
19880	1673	15	point	point	NN
19880	1673	16	,	,	,
19880	1673	17	and	and	CC
19880	1673	18	many	many	JJ
19880	1673	19	persons	person	NNS
19880	1673	20	can	can	MD
19880	1673	21	not	not	RB
19880	1673	22	sing	sing	VB
19880	1673	23	higher	high	JJR
19880	1673	24	than	than	IN
19880	1673	25	this--_i.e	this--_i.e	NNP
19880	1673	26	.	.	.
19880	1673	27	_	_	NNP
19880	1673	28	,	,	,
19880	1673	29	about	about	IN
19880	1673	30	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1673	31	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1673	32	:	:	:
19880	1673	33	f	f	LS
19880	1673	34	-	-	HYPH
19880	1673	35	sharp	sharp	JJ
19880	1673	36	'	'	''
19880	1673	37	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1673	38	for	for	IN
19880	1673	39	males	male	NNS
19880	1673	40	,	,	,
19880	1673	41	and	and	CC
19880	1673	42	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1673	43	octave	octave	NN
19880	1673	44	for	for	IN
19880	1673	45	females	female	NNS
19880	1673	46	.	.	.
19880	1674	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1674	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1674	3	to	to	TO
19880	1674	4	be	be	VB
19880	1674	5	remembered	remember	VBN
19880	1674	6	,	,	,
19880	1674	7	as	as	IN
19880	1674	8	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	1674	9	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	1674	10	has	have	VBZ
19880	1674	11	pointed	point	VBN
19880	1674	12	out	out	RP
19880	1674	13	,	,	,
19880	1674	14	that	that	IN
19880	1674	15	at	at	IN
19880	1674	16	the	the	DT
19880	1674	17	period	period	NN
19880	1674	18	of	of	IN
19880	1674	19	greatest	great	JJS
19880	1674	20	perfection	perfection	NN
19880	1674	21	in	in	IN
19880	1674	22	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1674	23	training	training	NN
19880	1674	24	,	,	,
19880	1674	25	some	some	DT
19880	1674	26	hundred	hundred	CD
19880	1674	27	and	and	CC
19880	1674	28	fifty	fifty	CD
19880	1674	29	years	year	NNS
19880	1674	30	or	or	CC
19880	1674	31	more	more	JJR
19880	1674	32	ago	ago	RB
19880	1674	33	,	,	,
19880	1674	34	concert	concert	NN
19880	1674	35	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1674	36	was	be	VBD
19880	1674	37	very	very	RB
19880	1674	38	much	much	RB
19880	1674	39	lower	low	JJR
19880	1674	40	than	than	IN
19880	1674	41	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1674	42	is	be	VBZ
19880	1674	43	to	to	IN
19880	1674	44	-	-	HYPH
19880	1674	45	day	day	NN
19880	1674	46	;	;	:
19880	1674	47	so	so	IN
19880	1674	48	that	that	IN
19880	1674	49	to	to	TO
19880	1674	50	teach	teach	VB
19880	1674	51	tenors	tenor	NNS
19880	1674	52	to	to	TO
19880	1674	53	sing	sing	VB
19880	1674	54	in	in	IN
19880	1674	55	one	one	CD
19880	1674	56	register	register	VB
19880	1674	57	up	up	IN
19880	1674	58	to	to	IN
19880	1674	59	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1674	60	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1674	61	:	:	:
19880	1674	62	a	a	DT
19880	1674	63	'	'	''
19880	1674	64	'	'	''
19880	1674	65	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1674	66	then	then	RB
19880	1674	67	,	,	,
19880	1674	68	was	be	VBD
19880	1674	69	quite	quite	PDT
19880	1674	70	a	a	DT
19880	1674	71	different	different	JJ
19880	1674	72	matter	matter	NN
19880	1674	73	from	from	IN
19880	1674	74	what	what	WP
19880	1674	75	that	that	DT
19880	1674	76	would	would	MD
19880	1674	77	be	be	VB
19880	1674	78	to	to	IN
19880	1674	79	-	-	HYPH
19880	1674	80	day	day	NN
19880	1674	81	.	.	.
19880	1675	1	The	the	DT
19880	1675	2	old	old	JJ
19880	1675	3	Italian	italian	JJ
19880	1675	4	masters	master	NNS
19880	1675	5	were	be	VBD
19880	1675	6	accustomed	accustom	VBN
19880	1675	7	to	to	TO
19880	1675	8	train	train	VB
19880	1675	9	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1675	10	to	to	IN
19880	1675	11	the	the	DT
19880	1675	12	use	use	NN
19880	1675	13	of	of	IN
19880	1675	14	the	the	DT
19880	1675	15	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	1675	16	,	,	,
19880	1675	17	and	and	CC
19880	1675	18	whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	1675	19	views	view	NNS
19880	1675	20	may	may	MD
19880	1675	21	be	be	VB
19880	1675	22	held	hold	VBN
19880	1675	23	as	as	IN
19880	1675	24	to	to	IN
19880	1675	25	the	the	DT
19880	1675	26	desirability	desirability	NN
19880	1675	27	of	of	IN
19880	1675	28	the	the	DT
19880	1675	29	tenor	tenor	NN
19880	1675	30	using	use	VBG
19880	1675	31	this	this	DT
19880	1675	32	register	register	NN
19880	1675	33	,	,	,
19880	1675	34	so	so	RB
19880	1675	35	far	far	RB
19880	1675	36	as	as	IN
19880	1675	37	art	art	NN
19880	1675	38	is	be	VBZ
19880	1675	39	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	1675	40	,	,	,
19880	1675	41	there	there	EX
19880	1675	42	can	can	MD
19880	1675	43	be	be	VB
19880	1675	44	no	no	DT
19880	1675	45	question	question	NN
19880	1675	46	whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	1675	47	that	that	DT
19880	1675	48	physiologically	physiologically	RB
19880	1675	49	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1675	50	is	be	VBZ
19880	1675	51	easy	easy	JJ
19880	1675	52	,	,	,
19880	1675	53	and	and	CC
19880	1675	54	one	one	CD
19880	1675	55	of	of	IN
19880	1675	56	the	the	DT
19880	1675	57	means	mean	NNS
19880	1675	58	by	by	IN
19880	1675	59	which	which	WDT
19880	1675	60	relief	relief	NN
19880	1675	61	may	may	MD
19880	1675	62	be	be	VB
19880	1675	63	sought	seek	VBN
19880	1675	64	from	from	IN
19880	1675	65	the	the	DT
19880	1675	66	high	high	JJ
19880	1675	67	tension	tension	NN
19880	1675	68	caused	cause	VBN
19880	1675	69	by	by	IN
19880	1675	70	carrying	carry	VBG
19880	1675	71	up	up	RP
19880	1675	72	the	the	DT
19880	1675	73	lower	low	JJR
19880	1675	74	register	register	NN
19880	1675	75	.	.	.
19880	1676	1	The	the	DT
19880	1676	2	author	author	NN
19880	1676	3	,	,	,
19880	1676	4	after	after	IN
19880	1676	5	a	a	DT
19880	1676	6	special	special	JJ
19880	1676	7	investigation	investigation	NN
19880	1676	8	of	of	IN
19880	1676	9	this	this	DT
19880	1676	10	and	and	CC
19880	1676	11	other	other	JJ
19880	1676	12	questions	question	NNS
19880	1676	13	connected	connect	VBN
19880	1676	14	with	with	IN
19880	1676	15	the	the	DT
19880	1676	16	registers	register	NNS
19880	1676	17	,	,	,
19880	1676	18	came	come	VBD
19880	1676	19	to	to	IN
19880	1676	20	the	the	DT
19880	1676	21	conclusion	conclusion	NN
19880	1676	22	that	that	IN
19880	1676	23	the	the	DT
19880	1676	24	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	1676	25	in	in	IN
19880	1676	26	males	male	NNS
19880	1676	27	and	and	CC
19880	1676	28	the	the	DT
19880	1676	29	head	head	NN
19880	1676	30	voice	voice	NN
19880	1676	31	in	in	IN
19880	1676	32	females	female	NNS
19880	1676	33	are	be	VBP
19880	1676	34	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1676	35	by	by	IN
19880	1676	36	a	a	DT
19880	1676	37	similar	similar	JJ
19880	1676	38	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1676	39	.	.	.
19880	1677	1	In	in	IN
19880	1677	2	the	the	DT
19880	1677	3	high	high	JJ
19880	1677	4	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	1677	5	the	the	DT
19880	1677	6	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1677	7	bands	band	NNS
19880	1677	8	do	do	VBP
19880	1677	9	not	not	RB
19880	1677	10	vibrate	vibrate	VB
19880	1677	11	throughout	throughout	IN
19880	1677	12	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1677	13	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1677	14	breadth	breadth	NN
19880	1677	15	,	,	,
19880	1677	16	and	and	CC
19880	1677	17	there	there	EX
19880	1677	18	must	must	MD
19880	1677	19	be	be	VB
19880	1677	20	,	,	,
19880	1677	21	for	for	IN
19880	1677	22	a	a	DT
19880	1677	23	successful	successful	JJ
19880	1677	24	result	result	NN
19880	1677	25	,	,	,
19880	1677	26	in	in	IN
19880	1677	27	every	every	DT
19880	1677	28	case	case	NN
19880	1677	29	a	a	DT
19880	1677	30	feeling	feeling	NN
19880	1677	31	of	of	IN
19880	1677	32	ease	ease	NN
19880	1677	33	,	,	,
19880	1677	34	due	due	IN
19880	1677	35	to	to	IN
19880	1677	36	the	the	DT
19880	1677	37	relaxation	relaxation	NN
19880	1677	38	of	of	IN
19880	1677	39	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1677	40	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	1677	41	in	in	IN
19880	1677	42	use	use	NN
19880	1677	43	up	up	RP
19880	1677	44	to	to	IN
19880	1677	45	that	that	DT
19880	1677	46	point	point	NN
19880	1677	47	and	and	CC
19880	1677	48	the	the	DT
19880	1677	49	employment	employment	NN
19880	1677	50	of	of	IN
19880	1677	51	new	new	JJ
19880	1677	52	ones	one	NNS
19880	1677	53	.	.	.
19880	1678	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1678	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1678	3	:	:	:
19880	1678	4	FIGS	FIGS	NNP
19880	1678	5	.	.	.
19880	1679	1	52	52	CD
19880	1679	2	.	.	.
19880	1680	1	These	these	DT
19880	1680	2	figures	figure	NNS
19880	1680	3	are	be	VBP
19880	1680	4	meant	mean	VBN
19880	1680	5	to	to	TO
19880	1680	6	convey	convey	VB
19880	1680	7	through	through	IN
19880	1680	8	the	the	DT
19880	1680	9	eye	eye	NN
19880	1680	10	some	some	DT
19880	1680	11	of	of	IN
19880	1680	12	the	the	DT
19880	1680	13	main	main	JJ
19880	1680	14	truths	truth	NNS
19880	1680	15	regarding	regard	VBG
19880	1680	16	the	the	DT
19880	1680	17	nature	nature	NN
19880	1680	18	of	of	IN
19880	1680	19	registers	register	NNS
19880	1680	20	and	and	CC
19880	1680	21	breaks	break	NNS
19880	1680	22	.	.	.
19880	1681	1	The	the	DT
19880	1681	2	figure	figure	NN
19880	1681	3	on	on	IN
19880	1681	4	the	the	DT
19880	1681	5	left	left	NN
19880	1681	6	applies	apply	VBZ
19880	1681	7	to	to	IN
19880	1681	8	the	the	DT
19880	1681	9	case	case	NN
19880	1681	10	of	of	IN
19880	1681	11	one	one	CD
19880	1681	12	with	with	IN
19880	1681	13	three	three	CD
19880	1681	14	registers	register	NNS
19880	1681	15	in	in	IN
19880	1681	16	the	the	DT
19880	1681	17	voice	voice	NN
19880	1681	18	,	,	,
19880	1681	19	and	and	CC
19880	1681	20	with	with	IN
19880	1681	21	the	the	DT
19880	1681	22	breaks	break	NNS
19880	1681	23	only	only	RB
19880	1681	24	very	very	RB
19880	1681	25	moderately	moderately	RB
19880	1681	26	marked	mark	VBN
19880	1681	27	;	;	:
19880	1681	28	the	the	DT
19880	1681	29	illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1681	30	on	on	IN
19880	1681	31	the	the	DT
19880	1681	32	right	right	NN
19880	1681	33	applies	apply	VBZ
19880	1681	34	to	to	IN
19880	1681	35	the	the	DT
19880	1681	36	same	same	JJ
19880	1681	37	person	person	NN
19880	1681	38	after	after	IN
19880	1681	39	training	training	NN
19880	1681	40	,	,	,
19880	1681	41	when	when	WRB
19880	1681	42	the	the	DT
19880	1681	43	breaks	break	NNS
19880	1681	44	have	have	VBP
19880	1681	45	become	become	VBN
19880	1681	46	indistinct	indistinct	JJ
19880	1681	47	,	,	,
19880	1681	48	almost	almost	RB
19880	1681	49	imperceptible	imperceptible	JJ
19880	1681	50	.	.	.
19880	1682	1	For	for	IN
19880	1682	2	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	1682	3	purposes	purpose	NNS
19880	1682	4	the	the	DT
19880	1682	5	author	author	NN
19880	1682	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1682	7	accustomed	accustom	VBN
19880	1682	8	to	to	TO
19880	1682	9	use	use	VB
19880	1682	10	a	a	DT
19880	1682	11	similar	similar	JJ
19880	1682	12	diagram	diagram	NN
19880	1682	13	,	,	,
19880	1682	14	but	but	CC
19880	1682	15	in	in	IN
19880	1682	16	shades	shade	NNS
19880	1682	17	of	of	IN
19880	1682	18	the	the	DT
19880	1682	19	same	same	JJ
19880	1682	20	color	color	NN
19880	1682	21	,	,	,
19880	1682	22	the	the	DT
19880	1682	23	difference	difference	NN
19880	1682	24	being	be	VBG
19880	1682	25	rendered	render	VBN
19880	1682	26	less	less	RBR
19880	1682	27	obvious	obvious	JJ
19880	1682	28	by	by	IN
19880	1682	29	intermediate	intermediate	JJ
19880	1682	30	shades	shade	NNS
19880	1682	31	_	_	NNP
19880	1682	32	between	between	IN
19880	1682	33	_	_	NNP
19880	1682	34	the	the	DT
19880	1682	35	register	register	NN
19880	1682	36	shades	shade	VBZ
19880	1682	37	in	in	IN
19880	1682	38	the	the	DT
19880	1682	39	right	right	JJ
19880	1682	40	-	-	HYPH
19880	1682	41	hand	hand	NN
19880	1682	42	figure	figure	NN
19880	1682	43	.	.	.
19880	1682	44	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1683	1	The	the	DT
19880	1683	2	author	author	NN
19880	1683	3	now	now	RB
19880	1683	4	offers	offer	VBZ
19880	1683	5	,	,	,
19880	1683	6	with	with	IN
19880	1683	7	all	all	DT
19880	1683	8	respect	respect	NN
19880	1683	9	,	,	,
19880	1683	10	but	but	CC
19880	1683	11	confidence	confidence	NN
19880	1683	12	,	,	,
19880	1683	13	a	a	DT
19880	1683	14	few	few	JJ
19880	1683	15	criticisms	criticism	NNS
19880	1683	16	on	on	IN
19880	1683	17	the	the	DT
19880	1683	18	eminent	eminent	JJ
19880	1683	19	investigators	investigator	NNS
19880	1683	20	whose	whose	WP$
19880	1683	21	conclusions	conclusion	NNS
19880	1683	22	and	and	CC
19880	1683	23	methods	method	NNS
19880	1683	24	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1683	25	has	have	VBZ
19880	1683	26	been	be	VBN
19880	1683	27	discussing	discuss	VBG
19880	1683	28	.	.	.
19880	1684	1	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	1684	2	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	1684	3	was	be	VBD
19880	1684	4	the	the	DT
19880	1684	5	writer	writer	NN
19880	1684	6	who	who	WP
19880	1684	7	,	,	,
19880	1684	8	as	as	IN
19880	1684	9	has	have	VBZ
19880	1684	10	been	be	VBN
19880	1684	11	already	already	RB
19880	1684	12	said	say	VBN
19880	1684	13	,	,	,
19880	1684	14	brought	bring	VBD
19880	1684	15	more	more	RBR
19880	1684	16	numerous	numerous	JJ
19880	1684	17	and	and	CC
19880	1684	18	higher	high	JJR
19880	1684	19	qualifications	qualification	NNS
19880	1684	20	of	of	IN
19880	1684	21	a	a	DT
19880	1684	22	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	1684	23	and	and	CC
19880	1684	24	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1684	25	kind	kind	NN
19880	1684	26	to	to	IN
19880	1684	27	the	the	DT
19880	1684	28	investigation	investigation	NN
19880	1684	29	of	of	IN
19880	1684	30	this	this	DT
19880	1684	31	subject	subject	NN
19880	1684	32	than	than	IN
19880	1684	33	any	any	DT
19880	1684	34	other	other	JJ
19880	1684	35	person	person	NN
19880	1684	36	.	.	.
19880	1685	1	However	however	RB
19880	1685	2	,	,	,
19880	1685	3	the	the	DT
19880	1685	4	study	study	NN
19880	1685	5	of	of	IN
19880	1685	6	physics	physics	NN
19880	1685	7	,	,	,
19880	1685	8	involving	involve	VBG
19880	1685	9	as	as	IN
19880	1685	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1685	11	does	do	VBZ
19880	1685	12	the	the	DT
19880	1685	13	use	use	NN
19880	1685	14	of	of	IN
19880	1685	15	methods	method	NNS
19880	1685	16	of	of	IN
19880	1685	17	extreme	extreme	JJ
19880	1685	18	precision	precision	NN
19880	1685	19	,	,	,
19880	1685	20	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	1685	21	to	to	TO
19880	1685	22	beget	beget	VB
19880	1685	23	habits	habit	NNS
19880	1685	24	of	of	IN
19880	1685	25	mind	mind	NN
19880	1685	26	which	which	WDT
19880	1685	27	are	be	VBP
19880	1685	28	not	not	RB
19880	1685	29	in	in	IN
19880	1685	30	all	all	DT
19880	1685	31	respects	respect	NNS
19880	1685	32	the	the	DT
19880	1685	33	best	good	JJS
19880	1685	34	for	for	IN
19880	1685	35	the	the	DT
19880	1685	36	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	1685	37	of	of	IN
19880	1685	38	biological	biological	JJ
19880	1685	39	problems	problem	NNS
19880	1685	40	.	.	.
19880	1686	1	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	1686	2	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	1686	3	and	and	CC
19880	1686	4	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1686	5	master	master	NN
19880	1686	6	,	,	,
19880	1686	7	the	the	DT
19880	1686	8	physicist	physicist	JJ
19880	1686	9	Helmholtz	Helmholtz	NNP
19880	1686	10	,	,	,
19880	1686	11	regarded	regard	VBD
19880	1686	12	the	the	DT
19880	1686	13	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1686	14	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1686	15	very	very	RB
19880	1686	16	much	much	RB
19880	1686	17	in	in	IN
19880	1686	18	the	the	DT
19880	1686	19	same	same	JJ
19880	1686	20	light	light	NN
19880	1686	21	as	as	IN
19880	1686	22	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1686	23	did	do	VBD
19880	1686	24	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1686	25	laboratory	laboratory	NN
19880	1686	26	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1686	27	.	.	.
19880	1687	1	Only	only	RB
19880	1687	2	in	in	IN
19880	1687	3	this	this	DT
19880	1687	4	way	way	NN
19880	1687	5	can	can	MD
19880	1687	6	the	the	DT
19880	1687	7	author	author	NN
19880	1687	8	explain	explain	VB
19880	1687	9	some	some	DT
19880	1687	10	of	of	IN
19880	1687	11	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	1687	12	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	1687	13	's	's	POS
19880	1687	14	positions	position	NNS
19880	1687	15	;	;	:
19880	1687	16	but	but	CC
19880	1687	17	on	on	IN
19880	1687	18	this	this	DT
19880	1687	19	assumption	assumption	NN
19880	1687	20	one	one	PRP
19880	1687	21	can	can	MD
19880	1687	22	understand	understand	VB
19880	1687	23	why	why	WRB
19880	1687	24	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1687	25	should	should	MD
19880	1687	26	make	make	VB
19880	1687	27	five	five	CD
19880	1687	28	registers	register	NNS
19880	1687	29	,	,	,
19880	1687	30	and	and	CC
19880	1687	31	consider	consider	VB
19880	1687	32	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1687	33	all	all	DT
19880	1687	34	,	,	,
19880	1687	35	apparently	apparently	RB
19880	1687	36	,	,	,
19880	1687	37	of	of	IN
19880	1687	38	equal	equal	JJ
19880	1687	39	importance	importance	NN
19880	1687	40	.	.	.
19880	1688	1	This	this	DT
19880	1688	2	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1688	3	,	,	,
19880	1688	4	together	together	RB
19880	1688	5	with	with	IN
19880	1688	6	the	the	DT
19880	1688	7	tendency	tendency	NN
19880	1688	8	generally	generally	RB
19880	1688	9	to	to	TO
19880	1688	10	present	present	VB
19880	1688	11	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1688	12	views	view	NNS
19880	1688	13	in	in	IN
19880	1688	14	too	too	RB
19880	1688	15	rigid	rigid	JJ
19880	1688	16	a	a	DT
19880	1688	17	form	form	NN
19880	1688	18	,	,	,
19880	1688	19	was	be	VBD
19880	1688	20	,	,	,
19880	1688	21	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1688	22	think	think	VBP
19880	1688	23	,	,	,
19880	1688	24	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1688	25	great	great	JJ
19880	1688	26	error	error	NN
19880	1688	27	.	.	.
19880	1689	1	Behnke	Behnke	NNP
19880	1689	2	admitted	admit	VBD
19880	1689	3	that	that	IN
19880	1689	4	all	all	DT
19880	1689	5	five	five	CD
19880	1689	6	registers	register	NNS
19880	1689	7	might	may	MD
19880	1689	8	be	be	VB
19880	1689	9	heard	hear	VBN
19880	1689	10	,	,	,
19880	1689	11	especially	especially	RB
19880	1689	12	in	in	IN
19880	1689	13	contraltos	contralto	NNS
19880	1689	14	,	,	,
19880	1689	15	but	but	CC
19880	1689	16	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1689	17	did	do	VBD
19880	1689	18	not	not	RB
19880	1689	19	attach	attach	VB
19880	1689	20	equal	equal	JJ
19880	1689	21	importance	importance	NN
19880	1689	22	to	to	IN
19880	1689	23	each	each	DT
19880	1689	24	of	of	IN
19880	1689	25	these	these	DT
19880	1689	26	registers	register	NNS
19880	1689	27	.	.	.
19880	1690	1	Mackenzie	Mackenzie	NNP
19880	1690	2	the	the	DT
19880	1690	3	author	author	NN
19880	1690	4	conceives	conceive	VBZ
19880	1690	5	to	to	TO
19880	1690	6	have	have	VB
19880	1690	7	been	be	VBN
19880	1690	8	misled	mislead	VBN
19880	1690	9	by	by	IN
19880	1690	10	the	the	DT
19880	1690	11	very	very	JJ
19880	1690	12	method	method	NN
19880	1690	13	that	that	IN
19880	1690	14	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1690	15	considered	consider	VBD
19880	1690	16	a	a	DT
19880	1690	17	special	special	JJ
19880	1690	18	virtue	virtue	NN
19880	1690	19	in	in	IN
19880	1690	20	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1690	21	investigations	investigation	NNS
19880	1690	22	--	--	:
19880	1690	23	the	the	DT
19880	1690	24	examination	examination	NN
19880	1690	25	of	of	IN
19880	1690	26	trained	train	VBN
19880	1690	27	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1690	28	.	.	.
19880	1691	1	Surely	surely	RB
19880	1691	2	,	,	,
19880	1691	3	if	if	IN
19880	1691	4	one	one	PRP
19880	1691	5	would	would	MD
19880	1691	6	learn	learn	VB
19880	1691	7	what	what	WP
19880	1691	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1691	9	Nature	Nature	NNP
19880	1691	10	's	's	POS
19880	1691	11	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	1691	12	on	on	IN
19880	1691	13	this	this	DT
19880	1691	14	subject	subject	NN
19880	1691	15	,	,	,
19880	1691	16	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1691	17	must	must	MD
19880	1691	18	not	not	RB
19880	1691	19	draw	draw	VB
19880	1691	20	conclusions	conclusion	NNS
19880	1691	21	from	from	IN
19880	1691	22	trained	trained	JJ
19880	1691	23	vocalists	vocalist	NNS
19880	1691	24	alone	alone	RB
19880	1691	25	!	!	.
19880	1692	1	By	by	IN
19880	1692	2	training	train	VBG
19880	1692	3	one	one	PRP
19880	1692	4	may	may	MD
19880	1692	5	learn	learn	VB
19880	1692	6	to	to	TO
19880	1692	7	walk	walk	VB
19880	1692	8	well	well	RB
19880	1692	9	on	on	IN
19880	1692	10	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1692	11	hands	hand	NNS
19880	1692	12	,	,	,
19880	1692	13	but	but	CC
19880	1692	14	this	this	DT
19880	1692	15	does	do	VBZ
19880	1692	16	not	not	RB
19880	1692	17	prove	prove	VB
19880	1692	18	such	such	PDT
19880	1692	19	a	a	DT
19880	1692	20	method	method	NN
19880	1692	21	the	the	DT
19880	1692	22	natural	natural	JJ
19880	1692	23	one	one	CD
19880	1692	24	,	,	,
19880	1692	25	nor	nor	CC
19880	1692	26	would	would	MD
19880	1692	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1692	28	be	be	VB
19880	1692	29	good	good	JJ
19880	1692	30	reasoning	reasoning	NN
19880	1692	31	to	to	TO
19880	1692	32	draw	draw	VB
19880	1692	33	this	this	DT
19880	1692	34	conclusion	conclusion	NN
19880	1692	35	,	,	,
19880	1692	36	even	even	RB
19880	1692	37	if	if	IN
19880	1692	38	a	a	DT
19880	1692	39	few	few	JJ
19880	1692	40	individuals	individual	NNS
19880	1692	41	were	be	VBD
19880	1692	42	found	find	VBN
19880	1692	43	who	who	WP
19880	1692	44	could	could	MD
19880	1692	45	thus	thus	RB
19880	1692	46	walk	walk	VB
19880	1692	47	more	more	RBR
19880	1692	48	rapidly	rapidly	RB
19880	1692	49	than	than	IN
19880	1692	50	in	in	IN
19880	1692	51	the	the	DT
19880	1692	52	usual	usual	JJ
19880	1692	53	way	way	NN
19880	1692	54	.	.	.
19880	1693	1	The	the	DT
19880	1693	2	diversity	diversity	NN
19880	1693	3	that	that	WDT
19880	1693	4	Mackenzie	Mackenzie	NNP
19880	1693	5	found	find	VBD
19880	1693	6	in	in	IN
19880	1693	7	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1693	8	does	do	VBZ
19880	1693	9	not	not	RB
19880	1693	10	,	,	,
19880	1693	11	in	in	IN
19880	1693	12	the	the	DT
19880	1693	13	author	author	NN
19880	1693	14	's	's	POS
19880	1693	15	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	1693	16	,	,	,
19880	1693	17	exist	exist	VBP
19880	1693	18	in	in	IN
19880	1693	19	nature	nature	NN
19880	1693	20	;	;	:
19880	1693	21	much	much	JJ
19880	1693	22	if	if	IN
19880	1693	23	not	not	RB
19880	1693	24	most	most	JJS
19880	1693	25	of	of	IN
19880	1693	26	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1693	27	was	be	VBD
19880	1693	28	due	due	JJ
19880	1693	29	to	to	IN
19880	1693	30	training	training	NN
19880	1693	31	,	,	,
19880	1693	32	and	and	CC
19880	1693	33	all	all	DT
19880	1693	34	that	that	WDT
19880	1693	35	can	can	MD
19880	1693	36	be	be	VB
19880	1693	37	said	say	VBN
19880	1693	38	is	be	VBZ
19880	1693	39	that	that	IN
19880	1693	40	several	several	JJ
19880	1693	41	people	people	NNS
19880	1693	42	may	may	MD
19880	1693	43	sing	sing	VB
19880	1693	44	in	in	IN
19880	1693	45	different	different	JJ
19880	1693	46	ways	way	NNS
19880	1693	47	with	with	IN
19880	1693	48	not	not	RB
19880	1693	49	greatly	greatly	RB
19880	1693	50	different	different	JJ
19880	1693	51	æsthetic	æsthetic	JJ
19880	1693	52	results	result	NNS
19880	1693	53	;	;	:
19880	1693	54	but	but	CC
19880	1693	55	such	such	JJ
19880	1693	56	methods	method	NNS
19880	1693	57	of	of	IN
19880	1693	58	investigation	investigation	NN
19880	1693	59	may	may	MD
19880	1693	60	,	,	,
19880	1693	61	as	as	IN
19880	1693	62	in	in	IN
19880	1693	63	this	this	DT
19880	1693	64	case	case	NN
19880	1693	65	,	,	,
19880	1693	66	lead	lead	VBP
19880	1693	67	to	to	IN
19880	1693	68	conclusions	conclusion	NNS
19880	1693	69	that	that	WDT
19880	1693	70	are	be	VBP
19880	1693	71	dangerously	dangerously	RB
19880	1693	72	liberal	liberal	JJ
19880	1693	73	.	.	.
19880	1694	1	The	the	DT
19880	1694	2	author	author	NN
19880	1694	3	holds	hold	VBZ
19880	1694	4	to	to	IN
19880	1694	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	1694	6	day	day	NN
19880	1694	7	,	,	,
19880	1694	8	as	as	IN
19880	1694	9	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1694	10	did	do	VBD
19880	1694	11	when	when	WRB
19880	1694	12	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1694	13	published	publish	VBD
19880	1694	14	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1694	15	results	result	NNS
19880	1694	16	many	many	JJ
19880	1694	17	years	year	NNS
19880	1694	18	ago	ago	RB
19880	1694	19	,	,	,
19880	1694	20	that	that	IN
19880	1694	21	"	"	``
19880	1694	22	Impressions	impression	NNS
19880	1694	23	from	from	IN
19880	1694	24	general	general	JJ
19880	1694	25	laryngoscopic	laryngoscopic	NN
19880	1694	26	observations	observation	NNS
19880	1694	27	or	or	CC
19880	1694	28	conclusions	conclusion	NNS
19880	1694	29	drawn	draw	VBN
19880	1694	30	from	from	IN
19880	1694	31	single	single	JJ
19880	1694	32	cases	case	NNS
19880	1694	33	will	will	MD
19880	1694	34	not	not	RB
19880	1694	35	settle	settle	VB
19880	1694	36	these	these	DT
19880	1694	37	questions	question	NNS
19880	1694	38	.	.	.
19880	1695	1	Very	very	RB
19880	1695	2	likely	likely	JJ
19880	1695	3	differences	difference	NNS
19880	1695	4	such	such	JJ
19880	1695	5	as	as	IN
19880	1695	6	these	these	DT
19880	1695	7	writers	writer	NNS
19880	1695	8	allude	allude	VBP
19880	1695	9	to	to	TO
19880	1695	10	may	may	MD
19880	1695	11	exist	exist	VB
19880	1695	12	to	to	IN
19880	1695	13	a	a	DT
19880	1695	14	slight	slight	JJ
19880	1695	15	degree	degree	NN
19880	1695	16	;	;	:
19880	1695	17	but	but	CC
19880	1695	18	if	if	IN
19880	1695	19	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1695	20	do	do	VBP
19880	1695	21	,	,	,
19880	1695	22	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1695	23	question	question	VBP
19880	1695	24	whether	whether	IN
19880	1695	25	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1695	26	are	be	VBP
19880	1695	27	sufficiently	sufficiently	RB
19880	1695	28	open	open	JJ
19880	1695	29	to	to	IN
19880	1695	30	observation	observation	NN
19880	1695	31	ever	ever	RB
19880	1695	32	to	to	TO
19880	1695	33	be	be	VB
19880	1695	34	capable	capable	JJ
19880	1695	35	of	of	IN
19880	1695	36	definition	definition	NN
19880	1695	37	;	;	:
19880	1695	38	nor	nor	CC
19880	1695	39	is	be	VBZ
19880	1695	40	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1695	41	likely	likely	JJ
19880	1695	42	that	that	IN
19880	1695	43	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1695	44	interfere	interfere	VBP
19880	1695	45	with	with	IN
19880	1695	46	methods	method	NNS
19880	1695	47	of	of	IN
19880	1695	48	voice	voice	NN
19880	1695	49	-	-	HYPH
19880	1695	50	production	production	NN
19880	1695	51	which	which	WDT
19880	1695	52	are	be	VBP
19880	1695	53	alike	alike	RB
19880	1695	54	operative	operative	JJ
19880	1695	55	in	in	IN
19880	1695	56	all	all	DT
19880	1695	57	persons	person	NNS
19880	1695	58	.	.	.
19880	1695	59	"	"	''
19880	1696	1	Holding	hold	VBG
19880	1696	2	these	these	DT
19880	1696	3	views	view	NNS
19880	1696	4	,	,	,
19880	1696	5	not	not	RB
19880	1696	6	only	only	RB
19880	1696	7	can	can	MD
19880	1696	8	the	the	DT
19880	1696	9	author	author	NN
19880	1696	10	not	not	RB
19880	1696	11	agree	agree	VB
19880	1696	12	with	with	IN
19880	1696	13	those	those	DT
19880	1696	14	who	who	WP
19880	1696	15	believe	believe	VBP
19880	1696	16	that	that	IN
19880	1696	17	the	the	DT
19880	1696	18	change	change	NN
19880	1696	19	in	in	IN
19880	1696	20	a	a	DT
19880	1696	21	register	register	NN
19880	1696	22	occurs	occur	VBZ
19880	1696	23	in	in	IN
19880	1696	24	different	different	JJ
19880	1696	25	persons	person	NNS
19880	1696	26	of	of	IN
19880	1696	27	the	the	DT
19880	1696	28	same	same	JJ
19880	1696	29	voice	voice	NN
19880	1696	30	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1696	31	_	_	NNP
19880	1696	32	e.g.	e.g.	RB
19880	1696	33	_	_	NNP
19880	1696	34	,	,	,
19880	1696	35	soprano	soprano	NNP
19880	1696	36	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1696	37	at	at	IN
19880	1696	38	appreciably	appreciably	RB
19880	1696	39	different	different	JJ
19880	1696	40	levels	level	NNS
19880	1696	41	in	in	IN
19880	1696	42	the	the	DT
19880	1696	43	scale	scale	NN
19880	1696	44	,	,	,
19880	1696	45	and	and	CC
19880	1696	46	even	even	RB
19880	1696	47	varies	vary	VBZ
19880	1696	48	naturally	naturally	RB
19880	1696	49	from	from	IN
19880	1696	50	day	day	NN
19880	1696	51	to	to	IN
19880	1696	52	day	day	NN
19880	1696	53	,	,	,
19880	1696	54	but	but	CC
19880	1696	55	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1696	56	holds	hold	VBZ
19880	1696	57	that	that	DT
19880	1696	58	to	to	TO
19880	1696	59	believe	believe	VB
19880	1696	60	this	this	DT
19880	1696	61	in	in	IN
19880	1696	62	theory	theory	NN
19880	1696	63	and	and	CC
19880	1696	64	embody	embody	VB
19880	1696	65	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1696	66	in	in	IN
19880	1696	67	practice	practice	NN
19880	1696	68	is	be	VBZ
19880	1696	69	to	to	TO
19880	1696	70	pursue	pursue	VB
19880	1696	71	a	a	DT
19880	1696	72	course	course	NN
19880	1696	73	not	not	RB
19880	1696	74	only	only	RB
19880	1696	75	detrimental	detrimental	JJ
19880	1696	76	to	to	IN
19880	1696	77	the	the	DT
19880	1696	78	best	good	JJS
19880	1696	79	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1696	80	results	result	NNS
19880	1696	81	,	,	,
19880	1696	82	but	but	CC
19880	1696	83	contrary	contrary	RB
19880	1696	84	to	to	IN
19880	1696	85	the	the	DT
19880	1696	86	plain	plain	JJ
19880	1696	87	teachings	teaching	NNS
19880	1696	88	of	of	IN
19880	1696	89	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	1696	90	in	in	IN
19880	1696	91	general	general	JJ
19880	1696	92	and	and	CC
19880	1696	93	that	that	DT
19880	1696	94	of	of	IN
19880	1696	95	the	the	DT
19880	1696	96	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1696	97	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1696	98	in	in	IN
19880	1696	99	particular	particular	JJ
19880	1696	100	.	.	.
19880	1697	1	The	the	DT
19880	1697	2	change	change	NN
19880	1697	3	in	in	IN
19880	1697	4	a	a	DT
19880	1697	5	register	register	NN
19880	1697	6	should	should	MD
19880	1697	7	be	be	VB
19880	1697	8	placed	place	VBN
19880	1697	9	_	_	NNP
19880	1697	10	low	low	JJ
19880	1697	11	_	_	NNP
19880	1697	12	enough	enough	JJ
19880	1697	13	in	in	IN
19880	1697	14	the	the	DT
19880	1697	15	scale	scale	NN
19880	1697	16	to	to	TO
19880	1697	17	suit	suit	VB
19880	1697	18	all	all	DT
19880	1697	19	of	of	IN
19880	1697	20	the	the	DT
19880	1697	21	same	same	JJ
19880	1697	22	sex	sex	NN
19880	1697	23	.	.	.
19880	1698	1	_	_	NNP
19880	1698	2	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1698	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1698	4	safe	safe	JJ
19880	1698	5	to	to	TO
19880	1698	6	carry	carry	VB
19880	1698	7	a	a	DT
19880	1698	8	higher	high	JJR
19880	1698	9	register	register	NN
19880	1698	10	down	down	RB
19880	1698	11	,	,	,
19880	1698	12	but	but	CC
19880	1698	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1698	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1698	15	always	always	RB
19880	1698	16	risky	risky	JJ
19880	1698	17	,	,	,
19880	1698	18	and	and	CC
19880	1698	19	may	may	MD
19880	1698	20	be	be	VB
19880	1698	21	injurious	injurious	JJ
19880	1698	22	to	to	IN
19880	1698	23	the	the	DT
19880	1698	24	throat	throat	NN
19880	1698	25	,	,	,
19880	1698	26	to	to	TO
19880	1698	27	carry	carry	VB
19880	1698	28	a	a	DT
19880	1698	29	lower	low	JJR
19880	1698	30	up	up	RP
19880	1698	31	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1698	32	a	a	DT
19880	1698	33	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1698	34	point	point	NN
19880	1698	35	.	.	.
19880	1698	36	_	_	NNP
19880	1698	37	The	the	DT
19880	1698	38	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1698	39	leads	lead	VBZ
19880	1698	40	not	not	RB
19880	1698	41	only	only	RB
19880	1698	42	to	to	IN
19880	1698	43	a	a	DT
19880	1698	44	limitation	limitation	NN
19880	1698	45	of	of	IN
19880	1698	46	resources	resource	NNS
19880	1698	47	in	in	IN
19880	1698	48	tone	tone	NN
19880	1698	49	coloring	coloring	NN
19880	1698	50	,	,	,
19880	1698	51	but	but	CC
19880	1698	52	also	also	RB
19880	1698	53	to	to	IN
19880	1698	54	straining	strain	VBG
19880	1698	55	,	,	,
19880	1698	56	to	to	TO
19880	1698	57	which	which	WDT
19880	1698	58	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1698	59	have	have	VBP
19880	1698	60	before	before	RB
19880	1698	61	alluded	allude	VBN
19880	1698	62	.	.	.
19880	1699	1	Though	though	IN
19880	1699	2	this	this	DT
19880	1699	3	process	process	NN
19880	1699	4	may	may	MD
19880	1699	5	not	not	RB
19880	1699	6	be	be	VB
19880	1699	7	at	at	IN
19880	1699	8	once	once	RB
19880	1699	9	obviously	obviously	RB
19880	1699	10	injurious	injurious	JJ
19880	1699	11	,	,	,
19880	1699	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1699	13	_	_	NNP
19880	1699	14	invariably	invariably	RB
19880	1699	15	_	_	NNP
19880	1699	16	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	1699	17	so	so	RB
19880	1699	18	as	as	IN
19880	1699	19	time	time	NN
19880	1699	20	passes	pass	VBZ
19880	1699	21	,	,	,
19880	1699	22	and	and	CC
19880	1699	23	no	no	DT
19880	1699	24	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	1699	25	who	who	WP
19880	1699	26	hopes	hope	VBZ
19880	1699	27	to	to	TO
19880	1699	28	sing	sing	VB
19880	1699	29	much	much	RB
19880	1699	30	and	and	CC
19880	1699	31	to	to	TO
19880	1699	32	last	last	JJ
19880	1699	33	can	can	MD
19880	1699	34	ignore	ignore	VB
19880	1699	35	registers	register	NNS
19880	1699	36	,	,	,
19880	1699	37	much	much	RB
19880	1699	38	less	less	RBR
19880	1699	39	make	make	VB
19880	1699	40	the	the	DT
19880	1699	41	change	change	NN
19880	1699	42	at	at	IN
19880	1699	43	a	a	DT
19880	1699	44	point	point	NN
19880	1699	45	to	to	IN
19880	1699	46	any	any	DT
19880	1699	47	appreciable	appreciable	JJ
19880	1699	48	extent	extent	NN
19880	1699	49	removed	remove	VBN
19880	1699	50	from	from	IN
19880	1699	51	those	those	DT
19880	1699	52	that	that	IN
19880	1699	53	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	1699	54	investigation	investigation	NN
19880	1699	55	and	and	CC
19880	1699	56	equally	equally	RB
19880	1699	57	sound	sound	VB
19880	1699	58	practice	practice	NN
19880	1699	59	teach	teach	VBP
19880	1699	60	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1699	61	are	be	VBP
19880	1699	62	the	the	DT
19880	1699	63	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1699	64	ones	one	NNS
19880	1699	65	at	at	IN
19880	1699	66	which	which	WDT
19880	1699	67	to	to	TO
19880	1699	68	make	make	VB
19880	1699	69	the	the	DT
19880	1699	70	changes	change	NNS
19880	1699	71	.	.	.
19880	1700	1	Why	why	WRB
19880	1700	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1700	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1700	4	that	that	WDT
19880	1700	5	some	some	DT
19880	1700	6	artists	artist	NNS
19880	1700	7	of	of	IN
19880	1700	8	world	world	NN
19880	1700	9	-	-	HYPH
19880	1700	10	wide	wide	JJ
19880	1700	11	reputation	reputation	NN
19880	1700	12	sing	sing	VBP
19880	1700	13	as	as	RB
19880	1700	14	well	well	RB
19880	1700	15	to	to	IN
19880	1700	16	-	-	HYPH
19880	1700	17	day	day	NN
19880	1700	18	as	as	IN
19880	1700	19	twenty	twenty	CD
19880	1700	20	years	year	NNS
19880	1700	21	ago	ago	RB
19880	1700	22	,	,	,
19880	1700	23	while	while	IN
19880	1700	24	others	other	NNS
19880	1700	25	have	have	VBP
19880	1700	26	broken	break	VBN
19880	1700	27	down	down	RP
19880	1700	28	or	or	CC
19880	1700	29	have	have	VBP
19880	1700	30	become	become	VBN
19880	1700	31	hopelessly	hopelessly	RB
19880	1700	32	defective	defective	JJ
19880	1700	33	in	in	IN
19880	1700	34	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1700	35	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1700	36	results	result	NNS
19880	1700	37	in	in	IN
19880	1700	38	a	a	DT
19880	1700	39	few	few	JJ
19880	1700	40	years	year	NNS
19880	1700	41	?	?	.
19880	1701	1	There	there	EX
19880	1701	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1701	3	but	but	CC
19880	1701	4	one	one	CD
19880	1701	5	answer	answer	NN
19880	1701	6	in	in	IN
19880	1701	7	a	a	DT
19880	1701	8	large	large	JJ
19880	1701	9	proportion	proportion	NN
19880	1701	10	of	of	IN
19880	1701	11	these	these	DT
19880	1701	12	cases	case	NNS
19880	1701	13	:	:	:
19880	1701	14	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1701	15	methods	method	NNS
19880	1701	16	in	in	IN
19880	1701	17	the	the	DT
19880	1701	18	former	former	JJ
19880	1701	19	and	and	CC
19880	1701	20	wrong	wrong	JJ
19880	1701	21	methods	method	NNS
19880	1701	22	in	in	IN
19880	1701	23	the	the	DT
19880	1701	24	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1701	25	class	class	NN
19880	1701	26	of	of	IN
19880	1701	27	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1701	28	--	--	:
19880	1701	29	and	and	CC
19880	1701	30	"	"	``
19880	1701	31	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1701	32	"	"	''
19880	1701	33	in	in	IN
19880	1701	34	no	no	DT
19880	1701	35	small	small	JJ
19880	1701	36	degree	degree	NN
19880	1701	37	refers	refer	VBZ
19880	1701	38	to	to	IN
19880	1701	39	a	a	DT
19880	1701	40	strict	strict	JJ
19880	1701	41	observance	observance	NN
19880	1701	42	of	of	IN
19880	1701	43	registers	register	NNS
19880	1701	44	.	.	.
19880	1702	1	The	the	DT
19880	1702	2	author	author	NN
19880	1702	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	1702	4	known	know	VBN
19880	1702	5	a	a	DT
19880	1702	6	professional	professional	JJ
19880	1702	7	soprano	soprano	NN
19880	1702	8	to	to	TO
19880	1702	9	sing	sing	VB
19880	1702	10	every	every	DT
19880	1702	11	tone	tone	NN
19880	1702	12	in	in	IN
19880	1702	13	the	the	DT
19880	1702	14	trying	try	VBG
19880	1702	15	"	"	``
19880	1702	16	Hear	Hear	NNP
19880	1702	17	,	,	,
19880	1702	18	O	o	UH
19880	1702	19	Israel	Israel	NNP
19880	1702	20	"	"	''
19880	1702	21	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1702	22	_	_	NNP
19880	1702	23	Elijah	Elijah	NNP
19880	1702	24	_	_	NNP
19880	1702	25	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1702	26	in	in	IN
19880	1702	27	the	the	DT
19880	1702	28	chest	chest	NN
19880	1702	29	register	register	NN
19880	1702	30	.	.	.
19880	1703	1	How	how	WRB
19880	1703	2	can	can	MD
19880	1703	3	such	such	PDT
19880	1703	4	a	a	DT
19880	1703	5	singer	singer	NN
19880	1703	6	hope	hope	NN
19880	1703	7	to	to	TO
19880	1703	8	retain	retain	VB
19880	1703	9	either	either	CC
19880	1703	10	voice	voice	NN
19880	1703	11	or	or	CC
19880	1703	12	a	a	DT
19880	1703	13	sound	sound	JJ
19880	1703	14	throat	throat	NN
19880	1703	15	?	?	.
19880	1704	1	But	but	CC
19880	1704	2	so	so	RB
19880	1704	3	long	long	RB
19880	1704	4	as	as	IN
19880	1704	5	audiences	audience	NNS
19880	1704	6	will	will	MD
19880	1704	7	applaud	applaud	VB
19880	1704	8	exhibitions	exhibition	NNS
19880	1704	9	of	of	IN
19880	1704	10	mere	mere	JJ
19880	1704	11	lung	lung	NN
19880	1704	12	-	-	HYPH
19880	1704	13	power	power	NN
19880	1704	14	and	and	CC
19880	1704	15	brute	brute	JJ
19880	1704	16	force	force	NN
19880	1704	17	the	the	DT
19880	1704	18	teachings	teaching	NNS
19880	1704	19	of	of	IN
19880	1704	20	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	1704	21	and	and	CC
19880	1704	22	healthy	healthy	JJ
19880	1704	23	art	art	NN
19880	1704	24	will	will	MD
19880	1704	25	be	be	VB
19880	1704	26	violated	violate	VBN
19880	1704	27	.	.	.
19880	1705	1	But	but	CC
19880	1705	2	,	,	,
19880	1705	3	surely	surely	RB
19880	1705	4	,	,	,
19880	1705	5	all	all	DT
19880	1705	6	artists	artist	NNS
19880	1705	7	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1705	8	and	and	CC
19880	1705	9	all	all	DT
19880	1705	10	enlightened	enlighten	VBN
19880	1705	11	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1705	12	should	should	MD
19880	1705	13	unite	unite	VB
19880	1705	14	in	in	IN
19880	1705	15	condemning	condemn	VBG
19880	1705	16	such	such	JJ
19880	1705	17	violations	violation	NNS
19880	1705	18	of	of	IN
19880	1705	19	Nature	Nature	NNP
19880	1705	20	's	's	POS
19880	1705	21	plain	plain	JJ
19880	1705	22	teachings	teaching	NNS
19880	1705	23	!	!	.
19880	1706	1	The	the	DT
19880	1706	2	question	question	NN
19880	1706	3	of	of	IN
19880	1706	4	the	the	DT
19880	1706	5	registers	register	NNS
19880	1706	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1706	7	generally	generally	RB
19880	1706	8	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1706	9	now	now	RB
19880	1706	10	a	a	DT
19880	1706	11	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	1706	12	simpler	simple	JJR
19880	1706	13	one	one	CD
19880	1706	14	for	for	IN
19880	1706	15	males	male	NNS
19880	1706	16	than	than	IN
19880	1706	17	for	for	IN
19880	1706	18	females	female	NNS
19880	1706	19	.	.	.
19880	1707	1	Basses	bass	NNS
19880	1707	2	and	and	CC
19880	1707	3	barytones	barytone	NNS
19880	1707	4	sing	sing	VBP
19880	1707	5	in	in	IN
19880	1707	6	the	the	DT
19880	1707	7	chest	chest	NN
19880	1707	8	register	register	VBP
19880	1707	9	only	only	RB
19880	1707	10	;	;	:
19880	1707	11	tenors	tenor	NNS
19880	1707	12	are	be	VBP
19880	1707	13	usually	usually	RB
19880	1707	14	taught	teach	VBN
19880	1707	15	to	to	TO
19880	1707	16	sing	sing	VB
19880	1707	17	in	in	IN
19880	1707	18	the	the	DT
19880	1707	19	chest	chest	NN
19880	1707	20	register	register	NN
19880	1707	21	;	;	:
19880	1707	22	but	but	CC
19880	1707	23	few	few	JJ
19880	1707	24	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1707	25	believe	believe	VBP
19880	1707	26	that	that	IN
19880	1707	27	the	the	DT
19880	1707	28	high	high	JJ
19880	1707	29	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	1707	30	is	be	VBZ
19880	1707	31	worth	worth	JJ
19880	1707	32	the	the	DT
19880	1707	33	expenditure	expenditure	NN
19880	1707	34	of	of	IN
19880	1707	35	the	the	DT
19880	1707	36	time	time	NN
19880	1707	37	and	and	CC
19880	1707	38	energy	energy	NN
19880	1707	39	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1707	40	to	to	TO
19880	1707	41	attain	attain	VB
19880	1707	42	facility	facility	NN
19880	1707	43	in	in	IN
19880	1707	44	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1707	45	use	use	NN
19880	1707	46	.	.	.
19880	1708	1	Probably	probably	RB
19880	1708	2	in	in	IN
19880	1708	3	many	many	JJ
19880	1708	4	male	male	JJ
19880	1708	5	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1708	6	there	there	EX
19880	1708	7	are	be	VBP
19880	1708	8	the	the	DT
19880	1708	9	distinctions	distinction	NNS
19880	1708	10	of	of	IN
19880	1708	11	register	register	NN
19880	1708	12	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	1708	13	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	1708	14	alludes	allude	NNS
19880	1708	15	to--_i.e	to--_i.e	NNP
19880	1708	16	.	.	.
19880	1708	17	_	_	NNP
19880	1708	18	,	,	,
19880	1708	19	first	first	JJ
19880	1708	20	chest	chest	NN
19880	1708	21	and	and	CC
19880	1708	22	second	second	JJ
19880	1708	23	chest	chest	NN
19880	1708	24	,	,	,
19880	1708	25	or	or	CC
19880	1708	26	some	some	DT
19880	1708	27	change	change	NN
19880	1708	28	analogous	analogous	JJ
19880	1708	29	to	to	IN
19880	1708	30	the	the	DT
19880	1708	31	middle	middle	NN
19880	1708	32	of	of	IN
19880	1708	33	females	female	NNS
19880	1708	34	;	;	:
19880	1708	35	but	but	CC
19880	1708	36	,	,	,
19880	1708	37	from	from	IN
19880	1708	38	one	one	CD
19880	1708	39	cause	cause	NN
19880	1708	40	and	and	CC
19880	1708	41	another	another	DT
19880	1708	42	,	,	,
19880	1708	43	this	this	DT
19880	1708	44	seems	seem	VBZ
19880	1708	45	to	to	TO
19880	1708	46	readily	readily	RB
19880	1708	47	disappear	disappear	VB
19880	1708	48	.	.	.
19880	1709	1	Whether	whether	IN
19880	1709	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1709	3	would	would	MD
19880	1709	4	not	not	RB
19880	1709	5	be	be	VB
19880	1709	6	worth	worth	JJ
19880	1709	7	maintaining	maintain	VBG
19880	1709	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1709	9	a	a	DT
19880	1709	10	question	question	NN
19880	1709	11	that	that	IN
19880	1709	12	the	the	DT
19880	1709	13	author	author	NN
19880	1709	14	suggests	suggest	VBZ
19880	1709	15	as	as	IN
19880	1709	16	at	at	IN
19880	1709	17	least	least	JJS
19880	1709	18	worth	worth	JJ
19880	1709	19	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	1709	20	.	.	.
19880	1710	1	Certain	certain	JJ
19880	1710	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1710	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1710	4	that	that	IN
19880	1710	5	,	,	,
19880	1710	6	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1710	7	generally	generally	RB
19880	1710	8	,	,	,
19880	1710	9	there	there	EX
19880	1710	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	1710	11	no	no	DT
19880	1710	12	change	change	NN
19880	1710	13	in	in	IN
19880	1710	14	males	male	NNS
19880	1710	15	equally	equally	RB
19880	1710	16	pronounced	pronounce	VBN
19880	1710	17	with	with	IN
19880	1710	18	the	the	DT
19880	1710	19	passage	passage	NN
19880	1710	20	from	from	IN
19880	1710	21	the	the	DT
19880	1710	22	lowest	low	JJS
19880	1710	23	to	to	IN
19880	1710	24	the	the	DT
19880	1710	25	next	next	JJ
19880	1710	26	higher	high	JJR
19880	1710	27	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1710	28	chest	chest	NN
19880	1710	29	to	to	TO
19880	1710	30	middle	middle	NNP
19880	1710	31	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1710	32	register	register	NN
19880	1710	33	in	in	IN
19880	1710	34	females	female	NNS
19880	1710	35	.	.	.
19880	1711	1	What	what	WP
19880	1711	2	,	,	,
19880	1711	3	then	then	RB
19880	1711	4	,	,	,
19880	1711	5	are	be	VBP
19880	1711	6	the	the	DT
19880	1711	7	views	view	NNS
19880	1711	8	that	that	IN
19880	1711	9	the	the	DT
19880	1711	10	author	author	NN
19880	1711	11	believes	believe	VBZ
19880	1711	12	so	so	RB
19880	1711	13	well	well	RB
19880	1711	14	grounded	ground	VBN
19880	1711	15	,	,	,
19880	1711	16	in	in	IN
19880	1711	17	regard	regard	NN
19880	1711	18	to	to	IN
19880	1711	19	the	the	DT
19880	1711	20	registers	register	NNS
19880	1711	21	,	,	,
19880	1711	22	that	that	IN
19880	1711	23	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1711	24	may	may	MD
19880	1711	25	be	be	VB
19880	1711	26	made	make	VBN
19880	1711	27	,	,	,
19880	1711	28	in	in	IN
19880	1711	29	all	all	DT
19880	1711	30	confidence	confidence	NN
19880	1711	31	,	,	,
19880	1711	32	the	the	DT
19880	1711	33	basis	basis	NN
19880	1711	34	of	of	IN
19880	1711	35	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	1711	36	?	?	.
19880	1712	1	Without	without	IN
19880	1712	2	hesitation	hesitation	NN
19880	1712	3	,	,	,
19880	1712	4	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1712	5	recommends	recommend	VBZ
19880	1712	6	that	that	IN
19880	1712	7	arrangement	arrangement	NN
19880	1712	8	of	of	IN
19880	1712	9	the	the	DT
19880	1712	10	registers	register	NNS
19880	1712	11	set	set	VBN
19880	1712	12	forth	forth	RP
19880	1712	13	in	in	IN
19880	1712	14	the	the	DT
19880	1712	15	last	last	JJ
19880	1712	16	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	1712	17	.	.	.
19880	1713	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1713	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1713	3	not	not	RB
19880	1713	4	the	the	DT
19880	1713	5	exclusive	exclusive	JJ
19880	1713	6	invention	invention	NN
19880	1713	7	nor	nor	CC
19880	1713	8	the	the	DT
19880	1713	9	basis	basis	NN
19880	1713	10	of	of	IN
19880	1713	11	practice	practice	NN
19880	1713	12	of	of	IN
19880	1713	13	any	any	DT
19880	1713	14	one	one	CD
19880	1713	15	person	person	NN
19880	1713	16	,	,	,
19880	1713	17	but	but	CC
19880	1713	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1713	19	may	may	MD
19880	1713	20	fittingly	fittingly	RB
19880	1713	21	enough	enough	RB
19880	1713	22	be	be	VB
19880	1713	23	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1713	24	with	with	IN
19880	1713	25	the	the	DT
19880	1713	26	name	name	NN
19880	1713	27	of	of	IN
19880	1713	28	a	a	DT
19880	1713	29	woman	woman	NN
19880	1713	30	who	who	WP
19880	1713	31	for	for	IN
19880	1713	32	over	over	IN
19880	1713	33	fifty	fifty	CD
19880	1713	34	years	year	NNS
19880	1713	35	has	have	VBZ
19880	1713	36	taught	teach	VBN
19880	1713	37	singing	singing	NN
19880	1713	38	with	with	IN
19880	1713	39	so	so	RB
19880	1713	40	much	much	JJ
19880	1713	41	regard	regard	NN
19880	1713	42	for	for	IN
19880	1713	43	true	true	JJ
19880	1713	44	art	art	NN
19880	1713	45	and	and	CC
19880	1713	46	for	for	IN
19880	1713	47	Nature	nature	NN
19880	1713	48	's	's	POS
19880	1713	49	teachings--_i.e	teachings--_i.e	NN
19880	1713	50	.	.	.
19880	1713	51	_	_	NNP
19880	1713	52	,	,	,
19880	1713	53	for	for	IN
19880	1713	54	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	1713	55	as	as	RB
19880	1713	56	well	well	RB
19880	1713	57	as	as	IN
19880	1713	58	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1713	59	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1713	60	.	.	.
19880	1714	1	Such	such	PDT
19880	1714	2	a	a	DT
19880	1714	3	method	method	NN
19880	1714	4	for	for	IN
19880	1714	5	female	female	JJ
19880	1714	6	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1714	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1714	8	wholly	wholly	RB
19880	1714	9	consistent	consistent	JJ
19880	1714	10	with	with	IN
19880	1714	11	the	the	DT
19880	1714	12	best	good	JJS
19880	1714	13	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	1714	14	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	1714	15	known	know	VBN
19880	1714	16	to	to	IN
19880	1714	17	the	the	DT
19880	1714	18	author	author	NN
19880	1714	19	;	;	:
19880	1714	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1714	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	1714	22	in	in	IN
19880	1714	23	harmony	harmony	NN
19880	1714	24	with	with	IN
19880	1714	25	the	the	DT
19880	1714	26	laws	law	NNS
19880	1714	27	of	of	IN
19880	1714	28	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1714	29	hygiene	hygiene	NN
19880	1714	30	;	;	:
19880	1714	31	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1714	32	gives	give	VBZ
19880	1714	33	the	the	DT
19880	1714	34	singer	singer	NN
19880	1714	35	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19880	1714	36	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1714	37	,	,	,
19880	1714	38	and	and	CC
19880	1714	39	leaves	leave	VBZ
19880	1714	40	her	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1714	41	with	with	IN
19880	1714	42	improved	improve	VBN
19880	1714	43	,	,	,
19880	1714	44	and	and	CC
19880	1714	45	not	not	RB
19880	1714	46	injured	injure	VBN
19880	1714	47	,	,	,
19880	1714	48	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1714	49	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1714	50	.	.	.
19880	1715	1	Such	such	PDT
19880	1715	2	an	an	DT
19880	1715	3	arrangement	arrangement	NN
19880	1715	4	of	of	IN
19880	1715	5	the	the	DT
19880	1715	6	registers	register	NNS
19880	1715	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1715	8	not	not	RB
19880	1715	9	marred	mar	VBN
19880	1715	10	by	by	IN
19880	1715	11	the	the	DT
19880	1715	12	rigidity	rigidity	NN
19880	1715	13	of	of	IN
19880	1715	14	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	1715	15	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	1715	16	's	's	POS
19880	1715	17	nor	nor	CC
19880	1715	18	the	the	DT
19880	1715	19	laxity	laxity	NN
19880	1715	20	of	of	IN
19880	1715	21	Mackenzie	Mackenzie	NNP
19880	1715	22	's	's	POS
19880	1715	23	,	,	,
19880	1715	24	but	but	CC
19880	1715	25	combines	combine	VBZ
19880	1715	26	flexibility	flexibility	NN
19880	1715	27	with	with	IN
19880	1715	28	sufficiently	sufficiently	RB
19880	1715	29	definite	definite	JJ
19880	1715	30	limitations	limitation	NNS
19880	1715	31	.	.	.
19880	1716	1	As	as	IN
19880	1716	2	to	to	IN
19880	1716	3	just	just	RB
19880	1716	4	how	how	WRB
19880	1716	5	much	much	JJ
19880	1716	6	a	a	DT
19880	1716	7	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1716	8	of	of	IN
19880	1716	9	singing	singing	NN
19880	1716	10	should	should	MD
19880	1716	11	say	say	VB
19880	1716	12	to	to	IN
19880	1716	13	the	the	DT
19880	1716	14	pupil	pupil	NN
19880	1716	15	on	on	IN
19880	1716	16	the	the	DT
19880	1716	17	subject	subject	NN
19880	1716	18	of	of	IN
19880	1716	19	registers	register	NNS
19880	1716	20	,	,	,
19880	1716	21	and	and	CC
19880	1716	22	especially	especially	RB
19880	1716	23	in	in	IN
19880	1716	24	a	a	DT
19880	1716	25	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	1716	26	way	way	NN
19880	1716	27	,	,	,
19880	1716	28	must	must	MD
19880	1716	29	depend	depend	VB
19880	1716	30	on	on	IN
19880	1716	31	circumstances	circumstance	NNS
19880	1716	32	.	.	.
19880	1717	1	About	about	IN
19880	1717	2	the	the	DT
19880	1717	3	wisdom	wisdom	NN
19880	1717	4	of	of	IN
19880	1717	5	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1717	6	of	of	IN
19880	1717	7	singing	singing	NN
19880	1717	8	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1717	9	and	and	CC
19880	1717	10	elocution	elocution	NN
19880	1717	11	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1717	12	understanding	understand	VBG
19880	1717	13	the	the	DT
19880	1717	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1717	15	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1717	16	,	,	,
19880	1717	17	and	and	CC
19880	1717	18	carefully	carefully	RB
19880	1717	19	weighing	weigh	VBG
19880	1717	20	the	the	DT
19880	1717	21	matter	matter	NN
19880	1717	22	of	of	IN
19880	1717	23	registers	register	NNS
19880	1717	24	from	from	IN
19880	1717	25	every	every	DT
19880	1717	26	point	point	NN
19880	1717	27	of	of	IN
19880	1717	28	view	view	NN
19880	1717	29	,	,	,
19880	1717	30	the	the	DT
19880	1717	31	reader	reader	NN
19880	1717	32	of	of	IN
19880	1717	33	this	this	DT
19880	1717	34	book	book	NN
19880	1717	35	will	will	MD
19880	1717	36	have	have	VB
19880	1717	37	no	no	DT
19880	1717	38	doubt	doubt	NN
19880	1717	39	,	,	,
19880	1717	40	by	by	IN
19880	1717	41	this	this	DT
19880	1717	42	time	time	NN
19880	1717	43	,	,	,
19880	1717	44	the	the	DT
19880	1717	45	author	author	NN
19880	1717	46	ventures	venture	VBZ
19880	1717	47	to	to	TO
19880	1717	48	hope	hope	VB
19880	1717	49	.	.	.
19880	1718	1	Of	of	RB
19880	1718	2	course	course	RB
19880	1718	3	,	,	,
19880	1718	4	one	one	PRP
19880	1718	5	may	may	MD
19880	1718	6	object	object	VB
19880	1718	7	that	that	DT
19880	1718	8	for	for	IN
19880	1718	9	every	every	DT
19880	1718	10	tone	tone	NN
19880	1718	11	,	,	,
19880	1718	12	as	as	IN
19880	1718	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1718	14	differs	differ	VBZ
19880	1718	15	slightly	slightly	RB
19880	1718	16	in	in	IN
19880	1718	17	quality	quality	NN
19880	1718	18	from	from	IN
19880	1718	19	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1718	20	neighbor	neighbor	NN
19880	1718	21	in	in	IN
19880	1718	22	the	the	DT
19880	1718	23	scale	scale	NN
19880	1718	24	,	,	,
19880	1718	25	there	there	EX
19880	1718	26	should	should	MD
19880	1718	27	be	be	VB
19880	1718	28	a	a	DT
19880	1718	29	new	new	JJ
19880	1718	30	register	register	NN
19880	1718	31	--	--	:
19880	1718	32	a	a	DT
19880	1718	33	new	new	JJ
19880	1718	34	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1718	35	.	.	.
19880	1719	1	Such	such	PDT
19880	1719	2	an	an	DT
19880	1719	3	objection	objection	NN
19880	1719	4	,	,	,
19880	1719	5	though	though	IN
19880	1719	6	theoretically	theoretically	RB
19880	1719	7	sound	sound	JJ
19880	1719	8	,	,	,
19880	1719	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	1719	10	of	of	IN
19880	1719	11	no	no	DT
19880	1719	12	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1719	13	weight	weight	NN
19880	1719	14	.	.	.
19880	1720	1	What	what	WDT
19880	1720	2	students	student	NNS
19880	1720	3	wish	wish	VBP
19880	1720	4	to	to	TO
19880	1720	5	know	know	VB
19880	1720	6	and	and	CC
19880	1720	7	instructors	instructor	NNS
19880	1720	8	to	to	TO
19880	1720	9	teach	teach	VB
19880	1720	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	1720	11	how	how	WRB
19880	1720	12	to	to	TO
19880	1720	13	attain	attain	VB
19880	1720	14	to	to	IN
19880	1720	15	good	good	JJ
19880	1720	16	singing	singing	NN
19880	1720	17	--	--	:
19880	1720	18	the	the	DT
19880	1720	19	kind	kind	NN
19880	1720	20	that	that	WDT
19880	1720	21	gives	give	VBZ
19880	1720	22	genuinely	genuinely	RB
19880	1720	23	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1720	24	results	result	NNS
19880	1720	25	,	,	,
19880	1720	26	and	and	CC
19880	1720	27	leaves	leave	VBZ
19880	1720	28	the	the	DT
19880	1720	29	throat	throat	NN
19880	1720	30	and	and	CC
19880	1720	31	entire	entire	JJ
19880	1720	32	body	body	NN
19880	1720	33	of	of	IN
19880	1720	34	the	the	DT
19880	1720	35	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	1720	36	the	the	DT
19880	1720	37	better	well	JJR
19880	1720	38	for	for	IN
19880	1720	39	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1720	40	effort	effort	NN
19880	1720	41	.	.	.
19880	1721	1	The	the	DT
19880	1721	2	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	1721	3	of	of	IN
19880	1721	4	this	this	DT
19880	1721	5	work	work	NN
19880	1721	6	in	in	IN
19880	1721	7	regard	regard	NN
19880	1721	8	to	to	IN
19880	1721	9	the	the	DT
19880	1721	10	registers	register	NNS
19880	1721	11	and	and	CC
19880	1721	12	other	other	JJ
19880	1721	13	subjects	subject	NNS
19880	1721	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1721	15	intended	intend	VBN
19880	1721	16	to	to	TO
19880	1721	17	accomplish	accomplish	VB
19880	1721	18	this	this	DT
19880	1721	19	,	,	,
19880	1721	20	and	and	CC
19880	1721	21	not	not	RB
19880	1721	22	to	to	TO
19880	1721	23	occupy	occupy	VB
19880	1721	24	the	the	DT
19880	1721	25	attention	attention	NN
19880	1721	26	of	of	IN
19880	1721	27	readers	reader	NNS
19880	1721	28	with	with	IN
19880	1721	29	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1721	30	or	or	CC
19880	1721	31	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	1721	32	refinements	refinement	NNS
19880	1721	33	of	of	IN
19880	1721	34	no	no	DT
19880	1721	35	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1721	36	importance	importance	NN
19880	1721	37	.	.	.
19880	1722	1	The	the	DT
19880	1722	2	author	author	NN
19880	1722	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	1722	4	always	always	RB
19880	1722	5	been	be	VBN
19880	1722	6	of	of	IN
19880	1722	7	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	1722	8	that	that	IN
19880	1722	9	those	those	DT
19880	1722	10	who	who	WP
19880	1722	11	have	have	VBP
19880	1722	12	investigated	investigate	VBN
19880	1722	13	and	and	CC
19880	1722	14	written	write	VBN
19880	1722	15	on	on	IN
19880	1722	16	this	this	DT
19880	1722	17	subject	subject	NN
19880	1722	18	have	have	VBP
19880	1722	19	devoted	devote	VBN
19880	1722	20	insufficient	insufficient	JJ
19880	1722	21	attention	attention	NN
19880	1722	22	to	to	IN
19880	1722	23	one	one	CD
19880	1722	24	point	point	NN
19880	1722	25	--	--	:
19880	1722	26	viz	viz	NNP
19880	1722	27	.	.	NNP
19880	1722	28	,	,	,
19880	1722	29	the	the	DT
19880	1722	30	manner	manner	NN
19880	1722	31	of	of	IN
19880	1722	32	using	use	VBG
19880	1722	33	the	the	DT
19880	1722	34	breath	breath	NN
19880	1722	35	.	.	.
19880	1723	1	The	the	DT
19880	1723	2	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1723	3	in	in	IN
19880	1723	4	the	the	DT
19880	1723	5	use	use	NN
19880	1723	6	of	of	IN
19880	1723	7	the	the	DT
19880	1723	8	high	high	JJ
19880	1723	9	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	1723	10	,	,	,
19880	1723	11	for	for	IN
19880	1723	12	example	example	NN
19880	1723	13	,	,	,
19880	1723	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1723	15	as	as	RB
19880	1723	16	different	different	JJ
19880	1723	17	as	as	IN
19880	1723	18	are	be	VBP
19880	1723	19	the	the	DT
19880	1723	20	laryngeal	laryngeal	NN
19880	1723	21	processes	process	NNS
19880	1723	22	;	;	:
19880	1723	23	and	and	CC
19880	1723	24	this	this	DT
19880	1723	25	is	be	VBZ
19880	1723	26	a	a	DT
19880	1723	27	point	point	NN
19880	1723	28	of	of	IN
19880	1723	29	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1723	30	importance	importance	NN
19880	1723	31	,	,	,
19880	1723	32	for	for	IN
19880	1723	33	the	the	DT
19880	1723	34	voice	voice	NN
19880	1723	35	-	-	HYPH
19880	1723	36	user	user	NN
19880	1723	37	must	must	MD
19880	1723	38	ever	ever	RB
19880	1723	39	consider	consider	VB
19880	1723	40	economy	economy	NN
19880	1723	41	in	in	IN
19880	1723	42	breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	1723	43	.	.	.
19880	1724	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1724	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1724	3	expenditure	expenditure	NN
19880	1724	4	in	in	IN
19880	1724	5	this	this	DT
19880	1724	6	direction	direction	NN
19880	1724	7	that	that	IN
19880	1724	8	most	most	JJS
19880	1724	9	taxes	taxis	NNS
19880	1724	10	all	all	DT
19880	1724	11	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1724	12	,	,	,
19880	1724	13	even	even	RB
19880	1724	14	the	the	DT
19880	1724	15	best	good	JJS
19880	1724	16	trained	trained	JJ
19880	1724	17	and	and	CC
19880	1724	18	the	the	DT
19880	1724	19	most	most	RBS
19880	1724	20	highly	highly	RB
19880	1724	21	endowed	endowed	JJ
19880	1724	22	.	.	.
19880	1725	1	But	but	CC
19880	1725	2	the	the	DT
19880	1725	3	student	student	NN
19880	1725	4	,	,	,
19880	1725	5	deeply	deeply	RB
19880	1725	6	impressed	impressed	JJ
19880	1725	7	with	with	IN
19880	1725	8	the	the	DT
19880	1725	9	importance	importance	NN
19880	1725	10	of	of	IN
19880	1725	11	the	the	DT
19880	1725	12	subject	subject	NN
19880	1725	13	of	of	IN
19880	1725	14	registers	register	NNS
19880	1725	15	,	,	,
19880	1725	16	may	may	MD
19880	1725	17	ask	ask	VB
19880	1725	18	:	:	:
19880	1725	19	"	"	``
19880	1725	20	How	how	WRB
19880	1725	21	am	be	VBP
19880	1725	22	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1725	23	to	to	TO
19880	1725	24	distinguish	distinguish	VB
19880	1725	25	between	between	IN
19880	1725	26	one	one	CD
19880	1725	27	register	register	NN
19880	1725	28	and	and	CC
19880	1725	29	another	another	DT
19880	1725	30	?	?	.
19880	1726	1	How	how	WRB
19880	1726	2	am	be	VBP
19880	1726	3	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1726	4	to	to	TO
19880	1726	5	know	know	VB
19880	1726	6	when	when	WRB
19880	1726	7	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1726	8	am	be	VBP
19880	1726	9	singing	singe	VBG
19880	1726	10	with	with	IN
19880	1726	11	chest	chest	NN
19880	1726	12	,	,	,
19880	1726	13	middle	middle	JJ
19880	1726	14	,	,	,
19880	1726	15	or	or	CC
19880	1726	16	head	head	NN
19880	1726	17	voice	voice	NN
19880	1726	18	?	?	.
19880	1726	19	"	"	''
19880	1727	1	The	the	DT
19880	1727	2	answer	answer	NN
19880	1727	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1727	4	:	:	:
19880	1727	5	"	"	``
19880	1727	6	By	by	IN
19880	1727	7	sensations"--chiefly	sensations"--chiefly	NNP
19880	1727	8	by	by	IN
19880	1727	9	hearing	hear	VBG
19880	1727	10	,	,	,
19880	1727	11	but	but	CC
19880	1727	12	also	also	RB
19880	1727	13	by	by	IN
19880	1727	14	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1727	15	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1727	16	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1727	17	less	less	RBR
19880	1727	18	properly	properly	RB
19880	1727	19	termed	term	VBN
19880	1727	20	"	"	``
19880	1727	21	feelings	feeling	NNS
19880	1727	22	"	"	''
19880	1727	23	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1727	24	in	in	IN
19880	1727	25	the	the	DT
19880	1727	26	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1727	27	-	-	HYPH
19880	1727	28	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1727	29	and	and	CC
19880	1727	30	to	to	IN
19880	1727	31	a	a	DT
19880	1727	32	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1727	33	extent	extent	NN
19880	1727	34	in	in	IN
19880	1727	35	the	the	DT
19880	1727	36	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1727	37	.	.	.
19880	1728	1	Of	of	RB
19880	1728	2	course	course	RB
19880	1728	3	,	,	,
19880	1728	4	before	before	IN
19880	1728	5	one	one	PRP
19880	1728	6	can	can	MD
19880	1728	7	thus	thus	RB
19880	1728	8	identify	identify	VB
19880	1728	9	any	any	DT
19880	1728	10	register	register	NN
19880	1728	11	,	,	,
19880	1728	12	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1728	13	must	must	MD
19880	1728	14	have	have	VB
19880	1728	15	heard	hear	VBN
19880	1728	16	a	a	DT
19880	1728	17	singer	singer	NN
19880	1728	18	of	of	IN
19880	1728	19	fairly	fairly	RB
19880	1728	20	good	good	JJ
19880	1728	21	voice	voice	NN
19880	1728	22	form	form	NN
19880	1728	23	the	the	DT
19880	1728	24	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1728	25	of	of	IN
19880	1728	26	this	this	DT
19880	1728	27	particular	particular	JJ
19880	1728	28	register	register	NN
19880	1728	29	.	.	.
19880	1729	1	One	one	CD
19880	1729	2	who	who	WP
19880	1729	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	1729	4	never	never	RB
19880	1729	5	heard	hear	VBN
19880	1729	6	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	1729	7	of	of	IN
19880	1729	8	a	a	DT
19880	1729	9	particular	particular	JJ
19880	1729	10	color	color	NN
19880	1729	11	or	or	CC
19880	1729	12	quality	quality	NN
19880	1729	13	can	can	MD
19880	1729	14	not	not	RB
19880	1729	15	,	,	,
19880	1729	16	of	of	IN
19880	1729	17	course	course	NN
19880	1729	18	,	,	,
19880	1729	19	learn	learn	VB
19880	1729	20	to	to	TO
19880	1729	21	recognize	recognize	VB
19880	1729	22	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1729	23	from	from	IN
19880	1729	24	mere	mere	JJ
19880	1729	25	description	description	NN
19880	1729	26	,	,	,
19880	1729	27	though	though	IN
19880	1729	28	by	by	IN
19880	1729	29	this	this	DT
19880	1729	30	means	mean	VBZ
19880	1729	31	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1729	32	is	be	VBZ
19880	1729	33	often	often	RB
19880	1729	34	_	_	NNP
19880	1729	35	prepared	prepare	VBD
19880	1729	36	_	_	NNP
19880	1729	37	to	to	TO
19880	1729	38	hear	hear	VB
19880	1729	39	,	,	,
19880	1729	40	and	and	CC
19880	1729	41	to	to	TO
19880	1729	42	associate	associate	VB
19880	1729	43	clear	clear	JJ
19880	1729	44	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	1729	45	with	with	IN
19880	1729	46	that	that	DT
19880	1729	47	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	1729	48	.	.	.
19880	1730	1	As	as	IN
19880	1730	2	the	the	DT
19880	1730	3	registers	register	NNS
19880	1730	4	are	be	VBP
19880	1730	5	of	of	IN
19880	1730	6	such	such	JJ
19880	1730	7	great	great	JJ
19880	1730	8	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1730	9	importance	importance	NN
19880	1730	10	,	,	,
19880	1730	11	especially	especially	RB
19880	1730	12	for	for	IN
19880	1730	13	the	the	DT
19880	1730	14	female	female	JJ
19880	1730	15	voice	voice	NN
19880	1730	16	,	,	,
19880	1730	17	there	there	EX
19880	1730	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	1730	19	no	no	DT
19880	1730	20	period	period	NN
19880	1730	21	when	when	WRB
19880	1730	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1730	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	1730	24	of	of	IN
19880	1730	25	so	so	RB
19880	1730	26	much	much	JJ
19880	1730	27	value	value	NN
19880	1730	28	to	to	TO
19880	1730	29	have	have	VB
19880	1730	30	a	a	DT
19880	1730	31	lady	lady	NN
19880	1730	32	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1730	33	as	as	IN
19880	1730	34	just	just	RB
19880	1730	35	when	when	WRB
19880	1730	36	the	the	DT
19880	1730	37	voice	voice	NN
19880	1730	38	is	be	VBZ
19880	1730	39	being	be	VBG
19880	1730	40	"	"	``
19880	1730	41	placed"--which	placed"--which	NNP
19880	1730	42	should	should	MD
19880	1730	43	mean	mean	VB
19880	1730	44	the	the	DT
19880	1730	45	recognition	recognition	NN
19880	1730	46	of	of	IN
19880	1730	47	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1730	48	main	main	JJ
19880	1730	49	quality	quality	NN
19880	1730	50	,	,	,
19880	1730	51	and	and	CC
19880	1730	52	the	the	DT
19880	1730	53	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	1730	54	of	of	IN
19880	1730	55	registers	register	NNS
19880	1730	56	by	by	IN
19880	1730	57	imitation	imitation	NN
19880	1730	58	as	as	RB
19880	1730	59	well	well	RB
19880	1730	60	as	as	IN
19880	1730	61	description	description	NN
19880	1730	62	.	.	.
19880	1731	1	The	the	DT
19880	1731	2	student	student	NN
19880	1731	3	should	should	MD
19880	1731	4	be	be	VB
19880	1731	5	made	make	VBN
19880	1731	6	to	to	TO
19880	1731	7	understand	understand	VB
19880	1731	8	,	,	,
19880	1731	9	by	by	IN
19880	1731	10	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1731	11	examples	example	NNS
19880	1731	12	,	,	,
19880	1731	13	the	the	DT
19880	1731	14	subject	subject	NN
19880	1731	15	of	of	IN
19880	1731	16	"	"	``
19880	1731	17	covering	covering	NN
19880	1731	18	,	,	,
19880	1731	19	"	"	''
19880	1731	20	or	or	CC
19880	1731	21	modification	modification	NN
19880	1731	22	.	.	.
19880	1732	1	Certainly	certainly	RB
19880	1732	2	,	,	,
19880	1732	3	the	the	DT
19880	1732	4	training	training	NN
19880	1732	5	of	of	IN
19880	1732	6	a	a	DT
19880	1732	7	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	1732	8	can	can	MD
19880	1732	9	not	not	RB
19880	1732	10	be	be	VB
19880	1732	11	adequately	adequately	RB
19880	1732	12	undertaken	undertake	VBN
19880	1732	13	by	by	IN
19880	1732	14	even	even	RB
19880	1732	15	the	the	DT
19880	1732	16	most	most	RBS
19880	1732	17	learned	learn	VBN
19880	1732	18	musician	musician	NN
19880	1732	19	,	,	,
19880	1732	20	however	however	RB
19880	1732	21	good	good	JJ
19880	1732	22	an	an	DT
19880	1732	23	instrumentalist	instrumentalist	NN
19880	1732	24	,	,	,
19880	1732	25	if	if	IN
19880	1732	26	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1732	27	has	have	VBZ
19880	1732	28	paid	pay	VBN
19880	1732	29	no	no	DT
19880	1732	30	attention	attention	NN
19880	1732	31	to	to	IN
19880	1732	32	the	the	DT
19880	1732	33	voice	voice	NN
19880	1732	34	practically	practically	RB
19880	1732	35	.	.	.
19880	1733	1	Much	much	JJ
19880	1733	2	of	of	IN
19880	1733	3	the	the	DT
19880	1733	4	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	1733	5	done	do	VBN
19880	1733	6	by	by	IN
19880	1733	7	those	those	DT
19880	1733	8	ignorant	ignorant	JJ
19880	1733	9	of	of	IN
19880	1733	10	voice	voice	NN
19880	1733	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	1733	12	production	production	NN
19880	1733	13	,	,	,
19880	1733	14	however	however	RB
19880	1733	15	well	well	RB
19880	1733	16	meant	mean	VBN
19880	1733	17	,	,	,
19880	1733	18	may	may	MD
19880	1733	19	be	be	VB
19880	1733	20	a	a	DT
19880	1733	21	positive	positive	JJ
19880	1733	22	drawback	drawback	NN
19880	1733	23	,	,	,
19880	1733	24	and	and	CC
19880	1733	25	leave	leave	VB
19880	1733	26	the	the	DT
19880	1733	27	would	would	MD
19880	1733	28	-	-	HYPH
19880	1733	29	be	be	VB
19880	1733	30	singer	singer	NN
19880	1733	31	with	with	IN
19880	1733	32	faults	fault	NNS
19880	1733	33	that	that	WDT
19880	1733	34	may	may	MD
19880	1733	35	never	never	RB
19880	1733	36	be	be	VB
19880	1733	37	wholly	wholly	RB
19880	1733	38	eradicated	eradicate	VBN
19880	1733	39	.	.	.
19880	1734	1	The	the	DT
19880	1734	2	author	author	NN
19880	1734	3	would	would	MD
19880	1734	4	recommend	recommend	VB
19880	1734	5	all	all	DT
19880	1734	6	students	student	NNS
19880	1734	7	who	who	WP
19880	1734	8	have	have	VBP
19880	1734	9	begun	begin	VBN
19880	1734	10	a	a	DT
19880	1734	11	serious	serious	JJ
19880	1734	12	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1734	13	study	study	NN
19880	1734	14	of	of	IN
19880	1734	15	the	the	DT
19880	1734	16	registers	register	NNS
19880	1734	17	to	to	TO
19880	1734	18	hear	hear	VB
19880	1734	19	,	,	,
19880	1734	20	if	if	IN
19880	1734	21	possible	possible	JJ
19880	1734	22	,	,	,
19880	1734	23	some	some	DT
19880	1734	24	singer	singer	NN
19880	1734	25	of	of	IN
19880	1734	26	eminence	eminence	NN
19880	1734	27	who	who	WP
19880	1734	28	observes	observe	VBZ
19880	1734	29	register	register	VB
19880	1734	30	formation	formation	NN
19880	1734	31	strictly	strictly	RB
19880	1734	32	.	.	.
19880	1735	1	In	in	IN
19880	1735	2	this	this	DT
19880	1735	3	way	way	NN
19880	1735	4	more	more	RBR
19880	1735	5	can	can	MD
19880	1735	6	often	often	RB
19880	1735	7	be	be	VB
19880	1735	8	done	do	VBN
19880	1735	9	in	in	IN
19880	1735	10	getting	get	VBG
19880	1735	11	a	a	DT
19880	1735	12	clear	clear	JJ
19880	1735	13	notion	notion	NN
19880	1735	14	of	of	IN
19880	1735	15	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1735	16	characteristic	characteristic	JJ
19880	1735	17	qualities	quality	NNS
19880	1735	18	,	,	,
19880	1735	19	in	in	IN
19880	1735	20	a	a	DT
19880	1735	21	single	single	JJ
19880	1735	22	evening	evening	NN
19880	1735	23	,	,	,
19880	1735	24	than	than	IN
19880	1735	25	by	by	IN
19880	1735	26	listening	listen	VBG
19880	1735	27	to	to	IN
19880	1735	28	an	an	DT
19880	1735	29	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	1735	30	amateur	amateur	NN
19880	1735	31	,	,	,
19880	1735	32	or	or	CC
19880	1735	33	to	to	IN
19880	1735	34	such	such	PDT
19880	1735	35	a	a	DT
19880	1735	36	voice	voice	NN
19880	1735	37	as	as	IN
19880	1735	38	an	an	DT
19880	1735	39	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	1735	40	excellent	excellent	JJ
19880	1735	41	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1735	42	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1735	43	can	can	MD
19880	1735	44	bring	bring	VB
19880	1735	45	to	to	IN
19880	1735	46	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1735	47	work	work	NN
19880	1735	48	,	,	,
19880	1735	49	on	on	IN
19880	1735	50	many	many	JJ
19880	1735	51	occasions	occasion	NNS
19880	1735	52	;	;	:
19880	1735	53	better	well	JJR
19880	1735	54	one	one	CD
19880	1735	55	hour	hour	NN
19880	1735	56	listening	listen	VBG
19880	1735	57	to	to	IN
19880	1735	58	a	a	DT
19880	1735	59	Melba	Melba	NNP
19880	1735	60	,	,	,
19880	1735	61	with	with	IN
19880	1735	62	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1735	63	observance	observance	NN
19880	1735	64	of	of	IN
19880	1735	65	registers	register	NNS
19880	1735	66	,	,	,
19880	1735	67	covering	covering	NN
19880	1735	68	,	,	,
19880	1735	69	etc	etc	FW
19880	1735	70	.	.	FW
19880	1735	71	,	,	,
19880	1735	72	as	as	IN
19880	1735	73	set	set	VBN
19880	1735	74	forth	forth	RP
19880	1735	75	by	by	IN
19880	1735	76	the	the	DT
19880	1735	77	author	author	NN
19880	1735	78	in	in	IN
19880	1735	79	this	this	DT
19880	1735	80	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	1735	81	,	,	,
19880	1735	82	than	than	IN
19880	1735	83	a	a	DT
19880	1735	84	score	score	NN
19880	1735	85	of	of	IN
19880	1735	86	vocalists	vocalist	NNS
19880	1735	87	of	of	IN
19880	1735	88	indifferent	indifferent	JJ
19880	1735	89	,	,	,
19880	1735	90	even	even	RB
19880	1735	91	if	if	IN
19880	1735	92	not	not	RB
19880	1735	93	incorrect	incorrect	JJ
19880	1735	94	production	production	NN
19880	1735	95	.	.	.
19880	1736	1	One	one	CD
19880	1736	2	then	then	RB
19880	1736	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	1736	4	before	before	IN
19880	1736	5	her	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1736	6	an	an	DT
19880	1736	7	individual	individual	NN
19880	1736	8	who	who	WP
19880	1736	9	,	,	,
19880	1736	10	after	after	IN
19880	1736	11	long	long	JJ
19880	1736	12	and	and	CC
19880	1736	13	careful	careful	JJ
19880	1736	14	training	training	NN
19880	1736	15	,	,	,
19880	1736	16	attains	attain	VBZ
19880	1736	17	results	result	NNS
19880	1736	18	not	not	RB
19880	1736	19	,	,	,
19880	1736	20	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	1736	21	,	,	,
19880	1736	22	within	within	IN
19880	1736	23	the	the	DT
19880	1736	24	reach	reach	NN
19880	1736	25	of	of	IN
19880	1736	26	all	all	DT
19880	1736	27	,	,	,
19880	1736	28	but	but	CC
19880	1736	29	such	such	JJ
19880	1736	30	as	as	IN
19880	1736	31	may	may	MD
19880	1736	32	be	be	VB
19880	1736	33	approached	approach	VBN
19880	1736	34	if	if	IN
19880	1736	35	the	the	DT
19880	1736	36	same	same	JJ
19880	1736	37	methods	method	NNS
19880	1736	38	are	be	VBP
19880	1736	39	pursued	pursue	VBN
19880	1736	40	long	long	RB
19880	1736	41	enough	enough	RB
19880	1736	42	;	;	,
19880	1736	43	and	and	CC
19880	1736	44	in	in	IN
19880	1736	45	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	1736	46	Melba	Melba	NNP
19880	1736	47	,	,	,
19880	1736	48	and	and	CC
19880	1736	49	others	other	NNS
19880	1736	50	that	that	WDT
19880	1736	51	might	may	MD
19880	1736	52	be	be	VB
19880	1736	53	named	name	VBN
19880	1736	54	,	,	,
19880	1736	55	the	the	DT
19880	1736	56	student	student	NN
19880	1736	57	has	have	VBZ
19880	1736	58	examples	example	NNS
19880	1736	59	of	of	IN
19880	1736	60	how	how	WRB
19880	1736	61	those	those	DT
19880	1736	62	using	use	VBG
19880	1736	63	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1736	64	methods	method	NNS
19880	1736	65	,	,	,
19880	1736	66	and	and	CC
19880	1736	67	not	not	RB
19880	1736	68	worshipping	worship	VBG
19880	1736	69	at	at	IN
19880	1736	70	the	the	DT
19880	1736	71	shrine	shrine	NN
19880	1736	72	of	of	IN
19880	1736	73	mere	mere	JJ
19880	1736	74	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1736	75	power	power	NN
19880	1736	76	,	,	,
19880	1736	77	may	may	MD
19880	1736	78	retain	retain	VB
19880	1736	79	the	the	DT
19880	1736	80	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1736	81	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1736	82	uninjured	uninjured	JJ
19880	1736	83	and	and	CC
19880	1736	84	the	the	DT
19880	1736	85	voice	voice	NN
19880	1736	86	unimpaired	unimpaire	VBN
19880	1736	87	after	after	IN
19880	1736	88	the	the	DT
19880	1736	89	lapse	lapse	NN
19880	1736	90	of	of	IN
19880	1736	91	well	well	RB
19880	1736	92	-	-	HYPH
19880	1736	93	nigh	nigh	VB
19880	1736	94	a	a	DT
19880	1736	95	score	score	NN
19880	1736	96	of	of	IN
19880	1736	97	years	year	NNS
19880	1736	98	of	of	IN
19880	1736	99	exacting	exact	VBG
19880	1736	100	public	public	JJ
19880	1736	101	singing	singing	NN
19880	1736	102	.	.	.
19880	1737	1	Teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1737	2	will	will	MD
19880	1737	3	do	do	VB
19880	1737	4	well	well	RB
19880	1737	5	to	to	TO
19880	1737	6	encourage	encourage	VB
19880	1737	7	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1737	8	pupils	pupil	NNS
19880	1737	9	to	to	TO
19880	1737	10	hear	hear	VB
19880	1737	11	the	the	DT
19880	1737	12	best	good	JJS
19880	1737	13	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1737	14	;	;	:
19880	1737	15	for	for	IN
19880	1737	16	do	do	VBP
19880	1737	17	not	not	RB
19880	1737	18	students	student	NNS
19880	1737	19	need	need	VB
19880	1737	20	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	1737	21	as	as	RB
19880	1737	22	well	well	RB
19880	1737	23	as	as	IN
19880	1737	24	discipline	discipline	NN
19880	1737	25	?	?	.
19880	1738	1	Granted	grant	VBN
19880	1738	2	that	that	IN
19880	1738	3	the	the	DT
19880	1738	4	ear	ear	NN
19880	1738	5	can	can	MD
19880	1738	6	at	at	IN
19880	1738	7	once	once	RB
19880	1738	8	determine	determine	VB
19880	1738	9	what	what	WP
19880	1738	10	register	register	VB
19880	1738	11	the	the	DT
19880	1738	12	pupil	pupil	NN
19880	1738	13	herself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1738	14	or	or	CC
19880	1738	15	another	another	DT
19880	1738	16	singer	singer	NN
19880	1738	17	may	may	MD
19880	1738	18	be	be	VB
19880	1738	19	using	use	VBG
19880	1738	20	,	,	,
19880	1738	21	what	what	WDT
19880	1738	22	other	other	JJ
19880	1738	23	guide	guide	NN
19880	1738	24	has	have	VBZ
19880	1738	25	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1738	26	?	?	.
19880	1739	1	There	there	EX
19880	1739	2	are	be	VBP
19880	1739	3	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1739	4	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1739	5	,	,	,
19880	1739	6	as	as	IN
19880	1739	7	already	already	RB
19880	1739	8	said	say	VBD
19880	1739	9	,	,	,
19880	1739	10	felt	feel	VBD
19880	1739	11	within	within	IN
19880	1739	12	the	the	DT
19880	1739	13	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1739	14	-	-	HYPH
19880	1739	15	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1739	16	and	and	CC
19880	1739	17	larynx	larynx	NNP
19880	1739	18	,	,	,
19880	1739	19	which	which	WDT
19880	1739	20	are	be	VBP
19880	1739	21	sure	sure	JJ
19880	1739	22	guides	guide	NNS
19880	1739	23	.	.	.
19880	1740	1	In	in	IN
19880	1740	2	a	a	DT
19880	1740	3	person	person	NN
19880	1740	4	who	who	WP
19880	1740	5	had	have	VBD
19880	1740	6	learned	learn	VBN
19880	1740	7	to	to	TO
19880	1740	8	recognize	recognize	VB
19880	1740	9	the	the	DT
19880	1740	10	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1740	11	register	register	NN
19880	1740	12	formation	formation	NN
19880	1740	13	by	by	IN
19880	1740	14	the	the	DT
19880	1740	15	help	help	NN
19880	1740	16	of	of	IN
19880	1740	17	the	the	DT
19880	1740	18	ear	ear	NN
19880	1740	19	and	and	CC
19880	1740	20	those	those	DT
19880	1740	21	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1740	22	now	now	RB
19880	1740	23	referred	refer	VBD
19880	1740	24	to	to	IN
19880	1740	25	,	,	,
19880	1740	26	the	the	DT
19880	1740	27	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1740	28	would	would	MD
19880	1740	29	suffice	suffice	VB
19880	1740	30	to	to	TO
19880	1740	31	be	be	VB
19880	1740	32	a	a	DT
19880	1740	33	partial	partial	JJ
19880	1740	34	guide	guide	NN
19880	1740	35	,	,	,
19880	1740	36	at	at	IN
19880	1740	37	least	least	JJS
19880	1740	38	,	,	,
19880	1740	39	even	even	RB
19880	1740	40	had	have	VBD
19880	1740	41	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1740	42	become	become	VBN
19880	1740	43	deaf	deaf	JJ
19880	1740	44	.	.	.
19880	1741	1	While	while	IN
19880	1741	2	these	these	DT
19880	1741	3	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1741	4	are	be	VBP
19880	1741	5	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1741	6	characteristic	characteristic	JJ
19880	1741	7	,	,	,
19880	1741	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1741	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	1741	10	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	1741	11	to	to	TO
19880	1741	12	describe	describe	VB
19880	1741	13	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1741	14	;	;	:
19880	1741	15	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1741	16	must	must	MD
19880	1741	17	be	be	VB
19880	1741	18	experienced	experience	VBN
19880	1741	19	to	to	TO
19880	1741	20	be	be	VB
19880	1741	21	understood	understand	VBN
19880	1741	22	.	.	.
19880	1742	1	To	to	TO
19880	1742	2	attempt	attempt	VB
19880	1742	3	to	to	TO
19880	1742	4	describe	describe	VB
19880	1742	5	the	the	DT
19880	1742	6	taste	taste	NN
19880	1742	7	of	of	IN
19880	1742	8	a	a	DT
19880	1742	9	peach	peach	NN
19880	1742	10	to	to	IN
19880	1742	11	one	one	CD
19880	1742	12	who	who	WP
19880	1742	13	knew	know	VBD
19880	1742	14	that	that	IN
19880	1742	15	of	of	IN
19880	1742	16	an	an	DT
19880	1742	17	apple	apple	NN
19880	1742	18	but	but	CC
19880	1742	19	had	have	VBD
19880	1742	20	never	never	RB
19880	1742	21	eaten	eat	VBN
19880	1742	22	a	a	DT
19880	1742	23	peach	peach	NN
19880	1742	24	would	would	MD
19880	1742	25	be	be	VB
19880	1742	26	,	,	,
19880	1742	27	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	1742	28	,	,	,
19880	1742	29	not	not	RB
19880	1742	30	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1742	31	useless	useless	JJ
19880	1742	32	,	,	,
19880	1742	33	but	but	CC
19880	1742	34	would	would	MD
19880	1742	35	certainly	certainly	RB
19880	1742	36	serve	serve	VB
19880	1742	37	little	little	JJ
19880	1742	38	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1742	39	.	.	.
19880	1743	1	The	the	DT
19880	1743	2	sensation	sensation	NN
19880	1743	3	must	must	MD
19880	1743	4	accompany	accompany	VB
19880	1743	5	the	the	DT
19880	1743	6	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1743	7	formation	formation	NN
19880	1743	8	of	of	IN
19880	1743	9	the	the	DT
19880	1743	10	tone	tone	NN
19880	1743	11	.	.	.
19880	1744	1	The	the	DT
19880	1744	2	term	term	NN
19880	1744	3	"	"	``
19880	1744	4	straining	strain	VBG
19880	1744	5	"	"	''
19880	1744	6	carries	carry	VBZ
19880	1744	7	with	with	IN
19880	1744	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1744	9	the	the	DT
19880	1744	10	idea	idea	NN
19880	1744	11	of	of	IN
19880	1744	12	unpleasant	unpleasant	JJ
19880	1744	13	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1744	14	;	;	:
19880	1744	15	all	all	DT
19880	1744	16	understand	understand	VBP
19880	1744	17	practically	practically	RB
19880	1744	18	what	what	WP
19880	1744	19	this	this	DT
19880	1744	20	term	term	NN
19880	1744	21	means	mean	VBZ
19880	1744	22	;	;	:
19880	1744	23	yet	yet	CC
19880	1744	24	the	the	DT
19880	1744	25	sensation	sensation	NN
19880	1744	26	of	of	IN
19880	1744	27	strain	strain	NN
19880	1744	28	in	in	IN
19880	1744	29	a	a	DT
19880	1744	30	tenor	tenor	NN
19880	1744	31	carrying	carry	VBG
19880	1744	32	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1744	33	chest	chest	NN
19880	1744	34	register	register	NN
19880	1744	35	too	too	RB
19880	1744	36	high	high	JJ
19880	1744	37	is	be	VBZ
19880	1744	38	no	no	DT
19880	1744	39	more	more	RBR
19880	1744	40	marked	marked	JJ
19880	1744	41	than	than	IN
19880	1744	42	the	the	DT
19880	1744	43	sensation	sensation	NN
19880	1744	44	of	of	IN
19880	1744	45	relief	relief	NN
19880	1744	46	when	when	WRB
19880	1744	47	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1744	48	changes	change	VBZ
19880	1744	49	to	to	IN
19880	1744	50	the	the	DT
19880	1744	51	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	1744	52	.	.	.
19880	1745	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1745	2	once	once	IN
19880	1745	3	the	the	DT
19880	1745	4	voice	voice	NN
19880	1745	5	has	have	VBZ
19880	1745	6	been	be	VBN
19880	1745	7	well	well	RB
19880	1745	8	placed	place	VBN
19880	1745	9	,	,	,
19880	1745	10	little	little	JJ
19880	1745	11	attention	attention	NN
19880	1745	12	need	nee	MD
19880	1745	13	be	be	VB
19880	1745	14	,	,	,
19880	1745	15	or	or	CC
19880	1745	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	1745	17	usually	usually	RB
19880	1745	18	,	,	,
19880	1745	19	paid	pay	VBN
19880	1745	20	_	_	NNP
19880	1745	21	consciously	consciously	RB
19880	1745	22	_	_	NNP
19880	1745	23	to	to	IN
19880	1745	24	the	the	DT
19880	1745	25	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1745	26	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1745	27	of	of	IN
19880	1745	28	necessity	necessity	NN
19880	1745	29	with	with	IN
19880	1745	30	all	all	DT
19880	1745	31	changes	change	NNS
19880	1745	32	in	in	IN
19880	1745	33	the	the	DT
19880	1745	34	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1745	35	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1745	36	.	.	.
19880	1746	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1746	2	one	one	PRP
19880	1746	3	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	1746	4	unduly	unduly	RB
19880	1746	5	conscious	conscious	JJ
19880	1746	6	of	of	IN
19880	1746	7	any	any	DT
19880	1746	8	of	of	IN
19880	1746	9	the	the	DT
19880	1746	10	normal	normal	JJ
19880	1746	11	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1746	12	of	of	IN
19880	1746	13	the	the	DT
19880	1746	14	body	body	NN
19880	1746	15	,	,	,
19880	1746	16	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1746	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	1746	18	no	no	RB
19880	1746	19	longer	long	RBR
19880	1746	20	a	a	DT
19880	1746	21	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19880	1746	22	healthy	healthy	JJ
19880	1746	23	person	person	NN
19880	1746	24	.	.	.
19880	1747	1	At	at	IN
19880	1747	2	the	the	DT
19880	1747	3	same	same	JJ
19880	1747	4	time	time	NN
19880	1747	5	,	,	,
19880	1747	6	as	as	IN
19880	1747	7	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1747	8	have	have	VBP
19880	1747	9	pointed	point	VBN
19880	1747	10	out	out	RP
19880	1747	11	in	in	IN
19880	1747	12	Chapter	Chapter	NNP
19880	1747	13	II	II	NNP
19880	1747	14	.	.	NNP
19880	1747	15	,	,	,
19880	1747	16	and	and	CC
19880	1747	17	shall	shall	MD
19880	1747	18	do	do	VB
19880	1747	19	more	more	JJR
19880	1747	20	at	at	IN
19880	1747	21	length	length	NN
19880	1747	22	shortly	shortly	RB
19880	1747	23	,	,	,
19880	1747	24	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1747	25	are	be	VBP
19880	1747	26	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1747	27	essential	essential	JJ
19880	1747	28	guides	guide	NNS
19880	1747	29	for	for	IN
19880	1747	30	all	all	DT
19880	1747	31	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1747	32	and	and	CC
19880	1747	33	other	other	JJ
19880	1747	34	processes	process	NNS
19880	1747	35	of	of	IN
19880	1747	36	the	the	DT
19880	1747	37	body	body	NN
19880	1747	38	;	;	:
19880	1747	39	but	but	CC
19880	1747	40	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1747	41	should	should	MD
19880	1747	42	enter	enter	VB
19880	1747	43	just	just	RB
19880	1747	44	so	so	RB
19880	1747	45	much	much	RB
19880	1747	46	into	into	IN
19880	1747	47	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19880	1747	48	,	,	,
19880	1747	49	and	and	CC
19880	1747	50	no	no	RB
19880	1747	51	more	more	JJR
19880	1747	52	.	.	.
19880	1748	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1748	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1748	3	practically	practically	RB
19880	1748	4	helpful	helpful	JJ
19880	1748	5	to	to	IN
19880	1748	6	the	the	DT
19880	1748	7	voice	voice	NN
19880	1748	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	1748	9	producer	producer	NN
19880	1748	10	and	and	CC
19880	1748	11	the	the	DT
19880	1748	12	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1748	13	to	to	TO
19880	1748	14	think	think	VB
19880	1748	15	of	of	IN
19880	1748	16	the	the	DT
19880	1748	17	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1748	18	-	-	HYPH
19880	1748	19	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1748	20	and	and	CC
19880	1748	21	the	the	DT
19880	1748	22	ear	ear	NN
19880	1748	23	as	as	IN
19880	1748	24	bearing	bear	VBG
19880	1748	25	a	a	DT
19880	1748	26	close	close	JJ
19880	1748	27	relationship	relationship	NN
19880	1748	28	to	to	IN
19880	1748	29	the	the	DT
19880	1748	30	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1748	31	essential	essential	JJ
19880	1748	32	to	to	IN
19880	1748	33	tone	tone	NN
19880	1748	34	-	-	HYPH
19880	1748	35	production	production	NN
19880	1748	36	.	.	.
19880	1749	1	The	the	DT
19880	1749	2	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1749	3	from	from	IN
19880	1749	4	these	these	DT
19880	1749	5	parts	part	NNS
19880	1749	6	are	be	VBP
19880	1749	7	of	of	IN
19880	1749	8	importance	importance	NN
19880	1749	9	above	above	IN
19880	1749	10	all	all	DT
19880	1749	11	others	other	NNS
19880	1749	12	in	in	IN
19880	1749	13	voice	voice	NN
19880	1749	14	-	-	HYPH
19880	1749	15	production	production	NN
19880	1749	16	.	.	.
19880	1750	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1750	2	are	be	VBP
19880	1750	3	the	the	DT
19880	1750	4	chief	chief	JJ
19880	1750	5	guides	guide	NNS
19880	1750	6	,	,	,
19880	1750	7	and	and	CC
19880	1750	8	the	the	DT
19880	1750	9	attention	attention	NN
19880	1750	10	may	may	MD
19880	1750	11	to	to	TO
19880	1750	12	advantage	advantage	NN
19880	1750	13	be	be	VB
19880	1750	14	concentrated	concentrate	VBN
19880	1750	15	on	on	IN
19880	1750	16	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1750	17	.	.	.
19880	1751	1	No	no	RB
19880	1751	2	doubt	doubt	RB
19880	1751	3	the	the	DT
19880	1751	4	question	question	NN
19880	1751	5	of	of	IN
19880	1751	6	registers	register	NNS
19880	1751	7	for	for	IN
19880	1751	8	the	the	DT
19880	1751	9	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1751	10	must	must	MD
19880	1751	11	be	be	VB
19880	1751	12	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1751	13	,	,	,
19880	1751	14	but	but	CC
19880	1751	15	this	this	DT
19880	1751	16	can	can	MD
19880	1751	17	be	be	VB
19880	1751	18	done	do	VBN
19880	1751	19	to	to	IN
19880	1751	20	greater	great	JJR
19880	1751	21	advantage	advantage	NN
19880	1751	22	in	in	IN
19880	1751	23	a	a	DT
19880	1751	24	later	later	JJ
19880	1751	25	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	1751	26	.	.	.
19880	1752	1	SUMMARY	SUMMARY	NNP
19880	1752	2	.	.	.
19880	1753	1	All	all	DT
19880	1753	2	good	good	JJ
19880	1753	3	definitions	definition	NNS
19880	1753	4	of	of	IN
19880	1753	5	a	a	DT
19880	1753	6	register	register	NN
19880	1753	7	must	must	MD
19880	1753	8	recognize	recognize	VB
19880	1753	9	two	two	CD
19880	1753	10	things	thing	NNS
19880	1753	11	:	:	:
19880	1753	12	change	change	NN
19880	1753	13	of	of	IN
19880	1753	14	quality	quality	NN
19880	1753	15	in	in	IN
19880	1753	16	the	the	DT
19880	1753	17	voice	voice	NN
19880	1753	18	,	,	,
19880	1753	19	and	and	CC
19880	1753	20	change	change	NN
19880	1753	21	of	of	IN
19880	1753	22	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1753	23	in	in	IN
19880	1753	24	the	the	DT
19880	1753	25	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1753	26	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1753	27	.	.	.
19880	1754	1	A	a	DT
19880	1754	2	break	break	NN
19880	1754	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1754	4	not	not	RB
19880	1754	5	a	a	DT
19880	1754	6	register	register	NN
19880	1754	7	,	,	,
19880	1754	8	but	but	CC
19880	1754	9	occurs	occur	VBZ
19880	1754	10	because	because	IN
19880	1754	11	of	of	IN
19880	1754	12	the	the	DT
19880	1754	13	existence	existence	NN
19880	1754	14	of	of	IN
19880	1754	15	registers	register	NNS
19880	1754	16	.	.	.
19880	1755	1	The	the	DT
19880	1755	2	abrupt	abrupt	JJ
19880	1755	3	transition	transition	NN
19880	1755	4	,	,	,
19880	1755	5	or	or	CC
19880	1755	6	break	break	NN
19880	1755	7	,	,	,
19880	1755	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1755	9	to	to	TO
19880	1755	10	be	be	VB
19880	1755	11	avoided	avoid	VBN
19880	1755	12	by	by	IN
19880	1755	13	covering	cover	VBG
19880	1755	14	,	,	,
19880	1755	15	or	or	CC
19880	1755	16	modification	modification	NN
19880	1755	17	of	of	IN
19880	1755	18	the	the	DT
19880	1755	19	upper	upper	JJ
19880	1755	20	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1755	21	of	of	IN
19880	1755	22	the	the	DT
19880	1755	23	lower	low	JJR
19880	1755	24	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1755	25	at	at	RB
19880	1755	26	least	least	JJS
19880	1755	27	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1755	28	register	register	VB
19880	1755	29	.	.	.
19880	1756	1	For	for	IN
19880	1756	2	an	an	DT
19880	1756	3	adequate	adequate	JJ
19880	1756	4	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	1756	5	examination	examination	NN
19880	1756	6	of	of	IN
19880	1756	7	the	the	DT
19880	1756	8	question	question	NN
19880	1756	9	of	of	IN
19880	1756	10	registers	register	NNS
19880	1756	11	,	,	,
19880	1756	12	many	many	JJ
19880	1756	13	qualifications	qualification	NNS
19880	1756	14	are	be	VBP
19880	1756	15	required	require	VBN
19880	1756	16	in	in	IN
19880	1756	17	the	the	DT
19880	1756	18	investigator	investigator	NN
19880	1756	19	;	;	:
19880	1756	20	and	and	CC
19880	1756	21	the	the	DT
19880	1756	22	student	student	NN
19880	1756	23	,	,	,
19880	1756	24	when	when	WRB
19880	1756	25	not	not	RB
19880	1756	26	an	an	DT
19880	1756	27	investigator	investigator	NN
19880	1756	28	,	,	,
19880	1756	29	should	should	MD
19880	1756	30	endeavor	endeavor	VB
19880	1756	31	to	to	TO
19880	1756	32	weigh	weigh	VB
19880	1756	33	the	the	DT
19880	1756	34	evidence	evidence	NN
19880	1756	35	presented	present	VBN
19880	1756	36	so	so	IN
19880	1756	37	as	as	IN
19880	1756	38	to	to	TO
19880	1756	39	choose	choose	VB
19880	1756	40	with	with	IN
19880	1756	41	caution	caution	NN
19880	1756	42	from	from	IN
19880	1756	43	among	among	IN
19880	1756	44	conflicting	conflicting	JJ
19880	1756	45	opinions	opinion	NNS
19880	1756	46	.	.	.
19880	1757	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1757	2	should	should	MD
19880	1757	3	be	be	VB
19880	1757	4	suspicious	suspicious	JJ
19880	1757	5	of	of	IN
19880	1757	6	those	those	DT
19880	1757	7	who	who	WP
19880	1757	8	scout	scout	VBP
19880	1757	9	the	the	DT
19880	1757	10	value	value	NN
19880	1757	11	of	of	IN
19880	1757	12	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	1757	13	study	study	NN
19880	1757	14	of	of	IN
19880	1757	15	this	this	DT
19880	1757	16	or	or	CC
19880	1757	17	any	any	DT
19880	1757	18	other	other	JJ
19880	1757	19	subject	subject	NN
19880	1757	20	,	,	,
19880	1757	21	and	and	CC
19880	1757	22	also	also	RB
19880	1757	23	of	of	IN
19880	1757	24	those	those	DT
19880	1757	25	who	who	WP
19880	1757	26	claim	claim	VBP
19880	1757	27	that	that	IN
19880	1757	28	experience	experience	NN
19880	1757	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	1757	30	of	of	IN
19880	1757	31	no	no	DT
19880	1757	32	importance	importance	NN
19880	1757	33	in	in	IN
19880	1757	34	settling	settle	VBG
19880	1757	35	such	such	PDT
19880	1757	36	a	a	DT
19880	1757	37	question	question	NN
19880	1757	38	.	.	.
19880	1758	1	Though	though	IN
19880	1758	2	several	several	JJ
19880	1758	3	well	well	RB
19880	1758	4	-	-	HYPH
19880	1758	5	qualified	qualified	JJ
19880	1758	6	persons	person	NNS
19880	1758	7	who	who	WP
19880	1758	8	have	have	VBP
19880	1758	9	written	write	VBN
19880	1758	10	on	on	IN
19880	1758	11	the	the	DT
19880	1758	12	subject	subject	NN
19880	1758	13	differ	differ	NN
19880	1758	14	in	in	IN
19880	1758	15	some	some	DT
19880	1758	16	respects	respect	NNS
19880	1758	17	,	,	,
19880	1758	18	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1758	19	are	be	VBP
19880	1758	20	in	in	IN
19880	1758	21	agreement	agreement	NN
19880	1758	22	as	as	IN
19880	1758	23	to	to	IN
19880	1758	24	many	many	JJ
19880	1758	25	of	of	IN
19880	1758	26	the	the	DT
19880	1758	27	more	more	RBR
19880	1758	28	important	important	JJ
19880	1758	29	points	point	NNS
19880	1758	30	.	.	.
19880	1759	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1759	2	are	be	VBP
19880	1759	3	practically	practically	RB
19880	1759	4	all	all	RB
19880	1759	5	convinced	convinced	JJ
19880	1759	6	that	that	IN
19880	1759	7	there	there	EX
19880	1759	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1759	9	commonly	commonly	RB
19880	1759	10	a	a	DT
19880	1759	11	change	change	NN
19880	1759	12	of	of	IN
19880	1759	13	register	register	NN
19880	1759	14	for	for	IN
19880	1759	15	all	all	DT
19880	1759	16	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1759	17	,	,	,
19880	1759	18	at	at	IN
19880	1759	19	or	or	CC
19880	1759	20	near	near	IN
19880	1759	21	one	one	CD
19880	1759	22	point	point	NN
19880	1759	23	in	in	IN
19880	1759	24	the	the	DT
19880	1759	25	scale	scale	NN
19880	1759	26	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1759	27	F	f	NN
19880	1759	28	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1759	29	,	,	,
19880	1759	30	and	and	CC
19880	1759	31	that	that	IN
19880	1759	32	if	if	IN
19880	1759	33	this	this	DT
19880	1759	34	be	be	VB
19880	1759	35	practically	practically	RB
19880	1759	36	disregarded	disregard	VBN
19880	1759	37	,	,	,
19880	1759	38	dangerous	dangerous	JJ
19880	1759	39	straining	straining	NN
19880	1759	40	may	may	MD
19880	1759	41	result	result	VB
19880	1759	42	.	.	.
19880	1760	1	Conclusions	conclusion	NNS
19880	1760	2	drawn	draw	VBN
19880	1760	3	from	from	IN
19880	1760	4	trained	trained	JJ
19880	1760	5	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1760	6	,	,	,
19880	1760	7	alone	alone	RB
19880	1760	8	,	,	,
19880	1760	9	may	may	MD
19880	1760	10	be	be	VB
19880	1760	11	misleading	mislead	VBG
19880	1760	12	.	.	.
19880	1761	1	All	all	DT
19880	1761	2	classes	class	NNS
19880	1761	3	of	of	IN
19880	1761	4	persons	person	NNS
19880	1761	5	should	should	MD
19880	1761	6	be	be	VB
19880	1761	7	examined	examine	VBN
19880	1761	8	with	with	IN
19880	1761	9	the	the	DT
19880	1761	10	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19880	1761	11	,	,	,
19880	1761	12	if	if	IN
19880	1761	13	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1761	14	and	and	CC
19880	1761	15	far	far	RB
19880	1761	16	-	-	HYPH
19880	1761	17	reaching	reach	VBG
19880	1761	18	generalizations	generalization	NNS
19880	1761	19	are	be	VBP
19880	1761	20	to	to	TO
19880	1761	21	be	be	VB
19880	1761	22	safely	safely	RB
19880	1761	23	made	make	VBN
19880	1761	24	.	.	.
19880	1762	1	The	the	DT
19880	1762	2	precision	precision	NN
19880	1762	3	and	and	CC
19880	1762	4	rigidity	rigidity	NN
19880	1762	5	of	of	IN
19880	1762	6	physics	physics	NN
19880	1762	7	and	and	CC
19880	1762	8	mathematics	mathematic	NNS
19880	1762	9	can	can	MD
19880	1762	10	not	not	RB
19880	1762	11	be	be	VB
19880	1762	12	introduced	introduce	VBN
19880	1762	13	with	with	IN
19880	1762	14	safety	safety	NN
19880	1762	15	into	into	IN
19880	1762	16	a	a	DT
19880	1762	17	subject	subject	NN
19880	1762	18	of	of	IN
19880	1762	19	this	this	DT
19880	1762	20	character	character	NN
19880	1762	21	;	;	:
19880	1762	22	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	1762	23	the	the	DT
19880	1762	24	division	division	NN
19880	1762	25	and	and	CC
19880	1762	26	limits	limit	NNS
19880	1762	27	of	of	IN
19880	1762	28	registers	register	NNS
19880	1762	29	will	will	MD
19880	1762	30	be	be	VB
19880	1762	31	fixed	fix	VBN
19880	1762	32	with	with	IN
19880	1762	33	a	a	DT
19880	1762	34	narrowness	narrowness	NN
19880	1762	35	of	of	IN
19880	1762	36	margin	margin	NN
19880	1762	37	that	that	WDT
19880	1762	38	does	do	VBZ
19880	1762	39	not	not	RB
19880	1762	40	comport	comport	VB
19880	1762	41	with	with	IN
19880	1762	42	Nature	Nature	NNP
19880	1762	43	's	's	POS
19880	1762	44	methods	method	NNS
19880	1762	45	.	.	.
19880	1763	1	In	in	IN
19880	1763	2	all	all	DT
19880	1763	3	questions	question	NNS
19880	1763	4	of	of	IN
19880	1763	5	register	register	NN
19880	1763	6	,	,	,
19880	1763	7	the	the	DT
19880	1763	8	method	method	NN
19880	1763	9	of	of	IN
19880	1763	10	breathing--_i.e	breathing--_i.e	NNP
19880	1763	11	.	.	.
19880	1763	12	_	_	NNP
19880	1763	13	,	,	,
19880	1763	14	the	the	DT
19880	1763	15	nature	nature	NN
19880	1763	16	of	of	IN
19880	1763	17	the	the	DT
19880	1763	18	application	application	NN
19880	1763	19	of	of	IN
19880	1763	20	the	the	DT
19880	1763	21	expiratory	expiratory	NN
19880	1763	22	blast	blast	NN
19880	1763	23	--	--	:
19880	1763	24	must	must	MD
19880	1763	25	be	be	VB
19880	1763	26	duly	duly	RB
19880	1763	27	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1763	28	.	.	.
19880	1764	1	With	with	IN
19880	1764	2	male	male	JJ
19880	1764	3	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1764	4	,	,	,
19880	1764	5	the	the	DT
19880	1764	6	subject	subject	NN
19880	1764	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1764	8	usually	usually	RB
19880	1764	9	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1764	10	much	much	RB
19880	1764	11	simpler	simple	JJR
19880	1764	12	than	than	IN
19880	1764	13	in	in	IN
19880	1764	14	the	the	DT
19880	1764	15	case	case	NN
19880	1764	16	of	of	IN
19880	1764	17	female	female	JJ
19880	1764	18	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1764	19	.	.	.
19880	1765	1	Men	man	NNS
19880	1765	2	sing	sing	VBP
19880	1765	3	mostly	mostly	RB
19880	1765	4	in	in	IN
19880	1765	5	the	the	DT
19880	1765	6	chest	chest	NN
19880	1765	7	register	register	NN
19880	1765	8	;	;	:
19880	1765	9	basses	basses	NNP
19880	1765	10	and	and	CC
19880	1765	11	barytones	barytone	NNS
19880	1765	12	wholly	wholly	RB
19880	1765	13	so	so	RB
19880	1765	14	,	,	,
19880	1765	15	with	with	IN
19880	1765	16	the	the	DT
19880	1765	17	rarest	rare	JJS
19880	1765	18	exceptions	exception	NNS
19880	1765	19	.	.	.
19880	1766	1	Tenors	tenor	NNS
19880	1766	2	are	be	VBP
19880	1766	3	taught	teach	VBN
19880	1766	4	to	to	TO
19880	1766	5	do	do	VB
19880	1766	6	so	so	RB
19880	1766	7	.	.	.
19880	1767	1	Whether	whether	IN
19880	1767	2	there	there	EX
19880	1767	3	might	may	MD
19880	1767	4	not	not	RB
19880	1767	5	be	be	VB
19880	1767	6	a	a	DT
19880	1767	7	subdivision	subdivision	NN
19880	1767	8	of	of	IN
19880	1767	9	this	this	DT
19880	1767	10	register	register	NN
19880	1767	11	made	make	VBN
19880	1767	12	to	to	TO
19880	1767	13	advantage	advantage	VB
19880	1767	14	in	in	IN
19880	1767	15	training	training	NN
19880	1767	16	,	,	,
19880	1767	17	the	the	DT
19880	1767	18	author	author	NN
19880	1767	19	leaves	leave	VBZ
19880	1767	20	as	as	IN
19880	1767	21	an	an	DT
19880	1767	22	open	open	JJ
19880	1767	23	question	question	NN
19880	1767	24	;	;	:
19880	1767	25	but	but	CC
19880	1767	26	about	about	IN
19880	1767	27	straining	strain	VBG
19880	1767	28	,	,	,
19880	1767	29	in	in	IN
19880	1767	30	the	the	DT
19880	1767	31	case	case	NN
19880	1767	32	of	of	IN
19880	1767	33	tenors	tenor	NNS
19880	1767	34	and	and	CC
19880	1767	35	all	all	DT
19880	1767	36	others	other	NNS
19880	1767	37	,	,	,
19880	1767	38	and	and	CC
19880	1767	39	as	as	IN
19880	1767	40	to	to	IN
19880	1767	41	the	the	DT
19880	1767	42	importance	importance	NN
19880	1767	43	of	of	IN
19880	1767	44	recognizing	recognize	VBG
19880	1767	45	three	three	CD
19880	1767	46	registers	register	NNS
19880	1767	47	for	for	IN
19880	1767	48	female	female	JJ
19880	1767	49	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1767	50	,	,	,
19880	1767	51	there	there	EX
19880	1767	52	is	be	VBZ
19880	1767	53	in	in	IN
19880	1767	54	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1767	55	mind	mind	NN
19880	1767	56	no	no	DT
19880	1767	57	question	question	NN
19880	1767	58	.	.	.
19880	1768	1	The	the	DT
19880	1768	2	fact	fact	NN
19880	1768	3	that	that	IN
19880	1768	4	some	some	DT
19880	1768	5	may	may	MD
19880	1768	6	not	not	RB
19880	1768	7	be	be	VB
19880	1768	8	able	able	JJ
19880	1768	9	to	to	TO
19880	1768	10	produce	produce	VB
19880	1768	11	head	head	NN
19880	1768	12	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1768	13	does	do	VBZ
19880	1768	14	not	not	RB
19880	1768	15	justify	justify	VB
19880	1768	16	carrying	carry	VBG
19880	1768	17	up	up	RP
19880	1768	18	the	the	DT
19880	1768	19	chest	chest	NN
19880	1768	20	register	register	NN
19880	1768	21	to	to	IN
19880	1768	22	any	any	DT
19880	1768	23	appreciable	appreciable	JJ
19880	1768	24	extent	extent	NN
19880	1768	25	,	,	,
19880	1768	26	even	even	RB
19880	1768	27	by	by	IN
19880	1768	28	altos	alto	NNS
19880	1768	29	.	.	.
19880	1769	1	Now	now	RB
19880	1769	2	,	,	,
19880	1769	3	as	as	IN
19880	1769	4	in	in	IN
19880	1769	5	past	past	JJ
19880	1769	6	times	time	NNS
19880	1769	7	,	,	,
19880	1769	8	the	the	DT
19880	1769	9	high	high	JJ
19880	1769	10	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	1769	11	for	for	IN
19880	1769	12	males	male	NNS
19880	1769	13	,	,	,
19880	1769	14	if	if	IN
19880	1769	15	good	good	JJ
19880	1769	16	,	,	,
19880	1769	17	the	the	DT
19880	1769	18	result	result	NN
19880	1769	19	of	of	IN
19880	1769	20	proper	proper	JJ
19880	1769	21	training	training	NN
19880	1769	22	,	,	,
19880	1769	23	has	have	VBZ
19880	1769	24	the	the	DT
19880	1769	25	warrant	warrant	NN
19880	1769	26	of	of	IN
19880	1769	27	both	both	DT
19880	1769	28	art	art	NN
19880	1769	29	and	and	CC
19880	1769	30	sound	sound	JJ
19880	1769	31	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	1769	32	.	.	.
19880	1770	1	In	in	IN
19880	1770	2	the	the	DT
19880	1770	3	use	use	NN
19880	1770	4	of	of	IN
19880	1770	5	registers	register	NNS
19880	1770	6	,	,	,
19880	1770	7	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1770	8	are	be	VBP
19880	1770	9	infallible	infallible	JJ
19880	1770	10	guides	guide	NNS
19880	1770	11	.	.	.
19880	1771	1	Of	of	IN
19880	1771	2	these	these	DT
19880	1771	3	,	,	,
19880	1771	4	the	the	DT
19880	1771	5	most	most	RBS
19880	1771	6	important	important	JJ
19880	1771	7	are	be	VBP
19880	1771	8	those	those	DT
19880	1771	9	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1771	10	with	with	IN
19880	1771	11	the	the	DT
19880	1771	12	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1771	13	of	of	IN
19880	1771	14	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	1771	15	,	,	,
19880	1771	16	but	but	CC
19880	1771	17	those	those	DT
19880	1771	18	arising	arise	VBG
19880	1771	19	in	in	IN
19880	1771	20	the	the	DT
19880	1771	21	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1771	22	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1771	23	are	be	VBP
19880	1771	24	also	also	RB
19880	1771	25	valuable	valuable	JJ
19880	1771	26	.	.	.
19880	1772	1	Those	those	DT
19880	1772	2	only	only	RB
19880	1772	3	should	should	MD
19880	1772	4	expect	expect	VB
19880	1772	5	to	to	TO
19880	1772	6	sing	sing	VB
19880	1772	7	artistically	artistically	RB
19880	1772	8	,	,	,
19880	1772	9	and	and	CC
19880	1772	10	to	to	TO
19880	1772	11	preserve	preserve	VB
19880	1772	12	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1772	13	voices	voice	NNS
19880	1772	14	unimpaired	unimpaire	VBN
19880	1772	15	for	for	IN
19880	1772	16	a	a	DT
19880	1772	17	long	long	JJ
19880	1772	18	period	period	NN
19880	1772	19	,	,	,
19880	1772	20	who	who	WP
19880	1772	21	wisely	wisely	RB
19880	1772	22	observe	observe	VBP
19880	1772	23	Nature	Nature	NNP
19880	1772	24	's	's	POS
19880	1772	25	teachings	teaching	NNS
19880	1772	26	in	in	IN
19880	1772	27	regard	regard	NN
19880	1772	28	to	to	IN
19880	1772	29	registers	register	NNS
19880	1772	30	.	.	.
19880	1773	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	1773	2	XII	XII	NNP
19880	1773	3	.	.	.
19880	1774	1	FUNDAMENTAL	FUNDAMENTAL	NNP
19880	1774	2	PRINCIPLES	principle	NNS
19880	1774	3	UNDERLYING	UNDERLYING	NNP
19880	1774	4	VOICE	voice	NN
19880	1774	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	1774	6	PRODUCTION	PRODUCTION	NNP
19880	1774	7	.	.	.
19880	1775	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1775	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1775	3	highly	highly	RB
19880	1775	4	important	important	JJ
19880	1775	5	for	for	IN
19880	1775	6	the	the	DT
19880	1775	7	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1775	8	or	or	CC
19880	1775	9	singer	singer	NN
19880	1775	10	to	to	TO
19880	1775	11	realize	realize	VB
19880	1775	12	early	early	RB
19880	1775	13	in	in	IN
19880	1775	14	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1775	15	career	career	NN
19880	1775	16	that	that	IN
19880	1775	17	all	all	DT
19880	1775	18	forms	form	NNS
19880	1775	19	of	of	IN
19880	1775	20	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1775	21	expression	expression	NN
19880	1775	22	can	can	MD
19880	1775	23	be	be	VB
19880	1775	24	carried	carry	VBN
19880	1775	25	out	out	RP
19880	1775	26	only	only	RB
19880	1775	27	through	through	IN
19880	1775	28	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1775	29	--	--	:
19880	1775	30	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1775	31	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1775	32	;	;	:
19880	1775	33	in	in	IN
19880	1775	34	other	other	JJ
19880	1775	35	words	word	NNS
19880	1775	36	,	,	,
19880	1775	37	technique	technique	NN
19880	1775	38	or	or	CC
19880	1775	39	execution	execution	NN
19880	1775	40	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	1775	41	the	the	DT
19880	1775	42	use	use	NN
19880	1775	43	of	of	IN
19880	1775	44	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	1775	45	-	-	HYPH
19880	1775	46	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1775	47	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	1775	48	.	.	.
19880	1776	1	However	however	WRB
19880	1776	2	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19880	1776	3	the	the	DT
19880	1776	4	conception	conception	NN
19880	1776	5	in	in	IN
19880	1776	6	the	the	DT
19880	1776	7	mind	mind	NN
19880	1776	8	of	of	IN
19880	1776	9	the	the	DT
19880	1776	10	painter	painter	NN
19880	1776	11	,	,	,
19880	1776	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1776	13	can	can	MD
19880	1776	14	only	only	RB
19880	1776	15	become	become	VB
19880	1776	16	an	an	DT
19880	1776	17	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1776	18	thing	thing	NN
19880	1776	19	when	when	WRB
19880	1776	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1776	21	assumes	assume	VBZ
19880	1776	22	material	material	NN
19880	1776	23	form	form	NN
19880	1776	24	--	--	:
19880	1776	25	when	when	WRB
19880	1776	26	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1776	27	is	be	VBZ
19880	1776	28	put	put	VBN
19880	1776	29	on	on	IN
19880	1776	30	canvas	canvas	NN
19880	1776	31	.	.	.
19880	1777	1	The	the	DT
19880	1777	2	most	most	RBS
19880	1777	3	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19880	1777	4	melody	melody	NN
19880	1777	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1777	6	no	no	DT
19880	1777	7	possession	possession	NN
19880	1777	8	of	of	IN
19880	1777	9	the	the	DT
19880	1777	10	world	world	NN
19880	1777	11	while	while	IN
19880	1777	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1777	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	1777	14	in	in	IN
19880	1777	15	the	the	DT
19880	1777	16	mind	mind	NN
19880	1777	17	of	of	IN
19880	1777	18	the	the	DT
19880	1777	19	composer	composer	NN
19880	1777	20	alone	alone	RB
19880	1777	21	;	;	:
19880	1777	22	till	till	IN
19880	1777	23	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1777	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	1777	25	_	_	NNP
19880	1777	26	expressed	express	VBD
19880	1777	27	_	_	NNP
19880	1777	28	,	,	,
19880	1777	29	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1777	30	is	be	VBZ
19880	1777	31	as	as	RB
19880	1777	32	good	good	JJ
19880	1777	33	as	as	IN
19880	1777	34	non	non	JJ
19880	1777	35	-	-	JJ
19880	1777	36	existent	existent	NN
19880	1777	37	.	.	.
19880	1778	1	Even	even	RB
19880	1778	2	poetry	poetry	NN
19880	1778	3	can	can	MD
19880	1778	4	only	only	RB
19880	1778	5	affect	affect	VB
19880	1778	6	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1778	7	when	when	WRB
19880	1778	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1778	9	exists	exist	VBZ
19880	1778	10	in	in	IN
19880	1778	11	the	the	DT
19880	1778	12	form	form	NN
19880	1778	13	of	of	IN
19880	1778	14	words	word	NNS
19880	1778	15	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1778	16	by	by	IN
19880	1778	17	lip	lip	NN
19880	1778	18	or	or	CC
19880	1778	19	pen	pen	NN
19880	1778	20	.	.	.
19880	1779	1	Between	between	IN
19880	1779	2	the	the	DT
19880	1779	3	glowing	glowing	JJ
19880	1779	4	thought	thought	NN
19880	1779	5	of	of	IN
19880	1779	6	the	the	DT
19880	1779	7	poet	poet	NN
19880	1779	8	and	and	CC
19880	1779	9	the	the	DT
19880	1779	10	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19880	1779	11	emotion	emotion	NN
19880	1779	12	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1779	13	in	in	IN
19880	1779	14	ourselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1779	15	there	there	EX
19880	1779	16	must	must	MD
19880	1779	17	intervene	intervene	VB
19880	1779	18	some	some	DT
19880	1779	19	form	form	NN
19880	1779	20	of	of	IN
19880	1779	21	technique--_i.e	technique--_i.e	XX
19880	1779	22	.	.	.
19880	1779	23	_	_	NNP
19880	1779	24	,	,	,
19880	1779	25	some	some	DT
19880	1779	26	application	application	NN
19880	1779	27	of	of	IN
19880	1779	28	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	1779	29	-	-	HYPH
19880	1779	30	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1779	31	action	action	NN
19880	1779	32	.	.	.
19880	1780	1	This	this	DT
19880	1780	2	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1780	3	term	term	NN
19880	1780	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1780	5	a	a	DT
19880	1780	6	convenient	convenient	JJ
19880	1780	7	one	one	NN
19880	1780	8	,	,	,
19880	1780	9	and	and	CC
19880	1780	10	has	have	VBZ
19880	1780	11	been	be	VBN
19880	1780	12	already	already	RB
19880	1780	13	explained	explain	VBN
19880	1780	14	.	.	.
19880	1781	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1781	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1781	3	a	a	DT
19880	1781	4	condensed	condense	VBN
19880	1781	5	expression	expression	NN
19880	1781	6	for	for	IN
19880	1781	7	that	that	DT
19880	1781	8	use	use	NN
19880	1781	9	of	of	IN
19880	1781	10	the	the	DT
19880	1781	11	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	1781	12	and	and	CC
19880	1781	13	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1781	14	systems	system	NNS
19880	1781	15	that	that	WDT
19880	1781	16	results	result	VBZ
19880	1781	17	in	in	IN
19880	1781	18	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1781	19	,	,	,
19880	1781	20	simple	simple	JJ
19880	1781	21	or	or	CC
19880	1781	22	complex	complex	JJ
19880	1781	23	.	.	.
19880	1782	1	Without	without	IN
19880	1782	2	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	1782	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	1782	4	cells	cell	NNS
19880	1782	5	and	and	CC
19880	1782	6	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1782	7	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1782	8	are	be	VBP
19880	1782	9	impossible	impossible	JJ
19880	1782	10	,	,	,
19880	1782	11	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1782	12	generally	generally	RB
19880	1782	13	,	,	,
19880	1782	14	and	and	CC
19880	1782	15	for	for	IN
19880	1782	16	a	a	DT
19880	1782	17	willed	willed	JJ
19880	1782	18	or	or	CC
19880	1782	19	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
19880	1782	20	movement	movement	NN
19880	1782	21	there	there	EX
19880	1782	22	must	must	MD
19880	1782	23	be	be	VB
19880	1782	24	something	something	NN
19880	1782	25	more	more	JJR
19880	1782	26	,	,	,
19880	1782	27	an	an	DT
19880	1782	28	idea	idea	NN
19880	1782	29	or	or	CC
19880	1782	30	concept	concept	NN
19880	1782	31	.	.	.
19880	1783	1	Before	before	IN
19880	1783	2	one	one	PRP
19880	1783	3	can	can	MD
19880	1783	4	make	make	VB
19880	1783	5	a	a	DT
19880	1783	6	movement	movement	NN
19880	1783	7	resulting	result	VBG
19880	1783	8	in	in	IN
19880	1783	9	a	a	DT
19880	1783	10	simple	simple	JJ
19880	1783	11	line	line	NN
19880	1783	12	or	or	CC
19880	1783	13	even	even	RB
19880	1783	14	dot	dot	NN
19880	1783	15	on	on	IN
19880	1783	16	a	a	DT
19880	1783	17	piece	piece	NN
19880	1783	18	of	of	IN
19880	1783	19	paper	paper	NN
19880	1783	20	,	,	,
19880	1783	21	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1783	22	must	must	MD
19880	1783	23	have	have	VB
19880	1783	24	the	the	DT
19880	1783	25	idea	idea	NN
19880	1783	26	of	of	IN
19880	1783	27	that	that	DT
19880	1783	28	line	line	NN
19880	1783	29	or	or	CC
19880	1783	30	dot	dot	NN
19880	1783	31	in	in	IN
19880	1783	32	mind	mind	NN
19880	1783	33	.	.	.
19880	1784	1	In	in	IN
19880	1784	2	like	like	JJ
19880	1784	3	manner	manner	NN
19880	1784	4	,	,	,
19880	1784	5	before	before	IN
19880	1784	6	one	one	CD
19880	1784	7	plays	play	VBZ
19880	1784	8	or	or	CC
19880	1784	9	sings	sing	VBZ
19880	1784	10	a	a	DT
19880	1784	11	single	single	JJ
19880	1784	12	note	note	NN
19880	1784	13	,	,	,
19880	1784	14	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1784	15	must	must	MD
19880	1784	16	have	have	VB
19880	1784	17	the	the	DT
19880	1784	18	idea	idea	NN
19880	1784	19	of	of	IN
19880	1784	20	that	that	DT
19880	1784	21	note	note	NN
19880	1784	22	in	in	IN
19880	1784	23	mind	mind	NN
19880	1784	24	;	;	:
19880	1784	25	in	in	IN
19880	1784	26	other	other	JJ
19880	1784	27	words	word	NNS
19880	1784	28	,	,	,
19880	1784	29	the	the	DT
19880	1784	30	idea	idea	NN
19880	1784	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	1784	32	the	the	DT
19880	1784	33	antecedent	antecedent	NN
19880	1784	34	to	to	IN
19880	1784	35	the	the	DT
19880	1784	36	movement	movement	NN
19880	1784	37	,	,	,
19880	1784	38	and	and	CC
19880	1784	39	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1784	40	essential	essential	JJ
19880	1784	41	.	.	.
19880	1785	1	To	to	TO
19880	1785	2	have	have	VB
19880	1785	3	such	such	PDT
19880	1785	4	an	an	DT
19880	1785	5	idea	idea	NN
19880	1785	6	,	,	,
19880	1785	7	memory	memory	NN
19880	1785	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1785	9	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1785	10	.	.	.
19880	1786	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1786	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1786	3	impossible	impossible	JJ
19880	1786	4	to	to	TO
19880	1786	5	sing	sing	VB
19880	1786	6	a	a	DT
19880	1786	7	tone	tone	NN
19880	1786	8	after	after	IN
19880	1786	9	another	another	DT
19880	1786	10	,	,	,
19880	1786	11	as	as	IN
19880	1786	12	an	an	DT
19880	1786	13	imitative	imitative	JJ
19880	1786	14	effort	effort	NN
19880	1786	15	,	,	,
19880	1786	16	unless	unless	IN
19880	1786	17	one	one	NN
19880	1786	18	has	have	VBZ
19880	1786	19	the	the	DT
19880	1786	20	power	power	NN
19880	1786	21	to	to	TO
19880	1786	22	retain	retain	VB
19880	1786	23	that	that	DT
19880	1786	24	tone	tone	NN
19880	1786	25	in	in	IN
19880	1786	26	memory	memory	NN
19880	1786	27	for	for	IN
19880	1786	28	at	at	RB
19880	1786	29	least	least	JJS
19880	1786	30	a	a	DT
19880	1786	31	brief	brief	JJ
19880	1786	32	period	period	NN
19880	1786	33	of	of	IN
19880	1786	34	time	time	NN
19880	1786	35	;	;	:
19880	1786	36	and	and	CC
19880	1786	37	before	before	IN
19880	1786	38	this	this	DT
19880	1786	39	same	same	JJ
19880	1786	40	tone	tone	NN
19880	1786	41	can	can	MD
19880	1786	42	be	be	VB
19880	1786	43	reproduced	reproduce	VBN
19880	1786	44	on	on	IN
19880	1786	45	sight	sight	NN
19880	1786	46	of	of	IN
19880	1786	47	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1786	48	as	as	IN
19880	1786	49	represented	represent	VBN
19880	1786	50	by	by	IN
19880	1786	51	a	a	DT
19880	1786	52	written	write	VBN
19880	1786	53	note	note	NN
19880	1786	54	,	,	,
19880	1786	55	the	the	DT
19880	1786	56	memory	memory	NN
19880	1786	57	of	of	IN
19880	1786	58	the	the	DT
19880	1786	59	sound	sound	NN
19880	1786	60	to	to	TO
19880	1786	61	which	which	WDT
19880	1786	62	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1786	63	answers	answer	VBZ
19880	1786	64	must	must	MD
19880	1786	65	first	first	RB
19880	1786	66	be	be	VB
19880	1786	67	recalled	recall	VBN
19880	1786	68	;	;	:
19880	1786	69	and	and	CC
19880	1786	70	not	not	RB
19880	1786	71	only	only	RB
19880	1786	72	so	so	RB
19880	1786	73	,	,	,
19880	1786	74	but	but	CC
19880	1786	75	other	other	JJ
19880	1786	76	memories	memory	NNS
19880	1786	77	--	--	:
19880	1786	78	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	1786	79	,	,	,
19880	1786	80	memories	memory	NNS
19880	1786	81	of	of	IN
19880	1786	82	all	all	PDT
19880	1786	83	the	the	DT
19880	1786	84	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1786	85	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1786	86	with	with	IN
19880	1786	87	the	the	DT
19880	1786	88	bodily	bodily	JJ
19880	1786	89	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1786	90	used	use	VBN
19880	1786	91	in	in	IN
19880	1786	92	producing	produce	VBG
19880	1786	93	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1786	94	.	.	.
19880	1787	1	This	this	DT
19880	1787	2	applies	apply	VBZ
19880	1787	3	to	to	IN
19880	1787	4	all	all	DT
19880	1787	5	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1787	6	,	,	,
19880	1787	7	of	of	IN
19880	1787	8	whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	1787	9	kind	kind	NN
19880	1787	10	,	,	,
19880	1787	11	that	that	IN
19880	1787	12	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1787	13	at	at	IN
19880	1787	14	any	any	DT
19880	1787	15	time	time	NN
19880	1787	16	execute	execute	NN
19880	1787	17	.	.	.
19880	1788	1	Without	without	IN
19880	1788	2	the	the	DT
19880	1788	3	past--_i.e	past--_i.e	NN
19880	1788	4	.	.	.
19880	1788	5	_	_	NNP
19880	1788	6	,	,	,
19880	1788	7	without	without	IN
19880	1788	8	memories	memory	NNS
19880	1788	9	--	--	:
19880	1788	10	no	no	DT
19880	1788	11	present	present	NN
19880	1788	12	.	.	.
19880	1789	1	Some	some	DT
19880	1789	2	of	of	IN
19880	1789	3	the	the	DT
19880	1789	4	memories	memory	NNS
19880	1789	5	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1789	6	with	with	IN
19880	1789	7	an	an	DT
19880	1789	8	act	act	NN
19880	1789	9	may	may	MD
19880	1789	10	be	be	VB
19880	1789	11	lost	lose	VBN
19880	1789	12	,	,	,
19880	1789	13	and	and	CC
19880	1789	14	others	other	NNS
19880	1789	15	,	,	,
19880	1789	16	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19880	1789	17	for	for	IN
19880	1789	18	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1789	19	performance	performance	NN
19880	1789	20	in	in	IN
19880	1789	21	some	some	DT
19880	1789	22	fashion	fashion	NN
19880	1789	23	,	,	,
19880	1789	24	remain	remain	VBP
19880	1789	25	.	.	.
19880	1790	1	A	a	DT
19880	1790	2	man	man	NN
19880	1790	3	may	may	MD
19880	1790	4	forget	forget	VB
19880	1790	5	,	,	,
19880	1790	6	after	after	IN
19880	1790	7	the	the	DT
19880	1790	8	lapse	lapse	NN
19880	1790	9	of	of	IN
19880	1790	10	months	month	NNS
19880	1790	11	or	or	CC
19880	1790	12	years	year	NNS
19880	1790	13	,	,	,
19880	1790	14	how	how	WRB
19880	1790	15	to	to	TO
19880	1790	16	tie	tie	VB
19880	1790	17	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1790	18	necktie	necktie	NN
19880	1790	19	in	in	IN
19880	1790	20	a	a	DT
19880	1790	21	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1790	22	way	way	NN
19880	1790	23	,	,	,
19880	1790	24	as	as	IN
19880	1790	25	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1790	26	stands	stand	VBZ
19880	1790	27	before	before	IN
19880	1790	28	a	a	DT
19880	1790	29	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	1790	30	;	;	:
19880	1790	31	yet	yet	CC
19880	1790	32	on	on	IN
19880	1790	33	turning	turn	VBG
19880	1790	34	away	away	RB
19880	1790	35	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1790	36	may	may	MD
19880	1790	37	succeed	succeed	VB
19880	1790	38	at	at	IN
19880	1790	39	once	once	RB
19880	1790	40	.	.	.
19880	1791	1	In	in	IN
19880	1791	2	this	this	DT
19880	1791	3	case	case	NN
19880	1791	4	the	the	DT
19880	1791	5	visual	visual	JJ
19880	1791	6	memories	memory	NNS
19880	1791	7	,	,	,
19880	1791	8	those	those	DT
19880	1791	9	that	that	WDT
19880	1791	10	come	come	VBP
19880	1791	11	through	through	IN
19880	1791	12	the	the	DT
19880	1791	13	eyes	eye	NNS
19880	1791	14	,	,	,
19880	1791	15	were	be	VBD
19880	1791	16	lost	lose	VBN
19880	1791	17	,	,	,
19880	1791	18	but	but	CC
19880	1791	19	others	other	NNS
19880	1791	20	,	,	,
19880	1791	21	those	those	DT
19880	1791	22	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1791	23	with	with	IN
19880	1791	24	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1791	25	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1791	26	,	,	,
19880	1791	27	remain	remain	VBP
19880	1791	28	.	.	.
19880	1792	1	The	the	DT
19880	1792	2	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1792	3	sense	sense	NN
19880	1792	4	may	may	MD
19880	1792	5	prove	prove	VB
19880	1792	6	an	an	DT
19880	1792	7	adequate	adequate	JJ
19880	1792	8	guide	guide	NN
19880	1792	9	when	when	WRB
19880	1792	10	the	the	DT
19880	1792	11	visual	visual	NN
19880	1792	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	1792	13	ineffective	ineffective	JJ
19880	1792	14	.	.	.
19880	1793	1	In	in	IN
19880	1793	2	the	the	DT
19880	1793	3	same	same	JJ
19880	1793	4	way	way	NN
19880	1793	5	,	,	,
19880	1793	6	one	one	PRP
19880	1793	7	may	may	MD
19880	1793	8	call	call	VB
19880	1793	9	up	up	RP
19880	1793	10	a	a	DT
19880	1793	11	melody	melody	NN
19880	1793	12	by	by	IN
19880	1793	13	moving	move	VBG
19880	1793	14	the	the	DT
19880	1793	15	fingers	finger	NNS
19880	1793	16	over	over	IN
19880	1793	17	the	the	DT
19880	1793	18	piano	piano	NN
19880	1793	19	keys	key	NNS
19880	1793	20	,	,	,
19880	1793	21	when	when	WRB
19880	1793	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1793	23	can	can	MD
19880	1793	24	not	not	RB
19880	1793	25	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	1793	26	be	be	VB
19880	1793	27	recovered	recover	VBN
19880	1793	28	,	,	,
19880	1793	29	or	or	CC
19880	1793	30	one	one	CD
19880	1793	31	rescues	rescue	VBZ
19880	1793	32	an	an	DT
19880	1793	33	air	air	NN
19880	1793	34	from	from	IN
19880	1793	35	oblivion	oblivion	NN
19880	1793	36	by	by	IN
19880	1793	37	humming	hum	VBG
19880	1793	38	a	a	DT
19880	1793	39	few	few	JJ
19880	1793	40	of	of	IN
19880	1793	41	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1793	42	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1793	43	;	;	:
19880	1793	44	all	all	DT
19880	1793	45	of	of	IN
19880	1793	46	which	which	WDT
19880	1793	47	is	be	VBZ
19880	1793	48	explained	explain	VBN
19880	1793	49	by	by	IN
19880	1793	50	the	the	DT
19880	1793	51	revival	revival	NN
19880	1793	52	of	of	IN
19880	1793	53	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1793	54	and	and	CC
19880	1793	55	similar	similar	JJ
19880	1793	56	memories	memory	NNS
19880	1793	57	.	.	.
19880	1794	1	All	all	DT
19880	1794	2	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
19880	1794	3	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1794	4	are	be	VBP
19880	1794	5	at	at	IN
19880	1794	6	first	first	RB
19880	1794	7	accomplished	accomplish	VBN
19880	1794	8	relatively	relatively	RB
19880	1794	9	slowly	slowly	RB
19880	1794	10	and	and	CC
19880	1794	11	with	with	IN
19880	1794	12	difficulty	difficulty	NN
19880	1794	13	.	.	.
19880	1795	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1795	2	soon	soon	RB
19880	1795	3	weary	weary	VBP
19880	1795	4	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1795	5	.	.	.
19880	1796	1	A	a	DT
19880	1796	2	child	child	NN
19880	1796	3	learns	learn	VBZ
19880	1796	4	to	to	TO
19880	1796	5	walk	walk	VB
19880	1796	6	with	with	IN
19880	1796	7	the	the	DT
19880	1796	8	greatest	great	JJS
19880	1796	9	difficulty	difficulty	NN
19880	1796	10	,	,	,
19880	1796	11	and	and	CC
19880	1796	12	only	only	RB
19880	1796	13	after	after	IN
19880	1796	14	numberless	numberless	JJ
19880	1796	15	failures	failure	NNS
19880	1796	16	or	or	CC
19880	1796	17	errors	error	NNS
19880	1796	18	.	.	.
19880	1797	1	The	the	DT
19880	1797	2	first	first	JJ
19880	1797	3	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1797	4	of	of	IN
19880	1797	5	the	the	DT
19880	1797	6	would	would	MD
19880	1797	7	-	-	HYPH
19880	1797	8	be	be	VB
19880	1797	9	pianist	pianist	NN
19880	1797	10	or	or	CC
19880	1797	11	violinist	violinist	NN
19880	1797	12	are	be	VBP
19880	1797	13	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1797	14	but	but	CC
19880	1797	15	slowly	slowly	RB
19880	1797	16	and	and	CC
19880	1797	17	with	with	IN
19880	1797	18	great	great	JJ
19880	1797	19	difficulty	difficulty	NN
19880	1797	20	,	,	,
19880	1797	21	in	in	IN
19880	1797	22	spite	spite	NN
19880	1797	23	of	of	IN
19880	1797	24	the	the	DT
19880	1797	25	most	most	RBS
19880	1797	26	determined	determined	JJ
19880	1797	27	effort	effort	NN
19880	1797	28	.	.	.
19880	1798	1	If	if	IN
19880	1798	2	the	the	DT
19880	1798	3	attempts	attempt	NNS
19880	1798	4	to	to	TO
19880	1798	5	vocalize	vocalize	VB
19880	1798	6	are	be	VBP
19880	1798	7	any	any	DT
19880	1798	8	more	more	RBR
19880	1798	9	successful	successful	JJ
19880	1798	10	,	,	,
19880	1798	11	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1798	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	1798	13	because	because	IN
19880	1798	14	one	one	CD
19880	1798	15	has	have	VBZ
19880	1798	16	already	already	RB
19880	1798	17	learned	learn	VBN
19880	1798	18	to	to	TO
19880	1798	19	talk	talk	VB
19880	1798	20	--	--	:
19880	1798	21	a	a	DT
19880	1798	22	process	process	NN
19880	1798	23	that	that	WDT
19880	1798	24	in	in	IN
19880	1798	25	the	the	DT
19880	1798	26	first	first	JJ
19880	1798	27	instance	instance	NN
19880	1798	28	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1798	29	in	in	IN
19880	1798	30	infancy	infancy	NN
19880	1798	31	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1798	32	was	be	VBD
19880	1798	33	even	even	RB
19880	1798	34	more	more	RBR
19880	1798	35	laborious	laborious	JJ
19880	1798	36	than	than	IN
19880	1798	37	that	that	DT
19880	1798	38	of	of	IN
19880	1798	39	walking	walk	VBG
19880	1798	40	.	.	.
19880	1799	1	The	the	DT
19880	1799	2	degree	degree	NN
19880	1799	3	to	to	TO
19880	1799	4	which	which	WDT
19880	1799	5	any	any	DT
19880	1799	6	one	one	NN
19880	1799	7	succeeds	succeed	VBZ
19880	1799	8	in	in	IN
19880	1799	9	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1799	10	earliest	early	JJS
19880	1799	11	efforts	effort	NNS
19880	1799	12	to	to	TO
19880	1799	13	sing	sing	VB
19880	1799	14	a	a	DT
19880	1799	15	scale	scale	NN
19880	1799	16	will	will	MD
19880	1799	17	depend	depend	VB
19880	1799	18	on	on	IN
19880	1799	19	the	the	DT
19880	1799	20	readiness	readiness	NN
19880	1799	21	with	with	IN
19880	1799	22	which	which	WDT
19880	1799	23	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1799	24	can	can	MD
19880	1799	25	use	use	VB
19880	1799	26	a	a	DT
19880	1799	27	variety	variety	NN
19880	1799	28	of	of	IN
19880	1799	29	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	1799	30	-	-	HYPH
19880	1799	31	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1799	32	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	1799	33	--	--	:
19880	1799	34	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	1799	35	,	,	,
19880	1799	36	all	all	PDT
19880	1799	37	those	those	DT
19880	1799	38	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1799	39	with	with	IN
19880	1799	40	the	the	DT
19880	1799	41	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	1799	42	,	,	,
19880	1799	43	laryngeal	laryngeal	JJ
19880	1799	44	,	,	,
19880	1799	45	and	and	CC
19880	1799	46	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1799	47	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1799	48	.	.	.
19880	1800	1	Fortunately	fortunately	RB
19880	1800	2	for	for	IN
19880	1800	3	the	the	DT
19880	1800	4	voice	voice	NN
19880	1800	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	1800	6	user	user	NN
19880	1800	7	,	,	,
19880	1800	8	this	this	DT
19880	1800	9	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1800	10	has	have	VBZ
19880	1800	11	all	all	DT
19880	1800	12	been	be	VBN
19880	1800	13	in	in	IN
19880	1800	14	use	use	NN
19880	1800	15	in	in	IN
19880	1800	16	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	1800	17	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	1800	18	.	.	.
19880	1801	1	But	but	CC
19880	1801	2	when	when	WRB
19880	1801	3	this	this	DT
19880	1801	4	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1801	5	process	process	NN
19880	1801	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1801	7	analyzed	analyze	VBN
19880	1801	8	,	,	,
19880	1801	9	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1801	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	1801	11	found	find	VBN
19880	1801	12	that	that	IN
19880	1801	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1801	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1801	15	not	not	RB
19880	1801	16	essentially	essentially	RB
19880	1801	17	different	different	JJ
19880	1801	18	from	from	IN
19880	1801	19	singing	singe	VBG
19880	1801	20	.	.	.
19880	1802	1	In	in	IN
19880	1802	2	each	each	DT
19880	1802	3	the	the	DT
19880	1802	4	same	same	JJ
19880	1802	5	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1802	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1802	7	used	use	VBN
19880	1802	8	,	,	,
19880	1802	9	and	and	CC
19880	1802	10	in	in	IN
19880	1802	11	much	much	RB
19880	1802	12	the	the	DT
19880	1802	13	same	same	JJ
19880	1802	14	way	way	NN
19880	1802	15	;	;	:
19880	1802	16	but	but	CC
19880	1802	17	every	every	DT
19880	1802	18	one	one	NN
19880	1802	19	knows	know	VBZ
19880	1802	20	that	that	IN
19880	1802	21	not	not	RB
19880	1802	22	all	all	DT
19880	1802	23	who	who	WP
19880	1802	24	can	can	MD
19880	1802	25	talk	talk	VB
19880	1802	26	are	be	VBP
19880	1802	27	able	able	JJ
19880	1802	28	to	to	TO
19880	1802	29	sing	sing	VB
19880	1802	30	,	,	,
19880	1802	31	and	and	CC
19880	1802	32	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1802	33	is	be	VBZ
19880	1802	34	usual	usual	JJ
19880	1802	35	to	to	TO
19880	1802	36	say	say	VB
19880	1802	37	that	that	IN
19880	1802	38	those	those	DT
19880	1802	39	who	who	WP
19880	1802	40	can	can	MD
19880	1802	41	not	not	RB
19880	1802	42	have	have	VB
19880	1802	43	no	no	DT
19880	1802	44	"	"	``
19880	1802	45	ear	ear	NN
19880	1802	46	"	"	''
19880	1802	47	for	for	IN
19880	1802	48	music	music	NN
19880	1802	49	;	;	:
19880	1802	50	and	and	CC
19880	1802	51	this	this	DT
19880	1802	52	expresses	express	VBZ
19880	1802	53	a	a	DT
19880	1802	54	part	part	NN
19880	1802	55	of	of	IN
19880	1802	56	the	the	DT
19880	1802	57	truth	truth	NN
19880	1802	58	,	,	,
19880	1802	59	though	though	IN
19880	1802	60	not	not	RB
19880	1802	61	in	in	IN
19880	1802	62	a	a	DT
19880	1802	63	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	1802	64	way	way	NN
19880	1802	65	.	.	.
19880	1803	1	What	what	WP
19880	1803	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1803	3	really	really	RB
19880	1803	4	the	the	DT
19880	1803	5	truth	truth	NN
19880	1803	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1803	7	found	find	VBN
19880	1803	8	to	to	TO
19880	1803	9	be	be	VB
19880	1803	10	,	,	,
19880	1803	11	on	on	IN
19880	1803	12	analysis	analysis	NN
19880	1803	13	,	,	,
19880	1803	14	that	that	IN
19880	1803	15	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1803	16	guiding	guide	VBG
19880	1803	17	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1803	18	,	,	,
19880	1803	19	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	1803	20	those	those	DT
19880	1803	21	from	from	IN
19880	1803	22	the	the	DT
19880	1803	23	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	1803	24	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1803	25	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1803	26	ear	ear	NN
19880	1803	27	,	,	,
19880	1803	28	nerves	nerve	NNS
19880	1803	29	,	,	,
19880	1803	30	brain	brain	NN
19880	1803	31	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1803	32	,	,	,
19880	1803	33	are	be	VBP
19880	1803	34	insufficient	insufficient	JJ
19880	1803	35	,	,	,
19880	1803	36	owing	owe	VBG
19880	1803	37	either	either	CC
19880	1803	38	to	to	IN
19880	1803	39	natural	natural	JJ
19880	1803	40	defect	defect	NN
19880	1803	41	or	or	CC
19880	1803	42	lack	lack	NN
19880	1803	43	of	of	IN
19880	1803	44	training	training	NN
19880	1803	45	;	;	:
19880	1803	46	but	but	CC
19880	1803	47	that	that	IN
19880	1803	48	this	this	DT
19880	1803	49	is	be	VBZ
19880	1803	50	not	not	RB
19880	1803	51	the	the	DT
19880	1803	52	only	only	JJ
19880	1803	53	explanation	explanation	NN
19880	1803	54	is	be	VBZ
19880	1803	55	plain	plain	JJ
19880	1803	56	from	from	IN
19880	1803	57	the	the	DT
19880	1803	58	fact	fact	NN
19880	1803	59	that	that	IN
19880	1803	60	many	many	JJ
19880	1803	61	composers	composer	NNS
19880	1803	62	with	with	IN
19880	1803	63	the	the	DT
19880	1803	64	most	most	RBS
19880	1803	65	vivid	vivid	JJ
19880	1803	66	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1803	67	imagination	imagination	NN
19880	1803	68	,	,	,
19880	1803	69	the	the	DT
19880	1803	70	most	most	RBS
19880	1803	71	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	1803	72	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	1803	73	memory	memory	NN
19880	1803	74	,	,	,
19880	1803	75	and	and	CC
19880	1803	76	the	the	DT
19880	1803	77	most	most	RBS
19880	1803	78	acute	acute	JJ
19880	1803	79	ear	ear	NN
19880	1803	80	,	,	,
19880	1803	81	can	can	MD
19880	1803	82	not	not	RB
19880	1803	83	sing	sing	VB
19880	1803	84	in	in	IN
19880	1803	85	any	any	DT
19880	1803	86	but	but	IN
19880	1803	87	the	the	DT
19880	1803	88	most	most	RBS
19880	1803	89	imperfect	imperfect	JJ
19880	1803	90	manner	manner	NN
19880	1803	91	.	.	.
19880	1804	1	As	as	IN
19880	1804	2	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1804	3	have	have	VBP
19880	1804	4	said	say	VBD
19880	1804	5	before	before	RB
19880	1804	6	,	,	,
19880	1804	7	the	the	DT
19880	1804	8	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1804	9	of	of	IN
19880	1804	10	great	great	JJ
19880	1804	11	power	power	NN
19880	1804	12	to	to	TO
19880	1804	13	affect	affect	VB
19880	1804	14	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1804	15	fellows	fellow	NNS
19880	1804	16	through	through	IN
19880	1804	17	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1804	18	,	,	,
19880	1804	19	or	or	CC
19880	1804	20	the	the	DT
19880	1804	21	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1804	22	singer	singer	NN
19880	1804	23	,	,	,
19880	1804	24	must	must	MD
19880	1804	25	be	be	VB
19880	1804	26	a	a	DT
19880	1804	27	sort	sort	NN
19880	1804	28	of	of	IN
19880	1804	29	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1804	30	athlete	athlete	NN
19880	1804	31	.	.	.
19880	1805	1	In	in	IN
19880	1805	2	the	the	DT
19880	1805	3	athlete	athlete	NN
19880	1805	4	there	there	EX
19880	1805	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1805	6	a	a	DT
19880	1805	7	very	very	RB
19880	1805	8	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	1805	9	association	association	NN
19880	1805	10	into	into	IN
19880	1805	11	one	one	CD
19880	1805	12	whole	whole	NN
19880	1805	13	of	of	IN
19880	1805	14	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1805	15	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1805	16	from	from	IN
19880	1805	17	eye	eye	NN
19880	1805	18	,	,	,
19880	1805	19	skin	skin	NN
19880	1805	20	,	,	,
19880	1805	21	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1805	22	,	,	,
19880	1805	23	etc	etc	FW
19880	1805	24	.	.	FW
19880	1805	25	,	,	,
19880	1805	26	and	and	CC
19880	1805	27	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1805	28	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1805	29	.	.	.
19880	1806	1	These	these	DT
19880	1806	2	exist	exist	VBP
19880	1806	3	in	in	IN
19880	1806	4	all	all	DT
19880	1806	5	men	man	NNS
19880	1806	6	,	,	,
19880	1806	7	but	but	CC
19880	1806	8	in	in	IN
19880	1806	9	very	very	RB
19880	1806	10	unequal	unequal	JJ
19880	1806	11	degree	degree	NN
19880	1806	12	.	.	.
19880	1807	1	The	the	DT
19880	1807	2	singer	singer	NN
19880	1807	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1807	4	a	a	DT
19880	1807	5	tone	tone	NN
19880	1807	6	specialist	specialist	NN
19880	1807	7	in	in	IN
19880	1807	8	whom	whom	WP
19880	1807	9	the	the	DT
19880	1807	10	perception	perception	NN
19880	1807	11	of	of	IN
19880	1807	12	the	the	DT
19880	1807	13	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1807	14	and	and	CC
19880	1807	15	the	the	DT
19880	1807	16	quality	quality	NN
19880	1807	17	of	of	IN
19880	1807	18	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	1807	19	may	may	MD
19880	1807	20	not	not	RB
19880	1807	21	be	be	VB
19880	1807	22	more	more	RBR
19880	1807	23	acute	acute	JJ
19880	1807	24	than	than	IN
19880	1807	25	in	in	IN
19880	1807	26	the	the	DT
19880	1807	27	composer	composer	NN
19880	1807	28	,	,	,
19880	1807	29	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	1807	30	less	less	RBR
19880	1807	31	so	so	RB
19880	1807	32	,	,	,
19880	1807	33	but	but	CC
19880	1807	34	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1807	35	can	can	MD
19880	1807	36	do	do	VB
19880	1807	37	what	what	WP
19880	1807	38	the	the	DT
19880	1807	39	composer	composer	NN
19880	1807	40	of	of	IN
19880	1807	41	music	music	NN
19880	1807	42	often	often	RB
19880	1807	43	cannot	cannot	VBP
19880	1807	44	--	--	:
19880	1807	45	viz	viz	NNP
19880	1807	46	.	.	NNP
19880	1807	47	,	,	,
19880	1807	48	associate	associate	VBP
19880	1807	49	these	these	DT
19880	1807	50	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1807	51	with	with	IN
19880	1807	52	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1807	53	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1807	54	of	of	IN
19880	1807	55	a	a	DT
19880	1807	56	highly	highly	RB
19880	1807	57	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	1807	58	character	character	NN
19880	1807	59	;	;	:
19880	1807	60	in	in	IN
19880	1807	61	different	different	JJ
19880	1807	62	words	word	NNS
19880	1807	63	,	,	,
19880	1807	64	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1807	65	has	have	VBZ
19880	1807	66	the	the	DT
19880	1807	67	technique	technique	NN
19880	1807	68	which	which	WDT
19880	1807	69	others	other	NNS
19880	1807	70	have	have	VBP
19880	1807	71	not	not	RB
19880	1807	72	in	in	IN
19880	1807	73	an	an	DT
19880	1807	74	equal	equal	JJ
19880	1807	75	degree	degree	NN
19880	1807	76	.	.	.
19880	1808	1	In	in	IN
19880	1808	2	the	the	DT
19880	1808	3	singer	singer	NN
19880	1808	4	and	and	CC
19880	1808	5	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1808	6	there	there	EX
19880	1808	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1808	8	a	a	DT
19880	1808	9	very	very	RB
19880	1808	10	close	close	JJ
19880	1808	11	association	association	NN
19880	1808	12	between	between	IN
19880	1808	13	the	the	DT
19880	1808	14	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1808	15	of	of	IN
19880	1808	16	the	the	DT
19880	1808	17	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1808	18	-	-	HYPH
19880	1808	19	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1808	20	,	,	,
19880	1808	21	the	the	DT
19880	1808	22	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1808	23	,	,	,
19880	1808	24	and	and	CC
19880	1808	25	other	other	JJ
19880	1808	26	parts	part	NNS
19880	1808	27	of	of	IN
19880	1808	28	the	the	DT
19880	1808	29	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1808	30	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1808	31	,	,	,
19880	1808	32	and	and	CC
19880	1808	33	those	those	DT
19880	1808	34	from	from	IN
19880	1808	35	the	the	DT
19880	1808	36	ear	ear	NN
19880	1808	37	.	.	.
19880	1809	1	So	so	RB
19880	1809	2	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	1809	3	does	do	VBZ
19880	1809	4	this	this	DT
19880	1809	5	become	become	VB
19880	1809	6	from	from	IN
19880	1809	7	training	training	NN
19880	1809	8	that	that	IN
19880	1809	9	the	the	DT
19880	1809	10	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1809	11	technique	technique	NN
19880	1809	12	at	at	IN
19880	1809	13	last	last	JJ
19880	1809	14	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	1809	15	easy	easy	JJ
19880	1809	16	.	.	.
19880	1810	1	But	but	CC
19880	1810	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1810	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1810	4	of	of	IN
19880	1810	5	the	the	DT
19880	1810	6	greatest	great	JJS
19880	1810	7	importance	importance	NN
19880	1810	8	that	that	IN
19880	1810	9	the	the	DT
19880	1810	10	exact	exact	JJ
19880	1810	11	nature	nature	NN
19880	1810	12	of	of	IN
19880	1810	13	this	this	DT
19880	1810	14	process	process	NN
19880	1810	15	be	be	VB
19880	1810	16	realized	realize	VBN
19880	1810	17	by	by	IN
19880	1810	18	both	both	DT
19880	1810	19	students	student	NNS
19880	1810	20	and	and	CC
19880	1810	21	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1810	22	,	,	,
19880	1810	23	for	for	IN
19880	1810	24	weighty	weighty	JJ
19880	1810	25	considerations	consideration	NNS
19880	1810	26	grow	grow	VBP
19880	1810	27	out	out	IN
19880	1810	28	of	of	IN
19880	1810	29	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1810	30	.	.	.
19880	1811	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1811	2	wish	wish	VBP
19880	1811	3	to	to	TO
19880	1811	4	impress	impress	VB
19880	1811	5	the	the	DT
19880	1811	6	fact	fact	NN
19880	1811	7	that	that	IN
19880	1811	8	the	the	DT
19880	1811	9	nature	nature	NN
19880	1811	10	of	of	IN
19880	1811	11	all	all	DT
19880	1811	12	neuro	neuro	JJ
19880	1811	13	-	-	HYPH
19880	1811	14	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1811	15	processes	process	NNS
19880	1811	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	1811	17	essentially	essentially	RB
19880	1811	18	the	the	DT
19880	1811	19	same	same	JJ
19880	1811	20	.	.	.
19880	1812	1	Learning	learn	VBG
19880	1812	2	to	to	TO
19880	1812	3	sing	sing	VB
19880	1812	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1812	5	like	like	IN
19880	1812	6	learning	learn	VBG
19880	1812	7	to	to	TO
19880	1812	8	talk	talk	VB
19880	1812	9	,	,	,
19880	1812	10	and	and	CC
19880	1812	11	the	the	DT
19880	1812	12	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1812	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	1812	14	not	not	RB
19880	1812	15	radically	radically	RB
19880	1812	16	different	different	JJ
19880	1812	17	from	from	IN
19880	1812	18	learning	learn	VBG
19880	1812	19	to	to	TO
19880	1812	20	walk	walk	VB
19880	1812	21	.	.	.
19880	1813	1	This	this	DT
19880	1813	2	last	last	JJ
19880	1813	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1813	4	at	at	IN
19880	1813	5	first	first	RB
19880	1813	6	slow	slow	JJ
19880	1813	7	,	,	,
19880	1813	8	imperfect	imperfect	JJ
19880	1813	9	,	,	,
19880	1813	10	laborious	laborious	JJ
19880	1813	11	,	,	,
19880	1813	12	and	and	CC
19880	1813	13	largely	largely	RB
19880	1813	14	a	a	DT
19880	1813	15	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
19880	1813	16	or	or	CC
19880	1813	17	willed	willed	JJ
19880	1813	18	process	process	NN
19880	1813	19	,	,	,
19880	1813	20	or	or	CC
19880	1813	21	,	,	,
19880	1813	22	more	more	RBR
19880	1813	23	strictly	strictly	RB
19880	1813	24	,	,	,
19880	1813	25	a	a	DT
19880	1813	26	series	series	NN
19880	1813	27	of	of	IN
19880	1813	28	processes	process	NNS
19880	1813	29	.	.	.
19880	1814	1	As	as	IN
19880	1814	2	progress	progress	NN
19880	1814	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1814	4	made	make	VBN
19880	1814	5	,	,	,
19880	1814	6	there	there	EX
19880	1814	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1814	8	less	less	JJR
19880	1814	9	of	of	IN
19880	1814	10	the	the	DT
19880	1814	11	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
19880	1814	12	and	and	CC
19880	1814	13	more	more	JJR
19880	1814	14	that	that	WDT
19880	1814	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	1814	16	involuntary	involuntary	JJ
19880	1814	17	,	,	,
19880	1814	18	or	or	CC
19880	1814	19	what	what	WP
19880	1814	20	physiologists	physiologist	VBZ
19880	1814	21	term	term	NN
19880	1814	22	reflex	reflex	NN
19880	1814	23	.	.	.
19880	1815	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1815	2	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	1815	3	,	,	,
19880	1815	4	feelings	feeling	NNS
19880	1815	5	,	,	,
19880	1815	6	etc	etc	FW
19880	1815	7	.	.	FW
19880	1815	8	,	,	,
19880	1815	9	enter	enter	VB
19880	1815	10	into	into	IN
19880	1815	11	a	a	DT
19880	1815	12	process	process	NN
19880	1815	13	which	which	WDT
19880	1815	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1815	15	carried	carry	VBN
19880	1815	16	out	out	RP
19880	1815	17	reflexly	reflexly	NN
19880	1815	18	,	,	,
19880	1815	19	a	a	DT
19880	1815	20	_	_	NNP
19880	1815	21	habit	habit	NN
19880	1815	22	_	_	NNP
19880	1815	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	1815	24	formed	form	VBN
19880	1815	25	.	.	.
19880	1816	1	One	one	PRP
19880	1816	2	may	may	MD
19880	1816	3	say	say	VB
19880	1816	4	that	that	IN
19880	1816	5	talking	talking	NN
19880	1816	6	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	1816	7	a	a	DT
19880	1816	8	series	series	NN
19880	1816	9	of	of	IN
19880	1816	10	associated	associated	NNP
19880	1816	11	reflexes	reflexes	NNP
19880	1816	12	,	,	,
19880	1816	13	the	the	DT
19880	1816	14	parts	part	NNS
19880	1816	15	associated	associate	VBD
19880	1816	16	being	be	VBG
19880	1816	17	the	the	DT
19880	1816	18	respiratory	respiratory	NN
19880	1816	19	,	,	,
19880	1816	20	the	the	DT
19880	1816	21	laryngeal	laryngeal	NN
19880	1816	22	,	,	,
19880	1816	23	and	and	CC
19880	1816	24	the	the	DT
19880	1816	25	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1816	26	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1816	27	.	.	.
19880	1817	1	Singing	singe	VBG
19880	1817	2	only	only	RB
19880	1817	3	approaches	approach	VBZ
19880	1817	4	this	this	DT
19880	1817	5	condition	condition	NN
19880	1817	6	of	of	IN
19880	1817	7	reflex	reflex	JJ
19880	1817	8	action	action	NN
19880	1817	9	and	and	CC
19880	1817	10	habit	habit	NN
19880	1817	11	after	after	IN
19880	1817	12	practice	practice	NN
19880	1817	13	,	,	,
19880	1817	14	and	and	CC
19880	1817	15	yet	yet	RB
19880	1817	16	no	no	DT
19880	1817	17	air	air	NN
19880	1817	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	1817	19	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19880	1817	20	sung	sung	JJ
19880	1817	21	except	except	IN
19880	1817	22	when	when	WRB
19880	1817	23	the	the	DT
19880	1817	24	result	result	NN
19880	1817	25	is	be	VBZ
19880	1817	26	the	the	DT
19880	1817	27	outcome	outcome	NN
19880	1817	28	of	of	IN
19880	1817	29	a	a	DT
19880	1817	30	sort	sort	NN
19880	1817	31	of	of	IN
19880	1817	32	new	new	JJ
19880	1817	33	habit	habit	NN
19880	1817	34	.	.	.
19880	1818	1	Every	every	DT
19880	1818	2	song	song	NN
19880	1818	3	involves	involve	VBZ
19880	1818	4	,	,	,
19880	1818	5	the	the	DT
19880	1818	6	learning	learning	NN
19880	1818	7	of	of	IN
19880	1818	8	new	new	JJ
19880	1818	9	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1818	10	habits	habit	NNS
19880	1818	11	.	.	.
19880	1819	1	One	one	CD
19880	1819	2	forms	form	VBZ
19880	1819	3	a	a	DT
19880	1819	4	new	new	JJ
19880	1819	5	habit	habit	NN
19880	1819	6	of	of	IN
19880	1819	7	an	an	DT
19880	1819	8	athletic	athletic	JJ
19880	1819	9	character	character	NN
19880	1819	10	all	all	PDT
19880	1819	11	the	the	DT
19880	1819	12	more	more	RBR
19880	1819	13	readily	readily	RB
19880	1819	14	because	because	IN
19880	1819	15	of	of	IN
19880	1819	16	previous	previous	JJ
19880	1819	17	ones	one	NNS
19880	1819	18	.	.	.
19880	1820	1	A	a	DT
19880	1820	2	man	man	NN
19880	1820	3	learns	learn	VBZ
19880	1820	4	to	to	TO
19880	1820	5	play	play	VB
19880	1820	6	one	one	CD
19880	1820	7	game	game	NN
19880	1820	8	of	of	IN
19880	1820	9	ball	ball	NN
19880	1820	10	the	the	DT
19880	1820	11	better	well	JJR
19880	1820	12	,	,	,
19880	1820	13	usually	usually	RB
19880	1820	14	,	,	,
19880	1820	15	if	if	IN
19880	1820	16	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1820	17	have	have	VBP
19880	1820	18	already	already	RB
19880	1820	19	played	play	VBN
19880	1820	20	at	at	IN
19880	1820	21	another	another	DT
19880	1820	22	,	,	,
19880	1820	23	the	the	DT
19880	1820	24	reason	reason	NN
19880	1820	25	being	be	VBG
19880	1820	26	that	that	IN
19880	1820	27	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1820	28	has	have	VBZ
19880	1820	29	only	only	RB
19880	1820	30	to	to	TO
19880	1820	31	modify	modify	VB
19880	1820	32	the	the	DT
19880	1820	33	action	action	NN
19880	1820	34	of	of	IN
19880	1820	35	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	1820	36	-	-	HYPH
19880	1820	37	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1820	38	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	1820	39	,	,	,
19880	1820	40	not	not	RB
19880	1820	41	associate	associate	VB
19880	1820	42	new	new	JJ
19880	1820	43	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	1820	44	together	together	RB
19880	1820	45	to	to	IN
19880	1820	46	the	the	DT
19880	1820	47	same	same	JJ
19880	1820	48	extent	extent	NN
19880	1820	49	as	as	IN
19880	1820	50	in	in	IN
19880	1820	51	the	the	DT
19880	1820	52	formation	formation	NN
19880	1820	53	of	of	IN
19880	1820	54	a	a	DT
19880	1820	55	habit	habit	NN
19880	1820	56	of	of	IN
19880	1820	57	a	a	DT
19880	1820	58	widely	widely	RB
19880	1820	59	different	different	JJ
19880	1820	60	kind	kind	NN
19880	1820	61	,	,	,
19880	1820	62	as	as	IN
19880	1820	63	rowing	row	VBG
19880	1820	64	a	a	DT
19880	1820	65	boat	boat	NN
19880	1820	66	.	.	.
19880	1821	1	At	at	IN
19880	1821	2	the	the	DT
19880	1821	3	same	same	JJ
19880	1821	4	time	time	NN
19880	1821	5	,	,	,
19880	1821	6	one	one	PRP
19880	1821	7	must	must	MD
19880	1821	8	always	always	RB
19880	1821	9	unlearn	unlearn	VB
19880	1821	10	something	something	NN
19880	1821	11	--	--	:
19880	1821	12	break	break	VB
19880	1821	13	up	up	RP
19880	1821	14	old	old	JJ
19880	1821	15	habits	habit	NNS
19880	1821	16	,	,	,
19880	1821	17	to	to	IN
19880	1821	18	some	some	DT
19880	1821	19	extent	extent	NN
19880	1821	20	.	.	.
19880	1822	1	An	an	DT
19880	1822	2	opera	opera	NN
19880	1822	3	singer	singer	NN
19880	1822	4	often	often	RB
19880	1822	5	makes	make	VBZ
19880	1822	6	a	a	DT
19880	1822	7	failure	failure	NN
19880	1822	8	of	of	IN
19880	1822	9	oratorio	oratorio	NN
19880	1822	10	at	at	IN
19880	1822	11	first	first	RB
19880	1822	12	.	.	.
19880	1823	1	The	the	DT
19880	1823	2	sets	set	NNS
19880	1823	3	of	of	IN
19880	1823	4	reflexes	reflex	NNS
19880	1823	5	or	or	CC
19880	1823	6	the	the	DT
19880	1823	7	habits	habit	NNS
19880	1823	8	,	,	,
19880	1823	9	bodily	bodily	RB
19880	1823	10	and	and	CC
19880	1823	11	mental	mental	JJ
19880	1823	12	,	,	,
19880	1823	13	which	which	WDT
19880	1823	14	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1823	15	has	have	VBZ
19880	1823	16	found	find	VBN
19880	1823	17	valuable	valuable	JJ
19880	1823	18	for	for	IN
19880	1823	19	the	the	DT
19880	1823	20	one	one	CD
19880	1823	21	form	form	NN
19880	1823	22	of	of	IN
19880	1823	23	art	art	NN
19880	1823	24	do	do	VBP
19880	1823	25	not	not	RB
19880	1823	26	suit	suit	VB
19880	1823	27	the	the	DT
19880	1823	28	other	other	JJ
19880	1823	29	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19880	1823	30	;	;	:
19880	1823	31	nevertheless	nevertheless	RB
19880	1823	32	,	,	,
19880	1823	33	the	the	DT
19880	1823	34	same	same	JJ
19880	1823	35	materials	material	NNS
19880	1823	36	are	be	VBP
19880	1823	37	used	use	VBN
19880	1823	38	,	,	,
19880	1823	39	the	the	DT
19880	1823	40	reflexes	reflex	NNS
19880	1823	41	are	be	VBP
19880	1823	42	in	in	IN
19880	1823	43	the	the	DT
19880	1823	44	main	main	JJ
19880	1823	45	the	the	DT
19880	1823	46	same	same	JJ
19880	1823	47	.	.	.
19880	1824	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1824	2	must	must	MD
19880	1824	3	use	use	VB
19880	1824	4	preventions	prevention	NNS
19880	1824	5	,	,	,
19880	1824	6	or	or	CC
19880	1824	7	_	_	NNP
19880	1824	8	inhibitions	inhibition	NNS
19880	1824	9	_	_	NNP
19880	1824	10	,	,	,
19880	1824	11	as	as	IN
19880	1824	12	the	the	DT
19880	1824	13	physiologists	physiologist	NNS
19880	1824	14	term	term	VBP
19880	1824	15	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1824	16	.	.	.
19880	1825	1	Rather	rather	RB
19880	1825	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1825	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1825	4	that	that	WDT
19880	1825	5	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1825	6	must	must	MD
19880	1825	7	avoid	avoid	VB
19880	1825	8	doing	do	VBG
19880	1825	9	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1825	10	things--_i.e	things--_i.e	NNP
19880	1825	11	.	.	.
19880	1825	12	_	_	NNP
19880	1825	13	,	,	,
19880	1825	14	modify	modify	VB
19880	1825	15	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1825	16	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	1825	17	-	-	HYPH
19880	1825	18	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1825	19	processes	process	NNS
19880	1825	20	or	or	CC
19880	1825	21	reflexes	reflex	NNS
19880	1825	22	,	,	,
19880	1825	23	than	than	IN
19880	1825	24	form	form	NN
19880	1825	25	wholly	wholly	RB
19880	1825	26	new	new	JJ
19880	1825	27	ones	one	NNS
19880	1825	28	.	.	.
19880	1826	1	Were	be	VBD
19880	1826	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1826	3	not	not	RB
19880	1826	4	for	for	IN
19880	1826	5	reflexes	reflex	NNS
19880	1826	6	and	and	CC
19880	1826	7	habits	habit	NNS
19880	1826	8	,	,	,
19880	1826	9	learning	learning	NN
19880	1826	10	would	would	MD
19880	1826	11	be	be	VB
19880	1826	12	so	so	RB
19880	1826	13	slow	slow	JJ
19880	1826	14	one	one	CD
19880	1826	15	lifetime	lifetime	NN
19880	1826	16	would	would	MD
19880	1826	17	not	not	RB
19880	1826	18	suffice	suffice	VB
19880	1826	19	to	to	TO
19880	1826	20	make	make	VB
19880	1826	21	an	an	DT
19880	1826	22	artist	artist	NN
19880	1826	23	.	.	.
19880	1827	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1827	2	must	must	MD
19880	1827	3	be	be	VB
19880	1827	4	apparent	apparent	JJ
19880	1827	5	that	that	IN
19880	1827	6	habits	habit	NNS
19880	1827	7	and	and	CC
19880	1827	8	reflexes	reflex	NNS
19880	1827	9	are	be	VBP
19880	1827	10	Nature	Nature	NNP
19880	1827	11	's	's	POS
19880	1827	12	ways	way	NNS
19880	1827	13	of	of	IN
19880	1827	14	economizing	economize	VBG
19880	1827	15	energy	energy	NN
19880	1827	16	.	.	.
19880	1828	1	As	as	IN
19880	1828	2	the	the	DT
19880	1828	3	best	good	JJS
19880	1828	4	have	have	VBP
19880	1828	5	but	but	CC
19880	1828	6	a	a	DT
19880	1828	7	limited	limited	JJ
19880	1828	8	amount	amount	NN
19880	1828	9	of	of	IN
19880	1828	10	energy	energy	NN
19880	1828	11	,	,	,
19880	1828	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1828	13	should	should	MD
19880	1828	14	be	be	VB
19880	1828	15	the	the	DT
19880	1828	16	aim	aim	NN
19880	1828	17	of	of	IN
19880	1828	18	every	every	DT
19880	1828	19	one	one	NN
19880	1828	20	who	who	WP
19880	1828	21	will	will	MD
19880	1828	22	not	not	RB
19880	1828	23	be	be	VB
19880	1828	24	a	a	DT
19880	1828	25	mere	mere	JJ
19880	1828	26	reckless	reckless	JJ
19880	1828	27	spendthrift	spendthrift	NN
19880	1828	28	to	to	TO
19880	1828	29	economize	economize	VB
19880	1828	30	,	,	,
19880	1828	31	to	to	TO
19880	1828	32	make	make	VB
19880	1828	33	the	the	DT
19880	1828	34	most	most	JJS
19880	1828	35	of	of	IN
19880	1828	36	what	what	WP
19880	1828	37	Nature	Nature	NNP
19880	1828	38	has	have	VBZ
19880	1828	39	given	give	VBN
19880	1828	40	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1828	41	;	;	:
19880	1828	42	hence	hence	RB
19880	1828	43	the	the	DT
19880	1828	44	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1828	45	of	of	IN
19880	1828	46	practice	practice	NN
19880	1828	47	is	be	VBZ
19880	1828	48	not	not	RB
19880	1828	49	only	only	JJ
19880	1828	50	to	to	TO
19880	1828	51	render	render	VB
19880	1828	52	success	success	NN
19880	1828	53	more	more	RBR
19880	1828	54	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1828	55	and	and	CC
19880	1828	56	more	more	RBR
19880	1828	57	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	1828	58	,	,	,
19880	1828	59	but	but	CC
19880	1828	60	to	to	TO
19880	1828	61	make	make	VB
19880	1828	62	efforts	effort	NNS
19880	1828	63	tell	tell	VB
19880	1828	64	to	to	IN
19880	1828	65	the	the	DT
19880	1828	66	fullest	full	JJS
19880	1828	67	extent	extent	NN
19880	1828	68	with	with	IN
19880	1828	69	as	as	RB
19880	1828	70	little	little	JJ
19880	1828	71	expenditure	expenditure	NN
19880	1828	72	of	of	IN
19880	1828	73	energy	energy	NN
19880	1828	74	to	to	IN
19880	1828	75	the	the	DT
19880	1828	76	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1828	77	or	or	CC
19880	1828	78	singer	singer	NN
19880	1828	79	as	as	IN
19880	1828	80	possible	possible	JJ
19880	1828	81	.	.	.
19880	1829	1	_	_	NNP
19880	1829	2	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1829	3	sings	sing	VBZ
19880	1829	4	or	or	CC
19880	1829	5	speaks	speak	VBZ
19880	1829	6	best	well	RBS
19880	1829	7	who	who	WP
19880	1829	8	attains	attain	VBZ
19880	1829	9	the	the	DT
19880	1829	10	end	end	NN
19880	1829	11	with	with	IN
19880	1829	12	the	the	DT
19880	1829	13	least	least	JJS
19880	1829	14	expenditure	expenditure	NN
19880	1829	15	of	of	IN
19880	1829	16	energy	energy	NN
19880	1829	17	.	.	.
19880	1829	18	_	_	NNP
19880	1829	19	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1829	20	may	may	MD
19880	1829	21	with	with	IN
19880	1829	22	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	1829	23	accuracy	accuracy	NN
19880	1829	24	be	be	VB
19880	1829	25	said	say	VBN
19880	1829	26	that	that	IN
19880	1829	27	the	the	DT
19880	1829	28	object	object	NN
19880	1829	29	of	of	IN
19880	1829	30	the	the	DT
19880	1829	31	student	student	NN
19880	1829	32	should	should	MD
19880	1829	33	be	be	VB
19880	1829	34	to	to	TO
19880	1829	35	attain	attain	VB
19880	1829	36	to	to	IN
19880	1829	37	the	the	DT
19880	1829	38	formation	formation	NN
19880	1829	39	of	of	IN
19880	1829	40	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1829	41	habits	habit	NNS
19880	1829	42	in	in	IN
19880	1829	43	singing	singing	NN
19880	1829	44	and	and	CC
19880	1829	45	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	1829	46	,	,	,
19880	1829	47	and	and	CC
19880	1829	48	of	of	IN
19880	1829	49	the	the	DT
19880	1829	50	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1829	51	to	to	TO
19880	1829	52	guide	guide	VB
19880	1829	53	in	in	IN
19880	1829	54	this	this	DT
19880	1829	55	process	process	NN
19880	1829	56	.	.	.
19880	1830	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1830	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	1830	3	that	that	IN
19880	1830	4	all	all	DT
19880	1830	5	practice	practice	NN
19880	1830	6	by	by	IN
19880	1830	7	the	the	DT
19880	1830	8	beginner	beginner	NN
19880	1830	9	should	should	MD
19880	1830	10	be	be	VB
19880	1830	11	carried	carry	VBN
19880	1830	12	out	out	RP
19880	1830	13	only	only	RB
19880	1830	14	in	in	IN
19880	1830	15	the	the	DT
19880	1830	16	presence	presence	NN
19880	1830	17	of	of	IN
19880	1830	18	one	one	NN
19880	1830	19	who	who	WP
19880	1830	20	knows	know	VBZ
19880	1830	21	the	the	DT
19880	1830	22	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1830	23	methods	method	NNS
19880	1830	24	and	and	CC
19880	1830	25	can	can	MD
19880	1830	26	teach	teach	VB
19880	1830	27	the	the	DT
19880	1830	28	student	student	NN
19880	1830	29	how	how	WRB
19880	1830	30	to	to	TO
19880	1830	31	form	form	VB
19880	1830	32	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1830	33	habits	habit	NNS
19880	1830	34	wisely	wisely	RB
19880	1830	35	.	.	.
19880	1831	1	Practice	practice	VB
19880	1831	2	alone	alone	RB
19880	1831	3	may	may	MD
19880	1831	4	not	not	RB
19880	1831	5	only	only	RB
19880	1831	6	do	do	VB
19880	1831	7	little	little	JJ
19880	1831	8	good	good	JJ
19880	1831	9	,	,	,
19880	1831	10	but	but	CC
19880	1831	11	,	,	,
19880	1831	12	by	by	IN
19880	1831	13	the	the	DT
19880	1831	14	formation	formation	NN
19880	1831	15	of	of	IN
19880	1831	16	wrong	wrong	JJ
19880	1831	17	habits	habit	NNS
19880	1831	18	of	of	IN
19880	1831	19	production	production	NN
19880	1831	20	,	,	,
19880	1831	21	be	be	VB
19880	1831	22	positively	positively	RB
19880	1831	23	mischievous	mischievous	JJ
19880	1831	24	;	;	:
19880	1831	25	yet	yet	CC
19880	1831	26	a	a	DT
19880	1831	27	trainer	trainer	NN
19880	1831	28	of	of	IN
19880	1831	29	athletes	athlete	NNS
19880	1831	30	often	often	RB
19880	1831	31	lays	lay	VBZ
19880	1831	32	more	more	JJR
19880	1831	33	restrictions	restriction	NNS
19880	1831	34	on	on	IN
19880	1831	35	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1831	36	ward	ward	NN
19880	1831	37	as	as	IN
19880	1831	38	to	to	IN
19880	1831	39	when	when	WRB
19880	1831	40	and	and	CC
19880	1831	41	how	how	WRB
19880	1831	42	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1831	43	shall	shall	MD
19880	1831	44	practise	practise	VB
19880	1831	45	,	,	,
19880	1831	46	and	and	CC
19880	1831	47	exercises	exercise	VBZ
19880	1831	48	more	more	JJR
19880	1831	49	supervision	supervision	NN
19880	1831	50	over	over	IN
19880	1831	51	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1831	52	,	,	,
19880	1831	53	than	than	IN
19880	1831	54	do	do	VB
19880	1831	55	some	some	DT
19880	1831	56	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1831	57	of	of	IN
19880	1831	58	singing	singing	NN
19880	1831	59	,	,	,
19880	1831	60	in	in	IN
19880	1831	61	spite	spite	NN
19880	1831	62	of	of	IN
19880	1831	63	the	the	DT
19880	1831	64	fact	fact	NN
19880	1831	65	that	that	IN
19880	1831	66	the	the	DT
19880	1831	67	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1831	68	the	the	DT
19880	1831	69	singer	singer	NN
19880	1831	70	or	or	CC
19880	1831	71	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1831	72	uses	use	VBZ
19880	1831	73	is	be	VBZ
19880	1831	74	much	much	RB
19880	1831	75	more	more	RBR
19880	1831	76	delicate	delicate	JJ
19880	1831	77	,	,	,
19880	1831	78	and	and	CC
19880	1831	79	wrong	wrong	JJ
19880	1831	80	habits	habit	NNS
19880	1831	81	much	much	RB
19880	1831	82	more	more	RBR
19880	1831	83	injurious	injurious	JJ
19880	1831	84	.	.	.
19880	1832	1	The	the	DT
19880	1832	2	admonition	admonition	NN
19880	1832	3	"	"	``
19880	1832	4	Practise	practise	VB
19880	1832	5	,	,	,
19880	1832	6	practise	practise	VB
19880	1832	7	,	,	,
19880	1832	8	"	"	''
19880	1832	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	1832	10	greatly	greatly	RB
19880	1832	11	overdone	overdone	JJ
19880	1832	12	.	.	.
19880	1833	1	The	the	DT
19880	1833	2	best	good	JJS
19880	1833	3	results	result	NNS
19880	1833	4	can	can	MD
19880	1833	5	not	not	RB
19880	1833	6	be	be	VB
19880	1833	7	obtained	obtain	VBN
19880	1833	8	in	in	IN
19880	1833	9	either	either	DT
19880	1833	10	singing	singing	NN
19880	1833	11	,	,	,
19880	1833	12	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	1833	13	,	,	,
19880	1833	14	or	or	CC
19880	1833	15	playing	play	VBG
19880	1833	16	,	,	,
19880	1833	17	with	with	IN
19880	1833	18	the	the	DT
19880	1833	19	lengthy	lengthy	JJ
19880	1833	20	and	and	CC
19880	1833	21	necessarily	necessarily	RB
19880	1833	22	more	more	RBR
19880	1833	23	or	or	CC
19880	1833	24	less	less	RBR
19880	1833	25	imperfect	imperfect	JJ
19880	1833	26	if	if	IN
19880	1833	27	not	not	RB
19880	1833	28	careless	careless	JJ
19880	1833	29	practice	practice	NN
19880	1833	30	in	in	IN
19880	1833	31	which	which	WDT
19880	1833	32	many	many	JJ
19880	1833	33	students	student	NNS
19880	1833	34	of	of	IN
19880	1833	35	music	music	NN
19880	1833	36	indulge	indulge	VBP
19880	1833	37	.	.	.
19880	1834	1	Better	well	JJR
19880	1834	2	ten	ten	CD
19880	1834	3	minutes	minute	NNS
19880	1834	4	with	with	IN
19880	1834	5	the	the	DT
19880	1834	6	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1834	7	attention	attention	NN
19880	1834	8	of	of	IN
19880	1834	9	a	a	DT
19880	1834	10	fresh	fresh	JJ
19880	1834	11	and	and	CC
19880	1834	12	interested	interested	JJ
19880	1834	13	mind	mind	NN
19880	1834	14	given	give	VBN
19880	1834	15	intelligently	intelligently	RB
19880	1834	16	to	to	IN
19880	1834	17	a	a	DT
19880	1834	18	subject	subject	NN
19880	1834	19	than	than	IN
19880	1834	20	ten	ten	CD
19880	1834	21	hours	hour	NNS
19880	1834	22	of	of	IN
19880	1834	23	mere	mere	JJ
19880	1834	24	mechanical	mechanical	JJ
19880	1834	25	movement	movement	NN
19880	1834	26	.	.	.
19880	1835	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1835	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1835	3	a	a	DT
19880	1835	4	mistake	mistake	NN
19880	1835	5	to	to	TO
19880	1835	6	suppose	suppose	VB
19880	1835	7	that	that	IN
19880	1835	8	the	the	DT
19880	1835	9	acquirement	acquirement	NN
19880	1835	10	of	of	IN
19880	1835	11	a	a	DT
19880	1835	12	sound	sound	JJ
19880	1835	13	technique	technique	NN
19880	1835	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1835	15	a	a	DT
19880	1835	16	purely	purely	RB
19880	1835	17	mechanical	mechanical	JJ
19880	1835	18	process	process	NN
19880	1835	19	.	.	.
19880	1836	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1836	2	have	have	VBP
19880	1836	3	shown	show	VBN
19880	1836	4	that	that	IN
19880	1836	5	for	for	IN
19880	1836	6	all	all	DT
19880	1836	7	successful	successful	JJ
19880	1836	8	effort	effort	NN
19880	1836	9	there	there	EX
19880	1836	10	must	must	MD
19880	1836	11	be	be	VB
19880	1836	12	the	the	DT
19880	1836	13	idea	idea	NN
19880	1836	14	,	,	,
19880	1836	15	and	and	CC
19880	1836	16	as	as	RB
19880	1836	17	soon	soon	RB
19880	1836	18	as	as	IN
19880	1836	19	that	that	DT
19880	1836	20	fades	fade	NNS
19880	1836	21	,	,	,
19880	1836	22	from	from	IN
19880	1836	23	weariness	weariness	NN
19880	1836	24	,	,	,
19880	1836	25	etc	etc	FW
19880	1836	26	.	.	FW
19880	1836	27	,	,	,
19880	1836	28	the	the	DT
19880	1836	29	practice	practice	NN
19880	1836	30	should	should	MD
19880	1836	31	be	be	VB
19880	1836	32	discontinued	discontinue	VBN
19880	1836	33	.	.	.
19880	1837	1	Students	student	NNS
19880	1837	2	are	be	VBP
19880	1837	3	not	not	RB
19880	1837	4	treated	treat	VBN
19880	1837	5	fairly	fairly	RB
19880	1837	6	when	when	WRB
19880	1837	7	given	give	VBN
19880	1837	8	exercises	exercise	VBZ
19880	1837	9	the	the	DT
19880	1837	10	meaning	meaning	NN
19880	1837	11	or	or	CC
19880	1837	12	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1837	13	of	of	IN
19880	1837	14	which	which	WDT
19880	1837	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	1837	16	not	not	RB
19880	1837	17	explained	explain	VBN
19880	1837	18	to	to	IN
19880	1837	19	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1837	20	.	.	.
19880	1838	1	There	there	EX
19880	1838	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1838	3	now	now	RB
19880	1838	4	more	more	JJR
19880	1838	5	need	need	NN
19880	1838	6	than	than	IN
19880	1838	7	ever	ever	RB
19880	1838	8	that	that	IN
19880	1838	9	the	the	DT
19880	1838	10	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1838	11	of	of	IN
19880	1838	12	music	music	NN
19880	1838	13	or	or	CC
19880	1838	14	elocution	elocution	NN
19880	1838	15	should	should	MD
19880	1838	16	be	be	VB
19880	1838	17	intellectual	intellectual	JJ
19880	1838	18	and	and	CC
19880	1838	19	not	not	RB
19880	1838	20	mechanical	mechanical	JJ
19880	1838	21	in	in	IN
19880	1838	22	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1838	23	methods	method	NNS
19880	1838	24	.	.	.
19880	1839	1	Technique	technique	NN
19880	1839	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1839	3	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1839	4	,	,	,
19880	1839	5	but	but	CC
19880	1839	6	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1839	7	should	should	MD
19880	1839	8	be	be	VB
19880	1839	9	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1839	10	subordinated	subordinate	VBN
19880	1839	11	to	to	IN
19880	1839	12	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	1839	13	.	.	.
19880	1840	1	Technique	technique	NN
19880	1840	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1840	3	essential	essential	JJ
19880	1840	4	to	to	TO
19880	1840	5	art	art	NN
19880	1840	6	,	,	,
19880	1840	7	but	but	CC
19880	1840	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1840	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	1840	10	not	not	RB
19880	1840	11	art	art	NN
19880	1840	12	.	.	.
19880	1841	1	Art	art	NN
19880	1841	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1841	3	the	the	DT
19880	1841	4	soul	soul	NN
19880	1841	5	,	,	,
19880	1841	6	technique	technique	VB
19880	1841	7	the	the	DT
19880	1841	8	body	body	NN
19880	1841	9	.	.	.
19880	1842	1	The	the	DT
19880	1842	2	soul	soul	NN
19880	1842	3	will	will	MD
19880	1842	4	be	be	VB
19880	1842	5	unknown	unknown	JJ
19880	1842	6	to	to	IN
19880	1842	7	the	the	DT
19880	1842	8	world	world	NN
19880	1842	9	without	without	IN
19880	1842	10	technique	technique	NN
19880	1842	11	;	;	:
19880	1842	12	hence	hence	RB
19880	1842	13	the	the	DT
19880	1842	14	author	author	NN
19880	1842	15	strives	strive	VBZ
19880	1842	16	in	in	IN
19880	1842	17	this	this	DT
19880	1842	18	book	book	NN
19880	1842	19	to	to	TO
19880	1842	20	teach	teach	VB
19880	1842	21	the	the	DT
19880	1842	22	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1842	23	on	on	IN
19880	1842	24	which	which	WDT
19880	1842	25	a	a	DT
19880	1842	26	sound	sound	JJ
19880	1842	27	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1842	28	technique	technique	NN
19880	1842	29	rests	rest	NNS
19880	1842	30	,	,	,
19880	1842	31	but	but	CC
19880	1842	32	only	only	RB
19880	1842	33	that	that	IN
19880	1842	34	what	what	WP
19880	1842	35	is	be	VBZ
19880	1842	36	best	good	JJS
19880	1842	37	in	in	IN
19880	1842	38	the	the	DT
19880	1842	39	soul	soul	NN
19880	1842	40	be	be	VB
19880	1842	41	not	not	RB
19880	1842	42	hidden	hide	VBN
19880	1842	43	,	,	,
19880	1842	44	that	that	IN
19880	1842	45	the	the	DT
19880	1842	46	one	one	CD
19880	1842	47	noble	noble	JJ
19880	1842	48	or	or	CC
19880	1842	49	poetic	poetic	JJ
19880	1842	50	thought	thought	NN
19880	1842	51	shall	shall	MD
19880	1842	52	be	be	VB
19880	1842	53	multiplied	multiply	VBN
19880	1842	54	a	a	DT
19880	1842	55	thousand	thousand	CD
19880	1842	56	times	time	NNS
19880	1842	57	--	--	:
19880	1842	58	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	1842	59	,	,	,
19880	1842	60	that	that	IN
19880	1842	61	if	if	IN
19880	1842	62	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1842	63	be	be	VBP
19880	1842	64	sufficiently	sufficiently	RB
19880	1842	65	worthy	worthy	JJ
19880	1842	66	,	,	,
19880	1842	67	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1842	68	shall	shall	MD
19880	1842	69	,	,	,
19880	1842	70	like	like	IN
19880	1842	71	Tennyson	Tennyson	NNP
19880	1842	72	's	's	POS
19880	1842	73	Brook	Brook	NNP
19880	1842	74	,	,	,
19880	1842	75	"	"	''
19880	1842	76	go	go	VB
19880	1842	77	on	on	RP
19880	1842	78	forever	forever	RB
19880	1842	79	.	.	.
19880	1842	80	"	"	''
19880	1843	1	To	to	TO
19880	1843	2	believe	believe	VB
19880	1843	3	,	,	,
19880	1843	4	on	on	IN
19880	1843	5	the	the	DT
19880	1843	6	one	one	CD
19880	1843	7	hand	hand	NN
19880	1843	8	,	,	,
19880	1843	9	that	that	IN
19880	1843	10	the	the	DT
19880	1843	11	highest	high	JJS
19880	1843	12	art	art	NN
19880	1843	13	can	can	MD
19880	1843	14	be	be	VB
19880	1843	15	attained	attain	VBN
19880	1843	16	with	with	IN
19880	1843	17	a	a	DT
19880	1843	18	very	very	RB
19880	1843	19	mediocre	mediocre	JJ
19880	1843	20	technique	technique	NN
19880	1843	21	,	,	,
19880	1843	22	and	and	CC
19880	1843	23	,	,	,
19880	1843	24	on	on	IN
19880	1843	25	the	the	DT
19880	1843	26	other	other	JJ
19880	1843	27	,	,	,
19880	1843	28	that	that	IN
19880	1843	29	a	a	DT
19880	1843	30	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	1843	31	technique	technique	NN
19880	1843	32	is	be	VBZ
19880	1843	33	the	the	DT
19880	1843	34	main	main	JJ
19880	1843	35	object	object	NN
19880	1843	36	of	of	IN
19880	1843	37	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1843	38	training	training	NN
19880	1843	39	,	,	,
19880	1843	40	are	be	VBP
19880	1843	41	alike	alike	RB
19880	1843	42	great	great	JJ
19880	1843	43	and	and	CC
19880	1843	44	mischievous	mischievous	JJ
19880	1843	45	errors	error	NNS
19880	1843	46	.	.	.
19880	1844	1	The	the	DT
19880	1844	2	author	author	NN
19880	1844	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	1844	4	been	be	VBN
19880	1844	5	asked	ask	VBN
19880	1844	6	frequently	frequently	RB
19880	1844	7	such	such	JJ
19880	1844	8	questions	question	NNS
19880	1844	9	as	as	IN
19880	1844	10	the	the	DT
19880	1844	11	following	follow	VBG
19880	1844	12	:	:	:
19880	1844	13	"	"	``
19880	1844	14	When	when	WRB
19880	1844	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	1844	16	the	the	DT
19880	1844	17	best	good	JJS
19880	1844	18	time	time	NN
19880	1844	19	to	to	TO
19880	1844	20	practise	practise	VB
19880	1844	21	?	?	.
19880	1845	1	How	how	WRB
19880	1845	2	long	long	RB
19880	1845	3	should	should	MD
19880	1845	4	a	a	DT
19880	1845	5	singer	singer	NN
19880	1845	6	practise	practise	NN
19880	1845	7	at	at	IN
19880	1845	8	one	one	CD
19880	1845	9	time	time	NN
19880	1845	10	,	,	,
19880	1845	11	and	and	CC
19880	1845	12	for	for	IN
19880	1845	13	how	how	WRB
19880	1845	14	long	long	RB
19880	1845	15	during	during	IN
19880	1845	16	a	a	DT
19880	1845	17	single	single	JJ
19880	1845	18	day	day	NN
19880	1845	19	?	?	.
19880	1846	1	Should	Should	MD
19880	1846	2	one	one	CD
19880	1846	3	practise	practise	VB
19880	1846	4	softly	softly	RB
19880	1846	5	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1846	6	_	_	NNP
19880	1846	7	piano	piano	NN
19880	1846	8	_	_	NNP
19880	1846	9	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1846	10	or	or	CC
19880	1846	11	vigorously	vigorously	RB
19880	1846	12	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1846	13	_	_	NNP
19880	1846	14	forte_)?"--etc	forte_)?"--etc	FW
19880	1846	15	.	.	.
19880	1847	1	Often	often	RB
19880	1847	2	the	the	DT
19880	1847	3	student	student	NN
19880	1847	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1847	5	puzzled	puzzle	VBN
19880	1847	6	by	by	IN
19880	1847	7	contradictory	contradictory	JJ
19880	1847	8	opinions	opinion	NNS
19880	1847	9	on	on	IN
19880	1847	10	this	this	DT
19880	1847	11	subject	subject	NN
19880	1847	12	.	.	.
19880	1848	1	One	one	CD
19880	1848	2	celebrated	celebrated	JJ
19880	1848	3	prima	prima	NNP
19880	1848	4	donna	donna	NNP
19880	1848	5	states	state	VBZ
19880	1848	6	that	that	IN
19880	1848	7	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1848	8	never	never	RB
19880	1848	9	practises	practise	VBZ
19880	1848	10	more	more	JJR
19880	1848	11	than	than	IN
19880	1848	12	one	one	CD
19880	1848	13	hour	hour	NN
19880	1848	14	a	a	DT
19880	1848	15	day	day	NN
19880	1848	16	;	;	:
19880	1848	17	another	another	DT
19880	1848	18	,	,	,
19880	1848	19	equally	equally	RB
19880	1848	20	distinguished	distinguish	VBN
19880	1848	21	,	,	,
19880	1848	22	that	that	IN
19880	1848	23	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1848	24	has	have	VBZ
19880	1848	25	often	often	RB
19880	1848	26	spent	spend	VBN
19880	1848	27	several	several	JJ
19880	1848	28	hours	hour	NNS
19880	1848	29	in	in	IN
19880	1848	30	almost	almost	RB
19880	1848	31	continuous	continuous	JJ
19880	1848	32	strenuous	strenuous	JJ
19880	1848	33	practice	practice	NN
19880	1848	34	.	.	.
19880	1849	1	What	what	WP
19880	1849	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1849	3	the	the	DT
19880	1849	4	student	student	NN
19880	1849	5	to	to	TO
19880	1849	6	believe	believe	VB
19880	1849	7	,	,	,
19880	1849	8	and	and	CC
19880	1849	9	whom	whom	WP
19880	1849	10	to	to	TO
19880	1849	11	follow	follow	VB
19880	1849	12	?	?	.
19880	1850	1	No	no	DT
19880	1850	2	one	one	NN
19880	1850	3	,	,	,
19880	1850	4	for	for	IN
19880	1850	5	no	no	DT
19880	1850	6	two	two	CD
19880	1850	7	persons	person	NNS
19880	1850	8	are	be	VBP
19880	1850	9	alike	alike	RB
19880	1850	10	.	.	.
19880	1851	1	All	all	PDT
19880	1851	2	the	the	DT
19880	1851	3	above	above	JJ
19880	1851	4	questions	question	NNS
19880	1851	5	can	can	MD
19880	1851	6	be	be	VB
19880	1851	7	safely	safely	RB
19880	1851	8	and	and	CC
19880	1851	9	surely	surely	RB
19880	1851	10	answered	answer	VBN
19880	1851	11	in	in	IN
19880	1851	12	the	the	DT
19880	1851	13	light	light	NN
19880	1851	14	of	of	IN
19880	1851	15	science	science	NN
19880	1851	16	and	and	CC
19880	1851	17	experience	experience	NN
19880	1851	18	combined	combine	VBN
19880	1851	19	,	,	,
19880	1851	20	but	but	CC
19880	1851	21	such	such	JJ
19880	1851	22	questions	question	NNS
19880	1851	23	can	can	MD
19880	1851	24	not	not	RB
19880	1851	25	be	be	VB
19880	1851	26	settled	settle	VBN
19880	1851	27	by	by	IN
19880	1851	28	the	the	DT
19880	1851	29	dictum	dictum	NN
19880	1851	30	of	of	IN
19880	1851	31	any	any	DT
19880	1851	32	singer	singer	NN
19880	1851	33	,	,	,
19880	1851	34	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1851	35	,	,	,
19880	1851	36	or	or	CC
19880	1851	37	writer	writer	NN
19880	1851	38	,	,	,
19880	1851	39	nor	nor	CC
19880	1851	40	does	do	VBZ
19880	1851	41	the	the	DT
19880	1851	42	experience	experience	NN
19880	1851	43	,	,	,
19880	1851	44	in	in	IN
19880	1851	45	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1851	46	,	,	,
19880	1851	47	of	of	IN
19880	1851	48	any	any	DT
19880	1851	49	one	one	CD
19880	1851	50	person	person	NN
19880	1851	51	furnish	furnish	VB
19880	1851	52	an	an	DT
19880	1851	53	adequate	adequate	JJ
19880	1851	54	guide	guide	NN
19880	1851	55	for	for	IN
19880	1851	56	others	other	NNS
19880	1851	57	.	.	.
19880	1852	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1852	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1852	3	:	:	:
19880	1852	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1852	5	.	.	.
19880	1853	1	53	53	CD
19880	1853	2	.	.	.
19880	1854	1	By	by	IN
19880	1854	2	this	this	DT
19880	1854	3	diagram	diagram	NN
19880	1854	4	the	the	DT
19880	1854	5	author	author	NN
19880	1854	6	has	have	VBZ
19880	1854	7	attempted	attempt	VBN
19880	1854	8	to	to	TO
19880	1854	9	give	give	VB
19880	1854	10	the	the	DT
19880	1854	11	reader	reader	NN
19880	1854	12	some	some	DT
19880	1854	13	idea	idea	NN
19880	1854	14	of	of	IN
19880	1854	15	the	the	DT
19880	1854	16	nature	nature	NN
19880	1854	17	of	of	IN
19880	1854	18	the	the	DT
19880	1854	19	chain	chain	NN
19880	1854	20	of	of	IN
19880	1854	21	processes	process	NNS
19880	1854	22	involved	involve	VBN
19880	1854	23	in	in	IN
19880	1854	24	singing	singe	VBG
19880	1854	25	a	a	DT
19880	1854	26	single	single	JJ
19880	1854	27	tone	tone	NN
19880	1854	28	,	,	,
19880	1854	29	from	from	IN
19880	1854	30	the	the	DT
19880	1854	31	time	time	NN
19880	1854	32	the	the	DT
19880	1854	33	eye	eye	NN
19880	1854	34	looks	look	VBZ
19880	1854	35	on	on	IN
19880	1854	36	the	the	DT
19880	1854	37	note	note	NN
19880	1854	38	till	till	IN
19880	1854	39	the	the	DT
19880	1854	40	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1854	41	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	1854	42	have	have	VBP
19880	1854	43	given	give	VBN
19880	1854	44	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1854	45	utterance	utterance	NN
19880	1854	46	as	as	IN
19880	1854	47	a	a	DT
19880	1854	48	tone	tone	NN
19880	1854	49	.	.	.
19880	1855	1	The	the	DT
19880	1855	2	various	various	JJ
19880	1855	3	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	1855	4	centres	centre	NNS
19880	1855	5	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	1855	6	are	be	VBP
19880	1855	7	all	all	DT
19880	1855	8	in	in	IN
19880	1855	9	the	the	DT
19880	1855	10	brain	brain	NN
19880	1855	11	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1855	12	though	though	IN
19880	1855	13	the	the	DT
19880	1855	14	spinal	spinal	JJ
19880	1855	15	cord	cord	NN
19880	1855	16	supplies	supply	VBZ
19880	1855	17	some	some	DT
19880	1855	18	subordinate	subordinate	JJ
19880	1855	19	centres	centre	NNS
19880	1855	20	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1855	21	.	.	.
19880	1856	1	There	there	EX
19880	1856	2	are	be	VBP
19880	1856	3	sensory	sensory	JJ
19880	1856	4	centres	centre	NNS
19880	1856	5	,	,	,
19880	1856	6	or	or	CC
19880	1856	7	those	those	DT
19880	1856	8	for	for	IN
19880	1856	9	the	the	DT
19880	1856	10	eye	eye	NN
19880	1856	11	and	and	CC
19880	1856	12	the	the	DT
19880	1856	13	ear	ear	NN
19880	1856	14	,	,	,
19880	1856	15	and	and	CC
19880	1856	16	motor	motor	NN
19880	1856	17	centres	centre	NNS
19880	1856	18	,	,	,
19880	1856	19	or	or	CC
19880	1856	20	those	those	DT
19880	1856	21	sending	send	VBG
19880	1856	22	the	the	DT
19880	1856	23	commands	command	NNS
19880	1856	24	to	to	IN
19880	1856	25	the	the	DT
19880	1856	26	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1856	27	involved	involve	VBN
19880	1856	28	.	.	.
19880	1857	1	Further	further	RB
19880	1857	2	,	,	,
19880	1857	3	these	these	DT
19880	1857	4	must	must	MD
19880	1857	5	be	be	VB
19880	1857	6	_	_	NNP
19880	1857	7	connected	connect	VBN
19880	1857	8	_	_	NNP
19880	1857	9	by	by	IN
19880	1857	10	paths	path	NNS
19880	1857	11	not	not	RB
19880	1857	12	shown	show	VBN
19880	1857	13	in	in	IN
19880	1857	14	detail	detail	NN
19880	1857	15	,	,	,
19880	1857	16	but	but	CC
19880	1857	17	represented	represent	VBN
19880	1857	18	by	by	IN
19880	1857	19	one	one	CD
19880	1857	20	centre	centre	NN
19880	1857	21	spoken	speak	VBN
19880	1857	22	of	of	IN
19880	1857	23	as	as	IN
19880	1857	24	an	an	DT
19880	1857	25	"	"	``
19880	1857	26	association	association	NN
19880	1857	27	"	"	''
19880	1857	28	centre	centre	NN
19880	1857	29	,	,	,
19880	1857	30	which	which	WDT
19880	1857	31	may	may	MD
19880	1857	32	also	also	RB
19880	1857	33	,	,	,
19880	1857	34	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	1857	35	,	,	,
19880	1857	36	have	have	VBP
19880	1857	37	much	much	JJ
19880	1857	38	to	to	TO
19880	1857	39	do	do	VB
19880	1857	40	with	with	IN
19880	1857	41	emotions	emotion	NNS
19880	1857	42	,	,	,
19880	1857	43	etc	etc	FW
19880	1857	44	.	.	.
19880	1858	1	But	but	CC
19880	1858	2	,	,	,
19880	1858	3	at	at	IN
19880	1858	4	all	all	DT
19880	1858	5	events	event	NNS
19880	1858	6	,	,	,
19880	1858	7	the	the	DT
19880	1858	8	dependence	dependence	NN
19880	1858	9	of	of	IN
19880	1858	10	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1858	11	on	on	IN
19880	1858	12	ingoing	ingoe	VBG
19880	1858	13	messages	message	NNS
19880	1858	14	or	or	CC
19880	1858	15	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1858	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	1858	17	emphasized	emphasize	VBN
19880	1858	18	.	.	.
19880	1859	1	The	the	DT
19880	1859	2	deaf	deaf	NN
19880	1859	3	can	can	MD
19880	1859	4	not	not	RB
19880	1859	5	speak	speak	VB
19880	1859	6	or	or	CC
19880	1859	7	sing	sing	VB
19880	1859	8	,	,	,
19880	1859	9	and	and	CC
19880	1859	10	the	the	DT
19880	1859	11	blind	blind	JJ
19880	1859	12	can	can	MD
19880	1859	13	not	not	RB
19880	1859	14	read	read	VB
19880	1859	15	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1859	16	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	1859	17	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1859	18	music	music	NN
19880	1859	19	.	.	.
19880	1860	1	The	the	DT
19880	1860	2	defect	defect	NN
19880	1860	3	may	may	MD
19880	1860	4	not	not	RB
19880	1860	5	be	be	VB
19880	1860	6	in	in	IN
19880	1860	7	either	either	DT
19880	1860	8	senses	sense	NNS
19880	1860	9	or	or	CC
19880	1860	10	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1860	11	,	,	,
19880	1860	12	but	but	CC
19880	1860	13	in	in	IN
19880	1860	14	the	the	DT
19880	1860	15	relating	relate	VBG
19880	1860	16	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	1860	17	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1860	18	between	between	IN
19880	1860	19	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1860	20	.	.	.
19880	1861	1	As	as	IN
19880	1861	2	explained	explain	VBN
19880	1861	3	in	in	IN
19880	1861	4	the	the	DT
19880	1861	5	body	body	NN
19880	1861	6	of	of	IN
19880	1861	7	the	the	DT
19880	1861	8	work	work	NN
19880	1861	9	,	,	,
19880	1861	10	execution	execution	NN
19880	1861	11	depends	depend	VBZ
19880	1861	12	on	on	IN
19880	1861	13	at	at	RB
19880	1861	14	least	least	RBS
19880	1861	15	two	two	CD
19880	1861	16	factors	factor	NNS
19880	1861	17	,	,	,
19880	1861	18	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	1861	19	,	,	,
19880	1861	20	or	or	CC
19880	1861	21	ingoing	ingoe	VBG
19880	1861	22	messages	message	NNS
19880	1861	23	,	,	,
19880	1861	24	and	and	CC
19880	1861	25	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1861	26	determined	determine	VBN
19880	1861	27	by	by	IN
19880	1861	28	these	these	DT
19880	1861	29	.	.	.
19880	1862	1	Now	now	RB
19880	1862	2	the	the	DT
19880	1862	3	_	_	NNP
19880	1862	4	connection	connection	NN
19880	1862	5	_	_	NNP
19880	1862	6	between	between	IN
19880	1862	7	the	the	DT
19880	1862	8	ingoing	ingoing	NN
19880	1862	9	and	and	CC
19880	1862	10	the	the	DT
19880	1862	11	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19880	1862	12	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	1862	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	1862	14	the	the	DT
19880	1862	15	most	most	RBS
19880	1862	16	important	important	JJ
19880	1862	17	and	and	CC
19880	1862	18	the	the	DT
19880	1862	19	least	least	JJS
19880	1862	20	understood	understand	VBD
19880	1862	21	part	part	NN
19880	1862	22	,	,	,
19880	1862	23	but	but	CC
19880	1862	24	the	the	DT
19880	1862	25	above	above	JJ
19880	1862	26	diagram	diagram	NN
19880	1862	27	will	will	MD
19880	1862	28	at	at	IN
19880	1862	29	least	least	JJS
19880	1862	30	serve	serve	VB
19880	1862	31	to	to	TO
19880	1862	32	emphasize	emphasize	VB
19880	1862	33	the	the	DT
19880	1862	34	fact	fact	NN
19880	1862	35	that	that	IN
19880	1862	36	such	such	JJ
19880	1862	37	connections	connection	NNS
19880	1862	38	exist	exist	VBP
19880	1862	39	,	,	,
19880	1862	40	and	and	CC
19880	1862	41	that	that	IN
19880	1862	42	in	in	IN
19880	1862	43	a	a	DT
19880	1862	44	general	general	JJ
19880	1862	45	way	way	NN
19880	1862	46	the	the	DT
19880	1862	47	result	result	NN
19880	1862	48	,	,	,
19880	1862	49	performance	performance	NN
19880	1862	50	,	,	,
19880	1862	51	can	can	MD
19880	1862	52	be	be	VB
19880	1862	53	explained	explain	VBN
19880	1862	54	.	.	.
19880	1863	1	No	no	DT
19880	1863	2	attempt	attempt	NN
19880	1863	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	1863	4	been	be	VBN
19880	1863	5	made	make	VBN
19880	1863	6	to	to	TO
19880	1863	7	trace	trace	VB
19880	1863	8	the	the	DT
19880	1863	9	path	path	NN
19880	1863	10	of	of	IN
19880	1863	11	other	other	JJ
19880	1863	12	sensory	sensory	JJ
19880	1863	13	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	1863	14	than	than	IN
19880	1863	15	those	those	DT
19880	1863	16	from	from	IN
19880	1863	17	eye	eye	NN
19880	1863	18	and	and	CC
19880	1863	19	ear	ear	NN
19880	1863	20	,	,	,
19880	1863	21	as	as	IN
19880	1863	22	this	this	DT
19880	1863	23	would	would	MD
19880	1863	24	make	make	VB
19880	1863	25	the	the	DT
19880	1863	26	diagram	diagram	NN
19880	1863	27	too	too	RB
19880	1863	28	complicated	complicated	JJ
19880	1863	29	.	.	.
19880	1863	30	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1864	1	Investigation	investigation	NN
19880	1864	2	has	have	VBZ
19880	1864	3	shown	show	VBN
19880	1864	4	that	that	IN
19880	1864	5	the	the	DT
19880	1864	6	use	use	NN
19880	1864	7	of	of	IN
19880	1864	8	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1864	9	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	1864	10	to	to	IN
19880	1864	11	the	the	DT
19880	1864	12	accumulation	accumulation	NN
19880	1864	13	of	of	IN
19880	1864	14	the	the	DT
19880	1864	15	waste	waste	NN
19880	1864	16	products	product	NNS
19880	1864	17	of	of	IN
19880	1864	18	vital	vital	JJ
19880	1864	19	activity	activity	NN
19880	1864	20	;	;	:
19880	1864	21	that	that	IN
19880	1864	22	such	such	JJ
19880	1864	23	accumulation	accumulation	NN
19880	1864	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	1864	25	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1864	26	with	with	IN
19880	1864	27	the	the	DT
19880	1864	28	experience	experience	NN
19880	1864	29	in	in	IN
19880	1864	30	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19880	1864	31	of	of	IN
19880	1864	32	what	what	WP
19880	1864	33	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1864	34	term	term	VBP
19880	1864	35	"	"	``
19880	1864	36	fatigue	fatigue	NN
19880	1864	37	,	,	,
19880	1864	38	"	"	''
19880	1864	39	and	and	CC
19880	1864	40	which	which	WDT
19880	1864	41	is	be	VBZ
19880	1864	42	preceded	precede	VBN
19880	1864	43	by	by	IN
19880	1864	44	"	"	``
19880	1864	45	weariness	weariness	NN
19880	1864	46	.	.	.
19880	1864	47	"	"	''
19880	1865	1	The	the	DT
19880	1865	2	latter	latter	NN
19880	1865	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1865	4	a	a	DT
19880	1865	5	warning	warning	NN
19880	1865	6	that	that	IN
19880	1865	7	the	the	DT
19880	1865	8	more	more	RBR
19880	1865	9	serious	serious	JJ
19880	1865	10	condition	condition	NN
19880	1865	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	1865	12	approaching	approach	VBG
19880	1865	13	,	,	,
19880	1865	14	but	but	CC
19880	1865	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	1865	16	to	to	TO
19880	1865	17	be	be	VB
19880	1865	18	distinguished	distinguish	VBN
19880	1865	19	from	from	IN
19880	1865	20	another	another	DT
19880	1865	21	feeling	feeling	NN
19880	1865	22	not	not	RB
19880	1865	23	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	1865	24	to	to	TO
19880	1865	25	name	name	VB
19880	1865	26	,	,	,
19880	1865	27	often	often	RB
19880	1865	28	present	present	JJ
19880	1865	29	in	in	IN
19880	1865	30	unwilling	unwilling	JJ
19880	1865	31	youthful	youthful	JJ
19880	1865	32	students	student	NNS
19880	1865	33	,	,	,
19880	1865	34	and	and	CC
19880	1865	35	for	for	IN
19880	1865	36	which	which	WDT
19880	1865	37	various	various	JJ
19880	1865	38	forms	form	NNS
19880	1865	39	of	of	IN
19880	1865	40	treatment	treatment	NN
19880	1865	41	are	be	VBP
19880	1865	42	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	1865	43	tried	try	VBN
19880	1865	44	so	so	RB
19880	1865	45	unsuccessfully	unsuccessfully	RB
19880	1865	46	that	that	IN
19880	1865	47	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1865	48	is	be	VBZ
19880	1865	49	as	as	RB
19880	1865	50	well	well	RB
19880	1865	51	to	to	TO
19880	1865	52	discontinue	discontinue	VB
19880	1865	53	study	study	VB
19880	1865	54	altogether	altogether	RB
19880	1865	55	.	.	.
19880	1866	1	1	1	LS
19880	1866	2	.	.	.
19880	1867	1	The	the	DT
19880	1867	2	time	time	NN
19880	1867	3	at	at	IN
19880	1867	4	which	which	WDT
19880	1867	5	,	,	,
19880	1867	6	as	as	IN
19880	1867	7	a	a	DT
19880	1867	8	rule	rule	NN
19880	1867	9	,	,	,
19880	1867	10	any	any	DT
19880	1867	11	work	work	NN
19880	1867	12	can	can	MD
19880	1867	13	best	best	RB
19880	1867	14	be	be	VB
19880	1867	15	carried	carry	VBN
19880	1867	16	out	out	RP
19880	1867	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	1867	18	during	during	IN
19880	1867	19	the	the	DT
19880	1867	20	early	early	JJ
19880	1867	21	hours	hour	NNS
19880	1867	22	of	of	IN
19880	1867	23	the	the	DT
19880	1867	24	day	day	NN
19880	1867	25	,	,	,
19880	1867	26	so	so	IN
19880	1867	27	that	that	IN
19880	1867	28	if	if	IN
19880	1867	29	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1867	30	is	be	VBZ
19880	1867	31	possible	possible	JJ
19880	1867	32	,	,	,
19880	1867	33	practice	practice	NN
19880	1867	34	should	should	MD
19880	1867	35	be	be	VB
19880	1867	36	begun	begin	VBN
19880	1867	37	early	early	RB
19880	1867	38	,	,	,
19880	1867	39	and	and	CC
19880	1867	40	after	after	IN
19880	1867	41	some	some	DT
19880	1867	42	preliminary	preliminary	JJ
19880	1867	43	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	1867	44	for	for	IN
19880	1867	45	the	the	DT
19880	1867	46	good	good	NN
19880	1867	47	of	of	IN
19880	1867	48	the	the	DT
19880	1867	49	body	body	NN
19880	1867	50	generally--_e.g	generally--_e.g	NN
19880	1867	51	.	.	.
19880	1867	52	_	_	NNP
19880	1867	53	,	,	,
19880	1867	54	a	a	DT
19880	1867	55	short	short	JJ
19880	1867	56	walk	walk	NN
19880	1867	57	,	,	,
19880	1867	58	during	during	IN
19880	1867	59	which	which	WDT
19880	1867	60	the	the	DT
19880	1867	61	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	1867	62	may	may	MD
19880	1867	63	be	be	VB
19880	1867	64	filled	fill	VBN
19880	1867	65	with	with	IN
19880	1867	66	pure	pure	JJ
19880	1867	67	air	air	NN
19880	1867	68	.	.	.
19880	1868	1	As	as	IN
19880	1868	2	the	the	DT
19880	1868	3	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1868	4	of	of	IN
19880	1868	5	the	the	DT
19880	1868	6	chest	chest	NN
19880	1868	7	,	,	,
19880	1868	8	etc	etc	FW
19880	1868	9	.	.	.
19880	1868	10	,	,	,
19880	1868	11	are	be	VBP
19880	1868	12	to	to	TO
19880	1868	13	be	be	VB
19880	1868	14	used	use	VBN
19880	1868	15	in	in	IN
19880	1868	16	voice	voice	NN
19880	1868	17	-	-	HYPH
19880	1868	18	production	production	NN
19880	1868	19	,	,	,
19880	1868	20	such	such	PDT
19880	1868	21	a	a	DT
19880	1868	22	walk	walk	NN
19880	1868	23	or	or	CC
19880	1868	24	other	other	JJ
19880	1868	25	form	form	NN
19880	1868	26	of	of	IN
19880	1868	27	general	general	JJ
19880	1868	28	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	1868	29	should	should	MD
19880	1868	30	not	not	RB
19880	1868	31	be	be	VB
19880	1868	32	lengthy	lengthy	JJ
19880	1868	33	.	.	.
19880	1869	1	Energy	energy	NN
19880	1869	2	should	should	MD
19880	1869	3	be	be	VB
19880	1869	4	reserved	reserve	VBN
19880	1869	5	for	for	IN
19880	1869	6	the	the	DT
19880	1869	7	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1869	8	activities	activity	NNS
19880	1869	9	involved	involve	VBN
19880	1869	10	in	in	IN
19880	1869	11	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1869	12	practice	practice	NN
19880	1869	13	.	.	.
19880	1870	1	2	2	LS
19880	1870	2	.	.	.
19880	1871	1	The	the	DT
19880	1871	2	principle	principle	NN
19880	1871	3	that	that	WDT
19880	1871	4	guides	guide	VBZ
19880	1871	5	in	in	IN
19880	1871	6	all	all	DT
19880	1871	7	use	use	NN
19880	1871	8	of	of	IN
19880	1871	9	the	the	DT
19880	1871	10	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1871	11	,	,	,
19880	1871	12	all	all	DT
19880	1871	13	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	1871	14	,	,	,
19880	1871	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	1871	16	that	that	IN
19880	1871	17	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1871	18	be	be	VB
19880	1871	19	taken	take	VBN
19880	1871	20	under	under	IN
19880	1871	21	the	the	DT
19880	1871	22	most	most	RBS
19880	1871	23	favorable	favorable	JJ
19880	1871	24	circumstances	circumstance	NNS
19880	1871	25	and	and	CC
19880	1871	26	short	short	JJ
19880	1871	27	of	of	IN
19880	1871	28	fatigue	fatigue	NN
19880	1871	29	,	,	,
19880	1871	30	even	even	RB
19880	1871	31	of	of	IN
19880	1871	32	weariness	weariness	NN
19880	1871	33	;	;	:
19880	1871	34	hence	hence	RB
19880	1871	35	the	the	DT
19880	1871	36	question	question	NN
19880	1871	37	whether	whether	IN
19880	1871	38	the	the	DT
19880	1871	39	student	student	NN
19880	1871	40	should	should	MD
19880	1871	41	practise	practise	VB
19880	1871	42	five	five	CD
19880	1871	43	minutes	minute	NNS
19880	1871	44	or	or	CC
19880	1871	45	one	one	CD
19880	1871	46	hour	hour	NN
19880	1871	47	is	be	VBZ
19880	1871	48	one	one	NN
19880	1871	49	that	that	WDT
19880	1871	50	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1871	51	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1871	52	,	,	,
19880	1871	53	and	and	CC
19880	1871	54	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1871	55	alone	alone	RB
19880	1871	56	,	,	,
19880	1871	57	can	can	MD
19880	1871	58	determine	determine	VB
19880	1871	59	,	,	,
19880	1871	60	provided	provide	VBN
19880	1871	61	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1871	62	is	be	VBZ
19880	1871	63	old	old	JJ
19880	1871	64	enough	enough	RB
19880	1871	65	and	and	CC
19880	1871	66	observant	observant	JJ
19880	1871	67	enough	enough	RB
19880	1871	68	to	to	TO
19880	1871	69	know	know	VB
19880	1871	70	when	when	WRB
19880	1871	71	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1871	72	begins	begin	VBZ
19880	1871	73	to	to	TO
19880	1871	74	feel	feel	VB
19880	1871	75	weary	weary	JJ
19880	1871	76	in	in	IN
19880	1871	77	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1871	78	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1871	79	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1871	80	,	,	,
19880	1871	81	whether	whether	IN
19880	1871	82	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1871	83	be	be	VBP
19880	1871	84	in	in	IN
19880	1871	85	the	the	DT
19880	1871	86	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	1871	87	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1871	88	,	,	,
19880	1871	89	the	the	DT
19880	1871	90	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1871	91	,	,	,
19880	1871	92	or	or	CC
19880	1871	93	the	the	DT
19880	1871	94	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1871	95	-	-	HYPH
19880	1871	96	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1871	97	.	.	.
19880	1872	1	With	with	IN
19880	1872	2	some	some	DT
19880	1872	3	there	there	EX
19880	1872	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1872	5	a	a	DT
19880	1872	6	weak	weak	JJ
19880	1872	7	spot	spot	NN
19880	1872	8	,	,	,
19880	1872	9	and	and	CC
19880	1872	10	this	this	DT
19880	1872	11	settles	settle	VBZ
19880	1872	12	the	the	DT
19880	1872	13	question	question	NN
19880	1872	14	for	for	IN
19880	1872	15	all	all	DT
19880	1872	16	other	other	JJ
19880	1872	17	parts	part	NNS
19880	1872	18	.	.	.
19880	1873	1	As	as	IN
19880	1873	2	a	a	DT
19880	1873	3	rule	rule	NN
19880	1873	4	,	,	,
19880	1873	5	beginners	beginner	NNS
19880	1873	6	will	will	MD
19880	1873	7	do	do	VB
19880	1873	8	well	well	RB
19880	1873	9	not	not	RB
19880	1873	10	to	to	TO
19880	1873	11	practice	practice	VB
19880	1873	12	,	,	,
19880	1873	13	at	at	IN
19880	1873	14	first	first	RB
19880	1873	15	,	,	,
19880	1873	16	for	for	IN
19880	1873	17	longer	long	JJR
19880	1873	18	at	at	IN
19880	1873	19	one	one	CD
19880	1873	20	time	time	NN
19880	1873	21	than	than	IN
19880	1873	22	five	five	CD
19880	1873	23	minutes	minute	NNS
19880	1873	24	,	,	,
19880	1873	25	not	not	RB
19880	1873	26	only	only	RB
19880	1873	27	because	because	IN
19880	1873	28	of	of	IN
19880	1873	29	the	the	DT
19880	1873	30	possible	possible	JJ
19880	1873	31	weariness	weariness	NN
19880	1873	32	,	,	,
19880	1873	33	but	but	CC
19880	1873	34	because	because	IN
19880	1873	35	at	at	IN
19880	1873	36	the	the	DT
19880	1873	37	outset	outset	NN
19880	1873	38	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1873	39	is	be	VBZ
19880	1873	40	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	1873	41	to	to	TO
19880	1873	42	keep	keep	VB
19880	1873	43	the	the	DT
19880	1873	44	attention	attention	NN
19880	1873	45	fixed	fix	VBN
19880	1873	46	.	.	.
19880	1874	1	The	the	DT
19880	1874	2	ear	ear	NN
19880	1874	3	and	and	CC
19880	1874	4	brain	brain	NN
19880	1874	5	tire	tire	NN
19880	1874	6	as	as	RB
19880	1874	7	well	well	RB
19880	1874	8	as	as	IN
19880	1874	9	the	the	DT
19880	1874	10	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1874	11	.	.	.
19880	1875	1	Naturally	naturally	RB
19880	1875	2	,	,	,
19880	1875	3	the	the	DT
19880	1875	4	condition	condition	NN
19880	1875	5	of	of	IN
19880	1875	6	the	the	DT
19880	1875	7	student	student	NN
19880	1875	8	at	at	IN
19880	1875	9	the	the	DT
19880	1875	10	time	time	NN
19880	1875	11	has	have	VBZ
19880	1875	12	much	much	JJ
19880	1875	13	to	to	TO
19880	1875	14	do	do	VB
19880	1875	15	with	with	IN
19880	1875	16	the	the	DT
19880	1875	17	length	length	NN
19880	1875	18	of	of	IN
19880	1875	19	a	a	DT
19880	1875	20	practice	practice	NN
19880	1875	21	,	,	,
19880	1875	22	but	but	CC
19880	1875	23	all	all	DT
19880	1875	24	things	thing	NNS
19880	1875	25	are	be	VBP
19880	1875	26	determined	determine	VBN
19880	1875	27	by	by	IN
19880	1875	28	the	the	DT
19880	1875	29	sensible	sensible	JJ
19880	1875	30	application	application	NN
19880	1875	31	of	of	IN
19880	1875	32	that	that	DT
19880	1875	33	principle	principle	NN
19880	1875	34	which	which	WDT
19880	1875	35	science	science	NN
19880	1875	36	and	and	CC
19880	1875	37	experience	experience	NN
19880	1875	38	alike	alike	RB
19880	1875	39	show	show	VBP
19880	1875	40	to	to	TO
19880	1875	41	be	be	VB
19880	1875	42	a	a	DT
19880	1875	43	safe	safe	JJ
19880	1875	44	guide	guide	NN
19880	1875	45	.	.	.
19880	1876	1	Naturally	naturally	RB
19880	1876	2	,	,	,
19880	1876	3	as	as	IN
19880	1876	4	in	in	IN
19880	1876	5	other	other	JJ
19880	1876	6	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	1876	7	,	,	,
19880	1876	8	the	the	DT
19880	1876	9	duration	duration	NN
19880	1876	10	of	of	IN
19880	1876	11	an	an	DT
19880	1876	12	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	1876	13	may	may	MD
19880	1876	14	be	be	VB
19880	1876	15	gradually	gradually	RB
19880	1876	16	lengthened	lengthen	VBN
19880	1876	17	with	with	IN
19880	1876	18	experience	experience	NN
19880	1876	19	.	.	.
19880	1877	1	One	one	CD
19880	1877	2	singer	singer	NN
19880	1877	3	may	may	MD
19880	1877	4	find	find	VB
19880	1877	5	an	an	DT
19880	1877	6	hour	hour	NN
19880	1877	7	a	a	DT
19880	1877	8	day	day	NN
19880	1877	9	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19880	1877	10	,	,	,
19880	1877	11	if	if	IN
19880	1877	12	she	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1877	13	be	be	VBP
19880	1877	14	already	already	RB
19880	1877	15	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19880	1877	16	trained	train	VBN
19880	1877	17	in	in	IN
19880	1877	18	every	every	DT
19880	1877	19	respect	respect	NN
19880	1877	20	--	--	:
19880	1877	21	be	be	VB
19880	1877	22	"	"	``
19880	1877	23	in	in	IN
19880	1877	24	good	good	JJ
19880	1877	25	form	form	NN
19880	1877	26	,	,	,
19880	1877	27	"	"	''
19880	1877	28	or	or	CC
19880	1877	29	"	"	``
19880	1877	30	fit	fit	JJ
19880	1877	31	,	,	,
19880	1877	32	"	"	''
19880	1877	33	as	as	IN
19880	1877	34	the	the	DT
19880	1877	35	athletes	athlete	NNS
19880	1877	36	say	say	VBP
19880	1877	37	--	--	:
19880	1877	38	and	and	CC
19880	1877	39	have	have	VBP
19880	1877	40	only	only	RB
19880	1877	41	light	light	NN
19880	1877	42	or	or	CC
19880	1877	43	_	_	NNP
19880	1877	44	coloratura	coloratura	NNP
19880	1877	45	_	_	NNP
19880	1877	46	parts	part	NNS
19880	1877	47	to	to	TO
19880	1877	48	sing	sing	VB
19880	1877	49	;	;	:
19880	1877	50	but	but	CC
19880	1877	51	would	would	MD
19880	1877	52	this	this	DT
19880	1877	53	suffice	suffice	VB
19880	1877	54	to	to	TO
19880	1877	55	form	form	VB
19880	1877	56	a	a	DT
19880	1877	57	singer	singer	NN
19880	1877	58	to	to	TO
19880	1877	59	sustain	sustain	VB
19880	1877	60	the	the	DT
19880	1877	61	heaviest	heavy	JJS
19880	1877	62	dramatic	dramatic	JJ
19880	1877	63	parts	part	NNS
19880	1877	64	for	for	IN
19880	1877	65	hours	hour	NNS
19880	1877	66	together	together	RB
19880	1877	67	before	before	IN
19880	1877	68	a	a	DT
19880	1877	69	large	large	JJ
19880	1877	70	public	public	JJ
19880	1877	71	audience	audience	NN
19880	1877	72	?	?	.
19880	1878	1	The	the	DT
19880	1878	2	training	training	NN
19880	1878	3	of	of	IN
19880	1878	4	a	a	DT
19880	1878	5	hundred	hundred	CD
19880	1878	6	-	-	HYPH
19880	1878	7	yards	yard	NNS
19880	1878	8	sprinter	sprinter	NN
19880	1878	9	should	should	MD
19880	1878	10	not	not	RB
19880	1878	11	be	be	VB
19880	1878	12	the	the	DT
19880	1878	13	same	same	JJ
19880	1878	14	as	as	IN
19880	1878	15	that	that	DT
19880	1878	16	prescribed	prescribe	VBD
19880	1878	17	for	for	IN
19880	1878	18	a	a	DT
19880	1878	19	long	long	JJ
19880	1878	20	-	-	HYPH
19880	1878	21	distance	distance	NN
19880	1878	22	runner	runner	NN
19880	1878	23	or	or	CC
19880	1878	24	a	a	DT
19880	1878	25	wrestler	wrestler	NN
19880	1878	26	.	.	.
19880	1879	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1879	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1879	3	:	:	:
19880	1879	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1879	5	.	.	.
19880	1880	1	54	54	CD
19880	1880	2	.	.	.
19880	1881	1	The	the	DT
19880	1881	2	above	above	RB
19880	1881	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1881	4	a	a	DT
19880	1881	5	diagrammatic	diagrammatic	JJ
19880	1881	6	representation	representation	NN
19880	1881	7	of	of	IN
19880	1881	8	a	a	DT
19880	1881	9	highly	highly	RB
19880	1881	10	magnified	magnify	VBN
19880	1881	11	section	section	NN
19880	1881	12	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1881	13	or	or	CC
19880	1881	14	very	very	RB
19880	1881	15	thin	thin	JJ
19880	1881	16	slice	slice	NN
19880	1881	17	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1881	18	through	through	IN
19880	1881	19	the	the	DT
19880	1881	20	outermost	outermost	NN
19880	1881	21	or	or	CC
19880	1881	22	most	most	RBS
19880	1881	23	superficial	superficial	JJ
19880	1881	24	part	part	NN
19880	1881	25	of	of	IN
19880	1881	26	the	the	DT
19880	1881	27	great	great	JJ
19880	1881	28	brain	brain	NNP
19880	1881	29	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1881	30	cortex	cortex	NNP
19880	1881	31	cerebri	cerebri	NNP
19880	1881	32	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1881	33	,	,	,
19880	1881	34	and	and	CC
19880	1881	35	is	be	VBZ
19880	1881	36	inserted	insert	VBN
19880	1881	37	to	to	TO
19880	1881	38	help	help	VB
19880	1881	39	the	the	DT
19880	1881	40	reader	reader	NN
19880	1881	41	to	to	TO
19880	1881	42	form	form	VB
19880	1881	43	some	some	DT
19880	1881	44	idea	idea	NN
19880	1881	45	of	of	IN
19880	1881	46	the	the	DT
19880	1881	47	complexity	complexity	NN
19880	1881	48	of	of	IN
19880	1881	49	structure	structure	NN
19880	1881	50	of	of	IN
19880	1881	51	the	the	DT
19880	1881	52	most	most	RBS
19880	1881	53	important	important	JJ
19880	1881	54	part	part	NN
19880	1881	55	of	of	IN
19880	1881	56	the	the	DT
19880	1881	57	brain	brain	NN
19880	1881	58	so	so	RB
19880	1881	59	far	far	RB
19880	1881	60	as	as	IN
19880	1881	61	the	the	DT
19880	1881	62	highest	high	JJS
19880	1881	63	mental	mental	JJ
19880	1881	64	processes	process	NNS
19880	1881	65	are	be	VBP
19880	1881	66	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	1881	67	.	.	.
19880	1882	1	This	this	DT
19880	1882	2	complexity	complexity	NN
19880	1882	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1882	4	greater	great	JJR
19880	1882	5	in	in	IN
19880	1882	6	man	man	NN
19880	1882	7	than	than	IN
19880	1882	8	in	in	IN
19880	1882	9	other	other	JJ
19880	1882	10	animals	animal	NNS
19880	1882	11	.	.	.
19880	1882	12	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1883	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1883	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1883	3	:	:	:
19880	1883	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	1883	5	.	.	.
19880	1884	1	55	55	CD
19880	1884	2	.	.	.
19880	1885	1	A	a	DT
19880	1885	2	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	1885	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	1885	4	cell	cell	NN
19880	1885	5	from	from	IN
19880	1885	6	the	the	DT
19880	1885	7	outer	outer	JJ
19880	1885	8	rind	rind	NN
19880	1885	9	of	of	IN
19880	1885	10	the	the	DT
19880	1885	11	great	great	JJ
19880	1885	12	brain	brain	NNP
19880	1885	13	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1885	14	cortex	cortex	NNP
19880	1885	15	cerebri	cerebri	NNP
19880	1885	16	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1885	17	,	,	,
19880	1885	18	much	much	RB
19880	1885	19	magnified	magnify	VBN
19880	1885	20	.	.	.
19880	1886	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1886	2	Schäfer	schäfer	VB
19880	1886	3	.	.	.
19880	1886	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1886	5	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1887	1	3	3	LS
19880	1887	2	.	.	.
19880	1888	1	In	in	IN
19880	1888	2	all	all	DT
19880	1888	3	practice	practice	NN
19880	1888	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1888	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1888	6	ever	ever	RB
19880	1888	7	to	to	TO
19880	1888	8	be	be	VB
19880	1888	9	borne	bear	VBN
19880	1888	10	in	in	IN
19880	1888	11	mind	mind	NN
19880	1888	12	that	that	IN
19880	1888	13	the	the	DT
19880	1888	14	end	end	NN
19880	1888	15	,	,	,
19880	1888	16	even	even	RB
19880	1888	17	in	in	IN
19880	1888	18	an	an	DT
19880	1888	19	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	1888	20	,	,	,
19880	1888	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	1888	22	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1888	23	.	.	.
19880	1889	1	Tones	tone	NNS
19880	1889	2	of	of	IN
19880	1889	3	that	that	DT
19880	1889	4	quality	quality	NN
19880	1889	5	only	only	RB
19880	1889	6	which	which	WDT
19880	1889	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1889	8	the	the	DT
19880	1889	9	best	good	JJS
19880	1889	10	possible	possible	JJ
19880	1889	11	to	to	IN
19880	1889	12	the	the	DT
19880	1889	13	singer	singer	NN
19880	1889	14	at	at	IN
19880	1889	15	the	the	DT
19880	1889	16	time	time	NN
19880	1889	17	are	be	VBP
19880	1889	18	to	to	TO
19880	1889	19	be	be	VB
19880	1889	20	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1889	21	,	,	,
19880	1889	22	and	and	CC
19880	1889	23	everything	everything	NN
19880	1889	24	else	else	RB
19880	1889	25	must	must	MD
19880	1889	26	yield	yield	VB
19880	1889	27	to	to	IN
19880	1889	28	this	this	DT
19880	1889	29	.	.	.
19880	1890	1	4	4	LS
19880	1890	2	.	.	.
19880	1891	1	No	no	DT
19880	1891	2	wise	wise	JJ
19880	1891	3	trainer	trainer	NN
19880	1891	4	ever	ever	RB
19880	1891	5	allows	allow	VBZ
19880	1891	6	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1891	7	charges	charge	NNS
19880	1891	8	to	to	TO
19880	1891	9	go	go	VB
19880	1891	10	on	on	IN
19880	1891	11	a	a	DT
19880	1891	12	racing	racing	NN
19880	1891	13	track	track	NN
19880	1891	14	and	and	CC
19880	1891	15	at	at	IN
19880	1891	16	once	once	RB
19880	1891	17	run	run	VB
19880	1891	18	a	a	DT
19880	1891	19	hundred	hundred	CD
19880	1891	20	yards	yard	NNS
19880	1891	21	at	at	IN
19880	1891	22	the	the	DT
19880	1891	23	highest	high	JJS
19880	1891	24	possible	possible	JJ
19880	1891	25	speed	speed	NN
19880	1891	26	.	.	.
19880	1892	1	Such	such	PDT
19880	1892	2	a	a	DT
19880	1892	3	course	course	NN
19880	1892	4	would	would	MD
19880	1892	5	be	be	VB
19880	1892	6	against	against	IN
19880	1892	7	all	all	DT
19880	1892	8	sound	sound	JJ
19880	1892	9	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	1892	10	and	and	CC
19880	1892	11	all	all	PDT
19880	1892	12	the	the	DT
19880	1892	13	best	good	JJS
19880	1892	14	experience	experience	NN
19880	1892	15	.	.	.
19880	1893	1	Hence	hence	RB
19880	1893	2	the	the	DT
19880	1893	3	question	question	NN
19880	1893	4	of	of	IN
19880	1893	5	_	_	NNP
19880	1893	6	piano	piano	NN
19880	1893	7	_	_	NNP
19880	1893	8	and	and	CC
19880	1893	9	_	_	NNP
19880	1893	10	forte	forte	NNP
19880	1893	11	_	_	NNP
19880	1893	12	practice	practice	NN
19880	1893	13	answers	answer	NNS
19880	1893	14	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1893	15	;	;	:
19880	1893	16	the	the	DT
19880	1893	17	singer	singer	NN
19880	1893	18	should	should	MD
19880	1893	19	never	never	RB
19880	1893	20	begin	begin	VB
19880	1893	21	any	any	DT
19880	1893	22	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	1893	23	_	_	NNP
19880	1893	24	forte	forte	NNP
19880	1893	25	_	_	NNP
19880	1893	26	,	,	,
19880	1893	27	but	but	CC
19880	1893	28	either	either	CC
19880	1893	29	_	_	NNP
19880	1893	30	piano	piano	NN
19880	1893	31	_	_	NNP
19880	1893	32	or	or	CC
19880	1893	33	_	_	NNP
19880	1893	34	moderato_--as	moderato_--as	NNP
19880	1893	35	to	to	TO
19880	1893	36	which	which	WDT
19880	1893	37	depends	depend	VBZ
19880	1893	38	on	on	IN
19880	1893	39	the	the	DT
19880	1893	40	individual	individual	NN
19880	1893	41	.	.	.
19880	1894	1	Some	some	DT
19880	1894	2	persons	person	NNS
19880	1894	3	can	can	MD
19880	1894	4	only	only	RB
19880	1894	5	after	after	IN
19880	1894	6	long	long	JJ
19880	1894	7	study	study	NN
19880	1894	8	produce	produce	VBP
19880	1894	9	really	really	RB
19880	1894	10	good	good	JJ
19880	1894	11	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1894	12	_	_	NNP
19880	1894	13	piano	piano	NN
19880	1894	14	_	_	NNP
19880	1894	15	;	;	:
19880	1894	16	such	such	JJ
19880	1894	17	if	if	IN
19880	1894	18	not	not	RB
19880	1894	19	most	most	JJS
19880	1894	20	persons	person	NNS
19880	1894	21	should	should	MD
19880	1894	22	,	,	,
19880	1894	23	of	of	IN
19880	1894	24	course	course	NN
19880	1894	25	,	,	,
19880	1894	26	begin	begin	VB
19880	1894	27	practising	practise	VBG
19880	1894	28	with	with	IN
19880	1894	29	moderate	moderate	JJ
19880	1894	30	force	force	NN
19880	1894	31	.	.	.
19880	1895	1	Certainly	certainly	RB
19880	1895	2	,	,	,
19880	1895	3	the	the	DT
19880	1895	4	voice	voice	NN
19880	1895	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	1895	6	user	user	NN
19880	1895	7	should	should	MD
19880	1895	8	,	,	,
19880	1895	9	in	in	IN
19880	1895	10	order	order	NN
19880	1895	11	to	to	TO
19880	1895	12	gain	gain	VB
19880	1895	13	volume	volume	NN
19880	1895	14	,	,	,
19880	1895	15	gradually	gradually	RB
19880	1895	16	increase	increase	VB
19880	1895	17	the	the	DT
19880	1895	18	vigor	vigor	NN
19880	1895	19	of	of	IN
19880	1895	20	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1895	21	practice	practice	NN
19880	1895	22	,	,	,
19880	1895	23	but	but	CC
19880	1895	24	exactly	exactly	RB
19880	1895	25	how	how	WRB
19880	1895	26	to	to	TO
19880	1895	27	do	do	VB
19880	1895	28	this	this	DT
19880	1895	29	,	,	,
19880	1895	30	and	and	CC
19880	1895	31	to	to	IN
19880	1895	32	what	what	WDT
19880	1895	33	extent	extent	NN
19880	1895	34	daily	daily	RB
19880	1895	35	,	,	,
19880	1895	36	are	be	VBP
19880	1895	37	questions	question	NNS
19880	1895	38	in	in	IN
19880	1895	39	which	which	WDT
19880	1895	40	the	the	DT
19880	1895	41	advice	advice	NN
19880	1895	42	of	of	IN
19880	1895	43	a	a	DT
19880	1895	44	sensible	sensible	JJ
19880	1895	45	and	and	CC
19880	1895	46	experienced	experienced	JJ
19880	1895	47	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1895	48	is	be	VBZ
19880	1895	49	of	of	IN
19880	1895	50	great	great	JJ
19880	1895	51	value	value	NN
19880	1895	52	,	,	,
19880	1895	53	though	though	IN
19880	1895	54	the	the	DT
19880	1895	55	principle	principle	NN
19880	1895	56	on	on	IN
19880	1895	57	which	which	WDT
19880	1895	58	that	that	DT
19880	1895	59	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	1895	60	should	should	MD
19880	1895	61	be	be	VB
19880	1895	62	founded	found	VBN
19880	1895	63	is	be	VBZ
19880	1895	64	clear	clear	JJ
19880	1895	65	enough	enough	RB
19880	1895	66	.	.	.
19880	1896	1	5	5	CD
19880	1896	2	.	.	.
19880	1897	1	The	the	DT
19880	1897	2	questions	question	NNS
19880	1897	3	as	as	IN
19880	1897	4	to	to	IN
19880	1897	5	the	the	DT
19880	1897	6	total	total	JJ
19880	1897	7	amount	amount	NN
19880	1897	8	of	of	IN
19880	1897	9	time	time	NN
19880	1897	10	to	to	TO
19880	1897	11	be	be	VB
19880	1897	12	devoted	devote	VBN
19880	1897	13	to	to	TO
19880	1897	14	practice	practice	VB
19880	1897	15	in	in	IN
19880	1897	16	a	a	DT
19880	1897	17	single	single	JJ
19880	1897	18	day	day	NN
19880	1897	19	,	,	,
19880	1897	20	and	and	CC
19880	1897	21	as	as	IN
19880	1897	22	to	to	IN
19880	1897	23	whether	whether	IN
19880	1897	24	practice	practice	NN
19880	1897	25	should	should	MD
19880	1897	26	be	be	VB
19880	1897	27	continued	continue	VBN
19880	1897	28	day	day	NN
19880	1897	29	after	after	IN
19880	1897	30	day	day	NN
19880	1897	31	for	for	IN
19880	1897	32	weeks	week	NNS
19880	1897	33	and	and	CC
19880	1897	34	months	month	NNS
19880	1897	35	without	without	IN
19880	1897	36	interruption	interruption	NN
19880	1897	37	,	,	,
19880	1897	38	must	must	MD
19880	1897	39	be	be	VB
19880	1897	40	decided	decide	VBN
19880	1897	41	by	by	IN
19880	1897	42	the	the	DT
19880	1897	43	condition	condition	NN
19880	1897	44	of	of	IN
19880	1897	45	the	the	DT
19880	1897	46	student	student	NN
19880	1897	47	,	,	,
19880	1897	48	and	and	CC
19880	1897	49	not	not	RB
19880	1897	50	by	by	IN
19880	1897	51	any	any	DT
19880	1897	52	arbitrary	arbitrary	JJ
19880	1897	53	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	1897	54	.	.	.
19880	1898	1	Some	some	DT
19880	1898	2	individuals	individual	NNS
19880	1898	3	and	and	CC
19880	1898	4	some	some	DT
19880	1898	5	racers	racer	NNS
19880	1898	6	have	have	VBP
19880	1898	7	a	a	DT
19880	1898	8	capacity	capacity	NN
19880	1898	9	for	for	IN
19880	1898	10	steady	steady	JJ
19880	1898	11	work	work	NN
19880	1898	12	not	not	RB
19880	1898	13	possessed	possess	VBN
19880	1898	14	by	by	IN
19880	1898	15	others	other	NNS
19880	1898	16	,	,	,
19880	1898	17	and	and	CC
19880	1898	18	happy	happy	JJ
19880	1898	19	are	be	VBP
19880	1898	20	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1898	21	;	;	:
19880	1898	22	but	but	CC
19880	1898	23	there	there	EX
19880	1898	24	are	be	VBP
19880	1898	25	others	other	NNS
19880	1898	26	who	who	WP
19880	1898	27	go	go	VBP
19880	1898	28	on	on	RP
19880	1898	29	by	by	IN
19880	1898	30	spurts	spurt	NNS
19880	1898	31	,	,	,
19880	1898	32	and	and	CC
19880	1898	33	such	such	JJ
19880	1898	34	natures	nature	NNS
19880	1898	35	are	be	VBP
19880	1898	36	often	often	RB
19880	1898	37	capable	capable	JJ
19880	1898	38	of	of	IN
19880	1898	39	reaching	reach	VBG
19880	1898	40	lofty	lofty	JJ
19880	1898	41	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1898	42	heights	height	NNS
19880	1898	43	,	,	,
19880	1898	44	if	if	IN
19880	1898	45	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1898	46	be	be	VBP
19880	1898	47	wisely	wisely	RB
19880	1898	48	managed	manage	VBN
19880	1898	49	.	.	.
19880	1899	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1899	2	need	need	VBP
19880	1899	3	much	much	RB
19880	1899	4	the	the	DT
19880	1899	5	same	same	JJ
19880	1899	6	sort	sort	NN
19880	1899	7	of	of	IN
19880	1899	8	care	care	NN
19880	1899	9	as	as	IN
19880	1899	10	a	a	DT
19880	1899	11	very	very	RB
19880	1899	12	fleet	fleet	NN
19880	1899	13	but	but	CC
19880	1899	14	uncertain	uncertain	JJ
19880	1899	15	race	race	NN
19880	1899	16	-	-	HYPH
19880	1899	17	horse	horse	NN
19880	1899	18	,	,	,
19880	1899	19	and	and	CC
19880	1899	20	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1899	21	are	be	VBP
19880	1899	22	often	often	RB
19880	1899	23	a	a	DT
19880	1899	24	source	source	NN
19880	1899	25	of	of	IN
19880	1899	26	disgust	disgust	NN
19880	1899	27	to	to	IN
19880	1899	28	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1899	29	and	and	CC
19880	1899	30	of	of	IN
19880	1899	31	worry	worry	NN
19880	1899	32	to	to	IN
19880	1899	33	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1899	34	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1899	35	;	;	:
19880	1899	36	but	but	CC
19880	1899	37	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1899	38	in	in	IN
19880	1899	39	some	some	DT
19880	1899	40	cases	case	NNS
19880	1899	41	get	get	VBP
19880	1899	42	far	far	RB
19880	1899	43	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1899	44	what	what	WP
19880	1899	45	the	the	DT
19880	1899	46	more	more	RBR
19880	1899	47	steady	steady	JJ
19880	1899	48	ones	one	NNS
19880	1899	49	can	can	MD
19880	1899	50	attain	attain	VB
19880	1899	51	to	to	IN
19880	1899	52	,	,	,
19880	1899	53	while	while	IN
19880	1899	54	others	other	NNS
19880	1899	55	are	be	VBP
19880	1899	56	so	so	RB
19880	1899	57	unsteady	unsteady	JJ
19880	1899	58	without	without	IN
19880	1899	59	being	be	VBG
19880	1899	60	talented	talente	VBN
19880	1899	61	that	that	IN
19880	1899	62	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1899	63	are	be	VBP
19880	1899	64	a	a	DT
19880	1899	65	trial	trial	NN
19880	1899	66	,	,	,
19880	1899	67	and	and	CC
19880	1899	68	a	a	DT
19880	1899	69	trial	trial	NN
19880	1899	70	only	only	RB
19880	1899	71	,	,	,
19880	1899	72	to	to	IN
19880	1899	73	all	all	DT
19880	1899	74	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	1899	75	.	.	.
19880	1900	1	Such	such	JJ
19880	1900	2	people	people	NNS
19880	1900	3	should	should	MD
19880	1900	4	,	,	,
19880	1900	5	even	even	RB
19880	1900	6	when	when	WRB
19880	1900	7	clever	clever	JJ
19880	1900	8	,	,	,
19880	1900	9	not	not	RB
19880	1900	10	be	be	VB
19880	1900	11	encouraged	encourage	VBN
19880	1900	12	in	in	IN
19880	1900	13	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1900	14	vagaries	vagary	NNS
19880	1900	15	,	,	,
19880	1900	16	but	but	CC
19880	1900	17	brought	bring	VBD
19880	1900	18	gradually	gradually	RB
19880	1900	19	and	and	CC
19880	1900	20	tactfully	tactfully	RB
19880	1900	21	under	under	IN
19880	1900	22	a	a	DT
19880	1900	23	stricter	strict	JJR
19880	1900	24	discipline	discipline	NN
19880	1900	25	.	.	.
19880	1901	1	6	6	CD
19880	1901	2	.	.	.
19880	1902	1	"	"	``
19880	1902	2	Hasten	hasten	VB
19880	1902	3	slowly	slowly	RB
19880	1902	4	"	"	''
19880	1902	5	applies	apply	VBZ
19880	1902	6	to	to	IN
19880	1902	7	all	all	DT
19880	1902	8	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1902	9	practice	practice	NN
19880	1902	10	,	,	,
19880	1902	11	that	that	DT
19880	1902	12	of	of	IN
19880	1902	13	the	the	DT
19880	1902	14	voice	voice	NN
19880	1902	15	included	include	VBD
19880	1902	16	,	,	,
19880	1902	17	and	and	CC
19880	1902	18	there	there	EX
19880	1902	19	never	never	RB
19880	1902	20	was	be	VBD
19880	1902	21	a	a	DT
19880	1902	22	time	time	NN
19880	1902	23	in	in	IN
19880	1902	24	the	the	DT
19880	1902	25	history	history	NN
19880	1902	26	of	of	IN
19880	1902	27	the	the	DT
19880	1902	28	world	world	NN
19880	1902	29	,	,	,
19880	1902	30	unfortunately	unfortunately	RB
19880	1902	31	,	,	,
19880	1902	32	when	when	WRB
19880	1902	33	people	people	NNS
19880	1902	34	believed	believe	VBD
19880	1902	35	in	in	IN
19880	1902	36	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1902	37	less	less	RBR
19880	1902	38	.	.	.
19880	1903	1	The	the	DT
19880	1903	2	author	author	NN
19880	1903	3	would	would	MD
19880	1903	4	especially	especially	RB
19880	1903	5	warn	warn	VB
19880	1903	6	the	the	DT
19880	1903	7	student	student	NN
19880	1903	8	against	against	IN
19880	1903	9	attempting	attempt	VBG
19880	1903	10	to	to	TO
19880	1903	11	force	force	VB
19880	1903	12	progress	progress	NN
19880	1903	13	by	by	IN
19880	1903	14	violent	violent	JJ
19880	1903	15	or	or	CC
19880	1903	16	unduly	unduly	RB
19880	1903	17	long	long	RB
19880	1903	18	-	-	HYPH
19880	1903	19	continued	continue	VBN
19880	1903	20	practices	practice	NNS
19880	1903	21	,	,	,
19880	1903	22	for	for	IN
19880	1903	23	if	if	IN
19880	1903	24	the	the	DT
19880	1903	25	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1903	26	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1903	27	be	be	VB
19880	1903	28	strained	strain	VBN
19880	1903	29	,	,	,
19880	1903	30	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1903	31	may	may	MD
19880	1903	32	remain	remain	VB
19880	1903	33	impaired	impaired	JJ
19880	1903	34	for	for	IN
19880	1903	35	months	month	NNS
19880	1903	36	or	or	CC
19880	1903	37	even	even	RB
19880	1903	38	for	for	IN
19880	1903	39	life	life	NN
19880	1903	40	.	.	.
19880	1904	1	"	"	``
19880	1904	2	Little	little	JJ
19880	1904	3	and	and	CC
19880	1904	4	often	often	RB
19880	1904	5	"	"	''
19880	1904	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1904	7	a	a	DT
19880	1904	8	good	good	JJ
19880	1904	9	maxim	maxim	NN
19880	1904	10	for	for	IN
19880	1904	11	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1904	12	practice	practice	NN
19880	1904	13	,	,	,
19880	1904	14	all	all	PDT
19880	1904	15	the	the	DT
19880	1904	16	more	more	JJR
19880	1904	17	as	as	IN
19880	1904	18	the	the	DT
19880	1904	19	discontinuation	discontinuation	NN
19880	1904	20	,	,	,
19880	1904	21	for	for	IN
19880	1904	22	the	the	DT
19880	1904	23	time	time	NN
19880	1904	24	,	,	,
19880	1904	25	of	of	IN
19880	1904	26	voice	voice	NN
19880	1904	27	-	-	HYPH
19880	1904	28	production	production	NN
19880	1904	29	need	nee	MD
19880	1904	30	not	not	RB
19880	1904	31	imply	imply	VB
19880	1904	32	that	that	IN
19880	1904	33	the	the	DT
19880	1904	34	mind	mind	NN
19880	1904	35	must	must	MD
19880	1904	36	cease	cease	VB
19880	1904	37	to	to	TO
19880	1904	38	act	act	VB
19880	1904	39	.	.	.
19880	1905	1	An	an	DT
19880	1905	2	artist	artist	NN
19880	1905	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1905	4	not	not	RB
19880	1905	5	formed	form	VBN
19880	1905	6	by	by	IN
19880	1905	7	vocalization	vocalization	NN
19880	1905	8	alone	alone	RB
19880	1905	9	,	,	,
19880	1905	10	but	but	CC
19880	1905	11	by	by	IN
19880	1905	12	processes	process	NNS
19880	1905	13	of	of	IN
19880	1905	14	education	education	NN
19880	1905	15	that	that	WDT
19880	1905	16	are	be	VBP
19880	1905	17	many	many	JJ
19880	1905	18	and	and	CC
19880	1905	19	complicated	complicated	JJ
19880	1905	20	,	,	,
19880	1905	21	into	into	IN
19880	1905	22	which	which	WDT
19880	1905	23	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1905	24	might	may	MD
19880	1905	25	be	be	VB
19880	1905	26	tempted	tempt	VBN
19880	1905	27	to	to	TO
19880	1905	28	enter	enter	VB
19880	1905	29	did	do	VBD
19880	1905	30	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1905	31	not	not	RB
19880	1905	32	lie	lie	VB
19880	1905	33	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1905	34	the	the	DT
19880	1905	35	range	range	NN
19880	1905	36	of	of	IN
19880	1905	37	the	the	DT
19880	1905	38	present	present	JJ
19880	1905	39	work	work	NN
19880	1905	40	.	.	.
19880	1906	1	If	if	IN
19880	1906	2	the	the	DT
19880	1906	3	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1906	4	set	set	VBN
19880	1906	5	forth	forth	RP
19880	1906	6	in	in	IN
19880	1906	7	this	this	DT
19880	1906	8	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	1906	9	are	be	VBP
19880	1906	10	scientifically	scientifically	RB
19880	1906	11	reliable	reliable	JJ
19880	1906	12	,	,	,
19880	1906	13	and	and	CC
19880	1906	14	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1906	15	believe	believe	VBP
19880	1906	16	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1906	17	will	will	MD
19880	1906	18	not	not	RB
19880	1906	19	be	be	VB
19880	1906	20	questioned	question	VBN
19880	1906	21	,	,	,
19880	1906	22	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1906	23	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1906	24	considerations	consideration	NNS
19880	1906	25	are	be	VBP
19880	1906	26	well	well	RB
19880	1906	27	worthy	worthy	JJ
19880	1906	28	of	of	IN
19880	1906	29	special	special	JJ
19880	1906	30	attention	attention	NN
19880	1906	31	.	.	.
19880	1907	1	If	if	IN
19880	1907	2	practice	practice	NN
19880	1907	3	,	,	,
19880	1907	4	repetition	repetition	NN
19880	1907	5	,	,	,
19880	1907	6	leads	lead	VBZ
19880	1907	7	to	to	IN
19880	1907	8	the	the	DT
19880	1907	9	formation	formation	NN
19880	1907	10	of	of	IN
19880	1907	11	habits	habit	NNS
19880	1907	12	more	more	RBR
19880	1907	13	or	or	CC
19880	1907	14	less	less	RBR
19880	1907	15	fixed	fix	VBN
19880	1907	16	,	,	,
19880	1907	17	then	then	RB
19880	1907	18	there	there	EX
19880	1907	19	can	can	MD
19880	1907	20	be	be	VB
19880	1907	21	no	no	DT
19880	1907	22	surer	sure	JJR
19880	1907	23	way	way	NN
19880	1907	24	to	to	TO
19880	1907	25	ruin	ruin	VB
19880	1907	26	a	a	DT
19880	1907	27	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1907	28	or	or	CC
19880	1907	29	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	1907	30	than	than	IN
19880	1907	31	to	to	TO
19880	1907	32	permit	permit	VB
19880	1907	33	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1907	34	to	to	TO
19880	1907	35	practise	practise	VB
19880	1907	36	by	by	IN
19880	1907	37	a	a	DT
19880	1907	38	wrong	wrong	JJ
19880	1907	39	method	method	NN
19880	1907	40	;	;	:
19880	1907	41	the	the	DT
19880	1907	42	more	more	RBR
19880	1907	43	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1907	44	practises	practise	VBZ
19880	1907	45	,	,	,
19880	1907	46	the	the	DT
19880	1907	47	more	more	RBR
19880	1907	48	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1907	49	stamps	stamp	VBZ
19880	1907	50	in	in	IN
19880	1907	51	what	what	WP
19880	1907	52	is	be	VBZ
19880	1907	53	bad	bad	JJ
19880	1907	54	.	.	.
19880	1908	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1908	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	1908	3	that	that	IN
19880	1908	4	the	the	DT
19880	1908	5	most	most	RBS
19880	1908	6	hopeless	hopeless	JJ
19880	1908	7	cases	case	NNS
19880	1908	8	eminent	eminent	JJ
19880	1908	9	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1908	10	have	have	VBP
19880	1908	11	to	to	TO
19880	1908	12	deal	deal	VB
19880	1908	13	with	with	IN
19880	1908	14	are	be	VBP
19880	1908	15	to	to	TO
19880	1908	16	be	be	VB
19880	1908	17	found	find	VBN
19880	1908	18	among	among	IN
19880	1908	19	those	those	DT
19880	1908	20	vocalists	vocalist	NNS
19880	1908	21	who	who	WP
19880	1908	22	come	come	VBP
19880	1908	23	to	to	IN
19880	1908	24	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1908	25	after	after	IN
19880	1908	26	years	year	NNS
19880	1908	27	of	of	IN
19880	1908	28	professional	professional	JJ
19880	1908	29	life	life	NN
19880	1908	30	before	before	IN
19880	1908	31	the	the	DT
19880	1908	32	public	public	NN
19880	1908	33	.	.	.
19880	1909	1	One	one	PRP
19880	1909	2	must	must	MD
19880	1909	3	look	look	VB
19880	1909	4	on	on	IN
19880	1909	5	some	some	DT
19880	1909	6	of	of	IN
19880	1909	7	these	these	DT
19880	1909	8	people	people	NNS
19880	1909	9	as	as	IN
19880	1909	10	on	on	IN
19880	1909	11	a	a	DT
19880	1909	12	building	building	NN
19880	1909	13	spoiled	spoil	VBN
19880	1909	14	by	by	IN
19880	1909	15	a	a	DT
19880	1909	16	bad	bad	JJ
19880	1909	17	architectural	architectural	JJ
19880	1909	18	design	design	NN
19880	1909	19	.	.	.
19880	1910	1	In	in	IN
19880	1910	2	some	some	DT
19880	1910	3	cases	case	NNS
19880	1910	4	there	there	EX
19880	1910	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1910	6	nothing	nothing	NN
19880	1910	7	to	to	TO
19880	1910	8	do	do	VB
19880	1910	9	but	but	IN
19880	1910	10	to	to	TO
19880	1910	11	take	take	VB
19880	1910	12	the	the	DT
19880	1910	13	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1910	14	structure	structure	NN
19880	1910	15	apart	apart	RB
19880	1910	16	and	and	CC
19880	1910	17	put	put	VBD
19880	1910	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1910	19	together	together	RB
19880	1910	20	afresh	afresh	RB
19880	1910	21	.	.	.
19880	1911	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1911	2	may	may	MD
19880	1911	3	be	be	VB
19880	1911	4	humiliating	humiliating	JJ
19880	1911	5	to	to	IN
19880	1911	6	the	the	DT
19880	1911	7	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	1911	8	,	,	,
19880	1911	9	and	and	CC
19880	1911	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1911	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	1911	12	a	a	DT
19880	1911	13	severe	severe	JJ
19880	1911	14	condemnation	condemnation	NN
19880	1911	15	of	of	IN
19880	1911	16	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1911	17	methods	method	NNS
19880	1911	18	of	of	IN
19880	1911	19	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	1911	20	,	,	,
19880	1911	21	but	but	CC
19880	1911	22	there	there	EX
19880	1911	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	1911	24	often	often	RB
19880	1911	25	no	no	DT
19880	1911	26	other	other	JJ
19880	1911	27	course	course	NN
19880	1911	28	open	open	JJ
19880	1911	29	,	,	,
19880	1911	30	the	the	DT
19880	1911	31	only	only	JJ
19880	1911	32	question	question	NN
19880	1911	33	being	be	VBG
19880	1911	34	as	as	IN
19880	1911	35	to	to	IN
19880	1911	36	whether	whether	IN
19880	1911	37	the	the	DT
19880	1911	38	material	material	NN
19880	1911	39	is	be	VBZ
19880	1911	40	good	good	JJ
19880	1911	41	enough	enough	RB
19880	1911	42	to	to	TO
19880	1911	43	warrant	warrant	VB
19880	1911	44	such	such	PDT
19880	1911	45	a	a	DT
19880	1911	46	radical	radical	JJ
19880	1911	47	proceeding	proceeding	NN
19880	1911	48	.	.	.
19880	1912	1	Every	every	DT
19880	1912	2	eminent	eminent	JJ
19880	1912	3	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	1912	4	can	can	MD
19880	1912	5	recall	recall	VB
19880	1912	6	such	such	JJ
19880	1912	7	cases	case	NNS
19880	1912	8	,	,	,
19880	1912	9	and	and	CC
19880	1912	10	might	may	MD
19880	1912	11	fill	fill	VB
19880	1912	12	volumes	volume	NNS
19880	1912	13	with	with	IN
19880	1912	14	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1912	15	histories	history	NNS
19880	1912	16	.	.	.
19880	1913	1	If	if	IN
19880	1913	2	more	more	JJR
19880	1913	3	of	of	IN
19880	1913	4	these	these	DT
19880	1913	5	were	be	VBD
19880	1913	6	published	publish	VBN
19880	1913	7	as	as	IN
19880	1913	8	warnings	warning	NNS
19880	1913	9	to	to	IN
19880	1913	10	students	student	NNS
19880	1913	11	and	and	CC
19880	1913	12	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1913	13	,	,	,
19880	1913	14	a	a	DT
19880	1913	15	good	good	JJ
19880	1913	16	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1913	17	would	would	MD
19880	1913	18	be	be	VB
19880	1913	19	served	serve	VBN
19880	1913	20	.	.	.
19880	1914	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1914	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1914	3	truly	truly	RB
19880	1914	4	sad	sad	JJ
19880	1914	5	to	to	TO
19880	1914	6	find	find	VB
19880	1914	7	that	that	IN
19880	1914	8	the	the	DT
19880	1914	9	prospects	prospect	NNS
19880	1914	10	of	of	IN
19880	1914	11	one	one	CD
19880	1914	12	who	who	WP
19880	1914	13	might	may	MD
19880	1914	14	have	have	VB
19880	1914	15	been	be	VBN
19880	1914	16	formed	form	VBN
19880	1914	17	into	into	IN
19880	1914	18	a	a	DT
19880	1914	19	fine	fine	JJ
19880	1914	20	artist	artist	NN
19880	1914	21	have	have	VBP
19880	1914	22	been	be	VBN
19880	1914	23	hopelessly	hopelessly	RB
19880	1914	24	ruined	ruin	VBN
19880	1914	25	by	by	IN
19880	1914	26	years	year	NNS
19880	1914	27	of	of	IN
19880	1914	28	practice	practice	NN
19880	1914	29	based	base	VBN
19880	1914	30	on	on	IN
19880	1914	31	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1914	32	that	that	WDT
19880	1914	33	are	be	VBP
19880	1914	34	radically	radically	RB
19880	1914	35	unsound	unsound	JJ
19880	1914	36	.	.	.
19880	1915	1	In	in	IN
19880	1915	2	the	the	DT
19880	1915	3	next	next	JJ
19880	1915	4	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	1915	5	some	some	DT
19880	1915	6	specific	specific	JJ
19880	1915	7	applications	application	NNS
19880	1915	8	of	of	IN
19880	1915	9	the	the	DT
19880	1915	10	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1915	11	discussed	discuss	VBN
19880	1915	12	in	in	IN
19880	1915	13	the	the	DT
19880	1915	14	foregoing	forego	VBG
19880	1915	15	pages	page	NNS
19880	1915	16	will	will	MD
19880	1915	17	be	be	VB
19880	1915	18	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1915	19	.	.	.
19880	1916	1	SUMMARY	SUMMARY	NNP
19880	1916	2	.	.	.
19880	1917	1	All	all	DT
19880	1917	2	forms	form	NNS
19880	1917	3	of	of	IN
19880	1917	4	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1917	5	and	and	CC
19880	1917	6	other	other	JJ
19880	1917	7	expression	expression	NN
19880	1917	8	imply	imply	VBP
19880	1917	9	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1917	10	.	.	.
19880	1918	1	For	for	IN
19880	1918	2	a	a	DT
19880	1918	3	willed	willed	JJ
19880	1918	4	or	or	CC
19880	1918	5	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
19880	1918	6	movement	movement	NN
19880	1918	7	there	there	EX
19880	1918	8	are	be	VBP
19880	1918	9	required	require	VBN
19880	1918	10	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1918	11	1	1	LS
19880	1918	12	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1918	13	an	an	DT
19880	1918	14	idea	idea	NN
19880	1918	15	,	,	,
19880	1918	16	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1918	17	2	2	LS
19880	1918	18	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1918	19	a	a	DT
19880	1918	20	neuro	neuro	NN
19880	1918	21	-	-	HYPH
19880	1918	22	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1918	23	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1918	24	.	.	.
19880	1919	1	Such	such	JJ
19880	1919	2	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1919	3	may	may	MD
19880	1919	4	be	be	VB
19880	1919	5	relatively	relatively	RB
19880	1919	6	simple	simple	JJ
19880	1919	7	or	or	CC
19880	1919	8	highly	highly	RB
19880	1919	9	complex	complex	JJ
19880	1919	10	.	.	.
19880	1920	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1920	2	all	all	DT
19880	1920	3	tend	tend	VBP
19880	1920	4	,	,	,
19880	1920	5	when	when	WRB
19880	1920	6	frequently	frequently	RB
19880	1920	7	carried	carry	VBD
19880	1920	8	out	out	RP
19880	1920	9	,	,	,
19880	1920	10	to	to	TO
19880	1920	11	become	become	VB
19880	1920	12	reflex	reflex	NNP
19880	1920	13	,	,	,
19880	1920	14	and	and	CC
19880	1920	15	to	to	IN
19880	1920	16	some	some	DT
19880	1920	17	extent	extent	NN
19880	1920	18	unconscious	unconscious	JJ
19880	1920	19	or	or	CC
19880	1920	20	subconscious	subconscious	JJ
19880	1920	21	.	.	.
19880	1921	1	Combinations	combination	NNS
19880	1921	2	of	of	IN
19880	1921	3	reflexes	reflex	NNS
19880	1921	4	when	when	WRB
19880	1921	5	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1921	6	with	with	IN
19880	1921	7	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19880	1921	8	become	become	VBP
19880	1921	9	habits	habit	NNS
19880	1921	10	.	.	.
19880	1922	1	Movements	movement	NNS
19880	1922	2	only	only	RB
19880	1922	3	attain	attain	VBP
19880	1922	4	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1922	5	highest	high	JJS
19880	1922	6	perfection	perfection	NN
19880	1922	7	when	when	WRB
19880	1922	8	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1922	9	reach	reach	VBP
19880	1922	10	this	this	DT
19880	1922	11	stage	stage	NN
19880	1922	12	.	.	.
19880	1923	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1923	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	1923	3	that	that	IN
19880	1923	4	the	the	DT
19880	1923	5	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1923	6	of	of	IN
19880	1923	7	all	all	DT
19880	1923	8	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1923	9	practice	practice	NN
19880	1923	10	should	should	MD
19880	1923	11	be	be	VB
19880	1923	12	to	to	TO
19880	1923	13	establish	establish	VB
19880	1923	14	those	those	DT
19880	1923	15	reflexes	reflex	NNS
19880	1923	16	which	which	WDT
19880	1923	17	attain	attain	VBP
19880	1923	18	the	the	DT
19880	1923	19	end	end	NN
19880	1923	20	,	,	,
19880	1923	21	the	the	DT
19880	1923	22	ideal	ideal	NN
19880	1923	23	,	,	,
19880	1923	24	and	and	CC
19880	1923	25	to	to	TO
19880	1923	26	form	form	VB
19880	1923	27	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1923	28	habits	habit	NNS
19880	1923	29	.	.	.
19880	1924	1	A	a	DT
19880	1924	2	poem	poem	NN
19880	1924	3	properly	properly	RB
19880	1924	4	recited	recite	VBD
19880	1924	5	or	or	CC
19880	1924	6	a	a	DT
19880	1924	7	song	song	NN
19880	1924	8	satisfactorily	satisfactorily	RB
19880	1924	9	sung	sung	NNP
19880	1924	10	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	1924	11	a	a	DT
19880	1924	12	combination	combination	NN
19880	1924	13	of	of	IN
19880	1924	14	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1924	15	reflexes	reflex	NNS
19880	1924	16	or	or	CC
19880	1924	17	habits	habit	NNS
19880	1924	18	.	.	.
19880	1925	1	Some	some	DT
19880	1925	2	of	of	IN
19880	1925	3	these	these	DT
19880	1925	4	are	be	VBP
19880	1925	5	in	in	IN
19880	1925	6	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1925	7	main	main	JJ
19880	1925	8	features	feature	NNS
19880	1925	9	common	common	JJ
19880	1925	10	to	to	IN
19880	1925	11	all	all	DT
19880	1925	12	speech	speech	NN
19880	1925	13	and	and	CC
19880	1925	14	song	song	NN
19880	1925	15	,	,	,
19880	1925	16	but	but	CC
19880	1925	17	many	many	JJ
19880	1925	18	are	be	VBP
19880	1925	19	peculiar	peculiar	JJ
19880	1925	20	to	to	IN
19880	1925	21	each	each	DT
19880	1925	22	example	example	NN
19880	1925	23	.	.	.
19880	1926	1	As	as	IN
19880	1926	2	phonation	phonation	NN
19880	1926	3	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	1926	4	the	the	DT
19880	1926	5	use	use	NN
19880	1926	6	of	of	IN
19880	1926	7	the	the	DT
19880	1926	8	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1926	9	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1926	10	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	1926	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	1926	12	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1926	13	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	1926	14	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1926	15	of	of	IN
19880	1926	16	the	the	DT
19880	1926	17	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1926	18	1	1	LS
19880	1926	19	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1926	20	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	1926	21	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1926	22	,	,	,
19880	1926	23	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1926	24	2	2	LS
19880	1926	25	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1926	26	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1926	27	bands	band	NNS
19880	1926	28	,	,	,
19880	1926	29	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1926	30	3	3	LS
19880	1926	31	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1926	32	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1926	33	-	-	HYPH
19880	1926	34	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1926	35	,	,	,
19880	1926	36	and	and	CC
19880	1926	37	as	as	IN
19880	1926	38	these	these	DT
19880	1926	39	must	must	MD
19880	1926	40	all	all	DT
19880	1926	41	work	work	VB
19880	1926	42	in	in	IN
19880	1926	43	harmony	harmony	NN
19880	1926	44	,	,	,
19880	1926	45	or	or	CC
19880	1926	46	be	be	VB
19880	1926	47	"	"	``
19880	1926	48	co	co	JJ
19880	1926	49	-	-	JJ
19880	1926	50	ordinated	ordinated	JJ
19880	1926	51	,	,	,
19880	1926	52	"	"	''
19880	1926	53	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1926	54	will	will	MD
19880	1926	55	be	be	VB
19880	1926	56	seen	see	VBN
19880	1926	57	that	that	IN
19880	1926	58	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1926	59	and	and	CC
19880	1926	60	singing	singing	NN
19880	1926	61	are	be	VBP
19880	1926	62	physiologically	physiologically	RB
19880	1926	63	highly	highly	RB
19880	1926	64	complex	complex	JJ
19880	1926	65	.	.	.
19880	1927	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1927	2	,	,	,
19880	1927	3	in	in	IN
19880	1927	4	addition	addition	NN
19880	1927	5	,	,	,
19880	1927	6	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	1927	7	and	and	CC
19880	1927	8	feelings	feeling	NNS
19880	1927	9	are	be	VBP
19880	1927	10	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1927	11	,	,	,
19880	1927	12	and	and	CC
19880	1927	13	determine	determine	VB
19880	1927	14	the	the	DT
19880	1927	15	exact	exact	JJ
19880	1927	16	form	form	NN
19880	1927	17	of	of	IN
19880	1927	18	these	these	DT
19880	1927	19	co	co	NNS
19880	1927	20	-	-	NNS
19880	1927	21	ordinations	ordination	NNS
19880	1927	22	,	,	,
19880	1927	23	the	the	DT
19880	1927	24	whole	whole	JJ
19880	1927	25	matter	matter	NN
19880	1927	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	1927	27	seen	see	VBN
19880	1927	28	to	to	TO
19880	1927	29	be	be	VB
19880	1927	30	still	still	RB
19880	1927	31	more	more	RBR
19880	1927	32	complex	complex	JJ
19880	1927	33	.	.	.
19880	1928	1	The	the	DT
19880	1928	2	emission	emission	NN
19880	1928	3	of	of	IN
19880	1928	4	a	a	DT
19880	1928	5	single	single	JJ
19880	1928	6	tone	tone	NN
19880	1928	7	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	1928	8	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1928	9	1	1	LS
19880	1928	10	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1928	11	an	an	DT
19880	1928	12	idea	idea	NN
19880	1928	13	--	--	:
19880	1928	14	the	the	DT
19880	1928	15	nature	nature	NN
19880	1928	16	of	of	IN
19880	1928	17	the	the	DT
19880	1928	18	sound	sound	NN
19880	1928	19	as	as	IN
19880	1928	20	to	to	TO
19880	1928	21	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	1928	22	and	and	CC
19880	1928	23	quality	quality	NN
19880	1928	24	,	,	,
19880	1928	25	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1928	26	2	2	LS
19880	1928	27	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1928	28	such	such	PDT
19880	1928	29	an	an	DT
19880	1928	30	arrangement	arrangement	NN
19880	1928	31	of	of	IN
19880	1928	32	all	all	PDT
19880	1928	33	the	the	DT
19880	1928	34	parts	part	NNS
19880	1928	35	of	of	IN
19880	1928	36	the	the	DT
19880	1928	37	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1928	38	as	as	IN
19880	1928	39	will	will	MD
19880	1928	40	produce	produce	VB
19880	1928	41	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1928	42	.	.	.
19880	1929	1	The	the	DT
19880	1929	2	former	former	JJ
19880	1929	3	involves	involve	VBZ
19880	1929	4	memory	memory	NN
19880	1929	5	of	of	IN
19880	1929	6	the	the	DT
19880	1929	7	tone	tone	NN
19880	1929	8	;	;	:
19880	1929	9	the	the	DT
19880	1929	10	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1929	11	,	,	,
19880	1929	12	memories	memory	NNS
19880	1929	13	of	of	IN
19880	1929	14	former	former	JJ
19880	1929	15	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1929	16	.	.	.
19880	1930	1	Then	then	RB
19880	1930	2	,	,	,
19880	1930	3	partly	partly	RB
19880	1930	4	as	as	IN
19880	1930	5	a	a	DT
19880	1930	6	series	series	NN
19880	1930	7	of	of	IN
19880	1930	8	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
19880	1930	9	acts	act	NNS
19880	1930	10	and	and	CC
19880	1930	11	partly	partly	RB
19880	1930	12	reflexly	reflexly	VBN
19880	1930	13	,	,	,
19880	1930	14	according	accord	VBG
19880	1930	15	as	as	IN
19880	1930	16	the	the	DT
19880	1930	17	student	student	NN
19880	1930	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	1930	19	more	more	RBR
19880	1930	20	or	or	CC
19880	1930	21	less	less	RBR
19880	1930	22	advanced	advanced	JJ
19880	1930	23	,	,	,
19880	1930	24	or	or	CC
19880	1930	25	the	the	DT
19880	1930	26	particular	particular	JJ
19880	1930	27	tone	tone	NN
19880	1930	28	new	new	JJ
19880	1930	29	or	or	CC
19880	1930	30	old	old	JJ
19880	1930	31	in	in	IN
19880	1930	32	experience	experience	NN
19880	1930	33	,	,	,
19880	1930	34	do	do	VB
19880	1930	35	the	the	DT
19880	1930	36	various	various	JJ
19880	1930	37	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	1930	38	-	-	HYPH
19880	1930	39	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1930	40	arrangements	arrangement	NNS
19880	1930	41	pass	pass	VBP
19880	1930	42	into	into	IN
19880	1930	43	orderly	orderly	JJ
19880	1930	44	action	action	NN
19880	1930	45	.	.	.
19880	1931	1	In	in	IN
19880	1931	2	this	this	DT
19880	1931	3	process	process	NN
19880	1931	4	the	the	DT
19880	1931	5	ear	ear	NN
19880	1931	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1931	7	the	the	DT
19880	1931	8	chief	chief	JJ
19880	1931	9	guide	guide	NN
19880	1931	10	,	,	,
19880	1931	11	always	always	RB
19880	1931	12	in	in	IN
19880	1931	13	relation	relation	NN
19880	1931	14	to	to	IN
19880	1931	15	memories	memory	NNS
19880	1931	16	.	.	.
19880	1932	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1932	2	one	one	PRP
19880	1932	3	uses	use	VBZ
19880	1932	4	the	the	DT
19880	1932	5	printed	print	VBN
19880	1932	6	page	page	NN
19880	1932	7	,	,	,
19880	1932	8	the	the	DT
19880	1932	9	eyes	eye	NNS
19880	1932	10	also	also	RB
19880	1932	11	guide--_i.e	guide--_i.e	NNP
19880	1932	12	.	.	.
19880	1932	13	_	_	NNP
19880	1932	14	,	,	,
19880	1932	15	the	the	DT
19880	1932	16	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	1932	17	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	1932	18	that	that	WDT
19880	1932	19	pass	pass	VBP
19880	1932	20	in	in	RP
19880	1932	21	through	through	IN
19880	1932	22	these	these	DT
19880	1932	23	avenues	avenue	NNS
19880	1932	24	determine	determine	VBP
19880	1932	25	the	the	DT
19880	1932	26	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19880	1932	27	ones	one	NNS
19880	1932	28	that	that	WDT
19880	1932	29	bring	bring	VBP
19880	1932	30	the	the	DT
19880	1932	31	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1932	32	into	into	IN
19880	1932	33	action	action	NN
19880	1932	34	.	.	.
19880	1933	1	In	in	IN
19880	1933	2	doing	do	VBG
19880	1933	3	so	so	RB
19880	1933	4	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1933	5	rouse	rouse	VBP
19880	1933	6	many	many	JJ
19880	1933	7	others	other	NNS
19880	1933	8	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1933	9	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1933	10	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	1933	11	connections	connection	NNS
19880	1933	12	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1933	13	which	which	WDT
19880	1933	14	are	be	VBP
19880	1933	15	highly	highly	RB
19880	1933	16	important	important	JJ
19880	1933	17	when	when	WRB
19880	1933	18	an	an	DT
19880	1933	19	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1933	20	result	result	NN
19880	1933	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	1933	22	to	to	TO
19880	1933	23	be	be	VB
19880	1933	24	reached	reach	VBN
19880	1933	25	.	.	.
19880	1934	1	To	to	TO
19880	1934	2	consider	consider	VB
19880	1934	3	a	a	DT
19880	1934	4	single	single	JJ
19880	1934	5	case	case	NN
19880	1934	6	:	:	:
19880	1934	7	Assume	assume	VB
19880	1934	8	that	that	IN
19880	1934	9	the	the	DT
19880	1934	10	note	note	NN
19880	1934	11	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1934	12	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	1934	13	:	:	:
19880	1934	14	a	a	DT
19880	1934	15	'	'	''
19880	1934	16	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1934	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	1934	18	to	to	TO
19880	1934	19	be	be	VB
19880	1934	20	sung	sing	VBN
19880	1934	21	.	.	.
19880	1935	1	The	the	DT
19880	1935	2	following	follow	VBG
19880	1935	3	are	be	VBP
19880	1935	4	required	require	VBN
19880	1935	5	:	:	:
19880	1935	6	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1935	7	1	1	LS
19880	1935	8	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1935	9	Memory	memory	NN
19880	1935	10	of	of	IN
19880	1935	11	this	this	DT
19880	1935	12	tone	tone	NN
19880	1935	13	.	.	.
19880	1936	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1936	2	2	2	LS
19880	1936	3	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1936	4	Adaptation	adaptation	NN
19880	1936	5	through	through	IN
19880	1936	6	eye	eye	NN
19880	1936	7	and	and	CC
19880	1936	8	ear	ear	NN
19880	1936	9	of	of	IN
19880	1936	10	all	all	PDT
19880	1936	11	the	the	DT
19880	1936	12	neuro	neuro	NNP
19880	1936	13	-	-	HYPH
19880	1936	14	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	1936	15	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	1936	16	required	require	VBN
19880	1936	17	for	for	IN
19880	1936	18	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1936	19	_	_	NNP
19880	1936	20	a	a	DT
19880	1936	21	_	_	NNP
19880	1936	22	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1936	23	bringing	bring	VBG
19880	1936	24	the	the	DT
19880	1936	25	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1936	26	bands	band	NNS
19880	1936	27	into	into	IN
19880	1936	28	the	the	DT
19880	1936	29	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1936	30	position	position	NN
19880	1936	31	and	and	CC
19880	1936	32	degree	degree	NN
19880	1936	33	of	of	IN
19880	1936	34	tension	tension	NN
19880	1936	35	;	;	:
19880	1936	36	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1936	37	_	_	NNP
19880	1936	38	b	b	NNP
19880	1936	39	_	_	NNP
19880	1936	40	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1936	41	the	the	DT
19880	1936	42	proper	proper	JJ
19880	1936	43	shape	shape	NN
19880	1936	44	,	,	,
19880	1936	45	tension	tension	NN
19880	1936	46	,	,	,
19880	1936	47	etc	etc	FW
19880	1936	48	.	.	.
19880	1936	49	,	,	,
19880	1936	50	of	of	IN
19880	1936	51	the	the	DT
19880	1936	52	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1936	53	-	-	HYPH
19880	1936	54	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1936	55	;	;	:
19880	1936	56	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1936	57	_	_	NNP
19880	1936	58	c	c	NNP
19880	1936	59	_	_	NNP
19880	1936	60	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1936	61	that	that	IN
19880	1936	62	use	use	NN
19880	1936	63	of	of	IN
19880	1936	64	the	the	DT
19880	1936	65	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1936	66	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1936	67	suitable	suitable	JJ
19880	1936	68	to	to	TO
19880	1936	69	cause	cause	VB
19880	1936	70	the	the	DT
19880	1936	71	proper	proper	JJ
19880	1936	72	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	1936	73	of	of	IN
19880	1936	74	the	the	DT
19880	1936	75	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1936	76	bands	band	NNS
19880	1936	77	.	.	.
19880	1937	1	All	all	DT
19880	1937	2	use	use	NN
19880	1937	3	of	of	IN
19880	1937	4	the	the	DT
19880	1937	5	voice	voice	NN
19880	1937	6	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	1937	7	this	this	DT
19880	1937	8	much	much	JJ
19880	1937	9	,	,	,
19880	1937	10	but	but	CC
19880	1937	11	in	in	IN
19880	1937	12	most	most	JJS
19880	1937	13	instances	instance	NNS
19880	1937	14	there	there	EX
19880	1937	15	are	be	VBP
19880	1937	16	_	_	NNP
19880	1937	17	associated	associate	VBN
19880	1937	18	_	_	NNP
19880	1937	19	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	1937	20	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	1937	21	and	and	CC
19880	1937	22	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	1937	23	that	that	WDT
19880	1937	24	are	be	VBP
19880	1937	25	highly	highly	RB
19880	1937	26	important	important	JJ
19880	1937	27	in	in	IN
19880	1937	28	determining	determine	VBG
19880	1937	29	the	the	DT
19880	1937	30	exact	exact	JJ
19880	1937	31	volume	volume	NN
19880	1937	32	,	,	,
19880	1937	33	quality	quality	NN
19880	1937	34	,	,	,
19880	1937	35	etc	etc	FW
19880	1937	36	.	.	.
19880	1937	37	,	,	,
19880	1937	38	of	of	IN
19880	1937	39	the	the	DT
19880	1937	40	tone	tone	NN
19880	1937	41	as	as	IN
19880	1937	42	related	relate	VBN
19880	1937	43	to	to	IN
19880	1937	44	expression	expression	NN
19880	1937	45	of	of	IN
19880	1937	46	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	1937	47	and	and	CC
19880	1937	48	feelings	feeling	NNS
19880	1937	49	according	accord	VBG
19880	1937	50	to	to	IN
19880	1937	51	conventional	conventional	JJ
19880	1937	52	usage	usage	NN
19880	1937	53	.	.	.
19880	1938	1	The	the	DT
19880	1938	2	breath	breath	NN
19880	1938	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	1938	4	stream	stream	NN
19880	1938	5	must	must	MD
19880	1938	6	in	in	IN
19880	1938	7	all	all	DT
19880	1938	8	cases	case	NNS
19880	1938	9	be	be	VB
19880	1938	10	so	so	RB
19880	1938	11	employed	employ	VBN
19880	1938	12	that	that	IN
19880	1938	13	there	there	EX
19880	1938	14	shall	shall	MD
19880	1938	15	be	be	VB
19880	1938	16	economy	economy	NN
19880	1938	17	of	of	IN
19880	1938	18	energy	energy	NN
19880	1938	19	--	--	:
19880	1938	20	no	no	DT
19880	1938	21	waste	waste	NN
19880	1938	22	.	.	.
19880	1939	1	Waste	waste	NN
19880	1939	2	occurs	occur	VBZ
19880	1939	3	whenever	whenever	WRB
19880	1939	4	air	air	NN
19880	1939	5	escapes	escape	NNS
19880	1939	6	to	to	IN
19880	1939	7	any	any	DT
19880	1939	8	appreciable	appreciable	JJ
19880	1939	9	extent	extent	NN
19880	1939	10	through	through	IN
19880	1939	11	the	the	DT
19880	1939	12	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	1939	13	chink	chink	NN
19880	1939	14	,	,	,
19880	1939	15	as	as	IN
19880	1939	16	that	that	DT
19880	1939	17	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	1939	18	an	an	DT
19880	1939	19	imperfect	imperfect	JJ
19880	1939	20	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19880	1939	21	of	of	IN
19880	1939	22	the	the	DT
19880	1939	23	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1939	24	bands	band	NNS
19880	1939	25	and	and	CC
19880	1939	26	the	the	DT
19880	1939	27	expiratory	expiratory	JJ
19880	1939	28	current	current	NN
19880	1939	29	.	.	.
19880	1940	1	From	from	IN
19880	1940	2	this	this	DT
19880	1940	3	and	and	CC
19880	1940	4	other	other	JJ
19880	1940	5	points	point	NNS
19880	1940	6	of	of	IN
19880	1940	7	view	view	NN
19880	1940	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1940	9	may	may	MD
19880	1940	10	be	be	VB
19880	1940	11	said	say	VBN
19880	1940	12	that	that	IN
19880	1940	13	_	_	NNP
19880	1940	14	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1940	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	1940	16	the	the	DT
19880	1940	17	best	good	JJS
19880	1940	18	singer	singer	NN
19880	1940	19	who	who	WP
19880	1940	20	gets	get	VBZ
19880	1940	21	the	the	DT
19880	1940	22	most	most	RBS
19880	1940	23	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	1940	24	result	result	NN
19880	1940	25	with	with	IN
19880	1940	26	the	the	DT
19880	1940	27	least	least	JJS
19880	1940	28	expenditure	expenditure	NN
19880	1940	29	of	of	IN
19880	1940	30	energy	energy	NN
19880	1940	31	_	_	NNP
19880	1940	32	.	.	.
19880	1941	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1941	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1941	3	of	of	IN
19880	1941	4	the	the	DT
19880	1941	5	highest	high	JJS
19880	1941	6	importance	importance	NN
19880	1941	7	that	that	IN
19880	1941	8	during	during	IN
19880	1941	9	every	every	DT
19880	1941	10	practice	practice	NN
19880	1941	11	,	,	,
19880	1941	12	and	and	CC
19880	1941	13	every	every	DT
19880	1941	14	moment	moment	NN
19880	1941	15	of	of	IN
19880	1941	16	each	each	DT
19880	1941	17	practice	practice	NN
19880	1941	18	,	,	,
19880	1941	19	attention	attention	NN
19880	1941	20	be	be	VB
19880	1941	21	given	give	VBN
19880	1941	22	to	to	IN
19880	1941	23	as	as	RB
19880	1941	24	perfect	perfect	VB
19880	1941	25	a	a	DT
19880	1941	26	result	result	NN
19880	1941	27	as	as	IN
19880	1941	28	possible	possible	JJ
19880	1941	29	,	,	,
19880	1941	30	and	and	CC
19880	1941	31	that	that	IN
19880	1941	32	the	the	DT
19880	1941	33	same	same	JJ
19880	1941	34	method	method	NN
19880	1941	35	be	be	VB
19880	1941	36	invariably	invariably	RB
19880	1941	37	employed	employ	VBN
19880	1941	38	.	.	.
19880	1942	1	All	all	DT
19880	1942	2	questions	question	NNS
19880	1942	3	as	as	IN
19880	1942	4	to	to	IN
19880	1942	5	methods	method	NNS
19880	1942	6	of	of	IN
19880	1942	7	practising	practising	NN
19880	1942	8	can	can	MD
19880	1942	9	be	be	VB
19880	1942	10	decided	decide	VBN
19880	1942	11	on	on	IN
19880	1942	12	well	well	RB
19880	1942	13	-	-	HYPH
19880	1942	14	known	know	VBN
19880	1942	15	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	1942	16	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1942	17	which	which	WDT
19880	1942	18	harmonize	harmonize	VBP
19880	1942	19	with	with	IN
19880	1942	20	experience	experience	NN
19880	1942	21	,	,	,
19880	1942	22	and	and	CC
19880	1942	23	need	nee	MD
19880	1942	24	not	not	RB
19880	1942	25	be	be	VB
19880	1942	26	left	leave	VBN
19880	1942	27	in	in	IN
19880	1942	28	that	that	DT
19880	1942	29	loose	loose	JJ
19880	1942	30	and	and	CC
19880	1942	31	unsatisfactory	unsatisfactory	JJ
19880	1942	32	condition	condition	NN
19880	1942	33	when	when	WRB
19880	1942	34	the	the	DT
19880	1942	35	dictum	dictum	NN
19880	1942	36	of	of	IN
19880	1942	37	some	some	DT
19880	1942	38	individual	individual	NN
19880	1942	39	is	be	VBZ
19880	1942	40	substituted	substitute	VBN
19880	1942	41	for	for	IN
19880	1942	42	principles	principle	NNS
19880	1942	43	capable	capable	JJ
19880	1942	44	of	of	IN
19880	1942	45	actual	actual	JJ
19880	1942	46	experimental	experimental	JJ
19880	1942	47	demonstration	demonstration	NN
19880	1942	48	.	.	.
19880	1943	1	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19880	1943	2	XIII	XIII	NNP
19880	1943	3	.	.	.
19880	1944	1	CHIEFLY	chiefly	VB
19880	1944	2	AN	an	DT
19880	1944	3	APPLICATION	application	NN
19880	1944	4	TO	to	IN
19880	1944	5	VOICE	voice	VB
19880	1944	6	PRODUCTION	production	NN
19880	1944	7	OF	of	IN
19880	1944	8	FACTS	FACTS	NNP
19880	1944	9	AND	and	CC
19880	1944	10	PRINCIPLES	principle	NNS
19880	1944	11	PREVIOUSLY	PREVIOUSLY	VBD
19880	1944	12	CONSIDERED	CONSIDERED	NNS
19880	1944	13	.	.	.
19880	1945	1	Certain	certain	JJ
19880	1945	2	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	1945	3	may	may	MD
19880	1945	4	be	be	VB
19880	1945	5	made	make	VBN
19880	1945	6	without	without	IN
19880	1945	7	the	the	DT
19880	1945	8	use	use	NN
19880	1945	9	of	of	IN
19880	1945	10	words	word	NNS
19880	1945	11	or	or	CC
19880	1945	12	syllables	syllable	NNS
19880	1945	13	,	,	,
19880	1945	14	even	even	RB
19880	1945	15	without	without	IN
19880	1945	16	the	the	DT
19880	1945	17	employment	employment	NN
19880	1945	18	of	of	IN
19880	1945	19	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	1945	20	or	or	CC
19880	1945	21	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	1945	22	,	,	,
19880	1945	23	but	but	CC
19880	1945	24	intonation	intonation	NN
19880	1945	25	proper	proper	JJ
19880	1945	26	can	can	MD
19880	1945	27	not	not	RB
19880	1945	28	be	be	VB
19880	1945	29	carried	carry	VBN
19880	1945	30	out	out	RP
19880	1945	31	without	without	IN
19880	1945	32	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	1945	33	,	,	,
19880	1945	34	at	at	IN
19880	1945	35	least	least	JJS
19880	1945	36	.	.	.
19880	1946	1	The	the	DT
19880	1946	2	exact	exact	JJ
19880	1946	3	nature	nature	NN
19880	1946	4	of	of	IN
19880	1946	5	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	1946	6	and	and	CC
19880	1946	7	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	1946	8	will	will	MD
19880	1946	9	be	be	VB
19880	1946	10	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1946	11	in	in	IN
19880	1946	12	the	the	DT
19880	1946	13	next	next	JJ
19880	1946	14	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	1946	15	,	,	,
19880	1946	16	but	but	CC
19880	1946	17	in	in	IN
19880	1946	18	the	the	DT
19880	1946	19	meantime	meantime	NN
19880	1946	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1946	21	may	may	MD
19880	1946	22	be	be	VB
19880	1946	23	pointed	point	VBN
19880	1946	24	out	out	RP
19880	1946	25	that	that	IN
19880	1946	26	a	a	DT
19880	1946	27	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	1946	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	1946	29	a	a	DT
19880	1946	30	free	free	JJ
19880	1946	31	and	and	CC
19880	1946	32	open	open	JJ
19880	1946	33	sound	sound	NN
19880	1946	34	requiring	require	VBG
19880	1946	35	for	for	IN
19880	1946	36	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1946	37	production	production	NN
19880	1946	38	a	a	DT
19880	1946	39	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1946	40	form	form	NN
19880	1946	41	of	of	IN
19880	1946	42	the	the	DT
19880	1946	43	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1946	44	-	-	HYPH
19880	1946	45	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1946	46	.	.	.
19880	1947	1	Neither	neither	DT
19880	1947	2	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	1947	3	nor	nor	CC
19880	1947	4	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	1947	5	are	be	VBP
19880	1947	6	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1947	7	pure	pure	JJ
19880	1947	8	--	--	:
19880	1947	9	that	that	RB
19880	1947	10	is	is	RB
19880	1947	11	,	,	,
19880	1947	12	entirely	entirely	RB
19880	1947	13	free	free	JJ
19880	1947	14	from	from	IN
19880	1947	15	foreign	foreign	JJ
19880	1947	16	elements	element	NNS
19880	1947	17	,	,	,
19880	1947	18	from	from	IN
19880	1947	19	noise	noise	NN
19880	1947	20	;	;	:
19880	1947	21	but	but	CC
19880	1947	22	for	for	IN
19880	1947	23	all	all	DT
19880	1947	24	practical	practical	JJ
19880	1947	25	purposes	purpose	NNS
19880	1947	26	a	a	DT
19880	1947	27	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	1947	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	1947	29	a	a	DT
19880	1947	30	pure	pure	JJ
19880	1947	31	sound	sound	NN
19880	1947	32	,	,	,
19880	1947	33	a	a	DT
19880	1947	34	consonant	consonant	NN
19880	1947	35	a	a	DT
19880	1947	36	sound	sound	NN
19880	1947	37	accompanied	accompany	VBN
19880	1947	38	inevitably	inevitably	RB
19880	1947	39	by	by	IN
19880	1947	40	much	much	JJ
19880	1947	41	noise	noise	NN
19880	1947	42	.	.	.
19880	1948	1	This	this	DT
19880	1948	2	noise	noise	NN
19880	1948	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	1948	4	largely	largely	RB
19880	1948	5	due	due	JJ
19880	1948	6	to	to	IN
19880	1948	7	the	the	DT
19880	1948	8	difficulties	difficulty	NNS
19880	1948	9	of	of	IN
19880	1948	10	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	1948	11	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	1948	12	,	,	,
19880	1948	13	the	the	DT
19880	1948	14	breath	breath	NN
19880	1948	15	breaking	break	VBG
19880	1948	16	against	against	IN
19880	1948	17	the	the	DT
19880	1948	18	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1948	19	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1948	20	,	,	,
19880	1948	21	especially	especially	RB
19880	1948	22	the	the	DT
19880	1948	23	teeth	tooth	NNS
19880	1948	24	,	,	,
19880	1948	25	lips	lip	NNS
19880	1948	26	,	,	,
19880	1948	27	etc	etc	FW
19880	1948	28	.	.	FW
19880	1948	29	,	,	,
19880	1948	30	much	much	RB
19880	1948	31	as	as	IN
19880	1948	32	the	the	DT
19880	1948	33	waves	wave	NNS
19880	1948	34	of	of	IN
19880	1948	35	the	the	DT
19880	1948	36	sea	sea	NN
19880	1948	37	against	against	IN
19880	1948	38	a	a	DT
19880	1948	39	rocky	rocky	JJ
19880	1948	40	beach	beach	NN
19880	1948	41	.	.	.
19880	1949	1	So	so	RB
19880	1949	2	far	far	RB
19880	1949	3	then	then	RB
19880	1949	4	as	as	IN
19880	1949	5	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1949	6	quality	quality	NN
19880	1949	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	1949	8	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	1949	9	,	,	,
19880	1949	10	a	a	DT
19880	1949	11	consonant	consonant	NN
19880	1949	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	1949	13	an	an	DT
19880	1949	14	unmitigated	unmitigated	JJ
19880	1949	15	nuisance	nuisance	NN
19880	1949	16	.	.	.
19880	1950	1	On	on	IN
19880	1950	2	the	the	DT
19880	1950	3	other	other	JJ
19880	1950	4	hand	hand	NN
19880	1950	5	,	,	,
19880	1950	6	none	none	NN
19880	1950	7	but	but	CC
19880	1950	8	the	the	DT
19880	1950	9	most	most	RBS
19880	1950	10	elemental	elemental	JJ
19880	1950	11	communication	communication	NN
19880	1950	12	by	by	IN
19880	1950	13	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	1950	14	could	could	MD
19880	1950	15	be	be	VB
19880	1950	16	carried	carry	VBN
19880	1950	17	out	out	RP
19880	1950	18	by	by	IN
19880	1950	19	the	the	DT
19880	1950	20	use	use	NN
19880	1950	21	of	of	IN
19880	1950	22	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	1950	23	alone	alone	RB
19880	1950	24	.	.	.
19880	1951	1	The	the	DT
19880	1951	2	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	1951	3	stop	stop	VBP
19880	1951	4	the	the	DT
19880	1951	5	breath	breath	NN
19880	1951	6	-	-	HYPH
19880	1951	7	current	current	JJ
19880	1951	8	,	,	,
19880	1951	9	separate	separate	VBP
19880	1951	10	the	the	DT
19880	1951	11	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	1951	12	,	,	,
19880	1951	13	and	and	CC
19880	1951	14	thus	thus	RB
19880	1951	15	lay	lie	VBD
19880	1951	16	the	the	DT
19880	1951	17	foundation	foundation	NN
19880	1951	18	for	for	IN
19880	1951	19	the	the	DT
19880	1951	20	expression	expression	NN
19880	1951	21	of	of	IN
19880	1951	22	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	1951	23	.	.	.
19880	1952	1	Ideas	idea	NNS
19880	1952	2	imply	imply	VBP
19880	1952	3	differences	difference	NNS
19880	1952	4	;	;	:
19880	1952	5	a	a	DT
19880	1952	6	new	new	JJ
19880	1952	7	idea	idea	NN
19880	1952	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1952	9	conveyed	convey	VBN
19880	1952	10	by	by	IN
19880	1952	11	a	a	DT
19880	1952	12	new	new	JJ
19880	1952	13	word	word	NN
19880	1952	14	,	,	,
19880	1952	15	which	which	WDT
19880	1952	16	in	in	IN
19880	1952	17	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1952	18	simplest	simple	JJS
19880	1952	19	form	form	NN
19880	1952	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	1952	21	a	a	DT
19880	1952	22	syllable	syllable	NN
19880	1952	23	.	.	.
19880	1953	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1953	2	a	a	DT
19880	1953	3	consonant	consonant	NN
19880	1953	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1953	5	introduced	introduce	VBN
19880	1953	6	after	after	IN
19880	1953	7	a	a	DT
19880	1953	8	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	1953	9	sound	sound	NN
19880	1953	10	,	,	,
19880	1953	11	a	a	DT
19880	1953	12	momentary	momentary	JJ
19880	1953	13	arrest	arrest	NN
19880	1953	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	1953	15	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1953	16	in	in	IN
19880	1953	17	the	the	DT
19880	1953	18	breath	breath	NN
19880	1953	19	-	-	HYPH
19880	1953	20	flow	flow	NN
19880	1953	21	,	,	,
19880	1953	22	and	and	CC
19880	1953	23	this	this	DT
19880	1953	24	has	have	VBZ
19880	1953	25	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1953	26	corresponding	corresponding	JJ
19880	1953	27	effect	effect	NN
19880	1953	28	on	on	IN
19880	1953	29	the	the	DT
19880	1953	30	mind	mind	NN
19880	1953	31	.	.	.
19880	1954	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1954	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1954	3	,	,	,
19880	1954	4	in	in	IN
19880	1954	5	fact	fact	NN
19880	1954	6	,	,	,
19880	1954	7	equivalent	equivalent	JJ
19880	1954	8	to	to	IN
19880	1954	9	a	a	DT
19880	1954	10	pause	pause	NN
19880	1954	11	--	--	:
19880	1954	12	say	say	VB
19880	1954	13	a	a	DT
19880	1954	14	comma	comma	NN
19880	1954	15	or	or	CC
19880	1954	16	a	a	DT
19880	1954	17	period	period	NN
19880	1954	18	.	.	.
19880	1955	1	If	if	IN
19880	1955	2	introduced	introduce	VBN
19880	1955	3	before	before	IN
19880	1955	4	a	a	DT
19880	1955	5	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	1955	6	,	,	,
19880	1955	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1955	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1955	9	marked	mark	VBN
19880	1955	10	off	off	RP
19880	1955	11	in	in	IN
19880	1955	12	a	a	DT
19880	1955	13	more	more	RBR
19880	1955	14	definite	definite	JJ
19880	1955	15	way	way	NN
19880	1955	16	.	.	.
19880	1956	1	The	the	DT
19880	1956	2	effect	effect	NN
19880	1956	3	of	of	IN
19880	1956	4	this	this	DT
19880	1956	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1956	6	to	to	TO
19880	1956	7	enable	enable	VB
19880	1956	8	the	the	DT
19880	1956	9	ear	ear	NN
19880	1956	10	the	the	DT
19880	1956	11	better	well	JJR
19880	1956	12	to	to	TO
19880	1956	13	grasp	grasp	VB
19880	1956	14	the	the	DT
19880	1956	15	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	1956	16	.	.	.
19880	1957	1	There	there	EX
19880	1957	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1957	3	the	the	DT
19880	1957	4	principle	principle	NN
19880	1957	5	of	of	IN
19880	1957	6	differentiation	differentiation	NN
19880	1957	7	and	and	CC
19880	1957	8	the	the	DT
19880	1957	9	principle	principle	NN
19880	1957	10	of	of	IN
19880	1957	11	rest	rest	NN
19880	1957	12	,	,	,
19880	1957	13	both	both	CC
19880	1957	14	highly	highly	RB
19880	1957	15	important	important	JJ
19880	1957	16	in	in	IN
19880	1957	17	all	all	DT
19880	1957	18	sensory	sensory	JJ
19880	1957	19	and	and	CC
19880	1957	20	other	other	JJ
19880	1957	21	psychic	psychic	JJ
19880	1957	22	or	or	CC
19880	1957	23	mental	mental	JJ
19880	1957	24	processes	process	NNS
19880	1957	25	.	.	.
19880	1958	1	Consider	consider	VB
19880	1958	2	the	the	DT
19880	1958	3	sentence	sentence	NN
19880	1958	4	"	"	``
19880	1958	5	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1958	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1958	7	a	a	DT
19880	1958	8	man"--composed	man"--composed	JJ
19880	1958	9	purely	purely	RB
19880	1958	10	of	of	IN
19880	1958	11	monosyllables	monosyllable	NNS
19880	1958	12	.	.	.
19880	1959	1	Remove	remove	VB
19880	1959	2	the	the	DT
19880	1959	3	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	1959	4	,	,	,
19880	1959	5	and	and	CC
19880	1959	6	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1959	7	have	have	VBP
19880	1959	8	the	the	DT
19880	1959	9	following	follow	VBG
19880	1959	10	:	:	:
19880	1959	11	"	"	``
19880	1959	12	e	e	XX
19880	1959	13	i	i	PRP
19880	1959	14	a	a	DT
19880	1959	15	a.	a.	NN
19880	1959	16	"	"	''
19880	1960	1	Their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1960	2	ineffectiveness	ineffectiveness	NN
19880	1960	3	in	in	IN
19880	1960	4	conveying	convey	VBG
19880	1960	5	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	1960	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	1960	7	at	at	IN
19880	1960	8	once	once	RB
19880	1960	9	plain	plain	JJ
19880	1960	10	,	,	,
19880	1960	11	for	for	IN
19880	1960	12	though	though	IN
19880	1960	13	"	"	``
19880	1960	14	a	a	DT
19880	1960	15	man	man	NN
19880	1960	16	"	"	``
19880	1960	17	conveys	convey	VBZ
19880	1960	18	two	two	CD
19880	1960	19	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	1960	20	,	,	,
19880	1960	21	such	such	JJ
19880	1960	22	are	be	VBP
19880	1960	23	not	not	RB
19880	1960	24	expressed	express	VBN
19880	1960	25	by	by	IN
19880	1960	26	the	the	DT
19880	1960	27	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	1960	28	,	,	,
19880	1960	29	which	which	WDT
19880	1960	30	are	be	VBP
19880	1960	31	identical	identical	JJ
19880	1960	32	,	,	,
19880	1960	33	while	while	IN
19880	1960	34	"	"	``
19880	1960	35	e	e	NNP
19880	1960	36	"	"	''
19880	1960	37	and	and	CC
19880	1960	38	"	"	``
19880	1960	39	i	i	PRP
19880	1960	40	"	"	''
19880	1960	41	are	be	VBP
19880	1960	42	common	common	JJ
19880	1960	43	to	to	IN
19880	1960	44	too	too	RB
19880	1960	45	many	many	JJ
19880	1960	46	words	word	NNS
19880	1960	47	of	of	IN
19880	1960	48	one	one	CD
19880	1960	49	syllable	syllable	NN
19880	1960	50	to	to	TO
19880	1960	51	serve	serve	VB
19880	1960	52	any	any	DT
19880	1960	53	useful	useful	JJ
19880	1960	54	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1960	55	,	,	,
19880	1960	56	alone	alone	RB
19880	1960	57	,	,	,
19880	1960	58	in	in	IN
19880	1960	59	the	the	DT
19880	1960	60	conveyance	conveyance	NN
19880	1960	61	of	of	IN
19880	1960	62	_	_	NNP
19880	1960	63	definite	definite	JJ
19880	1960	64	_	_	NNP
19880	1960	65	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	1960	66	.	.	.
19880	1961	1	The	the	DT
19880	1961	2	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	1961	3	at	at	IN
19880	1961	4	once	once	RB
19880	1961	5	mark	mark	VB
19880	1961	6	off	off	RP
19880	1961	7	the	the	DT
19880	1961	8	limitations	limitation	NNS
19880	1961	9	;	;	:
19880	1961	10	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1961	11	fence	fence	VBP
19880	1961	12	around	around	IN
19880	1961	13	the	the	DT
19880	1961	14	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	1961	15	,	,	,
19880	1961	16	so	so	RB
19880	1961	17	to	to	TO
19880	1961	18	speak	speak	VB
19880	1961	19	.	.	.
19880	1962	1	For	for	IN
19880	1962	2	the	the	DT
19880	1962	3	communication	communication	NN
19880	1962	4	of	of	IN
19880	1962	5	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	1962	6	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1962	7	are	be	VBP
19880	1962	8	indispensable	indispensable	JJ
19880	1962	9	;	;	:
19880	1962	10	nevertheless	nevertheless	RB
19880	1962	11	,	,	,
19880	1962	12	being	be	VBG
19880	1962	13	largely	largely	RB
19880	1962	14	noises	noise	NNS
19880	1962	15	,	,	,
19880	1962	16	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1962	17	are	be	VBP
19880	1962	18	musically	musically	RB
19880	1962	19	abominable	abominable	JJ
19880	1962	20	.	.	.
19880	1963	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1963	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	1963	3	that	that	IN
19880	1963	4	voice	voice	NN
19880	1963	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	1963	6	production	production	NN
19880	1963	7	should	should	MD
19880	1963	8	begin	begin	VB
19880	1963	9	with	with	IN
19880	1963	10	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	1963	11	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	1963	12	,	,	,
19880	1963	13	and	and	CC
19880	1963	14	not	not	RB
19880	1963	15	words	word	NNS
19880	1963	16	--	--	:
19880	1963	17	not	not	RB
19880	1963	18	even	even	RB
19880	1963	19	syllables	syllable	NNS
19880	1963	20	.	.	.
19880	1964	1	For	for	IN
19880	1964	2	successful	successful	JJ
19880	1964	3	intonation	intonation	NN
19880	1964	4	,	,	,
19880	1964	5	the	the	DT
19880	1964	6	first	first	JJ
19880	1964	7	steps	step	NNS
19880	1964	8	should	should	MD
19880	1964	9	be	be	VB
19880	1964	10	made	make	VBN
19880	1964	11	as	as	RB
19880	1964	12	simple	simple	JJ
19880	1964	13	as	as	IN
19880	1964	14	possible	possible	JJ
19880	1964	15	,	,	,
19880	1964	16	as	as	IN
19880	1964	17	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1964	18	have	have	VBP
19880	1964	19	already	already	RB
19880	1964	20	endeavored	endeavor	VBN
19880	1964	21	to	to	TO
19880	1964	22	show	show	VB
19880	1964	23	,	,	,
19880	1964	24	hence	hence	RB
19880	1964	25	no	no	DT
19880	1964	26	such	such	JJ
19880	1964	27	complication	complication	NN
19880	1964	28	as	as	IN
19880	1964	29	a	a	DT
19880	1964	30	consonantal	consonantal	JJ
19880	1964	31	noise	noise	NN
19880	1964	32	should	should	MD
19880	1964	33	be	be	VB
19880	1964	34	introduced	introduce	VBN
19880	1964	35	.	.	.
19880	1965	1	Upon	upon	IN
19880	1965	2	this	this	DT
19880	1965	3	point	point	NN
19880	1965	4	there	there	EX
19880	1965	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	1965	6	room	room	NN
19880	1965	7	for	for	IN
19880	1965	8	no	no	DT
19880	1965	9	difference	difference	NN
19880	1965	10	of	of	IN
19880	1965	11	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	1965	12	,	,	,
19880	1965	13	though	though	IN
19880	1965	14	as	as	IN
19880	1965	15	to	to	TO
19880	1965	16	which	which	WDT
19880	1965	17	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	1965	18	sound	sound	NN
19880	1965	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	1965	20	best	best	RB
19880	1965	21	suited	suited	JJ
19880	1965	22	for	for	IN
19880	1965	23	the	the	DT
19880	1965	24	beginner	beginner	NN
19880	1965	25	,	,	,
19880	1965	26	and	and	CC
19880	1965	27	for	for	IN
19880	1965	28	more	more	RBR
19880	1965	29	advanced	advanced	JJ
19880	1965	30	voice	voice	NN
19880	1965	31	-	-	HYPH
19880	1965	32	production	production	NN
19880	1965	33	,	,	,
19880	1965	34	there	there	EX
19880	1965	35	has	have	VBZ
19880	1965	36	been	be	VBN
19880	1965	37	great	great	JJ
19880	1965	38	diversity	diversity	NN
19880	1965	39	in	in	IN
19880	1965	40	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	1965	41	--	--	:
19880	1965	42	a	a	DT
19880	1965	43	diversity	diversity	NN
19880	1965	44	which	which	WDT
19880	1965	45	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1965	46	propose	propose	VBP
19880	1965	47	to	to	TO
19880	1965	48	show	show	VB
19880	1965	49	,	,	,
19880	1965	50	in	in	IN
19880	1965	51	the	the	DT
19880	1965	52	next	next	JJ
19880	1965	53	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	1965	54	,	,	,
19880	1965	55	need	nee	MD
19880	1965	56	not	not	RB
19880	1965	57	exist	exist	VB
19880	1965	58	to	to	IN
19880	1965	59	any	any	DT
19880	1965	60	appreciable	appreciable	JJ
19880	1965	61	extent	extent	NN
19880	1965	62	.	.	.
19880	1966	1	Certain	certain	JJ
19880	1966	2	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	1966	3	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	1966	4	may	may	MD
19880	1966	5	be	be	VB
19880	1966	6	said	say	VBN
19880	1966	7	to	to	TO
19880	1966	8	be	be	VB
19880	1966	9	common	common	JJ
19880	1966	10	to	to	IN
19880	1966	11	most	most	JJS
19880	1966	12	of	of	IN
19880	1966	13	the	the	DT
19880	1966	14	languages	language	NNS
19880	1966	15	used	use	VBN
19880	1966	16	by	by	IN
19880	1966	17	civilized	civilized	JJ
19880	1966	18	peoples	people	NNS
19880	1966	19	.	.	.
19880	1967	1	These	these	DT
19880	1967	2	are	be	VBP
19880	1967	3	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	4	u	u	NNP
19880	1967	5	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	6	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1967	7	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	8	oo	oo	NNP
19880	1967	9	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	10	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1967	11	,	,	,
19880	1967	12	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	13	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1967	14	=	=	SYM
19880	1967	15	o	o	XX
19880	1967	16	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1967	17	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	18	,	,	,
19880	1967	19	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	20	a	a	DT
19880	1967	21	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	22	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1967	23	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	24	ah	ah	UH
19880	1967	25	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	26	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1967	27	,	,	,
19880	1967	28	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	29	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1967	30	=	=	SYM
19880	1967	31	a	a	LS
19880	1967	32	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1967	33	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	34	,	,	,
19880	1967	35	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	36	i	i	PRP
19880	1967	37	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	38	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1967	39	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	40	ei	ei	NNP
19880	1967	41	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	42	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1967	43	,	,	,
19880	1967	44	and	and	CC
19880	1967	45	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	46	[	[	-LRB-
19880	1967	47	=	=	SYM
19880	1967	48	e	e	LS
19880	1967	49	]	]	-RRB-
19880	1967	50	_	_	NNP
19880	1967	51	.	.	.
19880	1968	1	There	there	EX
19880	1968	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1968	3	,	,	,
19880	1968	4	fortunately	fortunately	RB
19880	1968	5	,	,	,
19880	1968	6	among	among	IN
19880	1968	7	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1968	8	considerable	considerable	JJ
19880	1968	9	agreement	agreement	NN
19880	1968	10	as	as	IN
19880	1968	11	to	to	IN
19880	1968	12	the	the	DT
19880	1968	13	question	question	NN
19880	1968	14	of	of	IN
19880	1968	15	the	the	DT
19880	1968	16	best	good	JJS
19880	1968	17	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	1968	18	sound	sound	NN
19880	1968	19	with	with	IN
19880	1968	20	which	which	WDT
19880	1968	21	to	to	TO
19880	1968	22	begin	begin	VB
19880	1968	23	intonation	intonation	NN
19880	1968	24	,	,	,
19880	1968	25	or	or	CC
19880	1968	26	the	the	DT
19880	1968	27	process	process	NN
19880	1968	28	of	of	IN
19880	1968	29	forming	form	VBG
19880	1968	30	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1968	31	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1968	32	.	.	.
19880	1969	1	There	there	EX
19880	1969	2	can	can	MD
19880	1969	3	be	be	VB
19880	1969	4	no	no	DT
19880	1969	5	question	question	NN
19880	1969	6	that	that	WDT
19880	1969	7	_	_	NNP
19880	1969	8	a	a	DT
19880	1969	9	_	_	NNP
19880	1969	10	(	(	-LRB-
19880	1969	11	ah	ah	UH
19880	1969	12	)	)	-RRB-
19880	1969	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	1969	14	for	for	IN
19880	1969	15	general	general	JJ
19880	1969	16	purposes	purpose	NNS
19880	1969	17	the	the	DT
19880	1969	18	best	good	JJS
19880	1969	19	,	,	,
19880	1969	20	the	the	DT
19880	1969	21	reason	reason	NN
19880	1969	22	for	for	IN
19880	1969	23	which	which	WDT
19880	1969	24	will	will	MD
19880	1969	25	appear	appear	VB
19880	1969	26	later	later	RBR
19880	1969	27	.	.	.
19880	1970	1	Unfortunately	unfortunately	RB
19880	1970	2	,	,	,
19880	1970	3	there	there	EX
19880	1970	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1970	5	not	not	RB
19880	1970	6	in	in	IN
19880	1970	7	the	the	DT
19880	1970	8	minds	mind	NNS
19880	1970	9	of	of	IN
19880	1970	10	students	student	NNS
19880	1970	11	or	or	CC
19880	1970	12	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1970	13	generally	generally	RB
19880	1970	14	a	a	DT
19880	1970	15	sufficiently	sufficiently	RB
19880	1970	16	deep	deep	JJ
19880	1970	17	conviction	conviction	NN
19880	1970	18	of	of	IN
19880	1970	19	the	the	DT
19880	1970	20	importance	importance	NN
19880	1970	21	of	of	IN
19880	1970	22	forming	form	VBG
19880	1970	23	the	the	DT
19880	1970	24	voice	voice	NN
19880	1970	25	by	by	IN
19880	1970	26	long	long	RB
19880	1970	27	-	-	HYPH
19880	1970	28	continued	continue	VBN
19880	1970	29	practice	practice	NN
19880	1970	30	with	with	IN
19880	1970	31	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	1970	32	only	only	RB
19880	1970	33	,	,	,
19880	1970	34	for	for	IN
19880	1970	35	which	which	WDT
19880	1970	36	lack	lack	VBP
19880	1970	37	the	the	DT
19880	1970	38	spirit	spirit	NN
19880	1970	39	of	of	IN
19880	1970	40	the	the	DT
19880	1970	41	times	time	NNS
19880	1970	42	is	be	VBZ
19880	1970	43	largely	largely	RB
19880	1970	44	responsible	responsible	JJ
19880	1970	45	.	.	.
19880	1971	1	Until	until	IN
19880	1971	2	a	a	DT
19880	1971	3	student	student	NN
19880	1971	4	of	of	IN
19880	1971	5	either	either	CC
19880	1971	6	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	1971	7	or	or	CC
19880	1971	8	singing	singing	NN
19880	1971	9	can	can	MD
19880	1971	10	form	form	VB
19880	1971	11	every	every	DT
19880	1971	12	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	1971	13	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19880	1971	14	,	,	,
19880	1971	15	which	which	WDT
19880	1971	16	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	1971	17	the	the	DT
19880	1971	18	recognition	recognition	NN
19880	1971	19	of	of	IN
19880	1971	20	these	these	DT
19880	1971	21	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	1971	22	as	as	IN
19880	1971	23	pure	pure	JJ
19880	1971	24	and	and	CC
19880	1971	25	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	1971	26	,	,	,
19880	1971	27	and	and	CC
19880	1971	28	the	the	DT
19880	1971	29	ability	ability	NN
19880	1971	30	to	to	TO
19880	1971	31	sing	sing	VB
19880	1971	32	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1971	33	as	as	IN
19880	1971	34	the	the	DT
19880	1971	35	tones	tone	NNS
19880	1971	36	of	of	IN
19880	1971	37	a	a	DT
19880	1971	38	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1971	39	scale	scale	NN
19880	1971	40	,	,	,
19880	1971	41	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1971	42	should	should	MD
19880	1971	43	not	not	RB
19880	1971	44	take	take	VB
19880	1971	45	a	a	DT
19880	1971	46	single	single	JJ
19880	1971	47	step	step	NN
19880	1971	48	in	in	IN
19880	1971	49	any	any	DT
19880	1971	50	other	other	JJ
19880	1971	51	direction	direction	NN
19880	1971	52	.	.	.
19880	1972	1	To	to	TO
19880	1972	2	do	do	VB
19880	1972	3	so	so	RB
19880	1972	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1972	5	to	to	TO
19880	1972	6	waste	waste	VB
19880	1972	7	tune	tune	NN
19880	1972	8	and	and	CC
19880	1972	9	to	to	TO
19880	1972	10	lower	lower	VB
19880	1972	11	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	1972	12	ideals	ideal	NNS
19880	1972	13	.	.	.
19880	1973	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1973	2	words	word	NNS
19880	1973	3	are	be	VBP
19880	1973	4	to	to	TO
19880	1973	5	be	be	VB
19880	1973	6	used	use	VBN
19880	1973	7	,	,	,
19880	1973	8	the	the	DT
19880	1973	9	question	question	NN
19880	1973	10	as	as	IN
19880	1973	11	to	to	IN
19880	1973	12	which	which	WDT
19880	1973	13	language	language	NN
19880	1973	14	should	should	MD
19880	1973	15	be	be	VB
19880	1973	16	employed	employ	VBN
19880	1973	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	1973	18	for	for	IN
19880	1973	19	the	the	DT
19880	1973	20	singer	singer	NN
19880	1973	21	,	,	,
19880	1973	22	at	at	IN
19880	1973	23	least	least	JJS
19880	1973	24	,	,	,
19880	1973	25	a	a	DT
19880	1973	26	very	very	RB
19880	1973	27	important	important	JJ
19880	1973	28	one	one	NN
19880	1973	29	.	.	.
19880	1974	1	The	the	DT
19880	1974	2	ideal	ideal	JJ
19880	1974	3	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	1974	4	who	who	WP
19880	1974	5	will	will	MD
19880	1974	6	bring	bring	VB
19880	1974	7	before	before	RB
19880	1974	8	the	the	DT
19880	1974	9	ideal	ideal	JJ
19880	1974	10	public	public	NN
19880	1974	11	the	the	DT
19880	1974	12	best	good	JJS
19880	1974	13	in	in	IN
19880	1974	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1974	15	music	music	NN
19880	1974	16	must	must	MD
19880	1974	17	sing	sing	VB
19880	1974	18	in	in	IN
19880	1974	19	Italian	italian	JJ
19880	1974	20	,	,	,
19880	1974	21	French	french	JJ
19880	1974	22	,	,	,
19880	1974	23	German	german	JJ
19880	1974	24	,	,	,
19880	1974	25	and	and	CC
19880	1974	26	English	English	NNP
19880	1974	27	,	,	,
19880	1974	28	at	at	IN
19880	1974	29	least	least	JJS
19880	1974	30	.	.	.
19880	1975	1	Each	each	DT
19880	1975	2	of	of	IN
19880	1975	3	these	these	DT
19880	1975	4	languages	language	NNS
19880	1975	5	produces	produce	VBZ
19880	1975	6	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1975	7	own	own	JJ
19880	1975	8	effects	effect	NNS
19880	1975	9	through	through	IN
19880	1975	10	the	the	DT
19880	1975	11	voice	voice	NN
19880	1975	12	,	,	,
19880	1975	13	and	and	CC
19880	1975	14	each	each	DT
19880	1975	15	presents	present	VBZ
19880	1975	16	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1975	17	own	own	JJ
19880	1975	18	advantages	advantage	NNS
19880	1975	19	and	and	CC
19880	1975	20	difficulties	difficulty	NNS
19880	1975	21	;	;	:
19880	1975	22	but	but	CC
19880	1975	23	all	all	DT
19880	1975	24	competent	competent	JJ
19880	1975	25	to	to	TO
19880	1975	26	judge	judge	NNP
19880	1975	27	are	be	VBP
19880	1975	28	agreed	agree	VBN
19880	1975	29	that	that	IN
19880	1975	30	Italian	Italian	NNP
19880	1975	31	,	,	,
19880	1975	32	because	because	IN
19880	1975	33	of	of	IN
19880	1975	34	the	the	DT
19880	1975	35	abundance	abundance	NN
19880	1975	36	of	of	IN
19880	1975	37	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	1975	38	in	in	IN
19880	1975	39	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1975	40	words	word	NNS
19880	1975	41	,	,	,
19880	1975	42	is	be	VBZ
19880	1975	43	the	the	DT
19880	1975	44	best	good	JJS
19880	1975	45	language	language	NN
19880	1975	46	in	in	IN
19880	1975	47	which	which	WDT
19880	1975	48	to	to	TO
19880	1975	49	sing	sing	VB
19880	1975	50	,	,	,
19880	1975	51	or	or	CC
19880	1975	52	,	,	,
19880	1975	53	at	at	IN
19880	1975	54	all	all	DT
19880	1975	55	events	event	NNS
19880	1975	56	,	,	,
19880	1975	57	to	to	TO
19880	1975	58	begin	begin	VB
19880	1975	59	with	with	IN
19880	1975	60	as	as	IN
19880	1975	61	a	a	DT
19880	1975	62	training	training	NN
19880	1975	63	.	.	.
19880	1976	1	Because	because	IN
19880	1976	2	of	of	IN
19880	1976	3	the	the	DT
19880	1976	4	prevalence	prevalence	NN
19880	1976	5	of	of	IN
19880	1976	6	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	1976	7	,	,	,
19880	1976	8	the	the	DT
19880	1976	9	German	german	JJ
19880	1976	10	and	and	CC
19880	1976	11	the	the	DT
19880	1976	12	English	english	JJ
19880	1976	13	languages	language	NNS
19880	1976	14	are	be	VBP
19880	1976	15	relatively	relatively	RB
19880	1976	16	unmusical	unmusical	JJ
19880	1976	17	.	.	.
19880	1977	1	The	the	DT
19880	1977	2	English	English	NNP
19880	1977	3	abounds	abound	VBZ
19880	1977	4	in	in	IN
19880	1977	5	hissing	hissing	JJ
19880	1977	6	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	1977	7	,	,	,
19880	1977	8	which	which	WDT
19880	1977	9	are	be	VBP
19880	1977	10	a	a	DT
19880	1977	11	trial	trial	NN
19880	1977	12	to	to	IN
19880	1977	13	the	the	DT
19880	1977	14	singer	singer	NN
19880	1977	15	with	with	IN
19880	1977	16	an	an	DT
19880	1977	17	exacting	exact	VBG
19880	1977	18	ear	ear	NN
19880	1977	19	and	and	CC
19880	1977	20	perfect	perfect	VB
19880	1977	21	taste	taste	NN
19880	1977	22	,	,	,
19880	1977	23	and	and	CC
19880	1977	24	produce	produce	VBP
19880	1977	25	most	most	JJS
19880	1977	26	unwelcome	unwelcome	JJ
19880	1977	27	effects	effect	NNS
19880	1977	28	on	on	IN
19880	1977	29	the	the	DT
19880	1977	30	refined	refined	JJ
19880	1977	31	listener	listener	NN
19880	1977	32	who	who	WP
19880	1977	33	really	really	RB
19880	1977	34	puts	put	VBZ
19880	1977	35	music	music	NN
19880	1977	36	first	first	RB
19880	1977	37	and	and	CC
19880	1977	38	the	the	DT
19880	1977	39	conveyance	conveyance	NN
19880	1977	40	of	of	IN
19880	1977	41	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	1977	42	second	second	RB
19880	1977	43	in	in	IN
19880	1977	44	a	a	DT
19880	1977	45	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1977	46	composition	composition	NN
19880	1977	47	.	.	.
19880	1978	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1978	2	should	should	MD
19880	1978	3	,	,	,
19880	1978	4	of	of	IN
19880	1978	5	course	course	NN
19880	1978	6	,	,	,
19880	1978	7	be	be	VB
19880	1978	8	the	the	DT
19880	1978	9	aim	aim	NN
19880	1978	10	of	of	IN
19880	1978	11	the	the	DT
19880	1978	12	student	student	NN
19880	1978	13	to	to	TO
19880	1978	14	overcome	overcome	VB
19880	1978	15	these	these	DT
19880	1978	16	difficulties	difficulty	NNS
19880	1978	17	,	,	,
19880	1978	18	as	as	IN
19880	1978	19	German	German	NNP
19880	1978	20	and	and	CC
19880	1978	21	English	English	NNP
19880	1978	22	,	,	,
19880	1978	23	the	the	DT
19880	1978	24	languages	language	NNS
19880	1978	25	of	of	IN
19880	1978	26	Goethe	Goethe	NNP
19880	1978	27	,	,	,
19880	1978	28	Schiller	Schiller	NNP
19880	1978	29	,	,	,
19880	1978	30	and	and	CC
19880	1978	31	Shakespeare	Shakespeare	NNP
19880	1978	32	,	,	,
19880	1978	33	are	be	VBP
19880	1978	34	for	for	IN
19880	1978	35	dramatic	dramatic	JJ
19880	1978	36	and	and	CC
19880	1978	37	some	some	DT
19880	1978	38	other	other	JJ
19880	1978	39	purposes	purpose	NNS
19880	1978	40	not	not	RB
19880	1978	41	equalled	equal	VBN
19880	1978	42	by	by	IN
19880	1978	43	any	any	DT
19880	1978	44	other	other	JJ
19880	1978	45	languages	language	NNS
19880	1978	46	.	.	.
19880	1979	1	But	but	CC
19880	1979	2	the	the	DT
19880	1979	3	artist	artist	NN
19880	1979	4	,	,	,
19880	1979	5	and	and	CC
19880	1979	6	above	above	IN
19880	1979	7	all	all	PDT
19880	1979	8	the	the	DT
19880	1979	9	musical	musical	JJ
19880	1979	10	artist	artist	NN
19880	1979	11	,	,	,
19880	1979	12	must	must	MD
19880	1979	13	be	be	VB
19880	1979	14	a	a	DT
19880	1979	15	citizen	citizen	NN
19880	1979	16	of	of	IN
19880	1979	17	the	the	DT
19880	1979	18	world	world	NN
19880	1979	19	.	.	.
19880	1980	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1980	2	deals	deal	VBZ
19880	1980	3	with	with	IN
19880	1980	4	those	those	DT
19880	1980	5	forms	form	NNS
19880	1980	6	of	of	IN
19880	1980	7	emotion	emotion	NN
19880	1980	8	common	common	JJ
19880	1980	9	to	to	IN
19880	1980	10	all	all	DT
19880	1980	11	mankind	mankind	NN
19880	1980	12	,	,	,
19880	1980	13	and	and	CC
19880	1980	14	not	not	RB
19880	1980	15	with	with	IN
19880	1980	16	the	the	DT
19880	1980	17	peculiar	peculiar	JJ
19880	1980	18	little	little	JJ
19880	1980	19	combinations	combination	NNS
19880	1980	20	of	of	IN
19880	1980	21	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	1980	22	that	that	WDT
19880	1980	23	grow	grow	VBP
19880	1980	24	up	up	RP
19880	1980	25	in	in	IN
19880	1980	26	a	a	DT
19880	1980	27	province	province	NN
19880	1980	28	,	,	,
19880	1980	29	city	city	NN
19880	1980	30	,	,	,
19880	1980	31	or	or	CC
19880	1980	32	village	village	NN
19880	1980	33	;	;	,
19880	1980	34	though	though	IN
19880	1980	35	of	of	IN
19880	1980	36	course	course	NN
19880	1980	37	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1980	38	will	will	MD
19880	1980	39	not	not	RB
19880	1980	40	neglect	neglect	VB
19880	1980	41	local	local	JJ
19880	1980	42	coloring	coloring	NN
19880	1980	43	,	,	,
19880	1980	44	so	so	RB
19880	1980	45	well	well	RB
19880	1980	46	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19880	1980	47	in	in	IN
19880	1980	48	the	the	DT
19880	1980	49	folk	folk	NN
19880	1980	50	-	-	HYPH
19880	1980	51	songs	song	NNS
19880	1980	52	or	or	CC
19880	1980	53	popular	popular	JJ
19880	1980	54	melodies	melody	NNS
19880	1980	55	that	that	WDT
19880	1980	56	have	have	VBP
19880	1980	57	survived	survive	VBN
19880	1980	58	for	for	IN
19880	1980	59	ages	age	NNS
19880	1980	60	in	in	IN
19880	1980	61	different	different	JJ
19880	1980	62	countries	country	NNS
19880	1980	63	.	.	.
19880	1981	1	Though	though	IN
19880	1981	2	a	a	DT
19880	1981	3	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	1981	4	can	can	MD
19880	1981	5	be	be	VB
19880	1981	6	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1981	7	pure	pure	JJ
19880	1981	8	only	only	RB
19880	1981	9	when	when	WRB
19880	1981	10	the	the	DT
19880	1981	11	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1981	12	-	-	HYPH
19880	1981	13	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1981	14	assume	assume	VBP
19880	1981	15	a	a	DT
19880	1981	16	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1981	17	form	form	NN
19880	1981	18	,	,	,
19880	1981	19	this	this	DT
19880	1981	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	1981	21	,	,	,
19880	1981	22	of	of	IN
19880	1981	23	course	course	NN
19880	1981	24	,	,	,
19880	1981	25	only	only	RB
19880	1981	26	one	one	CD
19880	1981	27	link	link	NN
19880	1981	28	in	in	IN
19880	1981	29	the	the	DT
19880	1981	30	chain	chain	NN
19880	1981	31	of	of	IN
19880	1981	32	production	production	NN
19880	1981	33	.	.	.
19880	1982	1	The	the	DT
19880	1982	2	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1982	3	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1982	4	and	and	CC
19880	1982	5	the	the	DT
19880	1982	6	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1982	7	are	be	VBP
19880	1982	8	also	also	RB
19880	1982	9	concerned	concerned	JJ
19880	1982	10	,	,	,
19880	1982	11	and	and	CC
19880	1982	12	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1982	13	are	be	VBP
19880	1982	14	again	again	RB
19880	1982	15	brought	bring	VBN
19880	1982	16	back	back	RB
19880	1982	17	,	,	,
19880	1982	18	as	as	IN
19880	1982	19	ever	ever	RB
19880	1982	20	,	,	,
19880	1982	21	to	to	IN
19880	1982	22	the	the	DT
19880	1982	23	triple	triple	JJ
19880	1982	24	combination	combination	NN
19880	1982	25	of	of	IN
19880	1982	26	the	the	DT
19880	1982	27	three	three	CD
19880	1982	28	sets	set	NNS
19880	1982	29	of	of	IN
19880	1982	30	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	1982	31	so	so	RB
19880	1982	32	often	often	RB
19880	1982	33	alluded	allude	VBD
19880	1982	34	to	to	IN
19880	1982	35	,	,	,
19880	1982	36	yet	yet	RB
19880	1982	37	,	,	,
19880	1982	38	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1982	39	venture	venture	VBP
19880	1982	40	to	to	TO
19880	1982	41	think	think	VB
19880	1982	42	,	,	,
19880	1982	43	very	very	RB
19880	1982	44	inadequately	inadequately	RB
19880	1982	45	linked	link	VBN
19880	1982	46	in	in	IN
19880	1982	47	the	the	DT
19880	1982	48	minds	mind	NNS
19880	1982	49	of	of	IN
19880	1982	50	learners	learner	NNS
19880	1982	51	,	,	,
19880	1982	52	if	if	IN
19880	1982	53	not	not	RB
19880	1982	54	also	also	RB
19880	1982	55	of	of	IN
19880	1982	56	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1982	57	.	.	.
19880	1983	1	In	in	IN
19880	1983	2	producing	produce	VBG
19880	1983	3	a	a	DT
19880	1983	4	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	1983	5	sound	sound	NN
19880	1983	6	the	the	DT
19880	1983	7	end	end	NN
19880	1983	8	aimed	aim	VBN
19880	1983	9	at	at	IN
19880	1983	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	1983	11	,	,	,
19880	1983	12	on	on	IN
19880	1983	13	the	the	DT
19880	1983	14	one	one	CD
19880	1983	15	hand	hand	NN
19880	1983	16	,	,	,
19880	1983	17	purity	purity	NN
19880	1983	18	,	,	,
19880	1983	19	on	on	IN
19880	1983	20	the	the	DT
19880	1983	21	other	other	JJ
19880	1983	22	,	,	,
19880	1983	23	as	as	IN
19880	1983	24	a	a	DT
19880	1983	25	result	result	NN
19880	1983	26	,	,	,
19880	1983	27	the	the	DT
19880	1983	28	easy	easy	JJ
19880	1983	29	and	and	CC
19880	1983	30	effective	effective	JJ
19880	1983	31	use	use	NN
19880	1983	32	of	of	IN
19880	1983	33	mechanisms--_i.e	mechanisms--_i.e	NNP
19880	1983	34	.	.	.
19880	1983	35	_	_	NNP
19880	1983	36	,	,	,
19880	1983	37	the	the	DT
19880	1983	38	technique	technique	NN
19880	1983	39	.	.	.
19880	1984	1	In	in	IN
19880	1984	2	every	every	DT
19880	1984	3	case	case	NN
19880	1984	4	the	the	DT
19880	1984	5	breath	breath	NN
19880	1984	6	must	must	MD
19880	1984	7	be	be	VB
19880	1984	8	used	use	VBN
19880	1984	9	without	without	IN
19880	1984	10	waste	waste	NN
19880	1984	11	--	--	:
19880	1984	12	just	just	RB
19880	1984	13	enough	enough	RB
19880	1984	14	,	,	,
19880	1984	15	and	and	CC
19880	1984	16	no	no	RB
19880	1984	17	more	more	JJR
19880	1984	18	;	;	:
19880	1984	19	the	the	DT
19880	1984	20	laryngeal	laryngeal	JJ
19880	1984	21	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1984	22	,	,	,
19880	1984	23	the	the	DT
19880	1984	24	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1984	25	bands	band	NNS
19880	1984	26	,	,	,
19880	1984	27	must	must	MD
19880	1984	28	be	be	VB
19880	1984	29	so	so	RB
19880	1984	30	adapted	adapt	VBN
19880	1984	31	as	as	IN
19880	1984	32	to	to	TO
19880	1984	33	set	set	VB
19880	1984	34	the	the	DT
19880	1984	35	air	air	NN
19880	1984	36	of	of	IN
19880	1984	37	the	the	DT
19880	1984	38	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1984	39	-	-	HYPH
19880	1984	40	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1984	41	into	into	IN
19880	1984	42	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	1984	43	vibration	vibration	NN
19880	1984	44	,	,	,
19880	1984	45	which	which	WDT
19880	1984	46	only	only	RB
19880	1984	47	occurs	occur	VBZ
19880	1984	48	when	when	WRB
19880	1984	49	the	the	DT
19880	1984	50	expiratory	expiratory	NN
19880	1984	51	blast	blast	NN
19880	1984	52	is	be	VBZ
19880	1984	53	applied	apply	VBN
19880	1984	54	in	in	IN
19880	1984	55	the	the	DT
19880	1984	56	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1984	57	way	way	NN
19880	1984	58	and	and	CC
19880	1984	59	at	at	IN
19880	1984	60	the	the	DT
19880	1984	61	right	right	JJ
19880	1984	62	moment	moment	NN
19880	1984	63	to	to	IN
19880	1984	64	the	the	DT
19880	1984	65	properly	properly	RB
19880	1984	66	adjusted	adjust	VBN
19880	1984	67	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1984	68	bands	band	NNS
19880	1984	69	.	.	.
19880	1985	1	This	this	DT
19880	1985	2	latter	latter	JJ
19880	1985	3	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1985	4	have	have	VBP
19880	1985	5	defined	define	VBN
19880	1985	6	as	as	IN
19880	1985	7	the	the	DT
19880	1985	8	attack	attack	NN
19880	1985	9	.	.	.
19880	1986	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1986	2	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	1986	3	giving	give	VBG
19880	1986	4	a	a	DT
19880	1986	5	good	good	JJ
19880	1986	6	start	start	NN
19880	1986	7	to	to	IN
19880	1986	8	the	the	DT
19880	1986	9	tone	tone	NN
19880	1986	10	.	.	.
19880	1987	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1987	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1987	3	not	not	RB
19880	1987	4	all	all	DT
19880	1987	5	,	,	,
19880	1987	6	but	but	CC
19880	1987	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1987	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	1987	9	a	a	DT
19880	1987	10	large	large	JJ
19880	1987	11	half	half	NN
19880	1987	12	,	,	,
19880	1987	13	in	in	IN
19880	1987	14	the	the	DT
19880	1987	15	artist	artist	NN
19880	1987	16	and	and	CC
19880	1987	17	for	for	IN
19880	1987	18	the	the	DT
19880	1987	19	auditor	auditor	NN
19880	1987	20	.	.	.
19880	1988	1	RECONSIDERATION	reconsideration	NN
19880	1988	2	OF	of	IN
19880	1988	3	THE	the	DT
19880	1988	4	RESONANCE	resonance	NN
19880	1988	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	1988	6	CHAMBERS	chamber	NNS
19880	1988	7	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1988	8	shall	shall	MD
19880	1988	9	now	now	RB
19880	1988	10	give	give	VB
19880	1988	11	further	further	JJ
19880	1988	12	attention	attention	NN
19880	1988	13	to	to	IN
19880	1988	14	some	some	DT
19880	1988	15	of	of	IN
19880	1988	16	the	the	DT
19880	1988	17	more	more	RBR
19880	1988	18	important	important	JJ
19880	1988	19	parts	part	NNS
19880	1988	20	of	of	IN
19880	1988	21	the	the	DT
19880	1988	22	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	1988	23	-	-	HYPH
19880	1988	24	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	1988	25	,	,	,
19880	1988	26	in	in	IN
19880	1988	27	so	so	RB
19880	1988	28	far	far	RB
19880	1988	29	as	as	IN
19880	1988	30	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1988	31	bear	bear	VBP
19880	1988	32	directly	directly	RB
19880	1988	33	on	on	IN
19880	1988	34	voice	voice	NN
19880	1988	35	-	-	HYPH
19880	1988	36	production	production	NN
19880	1988	37	.	.	.
19880	1989	1	In	in	IN
19880	1989	2	singing	singing	NN
19880	1989	3	and	and	CC
19880	1989	4	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	1989	5	,	,	,
19880	1989	6	the	the	DT
19880	1989	7	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1989	8	should	should	MD
19880	1989	9	be	be	VB
19880	1989	10	_	_	NNP
19880	1989	11	steadied	steady	VBN
19880	1989	12	_	_	NNP
19880	1989	13	,	,	,
19880	1989	14	but	but	CC
19880	1989	15	not	not	RB
19880	1989	16	held	hold	VBN
19880	1989	17	rigidly	rigidly	RB
19880	1989	18	fixed	fix	VBN
19880	1989	19	in	in	IN
19880	1989	20	any	any	DT
19880	1989	21	one	one	CD
19880	1989	22	position	position	NN
19880	1989	23	.	.	.
19880	1990	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1990	2	will	will	MD
19880	1990	3	be	be	VB
19880	1990	4	remembered	remember	VBN
19880	1990	5	that	that	DT
19880	1990	6	to	to	IN
19880	1990	7	this	this	DT
19880	1990	8	part	part	NN
19880	1990	9	of	of	IN
19880	1990	10	the	the	DT
19880	1990	11	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1990	12	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	1990	13	are	be	VBP
19880	1990	14	attached	attach	VBN
19880	1990	15	,	,	,
19880	1990	16	below	below	RB
19880	1990	17	,	,	,
19880	1990	18	the	the	DT
19880	1990	19	trachea	trachea	NN
19880	1990	20	,	,	,
19880	1990	21	and	and	CC
19880	1990	22	above	above	RB
19880	1990	23	,	,	,
19880	1990	24	the	the	DT
19880	1990	25	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1990	26	,	,	,
19880	1990	27	indirectly	indirectly	RB
19880	1990	28	through	through	IN
19880	1990	29	the	the	DT
19880	1990	30	hyoid	hyoid	NN
19880	1990	31	bone	bone	NN
19880	1990	32	and	and	CC
19880	1990	33	the	the	DT
19880	1990	34	thyro	thyro	NN
19880	1990	35	-	-	HYPH
19880	1990	36	hyoid	hyoid	NN
19880	1990	37	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	1990	38	,	,	,
19880	1990	39	as	as	RB
19880	1990	40	well	well	RB
19880	1990	41	as	as	IN
19880	1990	42	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1990	43	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	1990	44	which	which	WDT
19880	1990	45	influence	influence	VBP
19880	1990	46	the	the	DT
19880	1990	47	relative	relative	JJ
19880	1990	48	position	position	NN
19880	1990	49	of	of	IN
19880	1990	50	these	these	DT
19880	1990	51	various	various	JJ
19880	1990	52	parts	part	NNS
19880	1990	53	,	,	,
19880	1990	54	so	so	IN
19880	1990	55	that	that	IN
19880	1990	56	to	to	TO
19880	1990	57	maintain	maintain	VB
19880	1990	58	the	the	DT
19880	1990	59	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1990	60	in	in	IN
19880	1990	61	the	the	DT
19880	1990	62	same	same	JJ
19880	1990	63	position	position	NN
19880	1990	64	,	,	,
19880	1990	65	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	1990	66	,	,	,
19880	1990	67	must	must	MD
19880	1990	68	be	be	VB
19880	1990	69	against	against	IN
19880	1990	70	Nature	Nature	NNP
19880	1990	71	's	's	POS
19880	1990	72	methods	method	NNS
19880	1990	73	.	.	.
19880	1991	1	The	the	DT
19880	1991	2	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1991	3	alone	alone	RB
19880	1991	4	must	must	MD
19880	1991	5	in	in	IN
19880	1991	6	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1991	7	movements	movement	NNS
19880	1991	8	tend	tend	VBP
19880	1991	9	to	to	TO
19880	1991	10	alter	alter	VB
19880	1991	11	the	the	DT
19880	1991	12	position	position	NN
19880	1991	13	of	of	IN
19880	1991	14	the	the	DT
19880	1991	15	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1991	16	,	,	,
19880	1991	17	as	as	IN
19880	1991	18	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1991	19	have	have	VBP
19880	1991	20	before	before	RB
19880	1991	21	pointed	point	VBN
19880	1991	22	out	out	RP
19880	1991	23	.	.	.
19880	1992	1	At	at	IN
19880	1992	2	the	the	DT
19880	1992	3	same	same	JJ
19880	1992	4	time	time	NN
19880	1992	5	,	,	,
19880	1992	6	the	the	DT
19880	1992	7	laxness	laxness	NN
19880	1992	8	and	and	CC
19880	1992	9	lack	lack	NN
19880	1992	10	of	of	IN
19880	1992	11	control	control	NN
19880	1992	12	which	which	WDT
19880	1992	13	some	some	DT
19880	1992	14	singers	singer	NNS
19880	1992	15	permit	permit	VBP
19880	1992	16	in	in	IN
19880	1992	17	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1992	18	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	1992	19	organs	organ	NNS
19880	1992	20	,	,	,
19880	1992	21	under	under	IN
19880	1992	22	the	the	DT
19880	1992	23	mistaken	mistaken	JJ
19880	1992	24	idea	idea	NN
19880	1992	25	that	that	IN
19880	1992	26	all	all	PDT
19880	1992	27	the	the	DT
19880	1992	28	parts	part	NNS
19880	1992	29	of	of	IN
19880	1992	30	the	the	DT
19880	1992	31	"	"	``
19880	1992	32	throat	throat	NN
19880	1992	33	"	"	''
19880	1992	34	can	can	MD
19880	1992	35	not	not	RB
19880	1992	36	be	be	VB
19880	1992	37	too	too	RB
19880	1992	38	free	free	JJ
19880	1992	39	,	,	,
19880	1992	40	prevents	prevent	VBZ
19880	1992	41	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1992	42	from	from	IN
19880	1992	43	getting	get	VBG
19880	1992	44	the	the	DT
19880	1992	45	effects	effect	NNS
19880	1992	46	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1992	47	desire	desire	VBP
19880	1992	48	,	,	,
19880	1992	49	with	with	IN
19880	1992	50	that	that	DT
19880	1992	51	vigor	vigor	NN
19880	1992	52	and	and	CC
19880	1992	53	certainty	certainty	VB
19880	1992	54	the	the	DT
19880	1992	55	public	public	NN
19880	1992	56	so	so	RB
19880	1992	57	much	much	JJ
19880	1992	58	admires	admire	NNS
19880	1992	59	,	,	,
19880	1992	60	and	and	CC
19880	1992	61	rightly	rightly	RB
19880	1992	62	so	so	RB
19880	1992	63	.	.	.
19880	1993	1	The	the	DT
19880	1993	2	golden	golden	JJ
19880	1993	3	mean	mean	NN
19880	1993	4	should	should	MD
19880	1993	5	be	be	VB
19880	1993	6	observed	observe	VBN
19880	1993	7	;	;	:
19880	1993	8	between	between	IN
19880	1993	9	undue	undue	JJ
19880	1993	10	tension	tension	NN
19880	1993	11	,	,	,
19880	1993	12	which	which	WDT
19880	1993	13	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	1993	14	inability	inability	NN
19880	1993	15	to	to	TO
19880	1993	16	control	control	VB
19880	1993	17	,	,	,
19880	1993	18	whether	whether	IN
19880	1993	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1993	20	be	be	VBP
19880	1993	21	in	in	IN
19880	1993	22	the	the	DT
19880	1993	23	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	1993	24	or	or	CC
19880	1993	25	the	the	DT
19880	1993	26	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	1993	27	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	1993	28	,	,	,
19880	1993	29	and	and	CC
19880	1993	30	a	a	DT
19880	1993	31	looseness	looseness	RBR
19880	1993	32	inconsistent	inconsistent	JJ
19880	1993	33	with	with	IN
19880	1993	34	neat	neat	JJ
19880	1993	35	and	and	CC
19880	1993	36	certain	certain	JJ
19880	1993	37	results	result	NNS
19880	1993	38	,	,	,
19880	1993	39	the	the	DT
19880	1993	40	voice	voice	NN
19880	1993	41	-	-	HYPH
19880	1993	42	producer	producer	NN
19880	1993	43	must	must	MD
19880	1993	44	choose	choose	VB
19880	1993	45	,	,	,
19880	1993	46	with	with	IN
19880	1993	47	that	that	DT
19880	1993	48	common	common	JJ
19880	1993	49	sense	sense	NN
19880	1993	50	so	so	RB
19880	1993	51	indispensable	indispensable	JJ
19880	1993	52	to	to	IN
19880	1993	53	success	success	NN
19880	1993	54	in	in	IN
19880	1993	55	all	all	DT
19880	1993	56	undertakings	undertaking	NNS
19880	1993	57	,	,	,
19880	1993	58	but	but	CC
19880	1993	59	which	which	WDT
19880	1993	60	will	will	MD
19880	1993	61	never	never	RB
19880	1993	62	be	be	VB
19880	1993	63	adequately	adequately	RB
19880	1993	64	encouraged	encourage	VBN
19880	1993	65	till	till	IN
19880	1993	66	students	student	NNS
19880	1993	67	look	look	VBP
19880	1993	68	more	more	RBR
19880	1993	69	frequently	frequently	RB
19880	1993	70	for	for	IN
19880	1993	71	the	the	DT
19880	1993	72	reasons	reason	NNS
19880	1993	73	of	of	IN
19880	1993	74	the	the	DT
19880	1993	75	procedures	procedure	NNS
19880	1993	76	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	1993	77	to	to	IN
19880	1993	78	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1993	79	,	,	,
19880	1993	80	and	and	CC
19880	1993	81	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	1993	82	strive	strive	VBP
19880	1993	83	to	to	TO
19880	1993	84	gain	gain	VB
19880	1993	85	influence	influence	NN
19880	1993	86	with	with	IN
19880	1993	87	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1993	88	pupils	pupil	NNS
19880	1993	89	by	by	IN
19880	1993	90	showing	show	VBG
19880	1993	91	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1993	92	that	that	IN
19880	1993	93	what	what	WP
19880	1993	94	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1993	95	recommend	recommend	VBP
19880	1993	96	lies	lie	NNS
19880	1993	97	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	1993	98	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1993	99	own	own	JJ
19880	1993	100	minds	mind	NNS
19880	1993	101	--	--	:
19880	1993	102	that	that	IN
19880	1993	103	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1993	104	,	,	,
19880	1993	105	in	in	IN
19880	1993	106	fact	fact	NN
19880	1993	107	,	,	,
19880	1993	108	has	have	VBZ
19880	1993	109	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1993	110	foundation	foundation	NN
19880	1993	111	in	in	IN
19880	1993	112	the	the	DT
19880	1993	113	laws	law	NNS
19880	1993	114	of	of	IN
19880	1993	115	Nature	nature	NN
19880	1993	116	.	.	.
19880	1994	1	Of	of	IN
19880	1994	2	the	the	DT
19880	1994	3	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1994	4	,	,	,
19880	1994	5	soft	soft	JJ
19880	1994	6	palate	palate	NN
19880	1994	7	,	,	,
19880	1994	8	and	and	CC
19880	1994	9	lips	lip	NNS
19880	1994	10	,	,	,
19880	1994	11	which	which	WDT
19880	1994	12	are	be	VBP
19880	1994	13	the	the	DT
19880	1994	14	principal	principal	JJ
19880	1994	15	modifiers	modifier	NNS
19880	1994	16	of	of	IN
19880	1994	17	the	the	DT
19880	1994	18	shape	shape	NN
19880	1994	19	of	of	IN
19880	1994	20	the	the	DT
19880	1994	21	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1994	22	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	1994	23	,	,	,
19880	1994	24	the	the	DT
19880	1994	25	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1994	26	has	have	VBZ
19880	1994	27	by	by	IN
19880	1994	28	far	far	RB
19880	1994	29	the	the	DT
19880	1994	30	most	most	JJS
19880	1994	31	influence	influence	NN
19880	1994	32	.	.	.
19880	1995	1	When	when	WRB
19880	1995	2	the	the	DT
19880	1995	3	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1995	4	lies	lie	VBZ
19880	1995	5	flat	flat	JJ
19880	1995	6	in	in	IN
19880	1995	7	the	the	DT
19880	1995	8	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1995	9	,	,	,
19880	1995	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1995	11	may	may	MD
19880	1995	12	be	be	VB
19880	1995	13	considered	consider	VBN
19880	1995	14	to	to	TO
19880	1995	15	be	be	VB
19880	1995	16	in	in	IN
19880	1995	17	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1995	18	primary	primary	JJ
19880	1995	19	position	position	NN
19880	1995	20	,	,	,
19880	1995	21	and	and	CC
19880	1995	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1995	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	1995	24	important	important	JJ
19880	1995	25	that	that	IN
19880	1995	26	in	in	IN
19880	1995	27	singing	singing	NN
19880	1995	28	and	and	CC
19880	1995	29	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1995	30	the	the	DT
19880	1995	31	student	student	NN
19880	1995	32	learn	learn	VBP
19880	1995	33	to	to	TO
19880	1995	34	begin	begin	VB
19880	1995	35	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	1995	36	voice	voice	NN
19880	1995	37	-	-	HYPH
19880	1995	38	production	production	NN
19880	1995	39	with	with	IN
19880	1995	40	this	this	DT
19880	1995	41	organ	organ	NN
19880	1995	42	in	in	IN
19880	1995	43	that	that	DT
19880	1995	44	position	position	NN
19880	1995	45	,	,	,
19880	1995	46	or	or	CC
19880	1995	47	a	a	DT
19880	1995	48	slight	slight	JJ
19880	1995	49	modification	modification	NN
19880	1995	50	of	of	IN
19880	1995	51	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1995	52	,	,	,
19880	1995	53	for	for	IN
19880	1995	54	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1995	55	is	be	VBZ
19880	1995	56	only	only	RB
19880	1995	57	when	when	WRB
19880	1995	58	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1995	59	is	be	VBZ
19880	1995	60	thus	thus	RB
19880	1995	61	placed	place	VBN
19880	1995	62	that	that	IN
19880	1995	63	a	a	DT
19880	1995	64	tone	tone	NN
19880	1995	65	at	at	IN
19880	1995	66	once	once	RB
19880	1995	67	round	round	JJ
19880	1995	68	,	,	,
19880	1995	69	full	full	JJ
19880	1995	70	,	,	,
19880	1995	71	and	and	CC
19880	1995	72	pure	pure	JJ
19880	1995	73	can	can	MD
19880	1995	74	be	be	VB
19880	1995	75	produced	produce	VBN
19880	1995	76	.	.	.
19880	1996	1	In	in	IN
19880	1996	2	order	order	NN
19880	1996	3	to	to	TO
19880	1996	4	secure	secure	VB
19880	1996	5	this	this	DT
19880	1996	6	result	result	NN
19880	1996	7	,	,	,
19880	1996	8	the	the	DT
19880	1996	9	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	1996	10	or	or	CC
19880	1996	11	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	1996	12	must	must	MD
19880	1996	13	begin	begin	VB
19880	1996	14	by	by	IN
19880	1996	15	taking	take	VBG
19880	1996	16	breath	breath	NN
19880	1996	17	through	through	IN
19880	1996	18	the	the	DT
19880	1996	19	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1996	20	,	,	,
19880	1996	21	as	as	IN
19880	1996	22	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1996	23	have	have	VBP
19880	1996	24	already	already	RB
19880	1996	25	insisted	insist	VBN
19880	1996	26	,	,	,
19880	1996	27	and	and	CC
19880	1996	28	at	at	IN
19880	1996	29	once	once	RB
19880	1996	30	,	,	,
19880	1996	31	before	before	IN
19880	1996	32	there	there	EX
19880	1996	33	is	be	VBZ
19880	1996	34	time	time	NN
19880	1996	35	for	for	IN
19880	1996	36	any	any	DT
19880	1996	37	stiffening	stiffening	NN
19880	1996	38	of	of	IN
19880	1996	39	parts	part	NNS
19880	1996	40	,	,	,
19880	1996	41	commence	commence	NN
19880	1996	42	to	to	IN
19880	1996	43	intonate--_i.e	intonate--_i.e	NNP
19880	1996	44	.	.	.
19880	1996	45	_	_	NNP
19880	1996	46	,	,	,
19880	1996	47	as	as	RB
19880	1996	48	soon	soon	RB
19880	1996	49	as	as	IN
19880	1996	50	enough	enough	JJ
19880	1996	51	air	air	NN
19880	1996	52	has	have	VBZ
19880	1996	53	been	be	VBN
19880	1996	54	inhaled	inhale	VBN
19880	1996	55	for	for	IN
19880	1996	56	the	the	DT
19880	1996	57	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	1996	58	intended	intend	VBN
19880	1996	59	.	.	.
19880	1997	1	The	the	DT
19880	1997	2	correct	correct	JJ
19880	1997	3	position	position	NN
19880	1997	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	1997	5	facilitated	facilitate	VBN
19880	1997	6	when	when	WRB
19880	1997	7	one	one	PRP
19880	1997	8	taking	take	VBG
19880	1997	9	breath	breath	NN
19880	1997	10	through	through	IN
19880	1997	11	the	the	DT
19880	1997	12	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	1997	13	acts	act	VBZ
19880	1997	14	as	as	IN
19880	1997	15	if	if	IN
19880	1997	16	about	about	IN
19880	1997	17	to	to	IN
19880	1997	18	_	_	NNP
19880	1997	19	yawn	yawn	NNP
19880	1997	20	_	_	NNP
19880	1997	21	.	.	.
19880	1998	1	If	if	IN
19880	1998	2	this	this	DT
19880	1998	3	act	act	NN
19880	1998	4	be	be	VBP
19880	1998	5	well	well	RB
19880	1998	6	imitated	imitate	VBN
19880	1998	7	,	,	,
19880	1998	8	the	the	DT
19880	1998	9	student	student	NN
19880	1998	10	will	will	MD
19880	1998	11	find	find	VB
19880	1998	12	,	,	,
19880	1998	13	on	on	IN
19880	1998	14	looking	look	VBG
19880	1998	15	into	into	IN
19880	1998	16	a	a	DT
19880	1998	17	hand	hand	NN
19880	1998	18	-	-	HYPH
19880	1998	19	glass	glass	NN
19880	1998	20	,	,	,
19880	1998	21	that	that	IN
19880	1998	22	the	the	DT
19880	1998	23	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1998	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	1998	25	more	more	RBR
19880	1998	26	or	or	CC
19880	1998	27	less	less	RBR
19880	1998	28	furrowed	furrowed	JJ
19880	1998	29	behind	behind	RB
19880	1998	30	in	in	IN
19880	1998	31	the	the	DT
19880	1998	32	middle	middle	NN
19880	1998	33	--	--	:
19880	1998	34	in	in	IN
19880	1998	35	other	other	JJ
19880	1998	36	words	word	NNS
19880	1998	37	,	,	,
19880	1998	38	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1998	39	forms	form	VBZ
19880	1998	40	a	a	DT
19880	1998	41	sort	sort	NN
19880	1998	42	of	of	IN
19880	1998	43	trough	trough	NN
19880	1998	44	;	;	:
19880	1998	45	and	and	CC
19880	1998	46	the	the	DT
19880	1998	47	deeper	deep	JJR
19880	1998	48	the	the	DT
19880	1998	49	trough	trough	NN
19880	1998	50	the	the	DT
19880	1998	51	student	student	NN
19880	1998	52	learns	learn	VBZ
19880	1998	53	to	to	TO
19880	1998	54	form	form	VB
19880	1998	55	at	at	IN
19880	1998	56	will	will	NN
19880	1998	57	,	,	,
19880	1998	58	the	the	DT
19880	1998	59	better	well	JJR
19880	1998	60	,	,	,
19880	1998	61	for	for	CC
19880	1998	62	there	there	EX
19880	1998	63	are	be	VBP
19880	1998	64	times	time	NNS
19880	1998	65	in	in	IN
19880	1998	66	actual	actual	JJ
19880	1998	67	singing	singing	NN
19880	1998	68	and	and	CC
19880	1998	69	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	1998	70	when	when	WRB
19880	1998	71	this	this	DT
19880	1998	72	must	must	MD
19880	1998	73	be	be	VB
19880	1998	74	as	as	RB
19880	1998	75	deep	deep	JJ
19880	1998	76	as	as	IN
19880	1998	77	possible	possible	JJ
19880	1998	78	.	.	.
19880	1999	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	1999	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	1999	3	clear	clear	JJ
19880	1999	4	that	that	IN
19880	1999	5	in	in	IN
19880	1999	6	this	this	DT
19880	1999	7	way	way	NN
19880	1999	8	the	the	DT
19880	1999	9	central	central	JJ
19880	1999	10	convexity	convexity	NN
19880	1999	11	above	above	RB
19880	1999	12	,	,	,
19880	1999	13	formed	form	VBN
19880	1999	14	by	by	IN
19880	1999	15	the	the	DT
19880	1999	16	hard	hard	JJ
19880	1999	17	palate	palate	NN
19880	1999	18	,	,	,
19880	1999	19	forms	form	NNS
19880	1999	20	with	with	IN
19880	1999	21	the	the	DT
19880	1999	22	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19880	1999	23	concavity	concavity	NN
19880	1999	24	in	in	IN
19880	1999	25	the	the	DT
19880	1999	26	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	1999	27	a	a	DT
19880	1999	28	sort	sort	NN
19880	1999	29	of	of	IN
19880	1999	30	trumpet	trumpet	NN
19880	1999	31	-	-	HYPH
19880	1999	32	shaped	shape	VBN
19880	1999	33	organ	organ	NN
19880	1999	34	admirably	admirably	RB
19880	1999	35	adapted	adapt	VBN
19880	1999	36	for	for	IN
19880	1999	37	the	the	DT
19880	1999	38	production	production	NN
19880	1999	39	of	of	IN
19880	1999	40	the	the	DT
19880	1999	41	desired	desire	VBN
19880	1999	42	tone	tone	NN
19880	1999	43	.	.	.
19880	2000	1	The	the	DT
19880	2000	2	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2000	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2000	4	important	important	JJ
19880	2000	5	in	in	IN
19880	2000	6	the	the	DT
19880	2000	7	highest	high	JJS
19880	2000	8	degree	degree	NN
19880	2000	9	not	not	RB
19880	2000	10	only	only	RB
19880	2000	11	in	in	IN
19880	2000	12	the	the	DT
19880	2000	13	formation	formation	NN
19880	2000	14	of	of	IN
19880	2000	15	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2000	16	,	,	,
19880	2000	17	as	as	IN
19880	2000	18	will	will	MD
19880	2000	19	be	be	VB
19880	2000	20	shown	show	VBN
19880	2000	21	more	more	RBR
19880	2000	22	fully	fully	RB
19880	2000	23	in	in	IN
19880	2000	24	the	the	DT
19880	2000	25	next	next	JJ
19880	2000	26	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	2000	27	,	,	,
19880	2000	28	but	but	CC
19880	2000	29	also	also	RB
19880	2000	30	in	in	IN
19880	2000	31	shaping	shape	VBG
19880	2000	32	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2000	33	.	.	.
19880	2001	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2001	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2001	3	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	2001	4	important	important	JJ
19880	2001	5	to	to	TO
19880	2001	6	move	move	VB
19880	2001	7	the	the	DT
19880	2001	8	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2001	9	from	from	IN
19880	2001	10	one	one	CD
19880	2001	11	position	position	NN
19880	2001	12	to	to	IN
19880	2001	13	another	another	DT
19880	2001	14	with	with	IN
19880	2001	15	great	great	JJ
19880	2001	16	rapidity	rapidity	NN
19880	2001	17	.	.	.
19880	2002	1	Such	such	PDT
19880	2002	2	a	a	DT
19880	2002	3	composition	composition	NN
19880	2002	4	as	as	IN
19880	2002	5	Figaro	Figaro	NNP
19880	2002	6	's	's	POS
19880	2002	7	song	song	NN
19880	2002	8	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2002	9	cavatina	cavatina	NNP
19880	2002	10	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2002	11	in	in	IN
19880	2002	12	Rossini	Rossini	NNP
19880	2002	13	's	's	POS
19880	2002	14	"	"	``
19880	2002	15	Barber	Barber	NNP
19880	2002	16	of	of	IN
19880	2002	17	Seville	Seville	NNP
19880	2002	18	"	"	``
19880	2002	19	could	could	MD
19880	2002	20	not	not	RB
19880	2002	21	be	be	VB
19880	2002	22	properly	properly	RB
19880	2002	23	sung	sing	VBN
19880	2002	24	by	by	IN
19880	2002	25	any	any	DT
19880	2002	26	one	one	NN
19880	2002	27	not	not	RB
19880	2002	28	possessing	possess	VBG
19880	2002	29	great	great	JJ
19880	2002	30	control	control	NN
19880	2002	31	over	over	IN
19880	2002	32	the	the	DT
19880	2002	33	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2002	34	.	.	.
19880	2003	1	Indeed	indeed	RB
19880	2003	2	,	,	,
19880	2003	3	this	this	DT
19880	2003	4	composition	composition	NN
19880	2003	5	may	may	MD
19880	2003	6	be	be	VB
19880	2003	7	considered	consider	VBN
19880	2003	8	a	a	DT
19880	2003	9	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2003	10	test	test	NN
19880	2003	11	of	of	IN
19880	2003	12	the	the	DT
19880	2003	13	extent	extent	NN
19880	2003	14	to	to	TO
19880	2003	15	which	which	WDT
19880	2003	16	the	the	DT
19880	2003	17	singer	singer	NN
19880	2003	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	2003	19	a	a	DT
19880	2003	20	master	master	NN
19880	2003	21	of	of	IN
19880	2003	22	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2003	23	gymnastics	gymnastic	NNS
19880	2003	24	;	;	,
19880	2003	25	and	and	CC
19880	2003	26	this	this	DT
19880	2003	27	is	be	VBZ
19880	2003	28	only	only	RB
19880	2003	29	one	one	CD
19880	2003	30	of	of	IN
19880	2003	31	many	many	JJ
19880	2003	32	such	such	JJ
19880	2003	33	works	work	NNS
19880	2003	34	.	.	.
19880	2004	1	In	in	IN
19880	2004	2	like	like	JJ
19880	2004	3	manner	manner	NN
19880	2004	4	,	,	,
19880	2004	5	many	many	JJ
19880	2004	6	passages	passage	NNS
19880	2004	7	in	in	IN
19880	2004	8	Shakespeare	Shakespeare	NNP
19880	2004	9	and	and	CC
19880	2004	10	others	other	NNS
19880	2004	11	of	of	IN
19880	2004	12	the	the	DT
19880	2004	13	best	good	JJS
19880	2004	14	writers	writer	NNS
19880	2004	15	in	in	IN
19880	2004	16	all	all	DT
19880	2004	17	languages	language	NNS
19880	2004	18	can	can	MD
19880	2004	19	only	only	RB
19880	2004	20	be	be	VB
19880	2004	21	spoken	speak	VBN
19880	2004	22	with	with	IN
19880	2004	23	effect	effect	NN
19880	2004	24	by	by	IN
19880	2004	25	those	those	DT
19880	2004	26	with	with	IN
19880	2004	27	a	a	DT
19880	2004	28	mastery	mastery	NN
19880	2004	29	over	over	IN
19880	2004	30	the	the	DT
19880	2004	31	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2004	32	,	,	,
19880	2004	33	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2004	34	,	,	,
19880	2004	35	soft	soft	JJ
19880	2004	36	palate	palate	NN
19880	2004	37	,	,	,
19880	2004	38	etc	etc	FW
19880	2004	39	.	.	FW
19880	2004	40	,	,	,
19880	2004	41	but	but	CC
19880	2004	42	above	above	IN
19880	2004	43	all	all	DT
19880	2004	44	,	,	,
19880	2004	45	the	the	DT
19880	2004	46	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2004	47	.	.	.
19880	2005	1	Important	important	JJ
19880	2005	2	as	as	IN
19880	2005	3	are	be	VBP
19880	2005	4	the	the	DT
19880	2005	5	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2005	6	,	,	,
19880	2005	7	many	many	JJ
19880	2005	8	persons	person	NNS
19880	2005	9	tend	tend	VBP
19880	2005	10	to	to	TO
19880	2005	11	use	use	VB
19880	2005	12	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2005	13	too	too	RB
19880	2005	14	much	much	RB
19880	2005	15	,	,	,
19880	2005	16	and	and	CC
19880	2005	17	the	the	DT
19880	2005	18	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2005	19	too	too	RB
19880	2005	20	little	little	JJ
19880	2005	21	,	,	,
19880	2005	22	in	in	IN
19880	2005	23	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	2005	24	and	and	CC
19880	2005	25	singing	singing	NN
19880	2005	26	.	.	.
19880	2006	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2006	2	attempt	attempt	VBP
19880	2006	3	to	to	TO
19880	2006	4	make	make	VB
19880	2006	5	up	up	RP
19880	2006	6	for	for	IN
19880	2006	7	a	a	DT
19880	2006	8	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2006	9	almost	almost	RB
19880	2006	10	closed	closed	JJ
19880	2006	11	in	in	IN
19880	2006	12	front	front	NN
19880	2006	13	by	by	IN
19880	2006	14	the	the	DT
19880	2006	15	teeth	tooth	NNS
19880	2006	16	,	,	,
19880	2006	17	by	by	IN
19880	2006	18	excessive	excessive	JJ
19880	2006	19	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2006	20	of	of	IN
19880	2006	21	the	the	DT
19880	2006	22	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2006	23	.	.	.
19880	2007	1	Special	special	JJ
19880	2007	2	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2007	3	and	and	CC
19880	2007	4	lip	lip	NN
19880	2007	5	practice	practice	NN
19880	2007	6	should	should	MD
19880	2007	7	be	be	VB
19880	2007	8	carried	carry	VBN
19880	2007	9	out	out	RP
19880	2007	10	before	before	IN
19880	2007	11	a	a	DT
19880	2007	12	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	2007	13	.	.	.
19880	2008	1	The	the	DT
19880	2008	2	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2008	3	should	should	MD
19880	2008	4	be	be	VB
19880	2008	5	kept	keep	VBN
19880	2008	6	rather	rather	RB
19880	2008	7	close	close	JJ
19880	2008	8	to	to	IN
19880	2008	9	the	the	DT
19880	2008	10	gums	gum	NNS
19880	2008	11	,	,	,
19880	2008	12	and	and	CC
19880	2008	13	moved	move	VBD
19880	2008	14	away	away	RB
19880	2008	15	as	as	RB
19880	2008	16	little	little	JJ
19880	2008	17	as	as	IN
19880	2008	18	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2008	19	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2008	20	_	_	NNP
19880	2008	21	i.e.	i.e.	FW
19880	2008	22	_	_	NNP
19880	2008	23	,	,	,
19880	2008	24	the	the	DT
19880	2008	25	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2008	26	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2008	27	,	,	,
19880	2008	28	as	as	IN
19880	2008	29	to	to	TO
19880	2008	30	do	do	VB
19880	2008	31	so	so	RB
19880	2008	32	serves	serve	VBZ
19880	2008	33	no	no	DT
19880	2008	34	good	good	JJ
19880	2008	35	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	2008	36	,	,	,
19880	2008	37	and	and	CC
19880	2008	38	is	be	VBZ
19880	2008	39	unpleasant	unpleasant	JJ
19880	2008	40	to	to	IN
19880	2008	41	the	the	DT
19880	2008	42	eye	eye	NN
19880	2008	43	of	of	IN
19880	2008	44	the	the	DT
19880	2008	45	observer	observer	NN
19880	2008	46	.	.	.
19880	2009	1	Teeth	tooth	NNS
19880	2009	2	and	and	CC
19880	2009	3	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2009	4	must	must	MD
19880	2009	5	be	be	VB
19880	2009	6	regarded	regard	VBN
19880	2009	7	,	,	,
19880	2009	8	so	so	RB
19880	2009	9	far	far	RB
19880	2009	10	as	as	IN
19880	2009	11	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2009	12	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2009	13	are	be	VBP
19880	2009	14	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	2009	15	,	,	,
19880	2009	16	as	as	IN
19880	2009	17	danger	danger	NN
19880	2009	18	regions	region	NNS
19880	2009	19	--	--	:
19880	2009	20	rocks	rock	NNS
19880	2009	21	on	on	IN
19880	2009	22	the	the	DT
19880	2009	23	shore	shore	NN
19880	2009	24	,	,	,
19880	2009	25	against	against	IN
19880	2009	26	which	which	WDT
19880	2009	27	the	the	DT
19880	2009	28	singer	singer	NN
19880	2009	29	or	or	CC
19880	2009	30	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2009	31	may	may	MD
19880	2009	32	shipwreck	shipwreck	VB
19880	2009	33	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2009	34	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2009	35	.	.	.
19880	2010	1	His	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2010	2	object	object	NN
19880	2010	3	should	should	MD
19880	2010	4	be	be	VB
19880	2010	5	to	to	TO
19880	2010	6	use	use	VB
19880	2010	7	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2010	8	adequately	adequately	RB
19880	2010	9	to	to	TO
19880	2010	10	form	form	VB
19880	2010	11	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2010	12	and	and	CC
19880	2010	13	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2010	14	--	--	:
19880	2010	15	in	in	IN
19880	2010	16	other	other	JJ
19880	2010	17	words	word	NNS
19880	2010	18	,	,	,
19880	2010	19	in	in	IN
19880	2010	20	the	the	DT
19880	2010	21	formation	formation	NN
19880	2010	22	,	,	,
19880	2010	23	not	not	RB
19880	2010	24	the	the	DT
19880	2010	25	spoiling	spoiling	NN
19880	2010	26	,	,	,
19880	2010	27	of	of	IN
19880	2010	28	words	word	NNS
19880	2010	29	,	,	,
19880	2010	30	as	as	IN
19880	2010	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	2010	32	so	so	RB
19880	2010	33	often	often	RB
19880	2010	34	the	the	DT
19880	2010	35	case	case	NN
19880	2010	36	.	.	.
19880	2011	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2011	2	can	can	MD
19880	2011	3	not	not	RB
19880	2011	4	too	too	RB
19880	2011	5	much	much	JJ
19880	2011	6	insist	insist	VB
19880	2011	7	on	on	IN
19880	2011	8	both	both	DT
19880	2011	9	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2011	10	and	and	CC
19880	2011	11	singer	singer	NN
19880	2011	12	attending	attend	VBG
19880	2011	13	to	to	IN
19880	2011	14	forming	form	VBG
19880	2011	15	a	a	DT
19880	2011	16	connection	connection	NN
19880	2011	17	between	between	IN
19880	2011	18	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2011	19	ear	ear	NN
19880	2011	20	and	and	CC
19880	2011	21	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2011	22	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2011	23	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2011	24	.	.	.
19880	2012	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2012	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2012	3	to	to	TO
19880	2012	4	hear	hear	VB
19880	2012	5	,	,	,
19880	2012	6	that	that	IN
19880	2012	7	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2012	8	may	may	MD
19880	2012	9	produce	produce	VB
19880	2012	10	good	good	JJ
19880	2012	11	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2012	12	,	,	,
19880	2012	13	and	and	CC
19880	2012	14	the	the	DT
19880	2012	15	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2012	16	can	can	MD
19880	2012	17	not	not	RB
19880	2012	18	be	be	VB
19880	2012	19	correctly	correctly	RB
19880	2012	20	formed	form	VBN
19880	2012	21	if	if	IN
19880	2012	22	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2012	23	be	be	VBP
19880	2012	24	not	not	RB
19880	2012	25	well	well	RB
19880	2012	26	observed	observed	JJ
19880	2012	27	.	.	.
19880	2013	1	To	to	TO
19880	2013	2	listen	listen	VB
19880	2013	3	to	to	IN
19880	2013	4	one	one	PRP
19880	2013	5	's	's	POS
19880	2013	6	self	self	NN
19880	2013	7	carefully	carefully	RB
19880	2013	8	and	and	CC
19880	2013	9	constantly	constantly	RB
19880	2013	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	2013	11	a	a	DT
19880	2013	12	most	most	RBS
19880	2013	13	valuable	valuable	JJ
19880	2013	14	but	but	CC
19880	2013	15	little	little	JJ
19880	2013	16	practised	practised	JJ
19880	2013	17	art	art	NN
19880	2013	18	.	.	.
19880	2014	1	The	the	DT
19880	2014	2	student	student	NN
19880	2014	3	should	should	MD
19880	2014	4	listen	listen	VB
19880	2014	5	as	as	IN
19880	2014	6	an	an	DT
19880	2014	7	inexorable	inexorable	JJ
19880	2014	8	critic	critic	NN
19880	2014	9	,	,	,
19880	2014	10	accepting	accept	VBG
19880	2014	11	only	only	RB
19880	2014	12	the	the	DT
19880	2014	13	best	good	JJS
19880	2014	14	from	from	IN
19880	2014	15	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2014	16	.	.	.
19880	2015	1	This	this	DT
19880	2015	2	leads	lead	VBZ
19880	2015	3	to	to	IN
19880	2015	4	the	the	DT
19880	2015	5	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	2015	6	of	of	IN
19880	2015	7	the	the	DT
19880	2015	8	question	question	NN
19880	2015	9	of	of	IN
19880	2015	10	the	the	DT
19880	2015	11	open	open	JJ
19880	2015	12	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2015	13	.	.	.
19880	2016	1	The	the	DT
19880	2016	2	expression	expression	NN
19880	2016	3	"	"	``
19880	2016	4	open	open	JJ
19880	2016	5	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2016	6	"	"	''
19880	2016	7	means	mean	NNS
19880	2016	8	,	,	,
19880	2016	9	no	no	RB
19880	2016	10	doubt	doubt	RB
19880	2016	11	,	,	,
19880	2016	12	to	to	IN
19880	2016	13	most	most	JJS
19880	2016	14	people	people	NNS
19880	2016	15	,	,	,
19880	2016	16	the	the	DT
19880	2016	17	open	open	JJ
19880	2016	18	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2016	19	rather	rather	RB
19880	2016	20	than	than	IN
19880	2016	21	the	the	DT
19880	2016	22	open	open	JJ
19880	2016	23	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2016	24	cavity--_i.e	cavity--_i.e	NNP
19880	2016	25	.	.	.
19880	2016	26	_	_	NNP
19880	2016	27	,	,	,
19880	2016	28	open	open	JJ
19880	2016	29	in	in	IN
19880	2016	30	front	front	NN
19880	2016	31	,	,	,
19880	2016	32	the	the	DT
19880	2016	33	teeth	tooth	NNS
19880	2016	34	well	well	RB
19880	2016	35	separated	separate	VBD
19880	2016	36	.	.	.
19880	2017	1	In	in	IN
19880	2017	2	voice	voice	NN
19880	2017	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	2017	4	production	production	NN
19880	2017	5	,	,	,
19880	2017	6	by	by	IN
19880	2017	7	"	"	``
19880	2017	8	open	open	JJ
19880	2017	9	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2017	10	"	"	''
19880	2017	11	both	both	DT
19880	2017	12	open	open	JJ
19880	2017	13	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2017	14	and	and	CC
19880	2017	15	open	open	JJ
19880	2017	16	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2017	17	must	must	MD
19880	2017	18	be	be	VB
19880	2017	19	understood	understand	VBN
19880	2017	20	.	.	.
19880	2018	1	There	there	EX
19880	2018	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2018	3	a	a	DT
19880	2018	4	special	special	JJ
19880	2018	5	tendency	tendency	NN
19880	2018	6	in	in	IN
19880	2018	7	many	many	JJ
19880	2018	8	,	,	,
19880	2018	9	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	2018	10	in	in	IN
19880	2018	11	most	most	JJS
19880	2018	12	persons	person	NNS
19880	2018	13	,	,	,
19880	2018	14	to	to	TO
19880	2018	15	close	close	VB
19880	2018	16	the	the	DT
19880	2018	17	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2018	18	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2018	19	unduly	unduly	RB
19880	2018	20	in	in	IN
19880	2018	21	singing	singe	VBG
19880	2018	22	a	a	DT
19880	2018	23	descending	descend	VBG
19880	2018	24	scale	scale	NN
19880	2018	25	.	.	.
19880	2019	1	This	this	DT
19880	2019	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2019	3	often	often	RB
19880	2019	4	accompanied	accompany	VBN
19880	2019	5	by	by	IN
19880	2019	6	a	a	DT
19880	2019	7	bad	bad	JJ
19880	2019	8	use	use	NN
19880	2019	9	of	of	IN
19880	2019	10	the	the	DT
19880	2019	11	breath	breath	NN
19880	2019	12	,	,	,
19880	2019	13	and	and	CC
19880	2019	14	a	a	DT
19880	2019	15	general	general	JJ
19880	2019	16	relaxation	relaxation	NN
19880	2019	17	of	of	IN
19880	2019	18	the	the	DT
19880	2019	19	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2019	20	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2019	21	,	,	,
19880	2019	22	which	which	WDT
19880	2019	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	2019	24	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	2019	25	more	more	RBR
19880	2019	26	frequent	frequent	JJ
19880	2019	27	in	in	IN
19880	2019	28	sopranos	soprano	NNS
19880	2019	29	and	and	CC
19880	2019	30	tenors	tenor	NNS
19880	2019	31	,	,	,
19880	2019	32	whose	whose	WP$
19880	2019	33	chief	chief	JJ
19880	2019	34	effects	effect	NNS
19880	2019	35	are	be	VBP
19880	2019	36	often	often	RB
19880	2019	37	produced	produce	VBN
19880	2019	38	by	by	IN
19880	2019	39	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2019	40	high	high	JJ
19880	2019	41	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2019	42	.	.	.
19880	2020	1	But	but	CC
19880	2020	2	to	to	IN
19880	2020	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	2020	4	day	day	NN
19880	2020	5	,	,	,
19880	2020	6	more	more	RBR
19880	2020	7	than	than	IN
19880	2020	8	ever	ever	RB
19880	2020	9	,	,	,
19880	2020	10	when	when	WRB
19880	2020	11	refined	refine	VBN
19880	2020	12	intellectual	intellectual	JJ
19880	2020	13	and	and	CC
19880	2020	14	emotional	emotional	JJ
19880	2020	15	effects	effect	NNS
19880	2020	16	are	be	VBP
19880	2020	17	demanded	demand	VBN
19880	2020	18	,	,	,
19880	2020	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	2020	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2020	21	important	important	JJ
19880	2020	22	that	that	IN
19880	2020	23	the	the	DT
19880	2020	24	lower	low	JJR
19880	2020	25	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2020	26	,	,	,
19880	2020	27	so	so	RB
19880	2020	28	effective	effective	JJ
19880	2020	29	in	in	IN
19880	2020	30	producing	produce	VBG
19880	2020	31	emotional	emotional	JJ
19880	2020	32	states	state	NNS
19880	2020	33	,	,	,
19880	2020	34	should	should	MD
19880	2020	35	not	not	RB
19880	2020	36	be	be	VB
19880	2020	37	neglected	neglect	VBN
19880	2020	38	by	by	IN
19880	2020	39	any	any	DT
19880	2020	40	singer	singer	NN
19880	2020	41	of	of	IN
19880	2020	42	whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	2020	43	voice	voice	NN
19880	2020	44	;	;	:
19880	2020	45	while	while	IN
19880	2020	46	for	for	IN
19880	2020	47	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	2020	48	high	high	JJ
19880	2020	49	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2020	50	are	be	VBP
19880	2020	51	really	really	RB
19880	2020	52	comparatively	comparatively	RB
19880	2020	53	little	little	RB
19880	2020	54	used	used	JJ
19880	2020	55	.	.	.
19880	2021	1	Much	much	RB
19880	2021	2	more	more	JJR
19880	2021	3	attention	attention	NN
19880	2021	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2021	5	paid	pay	VBN
19880	2021	6	by	by	IN
19880	2021	7	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	2021	8	and	and	CC
19880	2021	9	students	student	NNS
19880	2021	10	to	to	IN
19880	2021	11	the	the	DT
19880	2021	12	open	open	JJ
19880	2021	13	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2021	14	at	at	IN
19880	2021	15	the	the	DT
19880	2021	16	present	present	JJ
19880	2021	17	time	time	NN
19880	2021	18	than	than	IN
19880	2021	19	formerly	formerly	RB
19880	2021	20	;	;	:
19880	2021	21	in	in	IN
19880	2021	22	fact	fact	NN
19880	2021	23	,	,	,
19880	2021	24	like	like	IN
19880	2021	25	some	some	DT
19880	2021	26	other	other	JJ
19880	2021	27	good	good	JJ
19880	2021	28	things	thing	NNS
19880	2021	29	,	,	,
19880	2021	30	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2021	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	2021	32	often	often	RB
19880	2021	33	overdone	overdone	RB
19880	2021	34	.	.	.
19880	2022	1	The	the	DT
19880	2022	2	individuality	individuality	NN
19880	2022	3	of	of	IN
19880	2022	4	the	the	DT
19880	2022	5	singer	singer	NN
19880	2022	6	and	and	CC
19880	2022	7	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2022	8	must	must	MD
19880	2022	9	always	always	RB
19880	2022	10	be	be	VB
19880	2022	11	borne	bear	VBN
19880	2022	12	in	in	IN
19880	2022	13	mind	mind	NN
19880	2022	14	.	.	.
19880	2023	1	If	if	IN
19880	2023	2	some	some	DT
19880	2023	3	are	be	VBP
19880	2023	4	obliged	oblige	VBN
19880	2023	5	to	to	TO
19880	2023	6	open	open	VB
19880	2023	7	the	the	DT
19880	2023	8	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2023	9	as	as	RB
19880	2023	10	much	much	RB
19880	2023	11	as	as	IN
19880	2023	12	others	other	NNS
19880	2023	13	,	,	,
19880	2023	14	the	the	DT
19880	2023	15	result	result	NN
19880	2023	16	will	will	MD
19880	2023	17	not	not	RB
19880	2023	18	be	be	VB
19880	2023	19	happy	happy	JJ
19880	2023	20	.	.	.
19880	2024	1	Any	any	DT
19880	2024	2	one	one	NN
19880	2024	3	may	may	MD
19880	2024	4	demonstrate	demonstrate	VB
19880	2024	5	to	to	IN
19880	2024	6	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2024	7	that	that	IN
19880	2024	8	the	the	DT
19880	2024	9	quality	quality	NN
19880	2024	10	of	of	IN
19880	2024	11	a	a	DT
19880	2024	12	tone	tone	NN
19880	2024	13	may	may	MD
19880	2024	14	be	be	VB
19880	2024	15	at	at	IN
19880	2024	16	once	once	RB
19880	2024	17	changed	change	VBN
19880	2024	18	by	by	IN
19880	2024	19	unduly	unduly	RB
19880	2024	20	opening	opening	NN
19880	2024	21	or	or	CC
19880	2024	22	closing	close	VBG
19880	2024	23	the	the	DT
19880	2024	24	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2024	25	.	.	.
19880	2025	1	One	one	PRP
19880	2025	2	may	may	MD
19880	2025	3	say	say	VB
19880	2025	4	that	that	IN
19880	2025	5	_	_	NNP
19880	2025	6	the	the	DT
19880	2025	7	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2025	8	should	should	MD
19880	2025	9	be	be	VB
19880	2025	10	sufficiently	sufficiently	RB
19880	2025	11	opened	open	VBN
19880	2025	12	to	to	TO
19880	2025	13	produce	produce	VB
19880	2025	14	the	the	DT
19880	2025	15	best	good	JJS
19880	2025	16	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2025	17	effect	effect	NN
19880	2025	18	_	_	NNP
19880	2025	19	.	.	.
19880	2026	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2026	2	have	have	VBP
19880	2026	3	never	never	RB
19880	2026	4	seen	see	VBN
19880	2026	5	the	the	DT
19880	2026	6	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2026	7	opened	open	VBN
19880	2026	8	to	to	IN
19880	2026	9	such	such	PDT
19880	2026	10	an	an	DT
19880	2026	11	extent	extent	NN
19880	2026	12	that	that	IN
19880	2026	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2026	14	was	be	VBD
19880	2026	15	positively	positively	RB
19880	2026	16	unsightly	unsightly	RB
19880	2026	17	--	--	:
19880	2026	18	reminding	remind	VBG
19880	2026	19	one	one	CD
19880	2026	20	of	of	IN
19880	2026	21	the	the	DT
19880	2026	22	rhinoceros	rhinocero	NNS
19880	2026	23	at	at	IN
19880	2026	24	a	a	DT
19880	2026	25	zoo	zoo	NN
19880	2026	26	--	--	:
19880	2026	27	without	without	IN
19880	2026	28	feeling	feel	VBG
19880	2026	29	that	that	IN
19880	2026	30	the	the	DT
19880	2026	31	tone	tone	NN
19880	2026	32	had	have	VBD
19880	2026	33	suffered	suffer	VBN
19880	2026	34	thereby	thereby	RB
19880	2026	35	.	.	.
19880	2027	1	If	if	IN
19880	2027	2	all	all	DT
19880	2027	3	would	would	MD
19880	2027	4	remember	remember	VB
19880	2027	5	that	that	IN
19880	2027	6	the	the	DT
19880	2027	7	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2027	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	2027	9	best	well	RBS
19880	2027	10	opened	open	VBN
19880	2027	11	by	by	IN
19880	2027	12	simply	simply	RB
19880	2027	13	_	_	NNP
19880	2027	14	dropping	drop	VBG
19880	2027	15	the	the	DT
19880	2027	16	lower	low	JJR
19880	2027	17	jaw	jaw	NN
19880	2027	18	_	_	NNP
19880	2027	19	,	,	,
19880	2027	20	passively	passively	RB
19880	2027	21	,	,	,
19880	2027	22	in	in	IN
19880	2027	23	the	the	DT
19880	2027	24	easiest	easy	JJS
19880	2027	25	manner	manner	NN
19880	2027	26	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2027	27	,	,	,
19880	2027	28	the	the	DT
19880	2027	29	difficulties	difficulty	NNS
19880	2027	30	some	some	DT
19880	2027	31	students	student	NNS
19880	2027	32	experience	experience	NN
19880	2027	33	would	would	MD
19880	2027	34	disappear	disappear	VB
19880	2027	35	.	.	.
19880	2028	1	Many	many	JJ
19880	2028	2	act	act	VBP
19880	2028	3	as	as	IN
19880	2028	4	if	if	IN
19880	2028	5	the	the	DT
19880	2028	6	process	process	NN
19880	2028	7	were	be	VBD
19880	2028	8	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	2028	9	an	an	DT
19880	2028	10	active	active	JJ
19880	2028	11	one	one	NN
19880	2028	12	,	,	,
19880	2028	13	while	while	IN
19880	2028	14	the	the	DT
19880	2028	15	reverse	reverse	NN
19880	2028	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	2028	17	the	the	DT
19880	2028	18	case	case	NN
19880	2028	19	,	,	,
19880	2028	20	as	as	IN
19880	2028	21	one	one	PRP
19880	2028	22	may	may	MD
19880	2028	23	observe	observe	VB
19880	2028	24	in	in	IN
19880	2028	25	the	the	DT
19880	2028	26	sleeper	sleeper	NN
19880	2028	27	when	when	WRB
19880	2028	28	the	the	DT
19880	2028	29	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	2028	30	become	become	VBP
19880	2028	31	unduly	unduly	RB
19880	2028	32	relaxed	relaxed	JJ
19880	2028	33	--	--	:
19880	2028	34	a	a	DT
19880	2028	35	condition	condition	NN
19880	2028	36	that	that	WDT
19880	2028	37	is	be	VBZ
19880	2028	38	often	often	RB
19880	2028	39	accompanied	accompany	VBN
19880	2028	40	by	by	IN
19880	2028	41	snoring	snore	VBG
19880	2028	42	,	,	,
19880	2028	43	which	which	WDT
19880	2028	44	is	be	VBZ
19880	2028	45	produced	produce	VBN
19880	2028	46	by	by	IN
19880	2028	47	a	a	DT
19880	2028	48	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2028	49	-	-	HYPH
19880	2028	50	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	2028	51	that	that	WDT
19880	2028	52	gives	give	VBZ
19880	2028	53	rise	rise	NN
19880	2028	54	to	to	IN
19880	2028	55	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2028	56	of	of	IN
19880	2028	57	the	the	DT
19880	2028	58	soft	soft	JJ
19880	2028	59	palate	palate	NN
19880	2028	60	.	.	.
19880	2029	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2029	2	mean	mean	VBP
19880	2029	3	to	to	TO
19880	2029	4	say	say	VB
19880	2029	5	that	that	IN
19880	2029	6	the	the	DT
19880	2029	7	lower	low	JJR
19880	2029	8	jaw	jaw	NN
19880	2029	9	drops	drop	VBZ
19880	2029	10	when	when	WRB
19880	2029	11	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	2029	12	relax	relax	VBP
19880	2029	13	,	,	,
19880	2029	14	and	and	CC
19880	2029	15	that	that	IN
19880	2029	16	opening	open	VBG
19880	2029	17	the	the	DT
19880	2029	18	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2029	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	2029	20	largely	largely	RB
19880	2029	21	a	a	DT
19880	2029	22	passive	passive	JJ
19880	2029	23	thing	thing	NN
19880	2029	24	,	,	,
19880	2029	25	while	while	IN
19880	2029	26	closing	close	VBG
19880	2029	27	the	the	DT
19880	2029	28	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2029	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	2029	30	an	an	DT
19880	2029	31	active	active	JJ
19880	2029	32	process	process	NN
19880	2029	33	.	.	.
19880	2030	1	The	the	DT
19880	2030	2	position	position	NN
19880	2030	3	of	of	IN
19880	2030	4	the	the	DT
19880	2030	5	head	head	NN
19880	2030	6	in	in	IN
19880	2030	7	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2030	8	influence	influence	NN
19880	2030	9	on	on	IN
19880	2030	10	tone	tone	NN
19880	2030	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	2030	12	production	production	NN
19880	2030	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	2030	14	an	an	DT
19880	2030	15	insufficiently	insufficiently	RB
19880	2030	16	considered	consider	VBN
19880	2030	17	subject	subject	JJ
19880	2030	18	.	.	.
19880	2031	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2031	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2031	3	impossible	impossible	JJ
19880	2031	4	that	that	IN
19880	2031	5	the	the	DT
19880	2031	6	head	head	NN
19880	2031	7	be	be	VB
19880	2031	8	much	much	RB
19880	2031	9	raised	raise	VBN
19880	2031	10	or	or	CC
19880	2031	11	lowered	lower	VBN
19880	2031	12	without	without	IN
19880	2031	13	changes	change	NNS
19880	2031	14	being	be	VBG
19880	2031	15	produced	produce	VBN
19880	2031	16	in	in	IN
19880	2031	17	the	the	DT
19880	2031	18	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2031	19	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2031	20	,	,	,
19880	2031	21	especially	especially	RB
19880	2031	22	the	the	DT
19880	2031	23	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	2031	24	,	,	,
19880	2031	25	and	and	CC
19880	2031	26	if	if	IN
19880	2031	27	the	the	DT
19880	2031	28	tone	tone	NN
19880	2031	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	2031	30	not	not	RB
19880	2031	31	to	to	TO
19880	2031	32	suffer	suffer	VB
19880	2031	33	in	in	IN
19880	2031	34	consequence	consequence	NN
19880	2031	35	,	,	,
19880	2031	36	special	special	JJ
19880	2031	37	care	care	NN
19880	2031	38	must	must	MD
19880	2031	39	be	be	VB
19880	2031	40	taken	take	VBN
19880	2031	41	to	to	TO
19880	2031	42	make	make	VB
19880	2031	43	compensatory	compensatory	JJ
19880	2031	44	changes	change	NNS
19880	2031	45	in	in	IN
19880	2031	46	the	the	DT
19880	2031	47	parts	part	NNS
19880	2031	48	affected	affect	VBN
19880	2031	49	.	.	.
19880	2032	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2032	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2032	3	only	only	RB
19880	2032	4	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	2032	5	to	to	TO
19880	2032	6	sing	sing	VB
19880	2032	7	any	any	DT
19880	2032	8	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2032	9	,	,	,
19880	2032	10	and	and	CC
19880	2032	11	then	then	RB
19880	2032	12	raise	raise	VB
19880	2032	13	the	the	DT
19880	2032	14	chin	chin	NN
19880	2032	15	greatly	greatly	RB
19880	2032	16	,	,	,
19880	2032	17	to	to	TO
19880	2032	18	observe	observe	VB
19880	2032	19	a	a	DT
19880	2032	20	distinct	distinct	JJ
19880	2032	21	change	change	NN
19880	2032	22	in	in	IN
19880	2032	23	the	the	DT
19880	2032	24	quality	quality	NN
19880	2032	25	of	of	IN
19880	2032	26	the	the	DT
19880	2032	27	tone	tone	NN
19880	2032	28	,	,	,
19880	2032	29	with	with	IN
19880	2032	30	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19880	2032	31	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	2032	32	in	in	IN
19880	2032	33	the	the	DT
19880	2032	34	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2032	35	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2032	36	.	.	.
19880	2033	1	To	to	TO
19880	2033	2	speak	speak	VB
19880	2033	3	or	or	CC
19880	2033	4	sing	sing	VB
19880	2033	5	with	with	IN
19880	2033	6	the	the	DT
19880	2033	7	head	head	NN
19880	2033	8	turned	turn	VBD
19880	2033	9	to	to	IN
19880	2033	10	one	one	CD
19880	2033	11	side	side	NN
19880	2033	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	2033	13	plainly	plainly	RB
19880	2033	14	unfavorable	unfavorable	JJ
19880	2033	15	to	to	IN
19880	2033	16	the	the	DT
19880	2033	17	well	well	NN
19880	2033	18	-	-	HYPH
19880	2033	19	being	being	NN
19880	2033	20	of	of	IN
19880	2033	21	the	the	DT
19880	2033	22	parts	part	NNS
19880	2033	23	used	use	VBN
19880	2033	24	,	,	,
19880	2033	25	because	because	IN
19880	2033	26	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2033	27	leads	lead	VBZ
19880	2033	28	to	to	IN
19880	2033	29	compression	compression	NN
19880	2033	30	,	,	,
19880	2033	31	which	which	WDT
19880	2033	32	gives	give	VBZ
19880	2033	33	rise	rise	NN
19880	2033	34	to	to	IN
19880	2033	35	that	that	DT
19880	2033	36	congestion	congestion	NN
19880	2033	37	before	before	IN
19880	2033	38	referred	refer	VBN
19880	2033	39	to	to	IN
19880	2033	40	as	as	IN
19880	2033	41	the	the	DT
19880	2033	42	source	source	NN
19880	2033	43	of	of	IN
19880	2033	44	so	so	RB
19880	2033	45	many	many	JJ
19880	2033	46	evils	evil	NNS
19880	2033	47	in	in	IN
19880	2033	48	voice	voice	NN
19880	2033	49	-	-	HYPH
19880	2033	50	users	user	NNS
19880	2033	51	.	.	.
19880	2034	1	To	to	TO
19880	2034	2	sit	sit	VB
19880	2034	3	at	at	IN
19880	2034	4	a	a	DT
19880	2034	5	piano	piano	NN
19880	2034	6	and	and	CC
19880	2034	7	sing	sing	NN
19880	2034	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	2034	9	an	an	DT
19880	2034	10	unphysiological	unphysiological	JJ
19880	2034	11	proceeding	proceeding	NN
19880	2034	12	,	,	,
19880	2034	13	because	because	IN
19880	2034	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2034	15	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	2034	16	that	that	IN
19880	2034	17	the	the	DT
19880	2034	18	head	head	NN
19880	2034	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	2034	20	bent	bent	JJ
19880	2034	21	in	in	IN
19880	2034	22	reading	read	VBG
19880	2034	23	the	the	DT
19880	2034	24	music	music	NN
19880	2034	25	on	on	IN
19880	2034	26	a	a	DT
19880	2034	27	page	page	NN
19880	2034	28	much	much	RB
19880	2034	29	lower	low	JJR
19880	2034	30	than	than	IN
19880	2034	31	the	the	DT
19880	2034	32	eyes	eye	NNS
19880	2034	33	,	,	,
19880	2034	34	and	and	CC
19880	2034	35	when	when	WRB
19880	2034	36	,	,	,
19880	2034	37	with	with	IN
19880	2034	38	this	this	DT
19880	2034	39	,	,	,
19880	2034	40	the	the	DT
19880	2034	41	head	head	NN
19880	2034	42	is	be	VBZ
19880	2034	43	turned	turn	VBN
19880	2034	44	to	to	IN
19880	2034	45	one	one	CD
19880	2034	46	side	side	NN
19880	2034	47	to	to	TO
19880	2034	48	allow	allow	VB
19880	2034	49	of	of	IN
19880	2034	50	reading	read	VBG
19880	2034	51	the	the	DT
19880	2034	52	music	music	NN
19880	2034	53	on	on	IN
19880	2034	54	the	the	DT
19880	2034	55	distant	distant	JJ
19880	2034	56	side	side	NN
19880	2034	57	of	of	IN
19880	2034	58	the	the	DT
19880	2034	59	page	page	NN
19880	2034	60	,	,	,
19880	2034	61	furthest	furthest	RB
19880	2034	62	from	from	IN
19880	2034	63	the	the	DT
19880	2034	64	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2034	65	line	line	NN
19880	2034	66	of	of	IN
19880	2034	67	the	the	DT
19880	2034	68	head	head	NN
19880	2034	69	,	,	,
19880	2034	70	the	the	DT
19880	2034	71	case	case	NN
19880	2034	72	is	be	VBZ
19880	2034	73	still	still	RB
19880	2034	74	worse	bad	JJR
19880	2034	75	.	.	.
19880	2035	1	If	if	IN
19880	2035	2	all	all	DT
19880	2035	3	who	who	WP
19880	2035	4	thus	thus	RB
19880	2035	5	use	use	VBP
19880	2035	6	the	the	DT
19880	2035	7	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2035	8	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2035	9	do	do	VBP
19880	2035	10	not	not	RB
19880	2035	11	give	give	VB
19880	2035	12	evidence	evidence	NN
19880	2035	13	of	of	IN
19880	2035	14	the	the	DT
19880	2035	15	truth	truth	NN
19880	2035	16	of	of	IN
19880	2035	17	the	the	DT
19880	2035	18	above	above	JJ
19880	2035	19	by	by	IN
19880	2035	20	hoarseness	hoarseness	JJ
19880	2035	21	,	,	,
19880	2035	22	etc	etc	FW
19880	2035	23	.	.	FW
19880	2035	24	,	,	,
19880	2035	25	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2035	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	2035	27	simply	simply	RB
19880	2035	28	because	because	IN
19880	2035	29	in	in	IN
19880	2035	30	young	young	JJ
19880	2035	31	and	and	CC
19880	2035	32	vigorous	vigorous	JJ
19880	2035	33	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2035	34	there	there	EX
19880	2035	35	may	may	MD
19880	2035	36	be	be	VB
19880	2035	37	considerable	considerable	JJ
19880	2035	38	power	power	NN
19880	2035	39	of	of	IN
19880	2035	40	resisting	resist	VBG
19880	2035	41	unfavorable	unfavorable	JJ
19880	2035	42	influences	influence	NNS
19880	2035	43	.	.	.
19880	2036	1	The	the	DT
19880	2036	2	student	student	NN
19880	2036	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2036	4	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	2036	5	to	to	TO
19880	2036	6	use	use	VB
19880	2036	7	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2036	8	voice	voice	NN
19880	2036	9	in	in	IN
19880	2036	10	the	the	DT
19880	2036	11	standing	stand	VBG
19880	2036	12	position	position	NN
19880	2036	13	only	only	RB
19880	2036	14	,	,	,
19880	2036	15	when	when	WRB
19880	2036	16	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2036	17	,	,	,
19880	2036	18	as	as	IN
19880	2036	19	all	all	DT
19880	2036	20	others	other	NNS
19880	2036	21	are	be	VBP
19880	2036	22	more	more	RBR
19880	2036	23	or	or	CC
19880	2036	24	less	less	RBR
19880	2036	25	unnatural	unnatural	JJ
19880	2036	26	.	.	.
19880	2037	1	One	one	CD
19880	2037	2	often	often	RB
19880	2037	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	2037	4	the	the	DT
19880	2037	5	opportunity	opportunity	NN
19880	2037	6	to	to	TO
19880	2037	7	observe	observe	VB
19880	2037	8	how	how	WRB
19880	2037	9	the	the	DT
19880	2037	10	effect	effect	NN
19880	2037	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	2037	12	lost	lose	VBN
19880	2037	13	when	when	WRB
19880	2037	14	a	a	DT
19880	2037	15	reader	reader	NN
19880	2037	16	bends	bend	VBZ
19880	2037	17	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2037	18	head	head	NN
19880	2037	19	downward	downward	RB
19880	2037	20	to	to	TO
19880	2037	21	look	look	VB
19880	2037	22	at	at	IN
19880	2037	23	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2037	24	book	book	NN
19880	2037	25	or	or	CC
19880	2037	26	manuscript	manuscript	NN
19880	2037	27	;	;	:
19880	2037	28	and	and	CC
19880	2037	29	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2037	30	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2037	31	,	,	,
19880	2037	32	if	if	IN
19880	2037	33	the	the	DT
19880	2037	34	process	process	NN
19880	2037	35	is	be	VBZ
19880	2037	36	long	long	RB
19880	2037	37	-	-	HYPH
19880	2037	38	continued	continued	JJ
19880	2037	39	,	,	,
19880	2037	40	will	will	MD
19880	2037	41	almost	almost	RB
19880	2037	42	certainly	certainly	RB
19880	2037	43	feel	feel	VB
19880	2037	44	the	the	DT
19880	2037	45	injurious	injurious	JJ
19880	2037	46	influence	influence	NN
19880	2037	47	of	of	IN
19880	2037	48	this	this	DT
19880	2037	49	acting	act	VBG
19880	2037	50	on	on	IN
19880	2037	51	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2037	52	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2037	53	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2037	54	.	.	.
19880	2038	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	2038	2	XIV	XIV	NNP
19880	2038	3	.	.	.
19880	2039	1	SOME	some	DT
19880	2039	2	SPECIFIC	SPECIFIC	VBN
19880	2039	3	APPLICATIONS	application	NNS
19880	2039	4	OF	of	IN
19880	2039	5	PRINCIPLES	principles	NN
19880	2039	6	IN	in	IN
19880	2039	7	TONE	tone	NN
19880	2039	8	PRODUCTION	production	NN
19880	2039	9	.	.	.
19880	2040	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2040	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2040	3	no	no	DT
19880	2040	4	doubt	doubt	RB
19880	2040	5	valuable	valuable	JJ
19880	2040	6	,	,	,
19880	2040	7	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	2040	8	for	for	IN
19880	2040	9	most	most	JJS
19880	2040	10	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2040	11	essential	essential	JJ
19880	2040	12	,	,	,
19880	2040	13	to	to	TO
19880	2040	14	employ	employ	VB
19880	2040	15	a	a	DT
19880	2040	16	series	series	NN
19880	2040	17	of	of	IN
19880	2040	18	elaborate	elaborate	JJ
19880	2040	19	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	2040	20	,	,	,
19880	2040	21	or	or	CC
19880	2040	22	_	_	NNP
19880	2040	23	vocalises	vocalise	NNS
19880	2040	24	_	_	NNP
19880	2040	25	,	,	,
19880	2040	26	which	which	WDT
19880	2040	27	in	in	IN
19880	2040	28	some	some	DT
19880	2040	29	cases	case	NNS
19880	2040	30	differ	differ	VBP
19880	2040	31	from	from	IN
19880	2040	32	each	each	DT
19880	2040	33	other	other	JJ
19880	2040	34	only	only	RB
19880	2040	35	by	by	IN
19880	2040	36	slight	slight	JJ
19880	2040	37	gradations	gradation	NNS
19880	2040	38	;	;	:
19880	2040	39	but	but	CC
19880	2040	40	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2040	41	is	be	VBZ
19880	2040	42	to	to	TO
19880	2040	43	be	be	VB
19880	2040	44	borne	bear	VBN
19880	2040	45	in	in	IN
19880	2040	46	mind	mind	NN
19880	2040	47	that	that	IN
19880	2040	48	all	all	PDT
19880	2040	49	the	the	DT
19880	2040	50	actual	actual	JJ
19880	2040	51	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2040	52	involved	involve	VBN
19880	2040	53	can	can	MD
19880	2040	54	be	be	VB
19880	2040	55	expressed	express	VBN
19880	2040	56	practically	practically	RB
19880	2040	57	in	in	IN
19880	2040	58	a	a	DT
19880	2040	59	very	very	RB
19880	2040	60	few	few	JJ
19880	2040	61	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	2040	62	.	.	.
19880	2041	1	These	these	DT
19880	2041	2	are	be	VBP
19880	2041	3	:	:	:
19880	2041	4	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2041	5	1	1	LS
19880	2041	6	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2041	7	The	the	DT
19880	2041	8	single	single	JJ
19880	2041	9	sustained	sustained	JJ
19880	2041	10	tone	tone	NN
19880	2041	11	;	;	:
19880	2041	12	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2041	13	2	2	LS
19880	2041	14	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2041	15	the	the	DT
19880	2041	16	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2041	17	of	of	IN
19880	2041	18	a	a	DT
19880	2041	19	scale	scale	NN
19880	2041	20	sung	sing	VBN
19880	2041	21	so	so	IN
19880	2041	22	as	as	IN
19880	2041	23	to	to	TO
19880	2041	24	be	be	VB
19880	2041	25	smoothly	smoothly	RB
19880	2041	26	linked	link	VBN
19880	2041	27	together	together	RB
19880	2041	28	;	;	,
19880	2041	29	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2041	30	3	3	LS
19880	2041	31	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2041	32	the	the	DT
19880	2041	33	same	same	JJ
19880	2041	34	,	,	,
19880	2041	35	sung	sing	VBD
19880	2041	36	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	2041	37	more	more	RBR
19880	2041	38	independently	independently	RB
19880	2041	39	of	of	IN
19880	2041	40	each	each	DT
19880	2041	41	other	other	JJ
19880	2041	42	;	;	:
19880	2041	43	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2041	44	4	4	LS
19880	2041	45	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2041	46	the	the	DT
19880	2041	47	same	same	JJ
19880	2041	48	,	,	,
19880	2041	49	but	but	CC
19880	2041	50	each	each	DT
19880	2041	51	tone	tone	NN
19880	2041	52	beginning	begin	VBG
19880	2041	53	and	and	CC
19880	2041	54	ending	end	VBG
19880	2041	55	very	very	RB
19880	2041	56	suddenly	suddenly	RB
19880	2041	57	.	.	.
19880	2042	1	If	if	IN
19880	2042	2	the	the	DT
19880	2042	3	execution	execution	NN
19880	2042	4	of	of	IN
19880	2042	5	any	any	DT
19880	2042	6	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2042	7	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2042	8	composition	composition	NN
19880	2042	9	be	be	VB
19880	2042	10	analyzed	analyze	VBN
19880	2042	11	,	,	,
19880	2042	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2042	13	will	will	MD
19880	2042	14	be	be	VB
19880	2042	15	found	find	VBN
19880	2042	16	that	that	IN
19880	2042	17	these	these	DT
19880	2042	18	four	four	CD
19880	2042	19	methods	method	NNS
19880	2042	20	cover	cover	VBP
19880	2042	21	substantially	substantially	RB
19880	2042	22	the	the	DT
19880	2042	23	whole	whole	JJ
19880	2042	24	ground	ground	NN
19880	2042	25	.	.	.
19880	2043	1	As	as	IN
19880	2043	2	one	one	CD
19880	2043	3	other	other	JJ
19880	2043	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2043	5	very	very	RB
19880	2043	6	extensively	extensively	RB
19880	2043	7	used	use	VBN
19880	2043	8	in	in	IN
19880	2043	9	giving	give	VBG
19880	2043	10	expression	expression	NN
19880	2043	11	in	in	IN
19880	2043	12	the	the	DT
19880	2043	13	form	form	NN
19880	2043	14	of	of	IN
19880	2043	15	shading	shading	NN
19880	2043	16	,	,	,
19880	2043	17	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2043	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	2043	19	worthy	worthy	JJ
19880	2043	20	of	of	IN
19880	2043	21	special	special	JJ
19880	2043	22	mention	mention	NN
19880	2043	23	--	--	:
19880	2043	24	viz	viz	NNP
19880	2043	25	.	.	NNP
19880	2043	26	,	,	,
19880	2043	27	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2043	28	5	5	LS
19880	2043	29	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2043	30	the	the	DT
19880	2043	31	swell	swell	NN
19880	2043	32	.	.	.
19880	2044	1	All	all	DT
19880	2044	2	others	other	NNS
19880	2044	3	are	be	VBP
19880	2044	4	modifications	modification	NNS
19880	2044	5	of	of	IN
19880	2044	6	the	the	DT
19880	2044	7	above	above	JJ
19880	2044	8	.	.	.
19880	2045	1	As	as	IN
19880	2045	2	these	these	DT
19880	2045	3	methods	method	NNS
19880	2045	4	of	of	IN
19880	2045	5	tone	tone	NN
19880	2045	6	-	-	HYPH
19880	2045	7	production	production	NN
19880	2045	8	are	be	VBP
19880	2045	9	of	of	IN
19880	2045	10	so	so	RB
19880	2045	11	much	much	JJ
19880	2045	12	importance	importance	NN
19880	2045	13	,	,	,
19880	2045	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2045	15	will	will	MD
19880	2045	16	be	be	VB
19880	2045	17	worth	worth	JJ
19880	2045	18	while	while	IN
19880	2045	19	to	to	TO
19880	2045	20	analyze	analyze	VB
19880	2045	21	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2045	22	.	.	.
19880	2046	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2046	2	will	will	MD
19880	2046	3	be	be	VB
19880	2046	4	found	find	VBN
19880	2046	5	that	that	IN
19880	2046	6	in	in	IN
19880	2046	7	each	each	DT
19880	2046	8	there	there	EX
19880	2046	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	2046	10	a	a	DT
19880	2046	11	characteristic	characteristic	JJ
19880	2046	12	use	use	NN
19880	2046	13	of	of	IN
19880	2046	14	the	the	DT
19880	2046	15	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	2046	16	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2046	17	.	.	.
19880	2047	1	The	the	DT
19880	2047	2	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	2047	3	and	and	CC
19880	2047	4	the	the	DT
19880	2047	5	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2047	6	-	-	HYPH
19880	2047	7	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2047	8	are	be	VBP
19880	2047	9	of	of	IN
19880	2047	10	course	course	NN
19880	2047	11	intermediate	intermediate	JJ
19880	2047	12	,	,	,
19880	2047	13	as	as	IN
19880	2047	14	usual	usual	JJ
19880	2047	15	,	,	,
19880	2047	16	between	between	IN
19880	2047	17	the	the	DT
19880	2047	18	breath	breath	NN
19880	2047	19	-	-	HYPH
19880	2047	20	stream	stream	NN
19880	2047	21	and	and	CC
19880	2047	22	the	the	DT
19880	2047	23	result	result	NN
19880	2047	24	,	,	,
19880	2047	25	the	the	DT
19880	2047	26	tone	tone	NN
19880	2047	27	;	;	:
19880	2047	28	without	without	IN
19880	2047	29	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2047	30	there	there	EX
19880	2047	31	could	could	MD
19880	2047	32	be	be	VB
19880	2047	33	no	no	DT
19880	2047	34	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2047	35	.	.	.
19880	2048	1	But	but	CC
19880	2048	2	if	if	IN
19880	2048	3	the	the	DT
19880	2048	4	student	student	NN
19880	2048	5	have	have	VBP
19880	2048	6	clearly	clearly	RB
19880	2048	7	in	in	IN
19880	2048	8	mind	mind	NN
19880	2048	9	the	the	DT
19880	2048	10	memory	memory	NN
19880	2048	11	of	of	IN
19880	2048	12	the	the	DT
19880	2048	13	tone	tone	NN
19880	2048	14	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2048	15	wishes	wish	VBZ
19880	2048	16	to	to	TO
19880	2048	17	produce	produce	VB
19880	2048	18	,	,	,
19880	2048	19	including	include	VBG
19880	2048	20	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2048	21	various	various	JJ
19880	2048	22	properties	property	NNS
19880	2048	23	of	of	IN
19880	2048	24	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2048	25	,	,	,
19880	2048	26	volume	volume	NN
19880	2048	27	,	,	,
19880	2048	28	quality	quality	NN
19880	2048	29	,	,	,
19880	2048	30	etc	etc	FW
19880	2048	31	.	.	FW
19880	2048	32	,	,	,
19880	2048	33	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2048	34	will	will	MD
19880	2048	35	be	be	VB
19880	2048	36	found	find	VBN
19880	2048	37	that	that	IN
19880	2048	38	the	the	DT
19880	2048	39	point	point	NN
19880	2048	40	requiring	require	VBG
19880	2048	41	strict	strict	JJ
19880	2048	42	attention	attention	NN
19880	2048	43	,	,	,
19880	2048	44	in	in	IN
19880	2048	45	production	production	NN
19880	2048	46	,	,	,
19880	2048	47	is	be	VBZ
19880	2048	48	the	the	DT
19880	2048	49	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	2048	50	,	,	,
19880	2048	51	especially	especially	RB
19880	2048	52	the	the	DT
19880	2048	53	manner	manner	NN
19880	2048	54	of	of	IN
19880	2048	55	using	use	VBG
19880	2048	56	the	the	DT
19880	2048	57	expiratory	expiratory	NN
19880	2048	58	current	current	NN
19880	2048	59	.	.	.
19880	2049	1	1	1	LS
19880	2049	2	.	.	.
19880	2050	1	The	the	DT
19880	2050	2	sustained	sustained	JJ
19880	2050	3	tone	tone	NN
19880	2050	4	requires	require	VBZ
19880	2050	5	an	an	DT
19880	2050	6	amount	amount	NN
19880	2050	7	of	of	IN
19880	2050	8	breath	breath	NN
19880	2050	9	proportional	proportional	JJ
19880	2050	10	to	to	IN
19880	2050	11	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2050	12	length	length	NN
19880	2050	13	,	,	,
19880	2050	14	and	and	CC
19880	2050	15	the	the	DT
19880	2050	16	great	great	JJ
19880	2050	17	aim	aim	NN
19880	2050	18	in	in	IN
19880	2050	19	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2050	20	production	production	NN
19880	2050	21	should	should	MD
19880	2050	22	be	be	VB
19880	2050	23	to	to	TO
19880	2050	24	convert	convert	VB
19880	2050	25	,	,	,
19880	2050	26	so	so	RB
19880	2050	27	to	to	TO
19880	2050	28	speak	speak	VB
19880	2050	29	,	,	,
19880	2050	30	all	all	PDT
19880	2050	31	the	the	DT
19880	2050	32	breath	breath	NN
19880	2050	33	into	into	IN
19880	2050	34	tone	tone	NN
19880	2050	35	,	,	,
19880	2050	36	as	as	IN
19880	2050	37	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2050	38	explained	explain	VBD
19880	2050	39	in	in	IN
19880	2050	40	a	a	DT
19880	2050	41	previous	previous	JJ
19880	2050	42	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	2050	43	.	.	.
19880	2051	1	This	this	DT
19880	2051	2	sustained	sustained	JJ
19880	2051	3	tone	tone	NN
19880	2051	4	,	,	,
19880	2051	5	which	which	WDT
19880	2051	6	may	may	MD
19880	2051	7	be	be	VB
19880	2051	8	practised	practise	VBN
19880	2051	9	with	with	IN
19880	2051	10	advantage	advantage	NN
19880	2051	11	on	on	IN
19880	2051	12	every	every	DT
19880	2051	13	one	one	CD
19880	2051	14	of	of	IN
19880	2051	15	the	the	DT
19880	2051	16	notes	note	NNS
19880	2051	17	of	of	IN
19880	2051	18	a	a	DT
19880	2051	19	scale	scale	NN
19880	2051	20	,	,	,
19880	2051	21	is	be	VBZ
19880	2051	22	,	,	,
19880	2051	23	in	in	IN
19880	2051	24	the	the	DT
19880	2051	25	nature	nature	NN
19880	2051	26	of	of	IN
19880	2051	27	things	thing	NNS
19880	2051	28	,	,	,
19880	2051	29	the	the	DT
19880	2051	30	very	very	JJ
19880	2051	31	foundation	foundation	NN
19880	2051	32	of	of	IN
19880	2051	33	all	all	DT
19880	2051	34	good	good	JJ
19880	2051	35	singing	singing	NN
19880	2051	36	and	and	CC
19880	2051	37	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	2051	38	.	.	.
19880	2052	1	2	2	LS
19880	2052	2	.	.	.
19880	2053	1	In	in	IN
19880	2053	2	the	the	DT
19880	2053	3	second	second	JJ
19880	2053	4	and	and	CC
19880	2053	5	third	third	JJ
19880	2053	6	exercises	exercise	VBZ
19880	2053	7	the	the	DT
19880	2053	8	differences	difference	NNS
19880	2053	9	in	in	IN
19880	2053	10	the	the	DT
19880	2053	11	method	method	NN
19880	2053	12	lie	lie	NN
19880	2053	13	in	in	IN
19880	2053	14	the	the	DT
19880	2053	15	attack	attack	NN
19880	2053	16	and	and	CC
19880	2053	17	the	the	DT
19880	2053	18	manner	manner	NN
19880	2053	19	of	of	IN
19880	2053	20	using	use	VBG
19880	2053	21	the	the	DT
19880	2053	22	breath	breath	NN
19880	2053	23	.	.	.
19880	2054	1	The	the	DT
19880	2054	2	smoothly	smoothly	RB
19880	2054	3	linked	link	VBN
19880	2054	4	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2054	5	are	be	VBP
19880	2054	6	the	the	DT
19880	2054	7	more	more	RBR
19880	2054	8	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	2054	9	for	for	IN
19880	2054	10	most	most	JJS
19880	2054	11	people	people	NNS
19880	2054	12	,	,	,
19880	2054	13	since	since	IN
19880	2054	14	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2054	15	require	require	VBP
19880	2054	16	special	special	JJ
19880	2054	17	control	control	NN
19880	2054	18	over	over	IN
19880	2054	19	the	the	DT
19880	2054	20	laryngeal	laryngeal	JJ
19880	2054	21	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2054	22	and	and	CC
19880	2054	23	the	the	DT
19880	2054	24	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	2054	25	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2054	26	.	.	.
19880	2055	1	Between	between	IN
19880	2055	2	the	the	DT
19880	2055	3	singing	singing	NN
19880	2055	4	of	of	IN
19880	2055	5	a	a	DT
19880	2055	6	scale	scale	NN
19880	2055	7	in	in	IN
19880	2055	8	this	this	DT
19880	2055	9	manner	manner	NN
19880	2055	10	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2055	11	_	_	NNP
19880	2055	12	legato	legato	NNP
19880	2055	13	_	_	NNP
19880	2055	14	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2055	15	,	,	,
19880	2055	16	and	and	CC
19880	2055	17	as	as	IN
19880	2055	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2055	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	2055	20	frequently	frequently	RB
19880	2055	21	done	do	VBN
19880	2055	22	,	,	,
19880	2055	23	there	there	EX
19880	2055	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	2055	25	the	the	DT
19880	2055	26	same	same	JJ
19880	2055	27	difference	difference	NN
19880	2055	28	as	as	IN
19880	2055	29	in	in	IN
19880	2055	30	walking	walk	VBG
19880	2055	31	up	up	NN
19880	2055	32	-	-	HYPH
19880	2055	33	stairs	stair	NNS
19880	2055	34	as	as	IN
19880	2055	35	does	do	VBZ
19880	2055	36	a	a	DT
19880	2055	37	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19880	2055	38	trained	train	VBN
19880	2055	39	ballet	ballet	NN
19880	2055	40	-	-	HYPH
19880	2055	41	dancer	dancer	NN
19880	2055	42	,	,	,
19880	2055	43	and	and	CC
19880	2055	44	this	this	DT
19880	2055	45	act	act	NN
19880	2055	46	as	as	IN
19880	2055	47	carried	carry	VBN
19880	2055	48	out	out	RP
19880	2055	49	by	by	IN
19880	2055	50	a	a	DT
19880	2055	51	rough	rough	JJ
19880	2055	52	countryman	countryman	NN
19880	2055	53	,	,	,
19880	2055	54	used	use	VBN
19880	2055	55	only	only	RB
19880	2055	56	to	to	IN
19880	2055	57	ploughed	plough	VBN
19880	2055	58	fields	field	NNS
19880	2055	59	,	,	,
19880	2055	60	etc	etc	FW
19880	2055	61	.	.	.
19880	2056	1	For	for	IN
19880	2056	2	a	a	DT
19880	2056	3	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2056	4	execution	execution	NN
19880	2056	5	,	,	,
19880	2056	6	the	the	DT
19880	2056	7	attack	attack	NN
19880	2056	8	,	,	,
19880	2056	9	while	while	IN
19880	2056	10	decisive	decisive	JJ
19880	2056	11	enough	enough	RB
19880	2056	12	,	,	,
19880	2056	13	must	must	MD
19880	2056	14	be	be	VB
19880	2056	15	most	most	RBS
19880	2056	16	carefully	carefully	RB
19880	2056	17	regulated	regulate	VBN
19880	2056	18	,	,	,
19880	2056	19	and	and	CC
19880	2056	20	the	the	DT
19880	2056	21	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	2056	22	,	,	,
19880	2056	23	which	which	WDT
19880	2056	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	2056	25	always	always	RB
19880	2056	26	to	to	TO
19880	2056	27	be	be	VB
19880	2056	28	considered	consider	VBN
19880	2056	29	in	in	IN
19880	2056	30	a	a	DT
19880	2056	31	good	good	JJ
19880	2056	32	attack	attack	NN
19880	2056	33	,	,	,
19880	2056	34	must	must	MD
19880	2056	35	be	be	VB
19880	2056	36	of	of	IN
19880	2056	37	the	the	DT
19880	2056	38	most	most	RBS
19880	2056	39	even	even	RB
19880	2056	40	character	character	NN
19880	2056	41	;	;	:
19880	2056	42	the	the	DT
19880	2056	43	outflow	outflow	NN
19880	2056	44	requires	require	VBZ
19880	2056	45	the	the	DT
19880	2056	46	most	most	RBS
19880	2056	47	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19880	2056	48	controlled	control	VBN
19880	2056	49	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2056	50	of	of	IN
19880	2056	51	the	the	DT
19880	2056	52	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	2056	53	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2056	54	.	.	.
19880	2057	1	In	in	IN
19880	2057	2	the	the	DT
19880	2057	3	other	other	JJ
19880	2057	4	form	form	NN
19880	2057	5	of	of	IN
19880	2057	6	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	2057	7	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2057	8	detached	detach	VBN
19880	2057	9	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2057	10	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2057	11	there	there	EX
19880	2057	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	2057	13	often	often	RB
19880	2057	14	,	,	,
19880	2057	15	at	at	IN
19880	2057	16	least	least	JJS
19880	2057	17	,	,	,
19880	2057	18	a	a	DT
19880	2057	19	little	little	RB
19880	2057	20	more	more	JJR
19880	2057	21	emphasis	emphasis	NN
19880	2057	22	on	on	IN
19880	2057	23	the	the	DT
19880	2057	24	attack	attack	NN
19880	2057	25	,	,	,
19880	2057	26	and	and	CC
19880	2057	27	the	the	DT
19880	2057	28	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	2057	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	2057	30	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	2057	31	not	not	RB
19880	2057	32	always	always	RB
19880	2057	33	so	so	RB
19880	2057	34	even	even	RB
19880	2057	35	,	,	,
19880	2057	36	but	but	CC
19880	2057	37	in	in	IN
19880	2057	38	some	some	DT
19880	2057	39	passages	passage	NNS
19880	2057	40	,	,	,
19880	2057	41	in	in	IN
19880	2057	42	actual	actual	JJ
19880	2057	43	singing	singing	NN
19880	2057	44	,	,	,
19880	2057	45	the	the	DT
19880	2057	46	method	method	NN
19880	2057	47	employed	employ	VBN
19880	2057	48	for	for	IN
19880	2057	49	these	these	DT
19880	2057	50	less	less	RBR
19880	2057	51	closely	closely	RB
19880	2057	52	linked	link	VBN
19880	2057	53	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2057	54	is	be	VBZ
19880	2057	55	in	in	IN
19880	2057	56	most	most	JJS
19880	2057	57	respects	respect	NNS
19880	2057	58	the	the	DT
19880	2057	59	same	same	JJ
19880	2057	60	as	as	IN
19880	2057	61	the	the	DT
19880	2057	62	last	last	JJ
19880	2057	63	.	.	.
19880	2058	1	3	3	LS
19880	2058	2	.	.	.
19880	2059	1	Very	very	RB
19880	2059	2	different	different	JJ
19880	2059	3	from	from	IN
19880	2059	4	all	all	PDT
19880	2059	5	the	the	DT
19880	2059	6	preceding	precede	VBG
19880	2059	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	2059	8	the	the	DT
19880	2059	9	mode	mode	NN
19880	2059	10	of	of	IN
19880	2059	11	production	production	NN
19880	2059	12	usually	usually	RB
19880	2059	13	designated	designate	VBN
19880	2059	14	by	by	IN
19880	2059	15	musicians	musician	NNS
19880	2059	16	_	_	NNP
19880	2059	17	staccato	staccato	NNP
19880	2059	18	_	_	NNP
19880	2059	19	,	,	,
19880	2059	20	_	_	NNP
19880	2059	21	marcato	marcato	FW
19880	2059	22	_	_	NNP
19880	2059	23	,	,	,
19880	2059	24	etc	etc	FW
19880	2059	25	.	.	.
19880	2060	1	The	the	DT
19880	2060	2	tone	tone	NN
19880	2060	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2060	4	attacked	attack	VBN
19880	2060	5	suddenly	suddenly	RB
19880	2060	6	,	,	,
19880	2060	7	and	and	CC
19880	2060	8	as	as	RB
19880	2060	9	suddenly	suddenly	RB
19880	2060	10	dropped	drop	VBN
19880	2060	11	,	,	,
19880	2060	12	which	which	WDT
19880	2060	13	,	,	,
19880	2060	14	expressed	express	VBD
19880	2060	15	physiologically	physiologically	RB
19880	2060	16	,	,	,
19880	2060	17	means	mean	VBZ
19880	2060	18	that	that	IN
19880	2060	19	the	the	DT
19880	2060	20	entire	entire	JJ
19880	2060	21	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2060	22	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2060	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	2060	24	rapidly	rapidly	RB
19880	2060	25	adjusted	adjust	VBN
19880	2060	26	,	,	,
19880	2060	27	one	one	CD
19880	2060	28	part	part	NN
19880	2060	29	to	to	IN
19880	2060	30	another	another	DT
19880	2060	31	,	,	,
19880	2060	32	and	and	CC
19880	2060	33	as	as	RB
19880	2060	34	suddenly	suddenly	RB
19880	2060	35	relaxed	relaxed	JJ
19880	2060	36	;	;	:
19880	2060	37	and	and	CC
19880	2060	38	the	the	DT
19880	2060	39	one	one	NN
19880	2060	40	seems	seem	VBZ
19880	2060	41	to	to	TO
19880	2060	42	be	be	VB
19880	2060	43	about	about	RB
19880	2060	44	as	as	RB
19880	2060	45	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	2060	46	as	as	IN
19880	2060	47	the	the	DT
19880	2060	48	other	other	JJ
19880	2060	49	.	.	.
19880	2061	1	In	in	IN
19880	2061	2	this	this	DT
19880	2061	3	a	a	DT
19880	2061	4	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2061	5	sudden	sudden	JJ
19880	2061	6	tension	tension	NN
19880	2061	7	of	of	IN
19880	2061	8	the	the	DT
19880	2061	9	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2061	10	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2061	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	2061	12	essential	essential	JJ
19880	2061	13	.	.	.
19880	2062	1	The	the	DT
19880	2062	2	whole	whole	JJ
19880	2062	3	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	2062	4	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2062	5	,	,	,
19880	2062	6	after	after	IN
19880	2062	7	the	the	DT
19880	2062	8	breath	breath	NN
19880	2062	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	2062	10	taken	take	VBN
19880	2062	11	,	,	,
19880	2062	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	2062	13	held	hold	VBN
19880	2062	14	more	more	RBR
19880	2062	15	or	or	CC
19880	2062	16	less	less	RBR
19880	2062	17	tense	tense	JJ
19880	2062	18	.	.	.
19880	2063	1	In	in	IN
19880	2063	2	executing	execute	VBG
19880	2063	3	these	these	DT
19880	2063	4	abrupt	abrupt	JJ
19880	2063	5	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2063	6	staccato	staccato	NNP
19880	2063	7	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2063	8	effects	effect	VBZ
19880	2063	9	the	the	DT
19880	2063	10	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	2063	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	2063	12	the	the	DT
19880	2063	13	chief	chief	JJ
19880	2063	14	agent	agent	NN
19880	2063	15	,	,	,
19880	2063	16	and	and	CC
19880	2063	17	operates	operate	VBZ
19880	2063	18	against	against	IN
19880	2063	19	the	the	DT
19880	2063	20	column	column	NN
19880	2063	21	of	of	IN
19880	2063	22	air	air	NN
19880	2063	23	in	in	IN
19880	2063	24	the	the	DT
19880	2063	25	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	2063	26	,	,	,
19880	2063	27	the	the	DT
19880	2063	28	chest	chest	NN
19880	2063	29	and	and	CC
19880	2063	30	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	2063	31	walls	wall	NNS
19880	2063	32	being	be	VBG
19880	2063	33	kept	keep	VBN
19880	2063	34	more	more	RBR
19880	2063	35	or	or	CC
19880	2063	36	less	less	RBR
19880	2063	37	tense	tense	JJ
19880	2063	38	.	.	.
19880	2064	1	Though	though	IN
19880	2064	2	this	this	DT
19880	2064	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2064	4	the	the	DT
19880	2064	5	case	case	NN
19880	2064	6	,	,	,
19880	2064	7	the	the	DT
19880	2064	8	voice	voice	NN
19880	2064	9	-	-	HYPH
19880	2064	10	producer	producer	NN
19880	2064	11	will	will	MD
19880	2064	12	succeed	succeed	VB
19880	2064	13	best	good	JJS
19880	2064	14	if	if	IN
19880	2064	15	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2064	16	gives	give	VBZ
19880	2064	17	attention	attention	NN
19880	2064	18	to	to	IN
19880	2064	19	the	the	DT
19880	2064	20	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2064	21	-	-	HYPH
19880	2064	22	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2064	23	,	,	,
19880	2064	24	after	after	IN
19880	2064	25	having	have	VBG
19880	2064	26	put	put	VBN
19880	2064	27	the	the	DT
19880	2064	28	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	2064	29	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2064	30	into	into	IN
19880	2064	31	the	the	DT
19880	2064	32	right	right	JJ
19880	2064	33	condition	condition	NN
19880	2064	34	.	.	.
19880	2065	1	There	there	EX
19880	2065	2	should	should	MD
19880	2065	3	be	be	VB
19880	2065	4	as	as	RB
19880	2065	5	little	little	JJ
19880	2065	6	movement	movement	NN
19880	2065	7	of	of	IN
19880	2065	8	the	the	DT
19880	2065	9	chest	chest	NN
19880	2065	10	walls	wall	NNS
19880	2065	11	,	,	,
19880	2065	12	diaphragm	diaphragm	NNP
19880	2065	13	,	,	,
19880	2065	14	larynx	larynx	NNP
19880	2065	15	,	,	,
19880	2065	16	etc	etc	FW
19880	2065	17	.	.	FW
19880	2065	18	,	,	,
19880	2065	19	as	as	IN
19880	2065	20	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2065	21	.	.	.
19880	2066	1	The	the	DT
19880	2066	2	whole	whole	NN
19880	2066	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2066	4	a	a	DT
19880	2066	5	question	question	NN
19880	2066	6	of	of	IN
19880	2066	7	tension	tension	NN
19880	2066	8	,	,	,
19880	2066	9	but	but	CC
19880	2066	10	not	not	RB
19880	2066	11	rigidity	rigidity	NN
19880	2066	12	,	,	,
19880	2066	13	and	and	CC
19880	2066	14	the	the	DT
19880	2066	15	reason	reason	NN
19880	2066	16	the	the	DT
19880	2066	17	staccato	staccato	NN
19880	2066	18	effect	effect	NN
19880	2066	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	2066	20	so	so	RB
19880	2066	21	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	2066	22	for	for	IN
19880	2066	23	most	most	JJS
19880	2066	24	persons	person	NNS
19880	2066	25	is	be	VBZ
19880	2066	26	that	that	IN
19880	2066	27	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2066	28	attempt	attempt	VBP
19880	2066	29	to	to	TO
19880	2066	30	accomplish	accomplish	VB
19880	2066	31	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2066	32	by	by	IN
19880	2066	33	_	_	NNP
19880	2066	34	excessive	excessive	JJ
19880	2066	35	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2066	36	_	_	NNP
19880	2066	37	of	of	IN
19880	2066	38	the	the	DT
19880	2066	39	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	2066	40	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2066	41	or	or	CC
19880	2066	42	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	2066	43	.	.	.
19880	2067	1	The	the	DT
19880	2067	2	_	_	NNP
19880	2067	3	mind	mind	NN
19880	2067	4	_	_	NNP
19880	2067	5	must	must	MD
19880	2067	6	be	be	VB
19880	2067	7	relieved	relieve	VBN
19880	2067	8	of	of	IN
19880	2067	9	any	any	DT
19880	2067	10	feeling	feeling	NN
19880	2067	11	of	of	IN
19880	2067	12	undue	undue	JJ
19880	2067	13	tension	tension	NN
19880	2067	14	,	,	,
19880	2067	15	and	and	CC
19880	2067	16	the	the	DT
19880	2067	17	result	result	NN
19880	2067	18	attained	attain	VBN
19880	2067	19	by	by	IN
19880	2067	20	the	the	DT
19880	2067	21	establishment	establishment	NN
19880	2067	22	of	of	IN
19880	2067	23	a	a	DT
19880	2067	24	close	close	JJ
19880	2067	25	connection	connection	NN
19880	2067	26	between	between	IN
19880	2067	27	the	the	DT
19880	2067	28	ear	ear	NN
19880	2067	29	and	and	CC
19880	2067	30	the	the	DT
19880	2067	31	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2067	32	-	-	HYPH
19880	2067	33	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2067	34	.	.	.
19880	2068	1	The	the	DT
19880	2068	2	first	first	JJ
19880	2068	3	interrupted	interrupted	JJ
19880	2068	4	effects	effect	NNS
19880	2068	5	should	should	MD
19880	2068	6	be	be	VB
19880	2068	7	of	of	IN
19880	2068	8	very	very	RB
19880	2068	9	brief	brief	JJ
19880	2068	10	duration	duration	NN
19880	2068	11	and	and	CC
19880	2068	12	as	as	IN
19880	2068	13	_	_	NNP
19880	2068	14	piano	piano	NN
19880	2068	15	_	_	NNP
19880	2068	16	as	as	IN
19880	2068	17	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2068	18	,	,	,
19880	2068	19	but	but	CC
19880	2068	20	the	the	DT
19880	2068	21	attempt	attempt	NN
19880	2068	22	to	to	TO
19880	2068	23	produce	produce	VB
19880	2068	24	the	the	DT
19880	2068	25	real	real	JJ
19880	2068	26	staccato	staccato	NN
19880	2068	27	may	may	MD
19880	2068	28	to	to	IN
19880	2068	29	great	great	JJ
19880	2068	30	advantage	advantage	NN
19880	2068	31	be	be	VB
19880	2068	32	preceded	precede	VBN
19880	2068	33	by	by	IN
19880	2068	34	an	an	DT
19880	2068	35	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	2068	36	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	2068	37	in	in	IN
19880	2068	38	Chapter	Chapter	NNP
19880	2068	39	VIII.,--viz	VIII.,--viz	NNP
19880	2068	40	.	.	NNP
19880	2068	41	,	,	,
19880	2068	42	singing	singe	VBG
19880	2068	43	a	a	DT
19880	2068	44	tone	tone	NN
19880	2068	45	of	of	IN
19880	2068	46	some	some	DT
19880	2068	47	duration	duration	NN
19880	2068	48	,	,	,
19880	2068	49	then	then	RB
19880	2068	50	suddenly	suddenly	RB
19880	2068	51	interrupting	interrupt	VBG
19880	2068	52	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2068	53	,	,	,
19880	2068	54	and	and	CC
19880	2068	55	,	,	,
19880	2068	56	with	with	IN
19880	2068	57	the	the	DT
19880	2068	58	same	same	JJ
19880	2068	59	breath	breath	NN
19880	2068	60	,	,	,
19880	2068	61	beginning	begin	VBG
19880	2068	62	the	the	DT
19880	2068	63	tone	tone	NN
19880	2068	64	again	again	RB
19880	2068	65	as	as	RB
19880	2068	66	suddenly	suddenly	RB
19880	2068	67	as	as	IN
19880	2068	68	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2068	69	was	be	VBD
19880	2068	70	interrupted	interrupt	VBN
19880	2068	71	.	.	.
19880	2069	1	In	in	IN
19880	2069	2	fact	fact	NN
19880	2069	3	,	,	,
19880	2069	4	till	till	IN
19880	2069	5	this	this	DT
19880	2069	6	can	can	MD
19880	2069	7	be	be	VB
19880	2069	8	done	do	VBN
19880	2069	9	with	with	IN
19880	2069	10	ease	ease	NN
19880	2069	11	the	the	DT
19880	2069	12	staccato	staccato	NN
19880	2069	13	proper	proper	JJ
19880	2069	14	should	should	MD
19880	2069	15	not	not	RB
19880	2069	16	be	be	VB
19880	2069	17	attempted	attempt	VBN
19880	2069	18	,	,	,
19880	2069	19	for	for	IN
19880	2069	20	though	though	IN
19880	2069	21	the	the	DT
19880	2069	22	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2069	23	involved	involve	VBN
19880	2069	24	are	be	VBP
19880	2069	25	the	the	DT
19880	2069	26	same	same	JJ
19880	2069	27	,	,	,
19880	2069	28	the	the	DT
19880	2069	29	execution	execution	NN
19880	2069	30	requires	require	VBZ
19880	2069	31	far	far	RB
19880	2069	32	more	more	JJR
19880	2069	33	skill	skill	NN
19880	2069	34	than	than	IN
19880	2069	35	the	the	DT
19880	2069	36	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	2069	37	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	2069	38	for	for	IN
19880	2069	39	an	an	DT
19880	2069	40	earlier	early	JJR
19880	2069	41	stage	stage	NN
19880	2069	42	,	,	,
19880	2069	43	and	and	CC
19880	2069	44	which	which	WDT
19880	2069	45	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2069	46	is	be	VBZ
19880	2069	47	well	well	JJ
19880	2069	48	to	to	TO
19880	2069	49	continue	continue	VB
19880	2069	50	throughout	throughout	IN
19880	2069	51	.	.	.
19880	2070	1	Simple	simple	JJ
19880	2070	2	as	as	IN
19880	2070	3	these	these	DT
19880	2070	4	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	2070	5	seem	seem	VBP
19880	2070	6	from	from	IN
19880	2070	7	mere	mere	JJ
19880	2070	8	description	description	NN
19880	2070	9	,	,	,
19880	2070	10	or	or	CC
19880	2070	11	as	as	IN
19880	2070	12	carried	carry	VBN
19880	2070	13	out	out	RP
19880	2070	14	with	with	IN
19880	2070	15	a	a	DT
19880	2070	16	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2070	17	degree	degree	NN
19880	2070	18	of	of	IN
19880	2070	19	success	success	NN
19880	2070	20	,	,	,
19880	2070	21	perfection	perfection	NN
19880	2070	22	in	in	IN
19880	2070	23	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2070	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	2070	25	not	not	RB
19880	2070	26	to	to	TO
19880	2070	27	be	be	VB
19880	2070	28	attained	attain	VBN
19880	2070	29	short	short	RB
19880	2070	30	of	of	IN
19880	2070	31	years	year	NNS
19880	2070	32	of	of	IN
19880	2070	33	the	the	DT
19880	2070	34	most	most	RBS
19880	2070	35	diligent	diligent	JJ
19880	2070	36	study	study	NN
19880	2070	37	.	.	.
19880	2071	1	How	how	WRB
19880	2071	2	many	many	JJ
19880	2071	3	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2071	4	living	live	VBG
19880	2071	5	can	can	MD
19880	2071	6	sing	sing	VB
19880	2071	7	an	an	DT
19880	2071	8	ascending	ascending	NN
19880	2071	9	and	and	CC
19880	2071	10	a	a	DT
19880	2071	11	descending	descend	VBG
19880	2071	12	scale	scale	NN
19880	2071	13	,	,	,
19880	2071	14	in	in	IN
19880	2071	15	succession	succession	NN
19880	2071	16	,	,	,
19880	2071	17	with	with	IN
19880	2071	18	a	a	DT
19880	2071	19	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2071	20	staccato	staccato	NN
19880	2071	21	,	,	,
19880	2071	22	to	to	TO
19880	2071	23	mention	mention	VB
19880	2071	24	no	no	DT
19880	2071	25	other	other	JJ
19880	2071	26	effect	effect	NN
19880	2071	27	?	?	.
19880	2072	1	Yet	yet	CC
19880	2072	2	among	among	IN
19880	2072	3	all	all	PDT
19880	2072	4	the	the	DT
19880	2072	5	resources	resource	NNS
19880	2072	6	of	of	IN
19880	2072	7	dramatic	dramatic	JJ
19880	2072	8	singing	singing	NN
19880	2072	9	and	and	CC
19880	2072	10	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	2072	11	none	none	NN
19880	2072	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	2072	13	more	more	RBR
19880	2072	14	important	important	JJ
19880	2072	15	than	than	IN
19880	2072	16	this	this	DT
19880	2072	17	one	one	NN
19880	2072	18	.	.	.
19880	2073	1	What	what	WP
19880	2073	2	so	so	RB
19880	2073	3	eloquent	eloquent	JJ
19880	2073	4	as	as	IN
19880	2073	5	the	the	DT
19880	2073	6	silence	silence	NN
19880	2073	7	after	after	IN
19880	2073	8	a	a	DT
19880	2073	9	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2073	10	stop	stop	NN
19880	2073	11	--	--	:
19880	2073	12	a	a	DT
19880	2073	13	complete	complete	JJ
19880	2073	14	and	and	CC
19880	2073	15	satisfactory	satisfactory	JJ
19880	2073	16	arrest	arrest	NN
19880	2073	17	of	of	IN
19880	2073	18	the	the	DT
19880	2073	19	tone	tone	NN
19880	2073	20	?	?	.
19880	2074	1	How	how	WRB
19880	2074	2	many	many	JJ
19880	2074	3	modern	modern	JJ
19880	2074	4	actors	actor	NNS
19880	2074	5	are	be	VBP
19880	2074	6	capable	capable	JJ
19880	2074	7	of	of	IN
19880	2074	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2074	9	?	?	.
19880	2075	1	How	how	WRB
19880	2075	2	many	many	JJ
19880	2075	3	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2075	4	?	?	.
19880	2076	1	Instead	instead	RB
19880	2076	2	of	of	IN
19880	2076	3	the	the	DT
19880	2076	4	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2076	5	arrest	arrest	NN
19880	2076	6	,	,	,
19880	2076	7	the	the	DT
19880	2076	8	listener	listener	NN
19880	2076	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	2076	10	conscious	conscious	JJ
19880	2076	11	,	,	,
19880	2076	12	not	not	RB
19880	2076	13	of	of	IN
19880	2076	14	the	the	DT
19880	2076	15	rounded	rounded	JJ
19880	2076	16	and	and	CC
19880	2076	17	complete	complete	JJ
19880	2076	18	tone	tone	NN
19880	2076	19	,	,	,
19880	2076	20	but	but	CC
19880	2076	21	of	of	IN
19880	2076	22	an	an	DT
19880	2076	23	edge	edge	NN
19880	2076	24	more	more	RBR
19880	2076	25	or	or	CC
19880	2076	26	less	less	RBR
19880	2076	27	ragged	ragged	JJ
19880	2076	28	.	.	.
19880	2077	1	There	there	EX
19880	2077	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2077	3	some	some	DT
19880	2077	4	noise	noise	NN
19880	2077	5	with	with	IN
19880	2077	6	the	the	DT
19880	2077	7	actual	actual	JJ
19880	2077	8	tone	tone	NN
19880	2077	9	.	.	.
19880	2078	1	The	the	DT
19880	2078	2	above	above	JJ
19880	2078	3	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	2078	4	,	,	,
19880	2078	5	when	when	WRB
19880	2078	6	carried	carry	VBN
19880	2078	7	out	out	RP
19880	2078	8	to	to	IN
19880	2078	9	a	a	DT
19880	2078	10	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2078	11	result	result	NN
19880	2078	12	,	,	,
19880	2078	13	give	give	VB
19880	2078	14	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2078	15	_	_	NNP
19880	2078	16	bel	bel	NNP
19880	2078	17	canto	canto	NNP
19880	2078	18	_	_	NNP
19880	2078	19	singing	singing	NN
19880	2078	20	,	,	,
19880	2078	21	for	for	IN
19880	2078	22	which	which	WDT
19880	2078	23	the	the	DT
19880	2078	24	old	old	JJ
19880	2078	25	Italian	italian	JJ
19880	2078	26	school	school	NN
19880	2078	27	was	be	VBD
19880	2078	28	so	so	RB
19880	2078	29	noted	note	VBN
19880	2078	30	,	,	,
19880	2078	31	and	and	CC
19880	2078	32	which	which	WDT
19880	2078	33	is	be	VBZ
19880	2078	34	now	now	RB
19880	2078	35	largely	largely	RB
19880	2078	36	a	a	DT
19880	2078	37	lost	lose	VBN
19880	2078	38	art	art	NN
19880	2078	39	,	,	,
19880	2078	40	not	not	RB
19880	2078	41	so	so	RB
19880	2078	42	much	much	JJ
19880	2078	43	because	because	IN
19880	2078	44	the	the	DT
19880	2078	45	methods	method	NNS
19880	2078	46	are	be	VBP
19880	2078	47	not	not	RB
19880	2078	48	known	know	VBN
19880	2078	49	to	to	IN
19880	2078	50	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	2078	51	,	,	,
19880	2078	52	as	as	IN
19880	2078	53	because	because	IN
19880	2078	54	students	student	NNS
19880	2078	55	will	will	MD
19880	2078	56	not	not	RB
19880	2078	57	do	do	VB
19880	2078	58	the	the	DT
19880	2078	59	work	work	NN
19880	2078	60	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	2078	61	to	to	TO
19880	2078	62	attain	attain	VB
19880	2078	63	to	to	IN
19880	2078	64	this	this	DT
19880	2078	65	_	_	NNP
19880	2078	66	bel	bel	NNP
19880	2078	67	canto	canto	NNP
19880	2078	68	_	_	NNP
19880	2078	69	.	.	.
19880	2079	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2079	2	seek	seek	VBP
19880	2079	3	for	for	IN
19880	2079	4	short	short	JJ
19880	2079	5	cuts	cut	NNS
19880	2079	6	,	,	,
19880	2079	7	and	and	CC
19880	2079	8	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2079	9	get	get	VBP
19880	2079	10	corresponding	corresponding	JJ
19880	2079	11	results	result	NNS
19880	2079	12	.	.	.
19880	2080	1	The	the	DT
19880	2080	2	_	_	NNP
19880	2080	3	bel	bel	NN
19880	2080	4	canto	canto	NNP
19880	2080	5	_	_	NNP
19880	2080	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	2080	7	,	,	,
19880	2080	8	simply	simply	RB
19880	2080	9	,	,	,
19880	2080	10	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19880	2080	11	singing	singing	NN
19880	2080	12	,	,	,
19880	2080	13	the	the	DT
19880	2080	14	result	result	NN
19880	2080	15	of	of	IN
19880	2080	16	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2080	17	technique	technique	NN
19880	2080	18	,	,	,
19880	2080	19	and	and	CC
19880	2080	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	2080	21	opposed	oppose	VBN
19880	2080	22	to	to	IN
19880	2080	23	effects	effect	NNS
19880	2080	24	which	which	WDT
19880	2080	25	are	be	VBP
19880	2080	26	not	not	RB
19880	2080	27	truly	truly	RB
19880	2080	28	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	2080	29	,	,	,
19880	2080	30	though	though	IN
19880	2080	31	no	no	DT
19880	2080	32	doubt	doubt	NN
19880	2080	33	often	often	RB
19880	2080	34	highly	highly	RB
19880	2080	35	expressive	expressive	JJ
19880	2080	36	to	to	IN
19880	2080	37	the	the	DT
19880	2080	38	unmusical	unmusical	JJ
19880	2080	39	and	and	CC
19880	2080	40	the	the	DT
19880	2080	41	inartistic	inartistic	JJ
19880	2080	42	.	.	.
19880	2081	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2081	2	may	may	MD
19880	2081	3	appeal	appeal	VB
19880	2081	4	to	to	IN
19880	2081	5	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2081	6	as	as	IN
19880	2081	7	feats	feat	NNS
19880	2081	8	,	,	,
19880	2081	9	but	but	CC
19880	2081	10	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2081	11	are	be	VBP
19880	2081	12	not	not	RB
19880	2081	13	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	2081	14	results	result	NNS
19880	2081	15	,	,	,
19880	2081	16	and	and	CC
19880	2081	17	,	,	,
19880	2081	18	as	as	IN
19880	2081	19	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2081	20	have	have	VBP
19880	2081	21	before	before	RB
19880	2081	22	insisted	insist	VBN
19880	2081	23	,	,	,
19880	2081	24	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2081	25	are	be	VBP
19880	2081	26	injurious	injurious	JJ
19880	2081	27	in	in	IN
19880	2081	28	many	many	JJ
19880	2081	29	cases	case	NNS
19880	2081	30	to	to	IN
19880	2081	31	the	the	DT
19880	2081	32	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2081	33	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2081	34	,	,	,
19880	2081	35	while	while	IN
19880	2081	36	good	good	JJ
19880	2081	37	voice	voice	NN
19880	2081	38	-	-	HYPH
19880	2081	39	production	production	NN
19880	2081	40	strengthens	strengthen	VBZ
19880	2081	41	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2081	42	.	.	.
19880	2082	1	5	5	CD
19880	2082	2	.	.	.
19880	2083	1	The	the	DT
19880	2083	2	swell	swell	NN
19880	2083	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2083	4	simply	simply	RB
19880	2083	5	a	a	DT
19880	2083	6	modification	modification	NN
19880	2083	7	of	of	IN
19880	2083	8	the	the	DT
19880	2083	9	sustained	sustained	JJ
19880	2083	10	tone	tone	NN
19880	2083	11	.	.	.
19880	2084	1	When	when	WRB
19880	2084	2	a	a	DT
19880	2084	3	tone	tone	NN
19880	2084	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2084	5	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19880	2084	6	sustained	sustain	VBN
19880	2084	7	,	,	,
19880	2084	8	without	without	IN
19880	2084	9	any	any	DT
19880	2084	10	change	change	NN
19880	2084	11	in	in	IN
19880	2084	12	volume	volume	NN
19880	2084	13	,	,	,
19880	2084	14	etc	etc	FW
19880	2084	15	.	.	FW
19880	2084	16	,	,	,
19880	2084	17	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2084	18	have	have	VBP
19880	2084	19	a	a	DT
19880	2084	20	most	most	RBS
19880	2084	21	valuable	valuable	JJ
19880	2084	22	effect	effect	NN
19880	2084	23	,	,	,
19880	2084	24	and	and	CC
19880	2084	25	one	one	CD
19880	2084	26	very	very	RB
19880	2084	27	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	2084	28	to	to	TO
19880	2084	29	achieve	achieve	VB
19880	2084	30	,	,	,
19880	2084	31	because	because	IN
19880	2084	32	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2084	33	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	2084	34	such	such	PDT
19880	2084	35	a	a	DT
19880	2084	36	steady	steady	JJ
19880	2084	37	application	application	NN
19880	2084	38	of	of	IN
19880	2084	39	the	the	DT
19880	2084	40	breath	breath	NN
19880	2084	41	power	power	NN
19880	2084	42	and	and	CC
19880	2084	43	such	such	JJ
19880	2084	44	nice	nice	JJ
19880	2084	45	adjustments	adjustment	NNS
19880	2084	46	of	of	IN
19880	2084	47	all	all	PDT
19880	2084	48	the	the	DT
19880	2084	49	parts	part	NNS
19880	2084	50	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	2084	51	.	.	.
19880	2085	1	To	to	TO
19880	2085	2	produce	produce	VB
19880	2085	3	a	a	DT
19880	2085	4	tone	tone	NN
19880	2085	5	with	with	IN
19880	2085	6	variations	variation	NNS
19880	2085	7	in	in	IN
19880	2085	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2085	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	2085	10	easy	easy	JJ
19880	2085	11	enough	enough	RB
19880	2085	12	,	,	,
19880	2085	13	and	and	CC
19880	2085	14	that	that	DT
19880	2085	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	2085	16	what	what	WP
19880	2085	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	2085	18	usually	usually	RB
19880	2085	19	given	give	VBN
19880	2085	20	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2085	21	instead	instead	RB
19880	2085	22	of	of	IN
19880	2085	23	the	the	DT
19880	2085	24	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19880	2085	25	even	even	RB
19880	2085	26	tone	tone	NN
19880	2085	27	,	,	,
19880	2085	28	reminding	remind	VBG
19880	2085	29	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2085	30	of	of	IN
19880	2085	31	a	a	DT
19880	2085	32	straight	straight	JJ
19880	2085	33	line	line	NN
19880	2085	34	.	.	.
19880	2086	1	In	in	IN
19880	2086	2	the	the	DT
19880	2086	3	swell	swell	NN
19880	2086	4	,	,	,
19880	2086	5	as	as	IN
19880	2086	6	the	the	DT
19880	2086	7	name	name	NN
19880	2086	8	suggests	suggest	VBZ
19880	2086	9	,	,	,
19880	2086	10	the	the	DT
19880	2086	11	tone	tone	NN
19880	2086	12	should	should	MD
19880	2086	13	rise	rise	VB
19880	2086	14	gradually	gradually	RB
19880	2086	15	in	in	IN
19880	2086	16	volume	volume	NN
19880	2086	17	or	or	CC
19880	2086	18	loudness	loudness	NN
19880	2086	19	,	,	,
19880	2086	20	and	and	CC
19880	2086	21	as	as	IN
19880	2086	22	gradually	gradually	RB
19880	2086	23	decline	decline	VBP
19880	2086	24	.	.	.
19880	2087	1	If	if	IN
19880	2087	2	this	this	DT
19880	2087	3	can	can	MD
19880	2087	4	be	be	VB
19880	2087	5	done	do	VBN
19880	2087	6	readily	readily	RB
19880	2087	7	,	,	,
19880	2087	8	and	and	CC
19880	2087	9	continued	continue	VBD
19880	2087	10	for	for	IN
19880	2087	11	several	several	JJ
19880	2087	12	seconds	second	NNS
19880	2087	13	,	,	,
19880	2087	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2087	15	will	will	MD
19880	2087	16	be	be	VB
19880	2087	17	easy	easy	JJ
19880	2087	18	to	to	TO
19880	2087	19	produce	produce	VB
19880	2087	20	other	other	JJ
19880	2087	21	effects	effect	NNS
19880	2087	22	,	,	,
19880	2087	23	as	as	IN
19880	2087	24	the	the	DT
19880	2087	25	sudden	sudden	JJ
19880	2087	26	swell	swell	NN
19880	2087	27	,	,	,
19880	2087	28	but	but	CC
19880	2087	29	such	such	JJ
19880	2087	30	effects	effect	NNS
19880	2087	31	should	should	MD
19880	2087	32	come	come	VB
19880	2087	33	after	after	RB
19880	2087	34	,	,	,
19880	2087	35	not	not	RB
19880	2087	36	before	before	IN
19880	2087	37	,	,	,
19880	2087	38	the	the	DT
19880	2087	39	slower	slow	JJR
19880	2087	40	ones	one	NNS
19880	2087	41	.	.	.
19880	2088	1	A	a	DT
19880	2088	2	critical	critical	JJ
19880	2088	3	observer	observer	NN
19880	2088	4	soon	soon	RB
19880	2088	5	realizes	realize	VBZ
19880	2088	6	the	the	DT
19880	2088	7	defects	defect	NNS
19880	2088	8	of	of	IN
19880	2088	9	modern	modern	JJ
19880	2088	10	technique	technique	NN
19880	2088	11	when	when	WRB
19880	2088	12	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2088	13	listens	listen	VBZ
19880	2088	14	to	to	IN
19880	2088	15	a	a	DT
19880	2088	16	singer	singer	NN
19880	2088	17	's	's	POS
19880	2088	18	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2088	19	when	when	WRB
19880	2088	20	attempting	attempt	VBG
19880	2088	21	slow	slow	JJ
19880	2088	22	effects	effect	NNS
19880	2088	23	,	,	,
19880	2088	24	as	as	IN
19880	2088	25	in	in	IN
19880	2088	26	a	a	DT
19880	2088	27	softly	softly	RB
19880	2088	28	sustained	sustain	VBN
19880	2088	29	melody	melody	NN
19880	2088	30	.	.	.
19880	2089	1	Only	only	RB
19880	2089	2	the	the	DT
19880	2089	3	well	well	RB
19880	2089	4	-	-	HYPH
19880	2089	5	trained	train	VBN
19880	2089	6	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	2089	7	can	can	MD
19880	2089	8	hope	hope	VB
19880	2089	9	to	to	TO
19880	2089	10	sing	sing	VB
19880	2089	11	such	such	PDT
19880	2089	12	a	a	DT
19880	2089	13	melody	melody	NN
19880	2089	14	,	,	,
19880	2089	15	especially	especially	RB
19880	2089	16	if	if	IN
19880	2089	17	long	long	RB
19880	2089	18	sustained	sustain	VBN
19880	2089	19	,	,	,
19880	2089	20	in	in	IN
19880	2089	21	a	a	DT
19880	2089	22	way	way	NN
19880	2089	23	to	to	TO
19880	2089	24	meet	meet	VB
19880	2089	25	the	the	DT
19880	2089	26	demands	demand	NNS
19880	2089	27	of	of	IN
19880	2089	28	an	an	DT
19880	2089	29	exacting	exact	VBG
19880	2089	30	ear	ear	NN
19880	2089	31	and	and	CC
19880	2089	32	advanced	advanced	JJ
19880	2089	33	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2089	34	taste	taste	NN
19880	2089	35	.	.	.
19880	2090	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2090	2	will	will	MD
19880	2090	3	be	be	VB
19880	2090	4	apparent	apparent	JJ
19880	2090	5	that	that	IN
19880	2090	6	the	the	DT
19880	2090	7	swell	swell	NN
19880	2090	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	2090	9	the	the	DT
19880	2090	10	basis	basis	NN
19880	2090	11	of	of	IN
19880	2090	12	shading	shade	VBG
19880	2090	13	,	,	,
19880	2090	14	a	a	DT
19880	2090	15	quality	quality	NN
19880	2090	16	that	that	WDT
19880	2090	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	2090	18	so	so	RB
19880	2090	19	highly	highly	RB
19880	2090	20	appreciated	appreciate	VBN
19880	2090	21	in	in	IN
19880	2090	22	this	this	DT
19880	2090	23	refined	refined	JJ
19880	2090	24	age	age	NN
19880	2090	25	.	.	.
19880	2091	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2091	2	who	who	WP
19880	2091	3	can	can	MD
19880	2091	4	manage	manage	VB
19880	2091	5	the	the	DT
19880	2091	6	swell	swell	NN
19880	2091	7	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19880	2091	8	has	have	VBZ
19880	2091	9	the	the	DT
19880	2091	10	secret	secret	NN
19880	2091	11	of	of	IN
19880	2091	12	this	this	DT
19880	2091	13	effect	effect	NN
19880	2091	14	in	in	IN
19880	2091	15	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2091	16	possession	possession	NN
19880	2091	17	as	as	IN
19880	2091	18	have	have	VBP
19880	2091	19	none	none	NN
19880	2091	20	others	other	NNS
19880	2091	21	.	.	.
19880	2092	1	Although	although	IN
19880	2092	2	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2092	3	have	have	VBP
19880	2092	4	referred	refer	VBN
19880	2092	5	more	more	JJR
19880	2092	6	to	to	IN
19880	2092	7	the	the	DT
19880	2092	8	singer	singer	NN
19880	2092	9	than	than	IN
19880	2092	10	to	to	IN
19880	2092	11	the	the	DT
19880	2092	12	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2092	13	,	,	,
19880	2092	14	in	in	IN
19880	2092	15	this	this	DT
19880	2092	16	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	2092	17	,	,	,
19880	2092	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2092	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	2092	20	to	to	TO
19880	2092	21	be	be	VB
19880	2092	22	understood	understand	VBN
19880	2092	23	that	that	IN
19880	2092	24	these	these	DT
19880	2092	25	and	and	CC
19880	2092	26	all	all	DT
19880	2092	27	other	other	JJ
19880	2092	28	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	2092	29	suggested	suggest	VBN
19880	2092	30	are	be	VBP
19880	2092	31	of	of	IN
19880	2092	32	great	great	JJ
19880	2092	33	value	value	NN
19880	2092	34	in	in	IN
19880	2092	35	forming	form	VBG
19880	2092	36	the	the	DT
19880	2092	37	voice	voice	NN
19880	2092	38	for	for	IN
19880	2092	39	public	public	JJ
19880	2092	40	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	2092	41	.	.	.
19880	2093	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2093	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2093	3	not	not	RB
19880	2093	4	so	so	RB
19880	2093	5	important	important	JJ
19880	2093	6	,	,	,
19880	2093	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2093	8	must	must	MD
19880	2093	9	be	be	VB
19880	2093	10	admitted	admit	VBN
19880	2093	11	,	,	,
19880	2093	12	for	for	IN
19880	2093	13	the	the	DT
19880	2093	14	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2093	15	as	as	IN
19880	2093	16	for	for	IN
19880	2093	17	the	the	DT
19880	2093	18	singer	singer	NN
19880	2093	19	that	that	IN
19880	2093	20	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2093	21	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2093	22	be	be	VBP
19880	2093	23	musically	musically	RB
19880	2093	24	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2093	25	,	,	,
19880	2093	26	as	as	IN
19880	2093	27	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2093	28	relies	rely	VBZ
19880	2093	29	more	more	RBR
19880	2093	30	on	on	IN
19880	2093	31	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	2093	32	than	than	IN
19880	2093	33	on	on	IN
19880	2093	34	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2093	35	,	,	,
19880	2093	36	still	still	RB
19880	2093	37	,	,	,
19880	2093	38	with	with	IN
19880	2093	39	every	every	DT
19880	2093	40	idea	idea	NN
19880	2093	41	employed	employ	VBN
19880	2093	42	by	by	IN
19880	2093	43	the	the	DT
19880	2093	44	public	public	JJ
19880	2093	45	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2093	46	there	there	EX
19880	2093	47	is	be	VBZ
19880	2093	48	the	the	DT
19880	2093	49	inseparable	inseparable	JJ
19880	2093	50	feeling	feeling	NN
19880	2093	51	,	,	,
19880	2093	52	or	or	CC
19880	2093	53	"	"	``
19880	2093	54	feeling	feel	VBG
19880	2093	55	-	-	HYPH
19880	2093	56	tone	tone	NN
19880	2093	57	;	;	:
19880	2093	58	"	"	``
19880	2093	59	so	so	IN
19880	2093	60	that	that	IN
19880	2093	61	the	the	DT
19880	2093	62	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2093	63	,	,	,
19880	2093	64	as	as	RB
19880	2093	65	well	well	RB
19880	2093	66	as	as	IN
19880	2093	67	the	the	DT
19880	2093	68	singer	singer	NN
19880	2093	69	,	,	,
19880	2093	70	is	be	VBZ
19880	2093	71	to	to	IN
19880	2093	72	some	some	DT
19880	2093	73	extent	extent	NN
19880	2093	74	dependent	dependent	JJ
19880	2093	75	on	on	IN
19880	2093	76	tone	tone	NN
19880	2093	77	painting	painting	NN
19880	2093	78	--	--	:
19880	2093	79	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	2093	80	,	,	,
19880	2093	81	must	must	MD
19880	2093	82	be	be	VB
19880	2093	83	,	,	,
19880	2093	84	if	if	IN
19880	2093	85	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2093	86	will	will	MD
19880	2093	87	be	be	VB
19880	2093	88	no	no	DT
19880	2093	89	mere	mere	JJ
19880	2093	90	man	man	NN
19880	2093	91	of	of	IN
19880	2093	92	wood	wood	NN
19880	2093	93	,	,	,
19880	2093	94	a	a	DT
19880	2093	95	"	"	``
19880	2093	96	dry	dry	JJ
19880	2093	97	stick	stick	NN
19880	2093	98	,	,	,
19880	2093	99	"	"	''
19880	2093	100	to	to	IN
19880	2093	101	some	some	DT
19880	2093	102	extent	extent	NN
19880	2093	103	,	,	,
19880	2093	104	in	in	IN
19880	2093	105	spite	spite	NN
19880	2093	106	of	of	IN
19880	2093	107	the	the	DT
19880	2093	108	use	use	NN
19880	2093	109	of	of	IN
19880	2093	110	appropriate	appropriate	JJ
19880	2093	111	language	language	NN
19880	2093	112	,	,	,
19880	2093	113	gestures	gesture	NNS
19880	2093	114	,	,	,
19880	2093	115	etc	etc	FW
19880	2093	116	.	.	.
19880	2094	1	There	there	EX
19880	2094	2	are	be	VBP
19880	2094	3	many	many	JJ
19880	2094	4	avenues	avenue	NNS
19880	2094	5	to	to	IN
19880	2094	6	the	the	DT
19880	2094	7	heart	heart	NN
19880	2094	8	,	,	,
19880	2094	9	and	and	CC
19880	2094	10	that	that	IN
19880	2094	11	by	by	IN
19880	2094	12	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2094	13	can	can	MD
19880	2094	14	not	not	RB
19880	2094	15	with	with	IN
19880	2094	16	impunity	impunity	NN
19880	2094	17	be	be	VB
19880	2094	18	neglected	neglect	VBN
19880	2094	19	by	by	IN
19880	2094	20	the	the	DT
19880	2094	21	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2094	22	,	,	,
19880	2094	23	though	though	IN
19880	2094	24	for	for	IN
19880	2094	25	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2094	26	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	2094	27	the	the	DT
19880	2094	28	singing	singing	NN
19880	2094	29	of	of	IN
19880	2094	30	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2094	31	need	need	VBP
19880	2094	32	occupy	occupy	NNP
19880	2094	33	only	only	JJ
19880	2094	34	weeks	week	NNS
19880	2094	35	or	or	CC
19880	2094	36	months	month	NNS
19880	2094	37	,	,	,
19880	2094	38	while	while	IN
19880	2094	39	for	for	IN
19880	2094	40	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2094	41	,	,	,
19880	2094	42	in	in	IN
19880	2094	43	the	the	DT
19880	2094	44	case	case	NN
19880	2094	45	of	of	IN
19880	2094	46	all	all	DT
19880	2094	47	who	who	WP
19880	2094	48	would	would	MD
19880	2094	49	attain	attain	VB
19880	2094	50	to	to	IN
19880	2094	51	a	a	DT
19880	2094	52	high	high	JJ
19880	2094	53	degree	degree	NN
19880	2094	54	of	of	IN
19880	2094	55	excellence	excellence	NN
19880	2094	56	,	,	,
19880	2094	57	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2094	58	must	must	MD
19880	2094	59	extend	extend	VB
19880	2094	60	over	over	IN
19880	2094	61	years	year	NNS
19880	2094	62	.	.	.
19880	2095	1	"	"	``
19880	2095	2	FORWARD	forward	NN
19880	2095	3	,	,	,
19880	2095	4	"	"	''
19880	2095	5	"	"	``
19880	2095	6	BACKWARD	BACKWARD	NNP
19880	2095	7	,	,	,
19880	2095	8	"	"	''
19880	2095	9	ETC	ETC	NNP
19880	2095	10	.	.	NNP
19880	2095	11	,	,	,
19880	2095	12	PRODUCTION	production	NN
19880	2095	13	.	.	.
19880	2096	1	Certain	certain	JJ
19880	2096	2	expressions	expression	NNS
19880	2096	3	are	be	VBP
19880	2096	4	in	in	IN
19880	2096	5	common	common	JJ
19880	2096	6	use	use	NN
19880	2096	7	by	by	IN
19880	2096	8	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	2096	9	and	and	CC
19880	2096	10	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2096	11	,	,	,
19880	2096	12	such	such	JJ
19880	2096	13	as	as	IN
19880	2096	14	"	"	``
19880	2096	15	to	to	TO
19880	2096	16	direct	direct	VB
19880	2096	17	the	the	DT
19880	2096	18	breath	breath	NN
19880	2096	19	forward	forward	RB
19880	2096	20	,	,	,
19880	2096	21	"	"	''
19880	2096	22	"	"	``
19880	2096	23	forward	forward	JJ
19880	2096	24	production	production	NN
19880	2096	25	,	,	,
19880	2096	26	"	"	''
19880	2096	27	"	"	``
19880	2096	28	backward	backward	JJ
19880	2096	29	production	production	NN
19880	2096	30	,	,	,
19880	2096	31	"	"	''
19880	2096	32	etc	etc	FW
19880	2096	33	.	.	.
19880	2097	1	No	no	RB
19880	2097	2	doubt	doubt	RB
19880	2097	3	such	such	JJ
19880	2097	4	terms	term	NNS
19880	2097	5	may	may	MD
19880	2097	6	serve	serve	VB
19880	2097	7	a	a	DT
19880	2097	8	practical	practical	JJ
19880	2097	9	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	2097	10	,	,	,
19880	2097	11	though	though	IN
19880	2097	12	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2097	13	are	be	VBP
19880	2097	14	often	often	RB
19880	2097	15	used	use	VBN
19880	2097	16	with	with	IN
19880	2097	17	lamentable	lamentable	JJ
19880	2097	18	vagueness	vagueness	NN
19880	2097	19	,	,	,
19880	2097	20	but	but	CC
19880	2097	21	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2097	22	must	must	MD
19880	2097	23	be	be	VB
19880	2097	24	understood	understand	VBN
19880	2097	25	that	that	IN
19880	2097	26	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2097	27	do	do	VBP
19880	2097	28	not	not	RB
19880	2097	29	answer	answer	VB
19880	2097	30	to	to	IN
19880	2097	31	any	any	DT
19880	2097	32	clearly	clearly	RB
19880	2097	33	demonstrated	demonstrate	VBN
19880	2097	34	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2097	35	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2097	36	.	.	.
19880	2098	1	There	there	EX
19880	2098	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2098	3	,	,	,
19880	2098	4	for	for	IN
19880	2098	5	example	example	NN
19880	2098	6	,	,	,
19880	2098	7	no	no	DT
19880	2098	8	clear	clear	JJ
19880	2098	9	evidence	evidence	NN
19880	2098	10	that	that	IN
19880	2098	11	the	the	DT
19880	2098	12	breath	breath	NN
19880	2098	13	can	can	MD
19880	2098	14	be	be	VB
19880	2098	15	directed	direct	VBN
19880	2098	16	toward	toward	IN
19880	2098	17	the	the	DT
19880	2098	18	hard	hard	JJ
19880	2098	19	palate	palate	NN
19880	2098	20	in	in	IN
19880	2098	21	the	the	DT
19880	2098	22	neighborhood	neighborhood	NN
19880	2098	23	of	of	IN
19880	2098	24	the	the	DT
19880	2098	25	teeth	tooth	NNS
19880	2098	26	,	,	,
19880	2098	27	as	as	IN
19880	2098	28	the	the	DT
19880	2098	29	drawings	drawing	NNS
19880	2098	30	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	2098	31	published	publish	VBN
19880	2098	32	would	would	MD
19880	2098	33	indicate	indicate	VB
19880	2098	34	.	.	.
19880	2099	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2099	2	has	have	VBZ
19880	2099	3	already	already	RB
19880	2099	4	been	be	VBN
19880	2099	5	many	many	JJ
19880	2099	6	times	time	NNS
19880	2099	7	urged	urge	VBD
19880	2099	8	that	that	IN
19880	2099	9	when	when	WRB
19880	2099	10	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	2099	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	2099	12	satisfactory	satisfactory	JJ
19880	2099	13	,	,	,
19880	2099	14	breath	breath	NN
19880	2099	15	does	do	VBZ
19880	2099	16	not	not	RB
19880	2099	17	escape	escape	VB
19880	2099	18	to	to	IN
19880	2099	19	any	any	DT
19880	2099	20	considerable	considerable	JJ
19880	2099	21	extent	extent	NN
19880	2099	22	into	into	IN
19880	2099	23	the	the	DT
19880	2099	24	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2099	25	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2099	26	,	,	,
19880	2099	27	but	but	CC
19880	2099	28	that	that	IN
19880	2099	29	the	the	DT
19880	2099	30	expiratory	expiratory	NN
19880	2099	31	blast	blast	NN
19880	2099	32	is	be	VBZ
19880	2099	33	used	use	VBN
19880	2099	34	to	to	TO
19880	2099	35	set	set	VB
19880	2099	36	the	the	DT
19880	2099	37	air	air	NN
19880	2099	38	of	of	IN
19880	2099	39	the	the	DT
19880	2099	40	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2099	41	-	-	HYPH
19880	2099	42	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2099	43	into	into	IN
19880	2099	44	vibration	vibration	NN
19880	2099	45	.	.	.
19880	2100	1	The	the	DT
19880	2100	2	changes	change	NNS
19880	2100	3	that	that	WDT
19880	2100	4	must	must	MD
19880	2100	5	be	be	VB
19880	2100	6	made	make	VBN
19880	2100	7	in	in	IN
19880	2100	8	these	these	DT
19880	2100	9	cavities	cavity	NNS
19880	2100	10	,	,	,
19880	2100	11	to	to	TO
19880	2100	12	lead	lead	VB
19880	2100	13	to	to	IN
19880	2100	14	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2100	15	effects	effect	NNS
19880	2100	16	,	,	,
19880	2100	17	are	be	VBP
19880	2100	18	accompanied	accompany	VBN
19880	2100	19	by	by	IN
19880	2100	20	characteristic	characteristic	JJ
19880	2100	21	sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	2100	22	,	,	,
19880	2100	23	and	and	CC
19880	2100	24	these	these	DT
19880	2100	25	,	,	,
19880	2100	26	and	and	CC
19880	2100	27	not	not	RB
19880	2100	28	the	the	DT
19880	2100	29	direction	direction	NN
19880	2100	30	of	of	IN
19880	2100	31	the	the	DT
19880	2100	32	breath	breath	NN
19880	2100	33	,	,	,
19880	2100	34	are	be	VBP
19880	2100	35	largely	largely	RB
19880	2100	36	responsible	responsible	JJ
19880	2100	37	for	for	IN
19880	2100	38	the	the	DT
19880	2100	39	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	2100	40	on	on	IN
19880	2100	41	which	which	WDT
19880	2100	42	the	the	DT
19880	2100	43	above	above	JJ
19880	2100	44	expressions	expression	NNS
19880	2100	45	rest	rest	VBP
19880	2100	46	.	.	.
19880	2101	1	As	as	IN
19880	2101	2	before	before	IN
19880	2101	3	shown	show	VBN
19880	2101	4	,	,	,
19880	2101	5	the	the	DT
19880	2101	6	soft	soft	JJ
19880	2101	7	palate	palate	NN
19880	2101	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	2101	9	constantly	constantly	RB
19880	2101	10	being	be	VBG
19880	2101	11	used	use	VBN
19880	2101	12	more	more	RBR
19880	2101	13	or	or	CC
19880	2101	14	less	less	RBR
19880	2101	15	,	,	,
19880	2101	16	and	and	CC
19880	2101	17	when	when	WRB
19880	2101	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2101	19	and	and	CC
19880	2101	20	the	the	DT
19880	2101	21	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2101	22	unite	unite	NN
19880	2101	23	in	in	IN
19880	2101	24	action	action	NN
19880	2101	25	so	so	IN
19880	2101	26	as	as	IN
19880	2101	27	to	to	TO
19880	2101	28	cut	cut	VB
19880	2101	29	off	off	RP
19880	2101	30	the	the	DT
19880	2101	31	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2101	32	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2101	33	,	,	,
19880	2101	34	or	or	CC
19880	2101	35	,	,	,
19880	2101	36	more	more	RBR
19880	2101	37	strictly	strictly	RB
19880	2101	38	,	,	,
19880	2101	39	the	the	DT
19880	2101	40	anterior	anterior	JJ
19880	2101	41	portion	portion	NN
19880	2101	42	of	of	IN
19880	2101	43	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2101	44	,	,	,
19880	2101	45	from	from	IN
19880	2101	46	the	the	DT
19880	2101	47	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	2101	48	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2101	49	,	,	,
19880	2101	50	a	a	DT
19880	2101	51	very	very	RB
19880	2101	52	pronounced	pronounced	JJ
19880	2101	53	modification	modification	NN
19880	2101	54	in	in	IN
19880	2101	55	the	the	DT
19880	2101	56	tone	tone	NN
19880	2101	57	results	result	NNS
19880	2101	58	,	,	,
19880	2101	59	and	and	CC
19880	2101	60	,	,	,
19880	2101	61	of	of	IN
19880	2101	62	necessity	necessity	NN
19880	2101	63	,	,	,
19880	2101	64	such	such	JJ
19880	2101	65	actual	actual	JJ
19880	2101	66	escape	escape	NN
19880	2101	67	of	of	IN
19880	2101	68	breath	breath	NN
19880	2101	69	as	as	IN
19880	2101	70	occurs	occur	VBZ
19880	2101	71	takes	take	VBZ
19880	2101	72	place	place	NN
19880	2101	73	through	through	IN
19880	2101	74	the	the	DT
19880	2101	75	nose	nose	NN
19880	2101	76	.	.	.
19880	2102	1	In	in	IN
19880	2102	2	reality	reality	NN
19880	2102	3	,	,	,
19880	2102	4	there	there	EX
19880	2102	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	2102	6	a	a	DT
19880	2102	7	special	special	JJ
19880	2102	8	modification	modification	NN
19880	2102	9	of	of	IN
19880	2102	10	the	the	DT
19880	2102	11	shape	shape	NN
19880	2102	12	of	of	IN
19880	2102	13	the	the	DT
19880	2102	14	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2102	15	-	-	HYPH
19880	2102	16	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2102	17	for	for	IN
19880	2102	18	every	every	DT
19880	2102	19	tone	tone	NN
19880	2102	20	produced	produce	VBN
19880	2102	21	,	,	,
19880	2102	22	and	and	CC
19880	2102	23	especially	especially	RB
19880	2102	24	when	when	WRB
19880	2102	25	the	the	DT
19880	2102	26	color	color	NN
19880	2102	27	or	or	CC
19880	2102	28	quality	quality	NN
19880	2102	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	2102	30	changed	change	VBN
19880	2102	31	,	,	,
19880	2102	32	as	as	RB
19880	2102	33	well	well	RB
19880	2102	34	as	as	IN
19880	2102	35	the	the	DT
19880	2102	36	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2102	37	.	.	.
19880	2103	1	There	there	EX
19880	2103	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2103	3	,	,	,
19880	2103	4	therefore	therefore	RB
19880	2103	5	,	,	,
19880	2103	6	not	not	RB
19880	2103	7	only	only	RB
19880	2103	8	"	"	``
19880	2103	9	forward	forward	RB
19880	2103	10	"	"	''
19880	2103	11	and	and	CC
19880	2103	12	"	"	``
19880	2103	13	backward	backward	JJ
19880	2103	14	"	"	''
19880	2103	15	but	but	CC
19880	2103	16	also	also	RB
19880	2103	17	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2103	18	production	production	NN
19880	2103	19	,	,	,
19880	2103	20	though	though	RB
19880	2103	21	,	,	,
19880	2103	22	in	in	IN
19880	2103	23	reality	reality	NN
19880	2103	24	,	,	,
19880	2103	25	these	these	DT
19880	2103	26	terms	term	NNS
19880	2103	27	at	at	IN
19880	2103	28	best	best	RB
19880	2103	29	but	but	CC
19880	2103	30	imperfectly	imperfectly	RB
19880	2103	31	describe	describe	VBP
19880	2103	32	,	,	,
19880	2103	33	even	even	RB
19880	2103	34	for	for	IN
19880	2103	35	practical	practical	JJ
19880	2103	36	purposes	purpose	NNS
19880	2103	37	,	,	,
19880	2103	38	what	what	WP
19880	2103	39	happens	happen	VBZ
19880	2103	40	.	.	.
19880	2104	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2104	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2104	3	to	to	TO
19880	2104	4	be	be	VB
19880	2104	5	feared	fear	VBN
19880	2104	6	that	that	IN
19880	2104	7	with	with	IN
19880	2104	8	some	some	DT
19880	2104	9	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	2104	10	of	of	IN
19880	2104	11	both	both	DT
19880	2104	12	singing	singe	VBG
19880	2104	13	and	and	CC
19880	2104	14	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	2104	15	"	"	``
19880	2104	16	forward	forward	RB
19880	2104	17	production	production	NN
19880	2104	18	"	"	''
19880	2104	19	has	have	VBZ
19880	2104	20	become	become	VBN
19880	2104	21	a	a	DT
19880	2104	22	sort	sort	NN
19880	2104	23	of	of	IN
19880	2104	24	panacea	panacea	NN
19880	2104	25	for	for	IN
19880	2104	26	all	all	DT
19880	2104	27	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2104	28	ills	ill	NNS
19880	2104	29	;	;	:
19880	2104	30	but	but	CC
19880	2104	31	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2104	32	is	be	VBZ
19880	2104	33	not	not	RB
19880	2104	34	,	,	,
19880	2104	35	and	and	CC
19880	2104	36	just	just	RB
19880	2104	37	the	the	DT
19880	2104	38	reverse	reverse	JJ
19880	2104	39	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	2104	40	is	be	VBZ
19880	2104	41	required	require	VBN
19880	2104	42	in	in	IN
19880	2104	43	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2104	44	cases	case	NNS
19880	2104	45	.	.	.
19880	2105	1	If	if	IN
19880	2105	2	a	a	DT
19880	2105	3	voice	voice	NN
19880	2105	4	be	be	VB
19880	2105	5	brilliant	brilliant	JJ
19880	2105	6	,	,	,
19880	2105	7	yet	yet	CC
19880	2105	8	hard	hard	JJ
19880	2105	9	,	,	,
19880	2105	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2105	11	will	will	MD
19880	2105	12	be	be	VB
19880	2105	13	improved	improve	VBN
19880	2105	14	by	by	IN
19880	2105	15	a	a	DT
19880	2105	16	more	more	RBR
19880	2105	17	backward	backward	JJ
19880	2105	18	production	production	NN
19880	2105	19	,	,	,
19880	2105	20	judiciously	judiciously	RB
19880	2105	21	employed	employ	VBN
19880	2105	22	,	,	,
19880	2105	23	and	and	CC
19880	2105	24	in	in	IN
19880	2105	25	this	this	DT
19880	2105	26	way	way	NN
19880	2105	27	the	the	DT
19880	2105	28	French	french	JJ
19880	2105	29	language	language	NN
19880	2105	30	is	be	VBZ
19880	2105	31	often	often	RB
19880	2105	32	to	to	TO
19880	2105	33	be	be	VB
19880	2105	34	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	2105	35	to	to	IN
19880	2105	36	such	such	JJ
19880	2105	37	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2105	38	,	,	,
19880	2105	39	as	as	IN
19880	2105	40	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2105	41	favors	favor	VBZ
19880	2105	42	this	this	DT
19880	2105	43	backward	backward	JJ
19880	2105	44	production	production	NN
19880	2105	45	,	,	,
19880	2105	46	with	with	IN
19880	2105	47	such	such	JJ
19880	2105	48	use	use	NN
19880	2105	49	of	of	IN
19880	2105	50	the	the	DT
19880	2105	51	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	2105	52	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2105	53	as	as	IN
19880	2105	54	mellows	mellow	VBZ
19880	2105	55	the	the	DT
19880	2105	56	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2105	57	.	.	.
19880	2106	1	The	the	DT
19880	2106	2	tenor	tenor	NN
19880	2106	3	who	who	WP
19880	2106	4	has	have	VBZ
19880	2106	5	not	not	RB
19880	2106	6	learned	learn	VBN
19880	2106	7	the	the	DT
19880	2106	8	use	use	NN
19880	2106	9	of	of	IN
19880	2106	10	the	the	DT
19880	2106	11	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	2106	12	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2106	13	,	,	,
19880	2106	14	to	to	TO
19880	2106	15	give	give	VB
19880	2106	16	richness	richness	NN
19880	2106	17	to	to	IN
19880	2106	18	the	the	DT
19880	2106	19	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2106	20	of	of	IN
19880	2106	21	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2106	22	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2106	23	and	and	CC
19880	2106	24	upper	upper	JJ
19880	2106	25	range	range	NN
19880	2106	26	,	,	,
19880	2106	27	has	have	VBZ
19880	2106	28	missed	miss	VBN
19880	2106	29	a	a	DT
19880	2106	30	valuable	valuable	JJ
19880	2106	31	principle	principle	NN
19880	2106	32	.	.	.
19880	2107	1	On	on	IN
19880	2107	2	the	the	DT
19880	2107	3	other	other	JJ
19880	2107	4	hand	hand	NN
19880	2107	5	,	,	,
19880	2107	6	for	for	IN
19880	2107	7	voices	voice	NNS
19880	2107	8	that	that	WDT
19880	2107	9	are	be	VBP
19880	2107	10	too	too	RB
19880	2107	11	soft	soft	JJ
19880	2107	12	,	,	,
19880	2107	13	lack	lack	NN
19880	2107	14	brightness	brightness	NN
19880	2107	15	,	,	,
19880	2107	16	and	and	CC
19880	2107	17	fail	fail	VB
19880	2107	18	in	in	IN
19880	2107	19	carrying	carrying	NN
19880	2107	20	-	-	HYPH
19880	2107	21	power	power	NN
19880	2107	22	,	,	,
19880	2107	23	a	a	DT
19880	2107	24	more	more	RBR
19880	2107	25	forward	forward	JJ
19880	2107	26	production	production	NN
19880	2107	27	will	will	MD
19880	2107	28	often	often	RB
19880	2107	29	improve	improve	VB
19880	2107	30	the	the	DT
19880	2107	31	quality	quality	NN
19880	2107	32	of	of	IN
19880	2107	33	the	the	DT
19880	2107	34	voice	voice	NN
19880	2107	35	greatly	greatly	RB
19880	2107	36	.	.	.
19880	2108	1	But	but	CC
19880	2108	2	a	a	DT
19880	2108	3	little	little	JJ
19880	2108	4	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	2108	5	must	must	MD
19880	2108	6	convince	convince	VB
19880	2108	7	the	the	DT
19880	2108	8	student	student	NN
19880	2108	9	that	that	IN
19880	2108	10	if	if	IN
19880	2108	11	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2108	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	2108	13	to	to	TO
19880	2108	14	be	be	VB
19880	2108	15	master	master	NN
19880	2108	16	of	of	IN
19880	2108	17	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2108	18	voice	voice	NN
19880	2108	19	-	-	HYPH
19880	2108	20	production	production	NN
19880	2108	21	throughout	throughout	IN
19880	2108	22	,	,	,
19880	2108	23	if	if	IN
19880	2108	24	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2108	25	is	be	VBZ
19880	2108	26	to	to	TO
19880	2108	27	produce	produce	VB
19880	2108	28	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2108	29	of	of	IN
19880	2108	30	every	every	DT
19880	2108	31	shade	shade	NN
19880	2108	32	of	of	IN
19880	2108	33	quality	quality	NN
19880	2108	34	,	,	,
19880	2108	35	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2108	36	must	must	MD
19880	2108	37	be	be	VB
19880	2108	38	able	able	JJ
19880	2108	39	to	to	TO
19880	2108	40	shift	shift	VB
19880	2108	41	that	that	DT
19880	2108	42	voice	voice	NN
19880	2108	43	about	about	IN
19880	2108	44	in	in	IN
19880	2108	45	every	every	DT
19880	2108	46	quarter	quarter	NN
19880	2108	47	as	as	IN
19880	2108	48	occasion	occasion	NN
19880	2108	49	demands	demand	VBZ
19880	2108	50	;	;	:
19880	2108	51	in	in	IN
19880	2108	52	other	other	JJ
19880	2108	53	words	word	NNS
19880	2108	54	,	,	,
19880	2108	55	_	_	NNP
19880	2108	56	all	all	PDT
19880	2108	57	the	the	DT
19880	2108	58	changes	change	NNS
19880	2108	59	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2108	60	in	in	IN
19880	2108	61	the	the	DT
19880	2108	62	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2108	63	-	-	HYPH
19880	2108	64	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2108	65	must	must	MD
19880	2108	66	be	be	VB
19880	2108	67	at	at	IN
19880	2108	68	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2108	69	command	command	NN
19880	2108	70	_	_	NNP
19880	2108	71	.	.	.
19880	2109	1	Such	such	JJ
19880	2109	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2109	3	the	the	DT
19880	2109	4	case	case	NN
19880	2109	5	in	in	IN
19880	2109	6	the	the	DT
19880	2109	7	very	very	RB
19880	2109	8	greatest	great	JJS
19880	2109	9	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2109	10	of	of	IN
19880	2109	11	both	both	DT
19880	2109	12	sexes	sex	NNS
19880	2109	13	;	;	:
19880	2109	14	and	and	CC
19880	2109	15	,	,	,
19880	2109	16	of	of	IN
19880	2109	17	course	course	NN
19880	2109	18	,	,	,
19880	2109	19	this	this	DT
19880	2109	20	applies	apply	VBZ
19880	2109	21	equally	equally	RB
19880	2109	22	,	,	,
19880	2109	23	if	if	IN
19880	2109	24	not	not	RB
19880	2109	25	still	still	RB
19880	2109	26	more	more	RBR
19880	2109	27	,	,	,
19880	2109	28	to	to	IN
19880	2109	29	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	2109	30	.	.	.
19880	2110	1	When	when	WRB
19880	2110	2	the	the	DT
19880	2110	3	voice	voice	NN
19880	2110	4	-	-	HYPH
19880	2110	5	producer	producer	NN
19880	2110	6	has	have	VBZ
19880	2110	7	learned	learn	VBN
19880	2110	8	to	to	TO
19880	2110	9	intonate	intonate	VB
19880	2110	10	surely	surely	RB
19880	2110	11	,	,	,
19880	2110	12	when	when	WRB
19880	2110	13	the	the	DT
19880	2110	14	voice	voice	NN
19880	2110	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	2110	16	"	"	``
19880	2110	17	placed	place	VBN
19880	2110	18	,	,	,
19880	2110	19	"	"	''
19880	2110	20	and	and	CC
19880	2110	21	the	the	DT
19880	2110	22	secrets	secret	NNS
19880	2110	23	of	of	IN
19880	2110	24	the	the	DT
19880	2110	25	registers	register	NNS
19880	2110	26	are	be	VBP
19880	2110	27	known	know	VBN
19880	2110	28	to	to	IN
19880	2110	29	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2110	30	,	,	,
19880	2110	31	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2110	32	will	will	MD
19880	2110	33	do	do	VB
19880	2110	34	well	well	RB
19880	2110	35	to	to	TO
19880	2110	36	experiment	experiment	VB
19880	2110	37	a	a	DT
19880	2110	38	little	little	JJ
19880	2110	39	,	,	,
19880	2110	40	cautiously	cautiously	RB
19880	2110	41	,	,	,
19880	2110	42	with	with	IN
19880	2110	43	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2110	44	own	own	JJ
19880	2110	45	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2110	46	-	-	HYPH
19880	2110	47	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2110	48	,	,	,
19880	2110	49	so	so	IN
19880	2110	50	as	as	IN
19880	2110	51	to	to	TO
19880	2110	52	widen	widen	VB
19880	2110	53	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2110	54	practical	practical	JJ
19880	2110	55	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	2110	56	of	of	IN
19880	2110	57	the	the	DT
19880	2110	58	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2110	59	underlying	underlie	VBG
19880	2110	60	the	the	DT
19880	2110	61	modification	modification	NN
19880	2110	62	of	of	IN
19880	2110	63	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2110	64	.	.	.
19880	2111	1	Why	why	WRB
19880	2111	2	should	should	MD
19880	2111	3	the	the	DT
19880	2111	4	student	student	NN
19880	2111	5	of	of	IN
19880	2111	6	the	the	DT
19880	2111	7	voice	voice	NN
19880	2111	8	remain	remain	VBP
19880	2111	9	a	a	DT
19880	2111	10	mere	mere	JJ
19880	2111	11	imitator	imitator	NN
19880	2111	12	,	,	,
19880	2111	13	when	when	WRB
19880	2111	14	the	the	DT
19880	2111	15	one	one	NN
19880	2111	16	who	who	WP
19880	2111	17	works	work	VBZ
19880	2111	18	in	in	IN
19880	2111	19	any	any	DT
19880	2111	20	other	other	JJ
19880	2111	21	direction	direction	NN
19880	2111	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	2111	23	,	,	,
19880	2111	24	or	or	CC
19880	2111	25	should	should	MD
19880	2111	26	be	be	VB
19880	2111	27	,	,	,
19880	2111	28	encouraged	encourage	VBN
19880	2111	29	to	to	TO
19880	2111	30	be	be	VB
19880	2111	31	an	an	DT
19880	2111	32	original	original	JJ
19880	2111	33	investigator	investigator	NN
19880	2111	34	?	?	.
19880	2112	1	The	the	DT
19880	2112	2	inability	inability	NN
19880	2112	3	of	of	IN
19880	2112	4	students	student	NNS
19880	2112	5	to	to	TO
19880	2112	6	judge	judge	VB
19880	2112	7	of	of	IN
19880	2112	8	either	either	CC
19880	2112	9	the	the	DT
19880	2112	10	grounds	ground	NNS
19880	2112	11	for	for	IN
19880	2112	12	or	or	CC
19880	2112	13	the	the	DT
19880	2112	14	value	value	NN
19880	2112	15	of	of	IN
19880	2112	16	the	the	DT
19880	2112	17	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	2112	18	and	and	CC
19880	2112	19	methods	method	NNS
19880	2112	20	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	2112	21	to	to	IN
19880	2112	22	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2112	23	by	by	IN
19880	2112	24	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2112	25	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	2112	26	seems	seem	VBZ
19880	2112	27	to	to	IN
19880	2112	28	the	the	DT
19880	2112	29	author	author	NN
19880	2112	30	to	to	TO
19880	2112	31	indicate	indicate	VB
19880	2112	32	a	a	DT
19880	2112	33	regrettable	regrettable	JJ
19880	2112	34	state	state	NN
19880	2112	35	of	of	IN
19880	2112	36	things	thing	NNS
19880	2112	37	,	,	,
19880	2112	38	which	which	WDT
19880	2112	39	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	2112	40	of	of	IN
19880	2112	41	every	every	DT
19880	2112	42	form	form	NN
19880	2112	43	of	of	IN
19880	2112	44	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2112	45	culture	culture	NN
19880	2112	46	should	should	MD
19880	2112	47	endeavor	endeavor	VB
19880	2112	48	to	to	TO
19880	2112	49	remedy	remedy	VB
19880	2112	50	.	.	.
19880	2113	1	Some	some	DT
19880	2113	2	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	2113	3	do	do	VBP
19880	2113	4	not	not	RB
19880	2113	5	use	use	VB
19880	2113	6	the	the	DT
19880	2113	7	terms	term	NNS
19880	2113	8	"	"	``
19880	2113	9	backward	backward	JJ
19880	2113	10	"	"	''
19880	2113	11	and	and	CC
19880	2113	12	"	"	``
19880	2113	13	forward	forward	RB
19880	2113	14	,	,	,
19880	2113	15	"	"	''
19880	2113	16	but	but	CC
19880	2113	17	"	"	``
19880	2113	18	darkening	darken	VBG
19880	2113	19	"	"	''
19880	2113	20	and	and	CC
19880	2113	21	"	"	``
19880	2113	22	brightening	brighten	VBG
19880	2113	23	"	"	''
19880	2113	24	the	the	DT
19880	2113	25	voice	voice	NN
19880	2113	26	;	;	:
19880	2113	27	and	and	CC
19880	2113	28	,	,	,
19880	2113	29	of	of	IN
19880	2113	30	course	course	NN
19880	2113	31	,	,	,
19880	2113	32	the	the	DT
19880	2113	33	result	result	NN
19880	2113	34	of	of	IN
19880	2113	35	a	a	DT
19880	2113	36	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2113	37	use	use	NN
19880	2113	38	of	of	IN
19880	2113	39	the	the	DT
19880	2113	40	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2113	41	and	and	CC
19880	2113	42	soft	soft	JJ
19880	2113	43	palate	palate	NN
19880	2113	44	is	be	VBZ
19880	2113	45	to	to	TO
19880	2113	46	darken	darken	VB
19880	2113	47	or	or	CC
19880	2113	48	veil	veil	VB
19880	2113	49	the	the	DT
19880	2113	50	quality	quality	NN
19880	2113	51	of	of	IN
19880	2113	52	the	the	DT
19880	2113	53	voice	voice	NN
19880	2113	54	.	.	.
19880	2114	1	But	but	CC
19880	2114	2	the	the	DT
19880	2114	3	attentive	attentive	JJ
19880	2114	4	reader	reader	NN
19880	2114	5	will	will	MD
19880	2114	6	scarcely	scarcely	RB
19880	2114	7	mistake	mistake	VB
19880	2114	8	the	the	DT
19880	2114	9	author	author	NN
19880	2114	10	's	's	POS
19880	2114	11	meaning	meaning	NN
19880	2114	12	in	in	IN
19880	2114	13	the	the	DT
19880	2114	14	above	above	JJ
19880	2114	15	and	and	CC
19880	2114	16	other	other	JJ
19880	2114	17	references	reference	NNS
19880	2114	18	to	to	IN
19880	2114	19	this	this	DT
19880	2114	20	subject	subject	NN
19880	2114	21	.	.	.
19880	2115	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2115	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2115	3	scarcely	scarcely	RB
19880	2115	4	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	2115	5	to	to	TO
19880	2115	6	point	point	VB
19880	2115	7	out	out	RP
19880	2115	8	that	that	IN
19880	2115	9	in	in	IN
19880	2115	10	what	what	WP
19880	2115	11	has	have	VBZ
19880	2115	12	been	be	VBN
19880	2115	13	said	say	VBN
19880	2115	14	no	no	DT
19880	2115	15	encouragement	encouragement	NN
19880	2115	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	2115	17	intended	intend	VBN
19880	2115	18	to	to	TO
19880	2115	19	be	be	VB
19880	2115	20	given	give	VBN
19880	2115	21	to	to	IN
19880	2115	22	the	the	DT
19880	2115	23	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	2115	24	twang	twang	NNP
19880	2115	25	,	,	,
19880	2115	26	or	or	CC
19880	2115	27	any	any	DT
19880	2115	28	thing	thing	NN
19880	2115	29	resembling	resemble	VBG
19880	2115	30	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2115	31	--	--	:
19880	2115	32	and	and	CC
19880	2115	33	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2115	34	is	be	VBZ
19880	2115	35	easy	easy	JJ
19880	2115	36	to	to	TO
19880	2115	37	so	so	RB
19880	2115	38	use	use	VB
19880	2115	39	the	the	DT
19880	2115	40	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	2115	41	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2115	42	that	that	WDT
19880	2115	43	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2115	44	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	2115	45	a	a	DT
19880	2115	46	defect	defect	NN
19880	2115	47	;	;	:
19880	2115	48	but	but	CC
19880	2115	49	the	the	DT
19880	2115	50	value	value	NN
19880	2115	51	of	of	IN
19880	2115	52	a	a	DT
19880	2115	53	judicious	judicious	JJ
19880	2115	54	use	use	NN
19880	2115	55	of	of	IN
19880	2115	56	the	the	DT
19880	2115	57	nose	nose	NN
19880	2115	58	in	in	IN
19880	2115	59	singing	singing	NN
19880	2115	60	and	and	CC
19880	2115	61	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	2115	62	is	be	VBZ
19880	2115	63	,	,	,
19880	2115	64	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2115	65	are	be	VBP
19880	2115	66	convinced	convinced	JJ
19880	2115	67	,	,	,
19880	2115	68	not	not	RB
19880	2115	69	as	as	RB
19880	2115	70	well	well	RB
19880	2115	71	known	know	VBN
19880	2115	72	in	in	IN
19880	2115	73	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2115	74	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	2115	75	as	as	IN
19880	2115	76	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2115	77	deserves	deserve	VBZ
19880	2115	78	to	to	TO
19880	2115	79	be	be	VB
19880	2115	80	.	.	.
19880	2116	1	SUMMARY	SUMMARY	NNP
19880	2116	2	.	.	.
19880	2117	1	The	the	DT
19880	2117	2	relation	relation	NN
19880	2117	3	of	of	IN
19880	2117	4	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2117	5	and	and	CC
19880	2117	6	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2117	7	to	to	IN
19880	2117	8	singing	singe	VBG
19880	2117	9	and	and	CC
19880	2117	10	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	2117	11	.	.	.
19880	2118	1	Intonation	intonation	NN
19880	2118	2	should	should	MD
19880	2118	3	be	be	VB
19880	2118	4	by	by	IN
19880	2118	5	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2118	6	only	only	RB
19880	2118	7	,	,	,
19880	2118	8	at	at	IN
19880	2118	9	first	first	RB
19880	2118	10	.	.	.
19880	2119	1	Consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2119	2	are	be	VBP
19880	2119	3	a	a	DT
19880	2119	4	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	2119	5	evil	evil	NN
19880	2119	6	in	in	IN
19880	2119	7	singing	singing	NN
19880	2119	8	,	,	,
19880	2119	9	but	but	CC
19880	2119	10	all	all	RB
19880	2119	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	2119	12	important	important	JJ
19880	2119	13	in	in	IN
19880	2119	14	the	the	DT
19880	2119	15	formation	formation	NN
19880	2119	16	of	of	IN
19880	2119	17	words--_i.e	words--_i.e	NNP
19880	2119	18	.	.	.
19880	2119	19	_	_	NNP
19880	2119	20	,	,	,
19880	2119	21	in	in	IN
19880	2119	22	imparting	impart	VBG
19880	2119	23	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	2119	24	.	.	.
19880	2120	1	Every	every	DT
19880	2120	2	language	language	NN
19880	2120	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	2120	4	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2120	5	own	own	JJ
19880	2120	6	special	special	JJ
19880	2120	7	merits	merit	NNS
19880	2120	8	and	and	CC
19880	2120	9	defects	defect	NNS
19880	2120	10	for	for	IN
19880	2120	11	the	the	DT
19880	2120	12	purposes	purpose	NNS
19880	2120	13	of	of	IN
19880	2120	14	song	song	NN
19880	2120	15	and	and	CC
19880	2120	16	speech	speech	NN
19880	2120	17	.	.	.
19880	2121	1	That	that	DT
19880	2121	2	language	language	NN
19880	2121	3	which	which	WDT
19880	2121	4	abounds	abound	VBZ
19880	2121	5	in	in	IN
19880	2121	6	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2121	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	2121	8	the	the	DT
19880	2121	9	best	well	RBS
19880	2121	10	adapted	adapt	VBN
19880	2121	11	for	for	IN
19880	2121	12	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2121	13	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	2121	14	,	,	,
19880	2121	15	etc	etc	FW
19880	2121	16	.	.	.
19880	2122	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2122	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2122	3	a	a	DT
19880	2122	4	cardinal	cardinal	JJ
19880	2122	5	error	error	NN
19880	2122	6	to	to	TO
19880	2122	7	begin	begin	VB
19880	2122	8	a	a	DT
19880	2122	9	course	course	NN
19880	2122	10	in	in	IN
19880	2122	11	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	2122	12	and	and	CC
19880	2122	13	especially	especially	RB
19880	2122	14	singing	singe	VBG
19880	2122	15	with	with	IN
19880	2122	16	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	2122	17	based	base	VBN
19880	2122	18	on	on	IN
19880	2122	19	words	word	NNS
19880	2122	20	.	.	.
19880	2123	1	Vowel	Vowel	NNP
19880	2123	2	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2123	3	should	should	MD
19880	2123	4	be	be	VB
19880	2123	5	exclusively	exclusively	RB
19880	2123	6	employed	employ	VBN
19880	2123	7	at	at	IN
19880	2123	8	first	first	RB
19880	2123	9	.	.	.
19880	2124	1	In	in	IN
19880	2124	2	the	the	DT
19880	2124	3	formation	formation	NN
19880	2124	4	of	of	IN
19880	2124	5	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2124	6	and	and	CC
19880	2124	7	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2124	8	the	the	DT
19880	2124	9	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2124	10	-	-	HYPH
19880	2124	11	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2124	12	are	be	VBP
19880	2124	13	especially	especially	RB
19880	2124	14	involved	involve	VBN
19880	2124	15	.	.	.
19880	2125	1	The	the	DT
19880	2125	2	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2125	3	,	,	,
19880	2125	4	soft	soft	JJ
19880	2125	5	palate	palate	NN
19880	2125	6	,	,	,
19880	2125	7	and	and	CC
19880	2125	8	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2125	9	are	be	VBP
19880	2125	10	the	the	DT
19880	2125	11	most	most	RBS
19880	2125	12	movable	movable	JJ
19880	2125	13	parts	part	NNS
19880	2125	14	,	,	,
19880	2125	15	and	and	CC
19880	2125	16	so	so	RB
19880	2125	17	have	have	VB
19880	2125	18	the	the	DT
19880	2125	19	largest	large	JJS
19880	2125	20	share	share	NN
19880	2125	21	in	in	IN
19880	2125	22	giving	give	VBG
19880	2125	23	color	color	NN
19880	2125	24	and	and	CC
19880	2125	25	meaning	meaning	NN
19880	2125	26	to	to	IN
19880	2125	27	sounds--_i.e	sounds--_i.e	CD
19880	2125	28	.	.	.
19880	2125	29	_	_	NNP
19880	2125	30	,	,	,
19880	2125	31	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2125	32	are	be	VBP
19880	2125	33	the	the	DT
19880	2125	34	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2125	35	most	most	RBS
19880	2125	36	important	important	JJ
19880	2125	37	in	in	IN
19880	2125	38	the	the	DT
19880	2125	39	formation	formation	NN
19880	2125	40	of	of	IN
19880	2125	41	the	the	DT
19880	2125	42	elements	element	NNS
19880	2125	43	of	of	IN
19880	2125	44	words	word	NNS
19880	2125	45	.	.	.
19880	2126	1	The	the	DT
19880	2126	2	"	"	``
19880	2126	3	open	open	JJ
19880	2126	4	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2126	5	"	"	''
19880	2126	6	should	should	MD
19880	2126	7	mean	mean	VB
19880	2126	8	open	open	JJ
19880	2126	9	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2126	10	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2126	11	and	and	CC
19880	2126	12	duly	duly	RB
19880	2126	13	separated	separate	VBN
19880	2126	14	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2126	15	.	.	.
19880	2127	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2127	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2127	3	important	important	JJ
19880	2127	4	that	that	IN
19880	2127	5	there	there	EX
19880	2127	6	be	be	VB
19880	2127	7	control	control	NN
19880	2127	8	of	of	IN
19880	2127	9	all	all	DT
19880	2127	10	parts	part	NNS
19880	2127	11	of	of	IN
19880	2127	12	the	the	DT
19880	2127	13	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2127	14	-	-	HYPH
19880	2127	15	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2127	16	,	,	,
19880	2127	17	and	and	CC
19880	2127	18	always	always	RB
19880	2127	19	in	in	IN
19880	2127	20	relation	relation	NN
19880	2127	21	to	to	IN
19880	2127	22	other	other	JJ
19880	2127	23	parts	part	NNS
19880	2127	24	of	of	IN
19880	2127	25	the	the	DT
19880	2127	26	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2127	27	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2127	28	.	.	.
19880	2128	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	2128	2	XV	XV	NNP
19880	2128	3	.	.	.
19880	2129	1	THE	the	DT
19880	2129	2	ELEMENTS	element	NNS
19880	2129	3	OF	of	IN
19880	2129	4	SPEECH	SPEECH	NNP
19880	2129	5	AND	and	CC
19880	2129	6	SONG	SONG	NNP
19880	2129	7	.	.	.
19880	2130	1	The	the	DT
19880	2130	2	subject	subject	NN
19880	2130	3	treated	treat	VBN
19880	2130	4	in	in	IN
19880	2130	5	this	this	DT
19880	2130	6	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	2130	7	may	may	MD
19880	2130	8	be	be	VB
19880	2130	9	made	make	VBN
19880	2130	10	dry	dry	JJ
19880	2130	11	enough	enough	RB
19880	2130	12	;	;	,
19880	2130	13	but	but	CC
19880	2130	14	if	if	IN
19880	2130	15	the	the	DT
19880	2130	16	student	student	NN
19880	2130	17	will	will	MD
19880	2130	18	,	,	,
19880	2130	19	while	while	IN
19880	2130	20	reading	read	VBG
19880	2130	21	the	the	DT
19880	2130	22	descriptions	description	NNS
19880	2130	23	given	give	VBN
19880	2130	24	,	,	,
19880	2130	25	endeavor	endeavor	VBP
19880	2130	26	to	to	TO
19880	2130	27	form	form	VB
19880	2130	28	the	the	DT
19880	2130	29	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2130	30	described	describe	VBN
19880	2130	31	,	,	,
19880	2130	32	observing	observe	VBG
19880	2130	33	at	at	IN
19880	2130	34	the	the	DT
19880	2130	35	same	same	JJ
19880	2130	36	time	time	NN
19880	2130	37	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2130	38	own	own	JJ
19880	2130	39	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2130	40	-	-	HYPH
19880	2130	41	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2130	42	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2130	43	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2130	44	parts	part	NNS
19880	2130	45	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2130	46	carefully	carefully	RB
19880	2130	47	in	in	IN
19880	2130	48	a	a	DT
19880	2130	49	hand	hand	NN
19880	2130	50	-	-	HYPH
19880	2130	51	glass	glass	NN
19880	2130	52	,	,	,
19880	2130	53	and	and	CC
19880	2130	54	then	then	RB
19880	2130	55	follow	follow	VB
19880	2130	56	up	up	RP
19880	2130	57	the	the	DT
19880	2130	58	applications	application	NNS
19880	2130	59	made	make	VBN
19880	2130	60	,	,	,
19880	2130	61	the	the	DT
19880	2130	62	reader	reader	NN
19880	2130	63	's	's	POS
19880	2130	64	experience	experience	NN
19880	2130	65	will	will	MD
19880	2130	66	be	be	VB
19880	2130	67	,	,	,
19880	2130	68	in	in	IN
19880	2130	69	all	all	DT
19880	2130	70	probability	probability	NN
19880	2130	71	,	,	,
19880	2130	72	like	like	IN
19880	2130	73	the	the	DT
19880	2130	74	author	author	NN
19880	2130	75	's	's	POS
19880	2130	76	:	:	:
19880	2130	77	the	the	DT
19880	2130	78	more	more	RBR
19880	2130	79	the	the	DT
19880	2130	80	subject	subject	NN
19880	2130	81	is	be	VBZ
19880	2130	82	studied	study	VBN
19880	2130	83	the	the	DT
19880	2130	84	more	more	RBR
19880	2130	85	interesting	interesting	JJ
19880	2130	86	does	do	VBZ
19880	2130	87	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2130	88	become	become	VB
19880	2130	89	,	,	,
19880	2130	90	especially	especially	RB
19880	2130	91	if	if	IN
19880	2130	92	one	one	CD
19880	2130	93	experiments	experiment	NNS
19880	2130	94	with	with	IN
19880	2130	95	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2130	96	own	own	JJ
19880	2130	97	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2130	98	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2130	99	.	.	.
19880	2131	1	Vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2131	2	and	and	CC
19880	2131	3	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2131	4	are	be	VBP
19880	2131	5	the	the	DT
19880	2131	6	elements	element	NNS
19880	2131	7	of	of	IN
19880	2131	8	syllables	syllable	NNS
19880	2131	9	,	,	,
19880	2131	10	and	and	CC
19880	2131	11	words	word	NNS
19880	2131	12	are	be	VBP
19880	2131	13	composed	compose	VBN
19880	2131	14	of	of	IN
19880	2131	15	the	the	DT
19880	2131	16	latter	latter	JJ
19880	2131	17	.	.	.
19880	2132	1	However	however	WRB
19880	2132	2	pure	pure	JJ
19880	2132	3	a	a	DT
19880	2132	4	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2132	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	2132	6	,	,	,
19880	2132	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2132	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	2132	9	accompanied	accompany	VBN
19880	2132	10	in	in	IN
19880	2132	11	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2132	12	utterance	utterance	NN
19880	2132	13	by	by	IN
19880	2132	14	some	some	DT
19880	2132	15	noise	noise	NN
19880	2132	16	;	;	:
19880	2132	17	a	a	DT
19880	2132	18	consonant	consonant	NN
19880	2132	19	,	,	,
19880	2132	20	by	by	IN
19880	2132	21	relatively	relatively	RB
19880	2132	22	a	a	DT
19880	2132	23	great	great	JJ
19880	2132	24	deal	deal	NN
19880	2132	25	of	of	IN
19880	2132	26	noise	noise	NN
19880	2132	27	.	.	.
19880	2133	1	A	a	DT
19880	2133	2	_	_	NNP
19880	2133	3	noise	noise	NN
19880	2133	4	_	_	NNP
19880	2133	5	,	,	,
19880	2133	6	in	in	IN
19880	2133	7	distinction	distinction	NN
19880	2133	8	to	to	IN
19880	2133	9	a	a	DT
19880	2133	10	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2133	11	tone	tone	NN
19880	2133	12	,	,	,
19880	2133	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	2133	14	characterized	characterize	VBN
19880	2133	15	by	by	IN
19880	2133	16	irregularity	irregularity	NN
19880	2133	17	as	as	IN
19880	2133	18	regards	regard	VBZ
19880	2133	19	the	the	DT
19880	2133	20	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2133	21	that	that	WDT
19880	2133	22	reach	reach	VBP
19880	2133	23	the	the	DT
19880	2133	24	ear	ear	NN
19880	2133	25	,	,	,
19880	2133	26	while	while	IN
19880	2133	27	in	in	IN
19880	2133	28	the	the	DT
19880	2133	29	case	case	NN
19880	2133	30	of	of	IN
19880	2133	31	a	a	DT
19880	2133	32	tone	tone	NN
19880	2133	33	a	a	DT
19880	2133	34	definite	definite	JJ
19880	2133	35	number	number	NN
19880	2133	36	of	of	IN
19880	2133	37	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2133	38	strikes	strike	NNS
19880	2133	39	against	against	IN
19880	2133	40	the	the	DT
19880	2133	41	drum	drum	NN
19880	2133	42	-	-	HYPH
19880	2133	43	head	head	NN
19880	2133	44	of	of	IN
19880	2133	45	the	the	DT
19880	2133	46	ear	ear	NN
19880	2133	47	within	within	IN
19880	2133	48	a	a	DT
19880	2133	49	given	give	VBN
19880	2133	50	time	time	NN
19880	2133	51	;	;	:
19880	2133	52	so	so	CC
19880	2133	53	that	that	IN
19880	2133	54	so	so	RB
19880	2133	55	far	far	RB
19880	2133	56	as	as	IN
19880	2133	57	syllables	syllable	NNS
19880	2133	58	and	and	CC
19880	2133	59	words	word	NNS
19880	2133	60	,	,	,
19880	2133	61	even	even	RB
19880	2133	62	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2133	63	,	,	,
19880	2133	64	are	be	VBP
19880	2133	65	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	2133	66	,	,	,
19880	2133	67	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2133	68	are	be	VBP
19880	2133	69	not	not	RB
19880	2133	70	dealing	deal	VBG
19880	2133	71	with	with	IN
19880	2133	72	pure	pure	JJ
19880	2133	73	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2133	74	.	.	.
19880	2134	1	For	for	IN
19880	2134	2	the	the	DT
19880	2134	3	formation	formation	NN
19880	2134	4	of	of	IN
19880	2134	5	each	each	DT
19880	2134	6	vowel	vowel	VBN
19880	2134	7	a	a	DT
19880	2134	8	definite	definite	JJ
19880	2134	9	form	form	NN
19880	2134	10	of	of	IN
19880	2134	11	the	the	DT
19880	2134	12	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2134	13	-	-	HYPH
19880	2134	14	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2134	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	2134	16	essential	essential	JJ
19880	2134	17	.	.	.
19880	2135	1	In	in	IN
19880	2135	2	uttering	uttering	NN
19880	2135	3	,	,	,
19880	2135	4	either	either	CC
19880	2135	5	for	for	IN
19880	2135	6	the	the	DT
19880	2135	7	purposes	purpose	NNS
19880	2135	8	of	of	IN
19880	2135	9	speech	speech	NN
19880	2135	10	or	or	CC
19880	2135	11	song	song	NN
19880	2135	12	,	,	,
19880	2135	13	the	the	DT
19880	2135	14	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2135	15	_	_	NNP
19880	2135	16	u	u	NNP
19880	2135	17	_	_	NNP
19880	2135	18	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2135	19	_	_	NNP
19880	2135	20	oo	oo	NNP
19880	2135	21	_	_	NNP
19880	2135	22	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2135	23	,	,	,
19880	2135	24	the	the	DT
19880	2135	25	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2135	26	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2135	27	has	have	VBZ
19880	2135	28	the	the	DT
19880	2135	29	form	form	NN
19880	2135	30	of	of	IN
19880	2135	31	a	a	DT
19880	2135	32	large	large	JJ
19880	2135	33	flask	flask	NN
19880	2135	34	such	such	JJ
19880	2135	35	as	as	IN
19880	2135	36	chemists	chemist	NNS
19880	2135	37	use	use	VBP
19880	2135	38	for	for	IN
19880	2135	39	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2135	40	manipulations	manipulation	NNS
19880	2135	41	,	,	,
19880	2135	42	but	but	CC
19880	2135	43	the	the	DT
19880	2135	44	neck	neck	NN
19880	2135	45	in	in	IN
19880	2135	46	this	this	DT
19880	2135	47	case	case	NN
19880	2135	48	is	be	VBZ
19880	2135	49	short	short	JJ
19880	2135	50	.	.	.
19880	2136	1	The	the	DT
19880	2136	2	whole	whole	JJ
19880	2136	3	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2136	4	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2136	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	2136	6	elongated	elongate	VBN
19880	2136	7	,	,	,
19880	2136	8	and	and	CC
19880	2136	9	the	the	DT
19880	2136	10	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2136	11	are	be	VBP
19880	2136	12	protruded	protrude	VBN
19880	2136	13	;	;	:
19880	2136	14	the	the	DT
19880	2136	15	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	2136	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	2136	17	depressed	depressed	JJ
19880	2136	18	,	,	,
19880	2136	19	and	and	CC
19880	2136	20	the	the	DT
19880	2136	21	root	root	NN
19880	2136	22	of	of	IN
19880	2136	23	the	the	DT
19880	2136	24	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2136	25	and	and	CC
19880	2136	26	the	the	DT
19880	2136	27	fauces	fauce	NNS
19880	2136	28	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2136	29	folds	fold	NNS
19880	2136	30	from	from	IN
19880	2136	31	the	the	DT
19880	2136	32	soft	soft	JJ
19880	2136	33	palate	palate	NN
19880	2136	34	,	,	,
19880	2136	35	usually	usually	RB
19880	2136	36	spoken	speak	VBN
19880	2136	37	of	of	IN
19880	2136	38	as	as	IN
19880	2136	39	the	the	DT
19880	2136	40	"	"	``
19880	2136	41	pillars	pillar	NNS
19880	2136	42	of	of	IN
19880	2136	43	the	the	DT
19880	2136	44	fauces	fauce	NNS
19880	2136	45	"	"	''
19880	2136	46	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2136	47	approach	approach	NN
19880	2136	48	.	.	.
19880	2137	1	The	the	DT
19880	2137	2	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2137	3	of	of	IN
19880	2137	4	this	this	DT
19880	2137	5	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2137	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	2137	7	very	very	RB
19880	2137	8	low	low	JJ
19880	2137	9	.	.	.
19880	2138	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2138	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	2138	3	:	:	:
19880	2138	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	2138	5	.	.	.
19880	2139	1	56	56	LS
19880	2139	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2139	3	Beaunis	beaunis	NN
19880	2139	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2139	5	.	.	.
19880	2140	1	Shows	show	VBZ
19880	2140	2	the	the	DT
19880	2140	3	position	position	NN
19880	2140	4	of	of	IN
19880	2140	5	parts	part	NNS
19880	2140	6	in	in	IN
19880	2140	7	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	2140	8	the	the	DT
19880	2140	9	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2140	10	_	_	NNP
19880	2140	11	a	a	DT
19880	2140	12	_	_	NNP
19880	2140	13	.	.	.
19880	2141	1	By	by	IN
19880	2141	2	comparing	compare	VBG
19880	2141	3	this	this	DT
19880	2141	4	illustration	illustration	NN
19880	2141	5	with	with	IN
19880	2141	6	those	those	DT
19880	2141	7	following	follow	VBG
19880	2141	8	,	,	,
19880	2141	9	the	the	DT
19880	2141	10	relatively	relatively	RB
19880	2141	11	greater	great	JJR
19880	2141	12	size	size	NN
19880	2141	13	of	of	IN
19880	2141	14	the	the	DT
19880	2141	15	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2141	16	of	of	IN
19880	2141	17	the	the	DT
19880	2141	18	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2141	19	in	in	IN
19880	2141	20	this	this	DT
19880	2141	21	case	case	NN
19880	2141	22	will	will	MD
19880	2141	23	be	be	VB
19880	2141	24	evident	evident	JJ
19880	2141	25	.	.	.
19880	2142	1	The	the	DT
19880	2142	2	reader	reader	NN
19880	2142	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2142	4	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	2142	5	to	to	IN
19880	2142	6	at	at	RB
19880	2142	7	once	once	RB
19880	2142	8	test	test	VB
19880	2142	9	the	the	DT
19880	2142	10	correctness	correctness	NN
19880	2142	11	of	of	IN
19880	2142	12	these	these	DT
19880	2142	13	representations	representation	NNS
19880	2142	14	by	by	IN
19880	2142	15	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	2142	16	the	the	DT
19880	2142	17	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2142	18	,	,	,
19880	2142	19	and	and	CC
19880	2142	20	observing	observe	VBG
19880	2142	21	the	the	DT
19880	2142	22	parts	part	NNS
19880	2142	23	of	of	IN
19880	2142	24	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2142	25	own	own	JJ
19880	2142	26	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2142	27	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2142	28	with	with	IN
19880	2142	29	a	a	DT
19880	2142	30	hand	hand	NN
19880	2142	31	-	-	HYPH
19880	2142	32	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	2142	33	.	.	.
19880	2142	34	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2143	1	In	in	IN
19880	2143	2	_	_	NNP
19880	2143	3	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2143	4	=	=	SYM
19880	2143	5	o	o	XX
19880	2143	6	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2143	7	_	_	NNP
19880	2143	8	the	the	DT
19880	2143	9	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2143	10	are	be	VBP
19880	2143	11	nearer	nearer	JJ
19880	2143	12	to	to	IN
19880	2143	13	the	the	DT
19880	2143	14	teeth	tooth	NNS
19880	2143	15	,	,	,
19880	2143	16	and	and	CC
19880	2143	17	the	the	DT
19880	2143	18	neck	neck	NN
19880	2143	19	of	of	IN
19880	2143	20	the	the	DT
19880	2143	21	flask	flask	NN
19880	2143	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	2143	23	shorter	short	JJR
19880	2143	24	and	and	CC
19880	2143	25	wider	wide	JJR
19880	2143	26	;	;	:
19880	2143	27	the	the	DT
19880	2143	28	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	2143	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	2143	30	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	2143	31	more	more	RBR
19880	2143	32	elevated	elevated	JJ
19880	2143	33	than	than	IN
19880	2143	34	in	in	IN
19880	2143	35	the	the	DT
19880	2143	36	last	last	JJ
19880	2143	37	case	case	NN
19880	2143	38	,	,	,
19880	2143	39	and	and	CC
19880	2143	40	the	the	DT
19880	2143	41	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2143	42	of	of	IN
19880	2143	43	the	the	DT
19880	2143	44	sound	sound	NN
19880	2143	45	is	be	VBZ
19880	2143	46	higher	high	JJR
19880	2143	47	.	.	.
19880	2144	1	When	when	WRB
19880	2144	2	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	2144	3	_	_	NNP
19880	2144	4	a	a	DT
19880	2144	5	_	_	NNP
19880	2144	6	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2144	7	as	as	IN
19880	2144	8	in	in	IN
19880	2144	9	_	_	NNP
19880	2144	10	father	father	NN
19880	2144	11	_	_	NNP
19880	2144	12	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2144	13	the	the	DT
19880	2144	14	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2144	15	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2144	16	has	have	VBZ
19880	2144	17	the	the	DT
19880	2144	18	shape	shape	NN
19880	2144	19	of	of	IN
19880	2144	20	a	a	DT
19880	2144	21	funnel	funnel	NN
19880	2144	22	,	,	,
19880	2144	23	wide	wide	JJ
19880	2144	24	in	in	IN
19880	2144	25	front	front	NN
19880	2144	26	;	;	:
19880	2144	27	the	the	DT
19880	2144	28	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2144	29	lies	lie	VBZ
19880	2144	30	rather	rather	RB
19880	2144	31	flat	flat	RB
19880	2144	32	on	on	IN
19880	2144	33	the	the	DT
19880	2144	34	floor	floor	NN
19880	2144	35	of	of	IN
19880	2144	36	the	the	DT
19880	2144	37	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2144	38	,	,	,
19880	2144	39	the	the	DT
19880	2144	40	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2144	41	are	be	VBP
19880	2144	42	wide	wide	JJ
19880	2144	43	apart	apart	RB
19880	2144	44	,	,	,
19880	2144	45	and	and	CC
19880	2144	46	the	the	DT
19880	2144	47	soft	soft	JJ
19880	2144	48	palate	palate	NN
19880	2144	49	is	be	VBZ
19880	2144	50	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	2144	51	raised	raise	VBN
19880	2144	52	.	.	.
19880	2145	1	In	in	IN
19880	2145	2	_	_	NNP
19880	2145	3	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2145	4	=	=	SYM
19880	2145	5	a	a	LS
19880	2145	6	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2145	7	_	_	NNP
19880	2145	8	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2145	9	as	as	IN
19880	2145	10	in	in	IN
19880	2145	11	_	_	NNP
19880	2145	12	fate	fate	NN
19880	2145	13	_	_	NNP
19880	2145	14	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2145	15	there	there	EX
19880	2145	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	2145	17	some	some	DT
19880	2145	18	modification	modification	NN
19880	2145	19	of	of	IN
19880	2145	20	the	the	DT
19880	2145	21	last	last	JJ
19880	2145	22	,	,	,
19880	2145	23	the	the	DT
19880	2145	24	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2145	25	and	and	CC
19880	2145	26	larynx	larynx	NNP
19880	2145	27	being	be	VBG
19880	2145	28	more	more	RBR
19880	2145	29	raised	raise	VBN
19880	2145	30	.	.	.
19880	2146	1	The	the	DT
19880	2146	2	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2146	3	of	of	IN
19880	2146	4	this	this	DT
19880	2146	5	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2146	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	2146	7	higher	high	JJR
19880	2146	8	than	than	IN
19880	2146	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	2146	10	that	that	DT
19880	2146	11	of	of	IN
19880	2146	12	the	the	DT
19880	2146	13	more	more	RBR
19880	2146	14	open	open	JJ
19880	2146	15	_	_	NNP
19880	2146	16	a	a	DT
19880	2146	17	_	_	NNP
19880	2146	18	.	.	.
19880	2147	1	In	in	IN
19880	2147	2	the	the	DT
19880	2147	3	case	case	NN
19880	2147	4	of	of	IN
19880	2147	5	_	_	NNP
19880	2147	6	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2147	7	=	=	SYM
19880	2147	8	e	e	LS
19880	2147	9	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2147	10	_	_	NNP
19880	2147	11	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2147	12	as	as	IN
19880	2147	13	in	in	IN
19880	2147	14	_	_	NNP
19880	2147	15	me	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2147	16	_	_	NNP
19880	2147	17	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2147	18	the	the	DT
19880	2147	19	flask	flask	NN
19880	2147	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	2147	21	relatively	relatively	RB
19880	2147	22	small	small	JJ
19880	2147	23	,	,	,
19880	2147	24	and	and	CC
19880	2147	25	the	the	DT
19880	2147	26	neck	neck	NN
19880	2147	27	is	be	VBZ
19880	2147	28	long	long	JJ
19880	2147	29	and	and	CC
19880	2147	30	narrow	narrow	JJ
19880	2147	31	,	,	,
19880	2147	32	the	the	DT
19880	2147	33	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	2147	34	much	much	RB
19880	2147	35	raised	raise	VBD
19880	2147	36	,	,	,
19880	2147	37	the	the	DT
19880	2147	38	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2147	39	drawn	draw	VBN
19880	2147	40	back	back	RB
19880	2147	41	against	against	IN
19880	2147	42	the	the	DT
19880	2147	43	teeth	tooth	NNS
19880	2147	44	,	,	,
19880	2147	45	and	and	CC
19880	2147	46	the	the	DT
19880	2147	47	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2147	48	greatly	greatly	RB
19880	2147	49	elevated	elevate	VBN
19880	2147	50	,	,	,
19880	2147	51	so	so	IN
19880	2147	52	as	as	IN
19880	2147	53	to	to	TO
19880	2147	54	form	form	VB
19880	2147	55	the	the	DT
19880	2147	56	narrow	narrow	JJ
19880	2147	57	neck	neck	NN
19880	2147	58	of	of	IN
19880	2147	59	the	the	DT
19880	2147	60	flask	flask	NN
19880	2147	61	.	.	.
19880	2148	1	The	the	DT
19880	2148	2	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2148	3	of	of	IN
19880	2148	4	this	this	DT
19880	2148	5	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2148	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	2148	7	high	high	JJ
19880	2148	8	.	.	.
19880	2149	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2149	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	2149	3	:	:	:
19880	2149	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	2149	5	.	.	.
19880	2150	1	57	57	CD
19880	2150	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2150	3	Beaunis	beaunis	NN
19880	2150	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2150	5	.	.	.
19880	2151	1	Shows	show	VBZ
19880	2151	2	the	the	DT
19880	2151	3	relative	relative	JJ
19880	2151	4	position	position	NN
19880	2151	5	of	of	IN
19880	2151	6	parts	part	NNS
19880	2151	7	in	in	IN
19880	2151	8	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	2151	9	_	_	NNP
19880	2151	10	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2151	11	_	_	NNP
19880	2151	12	.	.	.
19880	2152	1	In	in	IN
19880	2152	2	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	2152	3	_	_	NNP
19880	2152	4	E	E	NNP
19880	2152	5	_	_	NNP
19880	2152	6	the	the	DT
19880	2152	7	position	position	NN
19880	2152	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	2152	9	a	a	DT
19880	2152	10	good	good	JJ
19880	2152	11	deal	deal	NN
19880	2152	12	like	like	IN
19880	2152	13	that	that	DT
19880	2152	14	for	for	IN
19880	2152	15	_	_	NNP
19880	2152	16	I	I	NNP
19880	2152	17	_	_	NNP
19880	2152	18	.	.	.
19880	2152	19	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2153	1	When	when	WRB
19880	2153	2	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	2153	3	_	_	NNP
19880	2153	4	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2153	5	=	=	SYM
19880	2153	6	i	i	NN
19880	2153	7	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2153	8	_	_	NNP
19880	2153	9	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2153	10	as	as	IN
19880	2153	11	in	in	IN
19880	2153	12	_	_	NNP
19880	2153	13	mine	mine	NN
19880	2153	14	_	_	NNP
19880	2153	15	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2153	16	the	the	DT
19880	2153	17	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2153	18	of	of	IN
19880	2153	19	the	the	DT
19880	2153	20	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2153	21	behind	behind	IN
19880	2153	22	resembles	resemble	VBZ
19880	2153	23	a	a	DT
19880	2153	24	small	small	JJ
19880	2153	25	-	-	HYPH
19880	2153	26	bellied	bellied	JJ
19880	2153	27	flask	flask	NN
19880	2153	28	with	with	IN
19880	2153	29	a	a	DT
19880	2153	30	long	long	JJ
19880	2153	31	,	,	,
19880	2153	32	narrow	narrow	JJ
19880	2153	33	neck	neck	NN
19880	2153	34	,	,	,
19880	2153	35	the	the	DT
19880	2153	36	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	2153	37	is	be	VBZ
19880	2153	38	at	at	IN
19880	2153	39	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2153	40	highest	high	JJS
19880	2153	41	,	,	,
19880	2153	42	and	and	CC
19880	2153	43	the	the	DT
19880	2153	44	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2153	45	assume	assume	VBP
19880	2153	46	a	a	DT
19880	2153	47	position	position	NN
19880	2153	48	much	much	JJ
19880	2153	49	as	as	IN
19880	2153	50	in	in	IN
19880	2153	51	the	the	DT
19880	2153	52	case	case	NN
19880	2153	53	of	of	IN
19880	2153	54	_	_	NNP
19880	2153	55	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2153	56	=	=	SYM
19880	2153	57	e	e	LS
19880	2153	58	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2153	59	_	_	NNP
19880	2153	60	;	;	:
19880	2153	61	between	between	IN
19880	2153	62	the	the	DT
19880	2153	63	hard	hard	JJ
19880	2153	64	palate	palate	NN
19880	2153	65	and	and	CC
19880	2153	66	the	the	DT
19880	2153	67	back	back	NN
19880	2153	68	of	of	IN
19880	2153	69	the	the	DT
19880	2153	70	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2153	71	there	there	EX
19880	2153	72	is	be	VBZ
19880	2153	73	only	only	RB
19880	2153	74	a	a	DT
19880	2153	75	narrow	narrow	JJ
19880	2153	76	passage	passage	NN
19880	2153	77	--	--	:
19880	2153	78	a	a	DT
19880	2153	79	mere	mere	JJ
19880	2153	80	furrow	furrow	NN
19880	2153	81	.	.	.
19880	2154	1	The	the	DT
19880	2154	2	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2154	3	of	of	IN
19880	2154	4	this	this	DT
19880	2154	5	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2154	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	2154	7	also	also	RB
19880	2154	8	high	high	JJ
19880	2154	9	.	.	.
19880	2155	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2155	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2155	3	thus	thus	RB
19880	2155	4	seen	see	VBN
19880	2155	5	that	that	IN
19880	2155	6	every	every	DT
19880	2155	7	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2155	8	has	have	VBZ
19880	2155	9	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2155	10	characteristic	characteristic	JJ
19880	2155	11	quality	quality	NN
19880	2155	12	and	and	CC
19880	2155	13	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2155	14	,	,	,
19880	2155	15	the	the	DT
19880	2155	16	order	order	NN
19880	2155	17	as	as	IN
19880	2155	18	regards	regard	VBZ
19880	2155	19	the	the	DT
19880	2155	20	latter	latter	JJ
19880	2155	21	being	be	VBG
19880	2155	22	from	from	IN
19880	2155	23	below	below	IN
19880	2155	24	upward	upward	RB
19880	2155	25	,	,	,
19880	2155	26	_	_	NNP
19880	2155	27	u	u	NNP
19880	2155	28	_	_	NNP
19880	2155	29	,	,	,
19880	2155	30	_	_	NNP
19880	2155	31	o	o	XX
19880	2155	32	_	_	NNP
19880	2155	33	,	,	,
19880	2155	34	_	_	NNP
19880	2155	35	a	a	DT
19880	2155	36	_	_	NNP
19880	2155	37	,	,	,
19880	2155	38	_	_	NNP
19880	2155	39	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2155	40	=	=	SYM
19880	2155	41	a	a	LS
19880	2155	42	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2155	43	_	_	NNP
19880	2155	44	,	,	,
19880	2155	45	_	_	NNP
19880	2155	46	e	e	NNP
19880	2155	47	_	_	NNP
19880	2155	48	,	,	,
19880	2155	49	_	_	NNP
19880	2155	50	i	i	PRP
19880	2155	51	_	_	NNP
19880	2155	52	.	.	.
19880	2156	1	That	that	IN
19880	2156	2	the	the	DT
19880	2156	3	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2156	4	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2156	5	really	really	RB
19880	2156	6	can	can	MD
19880	2156	7	act	act	VB
19880	2156	8	as	as	IN
19880	2156	9	a	a	DT
19880	2156	10	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2156	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	2156	12	chamber	chamber	NN
19880	2156	13	can	can	MD
19880	2156	14	be	be	VB
19880	2156	15	easily	easily	RB
19880	2156	16	demonstrated	demonstrate	VBN
19880	2156	17	by	by	IN
19880	2156	18	holding	hold	VBG
19880	2156	19	a	a	DT
19880	2156	20	small	small	JJ
19880	2156	21	vibrating	vibrate	VBG
19880	2156	22	tuning	tuning	NN
19880	2156	23	-	-	HYPH
19880	2156	24	fork	fork	NN
19880	2156	25	before	before	IN
19880	2156	26	the	the	DT
19880	2156	27	open	open	JJ
19880	2156	28	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2156	29	,	,	,
19880	2156	30	and	and	CC
19880	2156	31	varying	vary	VBG
19880	2156	32	the	the	DT
19880	2156	33	shape	shape	NN
19880	2156	34	and	and	CC
19880	2156	35	size	size	NN
19880	2156	36	of	of	IN
19880	2156	37	the	the	DT
19880	2156	38	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2156	39	till	till	IN
19880	2156	40	the	the	DT
19880	2156	41	sound	sound	NN
19880	2156	42	of	of	IN
19880	2156	43	the	the	DT
19880	2156	44	fork	fork	NN
19880	2156	45	is	be	VBZ
19880	2156	46	observed	observe	VBN
19880	2156	47	to	to	TO
19880	2156	48	be	be	VB
19880	2156	49	suddenly	suddenly	RB
19880	2156	50	increased	increase	VBN
19880	2156	51	in	in	IN
19880	2156	52	volume	volume	NN
19880	2156	53	.	.	.
19880	2157	1	The	the	DT
19880	2157	2	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2157	3	then	then	RB
19880	2157	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2157	5	a	a	DT
19880	2157	6	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2157	7	-	-	HYPH
19880	2157	8	chamber	chamber	NN
19880	2157	9	for	for	IN
19880	2157	10	the	the	DT
19880	2157	11	fork	fork	NN
19880	2157	12	,	,	,
19880	2157	13	and	and	CC
19880	2157	14	thus	thus	RB
19880	2157	15	intensifies	intensify	VBZ
19880	2157	16	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2157	17	sound	sound	NN
19880	2157	18	;	;	:
19880	2157	19	in	in	IN
19880	2157	20	other	other	JJ
19880	2157	21	words	word	NNS
19880	2157	22	,	,	,
19880	2157	23	the	the	DT
19880	2157	24	air	air	NN
19880	2157	25	in	in	IN
19880	2157	26	the	the	DT
19880	2157	27	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2157	28	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2157	29	vibrates	vibrate	VBZ
19880	2157	30	in	in	IN
19880	2157	31	harmony	harmony	NN
19880	2157	32	with	with	IN
19880	2157	33	the	the	DT
19880	2157	34	tuning	tuning	NN
19880	2157	35	-	-	HYPH
19880	2157	36	fork	fork	NN
19880	2157	37	.	.	.
19880	2158	1	To	to	TO
19880	2158	2	demonstrate	demonstrate	VB
19880	2158	3	in	in	IN
19880	2158	4	a	a	DT
19880	2158	5	simple	simple	JJ
19880	2158	6	manner	manner	NN
19880	2158	7	that	that	WDT
19880	2158	8	each	each	DT
19880	2158	9	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2158	10	has	have	VBZ
19880	2158	11	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2158	12	own	own	JJ
19880	2158	13	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2158	14	,	,	,
19880	2158	15	the	the	DT
19880	2158	16	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2158	17	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2158	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	2158	19	put	put	VBN
19880	2158	20	into	into	IN
19880	2158	21	the	the	DT
19880	2158	22	form	form	NN
19880	2158	23	usual	usual	JJ
19880	2158	24	in	in	IN
19880	2158	25	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	2158	26	the	the	DT
19880	2158	27	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2158	28	,	,	,
19880	2158	29	and	and	CC
19880	2158	30	the	the	DT
19880	2158	31	finger	finger	NN
19880	2158	32	is	be	VBZ
19880	2158	33	filliped	fillipe	VBN
19880	2158	34	against	against	IN
19880	2158	35	the	the	DT
19880	2158	36	cheek	cheek	NN
19880	2158	37	,	,	,
19880	2158	38	when	when	WRB
19880	2158	39	a	a	DT
19880	2158	40	tone	tone	NN
19880	2158	41	answering	answer	VBG
19880	2158	42	in	in	IN
19880	2158	43	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2158	44	to	to	IN
19880	2158	45	that	that	DT
19880	2158	46	of	of	IN
19880	2158	47	the	the	DT
19880	2158	48	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2158	49	in	in	IN
19880	2158	50	question	question	NN
19880	2158	51	results	result	NNS
19880	2158	52	.	.	.
19880	2159	1	The	the	DT
19880	2159	2	demonstration	demonstration	NN
19880	2159	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2159	4	easier	easy	JJR
19880	2159	5	with	with	IN
19880	2159	6	the	the	DT
19880	2159	7	lower	lower	RBR
19880	2159	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	2159	9	pitched	pitch	VBN
19880	2159	10	,	,	,
19880	2159	11	broader	broad	JJR
19880	2159	12	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2159	13	,	,	,
19880	2159	14	but	but	CC
19880	2159	15	the	the	DT
19880	2159	16	correctness	correctness	NN
19880	2159	17	of	of	IN
19880	2159	18	the	the	DT
19880	2159	19	order	order	NN
19880	2159	20	of	of	IN
19880	2159	21	the	the	DT
19880	2159	22	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2159	23	mentioned	mention	VBN
19880	2159	24	above	above	RB
19880	2159	25	can	can	MD
19880	2159	26	thus	thus	RB
19880	2159	27	be	be	VB
19880	2159	28	shown	show	VBN
19880	2159	29	to	to	TO
19880	2159	30	be	be	VB
19880	2159	31	established	establish	VBN
19880	2159	32	.	.	.
19880	2160	1	Some	some	DT
19880	2160	2	very	very	RB
19880	2160	3	important	important	JJ
19880	2160	4	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2160	5	for	for	IN
19880	2160	6	the	the	DT
19880	2160	7	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2160	8	and	and	CC
19880	2160	9	singer	singer	NN
19880	2160	10	hinge	hinge	VBP
19880	2160	11	upon	upon	IN
19880	2160	12	the	the	DT
19880	2160	13	above	above	RB
19880	2160	14	-	-	HYPH
19880	2160	15	mentioned	mention	VBN
19880	2160	16	facts	fact	NNS
19880	2160	17	.	.	.
19880	2161	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2161	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	2161	3	,	,	,
19880	2161	4	for	for	IN
19880	2161	5	example	example	NN
19880	2161	6	,	,	,
19880	2161	7	that	that	IN
19880	2161	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2161	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	2161	10	impossible	impossible	JJ
19880	2161	11	to	to	TO
19880	2161	12	give	give	VB
19880	2161	13	a	a	DT
19880	2161	14	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2161	15	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2161	16	_	_	NNP
19880	2161	17	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2161	18	_	_	NNP
19880	2161	19	sound	sound	NN
19880	2161	20	in	in	IN
19880	2161	21	any	any	DT
19880	2161	22	but	but	CC
19880	2161	23	one	one	CD
19880	2161	24	position	position	NN
19880	2161	25	of	of	IN
19880	2161	26	the	the	DT
19880	2161	27	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2161	28	parts	part	NNS
19880	2161	29	,	,	,
19880	2161	30	so	so	IN
19880	2161	31	that	that	IN
19880	2161	32	for	for	IN
19880	2161	33	a	a	DT
19880	2161	34	singer	singer	NN
19880	2161	35	to	to	TO
19880	2161	36	utter	utter	VB
19880	2161	37	a	a	DT
19880	2161	38	word	word	NN
19880	2161	39	containing	contain	VBG
19880	2161	40	the	the	DT
19880	2161	41	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2161	42	_	_	NNP
19880	2161	43	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2161	44	=	=	SYM
19880	2161	45	u	u	NNP
19880	2161	46	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2161	47	_	_	NNP
19880	2161	48	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2161	49	_	_	NNP
19880	2161	50	oo	oo	NNP
19880	2161	51	_	_	NNP
19880	2161	52	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2161	53	at	at	IN
19880	2161	54	a	a	DT
19880	2161	55	high	high	JJ
19880	2161	56	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2161	57	is	be	VBZ
19880	2161	58	a	a	DT
19880	2161	59	practical	practical	JJ
19880	2161	60	impossibility	impossibility	NN
19880	2161	61	.	.	.
19880	2162	1	The	the	DT
19880	2162	2	listener	listener	NN
19880	2162	3	may	may	MD
19880	2162	4	know	know	VB
19880	2162	5	what	what	WDT
19880	2162	6	syllable	syllable	NN
19880	2162	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	2162	8	meant	mean	VBN
19880	2162	9	,	,	,
19880	2162	10	and	and	CC
19880	2162	11	overlook	overlook	VB
19880	2162	12	the	the	DT
19880	2162	13	defect	defect	NN
19880	2162	14	either	either	CC
19880	2162	15	from	from	IN
19880	2162	16	habit	habit	NN
19880	2162	17	or	or	CC
19880	2162	18	from	from	IN
19880	2162	19	an	an	DT
19880	2162	20	uncritical	uncritical	JJ
19880	2162	21	attitude	attitude	NN
19880	2162	22	,	,	,
19880	2162	23	but	but	CC
19880	2162	24	composers	composer	NNS
19880	2162	25	of	of	IN
19880	2162	26	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2162	27	music	music	NN
19880	2162	28	should	should	MD
19880	2162	29	bear	bear	VB
19880	2162	30	such	such	JJ
19880	2162	31	facts	fact	NNS
19880	2162	32	in	in	IN
19880	2162	33	mind	mind	NN
19880	2162	34	and	and	CC
19880	2162	35	not	not	RB
19880	2162	36	impose	impose	VB
19880	2162	37	impossibilities	impossibility	NNS
19880	2162	38	on	on	IN
19880	2162	39	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2162	40	.	.	.
19880	2163	1	At	at	IN
19880	2163	2	the	the	DT
19880	2163	3	same	same	JJ
19880	2163	4	time	time	NN
19880	2163	5	,	,	,
19880	2163	6	the	the	DT
19880	2163	7	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	2163	8	,	,	,
19880	2163	9	in	in	IN
19880	2163	10	order	order	NN
19880	2163	11	to	to	TO
19880	2163	12	satisfy	satisfy	VB
19880	2163	13	a	a	DT
19880	2163	14	modern	modern	JJ
19880	2163	15	audience	audience	NN
19880	2163	16	,	,	,
19880	2163	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	2163	18	obliged	oblige	VBN
19880	2163	19	to	to	TO
19880	2163	20	sound	sound	VB
19880	2163	21	every	every	DT
19880	2163	22	word	word	NN
19880	2163	23	and	and	CC
19880	2163	24	every	every	DT
19880	2163	25	syllable	syllable	NN
19880	2163	26	as	as	RB
19880	2163	27	correctly	correctly	RB
19880	2163	28	as	as	IN
19880	2163	29	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2163	30	,	,	,
19880	2163	31	even	even	RB
19880	2163	32	if	if	IN
19880	2163	33	the	the	DT
19880	2163	34	tone	tone	NN
19880	2163	35	suffer	suffer	VBP
19880	2163	36	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	2163	37	thereby	thereby	RB
19880	2163	38	.	.	.
19880	2164	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2164	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2164	3	wonderful	wonderful	JJ
19880	2164	4	how	how	WRB
19880	2164	5	fully	fully	RB
19880	2164	6	the	the	DT
19880	2164	7	best	good	JJS
19880	2164	8	poets	poet	NNS
19880	2164	9	have	have	VBP
19880	2164	10	,	,	,
19880	2164	11	with	with	IN
19880	2164	12	the	the	DT
19880	2164	13	insight	insight	NN
19880	2164	14	of	of	IN
19880	2164	15	genius	genius	NN
19880	2164	16	,	,	,
19880	2164	17	adapted	adapt	VBD
19880	2164	18	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2164	19	words	word	NNS
19880	2164	20	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2164	21	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2164	22	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2164	23	to	to	IN
19880	2164	24	the	the	DT
19880	2164	25	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	2164	26	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2164	27	wish	wish	VBP
19880	2164	28	to	to	TO
19880	2164	29	convey	convey	VB
19880	2164	30	,	,	,
19880	2164	31	and	and	CC
19880	2164	32	had	have	VBD
19880	2164	33	all	all	DT
19880	2164	34	composers	composer	NNS
19880	2164	35	of	of	IN
19880	2164	36	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2164	37	music	music	NN
19880	2164	38	done	do	VBN
19880	2164	39	the	the	DT
19880	2164	40	same	same	JJ
19880	2164	41	,	,	,
19880	2164	42	the	the	DT
19880	2164	43	path	path	NN
19880	2164	44	of	of	IN
19880	2164	45	the	the	DT
19880	2164	46	singer	singer	NN
19880	2164	47	would	would	MD
19880	2164	48	not	not	RB
19880	2164	49	have	have	VB
19880	2164	50	been	be	VBN
19880	2164	51	strewn	strew	VBN
19880	2164	52	with	with	IN
19880	2164	53	so	so	RB
19880	2164	54	many	many	JJ
19880	2164	55	thorns	thorn	NNS
19880	2164	56	.	.	.
19880	2165	1	The	the	DT
19880	2165	2	difficulties	difficulty	NNS
19880	2165	3	in	in	IN
19880	2165	4	the	the	DT
19880	2165	5	case	case	NN
19880	2165	6	of	of	IN
19880	2165	7	the	the	DT
19880	2165	8	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2165	9	are	be	VBP
19880	2165	10	similar	similar	JJ
19880	2165	11	,	,	,
19880	2165	12	but	but	CC
19880	2165	13	less	less	RBR
19880	2165	14	marked	marked	JJ
19880	2165	15	,	,	,
19880	2165	16	as	as	IN
19880	2165	17	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2165	18	range	range	NN
19880	2165	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	2165	20	so	so	RB
19880	2165	21	much	much	RB
19880	2165	22	more	more	RBR
19880	2165	23	limited	limited	JJ
19880	2165	24	as	as	IN
19880	2165	25	regards	regard	VBZ
19880	2165	26	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2165	27	.	.	.
19880	2166	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2166	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	2166	3	:	:	:
19880	2166	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	2166	5	.	.	.
19880	2167	1	58	58	CD
19880	2167	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2167	3	Beaunis	beaunis	NN
19880	2167	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2167	5	.	.	.
19880	2168	1	Shows	show	VBZ
19880	2168	2	the	the	DT
19880	2168	3	relative	relative	JJ
19880	2168	4	position	position	NN
19880	2168	5	of	of	IN
19880	2168	6	the	the	DT
19880	2168	7	parts	part	NNS
19880	2168	8	in	in	IN
19880	2168	9	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	2168	10	_	_	NNP
19880	2168	11	OU	OU	NNP
19880	2168	12	_	_	NNP
19880	2168	13	.	.	.
19880	2168	14	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2169	1	This	this	DT
19880	2169	2	subject	subject	NN
19880	2169	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	2169	4	also	also	RB
19880	2169	5	most	most	RBS
19880	2169	6	important	important	JJ
19880	2169	7	bearings	bearing	NNS
19880	2169	8	on	on	IN
19880	2169	9	the	the	DT
19880	2169	10	learning	learning	NN
19880	2169	11	of	of	IN
19880	2169	12	languages	language	NNS
19880	2169	13	.	.	.
19880	2170	1	One	one	CD
19880	2170	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2170	3	born	bear	VBN
19880	2170	4	with	with	IN
19880	2170	5	tendencies	tendency	NNS
19880	2170	6	toward	toward	IN
19880	2170	7	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2170	8	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2170	9	positions	position	NNS
19880	2170	10	,	,	,
19880	2170	11	etc	etc	FW
19880	2170	12	.	.	FW
19880	2170	13	,	,	,
19880	2170	14	and	and	CC
19880	2170	15	from	from	IN
19880	2170	16	infancy	infancy	NN
19880	2170	17	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2170	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	2170	19	constantly	constantly	RB
19880	2170	20	using	use	VBG
19880	2170	21	the	the	DT
19880	2170	22	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2170	23	-	-	HYPH
19880	2170	24	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2170	25	in	in	IN
19880	2170	26	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2170	27	characteristic	characteristic	JJ
19880	2170	28	ways	way	NNS
19880	2170	29	.	.	.
19880	2171	1	In	in	IN
19880	2171	2	the	the	DT
19880	2171	3	course	course	NN
19880	2171	4	of	of	IN
19880	2171	5	years	year	NNS
19880	2171	6	these	these	DT
19880	2171	7	positions	position	NNS
19880	2171	8	,	,	,
19880	2171	9	etc	etc	FW
19880	2171	10	.	.	.
19880	2171	11	,	,	,
19880	2171	12	become	become	VBP
19880	2171	13	such	such	JJ
19880	2171	14	fixed	fix	VBN
19880	2171	15	habits	habit	NNS
19880	2171	16	that	that	IN
19880	2171	17	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2171	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	2171	19	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	2171	20	to	to	TO
19880	2171	21	change	change	VB
19880	2171	22	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2171	23	,	,	,
19880	2171	24	so	so	IN
19880	2171	25	that	that	IN
19880	2171	26	for	for	IN
19880	2171	27	this	this	DT
19880	2171	28	as	as	RB
19880	2171	29	well	well	RB
19880	2171	30	as	as	IN
19880	2171	31	many	many	JJ
19880	2171	32	other	other	JJ
19880	2171	33	reasons	reason	NNS
19880	2171	34	the	the	DT
19880	2171	35	learning	learning	NN
19880	2171	36	of	of	IN
19880	2171	37	languages	language	NNS
19880	2171	38	by	by	IN
19880	2171	39	persons	person	NNS
19880	2171	40	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	2171	41	a	a	DT
19880	2171	42	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2171	43	age	age	NN
19880	2171	44	is	be	VBZ
19880	2171	45	a	a	DT
19880	2171	46	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	2171	47	matter	matter	NN
19880	2171	48	.	.	.
19880	2172	1	But	but	CC
19880	2172	2	to	to	IN
19880	2172	3	all	all	DT
19880	2172	4	students	student	NNS
19880	2172	5	of	of	IN
19880	2172	6	a	a	DT
19880	2172	7	foreign	foreign	JJ
19880	2172	8	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2172	9	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2172	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	2172	11	really	really	RB
19880	2172	12	essential	essential	JJ
19880	2172	13	to	to	TO
19880	2172	14	explain	explain	VB
19880	2172	15	the	the	DT
19880	2172	16	physical	physical	JJ
19880	2172	17	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2172	18	by	by	IN
19880	2172	19	which	which	WDT
19880	2172	20	the	the	DT
19880	2172	21	various	various	JJ
19880	2172	22	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2172	23	are	be	VBP
19880	2172	24	made	make	VBN
19880	2172	25	.	.	.
19880	2173	1	The	the	DT
19880	2173	2	author	author	NN
19880	2173	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	2173	4	known	know	VBN
19880	2173	5	an	an	DT
19880	2173	6	adult	adult	NN
19880	2173	7	to	to	TO
19880	2173	8	struggle	struggle	VB
19880	2173	9	for	for	IN
19880	2173	10	months	month	NNS
19880	2173	11	with	with	IN
19880	2173	12	French	french	JJ
19880	2173	13	and	and	CC
19880	2173	14	German	german	JJ
19880	2173	15	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19880	2173	16	,	,	,
19880	2173	17	and	and	CC
19880	2173	18	get	get	VB
19880	2173	19	into	into	IN
19880	2173	20	a	a	DT
19880	2173	21	state	state	NN
19880	2173	22	of	of	IN
19880	2173	23	discouragement	discouragement	NN
19880	2173	24	,	,	,
19880	2173	25	fearing	fear	VBG
19880	2173	26	that	that	IN
19880	2173	27	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2173	28	never	never	RB
19880	2173	29	would	would	MD
19880	2173	30	be	be	VB
19880	2173	31	able	able	JJ
19880	2173	32	to	to	TO
19880	2173	33	learn	learn	VB
19880	2173	34	the	the	DT
19880	2173	35	languages	language	NNS
19880	2173	36	in	in	IN
19880	2173	37	which	which	WDT
19880	2173	38	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2173	39	wished	wish	VBD
19880	2173	40	to	to	TO
19880	2173	41	speak	speak	VB
19880	2173	42	and	and	CC
19880	2173	43	sing	sing	VB
19880	2173	44	,	,	,
19880	2173	45	when	when	WRB
19880	2173	46	a	a	DT
19880	2173	47	few	few	JJ
19880	2173	48	moments	moment	NNS
19880	2173	49	spent	spend	VBN
19880	2173	50	in	in	IN
19880	2173	51	explaining	explain	VBG
19880	2173	52	just	just	RB
19880	2173	53	what	what	WP
19880	2173	54	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2173	55	have	have	VBP
19880	2173	56	written	write	VBN
19880	2173	57	above	above	RB
19880	2173	58	for	for	IN
19880	2173	59	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2173	60	,	,	,
19880	2173	61	and	and	CC
19880	2173	62	what	what	WP
19880	2173	63	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2173	64	have	have	VBP
19880	2173	65	earlier	early	JJR
19880	2173	66	and	and	CC
19880	2173	67	shall	shall	MD
19880	2173	68	now	now	RB
19880	2173	69	more	more	RBR
19880	2173	70	fully	fully	RB
19880	2173	71	set	set	VBN
19880	2173	72	forth	forth	RP
19880	2173	73	in	in	IN
19880	2173	74	this	this	DT
19880	2173	75	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	2173	76	as	as	IN
19880	2173	77	regards	regard	VBZ
19880	2173	78	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2173	79	,	,	,
19880	2173	80	have	have	VBP
19880	2173	81	been	be	VBN
19880	2173	82	followed	follow	VBN
19880	2173	83	by	by	IN
19880	2173	84	the	the	DT
19880	2173	85	lifting	lifting	NN
19880	2173	86	of	of	IN
19880	2173	87	the	the	DT
19880	2173	88	cloud	cloud	NN
19880	2173	89	from	from	IN
19880	2173	90	the	the	DT
19880	2173	91	mind	mind	NN
19880	2173	92	and	and	CC
19880	2173	93	of	of	IN
19880	2173	94	a	a	DT
19880	2173	95	load	load	NN
19880	2173	96	of	of	IN
19880	2173	97	heaviness	heaviness	NN
19880	2173	98	from	from	IN
19880	2173	99	the	the	DT
19880	2173	100	heart	heart	NN
19880	2173	101	.	.	.
19880	2174	1	The	the	DT
19880	2174	2	learner	learner	NN
19880	2174	3	should	should	MD
19880	2174	4	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2174	5	1	1	LS
19880	2174	6	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2174	7	hear	hear	VB
19880	2174	8	the	the	DT
19880	2174	9	sound	sound	NN
19880	2174	10	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2174	11	elemental	elemental	JJ
19880	2174	12	--	--	:
19880	2174	13	a	a	DT
19880	2174	14	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2174	15	,	,	,
19880	2174	16	say	say	VBP
19880	2174	17	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2174	18	from	from	IN
19880	2174	19	the	the	DT
19880	2174	20	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2174	21	of	of	IN
19880	2174	22	the	the	DT
19880	2174	23	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2174	24	,	,	,
19880	2174	25	and	and	CC
19880	2174	26	actually	actually	RB
19880	2174	27	perceive	perceive	VBP
19880	2174	28	just	just	RB
19880	2174	29	what	what	WP
19880	2174	30	that	that	DT
19880	2174	31	sound	sound	VBP
19880	2174	32	is--_i.e	is--_i.e	NNP
19880	2174	33	.	.	.
19880	2174	34	_	_	NNP
19880	2174	35	,	,	,
19880	2174	36	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2174	37	must	must	MD
19880	2174	38	really	really	RB
19880	2174	39	hear	hear	VB
19880	2174	40	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2174	41	;	;	:
19880	2174	42	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2174	43	2	2	LS
19880	2174	44	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2174	45	observe	observe	VB
19880	2174	46	the	the	DT
19880	2174	47	shape	shape	NN
19880	2174	48	of	of	IN
19880	2174	49	the	the	DT
19880	2174	50	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2174	51	-	-	HYPH
19880	2174	52	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2174	53	;	;	:
19880	2174	54	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2174	55	3	3	LS
19880	2174	56	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2174	57	try	try	VB
19880	2174	58	to	to	TO
19880	2174	59	produce	produce	VB
19880	2174	60	the	the	DT
19880	2174	61	same	same	JJ
19880	2174	62	shape	shape	NN
19880	2174	63	of	of	IN
19880	2174	64	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2174	65	own	own	JJ
19880	2174	66	,	,	,
19880	2174	67	and	and	CC
19880	2174	68	under	under	IN
19880	2174	69	the	the	DT
19880	2174	70	guidance	guidance	NN
19880	2174	71	of	of	IN
19880	2174	72	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2174	73	ear	ear	NN
19880	2174	74	and	and	CC
19880	2174	75	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2174	76	eye	eye	NN
19880	2174	77	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2174	78	watching	watch	VBG
19880	2174	79	the	the	DT
19880	2174	80	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2174	81	of	of	IN
19880	2174	82	the	the	DT
19880	2174	83	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2174	84	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2174	85	so	so	RB
19880	2174	86	utter	utter	VB
19880	2174	87	the	the	DT
19880	2174	88	sound	sound	NN
19880	2174	89	correctly	correctly	RB
19880	2174	90	.	.	.
19880	2175	1	This	this	DT
19880	2175	2	sound	sound	NN
19880	2175	3	should	should	MD
19880	2175	4	be	be	VB
19880	2175	5	fixed	fix	VBN
19880	2175	6	in	in	IN
19880	2175	7	the	the	DT
19880	2175	8	mind	mind	NN
19880	2175	9	,	,	,
19880	2175	10	and	and	CC
19880	2175	11	the	the	DT
19880	2175	12	ear	ear	NN
19880	2175	13	trained	train	VBN
19880	2175	14	by	by	IN
19880	2175	15	comparing	compare	VBG
19880	2175	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2175	17	with	with	IN
19880	2175	18	other	other	JJ
19880	2175	19	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2175	20	,	,	,
19880	2175	21	as	as	IN
19880	2175	22	the	the	DT
19880	2175	23	wise	wise	JJ
19880	2175	24	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2175	25	will	will	MD
19880	2175	26	do	do	VB
19880	2175	27	,	,	,
19880	2175	28	and	and	CC
19880	2175	29	require	require	VB
19880	2175	30	imitations	imitation	NNS
19880	2175	31	.	.	.
19880	2176	1	Any	any	DT
19880	2176	2	language	language	NN
19880	2176	3	can	can	MD
19880	2176	4	be	be	VB
19880	2176	5	pronounced	pronounce	VBN
19880	2176	6	correctly	correctly	RB
19880	2176	7	in	in	IN
19880	2176	8	a	a	DT
19880	2176	9	short	short	JJ
19880	2176	10	time	time	NN
19880	2176	11	,	,	,
19880	2176	12	if	if	IN
19880	2176	13	this	this	DT
19880	2176	14	method	method	NN
19880	2176	15	be	be	VB
19880	2176	16	followed	follow	VBN
19880	2176	17	.	.	.
19880	2177	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2177	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2177	3	,	,	,
19880	2177	4	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	2177	5	,	,	,
19880	2177	6	the	the	DT
19880	2177	7	only	only	JJ
19880	2177	8	one	one	CD
19880	2177	9	that	that	WDT
19880	2177	10	rests	rest	VBZ
19880	2177	11	on	on	IN
19880	2177	12	science	science	NN
19880	2177	13	and	and	CC
19880	2177	14	common	common	JJ
19880	2177	15	sense	sense	NN
19880	2177	16	.	.	.
19880	2178	1	The	the	DT
19880	2178	2	student	student	NN
19880	2178	3	when	when	WRB
19880	2178	4	away	away	RB
19880	2178	5	from	from	IN
19880	2178	6	the	the	DT
19880	2178	7	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2178	8	,	,	,
19880	2178	9	after	after	IN
19880	2178	10	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2178	11	has	have	VBZ
19880	2178	12	once	once	RB
19880	2178	13	learned	learn	VBN
19880	2178	14	to	to	TO
19880	2178	15	form	form	VB
19880	2178	16	the	the	DT
19880	2178	17	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2178	18	correctly	correctly	RB
19880	2178	19	,	,	,
19880	2178	20	should	should	MD
19880	2178	21	practise	practise	VB
19880	2178	22	with	with	IN
19880	2178	23	a	a	DT
19880	2178	24	hand	hand	NN
19880	2178	25	-	-	HYPH
19880	2178	26	glass	glass	NN
19880	2178	27	before	before	IN
19880	2178	28	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2178	29	for	for	IN
19880	2178	30	some	some	DT
19880	2178	31	time	time	NN
19880	2178	32	,	,	,
19880	2178	33	at	at	IN
19880	2178	34	least	least	JJS
19880	2178	35	.	.	.
19880	2179	1	The	the	DT
19880	2179	2	learning	learning	NN
19880	2179	3	of	of	IN
19880	2179	4	a	a	DT
19880	2179	5	new	new	JJ
19880	2179	6	language	language	NN
19880	2179	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	2179	8	the	the	DT
19880	2179	9	acquiring	acquire	VBG
19880	2179	10	of	of	IN
19880	2179	11	a	a	DT
19880	2179	12	new	new	JJ
19880	2179	13	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2179	14	,	,	,
19880	2179	15	or	or	CC
19880	2179	16	,	,	,
19880	2179	17	at	at	IN
19880	2179	18	all	all	DT
19880	2179	19	events	event	NNS
19880	2179	20	,	,	,
19880	2179	21	entirely	entirely	RB
19880	2179	22	new	new	JJ
19880	2179	23	methods	method	NNS
19880	2179	24	of	of	IN
19880	2179	25	using	use	VBG
19880	2179	26	the	the	DT
19880	2179	27	old	old	JJ
19880	2179	28	one	one	CD
19880	2179	29	.	.	.
19880	2180	1	In	in	IN
19880	2180	2	reality	reality	NN
19880	2180	3	,	,	,
19880	2180	4	however	however	RB
19880	2180	5	,	,	,
19880	2180	6	this	this	DT
19880	2180	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	2180	8	not	not	RB
19880	2180	9	so	so	RB
19880	2180	10	fully	fully	RB
19880	2180	11	the	the	DT
19880	2180	12	case	case	NN
19880	2180	13	as	as	IN
19880	2180	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2180	15	at	at	IN
19880	2180	16	first	first	RB
19880	2180	17	seems	seem	VBZ
19880	2180	18	.	.	.
19880	2181	1	In	in	IN
19880	2181	2	all	all	PDT
19880	2181	3	the	the	DT
19880	2181	4	languages	language	NNS
19880	2181	5	one	one	CD
19880	2181	6	wishes	wish	VBZ
19880	2181	7	to	to	TO
19880	2181	8	acquire	acquire	VB
19880	2181	9	,	,	,
19880	2181	10	the	the	DT
19880	2181	11	same	same	JJ
19880	2181	12	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2181	13	occur	occur	VBP
19880	2181	14	,	,	,
19880	2181	15	and	and	CC
19880	2181	16	for	for	IN
19880	2181	17	the	the	DT
19880	2181	18	learner	learner	NN
19880	2181	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2181	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	2181	21	often	often	RB
19880	2181	22	a	a	DT
19880	2181	23	question	question	NN
19880	2181	24	of	of	IN
19880	2181	25	lower	low	JJR
19880	2181	26	or	or	CC
19880	2181	27	higher	high	JJR
19880	2181	28	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2181	29	,	,	,
19880	2181	30	or	or	CC
19880	2181	31	greater	great	JJR
19880	2181	32	or	or	CC
19880	2181	33	less	less	JJR
19880	2181	34	breadth	breadth	NN
19880	2181	35	,	,	,
19880	2181	36	though	though	IN
19880	2181	37	all	all	PDT
19880	2181	38	this	this	DT
19880	2181	39	involves	involve	VBZ
19880	2181	40	the	the	DT
19880	2181	41	formation	formation	NN
19880	2181	42	of	of	IN
19880	2181	43	new	new	JJ
19880	2181	44	habits	habit	NNS
19880	2181	45	and	and	CC
19880	2181	46	the	the	DT
19880	2181	47	fighting	fighting	NN
19880	2181	48	of	of	IN
19880	2181	49	old	old	JJ
19880	2181	50	ones	one	NNS
19880	2181	51	,	,	,
19880	2181	52	and	and	CC
19880	2181	53	often	often	RB
19880	2181	54	in	in	IN
19880	2181	55	the	the	DT
19880	2181	56	case	case	NN
19880	2181	57	of	of	IN
19880	2181	58	the	the	DT
19880	2181	59	adult	adult	NN
19880	2181	60	the	the	DT
19880	2181	61	struggle	struggle	NN
19880	2181	62	is	be	VBZ
19880	2181	63	a	a	DT
19880	2181	64	long	long	RB
19880	2181	65	-	-	HYPH
19880	2181	66	continued	continued	JJ
19880	2181	67	and	and	CC
19880	2181	68	severe	severe	JJ
19880	2181	69	one	one	CD
19880	2181	70	.	.	.
19880	2182	1	Some	some	DT
19880	2182	2	nations	nation	NNS
19880	2182	3	speak	speak	VBP
19880	2182	4	at	at	IN
19880	2182	5	a	a	DT
19880	2182	6	lower	low	JJR
19880	2182	7	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2182	8	than	than	IN
19880	2182	9	others	other	NNS
19880	2182	10	,	,	,
19880	2182	11	and	and	CC
19880	2182	12	if	if	IN
19880	2182	13	a	a	DT
19880	2182	14	foreigner	foreigner	NN
19880	2182	15	enunciate	enunciate	VBP
19880	2182	16	ever	ever	RB
19880	2182	17	so	so	RB
19880	2182	18	well	well	RB
19880	2182	19	,	,	,
19880	2182	20	yet	yet	CC
19880	2182	21	at	at	IN
19880	2182	22	the	the	DT
19880	2182	23	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2182	24	of	of	IN
19880	2182	25	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2182	26	own	own	JJ
19880	2182	27	and	and	CC
19880	2182	28	not	not	RB
19880	2182	29	that	that	DT
19880	2182	30	of	of	IN
19880	2182	31	the	the	DT
19880	2182	32	new	new	JJ
19880	2182	33	language	language	NN
19880	2182	34	,	,	,
19880	2182	35	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2182	36	utterance	utterance	NN
19880	2182	37	may	may	MD
19880	2182	38	seem	seem	VB
19880	2182	39	foreign	foreign	JJ
19880	2182	40	.	.	.
19880	2183	1	The	the	DT
19880	2183	2	Germans	Germans	NNPS
19880	2183	3	speak	speak	VBP
19880	2183	4	at	at	IN
19880	2183	5	a	a	DT
19880	2183	6	much	much	RB
19880	2183	7	lower	low	JJR
19880	2183	8	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2183	9	than	than	IN
19880	2183	10	Americans	Americans	NNPS
19880	2183	11	,	,	,
19880	2183	12	and	and	CC
19880	2183	13	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2183	14	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2183	15	,	,	,
19880	2183	16	even	even	RB
19880	2183	17	when	when	WRB
19880	2183	18	grammatically	grammatically	RB
19880	2183	19	spoken	speak	VBN
19880	2183	20	by	by	IN
19880	2183	21	the	the	DT
19880	2183	22	latter	latter	JJ
19880	2183	23	,	,	,
19880	2183	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	2183	25	apt	apt	JJ
19880	2183	26	to	to	TO
19880	2183	27	have	have	VB
19880	2183	28	a	a	DT
19880	2183	29	sort	sort	NN
19880	2183	30	of	of	IN
19880	2183	31	foreign	foreign	JJ
19880	2183	32	flavor	flavor	NN
19880	2183	33	.	.	.
19880	2184	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2184	2	slightly	slightly	RB
19880	2184	3	disturbs	disturb	VBZ
19880	2184	4	the	the	DT
19880	2184	5	listener	listener	NN
19880	2184	6	,	,	,
19880	2184	7	who	who	WP
19880	2184	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	2184	9	not	not	RB
19880	2184	10	accustomed	accustomed	JJ
19880	2184	11	to	to	TO
19880	2184	12	hear	hear	VB
19880	2184	13	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2184	14	mother	mother	NN
19880	2184	15	-	-	HYPH
19880	2184	16	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2184	17	transposed	transpose	VBD
19880	2184	18	into	into	IN
19880	2184	19	another	another	DT
19880	2184	20	key	key	NN
19880	2184	21	,	,	,
19880	2184	22	so	so	RB
19880	2184	23	to	to	TO
19880	2184	24	speak	speak	VB
19880	2184	25	.	.	.
19880	2185	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2185	2	have	have	VBP
19880	2185	3	known	know	VBN
19880	2185	4	a	a	DT
19880	2185	5	learner	learner	NN
19880	2185	6	to	to	TO
19880	2185	7	derive	derive	VB
19880	2185	8	great	great	JJ
19880	2185	9	benefit	benefit	NN
19880	2185	10	from	from	IN
19880	2185	11	having	have	VBG
19880	2185	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2185	13	pointed	point	VBN
19880	2185	14	out	out	RP
19880	2185	15	to	to	IN
19880	2185	16	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2185	17	that	that	IN
19880	2185	18	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2185	19	of	of	IN
19880	2185	20	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2185	21	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2185	22	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2185	23	would	would	MD
19880	2185	24	at	at	IN
19880	2185	25	once	once	RB
19880	2185	26	cease	cease	VB
19880	2185	27	to	to	TO
19880	2185	28	be	be	VB
19880	2185	29	incorrect	incorrect	JJ
19880	2185	30	if	if	IN
19880	2185	31	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2185	32	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2185	33	were	be	VBD
19880	2185	34	altered	alter	VBN
19880	2185	35	.	.	.
19880	2186	1	Of	of	RB
19880	2186	2	course	course	RB
19880	2186	3	,	,	,
19880	2186	4	in	in	IN
19880	2186	5	doing	do	VBG
19880	2186	6	this	this	DT
19880	2186	7	,	,	,
19880	2186	8	there	there	EX
19880	2186	9	were	be	VBD
19880	2186	10	at	at	IN
19880	2186	11	once	once	RB
19880	2186	12	many	many	JJ
19880	2186	13	changes	change	NNS
19880	2186	14	made	make	VBN
19880	2186	15	in	in	IN
19880	2186	16	the	the	DT
19880	2186	17	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2186	18	-	-	HYPH
19880	2186	19	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2186	20	,	,	,
19880	2186	21	in	in	IN
19880	2186	22	order	order	NN
19880	2186	23	to	to	TO
19880	2186	24	get	get	VB
19880	2186	25	the	the	DT
19880	2186	26	changed	change	VBN
19880	2186	27	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2186	28	.	.	.
19880	2187	1	Pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2187	2	,	,	,
19880	2187	3	accent	accent	NN
19880	2187	4	,	,	,
19880	2187	5	and	and	CC
19880	2187	6	duration	duration	NN
19880	2187	7	of	of	IN
19880	2187	8	the	the	DT
19880	2187	9	sound	sound	NN
19880	2187	10	throw	throw	VB
19880	2187	11	much	much	JJ
19880	2187	12	light	light	NN
19880	2187	13	on	on	IN
19880	2187	14	the	the	DT
19880	2187	15	subject	subject	NN
19880	2187	16	of	of	IN
19880	2187	17	dialect	dialect	NN
19880	2187	18	,	,	,
19880	2187	19	as	as	IN
19880	2187	20	a	a	DT
19880	2187	21	little	little	JJ
19880	2187	22	analysis	analysis	NN
19880	2187	23	of	of	IN
19880	2187	24	Irish	Irish	NNP
19880	2187	25	or	or	CC
19880	2187	26	Scotch	Scotch	NNP
19880	2187	27	will	will	MD
19880	2187	28	show	show	VB
19880	2187	29	.	.	.
19880	2188	1	Consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2188	2	are	be	VBP
19880	2188	3	,	,	,
19880	2188	4	as	as	IN
19880	2188	5	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2188	6	have	have	VBP
19880	2188	7	already	already	RB
19880	2188	8	said	say	VBN
19880	2188	9	,	,	,
19880	2188	10	noisy	noisy	JJ
19880	2188	11	nuisances	nuisance	NNS
19880	2188	12	for	for	IN
19880	2188	13	the	the	DT
19880	2188	14	singer	singer	NN
19880	2188	15	,	,	,
19880	2188	16	but	but	CC
19880	2188	17	indispensable	indispensable	JJ
19880	2188	18	for	for	IN
19880	2188	19	word	word	NN
19880	2188	20	-	-	HYPH
19880	2188	21	formation	formation	NN
19880	2188	22	,	,	,
19880	2188	23	and	and	CC
19880	2188	24	so	so	RB
19880	2188	25	for	for	IN
19880	2188	26	human	human	JJ
19880	2188	27	intercourse	intercourse	NN
19880	2188	28	.	.	.
19880	2189	1	Each	each	DT
19880	2189	2	has	have	VBZ
19880	2189	3	also	also	RB
19880	2189	4	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2189	5	own	own	JJ
19880	2189	6	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2189	7	,	,	,
19880	2189	8	and	and	CC
19880	2189	9	investigators	investigator	NNS
19880	2189	10	have	have	VBP
19880	2189	11	come	come	VBN
19880	2189	12	to	to	IN
19880	2189	13	a	a	DT
19880	2189	14	measurable	measurable	JJ
19880	2189	15	degree	degree	NN
19880	2189	16	of	of	IN
19880	2189	17	agreement	agreement	NN
19880	2189	18	on	on	IN
19880	2189	19	this	this	DT
19880	2189	20	subject	subject	NN
19880	2189	21	.	.	.
19880	2190	1	To	to	TO
19880	2190	2	illustrate	illustrate	VB
19880	2190	3	:	:	:
19880	2190	4	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	2190	5	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	2190	6	found	find	VBD
19880	2190	7	that	that	IN
19880	2190	8	_	_	NNP
19880	2190	9	r	r	NNP
19880	2190	10	_	_	NNP
19880	2190	11	and	and	CC
19880	2190	12	_	_	NNP
19880	2190	13	s	s	NNP
19880	2190	14	_	_	NNP
19880	2190	15	are	be	VBP
19880	2190	16	separated	separate	VBN
19880	2190	17	from	from	IN
19880	2190	18	each	each	DT
19880	2190	19	other	other	JJ
19880	2190	20	by	by	IN
19880	2190	21	an	an	DT
19880	2190	22	interval	interval	NN
19880	2190	23	of	of	IN
19880	2190	24	many	many	JJ
19880	2190	25	octaves	octave	NNS
19880	2190	26	:	:	:
19880	2190	27	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2190	28	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	2190	29	:	:	:
19880	2190	30	C	C	NNP
19880	2190	31	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2190	32	,	,	,
19880	2190	33	_	_	NNP
19880	2190	34	r	r	NNP
19880	2190	35	_	_	NNP
19880	2190	36	;	;	:
19880	2190	37	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2190	38	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	2190	39	:	:	:
19880	2190	40	b	b	LS
19880	2190	41	-	-	HYPH
19880	2190	42	flat	flat	JJ
19880	2190	43	'	'	''
19880	2190	44	'	'	''
19880	2190	45	'	'	''
19880	2190	46	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2190	47	,	,	,
19880	2190	48	_	_	NNP
19880	2190	49	s	s	NNP
19880	2190	50	_	_	NNP
19880	2190	51	.	.	.
19880	2191	1	The	the	DT
19880	2191	2	latter	latter	JJ
19880	2191	3	,	,	,
19880	2191	4	_	_	NNP
19880	2191	5	s	s	NNP
19880	2191	6	_	_	NNP
19880	2191	7	,	,	,
19880	2191	8	can	can	MD
19880	2191	9	not	not	RB
19880	2191	10	be	be	VB
19880	2191	11	sounded	sound	VBN
19880	2191	12	without	without	IN
19880	2191	13	more	more	JJR
19880	2191	14	or	or	CC
19880	2191	15	less	less	JJR
19880	2191	16	of	of	IN
19880	2191	17	a	a	DT
19880	2191	18	hissing	hiss	VBG
19880	2191	19	sound	sound	NN
19880	2191	20	,	,	,
19880	2191	21	suggesting	suggest	VBG
19880	2191	22	escape	escape	NN
19880	2191	23	of	of	IN
19880	2191	24	air	air	NN
19880	2191	25	,	,	,
19880	2191	26	which	which	WDT
19880	2191	27	is	be	VBZ
19880	2191	28	very	very	RB
19880	2191	29	unpleasant	unpleasant	JJ
19880	2191	30	to	to	IN
19880	2191	31	the	the	DT
19880	2191	32	ear	ear	NN
19880	2191	33	,	,	,
19880	2191	34	and	and	CC
19880	2191	35	,	,	,
19880	2191	36	unfortunately	unfortunately	RB
19880	2191	37	,	,	,
19880	2191	38	these	these	DT
19880	2191	39	hissing	hissing	JJ
19880	2191	40	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2191	41	are	be	VBP
19880	2191	42	very	very	RB
19880	2191	43	common	common	JJ
19880	2191	44	in	in	IN
19880	2191	45	English	English	NNP
19880	2191	46	,	,	,
19880	2191	47	so	so	IN
19880	2191	48	that	that	IN
19880	2191	49	the	the	DT
19880	2191	50	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2191	51	or	or	CC
19880	2191	52	singer	singer	NN
19880	2191	53	is	be	VBZ
19880	2191	54	called	call	VBN
19880	2191	55	upon	upon	IN
19880	2191	56	to	to	TO
19880	2191	57	use	use	VB
19880	2191	58	all	all	PDT
19880	2191	59	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2191	60	art	art	NN
19880	2191	61	to	to	TO
19880	2191	62	overcome	overcome	VB
19880	2191	63	this	this	DT
19880	2191	64	disagreeable	disagreeable	JJ
19880	2191	65	effect	effect	NN
19880	2191	66	.	.	.
19880	2192	1	This	this	DT
19880	2192	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2192	3	also	also	RB
19880	2192	4	prominent	prominent	JJ
19880	2192	5	in	in	IN
19880	2192	6	_	_	NNP
19880	2192	7	whispering_--_i.e	whispering_--_i.e	NNP
19880	2192	8	.	.	.
19880	2192	9	_	_	NNP
19880	2192	10	,	,	,
19880	2192	11	the	the	DT
19880	2192	12	escape	escape	NN
19880	2192	13	of	of	IN
19880	2192	14	breath	breath	NN
19880	2192	15	,	,	,
19880	2192	16	with	with	IN
19880	2192	17	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2192	18	corresponding	corresponding	JJ
19880	2192	19	effect	effect	NN
19880	2192	20	on	on	IN
19880	2192	21	the	the	DT
19880	2192	22	ear	ear	NN
19880	2192	23	.	.	.
19880	2193	1	Whispering	whispering	NN
19880	2193	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2193	3	effected	effect	VBN
19880	2193	4	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	2193	5	,	,	,
19880	2193	6	if	if	IN
19880	2193	7	not	not	RB
19880	2193	8	solely	solely	RB
19880	2193	9	,	,	,
19880	2193	10	by	by	IN
19880	2193	11	the	the	DT
19880	2193	12	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2193	13	-	-	HYPH
19880	2193	14	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2193	15	,	,	,
19880	2193	16	the	the	DT
19880	2193	17	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2193	18	bands	band	NNS
19880	2193	19	taking	take	VBG
19880	2193	20	only	only	RB
19880	2193	21	the	the	DT
19880	2193	22	slightest	slight	JJS
19880	2193	23	part	part	NN
19880	2193	24	,	,	,
19880	2193	25	if	if	IN
19880	2193	26	any	any	DT
19880	2193	27	at	at	RB
19880	2193	28	all	all	RB
19880	2193	29	.	.	.
19880	2194	1	The	the	DT
19880	2194	2	physiologist	physiologist	NN
19880	2194	3	Brücke	Brücke	NNP
19880	2194	4	,	,	,
19880	2194	5	treating	treating	NN
19880	2194	6	of	of	IN
19880	2194	7	the	the	DT
19880	2194	8	utterance	utterance	NN
19880	2194	9	of	of	IN
19880	2194	10	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2194	11	,	,	,
19880	2194	12	considered	consider	VBD
19880	2194	13	that	that	IN
19880	2194	14	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2194	15	were	be	VBD
19880	2194	16	formed	form	VBN
19880	2194	17	by	by	IN
19880	2194	18	the	the	DT
19880	2194	19	more	more	RBR
19880	2194	20	or	or	CC
19880	2194	21	less	less	RBR
19880	2194	22	complete	complete	JJ
19880	2194	23	closure	closure	NN
19880	2194	24	of	of	IN
19880	2194	25	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2194	26	doors	door	NNS
19880	2194	27	in	in	IN
19880	2194	28	the	the	DT
19880	2194	29	course	course	NN
19880	2194	30	of	of	IN
19880	2194	31	the	the	DT
19880	2194	32	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19880	2194	33	blast	blast	NN
19880	2194	34	of	of	IN
19880	2194	35	air	air	NN
19880	2194	36	,	,	,
19880	2194	37	and	and	CC
19880	2194	38	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2194	39	have	have	VBP
19880	2194	40	already	already	RB
19880	2194	41	referred	refer	VBN
19880	2194	42	to	to	IN
19880	2194	43	a	a	DT
19880	2194	44	consonant	consonant	NN
19880	2194	45	as	as	IN
19880	2194	46	an	an	DT
19880	2194	47	unpleasant	unpleasant	JJ
19880	2194	48	interrupter	interrupter	NN
19880	2194	49	,	,	,
19880	2194	50	musically	musically	RB
19880	2194	51	considered	consider	VBN
19880	2194	52	.	.	.
19880	2195	1	Perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	2195	2	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2195	3	should	should	MD
19880	2195	4	be	be	VB
19880	2195	5	disposed	dispose	VBN
19880	2195	6	to	to	TO
19880	2195	7	compare	compare	VB
19880	2195	8	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2195	9	to	to	IN
19880	2195	10	the	the	DT
19880	2195	11	people	people	NNS
19880	2195	12	that	that	WDT
19880	2195	13	talk	talk	VBP
19880	2195	14	during	during	IN
19880	2195	15	the	the	DT
19880	2195	16	performance	performance	NN
19880	2195	17	at	at	IN
19880	2195	18	a	a	DT
19880	2195	19	concert	concert	NN
19880	2195	20	,	,	,
19880	2195	21	did	do	VBD
19880	2195	22	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2195	23	not	not	RB
19880	2195	24	wish	wish	VB
19880	2195	25	to	to	TO
19880	2195	26	avoid	avoid	VB
19880	2195	27	bringing	bring	VBG
19880	2195	28	such	such	JJ
19880	2195	29	useful	useful	JJ
19880	2195	30	members	member	NNS
19880	2195	31	of	of	IN
19880	2195	32	the	the	DT
19880	2195	33	speech	speech	NN
19880	2195	34	community	community	NN
19880	2195	35	into	into	IN
19880	2195	36	undeserved	undeserved	JJ
19880	2195	37	disrepute	disrepute	NN
19880	2195	38	.	.	.
19880	2196	1	Consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2196	2	,	,	,
19880	2196	3	like	like	IN
19880	2196	4	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2196	5	,	,	,
19880	2196	6	have	have	VBP
19880	2196	7	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2196	8	own	own	JJ
19880	2196	9	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2196	10	positions	position	NNS
19880	2196	11	.	.	.
19880	2197	1	This	this	DT
19880	2197	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	2197	3	from	from	IN
19880	2197	4	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2197	5	having	have	VBG
19880	2197	6	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2197	7	,	,	,
19880	2197	8	but	but	CC
19880	2197	9	,	,	,
19880	2197	10	in	in	IN
19880	2197	11	addition	addition	NN
19880	2197	12	,	,	,
19880	2197	13	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2197	14	require	require	VBP
19880	2197	15	the	the	DT
19880	2197	16	use	use	NN
19880	2197	17	of	of	IN
19880	2197	18	the	the	DT
19880	2197	19	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2197	20	,	,	,
19880	2197	21	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2197	22	,	,	,
19880	2197	23	etc	etc	FW
19880	2197	24	.	.	FW
19880	2197	25	,	,	,
19880	2197	26	in	in	IN
19880	2197	27	a	a	DT
19880	2197	28	special	special	JJ
19880	2197	29	way	way	NN
19880	2197	30	.	.	.
19880	2198	1	The	the	DT
19880	2198	2	principal	principal	JJ
19880	2198	3	articulation	articulation	NN
19880	2198	4	positions	position	NNS
19880	2198	5	are	be	VBP
19880	2198	6	the	the	DT
19880	2198	7	following	follow	VBG
19880	2198	8	:	:	:
19880	2198	9	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2198	10	1	1	LS
19880	2198	11	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2198	12	Between	between	IN
19880	2198	13	the	the	DT
19880	2198	14	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2198	15	;	;	,
19880	2198	16	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2198	17	2	2	LS
19880	2198	18	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2198	19	between	between	IN
19880	2198	20	the	the	DT
19880	2198	21	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2198	22	and	and	CC
19880	2198	23	the	the	DT
19880	2198	24	hard	hard	JJ
19880	2198	25	palate	palate	NN
19880	2198	26	;	;	:
19880	2198	27	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2198	28	3	3	LS
19880	2198	29	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2198	30	between	between	IN
19880	2198	31	the	the	DT
19880	2198	32	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2198	33	and	and	CC
19880	2198	34	the	the	DT
19880	2198	35	soft	soft	JJ
19880	2198	36	palate	palate	NN
19880	2198	37	;	;	:
19880	2198	38	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2198	39	4	4	LS
19880	2198	40	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2198	41	between	between	IN
19880	2198	42	the	the	DT
19880	2198	43	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2198	44	bands	band	NNS
19880	2198	45	.	.	.
19880	2199	1	To	to	TO
19880	2199	2	indicate	indicate	VB
19880	2199	3	this	this	DT
19880	2199	4	,	,	,
19880	2199	5	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2199	6	terms	term	NNS
19880	2199	7	have	have	VBP
19880	2199	8	been	be	VBN
19880	2199	9	employed	employ	VBN
19880	2199	10	,	,	,
19880	2199	11	and	and	CC
19880	2199	12	as	as	IN
19880	2199	13	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2199	14	are	be	VBP
19880	2199	15	in	in	IN
19880	2199	16	common	common	JJ
19880	2199	17	use	use	NN
19880	2199	18	by	by	IN
19880	2199	19	those	those	DT
19880	2199	20	who	who	WP
19880	2199	21	treat	treat	VBP
19880	2199	22	of	of	IN
19880	2199	23	this	this	DT
19880	2199	24	subject	subject	NN
19880	2199	25	,	,	,
19880	2199	26	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2199	27	will	will	MD
19880	2199	28	be	be	VB
19880	2199	29	well	well	JJ
19880	2199	30	to	to	TO
19880	2199	31	explain	explain	VB
19880	2199	32	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2199	33	.	.	.
19880	2200	1	_	_	NNP
19880	2200	2	Explosives	Explosives	NNPS
19880	2200	3	_	_	NNP
19880	2200	4	are	be	VBP
19880	2200	5	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2200	6	in	in	IN
19880	2200	7	uttering	uttering	NN
19880	2200	8	which	which	WDT
19880	2200	9	there	there	EX
19880	2200	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	2200	11	complete	complete	JJ
19880	2200	12	closure	closure	NN
19880	2200	13	with	with	IN
19880	2200	14	a	a	DT
19880	2200	15	sudden	sudden	JJ
19880	2200	16	opening	opening	NN
19880	2200	17	of	of	IN
19880	2200	18	the	the	DT
19880	2200	19	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2200	20	-	-	HYPH
19880	2200	21	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2200	22	in	in	IN
19880	2200	23	front	front	NN
19880	2200	24	,	,	,
19880	2200	25	as	as	IN
19880	2200	26	in	in	IN
19880	2200	27	_	_	NNP
19880	2200	28	b	b	NNP
19880	2200	29	_	_	NNP
19880	2200	30	and	and	CC
19880	2200	31	_	_	NNP
19880	2200	32	p	p	NNP
19880	2200	33	_	_	NNP
19880	2200	34	.	.	.
19880	2201	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2201	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	2201	3	:	:	:
19880	2201	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	2201	5	.	.	.
19880	2202	1	59	59	LS
19880	2202	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2202	3	Beaunis	beaunis	NN
19880	2202	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2202	5	.	.	.
19880	2203	1	Representation	representation	NN
19880	2203	2	of	of	IN
19880	2203	3	the	the	DT
19880	2203	4	relative	relative	JJ
19880	2203	5	position	position	NN
19880	2203	6	of	of	IN
19880	2203	7	the	the	DT
19880	2203	8	parts	part	NNS
19880	2203	9	and	and	CC
19880	2203	10	the	the	DT
19880	2203	11	resulting	result	VBG
19880	2203	12	shape	shape	NN
19880	2203	13	of	of	IN
19880	2203	14	the	the	DT
19880	2203	15	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	2203	16	chamber	chamber	NN
19880	2203	17	when	when	WRB
19880	2203	18	the	the	DT
19880	2203	19	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2203	20	indicated	indicate	VBD
19880	2203	21	are	be	VBP
19880	2203	22	formed	form	VBN
19880	2203	23	vocally	vocally	RB
19880	2203	24	.	.	.
19880	2204	1	Verification	verification	NN
19880	2204	2	of	of	IN
19880	2204	3	the	the	DT
19880	2204	4	truthfulness	truthfulness	NN
19880	2204	5	of	of	IN
19880	2204	6	the	the	DT
19880	2204	7	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19880	2204	8	will	will	MD
19880	2204	9	prove	prove	VB
19880	2204	10	profitable	profitable	JJ
19880	2204	11	.	.	.
19880	2204	12	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2205	1	_	_	NNP
19880	2205	2	Vibratives	Vibratives	NNPS
19880	2205	3	_	_	NNP
19880	2205	4	call	call	NN
19880	2205	5	for	for	IN
19880	2205	6	an	an	DT
19880	2205	7	almost	almost	RB
19880	2205	8	complete	complete	JJ
19880	2205	9	closure	closure	NN
19880	2205	10	of	of	IN
19880	2205	11	the	the	DT
19880	2205	12	door	door	NN
19880	2205	13	and	and	CC
19880	2205	14	a	a	DT
19880	2205	15	vibration	vibration	NN
19880	2205	16	of	of	IN
19880	2205	17	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2205	18	margin	margin	NN
19880	2205	19	,	,	,
19880	2205	20	as	as	IN
19880	2205	21	in	in	IN
19880	2205	22	_	_	NNP
19880	2205	23	r	r	NNP
19880	2205	24	_	_	NNP
19880	2205	25	.	.	.
19880	2206	1	_	_	NNP
19880	2206	2	Aspirates	Aspirates	NNP
19880	2206	3	_	_	NNP
19880	2206	4	partly	partly	RB
19880	2206	5	close	close	VBP
19880	2206	6	the	the	DT
19880	2206	7	opening	opening	NN
19880	2206	8	,	,	,
19880	2206	9	which	which	WDT
19880	2206	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	2206	11	at	at	IN
19880	2206	12	once	once	RB
19880	2206	13	suddenly	suddenly	RB
19880	2206	14	opened	open	VBN
19880	2206	15	again	again	RB
19880	2206	16	,	,	,
19880	2206	17	as	as	IN
19880	2206	18	in	in	IN
19880	2206	19	_	_	NNP
19880	2206	20	f	f	NNP
19880	2206	21	_	_	NNP
19880	2206	22	,	,	,
19880	2206	23	_	_	NNP
19880	2206	24	v	v	NNP
19880	2206	25	_	_	NNP
19880	2206	26	,	,	,
19880	2206	27	etc	etc	FW
19880	2206	28	.	.	.
19880	2207	1	_	_	NNP
19880	2207	2	Resonants	Resonants	NNPS
19880	2207	3	_	_	NNP
19880	2207	4	close	close	VBP
19880	2207	5	the	the	DT
19880	2207	6	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2207	7	,	,	,
19880	2207	8	so	so	IN
19880	2207	9	the	the	DT
19880	2207	10	sound	sound	NN
19880	2207	11	must	must	MD
19880	2207	12	find	find	VB
19880	2207	13	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2207	14	way	way	NN
19880	2207	15	out	out	IN
19880	2207	16	through	through	IN
19880	2207	17	the	the	DT
19880	2207	18	nose	nose	NN
19880	2207	19	,	,	,
19880	2207	20	as	as	IN
19880	2207	21	in	in	IN
19880	2207	22	_	_	NNP
19880	2207	23	m	m	NNP
19880	2207	24	_	_	NNP
19880	2207	25	,	,	,
19880	2207	26	_	_	NNP
19880	2207	27	n	n	NNP
19880	2207	28	_	_	NNP
19880	2207	29	,	,	,
19880	2207	30	_	_	NNP
19880	2207	31	ng	ng	NNP
19880	2207	32	_	_	NNP
19880	2207	33	.	.	.
19880	2208	1	The	the	DT
19880	2208	2	above	above	JJ
19880	2208	3	may	may	MD
19880	2208	4	be	be	VB
19880	2208	5	put	put	VBN
19880	2208	6	in	in	IN
19880	2208	7	tabular	tabular	JJ
19880	2208	8	form	form	NN
19880	2208	9	as	as	IN
19880	2208	10	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	2208	11	:	:	:
19880	2208	12	Articulation	Articulation	NNP
19880	2208	13	Positions	Positions	NNP
19880	2208	14	.	.	.
19880	2209	1	Explosives	explosive	NNS
19880	2209	2	.	.	.
19880	2210	1	Aspirates	Aspirates	NNP
19880	2210	2	.	.	.
19880	2211	1	Vibrates	vibrate	NNS
19880	2211	2	.	.	.
19880	2212	1	Resonants	resonant	NNS
19880	2212	2	.	.	.
19880	2213	1	1	1	CD
19880	2213	2	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	3	b	b	NNP
19880	2213	4	,	,	,
19880	2213	5	p	p	NNP
19880	2213	6	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	7	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	8	f	f	NNP
19880	2213	9	,	,	,
19880	2213	10	v	v	NNP
19880	2213	11	,	,	,
19880	2213	12	w	w	NNP
19880	2213	13	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	14	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	15	m	m	NNP
19880	2213	16	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	17	2	2	CD
19880	2213	18	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	19	t	t	NNP
19880	2213	20	,	,	,
19880	2213	21	d	d	NNP
19880	2213	22	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	23	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	24	s	s	NNP
19880	2213	25	,	,	,
19880	2213	26	z	z	NNP
19880	2213	27	,	,	,
19880	2213	28	l	l	NN
19880	2213	29	,	,	,
19880	2213	30	sch	sch	NN
19880	2213	31	,	,	,
19880	2213	32	th	th	XX
19880	2213	33	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	34	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	35	n	n	CC
19880	2213	36	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	37	3	3	CD
19880	2213	38	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	39	k	k	NNP
19880	2213	40	,	,	,
19880	2213	41	g	g	NNP
19880	2213	42	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	43	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	44	j	j	NNP
19880	2213	45	,	,	,
19880	2213	46	ch	ch	NNP
19880	2213	47	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	48	Palatal	Palatal	NNP
19880	2213	49	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	50	r	r	NNP
19880	2213	51	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	52	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	53	ng	ng	NNP
19880	2213	54	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	55	4	4	CD
19880	2213	56	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	57	h	h	NNP
19880	2213	58	_	_	NNP
19880	2213	59	Of	of	RB
19880	2213	60	course	course	RB
19880	2213	61	the	the	DT
19880	2213	62	above	above	RB
19880	2213	63	is	be	VBZ
19880	2213	64	only	only	RB
19880	2213	65	one	one	CD
19880	2213	66	of	of	IN
19880	2213	67	many	many	JJ
19880	2213	68	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2213	69	classifications	classification	NNS
19880	2213	70	,	,	,
19880	2213	71	and	and	CC
19880	2213	72	expresses	express	VBZ
19880	2213	73	only	only	RB
19880	2213	74	a	a	DT
19880	2213	75	part	part	NN
19880	2213	76	of	of	IN
19880	2213	77	the	the	DT
19880	2213	78	whole	whole	JJ
19880	2213	79	truth	truth	NN
19880	2213	80	,	,	,
19880	2213	81	for	for	IN
19880	2213	82	the	the	DT
19880	2213	83	formation	formation	NN
19880	2213	84	of	of	IN
19880	2213	85	a	a	DT
19880	2213	86	single	single	JJ
19880	2213	87	consonant	consonant	NN
19880	2213	88	is	be	VBZ
19880	2213	89	a	a	DT
19880	2213	90	very	very	RB
19880	2213	91	complicated	complicated	JJ
19880	2213	92	process	process	NN
19880	2213	93	,	,	,
19880	2213	94	the	the	DT
19880	2213	95	exact	exact	JJ
19880	2213	96	nature	nature	NN
19880	2213	97	of	of	IN
19880	2213	98	which	which	WDT
19880	2213	99	can	can	MD
19880	2213	100	only	only	RB
19880	2213	101	be	be	VB
19880	2213	102	very	very	RB
19880	2213	103	imperfectly	imperfectly	RB
19880	2213	104	analyzed	analyze	VBN
19880	2213	105	and	and	CC
19880	2213	106	expressed	express	VBN
19880	2213	107	in	in	IN
19880	2213	108	words	word	NNS
19880	2213	109	.	.	.
19880	2214	1	In	in	IN
19880	2214	2	complexity	complexity	NN
19880	2214	3	of	of	IN
19880	2214	4	action	action	NN
19880	2214	5	the	the	DT
19880	2214	6	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2214	7	-	-	HYPH
19880	2214	8	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2214	9	are	be	VBP
19880	2214	10	wonderful	wonderful	JJ
19880	2214	11	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	2214	12	any	any	DT
19880	2214	13	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	2214	14	devised	devise	VBN
19880	2214	15	by	by	IN
19880	2214	16	man	man	NN
19880	2214	17	,	,	,
19880	2214	18	and	and	CC
19880	2214	19	the	the	DT
19880	2214	20	more	more	JJR
19880	2214	21	one	one	CD
19880	2214	22	studies	study	NNS
19880	2214	23	the	the	DT
19880	2214	24	subject	subject	NN
19880	2214	25	,	,	,
19880	2214	26	the	the	DT
19880	2214	27	greater	great	JJR
19880	2214	28	the	the	DT
19880	2214	29	wonder	wonder	NN
19880	2214	30	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	2214	31	at	at	IN
19880	2214	32	the	the	DT
19880	2214	33	amount	amount	NN
19880	2214	34	and	and	CC
19880	2214	35	complexity	complexity	NN
19880	2214	36	of	of	IN
19880	2214	37	the	the	DT
19880	2214	38	work	work	NN
19880	2214	39	done	do	VBN
19880	2214	40	in	in	IN
19880	2214	41	a	a	DT
19880	2214	42	single	single	JJ
19880	2214	43	day	day	NN
19880	2214	44	's	's	POS
19880	2214	45	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	2214	46	.	.	.
19880	2215	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2215	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2215	3	also	also	RB
19880	2215	4	easy	easy	JJ
19880	2215	5	to	to	TO
19880	2215	6	understand	understand	VB
19880	2215	7	how	how	WRB
19880	2215	8	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	2215	9	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2215	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	2215	11	to	to	TO
19880	2215	12	attain	attain	VB
19880	2215	13	to	to	TO
19880	2215	14	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19880	2215	15	perfect	perfect	VB
19880	2215	16	results	result	NNS
19880	2215	17	.	.	.
19880	2216	1	To	to	TO
19880	2216	2	enable	enable	VB
19880	2216	3	one	one	PRP
19880	2216	4	's	's	POS
19880	2216	5	fellow	fellow	NN
19880	2216	6	-	-	HYPH
19880	2216	7	creatures	creature	NNS
19880	2216	8	to	to	TO
19880	2216	9	understand	understand	VB
19880	2216	10	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2216	11	in	in	IN
19880	2216	12	even	even	RB
19880	2216	13	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2216	14	mother	mother	NN
19880	2216	15	-	-	HYPH
19880	2216	16	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2216	17	involves	involve	VBZ
19880	2216	18	an	an	DT
19880	2216	19	amount	amount	NN
19880	2216	20	of	of	IN
19880	2216	21	effort	effort	NN
19880	2216	22	and	and	CC
19880	2216	23	energy	energy	NN
19880	2216	24	,	,	,
19880	2216	25	a	a	DT
19880	2216	26	complexity	complexity	NN
19880	2216	27	and	and	CC
19880	2216	28	facility	facility	NN
19880	2216	29	in	in	IN
19880	2216	30	function	function	NN
19880	2216	31	,	,	,
19880	2216	32	that	that	WDT
19880	2216	33	can	can	MD
19880	2216	34	only	only	RB
19880	2216	35	be	be	VB
19880	2216	36	reached	reach	VBN
19880	2216	37	after	after	IN
19880	2216	38	months	month	NNS
19880	2216	39	of	of	IN
19880	2216	40	practice	practice	NN
19880	2216	41	in	in	IN
19880	2216	42	infancy	infancy	NN
19880	2216	43	;	;	:
19880	2216	44	but	but	CC
19880	2216	45	to	to	TO
19880	2216	46	attain	attain	VB
19880	2216	47	to	to	IN
19880	2216	48	that	that	DT
19880	2216	49	degree	degree	NN
19880	2216	50	of	of	IN
19880	2216	51	perfection	perfection	NN
19880	2216	52	that	that	WDT
19880	2216	53	makes	make	VBZ
19880	2216	54	an	an	DT
19880	2216	55	artist	artist	NN
19880	2216	56	in	in	IN
19880	2216	57	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	2216	58	,	,	,
19880	2216	59	how	how	WRB
19880	2216	60	much	much	RB
19880	2216	61	greater	great	JJR
19880	2216	62	is	be	VBZ
19880	2216	63	the	the	DT
19880	2216	64	expenditure	expenditure	NN
19880	2216	65	in	in	IN
19880	2216	66	vital	vital	JJ
19880	2216	67	capital	capital	NN
19880	2216	68	!	!	.
19880	2217	1	Is	be	VBZ
19880	2217	2	not	not	RB
19880	2217	3	the	the	DT
19880	2217	4	result	result	NN
19880	2217	5	when	when	WRB
19880	2217	6	attained	attain	VBD
19880	2217	7	worth	worth	JJ
19880	2217	8	the	the	DT
19880	2217	9	best	good	JJS
19880	2217	10	efforts	effort	NNS
19880	2217	11	of	of	IN
19880	2217	12	the	the	DT
19880	2217	13	most	most	RBS
19880	2217	14	talented	talented	JJ
19880	2217	15	individual	individual	NN
19880	2217	16	?	?	.
19880	2218	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	2218	2	XVI	XVI	NNP
19880	2218	3	.	.	.
19880	2219	1	FURTHER	further	JJ
19880	2219	2	THEORETICAL	THEORETICAL	NNS
19880	2219	3	AND	and	CC
19880	2219	4	PRACTICAL	practical	NN
19880	2219	5	CONSIDERATION	consideration	NN
19880	2219	6	OF	of	IN
19880	2219	7	VOWELS	VOWELS	NNP
19880	2219	8	AND	and	CC
19880	2219	9	CONSONANTS	consonant	NNS
19880	2219	10	.	.	.
19880	2220	1	The	the	DT
19880	2220	2	reader	reader	NN
19880	2220	3	will	will	MD
19880	2220	4	now	now	RB
19880	2220	5	be	be	VB
19880	2220	6	prepared	prepared	JJ
19880	2220	7	to	to	TO
19880	2220	8	consider	consider	VB
19880	2220	9	the	the	DT
19880	2220	10	answer	answer	NN
19880	2220	11	to	to	TO
19880	2220	12	be	be	VB
19880	2220	13	given	give	VBN
19880	2220	14	to	to	IN
19880	2220	15	the	the	DT
19880	2220	16	question	question	NN
19880	2220	17	as	as	IN
19880	2220	18	to	to	IN
19880	2220	19	the	the	DT
19880	2220	20	_	_	NNP
19880	2220	21	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2220	22	_	_	NNP
19880	2220	23	most	most	RBS
19880	2220	24	suitable	suitable	JJ
19880	2220	25	for	for	IN
19880	2220	26	practice	practice	NN
19880	2220	27	in	in	IN
19880	2220	28	intonation	intonation	NN
19880	2220	29	.	.	.
19880	2221	1	Plainly	plainly	RB
19880	2221	2	,	,	,
19880	2221	3	_	_	NNP
19880	2221	4	a	a	DT
19880	2221	5	_	_	NNP
19880	2221	6	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2221	7	_	_	NNP
19880	2221	8	ah	ah	UH
19880	2221	9	_	_	NNP
19880	2221	10	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2221	11	puts	put	VBZ
19880	2221	12	the	the	DT
19880	2221	13	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2221	14	-	-	HYPH
19880	2221	15	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2221	16	into	into	IN
19880	2221	17	the	the	DT
19880	2221	18	easiest	easy	JJS
19880	2221	19	and	and	CC
19880	2221	20	best	good	JJS
19880	2221	21	position	position	NN
19880	2221	22	to	to	TO
19880	2221	23	form	form	VB
19880	2221	24	a	a	DT
19880	2221	25	good	good	JJ
19880	2221	26	pure	pure	JJ
19880	2221	27	tone	tone	NN
19880	2221	28	.	.	.
19880	2222	1	The	the	DT
19880	2222	2	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2222	3	of	of	IN
19880	2222	4	the	the	DT
19880	2222	5	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2222	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	2222	7	intermediate	intermediate	JJ
19880	2222	8	--	--	:
19880	2222	9	not	not	RB
19880	2222	10	very	very	RB
19880	2222	11	low	low	JJ
19880	2222	12	and	and	CC
19880	2222	13	not	not	RB
19880	2222	14	high	high	JJ
19880	2222	15	in	in	IN
19880	2222	16	the	the	DT
19880	2222	17	scale	scale	NN
19880	2222	18	.	.	.
19880	2223	1	For	for	IN
19880	2223	2	the	the	DT
19880	2223	3	higher	high	JJR
19880	2223	4	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2223	5	,	,	,
19880	2223	6	evidently	evidently	RB
19880	2223	7	,	,	,
19880	2223	8	_	_	NNP
19880	2223	9	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2223	10	=	=	SYM
19880	2223	11	a	a	LS
19880	2223	12	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2223	13	_	_	NNP
19880	2223	14	,	,	,
19880	2223	15	_	_	NNP
19880	2223	16	e	e	NNP
19880	2223	17	_	_	NNP
19880	2223	18	,	,	,
19880	2223	19	and	and	CC
19880	2223	20	_	_	NNP
19880	2223	21	i	i	PRP
19880	2223	22	_	_	NNP
19880	2223	23	are	be	VBP
19880	2223	24	better	well	JJR
19880	2223	25	than	than	IN
19880	2223	26	_	_	NNP
19880	2223	27	a	a	DT
19880	2223	28	_	_	NNP
19880	2223	29	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2223	30	_	_	NNP
19880	2223	31	ah	ah	UH
19880	2223	32	_	_	NNP
19880	2223	33	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2223	34	,	,	,
19880	2223	35	much	much	RB
19880	2223	36	less	less	JJR
19880	2223	37	_	_	NNP
19880	2223	38	o	o	XX
19880	2223	39	_	_	NNP
19880	2223	40	and	and	CC
19880	2223	41	_	_	NNP
19880	2223	42	u	u	NNP
19880	2223	43	_	_	NNP
19880	2223	44	,	,	,
19880	2223	45	which	which	WDT
19880	2223	46	are	be	VBP
19880	2223	47	quite	quite	RB
19880	2223	48	out	out	IN
19880	2223	49	of	of	IN
19880	2223	50	the	the	DT
19880	2223	51	question	question	NN
19880	2223	52	,	,	,
19880	2223	53	comparatively	comparatively	RB
19880	2223	54	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	2223	55	.	.	.
19880	2224	1	However	however	RB
19880	2224	2	,	,	,
19880	2224	3	as	as	IN
19880	2224	4	music	music	NN
19880	2224	5	must	must	MD
19880	2224	6	be	be	VB
19880	2224	7	sung	sing	VBN
19880	2224	8	with	with	IN
19880	2224	9	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2224	10	in	in	IN
19880	2224	11	every	every	DT
19880	2224	12	position	position	NN
19880	2224	13	,	,	,
19880	2224	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2224	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	2224	16	plainly	plainly	RB
19880	2224	17	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	2224	18	to	to	TO
19880	2224	19	learn	learn	VB
19880	2224	20	to	to	TO
19880	2224	21	sound	sound	VB
19880	2224	22	all	all	PDT
19880	2224	23	the	the	DT
19880	2224	24	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2224	25	well	well	RB
19880	2224	26	throughout	throughout	IN
19880	2224	27	the	the	DT
19880	2224	28	scale	scale	NN
19880	2224	29	.	.	.
19880	2225	1	In	in	IN
19880	2225	2	fact	fact	NN
19880	2225	3	,	,	,
19880	2225	4	one	one	PRP
19880	2225	5	might	may	MD
19880	2225	6	wisely	wisely	RB
19880	2225	7	,	,	,
19880	2225	8	after	after	IN
19880	2225	9	preliminary	preliminary	JJ
19880	2225	10	practice	practice	NN
19880	2225	11	on	on	IN
19880	2225	12	_	_	NNP
19880	2225	13	a	a	DT
19880	2225	14	_	_	NNP
19880	2225	15	,	,	,
19880	2225	16	begin	begin	VB
19880	2225	17	a	a	DT
19880	2225	18	scale	scale	NN
19880	2225	19	below	below	RB
19880	2225	20	with	with	IN
19880	2225	21	_	_	NNP
19880	2225	22	u	u	NNP
19880	2225	23	_	_	NNP
19880	2225	24	,	,	,
19880	2225	25	then	then	RB
19880	2225	26	go	go	VB
19880	2225	27	on	on	RP
19880	2225	28	to	to	IN
19880	2225	29	_	_	NNP
19880	2225	30	o	o	XX
19880	2225	31	_	_	NNP
19880	2225	32	,	,	,
19880	2225	33	_	_	NNP
19880	2225	34	a	a	DT
19880	2225	35	_	_	NNP
19880	2225	36	,	,	,
19880	2225	37	_	_	NNP
19880	2225	38	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2225	39	=	=	SYM
19880	2225	40	a	a	LS
19880	2225	41	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2225	42	_	_	NNP
19880	2225	43	,	,	,
19880	2225	44	_	_	NNP
19880	2225	45	e	e	NNP
19880	2225	46	_	_	NNP
19880	2225	47	,	,	,
19880	2225	48	and	and	CC
19880	2225	49	_	_	NNP
19880	2225	50	i	i	PRP
19880	2225	51	_	_	NNP
19880	2225	52	.	.	.
19880	2226	1	Some	some	DT
19880	2226	2	have	have	VBP
19880	2226	3	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	2226	4	that	that	IN
19880	2226	5	the	the	DT
19880	2226	6	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	2226	7	begin	begin	VB
19880	2226	8	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2226	9	scale	scale	NN
19880	2226	10	practices	practice	NNS
19880	2226	11	with	with	IN
19880	2226	12	_	_	NNP
19880	2226	13	a	a	DT
19880	2226	14	_	_	NNP
19880	2226	15	,	,	,
19880	2226	16	and	and	CC
19880	2226	17	when	when	WRB
19880	2226	18	the	the	DT
19880	2226	19	higher	high	JJR
19880	2226	20	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2226	21	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2226	22	are	be	VBP
19880	2226	23	reached	reach	VBN
19880	2226	24	,	,	,
19880	2226	25	that	that	IN
19880	2226	26	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2226	27	use	use	VB
19880	2226	28	_	_	NNP
19880	2226	29	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2226	30	=	=	SYM
19880	2226	31	a	a	LS
19880	2226	32	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2226	33	_	_	NNP
19880	2226	34	,	,	,
19880	2226	35	and	and	CC
19880	2226	36	for	for	IN
19880	2226	37	head	head	NN
19880	2226	38	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2226	39	_	_	NNP
19880	2226	40	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2226	41	=	=	SYM
19880	2226	42	a	a	LS
19880	2226	43	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2226	44	_	_	NNP
19880	2226	45	and	and	CC
19880	2226	46	_	_	NNP
19880	2226	47	e	e	NNP
19880	2226	48	_	_	NNP
19880	2226	49	,	,	,
19880	2226	50	an	an	DT
19880	2226	51	advice	advice	NN
19880	2226	52	which	which	WDT
19880	2226	53	is	be	VBZ
19880	2226	54	obviously	obviously	RB
19880	2226	55	sound	sound	JJ
19880	2226	56	,	,	,
19880	2226	57	as	as	IN
19880	2226	58	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2226	59	is	be	VBZ
19880	2226	60	based	base	VBN
19880	2226	61	on	on	IN
19880	2226	62	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	2226	63	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2226	64	.	.	.
19880	2227	1	Sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2227	2	that	that	DT
19880	2227	3	are	be	VBP
19880	2227	4	very	very	RB
19880	2227	5	expressive	expressive	JJ
19880	2227	6	in	in	IN
19880	2227	7	public	public	JJ
19880	2227	8	utterance	utterance	NN
19880	2227	9	,	,	,
19880	2227	10	whether	whether	IN
19880	2227	11	in	in	IN
19880	2227	12	speech	speech	NN
19880	2227	13	or	or	CC
19880	2227	14	song	song	NN
19880	2227	15	,	,	,
19880	2227	16	are	be	VBP
19880	2227	17	_	_	NNP
19880	2227	18	l	l	NNP
19880	2227	19	_	_	NNP
19880	2227	20	and	and	CC
19880	2227	21	especially	especially	RB
19880	2227	22	_	_	NNP
19880	2227	23	r	r	NNP
19880	2227	24	_	_	NNP
19880	2227	25	.	.	.
19880	2228	1	In	in	IN
19880	2228	2	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	2228	3	speech	speech	NN
19880	2228	4	most	most	JJS
19880	2228	5	persons	person	NNS
19880	2228	6	use	use	VBP
19880	2228	7	only	only	RB
19880	2228	8	the	the	DT
19880	2228	9	guttural	guttural	JJ
19880	2228	10	_	_	NNP
19880	2228	11	r	r	NNP
19880	2228	12	_	_	NNP
19880	2228	13	,	,	,
19880	2228	14	in	in	IN
19880	2228	15	the	the	DT
19880	2228	16	formation	formation	NN
19880	2228	17	of	of	IN
19880	2228	18	which	which	WDT
19880	2228	19	the	the	DT
19880	2228	20	soft	soft	JJ
19880	2228	21	palate	palate	NN
19880	2228	22	takes	take	VBZ
19880	2228	23	a	a	DT
19880	2228	24	prominent	prominent	JJ
19880	2228	25	part	part	NN
19880	2228	26	;	;	:
19880	2228	27	but	but	CC
19880	2228	28	for	for	IN
19880	2228	29	the	the	DT
19880	2228	30	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2228	31	and	and	CC
19880	2228	32	the	the	DT
19880	2228	33	singer	singer	NN
19880	2228	34	the	the	DT
19880	2228	35	lingual	lingual	JJ
19880	2228	36	_	_	NNP
19880	2228	37	r	r	NNP
19880	2228	38	_	_	NNP
19880	2228	39	is	be	VBZ
19880	2228	40	often	often	RB
19880	2228	41	much	much	RB
19880	2228	42	more	more	RBR
19880	2228	43	effective	effective	JJ
19880	2228	44	.	.	.
19880	2229	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2229	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2229	3	produced	produce	VBN
19880	2229	4	by	by	IN
19880	2229	5	the	the	DT
19880	2229	6	vibration	vibration	NN
19880	2229	7	of	of	IN
19880	2229	8	the	the	DT
19880	2229	9	tip	tip	NN
19880	2229	10	of	of	IN
19880	2229	11	the	the	DT
19880	2229	12	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2229	13	,	,	,
19880	2229	14	and	and	CC
19880	2229	15	can	can	MD
19880	2229	16	only	only	RB
19880	2229	17	be	be	VB
19880	2229	18	formed	form	VBN
19880	2229	19	well	well	RB
19880	2229	20	,	,	,
19880	2229	21	in	in	IN
19880	2229	22	most	most	JJS
19880	2229	23	cases	case	NNS
19880	2229	24	,	,	,
19880	2229	25	after	after	IN
19880	2229	26	long	long	RB
19880	2229	27	-	-	HYPH
19880	2229	28	continued	continue	VBN
19880	2229	29	and	and	CC
19880	2229	30	persevering	persevere	VBG
19880	2229	31	practice	practice	NN
19880	2229	32	.	.	.
19880	2230	1	Certain	certain	JJ
19880	2230	2	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2230	3	tend	tend	VBP
19880	2230	4	to	to	IN
19880	2230	5	nasality	nasality	NN
19880	2230	6	.	.	.
19880	2231	1	These	these	DT
19880	2231	2	are	be	VBP
19880	2231	3	_	_	NNP
19880	2231	4	m	m	NNP
19880	2231	5	_	_	NNP
19880	2231	6	,	,	,
19880	2231	7	_	_	NNP
19880	2231	8	n	n	NNP
19880	2231	9	_	_	NNP
19880	2231	10	,	,	,
19880	2231	11	_	_	NNP
19880	2231	12	ng	ng	NNP
19880	2231	13	_	_	NNP
19880	2231	14	,	,	,
19880	2231	15	and	and	CC
19880	2231	16	of	of	IN
19880	2231	17	these	these	DT
19880	2231	18	all	all	DT
19880	2231	19	persons	person	NNS
19880	2231	20	who	who	WP
19880	2231	21	are	be	VBP
19880	2231	22	disposed	dispose	VBN
19880	2231	23	to	to	IN
19880	2231	24	this	this	DT
19880	2231	25	production	production	NN
19880	2231	26	to	to	IN
19880	2231	27	the	the	DT
19880	2231	28	point	point	NN
19880	2231	29	of	of	IN
19880	2231	30	excess	excess	NN
19880	2231	31	must	must	MD
19880	2231	32	especially	especially	RB
19880	2231	33	beware	beware	VB
19880	2231	34	.	.	.
19880	2232	1	These	these	DT
19880	2232	2	letters	letter	NNS
19880	2232	3	,	,	,
19880	2232	4	with	with	IN
19880	2232	5	such	such	JJ
19880	2232	6	people	people	NNS
19880	2232	7	,	,	,
19880	2232	8	should	should	MD
19880	2232	9	be	be	VB
19880	2232	10	given	give	VBN
19880	2232	11	a	a	DT
19880	2232	12	rapid	rapid	JJ
19880	2232	13	and	and	CC
19880	2232	14	forward	forward	JJ
19880	2232	15	production	production	NN
19880	2232	16	,	,	,
19880	2232	17	while	while	IN
19880	2232	18	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2232	19	with	with	IN
19880	2232	20	hard	hard	JJ
19880	2232	21	and	and	CC
19880	2232	22	metallic	metallic	JJ
19880	2232	23	voices	voice	NNS
19880	2232	24	will	will	MD
19880	2232	25	do	do	VB
19880	2232	26	well	well	RB
19880	2232	27	to	to	TO
19880	2232	28	sing	sing	VB
19880	2232	29	syllables	syllable	NNS
19880	2232	30	beginning	begin	VBG
19880	2232	31	with	with	IN
19880	2232	32	these	these	DT
19880	2232	33	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2232	34	,	,	,
19880	2232	35	such	such	JJ
19880	2232	36	as	as	IN
19880	2232	37	_	_	NNP
19880	2232	38	maw	maw	NNP
19880	2232	39	_	_	NNP
19880	2232	40	,	,	,
19880	2232	41	_	_	NNP
19880	2232	42	naw	naw	NNP
19880	2232	43	_	_	NNP
19880	2232	44	,	,	,
19880	2232	45	_	_	NNP
19880	2232	46	ang	ang	NNP
19880	2232	47	_	_	NNP
19880	2232	48	,	,	,
19880	2232	49	_	_	NNP
19880	2232	50	eng	eng	NN
19880	2232	51	_	_	NNP
19880	2232	52	,	,	,
19880	2232	53	etc	etc	FW
19880	2232	54	.	.	.
19880	2233	1	According	accord	VBG
19880	2233	2	to	to	IN
19880	2233	3	the	the	DT
19880	2233	4	teachings	teaching	NNS
19880	2233	5	of	of	IN
19880	2233	6	physics	physics	NN
19880	2233	7	,	,	,
19880	2233	8	the	the	DT
19880	2233	9	quality	quality	NN
19880	2233	10	of	of	IN
19880	2233	11	a	a	DT
19880	2233	12	tone	tone	NN
19880	2233	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	2233	14	determined	determine	VBN
19880	2233	15	largely	largely	RB
19880	2233	16	by	by	IN
19880	2233	17	the	the	DT
19880	2233	18	number	number	NN
19880	2233	19	and	and	CC
19880	2233	20	variety	variety	NN
19880	2233	21	of	of	IN
19880	2233	22	the	the	DT
19880	2233	23	_	_	NNP
19880	2233	24	overtones	overtone	NNS
19880	2233	25	_	_	NNP
19880	2233	26	accompanying	accompany	VBG
19880	2233	27	the	the	DT
19880	2233	28	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19880	2233	29	tone	tone	NN
19880	2233	30	.	.	.
19880	2234	1	Practically	practically	RB
19880	2234	2	all	all	DT
19880	2234	3	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2234	4	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2234	5	,	,	,
19880	2234	6	whether	whether	IN
19880	2234	7	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2234	8	or	or	CC
19880	2234	9	instrumental	instrumental	JJ
19880	2234	10	,	,	,
19880	2234	11	are	be	VBP
19880	2234	12	made	make	VBN
19880	2234	13	up	up	RP
19880	2234	14	of	of	IN
19880	2234	15	the	the	DT
19880	2234	16	ground	ground	NN
19880	2234	17	tone	tone	NN
19880	2234	18	and	and	CC
19880	2234	19	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2234	20	others	other	NNS
19880	2234	21	less	less	RBR
19880	2234	22	loud	loud	JJ
19880	2234	23	and	and	CC
19880	2234	24	prominent	prominent	JJ
19880	2234	25	,	,	,
19880	2234	26	and	and	CC
19880	2234	27	the	the	DT
19880	2234	28	latter	latter	JJ
19880	2234	29	are	be	VBP
19880	2234	30	the	the	DT
19880	2234	31	overtones	overtone	NNS
19880	2234	32	.	.	.
19880	2235	1	These	these	DT
19880	2235	2	may	may	MD
19880	2235	3	be	be	VB
19880	2235	4	very	very	RB
19880	2235	5	numerous	numerous	JJ
19880	2235	6	,	,	,
19880	2235	7	and	and	CC
19880	2235	8	some	some	DT
19880	2235	9	are	be	VBP
19880	2235	10	favorable	favorable	JJ
19880	2235	11	and	and	CC
19880	2235	12	others	other	NNS
19880	2235	13	unfavorable	unfavorable	JJ
19880	2235	14	to	to	TO
19880	2235	15	excellence	excellence	VB
19880	2235	16	in	in	IN
19880	2235	17	quality	quality	NN
19880	2235	18	.	.	.
19880	2236	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2236	2	has	have	VBZ
19880	2236	3	been	be	VBN
19880	2236	4	thought	think	VBN
19880	2236	5	,	,	,
19880	2236	6	as	as	IN
19880	2236	7	the	the	DT
19880	2236	8	result	result	NN
19880	2236	9	of	of	IN
19880	2236	10	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	2236	11	investigation	investigation	NN
19880	2236	12	,	,	,
19880	2236	13	that	that	IN
19880	2236	14	when	when	WRB
19880	2236	15	the	the	DT
19880	2236	16	first	first	JJ
19880	2236	17	octave	octave	NN
19880	2236	18	of	of	IN
19880	2236	19	the	the	DT
19880	2236	20	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19880	2236	21	tone	tone	NN
19880	2236	22	and	and	CC
19880	2236	23	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2236	24	fifth	fifth	JJ
19880	2236	25	interval	interval	NN
19880	2236	26	are	be	VBP
19880	2236	27	prominent	prominent	JJ
19880	2236	28	,	,	,
19880	2236	29	the	the	DT
19880	2236	30	voice	voice	NN
19880	2236	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	2236	32	soft	soft	JJ
19880	2236	33	,	,	,
19880	2236	34	and	and	CC
19880	2236	35	with	with	IN
19880	2236	36	the	the	DT
19880	2236	37	fifth	fifth	JJ
19880	2236	38	and	and	CC
19880	2236	39	seventh	seventh	JJ
19880	2236	40	well	well	RB
19880	2236	41	in	in	IN
19880	2236	42	evidence	evidence	NN
19880	2236	43	,	,	,
19880	2236	44	the	the	DT
19880	2236	45	voice	voice	NN
19880	2236	46	is	be	VBZ
19880	2236	47	bright	bright	JJ
19880	2236	48	and	and	CC
19880	2236	49	clear	clear	JJ
19880	2236	50	.	.	.
19880	2237	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2237	2	might	may	MD
19880	2237	3	be	be	VB
19880	2237	4	said	say	VBN
19880	2237	5	that	that	IN
19880	2237	6	the	the	DT
19880	2237	7	voice	voice	NN
19880	2237	8	-	-	HYPH
19880	2237	9	user	user	NN
19880	2237	10	should	should	MD
19880	2237	11	endeavor	endeavor	VB
19880	2237	12	to	to	TO
19880	2237	13	keep	keep	VB
19880	2237	14	out	out	IN
19880	2237	15	of	of	IN
19880	2237	16	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2237	17	voice	voice	NN
19880	2237	18	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2237	19	overtones	overtone	NNS
19880	2237	20	,	,	,
19880	2237	21	especially	especially	RB
19880	2237	22	those	those	DT
19880	2237	23	which	which	WDT
19880	2237	24	are	be	VBP
19880	2237	25	not	not	RB
19880	2237	26	within	within	IN
19880	2237	27	the	the	DT
19880	2237	28	range	range	NN
19880	2237	29	of	of	IN
19880	2237	30	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2237	31	modern	modern	JJ
19880	2237	32	harmonies	harmony	NNS
19880	2237	33	.	.	.
19880	2238	1	A	a	DT
19880	2238	2	harsh	harsh	JJ
19880	2238	3	voice	voice	NN
19880	2238	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2238	5	one	one	CD
19880	2238	6	in	in	IN
19880	2238	7	which	which	WDT
19880	2238	8	such	such	JJ
19880	2238	9	unharmonic	unharmonic	JJ
19880	2238	10	intervals	interval	NNS
19880	2238	11	preponderate	preponderate	VBP
19880	2238	12	.	.	.
19880	2239	1	The	the	DT
19880	2239	2	most	most	RBS
19880	2239	3	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19880	2239	4	quality	quality	NN
19880	2239	5	of	of	IN
19880	2239	6	tone	tone	NN
19880	2239	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	2239	8	produced	produce	VBN
19880	2239	9	by	by	IN
19880	2239	10	keeping	keep	VBG
19880	2239	11	intensity	intensity	NN
19880	2239	12	within	within	IN
19880	2239	13	limits	limit	NNS
19880	2239	14	,	,	,
19880	2239	15	and	and	CC
19880	2239	16	by	by	IN
19880	2239	17	a	a	DT
19880	2239	18	sudden	sudden	JJ
19880	2239	19	,	,	,
19880	2239	20	elastic	elastic	JJ
19880	2239	21	attack	attack	NN
19880	2239	22	,	,	,
19880	2239	23	a	a	DT
19880	2239	24	point	point	NN
19880	2239	25	on	on	IN
19880	2239	26	which	which	WDT
19880	2239	27	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2239	28	dwelt	dwelt	VBP
19880	2239	29	at	at	IN
19880	2239	30	some	some	DT
19880	2239	31	length	length	NN
19880	2239	32	before	before	RB
19880	2239	33	;	;	:
19880	2239	34	but	but	CC
19880	2239	35	this	this	DT
19880	2239	36	only	only	RB
19880	2239	37	emphasizes	emphasize	VBZ
19880	2239	38	the	the	DT
19880	2239	39	importance	importance	NN
19880	2239	40	of	of	IN
19880	2239	41	all	all	DT
19880	2239	42	who	who	WP
19880	2239	43	use	use	VBP
19880	2239	44	the	the	DT
19880	2239	45	voice	voice	NN
19880	2239	46	employing	employing	NN
19880	2239	47	,	,	,
19880	2239	48	not	not	RB
19880	2239	49	only	only	RB
19880	2239	50	when	when	WRB
19880	2239	51	beginners	beginner	NNS
19880	2239	52	,	,	,
19880	2239	53	but	but	CC
19880	2239	54	throughout	throughout	IN
19880	2239	55	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2239	56	career	career	NN
19880	2239	57	,	,	,
19880	2239	58	exercises	exercise	VBZ
19880	2239	59	with	with	IN
19880	2239	60	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2239	61	alone	alone	JJ
19880	2239	62	.	.	.
19880	2240	1	Only	only	RB
19880	2240	2	in	in	IN
19880	2240	3	this	this	DT
19880	2240	4	way	way	NN
19880	2240	5	will	will	MD
19880	2240	6	the	the	DT
19880	2240	7	association	association	NN
19880	2240	8	between	between	IN
19880	2240	9	the	the	DT
19880	2240	10	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2240	11	of	of	IN
19880	2240	12	pure	pure	JJ
19880	2240	13	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2240	14	and	and	CC
19880	2240	15	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2240	16	production	production	NN
19880	2240	17	be	be	VB
19880	2240	18	established	establish	VBN
19880	2240	19	.	.	.
19880	2241	1	Such	such	JJ
19880	2241	2	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	2241	3	are	be	VBP
19880	2241	4	also	also	RB
19880	2241	5	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	2241	6	to	to	TO
19880	2241	7	give	give	VB
19880	2241	8	good	good	JJ
19880	2241	9	carrying	carrying	NN
19880	2241	10	power	power	NN
19880	2241	11	to	to	IN
19880	2241	12	the	the	DT
19880	2241	13	voice	voice	NN
19880	2241	14	.	.	.
19880	2242	1	If	if	IN
19880	2242	2	more	more	JJR
19880	2242	3	attention	attention	NN
19880	2242	4	were	be	VBD
19880	2242	5	given	give	VBN
19880	2242	6	to	to	IN
19880	2242	7	this	this	DT
19880	2242	8	point	point	NN
19880	2242	9	,	,	,
19880	2242	10	and	and	CC
19880	2242	11	less	less	JJR
19880	2242	12	to	to	IN
19880	2242	13	the	the	DT
19880	2242	14	production	production	NN
19880	2242	15	of	of	IN
19880	2242	16	mere	mere	JJ
19880	2242	17	volume	volume	NN
19880	2242	18	of	of	IN
19880	2242	19	sound	sound	NN
19880	2242	20	,	,	,
19880	2242	21	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2242	22	would	would	MD
19880	2242	23	be	be	VB
19880	2242	24	well	well	JJ
19880	2242	25	for	for	IN
19880	2242	26	the	the	DT
19880	2242	27	best	good	JJS
19880	2242	28	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2242	29	art	art	NN
19880	2242	30	.	.	.
19880	2243	1	Naturally	naturally	RB
19880	2243	2	,	,	,
19880	2243	3	the	the	DT
19880	2243	4	higher	high	JJR
19880	2243	5	the	the	DT
19880	2243	6	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2243	7	of	of	IN
19880	2243	8	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2243	9	,	,	,
19880	2243	10	within	within	IN
19880	2243	11	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2243	12	limits	limit	NNS
19880	2243	13	,	,	,
19880	2243	14	the	the	DT
19880	2243	15	greater	great	JJR
19880	2243	16	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2243	17	carrying	carry	VBG
19880	2243	18	power	power	NN
19880	2243	19	,	,	,
19880	2243	20	and	and	CC
19880	2243	21	the	the	DT
19880	2243	22	reverse	reverse	NN
19880	2243	23	,	,	,
19880	2243	24	of	of	IN
19880	2243	25	course	course	NN
19880	2243	26	,	,	,
19880	2243	27	with	with	IN
19880	2243	28	the	the	DT
19880	2243	29	lower	low	JJR
19880	2243	30	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2243	31	;	;	:
19880	2243	32	so	so	IN
19880	2243	33	that	that	IN
19880	2243	34	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2243	35	is	be	VBZ
19880	2243	36	very	very	RB
19880	2243	37	important	important	JJ
19880	2243	38	that	that	IN
19880	2243	39	the	the	DT
19880	2243	40	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2243	41	and	and	CC
19880	2243	42	singer	singer	NN
19880	2243	43	use	use	VBP
19880	2243	44	all	all	DT
19880	2243	45	reasonable	reasonable	JJ
19880	2243	46	means	mean	NNS
19880	2243	47	to	to	TO
19880	2243	48	produce	produce	VB
19880	2243	49	these	these	DT
19880	2243	50	lower	low	JJR
19880	2243	51	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2243	52	well	well	RB
19880	2243	53	,	,	,
19880	2243	54	else	else	RB
19880	2243	55	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2243	56	are	be	VBP
19880	2243	57	muffled	muffle	VBN
19880	2243	58	,	,	,
19880	2243	59	and	and	CC
19880	2243	60	the	the	DT
19880	2243	61	words	word	NNS
19880	2243	62	associated	associate	VBN
19880	2243	63	with	with	IN
19880	2243	64	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2243	65	are	be	VBP
19880	2243	66	not	not	RB
19880	2243	67	heard	hear	VBN
19880	2243	68	.	.	.
19880	2244	1	This	this	DT
19880	2244	2	principle	principle	NN
19880	2244	3	should	should	MD
19880	2244	4	be	be	VB
19880	2244	5	borne	bear	VBN
19880	2244	6	in	in	IN
19880	2244	7	mind	mind	NN
19880	2244	8	especially	especially	RB
19880	2244	9	by	by	IN
19880	2244	10	tenors	tenor	NNS
19880	2244	11	and	and	CC
19880	2244	12	light	light	NN
19880	2244	13	sopranos	soprano	NNS
19880	2244	14	,	,	,
19880	2244	15	in	in	IN
19880	2244	16	whom	whom	WP
19880	2244	17	the	the	DT
19880	2244	18	lower	low	JJR
19880	2244	19	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2244	20	are	be	VBP
19880	2244	21	not	not	RB
19880	2244	22	usually	usually	RB
19880	2244	23	the	the	DT
19880	2244	24	best	good	JJS
19880	2244	25	,	,	,
19880	2244	26	or	or	CC
19880	2244	27	the	the	DT
19880	2244	28	easiest	easy	JJS
19880	2244	29	to	to	TO
19880	2244	30	produce	produce	VB
19880	2244	31	;	;	:
19880	2244	32	so	so	IN
19880	2244	33	that	that	IN
19880	2244	34	a	a	DT
19880	2244	35	good	good	JJ
19880	2244	36	attack	attack	NN
19880	2244	37	and	and	CC
19880	2244	38	careful	careful	JJ
19880	2244	39	and	and	CC
19880	2244	40	neat	neat	JJ
19880	2244	41	syllable	syllable	NN
19880	2244	42	-	-	HYPH
19880	2244	43	formation	formation	NN
19880	2244	44	,	,	,
19880	2244	45	with	with	IN
19880	2244	46	all	all	DT
19880	2244	47	attention	attention	NN
19880	2244	48	to	to	IN
19880	2244	49	both	both	DT
19880	2244	50	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2244	51	and	and	CC
19880	2244	52	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2244	53	,	,	,
19880	2244	54	should	should	MD
19880	2244	55	be	be	VB
19880	2244	56	especially	especially	RB
19880	2244	57	studied	study	VBN
19880	2244	58	,	,	,
19880	2244	59	and	and	CC
19880	2244	60	,	,	,
19880	2244	61	above	above	IN
19880	2244	62	all	all	DT
19880	2244	63	,	,	,
19880	2244	64	in	in	IN
19880	2244	65	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2244	66	below	below	IN
19880	2244	67	about	about	IN
19880	2244	68	G	g	NN
19880	2244	69	on	on	IN
19880	2244	70	the	the	DT
19880	2244	71	treble	treble	JJ
19880	2244	72	clef	clef	NNS
19880	2244	73	.	.	.
19880	2245	1	The	the	DT
19880	2245	2	tendency	tendency	NN
19880	2245	3	to	to	TO
19880	2245	4	close	close	VB
19880	2245	5	the	the	DT
19880	2245	6	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2245	7	,	,	,
19880	2245	8	especially	especially	RB
19880	2245	9	in	in	IN
19880	2245	10	a	a	DT
19880	2245	11	descending	descend	VBG
19880	2245	12	scale	scale	NN
19880	2245	13	,	,	,
19880	2245	14	below	below	IN
19880	2245	15	this	this	DT
19880	2245	16	point	point	NN
19880	2245	17	,	,	,
19880	2245	18	and	and	CC
19880	2245	19	to	to	TO
19880	2245	20	confound	confound	VB
19880	2245	21	blurring	blurring	NN
19880	2245	22	with	with	IN
19880	2245	23	soft	soft	JJ
19880	2245	24	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2245	25	_	_	NNP
19880	2245	26	piano	piano	NN
19880	2245	27	_	_	NNP
19880	2245	28	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2245	29	singing	singing	NN
19880	2245	30	,	,	,
19880	2245	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	2245	32	common	common	JJ
19880	2245	33	.	.	.
19880	2246	1	A	a	DT
19880	2246	2	_	_	NNP
19880	2246	3	piano	piano	NN
19880	2246	4	_	_	NNP
19880	2246	5	tone	tone	NN
19880	2246	6	should	should	MD
19880	2246	7	be	be	VB
19880	2246	8	formed	form	VBN
19880	2246	9	with	with	IN
19880	2246	10	especial	especial	JJ
19880	2246	11	care	care	NN
19880	2246	12	as	as	IN
19880	2246	13	to	to	TO
19880	2246	14	attack	attack	VB
19880	2246	15	,	,	,
19880	2246	16	open	open	JJ
19880	2246	17	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2246	18	,	,	,
19880	2246	19	etc	etc	FW
19880	2246	20	.	.	FW
19880	2246	21	,	,	,
19880	2246	22	and	and	CC
19880	2246	23	all	all	DT
19880	2246	24	words	word	NNS
19880	2246	25	associated	associate	VBN
19880	2246	26	with	with	IN
19880	2246	27	the	the	DT
19880	2246	28	duller	dull	JJR
19880	2246	29	,	,	,
19880	2246	30	lower	lower	RBR
19880	2246	31	-	-	HYPH
19880	2246	32	pitched	pitch	VBN
19880	2246	33	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2246	34	be	be	VB
19880	2246	35	spoken	speak	VBN
19880	2246	36	with	with	IN
19880	2246	37	the	the	DT
19880	2246	38	greatest	great	JJS
19880	2246	39	distinctness	distinctness	NN
19880	2246	40	,	,	,
19880	2246	41	both	both	CC
19880	2246	42	in	in	IN
19880	2246	43	singing	singing	NN
19880	2246	44	and	and	CC
19880	2246	45	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	2246	46	.	.	.
19880	2247	1	At	at	IN
19880	2247	2	the	the	DT
19880	2247	3	same	same	JJ
19880	2247	4	time	time	NN
19880	2247	5	,	,	,
19880	2247	6	the	the	DT
19880	2247	7	barytone	barytone	NN
19880	2247	8	and	and	CC
19880	2247	9	contralto	contralto	NN
19880	2247	10	should	should	MD
19880	2247	11	not	not	RB
19880	2247	12	boast	boast	VB
19880	2247	13	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2247	14	over	over	IN
19880	2247	15	the	the	DT
19880	2247	16	tenor	tenor	NN
19880	2247	17	or	or	CC
19880	2247	18	soprano	soprano	NN
19880	2247	19	,	,	,
19880	2247	20	if	if	IN
19880	2247	21	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2247	22	are	be	VBP
19880	2247	23	more	more	RBR
19880	2247	24	successful	successful	JJ
19880	2247	25	with	with	IN
19880	2247	26	lower	low	JJR
19880	2247	27	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2247	28	and	and	CC
19880	2247	29	the	the	DT
19880	2247	30	words	word	NNS
19880	2247	31	associated	associate	VBN
19880	2247	32	with	with	IN
19880	2247	33	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2247	34	,	,	,
19880	2247	35	for	for	IN
19880	2247	36	the	the	DT
19880	2247	37	latter	latter	JJ
19880	2247	38	class	class	NN
19880	2247	39	of	of	IN
19880	2247	40	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2247	41	can	can	MD
19880	2247	42	often	often	RB
19880	2247	43	revel	revel	VB
19880	2247	44	like	like	IN
19880	2247	45	birds	bird	NNS
19880	2247	46	in	in	IN
19880	2247	47	regions	region	NNS
19880	2247	48	not	not	RB
19880	2247	49	approachable	approachable	JJ
19880	2247	50	by	by	IN
19880	2247	51	the	the	DT
19880	2247	52	deeper	deeply	RBR
19880	2247	53	-	-	HYPH
19880	2247	54	voiced	voiced	JJ
19880	2247	55	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2247	56	.	.	.
19880	2248	1	Each	each	DT
19880	2248	2	in	in	IN
19880	2248	3	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2248	4	own	own	JJ
19880	2248	5	order	order	NN
19880	2248	6	!	!	.
19880	2249	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2249	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	2249	3	that	that	IN
19880	2249	4	if	if	IN
19880	2249	5	the	the	DT
19880	2249	6	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2249	7	of	of	IN
19880	2249	8	speech	speech	NN
19880	2249	9	are	be	VBP
19880	2249	10	used	use	VBN
19880	2249	11	so	so	IN
19880	2249	12	as	as	IN
19880	2249	13	to	to	TO
19880	2249	14	produce	produce	VB
19880	2249	15	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2249	16	,	,	,
19880	2249	17	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2249	18	,	,	,
19880	2249	19	and	and	CC
19880	2249	20	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2249	21	combinations	combination	NNS
19880	2249	22	,	,	,
19880	2249	23	with	with	IN
19880	2249	24	unusual	unusual	JJ
19880	2249	25	and	and	CC
19880	2249	26	,	,	,
19880	2249	27	for	for	IN
19880	2249	28	practical	practical	JJ
19880	2249	29	purposes	purpose	NNS
19880	2249	30	,	,	,
19880	2249	31	unnecessary	unnecessary	JJ
19880	2249	32	distinctness	distinctness	NN
19880	2249	33	,	,	,
19880	2249	34	the	the	DT
19880	2249	35	actual	actual	JJ
19880	2249	36	performance	performance	NN
19880	2249	37	,	,	,
19880	2249	38	as	as	IN
19880	2249	39	demanded	demand	VBN
19880	2249	40	by	by	IN
19880	2249	41	a	a	DT
19880	2249	42	critical	critical	JJ
19880	2249	43	ear	ear	NN
19880	2249	44	,	,	,
19880	2249	45	will	will	MD
19880	2249	46	be	be	VB
19880	2249	47	easier	easy	JJR
19880	2249	48	.	.	.
19880	2250	1	One	one	NN
19880	2250	2	that	that	WDT
19880	2250	3	can	can	MD
19880	2250	4	run	run	VB
19880	2250	5	two	two	CD
19880	2250	6	hundred	hundred	CD
19880	2250	7	yards	yard	NNS
19880	2250	8	as	as	RB
19880	2250	9	readily	readily	RB
19880	2250	10	as	as	IN
19880	2250	11	another	another	DT
19880	2250	12	can	can	MD
19880	2250	13	one	one	CD
19880	2250	14	hundred	hundred	CD
19880	2250	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	2250	16	in	in	IN
19880	2250	17	a	a	DT
19880	2250	18	better	well	JJR
19880	2250	19	position	position	NN
19880	2250	20	for	for	IN
19880	2250	21	the	the	DT
19880	2250	22	shorter	short	JJR
19880	2250	23	sprint	sprint	NN
19880	2250	24	than	than	IN
19880	2250	25	the	the	DT
19880	2250	26	other	other	JJ
19880	2250	27	man	man	NN
19880	2250	28	;	;	:
19880	2250	29	hence	hence	RB
19880	2250	30	the	the	DT
19880	2250	31	wisdom	wisdom	NN
19880	2250	32	of	of	IN
19880	2250	33	the	the	DT
19880	2250	34	singer	singer	NN
19880	2250	35	and	and	CC
19880	2250	36	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2250	37	practising	practise	VBG
19880	2250	38	first	first	RB
19880	2250	39	with	with	IN
19880	2250	40	unusual	unusual	JJ
19880	2250	41	and	and	CC
19880	2250	42	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	2250	43	unnecessary	unnecessary	JJ
19880	2250	44	distinctness	distinctness	NN
19880	2250	45	,	,	,
19880	2250	46	so	so	RB
19880	2250	47	far	far	RB
19880	2250	48	as	as	IN
19880	2250	49	the	the	DT
19880	2250	50	listener	listener	NN
19880	2250	51	is	be	VBZ
19880	2250	52	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	2250	53	,	,	,
19880	2250	54	in	in	IN
19880	2250	55	order	order	NN
19880	2250	56	that	that	IN
19880	2250	57	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2250	58	may	may	MD
19880	2250	59	satisfy	satisfy	VB
19880	2250	60	even	even	RB
19880	2250	61	the	the	DT
19880	2250	62	critical	critical	JJ
19880	2250	63	with	with	IN
19880	2250	64	_	_	NNP
19880	2250	65	ease_--that	ease_--that	CD
19880	2250	66	all	all	RB
19880	2250	67	-	-	HYPH
19880	2250	68	important	important	JJ
19880	2250	69	principle	principle	NN
19880	2250	70	in	in	IN
19880	2250	71	art	art	NN
19880	2250	72	.	.	.
19880	2251	1	All	all	DT
19880	2251	2	persons	person	NNS
19880	2251	3	must	must	MD
19880	2251	4	,	,	,
19880	2251	5	of	of	IN
19880	2251	6	necessity	necessity	NN
19880	2251	7	,	,	,
19880	2251	8	speak	speak	VBP
19880	2251	9	in	in	IN
19880	2251	10	some	some	DT
19880	2251	11	register	register	NN
19880	2251	12	,	,	,
19880	2251	13	and	and	CC
19880	2251	14	even	even	RB
19880	2251	15	an	an	DT
19880	2251	16	ear	ear	NN
19880	2251	17	but	but	CC
19880	2251	18	little	little	JJ
19880	2251	19	cultivated	cultivate	VBN
19880	2251	20	can	can	MD
19880	2251	21	recognize	recognize	VB
19880	2251	22	that	that	IN
19880	2251	23	the	the	DT
19880	2251	24	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2251	25	and	and	CC
19880	2251	26	quality	quality	NN
19880	2251	27	of	of	IN
19880	2251	28	the	the	DT
19880	2251	29	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2251	30	of	of	IN
19880	2251	31	adult	adult	NN
19880	2251	32	males	male	NNS
19880	2251	33	,	,	,
19880	2251	34	adult	adult	NN
19880	2251	35	females	female	NNS
19880	2251	36	,	,	,
19880	2251	37	and	and	CC
19880	2251	38	children	child	NNS
19880	2251	39	differ	differ	VBP
19880	2251	40	greatly	greatly	RB
19880	2251	41	from	from	IN
19880	2251	42	each	each	DT
19880	2251	43	other	other	JJ
19880	2251	44	.	.	.
19880	2252	1	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	2252	2	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	2252	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	2252	4	thus	thus	RB
19880	2252	5	expressed	express	VBN
19880	2252	6	herself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2252	7	on	on	IN
19880	2252	8	this	this	DT
19880	2252	9	subject	subject	NN
19880	2252	10	:	:	:
19880	2252	11	"	"	``
19880	2252	12	Women	woman	NNS
19880	2252	13	use	use	VBP
19880	2252	14	mostly	mostly	RB
19880	2252	15	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2252	16	of	of	IN
19880	2252	17	the	the	DT
19880	2252	18	second	second	JJ
19880	2252	19	chest	chest	NN
19880	2252	20	and	and	CC
19880	2252	21	first	first	JJ
19880	2252	22	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	2252	23	registers	register	NNS
19880	2252	24	,	,	,
19880	2252	25	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	2252	26	also	also	RB
19880	2252	27	those	those	DT
19880	2252	28	of	of	IN
19880	2252	29	the	the	DT
19880	2252	30	first	first	JJ
19880	2252	31	chest	chest	NN
19880	2252	32	register	register	NN
19880	2252	33	.	.	.
19880	2253	1	Men	man	NNS
19880	2253	2	speak	speak	VBP
19880	2253	3	an	an	DT
19880	2253	4	octave	octave	NN
19880	2253	5	lower	low	JJR
19880	2253	6	than	than	IN
19880	2253	7	women	woman	NNS
19880	2253	8	,	,	,
19880	2253	9	and	and	CC
19880	2253	10	use	use	VBP
19880	2253	11	mostly	mostly	RB
19880	2253	12	the	the	DT
19880	2253	13	upper	upper	JJ
19880	2253	14	half	half	NN
19880	2253	15	of	of	IN
19880	2253	16	the	the	DT
19880	2253	17	chest	chest	NN
19880	2253	18	register	register	NN
19880	2253	19	.	.	.
19880	2254	1	In	in	IN
19880	2254	2	public	public	JJ
19880	2254	3	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	2254	4	,	,	,
19880	2254	5	as	as	RB
19880	2254	6	well	well	RB
19880	2254	7	as	as	IN
19880	2254	8	on	on	IN
19880	2254	9	the	the	DT
19880	2254	10	stage	stage	NN
19880	2254	11	,	,	,
19880	2254	12	the	the	DT
19880	2254	13	second	second	JJ
19880	2254	14	chest	chest	NN
19880	2254	15	register	register	NN
19880	2254	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	2254	17	used	use	VBN
19880	2254	18	by	by	IN
19880	2254	19	men	man	NNS
19880	2254	20	,	,	,
19880	2254	21	and	and	CC
19880	2254	22	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	2254	23	also	also	RB
19880	2254	24	the	the	DT
19880	2254	25	lowest	low	JJS
19880	2254	26	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2254	27	of	of	IN
19880	2254	28	the	the	DT
19880	2254	29	voice	voice	NN
19880	2254	30	.	.	.
19880	2255	1	The	the	DT
19880	2255	2	second	second	JJ
19880	2255	3	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	2255	4	and	and	CC
19880	2255	5	head	head	NN
19880	2255	6	registers	register	NNS
19880	2255	7	are	be	VBP
19880	2255	8	used	use	VBN
19880	2255	9	only	only	RB
19880	2255	10	by	by	IN
19880	2255	11	little	little	JJ
19880	2255	12	children	child	NNS
19880	2255	13	.	.	.
19880	2255	14	"	"	''
19880	2256	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2256	2	will	will	MD
19880	2256	3	be	be	VB
19880	2256	4	remembered	remember	VBN
19880	2256	5	that	that	IN
19880	2256	6	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	2256	7	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	2256	8	's	's	POS
19880	2256	9	"	"	``
19880	2256	10	second	second	JJ
19880	2256	11	chest	chest	NN
19880	2256	12	"	"	''
19880	2256	13	corresponds	correspond	VBZ
19880	2256	14	to	to	IN
19880	2256	15	the	the	DT
19880	2256	16	upper	upper	JJ
19880	2256	17	chest	chest	NN
19880	2256	18	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2256	19	of	of	IN
19880	2256	20	some	some	DT
19880	2256	21	writers	writer	NNS
19880	2256	22	,	,	,
19880	2256	23	and	and	CC
19880	2256	24	that	that	IN
19880	2256	25	"	"	``
19880	2256	26	falsetto	falsetto	NN
19880	2256	27	"	"	''
19880	2256	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	2256	29	equivalent	equivalent	JJ
19880	2256	30	to	to	IN
19880	2256	31	"	"	``
19880	2256	32	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2256	33	,	,	,
19880	2256	34	"	"	''
19880	2256	35	as	as	IN
19880	2256	36	generally	generally	RB
19880	2256	37	employed	employ	VBN
19880	2256	38	.	.	.
19880	2257	1	Ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	2257	2	speech	speech	NN
19880	2257	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2257	4	economical	economical	JJ
19880	2257	5	,	,	,
19880	2257	6	and	and	CC
19880	2257	7	a	a	DT
19880	2257	8	range	range	NN
19880	2257	9	of	of	IN
19880	2257	10	very	very	RB
19880	2257	11	few	few	JJ
19880	2257	12	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2257	13	,	,	,
19880	2257	14	usually	usually	RB
19880	2257	15	not	not	RB
19880	2257	16	more	more	JJR
19880	2257	17	than	than	IN
19880	2257	18	two	two	CD
19880	2257	19	to	to	TO
19880	2257	20	four	four	CD
19880	2257	21	intervals	interval	NNS
19880	2257	22	of	of	IN
19880	2257	23	the	the	DT
19880	2257	24	scale	scale	NN
19880	2257	25	,	,	,
19880	2257	26	suffices	suffice	NNS
19880	2257	27	,	,	,
19880	2257	28	but	but	CC
19880	2257	29	on	on	IN
19880	2257	30	the	the	DT
19880	2257	31	stage	stage	NN
19880	2257	32	,	,	,
19880	2257	33	and	and	CC
19880	2257	34	by	by	IN
19880	2257	35	some	some	DT
19880	2257	36	of	of	IN
19880	2257	37	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2257	38	best	good	JJS
19880	2257	39	public	public	JJ
19880	2257	40	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	2257	41	,	,	,
19880	2257	42	twice	twice	PDT
19880	2257	43	this	this	DT
19880	2257	44	range	range	NN
19880	2257	45	may	may	MD
19880	2257	46	be	be	VB
19880	2257	47	exceeded	exceed	VBN
19880	2257	48	.	.	.
19880	2258	1	In	in	IN
19880	2258	2	nature	nature	NN
19880	2258	3	,	,	,
19880	2258	4	the	the	DT
19880	2258	5	cat	cat	NN
19880	2258	6	,	,	,
19880	2258	7	under	under	IN
19880	2258	8	the	the	DT
19880	2258	9	excitement	excitement	NN
19880	2258	10	of	of	IN
19880	2258	11	a	a	DT
19880	2258	12	heated	heated	JJ
19880	2258	13	interview	interview	NN
19880	2258	14	with	with	IN
19880	2258	15	a	a	DT
19880	2258	16	fellow	fellow	NN
19880	2258	17	-	-	HYPH
19880	2258	18	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	2258	19	,	,	,
19880	2258	20	may	may	MD
19880	2258	21	pass	pass	VB
19880	2258	22	through	through	RP
19880	2258	23	an	an	DT
19880	2258	24	entire	entire	JJ
19880	2258	25	octave	octave	NN
19880	2258	26	.	.	.
19880	2259	1	SUMMARY	SUMMARY	NNP
19880	2259	2	.	.	.
19880	2260	1	The	the	DT
19880	2260	2	shape	shape	NN
19880	2260	3	of	of	IN
19880	2260	4	the	the	DT
19880	2260	5	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2260	6	-	-	HYPH
19880	2260	7	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2260	8	varies	vary	VBZ
19880	2260	9	in	in	IN
19880	2260	10	the	the	DT
19880	2260	11	formation	formation	NN
19880	2260	12	of	of	IN
19880	2260	13	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2260	14	and	and	CC
19880	2260	15	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2260	16	,	,	,
19880	2260	17	which	which	WDT
19880	2260	18	may	may	MD
19880	2260	19	be	be	VB
19880	2260	20	classified	classify	VBN
19880	2260	21	accordingly	accordingly	RB
19880	2260	22	,	,	,
19880	2260	23	or	or	CC
19880	2260	24	according	accord	VBG
19880	2260	25	to	to	IN
19880	2260	26	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2260	27	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2260	28	.	.	.
19880	2261	1	Practical	practical	JJ
19880	2261	2	implications	implication	NNS
19880	2261	3	for	for	IN
19880	2261	4	singing	singing	NN
19880	2261	5	and	and	CC
19880	2261	6	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	2261	7	,	,	,
19880	2261	8	the	the	DT
19880	2261	9	learning	learning	NN
19880	2261	10	of	of	IN
19880	2261	11	foreign	foreign	JJ
19880	2261	12	languages	language	NNS
19880	2261	13	,	,	,
19880	2261	14	the	the	DT
19880	2261	15	study	study	NN
19880	2261	16	of	of	IN
19880	2261	17	dialects	dialect	NNS
19880	2261	18	,	,	,
19880	2261	19	etc	etc	FW
19880	2261	20	.	.	.
19880	2262	1	The	the	DT
19880	2262	2	importance	importance	NN
19880	2262	3	of	of	IN
19880	2262	4	special	special	JJ
19880	2262	5	attention	attention	NN
19880	2262	6	to	to	IN
19880	2262	7	those	those	DT
19880	2262	8	words	word	NNS
19880	2262	9	containing	contain	VBG
19880	2262	10	the	the	DT
19880	2262	11	low	low	RB
19880	2262	12	-	-	HYPH
19880	2262	13	pitched	pitched	JJ
19880	2262	14	and	and	CC
19880	2262	15	dark	dark	JJ
19880	2262	16	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2262	17	,	,	,
19880	2262	18	especially	especially	RB
19880	2262	19	when	when	WRB
19880	2262	20	low	low	JJ
19880	2262	21	in	in	IN
19880	2262	22	the	the	DT
19880	2262	23	scale	scale	NN
19880	2262	24	,	,	,
19880	2262	25	and	and	CC
19880	2262	26	when	when	WRB
19880	2262	27	sung	sung	NNP
19880	2262	28	_	_	NNP
19880	2262	29	piano	piano	NN
19880	2262	30	_	_	NNP
19880	2262	31	.	.	.
19880	2263	1	Overtones	overtone	NNS
19880	2263	2	,	,	,
19880	2263	3	and	and	CC
19880	2263	4	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2263	5	bearing	bearing	NN
19880	2263	6	on	on	IN
19880	2263	7	the	the	DT
19880	2263	8	quality	quality	NN
19880	2263	9	of	of	IN
19880	2263	10	the	the	DT
19880	2263	11	voice	voice	NN
19880	2263	12	.	.	.
19880	2264	1	The	the	DT
19880	2264	2	carrying	carry	VBG
19880	2264	3	power	power	NN
19880	2264	4	of	of	IN
19880	2264	5	the	the	DT
19880	2264	6	voice	voice	NN
19880	2264	7	,	,	,
19880	2264	8	determined	determine	VBN
19880	2264	9	by	by	IN
19880	2264	10	the	the	DT
19880	2264	11	method	method	NN
19880	2264	12	of	of	IN
19880	2264	13	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2264	14	production	production	NN
19880	2264	15	,	,	,
19880	2264	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	2264	17	more	more	RBR
19880	2264	18	important	important	JJ
19880	2264	19	than	than	IN
19880	2264	20	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2264	21	volume	volume	NN
19880	2264	22	.	.	.
19880	2265	1	The	the	DT
19880	2265	2	value	value	NN
19880	2265	3	of	of	IN
19880	2265	4	practice	practice	NN
19880	2265	5	with	with	IN
19880	2265	6	the	the	DT
19880	2265	7	use	use	NN
19880	2265	8	of	of	IN
19880	2265	9	a	a	DT
19880	2265	10	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	2265	11	,	,	,
19880	2265	12	and	and	CC
19880	2265	13	of	of	IN
19880	2265	14	the	the	DT
19880	2265	15	formation	formation	NN
19880	2265	16	of	of	IN
19880	2265	17	the	the	DT
19880	2265	18	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2265	19	in	in	IN
19880	2265	20	practice	practice	NN
19880	2265	21	with	with	IN
19880	2265	22	a	a	DT
19880	2265	23	distinctness	distinctness	NN
19880	2265	24	in	in	IN
19880	2265	25	excess	excess	NN
19880	2265	26	of	of	IN
19880	2265	27	the	the	DT
19880	2265	28	actual	actual	JJ
19880	2265	29	needs	need	NNS
19880	2265	30	of	of	IN
19880	2265	31	the	the	DT
19880	2265	32	listener	listener	NN
19880	2265	33	.	.	.
19880	2266	1	Ease	ease	NN
19880	2266	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2266	3	essential	essential	JJ
19880	2266	4	to	to	TO
19880	2266	5	art	art	NN
19880	2266	6	.	.	.
19880	2267	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	2267	2	XVII	XVII	NNP
19880	2267	3	.	.	.
19880	2268	1	THE	the	DT
19880	2268	2	HEARING	hearing	NN
19880	2268	3	APPARATUS	apparatus	NN
19880	2268	4	AND	and	CC
19880	2268	5	HEARING	hearing	NN
19880	2268	6	IN	in	IN
19880	2268	7	MUSIC	music	NN
19880	2268	8	.	.	.
19880	2269	1	So	so	RB
19880	2269	2	important	important	JJ
19880	2269	3	are	be	VBP
19880	2269	4	the	the	DT
19880	2269	5	ingoing	ingoe	VBG
19880	2269	6	sensory	sensory	JJ
19880	2269	7	messages	message	NNS
19880	2269	8	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2269	9	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	2269	10	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2269	11	that	that	WDT
19880	2269	12	originate	originate	VBP
19880	2269	13	in	in	IN
19880	2269	14	the	the	DT
19880	2269	15	ear	ear	NN
19880	2269	16	,	,	,
19880	2269	17	as	as	IN
19880	2269	18	a	a	DT
19880	2269	19	guide	guide	NN
19880	2269	20	not	not	RB
19880	2269	21	only	only	RB
19880	2269	22	in	in	IN
19880	2269	23	the	the	DT
19880	2269	24	appreciation	appreciation	NN
19880	2269	25	of	of	IN
19880	2269	26	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2269	27	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2269	28	but	but	CC
19880	2269	29	in	in	IN
19880	2269	30	those	those	DT
19880	2269	31	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2269	32	on	on	IN
19880	2269	33	which	which	WDT
19880	2269	34	all	all	DT
19880	2269	35	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2269	36	execution	execution	NN
19880	2269	37	,	,	,
19880	2269	38	all	all	DT
19880	2269	39	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2269	40	effects	effect	NNS
19880	2269	41	,	,	,
19880	2269	42	whether	whether	IN
19880	2269	43	of	of	IN
19880	2269	44	song	song	NN
19880	2269	45	or	or	CC
19880	2269	46	speech	speech	NN
19880	2269	47	,	,	,
19880	2269	48	depend	depend	VBP
19880	2269	49	,	,	,
19880	2269	50	that	that	IN
19880	2269	51	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2269	52	think	think	VBP
19880	2269	53	the	the	DT
19880	2269	54	reader	reader	NN
19880	2269	55	will	will	MD
19880	2269	56	welcome	welcome	VB
19880	2269	57	a	a	DT
19880	2269	58	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	2269	59	on	on	IN
19880	2269	60	the	the	DT
19880	2269	61	ear	ear	NN
19880	2269	62	,	,	,
19880	2269	63	even	even	RB
19880	2269	64	though	though	IN
19880	2269	65	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2269	66	be	be	VB
19880	2269	67	no	no	DT
19880	2269	68	part	part	NN
19880	2269	69	of	of	IN
19880	2269	70	the	the	DT
19880	2269	71	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2269	72	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2269	73	proper	proper	JJ
19880	2269	74	.	.	.
19880	2270	1	The	the	DT
19880	2270	2	essential	essential	JJ
19880	2270	3	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2270	4	used	use	VBN
19880	2270	5	by	by	IN
19880	2270	6	Nature	Nature	NNP
19880	2270	7	to	to	TO
19880	2270	8	give	give	VB
19880	2270	9	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2270	10	the	the	DT
19880	2270	11	sensation	sensation	NN
19880	2270	12	of	of	IN
19880	2270	13	sound	sound	NNP
19880	2270	14	consists	consist	VBZ
19880	2270	15	of	of	IN
19880	2270	16	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2270	17	1	1	LS
19880	2270	18	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2270	19	a	a	DT
19880	2270	20	complicated	complicate	VBN
19880	2270	21	form	form	NN
19880	2270	22	of	of	IN
19880	2270	23	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	2270	24	-	-	HYPH
19880	2270	25	ending	ending	NN
19880	2270	26	;	;	:
19880	2270	27	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2270	28	2	2	LS
19880	2270	29	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2270	30	an	an	DT
19880	2270	31	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2270	32	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	2270	33	leading	lead	VBG
19880	2270	34	from	from	IN
19880	2270	35	,	,	,
19880	2270	36	and	and	CC
19880	2270	37	a	a	DT
19880	2270	38	continuation	continuation	NN
19880	2270	39	,	,	,
19880	2270	40	in	in	IN
19880	2270	41	a	a	DT
19880	2270	42	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2270	43	sense	sense	NN
19880	2270	44	,	,	,
19880	2270	45	of	of	IN
19880	2270	46	,	,	,
19880	2270	47	the	the	DT
19880	2270	48	latter	latter	JJ
19880	2270	49	;	;	:
19880	2270	50	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2270	51	3	3	LS
19880	2270	52	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2270	53	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	2270	54	tracts	tract	NNS
19880	2270	55	and	and	CC
19880	2270	56	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2270	57	centres	centre	NNS
19880	2270	58	in	in	IN
19880	2270	59	the	the	DT
19880	2270	60	brain	brain	NN
19880	2270	61	.	.	.
19880	2271	1	The	the	DT
19880	2271	2	whole	whole	NN
19880	2271	3	constitutes	constitute	VBZ
19880	2271	4	a	a	DT
19880	2271	5	very	very	RB
19880	2271	6	complicated	complicated	JJ
19880	2271	7	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2271	8	,	,	,
19880	2271	9	but	but	CC
19880	2271	10	the	the	DT
19880	2271	11	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2271	12	on	on	IN
19880	2271	13	which	which	WDT
19880	2271	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2271	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	2271	16	constructed	construct	VBN
19880	2271	17	may	may	MD
19880	2271	18	be	be	VB
19880	2271	19	reduced	reduce	VBN
19880	2271	20	to	to	IN
19880	2271	21	a	a	DT
19880	2271	22	few	few	JJ
19880	2271	23	.	.	.
19880	2272	1	Mechanical	mechanical	JJ
19880	2272	2	or	or	CC
19880	2272	3	physical	physical	JJ
19880	2272	4	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2272	5	,	,	,
19880	2272	6	as	as	RB
19880	2272	7	well	well	RB
19880	2272	8	as	as	IN
19880	2272	9	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2272	10	ones	one	NNS
19880	2272	11	,	,	,
19880	2272	12	are	be	VBP
19880	2272	13	involved	involve	VBN
19880	2272	14	.	.	.
19880	2273	1	The	the	DT
19880	2273	2	entire	entire	JJ
19880	2273	3	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2273	4	has	have	VBZ
19880	2273	5	for	for	IN
19880	2273	6	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2273	7	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	2273	8	the	the	DT
19880	2273	9	conversion	conversion	NN
19880	2273	10	of	of	IN
19880	2273	11	the	the	DT
19880	2273	12	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2273	13	of	of	IN
19880	2273	14	the	the	DT
19880	2273	15	air	air	NN
19880	2273	16	into	into	IN
19880	2273	17	the	the	DT
19880	2273	18	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2273	19	of	of	IN
19880	2273	20	a	a	DT
19880	2273	21	fluid	fluid	NN
19880	2273	22	,	,	,
19880	2273	23	which	which	WDT
19880	2273	24	thus	thus	RB
19880	2273	25	stimulates	stimulate	VBZ
19880	2273	26	the	the	DT
19880	2273	27	end	end	NN
19880	2273	28	-	-	HYPH
19880	2273	29	organ	organ	NN
19880	2273	30	,	,	,
19880	2273	31	and	and	CC
19880	2273	32	brings	bring	VBZ
19880	2273	33	about	about	RP
19880	2273	34	those	those	DT
19880	2273	35	changes	change	NNS
19880	2273	36	in	in	IN
19880	2273	37	the	the	DT
19880	2273	38	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	2273	39	which	which	WDT
19880	2273	40	result	result	VBP
19880	2273	41	in	in	IN
19880	2273	42	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19880	2273	43	changes	change	NNS
19880	2273	44	in	in	IN
19880	2273	45	the	the	DT
19880	2273	46	brain	brain	NN
19880	2273	47	,	,	,
19880	2273	48	that	that	WDT
19880	2273	49	are	be	VBP
19880	2273	50	associated	associate	VBN
19880	2273	51	,	,	,
19880	2273	52	in	in	IN
19880	2273	53	some	some	DT
19880	2273	54	way	way	NN
19880	2273	55	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2273	56	can	can	MD
19880	2273	57	not	not	RB
19880	2273	58	explain	explain	VB
19880	2273	59	,	,	,
19880	2273	60	to	to	IN
19880	2273	61	that	that	DT
19880	2273	62	state	state	NN
19880	2273	63	of	of	IN
19880	2273	64	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19880	2273	65	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2273	66	term	term	VBP
19880	2273	67	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2273	68	.	.	.
19880	2274	1	Complicated	complicated	JJ
19880	2274	2	as	as	IN
19880	2274	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2274	4	the	the	DT
19880	2274	5	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2274	6	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2274	7	,	,	,
19880	2274	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2274	9	can	can	MD
19880	2274	10	be	be	VB
19880	2274	11	readily	readily	RB
19880	2274	12	enough	enough	RB
19880	2274	13	comprehended	comprehend	VBN
19880	2274	14	,	,	,
19880	2274	15	if	if	IN
19880	2274	16	the	the	DT
19880	2274	17	reader	reader	NN
19880	2274	18	accompany	accompany	VBP
19880	2274	19	the	the	DT
19880	2274	20	perusal	perusal	NN
19880	2274	21	of	of	IN
19880	2274	22	the	the	DT
19880	2274	23	text	text	NN
19880	2274	24	by	by	IN
19880	2274	25	an	an	DT
19880	2274	26	examination	examination	NN
19880	2274	27	of	of	IN
19880	2274	28	the	the	DT
19880	2274	29	figures	figure	NNS
19880	2274	30	introduced	introduce	VBN
19880	2274	31	.	.	.
19880	2275	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2275	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	2275	3	:	:	:
19880	2275	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	2275	5	.	.	.
19880	2276	1	60	60	CD
19880	2276	2	.	.	.
19880	2277	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2277	2	Beaunis	beaunis	NN
19880	2277	3	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2277	4	.	.	.
19880	2278	1	In	in	IN
19880	2278	2	this	this	DT
19880	2278	3	illustration	illustration	NN
19880	2278	4	parts	part	NNS
19880	2278	5	are	be	VBP
19880	2278	6	exposed	expose	VBN
19880	2278	7	to	to	TO
19880	2278	8	view	view	VB
19880	2278	9	by	by	IN
19880	2278	10	the	the	DT
19880	2278	11	removal	removal	NN
19880	2278	12	of	of	IN
19880	2278	13	others	other	NNS
19880	2278	14	.	.	.
19880	2279	1	The	the	DT
19880	2279	2	whole	whole	NN
19880	2279	3	of	of	IN
19880	2279	4	the	the	DT
19880	2279	5	inner	inner	JJ
19880	2279	6	ear	ear	NN
19880	2279	7	lies	lie	VBZ
19880	2279	8	within	within	IN
19880	2279	9	bone	bone	NN
19880	2279	10	,	,	,
19880	2279	11	which	which	WDT
19880	2279	12	in	in	IN
19880	2279	13	this	this	DT
19880	2279	14	figure	figure	NN
19880	2279	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	2279	16	cut	cut	VBN
19880	2279	17	away	away	RB
19880	2279	18	.	.	.
19880	2280	1	The	the	DT
19880	2280	2	drum	drum	NN
19880	2280	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	2280	4	head	head	NN
19880	2280	5	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2280	6	membrana	membrana	NNP
19880	2280	7	tympani	tympani	NNP
19880	2280	8	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2280	9	;	;	:
19880	2280	10	the	the	DT
19880	2280	11	Eustachian	eustachian	JJ
19880	2280	12	tube	tube	NN
19880	2280	13	,	,	,
19880	2280	14	extending	extend	VBG
19880	2280	15	from	from	IN
19880	2280	16	the	the	DT
19880	2280	17	back	back	NN
19880	2280	18	of	of	IN
19880	2280	19	the	the	DT
19880	2280	20	throat	throat	NN
19880	2280	21	,	,	,
19880	2280	22	and	and	CC
19880	2280	23	opening	opening	NN
19880	2280	24	into	into	IN
19880	2280	25	the	the	DT
19880	2280	26	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2280	27	ear	ear	NN
19880	2280	28	;	;	:
19880	2280	29	the	the	DT
19880	2280	30	semicircular	semicircular	JJ
19880	2280	31	canals	canal	NNS
19880	2280	32	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2280	33	which	which	WDT
19880	2280	34	are	be	VBP
19880	2280	35	not	not	RB
19880	2280	36	concerned	concerned	JJ
19880	2280	37	with	with	IN
19880	2280	38	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2280	39	,	,	,
19880	2280	40	but	but	CC
19880	2280	41	with	with	IN
19880	2280	42	the	the	DT
19880	2280	43	maintenance	maintenance	NN
19880	2280	44	of	of	IN
19880	2280	45	equilibrium	equilibrium	NN
19880	2280	46	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2280	47	;	;	:
19880	2280	48	the	the	DT
19880	2280	49	cochlea	cochlea	NN
19880	2280	50	,	,	,
19880	2280	51	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2280	52	snail	snail	NN
19880	2280	53	-	-	HYPH
19880	2280	54	shell	shell	NNP
19880	2280	55	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2280	56	,	,	,
19880	2280	57	which	which	WDT
19880	2280	58	contains	contain	VBZ
19880	2280	59	the	the	DT
19880	2280	60	various	various	JJ
19880	2280	61	parts	part	NNS
19880	2280	62	most	most	RBS
19880	2280	63	essential	essential	JJ
19880	2280	64	to	to	IN
19880	2280	65	hearing	hear	VBG
19880	2280	66	,	,	,
19880	2280	67	as	as	IN
19880	2280	68	the	the	DT
19880	2280	69	"	"	``
19880	2280	70	hair	hair	NN
19880	2280	71	-	-	HYPH
19880	2280	72	cells	cell	NNS
19880	2280	73	,	,	,
19880	2280	74	"	"	''
19880	2280	75	the	the	DT
19880	2280	76	terminals	terminal	NNS
19880	2280	77	of	of	IN
19880	2280	78	the	the	DT
19880	2280	79	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2280	80	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	2280	81	,	,	,
19880	2280	82	the	the	DT
19880	2280	83	latter	latter	JJ
19880	2280	84	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	2280	85	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2280	86	,	,	,
19880	2280	87	and	and	CC
19880	2280	88	several	several	JJ
19880	2280	89	other	other	JJ
19880	2280	90	parts	part	NNS
19880	2280	91	--	--	:
19880	2280	92	are	be	VBP
19880	2280	93	well	well	RB
19880	2280	94	shown	show	VBN
19880	2280	95	.	.	.
19880	2281	1	Should	Should	MD
19880	2281	2	the	the	DT
19880	2281	3	Eustachian	eustachian	JJ
19880	2281	4	tube	tube	NN
19880	2281	5	be	be	VB
19880	2281	6	closed	close	VBN
19880	2281	7	owing	owe	VBG
19880	2281	8	to	to	IN
19880	2281	9	swelling	swelling	NN
19880	2281	10	of	of	IN
19880	2281	11	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2281	12	lining	line	VBG
19880	2281	13	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	2281	14	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	2281	15	,	,	,
19880	2281	16	a	a	DT
19880	2281	17	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2281	18	amount	amount	NN
19880	2281	19	of	of	IN
19880	2281	20	temporary	temporary	JJ
19880	2281	21	deafness	deafness	NN
19880	2281	22	may	may	MD
19880	2281	23	result	result	VB
19880	2281	24	,	,	,
19880	2281	25	because	because	IN
19880	2281	26	,	,	,
19880	2281	27	the	the	DT
19880	2281	28	air	air	NN
19880	2281	29	within	within	IN
19880	2281	30	the	the	DT
19880	2281	31	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2281	32	ear	ear	NN
19880	2281	33	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2281	34	drum	drum	NNP
19880	2281	35	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2281	36	being	be	VBG
19880	2281	37	absorbed	absorb	VBN
19880	2281	38	,	,	,
19880	2281	39	and	and	CC
19880	2281	40	fresh	fresh	JJ
19880	2281	41	air	air	NN
19880	2281	42	not	not	RB
19880	2281	43	being	be	VBG
19880	2281	44	admitted	admit	VBN
19880	2281	45	,	,	,
19880	2281	46	the	the	DT
19880	2281	47	outer	outer	JJ
19880	2281	48	air	air	NN
19880	2281	49	presses	press	NNS
19880	2281	50	against	against	IN
19880	2281	51	the	the	DT
19880	2281	52	drum	drum	NN
19880	2281	53	-	-	HYPH
19880	2281	54	head	head	NN
19880	2281	55	uncounteracted	uncounteracte	VBD
19880	2281	56	,	,	,
19880	2281	57	and	and	CC
19880	2281	58	renders	render	VBZ
19880	2281	59	the	the	DT
19880	2281	60	conducting	conduct	VBG
19880	2281	61	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2281	62	too	too	RB
19880	2281	63	rigid	rigid	JJ
19880	2281	64	.	.	.
19880	2281	65	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2282	1	Anatomists	anatomist	NNS
19880	2282	2	speak	speak	VBP
19880	2282	3	of	of	IN
19880	2282	4	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2282	5	1	1	LS
19880	2282	6	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2282	7	an	an	DT
19880	2282	8	outer	outer	JJ
19880	2282	9	or	or	CC
19880	2282	10	external	external	JJ
19880	2282	11	ear	ear	NN
19880	2282	12	,	,	,
19880	2282	13	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2282	14	2	2	LS
19880	2282	15	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2282	16	a	a	DT
19880	2282	17	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2282	18	ear	ear	NN
19880	2282	19	,	,	,
19880	2282	20	drum	drum	VB
19880	2282	21	,	,	,
19880	2282	22	or	or	CC
19880	2282	23	tympanum	tympanum	FW
19880	2282	24	,	,	,
19880	2282	25	and	and	CC
19880	2282	26	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2282	27	3	3	LS
19880	2282	28	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2282	29	an	an	DT
19880	2282	30	inner	inner	JJ
19880	2282	31	ear	ear	NN
19880	2282	32	,	,	,
19880	2282	33	or	or	CC
19880	2282	34	labyrinth	labyrinth	JJ
19880	2282	35	.	.	.
19880	2283	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2283	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	2283	3	:	:	:
19880	2283	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	2283	5	.	.	.
19880	2284	1	61	61	CD
19880	2284	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2284	3	Beaunis	beaunis	NN
19880	2284	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2284	5	.	.	.
19880	2285	1	Diagrammatic	diagrammatic	JJ
19880	2285	2	representation	representation	NN
19880	2285	3	of	of	IN
19880	2285	4	the	the	DT
19880	2285	5	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2285	6	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2285	7	.	.	.
19880	2286	1	The	the	DT
19880	2286	2	external	external	JJ
19880	2286	3	,	,	,
19880	2286	4	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2286	5	,	,	,
19880	2286	6	and	and	CC
19880	2286	7	internal	internal	JJ
19880	2286	8	ear	ear	NN
19880	2286	9	are	be	VBP
19880	2286	10	separated	separate	VBN
19880	2286	11	by	by	IN
19880	2286	12	dotted	dotted	JJ
19880	2286	13	lines	line	NNS
19880	2286	14	.	.	.
19880	2287	1	A	a	DT
19880	2287	2	,	,	,
19880	2287	3	the	the	DT
19880	2287	4	external	external	JJ
19880	2287	5	;	;	:
19880	2287	6	B	b	NN
19880	2287	7	,	,	,
19880	2287	8	the	the	DT
19880	2287	9	middle	middle	NN
19880	2287	10	;	;	:
19880	2287	11	C	C	NNP
19880	2287	12	,	,	,
19880	2287	13	the	the	DT
19880	2287	14	internal	internal	JJ
19880	2287	15	ear	ear	NN
19880	2287	16	;	;	:
19880	2287	17	1	1	CD
19880	2287	18	,	,	,
19880	2287	19	auricle	auricle	NN
19880	2287	20	;	;	:
19880	2287	21	2	2	CD
19880	2287	22	,	,	,
19880	2287	23	external	external	JJ
19880	2287	24	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2287	25	meatus	meatus	NN
19880	2287	26	;	;	:
19880	2287	27	3	3	CD
19880	2287	28	,	,	,
19880	2287	29	tympanum	tympanum	PRP
19880	2287	30	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2287	31	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2287	32	ear	ear	NN
19880	2287	33	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2287	34	,	,	,
19880	2287	35	with	with	IN
19880	2287	36	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2287	37	chain	chain	NN
19880	2287	38	of	of	IN
19880	2287	39	bones	bone	NNS
19880	2287	40	,	,	,
19880	2287	41	7	7	CD
19880	2287	42	,	,	,
19880	2287	43	8	8	CD
19880	2287	44	,	,	,
19880	2287	45	9	9	CD
19880	2287	46	.	.	.
19880	2288	1	Into	into	IN
19880	2288	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2288	3	opens	open	VBZ
19880	2288	4	5	5	CD
19880	2288	5	,	,	,
19880	2288	6	Eustachian	eustachian	JJ
19880	2288	7	tube	tube	NN
19880	2288	8	,	,	,
19880	2288	9	leading	lead	VBG
19880	2288	10	from	from	IN
19880	2288	11	back	back	RB
19880	2288	12	of	of	IN
19880	2288	13	throat	throat	NN
19880	2288	14	;	;	:
19880	2288	15	4	4	CD
19880	2288	16	,	,	,
19880	2288	17	membrana	membrana	NNP
19880	2288	18	tympani	tympani	NNP
19880	2288	19	or	or	CC
19880	2288	20	drum	drum	NN
19880	2288	21	-	-	HYPH
19880	2288	22	head	head	NN
19880	2288	23	,	,	,
19880	2288	24	closing	close	VBG
19880	2288	25	the	the	DT
19880	2288	26	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2288	27	ear	ear	XX
19880	2288	28	off	off	RP
19880	2288	29	from	from	IN
19880	2288	30	the	the	DT
19880	2288	31	external	external	JJ
19880	2288	32	ear	ear	NN
19880	2288	33	.	.	.
19880	2289	1	The	the	DT
19880	2289	2	most	most	RBS
19880	2289	3	important	important	JJ
19880	2289	4	part	part	NN
19880	2289	5	of	of	IN
19880	2289	6	the	the	DT
19880	2289	7	inner	inner	JJ
19880	2289	8	ear	ear	NN
19880	2289	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	2289	10	13	13	CD
19880	2289	11	,	,	,
19880	2289	12	the	the	DT
19880	2289	13	cochlear	cochlear	JJ
19880	2289	14	canal	canal	NN
19880	2289	15	,	,	,
19880	2289	16	in	in	IN
19880	2289	17	which	which	WDT
19880	2289	18	the	the	DT
19880	2289	19	"	"	``
19880	2289	20	hair	hair	NN
19880	2289	21	-	-	HYPH
19880	2289	22	cells	cell	NNS
19880	2289	23	"	"	''
19880	2289	24	are	be	VBP
19880	2289	25	found	find	VBN
19880	2289	26	,	,	,
19880	2289	27	around	around	IN
19880	2289	28	which	which	WDT
19880	2289	29	latter	latter	JJ
19880	2289	30	the	the	DT
19880	2289	31	final	final	JJ
19880	2289	32	branches	branch	NNS
19880	2289	33	of	of	IN
19880	2289	34	the	the	DT
19880	2289	35	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2289	36	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	2289	37	end	end	NN
19880	2289	38	.	.	.
19880	2290	1	Above	above	IN
19880	2290	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2290	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2290	4	the	the	DT
19880	2290	5	scala	scala	JJ
19880	2290	6	vestibuli	vestibuli	NNP
19880	2290	7	and	and	CC
19880	2290	8	below	below	IN
19880	2290	9	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2290	10	the	the	DT
19880	2290	11	scala	scala	JJ
19880	2290	12	tympani	tympani	NNS
19880	2290	13	,	,	,
19880	2290	14	passages	passage	NNS
19880	2290	15	filled	fill	VBN
19880	2290	16	with	with	IN
19880	2290	17	fluid	fluid	NN
19880	2290	18	.	.	.
19880	2291	1	The	the	DT
19880	2291	2	openings	opening	NNS
19880	2291	3	to	to	IN
19880	2291	4	these	these	DT
19880	2291	5	canals	canal	NNS
19880	2291	6	are	be	VBP
19880	2291	7	closed	close	VBN
19880	2291	8	with	with	IN
19880	2291	9	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	2291	10	.	.	.
19880	2292	1	Attached	attach	VBN
19880	2292	2	to	to	IN
19880	2292	3	the	the	DT
19880	2292	4	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	2292	5	of	of	IN
19880	2292	6	the	the	DT
19880	2292	7	oval	oval	NN
19880	2292	8	opening	opening	NN
19880	2292	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	2292	10	the	the	DT
19880	2292	11	stapes	stape	NNS
19880	2292	12	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2292	13	stirrup	stirrup	NN
19880	2292	14	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2292	15	.	.	.
19880	2293	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2293	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2293	3	thus	thus	RB
19880	2293	4	seen	see	VBN
19880	2293	5	that	that	IN
19880	2293	6	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2293	7	communicated	communicate	VBN
19880	2293	8	to	to	IN
19880	2293	9	the	the	DT
19880	2293	10	chain	chain	NN
19880	2293	11	of	of	IN
19880	2293	12	bones	bone	NNS
19880	2293	13	from	from	IN
19880	2293	14	the	the	DT
19880	2293	15	tympanic	tympanic	JJ
19880	2293	16	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	2293	17	are	be	VBP
19880	2293	18	passed	pass	VBN
19880	2293	19	on	on	RP
19880	2293	20	to	to	IN
19880	2293	21	the	the	DT
19880	2293	22	fluid	fluid	NN
19880	2293	23	filling	fill	VBG
19880	2293	24	the	the	DT
19880	2293	25	passages	passage	NNS
19880	2293	26	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2293	27	scalæ	scalæ	NN
19880	2293	28	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2293	29	of	of	IN
19880	2293	30	the	the	DT
19880	2293	31	cochlea	cochlea	NN
19880	2293	32	,	,	,
19880	2293	33	and	and	CC
19880	2293	34	thus	thus	RB
19880	2293	35	affect	affect	VB
19880	2293	36	the	the	DT
19880	2293	37	hair	hair	NN
19880	2293	38	-	-	HYPH
19880	2293	39	cells	cell	NNS
19880	2293	40	,	,	,
19880	2293	41	and	and	CC
19880	2293	42	so	so	RB
19880	2293	43	the	the	DT
19880	2293	44	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	2293	45	of	of	IN
19880	2293	46	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2293	47	,	,	,
19880	2293	48	and	and	CC
19880	2293	49	through	through	IN
19880	2293	50	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2293	51	the	the	DT
19880	2293	52	brain	brain	NN
19880	2293	53	.	.	.
19880	2294	1	The	the	DT
19880	2294	2	parts	part	NNS
19880	2294	3	indicated	indicate	VBN
19880	2294	4	by	by	IN
19880	2294	5	12	12	CD
19880	2294	6	and	and	CC
19880	2294	7	16	16	CD
19880	2294	8	are	be	VBP
19880	2294	9	important	important	JJ
19880	2294	10	in	in	IN
19880	2294	11	the	the	DT
19880	2294	12	maintenance	maintenance	NN
19880	2294	13	of	of	IN
19880	2294	14	equilibrium	equilibrium	NN
19880	2294	15	,	,	,
19880	2294	16	but	but	CC
19880	2294	17	are	be	VBP
19880	2294	18	not	not	RB
19880	2294	19	concerned	concerned	JJ
19880	2294	20	in	in	IN
19880	2294	21	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2294	22	.	.	.
19880	2294	23	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2295	1	The	the	DT
19880	2295	2	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	2295	3	of	of	IN
19880	2295	4	the	the	DT
19880	2295	5	_	_	NNP
19880	2295	6	outer	outer	JJ
19880	2295	7	ear	ear	NN
19880	2295	8	_	_	NNP
19880	2295	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	2295	10	to	to	TO
19880	2295	11	collect	collect	VB
19880	2295	12	the	the	DT
19880	2295	13	air	air	NN
19880	2295	14	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2295	15	and	and	CC
19880	2295	16	convey	convey	VB
19880	2295	17	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2295	18	to	to	IN
19880	2295	19	the	the	DT
19880	2295	20	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2295	21	ear	ear	NN
19880	2295	22	,	,	,
19880	2295	23	which	which	WDT
19880	2295	24	passes	pass	VBZ
19880	2295	25	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2295	26	on	on	RP
19880	2295	27	to	to	IN
19880	2295	28	the	the	DT
19880	2295	29	inner	inner	JJ
19880	2295	30	ear	ear	NN
19880	2295	31	,	,	,
19880	2295	32	where	where	WRB
19880	2295	33	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2295	34	produce	produce	VBP
19880	2295	35	the	the	DT
19880	2295	36	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2295	37	in	in	IN
19880	2295	38	the	the	DT
19880	2295	39	fluid	fluid	NN
19880	2295	40	therein	therein	RB
19880	2295	41	contained	contain	VBN
19880	2295	42	and	and	CC
19880	2295	43	which	which	WDT
19880	2295	44	affect	affect	VBP
19880	2295	45	the	the	DT
19880	2295	46	end	end	NN
19880	2295	47	-	-	HYPH
19880	2295	48	organ	organ	NN
19880	2295	49	and	and	CC
19880	2295	50	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	2295	51	-	-	HYPH
19880	2295	52	endings	ending	NNS
19880	2295	53	,	,	,
19880	2295	54	and	and	CC
19880	2295	55	thus	thus	RB
19880	2295	56	initiate	initiate	VB
19880	2295	57	the	the	DT
19880	2295	58	essential	essential	JJ
19880	2295	59	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2295	60	processes	process	NNS
19880	2295	61	in	in	IN
19880	2295	62	the	the	DT
19880	2295	63	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	2295	64	of	of	IN
19880	2295	65	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2295	66	.	.	.
19880	2296	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2296	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	2296	3	that	that	IN
19880	2296	4	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2296	5	have	have	VBP
19880	2296	6	an	an	DT
19880	2296	7	instance	instance	NN
19880	2296	8	of	of	IN
19880	2296	9	the	the	DT
19880	2296	10	conversion	conversion	NN
19880	2296	11	of	of	IN
19880	2296	12	one	one	CD
19880	2296	13	kind	kind	NN
19880	2296	14	of	of	IN
19880	2296	15	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2296	16	,	,	,
19880	2296	17	those	those	DT
19880	2296	18	of	of	IN
19880	2296	19	the	the	DT
19880	2296	20	air	air	NN
19880	2296	21	,	,	,
19880	2296	22	into	into	IN
19880	2296	23	another	another	DT
19880	2296	24	kind	kind	NN
19880	2296	25	,	,	,
19880	2296	26	those	those	DT
19880	2296	27	of	of	IN
19880	2296	28	fluid	fluid	NN
19880	2296	29	,	,	,
19880	2296	30	which	which	WDT
19880	2296	31	latter	latter	RB
19880	2296	32	furnish	furnish	VB
19880	2296	33	a	a	DT
19880	2296	34	sufficiently	sufficiently	RB
19880	2296	35	delicate	delicate	JJ
19880	2296	36	stimulus	stimulus	NN
19880	2296	37	or	or	CC
19880	2296	38	excitation	excitation	NN
19880	2296	39	of	of	IN
19880	2296	40	the	the	DT
19880	2296	41	fine	fine	JJ
19880	2296	42	hair	hair	NN
19880	2296	43	-	-	HYPH
19880	2296	44	like	like	JJ
19880	2296	45	extensions	extension	NNS
19880	2296	46	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2296	47	_	_	NNP
19880	2296	48	processes	process	VBZ
19880	2296	49	_	_	NNP
19880	2296	50	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2296	51	of	of	IN
19880	2296	52	the	the	DT
19880	2296	53	cells	cell	NNS
19880	2296	54	known	know	VBN
19880	2296	55	as	as	IN
19880	2296	56	_	_	NNP
19880	2296	57	hair	hair	NN
19880	2296	58	-	-	HYPH
19880	2296	59	cells	cell	NNS
19880	2296	60	_	_	NNP
19880	2296	61	,	,	,
19880	2296	62	about	about	IN
19880	2296	63	which	which	WDT
19880	2296	64	the	the	DT
19880	2296	65	nerves	nerve	NNS
19880	2296	66	in	in	IN
19880	2296	67	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2296	68	final	final	JJ
19880	2296	69	smallest	small	JJS
19880	2296	70	branches	branch	NNS
19880	2296	71	wrap	wrap	VBP
19880	2296	72	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2296	73	.	.	.
19880	2297	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2297	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	2297	3	:	:	:
19880	2297	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	2297	5	.	.	.
19880	2298	1	62	62	LS
19880	2298	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2298	3	Beaunis	beaunis	NN
19880	2298	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2298	5	.	.	.
19880	2299	1	Two	two	CD
19880	2299	2	of	of	IN
19880	2299	3	the	the	DT
19880	2299	4	bones	bone	NNS
19880	2299	5	of	of	IN
19880	2299	6	the	the	DT
19880	2299	7	ear	ear	NN
19880	2299	8	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2299	9	the	the	DT
19880	2299	10	malleus	malleus	NNP
19880	2299	11	or	or	CC
19880	2299	12	hammer	hammer	NNP
19880	2299	13	and	and	CC
19880	2299	14	the	the	DT
19880	2299	15	incus	incus	NN
19880	2299	16	or	or	CC
19880	2299	17	anvil	anvil	NNP
19880	2299	18	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2299	19	enlarged	enlarge	VBD
19880	2299	20	.	.	.
19880	2300	1	These	these	DT
19880	2300	2	small	small	JJ
19880	2300	3	ear	ear	NN
19880	2300	4	-	-	HYPH
19880	2300	5	bones	bone	NNS
19880	2300	6	have	have	VBP
19880	2300	7	joints	joint	NNS
19880	2300	8	like	like	IN
19880	2300	9	larger	large	JJR
19880	2300	10	ones	one	NNS
19880	2300	11	.	.	.
19880	2301	1	The	the	DT
19880	2301	2	line	line	NN
19880	2301	3	of	of	IN
19880	2301	4	conveyance	conveyance	NN
19880	2301	5	of	of	IN
19880	2301	6	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2301	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	2301	8	indicated	indicate	VBN
19880	2301	9	by	by	IN
19880	2301	10	B	B	NNP
19880	2301	11	A.	a.	NN
19880	2301	12	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2302	1	When	when	WRB
19880	2302	2	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2302	3	ourselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2302	4	hear	hear	VBP
19880	2302	5	sounds	sound	VBZ
19880	2302	6	when	when	WRB
19880	2302	7	under	under	IN
19880	2302	8	water	water	NN
19880	2302	9	,	,	,
19880	2302	10	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2302	11	are	be	VBP
19880	2302	12	affected	affect	VBN
19880	2302	13	directly	directly	RB
19880	2302	14	by	by	IN
19880	2302	15	the	the	DT
19880	2302	16	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2302	17	of	of	IN
19880	2302	18	that	that	DT
19880	2302	19	water	water	NN
19880	2302	20	;	;	:
19880	2302	21	in	in	IN
19880	2302	22	this	this	DT
19880	2302	23	case	case	NN
19880	2302	24	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2302	25	,	,	,
19880	2302	26	in	in	IN
19880	2302	27	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2302	28	whole	whole	JJ
19880	2302	29	body	body	NN
19880	2302	30	,	,	,
19880	2302	31	represent	represent	VB
19880	2302	32	the	the	DT
19880	2302	33	hair	hair	NN
19880	2302	34	-	-	HYPH
19880	2302	35	cells	cell	NNS
19880	2302	36	which	which	WDT
19880	2302	37	are	be	VBP
19880	2302	38	stimulated	stimulate	VBN
19880	2302	39	by	by	IN
19880	2302	40	the	the	DT
19880	2302	41	fluid	fluid	NN
19880	2302	42	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2302	43	_	_	NNP
19880	2302	44	endolymph	endolymph	NNP
19880	2302	45	_	_	NNP
19880	2302	46	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2302	47	which	which	WDT
19880	2302	48	surrounds	surround	VBZ
19880	2302	49	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2302	50	.	.	.
19880	2303	1	[	[	-LRB-
19880	2303	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	2303	3	:	:	:
19880	2303	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
19880	2303	5	.	.	.
19880	2304	1	63	63	CD
19880	2304	2	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2304	3	Beaunis	beaunis	NN
19880	2304	4	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2304	5	.	.	.
19880	2305	1	The	the	DT
19880	2305	2	complete	complete	JJ
19880	2305	3	chain	chain	NN
19880	2305	4	of	of	IN
19880	2305	5	bones	bone	NNS
19880	2305	6	.	.	.
19880	2306	1	The	the	DT
19880	2306	2	arrows	arrow	NNS
19880	2306	3	indicate	indicate	VBP
19880	2306	4	in	in	IN
19880	2306	5	a	a	DT
19880	2306	6	general	general	JJ
19880	2306	7	way	way	NN
19880	2306	8	the	the	DT
19880	2306	9	direction	direction	NN
19880	2306	10	of	of	IN
19880	2306	11	the	the	DT
19880	2306	12	line	line	NN
19880	2306	13	of	of	IN
19880	2306	14	transmission	transmission	NN
19880	2306	15	of	of	IN
19880	2306	16	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2306	17	from	from	IN
19880	2306	18	the	the	DT
19880	2306	19	tympanic	tympanic	JJ
19880	2306	20	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	2306	21	on	on	IN
19880	2306	22	to	to	IN
19880	2306	23	the	the	DT
19880	2306	24	fluid	fluid	NN
19880	2306	25	within	within	IN
19880	2306	26	the	the	DT
19880	2306	27	passages	passage	NNS
19880	2306	28	of	of	IN
19880	2306	29	the	the	DT
19880	2306	30	inner	inner	JJ
19880	2306	31	ear	ear	NN
19880	2306	32	.	.	.
19880	2306	33	]	]	-RRB-
19880	2307	1	The	the	DT
19880	2307	2	external	external	JJ
19880	2307	3	ear	ear	NN
19880	2307	4	,	,	,
19880	2307	5	well	well	RB
19880	2307	6	developed	develop	VBN
19880	2307	7	in	in	IN
19880	2307	8	many	many	JJ
19880	2307	9	of	of	IN
19880	2307	10	the	the	DT
19880	2307	11	lower	low	JJR
19880	2307	12	animals	animal	NNS
19880	2307	13	,	,	,
19880	2307	14	being	be	VBG
19880	2307	15	often	often	RB
19880	2307	16	highly	highly	RB
19880	2307	17	movable	movable	JJ
19880	2307	18	,	,	,
19880	2307	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	2307	20	practically	practically	RB
19880	2307	21	immovable	immovable	JJ
19880	2307	22	in	in	IN
19880	2307	23	man	man	NN
19880	2307	24	,	,	,
19880	2307	25	and	and	CC
19880	2307	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	2307	27	wholly	wholly	RB
19880	2307	28	wanting	want	VBG
19880	2307	29	in	in	IN
19880	2307	30	some	some	DT
19880	2307	31	animals	animal	NNS
19880	2307	32	,	,	,
19880	2307	33	as	as	IN
19880	2307	34	the	the	DT
19880	2307	35	frog	frog	NN
19880	2307	36	.	.	.
19880	2308	1	The	the	DT
19880	2308	2	circular	circular	JJ
19880	2308	3	plate	plate	NN
19880	2308	4	one	one	CD
19880	2308	5	sees	see	VBZ
19880	2308	6	behind	behind	IN
19880	2308	7	the	the	DT
19880	2308	8	eye	eye	NN
19880	2308	9	of	of	IN
19880	2308	10	the	the	DT
19880	2308	11	frog	frog	NN
19880	2308	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	2308	13	the	the	DT
19880	2308	14	drum	drum	NN
19880	2308	15	-	-	HYPH
19880	2308	16	head	head	NN
19880	2308	17	of	of	IN
19880	2308	18	the	the	DT
19880	2308	19	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2308	20	ear	ear	NN
19880	2308	21	.	.	.
19880	2309	1	From	from	IN
19880	2309	2	the	the	DT
19880	2309	3	_	_	NNP
19880	2309	4	drum	drum	NN
19880	2309	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	2309	6	head	head	NN
19880	2309	7	_	_	NNP
19880	2309	8	,	,	,
19880	2309	9	or	or	CC
19880	2309	10	_	_	NNP
19880	2309	11	tympanic	tympanic	JJ
19880	2309	12	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	2309	13	_	_	NNP
19880	2309	14	,	,	,
19880	2309	15	the	the	DT
19880	2309	16	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2309	17	,	,	,
19880	2309	18	which	which	WDT
19880	2309	19	are	be	VBP
19880	2309	20	now	now	RB
19880	2309	21	those	those	DT
19880	2309	22	of	of	IN
19880	2309	23	a	a	DT
19880	2309	24	solid	solid	JJ
19880	2309	25	,	,	,
19880	2309	26	are	be	VBP
19880	2309	27	communicated	communicate	VBN
19880	2309	28	by	by	IN
19880	2309	29	a	a	DT
19880	2309	30	series	series	NN
19880	2309	31	of	of	IN
19880	2309	32	very	very	RB
19880	2309	33	small	small	JJ
19880	2309	34	bones	bone	NNS
19880	2309	35	,	,	,
19880	2309	36	most	most	RBS
19880	2309	37	beautifully	beautifully	RB
19880	2309	38	linked	link	VBN
19880	2309	39	together	together	RB
19880	2309	40	by	by	IN
19880	2309	41	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2309	42	joints	joint	NNS
19880	2309	43	,	,	,
19880	2309	44	to	to	IN
19880	2309	45	another	another	DT
19880	2309	46	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	2309	47	,	,	,
19880	2309	48	which	which	WDT
19880	2309	49	closes	close	VBZ
19880	2309	50	a	a	DT
19880	2309	51	small	small	JJ
19880	2309	52	hole	hole	NN
19880	2309	53	in	in	IN
19880	2309	54	the	the	DT
19880	2309	55	outer	outer	JJ
19880	2309	56	wall	wall	NN
19880	2309	57	of	of	IN
19880	2309	58	the	the	DT
19880	2309	59	inner	inner	JJ
19880	2309	60	ear	ear	NN
19880	2309	61	.	.	.
19880	2310	1	The	the	DT
19880	2310	2	_	_	NNP
19880	2310	3	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2310	4	ear	ear	XX
19880	2310	5	_	_	NNP
19880	2310	6	,	,	,
19880	2310	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2310	8	will	will	MD
19880	2310	9	be	be	VB
19880	2310	10	seen	see	VBN
19880	2310	11	,	,	,
19880	2310	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	2310	13	a	a	DT
19880	2310	14	drum	drum	NN
19880	2310	15	with	with	IN
19880	2310	16	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2310	17	stretched	stretch	VBN
19880	2310	18	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	2310	19	like	like	IN
19880	2310	20	any	any	DT
19880	2310	21	other	other	JJ
19880	2310	22	drum	drum	NN
19880	2310	23	,	,	,
19880	2310	24	and	and	CC
19880	2310	25	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2310	26	too	too	RB
19880	2310	27	has	have	VBZ
19880	2310	28	a	a	DT
19880	2310	29	communication	communication	NN
19880	2310	30	with	with	IN
19880	2310	31	the	the	DT
19880	2310	32	exterior	exterior	NNP
19880	2310	33	air	air	NN
19880	2310	34	through	through	IN
19880	2310	35	a	a	DT
19880	2310	36	tube	tube	NN
19880	2310	37	,	,	,
19880	2310	38	the	the	DT
19880	2310	39	_	_	NNP
19880	2310	40	Eustachian	Eustachian	NNP
19880	2310	41	tube	tube	NN
19880	2310	42	_	_	NNP
19880	2310	43	,	,	,
19880	2310	44	which	which	WDT
19880	2310	45	leads	lead	VBZ
19880	2310	46	from	from	IN
19880	2310	47	the	the	DT
19880	2310	48	drum	drum	NN
19880	2310	49	into	into	IN
19880	2310	50	the	the	DT
19880	2310	51	back	back	JJ
19880	2310	52	part	part	NN
19880	2310	53	of	of	IN
19880	2310	54	the	the	DT
19880	2310	55	throat	throat	NN
19880	2310	56	.	.	.
19880	2311	1	When	when	WRB
19880	2311	2	one	one	PRP
19880	2311	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	2311	4	a	a	DT
19880	2311	5	cold	cold	NN
19880	2311	6	,	,	,
19880	2311	7	the	the	DT
19880	2311	8	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	2311	9	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	2311	10	which	which	WDT
19880	2311	11	lines	line	VBZ
19880	2311	12	this	this	DT
19880	2311	13	tube	tube	NN
19880	2311	14	may	may	MD
19880	2311	15	become	become	VB
19880	2311	16	swollen	swollen	JJ
19880	2311	17	or	or	CC
19880	2311	18	even	even	RB
19880	2311	19	catarrhal	catarrhal	NN
19880	2311	20	,	,	,
19880	2311	21	and	and	CC
19880	2311	22	be	be	VB
19880	2311	23	so	so	RB
19880	2311	24	closed	closed	JJ
19880	2311	25	that	that	IN
19880	2311	26	no	no	DT
19880	2311	27	air	air	NN
19880	2311	28	can	can	MD
19880	2311	29	enter	enter	VB
19880	2311	30	from	from	IN
19880	2311	31	the	the	DT
19880	2311	32	throat	throat	NN
19880	2311	33	;	;	:
19880	2311	34	the	the	DT
19880	2311	35	air	air	NN
19880	2311	36	already	already	RB
19880	2311	37	within	within	IN
19880	2311	38	the	the	DT
19880	2311	39	drum	drum	NN
19880	2311	40	being	be	VBG
19880	2311	41	absorbed	absorb	VBN
19880	2311	42	,	,	,
19880	2311	43	the	the	DT
19880	2311	44	outer	outer	JJ
19880	2311	45	air	air	NN
19880	2311	46	presses	press	NNS
19880	2311	47	unduly	unduly	RB
19880	2311	48	against	against	IN
19880	2311	49	the	the	DT
19880	2311	50	drum	drum	NN
19880	2311	51	-	-	HYPH
19880	2311	52	head	head	NN
19880	2311	53	,	,	,
19880	2311	54	with	with	IN
19880	2311	55	the	the	DT
19880	2311	56	result	result	NN
19880	2311	57	that	that	IN
19880	2311	58	the	the	DT
19880	2311	59	whole	whole	JJ
19880	2311	60	conducting	conducting	NN
19880	2311	61	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2311	62	is	be	VBZ
19880	2311	63	put	put	VBN
19880	2311	64	more	more	RBR
19880	2311	65	or	or	CC
19880	2311	66	less	less	RBR
19880	2311	67	out	out	IN
19880	2311	68	of	of	IN
19880	2311	69	condition	condition	NN
19880	2311	70	,	,	,
19880	2311	71	and	and	CC
19880	2311	72	a	a	DT
19880	2311	73	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2311	74	degree	degree	NN
19880	2311	75	of	of	IN
19880	2311	76	deafness	deafness	NN
19880	2311	77	naturally	naturally	RB
19880	2311	78	results	result	VBZ
19880	2311	79	.	.	.
19880	2312	1	The	the	DT
19880	2312	2	tension	tension	NN
19880	2312	3	of	of	IN
19880	2312	4	the	the	DT
19880	2312	5	drum	drum	NN
19880	2312	6	-	-	HYPH
19880	2312	7	head	head	NN
19880	2312	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	2312	9	regulated	regulate	VBN
19880	2312	10	by	by	IN
19880	2312	11	a	a	DT
19880	2312	12	muscle	muscle	NN
19880	2312	13	attached	attach	VBN
19880	2312	14	to	to	IN
19880	2312	15	the	the	DT
19880	2312	16	bone	bone	NN
19880	2312	17	which	which	WDT
19880	2312	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	2312	19	connected	connect	VBN
19880	2312	20	with	with	IN
19880	2312	21	the	the	DT
19880	2312	22	inner	inner	JJ
19880	2312	23	part	part	NN
19880	2312	24	of	of	IN
19880	2312	25	this	this	DT
19880	2312	26	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	2312	27	.	.	.
19880	2313	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2313	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2313	3	now	now	RB
19880	2313	4	easy	easy	JJ
19880	2313	5	to	to	TO
19880	2313	6	understand	understand	VB
19880	2313	7	how	how	WRB
19880	2313	8	any	any	DT
19880	2313	9	unfavorable	unfavorable	JJ
19880	2313	10	condition	condition	NN
19880	2313	11	of	of	IN
19880	2313	12	the	the	DT
19880	2313	13	throat	throat	NN
19880	2313	14	may	may	MD
19880	2313	15	affect	affect	VB
19880	2313	16	the	the	DT
19880	2313	17	ear	ear	NN
19880	2313	18	,	,	,
19880	2313	19	or	or	CC
19880	2313	20	that	that	DT
19880	2313	21	of	of	IN
19880	2313	22	the	the	DT
19880	2313	23	ear	ear	NN
19880	2313	24	influence	influence	NN
19880	2313	25	the	the	DT
19880	2313	26	throat	throat	NN
19880	2313	27	.	.	.
19880	2314	1	In	in	IN
19880	2314	2	the	the	DT
19880	2314	3	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2314	4	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2314	5	of	of	IN
19880	2314	6	man	man	NN
19880	2314	7	,	,	,
19880	2314	8	the	the	DT
19880	2314	9	_	_	NNP
19880	2314	10	inner	inner	JJ
19880	2314	11	ear	ear	NN
19880	2314	12	_	_	NNP
19880	2314	13	,	,	,
19880	2314	14	or	or	CC
19880	2314	15	_	_	NNP
19880	2314	16	labyrinth	labyrinth	NN
19880	2314	17	_	_	NNP
19880	2314	18	,	,	,
19880	2314	19	well	well	UH
19880	2314	20	so	so	RB
19880	2314	21	named	name	VBN
19880	2314	22	because	because	IN
19880	2314	23	of	of	IN
19880	2314	24	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2314	25	complexity	complexity	NN
19880	2314	26	,	,	,
19880	2314	27	is	be	VBZ
19880	2314	28	really	really	RB
19880	2314	29	situated	situate	VBN
19880	2314	30	in	in	IN
19880	2314	31	the	the	DT
19880	2314	32	inner	inner	JJ
19880	2314	33	hardest	hard	JJS
19880	2314	34	portion	portion	NN
19880	2314	35	of	of	IN
19880	2314	36	the	the	DT
19880	2314	37	"	"	``
19880	2314	38	temporal	temporal	JJ
19880	2314	39	"	"	''
19880	2314	40	bone	bone	NN
19880	2314	41	.	.	.
19880	2315	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2315	2	consists	consist	VBZ
19880	2315	3	of	of	IN
19880	2315	4	a	a	DT
19880	2315	5	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	2315	6	and	and	CC
19880	2315	7	a	a	DT
19880	2315	8	bony	bony	NN
19880	2315	9	portion	portion	NN
19880	2315	10	,	,	,
19880	2315	11	the	the	DT
19880	2315	12	former	former	JJ
19880	2315	13	containing	contain	VBG
19880	2315	14	the	the	DT
19880	2315	15	essential	essential	JJ
19880	2315	16	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2315	17	of	of	IN
19880	2315	18	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2315	19	,	,	,
19880	2315	20	the	the	DT
19880	2315	21	latter	latter	JJ
19880	2315	22	being	be	VBG
19880	2315	23	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	2315	24	protective	protective	JJ
19880	2315	25	to	to	IN
19880	2315	26	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2315	27	.	.	.
19880	2316	1	The	the	DT
19880	2316	2	membranous	membranous	JJ
19880	2316	3	portion	portion	NN
19880	2316	4	consists	consist	VBZ
19880	2316	5	of	of	IN
19880	2316	6	a	a	DT
19880	2316	7	series	series	NN
19880	2316	8	of	of	IN
19880	2316	9	canals	canal	NNS
19880	2316	10	communicating	communicate	VBG
19880	2316	11	with	with	IN
19880	2316	12	some	some	DT
19880	2316	13	similarly	similarly	RB
19880	2316	14	membranous	membranous	JJ
19880	2316	15	sacs	sac	NNS
19880	2316	16	,	,	,
19880	2316	17	the	the	DT
19880	2316	18	whole	whole	JJ
19880	2316	19	being	be	VBG
19880	2316	20	surrounded	surround	VBN
19880	2316	21	by	by	IN
19880	2316	22	and	and	CC
19880	2316	23	filled	fill	VBN
19880	2316	24	with	with	IN
19880	2316	25	fluid	fluid	NN
19880	2316	26	.	.	.
19880	2317	1	These	these	DT
19880	2317	2	latter	latter	JJ
19880	2317	3	communicate	communicate	NN
19880	2317	4	with	with	IN
19880	2317	5	an	an	DT
19880	2317	6	extension	extension	NN
19880	2317	7	termed	term	VBN
19880	2317	8	the	the	DT
19880	2317	9	_	_	NNP
19880	2317	10	cochlea	cochlea	NN
19880	2317	11	_	_	NNP
19880	2317	12	,	,	,
19880	2317	13	which	which	WDT
19880	2317	14	contains	contain	VBZ
19880	2317	15	a	a	DT
19880	2317	16	central	central	JJ
19880	2317	17	canal	canal	NN
19880	2317	18	in	in	IN
19880	2317	19	which	which	WDT
19880	2317	20	that	that	DT
19880	2317	21	collection	collection	NN
19880	2317	22	of	of	IN
19880	2317	23	cells	cell	NNS
19880	2317	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	2317	25	found	find	VBN
19880	2317	26	which	which	WDT
19880	2317	27	constitutes	constitute	VBZ
19880	2317	28	the	the	DT
19880	2317	29	_	_	NNP
19880	2317	30	end	end	NN
19880	2317	31	-	-	HYPH
19880	2317	32	organ	organ	NN
19880	2317	33	_	_	NNP
19880	2317	34	,	,	,
19880	2317	35	among	among	IN
19880	2317	36	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2317	37	the	the	DT
19880	2317	38	hair	hair	NN
19880	2317	39	-	-	HYPH
19880	2317	40	cells	cell	NNS
19880	2317	41	,	,	,
19880	2317	42	about	about	IN
19880	2317	43	which	which	WDT
19880	2317	44	the	the	DT
19880	2317	45	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	2317	46	ends	end	VBZ
19880	2317	47	.	.	.
19880	2318	1	This	this	DT
19880	2318	2	end	end	NN
19880	2318	3	-	-	HYPH
19880	2318	4	organ	organ	NN
19880	2318	5	in	in	IN
19880	2318	6	the	the	DT
19880	2318	7	cochlea	cochlea	NN
19880	2318	8	may	may	MD
19880	2318	9	be	be	VB
19880	2318	10	compared	compare	VBN
19880	2318	11	very	very	RB
19880	2318	12	fitly	fitly	RB
19880	2318	13	to	to	IN
19880	2318	14	the	the	DT
19880	2318	15	telephone	telephone	NN
19880	2318	16	which	which	WDT
19880	2318	17	receives	receive	VBZ
19880	2318	18	the	the	DT
19880	2318	19	message	message	NN
19880	2318	20	,	,	,
19880	2318	21	and	and	CC
19880	2318	22	that	that	DT
19880	2318	23	portion	portion	NN
19880	2318	24	of	of	IN
19880	2318	25	the	the	DT
19880	2318	26	brain	brain	NN
19880	2318	27	where	where	WRB
19880	2318	28	the	the	DT
19880	2318	29	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2318	30	tract	tract	NN
19880	2318	31	ends	end	VBZ
19880	2318	32	,	,	,
19880	2318	33	to	to	IN
19880	2318	34	the	the	DT
19880	2318	35	telephone	telephone	NN
19880	2318	36	at	at	IN
19880	2318	37	the	the	DT
19880	2318	38	distant	distant	JJ
19880	2318	39	end	end	NN
19880	2318	40	of	of	IN
19880	2318	41	the	the	DT
19880	2318	42	path	path	NN
19880	2318	43	,	,	,
19880	2318	44	the	the	DT
19880	2318	45	listener	listener	NN
19880	2318	46	there	there	RB
19880	2318	47	representing	represent	VBG
19880	2318	48	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19880	2318	49	.	.	.
19880	2319	1	The	the	DT
19880	2319	2	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2319	3	path	path	NN
19880	2319	4	within	within	IN
19880	2319	5	the	the	DT
19880	2319	6	brain	brain	NN
19880	2319	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	2319	8	long	long	JJ
19880	2319	9	and	and	CC
19880	2319	10	complicated	complicated	JJ
19880	2319	11	,	,	,
19880	2319	12	there	there	EX
19880	2319	13	being	be	VBG
19880	2319	14	,	,	,
19880	2319	15	in	in	IN
19880	2319	16	fact	fact	NN
19880	2319	17	,	,	,
19880	2319	18	many	many	JJ
19880	2319	19	way	way	NN
19880	2319	20	-	-	HYPH
19880	2319	21	stations	station	NNS
19880	2319	22	through	through	IN
19880	2319	23	which	which	WDT
19880	2319	24	the	the	DT
19880	2319	25	message	message	NN
19880	2319	26	passes	pass	VBZ
19880	2319	27	before	before	IN
19880	2319	28	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2319	29	reaches	reach	VBZ
19880	2319	30	the	the	DT
19880	2319	31	final	final	JJ
19880	2319	32	one	one	CD
19880	2319	33	.	.	.
19880	2320	1	The	the	DT
19880	2320	2	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2320	3	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	2320	4	proceeds	proceed	VBZ
19880	2320	5	first	first	RB
19880	2320	6	to	to	IN
19880	2320	7	the	the	DT
19880	2320	8	lowest	low	JJS
19880	2320	9	or	or	CC
19880	2320	10	hindermost	hindermost	NN
19880	2320	11	portion	portion	NN
19880	2320	12	of	of	IN
19880	2320	13	the	the	DT
19880	2320	14	brain	brain	NN
19880	2320	15	,	,	,
19880	2320	16	known	know	VBN
19880	2320	17	as	as	IN
19880	2320	18	the	the	DT
19880	2320	19	_	_	NNP
19880	2320	20	bulb	bulb	NN
19880	2320	21	_	_	NNP
19880	2320	22	,	,	,
19880	2320	23	or	or	CC
19880	2320	24	_	_	NNP
19880	2320	25	medulla	medulla	NNP
19880	2320	26	oblongata	oblongata	NNP
19880	2320	27	_	_	NNP
19880	2320	28	;	;	:
19880	2320	29	thence	thence	NN
19880	2320	30	a	a	DT
19880	2320	31	continuation	continuation	NN
19880	2320	32	of	of	IN
19880	2320	33	the	the	DT
19880	2320	34	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	2320	35	tract	tract	NN
19880	2320	36	passes	pass	VBZ
19880	2320	37	forward	forward	RB
19880	2320	38	to	to	IN
19880	2320	39	a	a	DT
19880	2320	40	central	central	JJ
19880	2320	41	region	region	NN
19880	2320	42	,	,	,
19880	2320	43	the	the	DT
19880	2320	44	_	_	NNP
19880	2320	45	posterior	posterior	NNP
19880	2320	46	corpora	corpora	NNP
19880	2320	47	quadrigemina	quadrigemina	NNP
19880	2320	48	_	_	NNP
19880	2320	49	,	,	,
19880	2320	50	then	then	RB
19880	2320	51	,	,	,
19880	2320	52	by	by	IN
19880	2320	53	a	a	DT
19880	2320	54	new	new	JJ
19880	2320	55	relay	relay	NN
19880	2320	56	of	of	IN
19880	2320	57	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	2320	58	-	-	HYPH
19880	2320	59	fibres	fibre	NNS
19880	2320	60	,	,	,
19880	2320	61	to	to	IN
19880	2320	62	the	the	DT
19880	2320	63	highest	high	JJS
19880	2320	64	and	and	CC
19880	2320	65	most	most	RBS
19880	2320	66	important	important	JJ
19880	2320	67	part	part	NN
19880	2320	68	of	of	IN
19880	2320	69	the	the	DT
19880	2320	70	brain	brain	NN
19880	2320	71	,	,	,
19880	2320	72	that	that	WDT
19880	2320	73	most	most	RBS
19880	2320	74	closely	closely	RB
19880	2320	75	associated	associate	VBN
19880	2320	76	with	with	IN
19880	2320	77	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19880	2320	78	,	,	,
19880	2320	79	the	the	DT
19880	2320	80	_	_	NNP
19880	2320	81	cortex	cortex	NN
19880	2320	82	of	of	IN
19880	2320	83	the	the	DT
19880	2320	84	temporal	temporal	JJ
19880	2320	85	lobe	lobe	NN
19880	2320	86	_	_	NNP
19880	2320	87	,	,	,
19880	2320	88	where	where	WRB
19880	2320	89	there	there	EX
19880	2320	90	is	be	VBZ
19880	2320	91	situated	situate	VBN
19880	2320	92	the	the	DT
19880	2320	93	most	most	RBS
19880	2320	94	important	important	JJ
19880	2320	95	of	of	IN
19880	2320	96	all	all	PDT
19880	2320	97	the	the	DT
19880	2320	98	centres	centre	NNS
19880	2320	99	of	of	IN
19880	2320	100	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2320	101	.	.	.
19880	2321	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2321	2	will	will	MD
19880	2321	3	be	be	VB
19880	2321	4	apparent	apparent	JJ
19880	2321	5	,	,	,
19880	2321	6	on	on	IN
19880	2321	7	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	2321	8	,	,	,
19880	2321	9	that	that	IN
19880	2321	10	"	"	``
19880	2321	11	hearing	hear	VBG
19880	2321	12	"	"	''
19880	2321	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	2321	14	a	a	DT
19880	2321	15	very	very	RB
19880	2321	16	elaborate	elaborate	JJ
19880	2321	17	result	result	NN
19880	2321	18	,	,	,
19880	2321	19	the	the	DT
19880	2321	20	outcome	outcome	NN
19880	2321	21	of	of	IN
19880	2321	22	many	many	JJ
19880	2321	23	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2321	24	processes	process	NNS
19880	2321	25	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2321	26	initiated	initiate	VBN
19880	2321	27	by	by	IN
19880	2321	28	physical	physical	JJ
19880	2321	29	ones	one	NNS
19880	2321	30	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2321	31	,	,	,
19880	2321	32	the	the	DT
19880	2321	33	initial	initial	JJ
19880	2321	34	and	and	CC
19880	2321	35	final	final	JJ
19880	2321	36	being	being	NN
19880	2321	37	better	well	JJR
19880	2321	38	understood	understand	VBN
19880	2321	39	than	than	IN
19880	2321	40	the	the	DT
19880	2321	41	intermediate	intermediate	JJ
19880	2321	42	ones	one	NNS
19880	2321	43	.	.	.
19880	2322	1	One	one	PRP
19880	2322	2	asks	ask	VBZ
19880	2322	3	,	,	,
19880	2322	4	with	with	IN
19880	2322	5	natural	natural	JJ
19880	2322	6	curiosity	curiosity	NN
19880	2322	7	and	and	CC
19880	2322	8	interest	interest	NN
19880	2322	9	,	,	,
19880	2322	10	"	"	``
19880	2322	11	Is	be	VBZ
19880	2322	12	the	the	DT
19880	2322	13	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2322	14	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2322	15	of	of	IN
19880	2322	16	the	the	DT
19880	2322	17	highly	highly	RB
19880	2322	18	endowed	endowed	JJ
19880	2322	19	musician	musician	NN
19880	2322	20	different	different	JJ
19880	2322	21	from	from	IN
19880	2322	22	and	and	CC
19880	2322	23	superior	superior	JJ
19880	2322	24	to	to	IN
19880	2322	25	that	that	DT
19880	2322	26	of	of	IN
19880	2322	27	the	the	DT
19880	2322	28	individual	individual	NN
19880	2322	29	with	with	IN
19880	2322	30	little	little	JJ
19880	2322	31	talent	talent	NN
19880	2322	32	for	for	IN
19880	2322	33	music	music	NN
19880	2322	34	?	?	.
19880	2322	35	"	"	''
19880	2323	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2323	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2323	3	not	not	RB
19880	2323	4	easy	easy	JJ
19880	2323	5	to	to	TO
19880	2323	6	give	give	VB
19880	2323	7	a	a	DT
19880	2323	8	short	short	JJ
19880	2323	9	and	and	CC
19880	2323	10	definite	definite	JJ
19880	2323	11	answer	answer	NN
19880	2323	12	to	to	IN
19880	2323	13	this	this	DT
19880	2323	14	question	question	NN
19880	2323	15	.	.	.
19880	2324	1	No	no	DT
19880	2324	2	special	special	JJ
19880	2324	3	examinations	examination	NNS
19880	2324	4	of	of	IN
19880	2324	5	the	the	DT
19880	2324	6	essential	essential	JJ
19880	2324	7	parts	part	NNS
19880	2324	8	of	of	IN
19880	2324	9	the	the	DT
19880	2324	10	ears	ear	NNS
19880	2324	11	of	of	IN
19880	2324	12	eminent	eminent	JJ
19880	2324	13	musicians	musician	NNS
19880	2324	14	have	have	VBP
19880	2324	15	been	be	VBN
19880	2324	16	made	make	VBN
19880	2324	17	,	,	,
19880	2324	18	so	so	RB
19880	2324	19	far	far	RB
19880	2324	20	as	as	IN
19880	2324	21	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2324	22	are	be	VBP
19880	2324	23	aware	aware	JJ
19880	2324	24	,	,	,
19880	2324	25	and	and	CC
19880	2324	26	as	as	IN
19880	2324	27	yet	yet	RB
19880	2324	28	few	few	JJ
19880	2324	29	of	of	IN
19880	2324	30	the	the	DT
19880	2324	31	brains	brain	NNS
19880	2324	32	of	of	IN
19880	2324	33	this	this	DT
19880	2324	34	class	class	NN
19880	2324	35	of	of	IN
19880	2324	36	men	man	NNS
19880	2324	37	.	.	.
19880	2325	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2325	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2325	3	,	,	,
19880	2325	4	however	however	RB
19880	2325	5	,	,	,
19880	2325	6	practically	practically	RB
19880	2325	7	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2325	8	that	that	IN
19880	2325	9	there	there	EX
19880	2325	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	2325	11	a	a	DT
19880	2325	12	brain	brain	NN
19880	2325	13	development	development	NN
19880	2325	14	peculiar	peculiar	JJ
19880	2325	15	to	to	IN
19880	2325	16	the	the	DT
19880	2325	17	born	bear	VBN
19880	2325	18	musician	musician	NN
19880	2325	19	,	,	,
19880	2325	20	and	and	CC
19880	2325	21	that	that	IN
19880	2325	22	this	this	DT
19880	2325	23	,	,	,
19880	2325	24	whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	2325	25	else	else	RB
19880	2325	26	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2325	27	may	may	MD
19880	2325	28	be	be	VB
19880	2325	29	,	,	,
19880	2325	30	involves	involve	VBZ
19880	2325	31	a	a	DT
19880	2325	32	special	special	JJ
19880	2325	33	excellence	excellence	NN
19880	2325	34	of	of	IN
19880	2325	35	the	the	DT
19880	2325	36	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2325	37	path	path	NN
19880	2325	38	within	within	IN
19880	2325	39	the	the	DT
19880	2325	40	brain	brain	NN
19880	2325	41	,	,	,
19880	2325	42	rather	rather	RB
19880	2325	43	than	than	IN
19880	2325	44	any	any	DT
19880	2325	45	unusual	unusual	JJ
19880	2325	46	development	development	NN
19880	2325	47	of	of	IN
19880	2325	48	the	the	DT
19880	2325	49	essential	essential	JJ
19880	2325	50	parts	part	NNS
19880	2325	51	of	of	IN
19880	2325	52	the	the	DT
19880	2325	53	ear	ear	NN
19880	2325	54	.	.	.
19880	2326	1	The	the	DT
19880	2326	2	individual	individual	NN
19880	2326	3	who	who	WP
19880	2326	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2326	5	a	a	DT
19880	2326	6	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2326	7	prodigy	prodigy	NN
19880	2326	8	has	have	VBZ
19880	2326	9	,	,	,
19880	2326	10	without	without	IN
19880	2326	11	question	question	NN
19880	2326	12	,	,	,
19880	2326	13	_	_	NNP
19880	2326	14	a	a	DT
19880	2326	15	more	more	RBR
19880	2326	16	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2326	17	connection	connection	NN
19880	2326	18	_	_	NNP
19880	2326	19	established	establish	VBN
19880	2326	20	between	between	IN
19880	2326	21	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2326	22	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2326	23	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2326	24	,	,	,
19880	2326	25	in	in	IN
19880	2326	26	the	the	DT
19880	2326	27	widest	wide	JJS
19880	2326	28	sense	sense	NN
19880	2326	29	of	of	IN
19880	2326	30	the	the	DT
19880	2326	31	word	word	NN
19880	2326	32	,	,	,
19880	2326	33	and	and	CC
19880	2326	34	those	those	DT
19880	2326	35	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	2326	36	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	2326	37	employed	employ	VBN
19880	2326	38	in	in	IN
19880	2326	39	the	the	DT
19880	2326	40	execution	execution	NN
19880	2326	41	of	of	IN
19880	2326	42	music	music	NN
19880	2326	43	,	,	,
19880	2326	44	whether	whether	IN
19880	2326	45	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2326	46	or	or	CC
19880	2326	47	instrumental	instrumental	JJ
19880	2326	48	,	,	,
19880	2326	49	than	than	IN
19880	2326	50	is	be	VBZ
19880	2326	51	the	the	DT
19880	2326	52	case	case	NN
19880	2326	53	with	with	IN
19880	2326	54	the	the	DT
19880	2326	55	average	average	JJ
19880	2326	56	man	man	NN
19880	2326	57	.	.	.
19880	2327	1	Usually	usually	RB
19880	2327	2	,	,	,
19880	2327	3	with	with	IN
19880	2327	4	this	this	DT
19880	2327	5	goes	go	VBZ
19880	2327	6	a	a	DT
19880	2327	7	wide	wide	JJ
19880	2327	8	series	series	NN
19880	2327	9	of	of	IN
19880	2327	10	brain	brain	NN
19880	2327	11	associations	association	NNS
19880	2327	12	or	or	CC
19880	2327	13	connections	connection	NNS
19880	2327	14	,	,	,
19880	2327	15	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2327	16	may	may	MD
19880	2327	17	presume	presume	VB
19880	2327	18	,	,	,
19880	2327	19	between	between	IN
19880	2327	20	the	the	DT
19880	2327	21	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2327	22	tracts	tract	NNS
19880	2327	23	and	and	CC
19880	2327	24	other	other	JJ
19880	2327	25	regions	region	NNS
19880	2327	26	,	,	,
19880	2327	27	for	for	IN
19880	2327	28	without	without	IN
19880	2327	29	this	this	DT
19880	2327	30	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2327	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	2327	32	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	2327	33	to	to	TO
19880	2327	34	explain	explain	VB
19880	2327	35	temperament	temperament	NN
19880	2327	36	and	and	CC
19880	2327	37	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	2327	38	perception	perception	NN
19880	2327	39	.	.	.
19880	2328	1	That	that	IN
19880	2328	2	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2328	3	are	be	VBP
19880	2328	4	not	not	RB
19880	2328	5	necessarily	necessarily	RB
19880	2328	6	associated	associate	VBN
19880	2328	7	,	,	,
19880	2328	8	however	however	RB
19880	2328	9	,	,	,
19880	2328	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	2328	11	clear	clear	JJ
19880	2328	12	from	from	IN
19880	2328	13	the	the	DT
19880	2328	14	fact	fact	NN
19880	2328	15	that	that	IN
19880	2328	16	some	some	DT
19880	2328	17	have	have	VBP
19880	2328	18	a	a	DT
19880	2328	19	high	high	JJ
19880	2328	20	degree	degree	NN
19880	2328	21	of	of	IN
19880	2328	22	executive	executive	JJ
19880	2328	23	ability	ability	NN
19880	2328	24	and	and	CC
19880	2328	25	little	little	JJ
19880	2328	26	real	real	JJ
19880	2328	27	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	2328	28	development	development	NN
19880	2328	29	.	.	.
19880	2329	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2329	2	must	must	MD
19880	2329	3	never	never	RB
19880	2329	4	be	be	VB
19880	2329	5	forgotten	forget	VBN
19880	2329	6	,	,	,
19880	2329	7	however	however	RB
19880	2329	8	,	,	,
19880	2329	9	that	that	IN
19880	2329	10	whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	2329	11	else	else	JJ
19880	2329	12	music	music	NN
19880	2329	13	may	may	MD
19880	2329	14	be	be	VB
19880	2329	15	,	,	,
19880	2329	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2329	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	2329	18	essentially	essentially	RB
19880	2329	19	and	and	CC
19880	2329	20	primarily	primarily	RB
19880	2329	21	a	a	DT
19880	2329	22	sensuous	sensuous	JJ
19880	2329	23	experience	experience	NN
19880	2329	24	.	.	.
19880	2330	1	The	the	DT
19880	2330	2	one	one	NN
19880	2330	3	who	who	WP
19880	2330	4	enjoys	enjoy	VBZ
19880	2330	5	music	music	NN
19880	2330	6	must	must	MD
19880	2330	7	feel	feel	VB
19880	2330	8	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2330	9	sensuous	sensuous	JJ
19880	2330	10	charm	charm	NN
19880	2330	11	,	,	,
19880	2330	12	and	and	CC
19880	2330	13	the	the	DT
19880	2330	14	artist	artist	NN
19880	2330	15	who	who	WP
19880	2330	16	furnishes	furnish	VBZ
19880	2330	17	that	that	DT
19880	2330	18	which	which	WDT
19880	2330	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	2330	20	enjoyed	enjoy	VBN
19880	2330	21	addresses	address	VBZ
19880	2330	22	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2330	23	primarily	primarily	RB
19880	2330	24	to	to	IN
19880	2330	25	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2330	26	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2330	27	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2330	28	.	.	.
19880	2331	1	Executing	execute	VBG
19880	2331	2	music	music	NN
19880	2331	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2331	4	hearing	hear	VBG
19880	2331	5	music	music	NN
19880	2331	6	,	,	,
19880	2331	7	and	and	CC
19880	2331	8	enjoying	enjoy	VBG
19880	2331	9	music	music	NN
19880	2331	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	2331	11	hearing	hear	VBG
19880	2331	12	music	music	NN
19880	2331	13	,	,	,
19880	2331	14	though	though	IN
19880	2331	15	both	both	DT
19880	2331	16	may	may	MD
19880	2331	17	involve	involve	VB
19880	2331	18	much	much	RB
19880	2331	19	more	more	JJR
19880	2331	20	than	than	IN
19880	2331	21	this	this	DT
19880	2331	22	,	,	,
19880	2331	23	and	and	CC
19880	2331	24	herein	herein	NNP
19880	2331	25	individuals	individual	NNS
19880	2331	26	must	must	MD
19880	2331	27	differ	differ	VB
19880	2331	28	greatly	greatly	RB
19880	2331	29	,	,	,
19880	2331	30	owing	owe	VBG
19880	2331	31	to	to	IN
19880	2331	32	education	education	NN
19880	2331	33	,	,	,
19880	2331	34	past	past	JJ
19880	2331	35	experience	experience	NN
19880	2331	36	,	,	,
19880	2331	37	etc	etc	FW
19880	2331	38	.	.	.
19880	2332	1	;	;	:
19880	2332	2	but	but	CC
19880	2332	3	all	all	DT
19880	2332	4	who	who	WP
19880	2332	5	have	have	VBP
19880	2332	6	the	the	DT
19880	2332	7	power	power	NN
19880	2332	8	to	to	TO
19880	2332	9	really	really	RB
19880	2332	10	appreciate	appreciate	VB
19880	2332	11	music	music	NN
19880	2332	12	must	must	MD
19880	2332	13	be	be	VB
19880	2332	14	capable	capable	JJ
19880	2332	15	of	of	IN
19880	2332	16	the	the	DT
19880	2332	17	sensuous	sensuous	JJ
19880	2332	18	enjoyment	enjoyment	NN
19880	2332	19	of	of	IN
19880	2332	20	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2332	21	.	.	.
19880	2333	1	In	in	IN
19880	2333	2	this	this	DT
19880	2333	3	all	all	DT
19880	2333	4	everywhere	everywhere	RB
19880	2333	5	find	find	VBP
19880	2333	6	something	something	NN
19880	2333	7	in	in	IN
19880	2333	8	common	common	JJ
19880	2333	9	;	;	:
19880	2333	10	often	often	RB
19880	2333	11	that	that	IN
19880	2333	12	which	which	WDT
19880	2333	13	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2333	14	enjoy	enjoy	VBP
19880	2333	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	2333	16	of	of	IN
19880	2333	17	the	the	DT
19880	2333	18	most	most	RBS
19880	2333	19	varied	varied	JJ
19880	2333	20	nature	nature	NN
19880	2333	21	.	.	.
19880	2334	1	One	one	CD
19880	2334	2	thing	thing	NN
19880	2334	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2334	4	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2334	5	:	:	:
19880	2334	6	those	those	DT
19880	2334	7	connections	connection	NNS
19880	2334	8	between	between	IN
19880	2334	9	the	the	DT
19880	2334	10	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2334	11	and	and	CC
19880	2334	12	the	the	DT
19880	2334	13	motor	motor	NN
19880	2334	14	processes	process	VBZ
19880	2334	15	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2334	16	term	term	VBP
19880	2334	17	singing	singe	VBG
19880	2334	18	or	or	CC
19880	2334	19	playing	playing	NN
19880	2334	20	should	should	MD
19880	2334	21	be	be	VB
19880	2334	22	made	make	VBN
19880	2334	23	early	early	JJ
19880	2334	24	in	in	IN
19880	2334	25	life	life	NN
19880	2334	26	,	,	,
19880	2334	27	if	if	IN
19880	2334	28	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2334	29	are	be	VBP
19880	2334	30	to	to	TO
19880	2334	31	reach	reach	VB
19880	2334	32	that	that	DT
19880	2334	33	degree	degree	NN
19880	2334	34	of	of	IN
19880	2334	35	facility	facility	NN
19880	2334	36	and	and	CC
19880	2334	37	general	general	JJ
19880	2334	38	excellence	excellence	NN
19880	2334	39	essential	essential	JJ
19880	2334	40	to	to	IN
19880	2334	41	success	success	NN
19880	2334	42	.	.	.
19880	2335	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2335	2	think	think	VBP
19880	2335	3	there	there	EX
19880	2335	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2335	5	good	good	JJ
19880	2335	6	reason	reason	NN
19880	2335	7	to	to	TO
19880	2335	8	begin	begin	VB
19880	2335	9	voice	voice	NN
19880	2335	10	-	-	HYPH
19880	2335	11	production	production	NN
19880	2335	12	early	early	RB
19880	2335	13	,	,	,
19880	2335	14	as	as	RB
19880	2335	15	well	well	RB
19880	2335	16	as	as	IN
19880	2335	17	the	the	DT
19880	2335	18	practice	practice	NN
19880	2335	19	of	of	IN
19880	2335	20	an	an	DT
19880	2335	21	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	2335	22	,	,	,
19880	2335	23	though	though	IN
19880	2335	24	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2335	25	do	do	VBP
19880	2335	26	not	not	RB
19880	2335	27	maintain	maintain	VB
19880	2335	28	that	that	IN
19880	2335	29	the	the	DT
19880	2335	30	argument	argument	NN
19880	2335	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	2335	32	as	as	RB
19880	2335	33	strong	strong	JJ
19880	2335	34	in	in	IN
19880	2335	35	the	the	DT
19880	2335	36	one	one	CD
19880	2335	37	case	case	NN
19880	2335	38	as	as	IN
19880	2335	39	in	in	IN
19880	2335	40	the	the	DT
19880	2335	41	other	other	JJ
19880	2335	42	.	.	.
19880	2336	1	That	that	IN
19880	2336	2	the	the	DT
19880	2336	3	"	"	``
19880	2336	4	ear	ear	NN
19880	2336	5	for	for	IN
19880	2336	6	music	music	NN
19880	2336	7	"	"	``
19880	2336	8	may	may	MD
19880	2336	9	be	be	VB
19880	2336	10	well	well	RB
19880	2336	11	developed	developed	JJ
19880	2336	12	,	,	,
19880	2336	13	in	in	IN
19880	2336	14	the	the	DT
19880	2336	15	sense	sense	NN
19880	2336	16	that	that	IN
19880	2336	17	one	one	PRP
19880	2336	18	may	may	MD
19880	2336	19	know	know	VB
19880	2336	20	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19880	2336	21	what	what	WP
19880	2336	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	2336	23	correct	correct	JJ
19880	2336	24	in	in	IN
19880	2336	25	time	time	NN
19880	2336	26	and	and	CC
19880	2336	27	tune	tune	NN
19880	2336	28	,	,	,
19880	2336	29	without	without	IN
19880	2336	30	the	the	DT
19880	2336	31	power	power	NN
19880	2336	32	to	to	TO
19880	2336	33	execute	execute	VB
19880	2336	34	well	well	RB
19880	2336	35	,	,	,
19880	2336	36	there	there	EX
19880	2336	37	can	can	MD
19880	2336	38	be	be	VB
19880	2336	39	no	no	RB
19880	2336	40	doubt	doubt	RB
19880	2336	41	,	,	,
19880	2336	42	as	as	IN
19880	2336	43	witness	witness	NN
19880	2336	44	the	the	DT
19880	2336	45	case	case	NN
19880	2336	46	of	of	IN
19880	2336	47	many	many	JJ
19880	2336	48	composers	composer	NNS
19880	2336	49	,	,	,
19880	2336	50	but	but	CC
19880	2336	51	the	the	DT
19880	2336	52	reverse	reverse	NN
19880	2336	53	does	do	VBZ
19880	2336	54	not	not	RB
19880	2336	55	hold	hold	VB
19880	2336	56	.	.	.
19880	2337	1	There	there	EX
19880	2337	2	can	can	MD
19880	2337	3	be	be	VB
19880	2337	4	no	no	DT
19880	2337	5	doubt	doubt	NN
19880	2337	6	that	that	IN
19880	2337	7	_	_	NNP
19880	2337	8	the	the	DT
19880	2337	9	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	2337	10	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	2337	11	that	that	WDT
19880	2337	12	pass	pass	VBP
19880	2337	13	from	from	IN
19880	2337	14	the	the	DT
19880	2337	15	ear	ear	NN
19880	2337	16	to	to	IN
19880	2337	17	the	the	DT
19880	2337	18	brain	brain	NN
19880	2337	19	are	be	VBP
19880	2337	20	of	of	IN
19880	2337	21	all	all	DT
19880	2337	22	sensory	sensory	JJ
19880	2337	23	messages	message	NNS
19880	2337	24	the	the	DT
19880	2337	25	most	most	RBS
19880	2337	26	important	important	JJ
19880	2337	27	guides	guide	NNS
19880	2337	28	for	for	IN
19880	2337	29	the	the	DT
19880	2337	30	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19880	2337	31	ones	one	NNS
19880	2337	32	that	that	WDT
19880	2337	33	determine	determine	VBP
19880	2337	34	the	the	DT
19880	2337	35	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	2337	36	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2337	37	_	_	NNP
19880	2337	38	.	.	.
19880	2338	1	The	the	DT
19880	2338	2	author	author	NN
19880	2338	3	would	would	MD
19880	2338	4	advise	advise	VB
19880	2338	5	every	every	DT
19880	2338	6	serious	serious	JJ
19880	2338	7	student	student	NN
19880	2338	8	of	of	IN
19880	2338	9	music	music	NN
19880	2338	10	to	to	TO
19880	2338	11	believe	believe	VB
19880	2338	12	in	in	IN
19880	2338	13	the	the	DT
19880	2338	14	unlimited	unlimited	JJ
19880	2338	15	capacity	capacity	NN
19880	2338	16	of	of	IN
19880	2338	17	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2338	18	own	own	JJ
19880	2338	19	ear	ear	NN
19880	2338	20	for	for	IN
19880	2338	21	improvement	improvement	NN
19880	2338	22	.	.	.
19880	2339	1	The	the	DT
19880	2339	2	lack	lack	NN
19880	2339	3	of	of	IN
19880	2339	4	"	"	``
19880	2339	5	ear	ear	NN
19880	2339	6	"	"	''
19880	2339	7	of	of	IN
19880	2339	8	many	many	JJ
19880	2339	9	people	people	NNS
19880	2339	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	2339	11	due	due	JJ
19880	2339	12	largely	largely	RB
19880	2339	13	,	,	,
19880	2339	14	if	if	IN
19880	2339	15	not	not	RB
19880	2339	16	solely	solely	RB
19880	2339	17	,	,	,
19880	2339	18	to	to	IN
19880	2339	19	inattention	inattention	NN
19880	2339	20	.	.	.
19880	2340	1	Indeed	indeed	RB
19880	2340	2	,	,	,
19880	2340	3	an	an	DT
19880	2340	4	excess	excess	NN
19880	2340	5	of	of	IN
19880	2340	6	temperament	temperament	NN
19880	2340	7	may	may	MD
19880	2340	8	be	be	VB
19880	2340	9	a	a	DT
19880	2340	10	positive	positive	JJ
19880	2340	11	hindrance	hindrance	NN
19880	2340	12	to	to	IN
19880	2340	13	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2340	14	development	development	NN
19880	2340	15	,	,	,
19880	2340	16	both	both	CC
19880	2340	17	as	as	IN
19880	2340	18	regards	regard	VBZ
19880	2340	19	appreciation	appreciation	NN
19880	2340	20	and	and	CC
19880	2340	21	execution	execution	NN
19880	2340	22	,	,	,
19880	2340	23	for	for	IN
19880	2340	24	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2340	25	may	may	MD
19880	2340	26	be	be	VB
19880	2340	27	accompanied	accompany	VBN
19880	2340	28	by	by	IN
19880	2340	29	inattentive	inattentive	JJ
19880	2340	30	listening	listening	NN
19880	2340	31	and	and	CC
19880	2340	32	consequent	consequent	JJ
19880	2340	33	inadequate	inadequate	JJ
19880	2340	34	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2340	35	.	.	.
19880	2341	1	On	on	IN
19880	2341	2	the	the	DT
19880	2341	3	other	other	JJ
19880	2341	4	hand	hand	NN
19880	2341	5	,	,	,
19880	2341	6	no	no	DT
19880	2341	7	one	one	NN
19880	2341	8	should	should	MD
19880	2341	9	,	,	,
19880	2341	10	because	because	IN
19880	2341	11	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2341	12	has	have	VBZ
19880	2341	13	a	a	DT
19880	2341	14	good	good	JJ
19880	2341	15	faculty	faculty	NN
19880	2341	16	for	for	IN
19880	2341	17	time	time	NN
19880	2341	18	and	and	CC
19880	2341	19	tune	tune	NN
19880	2341	20	and	and	CC
19880	2341	21	the	the	DT
19880	2341	22	memorizing	memorizing	NN
19880	2341	23	of	of	IN
19880	2341	24	airs	air	NNS
19880	2341	25	,	,	,
19880	2341	26	conclude	conclude	VBP
19880	2341	27	that	that	IN
19880	2341	28	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2341	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	2341	30	an	an	DT
19880	2341	31	artist	artist	NN
19880	2341	32	.	.	.
19880	2342	1	The	the	DT
19880	2342	2	one	one	CD
19880	2342	3	faculty	faculty	NN
19880	2342	4	may	may	MD
19880	2342	5	exist	exist	VB
19880	2342	6	altogether	altogether	RB
19880	2342	7	apart	apart	RB
19880	2342	8	from	from	IN
19880	2342	9	the	the	DT
19880	2342	10	capacity	capacity	NN
19880	2342	11	for	for	IN
19880	2342	12	the	the	DT
19880	2342	13	highest	high	JJS
19880	2342	14	art	art	NN
19880	2342	15	.	.	.
19880	2343	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2343	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2343	3	a	a	DT
19880	2343	4	matter	matter	NN
19880	2343	5	of	of	IN
19880	2343	6	history	history	NN
19880	2343	7	that	that	IN
19880	2343	8	several	several	JJ
19880	2343	9	vocalists	vocalist	NNS
19880	2343	10	now	now	RB
19880	2343	11	before	before	IN
19880	2343	12	the	the	DT
19880	2343	13	public	public	NN
19880	2343	14	,	,	,
19880	2343	15	and	and	CC
19880	2343	16	who	who	WP
19880	2343	17	rank	rank	VBP
19880	2343	18	in	in	IN
19880	2343	19	the	the	DT
19880	2343	20	highest	high	JJS
19880	2343	21	class	class	NN
19880	2343	22	of	of	IN
19880	2343	23	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2343	24	artists	artist	NNS
19880	2343	25	,	,	,
19880	2343	26	displayed	display	VBD
19880	2343	27	at	at	IN
19880	2343	28	one	one	CD
19880	2343	29	period	period	NN
19880	2343	30	of	of	IN
19880	2343	31	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2343	32	career	career	NN
19880	2343	33	a	a	DT
19880	2343	34	lack	lack	NN
19880	2343	35	of	of	IN
19880	2343	36	perception	perception	NN
19880	2343	37	as	as	IN
19880	2343	38	to	to	TO
19880	2343	39	pitch	pitch	VB
19880	2343	40	or	or	CC
19880	2343	41	rhythm	rhythm	NN
19880	2343	42	that	that	WDT
19880	2343	43	was	be	VBD
19880	2343	44	,	,	,
19880	2343	45	to	to	TO
19880	2343	46	say	say	VB
19880	2343	47	the	the	DT
19880	2343	48	least	least	JJS
19880	2343	49	,	,	,
19880	2343	50	very	very	RB
19880	2343	51	discouraging	discouraging	JJ
19880	2343	52	,	,	,
19880	2343	53	and	and	CC
19880	2343	54	which	which	WDT
19880	2343	55	,	,	,
19880	2343	56	but	but	CC
19880	2343	57	for	for	IN
19880	2343	58	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2343	59	force	force	NN
19880	2343	60	of	of	IN
19880	2343	61	character	character	NN
19880	2343	62	,	,	,
19880	2343	63	would	would	MD
19880	2343	64	have	have	VB
19880	2343	65	kept	keep	VBN
19880	2343	66	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2343	67	from	from	IN
19880	2343	68	ever	ever	RB
19880	2343	69	being	be	VBG
19880	2343	70	eminent	eminent	JJ
19880	2343	71	.	.	.
19880	2344	1	If	if	IN
19880	2344	2	one	one	PRP
19880	2344	3	have	have	VBP
19880	2344	4	neither	neither	CC
19880	2344	5	ear	ear	NN
19880	2344	6	,	,	,
19880	2344	7	temperament	temperament	NN
19880	2344	8	,	,	,
19880	2344	9	nor	nor	CC
19880	2344	10	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	2344	11	perception	perception	NN
19880	2344	12	,	,	,
19880	2344	13	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2344	14	should	should	MD
19880	2344	15	not	not	RB
19880	2344	16	waste	waste	VB
19880	2344	17	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2344	18	energies	energy	NNS
19880	2344	19	on	on	IN
19880	2344	20	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2344	21	study	study	NN
19880	2344	22	--	--	:
19880	2344	23	at	at	IN
19880	2344	24	least	least	JJS
19880	2344	25	,	,	,
19880	2344	26	not	not	RB
19880	2344	27	extended	extended	JJ
19880	2344	28	efforts	effort	NNS
19880	2344	29	;	;	:
19880	2344	30	but	but	CC
19880	2344	31	if	if	IN
19880	2344	32	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2344	33	have	have	VBP
19880	2344	34	the	the	DT
19880	2344	35	two	two	CD
19880	2344	36	last	last	JJ
19880	2344	37	,	,	,
19880	2344	38	and	and	CC
19880	2344	39	but	but	CC
19880	2344	40	a	a	DT
19880	2344	41	moderate	moderate	JJ
19880	2344	42	ear	ear	NN
19880	2344	43	,	,	,
19880	2344	44	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2344	45	will	will	MD
19880	2344	46	do	do	VB
19880	2344	47	well	well	RB
19880	2344	48	to	to	TO
19880	2344	49	try	try	VB
19880	2344	50	to	to	TO
19880	2344	51	improve	improve	VB
19880	2344	52	the	the	DT
19880	2344	53	lower	low	JJR
19880	2344	54	for	for	IN
19880	2344	55	the	the	DT
19880	2344	56	sake	sake	NN
19880	2344	57	of	of	IN
19880	2344	58	the	the	DT
19880	2344	59	higher	high	JJR
19880	2344	60	qualities	quality	NNS
19880	2344	61	.	.	.
19880	2345	1	In	in	IN
19880	2345	2	children	child	NNS
19880	2345	3	the	the	DT
19880	2345	4	difficulty	difficulty	NN
19880	2345	5	often	often	RB
19880	2345	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	2345	7	due	due	JJ
19880	2345	8	wholly	wholly	RB
19880	2345	9	to	to	IN
19880	2345	10	inattention	inattention	NN
19880	2345	11	.	.	.
19880	2346	1	Those	those	DT
19880	2346	2	who	who	WP
19880	2346	3	would	would	MD
19880	2346	4	cultivate	cultivate	VB
19880	2346	5	the	the	DT
19880	2346	6	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	2346	7	voice	voice	NN
19880	2346	8	are	be	VBP
19880	2346	9	frequently	frequently	RB
19880	2346	10	discouraged	discourage	VBN
19880	2346	11	from	from	IN
19880	2346	12	lack	lack	NN
19880	2346	13	of	of	IN
19880	2346	14	"	"	``
19880	2346	15	ear	ear	NN
19880	2346	16	,	,	,
19880	2346	17	"	"	''
19880	2346	18	and	and	CC
19880	2346	19	when	when	WRB
19880	2346	20	urged	urge	VBD
19880	2346	21	to	to	TO
19880	2346	22	follow	follow	VB
19880	2346	23	such	such	JJ
19880	2346	24	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	2346	25	as	as	IN
19880	2346	26	have	have	VBP
19880	2346	27	been	be	VBN
19880	2346	28	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	2346	29	in	in	IN
19880	2346	30	this	this	DT
19880	2346	31	work	work	NN
19880	2346	32	,	,	,
19880	2346	33	complain	complain	VBP
19880	2346	34	that	that	IN
19880	2346	35	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2346	36	have	have	VBP
19880	2346	37	not	not	RB
19880	2346	38	the	the	DT
19880	2346	39	"	"	``
19880	2346	40	ear	ear	NN
19880	2346	41	"	"	''
19880	2346	42	to	to	TO
19880	2346	43	do	do	VB
19880	2346	44	so	so	RB
19880	2346	45	.	.	.
19880	2347	1	To	to	IN
19880	2347	2	such	such	PDT
19880	2347	3	the	the	DT
19880	2347	4	author	author	NN
19880	2347	5	would	would	MD
19880	2347	6	say	say	VB
19880	2347	7	,	,	,
19880	2347	8	"	"	``
19880	2347	9	Persevere	persevere	RB
19880	2347	10	;	;	:
19880	2347	11	believe	believe	VB
19880	2347	12	in	in	IN
19880	2347	13	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2347	14	ear	ear	NN
19880	2347	15	;	;	:
19880	2347	16	learn	learn	VB
19880	2347	17	to	to	IN
19880	2347	18	listen--_i.e	listen--_i.e	NNP
19880	2347	19	.	.	.
19880	2347	20	_	_	NNP
19880	2347	21	,	,	,
19880	2347	22	to	to	TO
19880	2347	23	attend	attend	VB
19880	2347	24	to	to	IN
19880	2347	25	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2347	26	having	have	VBG
19880	2347	27	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2347	28	qualities	quality	NNS
19880	2347	29	.	.	.
19880	2347	30	"	"	''
19880	2348	1	Besides	besides	RB
19880	2348	2	,	,	,
19880	2348	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2348	4	must	must	MD
19880	2348	5	not	not	RB
19880	2348	6	be	be	VB
19880	2348	7	forgotten	forget	VBN
19880	2348	8	that	that	IN
19880	2348	9	in	in	IN
19880	2348	10	addition	addition	NN
19880	2348	11	to	to	IN
19880	2348	12	the	the	DT
19880	2348	13	"	"	``
19880	2348	14	ear"--_i.e	ear"--_i.e	NNP
19880	2348	15	.	.	.
19880	2348	16	_	_	NNP
19880	2348	17	,	,	,
19880	2348	18	the	the	DT
19880	2348	19	ability	ability	NN
19880	2348	20	to	to	TO
19880	2348	21	appreciate	appreciate	VB
19880	2348	22	relative	relative	JJ
19880	2348	23	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2348	24	,	,	,
19880	2348	25	tune	tune	NN
19880	2348	26	,	,	,
19880	2348	27	and	and	CC
19880	2348	28	rhythm	rhythm	NN
19880	2348	29	--	--	:
19880	2348	30	there	there	EX
19880	2348	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	2348	32	also	also	RB
19880	2348	33	the	the	DT
19880	2348	34	entirely	entirely	RB
19880	2348	35	distinct	distinct	JJ
19880	2348	36	faculty	faculty	NN
19880	2348	37	that	that	WDT
19880	2348	38	appreciates	appreciate	VBZ
19880	2348	39	the	the	DT
19880	2348	40	_	_	NNP
19880	2348	41	quality	quality	NN
19880	2348	42	_	_	NNP
19880	2348	43	of	of	IN
19880	2348	44	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2348	45	.	.	.
19880	2349	1	The	the	DT
19880	2349	2	latter	latter	NN
19880	2349	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2349	4	really	really	RB
19880	2349	5	more	more	RBR
19880	2349	6	important	important	JJ
19880	2349	7	for	for	IN
19880	2349	8	the	the	DT
19880	2349	9	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2349	10	,	,	,
19880	2349	11	who	who	WP
19880	2349	12	can	can	MD
19880	2349	13	succeed	succeed	VB
19880	2349	14	with	with	IN
19880	2349	15	a	a	DT
19880	2349	16	very	very	RB
19880	2349	17	moderate	moderate	JJ
19880	2349	18	development	development	NN
19880	2349	19	of	of	IN
19880	2349	20	the	the	DT
19880	2349	21	faculty	faculty	NN
19880	2349	22	for	for	IN
19880	2349	23	time	time	NN
19880	2349	24	and	and	CC
19880	2349	25	tune	tune	NN
19880	2349	26	,	,	,
19880	2349	27	but	but	CC
19880	2349	28	to	to	TO
19880	2349	29	whom	whom	WP
19880	2349	30	the	the	DT
19880	2349	31	power	power	NN
19880	2349	32	to	to	TO
19880	2349	33	appreciate	appreciate	VB
19880	2349	34	the	the	DT
19880	2349	35	_	_	NNP
19880	2349	36	quality	quality	NN
19880	2349	37	_	_	NNP
19880	2349	38	of	of	IN
19880	2349	39	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2349	40	is	be	VBZ
19880	2349	41	essential	essential	JJ
19880	2349	42	.	.	.
19880	2350	1	No	no	RB
19880	2350	2	doubt	doubt	RB
19880	2350	3	the	the	DT
19880	2350	4	first	first	JJ
19880	2350	5	and	and	CC
19880	2350	6	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19880	2350	7	qualities	quality	NNS
19880	2350	8	in	in	IN
19880	2350	9	the	the	DT
19880	2350	10	make	make	NN
19880	2350	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	2350	12	up	up	NN
19880	2350	13	of	of	IN
19880	2350	14	a	a	DT
19880	2350	15	musician	musician	NN
19880	2350	16	are	be	VBP
19880	2350	17	the	the	DT
19880	2350	18	capacities	capacity	NNS
19880	2350	19	to	to	TO
19880	2350	20	appreciate	appreciate	VB
19880	2350	21	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2350	22	and	and	CC
19880	2350	23	rhythm	rhythm	NN
19880	2350	24	,	,	,
19880	2350	25	but	but	CC
19880	2350	26	no	no	DT
19880	2350	27	result	result	NN
19880	2350	28	worthy	worthy	JJ
19880	2350	29	the	the	DT
19880	2350	30	term	term	NN
19880	2350	31	"	"	``
19880	2350	32	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	2350	33	"	"	''
19880	2350	34	can	can	MD
19880	2350	35	be	be	VB
19880	2350	36	produced	produce	VBN
19880	2350	37	in	in	IN
19880	2350	38	which	which	WDT
19880	2350	39	attention	attention	NN
19880	2350	40	is	be	VBZ
19880	2350	41	not	not	RB
19880	2350	42	given	give	VBN
19880	2350	43	to	to	IN
19880	2350	44	the	the	DT
19880	2350	45	quality	quality	NN
19880	2350	46	of	of	IN
19880	2350	47	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2350	48	,	,	,
19880	2350	49	hence	hence	RB
19880	2350	50	the	the	DT
19880	2350	51	technical	technical	JJ
19880	2350	52	and	and	CC
19880	2350	53	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	2350	54	should	should	MD
19880	2350	55	be	be	VB
19880	2350	56	developed	develop	VBN
19880	2350	57	together	together	RB
19880	2350	58	.	.	.
19880	2351	1	The	the	DT
19880	2351	2	lack	lack	NN
19880	2351	3	of	of	IN
19880	2351	4	attention	attention	NN
19880	2351	5	on	on	IN
19880	2351	6	the	the	DT
19880	2351	7	part	part	NN
19880	2351	8	of	of	IN
19880	2351	9	a	a	DT
19880	2351	10	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2351	11	class	class	NN
19880	2351	12	of	of	IN
19880	2351	13	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2351	14	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	2351	15	to	to	IN
19880	2351	16	the	the	DT
19880	2351	17	quality	quality	NN
19880	2351	18	of	of	IN
19880	2351	19	the	the	DT
19880	2351	20	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2351	21	produced	produce	VBN
19880	2351	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	2351	23	one	one	CD
19880	2351	24	of	of	IN
19880	2351	25	the	the	DT
19880	2351	26	special	special	JJ
19880	2351	27	defects	defect	NNS
19880	2351	28	in	in	IN
19880	2351	29	the	the	DT
19880	2351	30	instruction	instruction	NN
19880	2351	31	of	of	IN
19880	2351	32	the	the	DT
19880	2351	33	day	day	NN
19880	2351	34	.	.	.
19880	2352	1	In	in	IN
19880	2352	2	the	the	DT
19880	2352	3	early	early	JJ
19880	2352	4	weeks	week	NNS
19880	2352	5	of	of	IN
19880	2352	6	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2352	7	training	training	NN
19880	2352	8	,	,	,
19880	2352	9	when	when	WRB
19880	2352	10	the	the	DT
19880	2352	11	student	student	NN
19880	2352	12	should	should	MD
19880	2352	13	intone	intone	VB
19880	2352	14	only	only	RB
19880	2352	15	before	before	IN
19880	2352	16	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2352	17	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2352	18	,	,	,
19880	2352	19	the	the	DT
19880	2352	20	former	former	JJ
19880	2352	21	need	need	NN
19880	2352	22	not	not	RB
19880	2352	23	be	be	VB
19880	2352	24	left	leave	VBN
19880	2352	25	without	without	IN
19880	2352	26	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2352	27	culture	culture	NN
19880	2352	28	,	,	,
19880	2352	29	and	and	CC
19880	2352	30	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2352	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	2352	32	for	for	IN
19880	2352	33	each	each	DT
19880	2352	34	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2352	35	to	to	TO
19880	2352	36	give	give	VB
19880	2352	37	the	the	DT
19880	2352	38	pupil	pupil	NN
19880	2352	39	that	that	DT
19880	2352	40	training	training	NN
19880	2352	41	,	,	,
19880	2352	42	at	at	IN
19880	2352	43	this	this	DT
19880	2352	44	time	time	NN
19880	2352	45	,	,	,
19880	2352	46	which	which	WDT
19880	2352	47	will	will	MD
19880	2352	48	forestall	forestall	VB
19880	2352	49	disgust	disgust	NN
19880	2352	50	and	and	CC
19880	2352	51	impatience	impatience	NN
19880	2352	52	at	at	IN
19880	2352	53	the	the	DT
19880	2352	54	apparent	apparent	JJ
19880	2352	55	slowness	slowness	NN
19880	2352	56	of	of	IN
19880	2352	57	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2352	58	progress	progress	NN
19880	2352	59	.	.	.
19880	2353	1	At	at	IN
19880	2353	2	this	this	DT
19880	2353	3	time	time	NN
19880	2353	4	much	much	RB
19880	2353	5	can	can	MD
19880	2353	6	be	be	VB
19880	2353	7	done	do	VBN
19880	2353	8	to	to	TO
19880	2353	9	cultivate	cultivate	VB
19880	2353	10	the	the	DT
19880	2353	11	ear	ear	NN
19880	2353	12	in	in	IN
19880	2353	13	all	all	PDT
19880	2353	14	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2353	15	various	various	JJ
19880	2353	16	powers	power	NNS
19880	2353	17	.	.	.
19880	2354	1	And	and	CC
19880	2354	2	the	the	DT
19880	2354	3	author	author	NN
19880	2354	4	would	would	MD
19880	2354	5	like	like	VB
19880	2354	6	to	to	TO
19880	2354	7	put	put	VB
19880	2354	8	in	in	RP
19880	2354	9	a	a	DT
19880	2354	10	plea	plea	NN
19880	2354	11	for	for	IN
19880	2354	12	the	the	DT
19880	2354	13	development	development	NN
19880	2354	14	of	of	IN
19880	2354	15	the	the	DT
19880	2354	16	_	_	NNP
19880	2354	17	appreciation	appreciation	NN
19880	2354	18	of	of	IN
19880	2354	19	music	music	NN
19880	2354	20	_	_	NNP
19880	2354	21	.	.	.
19880	2355	1	Whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	2355	2	difference	difference	NN
19880	2355	3	of	of	IN
19880	2355	4	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	2355	5	there	there	EX
19880	2355	6	may	may	MD
19880	2355	7	be	be	VB
19880	2355	8	as	as	IN
19880	2355	9	to	to	IN
19880	2355	10	choral	choral	JJ
19880	2355	11	singing	singing	NN
19880	2355	12	,	,	,
19880	2355	13	singing	singe	VBG
19880	2355	14	in	in	IN
19880	2355	15	schools	school	NNS
19880	2355	16	,	,	,
19880	2355	17	etc	etc	FW
19880	2355	18	.	.	FW
19880	2355	19	,	,	,
19880	2355	20	there	there	EX
19880	2355	21	can	can	MD
19880	2355	22	be	be	VB
19880	2355	23	no	no	DT
19880	2355	24	question	question	NN
19880	2355	25	that	that	DT
19880	2355	26	time	time	NN
19880	2355	27	spent	spend	VBN
19880	2355	28	in	in	IN
19880	2355	29	developing	develop	VBG
19880	2355	30	the	the	DT
19880	2355	31	appreciation	appreciation	NN
19880	2355	32	of	of	IN
19880	2355	33	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2355	34	art	art	NN
19880	2355	35	is	be	VBZ
19880	2355	36	well	well	RB
19880	2355	37	spent	spend	VBN
19880	2355	38	,	,	,
19880	2355	39	and	and	CC
19880	2355	40	makes	make	VBZ
19880	2355	41	for	for	IN
19880	2355	42	the	the	DT
19880	2355	43	development	development	NN
19880	2355	44	and	and	CC
19880	2355	45	provides	provide	VBZ
19880	2355	46	for	for	IN
19880	2355	47	the	the	DT
19880	2355	48	innocent	innocent	JJ
19880	2355	49	and	and	CC
19880	2355	50	elevating	elevate	VBG
19880	2355	51	sources	source	NNS
19880	2355	52	of	of	IN
19880	2355	53	enjoyment	enjoyment	NN
19880	2355	54	of	of	IN
19880	2355	55	a	a	DT
19880	2355	56	people	people	NNS
19880	2355	57	.	.	.
19880	2356	1	If	if	IN
19880	2356	2	some	some	DT
19880	2356	3	of	of	IN
19880	2356	4	the	the	DT
19880	2356	5	time	time	NN
19880	2356	6	spent	spend	VBN
19880	2356	7	in	in	IN
19880	2356	8	bad	bad	JJ
19880	2356	9	piano	piano	NN
19880	2356	10	-	-	HYPH
19880	2356	11	playing	playing	NN
19880	2356	12	were	be	VBD
19880	2356	13	devoted	devoted	JJ
19880	2356	14	to	to	IN
19880	2356	15	the	the	DT
19880	2356	16	development	development	NN
19880	2356	17	of	of	IN
19880	2356	18	the	the	DT
19880	2356	19	power	power	NN
19880	2356	20	to	to	TO
19880	2356	21	appreciate	appreciate	VB
19880	2356	22	and	and	CC
19880	2356	23	delight	delight	NN
19880	2356	24	in	in	IN
19880	2356	25	really	really	RB
19880	2356	26	good	good	JJ
19880	2356	27	music	music	NN
19880	2356	28	,	,	,
19880	2356	29	including	include	VBG
19880	2356	30	the	the	DT
19880	2356	31	sweet	sweet	JJ
19880	2356	32	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2356	33	of	of	IN
19880	2356	34	speech	speech	NN
19880	2356	35	and	and	CC
19880	2356	36	song	song	NN
19880	2356	37	,	,	,
19880	2356	38	the	the	DT
19880	2356	39	world	world	NN
19880	2356	40	would	would	MD
19880	2356	41	thereby	thereby	RB
19880	2356	42	be	be	VB
19880	2356	43	greatly	greatly	RB
19880	2356	44	the	the	DT
19880	2356	45	gainer	gainer	NN
19880	2356	46	.	.	.
19880	2357	1	The	the	DT
19880	2357	2	author	author	NN
19880	2357	3	would	would	MD
19880	2357	4	impress	impress	VB
19880	2357	5	on	on	IN
19880	2357	6	all	all	DT
19880	2357	7	students	student	NNS
19880	2357	8	of	of	IN
19880	2357	9	music	music	NN
19880	2357	10	,	,	,
19880	2357	11	and	and	CC
19880	2357	12	of	of	IN
19880	2357	13	the	the	DT
19880	2357	14	voice	voice	NN
19880	2357	15	as	as	IN
19880	2357	16	used	use	VBN
19880	2357	17	in	in	IN
19880	2357	18	both	both	DT
19880	2357	19	singing	singing	NN
19880	2357	20	and	and	CC
19880	2357	21	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	2357	22	,	,	,
19880	2357	23	the	the	DT
19880	2357	24	paramount	paramount	JJ
19880	2357	25	importance	importance	NN
19880	2357	26	of	of	IN
19880	2357	27	learning	learn	VBG
19880	2357	28	early	early	RB
19880	2357	29	to	to	TO
19880	2357	30	listen	listen	VB
19880	2357	31	most	most	RBS
19880	2357	32	attentively	attentively	RB
19880	2357	33	to	to	IN
19880	2357	34	others	other	NNS
19880	2357	35	when	when	WRB
19880	2357	36	executing	execute	VBG
19880	2357	37	music	music	NN
19880	2357	38	;	;	:
19880	2357	39	and	and	CC
19880	2357	40	,	,	,
19880	2357	41	above	above	IN
19880	2357	42	all	all	DT
19880	2357	43	,	,	,
19880	2357	44	to	to	TO
19880	2357	45	listen	listen	VB
19880	2357	46	with	with	IN
19880	2357	47	the	the	DT
19880	2357	48	greatest	great	JJS
19880	2357	49	care	care	NN
19880	2357	50	to	to	IN
19880	2357	51	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2357	52	,	,	,
19880	2357	53	and	and	CC
19880	2357	54	never	never	RB
19880	2357	55	to	to	TO
19880	2357	56	accept	accept	VB
19880	2357	57	any	any	DT
19880	2357	58	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2357	59	tone	tone	NN
19880	2357	60	that	that	WDT
19880	2357	61	does	do	VBZ
19880	2357	62	not	not	RB
19880	2357	63	fully	fully	RB
19880	2357	64	satisfy	satisfy	VB
19880	2357	65	the	the	DT
19880	2357	66	ear	ear	NN
19880	2357	67	.	.	.
19880	2358	1	When	when	WRB
19880	2358	2	one	one	PRP
19880	2358	3	considers	consider	VBZ
19880	2358	4	how	how	WRB
19880	2358	5	much	much	JJ
19880	2358	6	harshness	harshness	NN
19880	2358	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	2358	8	passed	pass	VBN
19880	2358	9	as	as	IN
19880	2358	10	singing	singing	NN
19880	2358	11	or	or	CC
19880	2358	12	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	2358	13	,	,	,
19880	2358	14	by	by	IN
19880	2358	15	the	the	DT
19880	2358	16	student	student	NN
19880	2358	17	,	,	,
19880	2358	18	even	even	RB
19880	2358	19	by	by	IN
19880	2358	20	those	those	DT
19880	2358	21	who	who	WP
19880	2358	22	pose	pose	VBP
19880	2358	23	as	as	IN
19880	2358	24	public	public	JJ
19880	2358	25	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2358	26	and	and	CC
19880	2358	27	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	2358	28	,	,	,
19880	2358	29	one	one	PRP
19880	2358	30	must	must	MD
19880	2358	31	often	often	RB
19880	2358	32	wonder	wonder	VB
19880	2358	33	where	where	WRB
19880	2358	34	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2358	35	keep	keep	VBP
19880	2358	36	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2358	37	ears	ear	NNS
19880	2358	38	.	.	.
19880	2359	1	As	as	IN
19880	2359	2	a	a	DT
19880	2359	3	matter	matter	NN
19880	2359	4	of	of	IN
19880	2359	5	fact	fact	NN
19880	2359	6	,	,	,
19880	2359	7	the	the	DT
19880	2359	8	ideal	ideal	JJ
19880	2359	9	listeners	listener	NNS
19880	2359	10	are	be	VBP
19880	2359	11	rare	rare	JJ
19880	2359	12	,	,	,
19880	2359	13	and	and	CC
19880	2359	14	the	the	DT
19880	2359	15	critical	critical	JJ
19880	2359	16	ear	ear	NN
19880	2359	17	,	,	,
19880	2359	18	like	like	IN
19880	2359	19	a	a	DT
19880	2359	20	sentinel	sentinel	NN
19880	2359	21	on	on	IN
19880	2359	22	guard	guard	NN
19880	2359	23	,	,	,
19880	2359	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	2359	25	among	among	IN
19880	2359	26	students	student	NNS
19880	2359	27	,	,	,
19880	2359	28	really	really	RB
19880	2359	29	seldom	seldom	RB
19880	2359	30	to	to	TO
19880	2359	31	be	be	VB
19880	2359	32	met	meet	VBN
19880	2359	33	with	with	IN
19880	2359	34	,	,	,
19880	2359	35	if	if	IN
19880	2359	36	one	one	CD
19880	2359	37	extend	extend	VBP
19880	2359	38	the	the	DT
19880	2359	39	term	term	NN
19880	2359	40	"	"	``
19880	2359	41	listening	listen	VBG
19880	2359	42	"	"	''
19880	2359	43	to	to	TO
19880	2359	44	mean	mean	VB
19880	2359	45	giving	give	VBG
19880	2359	46	attention	attention	NN
19880	2359	47	equally	equally	RB
19880	2359	48	and	and	CC
19880	2359	49	in	in	IN
19880	2359	50	the	the	DT
19880	2359	51	most	most	RBS
19880	2359	52	critical	critical	JJ
19880	2359	53	way	way	NN
19880	2359	54	,	,	,
19880	2359	55	not	not	RB
19880	2359	56	only	only	RB
19880	2359	57	to	to	TO
19880	2359	58	pitch	pitch	VB
19880	2359	59	and	and	CC
19880	2359	60	rhythm	rhythm	NN
19880	2359	61	,	,	,
19880	2359	62	but	but	CC
19880	2359	63	also	also	RB
19880	2359	64	to	to	IN
19880	2359	65	the	the	DT
19880	2359	66	quality	quality	NN
19880	2359	67	of	of	IN
19880	2359	68	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2359	69	,	,	,
19880	2359	70	the	the	DT
19880	2359	71	effects	effect	NNS
19880	2359	72	of	of	IN
19880	2359	73	pauses	pause	NNS
19880	2359	74	,	,	,
19880	2359	75	shading	shade	VBG
19880	2359	76	,	,	,
19880	2359	77	etc	etc	FW
19880	2359	78	.	.	FW
19880	2359	79	,	,	,
19880	2359	80	all	all	DT
19880	2359	81	of	of	IN
19880	2359	82	which	which	WDT
19880	2359	83	are	be	VBP
19880	2359	84	perceived	perceive	VBN
19880	2359	85	through	through	IN
19880	2359	86	the	the	DT
19880	2359	87	ear	ear	NN
19880	2359	88	.	.	.
19880	2360	1	If	if	IN
19880	2360	2	such	such	JJ
19880	2360	3	listening	listening	NN
19880	2360	4	requires	require	VBZ
19880	2360	5	,	,	,
19880	2360	6	as	as	IN
19880	2360	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2360	8	does	do	VBZ
19880	2360	9	,	,	,
19880	2360	10	the	the	DT
19880	2360	11	closest	close	JJS
19880	2360	12	attention	attention	NN
19880	2360	13	,	,	,
19880	2360	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2360	15	must	must	MD
19880	2360	16	give	give	VB
19880	2360	17	rise	rise	NN
19880	2360	18	to	to	IN
19880	2360	19	fatigue	fatigue	NN
19880	2360	20	,	,	,
19880	2360	21	so	so	IN
19880	2360	22	that	that	IN
19880	2360	23	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2360	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	2360	25	clear	clear	JJ
19880	2360	26	that	that	IN
19880	2360	27	the	the	DT
19880	2360	28	lengthy	lengthy	JJ
19880	2360	29	practices	practice	NNS
19880	2360	30	some	some	DT
19880	2360	31	undertake	undertake	NN
19880	2360	32	are	be	VBP
19880	2360	33	against	against	IN
19880	2360	34	the	the	DT
19880	2360	35	plainest	plain	JJS
19880	2360	36	laws	law	NNS
19880	2360	37	of	of	IN
19880	2360	38	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	2360	39	and	and	CC
19880	2360	40	psychology	psychology	NN
19880	2360	41	,	,	,
19880	2360	42	even	even	RB
19880	2360	43	if	if	IN
19880	2360	44	the	the	DT
19880	2360	45	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2360	46	processes	process	NNS
19880	2360	47	alone	alone	RB
19880	2360	48	be	be	VB
19880	2360	49	considered	consider	VBN
19880	2360	50	;	;	:
19880	2360	51	but	but	CC
19880	2360	52	as	as	IN
19880	2360	53	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2360	54	have	have	VBP
19880	2360	55	before	before	IN
19880	2360	56	shown	show	VBN
19880	2360	57	,	,	,
19880	2360	58	there	there	EX
19880	2360	59	are	be	VBP
19880	2360	60	other	other	JJ
19880	2360	61	reasons	reason	NNS
19880	2360	62	why	why	WRB
19880	2360	63	such	such	JJ
19880	2360	64	long	long	RB
19880	2360	65	-	-	HYPH
19880	2360	66	continued	continue	VBN
19880	2360	67	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	2360	68	as	as	IN
19880	2360	69	some	some	DT
19880	2360	70	attempt	attempt	NN
19880	2360	71	are	be	VBP
19880	2360	72	in	in	IN
19880	2360	73	every	every	DT
19880	2360	74	way	way	NN
19880	2360	75	unwise	unwise	JJ
19880	2360	76	;	;	:
19880	2360	77	in	in	IN
19880	2360	78	fact	fact	NN
19880	2360	79	,	,	,
19880	2360	80	in	in	IN
19880	2360	81	the	the	DT
19880	2360	82	author	author	NN
19880	2360	83	's	's	POS
19880	2360	84	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	2360	85	,	,	,
19880	2360	86	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2360	87	are	be	VBP
19880	2360	88	in	in	IN
19880	2360	89	the	the	DT
19880	2360	90	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2360	91	world	world	NN
19880	2360	92	a	a	DT
19880	2360	93	great	great	JJ
19880	2360	94	evil	evil	NN
19880	2360	95	under	under	IN
19880	2360	96	the	the	DT
19880	2360	97	sun	sun	NN
19880	2360	98	.	.	.
19880	2361	1	SUMMARY	SUMMARY	NNP
19880	2361	2	.	.	.
19880	2362	1	Hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2362	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2362	3	finally	finally	RB
19880	2362	4	a	a	DT
19880	2362	5	psychological	psychological	JJ
19880	2362	6	or	or	CC
19880	2362	7	mental	mental	JJ
19880	2362	8	condition	condition	NN
19880	2362	9	,	,	,
19880	2362	10	a	a	DT
19880	2362	11	state	state	NN
19880	2362	12	of	of	IN
19880	2362	13	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19880	2362	14	,	,	,
19880	2362	15	but	but	CC
19880	2362	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	2362	17	always	always	RB
19880	2362	18	associated	associate	VBN
19880	2362	19	with	with	IN
19880	2362	20	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2362	21	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2362	22	processes	process	NNS
19880	2362	23	,	,	,
19880	2362	24	which	which	WDT
19880	2362	25	are	be	VBP
19880	2362	26	initiated	initiate	VBN
19880	2362	27	by	by	IN
19880	2362	28	a	a	DT
19880	2362	29	physical	physical	JJ
19880	2362	30	stimulus	stimulus	NN
19880	2362	31	in	in	IN
19880	2362	32	the	the	DT
19880	2362	33	form	form	NN
19880	2362	34	of	of	IN
19880	2362	35	waves	wave	NNS
19880	2362	36	in	in	IN
19880	2362	37	a	a	DT
19880	2362	38	fluid	fluid	NN
19880	2362	39	surrounding	surround	VBG
19880	2362	40	the	the	DT
19880	2362	41	hair	hair	NN
19880	2362	42	-	-	HYPH
19880	2362	43	cells	cell	NNS
19880	2362	44	of	of	IN
19880	2362	45	the	the	DT
19880	2362	46	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2362	47	end	end	NN
19880	2362	48	-	-	HYPH
19880	2362	49	organ	organ	NN
19880	2362	50	;	;	:
19880	2362	51	which	which	WDT
19880	2362	52	waves	wave	NNS
19880	2362	53	may	may	MD
19880	2362	54	again	again	RB
19880	2362	55	be	be	VB
19880	2362	56	traced	trace	VBN
19880	2362	57	to	to	IN
19880	2362	58	the	the	DT
19880	2362	59	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2362	60	of	of	IN
19880	2362	61	the	the	DT
19880	2362	62	bones	bone	NNS
19880	2362	63	of	of	IN
19880	2362	64	the	the	DT
19880	2362	65	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2362	66	ear	ear	NN
19880	2362	67	,	,	,
19880	2362	68	caused	cause	VBN
19880	2362	69	by	by	IN
19880	2362	70	the	the	DT
19880	2362	71	swinging	swinging	NN
19880	2362	72	to	to	IN
19880	2362	73	and	and	CC
19880	2362	74	fro	fro	NNP
19880	2362	75	of	of	IN
19880	2362	76	the	the	DT
19880	2362	77	drum	drum	NN
19880	2362	78	-	-	HYPH
19880	2362	79	head	head	NN
19880	2362	80	,	,	,
19880	2362	81	owing	owe	VBG
19880	2362	82	to	to	IN
19880	2362	83	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2362	84	of	of	IN
19880	2362	85	the	the	DT
19880	2362	86	air	air	NN
19880	2362	87	produced	produce	VBN
19880	2362	88	by	by	IN
19880	2362	89	a	a	DT
19880	2362	90	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	2362	91	body	body	NN
19880	2362	92	.	.	.
19880	2363	1	The	the	DT
19880	2363	2	ear	ear	NN
19880	2363	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2363	4	anatomically	anatomically	RB
19880	2363	5	divisible	divisible	JJ
19880	2363	6	into	into	IN
19880	2363	7	external	external	JJ
19880	2363	8	,	,	,
19880	2363	9	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2363	10	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2363	11	tympanum	tympanum	PRP
19880	2363	12	or	or	CC
19880	2363	13	drum	drum	VB
19880	2363	14	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2363	15	,	,	,
19880	2363	16	and	and	CC
19880	2363	17	internal	internal	JJ
19880	2363	18	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2363	19	labyrinth	labyrinth	JJ
19880	2363	20	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2363	21	.	.	.
19880	2364	1	The	the	DT
19880	2364	2	outer	outer	JJ
19880	2364	3	ear	ear	NN
19880	2364	4	collects	collect	VBZ
19880	2364	5	the	the	DT
19880	2364	6	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2364	7	,	,	,
19880	2364	8	the	the	DT
19880	2364	9	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2364	10	ear	ear	NN
19880	2364	11	conducts	conduct	VBZ
19880	2364	12	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2364	13	,	,	,
19880	2364	14	and	and	CC
19880	2364	15	the	the	DT
19880	2364	16	internal	internal	JJ
19880	2364	17	converts	convert	VBZ
19880	2364	18	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2364	19	into	into	IN
19880	2364	20	a	a	DT
19880	2364	21	special	special	JJ
19880	2364	22	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2364	23	condition	condition	NN
19880	2364	24	of	of	IN
19880	2364	25	the	the	DT
19880	2364	26	hair	hair	NN
19880	2364	27	-	-	HYPH
19880	2364	28	cells	cell	NNS
19880	2364	29	and	and	CC
19880	2364	30	the	the	DT
19880	2364	31	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2364	32	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	2364	33	.	.	.
19880	2365	1	This	this	DT
19880	2365	2	condition	condition	NN
19880	2365	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2365	4	communicated	communicate	VBN
19880	2365	5	to	to	IN
19880	2365	6	the	the	DT
19880	2365	7	other	other	JJ
19880	2365	8	links	link	NNS
19880	2365	9	in	in	IN
19880	2365	10	the	the	DT
19880	2365	11	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
19880	2365	12	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2365	13	chain	chain	NN
19880	2365	14	,	,	,
19880	2365	15	until	until	IN
19880	2365	16	the	the	DT
19880	2365	17	highest	high	JJS
19880	2365	18	part	part	NN
19880	2365	19	of	of	IN
19880	2365	20	the	the	DT
19880	2365	21	brain	brain	NN
19880	2365	22	,	,	,
19880	2365	23	or	or	CC
19880	2365	24	cortex	cortex	NN
19880	2365	25	,	,	,
19880	2365	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	2365	27	reached	reach	VBN
19880	2365	28	.	.	.
19880	2366	1	Hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2366	2	,	,	,
19880	2366	3	from	from	IN
19880	2366	4	the	the	DT
19880	2366	5	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2366	6	point	point	NN
19880	2366	7	of	of	IN
19880	2366	8	view	view	NN
19880	2366	9	,	,	,
19880	2366	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	2366	11	the	the	DT
19880	2366	12	outcome	outcome	NN
19880	2366	13	of	of	IN
19880	2366	14	a	a	DT
19880	2366	15	series	series	NN
19880	2366	16	of	of	IN
19880	2366	17	processes	process	NNS
19880	2366	18	having	have	VBG
19880	2366	19	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2366	20	development	development	NN
19880	2366	21	in	in	IN
19880	2366	22	a	a	DT
19880	2366	23	corresponding	corresponding	JJ
19880	2366	24	series	series	NN
19880	2366	25	of	of	IN
19880	2366	26	centres	centre	NNS
19880	2366	27	,	,	,
19880	2366	28	or	or	CC
19880	2366	29	collections	collection	NNS
19880	2366	30	of	of	IN
19880	2366	31	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	2366	32	-	-	HYPH
19880	2366	33	cells	cell	NNS
19880	2366	34	.	.	.
19880	2367	1	The	the	DT
19880	2367	2	perceptions	perception	NNS
19880	2367	3	associated	associate	VBN
19880	2367	4	with	with	IN
19880	2367	5	the	the	DT
19880	2367	6	ear	ear	NN
19880	2367	7	,	,	,
19880	2367	8	in	in	IN
19880	2367	9	the	the	DT
19880	2367	10	mind	mind	NN
19880	2367	11	of	of	IN
19880	2367	12	the	the	DT
19880	2367	13	musician	musician	NN
19880	2367	14	,	,	,
19880	2367	15	are	be	VBP
19880	2367	16	those	those	DT
19880	2367	17	of	of	IN
19880	2367	18	the	the	DT
19880	2367	19	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2367	20	,	,	,
19880	2367	21	rhythm	rhythm	NN
19880	2367	22	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2367	23	and	and	CC
19880	2367	24	time	time	NN
19880	2367	25	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2367	26	,	,	,
19880	2367	27	and	and	CC
19880	2367	28	quality	quality	NN
19880	2367	29	of	of	IN
19880	2367	30	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2367	31	.	.	.
19880	2368	1	The	the	DT
19880	2368	2	loudness	loudness	NN
19880	2368	3	of	of	IN
19880	2368	4	a	a	DT
19880	2368	5	tone	tone	NN
19880	2368	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	2368	7	,	,	,
19880	2368	8	of	of	IN
19880	2368	9	course	course	NN
19880	2368	10	,	,	,
19880	2368	11	recognized	recognize	VBN
19880	2368	12	by	by	IN
19880	2368	13	the	the	DT
19880	2368	14	ear	ear	NN
19880	2368	15	also	also	RB
19880	2368	16	,	,	,
19880	2368	17	but	but	CC
19880	2368	18	this	this	DT
19880	2368	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	2368	20	hardly	hardly	RB
19880	2368	21	a	a	DT
19880	2368	22	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2368	23	quality	quality	NN
19880	2368	24	proper	proper	JJ
19880	2368	25	.	.	.
19880	2369	1	In	in	IN
19880	2369	2	reality	reality	NN
19880	2369	3	,	,	,
19880	2369	4	like	like	IN
19880	2369	5	all	all	DT
19880	2369	6	that	that	WDT
19880	2369	7	belongs	belong	VBZ
19880	2369	8	to	to	IN
19880	2369	9	hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2369	10	,	,	,
19880	2369	11	these	these	DT
19880	2369	12	perceptions	perception	NNS
19880	2369	13	are	be	VBP
19880	2369	14	the	the	DT
19880	2369	15	result	result	NN
19880	2369	16	of	of	IN
19880	2369	17	a	a	DT
19880	2369	18	series	series	NN
19880	2369	19	of	of	IN
19880	2369	20	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2369	21	processes	process	NNS
19880	2369	22	,	,	,
19880	2369	23	in	in	IN
19880	2369	24	which	which	WDT
19880	2369	25	the	the	DT
19880	2369	26	ear	ear	NN
19880	2369	27	takes	take	VBZ
19880	2369	28	an	an	DT
19880	2369	29	important	important	JJ
19880	2369	30	but	but	CC
19880	2369	31	not	not	RB
19880	2369	32	the	the	DT
19880	2369	33	sole	sole	JJ
19880	2369	34	or	or	CC
19880	2369	35	even	even	RB
19880	2369	36	the	the	DT
19880	2369	37	chief	chief	JJ
19880	2369	38	part	part	NN
19880	2369	39	,	,	,
19880	2369	40	which	which	WDT
19880	2369	41	is	be	VBZ
19880	2369	42	to	to	TO
19880	2369	43	be	be	VB
19880	2369	44	referred	refer	VBN
19880	2369	45	to	to	IN
19880	2369	46	the	the	DT
19880	2369	47	brain	brain	NN
19880	2369	48	.	.	.
19880	2370	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2370	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2370	3	practically	practically	RB
19880	2370	4	important	important	JJ
19880	2370	5	to	to	TO
19880	2370	6	recognize	recognize	VB
19880	2370	7	that	that	IN
19880	2370	8	these	these	DT
19880	2370	9	various	various	JJ
19880	2370	10	qualities	quality	NNS
19880	2370	11	are	be	VBP
19880	2370	12	distinct	distinct	JJ
19880	2370	13	perceptions	perception	NNS
19880	2370	14	,	,	,
19880	2370	15	and	and	CC
19880	2370	16	that	that	IN
19880	2370	17	the	the	DT
19880	2370	18	"	"	``
19880	2370	19	ear	ear	NN
19880	2370	20	"	"	''
19880	2370	21	for	for	IN
19880	2370	22	relative	relative	JJ
19880	2370	23	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2370	24	may	may	MD
19880	2370	25	exist	exist	VB
19880	2370	26	well	well	RB
19880	2370	27	developed	developed	JJ
19880	2370	28	and	and	CC
19880	2370	29	the	the	DT
19880	2370	30	color	color	NN
19880	2370	31	,	,	,
19880	2370	32	clang	clang	NNP
19880	2370	33	,	,	,
19880	2370	34	or	or	CC
19880	2370	35	quality	quality	NN
19880	2370	36	of	of	IN
19880	2370	37	a	a	DT
19880	2370	38	tone	tone	NN
19880	2370	39	be	be	VB
19880	2370	40	imperfectly	imperfectly	RB
19880	2370	41	recognized	recognize	VBN
19880	2370	42	,	,	,
19880	2370	43	and	and	CC
19880	2370	44	the	the	DT
19880	2370	45	reverse	reverse	NN
19880	2370	46	.	.	.
19880	2371	1	The	the	DT
19880	2371	2	most	most	RBS
19880	2371	3	comprehensive	comprehensive	JJ
19880	2371	4	ear	ear	NN
19880	2371	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	2371	6	training	training	NN
19880	2371	7	involves	involve	VBZ
19880	2371	8	attention	attention	NN
19880	2371	9	to	to	IN
19880	2371	10	each	each	DT
19880	2371	11	of	of	IN
19880	2371	12	the	the	DT
19880	2371	13	above	above	JJ
19880	2371	14	characters	character	NNS
19880	2371	15	of	of	IN
19880	2371	16	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2371	17	,	,	,
19880	2371	18	and	and	CC
19880	2371	19	then	then	RB
19880	2371	20	uniting	unite	VBG
19880	2371	21	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2371	22	in	in	IN
19880	2371	23	a	a	DT
19880	2371	24	musically	musically	RB
19880	2371	25	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2371	26	result	result	NN
19880	2371	27	.	.	.
19880	2372	1	Lack	lack	NN
19880	2372	2	of	of	IN
19880	2372	3	"	"	``
19880	2372	4	ear	ear	NN
19880	2372	5	"	"	''
19880	2372	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	2372	7	often	often	RB
19880	2372	8	simply	simply	RB
19880	2372	9	want	want	VBP
19880	2372	10	of	of	IN
19880	2372	11	attention	attention	NN
19880	2372	12	to	to	IN
19880	2372	13	the	the	DT
19880	2372	14	characters	character	NNS
19880	2372	15	of	of	IN
19880	2372	16	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2372	17	.	.	.
19880	2373	1	The	the	DT
19880	2373	2	auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2373	3	messages	message	NNS
19880	2373	4	are	be	VBP
19880	2373	5	the	the	DT
19880	2373	6	most	most	RBS
19880	2373	7	important	important	JJ
19880	2373	8	of	of	IN
19880	2373	9	all	all	PDT
19880	2373	10	the	the	DT
19880	2373	11	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	2373	12	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	2373	13	that	that	WDT
19880	2373	14	reach	reach	VBP
19880	2373	15	the	the	DT
19880	2373	16	brain	brain	NN
19880	2373	17	,	,	,
19880	2373	18	for	for	IN
19880	2373	19	the	the	DT
19880	2373	20	musician	musician	NN
19880	2373	21	,	,	,
19880	2373	22	whether	whether	IN
19880	2373	23	appreciation	appreciation	NN
19880	2373	24	or	or	CC
19880	2373	25	execution	execution	NN
19880	2373	26	be	be	VB
19880	2373	27	considered	consider	VBN
19880	2373	28	.	.	.
19880	2374	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2374	2	are	be	VBP
19880	2374	3	the	the	DT
19880	2374	4	chief	chief	NN
19880	2374	5	guides	guide	NNS
19880	2374	6	for	for	IN
19880	2374	7	the	the	DT
19880	2374	8	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19880	2374	9	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	2374	10	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	2374	11	to	to	IN
19880	2374	12	the	the	DT
19880	2374	13	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	2374	14	.	.	.
19880	2375	1	The	the	DT
19880	2375	2	good	good	JJ
19880	2375	3	executant	executant	NN
19880	2375	4	must	must	MD
19880	2375	5	,	,	,
19880	2375	6	above	above	IN
19880	2375	7	all	all	DT
19880	2375	8	,	,	,
19880	2375	9	be	be	VB
19880	2375	10	a	a	DT
19880	2375	11	good	good	JJ
19880	2375	12	listener	listener	NN
19880	2375	13	.	.	.
19880	2376	1	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19880	2376	2	XVIII	xviii	NN
19880	2376	3	.	.	.
19880	2377	1	CONSIDERATION	consideration	NN
19880	2377	2	OF	of	IN
19880	2377	3	GENERAL	GENERAL	NNP
19880	2377	4	AND	and	CC
19880	2377	5	SPECIAL	SPECIAL	NNP
19880	2377	6	HYGIENE	HYGIENE	NNS
19880	2377	7	AND	and	CC
19880	2377	8	RELATED	related	JJ
19880	2377	9	SUBJECTS	subject	NNS
19880	2377	10	.	.	.
19880	2378	1	Hygiene	hygiene	NN
19880	2378	2	deals	deal	NNS
19880	2378	3	with	with	IN
19880	2378	4	the	the	DT
19880	2378	5	laws	law	NNS
19880	2378	6	by	by	IN
19880	2378	7	the	the	DT
19880	2378	8	observance	observance	NN
19880	2378	9	of	of	IN
19880	2378	10	which	which	WDT
19880	2378	11	health	health	NN
19880	2378	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	2378	13	to	to	TO
19880	2378	14	be	be	VB
19880	2378	15	maintained	maintain	VBN
19880	2378	16	and	and	CC
19880	2378	17	disease	disease	NN
19880	2378	18	prevented	prevent	VBN
19880	2378	19	;	;	:
19880	2378	20	but	but	CC
19880	2378	21	as	as	IN
19880	2378	22	such	such	JJ
19880	2378	23	laws	law	NNS
19880	2378	24	must	must	MD
19880	2378	25	be	be	VB
19880	2378	26	based	base	VBN
19880	2378	27	on	on	IN
19880	2378	28	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2378	29	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2378	30	,	,	,
19880	2378	31	hygiene	hygiene	NN
19880	2378	32	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	2378	33	from	from	IN
19880	2378	34	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	2378	35	.	.	.
19880	2379	1	Accordingly	accordingly	RB
19880	2379	2	,	,	,
19880	2379	3	throughout	throughout	IN
19880	2379	4	this	this	DT
19880	2379	5	work	work	NN
19880	2379	6	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2379	7	method	method	NN
19880	2379	8	has	have	VBZ
19880	2379	9	been	be	VBN
19880	2379	10	to	to	TO
19880	2379	11	point	point	VB
19880	2379	12	out	out	RP
19880	2379	13	the	the	DT
19880	2379	14	correct	correct	JJ
19880	2379	15	way	way	NN
19880	2379	16	as	as	RB
19880	2379	17	soon	soon	RB
19880	2379	18	as	as	IN
19880	2379	19	the	the	DT
19880	2379	20	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2379	21	principle	principle	NN
19880	2379	22	has	have	VBZ
19880	2379	23	been	be	VBN
19880	2379	24	laid	lay	VBN
19880	2379	25	down	down	RP
19880	2379	26	,	,	,
19880	2379	27	so	so	IN
19880	2379	28	that	that	IN
19880	2379	29	the	the	DT
19880	2379	30	reason	reason	NN
19880	2379	31	for	for	IN
19880	2379	32	the	the	DT
19880	2379	33	recommendation	recommendation	NN
19880	2379	34	made	make	VBN
19880	2379	35	would	would	MD
19880	2379	36	be	be	VB
19880	2379	37	obvious	obvious	JJ
19880	2379	38	.	.	.
19880	2380	1	However	however	RB
19880	2380	2	,	,	,
19880	2380	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2380	4	may	may	MD
19880	2380	5	be	be	VB
19880	2380	6	well	well	RB
19880	2380	7	if	if	IN
19880	2380	8	now	now	RB
19880	2380	9	some	some	DT
19880	2380	10	of	of	IN
19880	2380	11	the	the	DT
19880	2380	12	more	more	RBR
19880	2380	13	important	important	JJ
19880	2380	14	tendencies	tendency	NNS
19880	2380	15	,	,	,
19880	2380	16	errors	error	NNS
19880	2380	17	,	,	,
19880	2380	18	bad	bad	JJ
19880	2380	19	habits	habit	NNS
19880	2380	20	,	,	,
19880	2380	21	and	and	CC
19880	2380	22	dangers	danger	NNS
19880	2380	23	to	to	TO
19880	2380	24	be	be	VB
19880	2380	25	guarded	guard	VBN
19880	2380	26	against	against	IN
19880	2380	27	by	by	IN
19880	2380	28	the	the	DT
19880	2380	29	singer	singer	NN
19880	2380	30	and	and	CC
19880	2380	31	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2380	32	be	be	VB
19880	2380	33	pointed	point	VBN
19880	2380	34	out	out	RP
19880	2380	35	afresh	afresh	RB
19880	2380	36	,	,	,
19880	2380	37	briefly	briefly	RB
19880	2380	38	,	,	,
19880	2380	39	with	with	IN
19880	2380	40	some	some	DT
19880	2380	41	additional	additional	JJ
19880	2380	42	observations	observation	NNS
19880	2380	43	that	that	WDT
19880	2380	44	experience	experience	NN
19880	2380	45	has	have	VBZ
19880	2380	46	shown	show	VBN
19880	2380	47	to	to	TO
19880	2380	48	be	be	VB
19880	2380	49	of	of	IN
19880	2380	50	practical	practical	JJ
19880	2380	51	importance	importance	NN
19880	2380	52	.	.	.
19880	2381	1	Hygiene	Hygiene	NNP
19880	2381	2	,	,	,
19880	2381	3	for	for	IN
19880	2381	4	all	all	DT
19880	2381	5	persons	person	NNS
19880	2381	6	,	,	,
19880	2381	7	should	should	MD
19880	2381	8	,	,	,
19880	2381	9	in	in	IN
19880	2381	10	the	the	DT
19880	2381	11	widest	wide	JJS
19880	2381	12	sense	sense	NN
19880	2381	13	,	,	,
19880	2381	14	refer	refer	VBP
19880	2381	15	to	to	IN
19880	2381	16	the	the	DT
19880	2381	17	whole	whole	JJ
19880	2381	18	man	man	NN
19880	2381	19	,	,	,
19880	2381	20	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2381	21	body	body	NN
19880	2381	22	,	,	,
19880	2381	23	intellect	intellect	NN
19880	2381	24	,	,	,
19880	2381	25	feelings	feeling	NNS
19880	2381	26	,	,	,
19880	2381	27	and	and	CC
19880	2381	28	will	will	MD
19880	2381	29	,	,	,
19880	2381	30	though	though	IN
19880	2381	31	the	the	DT
19880	2381	32	term	term	NN
19880	2381	33	has	have	VBZ
19880	2381	34	usually	usually	RB
19880	2381	35	been	be	VBN
19880	2381	36	restricted	restrict	VBN
19880	2381	37	to	to	IN
19880	2381	38	the	the	DT
19880	2381	39	preservation	preservation	NN
19880	2381	40	of	of	IN
19880	2381	41	bodily	bodily	JJ
19880	2381	42	health	health	NN
19880	2381	43	.	.	.
19880	2382	1	But	but	CC
19880	2382	2	,	,	,
19880	2382	3	fortunately	fortunately	RB
19880	2382	4	,	,	,
19880	2382	5	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2382	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	2382	7	being	be	VBG
19880	2382	8	more	more	JJR
19880	2382	9	and	and	CC
19880	2382	10	more	more	RBR
19880	2382	11	recognized	recognize	VBN
19880	2382	12	that	that	DT
19880	2382	13	man	man	NN
19880	2382	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	2382	15	a	a	DT
19880	2382	16	whole	whole	NN
19880	2382	17	,	,	,
19880	2382	18	and	and	CC
19880	2382	19	that	that	IN
19880	2382	20	one	one	CD
19880	2382	21	part	part	NN
19880	2382	22	of	of	IN
19880	2382	23	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2382	24	can	can	MD
19880	2382	25	not	not	RB
19880	2382	26	suffer	suffer	VB
19880	2382	27	without	without	IN
19880	2382	28	the	the	DT
19880	2382	29	others	other	NNS
19880	2382	30	participating	participate	VBG
19880	2382	31	,	,	,
19880	2382	32	so	so	IN
19880	2382	33	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2382	34	shall	shall	MD
19880	2382	35	pursue	pursue	VB
19880	2382	36	the	the	DT
19880	2382	37	broader	broad	JJR
19880	2382	38	course	course	NN
19880	2382	39	,	,	,
19880	2382	40	and	and	CC
19880	2382	41	consider	consider	VB
19880	2382	42	the	the	DT
19880	2382	43	general	general	JJ
19880	2382	44	welfare	welfare	NN
19880	2382	45	of	of	IN
19880	2382	46	the	the	DT
19880	2382	47	voice	voice	NN
19880	2382	48	-	-	HYPH
19880	2382	49	user	user	NN
19880	2382	50	as	as	IN
19880	2382	51	properly	properly	RB
19880	2382	52	coming	come	VBG
19880	2382	53	under	under	IN
19880	2382	54	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	2382	55	.	.	.
19880	2383	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2383	2	,	,	,
19880	2383	3	being	be	VBG
19880	2383	4	a	a	DT
19880	2383	5	human	human	NN
19880	2383	6	being	being	NN
19880	2383	7	like	like	IN
19880	2383	8	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2383	9	fellows	fellow	NNS
19880	2383	10	,	,	,
19880	2383	11	must	must	MD
19880	2383	12	,	,	,
19880	2383	13	of	of	IN
19880	2383	14	course	course	NN
19880	2383	15	,	,	,
19880	2383	16	observe	observe	VB
19880	2383	17	the	the	DT
19880	2383	18	same	same	JJ
19880	2383	19	laws	law	NNS
19880	2383	20	for	for	IN
19880	2383	21	the	the	DT
19880	2383	22	preservation	preservation	NN
19880	2383	23	of	of	IN
19880	2383	24	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2383	25	general	general	JJ
19880	2383	26	health	health	NN
19880	2383	27	as	as	IN
19880	2383	28	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2383	29	,	,	,
19880	2383	30	but	but	CC
19880	2383	31	just	just	RB
19880	2383	32	because	because	IN
19880	2383	33	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2383	34	comes	come	VBZ
19880	2383	35	before	before	IN
19880	2383	36	the	the	DT
19880	2383	37	public	public	NN
19880	2383	38	,	,	,
19880	2383	39	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2383	40	case	case	NN
19880	2383	41	is	be	VBZ
19880	2383	42	peculiar	peculiar	JJ
19880	2383	43	,	,	,
19880	2383	44	and	and	CC
19880	2383	45	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2383	46	must	must	MD
19880	2383	47	,	,	,
19880	2383	48	in	in	IN
19880	2383	49	addition	addition	NN
19880	2383	50	,	,	,
19880	2383	51	take	take	VB
19880	2383	52	special	special	JJ
19880	2383	53	precautions	precaution	NNS
19880	2383	54	to	to	TO
19880	2383	55	avoid	avoid	VB
19880	2383	56	every	every	DT
19880	2383	57	form	form	NN
19880	2383	58	of	of	IN
19880	2383	59	temporary	temporary	JJ
19880	2383	60	or	or	CC
19880	2383	61	permanent	permanent	JJ
19880	2383	62	disability	disability	NN
19880	2383	63	.	.	.
19880	2384	1	There	there	EX
19880	2384	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2384	3	,	,	,
19880	2384	4	of	of	IN
19880	2384	5	course	course	NN
19880	2384	6	,	,	,
19880	2384	7	much	much	RB
19880	2384	8	in	in	IN
19880	2384	9	the	the	DT
19880	2384	10	life	life	NN
19880	2384	11	of	of	IN
19880	2384	12	a	a	DT
19880	2384	13	public	public	JJ
19880	2384	14	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2384	15	or	or	CC
19880	2384	16	singer	singer	NN
19880	2384	17	that	that	WDT
19880	2384	18	conduces	conduce	VBZ
19880	2384	19	to	to	IN
19880	2384	20	health	health	NN
19880	2384	21	of	of	IN
19880	2384	22	body	body	NN
19880	2384	23	and	and	CC
19880	2384	24	mind	mind	NN
19880	2384	25	,	,	,
19880	2384	26	such	such	JJ
19880	2384	27	as	as	IN
19880	2384	28	the	the	DT
19880	2384	29	vigorous	vigorous	JJ
19880	2384	30	use	use	NN
19880	2384	31	of	of	IN
19880	2384	32	the	the	DT
19880	2384	33	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	2384	34	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2384	35	,	,	,
19880	2384	36	the	the	DT
19880	2384	37	favorable	favorable	JJ
19880	2384	38	effect	effect	NN
19880	2384	39	of	of	IN
19880	2384	40	praise	praise	NN
19880	2384	41	expressed	express	VBN
19880	2384	42	in	in	IN
19880	2384	43	one	one	CD
19880	2384	44	way	way	NN
19880	2384	45	and	and	CC
19880	2384	46	another	another	DT
19880	2384	47	,	,	,
19880	2384	48	etc	etc	FW
19880	2384	49	.	.	FW
19880	2384	50	,	,	,
19880	2384	51	but	but	CC
19880	2384	52	even	even	RB
19880	2384	53	with	with	IN
19880	2384	54	the	the	DT
19880	2384	55	most	most	RBS
19880	2384	56	successful	successful	JJ
19880	2384	57	,	,	,
19880	2384	58	all	all	PDT
19880	2384	59	this	this	DT
19880	2384	60	may	may	MD
19880	2384	61	be	be	VB
19880	2384	62	more	more	JJR
19880	2384	63	than	than	IN
19880	2384	64	counter	counter	RB
19880	2384	65	-	-	VBN
19880	2384	66	balanced	balance	VBN
19880	2384	67	by	by	IN
19880	2384	68	other	other	JJ
19880	2384	69	unfavorable	unfavorable	JJ
19880	2384	70	factors	factor	NNS
19880	2384	71	.	.	.
19880	2385	1	When	when	WRB
19880	2385	2	one	one	PRP
19880	2385	3	considers	consider	VBZ
19880	2385	4	the	the	DT
19880	2385	5	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	2385	6	travelling	travelling	NN
19880	2385	7	,	,	,
19880	2385	8	often	often	RB
19880	2385	9	including	include	VBG
19880	2385	10	night	night	NN
19880	2385	11	journeys	journey	NNS
19880	2385	12	,	,	,
19880	2385	13	the	the	DT
19880	2385	14	late	late	JJ
19880	2385	15	hours	hour	NNS
19880	2385	16	,	,	,
19880	2385	17	the	the	DT
19880	2385	18	concentrated	concentrated	JJ
19880	2385	19	efforts	effort	NNS
19880	2385	20	essential	essential	JJ
19880	2385	21	to	to	IN
19880	2385	22	success	success	NN
19880	2385	23	,	,	,
19880	2385	24	the	the	DT
19880	2385	25	uncertainty	uncertainty	NN
19880	2385	26	of	of	IN
19880	2385	27	the	the	DT
19880	2385	28	public	public	JJ
19880	2385	29	taste	taste	NN
19880	2385	30	,	,	,
19880	2385	31	the	the	DT
19880	2385	32	rivalries	rivalry	NNS
19880	2385	33	,	,	,
19880	2385	34	jealousies	jealousy	NNS
19880	2385	35	,	,	,
19880	2385	36	exhaustion	exhaustion	NN
19880	2385	37	,	,	,
19880	2385	38	etc	etc	FW
19880	2385	39	.	.	FW
19880	2385	40	,	,	,
19880	2385	41	often	often	RB
19880	2385	42	associated	associate	VBN
19880	2385	43	with	with	IN
19880	2385	44	a	a	DT
19880	2385	45	public	public	JJ
19880	2385	46	career	career	NN
19880	2385	47	,	,	,
19880	2385	48	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2385	49	must	must	MD
19880	2385	50	be	be	VB
19880	2385	51	clear	clear	JJ
19880	2385	52	that	that	IN
19880	2385	53	no	no	DT
19880	2385	54	one	one	PRP
19880	2385	55	should	should	MD
19880	2385	56	embark	embark	VB
19880	2385	57	upon	upon	IN
19880	2385	58	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2385	59	without	without	IN
19880	2385	60	counting	count	VBG
19880	2385	61	well	well	UH
19880	2385	62	the	the	DT
19880	2385	63	cost	cost	NN
19880	2385	64	.	.	.
19880	2386	1	For	for	IN
19880	2386	2	one	one	CD
19880	2386	3	with	with	IN
19880	2386	4	mediocre	mediocre	JJ
19880	2386	5	ability	ability	NN
19880	2386	6	,	,	,
19880	2386	7	imperfect	imperfect	JJ
19880	2386	8	training	training	NN
19880	2386	9	,	,	,
19880	2386	10	voice	voice	NN
19880	2386	11	of	of	IN
19880	2386	12	very	very	RB
19880	2386	13	limited	limited	JJ
19880	2386	14	range	range	NN
19880	2386	15	,	,	,
19880	2386	16	power	power	NN
19880	2386	17	,	,	,
19880	2386	18	and	and	CC
19880	2386	19	quality	quality	NN
19880	2386	20	,	,	,
19880	2386	21	feeble	feeble	JJ
19880	2386	22	will	will	NN
19880	2386	23	,	,	,
19880	2386	24	an	an	DT
19880	2386	25	imperfectly	imperfectly	RB
19880	2386	26	developed	develop	VBN
19880	2386	27	body	body	NN
19880	2386	28	,	,	,
19880	2386	29	and	and	CC
19880	2386	30	indifferent	indifferent	JJ
19880	2386	31	health	health	NN
19880	2386	32	,	,	,
19880	2386	33	to	to	TO
19880	2386	34	enter	enter	VB
19880	2386	35	on	on	IN
19880	2386	36	a	a	DT
19880	2386	37	public	public	JJ
19880	2386	38	career	career	NN
19880	2386	39	is	be	VBZ
19880	2386	40	practically	practically	RB
19880	2386	41	to	to	IN
19880	2386	42	court	court	NN
19880	2386	43	failure	failure	NN
19880	2386	44	and	and	CC
19880	2386	45	to	to	TO
19880	2386	46	ensure	ensure	VB
19880	2386	47	disappointment	disappointment	NN
19880	2386	48	and	and	CC
19880	2386	49	unhappiness	unhappiness	NN
19880	2386	50	.	.	.
19880	2387	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2387	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2387	3	to	to	TO
19880	2387	4	be	be	VB
19880	2387	5	remembered	remember	VBN
19880	2387	6	that	that	IN
19880	2387	7	never	never	RB
19880	2387	8	was	be	VBD
19880	2387	9	the	the	DT
19880	2387	10	world	world	NN
19880	2387	11	so	so	RB
19880	2387	12	exacting	exact	VBG
19880	2387	13	of	of	IN
19880	2387	14	the	the	DT
19880	2387	15	artist	artist	NN
19880	2387	16	,	,	,
19880	2387	17	and	and	CC
19880	2387	18	never	never	RB
19880	2387	19	were	be	VBD
19880	2387	20	there	there	RB
19880	2387	21	so	so	RB
19880	2387	22	many	many	JJ
19880	2387	23	aspirants	aspirant	NNS
19880	2387	24	to	to	IN
19880	2387	25	popular	popular	JJ
19880	2387	26	favor	favor	NN
19880	2387	27	,	,	,
19880	2387	28	so	so	IN
19880	2387	29	that	that	IN
19880	2387	30	the	the	DT
19880	2387	31	competition	competition	NN
19880	2387	32	in	in	IN
19880	2387	33	the	the	DT
19880	2387	34	ranks	rank	NNS
19880	2387	35	of	of	IN
19880	2387	36	the	the	DT
19880	2387	37	actors	actor	NNS
19880	2387	38	and	and	CC
19880	2387	39	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2387	40	,	,	,
19880	2387	41	at	at	IN
19880	2387	42	least	least	JJS
19880	2387	43	,	,	,
19880	2387	44	is	be	VBZ
19880	2387	45	very	very	RB
19880	2387	46	keen	keen	JJ
19880	2387	47	.	.	.
19880	2388	1	At	at	IN
19880	2388	2	the	the	DT
19880	2388	3	same	same	JJ
19880	2388	4	time	time	NN
19880	2388	5	,	,	,
19880	2388	6	there	there	EX
19880	2388	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	2388	8	room	room	NN
19880	2388	9	for	for	IN
19880	2388	10	a	a	DT
19880	2388	11	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2388	12	class	class	NN
19880	2388	13	of	of	IN
19880	2388	14	persons	person	NNS
19880	2388	15	--	--	:
19880	2388	16	viz	viz	NNP
19880	2388	17	.	.	.
19880	2388	18	,	,	,
19880	2388	19	those	those	DT
19880	2388	20	with	with	IN
19880	2388	21	good	good	JJ
19880	2388	22	health	health	NN
19880	2388	23	,	,	,
19880	2388	24	excellent	excellent	JJ
19880	2388	25	physique	physique	NN
19880	2388	26	,	,	,
19880	2388	27	first	first	JJ
19880	2388	28	-	-	HYPH
19880	2388	29	rate	rate	NN
19880	2388	30	ability	ability	NN
19880	2388	31	,	,	,
19880	2388	32	self	self	NN
19880	2388	33	-	-	HYPH
19880	2388	34	control	control	NN
19880	2388	35	,	,	,
19880	2388	36	sound	sound	JJ
19880	2388	37	moral	moral	JJ
19880	2388	38	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2388	39	,	,	,
19880	2388	40	perseverance	perseverance	NN
19880	2388	41	,	,	,
19880	2388	42	industry	industry	NN
19880	2388	43	,	,	,
19880	2388	44	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2388	45	feeling	feeling	NN
19880	2388	46	,	,	,
19880	2388	47	and	and	CC
19880	2388	48	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	2388	49	insight	insight	NN
19880	2388	50	,	,	,
19880	2388	51	with	with	IN
19880	2388	52	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2388	53	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2388	54	trained	train	VBN
19880	2388	55	like	like	IN
19880	2388	56	the	the	DT
19880	2388	57	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	2388	58	of	of	IN
19880	2388	59	the	the	DT
19880	2388	60	athlete	athlete	NN
19880	2388	61	,	,	,
19880	2388	62	and	and	CC
19880	2388	63	,	,	,
19880	2388	64	in	in	IN
19880	2388	65	the	the	DT
19880	2388	66	case	case	NN
19880	2388	67	of	of	IN
19880	2388	68	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2388	69	,	,	,
19880	2388	70	sound	sound	VBP
19880	2388	71	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2388	72	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	2388	73	and	and	CC
19880	2388	74	an	an	DT
19880	2388	75	exacting	exact	VBG
19880	2388	76	and	and	CC
19880	2388	77	reliable	reliable	JJ
19880	2388	78	ear	ear	NN
19880	2388	79	.	.	.
19880	2389	1	Considering	consider	VBG
19880	2389	2	that	that	IN
19880	2389	3	the	the	DT
19880	2389	4	actor	actor	NN
19880	2389	5	,	,	,
19880	2389	6	often	often	RB
19880	2389	7	the	the	DT
19880	2389	8	public	public	JJ
19880	2389	9	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2389	10	,	,	,
19880	2389	11	and	and	CC
19880	2389	12	the	the	DT
19880	2389	13	singer	singer	NN
19880	2389	14	are	be	VBP
19880	2389	15	constantly	constantly	RB
19880	2389	16	being	be	VBG
19880	2389	17	put	put	VBN
19880	2389	18	under	under	IN
19880	2389	19	excessive	excessive	JJ
19880	2389	20	strain	strain	NN
19880	2389	21	,	,	,
19880	2389	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2389	23	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	2389	24	that	that	IN
19880	2389	25	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2389	26	1	1	LS
19880	2389	27	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2389	28	such	such	JJ
19880	2389	29	persons	person	NNS
19880	2389	30	should	should	MD
19880	2389	31	begin	begin	VB
19880	2389	32	with	with	IN
19880	2389	33	an	an	DT
19880	2389	34	unusually	unusually	RB
19880	2389	35	good	good	JJ
19880	2389	36	physical	physical	JJ
19880	2389	37	organization	organization	NN
19880	2389	38	--	--	:
19880	2389	39	others	other	NNS
19880	2389	40	can	can	MD
19880	2389	41	scarcely	scarcely	RB
19880	2389	42	hope	hope	VB
19880	2389	43	to	to	TO
19880	2389	44	get	get	VB
19880	2389	45	into	into	IN
19880	2389	46	the	the	DT
19880	2389	47	first	first	JJ
19880	2389	48	class	class	NN
19880	2389	49	,	,	,
19880	2389	50	even	even	RB
19880	2389	51	with	with	IN
19880	2389	52	the	the	DT
19880	2389	53	best	good	JJS
19880	2389	54	abilities	ability	NNS
19880	2389	55	;	;	:
19880	2389	56	and	and	CC
19880	2389	57	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2389	58	2	2	LS
19880	2389	59	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2389	60	because	because	IN
19880	2389	61	there	there	EX
19880	2389	62	is	be	VBZ
19880	2389	63	a	a	DT
19880	2389	64	tendency	tendency	NN
19880	2389	65	to	to	IN
19880	2389	66	exhaustion	exhaustion	NN
19880	2389	67	of	of	IN
19880	2389	68	the	the	DT
19880	2389	69	body	body	NN
19880	2389	70	and	and	CC
19880	2389	71	mind	mind	NN
19880	2389	72	through	through	IN
19880	2389	73	emotional	emotional	JJ
19880	2389	74	and	and	CC
19880	2389	75	other	other	JJ
19880	2389	76	expenditure	expenditure	NN
19880	2389	77	,	,	,
19880	2389	78	the	the	DT
19880	2389	79	public	public	JJ
19880	2389	80	voice	voice	NN
19880	2389	81	-	-	HYPH
19880	2389	82	user	user	NN
19880	2389	83	must	must	MD
19880	2389	84	take	take	VB
19880	2389	85	precautions	precaution	NNS
19880	2389	86	,	,	,
19880	2389	87	on	on	IN
19880	2389	88	the	the	DT
19880	2389	89	one	one	CD
19880	2389	90	hand	hand	NN
19880	2389	91	,	,	,
19880	2389	92	to	to	TO
19880	2389	93	prevent	prevent	VB
19880	2389	94	this	this	DT
19880	2389	95	,	,	,
19880	2389	96	and	and	CC
19880	2389	97	,	,	,
19880	2389	98	on	on	IN
19880	2389	99	the	the	DT
19880	2389	100	other	other	JJ
19880	2389	101	,	,	,
19880	2389	102	to	to	TO
19880	2389	103	make	make	VB
19880	2389	104	good	good	JJ
19880	2389	105	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2389	106	outlay	outlay	NN
19880	2389	107	by	by	IN
19880	2389	108	special	special	JJ
19880	2389	109	means	mean	NNS
19880	2389	110	.	.	.
19880	2390	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2390	2	needs	need	VBZ
19880	2390	3	more	more	JJR
19880	2390	4	sleep	sleep	NN
19880	2390	5	and	and	CC
19880	2390	6	rest	rest	VB
19880	2390	7	generally	generally	RB
19880	2390	8	than	than	IN
19880	2390	9	others	other	NNS
19880	2390	10	,	,	,
19880	2390	11	and	and	CC
19880	2390	12	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2390	13	should	should	MD
19880	2390	14	counteract	counteract	VB
19880	2390	15	the	the	DT
19880	2390	16	influence	influence	NN
19880	2390	17	of	of	IN
19880	2390	18	unhealthy	unhealthy	JJ
19880	2390	19	conditions	condition	NNS
19880	2390	20	on	on	IN
19880	2390	21	the	the	DT
19880	2390	22	stage	stage	NN
19880	2390	23	or	or	CC
19880	2390	24	platform	platform	NN
19880	2390	25	by	by	IN
19880	2390	26	some	some	DT
19880	2390	27	quiet	quiet	JJ
19880	2390	28	hours	hour	NNS
19880	2390	29	in	in	IN
19880	2390	30	the	the	DT
19880	2390	31	open	open	JJ
19880	2390	32	air	air	NN
19880	2390	33	,	,	,
19880	2390	34	all	all	PDT
19880	2390	35	the	the	DT
19880	2390	36	better	well	JJR
19880	2390	37	if	if	IN
19880	2390	38	with	with	IN
19880	2390	39	some	some	DT
19880	2390	40	congenial	congenial	JJ
19880	2390	41	friend	friend	NN
19880	2390	42	,	,	,
19880	2390	43	sympathetic	sympathetic	JJ
19880	2390	44	with	with	IN
19880	2390	45	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2390	46	aims	aim	NNS
19880	2390	47	,	,	,
19880	2390	48	yet	yet	CC
19880	2390	49	belonging	belong	VBG
19880	2390	50	,	,	,
19880	2390	51	preferably	preferably	RB
19880	2390	52	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	2390	53	,	,	,
19880	2390	54	to	to	IN
19880	2390	55	another	another	DT
19880	2390	56	profession	profession	NN
19880	2390	57	,	,	,
19880	2390	58	and	and	CC
19880	2390	59	who	who	WP
19880	2390	60	will	will	MD
19880	2390	61	speak	speak	VB
19880	2390	62	of	of	IN
19880	2390	63	topics	topic	NNS
19880	2390	64	other	other	JJ
19880	2390	65	than	than	IN
19880	2390	66	those	those	DT
19880	2390	67	that	that	WDT
19880	2390	68	are	be	VBP
19880	2390	69	ever	ever	RB
19880	2390	70	recurring	recur	VBG
19880	2390	71	in	in	IN
19880	2390	72	the	the	DT
19880	2390	73	life	life	NN
19880	2390	74	of	of	IN
19880	2390	75	an	an	DT
19880	2390	76	artist	artist	NN
19880	2390	77	.	.	.
19880	2391	1	The	the	DT
19880	2391	2	uninterrupted	uninterrupted	JJ
19880	2391	3	pursuit	pursuit	NN
19880	2391	4	of	of	IN
19880	2391	5	one	one	CD
19880	2391	6	thing	thing	NN
19880	2391	7	,	,	,
19880	2391	8	without	without	IN
19880	2391	9	the	the	DT
19880	2391	10	mind	mind	NN
19880	2391	11	and	and	CC
19880	2391	12	spirit	spirit	NN
19880	2391	13	being	be	VBG
19880	2391	14	fed	feed	VBN
19880	2391	15	from	from	IN
19880	2391	16	other	other	JJ
19880	2391	17	springs	spring	NNS
19880	2391	18	,	,	,
19880	2391	19	can	can	MD
19880	2391	20	be	be	VB
19880	2391	21	good	good	JJ
19880	2391	22	for	for	IN
19880	2391	23	no	no	DT
19880	2391	24	human	human	JJ
19880	2391	25	being	being	NN
19880	2391	26	.	.	.
19880	2392	1	The	the	DT
19880	2392	2	specialist	specialist	NN
19880	2392	3	who	who	WP
19880	2392	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2392	5	only	only	RB
19880	2392	6	a	a	DT
19880	2392	7	specialist	specialist	NN
19880	2392	8	will	will	MD
19880	2392	9	never	never	RB
19880	2392	10	reach	reach	VB
19880	2392	11	the	the	DT
19880	2392	12	very	very	RB
19880	2392	13	highest	high	JJS
19880	2392	14	point	point	NN
19880	2392	15	.	.	.
19880	2393	1	The	the	DT
19880	2393	2	artist	artist	NN
19880	2393	3	must	must	MD
19880	2393	4	seek	seek	VB
19880	2393	5	sources	source	NNS
19880	2393	6	of	of	IN
19880	2393	7	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	2393	8	and	and	CC
19880	2393	9	mental	mental	JJ
19880	2393	10	nutriment	nutriment	NN
19880	2393	11	outside	outside	RB
19880	2393	12	of	of	IN
19880	2393	13	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2393	14	own	own	JJ
19880	2393	15	line	line	NN
19880	2393	16	of	of	IN
19880	2393	17	thought	thought	NN
19880	2393	18	,	,	,
19880	2393	19	or	or	CC
19880	2393	20	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2393	21	will	will	MD
19880	2393	22	suffer	suffer	VB
19880	2393	23	professionally	professionally	RB
19880	2393	24	and	and	CC
19880	2393	25	in	in	IN
19880	2393	26	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2393	27	own	own	JJ
19880	2393	28	spirit	spirit	NN
19880	2393	29	.	.	.
19880	2394	1	The	the	DT
19880	2394	2	reader	reader	NN
19880	2394	3	will	will	MD
19880	2394	4	by	by	IN
19880	2394	5	this	this	DT
19880	2394	6	time	time	NN
19880	2394	7	understand	understand	VB
19880	2394	8	why	why	WRB
19880	2394	9	the	the	DT
19880	2394	10	author	author	NN
19880	2394	11	considers	consider	VBZ
19880	2394	12	that	that	IN
19880	2394	13	for	for	IN
19880	2394	14	one	one	CD
19880	2394	15	who	who	WP
19880	2394	16	would	would	MD
19880	2394	17	be	be	VB
19880	2394	18	an	an	DT
19880	2394	19	artist	artist	NN
19880	2394	20	to	to	TO
19880	2394	21	enter	enter	VB
19880	2394	22	on	on	IN
19880	2394	23	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2394	24	public	public	JJ
19880	2394	25	career	career	NN
19880	2394	26	without	without	IN
19880	2394	27	the	the	DT
19880	2394	28	fullest	full	JJS
19880	2394	29	mental	mental	JJ
19880	2394	30	equipment	equipment	NN
19880	2394	31	and	and	CC
19880	2394	32	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2394	33	training	training	NN
19880	2394	34	is	be	VBZ
19880	2394	35	an	an	DT
19880	2394	36	exceedingly	exceedingly	RB
19880	2394	37	unwise	unwise	JJ
19880	2394	38	course	course	NN
19880	2394	39	.	.	.
19880	2395	1	Technique	technique	NN
19880	2395	2	should	should	MD
19880	2395	3	be	be	VB
19880	2395	4	acquired	acquire	VBN
19880	2395	5	before	before	IN
19880	2395	6	an	an	DT
19880	2395	7	aspirant	aspirant	NN
19880	2395	8	to	to	IN
19880	2395	9	success	success	NN
19880	2395	10	steps	step	NNS
19880	2395	11	on	on	IN
19880	2395	12	a	a	DT
19880	2395	13	public	public	JJ
19880	2395	14	stage	stage	NN
19880	2395	15	or	or	CC
19880	2395	16	platform	platform	NN
19880	2395	17	,	,	,
19880	2395	18	and	and	CC
19880	2395	19	this	this	DT
19880	2395	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	2395	21	exactly	exactly	RB
19880	2395	22	what	what	WP
19880	2395	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	2395	24	so	so	RB
19880	2395	25	seldom	seldom	RB
19880	2395	26	done	do	VBN
19880	2395	27	in	in	IN
19880	2395	28	these	these	DT
19880	2395	29	days	day	NNS
19880	2395	30	,	,	,
19880	2395	31	and	and	CC
19880	2395	32	why	why	WRB
19880	2395	33	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2395	34	have	have	VBP
19880	2395	35	so	so	RB
19880	2395	36	few	few	JJ
19880	2395	37	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2395	38	,	,	,
19880	2395	39	actors	actor	NNS
19880	2395	40	,	,	,
19880	2395	41	and	and	CC
19880	2395	42	public	public	JJ
19880	2395	43	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	2395	44	of	of	IN
19880	2395	45	the	the	DT
19880	2395	46	highest	high	JJS
19880	2395	47	rank	rank	NN
19880	2395	48	.	.	.
19880	2396	1	Many	many	JJ
19880	2396	2	,	,	,
19880	2396	3	very	very	RB
19880	2396	4	many	many	JJ
19880	2396	5	,	,	,
19880	2396	6	know	know	VB
19880	2396	7	what	what	WP
19880	2396	8	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2396	9	wish	wish	VBP
19880	2396	10	to	to	TO
19880	2396	11	express	express	VB
19880	2396	12	,	,	,
19880	2396	13	and	and	CC
19880	2396	14	,	,	,
19880	2396	15	in	in	IN
19880	2396	16	a	a	DT
19880	2396	17	sense	sense	NN
19880	2396	18	,	,	,
19880	2396	19	how	how	WRB
19880	2396	20	to	to	TO
19880	2396	21	express	express	VB
19880	2396	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2396	23	,	,	,
19880	2396	24	but	but	CC
19880	2396	25	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2396	26	have	have	VBP
19880	2396	27	neither	neither	CC
19880	2396	28	the	the	DT
19880	2396	29	formed	form	VBN
19880	2396	30	voice	voice	NN
19880	2396	31	nor	nor	CC
19880	2396	32	the	the	DT
19880	2396	33	control	control	NN
19880	2396	34	of	of	IN
19880	2396	35	that	that	DT
19880	2396	36	voice	voice	NN
19880	2396	37	by	by	IN
19880	2396	38	which	which	WDT
19880	2396	39	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2396	40	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	2396	41	are	be	VBP
19880	2396	42	to	to	TO
19880	2396	43	be	be	VB
19880	2396	44	embodied	embody	VBN
19880	2396	45	.	.	.
19880	2397	1	Let	let	VB
19880	2397	2	no	no	DT
19880	2397	3	one	one	NN
19880	2397	4	delude	delude	VB
19880	2397	5	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2397	6	into	into	IN
19880	2397	7	the	the	DT
19880	2397	8	belief	belief	NN
19880	2397	9	that	that	DT
19880	2397	10	technique	technique	NN
19880	2397	11	will	will	MD
19880	2397	12	be	be	VB
19880	2397	13	learned	learn	VBN
19880	2397	14	in	in	IN
19880	2397	15	public	public	NN
19880	2397	16	;	;	:
19880	2397	17	such	such	JJ
19880	2397	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	2397	19	rarely	rarely	RB
19880	2397	20	,	,	,
19880	2397	21	if	if	IN
19880	2397	22	ever	ever	RB
19880	2397	23	,	,	,
19880	2397	24	the	the	DT
19880	2397	25	case	case	NN
19880	2397	26	.	.	.
19880	2398	1	Expression	expression	NN
19880	2398	2	,	,	,
19880	2398	3	style	style	NN
19880	2398	4	,	,	,
19880	2398	5	etc	etc	FW
19880	2398	6	.	.	.
19880	2398	7	,	,	,
19880	2398	8	may	may	MD
19880	2398	9	come	come	VB
19880	2398	10	to	to	IN
19880	2398	11	the	the	DT
19880	2398	12	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	2398	13	or	or	CC
19880	2398	14	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2398	15	all	all	PDT
19880	2398	16	the	the	DT
19880	2398	17	more	more	RBR
19880	2398	18	readily	readily	RB
19880	2398	19	if	if	IN
19880	2398	20	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2398	21	occasionally	occasionally	RB
19880	2398	22	goes	go	VBZ
19880	2398	23	before	before	IN
19880	2398	24	the	the	DT
19880	2398	25	public	public	NN
19880	2398	26	;	;	:
19880	2398	27	but	but	CC
19880	2398	28	that	that	IN
19880	2398	29	such	such	JJ
19880	2398	30	may	may	MD
19880	2398	31	be	be	VB
19880	2398	32	so	so	RB
19880	2398	33	,	,	,
19880	2398	34	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2398	35	must	must	MD
19880	2398	36	first	first	RB
19880	2398	37	have	have	VB
19880	2398	38	voice	voice	NN
19880	2398	39	and	and	CC
19880	2398	40	technique	technique	NN
19880	2398	41	.	.	.
19880	2399	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2399	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2399	3	because	because	IN
19880	2399	4	of	of	IN
19880	2399	5	the	the	DT
19880	2399	6	neglect	neglect	NN
19880	2399	7	of	of	IN
19880	2399	8	this	this	DT
19880	2399	9	training	training	NN
19880	2399	10	for	for	IN
19880	2399	11	the	the	DT
19880	2399	12	acquirement	acquirement	NN
19880	2399	13	of	of	IN
19880	2399	14	technique	technique	NN
19880	2399	15	that	that	WDT
19880	2399	16	so	so	RB
19880	2399	17	many	many	JJ
19880	2399	18	naturally	naturally	RB
19880	2399	19	good	good	JJ
19880	2399	20	voices	voice	NNS
19880	2399	21	are	be	VBP
19880	2399	22	of	of	IN
19880	2399	23	little	little	JJ
19880	2399	24	practical	practical	JJ
19880	2399	25	use	use	NN
19880	2399	26	for	for	IN
19880	2399	27	the	the	DT
19880	2399	28	public	public	NN
19880	2399	29	,	,	,
19880	2399	30	and	and	CC
19880	2399	31	this	this	DT
19880	2399	32	explains	explain	VBZ
19880	2399	33	why	why	WRB
19880	2399	34	the	the	DT
19880	2399	35	ranks	rank	NNS
19880	2399	36	of	of	IN
19880	2399	37	the	the	DT
19880	2399	38	professions	profession	NNS
19880	2399	39	are	be	VBP
19880	2399	40	crowded	crowd	VBN
19880	2399	41	with	with	IN
19880	2399	42	inferior	inferior	JJ
19880	2399	43	artists	artist	NNS
19880	2399	44	,	,	,
19880	2399	45	if	if	IN
19880	2399	46	,	,	,
19880	2399	47	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	2399	48	,	,	,
19880	2399	49	artists	artist	NNS
19880	2399	50	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2399	51	may	may	MD
19880	2399	52	be	be	VB
19880	2399	53	called	call	VBN
19880	2399	54	.	.	.
19880	2400	1	The	the	DT
19880	2400	2	_	_	NNP
19880	2400	3	isolation	isolation	NN
19880	2400	4	_	_	NNP
19880	2400	5	of	of	IN
19880	2400	6	the	the	DT
19880	2400	7	dramatic	dramatic	JJ
19880	2400	8	and	and	CC
19880	2400	9	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2400	10	artist	artist	NN
19880	2400	11	from	from	IN
19880	2400	12	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2400	13	fellows	fellow	NNS
19880	2400	14	generally	generally	RB
19880	2400	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	2400	16	a	a	DT
19880	2400	17	great	great	JJ
19880	2400	18	evil	evil	NN
19880	2400	19	.	.	.
19880	2401	1	Much	much	RB
19880	2401	2	that	that	DT
19880	2401	3	society	society	NN
19880	2401	4	complains	complain	VBZ
19880	2401	5	of	of	IN
19880	2401	6	in	in	IN
19880	2401	7	the	the	DT
19880	2401	8	lives	life	NNS
19880	2401	9	of	of	IN
19880	2401	10	artists	artist	NNS
19880	2401	11	would	would	MD
19880	2401	12	never	never	RB
19880	2401	13	exist	exist	VB
19880	2401	14	but	but	CC
19880	2401	15	for	for	IN
19880	2401	16	this	this	DT
19880	2401	17	isolation	isolation	NN
19880	2401	18	,	,	,
19880	2401	19	in	in	IN
19880	2401	20	spite	spite	NN
19880	2401	21	of	of	IN
19880	2401	22	the	the	DT
19880	2401	23	fact	fact	NN
19880	2401	24	that	that	IN
19880	2401	25	the	the	DT
19880	2401	26	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	2401	27	temperament	temperament	NN
19880	2401	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	2401	29	so	so	RB
19880	2401	30	moody	moody	JJ
19880	2401	31	and	and	CC
19880	2401	32	so	so	RB
19880	2401	33	impulsive	impulsive	JJ
19880	2401	34	,	,	,
19880	2401	35	so	so	RB
19880	2401	36	little	little	JJ
19880	2401	37	regardful	regardful	JJ
19880	2401	38	of	of	IN
19880	2401	39	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	2401	40	conventionalities	conventionality	NNS
19880	2401	41	.	.	.
19880	2402	1	That	that	IN
19880	2402	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2402	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2402	4	so	so	RB
19880	2402	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	2402	6	partly	partly	RB
19880	2402	7	the	the	DT
19880	2402	8	fault	fault	NN
19880	2402	9	of	of	IN
19880	2402	10	society	society	NN
19880	2402	11	.	.	.
19880	2403	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2403	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2403	3	quite	quite	RB
19880	2403	4	true	true	JJ
19880	2403	5	that	that	IN
19880	2403	6	because	because	IN
19880	2403	7	of	of	IN
19880	2403	8	journeying	journeying	NN
19880	2403	9	,	,	,
19880	2403	10	rehearsals	rehearsal	NNS
19880	2403	11	,	,	,
19880	2403	12	etc	etc	FW
19880	2403	13	.	.	FW
19880	2403	14	,	,	,
19880	2403	15	the	the	DT
19880	2403	16	travelling	travel	VBG
19880	2403	17	artist	artist	NN
19880	2403	18	has	have	VBZ
19880	2403	19	little	little	JJ
19880	2403	20	time	time	NN
19880	2403	21	to	to	TO
19880	2403	22	meet	meet	VB
19880	2403	23	the	the	DT
19880	2403	24	members	member	NNS
19880	2403	25	of	of	IN
19880	2403	26	the	the	DT
19880	2403	27	community	community	NN
19880	2403	28	in	in	IN
19880	2403	29	private	private	JJ
19880	2403	30	life	life	NN
19880	2403	31	;	;	:
19880	2403	32	but	but	CC
19880	2403	33	this	this	DT
19880	2403	34	state	state	NN
19880	2403	35	of	of	IN
19880	2403	36	things	thing	NNS
19880	2403	37	could	could	MD
19880	2403	38	be	be	VB
19880	2403	39	mitigated	mitigate	VBN
19880	2403	40	were	be	VBD
19880	2403	41	society	society	NN
19880	2403	42	and	and	CC
19880	2403	43	the	the	DT
19880	2403	44	artists	artist	NNS
19880	2403	45	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2403	46	convinced	convince	VBD
19880	2403	47	that	that	IN
19880	2403	48	for	for	IN
19880	2403	49	any	any	DT
19880	2403	50	class	class	NN
19880	2403	51	of	of	IN
19880	2403	52	people	people	NNS
19880	2403	53	to	to	TO
19880	2403	54	live	live	VB
19880	2403	55	in	in	IN
19880	2403	56	little	little	JJ
19880	2403	57	hives	hive	NNS
19880	2403	58	,	,	,
19880	2403	59	wholly	wholly	RB
19880	2403	60	separated	separate	VBN
19880	2403	61	from	from	IN
19880	2403	62	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2403	63	fellows	fellow	NNS
19880	2403	64	,	,	,
19880	2403	65	must	must	MD
19880	2403	66	be	be	VB
19880	2403	67	unfortunate	unfortunate	JJ
19880	2403	68	for	for	IN
19880	2403	69	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2403	70	and	and	CC
19880	2403	71	society	society	NN
19880	2403	72	.	.	.
19880	2404	1	Artists	artist	NNS
19880	2404	2	as	as	IN
19880	2404	3	men	man	NNS
19880	2404	4	and	and	CC
19880	2404	5	women	woman	NNS
19880	2404	6	are	be	VBP
19880	2404	7	practically	practically	RB
19880	2404	8	unknown	unknown	JJ
19880	2404	9	to	to	IN
19880	2404	10	the	the	DT
19880	2404	11	world	world	NN
19880	2404	12	,	,	,
19880	2404	13	though	though	IN
19880	2404	14	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2404	15	false	false	JJ
19880	2404	16	selves	self	NNS
19880	2404	17	as	as	IN
19880	2404	18	represented	represent	VBN
19880	2404	19	by	by	IN
19880	2404	20	sensational	sensational	JJ
19880	2404	21	paragraphs	paragraph	NNS
19880	2404	22	in	in	IN
19880	2404	23	newspapers	newspaper	NNS
19880	2404	24	are	be	VBP
19880	2404	25	only	only	RB
19880	2404	26	too	too	RB
19880	2404	27	familiar	familiar	JJ
19880	2404	28	to	to	IN
19880	2404	29	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2404	30	.	.	.
19880	2405	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2405	2	may	may	MD
19880	2405	3	truly	truly	RB
19880	2405	4	be	be	VB
19880	2405	5	said	say	VBN
19880	2405	6	of	of	IN
19880	2405	7	the	the	DT
19880	2405	8	artist	artist	NN
19880	2405	9	:	:	:
19880	2405	10	"	"	``
19880	2405	11	Be	be	VB
19880	2405	12	thou	thou	NNP
19880	2405	13	as	as	RB
19880	2405	14	chaste	chaste	JJ
19880	2405	15	as	as	IN
19880	2405	16	ice	ice	NN
19880	2405	17	,	,	,
19880	2405	18	as	as	RB
19880	2405	19	pure	pure	JJ
19880	2405	20	as	as	IN
19880	2405	21	snow	snow	NN
19880	2405	22	,	,	,
19880	2405	23	thou	thou	NNP
19880	2405	24	shalt	shalt	NNP
19880	2405	25	not	not	RB
19880	2405	26	escape	escape	VB
19880	2405	27	calumny	calumny	NN
19880	2405	28	.	.	.
19880	2405	29	"	"	''
19880	2406	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2406	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2406	3	within	within	IN
19880	2406	4	the	the	DT
19880	2406	5	power	power	NN
19880	2406	6	of	of	IN
19880	2406	7	society	society	NN
19880	2406	8	to	to	TO
19880	2406	9	alter	alter	VB
19880	2406	10	this	this	DT
19880	2406	11	,	,	,
19880	2406	12	and	and	CC
19880	2406	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2406	14	should	should	MD
19880	2406	15	do	do	VB
19880	2406	16	so	so	RB
19880	2406	17	.	.	.
19880	2407	1	Why	why	WRB
19880	2407	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2407	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2407	4	that	that	IN
19880	2407	5	actors	actor	NNS
19880	2407	6	and	and	CC
19880	2407	7	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2407	8	do	do	VBP
19880	2407	9	not	not	RB
19880	2407	10	prepare	prepare	VB
19880	2407	11	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2407	12	by	by	IN
19880	2407	13	as	as	RB
19880	2407	14	prolonged	prolong	VBN
19880	2407	15	and	and	CC
19880	2407	16	thorough	thorough	VBD
19880	2407	17	a	a	DT
19880	2407	18	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2407	19	training	training	NN
19880	2407	20	as	as	IN
19880	2407	21	in	in	IN
19880	2407	22	a	a	DT
19880	2407	23	past	past	JJ
19880	2407	24	time	time	NN
19880	2407	25	?	?	.
19880	2408	1	Considering	consider	VBG
19880	2408	2	that	that	IN
19880	2408	3	there	there	EX
19880	2408	4	never	never	RB
19880	2408	5	was	be	VBD
19880	2408	6	a	a	DT
19880	2408	7	period	period	NN
19880	2408	8	when	when	WRB
19880	2408	9	there	there	EX
19880	2408	10	was	be	VBD
19880	2408	11	the	the	DT
19880	2408	12	same	same	JJ
19880	2408	13	scope	scope	NN
19880	2408	14	for	for	IN
19880	2408	15	art	art	NN
19880	2408	16	,	,	,
19880	2408	17	never	never	RB
19880	2408	18	a	a	DT
19880	2408	19	time	time	NN
19880	2408	20	when	when	WRB
19880	2408	21	the	the	DT
19880	2408	22	public	public	NN
19880	2408	23	was	be	VBD
19880	2408	24	so	so	RB
19880	2408	25	eager	eager	JJ
19880	2408	26	to	to	TO
19880	2408	27	hear	hear	VB
19880	2408	28	and	and	CC
19880	2408	29	so	so	RB
19880	2408	30	able	able	JJ
19880	2408	31	to	to	TO
19880	2408	32	pay	pay	VB
19880	2408	33	for	for	IN
19880	2408	34	art	art	NN
19880	2408	35	,	,	,
19880	2408	36	as	as	IN
19880	2408	37	now	now	RB
19880	2408	38	,	,	,
19880	2408	39	never	never	RB
19880	2408	40	a	a	DT
19880	2408	41	period	period	NN
19880	2408	42	of	of	IN
19880	2408	43	such	such	JJ
19880	2408	44	widespread	widespread	JJ
19880	2408	45	intelligence	intelligence	NN
19880	2408	46	on	on	IN
19880	2408	47	all	all	DT
19880	2408	48	subjects	subject	NNS
19880	2408	49	,	,	,
19880	2408	50	music	music	NN
19880	2408	51	included	include	VBN
19880	2408	52	,	,	,
19880	2408	53	the	the	DT
19880	2408	54	question	question	NN
19880	2408	55	is	be	VBZ
19880	2408	56	a	a	DT
19880	2408	57	very	very	RB
19880	2408	58	pertinent	pertinent	JJ
19880	2408	59	one	one	NN
19880	2408	60	.	.	.
19880	2409	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2409	2	believe	believe	VBP
19880	2409	3	there	there	EX
19880	2409	4	are	be	VBP
19880	2409	5	many	many	JJ
19880	2409	6	factors	factor	NNS
19880	2409	7	underlying	underlie	VBG
19880	2409	8	the	the	DT
19880	2409	9	technical	technical	JJ
19880	2409	10	decadence	decadence	NN
19880	2409	11	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2409	12	must	must	MD
19880	2409	13	regret	regret	VB
19880	2409	14	.	.	.
19880	2410	1	The	the	DT
19880	2410	2	orchestra	orchestra	NN
19880	2410	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	2410	4	greatly	greatly	RB
19880	2410	5	developed	develop	VBN
19880	2410	6	,	,	,
19880	2410	7	choral	choral	JJ
19880	2410	8	singing	singing	NN
19880	2410	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	2410	10	common	common	JJ
19880	2410	11	in	in	IN
19880	2410	12	all	all	DT
19880	2410	13	countries	country	NNS
19880	2410	14	,	,	,
19880	2410	15	and	and	CC
19880	2410	16	the	the	DT
19880	2410	17	spirit	spirit	NN
19880	2410	18	of	of	IN
19880	2410	19	the	the	DT
19880	2410	20	times	time	NNS
19880	2410	21	has	have	VBZ
19880	2410	22	changed	change	VBN
19880	2410	23	.	.	.
19880	2411	1	So	so	RB
19880	2411	2	analytical	analytical	JJ
19880	2411	3	,	,	,
19880	2411	4	so	so	RB
19880	2411	5	refined	refined	JJ
19880	2411	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	2411	7	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2411	8	age	age	NN
19880	2411	9	,	,	,
19880	2411	10	that	that	IN
19880	2411	11	singing	singing	NN
19880	2411	12	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	2411	13	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	2411	14	a	a	DT
19880	2411	15	sort	sort	NN
19880	2411	16	of	of	IN
19880	2411	17	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2411	18	declamation	declamation	NN
19880	2411	19	,	,	,
19880	2411	20	but	but	CC
19880	2411	21	,	,	,
19880	2411	22	unfortunately	unfortunately	RB
19880	2411	23	,	,	,
19880	2411	24	without	without	IN
19880	2411	25	that	that	DT
19880	2411	26	power	power	NN
19880	2411	27	to	to	TO
19880	2411	28	declaim	declaim	VB
19880	2411	29	possessed	possess	VBN
19880	2411	30	by	by	IN
19880	2411	31	the	the	DT
19880	2411	32	actors	actor	NNS
19880	2411	33	and	and	CC
19880	2411	34	often	often	RB
19880	2411	35	the	the	DT
19880	2411	36	opera	opera	NN
19880	2411	37	-	-	HYPH
19880	2411	38	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2411	39	of	of	IN
19880	2411	40	a	a	DT
19880	2411	41	former	former	JJ
19880	2411	42	period	period	NN
19880	2411	43	.	.	.
19880	2412	1	A	a	DT
19880	2412	2	singer	singer	NN
19880	2412	3	often	often	RB
19880	2412	4	attempts	attempt	VBZ
19880	2412	5	now	now	RB
19880	2412	6	to	to	TO
19880	2412	7	make	make	VB
19880	2412	8	up	up	RP
19880	2412	9	by	by	IN
19880	2412	10	an	an	DT
19880	2412	11	expressive	expressive	JJ
19880	2412	12	reading	reading	NN
19880	2412	13	of	of	IN
19880	2412	14	a	a	DT
19880	2412	15	song	song	NN
19880	2412	16	,	,	,
19880	2412	17	for	for	IN
19880	2412	18	technical	technical	JJ
19880	2412	19	defects	defect	NNS
19880	2412	20	.	.	.
19880	2413	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2413	2	must	must	MD
19880	2413	3	all	all	RB
19880	2413	4	commend	commend	VB
19880	2413	5	every	every	DT
19880	2413	6	evidence	evidence	NN
19880	2413	7	of	of	IN
19880	2413	8	intellectuality	intellectuality	NN
19880	2413	9	in	in	IN
19880	2413	10	music	music	NN
19880	2413	11	,	,	,
19880	2413	12	but	but	CC
19880	2413	13	this	this	DT
19880	2413	14	does	do	VBZ
19880	2413	15	not	not	RB
19880	2413	16	imply	imply	VB
19880	2413	17	that	that	IN
19880	2413	18	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2413	19	should	should	MD
19880	2413	20	accept	accept	VB
19880	2413	21	good	good	JJ
19880	2413	22	intentions	intention	NNS
19880	2413	23	for	for	IN
19880	2413	24	execution	execution	NN
19880	2413	25	--	--	:
19880	2413	26	performance	performance	NN
19880	2413	27	.	.	.
19880	2414	1	Let	let	VB
19880	2414	2	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2414	3	have	have	VB
19880	2414	4	every	every	DT
19880	2414	5	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2414	6	development	development	NN
19880	2414	7	of	of	IN
19880	2414	8	orchestral	orchestral	JJ
19880	2414	9	music	music	NN
19880	2414	10	;	;	:
19880	2414	11	let	let	VB
19880	2414	12	every	every	DT
19880	2414	13	village	village	NN
19880	2414	14	have	have	VB
19880	2414	15	,	,	,
19880	2414	16	if	if	IN
19880	2414	17	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2414	18	,	,	,
19880	2414	19	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2414	20	choral	choral	JJ
19880	2414	21	society	society	NN
19880	2414	22	,	,	,
19880	2414	23	but	but	CC
19880	2414	24	let	let	VB
19880	2414	25	none	none	NN
19880	2414	26	enter	enter	VB
19880	2414	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2414	28	who	who	WP
19880	2414	29	have	have	VBP
19880	2414	30	not	not	RB
19880	2414	31	been	be	VBN
19880	2414	32	trained	train	VBN
19880	2414	33	vocally	vocally	RB
19880	2414	34	.	.	.
19880	2415	1	Out	out	IN
19880	2415	2	of	of	IN
19880	2415	3	the	the	DT
19880	2415	4	author	author	NN
19880	2415	5	's	's	POS
19880	2415	6	own	own	JJ
19880	2415	7	experience	experience	NN
19880	2415	8	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2415	9	could	could	MD
19880	2415	10	a	a	DT
19880	2415	11	tale	tale	NN
19880	2415	12	unfold	unfold	NN
19880	2415	13	of	of	IN
19880	2415	14	the	the	DT
19880	2415	15	evil	evil	NN
19880	2415	16	done	do	VBN
19880	2415	17	to	to	IN
19880	2415	18	the	the	DT
19880	2415	19	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2415	20	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2415	21	by	by	IN
19880	2415	22	those	those	DT
19880	2415	23	who	who	WP
19880	2415	24	have	have	VBP
19880	2415	25	sung	sing	VBN
19880	2415	26	in	in	IN
19880	2415	27	choirs	choir	NNS
19880	2415	28	without	without	IN
19880	2415	29	adequate	adequate	JJ
19880	2415	30	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2415	31	training	training	NN
19880	2415	32	.	.	.
19880	2416	1	Choristers	chorister	NNS
19880	2416	2	are	be	VBP
19880	2416	3	tempted	tempt	VBN
19880	2416	4	to	to	TO
19880	2416	5	reach	reach	VB
19880	2416	6	high	high	JJ
19880	2416	7	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2416	8	by	by	IN
19880	2416	9	a	a	DT
19880	2416	10	process	process	NN
19880	2416	11	of	of	IN
19880	2416	12	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2416	13	own	own	JJ
19880	2416	14	,	,	,
19880	2416	15	without	without	IN
19880	2416	16	any	any	DT
19880	2416	17	regard	regard	NN
19880	2416	18	to	to	IN
19880	2416	19	registers	register	NNS
19880	2416	20	,	,	,
19880	2416	21	and	and	CC
19880	2416	22	with	with	IN
19880	2416	23	corresponding	corresponding	JJ
19880	2416	24	effects	effect	NNS
19880	2416	25	on	on	IN
19880	2416	26	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2416	27	throats	throat	NNS
19880	2416	28	,	,	,
19880	2416	29	some	some	DT
19880	2416	30	of	of	IN
19880	2416	31	which	which	WDT
19880	2416	32	imply	imply	VBP
19880	2416	33	also	also	RB
19880	2416	34	lasting	last	VBG
19880	2416	35	injury	injury	NN
19880	2416	36	to	to	IN
19880	2416	37	the	the	DT
19880	2416	38	voice	voice	NN
19880	2416	39	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2416	40	.	.	.
19880	2417	1	In	in	IN
19880	2417	2	choral	choral	JJ
19880	2417	3	singing	singing	NN
19880	2417	4	there	there	EX
19880	2417	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	2417	6	the	the	DT
19880	2417	7	tendency	tendency	NN
19880	2417	8	to	to	TO
19880	2417	9	lean	lean	VB
19880	2417	10	on	on	IN
19880	2417	11	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2417	12	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2417	13	who	who	WP
19880	2417	14	are	be	VBP
19880	2417	15	natural	natural	JJ
19880	2417	16	leaders	leader	NNS
19880	2417	17	,	,	,
19880	2417	18	with	with	IN
19880	2417	19	the	the	DT
19880	2417	20	result	result	NN
19880	2417	21	that	that	IN
19880	2417	22	there	there	EX
19880	2417	23	is	be	VBZ
19880	2417	24	little	little	JJ
19880	2417	25	independent	independent	JJ
19880	2417	26	listening	listening	NN
19880	2417	27	and	and	CC
19880	2417	28	individual	individual	JJ
19880	2417	29	culture	culture	NN
19880	2417	30	,	,	,
19880	2417	31	even	even	RB
19880	2417	32	if	if	IN
19880	2417	33	the	the	DT
19880	2417	34	singer	singer	NN
19880	2417	35	could	could	MD
19880	2417	36	hear	hear	VB
19880	2417	37	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2417	38	own	own	JJ
19880	2417	39	voice	voice	NN
19880	2417	40	well	well	RB
19880	2417	41	,	,	,
19880	2417	42	which	which	WDT
19880	2417	43	is	be	VBZ
19880	2417	44	not	not	RB
19880	2417	45	usually	usually	RB
19880	2417	46	the	the	DT
19880	2417	47	case	case	NN
19880	2417	48	.	.	.
19880	2418	1	The	the	DT
19880	2418	2	same	same	JJ
19880	2418	3	objections	objection	NNS
19880	2418	4	and	and	CC
19880	2418	5	others	other	NNS
19880	2418	6	apply	apply	VBP
19880	2418	7	to	to	IN
19880	2418	8	class	class	NN
19880	2418	9	singing	singing	NN
19880	2418	10	in	in	IN
19880	2418	11	schools	school	NNS
19880	2418	12	,	,	,
19880	2418	13	which	which	WDT
19880	2418	14	does	do	VBZ
19880	2418	15	little	little	JJ
19880	2418	16	for	for	IN
19880	2418	17	music	music	NN
19880	2418	18	,	,	,
19880	2418	19	and	and	CC
19880	2418	20	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	2418	21	to	to	TO
19880	2418	22	make	make	VB
19880	2418	23	slovenly	slovenly	JJ
19880	2418	24	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2418	25	.	.	.
19880	2419	1	If	if	IN
19880	2419	2	some	some	DT
19880	2419	3	of	of	IN
19880	2419	4	the	the	DT
19880	2419	5	time	time	NN
19880	2419	6	given	give	VBN
19880	2419	7	to	to	IN
19880	2419	8	school	school	NN
19880	2419	9	singing	singing	NN
19880	2419	10	were	be	VBD
19880	2419	11	taken	take	VBN
19880	2419	12	up	up	RP
19880	2419	13	in	in	IN
19880	2419	14	illustrating	illustrate	VBG
19880	2419	15	why	why	WRB
19880	2419	16	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2419	17	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2419	18	selections	selection	NNS
19880	2419	19	are	be	VBP
19880	2419	20	good	good	JJ
19880	2419	21	,	,	,
19880	2419	22	and	and	CC
19880	2419	23	others	other	NNS
19880	2419	24	mere	mere	JJ
19880	2419	25	rubbish	rubbish	NN
19880	2419	26	--	--	:
19880	2419	27	in	in	IN
19880	2419	28	other	other	JJ
19880	2419	29	words	word	NNS
19880	2419	30	,	,	,
19880	2419	31	in	in	IN
19880	2419	32	forming	form	VBG
19880	2419	33	the	the	DT
19880	2419	34	taste	taste	NN
19880	2419	35	of	of	IN
19880	2419	36	the	the	DT
19880	2419	37	nation	nation	NN
19880	2419	38	in	in	IN
19880	2419	39	the	the	DT
19880	2419	40	children	child	NNS
19880	2419	41	--	--	:
19880	2419	42	a	a	DT
19880	2419	43	valuable	valuable	JJ
19880	2419	44	work	work	NN
19880	2419	45	would	would	MD
19880	2419	46	be	be	VB
19880	2419	47	done	do	VBN
19880	2419	48	;	;	:
19880	2419	49	but	but	CC
19880	2419	50	school	school	NN
19880	2419	51	class	class	NN
19880	2419	52	singing	singing	NN
19880	2419	53	,	,	,
19880	2419	54	as	as	IN
19880	2419	55	commonly	commonly	RB
19880	2419	56	carried	carry	VBN
19880	2419	57	out	out	RP
19880	2419	58	,	,	,
19880	2419	59	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	2419	60	rather	rather	RB
19880	2419	61	to	to	TO
19880	2419	62	injure	injure	VB
19880	2419	63	than	than	IN
19880	2419	64	develop	develop	VB
19880	2419	65	voices	voice	NNS
19880	2419	66	and	and	CC
19880	2419	67	good	good	JJ
19880	2419	68	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2419	69	taste	taste	NN
19880	2419	70	.	.	.
19880	2420	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2420	2	can	can	MD
19880	2420	3	not	not	RB
19880	2420	4	honestly	honestly	RB
19880	2420	5	pass	pass	VB
19880	2420	6	by	by	IN
19880	2420	7	the	the	DT
19880	2420	8	subject	subject	NN
19880	2420	9	of	of	IN
19880	2420	10	Wagner	Wagner	NNP
19880	2420	11	's	's	POS
19880	2420	12	music	music	NN
19880	2420	13	and	and	CC
19880	2420	14	some	some	DT
19880	2420	15	of	of	IN
19880	2420	16	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2420	17	tendencies	tendency	NNS
19880	2420	18	.	.	.
19880	2421	1	Wagner	Wagner	NNP
19880	2421	2	was	be	VBD
19880	2421	3	an	an	DT
19880	2421	4	intellectual	intellectual	JJ
19880	2421	5	giant	giant	NN
19880	2421	6	among	among	IN
19880	2421	7	men	man	NNS
19880	2421	8	,	,	,
19880	2421	9	and	and	CC
19880	2421	10	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2421	11	works	work	NNS
19880	2421	12	are	be	VBP
19880	2421	13	amazingly	amazingly	RB
19880	2421	14	grand	grand	JJ
19880	2421	15	,	,	,
19880	2421	16	yet	yet	CC
19880	2421	17	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2421	18	unfortunately	unfortunately	RB
19880	2421	19	are	be	VBP
19880	2421	20	,	,	,
19880	2421	21	in	in	IN
19880	2421	22	a	a	DT
19880	2421	23	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2421	24	sense	sense	NN
19880	2421	25	,	,	,
19880	2421	26	responsible	responsible	JJ
19880	2421	27	for	for	IN
19880	2421	28	much	much	JJ
19880	2421	29	bad	bad	JJ
19880	2421	30	singing	singing	NN
19880	2421	31	and	and	CC
19880	2421	32	not	not	RB
19880	2421	33	a	a	DT
19880	2421	34	little	little	JJ
19880	2421	35	injury	injury	NN
19880	2421	36	to	to	IN
19880	2421	37	fine	fine	JJ
19880	2421	38	voices	voice	NNS
19880	2421	39	.	.	.
19880	2422	1	First	first	RB
19880	2422	2	of	of	IN
19880	2422	3	all	all	DT
19880	2422	4	,	,	,
19880	2422	5	Wagner	Wagner	NNP
19880	2422	6	's	's	POS
19880	2422	7	operas	opera	NNS
19880	2422	8	are	be	VBP
19880	2422	9	,	,	,
19880	2422	10	in	in	IN
19880	2422	11	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2422	12	present	present	JJ
19880	2422	13	form	form	NN
19880	2422	14	,	,	,
19880	2422	15	too	too	RB
19880	2422	16	long	long	RB
19880	2422	17	.	.	.
19880	2423	1	To	to	TO
19880	2423	2	sing	sing	VB
19880	2423	3	these	these	DT
19880	2423	4	compositions	composition	NNS
19880	2423	5	night	night	NN
19880	2423	6	after	after	IN
19880	2423	7	night	night	NN
19880	2423	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	2423	9	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	2423	10	human	human	JJ
19880	2423	11	powers	power	NNS
19880	2423	12	,	,	,
19880	2423	13	even	even	RB
19880	2423	14	in	in	IN
19880	2423	15	the	the	DT
19880	2423	16	case	case	NN
19880	2423	17	of	of	IN
19880	2423	18	those	those	DT
19880	2423	19	of	of	IN
19880	2423	20	the	the	DT
19880	2423	21	most	most	RBS
19880	2423	22	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2423	23	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2423	24	and	and	CC
19880	2423	25	technical	technical	JJ
19880	2423	26	training	training	NN
19880	2423	27	.	.	.
19880	2424	1	If	if	IN
19880	2424	2	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2424	3	were	be	VBD
19880	2424	4	divided	divide	VBN
19880	2424	5	into	into	IN
19880	2424	6	two	two	CD
19880	2424	7	,	,	,
19880	2424	8	and	and	CC
19880	2424	9	one	one	CD
19880	2424	10	half	half	NN
19880	2424	11	sung	sing	VBN
19880	2424	12	on	on	IN
19880	2424	13	one	one	CD
19880	2424	14	evening	evening	NN
19880	2424	15	and	and	CC
19880	2424	16	the	the	DT
19880	2424	17	other	other	JJ
19880	2424	18	on	on	IN
19880	2424	19	the	the	DT
19880	2424	20	next	next	JJ
19880	2424	21	,	,	,
19880	2424	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2424	23	would	would	MD
19880	2424	24	be	be	VB
19880	2424	25	a	a	DT
19880	2424	26	gain	gain	NN
19880	2424	27	for	for	IN
19880	2424	28	the	the	DT
19880	2424	29	public	public	NN
19880	2424	30	and	and	CC
19880	2424	31	the	the	DT
19880	2424	32	artists	artist	NNS
19880	2424	33	.	.	.
19880	2425	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2425	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2425	3	impossible	impossible	JJ
19880	2425	4	for	for	IN
19880	2425	5	even	even	RB
19880	2425	6	the	the	DT
19880	2425	7	musically	musically	RB
19880	2425	8	cultivated	cultivate	VBN
19880	2425	9	to	to	TO
19880	2425	10	absorb	absorb	VB
19880	2425	11	and	and	CC
19880	2425	12	assimilate	assimilate	VB
19880	2425	13	the	the	DT
19880	2425	14	whole	whole	NN
19880	2425	15	of	of	IN
19880	2425	16	such	such	PDT
19880	2425	17	an	an	DT
19880	2425	18	opera	opera	NN
19880	2425	19	as	as	IN
19880	2425	20	"	"	``
19880	2425	21	Siegfried	siegfried	JJ
19880	2425	22	"	"	''
19880	2425	23	or	or	CC
19880	2425	24	"	"	``
19880	2425	25	Tristan	Tristan	NNP
19880	2425	26	and	and	CC
19880	2425	27	Isolde	Isolde	NNP
19880	2425	28	"	"	''
19880	2425	29	in	in	IN
19880	2425	30	one	one	CD
19880	2425	31	evening	evening	NN
19880	2425	32	,	,	,
19880	2425	33	and	and	CC
19880	2425	34	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2425	35	is	be	VBZ
19880	2425	36	too	too	RB
19880	2425	37	much	much	JJ
19880	2425	38	to	to	TO
19880	2425	39	expect	expect	VB
19880	2425	40	any	any	DT
19880	2425	41	artist	artist	NN
19880	2425	42	to	to	TO
19880	2425	43	sing	sing	VB
19880	2425	44	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2425	45	through	through	RP
19880	2425	46	without	without	IN
19880	2425	47	a	a	DT
19880	2425	48	rest	rest	NN
19880	2425	49	.	.	.
19880	2426	1	Again	again	RB
19880	2426	2	,	,	,
19880	2426	3	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2426	4	call	call	VBP
19880	2426	5	for	for	IN
19880	2426	6	such	such	JJ
19880	2426	7	strong	strong	JJ
19880	2426	8	accents	accent	NNS
19880	2426	9	,	,	,
19880	2426	10	such	such	JJ
19880	2426	11	deep	deep	JJ
19880	2426	12	and	and	CC
19880	2426	13	strenuous	strenuous	JJ
19880	2426	14	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	2426	15	,	,	,
19880	2426	16	that	that	IN
19880	2426	17	the	the	DT
19880	2426	18	artist	artist	NN
19880	2426	19	impersonating	impersonate	VBG
19880	2426	20	a	a	DT
19880	2426	21	hero	hero	NN
19880	2426	22	or	or	CC
19880	2426	23	a	a	DT
19880	2426	24	god	god	NNP
19880	2426	25	or	or	CC
19880	2426	26	goddess	goddess	NN
19880	2426	27	is	be	VBZ
19880	2426	28	put	put	VBN
19880	2426	29	to	to	IN
19880	2426	30	a	a	DT
19880	2426	31	degree	degree	NN
19880	2426	32	of	of	IN
19880	2426	33	exertion	exertion	NN
19880	2426	34	that	that	WDT
19880	2426	35	is	be	VBZ
19880	2426	36	too	too	RB
19880	2426	37	great	great	JJ
19880	2426	38	for	for	IN
19880	2426	39	human	human	JJ
19880	2426	40	powers	power	NNS
19880	2426	41	when	when	WRB
19880	2426	42	continued	continue	VBD
19880	2426	43	for	for	IN
19880	2426	44	more	more	JJR
19880	2426	45	than	than	IN
19880	2426	46	a	a	DT
19880	2426	47	very	very	RB
19880	2426	48	moderate	moderate	JJ
19880	2426	49	period	period	NN
19880	2426	50	;	;	:
19880	2426	51	besides	besides	RB
19880	2426	52	,	,	,
19880	2426	53	there	there	EX
19880	2426	54	is	be	VBZ
19880	2426	55	a	a	DT
19880	2426	56	temptation	temptation	NN
19880	2426	57	to	to	IN
19880	2426	58	a	a	DT
19880	2426	59	wrong	wrong	JJ
19880	2426	60	use	use	NN
19880	2426	61	of	of	IN
19880	2426	62	the	the	DT
19880	2426	63	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	2426	64	--	--	:
19880	2426	65	a	a	DT
19880	2426	66	forcible	forcible	JJ
19880	2426	67	_	_	NNP
19880	2426	68	coup	coup	FW
19880	2426	69	de	de	NNP
19880	2426	70	glotte	glotte	NNP
19880	2426	71	_	_	NNP
19880	2426	72	,	,	,
19880	2426	73	or	or	CC
19880	2426	74	attack	attack	NN
19880	2426	75	--	--	:
19880	2426	76	that	that	DT
19880	2426	77	is	be	VBZ
19880	2426	78	exceedingly	exceedingly	RB
19880	2426	79	dangerous	dangerous	JJ
19880	2426	80	,	,	,
19880	2426	81	and	and	CC
19880	2426	82	has	have	VBZ
19880	2426	83	injured	injure	VBN
19880	2426	84	many	many	JJ
19880	2426	85	voices	voice	NNS
19880	2426	86	and	and	CC
19880	2426	87	ruined	ruin	VBN
19880	2426	88	others	other	NNS
19880	2426	89	.	.	.
19880	2427	1	The	the	DT
19880	2427	2	man	man	NN
19880	2427	3	or	or	CC
19880	2427	4	woman	woman	NN
19880	2427	5	who	who	WP
19880	2427	6	would	would	MD
19880	2427	7	sing	sing	VB
19880	2427	8	Wagner	Wagner	NNP
19880	2427	9	's	's	POS
19880	2427	10	greater	great	JJR
19880	2427	11	music	music	NN
19880	2427	12	dramas	drama	NNS
19880	2427	13	should	should	MD
19880	2427	14	,	,	,
19880	2427	15	in	in	IN
19880	2427	16	addition	addition	NN
19880	2427	17	to	to	IN
19880	2427	18	a	a	DT
19880	2427	19	strong	strong	JJ
19880	2427	20	physique	physique	NN
19880	2427	21	,	,	,
19880	2427	22	be	be	VB
19880	2427	23	master	master	NN
19880	2427	24	of	of	IN
19880	2427	25	a	a	DT
19880	2427	26	wonderfully	wonderfully	RB
19880	2427	27	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2427	28	technique	technique	NN
19880	2427	29	.	.	.
19880	2428	1	These	these	DT
19880	2428	2	operas	opera	NNS
19880	2428	3	should	should	MD
19880	2428	4	never	never	RB
19880	2428	5	be	be	VB
19880	2428	6	attempted	attempt	VBN
19880	2428	7	by	by	IN
19880	2428	8	very	very	RB
19880	2428	9	young	young	JJ
19880	2428	10	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2428	11	of	of	IN
19880	2428	12	either	either	DT
19880	2428	13	sex	sex	NN
19880	2428	14	,	,	,
19880	2428	15	and	and	CC
19880	2428	16	especially	especially	RB
19880	2428	17	not	not	RB
19880	2428	18	by	by	IN
19880	2428	19	very	very	RB
19880	2428	20	young	young	JJ
19880	2428	21	women	woman	NNS
19880	2428	22	.	.	.
19880	2429	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2429	2	are	be	VBP
19880	2429	3	for	for	IN
19880	2429	4	the	the	DT
19880	2429	5	powerful	powerful	JJ
19880	2429	6	,	,	,
19880	2429	7	the	the	DT
19880	2429	8	mature	mature	JJ
19880	2429	9	,	,	,
19880	2429	10	the	the	DT
19880	2429	11	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19880	2429	12	trained	train	VBN
19880	2429	13	,	,	,
19880	2429	14	the	the	DT
19880	2429	15	experienced	experienced	JJ
19880	2429	16	.	.	.
19880	2430	1	Turning	turn	VBG
19880	2430	2	to	to	IN
19880	2430	3	some	some	DT
19880	2430	4	special	special	JJ
19880	2430	5	faults	fault	NNS
19880	2430	6	,	,	,
19880	2430	7	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2430	8	would	would	MD
19880	2430	9	warn	warn	VB
19880	2430	10	against	against	IN
19880	2430	11	the	the	DT
19880	2430	12	"	"	``
19880	2430	13	scoop	scoop	NN
19880	2430	14	,	,	,
19880	2430	15	"	"	''
19880	2430	16	the	the	DT
19880	2430	17	excessive	excessive	JJ
19880	2430	18	use	use	NN
19880	2430	19	of	of	IN
19880	2430	20	the	the	DT
19880	2430	21	_	_	NNP
19880	2430	22	portamento	portamento	NNP
19880	2430	23	_	_	NNP
19880	2430	24	,	,	,
19880	2430	25	or	or	CC
19880	2430	26	glide	glide	NN
19880	2430	27	,	,	,
19880	2430	28	so	so	RB
19880	2430	29	common	common	JJ
19880	2430	30	a	a	DT
19880	2430	31	fault	fault	NN
19880	2430	32	at	at	IN
19880	2430	33	the	the	DT
19880	2430	34	present	present	JJ
19880	2430	35	time	time	NN
19880	2430	36	,	,	,
19880	2430	37	and	and	CC
19880	2430	38	the	the	DT
19880	2430	39	_	_	NNP
19880	2430	40	vibrato	vibrato	NNP
19880	2430	41	_	_	NNP
19880	2430	42	and	and	CC
19880	2430	43	_	_	NNP
19880	2430	44	tremolo	tremolo	NN
19880	2430	45	_	_	NNP
19880	2430	46	.	.	.
19880	2431	1	The	the	DT
19880	2431	2	two	two	CD
19880	2431	3	former	former	JJ
19880	2431	4	are	be	VBP
19880	2431	5	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2431	6	faults	fault	NNS
19880	2431	7	,	,	,
19880	2431	8	so	so	IN
19880	2431	9	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2431	10	pass	pass	VBP
19880	2431	11	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2431	12	by	by	IN
19880	2431	13	without	without	IN
19880	2431	14	further	further	JJ
19880	2431	15	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	2431	16	.	.	.
19880	2432	1	Otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	2432	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2432	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2432	4	with	with	IN
19880	2432	5	the	the	DT
19880	2432	6	last	last	JJ
19880	2432	7	two	two	CD
19880	2432	8	faults	fault	NNS
19880	2432	9	;	;	:
19880	2432	10	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2432	11	both	both	DT
19880	2432	12	result	result	VBP
19880	2432	13	from	from	IN
19880	2432	14	a	a	DT
19880	2432	15	wrong	wrong	JJ
19880	2432	16	use	use	NN
19880	2432	17	of	of	IN
19880	2432	18	the	the	DT
19880	2432	19	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2432	20	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2432	21	.	.	.
19880	2433	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2433	2	are	be	VBP
19880	2433	3	both	both	DT
19880	2433	4	due	due	IN
19880	2433	5	to	to	IN
19880	2433	6	some	some	DT
19880	2433	7	unsteadiness	unsteadiness	NN
19880	2433	8	and	and	CC
19880	2433	9	lack	lack	NN
19880	2433	10	of	of	IN
19880	2433	11	control	control	NN
19880	2433	12	,	,	,
19880	2433	13	and	and	CC
19880	2433	14	,	,	,
19880	2433	15	unfortunately	unfortunately	RB
19880	2433	16	,	,	,
19880	2433	17	when	when	WRB
19880	2433	18	once	once	RB
19880	2433	19	acquired	acquire	VBN
19880	2433	20	,	,	,
19880	2433	21	are	be	VBP
19880	2433	22	very	very	RB
19880	2433	23	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	2433	24	to	to	TO
19880	2433	25	remedy	remedy	VB
19880	2433	26	.	.	.
19880	2434	1	The	the	DT
19880	2434	2	unsteadiness	unsteadiness	NN
19880	2434	3	may	may	MD
19880	2434	4	be	be	VB
19880	2434	5	almost	almost	RB
19880	2434	6	anywhere	anywhere	RB
19880	2434	7	in	in	IN
19880	2434	8	the	the	DT
19880	2434	9	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2434	10	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2434	11	,	,	,
19880	2434	12	but	but	CC
19880	2434	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	2434	14	usually	usually	RB
19880	2434	15	referable	referable	JJ
19880	2434	16	to	to	IN
19880	2434	17	the	the	DT
19880	2434	18	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	2434	19	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2434	20	or	or	CC
19880	2434	21	to	to	IN
19880	2434	22	the	the	DT
19880	2434	23	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	2434	24	.	.	.
19880	2435	1	A	a	DT
19880	2435	2	_	_	NNP
19880	2435	3	vibrato	vibrato	NNP
19880	2435	4	_	_	NNP
19880	2435	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	2435	6	the	the	DT
19880	2435	7	milder	milder	NN
19880	2435	8	form	form	NN
19880	2435	9	of	of	IN
19880	2435	10	the	the	DT
19880	2435	11	evil	evil	NN
19880	2435	12	,	,	,
19880	2435	13	and	and	CC
19880	2435	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	2435	15	encouraged	encourage	VBN
19880	2435	16	,	,	,
19880	2435	17	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2435	18	regret	regret	VBP
19880	2435	19	to	to	TO
19880	2435	20	say	say	VB
19880	2435	21	,	,	,
19880	2435	22	by	by	IN
19880	2435	23	some	some	DT
19880	2435	24	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	2435	25	,	,	,
19880	2435	26	while	while	IN
19880	2435	27	the	the	DT
19880	2435	28	_	_	NNP
19880	2435	29	tremolo	tremolo	NN
19880	2435	30	_	_	NNP
19880	2435	31	is	be	VBZ
19880	2435	32	due	due	JJ
19880	2435	33	to	to	IN
19880	2435	34	an	an	DT
19880	2435	35	extreme	extreme	JJ
19880	2435	36	unsteadiness	unsteadiness	NN
19880	2435	37	,	,	,
19880	2435	38	and	and	CC
19880	2435	39	,	,	,
19880	2435	40	so	so	RB
19880	2435	41	far	far	RB
19880	2435	42	as	as	IN
19880	2435	43	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2435	44	are	be	VBP
19880	2435	45	aware	aware	JJ
19880	2435	46	,	,	,
19880	2435	47	is	be	VBZ
19880	2435	48	universally	universally	RB
19880	2435	49	condemned	condemn	VBN
19880	2435	50	.	.	.
19880	2436	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2436	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2436	3	about	about	IN
19880	2436	4	the	the	DT
19880	2436	5	worst	bad	JJS
19880	2436	6	fault	fault	NN
19880	2436	7	any	any	DT
19880	2436	8	singer	singer	NN
19880	2436	9	can	can	MD
19880	2436	10	have	have	VB
19880	2436	11	.	.	.
19880	2437	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2437	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2437	3	evident	evident	JJ
19880	2437	4	in	in	IN
19880	2437	5	some	some	DT
19880	2437	6	cases	case	NNS
19880	2437	7	only	only	RB
19880	2437	8	when	when	WRB
19880	2437	9	the	the	DT
19880	2437	10	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	2437	11	sings	sing	VBZ
19880	2437	12	_	_	NNP
19880	2437	13	piano	piano	NN
19880	2437	14	_	_	NNP
19880	2437	15	,	,	,
19880	2437	16	but	but	CC
19880	2437	17	mostly	mostly	RB
19880	2437	18	in	in	IN
19880	2437	19	vigorous	vigorous	JJ
19880	2437	20	singing	singing	NN
19880	2437	21	,	,	,
19880	2437	22	and	and	CC
19880	2437	23	often	often	RB
19880	2437	24	arises	arise	VBZ
19880	2437	25	from	from	IN
19880	2437	26	straining	strain	VBG
19880	2437	27	,	,	,
19880	2437	28	disregard	disregard	NN
19880	2437	29	of	of	IN
19880	2437	30	registers	register	NNS
19880	2437	31	,	,	,
19880	2437	32	etc	etc	FW
19880	2437	33	.	.	.
19880	2438	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2438	2	may	may	MD
19880	2438	3	be	be	VB
19880	2438	4	due	due	IN
19880	2438	5	to	to	IN
19880	2438	6	the	the	DT
19880	2438	7	singer	singer	NN
19880	2438	8	trying	try	VBG
19880	2438	9	to	to	TO
19880	2438	10	control	control	VB
19880	2438	11	too	too	RB
19880	2438	12	large	large	JJ
19880	2438	13	a	a	DT
19880	2438	14	supply	supply	NN
19880	2438	15	of	of	IN
19880	2438	16	air	air	NN
19880	2438	17	,	,	,
19880	2438	18	or	or	CC
19880	2438	19	from	from	IN
19880	2438	20	bringing	bring	VBG
19880	2438	21	a	a	DT
19880	2438	22	blast	blast	NN
19880	2438	23	to	to	TO
19880	2438	24	bear	bear	VB
19880	2438	25	on	on	IN
19880	2438	26	the	the	DT
19880	2438	27	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2438	28	bands	band	NNS
19880	2438	29	too	too	RB
19880	2438	30	strong	strong	JJ
19880	2438	31	for	for	IN
19880	2438	32	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2438	33	.	.	.
19880	2439	1	In	in	IN
19880	2439	2	every	every	DT
19880	2439	3	case	case	NN
19880	2439	4	there	there	EX
19880	2439	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	2439	6	lack	lack	NN
19880	2439	7	of	of	IN
19880	2439	8	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19880	2439	9	between	between	IN
19880	2439	10	the	the	DT
19880	2439	11	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2439	12	bands	band	NNS
19880	2439	13	and	and	CC
19880	2439	14	the	the	DT
19880	2439	15	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	2439	16	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2439	17	.	.	.
19880	2440	1	The	the	DT
19880	2440	2	remedy	remedy	NN
19880	2440	3	must	must	MD
19880	2440	4	be	be	VB
19880	2440	5	adapted	adapt	VBN
19880	2440	6	to	to	IN
19880	2440	7	the	the	DT
19880	2440	8	case	case	NN
19880	2440	9	,	,	,
19880	2440	10	but	but	CC
19880	2440	11	usually	usually	RB
19880	2440	12	the	the	DT
19880	2440	13	singer	singer	NN
19880	2440	14	must	must	MD
19880	2440	15	for	for	IN
19880	2440	16	a	a	DT
19880	2440	17	time	time	NN
19880	2440	18	give	give	VB
19880	2440	19	up	up	RP
19880	2440	20	the	the	DT
19880	2440	21	use	use	NN
19880	2440	22	of	of	IN
19880	2440	23	the	the	DT
19880	2440	24	voice	voice	NN
19880	2440	25	in	in	IN
19880	2440	26	_	_	NNP
19880	2440	27	forte	forte	NNP
19880	2440	28	_	_	NNP
19880	2440	29	singing	singe	VBG
19880	2440	30	altogether	altogether	RB
19880	2440	31	,	,	,
19880	2440	32	and	and	CC
19880	2440	33	gradually	gradually	RB
19880	2440	34	again	again	RB
19880	2440	35	learn	learn	VBP
19880	2440	36	to	to	TO
19880	2440	37	control	control	VB
19880	2440	38	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2440	39	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2440	40	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2440	41	.	.	.
19880	2441	1	Associated	associate	VBN
19880	2441	2	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	2441	3	with	with	IN
19880	2441	4	this	this	DT
19880	2441	5	fault	fault	NN
19880	2441	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	2441	7	another	another	DT
19880	2441	8	,	,	,
19880	2441	9	which	which	WDT
19880	2441	10	,	,	,
19880	2441	11	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	2441	12	,	,	,
19880	2441	13	often	often	RB
19880	2441	14	gives	give	VBZ
19880	2441	15	rise	rise	NN
19880	2441	16	to	to	IN
19880	2441	17	the	the	DT
19880	2441	18	former	former	JJ
19880	2441	19	--	--	:
19880	2441	20	viz	viz	NN
19880	2441	21	.	.	.
19880	2441	22	,	,	,
19880	2441	23	"	"	''
19880	2441	24	pumping	pump	VBG
19880	2441	25	,	,	,
19880	2441	26	"	"	''
19880	2441	27	or	or	CC
19880	2441	28	attempting	attempt	VBG
19880	2441	29	to	to	TO
19880	2441	30	vocalize	vocalize	VB
19880	2441	31	after	after	IN
19880	2441	32	the	the	DT
19880	2441	33	breath	breath	NN
19880	2441	34	power	power	NN
19880	2441	35	is	be	VBZ
19880	2441	36	exhausted	exhaust	VBN
19880	2441	37	.	.	.
19880	2442	1	One	one	PRP
19880	2442	2	should	should	MD
19880	2442	3	always	always	RB
19880	2442	4	have	have	VB
19880	2442	5	enough	enough	JJ
19880	2442	6	air	air	NN
19880	2442	7	in	in	IN
19880	2442	8	reserve	reserve	NN
19880	2442	9	to	to	TO
19880	2442	10	sing	sing	VB
19880	2442	11	at	at	IN
19880	2442	12	least	least	RBS
19880	2442	13	two	two	CD
19880	2442	14	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2442	15	more	more	JJR
19880	2442	16	than	than	IN
19880	2442	17	what	what	WP
19880	2442	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	2442	19	required	require	VBN
19880	2442	20	.	.	.
19880	2443	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2443	2	will	will	MD
19880	2443	3	be	be	VB
19880	2443	4	observed	observe	VBN
19880	2443	5	that	that	IN
19880	2443	6	good	good	JJ
19880	2443	7	singing	singing	NN
19880	2443	8	and	and	CC
19880	2443	9	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	2443	10	are	be	VBP
19880	2443	11	always	always	RB
19880	2443	12	physiological--_i.e	physiological--_i.e	XX
19880	2443	13	.	.	.
19880	2443	14	_	_	NNP
19880	2443	15	,	,	,
19880	2443	16	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2443	17	depend	depend	VBP
19880	2443	18	on	on	IN
19880	2443	19	the	the	DT
19880	2443	20	observance	observance	NN
19880	2443	21	of	of	IN
19880	2443	22	well	well	RB
19880	2443	23	-	-	HYPH
19880	2443	24	known	know	VBN
19880	2443	25	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2443	26	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2443	27	;	;	:
19880	2443	28	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2443	29	wish	wish	VBP
19880	2443	30	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2443	31	could	could	MD
19880	2443	32	add	add	VB
19880	2443	33	,	,	,
19880	2443	34	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2443	35	clearly	clearly	RB
19880	2443	36	recognized	recognize	VBN
19880	2443	37	by	by	IN
19880	2443	38	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2443	39	and	and	CC
19880	2443	40	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	2443	41	generally	generally	RB
19880	2443	42	.	.	.
19880	2444	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2444	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2444	3	to	to	IN
19880	2444	4	those	those	DT
19880	2444	5	who	who	WP
19880	2444	6	do	do	VBP
19880	2444	7	that	that	IN
19880	2444	8	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2444	9	would	would	MD
19880	2444	10	recommend	recommend	VB
19880	2444	11	the	the	DT
19880	2444	12	student	student	NN
19880	2444	13	of	of	IN
19880	2444	14	the	the	DT
19880	2444	15	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2444	16	art	art	NN
19880	2444	17	to	to	TO
19880	2444	18	go	go	VB
19880	2444	19	at	at	IN
19880	2444	20	the	the	DT
19880	2444	21	outset	outset	NN
19880	2444	22	of	of	IN
19880	2444	23	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2444	24	career	career	NN
19880	2444	25	,	,	,
19880	2444	26	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19880	2444	27	much	much	JJ
19880	2444	28	time	time	NN
19880	2444	29	may	may	MD
19880	2444	30	be	be	VB
19880	2444	31	lost	lose	VBN
19880	2444	32	and	and	CC
19880	2444	33	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	2444	34	much	much	JJ
19880	2444	35	injury	injury	NN
19880	2444	36	done	do	VBN
19880	2444	37	.	.	.
19880	2445	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2445	2	distinguish	distinguish	VBP
19880	2445	3	,	,	,
19880	2445	4	of	of	IN
19880	2445	5	course	course	NN
19880	2445	6	,	,	,
19880	2445	7	between	between	IN
19880	2445	8	the	the	DT
19880	2445	9	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2445	10	who	who	WP
19880	2445	11	recognizes	recognize	VBZ
19880	2445	12	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2445	13	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2445	14	only	only	RB
19880	2445	15	practically	practically	RB
19880	2445	16	and	and	CC
19880	2445	17	the	the	DT
19880	2445	18	one	one	NN
19880	2445	19	who	who	WP
19880	2445	20	does	do	VBZ
19880	2445	21	so	so	RB
19880	2445	22	consciously	consciously	RB
19880	2445	23	.	.	.
19880	2446	1	The	the	DT
19880	2446	2	former	former	JJ
19880	2446	3	may	may	MD
19880	2446	4	be	be	VB
19880	2446	5	an	an	DT
19880	2446	6	excellent	excellent	JJ
19880	2446	7	and	and	CC
19880	2446	8	safe	safe	JJ
19880	2446	9	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2446	10	,	,	,
19880	2446	11	though	though	RB
19880	2446	12	,	,	,
19880	2446	13	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2446	14	think	think	VBP
19880	2446	15	,	,	,
19880	2446	16	not	not	RB
19880	2446	17	so	so	RB
19880	2446	18	good	good	JJ
19880	2446	19	,	,	,
19880	2446	20	other	other	JJ
19880	2446	21	things	thing	NNS
19880	2446	22	being	be	VBG
19880	2446	23	equal	equal	JJ
19880	2446	24	,	,	,
19880	2446	25	as	as	IN
19880	2446	26	one	one	CD
19880	2446	27	of	of	IN
19880	2446	28	the	the	DT
19880	2446	29	latter	latter	JJ
19880	2446	30	type,--as	type,--as	NNP
19880	2446	31	yet	yet	CC
19880	2446	32	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	2446	33	rare	rare	JJ
19880	2446	34	.	.	.
19880	2447	1	At	at	IN
19880	2447	2	an	an	DT
19880	2447	3	earlier	early	JJR
19880	2447	4	period	period	NN
19880	2447	5	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2447	6	referred	refer	VBD
19880	2447	7	to	to	IN
19880	2447	8	the	the	DT
19880	2447	9	important	important	JJ
19880	2447	10	matter	matter	NN
19880	2447	11	of	of	IN
19880	2447	12	classifying	classify	VBG
19880	2447	13	the	the	DT
19880	2447	14	voice	voice	NN
19880	2447	15	.	.	.
19880	2448	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2448	2	often	often	RB
19880	2448	3	happens	happen	VBZ
19880	2448	4	that	that	IN
19880	2448	5	one	one	NN
19880	2448	6	who	who	WP
19880	2448	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	2448	8	a	a	DT
19880	2448	9	tenor	tenor	NN
19880	2448	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	2448	11	trained	train	VBN
19880	2448	12	as	as	IN
19880	2448	13	a	a	DT
19880	2448	14	barytone	barytone	NN
19880	2448	15	,	,	,
19880	2448	16	or	or	CC
19880	2448	17	a	a	DT
19880	2448	18	contralto	contralto	NN
19880	2448	19	as	as	IN
19880	2448	20	a	a	DT
19880	2448	21	soprano	soprano	NN
19880	2448	22	,	,	,
19880	2448	23	and	and	CC
19880	2448	24	the	the	DT
19880	2448	25	reverse	reverse	NN
19880	2448	26	,	,	,
19880	2448	27	only	only	RB
19880	2448	28	to	to	TO
19880	2448	29	discover	discover	VB
19880	2448	30	later	later	RB
19880	2448	31	that	that	IN
19880	2448	32	a	a	DT
19880	2448	33	mistake	mistake	NN
19880	2448	34	has	have	VBZ
19880	2448	35	been	be	VBN
19880	2448	36	made	make	VBN
19880	2448	37	.	.	.
19880	2449	1	If	if	IN
19880	2449	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2449	3	could	could	MD
19880	2449	4	become	become	VB
19880	2449	5	the	the	DT
19880	2449	6	custom	custom	NN
19880	2449	7	to	to	TO
19880	2449	8	have	have	VB
19880	2449	9	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2449	10	consultations	consultation	NNS
19880	2449	11	among	among	IN
19880	2449	12	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	2449	13	,	,	,
19880	2449	14	as	as	IN
19880	2449	15	medical	medical	JJ
19880	2449	16	ones	one	NNS
19880	2449	17	among	among	IN
19880	2449	18	doctors	doctor	NNS
19880	2449	19	,	,	,
19880	2449	20	the	the	DT
19880	2449	21	author	author	NN
19880	2449	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	2449	23	convinced	convince	VBN
19880	2449	24	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2449	25	would	would	MD
19880	2449	26	be	be	VB
19880	2449	27	well	well	RB
19880	2449	28	.	.	.
19880	2450	1	Often	often	RB
19880	2450	2	a	a	DT
19880	2450	3	patient	patient	NN
19880	2450	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2450	5	sent	send	VBN
19880	2450	6	a	a	DT
19880	2450	7	long	long	JJ
19880	2450	8	distance	distance	NN
19880	2450	9	to	to	TO
19880	2450	10	consult	consult	VB
19880	2450	11	a	a	DT
19880	2450	12	medical	medical	JJ
19880	2450	13	man	man	NN
19880	2450	14	,	,	,
19880	2450	15	and	and	CC
19880	2450	16	to	to	TO
19880	2450	17	return	return	VB
19880	2450	18	to	to	IN
19880	2450	19	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2450	20	own	own	JJ
19880	2450	21	physician	physician	NN
19880	2450	22	for	for	IN
19880	2450	23	treatment	treatment	NN
19880	2450	24	based	base	VBN
19880	2450	25	on	on	IN
19880	2450	26	the	the	DT
19880	2450	27	diagnosis	diagnosis	NN
19880	2450	28	made	make	VBD
19880	2450	29	.	.	.
19880	2451	1	In	in	IN
19880	2451	2	these	these	DT
19880	2451	3	instances	instance	NNS
19880	2451	4	the	the	DT
19880	2451	5	doctor	doctor	NN
19880	2451	6	consulted	consult	VBN
19880	2451	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	2451	8	expected	expect	VBN
19880	2451	9	to	to	TO
19880	2451	10	write	write	VB
19880	2451	11	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2451	12	views	view	NNS
19880	2451	13	privately	privately	RB
19880	2451	14	to	to	IN
19880	2451	15	the	the	DT
19880	2451	16	patient	patient	NN
19880	2451	17	's	's	POS
19880	2451	18	doctor	doctor	NN
19880	2451	19	,	,	,
19880	2451	20	and	and	CC
19880	2451	21	to	to	TO
19880	2451	22	recommend	recommend	VB
19880	2451	23	treatment	treatment	NN
19880	2451	24	.	.	.
19880	2452	1	Why	why	WRB
19880	2452	2	should	should	MD
19880	2452	3	the	the	DT
19880	2452	4	same	same	JJ
19880	2452	5	not	not	RB
19880	2452	6	occur	occur	VB
19880	2452	7	in	in	IN
19880	2452	8	the	the	DT
19880	2452	9	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2452	10	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2452	11	's	's	POS
19880	2452	12	profession	profession	NN
19880	2452	13	?	?	.
19880	2453	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2453	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2453	3	considered	consider	VBN
19880	2453	4	scandalous	scandalous	JJ
19880	2453	5	in	in	IN
19880	2453	6	the	the	DT
19880	2453	7	medical	medical	JJ
19880	2453	8	profession	profession	NN
19880	2453	9	to	to	TO
19880	2453	10	"	"	``
19880	2453	11	steal	steal	VB
19880	2453	12	"	"	''
19880	2453	13	another	another	DT
19880	2453	14	physician	physician	NN
19880	2453	15	's	's	POS
19880	2453	16	patient	patient	NN
19880	2453	17	,	,	,
19880	2453	18	and	and	CC
19880	2453	19	why	why	WRB
19880	2453	20	should	should	MD
19880	2453	21	not	not	RB
19880	2453	22	a	a	DT
19880	2453	23	similar	similar	JJ
19880	2453	24	etiquette	etiquette	NN
19880	2453	25	prevail	prevail	VB
19880	2453	26	in	in	IN
19880	2453	27	the	the	DT
19880	2453	28	profession	profession	NN
19880	2453	29	now	now	RB
19880	2453	30	under	under	IN
19880	2453	31	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	2453	32	?	?	.
19880	2454	1	The	the	DT
19880	2454	2	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2454	3	in	in	IN
19880	2454	4	doubt	doubt	NN
19880	2454	5	about	about	IN
19880	2454	6	a	a	DT
19880	2454	7	voice	voice	NN
19880	2454	8	might	may	MD
19880	2454	9	thus	thus	RB
19880	2454	10	obtain	obtain	VB
19880	2454	11	the	the	DT
19880	2454	12	views	view	NNS
19880	2454	13	of	of	IN
19880	2454	14	another	another	DT
19880	2454	15	member	member	NN
19880	2454	16	of	of	IN
19880	2454	17	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2454	18	profession	profession	NN
19880	2454	19	,	,	,
19880	2454	20	of	of	IN
19880	2454	21	longer	long	JJR
19880	2454	22	experience	experience	NN
19880	2454	23	,	,	,
19880	2454	24	on	on	IN
19880	2454	25	such	such	PDT
19880	2454	26	a	a	DT
19880	2454	27	vital	vital	JJ
19880	2454	28	point	point	NN
19880	2454	29	as	as	IN
19880	2454	30	the	the	DT
19880	2454	31	classification	classification	NN
19880	2454	32	of	of	IN
19880	2454	33	a	a	DT
19880	2454	34	voice	voice	NN
19880	2454	35	,	,	,
19880	2454	36	and	and	CC
19880	2454	37	with	with	IN
19880	2454	38	satisfaction	satisfaction	NN
19880	2454	39	alike	alike	RB
19880	2454	40	to	to	IN
19880	2454	41	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2454	42	and	and	CC
19880	2454	43	to	to	IN
19880	2454	44	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2454	45	pupil	pupil	NN
19880	2454	46	.	.	.
19880	2455	1	If	if	IN
19880	2455	2	the	the	DT
19880	2455	3	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2455	4	or	or	CC
19880	2455	5	pupil	pupil	NN
19880	2455	6	were	be	VBD
19880	2455	7	not	not	RB
19880	2455	8	satisfied	satisfied	JJ
19880	2455	9	with	with	IN
19880	2455	10	the	the	DT
19880	2455	11	diagnosis	diagnosis	NN
19880	2455	12	,	,	,
19880	2455	13	another	another	DT
19880	2455	14	eminent	eminent	JJ
19880	2455	15	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2455	16	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2455	17	might	may	MD
19880	2455	18	be	be	VB
19880	2455	19	consulted	consult	VBN
19880	2455	20	,	,	,
19880	2455	21	which	which	WDT
19880	2455	22	would	would	MD
19880	2455	23	only	only	RB
19880	2455	24	be	be	VB
19880	2455	25	following	follow	VBG
19880	2455	26	custom	custom	NN
19880	2455	27	in	in	IN
19880	2455	28	the	the	DT
19880	2455	29	medical	medical	JJ
19880	2455	30	profession	profession	NN
19880	2455	31	.	.	.
19880	2456	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2456	2	would	would	MD
19880	2456	3	again	again	RB
19880	2456	4	remind	remind	VB
19880	2456	5	the	the	DT
19880	2456	6	reader	reader	NN
19880	2456	7	that	that	IN
19880	2456	8	voices	voice	NNS
19880	2456	9	are	be	VBP
19880	2456	10	to	to	TO
19880	2456	11	be	be	VB
19880	2456	12	_	_	NNP
19880	2456	13	classified	classify	VBN
19880	2456	14	by	by	IN
19880	2456	15	quality	quality	NN
19880	2456	16	_	_	NNP
19880	2456	17	,	,	,
19880	2456	18	and	and	CC
19880	2456	19	not	not	RB
19880	2456	20	by	by	IN
19880	2456	21	range	range	NN
19880	2456	22	,	,	,
19880	2456	23	at	at	IN
19880	2456	24	least	least	JJS
19880	2456	25	not	not	RB
19880	2456	26	to	to	IN
19880	2456	27	any	any	DT
19880	2456	28	appreciable	appreciable	JJ
19880	2456	29	extent	extent	NN
19880	2456	30	.	.	.
19880	2457	1	Of	of	IN
19880	2457	2	all	all	DT
19880	2457	3	persons	person	NNS
19880	2457	4	,	,	,
19880	2457	5	the	the	DT
19880	2457	6	singer	singer	NN
19880	2457	7	should	should	MD
19880	2457	8	know	know	VB
19880	2457	9	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2457	10	.	.	.
19880	2458	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2458	2	must	must	MD
19880	2458	3	learn	learn	VB
19880	2458	4	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2458	5	limitations	limitation	NNS
19880	2458	6	,	,	,
19880	2458	7	and	and	CC
19880	2458	8	the	the	DT
19880	2458	9	sooner	soon	RBR
19880	2458	10	the	the	DT
19880	2458	11	better	well	JJR
19880	2458	12	.	.	.
19880	2459	1	At	at	IN
19880	2459	2	the	the	DT
19880	2459	3	outset	outset	NN
19880	2459	4	of	of	IN
19880	2459	5	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2459	6	career	career	NN
19880	2459	7	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2459	8	may	may	MD
19880	2459	9	be	be	VB
19880	2459	10	able	able	JJ
19880	2459	11	to	to	TO
19880	2459	12	take	take	VB
19880	2459	13	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2459	14	liberties	liberty	NNS
19880	2459	15	with	with	IN
19880	2459	16	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2459	17	with	with	IN
19880	2459	18	apparent	apparent	JJ
19880	2459	19	impunity	impunity	NN
19880	2459	20	,	,	,
19880	2459	21	but	but	CC
19880	2459	22	sooner	soon	RBR
19880	2459	23	or	or	CC
19880	2459	24	later	later	RBR
19880	2459	25	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2459	26	will	will	MD
19880	2459	27	pay	pay	VB
19880	2459	28	the	the	DT
19880	2459	29	penalty	penalty	NN
19880	2459	30	;	;	:
19880	2459	31	so	so	CC
19880	2459	32	that	that	IN
19880	2459	33	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2459	34	recommend	recommend	VBP
19880	2459	35	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2459	36	to	to	TO
19880	2459	37	live	live	VB
19880	2459	38	with	with	IN
19880	2459	39	all	all	PDT
19880	2459	40	the	the	DT
19880	2459	41	care	care	NN
19880	2459	42	of	of	IN
19880	2459	43	an	an	DT
19880	2459	44	athlete	athlete	NN
19880	2459	45	in	in	IN
19880	2459	46	training	training	NN
19880	2459	47	.	.	.
19880	2460	1	However	however	RB
19880	2460	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2460	3	may	may	MD
19880	2460	4	be	be	VB
19880	2460	5	with	with	IN
19880	2460	6	other	other	JJ
19880	2460	7	men	man	NNS
19880	2460	8	,	,	,
19880	2460	9	spirits	spirit	NNS
19880	2460	10	in	in	IN
19880	2460	11	every	every	DT
19880	2460	12	form	form	NN
19880	2460	13	,	,	,
19880	2460	14	tobacco	tobacco	NN
19880	2460	15	,	,	,
19880	2460	16	etc	etc	FW
19880	2460	17	.	.	.
19880	2460	18	,	,	,
19880	2460	19	are	be	VBP
19880	2460	20	not	not	RB
19880	2460	21	for	for	IN
19880	2460	22	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2460	23	.	.	.
19880	2461	1	Both	both	DT
19880	2461	2	tend	tend	VBP
19880	2461	3	to	to	TO
19880	2461	4	irritate	irritate	VB
19880	2461	5	and	and	CC
19880	2461	6	relax	relax	VB
19880	2461	7	if	if	IN
19880	2461	8	not	not	RB
19880	2461	9	to	to	TO
19880	2461	10	inflame	inflame	VB
19880	2461	11	the	the	DT
19880	2461	12	throat	throat	NN
19880	2461	13	,	,	,
19880	2461	14	not	not	RB
19880	2461	15	to	to	TO
19880	2461	16	mention	mention	VB
19880	2461	17	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2461	18	bad	bad	JJ
19880	2461	19	effects	effect	NNS
19880	2461	20	on	on	IN
19880	2461	21	the	the	DT
19880	2461	22	general	general	JJ
19880	2461	23	health	health	NN
19880	2461	24	,	,	,
19880	2461	25	both	both	CC
19880	2461	26	psychical	psychical	JJ
19880	2461	27	and	and	CC
19880	2461	28	physical	physical	JJ
19880	2461	29	.	.	.
19880	2462	1	This	this	DT
19880	2462	2	advice	advice	NN
19880	2462	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2462	4	all	all	PDT
19880	2462	5	the	the	DT
19880	2462	6	more	more	RBR
19880	2462	7	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	2462	8	when	when	WRB
19880	2462	9	one	one	PRP
19880	2462	10	considers	consider	VBZ
19880	2462	11	the	the	DT
19880	2462	12	exacting	exact	VBG
19880	2462	13	nature	nature	NN
19880	2462	14	of	of	IN
19880	2462	15	the	the	DT
19880	2462	16	professional	professional	JJ
19880	2462	17	life	life	NN
19880	2462	18	of	of	IN
19880	2462	19	the	the	DT
19880	2462	20	artist	artist	NN
19880	2462	21	.	.	.
19880	2463	1	Strenuous	strenuous	JJ
19880	2463	2	exertion	exertion	NN
19880	2463	3	tends	tend	VBZ
19880	2463	4	to	to	IN
19880	2463	5	fatigue	fatigue	NN
19880	2463	6	and	and	CC
19880	2463	7	exhaustion	exhaustion	NN
19880	2463	8	,	,	,
19880	2463	9	with	with	IN
19880	2463	10	a	a	DT
19880	2463	11	natural	natural	JJ
19880	2463	12	desire	desire	NN
19880	2463	13	to	to	TO
19880	2463	14	relieve	relieve	VB
19880	2463	15	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2463	16	by	by	IN
19880	2463	17	some	some	DT
19880	2463	18	special	special	JJ
19880	2463	19	means	mean	NNS
19880	2463	20	,	,	,
19880	2463	21	such	such	JJ
19880	2463	22	as	as	IN
19880	2463	23	alcohol	alcohol	NN
19880	2463	24	.	.	.
19880	2464	1	To	to	TO
19880	2464	2	do	do	VB
19880	2464	3	so	so	RB
19880	2464	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2464	5	often	often	RB
19880	2464	6	but	but	CC
19880	2464	7	to	to	TO
19880	2464	8	make	make	VB
19880	2464	9	a	a	DT
19880	2464	10	beginning	beginning	NN
19880	2464	11	of	of	IN
19880	2464	12	the	the	DT
19880	2464	13	end	end	NN
19880	2464	14	.	.	.
19880	2465	1	How	how	WRB
19880	2465	2	many	many	JJ
19880	2465	3	bright	bright	JJ
19880	2465	4	lights	light	NNS
19880	2465	5	in	in	IN
19880	2465	6	the	the	DT
19880	2465	7	dramatic	dramatic	JJ
19880	2465	8	and	and	CC
19880	2465	9	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2465	10	professions	profession	NNS
19880	2465	11	have	have	VBP
19880	2465	12	been	be	VBN
19880	2465	13	prematurely	prematurely	RB
19880	2465	14	quenched	quench	VBN
19880	2465	15	through	through	IN
19880	2465	16	indulgence	indulgence	NN
19880	2465	17	in	in	IN
19880	2465	18	the	the	DT
19880	2465	19	delusive	delusive	JJ
19880	2465	20	draught	draught	NN
19880	2465	21	!	!	.
19880	2466	1	If	if	IN
19880	2466	2	tonics	tonic	NNS
19880	2466	3	,	,	,
19880	2466	4	sedatives	sedative	NNS
19880	2466	5	,	,	,
19880	2466	6	etc	etc	FW
19880	2466	7	.	.	FW
19880	2466	8	,	,	,
19880	2466	9	are	be	VBP
19880	2466	10	to	to	TO
19880	2466	11	be	be	VB
19880	2466	12	taken	take	VBN
19880	2466	13	,	,	,
19880	2466	14	which	which	WDT
19880	2466	15	should	should	MD
19880	2466	16	not	not	RB
19880	2466	17	be	be	VB
19880	2466	18	a	a	DT
19880	2466	19	habitual	habitual	JJ
19880	2466	20	practice	practice	NN
19880	2466	21	,	,	,
19880	2466	22	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2466	23	should	should	MD
19880	2466	24	be	be	VB
19880	2466	25	used	use	VBN
19880	2466	26	only	only	RB
19880	2466	27	under	under	IN
19880	2466	28	the	the	DT
19880	2466	29	direction	direction	NN
19880	2466	30	of	of	IN
19880	2466	31	a	a	DT
19880	2466	32	medical	medical	JJ
19880	2466	33	man	man	NN
19880	2466	34	,	,	,
19880	2466	35	and	and	CC
19880	2466	36	not	not	RB
19880	2466	37	self	self	NN
19880	2466	38	-	-	HYPH
19880	2466	39	prescribed	prescribe	VBN
19880	2466	40	.	.	.
19880	2467	1	As	as	IN
19880	2467	2	the	the	DT
19880	2467	3	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2467	4	and	and	CC
19880	2467	5	singer	singer	NN
19880	2467	6	must	must	MD
19880	2467	7	often	often	RB
19880	2467	8	practise	practise	VB
19880	2467	9	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2467	10	art	art	NN
19880	2467	11	in	in	IN
19880	2467	12	an	an	DT
19880	2467	13	atmosphere	atmosphere	NN
19880	2467	14	that	that	WDT
19880	2467	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	2467	16	far	far	RB
19880	2467	17	from	from	IN
19880	2467	18	pure	pure	JJ
19880	2467	19	,	,	,
19880	2467	20	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2467	21	will	will	MD
19880	2467	22	do	do	VB
19880	2467	23	well	well	RB
19880	2467	24	to	to	TO
19880	2467	25	carry	carry	VB
19880	2467	26	out	out	RP
19880	2467	27	in	in	IN
19880	2467	28	a	a	DT
19880	2467	29	routine	routine	JJ
19880	2467	30	way	way	NN
19880	2467	31	some	some	DT
19880	2467	32	sort	sort	NN
19880	2467	33	of	of	IN
19880	2467	34	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2467	35	toilet	toilet	NN
19880	2467	36	on	on	IN
19880	2467	37	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2467	38	return	return	NN
19880	2467	39	home	home	RB
19880	2467	40	and	and	CC
19880	2467	41	the	the	DT
19880	2467	42	next	next	JJ
19880	2467	43	morning	morning	NN
19880	2467	44	.	.	.
19880	2468	1	Various	various	JJ
19880	2468	2	simple	simple	JJ
19880	2468	3	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2468	4	and	and	CC
19880	2468	5	throat	throat	NN
19880	2468	6	washes	wash	NNS
19880	2468	7	may	may	MD
19880	2468	8	be	be	VB
19880	2468	9	used	use	VBN
19880	2468	10	,	,	,
19880	2468	11	such	such	JJ
19880	2468	12	as	as	IN
19880	2468	13	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2468	14	1	1	CD
19880	2468	15	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2468	16	water	water	NN
19880	2468	17	with	with	IN
19880	2468	18	a	a	DT
19880	2468	19	little	little	JJ
19880	2468	20	common	common	JJ
19880	2468	21	salt	salt	NN
19880	2468	22	dissolved	dissolve	VBN
19880	2468	23	in	in	IN
19880	2468	24	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2468	25	;	;	:
19880	2468	26	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2468	27	2	2	LS
19880	2468	28	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2468	29	water	water	NN
19880	2468	30	containing	contain	VBG
19880	2468	31	a	a	DT
19880	2468	32	few	few	JJ
19880	2468	33	drops	drop	NNS
19880	2468	34	of	of	IN
19880	2468	35	carbolic	carbolic	JJ
19880	2468	36	acid	acid	NN
19880	2468	37	--	--	:
19880	2468	38	just	just	RB
19880	2468	39	enough	enough	RB
19880	2468	40	to	to	TO
19880	2468	41	be	be	VB
19880	2468	42	distinctly	distinctly	RB
19880	2468	43	tasted	taste	VBN
19880	2468	44	;	;	:
19880	2468	45	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2468	46	3	3	LS
19880	2468	47	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2468	48	water	water	NN
19880	2468	49	containing	contain	VBG
19880	2468	50	listerine	listerine	NN
19880	2468	51	;	;	:
19880	2468	52	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2468	53	4	4	LS
19880	2468	54	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2468	55	either	either	CC
19880	2468	56	of	of	IN
19880	2468	57	the	the	DT
19880	2468	58	last	last	JJ
19880	2468	59	two	two	CD
19880	2468	60	with	with	IN
19880	2468	61	the	the	DT
19880	2468	62	addition	addition	NN
19880	2468	63	of	of	IN
19880	2468	64	a	a	DT
19880	2468	65	pinch	pinch	NN
19880	2468	66	of	of	IN
19880	2468	67	bicarbonate	bicarbonate	NN
19880	2468	68	of	of	IN
19880	2468	69	sodium	sodium	NN
19880	2468	70	to	to	IN
19880	2468	71	a	a	DT
19880	2468	72	teacupful	teacupful	JJ
19880	2468	73	of	of	IN
19880	2468	74	the	the	DT
19880	2468	75	fluid	fluid	NN
19880	2468	76	,	,	,
19880	2468	77	when	when	WRB
19880	2468	78	there	there	EX
19880	2468	79	is	be	VBZ
19880	2468	80	a	a	DT
19880	2468	81	tendency	tendency	NN
19880	2468	82	to	to	IN
19880	2468	83	catarrh	catarrh	NNP
19880	2468	84	.	.	.
19880	2469	1	The	the	DT
19880	2469	2	use	use	NN
19880	2469	3	of	of	IN
19880	2469	4	lozenges	lozenge	NNS
19880	2469	5	in	in	IN
19880	2469	6	a	a	DT
19880	2469	7	routine	routine	JJ
19880	2469	8	way	way	NN
19880	2469	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	2469	10	not	not	RB
19880	2469	11	to	to	TO
19880	2469	12	be	be	VB
19880	2469	13	commended	commend	VBN
19880	2469	14	,	,	,
19880	2469	15	and	and	CC
19880	2469	16	those	those	DT
19880	2469	17	containing	contain	VBG
19880	2469	18	morphia	morphia	NN
19880	2469	19	,	,	,
19880	2469	20	cocaine	cocaine	NN
19880	2469	21	,	,	,
19880	2469	22	etc	etc	FW
19880	2469	23	.	.	.
19880	2469	24	,	,	,
19880	2469	25	should	should	MD
19880	2469	26	be	be	VB
19880	2469	27	employed	employ	VBN
19880	2469	28	only	only	RB
19880	2469	29	under	under	IN
19880	2469	30	the	the	DT
19880	2469	31	supervision	supervision	NN
19880	2469	32	of	of	IN
19880	2469	33	a	a	DT
19880	2469	34	medical	medical	JJ
19880	2469	35	practitioner	practitioner	NN
19880	2469	36	.	.	.
19880	2470	1	Sometimes	sometimes	RB
19880	2470	2	,	,	,
19880	2470	3	especially	especially	RB
19880	2470	4	in	in	IN
19880	2470	5	the	the	DT
19880	2470	6	case	case	NN
19880	2470	7	of	of	IN
19880	2470	8	nervousness	nervousness	NN
19880	2470	9	,	,	,
19880	2470	10	a	a	DT
19880	2470	11	licorice	licorice	NN
19880	2470	12	pellet	pellet	NN
19880	2470	13	or	or	CC
19880	2470	14	a	a	DT
19880	2470	15	particle	particle	NN
19880	2470	16	of	of	IN
19880	2470	17	gum	gum	NN
19880	2470	18	arabic	arabic	NNP
19880	2470	19	serves	serve	VBZ
19880	2470	20	a	a	DT
19880	2470	21	good	good	JJ
19880	2470	22	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	2470	23	in	in	IN
19880	2470	24	aiding	aid	VBG
19880	2470	25	in	in	IN
19880	2470	26	keeping	keep	VBG
19880	2470	27	the	the	DT
19880	2470	28	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2470	29	moist	moist	NN
19880	2470	30	.	.	.
19880	2471	1	For	for	IN
19880	2471	2	one	one	CD
19880	2471	3	with	with	IN
19880	2471	4	a	a	DT
19880	2471	5	healthy	healthy	JJ
19880	2471	6	throat	throat	NN
19880	2471	7	the	the	DT
19880	2471	8	sipping	sipping	NN
19880	2471	9	of	of	IN
19880	2471	10	water	water	NN
19880	2471	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	2471	12	unnecessary	unnecessary	JJ
19880	2471	13	,	,	,
19880	2471	14	and	and	CC
19880	2471	15	the	the	DT
19880	2471	16	habit	habit	NN
19880	2471	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	2471	18	one	one	CD
19880	2471	19	on	on	IN
19880	2471	20	no	no	DT
19880	2471	21	account	account	NN
19880	2471	22	to	to	TO
19880	2471	23	be	be	VB
19880	2471	24	learned	learn	VBN
19880	2471	25	,	,	,
19880	2471	26	for	for	IN
19880	2471	27	the	the	DT
19880	2471	28	most	most	RBS
19880	2471	29	admirable	admirable	JJ
19880	2471	30	effect	effect	NN
19880	2471	31	may	may	MD
19880	2471	32	be	be	VB
19880	2471	33	spoiled	spoil	VBN
19880	2471	34	through	through	IN
19880	2471	35	the	the	DT
19880	2471	36	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2471	37	stopping	stop	VBG
19880	2471	38	to	to	TO
19880	2471	39	sip	sip	VB
19880	2471	40	water	water	NN
19880	2471	41	;	;	:
19880	2471	42	there	there	EX
19880	2471	43	is	be	VBZ
19880	2471	44	the	the	DT
19880	2471	45	fatal	fatal	JJ
19880	2471	46	and	and	CC
19880	2471	47	rapid	rapid	JJ
19880	2471	48	descent	descent	NN
19880	2471	49	from	from	IN
19880	2471	50	the	the	DT
19880	2471	51	lofty	lofty	NN
19880	2471	52	to	to	IN
19880	2471	53	the	the	DT
19880	2471	54	little	little	JJ
19880	2471	55	.	.	.
19880	2472	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2472	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2472	3	much	much	RB
19880	2472	4	more	more	RBR
19880	2472	5	important	important	JJ
19880	2472	6	to	to	TO
19880	2472	7	avoid	avoid	VB
19880	2472	8	eating	eat	VBG
19880	2472	9	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2472	10	things	thing	NNS
19880	2472	11	which	which	WDT
19880	2472	12	interfere	interfere	VBP
19880	2472	13	with	with	IN
19880	2472	14	the	the	DT
19880	2472	15	voice	voice	NN
19880	2472	16	than	than	IN
19880	2472	17	to	to	TO
19880	2472	18	take	take	VB
19880	2472	19	anything	anything	NN
19880	2472	20	to	to	TO
19880	2472	21	improve	improve	VB
19880	2472	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2472	23	before	before	IN
19880	2472	24	singing	singe	VBG
19880	2472	25	or	or	CC
19880	2472	26	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	2472	27	.	.	.
19880	2473	1	Each	each	DT
19880	2473	2	individual	individual	NN
19880	2473	3	should	should	MD
19880	2473	4	learn	learn	VB
19880	2473	5	just	just	RB
19880	2473	6	what	what	WP
19880	2473	7	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2473	8	can	can	MD
19880	2473	9	or	or	CC
19880	2473	10	can	can	MD
19880	2473	11	not	not	RB
19880	2473	12	with	with	IN
19880	2473	13	safety	safety	NN
19880	2473	14	eat	eat	NN
19880	2473	15	.	.	.
19880	2474	1	Certain	certain	JJ
19880	2474	2	kinds	kind	NNS
19880	2474	3	of	of	IN
19880	2474	4	fruit	fruit	NN
19880	2474	5	,	,	,
19880	2474	6	cheese	cheese	NN
19880	2474	7	,	,	,
19880	2474	8	fat	fat	JJ
19880	2474	9	meat	meat	NN
19880	2474	10	,	,	,
19880	2474	11	pastry	pastry	NN
19880	2474	12	,	,	,
19880	2474	13	nuts	nut	NNS
19880	2474	14	,	,	,
19880	2474	15	occasionally	occasionally	RB
19880	2474	16	even	even	RB
19880	2474	17	butter	butter	NN
19880	2474	18	,	,	,
19880	2474	19	not	not	RB
19880	2474	20	to	to	TO
19880	2474	21	mention	mention	VB
19880	2474	22	puddings	pudding	NNS
19880	2474	23	,	,	,
19880	2474	24	etc	etc	FW
19880	2474	25	.	.	.
19880	2474	26	,	,	,
19880	2474	27	must	must	MD
19880	2474	28	be	be	VB
19880	2474	29	put	put	VBN
19880	2474	30	on	on	IN
19880	2474	31	the	the	DT
19880	2474	32	list	list	NN
19880	2474	33	of	of	IN
19880	2474	34	what	what	WP
19880	2474	35	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2474	36	and	and	CC
19880	2474	37	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	2474	38	had	have	VBD
19880	2474	39	better	well	JJR
19880	2474	40	not	not	RB
19880	2474	41	partake	partake	VB
19880	2474	42	of	of	IN
19880	2474	43	before	before	IN
19880	2474	44	a	a	DT
19880	2474	45	public	public	JJ
19880	2474	46	appearance	appearance	NN
19880	2474	47	.	.	.
19880	2475	1	But	but	CC
19880	2475	2	the	the	DT
19880	2475	3	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	2475	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2475	5	quite	quite	RB
19880	2475	6	as	as	RB
19880	2475	7	important	important	JJ
19880	2475	8	as	as	IN
19880	2475	9	the	the	DT
19880	2475	10	quality	quality	NN
19880	2475	11	of	of	IN
19880	2475	12	the	the	DT
19880	2475	13	food	food	NN
19880	2475	14	taken	take	VBN
19880	2475	15	.	.	.
19880	2476	1	About	about	RB
19880	2476	2	one	one	CD
19880	2476	3	half	half	NN
19880	2476	4	the	the	DT
19880	2476	5	usual	usual	JJ
19880	2476	6	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	2476	7	,	,	,
19880	2476	8	at	at	IN
19880	2476	9	most	most	RBS
19880	2476	10	,	,	,
19880	2476	11	and	and	CC
19880	2476	12	of	of	IN
19880	2476	13	very	very	RB
19880	2476	14	simple	simple	JJ
19880	2476	15	but	but	CC
19880	2476	16	nourishing	nourish	VBG
19880	2476	17	food	food	NN
19880	2476	18	,	,	,
19880	2476	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	2476	20	enough	enough	JJ
19880	2476	21	for	for	IN
19880	2476	22	any	any	DT
19880	2476	23	one	one	NN
19880	2476	24	who	who	WP
19880	2476	25	would	would	MD
19880	2476	26	do	do	VB
19880	2476	27	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2476	28	justice	justice	NN
19880	2476	29	before	before	IN
19880	2476	30	the	the	DT
19880	2476	31	public	public	NN
19880	2476	32	.	.	.
19880	2477	1	If	if	IN
19880	2477	2	blood	blood	NN
19880	2477	3	and	and	CC
19880	2477	4	energy	energy	NN
19880	2477	5	be	be	VB
19880	2477	6	drawn	draw	VBN
19880	2477	7	off	off	RP
19880	2477	8	to	to	IN
19880	2477	9	the	the	DT
19880	2477	10	stomach	stomach	NN
19880	2477	11	by	by	IN
19880	2477	12	a	a	DT
19880	2477	13	large	large	JJ
19880	2477	14	meal	meal	NN
19880	2477	15	,	,	,
19880	2477	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2477	17	can	can	MD
19880	2477	18	not	not	RB
19880	2477	19	be	be	VB
19880	2477	20	available	available	JJ
19880	2477	21	for	for	IN
19880	2477	22	the	the	DT
19880	2477	23	uses	use	NNS
19880	2477	24	of	of	IN
19880	2477	25	the	the	DT
19880	2477	26	artist	artist	NN
19880	2477	27	.	.	.
19880	2478	1	Moreover	moreover	RB
19880	2478	2	,	,	,
19880	2478	3	a	a	DT
19880	2478	4	full	full	JJ
19880	2478	5	stomach	stomach	NN
19880	2478	6	pressing	press	VBG
19880	2478	7	up	up	RP
19880	2478	8	under	under	IN
19880	2478	9	the	the	DT
19880	2478	10	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	2478	11	greatly	greatly	RB
19880	2478	12	hampers	hamper	VBZ
19880	2478	13	the	the	DT
19880	2478	14	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2478	15	of	of	IN
19880	2478	16	this	this	DT
19880	2478	17	,	,	,
19880	2478	18	the	the	DT
19880	2478	19	most	most	RBS
19880	2478	20	important	important	JJ
19880	2478	21	of	of	IN
19880	2478	22	all	all	PDT
19880	2478	23	the	the	DT
19880	2478	24	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	2478	25	of	of	IN
19880	2478	26	breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	2478	27	.	.	.
19880	2479	1	Of	of	RB
19880	2479	2	course	course	RB
19880	2479	3	,	,	,
19880	2479	4	the	the	DT
19880	2479	5	public	public	JJ
19880	2479	6	singer	singer	NN
19880	2479	7	or	or	CC
19880	2479	8	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2479	9	should	should	MD
19880	2479	10	eat	eat	VB
19880	2479	11	after	after	IN
19880	2479	12	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2479	13	work	work	NN
19880	2479	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	2479	15	done	do	VBN
19880	2479	16	,	,	,
19880	2479	17	of	of	IN
19880	2479	18	what	what	WP
19880	2479	19	and	and	CC
19880	2479	20	how	how	WRB
19880	2479	21	much	much	JJ
19880	2479	22	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2479	23	can	can	MD
19880	2479	24	best	best	RB
19880	2479	25	learn	learn	VB
19880	2479	26	by	by	IN
19880	2479	27	experience	experience	NN
19880	2479	28	.	.	.
19880	2480	1	As	as	IN
19880	2480	2	the	the	DT
19880	2480	3	author	author	NN
19880	2480	4	has	have	VBZ
19880	2480	5	felt	feel	VBN
19880	2480	6	called	call	VBN
19880	2480	7	upon	upon	IN
19880	2480	8	to	to	TO
19880	2480	9	condemn	condemn	VB
19880	2480	10	the	the	DT
19880	2480	11	use	use	NN
19880	2480	12	of	of	IN
19880	2480	13	alcohol	alcohol	NN
19880	2480	14	in	in	IN
19880	2480	15	every	every	DT
19880	2480	16	form	form	NN
19880	2480	17	,	,	,
19880	2480	18	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2480	19	should	should	MD
19880	2480	20	,	,	,
19880	2480	21	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19880	2480	22	,	,	,
19880	2480	23	point	point	VB
19880	2480	24	out	out	RP
19880	2480	25	that	that	IN
19880	2480	26	to	to	TO
19880	2480	27	take	take	VB
19880	2480	28	a	a	DT
19880	2480	29	cup	cup	NN
19880	2480	30	of	of	IN
19880	2480	31	such	such	PDT
19880	2480	32	a	a	DT
19880	2480	33	mild	mild	JJ
19880	2480	34	stimulant	stimulant	NN
19880	2480	35	as	as	IN
19880	2480	36	tea	tea	NN
19880	2480	37	or	or	CC
19880	2480	38	coffee	coffee	NN
19880	2480	39	during	during	IN
19880	2480	40	an	an	DT
19880	2480	41	interval	interval	NN
19880	2480	42	,	,	,
19880	2480	43	in	in	IN
19880	2480	44	the	the	DT
19880	2480	45	case	case	NN
19880	2480	46	of	of	IN
19880	2480	47	those	those	DT
19880	2480	48	who	who	WP
19880	2480	49	feel	feel	VBP
19880	2480	50	weary	weary	JJ
19880	2480	51	,	,	,
19880	2480	52	is	be	VBZ
19880	2480	53	generally	generally	RB
19880	2480	54	an	an	DT
19880	2480	55	unobjectionable	unobjectionable	JJ
19880	2480	56	,	,	,
19880	2480	57	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	2480	58	,	,	,
19880	2480	59	often	often	RB
19880	2480	60	a	a	DT
19880	2480	61	useful	useful	JJ
19880	2480	62	,	,	,
19880	2480	63	procedure	procedure	NN
19880	2480	64	;	;	:
19880	2480	65	but	but	CC
19880	2480	66	the	the	DT
19880	2480	67	less	less	JJR
19880	2480	68	the	the	DT
19880	2480	69	artist	artist	NN
19880	2480	70	coddles	coddle	VBZ
19880	2480	71	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2480	72	,	,	,
19880	2480	73	especially	especially	RB
19880	2480	74	while	while	IN
19880	2480	75	still	still	RB
19880	2480	76	young	young	JJ
19880	2480	77	,	,	,
19880	2480	78	the	the	DT
19880	2480	79	better	well	JJR
19880	2480	80	.	.	.
19880	2481	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2481	2	would	would	MD
19880	2481	3	again	again	RB
19880	2481	4	call	call	VB
19880	2481	5	attention	attention	NN
19880	2481	6	to	to	IN
19880	2481	7	one	one	CD
19880	2481	8	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
19880	2481	9	fact	fact	NN
19880	2481	10	of	of	IN
19880	2481	11	great	great	JJ
19880	2481	12	importance	importance	NN
19880	2481	13	for	for	IN
19880	2481	14	the	the	DT
19880	2481	15	explanation	explanation	NN
19880	2481	16	of	of	IN
19880	2481	17	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2481	18	facts	fact	NNS
19880	2481	19	of	of	IN
19880	2481	20	experience	experience	NN
19880	2481	21	--	--	:
19880	2481	22	viz	viz	NN
19880	2481	23	.	.	.
19880	2482	1	:	:	:
19880	2482	2	that	that	IN
19880	2482	3	the	the	DT
19880	2482	4	whole	whole	JJ
19880	2482	5	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	2482	6	tract	tract	NN
19880	2482	7	,	,	,
19880	2482	8	the	the	DT
19880	2482	9	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	2482	10	included	include	VBD
19880	2482	11	,	,	,
19880	2482	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	2482	13	lined	line	VBN
19880	2482	14	with	with	IN
19880	2482	15	a	a	DT
19880	2482	16	_	_	NNP
19880	2482	17	mucous	mucous	JJ
19880	2482	18	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	2482	19	_	_	NNP
19880	2482	20	,	,	,
19880	2482	21	which	which	WDT
19880	2482	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	2482	23	continuous	continuous	JJ
19880	2482	24	with	with	IN
19880	2482	25	that	that	DT
19880	2482	26	covering	cover	VBG
19880	2482	27	the	the	DT
19880	2482	28	inner	inner	JJ
19880	2482	29	surface	surface	NN
19880	2482	30	of	of	IN
19880	2482	31	the	the	DT
19880	2482	32	digestive	digestive	JJ
19880	2482	33	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2482	34	.	.	.
19880	2483	1	That	that	DT
19880	2483	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2483	3	to	to	TO
19880	2483	4	say	say	VB
19880	2483	5	,	,	,
19880	2483	6	the	the	DT
19880	2483	7	nose	nose	NN
19880	2483	8	,	,	,
19880	2483	9	the	the	DT
19880	2483	10	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2483	11	,	,	,
19880	2483	12	the	the	DT
19880	2483	13	back	back	NN
19880	2483	14	of	of	IN
19880	2483	15	the	the	DT
19880	2483	16	throat	throat	NN
19880	2483	17	,	,	,
19880	2483	18	the	the	DT
19880	2483	19	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	2483	20	,	,	,
19880	2483	21	the	the	DT
19880	2483	22	windpipe	windpipe	NN
19880	2483	23	,	,	,
19880	2483	24	the	the	DT
19880	2483	25	bronchial	bronchial	JJ
19880	2483	26	tubes	tube	NNS
19880	2483	27	,	,	,
19880	2483	28	the	the	DT
19880	2483	29	gullet	gullet	NN
19880	2483	30	,	,	,
19880	2483	31	the	the	DT
19880	2483	32	stomach	stomach	NN
19880	2483	33	and	and	CC
19880	2483	34	intestines	intestine	NNS
19880	2483	35	are	be	VBP
19880	2483	36	all	all	DT
19880	2483	37	brought	bring	VBN
19880	2483	38	into	into	IN
19880	2483	39	structural	structural	JJ
19880	2483	40	connection	connection	NN
19880	2483	41	by	by	IN
19880	2483	42	this	this	DT
19880	2483	43	common	common	JJ
19880	2483	44	lining	lining	NN
19880	2483	45	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	2483	46	.	.	.
19880	2484	1	Moreover	moreover	RB
19880	2484	2	,	,	,
19880	2484	3	these	these	DT
19880	2484	4	parts	part	NNS
19880	2484	5	have	have	VBP
19880	2484	6	to	to	IN
19880	2484	7	some	some	DT
19880	2484	8	extent	extent	NN
19880	2484	9	the	the	DT
19880	2484	10	same	same	JJ
19880	2484	11	nerve	nerve	NN
19880	2484	12	supply	supply	NN
19880	2484	13	,	,	,
19880	2484	14	and	and	CC
19880	2484	15	are	be	VBP
19880	2484	16	,	,	,
19880	2484	17	in	in	IN
19880	2484	18	fact	fact	NN
19880	2484	19	,	,	,
19880	2484	20	so	so	RB
19880	2484	21	related	related	JJ
19880	2484	22	that	that	IN
19880	2484	23	derangement	derangement	NN
19880	2484	24	in	in	IN
19880	2484	25	one	one	CD
19880	2484	26	region	region	NN
19880	2484	27	must	must	MD
19880	2484	28	affect	affect	VB
19880	2484	29	sooner	soon	RBR
19880	2484	30	or	or	CC
19880	2484	31	later	later	RBR
19880	2484	32	,	,	,
19880	2484	33	and	and	CC
19880	2484	34	to	to	IN
19880	2484	35	a	a	DT
19880	2484	36	variable	variable	JJ
19880	2484	37	degree	degree	NN
19880	2484	38	according	accord	VBG
19880	2484	39	to	to	IN
19880	2484	40	the	the	DT
19880	2484	41	resisting	resist	VBG
19880	2484	42	power	power	NN
19880	2484	43	of	of	IN
19880	2484	44	each	each	DT
19880	2484	45	individual	individual	JJ
19880	2484	46	,	,	,
19880	2484	47	other	other	JJ
19880	2484	48	related	related	JJ
19880	2484	49	parts	part	NNS
19880	2484	50	.	.	.
19880	2485	1	Thus	thus	RB
19880	2485	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2485	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2485	4	that	that	IN
19880	2485	5	a	a	DT
19880	2485	6	disordered	disorder	VBN
19880	2485	7	stomach	stomach	NN
19880	2485	8	affects	affect	VBZ
19880	2485	9	the	the	DT
19880	2485	10	voice	voice	NN
19880	2485	11	,	,	,
19880	2485	12	that	that	IN
19880	2485	13	a	a	DT
19880	2485	14	cold	cold	NN
19880	2485	15	may	may	MD
19880	2485	16	affect	affect	VB
19880	2485	17	digestion	digestion	NN
19880	2485	18	,	,	,
19880	2485	19	that	that	IN
19880	2485	20	a	a	DT
19880	2485	21	catarrh	catarrh	NN
19880	2485	22	of	of	IN
19880	2485	23	the	the	DT
19880	2485	24	nose	nose	NN
19880	2485	25	will	will	MD
19880	2485	26	eventually	eventually	RB
19880	2485	27	reach	reach	VB
19880	2485	28	the	the	DT
19880	2485	29	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2485	30	bands	band	NNS
19880	2485	31	,	,	,
19880	2485	32	etc	etc	FW
19880	2485	33	.	.	.
19880	2486	1	Another	another	DT
19880	2486	2	principle	principle	NN
19880	2486	3	of	of	IN
19880	2486	4	wide	wide	RB
19880	2486	5	-	-	HYPH
19880	2486	6	reaching	reach	VBG
19880	2486	7	importance	importance	NN
19880	2486	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	2486	9	that	that	IN
19880	2486	10	all	all	DT
19880	2486	11	sorts	sort	NNS
19880	2486	12	of	of	IN
19880	2486	13	_	_	NNP
19880	2486	14	compression	compression	NN
19880	2486	15	_	_	NNP
19880	2486	16	must	must	MD
19880	2486	17	,	,	,
19880	2486	18	of	of	IN
19880	2486	19	necessity	necessity	NN
19880	2486	20	,	,	,
19880	2486	21	be	be	VB
19880	2486	22	attended	attend	VBN
19880	2486	23	by	by	IN
19880	2486	24	functional	functional	JJ
19880	2486	25	disorders	disorder	NNS
19880	2486	26	,	,	,
19880	2486	27	which	which	WDT
19880	2486	28	,	,	,
19880	2486	29	if	if	IN
19880	2486	30	long	long	RB
19880	2486	31	continued	continue	VBN
19880	2486	32	,	,	,
19880	2486	33	will	will	MD
19880	2486	34	result	result	VB
19880	2486	35	in	in	IN
19880	2486	36	organic	organic	JJ
19880	2486	37	or	or	CC
19880	2486	38	structural	structural	JJ
19880	2486	39	changes	change	NNS
19880	2486	40	implying	imply	VBG
19880	2486	41	deterioration	deterioration	NN
19880	2486	42	of	of	IN
19880	2486	43	a	a	DT
19880	2486	44	kind	kind	NN
19880	2486	45	that	that	WDT
19880	2486	46	must	must	MD
19880	2486	47	be	be	VB
19880	2486	48	more	more	RBR
19880	2486	49	or	or	CC
19880	2486	50	less	less	RBR
19880	2486	51	permanent	permanent	JJ
19880	2486	52	.	.	.
19880	2487	1	Whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	2487	2	the	the	DT
19880	2487	3	cause	cause	NN
19880	2487	4	of	of	IN
19880	2487	5	compression	compression	NN
19880	2487	6	of	of	IN
19880	2487	7	the	the	DT
19880	2487	8	chest	chest	NN
19880	2487	9	or	or	CC
19880	2487	10	neck	neck	NN
19880	2487	11	,	,	,
19880	2487	12	the	the	DT
19880	2487	13	result	result	NN
19880	2487	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	2487	15	the	the	DT
19880	2487	16	same	same	JJ
19880	2487	17	:	:	:
19880	2487	18	a	a	DT
19880	2487	19	retention	retention	NN
19880	2487	20	of	of	IN
19880	2487	21	blood	blood	NN
19880	2487	22	in	in	IN
19880	2487	23	parts	part	NNS
19880	2487	24	for	for	IN
19880	2487	25	too	too	RB
19880	2487	26	long	long	RB
19880	2487	27	a	a	DT
19880	2487	28	period	period	NN
19880	2487	29	--	--	:
19880	2487	30	a	a	DT
19880	2487	31	condition	condition	NN
19880	2487	32	of	of	IN
19880	2487	33	things	thing	NNS
19880	2487	34	which	which	WDT
19880	2487	35	must	must	MD
19880	2487	36	inevitably	inevitably	RB
19880	2487	37	be	be	VB
19880	2487	38	injurious	injurious	JJ
19880	2487	39	.	.	.
19880	2488	1	The	the	DT
19880	2488	2	tissues	tissue	NNS
19880	2488	3	are	be	VBP
19880	2488	4	made	make	VBN
19880	2488	5	up	up	RP
19880	2488	6	of	of	IN
19880	2488	7	cells	cell	NNS
19880	2488	8	,	,	,
19880	2488	9	which	which	WDT
19880	2488	10	are	be	VBP
19880	2488	11	the	the	DT
19880	2488	12	individuals	individual	NNS
19880	2488	13	of	of	IN
19880	2488	14	the	the	DT
19880	2488	15	bodily	bodily	JJ
19880	2488	16	community	community	NN
19880	2488	17	.	.	.
19880	2489	1	Around	around	IN
19880	2489	2	these	these	DT
19880	2489	3	cells	cell	NNS
19880	2489	4	are	be	VBP
19880	2489	5	found	find	VBN
19880	2489	6	the	the	DT
19880	2489	7	smallest	small	JJS
19880	2489	8	of	of	IN
19880	2489	9	the	the	DT
19880	2489	10	blood	blood	NN
19880	2489	11	-	-	HYPH
19880	2489	12	vessels	vessel	NNS
19880	2489	13	,	,	,
19880	2489	14	the	the	DT
19880	2489	15	capillaries	capillary	NNS
19880	2489	16	,	,	,
19880	2489	17	between	between	IN
19880	2489	18	which	which	WDT
19880	2489	19	and	and	CC
19880	2489	20	the	the	DT
19880	2489	21	tissues	tissue	NNS
19880	2489	22	a	a	DT
19880	2489	23	sort	sort	NN
19880	2489	24	of	of	IN
19880	2489	25	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2489	26	barter	barter	NN
19880	2489	27	is	be	VBZ
19880	2489	28	continually	continually	RB
19880	2489	29	going	go	VBG
19880	2489	30	on	on	RP
19880	2489	31	,	,	,
19880	2489	32	the	the	DT
19880	2489	33	capillaries	capillary	NNS
19880	2489	34	handing	hand	VBG
19880	2489	35	over	over	IN
19880	2489	36	oxygen	oxygen	NN
19880	2489	37	and	and	CC
19880	2489	38	food	food	NN
19880	2489	39	supplies	supply	NNS
19880	2489	40	from	from	IN
19880	2489	41	the	the	DT
19880	2489	42	blood	blood	NN
19880	2489	43	,	,	,
19880	2489	44	and	and	CC
19880	2489	45	receiving	receive	VBG
19880	2489	46	waste	waste	NN
19880	2489	47	materials	material	NNS
19880	2489	48	in	in	IN
19880	2489	49	return	return	NN
19880	2489	50	,	,	,
19880	2489	51	as	as	IN
19880	2489	52	the	the	DT
19880	2489	53	blood	blood	NN
19880	2489	54	creeps	creep	VBZ
19880	2489	55	along	along	RB
19880	2489	56	at	at	IN
19880	2489	57	a	a	DT
19880	2489	58	very	very	RB
19880	2489	59	slow	slow	JJ
19880	2489	60	rate	rate	NN
19880	2489	61	.	.	.
19880	2490	1	If	if	IN
19880	2490	2	,	,	,
19880	2490	3	however	however	RB
19880	2490	4	,	,	,
19880	2490	5	in	in	IN
19880	2490	6	consequence	consequence	NN
19880	2490	7	of	of	IN
19880	2490	8	pressure	pressure	NN
19880	2490	9	on	on	IN
19880	2490	10	a	a	DT
19880	2490	11	part	part	NN
19880	2490	12	,	,	,
19880	2490	13	the	the	DT
19880	2490	14	blood	blood	NN
19880	2490	15	be	be	VB
19880	2490	16	kept	keep	VBN
19880	2490	17	back	back	RB
19880	2490	18	in	in	IN
19880	2490	19	these	these	DT
19880	2490	20	minute	minute	NN
19880	2490	21	vessels	vessel	NNS
19880	2490	22	too	too	RB
19880	2490	23	long	long	RB
19880	2490	24	,	,	,
19880	2490	25	there	there	EX
19880	2490	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	2490	27	naturally	naturally	RB
19880	2490	28	a	a	DT
19880	2490	29	double	double	JJ
19880	2490	30	evil	evil	NN
19880	2490	31	:	:	:
19880	2490	32	first	first	RB
19880	2490	33	,	,	,
19880	2490	34	the	the	DT
19880	2490	35	food	food	NN
19880	2490	36	and	and	CC
19880	2490	37	oxygen	oxygen	NN
19880	2490	38	supplies	supply	NNS
19880	2490	39	fail	fail	VBP
19880	2490	40	--	--	:
19880	2490	41	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2490	42	have	have	VBP
19880	2490	43	been	be	VBN
19880	2490	44	used	use	VBN
19880	2490	45	up	up	RP
19880	2490	46	already	already	RB
19880	2490	47	--	--	:
19880	2490	48	and	and	CC
19880	2490	49	,	,	,
19880	2490	50	secondly	secondly	RB
19880	2490	51	,	,	,
19880	2490	52	the	the	DT
19880	2490	53	waste	waste	NN
19880	2490	54	products	product	NNS
19880	2490	55	accumulate	accumulate	VBP
19880	2490	56	in	in	IN
19880	2490	57	the	the	DT
19880	2490	58	tissue	tissue	NN
19880	2490	59	cells	cell	NNS
19880	2490	60	,	,	,
19880	2490	61	so	so	IN
19880	2490	62	that	that	IN
19880	2490	63	there	there	EX
19880	2490	64	is	be	VBZ
19880	2490	65	a	a	DT
19880	2490	66	combination	combination	NN
19880	2490	67	of	of	IN
19880	2490	68	starvation	starvation	NN
19880	2490	69	and	and	CC
19880	2490	70	poisoning	poisoning	NN
19880	2490	71	--	--	:
19880	2490	72	a	a	DT
19880	2490	73	sort	sort	NN
19880	2490	74	of	of	IN
19880	2490	75	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2490	76	slum	slum	NN
19880	2490	77	life	life	NN
19880	2490	78	,	,	,
19880	2490	79	with	with	IN
19880	2490	80	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19880	2490	81	degradation	degradation	NN
19880	2490	82	;	;	:
19880	2490	83	so	so	IN
19880	2490	84	that	that	IN
19880	2490	85	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2490	86	is	be	VBZ
19880	2490	87	not	not	RB
19880	2490	88	at	at	RB
19880	2490	89	all	all	RB
19880	2490	90	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	2490	91	to	to	TO
19880	2490	92	understand	understand	VB
19880	2490	93	why	why	WRB
19880	2490	94	tight	tight	JJ
19880	2490	95	collars	collar	NNS
19880	2490	96	,	,	,
19880	2490	97	neckbands	neckband	NNS
19880	2490	98	,	,	,
19880	2490	99	corsets	corset	NNS
19880	2490	100	,	,	,
19880	2490	101	etc	etc	FW
19880	2490	102	.	.	.
19880	2490	103	,	,	,
19880	2490	104	must	must	MD
19880	2490	105	be	be	VB
19880	2490	106	unmixed	unmixed	JJ
19880	2490	107	evils	evil	NNS
19880	2490	108	,	,	,
19880	2490	109	apart	apart	RB
19880	2490	110	altogether	altogether	RB
19880	2490	111	from	from	IN
19880	2490	112	the	the	DT
19880	2490	113	fact	fact	NN
19880	2490	114	that	that	IN
19880	2490	115	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2490	116	so	so	RB
19880	2490	117	greatly	greatly	RB
19880	2490	118	hamper	hamper	VBP
19880	2490	119	the	the	DT
19880	2490	120	very	very	JJ
19880	2490	121	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2490	122	the	the	DT
19880	2490	123	voice	voice	NN
19880	2490	124	-	-	HYPH
19880	2490	125	user	user	NN
19880	2490	126	most	most	JJS
19880	2490	127	requires	require	VBZ
19880	2490	128	for	for	IN
19880	2490	129	the	the	DT
19880	2490	130	successful	successful	JJ
19880	2490	131	execution	execution	NN
19880	2490	132	of	of	IN
19880	2490	133	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2490	134	task	task	NN
19880	2490	135	.	.	.
19880	2491	1	All	all	DT
19880	2491	2	sorts	sort	NNS
19880	2491	3	of	of	IN
19880	2491	4	straining	strain	VBG
19880	2491	5	or	or	CC
19880	2491	6	forcing	forcing	NN
19880	2491	7	also	also	RB
19880	2491	8	involve	involve	VBP
19880	2491	9	this	this	DT
19880	2491	10	same	same	JJ
19880	2491	11	evil	evil	NN
19880	2491	12	,	,	,
19880	2491	13	known	know	VBN
19880	2491	14	to	to	IN
19880	2491	15	medical	medical	JJ
19880	2491	16	men	man	NNS
19880	2491	17	as	as	IN
19880	2491	18	_	_	NNP
19880	2491	19	congestion	congestion	NN
19880	2491	20	_	_	NNP
19880	2491	21	.	.	.
19880	2492	1	The	the	DT
19880	2492	2	sore	sore	JJ
19880	2492	3	throats	throat	NNS
19880	2492	4	so	so	RB
19880	2492	5	common	common	JJ
19880	2492	6	with	with	IN
19880	2492	7	those	those	DT
19880	2492	8	who	who	WP
19880	2492	9	force	force	VBP
19880	2492	10	,	,	,
19880	2492	11	owing	owe	VBG
19880	2492	12	to	to	IN
19880	2492	13	methods	method	NNS
19880	2492	14	essentially	essentially	RB
19880	2492	15	wrong	wrong	JJ
19880	2492	16	,	,	,
19880	2492	17	or	or	CC
19880	2492	18	simply	simply	RB
19880	2492	19	to	to	IN
19880	2492	20	the	the	DT
19880	2492	21	too	too	RB
19880	2492	22	vigorous	vigorous	JJ
19880	2492	23	use	use	NN
19880	2492	24	of	of	IN
19880	2492	25	methods	method	NNS
19880	2492	26	correct	correct	JJ
19880	2492	27	in	in	IN
19880	2492	28	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2492	29	,	,	,
19880	2492	30	are	be	VBP
19880	2492	31	to	to	TO
19880	2492	32	be	be	VB
19880	2492	33	traced	trace	VBN
19880	2492	34	to	to	IN
19880	2492	35	the	the	DT
19880	2492	36	above--_i.e	above--_i.e	NNP
19880	2492	37	.	.	.
19880	2492	38	_	_	NNP
19880	2492	39	,	,	,
19880	2492	40	to	to	IN
19880	2492	41	this	this	DT
19880	2492	42	congestion	congestion	NN
19880	2492	43	,	,	,
19880	2492	44	which	which	WDT
19880	2492	45	is	be	VBZ
19880	2492	46	bad	bad	JJ
19880	2492	47	,	,	,
19880	2492	48	and	and	CC
19880	2492	49	bad	bad	JJ
19880	2492	50	only	only	RB
19880	2492	51	.	.	.
19880	2493	1	If	if	IN
19880	2493	2	one	one	CD
19880	2493	3	who	who	WP
19880	2493	4	had	have	VBD
19880	2493	5	a	a	DT
19880	2493	6	naturally	naturally	RB
19880	2493	7	sound	sound	JJ
19880	2493	8	throat	throat	NN
19880	2493	9	at	at	IN
19880	2493	10	the	the	DT
19880	2493	11	outset	outset	NN
19880	2493	12	finds	find	VBZ
19880	2493	13	that	that	IN
19880	2493	14	after	after	IN
19880	2493	15	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2493	16	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	2493	17	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2493	18	experiences	experience	VBZ
19880	2493	19	either	either	CC
19880	2493	20	a	a	DT
19880	2493	21	soreness	soreness	NN
19880	2493	22	or	or	CC
19880	2493	23	an	an	DT
19880	2493	24	undue	undue	JJ
19880	2493	25	weariness	weariness	NN
19880	2493	26	of	of	IN
19880	2493	27	parts	part	NNS
19880	2493	28	,	,	,
19880	2493	29	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2493	30	should	should	MD
19880	2493	31	conclude	conclude	VB
19880	2493	32	,	,	,
19880	2493	33	if	if	IN
19880	2493	34	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2493	35	is	be	VBZ
19880	2493	36	living	live	VBG
19880	2493	37	under	under	IN
19880	2493	38	healthy	healthy	JJ
19880	2493	39	conditions	condition	NNS
19880	2493	40	,	,	,
19880	2493	41	that	that	IN
19880	2493	42	the	the	DT
19880	2493	43	methods	method	NNS
19880	2493	44	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2493	45	is	be	VBZ
19880	2493	46	employing	employ	VBG
19880	2493	47	are	be	VBP
19880	2493	48	incorrect	incorrect	JJ
19880	2493	49	,	,	,
19880	2493	50	and	and	CC
19880	2493	51	seek	seek	VB
19880	2493	52	the	the	DT
19880	2493	53	natural	natural	JJ
19880	2493	54	remedy	remedy	NN
19880	2493	55	.	.	.
19880	2494	1	Proper	proper	JJ
19880	2494	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2494	3	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	2494	4	should	should	MD
19880	2494	5	,	,	,
19880	2494	6	in	in	IN
19880	2494	7	those	those	DT
19880	2494	8	with	with	IN
19880	2494	9	healthy	healthy	JJ
19880	2494	10	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2494	11	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2494	12	,	,	,
19880	2494	13	always	always	RB
19880	2494	14	improve	improve	VB
19880	2494	15	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2494	16	and	and	CC
19880	2494	17	the	the	DT
19880	2494	18	condition	condition	NN
19880	2494	19	of	of	IN
19880	2494	20	the	the	DT
19880	2494	21	whole	whole	JJ
19880	2494	22	man	man	NN
19880	2494	23	.	.	.
19880	2495	1	The	the	DT
19880	2495	2	author	author	NN
19880	2495	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	2495	4	met	meet	VBN
19880	2495	5	those	those	DT
19880	2495	6	who	who	WP
19880	2495	7	have	have	VBP
19880	2495	8	been	be	VBN
19880	2495	9	ruined	ruin	VBN
19880	2495	10	vocally	vocally	RB
19880	2495	11	for	for	IN
19880	2495	12	life	life	NN
19880	2495	13	by	by	IN
19880	2495	14	the	the	DT
19880	2495	15	use	use	NN
19880	2495	16	of	of	IN
19880	2495	17	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2495	18	methods	method	NNS
19880	2495	19	recommended	recommend	VBN
19880	2495	20	by	by	IN
19880	2495	21	would	would	MD
19880	2495	22	-	-	HYPH
19880	2495	23	be	be	VB
19880	2495	24	professional	professional	JJ
19880	2495	25	guides	guide	NNS
19880	2495	26	.	.	.
19880	2496	1	Why	why	WRB
19880	2496	2	should	should	MD
19880	2496	3	not	not	RB
19880	2496	4	all	all	DT
19880	2496	5	who	who	WP
19880	2496	6	assume	assume	VBP
19880	2496	7	the	the	DT
19880	2496	8	responsibility	responsibility	NN
19880	2496	9	of	of	IN
19880	2496	10	guiding	guide	VBG
19880	2496	11	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	2496	12	and	and	CC
19880	2496	13	especially	especially	RB
19880	2496	14	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2496	15	be	be	VB
19880	2496	16	required	require	VBN
19880	2496	17	by	by	IN
19880	2496	18	the	the	DT
19880	2496	19	state	state	NN
19880	2496	20	to	to	TO
19880	2496	21	show	show	VB
19880	2496	22	that	that	IN
19880	2496	23	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2496	24	have	have	VBP
19880	2496	25	not	not	RB
19880	2496	26	only	only	RB
19880	2496	27	a	a	DT
19880	2496	28	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	2496	29	of	of	IN
19880	2496	30	music	music	NN
19880	2496	31	and	and	CC
19880	2496	32	vocal	vocal	NN
19880	2496	33	technique	technique	NN
19880	2496	34	,	,	,
19880	2496	35	but	but	CC
19880	2496	36	also	also	RB
19880	2496	37	at	at	IN
19880	2496	38	least	least	JJS
19880	2496	39	a	a	DT
19880	2496	40	moderate	moderate	JJ
19880	2496	41	amount	amount	NN
19880	2496	42	of	of	IN
19880	2496	43	practical	practical	JJ
19880	2496	44	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	2496	45	of	of	IN
19880	2496	46	the	the	DT
19880	2496	47	anatomy	anatomy	NN
19880	2496	48	and	and	CC
19880	2496	49	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	2496	50	of	of	IN
19880	2496	51	the	the	DT
19880	2496	52	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2496	53	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2496	54	,	,	,
19880	2496	55	with	with	IN
19880	2496	56	some	some	DT
19880	2496	57	elementary	elementary	JJ
19880	2496	58	information	information	NN
19880	2496	59	on	on	IN
19880	2496	60	general	general	JJ
19880	2496	61	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	2496	62	?	?	.
19880	2497	1	If	if	IN
19880	2497	2	the	the	DT
19880	2497	3	injury	injury	NN
19880	2497	4	done	do	VBN
19880	2497	5	by	by	IN
19880	2497	6	incompetent	incompetent	JJ
19880	2497	7	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	2497	8	were	be	VBD
19880	2497	9	realized	realize	VBN
19880	2497	10	,	,	,
19880	2497	11	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2497	12	feel	feel	VBP
19880	2497	13	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2497	14	that	that	IN
19880	2497	15	the	the	DT
19880	2497	16	above	above	JJ
19880	2497	17	proposition	proposition	NN
19880	2497	18	would	would	MD
19880	2497	19	not	not	RB
19880	2497	20	be	be	VB
19880	2497	21	questioned	question	VBN
19880	2497	22	.	.	.
19880	2498	1	A	a	DT
19880	2498	2	common	common	JJ
19880	2498	3	cause	cause	NN
19880	2498	4	of	of	IN
19880	2498	5	congestion	congestion	NN
19880	2498	6	of	of	IN
19880	2498	7	the	the	DT
19880	2498	8	digestive	digestive	JJ
19880	2498	9	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2498	10	,	,	,
19880	2498	11	with	with	IN
19880	2498	12	which	which	WDT
19880	2498	13	,	,	,
19880	2498	14	of	of	IN
19880	2498	15	course	course	NN
19880	2498	16	,	,	,
19880	2498	17	other	other	JJ
19880	2498	18	parts	part	NNS
19880	2498	19	sympathize	sympathize	VBP
19880	2498	20	physiologically	physiologically	RB
19880	2498	21	,	,	,
19880	2498	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	2498	23	_	_	NNP
19880	2498	24	constipation	constipation	NN
19880	2498	25	_	_	NNP
19880	2498	26	,	,	,
19880	2498	27	very	very	RB
19880	2498	28	often	often	RB
19880	2498	29	the	the	DT
19880	2498	30	result	result	NN
19880	2498	31	of	of	IN
19880	2498	32	insufficient	insufficient	JJ
19880	2498	33	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	2498	34	,	,	,
19880	2498	35	and	and	CC
19880	2498	36	injurious	injurious	JJ
19880	2498	37	in	in	IN
19880	2498	38	many	many	JJ
19880	2498	39	ways	way	NNS
19880	2498	40	.	.	.
19880	2499	1	Speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	2499	2	and	and	CC
19880	2499	3	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2499	4	very	very	RB
19880	2499	5	generally	generally	RB
19880	2499	6	ride	ride	VBP
19880	2499	7	to	to	IN
19880	2499	8	and	and	CC
19880	2499	9	from	from	IN
19880	2499	10	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2499	11	engagements	engagement	NNS
19880	2499	12	,	,	,
19880	2499	13	so	so	IN
19880	2499	14	that	that	IN
19880	2499	15	there	there	EX
19880	2499	16	is	be	VBZ
19880	2499	17	special	special	JJ
19880	2499	18	reason	reason	NN
19880	2499	19	why	why	WRB
19880	2499	20	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2499	21	should	should	MD
19880	2499	22	see	see	VB
19880	2499	23	to	to	IN
19880	2499	24	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2499	25	that	that	IN
19880	2499	26	some	some	DT
19880	2499	27	time	time	NN
19880	2499	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	2499	29	set	set	VBN
19880	2499	30	aside	aside	RB
19880	2499	31	for	for	IN
19880	2499	32	general	general	JJ
19880	2499	33	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	2499	34	,	,	,
19880	2499	35	as	as	IN
19880	2499	36	walking	walk	VBG
19880	2499	37	in	in	IN
19880	2499	38	the	the	DT
19880	2499	39	open	open	JJ
19880	2499	40	air	air	NN
19880	2499	41	,	,	,
19880	2499	42	which	which	WDT
19880	2499	43	would	would	MD
19880	2499	44	of	of	IN
19880	2499	45	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2499	46	work	work	VBP
19880	2499	47	against	against	IN
19880	2499	48	that	that	DT
19880	2499	49	tendency	tendency	NN
19880	2499	50	to	to	TO
19880	2499	51	grow	grow	VB
19880	2499	52	fat	fat	NN
19880	2499	53	which	which	WDT
19880	2499	54	is	be	VBZ
19880	2499	55	the	the	DT
19880	2499	56	physical	physical	JJ
19880	2499	57	curse	curse	NN
19880	2499	58	that	that	WDT
19880	2499	59	seems	seem	VBZ
19880	2499	60	to	to	TO
19880	2499	61	fall	fall	VB
19880	2499	62	on	on	IN
19880	2499	63	artists	artist	NNS
19880	2499	64	above	above	IN
19880	2499	65	most	most	JJS
19880	2499	66	others	other	NNS
19880	2499	67	.	.	.
19880	2500	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2500	2	seems	seem	VBZ
19880	2500	3	scarcely	scarcely	RB
19880	2500	4	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	2500	5	to	to	TO
19880	2500	6	point	point	VB
19880	2500	7	out	out	RP
19880	2500	8	how	how	WRB
19880	2500	9	important	important	JJ
19880	2500	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2500	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	2500	12	for	for	IN
19880	2500	13	those	those	DT
19880	2500	14	who	who	WP
19880	2500	15	propose	propose	VBP
19880	2500	16	to	to	TO
19880	2500	17	take	take	VB
19880	2500	18	up	up	RP
19880	2500	19	the	the	DT
19880	2500	20	life	life	NN
19880	2500	21	of	of	IN
19880	2500	22	the	the	DT
19880	2500	23	stage	stage	NN
19880	2500	24	or	or	CC
19880	2500	25	the	the	DT
19880	2500	26	platform	platform	NN
19880	2500	27	to	to	TO
19880	2500	28	look	look	VB
19880	2500	29	to	to	IN
19880	2500	30	hardening	harden	VBG
19880	2500	31	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2500	32	against	against	IN
19880	2500	33	catching	catch	VBG
19880	2500	34	cold	cold	NN
19880	2500	35	,	,	,
19880	2500	36	by	by	IN
19880	2500	37	friction	friction	NN
19880	2500	38	of	of	IN
19880	2500	39	the	the	DT
19880	2500	40	skin	skin	NN
19880	2500	41	,	,	,
19880	2500	42	cold	cold	JJ
19880	2500	43	bathing	bathing	NN
19880	2500	44	,	,	,
19880	2500	45	etc	etc	FW
19880	2500	46	.	.	.
19880	2501	1	The	the	DT
19880	2501	2	use	use	NN
19880	2501	3	of	of	IN
19880	2501	4	a	a	DT
19880	2501	5	sponge	sponge	JJ
19880	2501	6	-	-	HYPH
19880	2501	7	bath	bath	NN
19880	2501	8	of	of	IN
19880	2501	9	cold	cold	JJ
19880	2501	10	salt	salt	NN
19880	2501	11	and	and	CC
19880	2501	12	water	water	NN
19880	2501	13	to	to	IN
19880	2501	14	the	the	DT
19880	2501	15	upper	upper	JJ
19880	2501	16	parts	part	NNS
19880	2501	17	of	of	IN
19880	2501	18	the	the	DT
19880	2501	19	body	body	NN
19880	2501	20	,	,	,
19880	2501	21	especially	especially	RB
19880	2501	22	the	the	DT
19880	2501	23	neck	neck	NN
19880	2501	24	and	and	CC
19880	2501	25	chest	chest	NN
19880	2501	26	,	,	,
19880	2501	27	will	will	MD
19880	2501	28	prove	prove	VB
19880	2501	29	valuable	valuable	JJ
19880	2501	30	in	in	IN
19880	2501	31	many	many	JJ
19880	2501	32	cases	case	NNS
19880	2501	33	,	,	,
19880	2501	34	but	but	CC
19880	2501	35	the	the	DT
19880	2501	36	enervating	enervate	VBG
19880	2501	37	effects	effect	NNS
19880	2501	38	of	of	IN
19880	2501	39	hot	hot	JJ
19880	2501	40	water	water	NN
19880	2501	41	should	should	MD
19880	2501	42	be	be	VB
19880	2501	43	avoided	avoid	VBN
19880	2501	44	by	by	IN
19880	2501	45	all	all	DT
19880	2501	46	.	.	.
19880	2502	1	The	the	DT
19880	2502	2	remarks	remark	NNS
19880	2502	3	made	make	VBN
19880	2502	4	in	in	IN
19880	2502	5	regard	regard	NN
19880	2502	6	to	to	IN
19880	2502	7	Wagner	Wagner	NNP
19880	2502	8	's	's	POS
19880	2502	9	music	music	NN
19880	2502	10	on	on	IN
19880	2502	11	page	page	NN
19880	2502	12	257	257	CD
19880	2502	13	have	have	VBP
19880	2502	14	been	be	VBN
19880	2502	15	among	among	IN
19880	2502	16	the	the	DT
19880	2502	17	very	very	RB
19880	2502	18	few	few	JJ
19880	2502	19	to	to	TO
19880	2502	20	which	which	WDT
19880	2502	21	exception	exception	NN
19880	2502	22	has	have	VBZ
19880	2502	23	been	be	VBN
19880	2502	24	taken	take	VBN
19880	2502	25	by	by	IN
19880	2502	26	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2502	27	reviewers	reviewer	NNS
19880	2502	28	.	.	.
19880	2503	1	To	to	IN
19880	2503	2	those	those	DT
19880	2503	3	who	who	WP
19880	2503	4	disagree	disagree	VBP
19880	2503	5	with	with	IN
19880	2503	6	me	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2503	7	on	on	IN
19880	2503	8	the	the	DT
19880	2503	9	merits	merit	NNS
19880	2503	10	of	of	IN
19880	2503	11	the	the	DT
19880	2503	12	case	case	NN
19880	2503	13	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2503	14	have	have	VBP
19880	2503	15	nothing	nothing	NN
19880	2503	16	to	to	TO
19880	2503	17	say	say	VB
19880	2503	18	,	,	,
19880	2503	19	but	but	CC
19880	2503	20	some	some	DT
19880	2503	21	have	have	VBP
19880	2503	22	assumed	assume	VBN
19880	2503	23	that	that	IN
19880	2503	24	the	the	DT
19880	2503	25	writer	writer	NN
19880	2503	26	was	be	VBD
19880	2503	27	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	2503	28	out	out	IN
19880	2503	29	of	of	IN
19880	2503	30	pure	pure	JJ
19880	2503	31	theory	theory	NN
19880	2503	32	,	,	,
19880	2503	33	in	in	IN
19880	2503	34	real	real	JJ
19880	2503	35	ignorance	ignorance	NN
19880	2503	36	of	of	IN
19880	2503	37	Wagner	Wagner	NNP
19880	2503	38	's	's	POS
19880	2503	39	works	work	NNS
19880	2503	40	.	.	.
19880	2504	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2504	2	wish	wish	VBP
19880	2504	3	to	to	TO
19880	2504	4	set	set	VB
19880	2504	5	that	that	DT
19880	2504	6	class	class	NN
19880	2504	7	of	of	IN
19880	2504	8	critics	critic	NNS
19880	2504	9	right	right	JJ
19880	2504	10	.	.	.
19880	2505	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2505	2	have	have	VBP
19880	2505	3	spent	spend	VBN
19880	2505	4	a	a	DT
19880	2505	5	great	great	JJ
19880	2505	6	many	many	JJ
19880	2505	7	seasons	season	NNS
19880	2505	8	in	in	IN
19880	2505	9	Germany	Germany	NNP
19880	2505	10	,	,	,
19880	2505	11	and	and	CC
19880	2505	12	have	have	VBP
19880	2505	13	heard	hear	VBN
19880	2505	14	Wagner	Wagner	NNP
19880	2505	15	's	's	POS
19880	2505	16	works	work	NNS
19880	2505	17	under	under	IN
19880	2505	18	a	a	DT
19880	2505	19	great	great	JJ
19880	2505	20	variety	variety	NN
19880	2505	21	of	of	IN
19880	2505	22	circumstances	circumstance	NNS
19880	2505	23	,	,	,
19880	2505	24	and	and	CC
19880	2505	25	have	have	VBP
19880	2505	26	heard	hear	VBN
19880	2505	27	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2505	28	also	also	RB
19880	2505	29	in	in	IN
19880	2505	30	several	several	JJ
19880	2505	31	other	other	JJ
19880	2505	32	countries	country	NNS
19880	2505	33	.	.	.
19880	2506	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2506	2	have	have	VBP
19880	2506	3	also	also	RB
19880	2506	4	had	have	VBN
19880	2506	5	the	the	DT
19880	2506	6	opportunity	opportunity	NN
19880	2506	7	of	of	IN
19880	2506	8	getting	get	VBG
19880	2506	9	behind	behind	IN
19880	2506	10	the	the	DT
19880	2506	11	scenes	scene	NNS
19880	2506	12	in	in	IN
19880	2506	13	a	a	DT
19880	2506	14	way	way	NN
19880	2506	15	that	that	WDT
19880	2506	16	falls	fall	VBZ
19880	2506	17	to	to	IN
19880	2506	18	the	the	DT
19880	2506	19	lot	lot	NN
19880	2506	20	of	of	IN
19880	2506	21	few	few	JJ
19880	2506	22	,	,	,
19880	2506	23	so	so	CC
19880	2506	24	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2506	25	think	think	VBP
19880	2506	26	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2506	27	am	be	VBP
19880	2506	28	entitled	entitle	VBN
19880	2506	29	to	to	TO
19880	2506	30	speak	speak	VB
19880	2506	31	with	with	IN
19880	2506	32	rather	rather	RB
19880	2506	33	more	more	JJR
19880	2506	34	than	than	IN
19880	2506	35	the	the	DT
19880	2506	36	usual	usual	JJ
19880	2506	37	authority	authority	NN
19880	2506	38	.	.	.
19880	2507	1	My	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2507	2	convictions	conviction	NNS
19880	2507	3	as	as	IN
19880	2507	4	expressed	express	VBN
19880	2507	5	in	in	IN
19880	2507	6	the	the	DT
19880	2507	7	foregoing	foregoing	JJ
19880	2507	8	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	2507	9	have	have	VBP
19880	2507	10	in	in	IN
19880	2507	11	the	the	DT
19880	2507	12	interval	interval	NN
19880	2507	13	rather	rather	RB
19880	2507	14	strengthened	strengthen	VBN
19880	2507	15	than	than	IN
19880	2507	16	weakened	weaken	VBN
19880	2507	17	.	.	.
19880	2508	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2508	2	am	be	VBP
19880	2508	3	firmly	firmly	RB
19880	2508	4	convinced	convinced	JJ
19880	2508	5	that	that	IN
19880	2508	6	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2508	7	would	would	MD
19880	2508	8	be	be	VB
19880	2508	9	in	in	IN
19880	2508	10	the	the	DT
19880	2508	11	interests	interest	NNS
19880	2508	12	of	of	IN
19880	2508	13	art	art	NN
19880	2508	14	,	,	,
19880	2508	15	the	the	DT
19880	2508	16	singer	singer	NN
19880	2508	17	,	,	,
19880	2508	18	and	and	CC
19880	2508	19	the	the	DT
19880	2508	20	auditor	auditor	NN
19880	2508	21	alike	alike	RB
19880	2508	22	,	,	,
19880	2508	23	either	either	CC
19880	2508	24	to	to	TO
19880	2508	25	shorten	shorten	VB
19880	2508	26	these	these	DT
19880	2508	27	operas	opera	NNS
19880	2508	28	,	,	,
19880	2508	29	or	or	CC
19880	2508	30	to	to	TO
19880	2508	31	produce	produce	VB
19880	2508	32	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2508	33	in	in	IN
19880	2508	34	some	some	DT
19880	2508	35	way	way	NN
19880	2508	36	which	which	WDT
19880	2508	37	will	will	MD
19880	2508	38	relieve	relieve	VB
19880	2508	39	the	the	DT
19880	2508	40	continuous	continuous	JJ
19880	2508	41	strain	strain	NN
19880	2508	42	.	.	.
19880	2509	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2509	2	must	must	MD
19880	2509	3	not	not	RB
19880	2509	4	be	be	VB
19880	2509	5	forgotten	forget	VBN
19880	2509	6	,	,	,
19880	2509	7	either	either	RB
19880	2509	8	,	,	,
19880	2509	9	that	that	IN
19880	2509	10	the	the	DT
19880	2509	11	poor	poor	JJ
19880	2509	12	overworked	overwork	VBD
19880	2509	13	and	and	CC
19880	2509	14	greatly	greatly	RB
19880	2509	15	underpaid	underpaid	JJ
19880	2509	16	orchestral	orchestral	JJ
19880	2509	17	player	player	NN
19880	2509	18	often	often	RB
19880	2509	19	suffers	suffer	VBZ
19880	2509	20	severely	severely	RB
19880	2509	21	in	in	IN
19880	2509	22	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2509	23	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	2509	24	system	system	NN
19880	2509	25	from	from	IN
19880	2509	26	long	long	RB
19880	2509	27	continued	continued	JJ
19880	2509	28	Wagner	Wagner	NNP
19880	2509	29	playing	playing	NN
19880	2509	30	.	.	.
19880	2510	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	2510	2	XIX	XIX	NNP
19880	2510	3	.	.	.
19880	2511	1	FURTHER	further	JJ
19880	2511	2	TREATMENT	treatment	NN
19880	2511	3	OF	of	IN
19880	2511	4	PHYSICAL	physical	NN
19880	2511	5	AND	and	CC
19880	2511	6	MENTAL	mental	NN
19880	2511	7	HYGIENE	hygiene	NN
19880	2511	8	.	.	.
19880	2512	1	_	_	NNP
19880	2512	2	Stammering	Stammering	NNP
19880	2512	3	_	_	NNP
19880	2512	4	and	and	CC
19880	2512	5	_	_	NNP
19880	2512	6	stuttering	stutter	VBG
19880	2512	7	_	_	NNP
19880	2512	8	are	be	VBP
19880	2512	9	allied	allied	JJ
19880	2512	10	but	but	CC
19880	2512	11	not	not	RB
19880	2512	12	identical	identical	JJ
19880	2512	13	defects	defect	NNS
19880	2512	14	.	.	.
19880	2513	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2513	2	require	require	VBP
19880	2513	3	special	special	JJ
19880	2513	4	treatment	treatment	NN
19880	2513	5	,	,	,
19880	2513	6	the	the	DT
19880	2513	7	earlier	early	RBR
19880	2513	8	the	the	DT
19880	2513	9	better	well	JJR
19880	2513	10	.	.	.
19880	2514	1	Much	much	JJ
19880	2514	2	can	can	MD
19880	2514	3	be	be	VB
19880	2514	4	done	do	VBN
19880	2514	5	by	by	IN
19880	2514	6	the	the	DT
19880	2514	7	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	2514	8	of	of	IN
19880	2514	9	a	a	DT
19880	2514	10	little	little	JJ
19880	2514	11	patience	patience	NN
19880	2514	12	and	and	CC
19880	2514	13	kind	kind	NN
19880	2514	14	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	2514	15	,	,	,
19880	2514	16	to	to	TO
19880	2514	17	make	make	VB
19880	2514	18	the	the	DT
19880	2514	19	subject	subject	NN
19880	2514	20	of	of	IN
19880	2514	21	these	these	DT
19880	2514	22	infirmities	infirmity	NNS
19880	2514	23	feel	feel	VBP
19880	2514	24	at	at	IN
19880	2514	25	ease	ease	NN
19880	2514	26	,	,	,
19880	2514	27	and	and	CC
19880	2514	28	so	so	RB
19880	2514	29	manifest	manifest	VB
19880	2514	30	the	the	DT
19880	2514	31	defects	defect	NNS
19880	2514	32	as	as	RB
19880	2514	33	little	little	JJ
19880	2514	34	as	as	IN
19880	2514	35	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2514	36	.	.	.
19880	2515	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2515	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2515	3	,	,	,
19880	2515	4	of	of	IN
19880	2515	5	course	course	NN
19880	2515	6	,	,	,
19880	2515	7	as	as	IN
19880	2515	8	a	a	DT
19880	2515	9	general	general	JJ
19880	2515	10	rule	rule	NN
19880	2515	11	,	,	,
19880	2515	12	very	very	RB
19880	2515	13	unwise	unwise	JJ
19880	2515	14	to	to	TO
19880	2515	15	take	take	VB
19880	2515	16	any	any	DT
19880	2515	17	notice	notice	NN
19880	2515	18	whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	2515	19	of	of	IN
19880	2515	20	such	such	JJ
19880	2515	21	imperfections	imperfection	NNS
19880	2515	22	,	,	,
19880	2515	23	as	as	IN
19880	2515	24	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2515	25	are	be	VBP
19880	2515	26	thereby	thereby	RB
19880	2515	27	made	make	VBN
19880	2515	28	worse	bad	JJR
19880	2515	29	.	.	.
19880	2516	1	As	as	IN
19880	2516	2	a	a	DT
19880	2516	3	rule	rule	NN
19880	2516	4	,	,	,
19880	2516	5	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2516	6	are	be	VBP
19880	2516	7	best	best	RB
19880	2516	8	treated	treat	VBN
19880	2516	9	practically	practically	RB
19880	2516	10	by	by	IN
19880	2516	11	those	those	DT
19880	2516	12	who	who	WP
19880	2516	13	have	have	VBP
19880	2516	14	made	make	VBN
19880	2516	15	this	this	DT
19880	2516	16	branch	branch	NN
19880	2516	17	a	a	DT
19880	2516	18	specialty	specialty	NN
19880	2516	19	.	.	.
19880	2517	1	Those	those	DT
19880	2517	2	who	who	WP
19880	2517	3	have	have	VBP
19880	2517	4	been	be	VBN
19880	2517	5	badly	badly	RB
19880	2517	6	taught	teach	VBN
19880	2517	7	,	,	,
19880	2517	8	or	or	CC
19880	2517	9	who	who	WP
19880	2517	10	have	have	VBP
19880	2517	11	overworked	overwork	VBN
19880	2517	12	the	the	DT
19880	2517	13	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2517	14	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2517	15	and	and	CC
19880	2517	16	,	,	,
19880	2517	17	in	in	IN
19880	2517	18	consequence	consequence	NNP
19880	2517	19	,	,	,
19880	2517	20	may	may	MD
19880	2517	21	have	have	VB
19880	2517	22	broken	break	VBN
19880	2517	23	down	down	RP
19880	2517	24	,	,	,
19880	2517	25	are	be	VBP
19880	2517	26	among	among	IN
19880	2517	27	the	the	DT
19880	2517	28	most	most	RBS
19880	2517	29	discouraging	discouraging	JJ
19880	2517	30	if	if	IN
19880	2517	31	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2517	32	be	be	VBP
19880	2517	33	not	not	RB
19880	2517	34	the	the	DT
19880	2517	35	very	very	RB
19880	2517	36	worst	bad	JJS
19880	2517	37	cases	case	NNS
19880	2517	38	that	that	WDT
19880	2517	39	come	come	VBP
19880	2517	40	under	under	IN
19880	2517	41	the	the	DT
19880	2517	42	treatment	treatment	NN
19880	2517	43	of	of	IN
19880	2517	44	the	the	DT
19880	2517	45	physician	physician	NN
19880	2517	46	or	or	CC
19880	2517	47	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2517	48	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2517	49	.	.	.
19880	2518	1	If	if	IN
19880	2518	2	the	the	DT
19880	2518	3	throat	throat	NN
19880	2518	4	be	be	VB
19880	2518	5	out	out	IN
19880	2518	6	of	of	IN
19880	2518	7	order	order	NN
19880	2518	8	,	,	,
19880	2518	9	a	a	DT
19880	2518	10	specialist	specialist	NN
19880	2518	11	should	should	MD
19880	2518	12	be	be	VB
19880	2518	13	consulted	consult	VBN
19880	2518	14	.	.	.
19880	2519	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2519	2	will	will	MD
19880	2519	3	likely	likely	RB
19880	2519	4	enjoin	enjoin	VB
19880	2519	5	complete	complete	JJ
19880	2519	6	rest	rest	NN
19880	2519	7	of	of	IN
19880	2519	8	the	the	DT
19880	2519	9	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2519	10	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2519	11	,	,	,
19880	2519	12	and	and	CC
19880	2519	13	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2519	14	advice	advice	NN
19880	2519	15	should	should	MD
19880	2519	16	be	be	VB
19880	2519	17	implicitly	implicitly	RB
19880	2519	18	followed	follow	VBN
19880	2519	19	.	.	.
19880	2520	1	But	but	CC
19880	2520	2	usually	usually	RB
19880	2520	3	the	the	DT
19880	2520	4	time	time	NN
19880	2520	5	comes	come	VBZ
19880	2520	6	when	when	WRB
19880	2520	7	some	some	DT
19880	2520	8	sort	sort	NN
19880	2520	9	of	of	IN
19880	2520	10	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2520	11	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	2520	12	may	may	MD
19880	2520	13	be	be	VB
19880	2520	14	resumed	resume	VBN
19880	2520	15	.	.	.
19880	2521	1	When	when	WRB
19880	2521	2	this	this	DT
19880	2521	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2521	4	the	the	DT
19880	2521	5	case	case	NN
19880	2521	6	,	,	,
19880	2521	7	the	the	DT
19880	2521	8	choice	choice	NN
19880	2521	9	of	of	IN
19880	2521	10	a	a	DT
19880	2521	11	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2521	12	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	2521	13	of	of	IN
19880	2521	14	the	the	DT
19880	2521	15	utmost	utmost	JJ
19880	2521	16	importance	importance	NN
19880	2521	17	,	,	,
19880	2521	18	more	more	RBR
19880	2521	19	so	so	RB
19880	2521	20	than	than	IN
19880	2521	21	in	in	IN
19880	2521	22	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	2521	23	cases	case	NNS
19880	2521	24	,	,	,
19880	2521	25	for	for	IN
19880	2521	26	further	further	JJ
19880	2521	27	injudicious	injudicious	JJ
19880	2521	28	treatment	treatment	NN
19880	2521	29	may	may	MD
19880	2521	30	lead	lead	VB
19880	2521	31	to	to	IN
19880	2521	32	the	the	DT
19880	2521	33	utter	utter	JJ
19880	2521	34	ruin	ruin	NN
19880	2521	35	of	of	IN
19880	2521	36	the	the	DT
19880	2521	37	voice	voice	NN
19880	2521	38	.	.	.
19880	2522	1	Assuming	assume	VBG
19880	2522	2	that	that	DT
19880	2522	3	medical	medical	JJ
19880	2522	4	treatment	treatment	NN
19880	2522	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	2522	6	no	no	RB
19880	2522	7	longer	longer	RB
19880	2522	8	or	or	CC
19880	2522	9	not	not	RB
19880	2522	10	at	at	RB
19880	2522	11	all	all	RB
19880	2522	12	required	require	VBN
19880	2522	13	,	,	,
19880	2522	14	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2522	15	recommend	recommend	VBP
19880	2522	16	:	:	:
19880	2522	17	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2522	18	1	1	LS
19880	2522	19	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2522	20	That	that	IN
19880	2522	21	all	all	DT
19880	2522	22	practices	practice	NNS
19880	2522	23	be	be	VB
19880	2522	24	only	only	RB
19880	2522	25	_	_	NNP
19880	2522	26	piano	piano	NN
19880	2522	27	_	_	NNP
19880	2522	28	,	,	,
19880	2522	29	or	or	CC
19880	2522	30	,	,	,
19880	2522	31	at	at	IN
19880	2522	32	most	most	RBS
19880	2522	33	,	,	,
19880	2522	34	_	_	NNP
19880	2522	35	moderato	moderato	NNP
19880	2522	36	_	_	NNP
19880	2522	37	,	,	,
19880	2522	38	for	for	IN
19880	2522	39	some	some	DT
19880	2522	40	time	time	NN
19880	2522	41	;	;	:
19880	2522	42	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2522	43	2	2	LS
19880	2522	44	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2522	45	that	that	IN
19880	2522	46	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2522	47	be	be	VBP
19880	2522	48	of	of	IN
19880	2522	49	very	very	RB
19880	2522	50	brief	brief	JJ
19880	2522	51	duration	duration	NN
19880	2522	52	at	at	IN
19880	2522	53	any	any	DT
19880	2522	54	one	one	CD
19880	2522	55	period	period	NN
19880	2522	56	,	,	,
19880	2522	57	so	so	IN
19880	2522	58	as	as	IN
19880	2522	59	to	to	TO
19880	2522	60	avoid	avoid	VB
19880	2522	61	fatigue	fatigue	NN
19880	2522	62	;	;	:
19880	2522	63	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2522	64	3	3	LS
19880	2522	65	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2522	66	that	that	IN
19880	2522	67	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2522	68	be	be	VBP
19880	2522	69	well	well	RB
19880	2522	70	within	within	IN
19880	2522	71	the	the	DT
19880	2522	72	range	range	NN
19880	2522	73	of	of	IN
19880	2522	74	the	the	DT
19880	2522	75	singer	singer	NN
19880	2522	76	.	.	.
19880	2523	1	The	the	DT
19880	2523	2	same	same	JJ
19880	2523	3	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2523	4	apply	apply	VBP
19880	2523	5	to	to	IN
19880	2523	6	speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	2523	7	who	who	WP
19880	2523	8	have	have	VBP
19880	2523	9	broken	break	VBN
19880	2523	10	down	down	RP
19880	2523	11	,	,	,
19880	2523	12	whether	whether	IN
19880	2523	13	owing	owe	VBG
19880	2523	14	to	to	IN
19880	2523	15	bad	bad	JJ
19880	2523	16	methods	method	NNS
19880	2523	17	or	or	CC
19880	2523	18	to	to	IN
19880	2523	19	over	over	IN
19880	2523	20	-	-	HYPH
19880	2523	21	use	use	NN
19880	2523	22	of	of	IN
19880	2523	23	the	the	DT
19880	2523	24	voice	voice	NN
19880	2523	25	.	.	.
19880	2524	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2524	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2524	3	most	most	RBS
19880	2524	4	important	important	JJ
19880	2524	5	that	that	DT
19880	2524	6	strength	strength	NN
19880	2524	7	and	and	CC
19880	2524	8	facility	facility	NN
19880	2524	9	be	be	VBP
19880	2524	10	gradually	gradually	RB
19880	2524	11	gained	gain	VBN
19880	2524	12	,	,	,
19880	2524	13	and	and	CC
19880	2524	14	that	that	DT
19880	2524	15	weariness	weariness	NN
19880	2524	16	,	,	,
19880	2524	17	not	not	RB
19880	2524	18	to	to	TO
19880	2524	19	say	say	VB
19880	2524	20	fatigue	fatigue	NN
19880	2524	21	,	,	,
19880	2524	22	be	be	VB
19880	2524	23	strictly	strictly	RB
19880	2524	24	avoided	avoid	VBN
19880	2524	25	.	.	.
19880	2525	1	If	if	IN
19880	2525	2	the	the	DT
19880	2525	3	general	general	JJ
19880	2525	4	health	health	NN
19880	2525	5	be	be	VBP
19880	2525	6	good	good	JJ
19880	2525	7	,	,	,
19880	2525	8	time	time	NN
19880	2525	9	,	,	,
19880	2525	10	patience	patience	NN
19880	2525	11	,	,	,
19880	2525	12	and	and	CC
19880	2525	13	the	the	DT
19880	2525	14	utmost	utmost	JJ
19880	2525	15	care	care	NN
19880	2525	16	in	in	IN
19880	2525	17	the	the	DT
19880	2525	18	application	application	NN
19880	2525	19	of	of	IN
19880	2525	20	the	the	DT
19880	2525	21	above	above	JJ
19880	2525	22	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2525	23	,	,	,
19880	2525	24	under	under	IN
19880	2525	25	the	the	DT
19880	2525	26	direction	direction	NN
19880	2525	27	of	of	IN
19880	2525	28	an	an	DT
19880	2525	29	enlightened	enlighten	VBN
19880	2525	30	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2525	31	,	,	,
19880	2525	32	will	will	MD
19880	2525	33	in	in	IN
19880	2525	34	a	a	DT
19880	2525	35	large	large	JJ
19880	2525	36	proportion	proportion	NN
19880	2525	37	of	of	IN
19880	2525	38	cases	case	NNS
19880	2525	39	restore	restore	VBP
19880	2525	40	the	the	DT
19880	2525	41	voice	voice	NN
19880	2525	42	for	for	IN
19880	2525	43	efficient	efficient	JJ
19880	2525	44	use	use	NN
19880	2525	45	in	in	IN
19880	2525	46	at	at	IN
19880	2525	47	least	least	JJS
19880	2525	48	moderate	moderate	JJ
19880	2525	49	efforts	effort	NNS
19880	2525	50	.	.	.
19880	2526	1	Of	of	RB
19880	2526	2	course	course	RB
19880	2526	3	,	,	,
19880	2526	4	much	much	JJ
19880	2526	5	depends	depend	VBZ
19880	2526	6	on	on	IN
19880	2526	7	the	the	DT
19880	2526	8	age	age	NN
19880	2526	9	,	,	,
19880	2526	10	general	general	JJ
19880	2526	11	health	health	NN
19880	2526	12	,	,	,
19880	2526	13	intelligence	intelligence	NN
19880	2526	14	,	,	,
19880	2526	15	etc	etc	FW
19880	2526	16	.	.	.
19880	2526	17	,	,	,
19880	2526	18	of	of	IN
19880	2526	19	the	the	DT
19880	2526	20	subject	subject	NN
19880	2526	21	.	.	.
19880	2527	1	On	on	IN
19880	2527	2	the	the	DT
19880	2527	3	question	question	NN
19880	2527	4	of	of	IN
19880	2527	5	the	the	DT
19880	2527	6	extent	extent	NN
19880	2527	7	to	to	TO
19880	2527	8	which	which	WDT
19880	2527	9	a	a	DT
19880	2527	10	singer	singer	NN
19880	2527	11	's	's	POS
19880	2527	12	range	range	NN
19880	2527	13	can	can	MD
19880	2527	14	be	be	VB
19880	2527	15	safely	safely	RB
19880	2527	16	increased	increase	VBN
19880	2527	17	,	,	,
19880	2527	18	the	the	DT
19880	2527	19	greatest	great	JJS
19880	2527	20	difference	difference	NN
19880	2527	21	of	of	IN
19880	2527	22	opinion	opinion	NN
19880	2527	23	exists	exist	VBZ
19880	2527	24	,	,	,
19880	2527	25	and	and	CC
19880	2527	26	very	very	RB
19880	2527	27	extreme	extreme	JJ
19880	2527	28	views	view	NNS
19880	2527	29	have	have	VBP
19880	2527	30	been	be	VBN
19880	2527	31	held	hold	VBN
19880	2527	32	.	.	.
19880	2528	1	On	on	IN
19880	2528	2	the	the	DT
19880	2528	3	one	one	CD
19880	2528	4	hand	hand	NN
19880	2528	5	are	be	VBP
19880	2528	6	those	those	DT
19880	2528	7	who	who	WP
19880	2528	8	almost	almost	RB
19880	2528	9	ridicule	ridicule	VBP
19880	2528	10	the	the	DT
19880	2528	11	idea	idea	NN
19880	2528	12	of	of	IN
19880	2528	13	"	"	``
19880	2528	14	making	make	VBG
19880	2528	15	"	"	''
19880	2528	16	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2528	17	,	,	,
19880	2528	18	and	and	CC
19880	2528	19	on	on	IN
19880	2528	20	the	the	DT
19880	2528	21	other	other	JJ
19880	2528	22	,	,	,
19880	2528	23	those	those	DT
19880	2528	24	who	who	WP
19880	2528	25	maintain	maintain	VBP
19880	2528	26	that	that	IN
19880	2528	27	the	the	DT
19880	2528	28	range	range	NN
19880	2528	29	of	of	IN
19880	2528	30	all	all	DT
19880	2528	31	young	young	JJ
19880	2528	32	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2528	33	can	can	MD
19880	2528	34	be	be	VB
19880	2528	35	increased	increase	VBN
19880	2528	36	by	by	IN
19880	2528	37	proper	proper	JJ
19880	2528	38	training	training	NN
19880	2528	39	.	.	.
19880	2529	1	As	as	IN
19880	2529	2	a	a	DT
19880	2529	3	matter	matter	NN
19880	2529	4	of	of	IN
19880	2529	5	fact	fact	NN
19880	2529	6	,	,	,
19880	2529	7	there	there	EX
19880	2529	8	are	be	VBP
19880	2529	9	many	many	JJ
19880	2529	10	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2529	11	before	before	IN
19880	2529	12	the	the	DT
19880	2529	13	public	public	NN
19880	2529	14	to	to	IN
19880	2529	15	-	-	HYPH
19880	2529	16	day	day	NN
19880	2529	17	whose	whose	WP$
19880	2529	18	range	range	NN
19880	2529	19	,	,	,
19880	2529	20	either	either	CC
19880	2529	21	upward	upward	JJ
19880	2529	22	or	or	CC
19880	2529	23	downward	downward	JJ
19880	2529	24	,	,	,
19880	2529	25	has	have	VBZ
19880	2529	26	been	be	VBN
19880	2529	27	increased	increase	VBN
19880	2529	28	by	by	IN
19880	2529	29	many	many	JJ
19880	2529	30	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2529	31	,	,	,
19880	2529	32	in	in	IN
19880	2529	33	some	some	DT
19880	2529	34	cases	case	NNS
19880	2529	35	almost	almost	RB
19880	2529	36	an	an	DT
19880	2529	37	octave	octave	NN
19880	2529	38	,	,	,
19880	2529	39	and	and	CC
19880	2529	40	these	these	DT
19880	2529	41	singers	singer	NNS
19880	2529	42	are	be	VBP
19880	2529	43	successful	successful	JJ
19880	2529	44	artists	artist	NNS
19880	2529	45	and	and	CC
19880	2529	46	sound	sound	JJ
19880	2529	47	vocalists	vocalist	NNS
19880	2529	48	;	;	:
19880	2529	49	while	while	IN
19880	2529	50	others	other	NNS
19880	2529	51	have	have	VBP
19880	2529	52	sought	seek	VBN
19880	2529	53	to	to	TO
19880	2529	54	add	add	VB
19880	2529	55	but	but	CC
19880	2529	56	two	two	CD
19880	2529	57	or	or	CC
19880	2529	58	three	three	CD
19880	2529	59	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2529	60	to	to	IN
19880	2529	61	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2529	62	range	range	NN
19880	2529	63	,	,	,
19880	2529	64	and	and	CC
19880	2529	65	in	in	IN
19880	2529	66	vain	vain	JJ
19880	2529	67	.	.	.
19880	2530	1	This	this	DT
19880	2530	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2530	3	quite	quite	RB
19880	2530	4	intelligible	intelligible	JJ
19880	2530	5	.	.	.
19880	2531	1	As	as	IN
19880	2531	2	a	a	DT
19880	2531	3	rule	rule	NN
19880	2531	4	,	,	,
19880	2531	5	those	those	DT
19880	2531	6	of	of	IN
19880	2531	7	the	the	DT
19880	2531	8	former	former	JJ
19880	2531	9	class	class	NN
19880	2531	10	have	have	VBP
19880	2531	11	fallen	fall	VBN
19880	2531	12	into	into	IN
19880	2531	13	the	the	DT
19880	2531	14	hands	hand	NNS
19880	2531	15	of	of	IN
19880	2531	16	very	very	RB
19880	2531	17	good	good	JJ
19880	2531	18	teachers	teacher	NNS
19880	2531	19	,	,	,
19880	2531	20	while	while	IN
19880	2531	21	yet	yet	RB
19880	2531	22	young	young	JJ
19880	2531	23	,	,	,
19880	2531	24	have	have	VBP
19880	2531	25	had	have	VBN
19880	2531	26	excellent	excellent	JJ
19880	2531	27	health	health	NN
19880	2531	28	and	and	CC
19880	2531	29	well	well	RB
19880	2531	30	-	-	HYPH
19880	2531	31	formed	form	VBN
19880	2531	32	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2531	33	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2531	34	,	,	,
19880	2531	35	and	and	CC
19880	2531	36	been	be	VBN
19880	2531	37	patient	patient	JJ
19880	2531	38	and	and	CC
19880	2531	39	attentive	attentive	JJ
19880	2531	40	students	student	NNS
19880	2531	41	.	.	.
19880	2532	1	The	the	DT
19880	2532	2	acquisition	acquisition	NN
19880	2532	3	has	have	VBZ
19880	2532	4	been	be	VBN
19880	2532	5	gradual	gradual	JJ
19880	2532	6	,	,	,
19880	2532	7	and	and	CC
19880	2532	8	never	never	RB
19880	2532	9	forced	force	VBN
19880	2532	10	.	.	.
19880	2533	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2533	2	have	have	VBP
19880	2533	3	before	before	RB
19880	2533	4	said	say	VBN
19880	2533	5	that	that	IN
19880	2533	6	if	if	IN
19880	2533	7	a	a	DT
19880	2533	8	pupil	pupil	NN
19880	2533	9	felt	feel	VBD
19880	2533	10	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2533	11	throat	throat	NN
19880	2533	12	the	the	DT
19880	2533	13	worse	bad	JJR
19880	2533	14	for	for	IN
19880	2533	15	a	a	DT
19880	2533	16	lesson	lesson	NN
19880	2533	17	in	in	IN
19880	2533	18	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2533	19	culture	culture	NN
19880	2533	20	,	,	,
19880	2533	21	there	there	EX
19880	2533	22	was	be	VBD
19880	2533	23	something	something	NN
19880	2533	24	wrong	wrong	JJ
19880	2533	25	:	:	:
19880	2533	26	either	either	CC
19880	2533	27	the	the	DT
19880	2533	28	method	method	NN
19880	2533	29	was	be	VBD
19880	2533	30	incorrect	incorrect	JJ
19880	2533	31	in	in	IN
19880	2533	32	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2533	33	,	,	,
19880	2533	34	or	or	CC
19880	2533	35	the	the	DT
19880	2533	36	practice	practice	NN
19880	2533	37	was	be	VBD
19880	2533	38	continued	continue	VBN
19880	2533	39	too	too	RB
19880	2533	40	long	long	RB
19880	2533	41	or	or	CC
19880	2533	42	carried	carry	VBN
19880	2533	43	out	out	RP
19880	2533	44	too	too	RB
19880	2533	45	vigorously	vigorously	RB
19880	2533	46	.	.	.
19880	2534	1	Of	of	RB
19880	2534	2	course	course	RB
19880	2534	3	,	,	,
19880	2534	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2534	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	2534	6	always	always	RB
19880	2534	7	assumed	assume	VBN
19880	2534	8	that	that	IN
19880	2534	9	the	the	DT
19880	2534	10	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2534	11	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2534	12	are	be	VBP
19880	2534	13	in	in	IN
19880	2534	14	a	a	DT
19880	2534	15	normal	normal	JJ
19880	2534	16	condition	condition	NN
19880	2534	17	,	,	,
19880	2534	18	and	and	CC
19880	2534	19	the	the	DT
19880	2534	20	student	student	NN
19880	2534	21	's	's	POS
19880	2534	22	health	health	NN
19880	2534	23	good	good	NN
19880	2534	24	not	not	RB
19880	2534	25	only	only	RB
19880	2534	26	generally	generally	RB
19880	2534	27	but	but	CC
19880	2534	28	on	on	IN
19880	2534	29	the	the	DT
19880	2534	30	day	day	NN
19880	2534	31	of	of	IN
19880	2534	32	the	the	DT
19880	2534	33	practice	practice	NN
19880	2534	34	.	.	.
19880	2535	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2535	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2535	3	in	in	IN
19880	2535	4	every	every	DT
19880	2535	5	case	case	NN
19880	2535	6	for	for	IN
19880	2535	7	the	the	DT
19880	2535	8	student	student	NN
19880	2535	9	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2535	10	to	to	TO
19880	2535	11	determine	determine	VB
19880	2535	12	,	,	,
19880	2535	13	from	from	IN
19880	2535	14	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2535	15	own	own	JJ
19880	2535	16	feelings	feeling	NNS
19880	2535	17	,	,	,
19880	2535	18	whether	whether	IN
19880	2535	19	the	the	DT
19880	2535	20	attempt	attempt	NN
19880	2535	21	to	to	TO
19880	2535	22	reach	reach	VB
19880	2535	23	a	a	DT
19880	2535	24	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2535	25	tone	tone	NN
19880	2535	26	produces	produce	VBZ
19880	2535	27	straining	strain	VBG
19880	2535	28	,	,	,
19880	2535	29	and	and	CC
19880	2535	30	for	for	IN
19880	2535	31	the	the	DT
19880	2535	32	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2535	33	to	to	TO
19880	2535	34	judge	judge	VB
19880	2535	35	whether	whether	IN
19880	2535	36	this	this	DT
19880	2535	37	be	be	VB
19880	2535	38	so	so	RB
19880	2535	39	,	,	,
19880	2535	40	from	from	IN
19880	2535	41	the	the	DT
19880	2535	42	appearance	appearance	NN
19880	2535	43	of	of	IN
19880	2535	44	the	the	DT
19880	2535	45	face	face	NN
19880	2535	46	of	of	IN
19880	2535	47	the	the	DT
19880	2535	48	pupil	pupil	NN
19880	2535	49	,	,	,
19880	2535	50	the	the	DT
19880	2535	51	character	character	NN
19880	2535	52	of	of	IN
19880	2535	53	the	the	DT
19880	2535	54	tone	tone	NN
19880	2535	55	,	,	,
19880	2535	56	etc	etc	FW
19880	2535	57	.	.	.
19880	2536	1	One	one	CD
19880	2536	2	thing	thing	NN
19880	2536	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2536	4	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2536	5	:	:	:
19880	2536	6	harm	harm	NN
19880	2536	7	,	,	,
19880	2536	8	and	and	CC
19880	2536	9	harm	harm	VB
19880	2536	10	only	only	RB
19880	2536	11	,	,	,
19880	2536	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	2536	13	done	do	VBN
19880	2536	14	by	by	IN
19880	2536	15	any	any	DT
19880	2536	16	form	form	NN
19880	2536	17	of	of	IN
19880	2536	18	forcing	force	VBG
19880	2536	19	or	or	CC
19880	2536	20	straining	straining	NN
19880	2536	21	.	.	.
19880	2537	1	At	at	IN
19880	2537	2	the	the	DT
19880	2537	3	same	same	JJ
19880	2537	4	time	time	NN
19880	2537	5	,	,	,
19880	2537	6	as	as	IN
19880	2537	7	the	the	DT
19880	2537	8	athlete	athlete	NN
19880	2537	9	increases	increase	VBZ
19880	2537	10	the	the	DT
19880	2537	11	height	height	NN
19880	2537	12	to	to	TO
19880	2537	13	which	which	WDT
19880	2537	14	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2537	15	can	can	MD
19880	2537	16	jump	jump	VB
19880	2537	17	,	,	,
19880	2537	18	or	or	CC
19880	2537	19	the	the	DT
19880	2537	20	speed	speed	NN
19880	2537	21	with	with	IN
19880	2537	22	which	which	WDT
19880	2537	23	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2537	24	can	can	MD
19880	2537	25	run	run	VB
19880	2537	26	,	,	,
19880	2537	27	even	even	RB
19880	2537	28	during	during	IN
19880	2537	29	a	a	DT
19880	2537	30	single	single	JJ
19880	2537	31	season	season	NN
19880	2537	32	,	,	,
19880	2537	33	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2537	34	seems	seem	VBZ
19880	2537	35	illogical	illogical	JJ
19880	2537	36	to	to	TO
19880	2537	37	conclude	conclude	VB
19880	2537	38	that	that	IN
19880	2537	39	in	in	IN
19880	2537	40	no	no	DT
19880	2537	41	case	case	NN
19880	2537	42	can	can	MD
19880	2537	43	a	a	DT
19880	2537	44	singer	singer	NN
19880	2537	45	safely	safely	RB
19880	2537	46	reach	reach	VB
19880	2537	47	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2537	48	that	that	WDT
19880	2537	49	are	be	VBP
19880	2537	50	not	not	RB
19880	2537	51	originally	originally	RB
19880	2537	52	in	in	IN
19880	2537	53	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2537	54	voice	voice	NN
19880	2537	55	--	--	:
19880	2537	56	meaning	mean	VBG
19880	2537	57	thereby	thereby	RB
19880	2537	58	that	that	IN
19880	2537	59	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2537	60	is	be	VBZ
19880	2537	61	unable	unable	JJ
19880	2537	62	to	to	TO
19880	2537	63	sing	sing	VB
19880	2537	64	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2537	65	at	at	IN
19880	2537	66	the	the	DT
19880	2537	67	outset	outset	NN
19880	2537	68	of	of	IN
19880	2537	69	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2537	70	career	career	NN
19880	2537	71	.	.	.
19880	2538	1	This	this	DT
19880	2538	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2538	3	one	one	CD
19880	2538	4	of	of	IN
19880	2538	5	those	those	DT
19880	2538	6	subjects	subject	NNS
19880	2538	7	on	on	IN
19880	2538	8	which	which	WDT
19880	2538	9	common	common	JJ
19880	2538	10	sense	sense	NN
19880	2538	11	and	and	CC
19880	2538	12	science	science	NN
19880	2538	13	unite	unite	NN
19880	2538	14	in	in	IN
19880	2538	15	admonishing	admonish	VBG
19880	2538	16	us	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2538	17	to	to	TO
19880	2538	18	test	test	VB
19880	2538	19	cautiously	cautiously	RB
19880	2538	20	and	and	CC
19880	2538	21	to	to	TO
19880	2538	22	progress	progress	VB
19880	2538	23	gradually	gradually	RB
19880	2538	24	,	,	,
19880	2538	25	if	if	IN
19880	2538	26	the	the	DT
19880	2538	27	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	2538	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	2538	29	to	to	TO
19880	2538	30	be	be	VB
19880	2538	31	achieved	achieve	VBN
19880	2538	32	with	with	IN
19880	2538	33	good	good	JJ
19880	2538	34	results	result	NNS
19880	2538	35	for	for	IN
19880	2538	36	the	the	DT
19880	2538	37	individual	individual	NN
19880	2538	38	and	and	CC
19880	2538	39	for	for	IN
19880	2538	40	art	art	NN
19880	2538	41	.	.	.
19880	2539	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2539	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2539	3	also	also	RB
19880	2539	4	unwise	unwise	JJ
19880	2539	5	for	for	IN
19880	2539	6	a	a	DT
19880	2539	7	singer	singer	NN
19880	2539	8	to	to	TO
19880	2539	9	attempt	attempt	VB
19880	2539	10	those	those	DT
19880	2539	11	selections	selection	NNS
19880	2539	12	in	in	IN
19880	2539	13	public	public	JJ
19880	2539	14	the	the	DT
19880	2539	15	range	range	NN
19880	2539	16	of	of	IN
19880	2539	17	which	which	WDT
19880	2539	18	taxes	tax	VBZ
19880	2539	19	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2539	20	to	to	IN
19880	2539	21	the	the	DT
19880	2539	22	very	very	RB
19880	2539	23	utmost	utmost	JJ
19880	2539	24	.	.	.
19880	2540	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2540	2	lead	lead	VBP
19880	2540	3	to	to	IN
19880	2540	4	undue	undue	JJ
19880	2540	5	anxiety	anxiety	NN
19880	2540	6	as	as	IN
19880	2540	7	to	to	IN
19880	2540	8	success	success	NN
19880	2540	9	,	,	,
19880	2540	10	violate	violate	VB
19880	2540	11	the	the	DT
19880	2540	12	principle	principle	NN
19880	2540	13	of	of	IN
19880	2540	14	reserve	reserve	NNP
19880	2540	15	force	force	NN
19880	2540	16	,	,	,
19880	2540	17	to	to	TO
19880	2540	18	which	which	WDT
19880	2540	19	reference	reference	NN
19880	2540	20	has	have	VBZ
19880	2540	21	several	several	JJ
19880	2540	22	times	time	NNS
19880	2540	23	been	be	VBN
19880	2540	24	made	make	VBN
19880	2540	25	,	,	,
19880	2540	26	and	and	CC
19880	2540	27	may	may	MD
19880	2540	28	lead	lead	VB
19880	2540	29	to	to	IN
19880	2540	30	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2540	31	failure	failure	NN
19880	2540	32	,	,	,
19880	2540	33	if	if	IN
19880	2540	34	not	not	RB
19880	2540	35	to	to	TO
19880	2540	36	injury	injury	VB
19880	2540	37	to	to	IN
19880	2540	38	the	the	DT
19880	2540	39	throat	throat	NN
19880	2540	40	.	.	.
19880	2541	1	Though	though	IN
19880	2541	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2541	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2541	4	true	true	JJ
19880	2541	5	that	that	IN
19880	2541	6	occasionally	occasionally	RB
19880	2541	7	a	a	DT
19880	2541	8	song	song	NN
19880	2541	9	suffers	suffer	NNS
19880	2541	10	by	by	IN
19880	2541	11	transposition	transposition	NN
19880	2541	12	to	to	IN
19880	2541	13	a	a	DT
19880	2541	14	lower	low	JJR
19880	2541	15	key	key	NN
19880	2541	16	,	,	,
19880	2541	17	if	if	IN
19880	2541	18	the	the	DT
19880	2541	19	vocalist	vocalist	NN
19880	2541	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	2541	21	determined	determined	JJ
19880	2541	22	to	to	TO
19880	2541	23	sing	sing	VB
19880	2541	24	a	a	DT
19880	2541	25	composition	composition	NN
19880	2541	26	even	even	RB
19880	2541	27	slightly	slightly	RB
19880	2541	28	beyond	beyond	IN
19880	2541	29	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2541	30	easy	easy	JJ
19880	2541	31	range	range	NN
19880	2541	32	,	,	,
19880	2541	33	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2541	34	is	be	VBZ
19880	2541	35	better	well	JJR
19880	2541	36	to	to	TO
19880	2541	37	resort	resort	VB
19880	2541	38	to	to	IN
19880	2541	39	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2541	40	than	than	IN
19880	2541	41	to	to	TO
19880	2541	42	risk	risk	VB
19880	2541	43	the	the	DT
19880	2541	44	possibilities	possibility	NNS
19880	2541	45	mentioned	mention	VBN
19880	2541	46	above	above	RB
19880	2541	47	and	and	CC
19880	2541	48	other	other	JJ
19880	2541	49	undesirable	undesirable	JJ
19880	2541	50	ones	one	NNS
19880	2541	51	.	.	.
19880	2542	1	Everyone	everyone	NN
19880	2542	2	who	who	WP
19880	2542	3	purposes	purpose	VBZ
19880	2542	4	to	to	TO
19880	2542	5	follow	follow	VB
19880	2542	6	the	the	DT
19880	2542	7	arduous	arduous	JJ
19880	2542	8	career	career	NN
19880	2542	9	of	of	IN
19880	2542	10	the	the	DT
19880	2542	11	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2542	12	or	or	CC
19880	2542	13	dramatic	dramatic	JJ
19880	2542	14	artist	artist	NN
19880	2542	15	would	would	MD
19880	2542	16	do	do	VB
19880	2542	17	well	well	RB
19880	2542	18	to	to	TO
19880	2542	19	realize	realize	VB
19880	2542	20	early	early	RB
19880	2542	21	the	the	DT
19880	2542	22	importance	importance	NN
19880	2542	23	of	of	IN
19880	2542	24	learning	learn	VBG
19880	2542	25	the	the	DT
19880	2542	26	art	art	NN
19880	2542	27	of	of	IN
19880	2542	28	conserving	conserve	VBG
19880	2542	29	energy	energy	NN
19880	2542	30	,	,	,
19880	2542	31	or	or	CC
19880	2542	32	making	make	VBG
19880	2542	33	the	the	DT
19880	2542	34	most	most	JJS
19880	2542	35	of	of	IN
19880	2542	36	all	all	DT
19880	2542	37	that	that	WDT
19880	2542	38	Nature	Nature	NNP
19880	2542	39	has	have	VBZ
19880	2542	40	given	give	VBN
19880	2542	41	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2542	42	.	.	.
19880	2543	1	When	when	WRB
19880	2543	2	a	a	DT
19880	2543	3	man	man	NN
19880	2543	4	or	or	CC
19880	2543	5	woman	woman	NN
19880	2543	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	2543	7	small	small	JJ
19880	2543	8	,	,	,
19880	2543	9	and	and	CC
19880	2543	10	has	have	VBZ
19880	2543	11	less	less	JJR
19880	2543	12	breath	breath	NN
19880	2543	13	power	power	NN
19880	2543	14	than	than	IN
19880	2543	15	some	some	DT
19880	2543	16	others	other	NNS
19880	2543	17	,	,	,
19880	2543	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2543	19	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	2543	20	more	more	RBR
19880	2543	21	important	important	JJ
19880	2543	22	that	that	IN
19880	2543	23	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2543	24	observe	observe	VBP
19880	2543	25	the	the	DT
19880	2543	26	laws	law	NNS
19880	2543	27	of	of	IN
19880	2543	28	contrast	contrast	NN
19880	2543	29	,	,	,
19880	2543	30	rest	rest	NN
19880	2543	31	,	,	,
19880	2543	32	etc	etc	FW
19880	2543	33	.	.	FW
19880	2543	34	,	,	,
19880	2543	35	in	in	IN
19880	2543	36	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2543	37	public	public	JJ
19880	2543	38	efforts	effort	NNS
19880	2543	39	.	.	.
19880	2544	1	A	a	DT
19880	2544	2	_	_	NNP
19880	2544	3	forte	forte	NN
19880	2544	4	_	_	NNP
19880	2544	5	has	have	VBZ
19880	2544	6	much	much	RB
19880	2544	7	the	the	DT
19880	2544	8	same	same	JJ
19880	2544	9	effect	effect	NN
19880	2544	10	,	,	,
19880	2544	11	if	if	IN
19880	2544	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2544	13	be	be	VB
19880	2544	14	preceded	precede	VBN
19880	2544	15	by	by	IN
19880	2544	16	darker	darker	NN
19880	2544	17	,	,	,
19880	2544	18	quieter	quieter	NN
19880	2544	19	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2544	20	,	,	,
19880	2544	21	as	as	IN
19880	2544	22	if	if	IN
19880	2544	23	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2544	24	were	be	VBD
19880	2544	25	really	really	RB
19880	2544	26	louder	loud	JJR
19880	2544	27	.	.	.
19880	2545	1	In	in	IN
19880	2545	2	like	like	JJ
19880	2545	3	manner	manner	NN
19880	2545	4	,	,	,
19880	2545	5	a	a	DT
19880	2545	6	pause	pause	NN
19880	2545	7	may	may	MD
19880	2545	8	often	often	RB
19880	2545	9	serve	serve	VB
19880	2545	10	a	a	DT
19880	2545	11	very	very	RB
19880	2545	12	good	good	JJ
19880	2545	13	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	2545	14	in	in	IN
19880	2545	15	preparing	prepare	VBG
19880	2545	16	the	the	DT
19880	2545	17	ear	ear	NN
19880	2545	18	of	of	IN
19880	2545	19	the	the	DT
19880	2545	20	listener	listener	NN
19880	2545	21	for	for	IN
19880	2545	22	an	an	DT
19880	2545	23	effect	effect	NN
19880	2545	24	that	that	WDT
19880	2545	25	should	should	MD
19880	2545	26	be	be	VB
19880	2545	27	telling	tell	VBG
19880	2545	28	,	,	,
19880	2545	29	yet	yet	CC
19880	2545	30	a	a	DT
19880	2545	31	difficult	difficult	JJ
19880	2545	32	one	one	NN
19880	2545	33	for	for	IN
19880	2545	34	a	a	DT
19880	2545	35	person	person	NN
19880	2545	36	of	of	IN
19880	2545	37	limited	limited	JJ
19880	2545	38	physical	physical	JJ
19880	2545	39	powers	power	NNS
19880	2545	40	.	.	.
19880	2546	1	In	in	IN
19880	2546	2	reality	reality	NN
19880	2546	3	,	,	,
19880	2546	4	all	all	PDT
19880	2546	5	the	the	DT
19880	2546	6	best	good	JJS
19880	2546	7	art	art	NN
19880	2546	8	recognizes	recognize	VBZ
19880	2546	9	,	,	,
19880	2546	10	mostly	mostly	RB
19880	2546	11	unconsciously	unconsciously	RB
19880	2546	12	,	,	,
19880	2546	13	the	the	DT
19880	2546	14	peculiarities	peculiarity	NNS
19880	2546	15	of	of	IN
19880	2546	16	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2546	17	physical	physical	JJ
19880	2546	18	and	and	CC
19880	2546	19	mental	mental	JJ
19880	2546	20	nature	nature	NN
19880	2546	21	.	.	.
19880	2547	1	A	a	DT
19880	2547	2	continuous	continuous	JJ
19880	2547	3	_	_	NNP
19880	2547	4	forte	forte	NN
19880	2547	5	_	_	NNP
19880	2547	6	,	,	,
19880	2547	7	for	for	IN
19880	2547	8	example	example	NN
19880	2547	9	,	,	,
19880	2547	10	ceases	cease	VBZ
19880	2547	11	to	to	TO
19880	2547	12	be	be	VB
19880	2547	13	a	a	DT
19880	2547	14	_	_	NNP
19880	2547	15	forte	forte	NN
19880	2547	16	_	_	NNP
19880	2547	17	,	,	,
19880	2547	18	in	in	IN
19880	2547	19	reality	reality	NN
19880	2547	20	,	,	,
19880	2547	21	since	since	IN
19880	2547	22	the	the	DT
19880	2547	23	ear	ear	NN
19880	2547	24	and	and	CC
19880	2547	25	the	the	DT
19880	2547	26	mind	mind	NN
19880	2547	27	weary	weary	JJ
19880	2547	28	under	under	IN
19880	2547	29	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2547	30	,	,	,
19880	2547	31	and	and	CC
19880	2547	32	all	all	PDT
19880	2547	33	the	the	DT
19880	2547	34	effect	effect	NN
19880	2547	35	of	of	IN
19880	2547	36	contrast	contrast	NN
19880	2547	37	is	be	VBZ
19880	2547	38	lost	lose	VBN
19880	2547	39	.	.	.
19880	2548	1	As	as	IN
19880	2548	2	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2548	3	have	have	VBP
19880	2548	4	more	more	JJR
19880	2548	5	than	than	IN
19880	2548	6	once	once	RB
19880	2548	7	said	say	VBN
19880	2548	8	,	,	,
19880	2548	9	good	good	JJ
19880	2548	10	art	art	NN
19880	2548	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	2548	12	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2548	13	--	--	:
19880	2548	14	in	in	IN
19880	2548	15	harmony	harmony	NN
19880	2548	16	with	with	IN
19880	2548	17	the	the	DT
19880	2548	18	laws	law	NNS
19880	2548	19	of	of	IN
19880	2548	20	the	the	DT
19880	2548	21	body	body	NN
19880	2548	22	,	,	,
19880	2548	23	as	as	RB
19880	2548	24	well	well	RB
19880	2548	25	as	as	IN
19880	2548	26	of	of	IN
19880	2548	27	the	the	DT
19880	2548	28	mind	mind	NN
19880	2548	29	.	.	.
19880	2549	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2549	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	2549	3	that	that	IN
19880	2549	4	each	each	DT
19880	2549	5	one	one	PRP
19880	2549	6	should	should	MD
19880	2549	7	study	study	VB
19880	2549	8	especially	especially	RB
19880	2549	9	how	how	WRB
19880	2549	10	to	to	TO
19880	2549	11	make	make	VB
19880	2549	12	the	the	DT
19880	2549	13	wisest	wise	JJS
19880	2549	14	,	,	,
19880	2549	15	the	the	DT
19880	2549	16	most	most	RBS
19880	2549	17	effective	effective	JJ
19880	2549	18	,	,	,
19880	2549	19	use	use	NN
19880	2549	20	of	of	IN
19880	2549	21	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2549	22	powers	power	NNS
19880	2549	23	,	,	,
19880	2549	24	for	for	IN
19880	2549	25	what	what	WP
19880	2549	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	2549	27	best	good	JJS
19880	2549	28	for	for	IN
19880	2549	29	one	one	PRP
19880	2549	30	may	may	MD
19880	2549	31	not	not	RB
19880	2549	32	be	be	VB
19880	2549	33	so	so	RB
19880	2549	34	for	for	IN
19880	2549	35	another	another	DT
19880	2549	36	.	.	.
19880	2550	1	A	a	DT
19880	2550	2	singer	singer	NN
19880	2550	3	or	or	CC
19880	2550	4	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2550	5	,	,	,
19880	2550	6	by	by	IN
19880	2550	7	reason	reason	NN
19880	2550	8	of	of	IN
19880	2550	9	a	a	DT
19880	2550	10	voice	voice	NN
19880	2550	11	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	2550	12	small	small	JJ
19880	2550	13	in	in	IN
19880	2550	14	volume	volume	NN
19880	2550	15	,	,	,
19880	2550	16	may	may	MD
19880	2550	17	seem	seem	VB
19880	2550	18	to	to	TO
19880	2550	19	be	be	VB
19880	2550	20	shut	shut	VBN
19880	2550	21	out	out	RP
19880	2550	22	from	from	IN
19880	2550	23	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2550	24	buildings	building	NNS
19880	2550	25	.	.	.
19880	2551	1	This	this	DT
19880	2551	2	need	nee	MD
19880	2551	3	rarely	rarely	RB
19880	2551	4	be	be	VB
19880	2551	5	the	the	DT
19880	2551	6	case	case	NN
19880	2551	7	.	.	.
19880	2552	1	The	the	DT
19880	2552	2	artist	artist	NN
19880	2552	3	must	must	MD
19880	2552	4	simply	simply	RB
19880	2552	5	the	the	DT
19880	2552	6	more	more	RBR
19880	2552	7	carefully	carefully	RB
19880	2552	8	consider	consider	VB
19880	2552	9	how	how	WRB
19880	2552	10	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2552	11	shall	shall	MD
19880	2552	12	vary	vary	VB
19880	2552	13	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2552	14	effects	effect	NNS
19880	2552	15	,	,	,
19880	2552	16	how	how	WRB
19880	2552	17	so	so	RB
19880	2552	18	use	use	VB
19880	2552	19	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2552	20	powers	power	NNS
19880	2552	21	that	that	IN
19880	2552	22	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2552	23	shall	shall	MD
19880	2552	24	suffice	suffice	VB
19880	2552	25	.	.	.
19880	2553	1	A	a	DT
19880	2553	2	loud	loud	JJ
19880	2553	3	voice	voice	NN
19880	2553	4	may	may	MD
19880	2553	5	be	be	VB
19880	2553	6	a	a	DT
19880	2553	7	very	very	RB
19880	2553	8	bad	bad	JJ
19880	2553	9	one	one	NN
19880	2553	10	for	for	IN
19880	2553	11	the	the	DT
19880	2553	12	hearer	hearer	NN
19880	2553	13	,	,	,
19880	2553	14	and	and	CC
19880	2553	15	may	may	MD
19880	2553	16	annoy	annoy	NNP
19880	2553	17	and	and	CC
19880	2553	18	weary	weary	JJ
19880	2553	19	rather	rather	RB
19880	2553	20	than	than	IN
19880	2553	21	please	please	UH
19880	2553	22	.	.	.
19880	2554	1	When	when	WRB
19880	2554	2	a	a	DT
19880	2554	3	building	building	NN
19880	2554	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2554	5	large	large	JJ
19880	2554	6	,	,	,
19880	2554	7	nearly	nearly	RB
19880	2554	8	all	all	DT
19880	2554	9	effects	effect	NNS
19880	2554	10	should	should	MD
19880	2554	11	be	be	VB
19880	2554	12	increased--_e.g	increased--_e.g	JJ
19880	2554	13	.	.	.
19880	2554	14	_	_	NNP
19880	2554	15	,	,	,
19880	2554	16	all	all	DT
19880	2554	17	pauses	pause	NNS
19880	2554	18	lengthened	lengthen	VBN
19880	2554	19	,	,	,
19880	2554	20	the	the	DT
19880	2554	21	_	_	NNP
19880	2554	22	tempo	tempo	NN
19880	2554	23	_	_	NNP
19880	2554	24	taken	take	VBD
19880	2554	25	a	a	DT
19880	2554	26	little	little	JJ
19880	2554	27	slower	slow	JJR
19880	2554	28	,	,	,
19880	2554	29	the	the	DT
19880	2554	30	contrasts	contrast	NNS
19880	2554	31	made	make	VBD
19880	2554	32	stronger	strong	JJR
19880	2554	33	,	,	,
19880	2554	34	etc	etc	FW
19880	2554	35	.	.	.
19880	2554	36	,--rather	,--rather	,
19880	2554	37	than	than	IN
19880	2554	38	the	the	DT
19880	2554	39	volume	volume	NN
19880	2554	40	of	of	IN
19880	2554	41	tone	tone	NN
19880	2554	42	increased	increase	VBD
19880	2554	43	.	.	.
19880	2555	1	The	the	DT
19880	2555	2	method	method	NN
19880	2555	3	of	of	IN
19880	2555	4	attack	attack	NN
19880	2555	5	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	2555	6	of	of	IN
19880	2555	7	the	the	DT
19880	2555	8	utmost	utmost	JJ
19880	2555	9	importance	importance	NN
19880	2555	10	;	;	:
19880	2555	11	all	all	RB
19880	2555	12	low	low	JJ
19880	2555	13	or	or	CC
19880	2555	14	soft	soft	JJ
19880	2555	15	passages	passage	NNS
19880	2555	16	should	should	MD
19880	2555	17	be	be	VB
19880	2555	18	sung	sung	JJ
19880	2555	19	or	or	CC
19880	2555	20	uttered	utter	VBN
19880	2555	21	with	with	IN
19880	2555	22	the	the	DT
19880	2555	23	greatest	great	JJS
19880	2555	24	distinctness	distinctness	NN
19880	2555	25	,	,	,
19880	2555	26	all	all	DT
19880	2555	27	final	final	JJ
19880	2555	28	letters	letter	NNS
19880	2555	29	most	most	RBS
19880	2555	30	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19880	2555	31	finished	finish	VBD
19880	2555	32	.	.	.
19880	2556	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2556	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2556	3	especially	especially	RB
19880	2556	4	important	important	JJ
19880	2556	5	for	for	IN
19880	2556	6	a	a	DT
19880	2556	7	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2556	8	to	to	TO
19880	2556	9	be	be	VB
19880	2556	10	aware	aware	JJ
19880	2556	11	of	of	IN
19880	2556	12	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2556	13	favorite--_i.e	favorite--_i.e	NN
19880	2556	14	.	.	.
19880	2556	15	_	_	NNP
19880	2556	16	,	,	,
19880	2556	17	most	most	RBS
19880	2556	18	easy	easy	JJ
19880	2556	19	and	and	CC
19880	2556	20	natural	natural	JJ
19880	2556	21	--	--	:
19880	2556	22	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2556	23	,	,	,
19880	2556	24	and	and	CC
19880	2556	25	also	also	RB
19880	2556	26	that	that	DT
19880	2556	27	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2556	28	which	which	WDT
19880	2556	29	best	good	JJS
19880	2556	30	adapts	adapt	VBZ
19880	2556	31	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2556	32	voice	voice	NN
19880	2556	33	to	to	IN
19880	2556	34	a	a	DT
19880	2556	35	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2556	36	building	building	NN
19880	2556	37	.	.	.
19880	2557	1	Many	many	JJ
19880	2557	2	forget	forget	VBP
19880	2557	3	that	that	DT
19880	2557	4	sound	sound	NN
19880	2557	5	does	do	VBZ
19880	2557	6	not	not	RB
19880	2557	7	,	,	,
19880	2557	8	in	in	IN
19880	2557	9	reality	reality	NN
19880	2557	10	,	,	,
19880	2557	11	travel	travel	VB
19880	2557	12	very	very	RB
19880	2557	13	rapidly	rapidly	RB
19880	2557	14	,	,	,
19880	2557	15	and	and	CC
19880	2557	16	that	that	IN
19880	2557	17	allowance	allowance	NN
19880	2557	18	must	must	MD
19880	2557	19	be	be	VB
19880	2557	20	made	make	VBN
19880	2557	21	for	for	IN
19880	2557	22	this	this	DT
19880	2557	23	,	,	,
19880	2557	24	so	so	IN
19880	2557	25	that	that	IN
19880	2557	26	one	one	CD
19880	2557	27	tone	tone	NN
19880	2557	28	shall	shall	MD
19880	2557	29	not	not	RB
19880	2557	30	break	break	VB
19880	2557	31	on	on	IN
19880	2557	32	the	the	DT
19880	2557	33	ear	ear	NN
19880	2557	34	before	before	IN
19880	2557	35	another	another	DT
19880	2557	36	has	have	VBZ
19880	2557	37	had	have	VBN
19880	2557	38	time	time	NN
19880	2557	39	to	to	TO
19880	2557	40	be	be	VB
19880	2557	41	attended	attend	VBN
19880	2557	42	to	to	IN
19880	2557	43	--	--	:
19880	2557	44	one	one	CD
19880	2557	45	idea	idea	NN
19880	2557	46	to	to	TO
19880	2557	47	be	be	VB
19880	2557	48	grasped	grasp	VBN
19880	2557	49	before	before	IN
19880	2557	50	another	another	DT
19880	2557	51	is	be	VBZ
19880	2557	52	presented	present	VBN
19880	2557	53	.	.	.
19880	2558	1	Of	of	IN
19880	2558	2	all	all	DT
19880	2558	3	things	thing	NNS
19880	2558	4	pauses	pause	NNS
19880	2558	5	are	be	VBP
19880	2558	6	of	of	IN
19880	2558	7	the	the	DT
19880	2558	8	greatest	great	JJS
19880	2558	9	importance	importance	NN
19880	2558	10	,	,	,
19880	2558	11	to	to	IN
19880	2558	12	the	the	DT
19880	2558	13	listener	listener	NN
19880	2558	14	,	,	,
19880	2558	15	that	that	IN
19880	2558	16	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2558	17	may	may	MD
19880	2558	18	apprehend	apprehend	VB
19880	2558	19	the	the	DT
19880	2558	20	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	2558	21	presented	present	VBN
19880	2558	22	,	,	,
19880	2558	23	and	and	CC
19880	2558	24	to	to	IN
19880	2558	25	the	the	DT
19880	2558	26	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2558	27	,	,	,
19880	2558	28	that	that	IN
19880	2558	29	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2558	30	may	may	MD
19880	2558	31	have	have	VB
19880	2558	32	time	time	NN
19880	2558	33	to	to	TO
19880	2558	34	take	take	VB
19880	2558	35	breath	breath	NN
19880	2558	36	and	and	CC
19880	2558	37	a	a	DT
19880	2558	38	brief	brief	JJ
19880	2558	39	rest	rest	NN
19880	2558	40	,	,	,
19880	2558	41	and	and	CC
19880	2558	42	also	also	RB
19880	2558	43	seize	seize	VB
19880	2558	44	the	the	DT
19880	2558	45	opportunity	opportunity	NN
19880	2558	46	to	to	TO
19880	2558	47	readdress	readdress	VB
19880	2558	48	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2558	49	,	,	,
19880	2558	50	so	so	RB
19880	2558	51	to	to	TO
19880	2558	52	speak	speak	VB
19880	2558	53	,	,	,
19880	2558	54	to	to	IN
19880	2558	55	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2558	56	auditors	auditor	NNS
19880	2558	57	,	,	,
19880	2558	58	by	by	IN
19880	2558	59	the	the	DT
19880	2558	60	use	use	NN
19880	2558	61	of	of	IN
19880	2558	62	another	another	DT
19880	2558	63	accent	accent	NN
19880	2558	64	,	,	,
19880	2558	65	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2558	66	of	of	IN
19880	2558	67	tone	tone	NN
19880	2558	68	,	,	,
19880	2558	69	or	or	CC
19880	2558	70	whatever	whatever	WDT
19880	2558	71	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2558	72	deems	deem	VBZ
19880	2558	73	most	most	JJS
19880	2558	74	apt	apt	JJ
19880	2558	75	to	to	IN
19880	2558	76	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2558	77	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	2558	78	.	.	.
19880	2559	1	Speakers	speaker	NNS
19880	2559	2	who	who	WP
19880	2559	3	make	make	VBP
19880	2559	4	suitable	suitable	JJ
19880	2559	5	pauses	pause	NNS
19880	2559	6	with	with	IN
19880	2559	7	intention	intention	NN
19880	2559	8	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2559	9	not	not	RB
19880	2559	10	from	from	IN
19880	2559	11	lack	lack	NN
19880	2559	12	of	of	IN
19880	2559	13	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	2559	14	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2559	15	,	,	,
19880	2559	16	or	or	CC
19880	2559	17	from	from	IN
19880	2559	18	an	an	DT
19880	2559	19	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	2559	20	instinct	instinct	NN
19880	2559	21	,	,	,
19880	2559	22	give	give	VB
19880	2559	23	pleasure	pleasure	NN
19880	2559	24	,	,	,
19880	2559	25	as	as	RB
19880	2559	26	well	well	RB
19880	2559	27	as	as	IN
19880	2559	28	effect	effect	NN
19880	2559	29	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2559	30	intellectual	intellectual	JJ
19880	2559	31	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	2559	32	,	,	,
19880	2559	33	for	for	IN
19880	2559	34	the	the	DT
19880	2559	35	listener	listener	NN
19880	2559	36	also	also	RB
19880	2559	37	gets	get	VBZ
19880	2559	38	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2559	39	moments	moment	NNS
19880	2559	40	for	for	IN
19880	2559	41	rest	rest	NN
19880	2559	42	,	,	,
19880	2559	43	perceives	perceive	VBZ
19880	2559	44	readily	readily	RB
19880	2559	45	what	what	WP
19880	2559	46	is	be	VBZ
19880	2559	47	meant	mean	VBN
19880	2559	48	,	,	,
19880	2559	49	and	and	CC
19880	2559	50	enjoys	enjoy	VBZ
19880	2559	51	the	the	DT
19880	2559	52	purely	purely	RB
19880	2559	53	sensuous	sensuous	JJ
19880	2559	54	in	in	IN
19880	2559	55	the	the	DT
19880	2559	56	art	art	NN
19880	2559	57	far	far	RB
19880	2559	58	more	more	RBR
19880	2559	59	than	than	IN
19880	2559	60	when	when	WRB
19880	2559	61	the	the	DT
19880	2559	62	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2559	63	's	's	POS
19880	2559	64	utterance	utterance	NN
19880	2559	65	rushes	rush	VBZ
19880	2559	66	on	on	IN
19880	2559	67	like	like	UH
19880	2559	68	a	a	DT
19880	2559	69	torrent	torrent	NN
19880	2559	70	.	.	.
19880	2560	1	All	all	PDT
19880	2560	2	this	this	DT
19880	2560	3	applies	apply	VBZ
19880	2560	4	to	to	IN
19880	2560	5	a	a	DT
19880	2560	6	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2560	7	extent	extent	NN
19880	2560	8	to	to	IN
19880	2560	9	the	the	DT
19880	2560	10	singer	singer	NN
19880	2560	11	,	,	,
19880	2560	12	though	though	IN
19880	2560	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2560	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	2560	15	but	but	CC
19880	2560	16	very	very	RB
19880	2560	17	inadequately	inadequately	RB
19880	2560	18	observed	observed	JJ
19880	2560	19	--	--	:
19880	2560	20	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2560	21	must	must	MD
19880	2560	22	say	say	VB
19880	2560	23	,	,	,
19880	2560	24	however	however	RB
19880	2560	25	,	,	,
19880	2560	26	much	much	RB
19880	2560	27	better	well	JJR
19880	2560	28	than	than	IN
19880	2560	29	at	at	IN
19880	2560	30	a	a	DT
19880	2560	31	former	former	JJ
19880	2560	32	period	period	NN
19880	2560	33	,	,	,
19880	2560	34	when	when	WRB
19880	2560	35	"	"	``
19880	2560	36	ranting	rant	VBG
19880	2560	37	,	,	,
19880	2560	38	"	"	''
19880	2560	39	on	on	IN
19880	2560	40	the	the	DT
19880	2560	41	stage	stage	NN
19880	2560	42	especially	especially	RB
19880	2560	43	,	,	,
19880	2560	44	was	be	VBD
19880	2560	45	a	a	DT
19880	2560	46	very	very	RB
19880	2560	47	common	common	JJ
19880	2560	48	fault	fault	NN
19880	2560	49	.	.	.
19880	2561	1	In	in	IN
19880	2561	2	an	an	DT
19880	2561	3	earlier	early	JJR
19880	2561	4	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	2561	5	attention	attention	NN
19880	2561	6	was	be	VBD
19880	2561	7	given	give	VBN
19880	2561	8	to	to	IN
19880	2561	9	the	the	DT
19880	2561	10	precautions	precaution	NNS
19880	2561	11	to	to	TO
19880	2561	12	be	be	VB
19880	2561	13	taken	take	VBN
19880	2561	14	before	before	IN
19880	2561	15	a	a	DT
19880	2561	16	public	public	JJ
19880	2561	17	appearance	appearance	NN
19880	2561	18	,	,	,
19880	2561	19	especially	especially	RB
19880	2561	20	by	by	IN
19880	2561	21	those	those	DT
19880	2561	22	who	who	WP
19880	2561	23	are	be	VBP
19880	2561	24	inexperienced	inexperienced	JJ
19880	2561	25	;	;	:
19880	2561	26	and	and	CC
19880	2561	27	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2561	28	would	would	MD
19880	2561	29	again	again	RB
19880	2561	30	emphasize	emphasize	VB
19880	2561	31	the	the	DT
19880	2561	32	fact	fact	NN
19880	2561	33	that	that	IN
19880	2561	34	those	those	DT
19880	2561	35	who	who	WP
19880	2561	36	have	have	VBP
19880	2561	37	the	the	DT
19880	2561	38	best	good	JJS
19880	2561	39	training	training	NN
19880	2561	40	,	,	,
19880	2561	41	and	and	CC
19880	2561	42	have	have	VBP
19880	2561	43	made	make	VBN
19880	2561	44	the	the	DT
19880	2561	45	most	most	RBS
19880	2561	46	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2561	47	special	special	JJ
19880	2561	48	preparation	preparation	NN
19880	2561	49	for	for	IN
19880	2561	50	the	the	DT
19880	2561	51	coming	come	VBG
19880	2561	52	event	event	NN
19880	2561	53	,	,	,
19880	2561	54	are	be	VBP
19880	2561	55	least	least	JJS
19880	2561	56	likely	likely	JJ
19880	2561	57	to	to	TO
19880	2561	58	suffer	suffer	VB
19880	2561	59	from	from	IN
19880	2561	60	that	that	DT
19880	2561	61	great	great	JJ
19880	2561	62	disturber	disturber	NN
19880	2561	63	,	,	,
19880	2561	64	nervousness	nervousness	NN
19880	2561	65	;	;	:
19880	2561	66	and	and	CC
19880	2561	67	when	when	WRB
19880	2561	68	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2561	69	are	be	VBP
19880	2561	70	somewhat	somewhat	RB
19880	2561	71	tense	tense	JJ
19880	2561	72	,	,	,
19880	2561	73	the	the	DT
19880	2561	74	well	well	RB
19880	2561	75	-	-	HYPH
19880	2561	76	disciplined	discipline	VBN
19880	2561	77	often	often	RB
19880	2561	78	recover	recover	VBP
19880	2561	79	rapidly	rapidly	RB
19880	2561	80	,	,	,
19880	2561	81	and	and	CC
19880	2561	82	frequently	frequently	RB
19880	2561	83	astonish	astonish	VBP
19880	2561	84	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2561	85	friends	friend	NNS
19880	2561	86	by	by	IN
19880	2561	87	the	the	DT
19880	2561	88	success	success	NN
19880	2561	89	of	of	IN
19880	2561	90	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2561	91	first	first	JJ
19880	2561	92	appearance	appearance	NN
19880	2561	93	.	.	.
19880	2562	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2562	2	strongly	strongly	RB
19880	2562	3	recommend	recommend	VBP
19880	2562	4	all	all	DT
19880	2562	5	who	who	WP
19880	2562	6	can	can	MD
19880	2562	7	to	to	TO
19880	2562	8	take	take	VB
19880	2562	9	rest	rest	NN
19880	2562	10	on	on	IN
19880	2562	11	the	the	DT
19880	2562	12	day	day	NN
19880	2562	13	preceding	precede	VBG
19880	2562	14	and	and	CC
19880	2562	15	following	follow	VBG
19880	2562	16	a	a	DT
19880	2562	17	hard	hard	JJ
19880	2562	18	evening	evening	NN
19880	2562	19	's	's	POS
19880	2562	20	work	work	NN
19880	2562	21	,	,	,
19880	2562	22	and	and	CC
19880	2562	23	preferably	preferably	RB
19880	2562	24	,	,	,
19880	2562	25	in	in	IN
19880	2562	26	summer	summer	NN
19880	2562	27	,	,	,
19880	2562	28	in	in	IN
19880	2562	29	the	the	DT
19880	2562	30	open	open	JJ
19880	2562	31	air	air	NN
19880	2562	32	.	.	.
19880	2563	1	A	a	DT
19880	2563	2	quiet	quiet	JJ
19880	2563	3	walk	walk	NN
19880	2563	4	in	in	IN
19880	2563	5	a	a	DT
19880	2563	6	park	park	NN
19880	2563	7	,	,	,
19880	2563	8	where	where	WRB
19880	2563	9	one	one	PRP
19880	2563	10	may	may	MD
19880	2563	11	think	think	VB
19880	2563	12	or	or	CC
19880	2563	13	observe	observe	VB
19880	2563	14	or	or	CC
19880	2563	15	not	not	RB
19880	2563	16	,	,	,
19880	2563	17	as	as	IN
19880	2563	18	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2563	19	feels	feel	VBZ
19880	2563	20	inclined	inclined	JJ
19880	2563	21	,	,	,
19880	2563	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	2563	23	an	an	DT
19880	2563	24	excellent	excellent	JJ
19880	2563	25	thing	thing	NN
19880	2563	26	to	to	TO
19880	2563	27	do	do	VB
19880	2563	28	,	,	,
19880	2563	29	either	either	CC
19880	2563	30	before	before	IN
19880	2563	31	or	or	CC
19880	2563	32	after	after	IN
19880	2563	33	a	a	DT
19880	2563	34	strenuous	strenuous	JJ
19880	2563	35	artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	2563	36	effort	effort	NN
19880	2563	37	.	.	.
19880	2564	1	If	if	IN
19880	2564	2	the	the	DT
19880	2564	3	battery	battery	NN
19880	2564	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2564	5	to	to	TO
19880	2564	6	be	be	VB
19880	2564	7	well	well	RB
19880	2564	8	charged	charge	VBN
19880	2564	9	,	,	,
19880	2564	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2564	11	must	must	MD
19880	2564	12	not	not	RB
19880	2564	13	be	be	VB
19880	2564	14	discharged	discharge	VBN
19880	2564	15	even	even	RB
19880	2564	16	partially	partially	RB
19880	2564	17	before	before	IN
19880	2564	18	the	the	DT
19880	2564	19	right	right	JJ
19880	2564	20	moment	moment	NN
19880	2564	21	.	.	.
19880	2565	1	Amateurs	amateur	NNS
19880	2565	2	and	and	CC
19880	2565	3	the	the	DT
19880	2565	4	inexperienced	inexperienced	JJ
19880	2565	5	are	be	VBP
19880	2565	6	particularly	particularly	RB
19880	2565	7	apt	apt	JJ
19880	2565	8	to	to	TO
19880	2565	9	neglect	neglect	VB
19880	2565	10	such	such	JJ
19880	2565	11	precaution	precaution	NN
19880	2565	12	for	for	IN
19880	2565	13	success	success	NN
19880	2565	14	,	,	,
19880	2565	15	and	and	CC
19880	2565	16	to	to	TO
19880	2565	17	fritter	fritter	VB
19880	2565	18	away	away	RB
19880	2565	19	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2565	20	energies	energy	NNS
19880	2565	21	by	by	IN
19880	2565	22	attention	attention	NN
19880	2565	23	to	to	IN
19880	2565	24	details	detail	NNS
19880	2565	25	,	,	,
19880	2565	26	possibly	possibly	RB
19880	2565	27	trivial	trivial	JJ
19880	2565	28	ones	one	NNS
19880	2565	29	,	,	,
19880	2565	30	up	up	RB
19880	2565	31	to	to	IN
19880	2565	32	the	the	DT
19880	2565	33	last	last	JJ
19880	2565	34	moment	moment	NN
19880	2565	35	.	.	.
19880	2566	1	Happy	happy	JJ
19880	2566	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2566	3	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2566	4	who	who	WP
19880	2566	5	,	,	,
19880	2566	6	well	well	RB
19880	2566	7	prepared	prepared	JJ
19880	2566	8	for	for	IN
19880	2566	9	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2566	10	task	task	NN
19880	2566	11	,	,	,
19880	2566	12	free	free	JJ
19880	2566	13	from	from	IN
19880	2566	14	worries	worry	NNS
19880	2566	15	,	,	,
19880	2566	16	unmoved	unmove	VBN
19880	2566	17	by	by	IN
19880	2566	18	envy	envy	NNP
19880	2566	19	,	,	,
19880	2566	20	jealousy	jealousy	NN
19880	2566	21	,	,	,
19880	2566	22	or	or	CC
19880	2566	23	undue	undue	JJ
19880	2566	24	ambition	ambition	NN
19880	2566	25	,	,	,
19880	2566	26	can	can	MD
19880	2566	27	step	step	VB
19880	2566	28	before	before	IN
19880	2566	29	the	the	DT
19880	2566	30	public	public	NN
19880	2566	31	resolved	resolve	VBD
19880	2566	32	to	to	TO
19880	2566	33	do	do	VB
19880	2566	34	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2566	35	best	good	JJS
19880	2566	36	for	for	IN
19880	2566	37	art	art	NN
19880	2566	38	,	,	,
19880	2566	39	and	and	CC
19880	2566	40	who	who	WP
19880	2566	41	,	,	,
19880	2566	42	having	have	VBG
19880	2566	43	done	do	VBN
19880	2566	44	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2566	45	,	,	,
19880	2566	46	can	can	MD
19880	2566	47	rest	rest	VB
19880	2566	48	in	in	IN
19880	2566	49	the	the	DT
19880	2566	50	satisfaction	satisfaction	NN
19880	2566	51	that	that	IN
19880	2566	52	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2566	53	has	have	VBZ
19880	2566	54	contributed	contribute	VBN
19880	2566	55	something	something	NN
19880	2566	56	to	to	IN
19880	2566	57	the	the	DT
19880	2566	58	innocent	innocent	JJ
19880	2566	59	and	and	CC
19880	2566	60	ennobling	ennobling	JJ
19880	2566	61	enjoyment	enjoyment	NN
19880	2566	62	of	of	IN
19880	2566	63	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2566	64	fellows	fellow	NNS
19880	2566	65	,	,	,
19880	2566	66	and	and	CC
19880	2566	67	so	so	RB
19880	2566	68	has	have	VBZ
19880	2566	69	helped	help	VBN
19880	2566	70	to	to	TO
19880	2566	71	advance	advance	VB
19880	2566	72	those	those	DT
19880	2566	73	of	of	IN
19880	2566	74	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2566	75	own	own	JJ
19880	2566	76	generation	generation	NN
19880	2566	77	;	;	,
19880	2566	78	caring	care	VBG
19880	2566	79	little	little	JJ
19880	2566	80	for	for	IN
19880	2566	81	either	either	CC
19880	2566	82	the	the	DT
19880	2566	83	flatteries	flattery	NNS
19880	2566	84	of	of	IN
19880	2566	85	admirers	admirer	NNS
19880	2566	86	or	or	CC
19880	2566	87	a	a	DT
19880	2566	88	criticism	criticism	NN
19880	2566	89	that	that	WDT
19880	2566	90	may	may	MD
19880	2566	91	be	be	VB
19880	2566	92	ignorant	ignorant	JJ
19880	2566	93	,	,	,
19880	2566	94	unjust	unjust	JJ
19880	2566	95	,	,	,
19880	2566	96	or	or	CC
19880	2566	97	malignant	malignant	JJ
19880	2566	98	,	,	,
19880	2566	99	but	but	CC
19880	2566	100	feeling	feel	VBG
19880	2566	101	that	that	IN
19880	2566	102	the	the	DT
19880	2566	103	best	good	JJS
19880	2566	104	reward	reward	NN
19880	2566	105	is	be	VBZ
19880	2566	106	the	the	DT
19880	2566	107	approval	approval	NN
19880	2566	108	of	of	IN
19880	2566	109	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2566	110	own	own	JJ
19880	2566	111	conscience	conscience	NN
19880	2566	112	,	,	,
19880	2566	113	knowing	know	VBG
19880	2566	114	that	that	IN
19880	2566	115	"	"	``
19880	2566	116	Art	art	NN
19880	2566	117	is	be	VBZ
19880	2566	118	long	long	JJ
19880	2566	119	,	,	,
19880	2566	120	and	and	CC
19880	2566	121	life	life	NN
19880	2566	122	short	short	JJ
19880	2566	123	.	.	.
19880	2566	124	"	"	''
19880	2567	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19880	2567	2	XX	XX	NNP
19880	2567	3	.	.	.
19880	2568	1	REVIEW	REVIEW	NNP
19880	2568	2	AND	and	CC
19880	2568	3	REVISION	REVISION	NNP
19880	2568	4	.	.	.
19880	2569	1	All	all	PDT
19880	2569	2	the	the	DT
19880	2569	3	most	most	RBS
19880	2569	4	important	important	JJ
19880	2569	5	truths	truth	NNS
19880	2569	6	of	of	IN
19880	2569	7	any	any	DT
19880	2569	8	subject	subject	NN
19880	2569	9	may	may	MD
19880	2569	10	be	be	VB
19880	2569	11	stated	state	VBN
19880	2569	12	in	in	IN
19880	2569	13	a	a	DT
19880	2569	14	brief	brief	JJ
19880	2569	15	space	space	NN
19880	2569	16	.	.	.
19880	2570	1	The	the	DT
19880	2570	2	Author	author	NN
19880	2570	3	proposes	propose	VBZ
19880	2570	4	to	to	TO
19880	2570	5	make	make	VB
19880	2570	6	this	this	DT
19880	2570	7	final	final	JJ
19880	2570	8	chapter	chapter	NN
19880	2570	9	one	one	CD
19880	2570	10	of	of	IN
19880	2570	11	a	a	DT
19880	2570	12	restatement	restatement	NN
19880	2570	13	of	of	IN
19880	2570	14	the	the	DT
19880	2570	15	essentials	essential	NNS
19880	2570	16	of	of	IN
19880	2570	17	the	the	DT
19880	2570	18	subject	subject	NN
19880	2570	19	in	in	IN
19880	2570	20	the	the	DT
19880	2570	21	light	light	NN
19880	2570	22	of	of	IN
19880	2570	23	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2570	24	present	present	JJ
19880	2570	25	-	-	HYPH
19880	2570	26	day	day	NN
19880	2570	27	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	2570	28	,	,	,
19880	2570	29	and	and	CC
19880	2570	30	with	with	IN
19880	2570	31	a	a	DT
19880	2570	32	distinct	distinct	JJ
19880	2570	33	relation	relation	NN
19880	2570	34	to	to	IN
19880	2570	35	practice	practice	NN
19880	2570	36	.	.	.
19880	2571	1	The	the	DT
19880	2571	2	object	object	NN
19880	2571	3	of	of	IN
19880	2571	4	the	the	DT
19880	2571	5	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2571	6	or	or	CC
19880	2571	7	singer	singer	NN
19880	2571	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	2571	9	to	to	TO
19880	2571	10	produce	produce	VB
19880	2571	11	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2571	12	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2571	13	which	which	WDT
19880	2571	14	shall	shall	MD
19880	2571	15	as	as	RB
19880	2571	16	easily	easily	RB
19880	2571	17	as	as	IN
19880	2571	18	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2571	19	convey	convey	NN
19880	2571	20	to	to	IN
19880	2571	21	the	the	DT
19880	2571	22	listener	listener	NN
19880	2571	23	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2571	24	own	own	JJ
19880	2571	25	state	state	NN
19880	2571	26	of	of	IN
19880	2571	27	mind	mind	NN
19880	2571	28	.	.	.
19880	2572	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2572	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	2572	3	that	that	IN
19880	2572	4	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2572	5	must	must	MD
19880	2572	6	have	have	VB
19880	2572	7	a	a	DT
19880	2572	8	clear	clear	JJ
19880	2572	9	idea	idea	NN
19880	2572	10	of	of	IN
19880	2572	11	these	these	DT
19880	2572	12	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2572	13	,	,	,
19880	2572	14	that	that	IN
19880	2572	15	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2572	16	must	must	MD
19880	2572	17	hear	hear	VB
19880	2572	18	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2572	19	mentally	mentally	RB
19880	2572	20	prior	prior	RB
19880	2572	21	to	to	IN
19880	2572	22	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2572	23	utterance	utterance	NN
19880	2572	24	;	;	:
19880	2572	25	in	in	IN
19880	2572	26	other	other	JJ
19880	2572	27	words	word	NNS
19880	2572	28	,	,	,
19880	2572	29	the	the	DT
19880	2572	30	psychological	psychological	NN
19880	2572	31	must	must	MD
19880	2572	32	precede	precede	VB
19880	2572	33	the	the	DT
19880	2572	34	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2572	35	.	.	.
19880	2573	1	Voice	voice	NN
19880	2573	2	production	production	NN
19880	2573	3	for	for	IN
19880	2573	4	the	the	DT
19880	2573	5	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	2573	6	of	of	IN
19880	2573	7	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	2573	8	and	and	CC
19880	2573	9	singing	singing	NN
19880	2573	10	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	2573	11	a	a	DT
19880	2573	12	coöperation	coöperation	NN
19880	2573	13	of	of	IN
19880	2573	14	the	the	DT
19880	2573	15	psychic	psychic	NN
19880	2573	16	and	and	CC
19880	2573	17	the	the	DT
19880	2573	18	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2573	19	,	,	,
19880	2573	20	a	a	DT
19880	2573	21	co	co	NN
19880	2573	22	-	-	NN
19880	2573	23	ordination	ordination	NN
19880	2573	24	of	of	IN
19880	2573	25	processes	process	NNS
19880	2573	26	that	that	WDT
19880	2573	27	are	be	VBP
19880	2573	28	psychic	psychic	JJ
19880	2573	29	,	,	,
19880	2573	30	and	and	CC
19880	2573	31	physical	physical	JJ
19880	2573	32	,	,	,
19880	2573	33	somatic	somatic	JJ
19880	2573	34	or	or	CC
19880	2573	35	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2573	36	.	.	.
19880	2574	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2574	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2574	3	well	well	JJ
19880	2574	4	to	to	TO
19880	2574	5	regard	regard	VB
19880	2574	6	the	the	DT
19880	2574	7	subject	subject	NN
19880	2574	8	from	from	IN
19880	2574	9	as	as	RB
19880	2574	10	many	many	JJ
19880	2574	11	points	point	NNS
19880	2574	12	of	of	IN
19880	2574	13	view	view	NN
19880	2574	14	as	as	IN
19880	2574	15	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2574	16	,	,	,
19880	2574	17	and	and	CC
19880	2574	18	to	to	TO
19880	2574	19	consider	consider	VB
19880	2574	20	the	the	DT
19880	2574	21	various	various	JJ
19880	2574	22	ways	way	NNS
19880	2574	23	in	in	IN
19880	2574	24	which	which	WDT
19880	2574	25	the	the	DT
19880	2574	26	same	same	JJ
19880	2574	27	truth	truth	NN
19880	2574	28	may	may	MD
19880	2574	29	be	be	VB
19880	2574	30	stated	state	VBN
19880	2574	31	.	.	.
19880	2575	1	Stress	stress	NN
19880	2575	2	must	must	MD
19880	2575	3	be	be	VB
19880	2575	4	laid	lay	VBN
19880	2575	5	on	on	IN
19880	2575	6	the	the	DT
19880	2575	7	idea	idea	NN
19880	2575	8	of	of	IN
19880	2575	9	co	co	NN
19880	2575	10	-	-	NN
19880	2575	11	ordination	ordination	NN
19880	2575	12	,	,	,
19880	2575	13	for	for	IN
19880	2575	14	processes	process	NNS
19880	2575	15	may	may	MD
19880	2575	16	be	be	VB
19880	2575	17	independently	independently	RB
19880	2575	18	satisfactory	satisfactory	JJ
19880	2575	19	yet	yet	RB
19880	2575	20	fail	fail	VBP
19880	2575	21	to	to	TO
19880	2575	22	lead	lead	VB
19880	2575	23	to	to	IN
19880	2575	24	the	the	DT
19880	2575	25	desired	desire	VBN
19880	2575	26	result	result	NN
19880	2575	27	if	if	IN
19880	2575	28	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2575	29	are	be	VBP
19880	2575	30	not	not	RB
19880	2575	31	connected	connect	VBN
19880	2575	32	,	,	,
19880	2575	33	harmonised	harmonised	JJ
19880	2575	34	or	or	CC
19880	2575	35	co	co	VBN
19880	2575	36	-	-	VBN
19880	2575	37	ordinated	ordinated	JJ
19880	2575	38	.	.	.
19880	2576	1	The	the	DT
19880	2576	2	latter	latter	NN
19880	2576	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2576	4	the	the	DT
19880	2576	5	better	well	JJR
19880	2576	6	term	term	NN
19880	2576	7	because	because	IN
19880	2576	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2576	9	suggests	suggest	VBZ
19880	2576	10	a	a	DT
19880	2576	11	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2576	12	order	order	NN
19880	2576	13	of	of	IN
19880	2576	14	progress	progress	NN
19880	2576	15	.	.	.
19880	2577	1	As	as	IN
19880	2577	2	a	a	DT
19880	2577	3	matter	matter	NN
19880	2577	4	of	of	IN
19880	2577	5	fact	fact	NN
19880	2577	6	,	,	,
19880	2577	7	first	first	RB
19880	2577	8	the	the	DT
19880	2577	9	psychic	psychic	NN
19880	2577	10	,	,	,
19880	2577	11	then	then	RB
19880	2577	12	the	the	DT
19880	2577	13	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2577	14	.	.	.
19880	2578	1	The	the	DT
19880	2578	2	idea	idea	NN
19880	2578	3	may	may	MD
19880	2578	4	be	be	VB
19880	2578	5	clear	clear	JJ
19880	2578	6	,	,	,
19880	2578	7	yet	yet	RB
19880	2578	8	from	from	IN
19880	2578	9	a	a	DT
19880	2578	10	physical	physical	JJ
19880	2578	11	defect	defect	NN
19880	2578	12	,	,	,
19880	2578	13	as	as	IN
19880	2578	14	in	in	IN
19880	2578	15	stammering	stammering	NN
19880	2578	16	,	,	,
19880	2578	17	the	the	DT
19880	2578	18	result	result	NN
19880	2578	19	does	do	VBZ
19880	2578	20	not	not	RB
19880	2578	21	follow	follow	VB
19880	2578	22	,	,	,
19880	2578	23	though	though	IN
19880	2578	24	this	this	DT
19880	2578	25	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2578	26	imperfection	imperfection	NN
19880	2578	27	in	in	IN
19880	2578	28	movement	movement	NN
19880	2578	29	may	may	MD
19880	2578	30	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2578	31	be	be	VB
19880	2578	32	the	the	DT
19880	2578	33	result	result	NN
19880	2578	34	of	of	IN
19880	2578	35	a	a	DT
19880	2578	36	psychic	psychic	JJ
19880	2578	37	condition	condition	NN
19880	2578	38	and	and	CC
19880	2578	39	generally	generally	RB
19880	2578	40	is	be	VBZ
19880	2578	41	so	so	RB
19880	2578	42	.	.	.
19880	2579	1	A	a	DT
19880	2579	2	clearer	clear	JJR
19880	2579	3	case	case	NN
19880	2579	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2579	5	that	that	DT
19880	2579	6	of	of	IN
19880	2579	7	paralysis	paralysis	NN
19880	2579	8	of	of	IN
19880	2579	9	the	the	DT
19880	2579	10	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2579	11	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2579	12	.	.	.
19880	2580	1	The	the	DT
19880	2580	2	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	2580	3	to	to	TO
19880	2580	4	be	be	VB
19880	2580	5	expressed	express	VBN
19880	2580	6	may	may	MD
19880	2580	7	be	be	VB
19880	2580	8	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19880	2580	9	clear	clear	JJ
19880	2580	10	in	in	IN
19880	2580	11	the	the	DT
19880	2580	12	mind	mind	NN
19880	2580	13	yet	yet	CC
19880	2580	14	impossible	impossible	JJ
19880	2580	15	of	of	IN
19880	2580	16	expression	expression	NN
19880	2580	17	.	.	.
19880	2581	1	The	the	DT
19880	2581	2	defect	defect	NN
19880	2581	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2581	4	at	at	IN
19880	2581	5	the	the	DT
19880	2581	6	distal	distal	JJ
19880	2581	7	end	end	NN
19880	2581	8	of	of	IN
19880	2581	9	the	the	DT
19880	2581	10	combination--_i.e	combination--_i.e	XX
19880	2581	11	.	.	.
19880	2581	12	_	_	NNP
19880	2581	13	,	,	,
19880	2581	14	in	in	IN
19880	2581	15	the	the	DT
19880	2581	16	physical	physical	JJ
19880	2581	17	,	,	,
19880	2581	18	somatic	somatic	JJ
19880	2581	19	or	or	CC
19880	2581	20	bodily	bodily	JJ
19880	2581	21	part	part	NN
19880	2581	22	of	of	IN
19880	2581	23	the	the	DT
19880	2581	24	process	process	NN
19880	2581	25	to	to	TO
19880	2581	26	express	express	VB
19880	2581	27	the	the	DT
19880	2581	28	same	same	JJ
19880	2581	29	idea	idea	NN
19880	2581	30	by	by	IN
19880	2581	31	the	the	DT
19880	2581	32	use	use	NN
19880	2581	33	of	of	IN
19880	2581	34	different	different	JJ
19880	2581	35	terms	term	NNS
19880	2581	36	.	.	.
19880	2582	1	The	the	DT
19880	2582	2	consideration	consideration	NN
19880	2582	3	of	of	IN
19880	2582	4	conditions	condition	NNS
19880	2582	5	of	of	IN
19880	2582	6	defect	defect	JJ
19880	2582	7	or	or	CC
19880	2582	8	pathological	pathological	JJ
19880	2582	9	states	state	NNS
19880	2582	10	may	may	MD
19880	2582	11	make	make	VB
19880	2582	12	normal	normal	JJ
19880	2582	13	psychological	psychological	JJ
19880	2582	14	and	and	CC
19880	2582	15	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2582	16	ones	one	NNS
19880	2582	17	clearer	clear	JJR
19880	2582	18	,	,	,
19880	2582	19	as	as	IN
19880	2582	20	has	have	VBZ
19880	2582	21	been	be	VBN
19880	2582	22	shown	show	VBN
19880	2582	23	by	by	IN
19880	2582	24	the	the	DT
19880	2582	25	above	above	JJ
19880	2582	26	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19880	2582	27	.	.	.
19880	2583	1	The	the	DT
19880	2583	2	practical	practical	JJ
19880	2583	3	importance	importance	NN
19880	2583	4	of	of	IN
19880	2583	5	the	the	DT
19880	2583	6	co	co	NN
19880	2583	7	-	-	NN
19880	2583	8	ordination	ordination	NN
19880	2583	9	of	of	IN
19880	2583	10	processes	process	NNS
19880	2583	11	is	be	VBZ
19880	2583	12	very	very	RB
19880	2583	13	great	great	JJ
19880	2583	14	.	.	.
19880	2584	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2584	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2584	3	not	not	RB
19880	2584	4	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2584	5	for	for	IN
19880	2584	6	one	one	CD
19880	2584	7	born	bear	VBN
19880	2584	8	deaf	deaf	NN
19880	2584	9	to	to	TO
19880	2584	10	speak	speak	VB
19880	2584	11	because	because	IN
19880	2584	12	the	the	DT
19880	2584	13	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	2584	14	mental	mental	JJ
19880	2584	15	or	or	CC
19880	2584	16	psychic	psychic	JJ
19880	2584	17	conditions	condition	NNS
19880	2584	18	for	for	IN
19880	2584	19	co	co	NN
19880	2584	20	-	-	NN
19880	2584	21	ordination	ordination	NN
19880	2584	22	do	do	VBP
19880	2584	23	not	not	RB
19880	2584	24	exist--_i.e	exist--_i.e	DT
19880	2584	25	.	.	.
19880	2584	26	_	_	NNP
19880	2584	27	,	,	,
19880	2584	28	there	there	EX
19880	2584	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	2584	30	no	no	DT
19880	2584	31	sound	sound	NN
19880	2584	32	in	in	IN
19880	2584	33	the	the	DT
19880	2584	34	mind	mind	NN
19880	2584	35	to	to	TO
19880	2584	36	be	be	VB
19880	2584	37	expressed	express	VBN
19880	2584	38	--	--	:
19880	2584	39	not	not	RB
19880	2584	40	because	because	IN
19880	2584	41	there	there	EX
19880	2584	42	is	be	VBZ
19880	2584	43	any	any	DT
19880	2584	44	serious	serious	JJ
19880	2584	45	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
19880	2584	46	defect	defect	NN
19880	2584	47	.	.	.
19880	2585	1	In	in	IN
19880	2585	2	like	like	DT
19880	2585	3	manner	manner	NN
19880	2585	4	the	the	DT
19880	2585	5	student	student	NN
19880	2585	6	of	of	IN
19880	2585	7	singing	singing	NN
19880	2585	8	will	will	MD
19880	2585	9	produce	produce	VB
19880	2585	10	no	no	DT
19880	2585	11	better	well	JJR
19880	2585	12	tone	tone	NN
19880	2585	13	than	than	IN
19880	2585	14	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2585	15	has	have	VBZ
19880	2585	16	in	in	IN
19880	2585	17	mind	mind	NN
19880	2585	18	no	no	RB
19880	2585	19	matter	matter	RB
19880	2585	20	how	how	WRB
19880	2585	21	much	much	RB
19880	2585	22	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2585	23	practices	practice	VBZ
19880	2585	24	vocalization	vocalization	NN
19880	2585	25	.	.	.
19880	2586	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2586	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	2586	3	,	,	,
19880	2586	4	therefore	therefore	RB
19880	2586	5	,	,	,
19880	2586	6	that	that	IN
19880	2586	7	the	the	DT
19880	2586	8	psychic	psychic	JJ
19880	2586	9	state	state	NN
19880	2586	10	of	of	IN
19880	2586	11	the	the	DT
19880	2586	12	student	student	NN
19880	2586	13	should	should	MD
19880	2586	14	be	be	VB
19880	2586	15	kept	keep	VBN
19880	2586	16	in	in	IN
19880	2586	17	advance	advance	NN
19880	2586	18	of	of	IN
19880	2586	19	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2586	20	actual	actual	JJ
19880	2586	21	powers	power	NNS
19880	2586	22	of	of	IN
19880	2586	23	execution	execution	NN
19880	2586	24	.	.	.
19880	2587	1	This	this	DT
19880	2587	2	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2587	3	will	will	MD
19880	2587	4	most	most	RBS
19880	2587	5	successfully	successfully	RB
19880	2587	6	do	do	VB
19880	2587	7	by	by	IN
19880	2587	8	listening	listen	VBG
19880	2587	9	to	to	IN
19880	2587	10	the	the	DT
19880	2587	11	best	good	JJS
19880	2587	12	artists	artist	NNS
19880	2587	13	either	either	CC
19880	2587	14	directly	directly	RB
19880	2587	15	or	or	CC
19880	2587	16	if	if	IN
19880	2587	17	this	this	DT
19880	2587	18	be	be	VB
19880	2587	19	impossible	impossible	JJ
19880	2587	20	by	by	IN
19880	2587	21	hearing	hear	VBG
19880	2587	22	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2587	23	gramophone	gramophone	NN
19880	2587	24	records	record	NNS
19880	2587	25	--	--	:
19880	2587	26	all	all	PDT
19880	2587	27	this	this	DT
19880	2587	28	in	in	IN
19880	2587	29	addition	addition	NN
19880	2587	30	to	to	IN
19880	2587	31	the	the	DT
19880	2587	32	best	good	JJS
19880	2587	33	the	the	DT
19880	2587	34	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2587	35	can	can	MD
19880	2587	36	do	do	VB
19880	2587	37	for	for	IN
19880	2587	38	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2587	39	by	by	IN
19880	2587	40	the	the	DT
19880	2587	41	correction	correction	NN
19880	2587	42	of	of	IN
19880	2587	43	faults	fault	NNS
19880	2587	44	,	,	,
19880	2587	45	giving	give	VBG
19880	2587	46	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2587	47	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19880	2587	48	of	of	IN
19880	2587	49	better	well	JJR
19880	2587	50	tone	tone	NN
19880	2587	51	by	by	IN
19880	2587	52	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2587	53	own	own	JJ
19880	2587	54	efforts	effort	NNS
19880	2587	55	,	,	,
19880	2587	56	etc	etc	FW
19880	2587	57	.	.	.
19880	2588	1	If	if	IN
19880	2588	2	the	the	DT
19880	2588	3	student	student	NN
19880	2588	4	has	have	VBZ
19880	2588	5	the	the	DT
19880	2588	6	opportunity	opportunity	NN
19880	2588	7	of	of	IN
19880	2588	8	hearing	hear	VBG
19880	2588	9	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2588	10	by	by	IN
19880	2588	11	means	mean	NNS
19880	2588	12	of	of	IN
19880	2588	13	a	a	DT
19880	2588	14	phonographic	phonographic	JJ
19880	2588	15	record	record	NN
19880	2588	16	,	,	,
19880	2588	17	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2588	18	should	should	MD
19880	2588	19	not	not	RB
19880	2588	20	fail	fail	VB
19880	2588	21	to	to	TO
19880	2588	22	do	do	VB
19880	2588	23	so	so	RB
19880	2588	24	.	.	.
19880	2589	1	No	no	DT
19880	2589	2	one	one	NN
19880	2589	3	ever	ever	RB
19880	2589	4	hears	hear	VBZ
19880	2589	5	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2589	6	as	as	IN
19880	2589	7	others	other	NNS
19880	2589	8	hear	hear	VBP
19880	2589	9	him	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2589	10	.	.	.
19880	2590	1	As	as	IN
19880	2590	2	the	the	DT
19880	2590	3	mind	mind	NN
19880	2590	4	and	and	CC
19880	2590	5	the	the	DT
19880	2590	6	brain	brain	NN
19880	2590	7	are	be	VBP
19880	2590	8	always	always	RB
19880	2590	9	associated	associate	VBN
19880	2590	10	in	in	IN
19880	2590	11	thought	thought	NN
19880	2590	12	and	and	CC
19880	2590	13	feeling	feeling	NN
19880	2590	14	;	;	:
19880	2590	15	in	in	IN
19880	2590	16	other	other	JJ
19880	2590	17	words	word	NNS
19880	2590	18	,	,	,
19880	2590	19	in	in	IN
19880	2590	20	psychic	psychic	JJ
19880	2590	21	processes	process	NNS
19880	2590	22	,	,	,
19880	2590	23	and	and	CC
19880	2590	24	these	these	DT
19880	2590	25	latter	latter	JJ
19880	2590	26	find	find	VBP
19880	2590	27	expression	expression	NN
19880	2590	28	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	2590	29	through	through	IN
19880	2590	30	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2590	31	,	,	,
19880	2590	32	in	in	IN
19880	2590	33	one	one	CD
19880	2590	34	sense	sense	NN
19880	2590	35	a	a	DT
19880	2590	36	study	study	NN
19880	2590	37	of	of	IN
19880	2590	38	vocalization	vocalization	NN
19880	2590	39	may	may	MD
19880	2590	40	be	be	VB
19880	2590	41	considered	consider	VBN
19880	2590	42	a	a	DT
19880	2590	43	study	study	NN
19880	2590	44	of	of	IN
19880	2590	45	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2590	46	.	.	.
19880	2591	1	These	these	DT
19880	2591	2	are	be	VBP
19880	2591	3	always	always	RB
19880	2591	4	brought	bring	VBN
19880	2591	5	about	about	RP
19880	2591	6	by	by	IN
19880	2591	7	the	the	DT
19880	2591	8	use	use	NN
19880	2591	9	of	of	IN
19880	2591	10	several	several	JJ
19880	2591	11	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	2591	12	which	which	WDT
19880	2591	13	act	act	VBP
19880	2591	14	together	together	RB
19880	2591	15	for	for	IN
19880	2591	16	a	a	DT
19880	2591	17	definite	definite	JJ
19880	2591	18	end--_i.e	end--_i.e	NNP
19880	2591	19	.	.	.
19880	2591	20	_	_	NNP
19880	2591	21	,	,	,
19880	2591	22	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2591	23	are	be	VBP
19880	2591	24	co	co	JJ
19880	2591	25	-	-	VBN
19880	2591	26	ordinated	ordinated	JJ
19880	2591	27	.	.	.
19880	2592	1	As	as	IN
19880	2592	2	such	such	JJ
19880	2592	3	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2592	4	generally	generally	RB
19880	2592	5	involve	involve	VBP
19880	2592	6	many	many	JJ
19880	2592	7	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	2592	8	and	and	CC
19880	2592	9	to	to	TO
19880	2592	10	be	be	VB
19880	2592	11	effective	effective	JJ
19880	2592	12	must	must	MD
19880	2592	13	be	be	VB
19880	2592	14	exact	exact	JJ
19880	2592	15	and	and	CC
19880	2592	16	under	under	IN
19880	2592	17	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2592	18	control	control	NN
19880	2592	19	,	,	,
19880	2592	20	much	much	JJ
19880	2592	21	practice	practice	NN
19880	2592	22	is	be	VBZ
19880	2592	23	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	2592	24	,	,	,
19880	2592	25	though	though	IN
19880	2592	26	"	"	``
19880	2592	27	much	much	JJ
19880	2592	28	"	"	''
19880	2592	29	should	should	MD
19880	2592	30	have	have	VB
19880	2592	31	reference	reference	NN
19880	2592	32	rather	rather	RB
19880	2592	33	to	to	IN
19880	2592	34	the	the	DT
19880	2592	35	clearness	clearness	NN
19880	2592	36	of	of	IN
19880	2592	37	the	the	DT
19880	2592	38	mind	mind	NN
19880	2592	39	in	in	IN
19880	2592	40	reference	reference	NN
19880	2592	41	to	to	IN
19880	2592	42	what	what	WP
19880	2592	43	is	be	VBZ
19880	2592	44	to	to	TO
19880	2592	45	be	be	VB
19880	2592	46	attained	attain	VBN
19880	2592	47	and	and	CC
19880	2592	48	the	the	DT
19880	2592	49	means	mean	NNS
19880	2592	50	of	of	IN
19880	2592	51	accomplishing	accomplish	VBG
19880	2592	52	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2592	53	,	,	,
19880	2592	54	rather	rather	RB
19880	2592	55	than	than	IN
19880	2592	56	to	to	IN
19880	2592	57	the	the	DT
19880	2592	58	amount	amount	NN
19880	2592	59	of	of	IN
19880	2592	60	time	time	NN
19880	2592	61	spent	spend	VBN
19880	2592	62	over	over	IN
19880	2592	63	the	the	DT
19880	2592	64	actual	actual	JJ
19880	2592	65	performance	performance	NN
19880	2592	66	.	.	.
19880	2593	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2593	2	may	may	MD
19880	2593	3	confidently	confidently	RB
19880	2593	4	assert	assert	VB
19880	2593	5	that	that	DT
19880	2593	6	technique	technique	NN
19880	2593	7	or	or	CC
19880	2593	8	the	the	DT
19880	2593	9	physical	physical	JJ
19880	2593	10	side	side	NN
19880	2593	11	of	of	IN
19880	2593	12	putting	put	VBG
19880	2593	13	the	the	DT
19880	2593	14	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	2593	15	into	into	IN
19880	2593	16	execution	execution	NN
19880	2593	17	,	,	,
19880	2593	18	which	which	WDT
19880	2593	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	2593	20	simply	simply	RB
19880	2593	21	making	make	VBG
19880	2593	22	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2593	23	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2593	24	,	,	,
19880	2593	25	is	be	VBZ
19880	2593	26	successful	successful	JJ
19880	2593	27	largely	largely	RB
19880	2593	28	in	in	IN
19880	2593	29	proportion	proportion	NN
19880	2593	30	to	to	IN
19880	2593	31	the	the	DT
19880	2593	32	perfection	perfection	NN
19880	2593	33	of	of	IN
19880	2593	34	the	the	DT
19880	2593	35	psychic	psychic	JJ
19880	2593	36	processes	process	NNS
19880	2593	37	involved	involve	VBN
19880	2593	38	.	.	.
19880	2594	1	A	a	DT
19880	2594	2	clear	clear	JJ
19880	2594	3	head	head	NN
19880	2594	4	should	should	MD
19880	2594	5	precede	precede	VB
19880	2594	6	the	the	DT
19880	2594	7	moving	move	VBG
19880	2594	8	hand	hand	NN
19880	2594	9	,	,	,
19880	2594	10	or	or	CC
19880	2594	11	functioning	function	VBG
19880	2594	12	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2594	13	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2594	14	.	.	.
19880	2595	1	The	the	DT
19880	2595	2	student	student	NN
19880	2595	3	should	should	MD
19880	2595	4	think	think	VB
19880	2595	5	technique	technique	NN
19880	2595	6	before	before	RB
19880	2595	7	and	and	CC
19880	2595	8	after	after	IN
19880	2595	9	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2595	10	actual	actual	JJ
19880	2595	11	execution	execution	NN
19880	2595	12	.	.	.
19880	2596	1	This	this	DT
19880	2596	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2596	3	even	even	RB
19880	2596	4	yet	yet	RB
19880	2596	5	,	,	,
19880	2596	6	in	in	IN
19880	2596	7	spite	spite	NN
19880	2596	8	of	of	IN
19880	2596	9	a	a	DT
19880	2596	10	great	great	JJ
19880	2596	11	advance	advance	NN
19880	2596	12	in	in	IN
19880	2596	13	recent	recent	JJ
19880	2596	14	years	year	NNS
19880	2596	15	,	,	,
19880	2596	16	the	the	DT
19880	2596	17	weakest	weak	JJS
19880	2596	18	part	part	NN
19880	2596	19	of	of	IN
19880	2596	20	the	the	DT
19880	2596	21	student	student	NN
19880	2596	22	's	's	POS
19880	2596	23	method	method	NN
19880	2596	24	of	of	IN
19880	2596	25	work	work	NN
19880	2596	26	.	.	.
19880	2597	1	All	all	DT
19880	2597	2	that	that	WDT
19880	2597	3	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2597	4	know	know	VBP
19880	2597	5	of	of	IN
19880	2597	6	science	science	NN
19880	2597	7	as	as	RB
19880	2597	8	well	well	RB
19880	2597	9	as	as	IN
19880	2597	10	the	the	DT
19880	2597	11	results	result	NNS
19880	2597	12	of	of	IN
19880	2597	13	all	all	DT
19880	2597	14	rightly	rightly	RB
19880	2597	15	directed	direct	VBN
19880	2597	16	practice	practice	NN
19880	2597	17	emphasizes	emphasize	VBZ
19880	2597	18	the	the	DT
19880	2597	19	importance	importance	NN
19880	2597	20	of	of	IN
19880	2597	21	this	this	DT
19880	2597	22	central	central	JJ
19880	2597	23	truth	truth	NN
19880	2597	24	.	.	.
19880	2598	1	Assuming	assume	VBG
19880	2598	2	that	that	IN
19880	2598	3	the	the	DT
19880	2598	4	psychic	psychic	JJ
19880	2598	5	condition	condition	NN
19880	2598	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	2598	7	satisfactory	satisfactory	JJ
19880	2598	8	for	for	IN
19880	2598	9	the	the	DT
19880	2598	10	production	production	NN
19880	2598	11	of	of	IN
19880	2598	12	a	a	DT
19880	2598	13	definite	definite	JJ
19880	2598	14	tone--_i.e	tone--_i.e	NN
19880	2598	15	.	.	.
19880	2598	16	_	_	NNP
19880	2598	17	,	,	,
19880	2598	18	that	that	IN
19880	2598	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2598	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	2598	21	heard	hear	VBN
19880	2598	22	mentally	mentally	RB
19880	2598	23	,	,	,
19880	2598	24	what	what	WP
19880	2598	25	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	2598	26	before	before	IN
19880	2598	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2598	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	2598	29	actually	actually	RB
19880	2598	30	produced	produce	VBN
19880	2598	31	,	,	,
19880	2598	32	before	before	IN
19880	2598	33	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2598	34	becomes	become	VBZ
19880	2598	35	a	a	DT
19880	2598	36	tone	tone	NN
19880	2598	37	from	from	IN
19880	2598	38	the	the	DT
19880	2598	39	physicist	physicist	NN
19880	2598	40	's	's	POS
19880	2598	41	point	point	NN
19880	2598	42	of	of	IN
19880	2598	43	view	view	NN
19880	2598	44	?	?	.
19880	2599	1	What	what	WP
19880	2599	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2599	3	the	the	DT
19880	2599	4	chain	chain	NN
19880	2599	5	of	of	IN
19880	2599	6	physical	physical	JJ
19880	2599	7	,	,	,
19880	2599	8	somatic	somatic	JJ
19880	2599	9	,	,	,
19880	2599	10	bodily	bodily	RB
19880	2599	11	or	or	CC
19880	2599	12	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
19880	2599	13	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2599	14	to	to	TO
19880	2599	15	use	use	VB
19880	2599	16	several	several	JJ
19880	2599	17	words	word	NNS
19880	2599	18	that	that	WDT
19880	2599	19	express	express	VBP
19880	2599	20	similar	similar	JJ
19880	2599	21	but	but	CC
19880	2599	22	slightly	slightly	RB
19880	2599	23	different	different	JJ
19880	2599	24	aspects	aspect	NNS
19880	2599	25	of	of	IN
19880	2599	26	the	the	DT
19880	2599	27	same	same	JJ
19880	2599	28	main	main	JJ
19880	2599	29	idea	idea	NN
19880	2599	30	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2599	31	connections	connection	NNS
19880	2599	32	involved	involve	VBN
19880	2599	33	,	,	,
19880	2599	34	and	and	CC
19880	2599	35	what	what	WP
19880	2599	36	is	be	VBZ
19880	2599	37	the	the	DT
19880	2599	38	nature	nature	NN
19880	2599	39	of	of	IN
19880	2599	40	the	the	DT
19880	2599	41	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2599	42	processes	process	NNS
19880	2599	43	;	;	:
19880	2599	44	in	in	IN
19880	2599	45	other	other	JJ
19880	2599	46	words	word	NNS
19880	2599	47	,	,	,
19880	2599	48	what	what	WP
19880	2599	49	are	be	VBP
19880	2599	50	the	the	DT
19880	2599	51	parts	part	NNS
19880	2599	52	of	of	IN
19880	2599	53	the	the	DT
19880	2599	54	body	body	NN
19880	2599	55	involved	involve	VBN
19880	2599	56	and	and	CC
19880	2599	57	how	how	WRB
19880	2599	58	do	do	VBP
19880	2599	59	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2599	60	act	act	VB
19880	2599	61	?	?	.
19880	2600	1	This	this	DT
19880	2600	2	will	will	MD
19880	2600	3	be	be	VB
19880	2600	4	clearer	clear	JJR
19880	2600	5	if	if	IN
19880	2600	6	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2600	7	first	first	RB
19880	2600	8	consider	consider	VBP
19880	2600	9	the	the	DT
19880	2600	10	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2600	11	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	2600	12	and	and	CC
19880	2600	13	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2600	14	functions	function	NNS
19880	2600	15	in	in	IN
19880	2600	16	a	a	DT
19880	2600	17	general	general	JJ
19880	2600	18	way	way	NN
19880	2600	19	.	.	.
19880	2601	1	The	the	DT
19880	2601	2	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	2601	3	which	which	WDT
19880	2601	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2601	5	played	play	VBN
19880	2601	6	upon	upon	IN
19880	2601	7	,	,	,
19880	2601	8	which	which	WDT
19880	2601	9	finally	finally	RB
19880	2601	10	gives	give	VBZ
19880	2601	11	rise	rise	NN
19880	2601	12	to	to	IN
19880	2601	13	the	the	DT
19880	2601	14	tone	tone	NN
19880	2601	15	,	,	,
19880	2601	16	may	may	MD
19880	2601	17	be	be	VB
19880	2601	18	spoken	speak	VBN
19880	2601	19	of	of	IN
19880	2601	20	as	as	IN
19880	2601	21	that	that	DT
19880	2601	22	connected	connected	JJ
19880	2601	23	series	series	NN
19880	2601	24	of	of	IN
19880	2601	25	cavities	cavity	NNS
19880	2601	26	for	for	IN
19880	2601	27	which	which	WDT
19880	2601	28	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2601	29	have	have	VBP
19880	2601	30	no	no	DT
19880	2601	31	single	single	JJ
19880	2601	32	term	term	NN
19880	2601	33	but	but	CC
19880	2601	34	which	which	WDT
19880	2601	35	are	be	VBP
19880	2601	36	generally	generally	RB
19880	2601	37	named	name	VBN
19880	2601	38	the	the	DT
19880	2601	39	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2601	40	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2601	41	when	when	WRB
19880	2601	42	regarded	regard	VBN
19880	2601	43	from	from	IN
19880	2601	44	the	the	DT
19880	2601	45	physicist	physicist	NN
19880	2601	46	's	's	POS
19880	2601	47	point	point	NN
19880	2601	48	of	of	IN
19880	2601	49	view	view	NN
19880	2601	50	.	.	.
19880	2602	1	To	to	IN
19880	2602	2	the	the	DT
19880	2602	3	musician	musician	NN
19880	2602	4	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2602	5	are	be	VBP
19880	2602	6	the	the	DT
19880	2602	7	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	2602	8	,	,	,
19880	2602	9	to	to	IN
19880	2602	10	the	the	DT
19880	2602	11	physiologist	physiologist	NN
19880	2602	12	and	and	CC
19880	2602	13	anatomist	anatomist	VB
19880	2602	14	a	a	DT
19880	2602	15	set	set	NN
19880	2602	16	of	of	IN
19880	2602	17	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2602	18	communicating	communicate	VBG
19880	2602	19	with	with	IN
19880	2602	20	each	each	DT
19880	2602	21	other	other	JJ
19880	2602	22	.	.	.
19880	2603	1	Plainly	plainly	RB
19880	2603	2	all	all	PDT
19880	2603	3	the	the	DT
19880	2603	4	rest	rest	NN
19880	2603	5	of	of	IN
19880	2603	6	the	the	DT
19880	2603	7	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2603	8	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2603	9	exists	exist	VBZ
19880	2603	10	for	for	IN
19880	2603	11	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2603	12	,	,	,
19880	2603	13	and	and	CC
19880	2603	14	too	too	RB
19880	2603	15	much	much	JJ
19880	2603	16	stress	stress	NN
19880	2603	17	can	can	MD
19880	2603	18	not	not	RB
19880	2603	19	be	be	VB
19880	2603	20	laid	lay	VBN
19880	2603	21	on	on	IN
19880	2603	22	this	this	DT
19880	2603	23	fact	fact	NN
19880	2603	24	.	.	.
19880	2604	1	However	however	RB
19880	2604	2	excellent	excellent	JJ
19880	2604	3	the	the	DT
19880	2604	4	state	state	NN
19880	2604	5	of	of	IN
19880	2604	6	training	training	NN
19880	2604	7	of	of	IN
19880	2604	8	the	the	DT
19880	2604	9	part	part	NN
19880	2604	10	below	below	IN
19880	2604	11	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2604	12	this	this	DT
19880	2604	13	is	be	VBZ
19880	2604	14	of	of	IN
19880	2604	15	no	no	DT
19880	2604	16	avail	avail	NN
19880	2604	17	except	except	IN
19880	2604	18	in	in	IN
19880	2604	19	so	so	RB
19880	2604	20	far	far	RB
19880	2604	21	as	as	IN
19880	2604	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2604	23	can	can	MD
19880	2604	24	affect	affect	VB
19880	2604	25	these	these	DT
19880	2604	26	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2604	27	cavities	cavity	NNS
19880	2604	28	.	.	.
19880	2605	1	How	how	WRB
19880	2605	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2605	3	this	this	DT
19880	2605	4	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	2605	5	played	play	VBN
19880	2605	6	upon	upon	IN
19880	2605	7	and	and	CC
19880	2605	8	how	how	WRB
19880	2605	9	are	be	VBP
19880	2605	10	these	these	DT
19880	2605	11	cavities	cavity	NNS
19880	2605	12	made	make	VBN
19880	2605	13	actually	actually	RB
19880	2605	14	into	into	IN
19880	2605	15	resounding	resound	VBG
19880	2605	16	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2605	17	?	?	.
19880	2606	1	In	in	IN
19880	2606	2	the	the	DT
19880	2606	3	answer	answer	NN
19880	2606	4	to	to	IN
19880	2606	5	this	this	DT
19880	2606	6	,	,	,
19880	2606	7	in	in	IN
19880	2606	8	the	the	DT
19880	2606	9	recognition	recognition	NN
19880	2606	10	of	of	IN
19880	2606	11	the	the	DT
19880	2606	12	relationship	relationship	NN
19880	2606	13	of	of	IN
19880	2606	14	the	the	DT
19880	2606	15	three	three	CD
19880	2606	16	distinct	distinct	JJ
19880	2606	17	parts	part	NNS
19880	2606	18	of	of	IN
19880	2606	19	the	the	DT
19880	2606	20	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2606	21	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2606	22	lies	lie	VBZ
19880	2606	23	the	the	DT
19880	2606	24	one	one	CD
19880	2606	25	great	great	JJ
19880	2606	26	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19880	2606	27	conception	conception	NN
19880	2606	28	of	of	IN
19880	2606	29	the	the	DT
19880	2606	30	manner	manner	NN
19880	2606	31	in	in	IN
19880	2606	32	which	which	WDT
19880	2606	33	tone	tone	NN
19880	2606	34	is	be	VBZ
19880	2606	35	produced	produce	VBN
19880	2606	36	.	.	.
19880	2607	1	To	to	TO
19880	2607	2	understand	understand	VB
19880	2607	3	this	this	DT
19880	2607	4	clearly	clearly	RB
19880	2607	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	2607	6	to	to	TO
19880	2607	7	comprehend	comprehend	VB
19880	2607	8	in	in	IN
19880	2607	9	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2607	10	main	main	JJ
19880	2607	11	outlines	outline	NNS
19880	2607	12	the	the	DT
19880	2607	13	whole	whole	JJ
19880	2607	14	subject	subject	NN
19880	2607	15	of	of	IN
19880	2607	16	voice	voice	NN
19880	2607	17	production	production	NN
19880	2607	18	in	in	IN
19880	2607	19	a	a	DT
19880	2607	20	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	2607	21	way	way	NN
19880	2607	22	.	.	.
19880	2608	1	Before	before	IN
19880	2608	2	a	a	DT
19880	2608	3	tone	tone	NN
19880	2608	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2608	5	heard	hear	VBN
19880	2608	6	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2608	7	of	of	IN
19880	2608	8	the	the	DT
19880	2608	9	atmospheric	atmospheric	JJ
19880	2608	10	air	air	NN
19880	2608	11	must	must	MD
19880	2608	12	reach	reach	VB
19880	2608	13	the	the	DT
19880	2608	14	ear	ear	NN
19880	2608	15	.	.	.
19880	2609	1	These	these	DT
19880	2609	2	are	be	VBP
19880	2609	3	set	set	VBN
19880	2609	4	up	up	RP
19880	2609	5	by	by	IN
19880	2609	6	the	the	DT
19880	2609	7	vibration	vibration	NN
19880	2609	8	of	of	IN
19880	2609	9	the	the	DT
19880	2609	10	air	air	NN
19880	2609	11	within	within	IN
19880	2609	12	the	the	DT
19880	2609	13	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2609	14	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2609	15	,	,	,
19880	2609	16	and	and	CC
19880	2609	17	this	this	DT
19880	2609	18	again	again	RB
19880	2609	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	2609	20	effected	effect	VBN
19880	2609	21	by	by	IN
19880	2609	22	the	the	DT
19880	2609	23	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2609	24	below	below	IN
19880	2609	25	them--_i.e	them--_i.e	NNP
19880	2609	26	.	.	.
19880	2609	27	_	_	NNP
19880	2609	28	,	,	,
19880	2609	29	by	by	IN
19880	2609	30	the	the	DT
19880	2609	31	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2609	32	of	of	IN
19880	2609	33	the	the	DT
19880	2609	34	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2609	35	bands	band	NNS
19880	2609	36	of	of	IN
19880	2609	37	the	the	DT
19880	2609	38	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	2609	39	which	which	WDT
19880	2609	40	are	be	VBP
19880	2609	41	due	due	JJ
19880	2609	42	to	to	IN
19880	2609	43	the	the	DT
19880	2609	44	blast	blast	NN
19880	2609	45	of	of	IN
19880	2609	46	air	air	NN
19880	2609	47	emanating	emanate	VBG
19880	2609	48	from	from	IN
19880	2609	49	the	the	DT
19880	2609	50	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	2609	51	,	,	,
19880	2609	52	this	this	DT
19880	2609	53	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2609	54	being	be	VBG
19880	2609	55	brought	bring	VBN
19880	2609	56	into	into	IN
19880	2609	57	being	being	NN
19880	2609	58	by	by	IN
19880	2609	59	the	the	DT
19880	2609	60	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2609	61	of	of	IN
19880	2609	62	the	the	DT
19880	2609	63	chest	chest	NN
19880	2609	64	,	,	,
19880	2609	65	using	use	VBG
19880	2609	66	the	the	DT
19880	2609	67	term	term	NN
19880	2609	68	in	in	IN
19880	2609	69	the	the	DT
19880	2609	70	widest	wide	JJS
19880	2609	71	sense	sense	NN
19880	2609	72	,	,	,
19880	2609	73	thus	thus	RB
19880	2609	74	including	include	VBG
19880	2609	75	the	the	DT
19880	2609	76	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	2609	77	,	,	,
19880	2609	78	etc	etc	FW
19880	2609	79	.	.	.
19880	2610	1	Breathing	breathing	NN
19880	2610	2	has	have	VBZ
19880	2610	3	for	for	IN
19880	2610	4	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2610	5	object	object	NN
19880	2610	6	so	so	RB
19880	2610	7	far	far	RB
19880	2610	8	as	as	IN
19880	2610	9	phonation	phonation	NN
19880	2610	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	2610	11	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	2610	12	no	no	DT
19880	2610	13	other	other	JJ
19880	2610	14	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	2610	15	than	than	IN
19880	2610	16	to	to	TO
19880	2610	17	so	so	RB
19880	2610	18	affect	affect	VB
19880	2610	19	the	the	DT
19880	2610	20	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2610	21	bands	band	NNS
19880	2610	22	,	,	,
19880	2610	23	that	that	IN
19880	2610	24	the	the	DT
19880	2610	25	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2610	26	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2610	27	really	really	RB
19880	2610	28	do	do	VBP
19880	2610	29	resound	resound	NN
19880	2610	30	.	.	.
19880	2611	1	The	the	DT
19880	2611	2	question	question	NN
19880	2611	3	is	be	VBZ
19880	2611	4	how	how	WRB
19880	2611	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	2611	6	this	this	DT
19880	2611	7	breathing	breathe	VBG
19880	2611	8	best	well	RBS
19880	2611	9	accomplished	accomplish	VBN
19880	2611	10	so	so	IN
19880	2611	11	that	that	IN
19880	2611	12	the	the	DT
19880	2611	13	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	2611	14	shall	shall	MD
19880	2611	15	be	be	VB
19880	2611	16	most	most	RBS
19880	2611	17	efficiently	efficiently	RB
19880	2611	18	played	play	VBN
19880	2611	19	upon	upon	IN
19880	2611	20	?	?	.
19880	2612	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2612	2	can	can	MD
19880	2612	3	not	not	RB
19880	2612	4	alter	alter	VB
19880	2612	5	the	the	DT
19880	2612	6	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
19880	2612	7	structure	structure	NN
19880	2612	8	of	of	IN
19880	2612	9	the	the	DT
19880	2612	10	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	2612	11	appreciably	appreciably	RB
19880	2612	12	,	,	,
19880	2612	13	but	but	CC
19880	2612	14	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2612	15	can	can	MD
19880	2612	16	improve	improve	VB
19880	2612	17	the	the	DT
19880	2612	18	functioning	functioning	NN
19880	2612	19	of	of	IN
19880	2612	20	the	the	DT
19880	2612	21	several	several	JJ
19880	2612	22	parts	part	NNS
19880	2612	23	of	of	IN
19880	2612	24	the	the	DT
19880	2612	25	whole	whole	JJ
19880	2612	26	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19880	2612	27	.	.	.
19880	2613	1	Breathing	breathing	NN
19880	2613	2	can	can	MD
19880	2613	3	be	be	VB
19880	2613	4	improved	improve	VBN
19880	2613	5	as	as	IN
19880	2613	6	regards	regard	VBZ
19880	2613	7	power	power	NN
19880	2613	8	and	and	CC
19880	2613	9	control	control	NN
19880	2613	10	.	.	.
19880	2614	1	More	More	JJR
19880	2614	2	can	can	MD
19880	2614	3	be	be	VB
19880	2614	4	done	do	VBN
19880	2614	5	with	with	IN
19880	2614	6	less	less	JJR
19880	2614	7	expenditure	expenditure	NN
19880	2614	8	of	of	IN
19880	2614	9	energy	energy	NN
19880	2614	10	than	than	IN
19880	2614	11	originally	originally	RB
19880	2614	12	if	if	IN
19880	2614	13	there	there	EX
19880	2614	14	be	be	VB
19880	2614	15	judicious	judicious	JJ
19880	2614	16	training	training	NN
19880	2614	17	.	.	.
19880	2615	1	How	how	WRB
19880	2615	2	shall	shall	MD
19880	2615	3	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2615	4	train	train	VB
19880	2615	5	?	?	.
19880	2616	1	As	as	IN
19880	2616	2	the	the	DT
19880	2616	3	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19880	2616	4	stream	stream	NN
19880	2616	5	of	of	IN
19880	2616	6	air	air	NN
19880	2616	7	alone	alone	RB
19880	2616	8	affects	affect	VBZ
19880	2616	9	the	the	DT
19880	2616	10	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2616	11	bands	band	NNS
19880	2616	12	,	,	,
19880	2616	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2616	14	is	be	VBZ
19880	2616	15	clear	clear	JJ
19880	2616	16	that	that	IN
19880	2616	17	we	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2616	18	must	must	MD
19880	2616	19	aim	aim	VB
19880	2616	20	to	to	TO
19880	2616	21	so	so	RB
19880	2616	22	apply	apply	VB
19880	2616	23	and	and	CC
19880	2616	24	regulate	regulate	VB
19880	2616	25	this	this	DT
19880	2616	26	outflow	outflow	NN
19880	2616	27	that	that	WDT
19880	2616	28	the	the	DT
19880	2616	29	desired	desire	VBN
19880	2616	30	result	result	NN
19880	2616	31	shall	shall	MD
19880	2616	32	follow	follow	VB
19880	2616	33	from	from	IN
19880	2616	34	the	the	DT
19880	2616	35	least	least	JJS
19880	2616	36	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2616	37	expenditure	expenditure	NN
19880	2616	38	of	of	IN
19880	2616	39	energy	energy	NN
19880	2616	40	.	.	.
19880	2617	1	How	how	WRB
19880	2617	2	the	the	DT
19880	2617	3	air	air	NN
19880	2617	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2617	5	got	get	VBN
19880	2617	6	in	in	IN
19880	2617	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	2617	8	important	important	JJ
19880	2617	9	only	only	RB
19880	2617	10	in	in	IN
19880	2617	11	relation	relation	NN
19880	2617	12	to	to	IN
19880	2617	13	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2617	14	expenditure	expenditure	NN
19880	2617	15	.	.	.
19880	2618	1	But	but	CC
19880	2618	2	the	the	DT
19880	2618	3	easier	easy	JJR
19880	2618	4	the	the	DT
19880	2618	5	supply	supply	NN
19880	2618	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	2618	7	furnished	furnish	VBN
19880	2618	8	the	the	DT
19880	2618	9	better	well	JJR
19880	2618	10	.	.	.
19880	2619	1	This	this	DT
19880	2619	2	law	law	NN
19880	2619	3	of	of	IN
19880	2619	4	the	the	DT
19880	2619	5	conservation	conservation	NN
19880	2619	6	of	of	IN
19880	2619	7	energy	energy	NN
19880	2619	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	2619	9	one	one	CD
19880	2619	10	of	of	IN
19880	2619	11	the	the	DT
19880	2619	12	greatest	great	JJS
19880	2619	13	importance	importance	NN
19880	2619	14	,	,	,
19880	2619	15	for	for	IN
19880	2619	16	all	all	DT
19880	2619	17	beings	being	NNS
19880	2619	18	have	have	VBP
19880	2619	19	but	but	CC
19880	2619	20	a	a	DT
19880	2619	21	limited	limited	JJ
19880	2619	22	supply	supply	NN
19880	2619	23	of	of	IN
19880	2619	24	energy	energy	NN
19880	2619	25	and	and	CC
19880	2619	26	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2619	27	problem	problem	NN
19880	2619	28	must	must	MD
19880	2619	29	ever	ever	RB
19880	2619	30	be	be	VB
19880	2619	31	how	how	WRB
19880	2619	32	best	good	JJS
19880	2619	33	to	to	TO
19880	2619	34	husband	husband	VB
19880	2619	35	this	this	DT
19880	2619	36	as	as	IN
19880	2619	37	a	a	DT
19880	2619	38	wise	wise	JJ
19880	2619	39	man	man	NN
19880	2619	40	should	should	MD
19880	2619	41	study	study	VB
19880	2619	42	how	how	WRB
19880	2619	43	best	well	RBS
19880	2619	44	to	to	TO
19880	2619	45	spend	spend	VB
19880	2619	46	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2619	47	limited	limited	JJ
19880	2619	48	income	income	NN
19880	2619	49	.	.	.
19880	2620	1	One	one	PRP
19880	2620	2	must	must	MD
19880	2620	3	not	not	RB
19880	2620	4	only	only	RB
19880	2620	5	consider	consider	VB
19880	2620	6	what	what	WP
19880	2620	7	is	be	VBZ
19880	2620	8	called	call	VBN
19880	2620	9	for	for	IN
19880	2620	10	in	in	IN
19880	2620	11	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	2620	12	conversational	conversational	JJ
19880	2620	13	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	2620	14	,	,	,
19880	2620	15	or	or	CC
19880	2620	16	in	in	IN
19880	2620	17	singing	singe	VBG
19880	2620	18	in	in	IN
19880	2620	19	a	a	DT
19880	2620	20	small	small	JJ
19880	2620	21	room	room	NN
19880	2620	22	,	,	,
19880	2620	23	but	but	CC
19880	2620	24	also	also	RB
19880	2620	25	when	when	WRB
19880	2620	26	the	the	DT
19880	2620	27	greatest	great	JJS
19880	2620	28	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2620	29	efforts	effort	NNS
19880	2620	30	are	be	VBP
19880	2620	31	demanded	demand	VBN
19880	2620	32	.	.	.
19880	2621	1	In	in	IN
19880	2621	2	all	all	DT
19880	2621	3	cases	case	NNS
19880	2621	4	when	when	WRB
19880	2621	5	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2621	6	are	be	VBP
19880	2621	7	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	2621	8	,	,	,
19880	2621	9	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	2621	10	whenever	whenever	WRB
19880	2621	11	activity	activity	NN
19880	2621	12	of	of	IN
19880	2621	13	any	any	DT
19880	2621	14	kind	kind	JJ
19880	2621	15	psychic	psychic	JJ
19880	2621	16	or	or	CC
19880	2621	17	physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2621	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	2621	19	involved	involve	VBN
19880	2621	20	the	the	DT
19880	2621	21	_	_	NNP
19880	2621	22	law	law	NN
19880	2621	23	of	of	IN
19880	2621	24	habit	habit	NN
19880	2621	25	_	_	NNP
19880	2621	26	should	should	MD
19880	2621	27	be	be	VB
19880	2621	28	borne	bear	VBN
19880	2621	29	in	in	IN
19880	2621	30	mind--_i.e	mind--_i.e	NNP
19880	2621	31	.	.	.
19880	2621	32	_	_	NNP
19880	2621	33	,	,	,
19880	2621	34	one	one	PRP
19880	2621	35	should	should	MD
19880	2621	36	so	so	RB
19880	2621	37	think	think	VB
19880	2621	38	and	and	CC
19880	2621	39	do	do	VB
19880	2621	40	that	that	DT
19880	2621	41	a	a	DT
19880	2621	42	habit	habit	NN
19880	2621	43	may	may	MD
19880	2621	44	be	be	VB
19880	2621	45	established	establish	VBN
19880	2621	46	,	,	,
19880	2621	47	for	for	IN
19880	2621	48	a	a	DT
19880	2621	49	habit	habit	NN
19880	2621	50	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	2621	51	,	,	,
19880	2621	52	when	when	WRB
19880	2621	53	a	a	DT
19880	2621	54	good	good	JJ
19880	2621	55	one	one	NN
19880	2621	56	,	,	,
19880	2621	57	that	that	IN
19880	2621	58	there	there	EX
19880	2621	59	is	be	VBZ
19880	2621	60	economy	economy	NN
19880	2621	61	of	of	IN
19880	2621	62	both	both	CC
19880	2621	63	mental	mental	JJ
19880	2621	64	and	and	CC
19880	2621	65	bodily	bodily	JJ
19880	2621	66	energy	energy	NN
19880	2621	67	.	.	.
19880	2622	1	The	the	DT
19880	2622	2	aim	aim	NN
19880	2622	3	of	of	IN
19880	2622	4	all	all	DT
19880	2622	5	training	training	NN
19880	2622	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	2622	7	to	to	TO
19880	2622	8	establish	establish	VB
19880	2622	9	good	good	JJ
19880	2622	10	habits	habit	NNS
19880	2622	11	--	--	:
19880	2622	12	ways	way	NNS
19880	2622	13	of	of	IN
19880	2622	14	doing	do	VBG
19880	2622	15	things	thing	NNS
19880	2622	16	which	which	WDT
19880	2622	17	will	will	MD
19880	2622	18	leave	leave	VB
19880	2622	19	the	the	DT
19880	2622	20	subject	subject	NN
19880	2622	21	with	with	IN
19880	2622	22	more	more	JJR
19880	2622	23	capital	capital	NN
19880	2622	24	to	to	TO
19880	2622	25	invest	invest	VB
19880	2622	26	so	so	RB
19880	2622	27	to	to	TO
19880	2622	28	speak	speak	VB
19880	2622	29	,	,	,
19880	2622	30	as	as	IN
19880	2622	31	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2622	32	wastes	waste	VBZ
19880	2622	33	less	less	JJR
19880	2622	34	.	.	.
19880	2623	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2623	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	2623	3	that	that	IN
19880	2623	4	the	the	DT
19880	2623	5	same	same	JJ
19880	2623	6	methods	method	NNS
19880	2623	7	should	should	MD
19880	2623	8	always	always	RB
19880	2623	9	be	be	VB
19880	2623	10	used	use	VBN
19880	2623	11	in	in	IN
19880	2623	12	trying	try	VBG
19880	2623	13	to	to	TO
19880	2623	14	attain	attain	VB
19880	2623	15	the	the	DT
19880	2623	16	same	same	JJ
19880	2623	17	end	end	NN
19880	2623	18	.	.	.
19880	2624	1	There	there	EX
19880	2624	2	are	be	VBP
19880	2624	3	few	few	JJ
19880	2624	4	subjects	subject	NNS
19880	2624	5	of	of	IN
19880	2624	6	equal	equal	JJ
19880	2624	7	importance	importance	NN
19880	2624	8	so	so	RB
19880	2624	9	little	little	RB
19880	2624	10	considered	consider	VBN
19880	2624	11	by	by	IN
19880	2624	12	students	student	NNS
19880	2624	13	of	of	IN
19880	2624	14	music	music	NN
19880	2624	15	in	in	IN
19880	2624	16	a	a	DT
19880	2624	17	conscious	conscious	JJ
19880	2624	18	intelligent	intelligent	JJ
19880	2624	19	way	way	NN
19880	2624	20	.	.	.
19880	2625	1	A	a	DT
19880	2625	2	clear	clear	JJ
19880	2625	3	conviction	conviction	NN
19880	2625	4	as	as	IN
19880	2625	5	to	to	IN
19880	2625	6	the	the	DT
19880	2625	7	foundation	foundation	NN
19880	2625	8	for	for	IN
19880	2625	9	close	close	JJ
19880	2625	10	adherence	adherence	NN
19880	2625	11	to	to	IN
19880	2625	12	certain	certain	JJ
19880	2625	13	methods	method	NNS
19880	2625	14	of	of	IN
19880	2625	15	doing	do	VBG
19880	2625	16	things	thing	NNS
19880	2625	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	2625	18	an	an	DT
19880	2625	19	invaluable	invaluable	JJ
19880	2625	20	mental	mental	JJ
19880	2625	21	asset	asset	NN
19880	2625	22	for	for	IN
19880	2625	23	any	any	DT
19880	2625	24	student	student	NN
19880	2625	25	.	.	.
19880	2626	1	The	the	DT
19880	2626	2	whole	whole	JJ
19880	2626	3	subject	subject	NN
19880	2626	4	of	of	IN
19880	2626	5	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	2626	6	has	have	VBZ
19880	2626	7	been	be	VBN
19880	2626	8	so	so	RB
19880	2626	9	fully	fully	RB
19880	2626	10	considered	consider	VBN
19880	2626	11	in	in	IN
19880	2626	12	previous	previous	JJ
19880	2626	13	chapters	chapter	NNS
19880	2626	14	--	--	:
19880	2626	15	indeed	indeed	RB
19880	2626	16	more	more	RBR
19880	2626	17	or	or	CC
19880	2626	18	less	less	RBR
19880	2626	19	in	in	IN
19880	2626	20	all	all	DT
19880	2626	21	parts	part	NNS
19880	2626	22	of	of	IN
19880	2626	23	this	this	DT
19880	2626	24	work	work	NN
19880	2626	25	--	--	:
19880	2626	26	that	that	IN
19880	2626	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2626	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	2626	29	not	not	RB
19880	2626	30	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	2626	31	to	to	TO
19880	2626	32	go	go	VB
19880	2626	33	into	into	IN
19880	2626	34	much	much	JJ
19880	2626	35	detail	detail	NN
19880	2626	36	now	now	RB
19880	2626	37	.	.	.
19880	2627	1	The	the	DT
19880	2627	2	investigations	investigation	NNS
19880	2627	3	of	of	IN
19880	2627	4	physiologists	physiologist	NNS
19880	2627	5	in	in	IN
19880	2627	6	the	the	DT
19880	2627	7	internal	internal	JJ
19880	2627	8	have	have	VBP
19880	2627	9	only	only	RB
19880	2627	10	emphasised	emphasise	VBN
19880	2627	11	the	the	DT
19880	2627	12	author	author	NN
19880	2627	13	's	's	POS
19880	2627	14	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	2627	15	on	on	IN
19880	2627	16	this	this	DT
19880	2627	17	subject	subject	NN
19880	2627	18	.	.	.
19880	2628	1	The	the	DT
19880	2628	2	present	present	JJ
19880	2628	3	position	position	NN
19880	2628	4	of	of	IN
19880	2628	5	the	the	DT
19880	2628	6	subject	subject	NN
19880	2628	7	may	may	MD
19880	2628	8	be	be	VB
19880	2628	9	stated	state	VBN
19880	2628	10	thus	thus	RB
19880	2628	11	:	:	:
19880	2628	12	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2628	13	1	1	LS
19880	2628	14	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2628	15	In	in	IN
19880	2628	16	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	2628	17	the	the	DT
19880	2628	18	whole	whole	JJ
19880	2628	19	chest	chest	NN
19880	2628	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	2628	21	enlarged	enlarge	VBN
19880	2628	22	,	,	,
19880	2628	23	this	this	DT
19880	2628	24	involving	involve	VBG
19880	2628	25	the	the	DT
19880	2628	26	descent	descent	NN
19880	2628	27	of	of	IN
19880	2628	28	the	the	DT
19880	2628	29	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19880	2628	30	.	.	.
19880	2629	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2629	2	2	2	LS
19880	2629	3	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2629	4	The	the	DT
19880	2629	5	amount	amount	NN
19880	2629	6	of	of	IN
19880	2629	7	mobility	mobility	NN
19880	2629	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	2629	9	much	much	RB
19880	2629	10	greater	great	JJR
19880	2629	11	in	in	IN
19880	2629	12	the	the	DT
19880	2629	13	lower	low	JJR
19880	2629	14	half	half	NN
19880	2629	15	of	of	IN
19880	2629	16	the	the	DT
19880	2629	17	chest	chest	NN
19880	2629	18	.	.	.
19880	2630	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2630	2	3	3	LS
19880	2630	3	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2630	4	This	this	DT
19880	2630	5	lower	low	JJR
19880	2630	6	half	half	NN
19880	2630	7	of	of	IN
19880	2630	8	the	the	DT
19880	2630	9	chest	chest	NN
19880	2630	10	and	and	CC
19880	2630	11	the	the	DT
19880	2630	12	diaphragm	diaphragm	NNP
19880	2630	13	act	act	NN
19880	2630	14	together	together	RB
19880	2630	15	,	,	,
19880	2630	16	constituting	constitute	VBG
19880	2630	17	a	a	DT
19880	2630	18	special	special	JJ
19880	2630	19	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2630	20	of	of	IN
19880	2630	21	great	great	JJ
19880	2630	22	importance	importance	NN
19880	2630	23	.	.	.
19880	2631	1	(	(	-LRB-
19880	2631	2	4	4	LS
19880	2631	3	)	)	-RRB-
19880	2631	4	The	the	DT
19880	2631	5	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	2631	6	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	2631	7	discharge	discharge	VBP
19880	2631	8	a	a	DT
19880	2631	9	coöperative	coöperative	JJ
19880	2631	10	function	function	NN
19880	2631	11	.	.	.
19880	2632	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2632	2	follows	follow	VBZ
19880	2632	3	that	that	IN
19880	2632	4	the	the	DT
19880	2632	5	advice	advice	NN
19880	2632	6	of	of	IN
19880	2632	7	a	a	DT
19880	2632	8	present	present	JJ
19880	2632	9	day	day	NN
19880	2632	10	famous	famous	JJ
19880	2632	11	tenor	tenor	NN
19880	2632	12	to	to	TO
19880	2632	13	"	"	``
19880	2632	14	breathe	breathe	VB
19880	2632	15	low	low	NN
19880	2632	16	"	"	''
19880	2632	17	is	be	VBZ
19880	2632	18	sound	sound	JJ
19880	2632	19	.	.	.
19880	2633	1	Nevertheless	nevertheless	RB
19880	2633	2	,	,	,
19880	2633	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2633	4	must	must	MD
19880	2633	5	not	not	RB
19880	2633	6	be	be	VB
19880	2633	7	forgotten	forget	VBN
19880	2633	8	that	that	IN
19880	2633	9	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	2633	10	begins	begin	VBZ
19880	2633	11	above	above	RB
19880	2633	12	and	and	CC
19880	2633	13	that	that	IN
19880	2633	14	the	the	DT
19880	2633	15	upper	upper	JJ
19880	2633	16	chest	chest	NN
19880	2633	17	has	have	VBZ
19880	2633	18	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2633	19	functions	function	NNS
19880	2633	20	also	also	RB
19880	2633	21	.	.	.
19880	2634	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2634	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2634	3	not	not	RB
19880	2634	4	merely	merely	RB
19880	2634	5	a	a	DT
19880	2634	6	region	region	NN
19880	2634	7	of	of	IN
19880	2634	8	support	support	NN
19880	2634	9	for	for	IN
19880	2634	10	the	the	DT
19880	2634	11	lower	low	JJR
19880	2634	12	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2634	13	,	,	,
19880	2634	14	important	important	JJ
19880	2634	15	as	as	IN
19880	2634	16	this	this	DT
19880	2634	17	function	function	NN
19880	2634	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	2634	19	.	.	.
19880	2635	1	The	the	DT
19880	2635	2	terms	term	NNS
19880	2635	3	"	"	``
19880	2635	4	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	2635	5	"	"	''
19880	2635	6	and	and	CC
19880	2635	7	"	"	``
19880	2635	8	diaphragmatic	diaphragmatic	JJ
19880	2635	9	"	"	''
19880	2635	10	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	2635	11	have	have	VBP
19880	2635	12	led	lead	VBN
19880	2635	13	to	to	IN
19880	2635	14	misunderstanding	misunderstanding	NN
19880	2635	15	.	.	.
19880	2636	1	Neither	neither	CC
19880	2636	2	the	the	DT
19880	2636	3	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	2636	4	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	2636	5	nor	nor	CC
19880	2636	6	the	the	DT
19880	2636	7	diaphragm	diaphragm	NNP
19880	2636	8	ever	ever	RB
19880	2636	9	act	act	VBP
19880	2636	10	alone	alone	RB
19880	2636	11	in	in	IN
19880	2636	12	normal	normal	JJ
19880	2636	13	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	2636	14	,	,	,
19880	2636	15	though	though	IN
19880	2636	16	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2636	17	are	be	VBP
19880	2636	18	important	important	JJ
19880	2636	19	coöperative	coöperative	JJ
19880	2636	20	factors	factor	NNS
19880	2636	21	.	.	.
19880	2637	1	Breathing	breathing	NN
19880	2637	2	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	2637	3	should	should	MD
19880	2637	4	be	be	VB
19880	2637	5	based	base	VBN
19880	2637	6	on	on	IN
19880	2637	7	broad	broad	JJ
19880	2637	8	views	view	NNS
19880	2637	9	of	of	IN
19880	2637	10	the	the	DT
19880	2637	11	subject	subject	NN
19880	2637	12	,	,	,
19880	2637	13	and	and	CC
19880	2637	14	no	no	DT
19880	2637	15	part	part	NN
19880	2637	16	of	of	IN
19880	2637	17	the	the	DT
19880	2637	18	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	2637	19	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2637	20	should	should	MD
19880	2637	21	be	be	VB
19880	2637	22	neglected	neglect	VBN
19880	2637	23	.	.	.
19880	2638	1	Small	small	JJ
19880	2638	2	an	an	DT
19880	2638	3	organ	organ	NN
19880	2638	4	as	as	IN
19880	2638	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	2638	6	the	the	DT
19880	2638	7	larynx	larynx	NN
19880	2638	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2638	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	2638	10	through	through	IN
19880	2638	11	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2638	12	the	the	DT
19880	2638	13	energy	energy	NN
19880	2638	14	of	of	IN
19880	2638	15	the	the	DT
19880	2638	16	expiratory	expiratory	NNP
19880	2638	17	act	act	NNP
19880	2638	18	is	be	VBZ
19880	2638	19	transmitted	transmit	VBN
19880	2638	20	effectively	effectively	RB
19880	2638	21	or	or	CC
19880	2638	22	the	the	DT
19880	2638	23	reverse	reverse	NN
19880	2638	24	to	to	IN
19880	2638	25	the	the	DT
19880	2638	26	all	all	RB
19880	2638	27	-	-	HYPH
19880	2638	28	important	important	JJ
19880	2638	29	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2638	30	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2638	31	.	.	.
19880	2639	1	This	this	DT
19880	2639	2	should	should	MD
19880	2639	3	be	be	VB
19880	2639	4	so	so	RB
19880	2639	5	done	do	VBN
19880	2639	6	that	that	IN
19880	2639	7	there	there	EX
19880	2639	8	is	be	VBZ
19880	2639	9	no	no	DT
19880	2639	10	waste	waste	NN
19880	2639	11	;	;	:
19880	2639	12	in	in	IN
19880	2639	13	other	other	JJ
19880	2639	14	words	word	NNS
19880	2639	15	,	,	,
19880	2639	16	that	that	IN
19880	2639	17	there	there	EX
19880	2639	18	be	be	VB
19880	2639	19	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2639	20	co	co	JJ
19880	2639	21	-	-	NN
19880	2639	22	ordination	ordination	NN
19880	2639	23	between	between	IN
19880	2639	24	the	the	DT
19880	2639	25	breathing	breathing	NN
19880	2639	26	and	and	CC
19880	2639	27	the	the	DT
19880	2639	28	laryngeal	laryngeal	JJ
19880	2639	29	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2639	30	.	.	.
19880	2640	1	The	the	DT
19880	2640	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2640	3	bands	band	NNS
19880	2640	4	must	must	MD
19880	2640	5	be	be	VB
19880	2640	6	so	so	RB
19880	2640	7	related	related	JJ
19880	2640	8	in	in	IN
19880	2640	9	function	function	NN
19880	2640	10	to	to	IN
19880	2640	11	the	the	DT
19880	2640	12	expiratory	expiratory	NN
19880	2640	13	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2640	14	that	that	IN
19880	2640	15	the	the	DT
19880	2640	16	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19880	2640	17	blast	blast	NN
19880	2640	18	of	of	IN
19880	2640	19	air	air	NN
19880	2640	20	shall	shall	MD
19880	2640	21	be	be	VB
19880	2640	22	as	as	RB
19880	2640	23	effective	effective	JJ
19880	2640	24	as	as	IN
19880	2640	25	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2640	26	.	.	.
19880	2641	1	There	there	EX
19880	2641	2	must	must	MD
19880	2641	3	be	be	VB
19880	2641	4	no	no	DT
19880	2641	5	waste	waste	NN
19880	2641	6	of	of	IN
19880	2641	7	power--_i.e	power--_i.e	NNP
19880	2641	8	.	.	.
19880	2641	9	_	_	NNP
19880	2641	10	,	,	,
19880	2641	11	of	of	IN
19880	2641	12	the	the	DT
19880	2641	13	expiratory	expiratory	NN
19880	2641	14	blast	blast	NN
19880	2641	15	through	through	IN
19880	2641	16	escape	escape	NN
19880	2641	17	of	of	IN
19880	2641	18	air	air	NN
19880	2641	19	that	that	WDT
19880	2641	20	accomplishes	accomplish	VBZ
19880	2641	21	no	no	DT
19880	2641	22	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	2641	23	.	.	.
19880	2642	1	The	the	DT
19880	2642	2	blast	blast	NN
19880	2642	3	must	must	MD
19880	2642	4	be	be	VB
19880	2642	5	so	so	RB
19880	2642	6	applied	apply	VBN
19880	2642	7	to	to	IN
19880	2642	8	the	the	DT
19880	2642	9	vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2642	10	bands	band	NNS
19880	2642	11	,	,	,
19880	2642	12	or	or	CC
19880	2642	13	,	,	,
19880	2642	14	in	in	IN
19880	2642	15	other	other	JJ
19880	2642	16	words	word	NNS
19880	2642	17	,	,	,
19880	2642	18	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2642	19	must	must	MD
19880	2642	20	be	be	VB
19880	2642	21	so	so	RB
19880	2642	22	adapted	adapted	JJ
19880	2642	23	to	to	IN
19880	2642	24	the	the	DT
19880	2642	25	blast	blast	NN
19880	2642	26	that	that	IN
19880	2642	27	there	there	EX
19880	2642	28	is	be	VBZ
19880	2642	29	no	no	DT
19880	2642	30	waste	waste	NN
19880	2642	31	of	of	IN
19880	2642	32	energy	energy	NN
19880	2642	33	.	.	.
19880	2643	1	If	if	IN
19880	2643	2	the	the	DT
19880	2643	3	bands	band	NNS
19880	2643	4	approximate	approximate	VBP
19880	2643	5	a	a	DT
19880	2643	6	little	little	JJ
19880	2643	7	too	too	RB
19880	2643	8	late	late	JJ
19880	2643	9	there	there	EX
19880	2643	10	is	be	VBZ
19880	2643	11	waste	waste	NN
19880	2643	12	of	of	IN
19880	2643	13	breath	breath	NN
19880	2643	14	power	power	NN
19880	2643	15	.	.	.
19880	2644	1	The	the	DT
19880	2644	2	bands	band	NNS
19880	2644	3	must	must	MD
19880	2644	4	further	far	RBR
19880	2644	5	so	so	RB
19880	2644	6	beat	beat	VB
19880	2644	7	the	the	DT
19880	2644	8	air	air	NN
19880	2644	9	of	of	IN
19880	2644	10	the	the	DT
19880	2644	11	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2644	12	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2644	13	as	as	IN
19880	2644	14	to	to	TO
19880	2644	15	get	get	VB
19880	2644	16	the	the	DT
19880	2644	17	greatest	great	JJS
19880	2644	18	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2644	19	result	result	NN
19880	2644	20	with	with	IN
19880	2644	21	the	the	DT
19880	2644	22	least	least	JJS
19880	2644	23	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2644	24	expenditure	expenditure	NN
19880	2644	25	of	of	IN
19880	2644	26	energy	energy	NN
19880	2644	27	.	.	.
19880	2645	1	As	as	IN
19880	2645	2	all	all	PDT
19880	2645	3	these	these	DT
19880	2645	4	co	co	NNS
19880	2645	5	-	-	NNS
19880	2645	6	ordinations	ordination	NNS
19880	2645	7	imply	imply	VBP
19880	2645	8	the	the	DT
19880	2645	9	action	action	NN
19880	2645	10	of	of	IN
19880	2645	11	many	many	JJ
19880	2645	12	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	2645	13	in	in	IN
19880	2645	14	a	a	DT
19880	2645	15	related	related	JJ
19880	2645	16	way	way	NN
19880	2645	17	,	,	,
19880	2645	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2645	19	is	be	VBZ
19880	2645	20	plain	plain	JJ
19880	2645	21	that	that	IN
19880	2645	22	intelligent	intelligent	JJ
19880	2645	23	and	and	CC
19880	2645	24	prolonged	prolonged	JJ
19880	2645	25	training	training	NN
19880	2645	26	is	be	VBZ
19880	2645	27	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	2645	28	;	;	:
19880	2645	29	and	and	CC
19880	2645	30	if	if	IN
19880	2645	31	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2645	32	scientific	scientific	JJ
19880	2645	33	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19880	2645	34	had	have	VBD
19880	2645	35	no	no	DT
19880	2645	36	other	other	JJ
19880	2645	37	result	result	NN
19880	2645	38	than	than	IN
19880	2645	39	to	to	TO
19880	2645	40	establish	establish	VB
19880	2645	41	such	such	PDT
19880	2645	42	a	a	DT
19880	2645	43	conviction	conviction	NN
19880	2645	44	on	on	IN
19880	2645	45	a	a	DT
19880	2645	46	sure	sure	JJ
19880	2645	47	basis	basis	NN
19880	2645	48	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2645	49	would	would	MD
19880	2645	50	be	be	VB
19880	2645	51	well	well	RB
19880	2645	52	worth	worth	JJ
19880	2645	53	while	while	IN
19880	2645	54	;	;	:
19880	2645	55	but	but	CC
19880	2645	56	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2645	57	is	be	VBZ
19880	2645	58	a	a	DT
19880	2645	59	light	light	NN
19880	2645	60	unto	unto	IN
19880	2645	61	the	the	DT
19880	2645	62	feet	foot	NNS
19880	2645	63	of	of	IN
19880	2645	64	the	the	DT
19880	2645	65	student	student	NN
19880	2645	66	and	and	CC
19880	2645	67	teacher	teacher	NN
19880	2645	68	at	at	IN
19880	2645	69	every	every	DT
19880	2645	70	step	step	NN
19880	2645	71	,	,	,
19880	2645	72	only	only	RB
19880	2645	73	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2645	74	must	must	MD
19880	2645	75	be	be	VB
19880	2645	76	a	a	DT
19880	2645	77	clear	clear	JJ
19880	2645	78	light	light	NN
19880	2645	79	,	,	,
19880	2645	80	not	not	RB
19880	2645	81	one	one	CD
19880	2645	82	seen	see	VBN
19880	2645	83	through	through	IN
19880	2645	84	a	a	DT
19880	2645	85	mental	mental	JJ
19880	2645	86	haze	haze	NN
19880	2645	87	.	.	.
19880	2646	1	If	if	IN
19880	2646	2	there	there	EX
19880	2646	3	be	be	VB
19880	2646	4	failure	failure	NN
19880	2646	5	the	the	DT
19880	2646	6	fault	fault	NN
19880	2646	7	must	must	MD
19880	2646	8	not	not	RB
19880	2646	9	be	be	VB
19880	2646	10	set	set	VBN
19880	2646	11	down	down	RP
19880	2646	12	to	to	IN
19880	2646	13	science	science	NN
19880	2646	14	but	but	CC
19880	2646	15	to	to	IN
19880	2646	16	ourselves	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2646	17	.	.	.
19880	2647	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2647	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2647	3	ever	ever	RB
19880	2647	4	to	to	TO
19880	2647	5	be	be	VB
19880	2647	6	borne	bear	VBN
19880	2647	7	in	in	IN
19880	2647	8	mind	mind	NN
19880	2647	9	that	that	IN
19880	2647	10	when	when	WRB
19880	2647	11	anything	anything	NN
19880	2647	12	is	be	VBZ
19880	2647	13	done	do	VBN
19880	2647	14	in	in	IN
19880	2647	15	the	the	DT
19880	2647	16	right	right	JJ
19880	2647	17	way	way	NN
19880	2647	18	not	not	RB
19880	2647	19	only	only	RB
19880	2647	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	2647	21	there	there	EX
19880	2647	22	no	no	DT
19880	2647	23	pain	pain	NN
19880	2647	24	,	,	,
19880	2647	25	unpleasant	unpleasant	JJ
19880	2647	26	feeling	feeling	NN
19880	2647	27	or	or	CC
19880	2647	28	evil	evil	JJ
19880	2647	29	after	after	NN
19880	2647	30	-	-	HYPH
19880	2647	31	effects	effect	NNS
19880	2647	32	,	,	,
19880	2647	33	but	but	CC
19880	2647	34	when	when	WRB
19880	2647	35	real	real	JJ
19880	2647	36	skill	skill	NN
19880	2647	37	has	have	VBZ
19880	2647	38	been	be	VBN
19880	2647	39	attained	attain	VBN
19880	2647	40	through	through	IN
19880	2647	41	training	training	NN
19880	2647	42	,	,	,
19880	2647	43	the	the	DT
19880	2647	44	result	result	NN
19880	2647	45	is	be	VBZ
19880	2647	46	accomplished	accomplish	VBN
19880	2647	47	with	with	IN
19880	2647	48	a	a	DT
19880	2647	49	sense	sense	NN
19880	2647	50	of	of	IN
19880	2647	51	ease	ease	NN
19880	2647	52	and	and	CC
19880	2647	53	all	all	PDT
19880	2647	54	the	the	DT
19880	2647	55	accompanying	accompanying	JJ
19880	2647	56	feelings	feeling	NNS
19880	2647	57	are	be	VBP
19880	2647	58	agreeable	agreeable	JJ
19880	2647	59	.	.	.
19880	2648	1	The	the	DT
19880	2648	2	singer	singer	NN
19880	2648	3	need	nee	MD
19880	2648	4	not	not	RB
19880	2648	5	know	know	VB
19880	2648	6	that	that	IN
19880	2648	7	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2648	8	has	have	VBZ
19880	2648	9	a	a	DT
19880	2648	10	throat	throat	NN
19880	2648	11	by	by	IN
19880	2648	12	any	any	DT
19880	2648	13	disagreeable	disagreeable	JJ
19880	2648	14	reminder	reminder	NN
19880	2648	15	.	.	.
19880	2649	1	At	at	IN
19880	2649	2	the	the	DT
19880	2649	3	same	same	JJ
19880	2649	4	time	time	NN
19880	2649	5	a	a	DT
19880	2649	6	function	function	NN
19880	2649	7	may	may	MD
19880	2649	8	be	be	VB
19880	2649	9	correctly	correctly	RB
19880	2649	10	discharged	discharge	VBN
19880	2649	11	but	but	CC
19880	2649	12	continued	continue	VBD
19880	2649	13	too	too	RB
19880	2649	14	long	long	RB
19880	2649	15	,	,	,
19880	2649	16	so	so	IN
19880	2649	17	that	that	DT
19880	2649	18	weariness	weariness	NN
19880	2649	19	or	or	CC
19880	2649	20	positive	positive	JJ
19880	2649	21	fatigue	fatigue	NN
19880	2649	22	with	with	IN
19880	2649	23	some	some	DT
19880	2649	24	evil	evil	JJ
19880	2649	25	consequences	consequence	NNS
19880	2649	26	may	may	MD
19880	2649	27	follow	follow	VB
19880	2649	28	.	.	.
19880	2650	1	Fatigue	fatigue	NN
19880	2650	2	always	always	RB
19880	2650	3	implies	imply	VBZ
19880	2650	4	more	more	RBR
19880	2650	5	or	or	CC
19880	2650	6	less	less	RBR
19880	2650	7	poisoning	poisoning	NN
19880	2650	8	of	of	IN
19880	2650	9	the	the	DT
19880	2650	10	system	system	NN
19880	2650	11	.	.	.
19880	2651	1	Of	of	IN
19880	2651	2	the	the	DT
19880	2651	3	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2651	4	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2651	5	,	,	,
19880	2651	6	the	the	DT
19880	2651	7	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2651	8	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2651	9	,	,	,
19880	2651	10	the	the	DT
19880	2651	11	pharyngeal	pharyngeal	NN
19880	2651	12	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2651	13	and	and	CC
19880	2651	14	the	the	DT
19880	2651	15	naso	naso	NNP
19880	2651	16	-	-	HYPH
19880	2651	17	pharynx	pharynx	NNP
19880	2651	18	,	,	,
19880	2651	19	which	which	WDT
19880	2651	20	may	may	MD
19880	2651	21	both	both	DT
19880	2651	22	be	be	VB
19880	2651	23	regarded	regard	VBN
19880	2651	24	as	as	IN
19880	2651	25	a	a	DT
19880	2651	26	part	part	NN
19880	2651	27	of	of	IN
19880	2651	28	the	the	DT
19880	2651	29	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2651	30	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2651	31	,	,	,
19880	2651	32	and	and	CC
19880	2651	33	the	the	DT
19880	2651	34	nasal	nasal	NN
19880	2651	35	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2651	36	,	,	,
19880	2651	37	the	the	DT
19880	2651	38	latter	latter	JJ
19880	2651	39	may	may	MD
19880	2651	40	be	be	VB
19880	2651	41	considered	consider	VBN
19880	2651	42	the	the	DT
19880	2651	43	least	least	JJS
19880	2651	44	variable	variable	JJ
19880	2651	45	in	in	IN
19880	2651	46	shape	shape	NN
19880	2651	47	;	;	,
19880	2651	48	nevertheless	nevertheless	RB
19880	2651	49	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2651	50	can	can	MD
19880	2651	51	,	,	,
19880	2651	52	by	by	IN
19880	2651	53	means	mean	NNS
19880	2651	54	of	of	IN
19880	2651	55	the	the	DT
19880	2651	56	soft	soft	JJ
19880	2651	57	palate	palate	NN
19880	2651	58	,	,	,
19880	2651	59	be	be	VB
19880	2651	60	to	to	IN
19880	2651	61	a	a	DT
19880	2651	62	large	large	JJ
19880	2651	63	extent	extent	NN
19880	2651	64	shut	shut	VBN
19880	2651	65	off	off	RP
19880	2651	66	from	from	IN
19880	2651	67	the	the	DT
19880	2651	68	other	other	JJ
19880	2651	69	parts	part	NNS
19880	2651	70	of	of	IN
19880	2651	71	this	this	DT
19880	2651	72	series	series	NN
19880	2651	73	of	of	IN
19880	2651	74	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2651	75	.	.	.
19880	2652	1	The	the	DT
19880	2652	2	means	mean	NNS
19880	2652	3	by	by	IN
19880	2652	4	which	which	WDT
19880	2652	5	the	the	DT
19880	2652	6	size	size	NN
19880	2652	7	and	and	CC
19880	2652	8	shape	shape	NN
19880	2652	9	of	of	IN
19880	2652	10	the	the	DT
19880	2652	11	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2652	12	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2652	13	can	can	MD
19880	2652	14	be	be	VB
19880	2652	15	varied	vary	VBN
19880	2652	16	are	be	VBP
19880	2652	17	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	2652	18	the	the	DT
19880	2652	19	soft	soft	JJ
19880	2652	20	palate	palate	NN
19880	2652	21	and	and	CC
19880	2652	22	the	the	DT
19880	2652	23	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2652	24	,	,	,
19880	2652	25	the	the	DT
19880	2652	26	latter	latter	JJ
19880	2652	27	being	being	NN
19880	2652	28	of	of	IN
19880	2652	29	the	the	DT
19880	2652	30	greatest	great	JJS
19880	2652	31	importance	importance	NN
19880	2652	32	.	.	.
19880	2653	1	The	the	DT
19880	2653	2	changes	change	NNS
19880	2653	3	in	in	IN
19880	2653	4	the	the	DT
19880	2653	5	shape	shape	NN
19880	2653	6	of	of	IN
19880	2653	7	the	the	DT
19880	2653	8	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2653	9	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2653	10	necessary	necessary	JJ
19880	2653	11	for	for	IN
19880	2653	12	the	the	DT
19880	2653	13	formation	formation	NN
19880	2653	14	of	of	IN
19880	2653	15	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2653	16	are	be	VBP
19880	2653	17	due	due	JJ
19880	2653	18	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19880	2653	19	to	to	IN
19880	2653	20	the	the	DT
19880	2653	21	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2653	22	of	of	IN
19880	2653	23	the	the	DT
19880	2653	24	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2653	25	,	,	,
19880	2653	26	and	and	CC
19880	2653	27	the	the	DT
19880	2653	28	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2653	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	2653	30	more	more	RBR
19880	2653	31	largely	largely	RB
19880	2653	32	concerned	concerned	JJ
19880	2653	33	in	in	IN
19880	2653	34	the	the	DT
19880	2653	35	utterance	utterance	NN
19880	2653	36	of	of	IN
19880	2653	37	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2653	38	than	than	IN
19880	2653	39	any	any	DT
19880	2653	40	other	other	JJ
19880	2653	41	moveable	moveable	JJ
19880	2653	42	part	part	NN
19880	2653	43	of	of	IN
19880	2653	44	the	the	DT
19880	2653	45	upper	upper	JJ
19880	2653	46	voice	voice	NN
19880	2653	47	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2653	48	.	.	.
19880	2654	1	For	for	IN
19880	2654	2	practical	practical	JJ
19880	2654	3	ends	end	NNS
19880	2654	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2654	5	is	be	VBZ
19880	2654	6	important	important	JJ
19880	2654	7	to	to	TO
19880	2654	8	realize	realize	VB
19880	2654	9	that	that	IN
19880	2654	10	one	one	NN
19880	2654	11	speaks	speak	VBZ
19880	2654	12	with	with	IN
19880	2654	13	the	the	DT
19880	2654	14	tongue	tongue	NN
19880	2654	15	;	;	:
19880	2654	16	and	and	CC
19880	2654	17	if	if	IN
19880	2654	18	one	one	CD
19880	2654	19	believed	believe	VBD
19880	2654	20	that	that	IN
19880	2654	21	everything	everything	NN
19880	2654	22	depended	depend	VBD
19880	2654	23	on	on	IN
19880	2654	24	this	this	DT
19880	2654	25	organ	organ	NN
19880	2654	26	,	,	,
19880	2654	27	other	other	JJ
19880	2654	28	parts	part	NNS
19880	2654	29	--	--	:
19880	2654	30	including	include	VBG
19880	2654	31	the	the	DT
19880	2654	32	outer	outer	JJ
19880	2654	33	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2654	34	or	or	CC
19880	2654	35	lips	lip	VBZ
19880	2654	36	merely	merely	RB
19880	2654	37	to	to	TO
19880	2654	38	be	be	VB
19880	2654	39	kept	keep	VBN
19880	2654	40	out	out	IN
19880	2654	41	of	of	IN
19880	2654	42	the	the	DT
19880	2654	43	way	way	NN
19880	2654	44	--	--	:
19880	2654	45	the	the	DT
19880	2654	46	result	result	NN
19880	2654	47	would	would	MD
19880	2654	48	on	on	IN
19880	2654	49	the	the	DT
19880	2654	50	whole	whole	JJ
19880	2654	51	likely	likely	RB
19880	2654	52	be	be	VB
19880	2654	53	gain	gain	JJ
19880	2654	54	.	.	.
19880	2655	1	In	in	IN
19880	2655	2	the	the	DT
19880	2655	3	formation	formation	NN
19880	2655	4	of	of	IN
19880	2655	5	vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2655	6	the	the	DT
19880	2655	7	result	result	NN
19880	2655	8	may	may	MD
19880	2655	9	be	be	VB
19880	2655	10	good	good	JJ
19880	2655	11	when	when	WRB
19880	2655	12	the	the	DT
19880	2655	13	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2655	14	take	take	VBP
19880	2655	15	but	but	CC
19880	2655	16	the	the	DT
19880	2655	17	slightest	slight	JJS
19880	2655	18	active	active	JJ
19880	2655	19	part	part	NN
19880	2655	20	,	,	,
19880	2655	21	and	and	CC
19880	2655	22	the	the	DT
19880	2655	23	student	student	NN
19880	2655	24	is	be	VBZ
19880	2655	25	advised	advise	VBN
19880	2655	26	to	to	TO
19880	2655	27	practice	practice	VB
19880	2655	28	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2655	29	formation	formation	NN
19880	2655	30	without	without	IN
19880	2655	31	the	the	DT
19880	2655	32	use	use	NN
19880	2655	33	of	of	IN
19880	2655	34	the	the	DT
19880	2655	35	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2655	36	.	.	.
19880	2656	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2656	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2656	3	likely	likely	JJ
19880	2656	4	to	to	TO
19880	2656	5	use	use	VB
19880	2656	6	them	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2656	7	enough	enough	RB
19880	2656	8	in	in	IN
19880	2656	9	any	any	DT
19880	2656	10	case	case	NN
19880	2656	11	provided	provide	VBN
19880	2656	12	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2656	13	ensures	ensure	VBZ
19880	2656	14	the	the	DT
19880	2656	15	formation	formation	NN
19880	2656	16	of	of	IN
19880	2656	17	pure	pure	JJ
19880	2656	18	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2656	19	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2656	20	,	,	,
19880	2656	21	and	and	CC
19880	2656	22	people	people	NNS
19880	2656	23	seem	seem	VBP
19880	2656	24	to	to	TO
19880	2656	25	have	have	VB
19880	2656	26	an	an	DT
19880	2656	27	extraordinary	extraordinary	JJ
19880	2656	28	facility	facility	NN
19880	2656	29	for	for	IN
19880	2656	30	over	over	RB
19880	2656	31	-	-	HYPH
19880	2656	32	doing	do	VBG
19880	2656	33	the	the	DT
19880	2656	34	use	use	NN
19880	2656	35	of	of	IN
19880	2656	36	lip	lip	NN
19880	2656	37	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2656	38	,	,	,
19880	2656	39	for	for	IN
19880	2656	40	getting	get	VBG
19880	2656	41	the	the	DT
19880	2656	42	teeth	tooth	NNS
19880	2656	43	in	in	IN
19880	2656	44	the	the	DT
19880	2656	45	way	way	NN
19880	2656	46	and	and	CC
19880	2656	47	thus	thus	RB
19880	2656	48	spoiling	spoil	VBG
19880	2656	49	tone	tone	NN
19880	2656	50	,	,	,
19880	2656	51	that	that	WDT
19880	2656	52	was	be	VBD
19880	2656	53	begun	begin	VBN
19880	2656	54	well	well	RB
19880	2656	55	,	,	,
19880	2656	56	before	before	IN
19880	2656	57	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2656	58	has	have	VBZ
19880	2656	59	escaped	escape	VBN
19880	2656	60	from	from	IN
19880	2656	61	the	the	DT
19880	2656	62	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2656	63	.	.	.
19880	2657	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2657	2	may	may	MD
19880	2657	3	be	be	VB
19880	2657	4	observed	observe	VBN
19880	2657	5	that	that	IN
19880	2657	6	those	those	DT
19880	2657	7	who	who	WP
19880	2657	8	get	get	VBP
19880	2657	9	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2657	10	living	living	NN
19880	2657	11	on	on	IN
19880	2657	12	the	the	DT
19880	2657	13	streets	street	NNS
19880	2657	14	by	by	IN
19880	2657	15	the	the	DT
19880	2657	16	use	use	NN
19880	2657	17	of	of	IN
19880	2657	18	the	the	DT
19880	2657	19	voice	voice	NN
19880	2657	20	,	,	,
19880	2657	21	and	and	CC
19880	2657	22	who	who	WP
19880	2657	23	use	use	VBP
19880	2657	24	the	the	DT
19880	2657	25	voice	voice	NN
19880	2657	26	much	much	RB
19880	2657	27	and	and	CC
19880	2657	28	often	often	RB
19880	2657	29	speak	speak	VBP
19880	2657	30	rapidly	rapidly	RB
19880	2657	31	,	,	,
19880	2657	32	and	and	CC
19880	2657	33	in	in	IN
19880	2657	34	spite	spite	NN
19880	2657	35	of	of	IN
19880	2657	36	this	this	DT
19880	2657	37	are	be	VBP
19880	2657	38	heard	hear	VBN
19880	2657	39	well	well	RB
19880	2657	40	,	,	,
19880	2657	41	so	so	RB
19880	2657	42	construct	construct	VB
19880	2657	43	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2657	44	words	word	NNS
19880	2657	45	that	that	WDT
19880	2657	46	the	the	DT
19880	2657	47	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2657	48	are	be	VBP
19880	2657	49	not	not	RB
19880	2657	50	seen	see	VBN
19880	2657	51	to	to	TO
19880	2657	52	move	move	VB
19880	2657	53	to	to	IN
19880	2657	54	any	any	DT
19880	2657	55	appreciable	appreciable	JJ
19880	2657	56	extent	extent	NN
19880	2657	57	except	except	IN
19880	2657	58	as	as	IN
19880	2657	59	the	the	DT
19880	2657	60	lower	low	JJR
19880	2657	61	jaw	jaw	NN
19880	2657	62	moves	move	VBZ
19880	2657	63	.	.	.
19880	2658	1	The	the	DT
19880	2658	2	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2658	3	seem	seem	VBP
19880	2658	4	to	to	TO
19880	2658	5	be	be	VB
19880	2658	6	always	always	RB
19880	2658	7	apart	apart	RB
19880	2658	8	.	.	.
19880	2659	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2659	2	is	be	VBZ
19880	2659	3	not	not	RB
19880	2659	4	the	the	DT
19880	2659	5	amount	amount	NN
19880	2659	6	of	of	IN
19880	2659	7	movement	movement	NN
19880	2659	8	that	that	WDT
19880	2659	9	is	be	VBZ
19880	2659	10	important	important	JJ
19880	2659	11	but	but	CC
19880	2659	12	the	the	DT
19880	2659	13	kind	kind	NN
19880	2659	14	of	of	IN
19880	2659	15	movement	movement	NN
19880	2659	16	,	,	,
19880	2659	17	especially	especially	RB
19880	2659	18	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19880	2659	19	rapidity	rapidity	NN
19880	2659	20	.	.	.
19880	2660	1	Muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	2660	2	efforts	effort	NNS
19880	2660	3	for	for	IN
19880	2660	4	the	the	DT
19880	2660	5	production	production	NN
19880	2660	6	of	of	IN
19880	2660	7	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2660	8	should	should	MD
19880	2660	9	be	be	VB
19880	2660	10	neat	neat	JJ
19880	2660	11	,	,	,
19880	2660	12	decisive	decisive	JJ
19880	2660	13	,	,	,
19880	2660	14	sharp	sharp	JJ
19880	2660	15	,	,	,
19880	2660	16	rather	rather	RB
19880	2660	17	than	than	IN
19880	2660	18	held	hold	VBN
19880	2660	19	ones	one	NNS
19880	2660	20	,	,	,
19880	2660	21	which	which	WDT
19880	2660	22	tend	tend	VBP
19880	2660	23	to	to	TO
19880	2660	24	spoil	spoil	VB
19880	2660	25	the	the	DT
19880	2660	26	word	word	NN
19880	2660	27	as	as	IN
19880	2660	28	a	a	DT
19880	2660	29	whole	whole	NN
19880	2660	30	.	.	.
19880	2661	1	As	as	IN
19880	2661	2	a	a	DT
19880	2661	3	rule	rule	NN
19880	2661	4	,	,	,
19880	2661	5	one	one	PRP
19880	2661	6	is	be	VBZ
19880	2661	7	safe	safe	JJ
19880	2661	8	in	in	IN
19880	2661	9	holding	hold	VBG
19880	2661	10	the	the	DT
19880	2661	11	vowel	vowel	NN
19880	2661	12	as	as	RB
19880	2661	13	long	long	RB
19880	2661	14	as	as	IN
19880	2661	15	possible	possible	JJ
19880	2661	16	and	and	CC
19880	2661	17	in	in	IN
19880	2661	18	making	make	VBG
19880	2661	19	the	the	DT
19880	2661	20	time	time	NN
19880	2661	21	dwelt	dwell	VBN
19880	2661	22	on	on	IN
19880	2661	23	the	the	DT
19880	2661	24	consonant	consonant	NN
19880	2661	25	as	as	RB
19880	2661	26	short	short	JJ
19880	2661	27	as	as	IN
19880	2661	28	possible--_i.e	possible--_i.e	NNP
19880	2661	29	.	.	.
19880	2661	30	_	_	NNP
19880	2661	31	,	,	,
19880	2661	32	consistent	consistent	JJ
19880	2661	33	with	with	IN
19880	2661	34	distinct	distinct	JJ
19880	2661	35	and	and	CC
19880	2661	36	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2661	37	utterance	utterance	NN
19880	2661	38	.	.	.
19880	2662	1	The	the	DT
19880	2662	2	same	same	JJ
19880	2662	3	applies	apply	VBZ
19880	2662	4	to	to	IN
19880	2662	5	singing	singe	VBG
19880	2662	6	with	with	IN
19880	2662	7	even	even	RB
19880	2662	8	greater	great	JJR
19880	2662	9	force	force	NN
19880	2662	10	.	.	.
19880	2663	1	In	in	IN
19880	2663	2	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	2663	3	especially	especially	RB
19880	2663	4	short	short	JJ
19880	2663	5	pauses	pause	NNS
19880	2663	6	not	not	RB
19880	2663	7	printed	print	VBN
19880	2663	8	in	in	IN
19880	2663	9	the	the	DT
19880	2663	10	text	text	NN
19880	2663	11	may	may	MD
19880	2663	12	be	be	VB
19880	2663	13	made	make	VBN
19880	2663	14	to	to	IN
19880	2663	15	great	great	JJ
19880	2663	16	advantage	advantage	NN
19880	2663	17	,	,	,
19880	2663	18	and	and	CC
19880	2663	19	this	this	DT
19880	2663	20	is	be	VBZ
19880	2663	21	often	often	RB
19880	2663	22	better	well	JJR
19880	2663	23	than	than	IN
19880	2663	24	dwelling	dwell	VBG
19880	2663	25	on	on	IN
19880	2663	26	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2663	27	.	.	.
19880	2664	1	The	the	DT
19880	2664	2	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2664	3	of	of	IN
19880	2664	4	the	the	DT
19880	2664	5	speaker	speaker	NN
19880	2664	6	and	and	CC
19880	2664	7	still	still	RB
19880	2664	8	more	more	JJR
19880	2664	9	that	that	DT
19880	2664	10	of	of	IN
19880	2664	11	the	the	DT
19880	2664	12	singer	singer	NN
19880	2664	13	should	should	MD
19880	2664	14	not	not	RB
19880	2664	15	attract	attract	VB
19880	2664	16	the	the	DT
19880	2664	17	attention	attention	NN
19880	2664	18	of	of	IN
19880	2664	19	the	the	DT
19880	2664	20	listener	listener	NN
19880	2664	21	,	,	,
19880	2664	22	so	so	CC
19880	2664	23	the	the	DT
19880	2664	24	less	less	JJR
19880	2664	25	movement	movement	NN
19880	2664	26	of	of	IN
19880	2664	27	the	the	DT
19880	2664	28	lips	lip	NNS
19880	2664	29	of	of	IN
19880	2664	30	a	a	DT
19880	2664	31	kind	kind	NN
19880	2664	32	readily	readily	RB
19880	2664	33	open	open	JJ
19880	2664	34	to	to	IN
19880	2664	35	observation	observation	NN
19880	2664	36	,	,	,
19880	2664	37	the	the	DT
19880	2664	38	better	well	JJR
19880	2664	39	.	.	.
19880	2665	1	Besides	besides	IN
19880	2665	2	such	such	JJ
19880	2665	3	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2665	4	being	be	VBG
19880	2665	5	unnecessary	unnecessary	JJ
19880	2665	6	are	be	VBP
19880	2665	7	a	a	DT
19880	2665	8	waste	waste	NN
19880	2665	9	of	of	IN
19880	2665	10	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	2665	11	and	and	CC
19880	2665	12	nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	2665	13	energy	energy	NN
19880	2665	14	.	.	.
19880	2666	1	Singers	singer	NNS
19880	2666	2	are	be	VBP
19880	2666	3	not	not	RB
19880	2666	4	warranted	warrant	VBN
19880	2666	5	in	in	IN
19880	2666	6	departing	depart	VBG
19880	2666	7	to	to	IN
19880	2666	8	any	any	DT
19880	2666	9	appreciable	appreciable	JJ
19880	2666	10	extent	extent	NN
19880	2666	11	from	from	IN
19880	2666	12	the	the	DT
19880	2666	13	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19880	2666	14	of	of	IN
19880	2666	15	words	word	NNS
19880	2666	16	laid	lay	VBN
19880	2666	17	down	down	RP
19880	2666	18	as	as	IN
19880	2666	19	standard	standard	NN
19880	2666	20	for	for	IN
19880	2666	21	speakers--_e.g	speakers--_e.g	NN
19880	2666	22	.	.	.
19880	2666	23	_	_	NNP
19880	2666	24	,	,	,
19880	2666	25	"	"	``
19880	2666	26	shall	shall	MD
19880	2666	27	"	"	''
19880	2666	28	should	should	MD
19880	2666	29	not	not	RB
19880	2666	30	be	be	VB
19880	2666	31	sung	sing	VBN
19880	2666	32	as	as	IN
19880	2666	33	"	"	``
19880	2666	34	sholl	sholl	NN
19880	2666	35	,	,	,
19880	2666	36	"	"	''
19880	2666	37	and	and	CC
19880	2666	38	in	in	IN
19880	2666	39	such	such	PDT
19880	2666	40	a	a	DT
19880	2666	41	word	word	NN
19880	2666	42	as	as	IN
19880	2666	43	"	"	``
19880	2666	44	motion	motion	NN
19880	2666	45	,	,	,
19880	2666	46	"	"	''
19880	2666	47	the	the	DT
19880	2666	48	final	final	JJ
19880	2666	49	syllable	syllable	NN
19880	2666	50	should	should	MD
19880	2666	51	not	not	RB
19880	2666	52	be	be	VB
19880	2666	53	made	make	VBN
19880	2666	54	equally	equally	RB
19880	2666	55	important	important	JJ
19880	2666	56	with	with	IN
19880	2666	57	the	the	DT
19880	2666	58	first	first	JJ
19880	2666	59	one	one	CD
19880	2666	60	.	.	.
19880	2667	1	Singers	singer	NNS
19880	2667	2	should	should	MD
19880	2667	3	observe	observe	VB
19880	2667	4	the	the	DT
19880	2667	5	laws	law	NNS
19880	2667	6	of	of	IN
19880	2667	7	a	a	DT
19880	2667	8	good	good	JJ
19880	2667	9	elocution	elocution	NN
19880	2667	10	;	;	:
19880	2667	11	in	in	IN
19880	2667	12	other	other	JJ
19880	2667	13	words	word	NNS
19880	2667	14	,	,	,
19880	2667	15	such	such	JJ
19880	2667	16	treatment	treatment	NN
19880	2667	17	of	of	IN
19880	2667	18	the	the	DT
19880	2667	19	language	language	NN
19880	2667	20	of	of	IN
19880	2667	21	the	the	DT
19880	2667	22	song	song	NN
19880	2667	23	as	as	IN
19880	2667	24	an	an	DT
19880	2667	25	approved	approve	VBN
19880	2667	26	reader	reader	NN
19880	2667	27	would	would	MD
19880	2667	28	employ	employ	VB
19880	2667	29	.	.	.
19880	2668	1	The	the	DT
19880	2668	2	author	author	NN
19880	2668	3	would	would	MD
19880	2668	4	go	go	VB
19880	2668	5	so	so	RB
19880	2668	6	far	far	RB
19880	2668	7	as	as	IN
19880	2668	8	to	to	TO
19880	2668	9	say	say	VB
19880	2668	10	that	that	IN
19880	2668	11	no	no	DT
19880	2668	12	singer	singer	NN
19880	2668	13	should	should	MD
19880	2668	14	appear	appear	VB
19880	2668	15	in	in	IN
19880	2668	16	public	public	NN
19880	2668	17	till	till	IN
19880	2668	18	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2668	19	can	can	MD
19880	2668	20	utter	utter	VB
19880	2668	21	every	every	DT
19880	2668	22	syllable	syllable	NN
19880	2668	23	as	as	IN
19880	2668	24	he	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2668	25	sings	sing	VBZ
19880	2668	26	so	so	IN
19880	2668	27	that	that	IN
19880	2668	28	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2668	29	is	be	VBZ
19880	2668	30	readily	readily	RB
19880	2668	31	recognised	recognise	VBN
19880	2668	32	by	by	IN
19880	2668	33	the	the	DT
19880	2668	34	listener	listener	NN
19880	2668	35	.	.	.
19880	2669	1	At	at	IN
19880	2669	2	present	present	JJ
19880	2669	3	such	such	JJ
19880	2669	4	is	be	VBZ
19880	2669	5	rarely	rarely	RB
19880	2669	6	the	the	DT
19880	2669	7	case	case	NN
19880	2669	8	even	even	RB
19880	2669	9	with	with	IN
19880	2669	10	the	the	DT
19880	2669	11	best	good	JJS
19880	2669	12	vocalists	vocalist	NNS
19880	2669	13	.	.	.
19880	2670	1	All	all	DT
19880	2670	2	prospective	prospective	JJ
19880	2670	3	vocalists	vocalist	NNS
19880	2670	4	should	should	MD
19880	2670	5	study	study	VB
19880	2670	6	utterance	utterance	NN
19880	2670	7	by	by	IN
19880	2670	8	the	the	DT
19880	2670	9	speaking	speak	VBG
19880	2670	10	voice	voice	NN
19880	2670	11	first	first	RB
19880	2670	12	and	and	CC
19880	2670	13	continue	continue	VB
19880	2670	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2670	15	when	when	WRB
19880	2670	16	the	the	DT
19880	2670	17	study	study	NN
19880	2670	18	of	of	IN
19880	2670	19	singing	singing	NN
19880	2670	20	has	have	VBZ
19880	2670	21	been	be	VBN
19880	2670	22	begun	begin	VBN
19880	2670	23	.	.	.
19880	2671	1	The	the	DT
19880	2671	2	words	word	NNS
19880	2671	3	of	of	IN
19880	2671	4	every	every	DT
19880	2671	5	song	song	NN
19880	2671	6	,	,	,
19880	2671	7	etc	etc	FW
19880	2671	8	.	.	.
19880	2671	9	,	,	,
19880	2671	10	should	should	MD
19880	2671	11	be	be	VB
19880	2671	12	mastered	master	VBN
19880	2671	13	in	in	IN
19880	2671	14	all	all	DT
19880	2671	15	respects	respect	NNS
19880	2671	16	before	before	IN
19880	2671	17	they	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2671	18	are	be	VBP
19880	2671	19	sung	sung	JJ
19880	2671	20	.	.	.
19880	2672	1	As	as	IN
19880	2672	2	the	the	DT
19880	2672	3	degree	degree	NN
19880	2672	4	of	of	IN
19880	2672	5	success	success	NN
19880	2672	6	in	in	IN
19880	2672	7	singing	singe	VBG
19880	2672	8	or	or	CC
19880	2672	9	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	2672	10	depends	depend	VBZ
19880	2672	11	so	so	RB
19880	2672	12	far	far	RB
19880	2672	13	as	as	IN
19880	2672	14	technique	technique	NN
19880	2672	15	is	be	VBZ
19880	2672	16	concerned	concern	VBN
19880	2672	17	on	on	IN
19880	2672	18	a	a	DT
19880	2672	19	series	series	NN
19880	2672	20	of	of	IN
19880	2672	21	co	co	NNS
19880	2672	22	-	-	NNS
19880	2672	23	ordinations	ordination	NNS
19880	2672	24	the	the	DT
19880	2672	25	condition	condition	NN
19880	2672	26	of	of	IN
19880	2672	27	both	both	PDT
19880	2672	28	the	the	DT
19880	2672	29	psychic	psychic	JJ
19880	2672	30	and	and	CC
19880	2672	31	bodily	bodily	JJ
19880	2672	32	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2672	33	as	as	IN
19880	2672	34	determined	determine	VBN
19880	2672	35	by	by	IN
19880	2672	36	training	training	NN
19880	2672	37	and	and	CC
19880	2672	38	the	the	DT
19880	2672	39	general	general	JJ
19880	2672	40	health	health	NN
19880	2672	41	of	of	IN
19880	2672	42	the	the	DT
19880	2672	43	individual	individual	NN
19880	2672	44	is	be	VBZ
19880	2672	45	of	of	IN
19880	2672	46	great	great	JJ
19880	2672	47	importance	importance	NN
19880	2672	48	;	;	:
19880	2672	49	and	and	CC
19880	2672	50	it	-PRON-	PRP
19880	2672	51	is	be	VBZ
19880	2672	52	not	not	RB
19880	2672	53	to	to	TO
19880	2672	54	be	be	VB
19880	2672	55	forgotten	forget	VBN
19880	2672	56	that	that	IN
19880	2672	57	the	the	DT
19880	2672	58	mind	mind	NN
19880	2672	59	as	as	RB
19880	2672	60	well	well	RB
19880	2672	61	as	as	IN
19880	2672	62	the	the	DT
19880	2672	63	body	body	NN
19880	2672	64	is	be	VBZ
19880	2672	65	to	to	TO
19880	2672	66	be	be	VB
19880	2672	67	considered	consider	VBN
19880	2672	68	in	in	IN
19880	2672	69	all	all	DT
19880	2672	70	questions	question	NNS
19880	2672	71	of	of	IN
19880	2672	72	hygiene	hygiene	NN
19880	2672	73	.	.	.
19880	2673	1	INDEX	index	NN
19880	2673	2	.	.	.
19880	2674	1	A	a	DT
19880	2674	2	Abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	2674	3	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	2674	4	,	,	,
19880	2674	5	66	66	CD
19880	2674	6	Acoustics	acoustic	NNS
19880	2674	7	,	,	,
19880	2674	8	97	97	CD
19880	2674	9	Adam	Adam	NNP
19880	2674	10	's	's	POS
19880	2674	11	apple	apple	NN
19880	2674	12	,	,	,
19880	2674	13	80	80	CD
19880	2674	14	Adductors	adductor	NNS
19880	2674	15	,	,	,
19880	2674	16	82	82	CD
19880	2674	17	Air	air	NN
19880	2674	18	,	,	,
19880	2674	19	48	48	CD
19880	2674	20	complemental	complemental	NN
19880	2674	21	,	,	,
19880	2674	22	70	70	CD
19880	2674	23	quantity	quantity	NN
19880	2674	24	of	of	IN
19880	2674	25	,	,	,
19880	2674	26	in	in	IN
19880	2674	27	lungs	lung	NNS
19880	2674	28	,	,	,
19880	2674	29	70	70	CD
19880	2674	30	residual	residual	JJ
19880	2674	31	,	,	,
19880	2674	32	70	70	CD
19880	2674	33	supplemental	supplemental	JJ
19880	2674	34	,	,	,
19880	2674	35	70	70	CD
19880	2674	36	tidal	tidal	NN
19880	2674	37	,	,	,
19880	2674	38	70	70	CD
19880	2674	39	Amateurs	amateur	NNS
19880	2674	40	,	,	,
19880	2674	41	274	274	CD
19880	2674	42	American	american	JJ
19880	2674	43	speech	speech	NN
19880	2674	44	,	,	,
19880	2674	45	146	146	CD
19880	2674	46	Americans	Americans	NNPS
19880	2674	47	,	,	,
19880	2674	48	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2674	49	of	of	IN
19880	2674	50	,	,	,
19880	2674	51	224	224	CD
19880	2674	52	Antagonists	antagonist	NNS
19880	2674	53	,	,	,
19880	2674	54	53	53	CD
19880	2674	55	Anatomy	Anatomy	NNP
19880	2674	56	,	,	,
19880	2674	57	35	35	CD
19880	2674	58	Art	art	NN
19880	2674	59	,	,	,
19880	2674	60	17	17	CD
19880	2674	61	,	,	,
19880	2674	62	272	272	CD
19880	2674	63	Artist	Artist	NNP
19880	2674	64	,	,	,
19880	2674	65	isolation	isolation	NN
19880	2674	66	of	of	IN
19880	2674	67	,	,	,
19880	2674	68	254	254	CD
19880	2674	69	Artistic	artistic	JJ
19880	2674	70	,	,	,
19880	2674	71	246	246	CD
19880	2674	72	perception	perception	NN
19880	2674	73	,	,	,
19880	2674	74	245	245	CD
19880	2674	75	temperament	temperament	NN
19880	2674	76	,	,	,
19880	2674	77	31	31	CD
19880	2674	78	Arytenoid	Arytenoid	NNP
19880	2674	79	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
19880	2674	80	,	,	,
19880	2674	81	77	77	CD
19880	2674	82	Aspirates	Aspirates	NNP
19880	2674	83	,	,	,
19880	2674	84	228	228	CD
19880	2674	85	Attack	Attack	NNP
19880	2674	86	,	,	,
19880	2674	87	30	30	CD
19880	2674	88	,	,	,
19880	2674	89	125	125	CD
19880	2674	90	,	,	,
19880	2674	91	127	127	CD
19880	2674	92	,	,	,
19880	2674	93	208	208	CD
19880	2674	94	best	good	JJS
19880	2674	95	tests	test	NNS
19880	2674	96	of	of	IN
19880	2674	97	a	a	DT
19880	2674	98	good	good	JJ
19880	2674	99	,	,	,
19880	2674	100	129	129	CD
19880	2674	101	good	good	JJ
19880	2674	102	,	,	,
19880	2674	103	127	127	CD
19880	2674	104	,	,	,
19880	2674	105	232	232	CD
19880	2674	106	Auditory	auditory	JJ
19880	2674	107	messages	message	NNS
19880	2674	108	,	,	,
19880	2674	109	250	250	CD
19880	2674	110	Auto	auto	NN
19880	2674	111	-	-	HYPH
19880	2674	112	laryngoscopy	laryngoscopy	NN
19880	2674	113	,	,	,
19880	2674	114	109	109	CD
19880	2674	115	,	,	,
19880	2674	116	110	110	CD
19880	2674	117	,	,	,
19880	2674	118	152	152	CD
19880	2674	119	,	,	,
19880	2674	120	161	161	CD
19880	2674	121	B	b	NN
19880	2674	122	"	"	``
19880	2674	123	Backward	Backward	NNP
19880	2674	124	"	"	''
19880	2674	125	production	production	NN
19880	2674	126	,	,	,
19880	2674	127	213	213	CD
19880	2674	128	Bel	Bel	NNP
19880	2674	129	Canto	Canto	NNP
19880	2674	130	,	,	,
19880	2674	131	211	211	CD
19880	2674	132	Break	Break	NNP
19880	2674	133	,	,	,
19880	2674	134	162	162	CD
19880	2674	135	Breath	Breath	NNP
19880	2674	136	,	,	,
19880	2674	137	60	60	CD
19880	2674	138	,	,	,
19880	2674	139	72	72	CD
19880	2674	140	control	control	NN
19880	2674	141	of	of	IN
19880	2674	142	,	,	,
19880	2674	143	20	20	CD
19880	2674	144	,	,	,
19880	2674	145	21	21	CD
19880	2674	146	exercise	exercise	NN
19880	2674	147	for	for	IN
19880	2674	148	,	,	,
19880	2674	149	133	133	CD
19880	2674	150	,	,	,
19880	2674	151	134	134	CD
19880	2674	152	in	in	IN
19880	2674	153	phonation	phonation	NN
19880	2674	154	,	,	,
19880	2674	155	130	130	CD
19880	2674	156	manner	manner	NN
19880	2674	157	of	of	IN
19880	2674	158	using	use	VBG
19880	2674	159	,	,	,
19880	2674	160	172	172	CD
19880	2674	161	,	,	,
19880	2674	162	208	208	CD
19880	2674	163	stream	stream	NN
19880	2674	164	,	,	,
19880	2674	165	22	22	CD
19880	2674	166	,	,	,
19880	2674	167	125	125	CD
19880	2674	168	,	,	,
19880	2674	169	194	194	CD
19880	2674	170	Breathing	Breathing	NNP
19880	2674	171	,	,	,
19880	2674	172	44	44	CD
19880	2674	173	-	-	SYM
19880	2674	174	73	73	CD
19880	2674	175	,	,	,
19880	2674	176	118	118	CD
19880	2674	177	,	,	,
19880	2674	178	124	124	CD
19880	2674	179	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19880	2674	180	,	,	,
19880	2674	181	118	118	CD
19880	2674	182	clavicular	clavicular	JJ
19880	2674	183	,	,	,
19880	2674	184	118	118	CD
19880	2674	185	,	,	,
19880	2674	186	119	119	CD
19880	2674	187	deep	deep	JJ
19880	2674	188	,	,	,
19880	2674	189	63	63	CD
19880	2674	190	diaphragmatic	diaphragmatic	JJ
19880	2674	191	,	,	,
19880	2674	192	118	118	CD
19880	2674	193	,	,	,
19880	2674	194	119	119	CD
19880	2674	195	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	2674	196	,	,	,
19880	2674	197	131	131	CD
19880	2674	198	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2674	199	,	,	,
19880	2674	200	control	control	NN
19880	2674	201	of	of	IN
19880	2674	202	,	,	,
19880	2674	203	120	120	CD
19880	2674	204	method	method	NN
19880	2674	205	of	of	IN
19880	2674	206	,	,	,
19880	2674	207	64	64	CD
19880	2674	208	,	,	,
19880	2674	209	177	177	CD
19880	2674	210	nose	nose	NN
19880	2674	211	,	,	,
19880	2674	212	131	131	CD
19880	2674	213	C	C	NNP
19880	2674	214	Cartilage	Cartilage	NNP
19880	2674	215	of	of	IN
19880	2674	216	Santorini	Santorini	NNP
19880	2674	217	,	,	,
19880	2674	218	77	77	CD
19880	2674	219	Wrisberg	Wrisberg	NNP
19880	2674	220	,	,	,
19880	2674	221	77	77	CD
19880	2674	222	Cells	cell	NNS
19880	2674	223	,	,	,
19880	2674	224	36	36	CD
19880	2674	225	Chest	Chest	NNP
19880	2674	226	,	,	,
19880	2674	227	50	50	CD
19880	2674	228	,	,	,
19880	2674	229	62	62	CD
19880	2674	230	,	,	,
19880	2674	231	71	71	CD
19880	2674	232	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2674	233	of	of	IN
19880	2674	234	,	,	,
19880	2674	235	71	71	CD
19880	2674	236	complete	complete	JJ
19880	2674	237	control	control	NN
19880	2674	238	of	of	IN
19880	2674	239	,	,	,
19880	2674	240	62	62	CD
19880	2674	241	position	position	NN
19880	2674	242	of	of	IN
19880	2674	243	,	,	,
19880	2674	244	in	in	IN
19880	2674	245	singing	singing	NN
19880	2674	246	,	,	,
19880	2674	247	123	123	CD
19880	2674	248	in	in	IN
19880	2674	249	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	2674	250	,	,	,
19880	2674	251	123	123	CD
19880	2674	252	Children	Children	NNPS
19880	2674	253	,	,	,
19880	2674	254	public	public	JJ
19880	2674	255	appearance	appearance	NN
19880	2674	256	of	of	IN
19880	2674	257	,	,	,
19880	2674	258	116	116	CD
19880	2674	259	register	register	NN
19880	2674	260	of	of	IN
19880	2674	261	,	,	,
19880	2674	262	234	234	CD
19880	2674	263	Choral	choral	JJ
19880	2674	264	singing	singing	NN
19880	2674	265	,	,	,
19880	2674	266	247	247	CD
19880	2674	267	Choristers	chorister	NNS
19880	2674	268	,	,	,
19880	2674	269	256	256	CD
19880	2674	270	Circulatory	circulatory	JJ
19880	2674	271	system	system	NN
19880	2674	272	,	,	,
19880	2674	273	37	37	CD
19880	2674	274	Clergyman	Clergyman	NNP
19880	2674	275	's	's	POS
19880	2674	276	sore	sore	JJ
19880	2674	277	-	-	HYPH
19880	2674	278	throat	throat	NN
19880	2674	279	,	,	,
19880	2674	280	88	88	CD
19880	2674	281	Cold	Cold	NNP
19880	2674	282	,	,	,
19880	2674	283	a	a	DT
19880	2674	284	,	,	,
19880	2674	285	77	77	CD
19880	2674	286	,	,	,
19880	2674	287	92	92	CD
19880	2674	288	prevention	prevention	NN
19880	2674	289	of	of	IN
19880	2674	290	,	,	,
19880	2674	291	93	93	CD
19880	2674	292	Color	color	NN
19880	2674	293	,	,	,
19880	2674	294	214	214	CD
19880	2674	295	Composers	composer	NNS
19880	2674	296	,	,	,
19880	2674	297	116	116	CD
19880	2674	298	Consonant	consonant	NN
19880	2674	299	,	,	,
19880	2674	300	a	a	DT
19880	2674	301	,	,	,
19880	2674	302	195	195	CD
19880	2674	303	,	,	,
19880	2674	304	196	196	CD
19880	2674	305	Consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2674	306	,	,	,
19880	2674	307	223	223	CD
19880	2674	308	,	,	,
19880	2674	309	225	225	CD
19880	2674	310	,	,	,
19880	2674	311	226	226	CD
19880	2674	312	,	,	,
19880	2674	313	230	230	CD
19880	2674	314	-	-	SYM
19880	2674	315	235	235	CD
19880	2674	316	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2674	317	positions	position	NNS
19880	2674	318	of	of	IN
19880	2674	319	,	,	,
19880	2674	320	226	226	CD
19880	2674	321	-	-	HYPH
19880	2674	322	228	228	CD
19880	2674	323	Corsets	Corsets	NNPS
19880	2674	324	,	,	,
19880	2674	325	evil	evil	JJ
19880	2674	326	effects	effect	NNS
19880	2674	327	of	of	IN
19880	2674	328	,	,	,
19880	2674	329	72	72	CD
19880	2674	330	Coup	Coup	NNP
19880	2674	331	de	de	NNP
19880	2674	332	glotte	glotte	NNP
19880	2674	333	,	,	,
19880	2674	334	124	124	CD
19880	2674	335	-	-	SYM
19880	2674	336	127	127	CD
19880	2674	337	,	,	,
19880	2674	338	139	139	CD
19880	2674	339	Cramming	Cramming	NNP
19880	2674	340	,	,	,
19880	2674	341	46	46	CD
19880	2674	342	Cricoid	Cricoid	NNP
19880	2674	343	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	2674	344	,	,	,
19880	2674	345	77	77	CD
19880	2674	346	,	,	,
19880	2674	347	81	81	CD
19880	2674	348	thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	2674	349	,	,	,
19880	2674	350	83	83	CD
19880	2674	351	,	,	,
19880	2674	352	85	85	CD
19880	2674	353	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	2674	354	,	,	,
19880	2674	355	81	81	CD
19880	2674	356	Curwen	Curwen	NNP
19880	2674	357	,	,	,
19880	2674	358	156	156	CD
19880	2674	359	D	D	NNP
19880	2674	360	Dialects	Dialects	NNPS
19880	2674	361	,	,	,
19880	2674	362	225	225	CD
19880	2674	363	,	,	,
19880	2674	364	235	235	CD
19880	2674	365	Diameters	Diameters	NNPS
19880	2674	366	,	,	,
19880	2674	367	50	50	CD
19880	2674	368	Diaphragm	Diaphragm	NNP
19880	2674	369	,	,	,
19880	2674	370	52	52	CD
19880	2674	371	,	,	,
19880	2674	372	53	53	CD
19880	2674	373	,	,	,
19880	2674	374	66	66	CD
19880	2674	375	,	,	,
19880	2674	376	71	71	CD
19880	2674	377	E	e	NN
19880	2674	378	Ear	Ear	NNP
19880	2674	379	,	,	,
19880	2674	380	182	182	CD
19880	2674	381	,	,	,
19880	2674	382	236	236	CD
19880	2674	383	,	,	,
19880	2674	384	245	245	CD
19880	2674	385	,	,	,
19880	2674	386	248	248	CD
19880	2674	387	connection	connection	NN
19880	2674	388	with	with	IN
19880	2674	389	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2674	390	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2674	391	,	,	,
19880	2674	392	203	203	CD
19880	2674	393	drum	drum	NN
19880	2674	394	-	-	HYPH
19880	2674	395	head	head	NN
19880	2674	396	of	of	IN
19880	2674	397	,	,	,
19880	2674	398	240	240	CD
19880	2674	399	external	external	JJ
19880	2674	400	,	,	,
19880	2674	401	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	2674	402	of	of	IN
19880	2674	403	,	,	,
19880	2674	404	240	240	CD
19880	2674	405	for	for	IN
19880	2674	406	music	music	NN
19880	2674	407	,	,	,
19880	2674	408	244	244	CD
19880	2674	409	lack	lack	NN
19880	2674	410	of	of	IN
19880	2674	411	,	,	,
19880	2674	412	245	245	CD
19880	2674	413	,	,	,
19880	2674	414	249	249	CD
19880	2674	415	inner	inner	JJ
19880	2674	416	,	,	,
19880	2674	417	237	237	CD
19880	2674	418	,	,	,
19880	2674	419	241	241	CD
19880	2674	420	middle	middle	JJ
19880	2674	421	,	,	,
19880	2674	422	237	237	CD
19880	2674	423	,	,	,
19880	2674	424	241	241	CD
19880	2674	425	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2674	426	,	,	,
19880	2674	427	31	31	CD
19880	2674	428	outer	outer	NN
19880	2674	429	,	,	,
19880	2674	430	237	237	CD
19880	2674	431	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	2674	432	of	of	IN
19880	2674	433	,	,	,
19880	2674	434	238	238	CD
19880	2674	435	Ease	Ease	NNP
19880	2674	436	,	,	,
19880	2674	437	123	123	CD
19880	2674	438	,	,	,
19880	2674	439	233	233	CD
19880	2674	440	English	English	NNP
19880	2674	441	,	,	,
19880	2674	442	198	198	CD
19880	2674	443	speech	speech	NN
19880	2674	444	,	,	,
19880	2674	445	146	146	CD
19880	2674	446	Epiglottis	Epiglottis	NNP
19880	2674	447	,	,	,
19880	2674	448	79	79	CD
19880	2674	449	Eustachian	eustachian	JJ
19880	2674	450	tube	tube	NN
19880	2674	451	,	,	,
19880	2674	452	241	241	CD
19880	2674	453	Execution	Execution	NNP
19880	2674	454	,	,	,
19880	2674	455	179	179	CD
19880	2674	456	,	,	,
19880	2674	457	256	256	CD
19880	2674	458	Exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	2674	459	,	,	,
19880	2674	460	131	131	CD
19880	2674	461	-	-	SYM
19880	2674	462	135	135	CD
19880	2674	463	,	,	,
19880	2674	464	139	139	CD
19880	2674	465	practical	practical	JJ
19880	2674	466	,	,	,
19880	2674	467	73	73	CD
19880	2674	468	Expiration	expiration	NN
19880	2674	469	,	,	,
19880	2674	470	49	49	CD
19880	2674	471	Expiratory	expiratory	NN
19880	2674	472	blast	blast	NN
19880	2674	473	,	,	,
19880	2674	474	60	60	CD
19880	2674	475	,	,	,
19880	2674	476	68	68	CD
19880	2674	477	,	,	,
19880	2674	478	88	88	CD
19880	2674	479	,	,	,
19880	2674	480	103	103	CD
19880	2674	481	,	,	,
19880	2674	482	177	177	CD
19880	2674	483	current	current	NN
19880	2674	484	,	,	,
19880	2674	485	136	136	CD
19880	2674	486	,	,	,
19880	2674	487	208	208	CD
19880	2674	488	Explosives	explosive	NNS
19880	2674	489	,	,	,
19880	2674	490	226	226	CD
19880	2674	491	Expression	expression	NN
19880	2674	492	,	,	,
19880	2674	493	254	254	CD
19880	2674	494	F	F	NNP
19880	2674	495	Falsetto	Falsetto	NNP
19880	2674	496	,	,	,
19880	2674	497	154	154	CD
19880	2674	498	high	high	JJ
19880	2674	499	,	,	,
19880	2674	500	170	170	CD
19880	2674	501	,	,	,
19880	2674	502	178	178	CD
19880	2674	503	in	in	IN
19880	2674	504	males	male	NNS
19880	2674	505	,	,	,
19880	2674	506	160	160	CD
19880	2674	507	,	,	,
19880	2674	508	179	179	CD
19880	2674	509	"	"	``
19880	2674	510	Feeling	feel	VBG
19880	2674	511	-	-	HYPH
19880	2674	512	tone	tone	NN
19880	2674	513	"	"	''
19880	2674	514	,	,	,
19880	2674	515	212	212	CD
19880	2674	516	Food	food	NN
19880	2674	517	,	,	,
19880	2674	518	263	263	CD
19880	2674	519	"	"	``
19880	2674	520	Forward	Forward	NNP
19880	2674	521	"	"	''
19880	2674	522	production	production	NN
19880	2674	523	,	,	,
19880	2674	524	213	213	CD
19880	2674	525	Fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19880	2674	526	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2674	527	,	,	,
19880	2674	528	179	179	CD
19880	2674	529	-	-	SYM
19880	2674	530	194	194	CD
19880	2674	531	application	application	NN
19880	2674	532	of	of	IN
19880	2674	533	,	,	,
19880	2674	534	195	195	CD
19880	2674	535	-	-	SYM
19880	2674	536	206	206	CD
19880	2674	537	tone	tone	NN
19880	2674	538	,	,	,
19880	2674	539	231	231	CD
19880	2674	540	G	G	NNP
19880	2674	541	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19880	2674	542	,	,	,
19880	2674	543	Manuel	Manuel	NNP
19880	2674	544	,	,	,
19880	2674	545	105	105	CD
19880	2674	546	,	,	,
19880	2674	547	138	138	CD
19880	2674	548	,	,	,
19880	2674	549	159	159	CD
19880	2674	550	German	german	JJ
19880	2674	551	language	language	NN
19880	2674	552	,	,	,
19880	2674	553	198	198	CD
19880	2674	554	speech	speech	NN
19880	2674	555	,	,	,
19880	2674	556	146	146	CD
19880	2674	557	Germans	Germans	NNPS
19880	2674	558	,	,	,
19880	2674	559	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2674	560	of	of	IN
19880	2674	561	,	,	,
19880	2674	562	224	224	CD
19880	2674	563	Glide	Glide	NNP
19880	2674	564	,	,	,
19880	2674	565	258	258	CD
19880	2674	566	Glottis	Glottis	NNP
19880	2674	567	,	,	,
19880	2674	568	47	47	CD
19880	2674	569	,	,	,
19880	2674	570	78	78	CD
19880	2674	571	,	,	,
19880	2674	572	82	82	CD
19880	2674	573	,	,	,
19880	2674	574	88	88	CD
19880	2674	575	,	,	,
19880	2674	576	126	126	CD
19880	2674	577	,	,	,
19880	2674	578	159	159	CD
19880	2674	579	in	in	IN
19880	2674	580	barytone	barytone	NN
19880	2674	581	voices	voice	NNS
19880	2674	582	,	,	,
19880	2674	583	157	157	CD
19880	2674	584	bass	bass	NN
19880	2674	585	voices	voice	NNS
19880	2674	586	,	,	,
19880	2674	587	157	157	CD
19880	2674	588	contralto	contralto	NN
19880	2674	589	voices	voice	NNS
19880	2674	590	,	,	,
19880	2674	591	158	158	CD
19880	2674	592	mezzo	mezzo	JJ
19880	2674	593	-	-	HYPH
19880	2674	594	soprano	soprano	NN
19880	2674	595	voices	voice	NNS
19880	2674	596	,	,	,
19880	2674	597	158	158	CD
19880	2674	598	tenor	tenor	NN
19880	2674	599	voices	voice	NNS
19880	2674	600	,	,	,
19880	2674	601	157	157	CD
19880	2674	602	ligamentous	ligamentous	JJ
19880	2674	603	,	,	,
19880	2674	604	157	157	CD
19880	2674	605	H	h	NN
19880	2674	606	Head	head	NN
19880	2674	607	,	,	,
19880	2674	608	position	position	NN
19880	2674	609	of	of	IN
19880	2674	610	,	,	,
19880	2674	611	205	205	CD
19880	2674	612	Hearing	hearing	NN
19880	2674	613	,	,	,
19880	2674	614	101	101	CD
19880	2674	615	,	,	,
19880	2674	616	236	236	CD
19880	2674	617	-	-	SYM
19880	2674	618	250	250	CD
19880	2674	619	difference	difference	NN
19880	2674	620	in	in	IN
19880	2674	621	animals	animal	NNS
19880	2674	622	,	,	,
19880	2674	623	101	101	CD
19880	2674	624	highest	high	JJS
19880	2674	625	limit	limit	NN
19880	2674	626	of	of	IN
19880	2674	627	,	,	,
19880	2674	628	102	102	CD
19880	2674	629	lower	low	JJR
19880	2674	630	limit	limit	NN
19880	2674	631	of	of	IN
19880	2674	632	,	,	,
19880	2674	633	102	102	CD
19880	2674	634	Helmholtz	Helmholtz	NNP
19880	2674	635	,	,	,
19880	2674	636	167	167	CD
19880	2674	637	Hygiene	Hygiene	NNP
19880	2674	638	,	,	,
19880	2674	639	33	33	CD
19880	2674	640	,	,	,
19880	2674	641	72	72	CD
19880	2674	642	,	,	,
19880	2674	643	92	92	CD
19880	2674	644	,	,	,
19880	2674	645	93	93	CD
19880	2674	646	,	,	,
19880	2674	647	251	251	CD
19880	2674	648	-	-	SYM
19880	2674	649	275	275	CD
19880	2674	650	Hyoid	Hyoid	NNP
19880	2674	651	bone	bone	NN
19880	2674	652	,	,	,
19880	2674	653	81	81	CD
19880	2674	654	,	,	,
19880	2674	655	95	95	CD
19880	2674	656	I	i	NN
19880	2674	657	Illustration	illustration	NN
19880	2674	658	of	of	IN
19880	2674	659	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2674	660	,	,	,
19880	2674	661	27	27	CD
19880	2674	662	,	,	,
19880	2674	663	28	28	CD
19880	2674	664	Impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	2674	665	,	,	,
19880	2674	666	236	236	CD
19880	2674	667	Inhibitions	inhibition	NNS
19880	2674	668	,	,	,
19880	2674	669	184	184	CD
19880	2674	670	Inspiration	inspiration	NN
19880	2674	671	,	,	,
19880	2674	672	48	48	CD
19880	2674	673	,	,	,
19880	2674	674	51	51	CD
19880	2674	675	,	,	,
19880	2674	676	71	71	CD
19880	2674	677	Intonation	Intonation	NNP
19880	2674	678	,	,	,
19880	2674	679	195	195	CD
19880	2674	680	,	,	,
19880	2674	681	196	196	CD
19880	2674	682	,	,	,
19880	2674	683	230	230	CD
19880	2674	684	correct	correct	JJ
19880	2674	685	position	position	NN
19880	2674	686	for	for	IN
19880	2674	687	good	good	JJ
19880	2674	688	,	,	,
19880	2674	689	131	131	CD
19880	2674	690	Italian	italian	JJ
19880	2674	691	language	language	NN
19880	2674	692	,	,	,
19880	2674	693	198	198	CD
19880	2674	694	K	K	NNP
19880	2674	695	Knowledge	Knowledge	NNP
19880	2674	696	,	,	,
19880	2674	697	principle	principle	NN
19880	2674	698	of	of	IN
19880	2674	699	,	,	,
19880	2674	700	34	34	CD
19880	2674	701	L	L	NNP
19880	2674	702	Larynx	Larynx	NNP
19880	2674	703	,	,	,
19880	2674	704	60	60	CD
19880	2674	705	,	,	,
19880	2674	706	74	74	CD
19880	2674	707	-	-	SYM
19880	2674	708	96	96	CD
19880	2674	709	,	,	,
19880	2674	710	136	136	CD
19880	2674	711	,	,	,
19880	2674	712	148	148	CD
19880	2674	713	,	,	,
19880	2674	714	258	258	CD
19880	2674	715	anatomy	anatomy	NN
19880	2674	716	of	of	IN
19880	2674	717	,	,	,
19880	2674	718	21	21	CD
19880	2674	719	as	as	IN
19880	2674	720	a	a	DT
19880	2674	721	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2674	722	instrument	instrument	NN
19880	2674	723	,	,	,
19880	2674	724	102	102	CD
19880	2674	725	change	change	NN
19880	2674	726	in	in	IN
19880	2674	727	size	size	NN
19880	2674	728	of	of	IN
19880	2674	729	,	,	,
19880	2674	730	111	111	CD
19880	2674	731	control	control	NN
19880	2674	732	over	over	IN
19880	2674	733	,	,	,
19880	2674	734	112	112	CD
19880	2674	735	difference	difference	NN
19880	2674	736	in	in	IN
19880	2674	737	size	size	NN
19880	2674	738	,	,	,
19880	2674	739	110	110	CD
19880	2674	740	growth	growth	NN
19880	2674	741	of	of	IN
19880	2674	742	,	,	,
19880	2674	743	138	138	CD
19880	2674	744	in	in	IN
19880	2674	745	action	action	NN
19880	2674	746	,	,	,
19880	2674	747	109	109	CD
19880	2674	748	in	in	IN
19880	2674	749	singing	singing	NN
19880	2674	750	and	and	CC
19880	2674	751	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	2674	752	,	,	,
19880	2674	753	198	198	CD
19880	2674	754	muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	2674	755	of	of	IN
19880	2674	756	,	,	,
19880	2674	757	81	81	CD
19880	2674	758	,	,	,
19880	2674	759	95	95	CD
19880	2674	760	of	of	IN
19880	2674	761	the	the	DT
19880	2674	762	male	male	JJ
19880	2674	763	138	138	CD
19880	2674	764	photography	photography	NN
19880	2674	765	of	of	IN
19880	2674	766	,	,	,
19880	2674	767	161	161	CD
19880	2674	768	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	2674	769	of	of	IN
19880	2674	770	,	,	,
19880	2674	771	21	21	CD
19880	2674	772	ventricle	ventricle	NN
19880	2674	773	of	of	IN
19880	2674	774	,	,	,
19880	2674	775	80	80	CD
19880	2674	776	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2674	777	of	of	IN
19880	2674	778	,	,	,
19880	2674	779	96	96	CD
19880	2674	780	whole	whole	NN
19880	2674	781	,	,	,
19880	2674	782	94	94	CD
19880	2674	783	Laryngoscope	Laryngoscope	NNP
19880	2674	784	,	,	,
19880	2674	785	91	91	CD
19880	2674	786	,	,	,
19880	2674	787	103	103	CD
19880	2674	788	,	,	,
19880	2674	789	136	136	CD
19880	2674	790	Ligamentous	ligamentous	JJ
19880	2674	791	glottis	glottis	NN
19880	2674	792	,	,	,
19880	2674	793	157	157	CD
19880	2674	794	Lips	lip	NNS
19880	2674	795	,	,	,
19880	2674	796	202	202	CD
19880	2674	797	Lungs	lung	NNS
19880	2674	798	,	,	,
19880	2674	799	49	49	CD
19880	2674	800	,	,	,
19880	2674	801	63	63	CD
19880	2674	802	Lymph	Lymph	NNP
19880	2674	803	,	,	,
19880	2674	804	37	37	CD
19880	2674	805	M	M	NNP
19880	2674	806	Mackenzie	Mackenzie	NNP
19880	2674	807	,	,	,
19880	2674	808	Sir	Sir	NNP
19880	2674	809	Morell	Morell	NNP
19880	2674	810	,	,	,
19880	2674	811	156	156	CD
19880	2674	812	,	,	,
19880	2674	813	167	167	CD
19880	2674	814	,	,	,
19880	2674	815	168	168	CD
19880	2674	816	Mara	Mara	NNP
19880	2674	817	,	,	,
19880	2674	818	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	2674	819	,	,	,
19880	2674	820	range	range	NN
19880	2674	821	of	of	IN
19880	2674	822	,	,	,
19880	2674	823	111	111	CD
19880	2674	824	Marcato	Marcato	NNP
19880	2674	825	production	production	NN
19880	2674	826	,	,	,
19880	2674	827	209	209	CD
19880	2674	828	Marchesi	Marchesi	NNP
19880	2674	829	,	,	,
19880	2674	830	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	2674	831	,	,	,
19880	2674	832	teaching	teaching	NN
19880	2674	833	of	of	IN
19880	2674	834	,	,	,
19880	2674	835	159	159	CD
19880	2674	836	Men	Men	NNPS
19880	2674	837	,	,	,
19880	2674	838	register	register	VB
19880	2674	839	of	of	IN
19880	2674	840	,	,	,
19880	2674	841	234	234	CD
19880	2674	842	Messages	message	NNS
19880	2674	843	,	,	,
19880	2674	844	Auditory	Auditory	NNP
19880	2674	845	,	,	,
19880	2674	846	250	250	CD
19880	2674	847	Methods	method	NNS
19880	2674	848	,	,	,
19880	2674	849	correct	correct	JJ
19880	2674	850	,	,	,
19880	2674	851	22	22	CD
19880	2674	852	,	,	,
19880	2674	853	23	23	CD
19880	2674	854	faulty	faulty	NN
19880	2674	855	,	,	,
19880	2674	856	32	32	CD
19880	2674	857	Middle	middle	JJ
19880	2674	858	production	production	NN
19880	2674	859	,	,	,
19880	2674	860	214	214	CD
19880	2674	861	Midriff	Midriff	NNP
19880	2674	862	,	,	,
19880	2674	863	see	see	VB
19880	2674	864	diaphragm	diaphragm	DT
19880	2674	865	Mind	mind	NN
19880	2674	866	,	,	,
19880	2674	867	210	210	CD
19880	2674	868	Mirror	Mirror	NNP
19880	2674	869	,	,	,
19880	2674	870	use	use	NN
19880	2674	871	of	of	IN
19880	2674	872	,	,	,
19880	2674	873	235	235	CD
19880	2674	874	Mouth	Mouth	NNP
19880	2674	875	,	,	,
19880	2674	876	as	as	IN
19880	2674	877	a	a	DT
19880	2674	878	resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2674	879	chamber	chamber	NN
19880	2674	880	,	,	,
19880	2674	881	221	221	CD
19880	2674	882	resonator	resonator	NN
19880	2674	883	,	,	,
19880	2674	884	148	148	CD
19880	2674	885	cavity	cavity	NN
19880	2674	886	,	,	,
19880	2674	887	149	149	CD
19880	2674	888	respiration	respiration	NN
19880	2674	889	,	,	,
19880	2674	890	131	131	CD
19880	2674	891	toilet	toilet	NN
19880	2674	892	of	of	IN
19880	2674	893	,	,	,
19880	2674	894	262	262	CD
19880	2674	895	Movements	movement	NNS
19880	2674	896	,	,	,
19880	2674	897	192	192	CD
19880	2674	898	Muscles	muscle	NNS
19880	2674	899	,	,	,
19880	2674	900	36	36	CD
19880	2674	901	,	,	,
19880	2674	902	82	82	CD
19880	2674	903	abdominal	abdominal	NN
19880	2674	904	,	,	,
19880	2674	905	66	66	CD
19880	2674	906	Muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	2674	907	action	action	NN
19880	2674	908	,	,	,
19880	2674	909	71	71	CD
19880	2674	910	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19880	2674	911	,	,	,
19880	2674	912	42	42	CD
19880	2674	913	movements	movement	NNS
19880	2674	914	,	,	,
19880	2674	915	179	179	CD
19880	2674	916	Music	music	NN
19880	2674	917	,	,	,
19880	2674	918	243	243	CD
19880	2674	919	appreciation	appreciation	NN
19880	2674	920	of	of	IN
19880	2674	921	,	,	,
19880	2674	922	247	247	CD
19880	2674	923	intellectuality	intellectuality	NN
19880	2674	924	in	in	RB
19880	2674	925	,	,	,
19880	2674	926	256	256	CD
19880	2674	927	intelligence	intelligence	NN
19880	2674	928	in	in	IN
19880	2674	929	,	,	,
19880	2674	930	108	108	CD
19880	2674	931	interpretation	interpretation	NN
19880	2674	932	of	of	IN
19880	2674	933	,	,	,
19880	2674	934	21	21	CD
19880	2674	935	Musical	musical	JJ
19880	2674	936	artist	artist	NN
19880	2674	937	,	,	,
19880	2674	938	198	198	CD
19880	2674	939	ear	ear	NN
19880	2674	940	,	,	,
19880	2674	941	31	31	CD
19880	2674	942	prodigy	prodigy	NN
19880	2674	943	,	,	,
19880	2674	944	243	243	CD
19880	2674	945	faculty	faculty	NN
19880	2674	946	develops	develop	VBZ
19880	2674	947	early	early	JJ
19880	2674	948	,	,	,
19880	2674	949	115	115	CD
19880	2674	950	faults	fault	NNS
19880	2674	951	,	,	,
19880	2674	952	258	258	CD
19880	2674	953	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2674	954	,	,	,
19880	2674	955	practical	practical	JJ
19880	2674	956	range	range	NN
19880	2674	957	of	of	IN
19880	2674	958	,	,	,
19880	2674	959	102	102	CD
19880	2674	960	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2674	961	,	,	,
19880	2674	962	231	231	CD
19880	2674	963	Musician	musician	NN
19880	2674	964	,	,	,
19880	2674	965	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19880	2674	966	qualities	quality	NNS
19880	2674	967	of	of	IN
19880	2674	968	,	,	,
19880	2674	969	246	246	CD
19880	2674	970	N	N	NNP
19880	2674	971	Nasal	Nasal	NNP
19880	2674	972	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2674	973	,	,	,
19880	2674	974	144	144	CD
19880	2674	975	,	,	,
19880	2674	976	149	149	CD
19880	2674	977	,	,	,
19880	2674	978	214	214	CD
19880	2674	979	Nasality	Nasality	NNP
19880	2674	980	,	,	,
19880	2674	981	231	231	CD
19880	2674	982	Nerve	Nerve	NNP
19880	2674	983	-	-	HYPH
19880	2674	984	cells	cell	NNS
19880	2674	985	,	,	,
19880	2674	986	38	38	CD
19880	2674	987	Nervous	nervous	JJ
19880	2674	988	centres	centre	NNS
19880	2674	989	,	,	,
19880	2674	990	39	39	CD
19880	2674	991	impulses	impulse	NNS
19880	2674	992	,	,	,
19880	2674	993	244	244	CD
19880	2674	994	,	,	,
19880	2674	995	250	250	CD
19880	2674	996	system	system	NN
19880	2674	997	,	,	,
19880	2674	998	38	38	CD
19880	2674	999	Nervousness	Nervousness	NNP
19880	2674	1000	,	,	,
19880	2674	1001	274	274	CD
19880	2674	1002	Neuro	Neuro	NNP
19880	2674	1003	-	-	HYPH
19880	2674	1004	muscular	muscular	JJ
19880	2674	1005	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
19880	2674	1006	,	,	,
19880	2674	1007	17	17	CD
19880	2674	1008	,	,	,
19880	2674	1009	42	42	CD
19880	2674	1010	,	,	,
19880	2674	1011	181	181	CD
19880	2674	1012	processes	process	NNS
19880	2674	1013	,	,	,
19880	2674	1014	183	183	CD
19880	2674	1015	system	system	NN
19880	2674	1016	,	,	,
19880	2674	1017	43	43	CD
19880	2674	1018	New	new	JJ
19880	2674	1019	language	language	NN
19880	2674	1020	,	,	,
19880	2674	1021	learning	learn	VBG
19880	2674	1022	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1023	,	,	,
19880	2674	1024	224	224	CD
19880	2674	1025	Noise	Noise	NNP
19880	2674	1026	,	,	,
19880	2674	1027	218	218	CD
19880	2674	1028	O	o	UH
19880	2674	1029	Open	open	JJ
19880	2674	1030	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2674	1031	,	,	,
19880	2674	1032	203	203	CD
19880	2674	1033	,	,	,
19880	2674	1034	204	204	CD
19880	2674	1035	,	,	,
19880	2674	1036	217	217	CD
19880	2674	1037	Ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19880	2674	1038	speech	speech	NN
19880	2674	1039	,	,	,
19880	2674	1040	230	230	CD
19880	2674	1041	Overtones	Overtones	NNPS
19880	2674	1042	,	,	,
19880	2674	1043	231	231	CD
19880	2674	1044	,	,	,
19880	2674	1045	235	235	CD
19880	2674	1046	P	p	NN
19880	2674	1047	Palate	Palate	NNP
19880	2674	1048	,	,	,
19880	2674	1049	cleft	cleave	VBD
19880	2674	1050	,	,	,
19880	2674	1051	149	149	CD
19880	2674	1052	hard	hard	JJ
19880	2674	1053	,	,	,
19880	2674	1054	149	149	CD
19880	2674	1055	,	,	,
19880	2674	1056	213	213	CD
19880	2674	1057	soft	soft	JJ
19880	2674	1058	,	,	,
19880	2674	1059	145	145	CD
19880	2674	1060	,	,	,
19880	2674	1061	214	214	CD
19880	2674	1062	,	,	,
19880	2674	1063	216	216	CD
19880	2674	1064	,	,	,
19880	2674	1065	231	231	CD
19880	2674	1066	Phonation	Phonation	NNP
19880	2674	1067	,	,	,
19880	2674	1068	192	192	CD
19880	2674	1069	,	,	,
19880	2674	1070	193	193	CD
19880	2674	1071	breath	breath	NN
19880	2674	1072	in	in	RB
19880	2674	1073	,	,	,
19880	2674	1074	130	130	CD
19880	2674	1075	example	example	NN
19880	2674	1076	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1077	,	,	,
19880	2674	1078	193	193	CD
19880	2674	1079	Physics	physic	NNS
19880	2674	1080	,	,	,
19880	2674	1081	principles	principle	NNS
19880	2674	1082	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1083	involved	involve	VBN
19880	2674	1084	,	,	,
19880	2674	1085	135	135	CD
19880	2674	1086	Physiological	physiological	JJ
19880	2674	1087	considerations	consideration	NNS
19880	2674	1088	,	,	,
19880	2674	1089	34	34	CD
19880	2674	1090	-	-	SYM
19880	2674	1091	43	43	CD
19880	2674	1092	teachings	teaching	NNS
19880	2674	1093	,	,	,
19880	2674	1094	26	26	CD
19880	2674	1095	,	,	,
19880	2674	1096	31	31	CD
19880	2674	1097	Piano	piano	NN
19880	2674	1098	production	production	NN
19880	2674	1099	,	,	,
19880	2674	1100	259	259	CD
19880	2674	1101	Pillars	pillar	NNS
19880	2674	1102	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1103	the	the	DT
19880	2674	1104	fauces	fauce	NNS
19880	2674	1105	,	,	,
19880	2674	1106	145	145	CD
19880	2674	1107	Pitch	Pitch	NNP
19880	2674	1108	,	,	,
19880	2674	1109	101	101	CD
19880	2674	1110	,	,	,
19880	2674	1111	136	136	CD
19880	2674	1112	,	,	,
19880	2674	1113	150	150	CD
19880	2674	1114	,	,	,
19880	2674	1115	214	214	CD
19880	2674	1116	favorite	favorite	JJ
19880	2674	1117	,	,	,
19880	2674	1118	273	273	CD
19880	2674	1119	Portamento	Portamento	NNP
19880	2674	1120	production	production	NN
19880	2674	1121	,	,	,
19880	2674	1122	258	258	CD
19880	2674	1123	Practical	practical	JJ
19880	2674	1124	considerations	consideration	NNS
19880	2674	1125	,	,	,
19880	2674	1126	88	88	CD
19880	2674	1127	Practice	practice	NN
19880	2674	1128	,	,	,
19880	2674	1129	132	132	CD
19880	2674	1130	,	,	,
19880	2674	1131	185	185	CD
19880	2674	1132	-	-	SYM
19880	2674	1133	192	192	CD
19880	2674	1134	best	good	JJS
19880	2674	1135	time	time	NN
19880	2674	1136	to	to	IN
19880	2674	1137	,	,	,
19880	2674	1138	186	186	CD
19880	2674	1139	,	,	,
19880	2674	1140	187	187	CD
19880	2674	1141	by	by	IN
19880	2674	1142	wrong	wrong	JJ
19880	2674	1143	method	method	NN
19880	2674	1144	,	,	,
19880	2674	1145	191	191	CD
19880	2674	1146	for	for	IN
19880	2674	1147	sustained	sustained	JJ
19880	2674	1148	tone	tone	NN
19880	2674	1149	,	,	,
19880	2674	1150	132	132	CD
19880	2674	1151	methods	method	NNS
19880	2674	1152	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1153	,	,	,
19880	2674	1154	194	194	CD
19880	2674	1155	Puberty	Puberty	NNP
19880	2674	1156	,	,	,
19880	2674	1157	at	at	IN
19880	2674	1158	,	,	,
19880	2674	1159	112	112	CD
19880	2674	1160	,	,	,
19880	2674	1161	138	138	CD
19880	2674	1162	in	in	IN
19880	2674	1163	boys	boy	NNS
19880	2674	1164	,	,	,
19880	2674	1165	114	114	CD
19880	2674	1166	,	,	,
19880	2674	1167	115	115	CD
19880	2674	1168	in	in	IN
19880	2674	1169	girls	girl	NNS
19880	2674	1170	,	,	,
19880	2674	1171	113	113	CD
19880	2674	1172	Public	public	JJ
19880	2674	1173	singing	singing	NN
19880	2674	1174	,	,	,
19880	2674	1175	age	age	NN
19880	2674	1176	to	to	TO
19880	2674	1177	begin	begin	VB
19880	2674	1178	,	,	,
19880	2674	1179	115	115	CD
19880	2674	1180	speaking	speaking	NN
19880	2674	1181	,	,	,
19880	2674	1182	212	212	CD
19880	2674	1183	Pumping	Pumping	NNP
19880	2674	1184	,	,	,
19880	2674	1185	259	259	CD
19880	2674	1186	Q	Q	NNP
19880	2674	1187	Quality	Quality	NNP
19880	2674	1188	,	,	,
19880	2674	1189	101	101	CD
19880	2674	1190	,	,	,
19880	2674	1191	136	136	CD
19880	2674	1192	,	,	,
19880	2674	1193	214	214	CD
19880	2674	1194	R	r	NN
19880	2674	1195	R	r	NN
19880	2674	1196	and	and	CC
19880	2674	1197	s	s	NN
19880	2674	1198	,	,	,
19880	2674	1199	interval	interval	NN
19880	2674	1200	between	between	IN
19880	2674	1201	,	,	,
19880	2674	1202	225	225	CD
19880	2674	1203	Reed	Reed	NNP
19880	2674	1204	,	,	,
19880	2674	1205	long	long	RB
19880	2674	1206	,	,	,
19880	2674	1207	157	157	CD
19880	2674	1208	short	short	JJ
19880	2674	1209	,	,	,
19880	2674	1210	157	157	CD
19880	2674	1211	Reflex	Reflex	NNP
19880	2674	1212	action	action	NN
19880	2674	1213	,	,	,
19880	2674	1214	40	40	CD
19880	2674	1215	Reflexes	reflex	NNS
19880	2674	1216	,	,	,
19880	2674	1217	associated	associate	VBD
19880	2674	1218	,	,	,
19880	2674	1219	183	183	CD
19880	2674	1220	protective	protective	JJ
19880	2674	1221	character	character	NN
19880	2674	1222	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1223	,	,	,
19880	2674	1224	58	58	CD
19880	2674	1225	,	,	,
19880	2674	1226	59	59	CD
19880	2674	1227	sets	set	NNS
19880	2674	1228	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1229	,	,	,
19880	2674	1230	184	184	CD
19880	2674	1231	Register	Register	NNP
19880	2674	1232	,	,	,
19880	2674	1233	233	233	CD
19880	2674	1234	change	change	NN
19880	2674	1235	in	in	IN
19880	2674	1236	,	,	,
19880	2674	1237	169	169	CD
19880	2674	1238	,	,	,
19880	2674	1239	177	177	CD
19880	2674	1240	chest	chest	NN
19880	2674	1241	,	,	,
19880	2674	1242	160	160	CD
19880	2674	1243	definition	definition	NN
19880	2674	1244	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1245	,	,	,
19880	2674	1246	176	176	CD
19880	2674	1247	in	in	IN
19880	2674	1248	female	female	JJ
19880	2674	1249	voices	voice	NNS
19880	2674	1250	,	,	,
19880	2674	1251	160	160	CD
19880	2674	1252	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1253	basses	bass	NNS
19880	2674	1254	and	and	CC
19880	2674	1255	barytones	barytone	NNS
19880	2674	1256	,	,	,
19880	2674	1257	170	170	CD
19880	2674	1258	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1259	tenors	tenor	NNS
19880	2674	1260	,	,	,
19880	2674	1261	170	170	CD
19880	2674	1262	Registers	register	NNS
19880	2674	1263	,	,	,
19880	2674	1264	151	151	CD
19880	2674	1265	-	-	SYM
19880	2674	1266	178	178	CD
19880	2674	1267	Behnke	Behnke	NNP
19880	2674	1268	on	on	RB
19880	2674	1269	,	,	,
19880	2674	1270	155	155	CD
19880	2674	1271	,	,	,
19880	2674	1272	156	156	CD
19880	2674	1273	,	,	,
19880	2674	1274	167	167	CD
19880	2674	1275	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19880	2674	1276	on	on	RB
19880	2674	1277	,	,	,
19880	2674	1278	155	155	CD
19880	2674	1279	Mackenzie	Mackenzie	NNP
19880	2674	1280	on	on	IN
19880	2674	1281	,	,	,
19880	2674	1282	156	156	CD
19880	2674	1283	,	,	,
19880	2674	1284	167	167	CD
19880	2674	1285	,	,	,
19880	2674	1286	168	168	CD
19880	2674	1287	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	2674	1288	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	2674	1289	on	on	IN
19880	2674	1290	,	,	,
19880	2674	1291	153	153	CD
19880	2674	1292	,	,	,
19880	2674	1293	165	165	CD
19880	2674	1294	,	,	,
19880	2674	1295	170	170	CD
19880	2674	1296	Mandl	Mandl	NNP
19880	2674	1297	on	on	RB
19880	2674	1298	,	,	,
19880	2674	1299	158	158	CD
19880	2674	1300	Resonance	resonance	NN
19880	2674	1301	chambers	chamber	NNS
19880	2674	1302	,	,	,
19880	2674	1303	102	102	CD
19880	2674	1304	,	,	,
19880	2674	1305	136	136	CD
19880	2674	1306	,	,	,
19880	2674	1307	140	140	CD
19880	2674	1308	-	-	SYM
19880	2674	1309	150	150	CD
19880	2674	1310	,	,	,
19880	2674	1311	175	175	CD
19880	2674	1312	,	,	,
19880	2674	1313	182	182	CD
19880	2674	1314	,	,	,
19880	2674	1315	198	198	CD
19880	2674	1316	,	,	,
19880	2674	1317	213	213	CD
19880	2674	1318	,	,	,
19880	2674	1319	223	223	CD
19880	2674	1320	,	,	,
19880	2674	1321	224	224	CD
19880	2674	1322	,	,	,
19880	2674	1323	228	228	CD
19880	2674	1324	,	,	,
19880	2674	1325	234	234	CD
19880	2674	1326	in	in	IN
19880	2674	1327	sounding	sound	VBG
19880	2674	1328	bodies	body	NNS
19880	2674	1329	,	,	,
19880	2674	1330	140	140	CD
19880	2674	1331	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1332	musical	musical	JJ
19880	2674	1333	instruments	instrument	NNS
19880	2674	1334	,	,	,
19880	2674	1335	140	140	CD
19880	2674	1336	,	,	,
19880	2674	1337	141	141	CD
19880	2674	1338	Resonants	resonant	NNS
19880	2674	1339	,	,	,
19880	2674	1340	228	228	CD
19880	2674	1341	Resonator	resonator	NN
19880	2674	1342	,	,	,
19880	2674	1343	148	148	CD
19880	2674	1344	Respiration	Respiration	NNP
19880	2674	1345	,	,	,
19880	2674	1346	46	46	CD
19880	2674	1347	,	,	,
19880	2674	1348	48	48	CD
19880	2674	1349	,	,	,
19880	2674	1350	68	68	CD
19880	2674	1351	,	,	,
19880	2674	1352	69	69	CD
19880	2674	1353	forced	force	VBD
19880	2674	1354	,	,	,
19880	2674	1355	119	119	CD
19880	2674	1356	hygiene	hygiene	NN
19880	2674	1357	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1358	,	,	,
19880	2674	1359	55	55	CD
19880	2674	1360	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2674	1361	,	,	,
19880	2674	1362	131	131	CD
19880	2674	1363	Respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19880	2674	1364	centre	centre	NN
19880	2674	1365	,	,	,
19880	2674	1366	57	57	CD
19880	2674	1367	,	,	,
19880	2674	1368	58	58	CD
19880	2674	1369	,	,	,
19880	2674	1370	172	172	CD
19880	2674	1371	efficiency	efficiency	NN
19880	2674	1372	,	,	,
19880	2674	1373	124	124	CD
19880	2674	1374	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2674	1375	,	,	,
19880	2674	1376	47	47	CD
19880	2674	1377	system	system	NN
19880	2674	1378	,	,	,
19880	2674	1379	37	37	CD
19880	2674	1380	tract	tract	NN
19880	2674	1381	,	,	,
19880	2674	1382	26	26	CD
19880	2674	1383	S	S	NNP
19880	2674	1384	Science	Science	NNP
19880	2674	1385	,	,	,
19880	2674	1386	17	17	CD
19880	2674	1387	Scripture	scripture	NN
19880	2674	1388	,	,	,
19880	2674	1389	Prof.	Prof.	NNP
19880	2674	1390	,	,	,
19880	2674	1391	150	150	CD
19880	2674	1392	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	2674	1393	,	,	,
19880	2674	1394	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	2674	1395	,	,	,
19880	2674	1396	153	153	CD
19880	2674	1397	,	,	,
19880	2674	1398	165	165	CD
19880	2674	1399	,	,	,
19880	2674	1400	170	170	CD
19880	2674	1401	Selections	Selections	NNPS
19880	2674	1402	in	in	IN
19880	2674	1403	public	public	NN
19880	2674	1404	,	,	,
19880	2674	1405	271	271	CD
19880	2674	1406	Sensations	sensation	NNS
19880	2674	1407	,	,	,
19880	2674	1408	172	172	CD
19880	2674	1409	,	,	,
19880	2674	1410	174	174	CD
19880	2674	1411	,	,	,
19880	2674	1412	175	175	CD
19880	2674	1413	,	,	,
19880	2674	1414	178	178	CD
19880	2674	1415	Septum	Septum	NNP
19880	2674	1416	nasi	nasi	NN
19880	2674	1417	,	,	,
19880	2674	1418	149	149	CD
19880	2674	1419	Singer	Singer	NNP
19880	2674	1420	,	,	,
19880	2674	1421	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	2674	1422	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1423	,	,	,
19880	2674	1424	99	99	CD
19880	2674	1425	range	range	NN
19880	2674	1426	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1427	,	,	,
19880	2674	1428	269	269	CD
19880	2674	1429	Singing	singing	NN
19880	2674	1430	,	,	,
19880	2674	1431	choral	choral	NN
19880	2674	1432	,	,	,
19880	2674	1433	256	256	CD
19880	2674	1434	class	class	NN
19880	2674	1435	,	,	,
19880	2674	1436	257	257	CD
19880	2674	1437	fortissimo	fortissimo	NN
19880	2674	1438	,	,	,
19880	2674	1439	121	121	CD
19880	2674	1440	good	good	JJ
19880	2674	1441	,	,	,
19880	2674	1442	259	259	CD
19880	2674	1443	in	in	IN
19880	2674	1444	schools	school	NNS
19880	2674	1445	,	,	,
19880	2674	1446	247	247	CD
19880	2674	1447	Song	song	NN
19880	2674	1448	,	,	,
19880	2674	1449	elements	element	NNS
19880	2674	1450	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1451	,	,	,
19880	2674	1452	218	218	CD
19880	2674	1453	-	-	HYPH
19880	2674	1454	229	229	CD
19880	2674	1455	Soprano	Soprano	NNP
19880	2674	1456	,	,	,
19880	2674	1457	highest	high	JJS
19880	2674	1458	tones	tone	NNS
19880	2674	1459	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1460	,	,	,
19880	2674	1461	137	137	CD
19880	2674	1462	light	light	NN
19880	2674	1463	,	,	,
19880	2674	1464	232	232	CD
19880	2674	1465	Sound	sound	NN
19880	2674	1466	,	,	,
19880	2674	1467	60	60	CD
19880	2674	1468	,	,	,
19880	2674	1469	97	97	CD
19880	2674	1470	-	-	SYM
19880	2674	1471	103	103	CD
19880	2674	1472	,	,	,
19880	2674	1473	135	135	CD
19880	2674	1474	,	,	,
19880	2674	1475	225	225	CD
19880	2674	1476	quality	quality	NN
19880	2674	1477	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1478	,	,	,
19880	2674	1479	102	102	CD
19880	2674	1480	,	,	,
19880	2674	1481	246	246	CD
19880	2674	1482	Tyndall	Tyndall	NNP
19880	2674	1483	on	on	IN
19880	2674	1484	,	,	,
19880	2674	1485	97	97	CD
19880	2674	1486	volume	volume	NN
19880	2674	1487	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1488	,	,	,
19880	2674	1489	101	101	CD
19880	2674	1490	,	,	,
19880	2674	1491	102	102	CD
19880	2674	1492	,	,	,
19880	2674	1493	136	136	CD
19880	2674	1494	Sounding	sound	VBG
19880	2674	1495	body	body	NN
19880	2674	1496	,	,	,
19880	2674	1497	99	99	CD
19880	2674	1498	Speaker	Speaker	NNP
19880	2674	1499	,	,	,
19880	2674	1500	purpose	purpose	NN
19880	2674	1501	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1502	,	,	,
19880	2674	1503	99	99	CD
19880	2674	1504	Speaking	speak	VBG
19880	2674	1505	,	,	,
19880	2674	1506	good	good	JJ
19880	2674	1507	,	,	,
19880	2674	1508	259	259	CD
19880	2674	1509	Speech	Speech	NNP
19880	2674	1510	,	,	,
19880	2674	1511	elements	element	NNS
19880	2674	1512	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1513	,	,	,
19880	2674	1514	218	218	CD
19880	2674	1515	-	-	HYPH
19880	2674	1516	229	229	CD
19880	2674	1517	organs	organ	NNS
19880	2674	1518	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1519	,	,	,
19880	2674	1520	233	233	CD
19880	2674	1521	purity	purity	NN
19880	2674	1522	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1523	,	,	,
19880	2674	1524	135	135	CD
19880	2674	1525	Sphincter	Sphincter	NNP
19880	2674	1526	action	action	NN
19880	2674	1527	,	,	,
19880	2674	1528	86	86	CD
19880	2674	1529	Staccato	staccato	NN
19880	2674	1530	production	production	NN
19880	2674	1531	,	,	,
19880	2674	1532	209	209	CD
19880	2674	1533	Stammering	stammer	VBG
19880	2674	1534	,	,	,
19880	2674	1535	268	268	CD
19880	2674	1536	Stop	stop	NN
19880	2674	1537	-	-	HYPH
19880	2674	1538	closure	closure	NN
19880	2674	1539	,	,	,
19880	2674	1540	158	158	CD
19880	2674	1541	Straining	Straining	NNP
19880	2674	1542	,	,	,
19880	2674	1543	86	86	CD
19880	2674	1544	,	,	,
19880	2674	1545	175	175	CD
19880	2674	1546	Straw	straw	NN
19880	2674	1547	bass	bass	NN
19880	2674	1548	,	,	,
19880	2674	1549	88	88	CD
19880	2674	1550	Stuttering	stutter	VBG
19880	2674	1551	,	,	,
19880	2674	1552	268	268	CD
19880	2674	1553	Style	style	NN
19880	2674	1554	,	,	,
19880	2674	1555	254	254	CD
19880	2674	1556	Swell	swell	NN
19880	2674	1557	,	,	,
19880	2674	1558	207	207	CD
19880	2674	1559	,	,	,
19880	2674	1560	212	212	CD
19880	2674	1561	T	t	NN
19880	2674	1562	Technique	technique	NN
19880	2674	1563	,	,	,
19880	2674	1564	23	23	CD
19880	2674	1565	,	,	,
19880	2674	1566	179	179	CD
19880	2674	1567	,	,	,
19880	2674	1568	183	183	CD
19880	2674	1569	,	,	,
19880	2674	1570	185	185	CD
19880	2674	1571	,	,	,
19880	2674	1572	186	186	CD
19880	2674	1573	,	,	,
19880	2674	1574	254	254	CD
19880	2674	1575	,	,	,
19880	2674	1576	255	255	CD
19880	2674	1577	Teeth	tooth	NNS
19880	2674	1578	,	,	,
19880	2674	1579	202	202	CD
19880	2674	1580	Temperament	temperament	NN
19880	2674	1581	,	,	,
19880	2674	1582	245	245	CD
19880	2674	1583	Tenors	tenor	NNS
19880	2674	1584	,	,	,
19880	2674	1585	232	232	CD
19880	2674	1586	Throat	Throat	NNP
19880	2674	1587	mirror	mirror	NN
19880	2674	1588	,	,	,
19880	2674	1589	107	107	CD
19880	2674	1590	sore	sore	JJ
19880	2674	1591	,	,	,
19880	2674	1592	265	265	CD
19880	2674	1593	Thyro	Thyro	NNP
19880	2674	1594	-	-	HYPH
19880	2674	1595	arytenoideus	arytenoideus	NNP
19880	2674	1596	,	,	,
19880	2674	1597	84	84	CD
19880	2674	1598	,	,	,
19880	2674	1599	85	85	CD
19880	2674	1600	hyoid	hyoid	NN
19880	2674	1601	membrane	membrane	NN
19880	2674	1602	,	,	,
19880	2674	1603	81	81	CD
19880	2674	1604	Thyroid	thyroid	NN
19880	2674	1605	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19880	2674	1606	,	,	,
19880	2674	1607	76	76	CD
19880	2674	1608	,	,	,
19880	2674	1609	81	81	CD
19880	2674	1610	Timbre	Timbre	NNP
19880	2674	1611	,	,	,
19880	2674	1612	136	136	CD
19880	2674	1613	Tone	tone	NN
19880	2674	1614	,	,	,
19880	2674	1615	132	132	CD
19880	2674	1616	,	,	,
19880	2674	1617	135	135	CD
19880	2674	1618	,	,	,
19880	2674	1619	136	136	CD
19880	2674	1620	carrying	carry	VBG
19880	2674	1621	power	power	NN
19880	2674	1622	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1623	,	,	,
19880	2674	1624	126	126	CD
19880	2674	1625	color	color	NN
19880	2674	1626	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1627	,	,	,
19880	2674	1628	214	214	CD
19880	2674	1629	ground	ground	NN
19880	2674	1630	,	,	,
19880	2674	1631	231	231	CD
19880	2674	1632	head	head	NN
19880	2674	1633	,	,	,
19880	2674	1634	160	160	CD
19880	2674	1635	piano	piano	NN
19880	2674	1636	,	,	,
19880	2674	1637	233	233	CD
19880	2674	1638	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2674	1639	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1640	,	,	,
19880	2674	1641	126	126	CD
19880	2674	1642	production	production	NN
19880	2674	1643	,	,	,
19880	2674	1644	132	132	CD
19880	2674	1645	,	,	,
19880	2674	1646	207	207	CD
19880	2674	1647	-	-	SYM
19880	2674	1648	217	217	CD
19880	2674	1649	quality	quality	NN
19880	2674	1650	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1651	,	,	,
19880	2674	1652	128	128	CD
19880	2674	1653	,	,	,
19880	2674	1654	142	142	CD
19880	2674	1655	,	,	,
19880	2674	1656	150	150	CD
19880	2674	1657	,	,	,
19880	2674	1658	231	231	CD
19880	2674	1659	the	the	DT
19880	2674	1660	sustained	sustained	JJ
19880	2674	1661	,	,	,
19880	2674	1662	208	208	CD
19880	2674	1663	volume	volume	NN
19880	2674	1664	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1665	,	,	,
19880	2674	1666	126	126	CD
19880	2674	1667	Tones	Tones	NNPS
19880	2674	1668	,	,	,
19880	2674	1669	189	189	CD
19880	2674	1670	head	head	NN
19880	2674	1671	,	,	,
19880	2674	1672	177	177	CD
19880	2674	1673	highest	high	JJS
19880	2674	1674	,	,	,
19880	2674	1675	137	137	CD
19880	2674	1676	lower	low	JJR
19880	2674	1677	,	,	,
19880	2674	1678	137	137	CD
19880	2674	1679	quality	quality	NN
19880	2674	1680	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1681	,	,	,
19880	2674	1682	146	146	CD
19880	2674	1683	timbre	timbre	NN
19880	2674	1684	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1685	,	,	,
19880	2674	1686	136	136	CD
19880	2674	1687	upper	upper	JJ
19880	2674	1688	,	,	,
19880	2674	1689	86	86	CD
19880	2674	1690	Tongue	Tongue	NNP
19880	2674	1691	,	,	,
19880	2674	1692	131	131	CD
19880	2674	1693	,	,	,
19880	2674	1694	145	145	CD
19880	2674	1695	,	,	,
19880	2674	1696	149	149	CD
19880	2674	1697	,	,	,
19880	2674	1698	214	214	CD
19880	2674	1699	control	control	NN
19880	2674	1700	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1701	,	,	,
19880	2674	1702	202	202	CD
19880	2674	1703	influence	influence	NN
19880	2674	1704	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1705	,	,	,
19880	2674	1706	201	201	CD
19880	2674	1707	Tonsils	tonsil	NNS
19880	2674	1708	,	,	,
19880	2674	1709	145	145	CD
19880	2674	1710	,	,	,
19880	2674	1711	149	149	CD
19880	2674	1712	Trachea	Trachea	NNP
19880	2674	1713	,	,	,
19880	2674	1714	81	81	CD
19880	2674	1715	Tremolo	Tremolo	NNP
19880	2674	1716	,	,	,
19880	2674	1717	128	128	CD
19880	2674	1718	,	,	,
19880	2674	1719	258	258	CD
19880	2674	1720	,	,	,
19880	2674	1721	259	259	CD
19880	2674	1722	Tuning	tuning	NN
19880	2674	1723	fork	fork	NN
19880	2674	1724	,	,	,
19880	2674	1725	99	99	CD
19880	2674	1726	U	U	NNP
19880	2674	1727	Uvula	Uvula	NNP
19880	2674	1728	,	,	,
19880	2674	1729	145	145	CD
19880	2674	1730	V	v	NN
19880	2674	1731	Vibrations	Vibrations	NNPS
19880	2674	1732	,	,	,
19880	2674	1733	61	61	CD
19880	2674	1734	,	,	,
19880	2674	1735	98	98	CD
19880	2674	1736	,	,	,
19880	2674	1737	100	100	CD
19880	2674	1738	,	,	,
19880	2674	1739	236	236	CD
19880	2674	1740	Vibratives	vibrative	NNS
19880	2674	1741	,	,	,
19880	2674	1742	228	228	CD
19880	2674	1743	Vibrato	Vibrato	NNP
19880	2674	1744	,	,	,
19880	2674	1745	258	258	CD
19880	2674	1746	Vital	vital	JJ
19880	2674	1747	capacity	capacity	NN
19880	2674	1748	,	,	,
19880	2674	1749	71	71	CD
19880	2674	1750	Vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2674	1751	athlete	athlete	NN
19880	2674	1752	,	,	,
19880	2674	1753	182	182	CD
19880	2674	1754	Vocal	vocal	JJ
19880	2674	1755	bands	band	NNS
19880	2674	1756	,	,	,
19880	2674	1757	87	87	CD
19880	2674	1758	,	,	,
19880	2674	1759	103	103	CD
19880	2674	1760	,	,	,
19880	2674	1761	126	126	CD
19880	2674	1762	action	action	NN
19880	2674	1763	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1764	,	,	,
19880	2674	1765	137	137	CD
19880	2674	1766	false	false	JJ
19880	2674	1767	,	,	,
19880	2674	1768	78	78	CD
19880	2674	1769	true	true	JJ
19880	2674	1770	,	,	,
19880	2674	1771	77	77	CD
19880	2674	1772	,	,	,
19880	2674	1773	78	78	CD
19880	2674	1774	,	,	,
19880	2674	1775	80	80	CD
19880	2674	1776	,	,	,
19880	2674	1777	94	94	CD
19880	2674	1778	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19880	2674	1779	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1780	,	,	,
19880	2674	1781	136	136	CD
19880	2674	1782	cords	cord	NNS
19880	2674	1783	,	,	,
19880	2674	1784	false	false	JJ
19880	2674	1785	,	,	,
19880	2674	1786	95	95	CD
19880	2674	1787	Madame	Madame	NNP
19880	2674	1788	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19880	2674	1789	on	on	IN
19880	2674	1790	,	,	,
19880	2674	1791	154	154	CD
19880	2674	1792	true	true	JJ
19880	2674	1793	,	,	,
19880	2674	1794	95	95	CD
19880	2674	1795	methods	method	NNS
19880	2674	1796	,	,	,
19880	2674	1797	32	32	CD
19880	2674	1798	physiology	physiology	NN
19880	2674	1799	,	,	,
19880	2674	1800	17	17	CD
19880	2674	1801	-	-	SYM
19880	2674	1802	32	32	CD
19880	2674	1803	training	training	NN
19880	2674	1804	,	,	,
19880	2674	1805	early	early	JJ
19880	2674	1806	weeks	week	NNS
19880	2674	1807	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1808	,	,	,
19880	2674	1809	246	246	CD
19880	2674	1810	Vocalises	vocalise	NNS
19880	2674	1811	,	,	,
19880	2674	1812	207	207	CD
19880	2674	1813	Vocalist	Vocalist	NNP
19880	2674	1814	,	,	,
19880	2674	1815	ideal	ideal	NN
19880	2674	1816	,	,	,
19880	2674	1817	198	198	CD
19880	2674	1818	Vocalization	Vocalization	NNP
19880	2674	1819	,	,	,
19880	2674	1820	19	19	CD
19880	2674	1821	,	,	,
19880	2674	1822	31	31	CD
19880	2674	1823	Voice	Voice	NNP
19880	2674	1824	,	,	,
19880	2674	1825	44	44	CD
19880	2674	1826	,	,	,
19880	2674	1827	254	254	CD
19880	2674	1828	breaking	breaking	NN
19880	2674	1829	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1830	,	,	,
19880	2674	1831	114	114	CD
19880	2674	1832	brightening	brighten	VBG
19880	2674	1833	the	the	DT
19880	2674	1834	,	,	,
19880	2674	1835	216	216	CD
19880	2674	1836	carrying	carry	VBG
19880	2674	1837	power	power	NN
19880	2674	1838	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1839	,	,	,
19880	2674	1840	232	232	CD
19880	2674	1841	darkening	darken	VBG
19880	2674	1842	the	the	DT
19880	2674	1843	,	,	,
19880	2674	1844	216	216	CD
19880	2674	1845	even	even	RB
19880	2674	1846	,	,	,
19880	2674	1847	84	84	CD
19880	2674	1848	harsh	harsh	JJ
19880	2674	1849	,	,	,
19880	2674	1850	232	232	CD
19880	2674	1851	head	head	NN
19880	2674	1852	,	,	,
19880	2674	1853	in	in	IN
19880	2674	1854	females	female	NNS
19880	2674	1855	,	,	,
19880	2674	1856	166	166	CD
19880	2674	1857	in	in	IN
19880	2674	1858	ill	ill	JJ
19880	2674	1859	health	health	NN
19880	2674	1860	,	,	,
19880	2674	1861	114	114	CD
19880	2674	1862	loud	loud	JJ
19880	2674	1863	,	,	,
19880	2674	1864	272	272	CD
19880	2674	1865	placed	place	VBN
19880	2674	1866	,	,	,
19880	2674	1867	215	215	CD
19880	2674	1868	position	position	NN
19880	2674	1869	in	in	IN
19880	2674	1870	use	use	NN
19880	2674	1871	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1872	,	,	,
19880	2674	1873	206	206	CD
19880	2674	1874	production	production	NN
19880	2674	1875	,	,	,
19880	2674	1876	22	22	CD
19880	2674	1877	,	,	,
19880	2674	1878	244	244	CD
19880	2674	1879	small	small	JJ
19880	2674	1880	in	in	IN
19880	2674	1881	volume	volume	NN
19880	2674	1882	,	,	,
19880	2674	1883	272	272	CD
19880	2674	1884	user	user	NN
19880	2674	1885	,	,	,
19880	2674	1886	17	17	CD
19880	2674	1887	,	,	,
19880	2674	1888	33	33	CD
19880	2674	1889	,	,	,
19880	2674	1890	46	46	CD
19880	2674	1891	exercises	exercise	NNS
19880	2674	1892	for	for	IN
19880	2674	1893	,	,	,
19880	2674	1894	135	135	CD
19880	2674	1895	well	well	RB
19880	2674	1896	placed	place	VBN
19880	2674	1897	,	,	,
19880	2674	1898	175	175	CD
19880	2674	1899	Voices	Voices	NNPS
19880	2674	1900	,	,	,
19880	2674	1901	classification	classification	NN
19880	2674	1902	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1903	,	,	,
19880	2674	1904	260	260	CD
19880	2674	1905	,	,	,
19880	2674	1906	261	261	CD
19880	2674	1907	injured	injure	VBN
19880	2674	1908	,	,	,
19880	2674	1909	26	26	CD
19880	2674	1910	Vowel	Vowel	NNP
19880	2674	1911	,	,	,
19880	2674	1912	a	a	DT
19880	2674	1913	,	,	,
19880	2674	1914	195	195	CD
19880	2674	1915	purity	purity	NN
19880	2674	1916	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1917	,	,	,
19880	2674	1918	199	199	CD
19880	2674	1919	sounds	sound	NNS
19880	2674	1920	,	,	,
19880	2674	1921	196	196	CD
19880	2674	1922	,	,	,
19880	2674	1923	197	197	CD
19880	2674	1924	,	,	,
19880	2674	1925	216	216	CD
19880	2674	1926	Vowels	vowel	NNS
19880	2674	1927	,	,	,
19880	2674	1928	adaptation	adaptation	NN
19880	2674	1929	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1930	,	,	,
19880	2674	1931	to	to	IN
19880	2674	1932	ideas	idea	NNS
19880	2674	1933	,	,	,
19880	2674	1934	222	222	CD
19880	2674	1935	and	and	CC
19880	2674	1936	consonants	consonant	NNS
19880	2674	1937	,	,	,
19880	2674	1938	230	230	CD
19880	2674	1939	,	,	,
19880	2674	1940	235	235	CD
19880	2674	1941	dark	dark	JJ
19880	2674	1942	,	,	,
19880	2674	1943	235	235	CD
19880	2674	1944	formation	formation	NN
19880	2674	1945	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1946	,	,	,
19880	2674	1947	218	218	CD
19880	2674	1948	-	-	SYM
19880	2674	1949	221	221	CD
19880	2674	1950	low	low	RB
19880	2674	1951	-	-	HYPH
19880	2674	1952	pitched	pitch	VBN
19880	2674	1953	,	,	,
19880	2674	1954	235	235	CD
19880	2674	1955	mouth	mouth	NN
19880	2674	1956	positions	position	NNS
19880	2674	1957	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1958	,	,	,
19880	2674	1959	218	218	CD
19880	2674	1960	perfect	perfect	JJ
19880	2674	1961	sound	sound	NN
19880	2674	1962	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1963	,	,	,
19880	2674	1964	221	221	CD
19880	2674	1965	pitch	pitch	NN
19880	2674	1966	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1967	,	,	,
19880	2674	1968	221	221	CD
19880	2674	1969	,	,	,
19880	2674	1970	225	225	CD
19880	2674	1971	,	,	,
19880	2674	1972	230	230	CD
19880	2674	1973	quality	quality	NN
19880	2674	1974	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1975	,	,	,
19880	2674	1976	221	221	CD
19880	2674	1977	W	W	NNP
19880	2674	1978	Wagner	Wagner	NNP
19880	2674	1979	,	,	,
19880	2674	1980	257	257	CD
19880	2674	1981	Whispering	whispering	NN
19880	2674	1982	,	,	,
19880	2674	1983	225	225	CD
19880	2674	1984	,	,	,
19880	2674	1985	226	226	CD
19880	2674	1986	Women	woman	NNS
19880	2674	1987	,	,	,
19880	2674	1988	register	register	VB
19880	2674	1989	of	of	IN
19880	2674	1990	,	,	,
19880	2674	1991	234	234	CD